Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of botany, British and foreign"

See other formats 


Bibliothe 

EMILE 

l'ata]o4|uc 

'Proi'ioit  de 

que  botanique 

BURNAT       \ 

\"   

—ZMC 

i 

Livrcs   pl'()^e^alll  iW   la    l)il>li()tlie(|ii(*   l)olaiii(|iie 

(1  \' 


DU 


THE 


JOUKNAL    OF    BOTANY 


BRITISH   ANT)   FOREIGN. 


EDITED    BY 


JAMES     J3KITTEN,     K.S.G.,     F.L.S. 


VOL.       XXXIX. 

HEW  YOKfc 

BOTANICAL 

(JAJgUfciW 

ILLUSTRATED    WITH     PLATES    AND    CUTS 


LONDON: 
WEST,    NEWMAN    &    CO.,    54.    HATTON    GARDEN 

190  1. 


LONDON  : 

WEST,    NEWMAN    AND    CO.,    PRINTERS, 

HATTON    GARDEN,    E.C. 


CONTKIBUTORS 


TO       THE       PRESENT       VOLUME. 


J.  E.  Bagnall,  A.L.S. 

E.  G.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

J.  G.  Baker,  F.R.S. 

Ethel  S.  Barton. 

J.  Benbow,  F.L.S. 

Arthur  Bennett,  F.L.S. 

James  Britten,  F.L.S. 

G.  L.  Bruce,  M.A. 

Cedric  Bucknall,  Mus.  Bac. 

G.  R.  Bullock-Webster. 

William  Carruthers,  F.R.S. 

W.  A.  Clarke. 

Llewellyn  J.  Cooks. 

H.  N.  Dixon,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

E.  J.  Elliott. 

David  Fry. 

Antony  Gepp,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

John  Gerard,  S.J.,  F.L.S. 

W.  H.  Griffin. 

Henry  Groves,  F.L.S. 

James  Groves,  F.L.S. 

W.  P.  Hamilton. 

W.  P.  HiERN,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

C.  P.  HOBKIRK,  F.L.S. 
E.  M.  Holmes,  F.L.S. 
G.  Holmes. 
A.  0.  Hume,  F.L.S. 
W.  Ingham,  B.A. 

A.  B.  Jackson. 

B.  Daydon  Jackson,  Sec.L.S. 
Sir  George  King,  F.R.S.,  etc. 
L.  V.  Lester,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 
H.  W.  Lett. 

AuGusTiN  Ley,  M.A. 


E.  F.  LiNTON,  M.A. 

W.  R.  Linton,  M.A. 

Arthur  Lister,  F.R.S. 

Symers  M.  Mac  vicar. 

E.  S.  Marshall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

W.  K.  Martin. 

J.  C.  Melvill,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

P.   MiCHELMORE. 

Spencer  lk  M.  Moore,  F.L.S. 

G.  R.  M.  Murray,  F.R.S. 

R.  P.  Murray,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

W.  E.  Nicholson. 

John  Percival,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

C.  B.  Plowright,  M.A. 

A.  B.  Rendle,  D.Sc,  F.L.S. 

H.  J.  Riddlesdell. 

W.  Moyle  Rogers,  F.L.S. 

C.  E.  Salmon,  F.L.S. 

E.  S.  Salmon,  F.L.S. 
Hans  Schinz. 

C.  D.  Sherborn. 

Annie  L.  Smith. 

W.  G.  Smith,  F.L.S. 

G.  Stabler. 

H.  Stuart  Thompson,  F.L.S. 

Richard  F.  Towndrow. 

W.  West,  F.L.S. 

James  W.  White,  F.L.S. 

J.  A.  Wheldon,  F.L.S. 

W.  Whitwell,  F.L.S. 

F.  N.  Williams,  F.L.S. 
Albert  Wilson,  F.L.S. 

A.  H.  WOLLEY-DOD,  R.A. 

B.  B.  Woodward,  F.G.S. 


Directions  to  Binder. 


Tab.  417 
418 
419 
420 
421 
422 
423 
424 
425 
426 


;itelSaPrf^r=a:rr«3»«R') 


to  face  page  1 
49 
81 
121 
153 
193 
217 
257 
289 
321 

title 


Or  all  the  Plates  may  be  placed  together  at  the  end  of  the  volume- 


The    Supplement    ('  Flora   of    Staffordshire  ')    should    be    placed 
separately  at  the  end  of  the  volume. 


Parliinsor.  del. 
.Morgan  anal.etlith 


Ficus  Parkin  soni   Hierp^ 


THE  OAi^U^^ 

JOURNAL     OF     BOTANY 

BRITISH     AND     FOREIGN. 


BANKS     AND     SOLANDER'S     AUSTRALIAN     FIGS. 

By  W.  p.  Hiern,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  417.) 

Besides  the  drawings  executed  by  various  artists  for  the  original 
sketches  made  by  Sydney  Parkinson  during  Cook's  First  Voyage, 
which  were  engraved  on  copper  and  are  now  being  issued  by  the 
British  Museum,  there  are  several  which  were  not  engraved.  Some 
of  these  are  merely  sketches  by  Parkinson ;  of  others  there  are  also 
finished  drawings,  many  of  them  of  equal  interest  with  those 
engraved.  The  Museum  publication,  save  in  one  or  two  cases  of 
exceptional  importance,  only  reproduces  the  engraved  plates ;  but 
among  those  of  which  only  the  drawings  exist  are  some  which  are 
well  worth  publishing,  as  they  represent  species  which  have  not 
been  met  with  since  Banks's  time,  and  of  which  no  other  figures 
exist ;  one  such,  Drosera  Banksii,  was  reproduced  last  year  in  this 
Journal  (t.  410B,  fig.  B.). 

Among  them  are  five  finished  drawings  of  Figs,  made  by  F.  P. 
Nodder  from  Parkinson's  sketches,  to  which  Mr.  Britten  directed 
my  attention  while  I  was  elaborating  the  Muracece  of  the  Welwitsch 
collection.  The  specimens  collected  by  Banks  and  Solander  are  in 
the  National  Herbarium,  and  as  two  out  of  the  five  apparently  have 
not  been  described,  it  may  be  worth  while  to  publish  some  account 
*'of  the  series.  Of  the  two  in  question,  I  have  drawn  up  descriptions, 
'  based  upon  the  specimens  and  figures,  in  which  I  have  availed 
myself  of  certain  details  from  Solander's  MSS. ;  of  the  three 
previously  known  species  I  have  quoted  Solander's  description,  in 
accordance  with  the  plan  adopted  by  Mr.  Britten  in  the  III ast rations 
of  the  Botany  of  Cook's  Voyage. 

1.  Ficus  Parkinsoni  Hiern,  sp.  n.  Arbor  mediocris  glabra 
lactescens,  ramis  obsolete  angulatis,  ramulis  crassiusculis  carnosulis 
longitudiualiter  corrugatis  levibus  ochraceis  apicem  obtusam  versus 
foliosis,  foliis  alternis  sparsis  suboblique  ovali-oblongis  apice  bre- 
vissime  subacuminatis  obtusis  vel  subacutiusculis  basi  rotundatis 
vel  obtuse  angustatis  inconspicue  3-5-nerviis  coriaceis  integris 
patentibus  petiolatis  baud  scabridis  super  nitidis  amoene  viridibus 

Journal  OF  Botany. — Vol.39.      [Jan.  1901.]  b 


4  THE    JOUKNAL    OF    BOTANY 

poliendo.  Folia  opposita,  petiolata,  oblonga,  acuta,  integerrima, 
scaberrima,  venosa  venulisque  subtus  reticulata,  basi  parum  & 
anguste  cordata,  quatuor  vel  quinque  imcias  longa.  Petioli  foliis 
sexies  breviores  ;  alterni  breviores.  Peclunculi  axillares,  oppositi, 
solitarii,  imiflori,  lougitudine  petiolorum.  Fructus  globosus,  mag- 
nitudine  Cerasi  scaber,  rnbicundus,  apice  perforatus  apertura 
rotunda,  parum  rostrata.  Cfr.  Folium  politorium  Faimph.  amh.  4, 
p.  128,  t.  68,  sed  folia  alteriia  &  basi  angustata." — Solander  MS. 

Hab.  prope  Labyrinth  Bay,  Palm  Island,  and  Kocky  Point, 
Endeavour  Careeniug-place. 

Labyrinth  Bay  is  on  the  east  coast  of  Cape  York  peninsula. 
The  Palm  Islands  are  about  18°  45'  S.  lat.,  146°  40'  E.  long. ;  and 
Thirsty  Sound  (the  locality  mentioned  on  the  drawing)  is  22°  15'  S. 
lat.,  150°  E.  long. 

E.  Brown  identified  his  specimens  from  Keppel  Bay,  Shoalwater 
Bay,  and  Broad  Sound,  n.  3219,  with  those  of  Banks. 

This  is  the  plant  mentioned  under  the  name  of  F.  radnla  in 
Banks's  Journal,  p.  316  (ed.  J.  D.  Hooker,  1896),  where  it  is  stated  that 
the  Australian  natives  polish  their  darts  with  the  leaves  of  this  wild 
fig  tree,  "  which  bite  upon  wood  almost  as  keenly  as  our  European 
shave-grass  [Equisetum  hyemale  L.]  used  by  the  joiners  "  ;  it  is  not 
the  R.  Radula  Willd.  The  native  name  is  given  in  Solander' s  MS. 
as  *'  de  poor." 

5.  F.  GLOMERATA  Roxb.  PI.  Corom.  ii.  col.  13,  t.  123  (1798) ; 
Benth.  I.e.  p.  178.  "  BractecB  tres,  ad  basin  fructus,  persistentes, 
ovatse,  acutae,  concavae,  1^-lineares.  Fructus  obovato-subrotundus, 
cum  collo  angusto  lougitudine  bractearum,  glaber,  rubicundus  (dia- 
metro  sesquiunciali),  odore  debili  fragarum  nee  penitus  saporis  ex- 
pers,  subdulcis,  apice  notatus  verruca  convexa,  quae  tecta  est  squamis 
circiter  decem,  ovatis,  acutiusculis,  concavis,  arete  imbricatis,  rubi- 
cundis,  vix  1  lineam  longis.  Flores  Masculi  &  Feminei  in  eodem 
fructu.  Mas.  Calyx  hi-  (forte  interdum  tri-)  phyllus :  Foliola  ob- 
longa. Filamenta  duo,  filiformia,  albida,  calyce  longiora.  AnthenB 
oblongge,  erect^e,  majusculae,  albida.  Flores  feminei  omnes  a 
Cynipidibus  destructi  ut  illos  describere  uon  potui.  Eamuli  proprii 
floriferi,  aphylli,  porrecti  e  caudice  &  ramis  crassioribus,  flores  in 
racemum  gerentes.  Flores  binati,  pedunculati,  cicatrice  (forte  folii 
decidui)  interstite.  Peduncidi  parum  compressi,  vix  -^--unciales. 
Folia  sparsa,  petiolata,  oblonga,  acuminata,  basi  parum  cordata, 
integerrima,  glabra,  venosa :  venae  duae  infimae  oppositae,  paulo  a 
basi  cum  rachi  confluentes,  in  quadam  axilla  glandula  linearis, 
ferruginea.  Stipida  lanceolato-subulatae,  acuminatae,  f-unciales, 
marcescentes." — Solander  MS. 

Endeavour  river,  collected  by  Banks. 

Banks  and  Solander  were  delayed  about  the  Endeavour  river 
from  17th  June  to  3rd  August,  1770 ;  it  is  situate  about  15°  30'  S. 
lat.,  142°  10'  E.  long. 

R.  Brown  identified  his  specimens  from  the  Northumberland 
Islands,  n.  3224,  with  those  of  Banks. 

This  is  referred  to  in  Banks's  Journal  (p.  299)  under  the  name 


ON    THE    CULTIVATION    OP    MYCETOZOA    FROM    SPORES  5 

F.  caudiciflora  (by  which  it  is  also  called  in  Solander's  MSS.)  as 
"  a  kind  of  very  indifferent  fig,  growing  from  the  stalk  of  a  tree." 


Explanation  of  Plate  417. — Ficus  ParMiuoni : — Principal  figure,  reduced 
one  half.  Fig.  1.  Frustum  of  a  leaf,  under  side,  natural  size.  2.  A  male  flower 
with  adpressed  bract  and  perianth,  enlarged  ten  diameters.  3.  The  same,  with 
the  bract  and  perianth  spread,  enlarged  about  ten  diameters.  4.  A  female 
flower,  enlarged  about  ten  diameters. 


ON  THE  CULTIVATION  OF  MYCETOZOA  FKOM  SPORES. 
By  Arthur  Lister,  F.R.S. 

In  some  notes  on  Mycetozoa  published  in  this  Journal  for  1899 
(pp.  145-152),  I  referred  to  the  unusually  large  clusters  of  the 
spores  of  Badhamia  utriciilaris  Berk,  observed  in  gatherings  in 
the  autumn  of  1898  both  in  Epping  Forest  and  at  Lyme  Regis. 
Cultivations  from  plasmodium  found  associated  with  the  sporangia 
produced  varying  results  ;  in  some  cultures  the  spores  were  in  large 
clusters,  in  others  they  were  in  the  usual  small  groups  of  seven 
to  ten. 

Attempts  had  been  made  in  former  years  to  complete  the  whole 
cycle  of  development  from  spore  to  sporangium  in  Badhamia  utricu- 
laris,  but  without  success.  Although  the  cultures  above  referred 
to  proved  that  the  size  of  the  clusters  of  spores  in  this  species  is  an 
inconstant  character,  it  was  desirable  to  have  the  point  confirmed 
by  a  cultivation  directly  from  the  spores,  and  having  now  abundant 
material  at  hand  another  attempt  was  made. 

On  January  10th,  1899,  spores,  in  large  clusters  of  from  sixteen 
to  twenty-four,  were  sown  in  four  watch-glasses  in  filtered  rain 
water,  and  supplied  with  thin  slices  of  scalded  Stereum  hirsutaui 
preserved  in  a  moist  atmosphere  under  a  bell-jar.  On  Jan.  12th 
no  spores  had  germinated  ;  the  preparations  were  allowed  to  dry, 
and  were  rewetted  on  Jan.  14th.  On  Jan.  15th  a  large  proportion 
of  the  spores  had  hatched  ;  they  were  again  exposed  to  the  air  and 
allowed  to  dry  and,  after  rewetting,  swarm-cells  appeared  in  great 
numbers.  On  Jan.  19th  all  the  swarm-cells  had  taken  the  form  of 
microcysts,  and  in  one  of  the  cultures  paramaecia  had  entered,  and 
were  rapidly  devouring  the  microcysts.  The  contents  of  this  watch- 
glass  were  therefore  cleared  away,  and  a  fresh  sowing  was  put  down 
of  large-clustered  spores  from  the  same  source  as  before.  Leaving 
for  the  present  the  history  of  the  preparations  in  the  other  three 
watch-glasses,  I  will  follow  that  of  the  fresh  culture,  which  was  the 
only  one  that  yielded  satisfactory  results.  But  here  it  may  be 
interesting  to  note  that  the  process  of  drying  and  rewetting  appears 
to  have  a  distinctly  stimulating  influence  in  producing  the  germi- 
nation of  spores,  and  in  restoring  microcysts  to  the  active  condition. 
Without  attempting  to  offer  an  explanation,  it  is  a  matter  of  ex- 
perience in  numerous  cultivations  of  Didymium  di forme  Daby  from 


6  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

spore  to   sporangium,  as   well  as  in  the   experiments  now  under 
consideration,  that  the  treatment  has  this  marked  effect. 

To  return  from  this  digression.  The  new  culture  was  started 
on  Jan.  26th,  the  spores  being  moistened  in  boiled  water,  and  then 
spread  over  slices  of  scalded  Stereum.  On  Jan.  27th  no  germination 
had  taken  place,  and  the  spores  were  dried  and  rewetted.  As  none 
had  hatched  on  the  following  day,  they  were  again  dried  and  were 
left  until  Jan.  30th,  when  they  were  wetted  with  boiled  water,  and 
a  few  more  large-clustered  spores  were  added.  The  preparation 
was  not  again  examined  until  Feb.  10th,  when  the  water  was  grey 
with  hosts  of  dancing  swarra-cells.  On  Feb.  20th  these  had  all 
changed  to  microcysts  :  they  were  allowed  to  dry  until  Feb.  22nd, 
when  boiled  water  was  again  added.  On  March  4th  swarm-cells 
were  present  in  great  abundance.  On  March  10th  a  minute 
Plasmodium  was  seen  under  the  microscope  with  y%  obj.  On 
March  12th  about  twelve  small  plasmodia  were  discovered,  in  which 
yellow  granules  could  be  detected.  March  loth,  several  plasmodia 
had  coalesced,  and  slow  streaming  movement  was  visible.  March 
16tb,  plasmodia  could  be  seen  with  the  naked  eye,  and  under  the 
microscope  fine  streaming  through  a  net-work  of  veins  could  be 
made  out.  March  17th,  the  plasmodia  had  combined  into  two  of 
unequal  size  ;  the  larger  Plasmodium  was  now  in  contact  with  one 
of  the  slices  of  Stereum,  and  as  the  preparation  swarmed  with 
bacteria,  producing  an  offensive  smell,  it  was  removed  to  another 
watch-glass  and  supplied  with  fresh  Stereum,  on  to  which  it  soon 
crawled.  The  culture  was  now  transferred  to  a  plate  covered  with 
a  bell-jar  and  fed  with  Stereum  until  the  plasmodium  attained  a 
large  size.  On  April  10th  the  preparation  was  divided  ;  one  part 
was  exposed  to  the  air  to  form  into  sclerotuira,  of  which  a  good 
supply  was  obtained,  and  the  remainder  was  fed  for  a  week  or  two 
longer,  when  it  formed  into  about  2000  sporangia.'"  In  all  those 
examined  the  spores  were  in  the  normal  small  clusters  of  seven 
to  ten. 

Of  the  three  other  cultures  put  down  on  Jan.  10th,  one  was 
attacked  by  paramaecia,  which  devoured  nearly  all  the  swarm-cells, 
or  microcysts  ;  the  remaining  two,  though  tended  with  some  care 
and  exhibiting  from  time  to  time  swarm-cells  and  microcysts,  never 
produced  plasmodia,  and  were  cleared  away  on  April  6th. 

The  usual  and  easy  method  of  cultivating  Badhamia  utricularis 
is  from  the  sclerotium,  which  can  be  kept  dry  and  stored  for  years 
without  losing  its  vitality.  A  piece  of  Stereum  hirsutum  on  which 
the  sclerotium  has  formed  is  soaked  in  water  for  a  few  hours,  when 
it  should  be  removed  and  kept  wet,  but  not  wholly  immersed.  In 
the  course  of  a  day  or  so  the  plasmodium  will  have  revived,  and 
the  piece  of  Stereum,  on  which  it  will  have  begun  to  creep,  should 
be  placed  on  a  dinner  plate,  near  the  edge,  and  covered  with  a  bell- 
jar.  A  well-soaked  pileus  of  Stereum.  should  now  be  laid  on  the 
awakened  plasmodium,  which  will  soon  leave  the  original  piece  and 


*  The  sporangia  of  B.  utricularis  vary  much  in  dimension ;   those  of  the 
average  size  contain  about  a  million  and  a  half  of  spores. 


ON    THE    CULTIVATION    OF    MYCETOZOA    FROM    SPORES  / 

spread  over  the  new.  Every  morning  a  fresh  supply  of  Stereum 
should  be  placed  in  front  of,  and  touching,  the  piece  over  which 
the  Plasmodium  is  advancing,  so  that  it  shall  not  go  back  on  the 
exhausted  fungus.  In  this  way  the  growth  may  be  led  round  the 
plate,  the  old  pilei  are  cleared  away  behind,  and  fresh  added  in 
front  until  the  cultivation  has  reached  the  desired  dimensions,  when 
it  can  be  dried  by  exposure  to  the  air  to  form  a  fresh  store  of 
sclerotium. 

If,  however,  it  is  desired  that  the  plasmodium  should  form  into 
sporangia,  the  supply  of  food  is  stopped.  If  this  is  done  without 
taking  any  further  precaution,  it  is  often  found  that  the  plasmodium 
becomes  poisoned  by  returning  to  the  old  fungus,  now  loaded  with 
decomposing  refuse-matter,  and  it  produces  imperfect  sporangia  or 
dies.  Though  this  is  not  always  the  case,  yet  to  insure  perfect  de- 
velopment the  following  method  is  found  to  give  good  results. 
A  pile  of  well-washed  thick  sticks,  with  the  bark  on  them,  is  placed 
under  a  bell- jar,  and  the  Stereum,  on  which  the  plasmodium  is 
growing,  is  laid  on  the  pile ;  it  is  as  well  to  add  a  few  pilei  at  first, 
that  the  shock  of  removal  may  be  recovered  from  ;  the  plasmodium 
soon  leaves  the  Stereum,  and  wanders  over  the  sticks  ;  there  it  frees 
itself  from  impurities,  and,  finding  nothing  to  feed  upon,  it  changes 
to  perfect  sporangia  in  four  or  five  days. 

Another  cultivation  of  considerable  interest  is  that  from  the 
spores  of  a  possibly  new  species,  which  I  have  named  provisionally 
Didyynium  comatum,  from  the  abundant  straight  threads  of  which 
the  capillitium  is  composed.  It  was  found  in  March,  1899,  growing 
in  company  with  Dldnmium  diffonne  Duby  on  old  fronds  of  hart's- 
tongue  fern  on  the  Undercliff  at  Lyme  Regis.  It  is  no  doubt  nearly 
allied  to  D.  diffonne,  and  may  prove  to  be  merely  a  variety  of  it.  It 
is  most  difficult  to  distinguish  between  the  two  forms  in  the  field  ; 
in  both  the  egg-shell-like  crust  may  be  removed  entire  from  the 
iridescent  membranous  inner  sporangium-wall,  though  sometimes 
the  two  layers  are  closely  adhering ;  in  D.  comatum,  however,  the 
crystals  forming  the  outer  crust  are  often  more  stellate  and  less 
densely  compacted  than  in  D.  dlfforme.  In  the  first  gatherings 
there  was  a  marked  difference  between  the  spores  of  D.  comatum  and 
those  of  its  ally  ;  they  were  paler  and  smaller  ;  they  contracted  into 
a  boat-shape  when  placed  in  Hantsch's  fluid  or  spirit,  in  consequence 
of  one  side  being  thinner  than  the  other,  as  do  also  the  spores  of 
D.  diffonne  ;  yet  they  lacked  the  dark  branching  lines  usually  present 
on  the  contracting  side  of  the  spores  of  the  latter  species.  Gather- 
ings of  D.  comatum  in  April,  1900,  from  the  Lyme  Undercliff 
exhibited  spores  similar  to  those  above  described  ;  but  another 
gathering  of  the  species  from  a  straw-yard  in  an  open  field  at 
about  the  same  date  showed  profuse  slender  capillitium,  but  had 
spores  that  could  not  be  distinguished  from  the  normal  spores  of 
D.  diffonne. 

The  difference  between  the  two  forms  resolves  itself  therefore 
into  the  structure  of  the  capillitium,  and  in  the  behaviour  under 
cultivation  to  be  noticed  in  the  following  account :  The  capillitium 
of  D.  diffornii  is  sca,Qty,  aid  cm^isbs  of  stout  and  usually  separate 


8  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

scattered  threads ;  these  branch  upwards  in  a  tree-like  maimer,  and 
are  attached  to  the  upper  sporangium-wall  by  slender  tips,  and  to 
the  lower  wall  by  broad  bases.  Ttie  capillitium  of  the  new  form  is 
very  profuse,  and  consists  of  slender,  usually  straight  threads  con- 
nected together  by  a  few  anastomosing  branches,  and  attached  to 
the  sporangium-wall  above  and  below  by  narrow  points.  The 
colour  varies  in  both  species,  but  in  D.  di forme  it  is  generally 
purple-brown ;  in  D.  comatum  it  is  almost  always  colourless,  as  far 
as  can  be  ascertained  from  the  comparatively  limited  material  at 
hand.  Beside  the  Lyme  Regis  gatherings  a  small  specimen  was 
obtained  from  near  Luton  in  February,  1893,  with  profuse  colour- 
less capillitium  and  pale  spores,  precisely  similar  to  those  of  the 
sporangia  first  collected  on  the  Lyme  undercliff. 

No  specimens  have  been  found  with  capillitium  intermediate  in 
character  between  these  strikingly  diverging  forms.  In  order  to 
ascertain  by  cultivation  whether  the  peculiar  features  of  D.  comatum 
would  remain  constant,  the  following  experiment  was  made  : — 
On  March  9th,  1899,  spores  were  sown  in  a  hanging  drop.  In 
about  six  hours  every  spore  appeared  to  have  germinated,  and  the 
preparation  teemed  with  swarm-cells.  Three  other  cultures  were 
put  down  in  watch-glasses  on  March  10th,  and  at  the  same  time 
spores  were  scattered  over  a  piece  of  scalded  blotting-paper,  together 
with  some  boiled  cress-seeds.  As  a  check  experiment,  spores  of 
D.  di  forme,  gathered  with  D.  coynatum,  were  also  sown  on  similarly 
prepared  blotting-paper.  I  may  mention  that  in  cultivations  of 
D.  di  forme  from  spores  sporangia  almost  invariably  begin  to  appear 
in  about  a  fortnight ;  on  one  occasion,  when  the  spores  were  sown 
with  seeds  of  Plantago  lanceolata,  sporangia  formed  in  eight  days. 
In  the  case  of  this  check  experiment  well-formed  sporangia  appeared 
in  about  fifteen  days  from  the  date  of  sowing,  with  characteristic 
coarse  capillitium,  which  varied  in  quantity  and  was  reduced  in  the 
very  small  sporangia  to  one  or  two  threads,  or  was  altogether  wanting. 
This  corresponded  with  former  experience,  when  cultivations  of 
this  species  have  been  carried  on  for  many  generations  in  suc- 
cession. It  was  not  until  forty  days  after  the  spores  of  D.  comatum 
were  sown — that  is  to  say,  on  April  19th — that  the  first  minute 
sporangia  appeared  in  the  blotting-paper  preparation  ;  others  con- 
tinued to  develop  until  April  30th,  when  thirty- eight  sporangia 
could  be  counted  ;  but  they  were  so  small  that  they  could  hardly  be 
seen  without  the  aid  of  a  lens.  Every  one  examined,  even  the  most 
minute,  had  profuse  slender  colourless  capillitium  and  pale  spores 
of  precisely  the  same  character  as  that  of  the  parent  sporangia.  In 
the  watch-glass  experiments  no  Plasmodium  formed  until  May  2nd, 
or  fifty-three  days  after  sowing,  and  this  occurred  in  only  one  of 
the  glasses ;  it  increased  to  more  than  a  millimetre  across,  and 
appeared  to  be  quite  healthy,  when  an  accident  prevented  further 
observation. 

As  far  as  it  goes,  this  culture  points  to  a  specific  difference 
between  D.  diforme  and  D.  comatum,,  but  in  the  face  of  the  straw- 
■  yard  gathering  before  referred  to  it  seems  safer  to  mark  the  new 
form  as  T).  diforme  var.  comatum. 


SOME     BRITISH     VIOLETS. 
By  Edmund  G.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

The  following  are  notes  on  some  British  violets  of  the  Melanium 
section  which  have  been  sent  to  the  Natural  History  Museum  clurino- 
the  last  few  months.  ^ 

It  may  be  well  to  group  the  plants  referable  to  V.  tricolor  L. 
(sensu  lat.),  if  we  are  dealing  with  British  forms  alone,  under  five 
or  six  heads  ;  if  plants  occurring  on  the  Continent  were  dealt  with, 
these  groups  would  include  about  double  this  number.* 

Viola  Pesneaui  Lloyd,  Fl.  Ouest.  ed.  3,  p.  43  (1876) ;  V.  Curtisii 
Forster  /?  Pesneaui  Eouy  &  Foucaud,  Fl.  France,  iii.  50  (1896). 
This  plant  belongs  to  the  group  of  which  F.  Curtisii  Forst.  is  the 
representative  species.  The  group  is  only  a  small  one,  all  the 
members  being  found  near  the  sea  ;  the  diagnostic  characters  con- 
trasting with  the  other  groups  being  drawn  from  the  stipule  and 
the  flower.  The  former  organ  is  nearly  palmatipartite  with  straight, 
linear,  narrow  and  pointed  lateral  segments.  The  flowers  are  not 
so  large  as  in  V.  hitea  Huds.,  but  larger  than  in  V.  arvensis  Murr. 

V.  Curtisii  Forst.  was  first  described  in  Engl.  Bot.  Suppl. 
t.  2693,  from  Braunton  Burrows,  where  it  was  gathered  by  William 
Curtis,!  and  cultivated  in  his  garden.  The  roots  are  fibrous  ;  the 
stem  is  angular  and  rough.  The  lower  leaves  oval,  or  suborbicular, 
subcordate  ;  the  others  oval-lanceolate  or  lanceolate.  The  bracteoles 
are  placed  below  the  curvature.  The  petals  are  generally  a  little 
longer  than  the  calyx,  "  yellowish  with  blackish  branched  radiating 
lines,  the  lateral  paler  than  the  lower,  the  upper  whitish  "  ;  but 
British  specimens  which  have  been  referred  to  this  species  present 
great  variation  as  to  size  of  flower. 

V.  Pesneaui  Lloyd  differs  from  the  above  more  particularly  in 
the  violet  colour  of  the  flowers,  the  upper  petals  being  of  a  deeper 
hue.  Other  alleged  differences  are  that  the  bracteoles  are  either 
placed  on  the  curvature  or  a  very  little  below,  and  that  the  plant  is 
more  pubescent,  and  that  the  lobes  of  the  stipules  are  rather 
larger. 

Specimens  agreeing  with  this  plant  in  all  its  principal  charac- 
teristics have  been  received  from  Mr.  D.  A.  Jones,  gathered   at 

*  The  representative  species  of  these  groups  for  British  and  Western 
Continental  forms  would  be  as  follows  (see  also  Eouy  &  Foucaud  Fl  de 
France,  ni.  p.  40) :— (1.)  V.  hortensis  DC.  (pro  varietate),  Prod.  i.  p.  303. 
(2.  V.  saxatihs  Schmidt,  Fl.  Boh.  iii.  p.  60.  (3.)  V.  tricolor  L.  Sp.  PI.  p.  935 
(4.)   F.  arvensis^  Murray,  Prod.  Stirp.  Gott.  p.  73.      (5.)   V.  Oly.siponensis  Eouy 

n^ooJ^^S'];.  ^''""-  ^-  '^^-  ^^'^-  ^  ^1^^^^)'  P-  114;  &  in  Bol.  Soc.  Brot.  vi.  p.  1^3 
(i8b«).     (b.)    V.   Kitaibeliana  Eoem.   &   Schultes,   Syst.   5,  p.   383        (7)    V 

rTt  ^'n^°\?".^'  ^^'-  P^-  '^^-  P-  ^-  (S-)  ^'  ^"'•^'^^«  Foi'st.  in  Eng.  Bot! 
t.  ^byd.  (9.)  V.  Vivariensis  Jord.  Obs  fragm.  i.  p.  19,  t.  2.  (10  )  V  Rotho- 
magensis  Desf.  Cat.  p.  153.  (12.)  F.  lutea  Huds.  Fl.  Angl.  ed  i.  p  331  If 
Central  and  Eastern  European  plants  were  also  included,  several  species, 
such  asV  Hijmettia  Boiss.  &  Heldr.  and  F.  Mercurii  Orphanides,  would  have 
to  be  added. 

t  A  specimen  from  Curtis  from  Forster's  Herbarium  is  in  the  National 
Herbarium. 


10  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Mochras,  near  Harlech,  Merionethshire.  It  may  be  well  to  give  a 
description  drawn  up  partly  from  a  specimen  sent  me  by  Mr.  Lloyd 
many  years  ago,  and  partly  from  Mr.  Lloyd's  notes  : — 

V.  CuRTisii  Forster  f3  Pesneaui  Rouy  &  Foucaud,  Flore  de 
France,  iii.  p.  50  (1896) ;  V.  Rothomntfrnsh  Pesneau,  Cat.  Loire- 
Infer,  ed.  2,  non  Des-f.  ;  V.  Pesneaui  Lloyd,  Fl.  Quest,  ed.  iii.  p.  43 
(1876).  Root  slender.  Stems  numerous,  covered  with  a  fine 
pubescence.  Lower  leaves  oval,  the  petiole  being  generally  rather 
longer  than  the  lamina,  the  intermediate  oval  or  oval-lanceolate, 
the  upper  lanceolate,  all  crennlate-dentate ;  described  as  being 
longer  than  the  internodes,  but  in  the  specimens  not  always  so. 
Stipules  with  somewhat  arcuate,  narrow,  ciliate,  lateral  lobes. 
Peduncles  several  times  longer  than  the  leaves.  Bracteoles  de- 
scribed as  being  situated  on  or  a  very  little  below  the  curvature ; 
in  the  specimens  examined  they  are  always  below  the  curvature. 
Sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  pointed,  shorter  than  the  corolla,  finally 
somewhat  of  a  violet  colour,  with  appendages  distinctly  passed  by 
the  straight  spur  of  the  corolla.  Upper  petals  violet,  lateral  also 
violet  a  little  ascending,  lower  at  first  whitish  then  violet,  yellow 
at  the  base  with  seven  rays,  covering  the  lower  base  of  the  lateral 
petals.  Capsule  rounded  oval,  very  obtuse,  a  little  shorter  than 
the  sepals. 

V.  sabnlosa  Boreau,  an  allied  plant,  differs  in  having  longer 
narrower  leaves. 

V.  Pesneaui  Lloyd  is  in  the  Index  Kewensis  reduced  to  V. 
Rothomar/ensis  Desf.,  the  Rouen  violet.  The  former  is  a  plant  of 
the  seashore,  the  latter  is  synonymous  with  V.  hispida  Lam. — a 
very  hispid  plant,  first  described  from  specimens  obtained  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Belboeuf,  a  short  distance  from  Rouen. 

There  is  a  very  interesting  plant  allied  to  V.  Pesneaui  in  the 
British  Museum  Herbarium,  gathered  by  Messrs.  Britten  and 
Nicholson  on  the  sand-hills  at  Southport  in  1882.  The  flowers 
are  for  the  most  part  violet,  and  the  spur  is  singularly  long  and 
slender.  It  is  apparently  at  present  without  a  name.  Mr.  Arthur 
Bennett  informs  me  he  has  had  the  same  plant  in  his  herbarium 
from  coast  sand-hills,  Wallasey,  Cheshire,  collected  by  Mr.  J. 
W.  Burton.  The  Mullaghmore  form,  named  by  my  father  V.  Sywei, 
also  belongs  to  this  group,  there  being  numerous  puzzling  inter- 
mediates between  the  different  named  forms. 

V.  cARPATicA  Borbas  in  Koch's  Synopsis,  ed.  iii.  p.  222  (1892). 
Mr.  J.  A.  Wheldon  has  recently  sent  for  comparison  specimens  of  a 
violet  gathered  on  arable  laud  reclaimed  from  Cockerham  peat 
moss,  West  Lancashire.  The  plant  bore  certain  points  of  resem- 
blance to  V.  pohjckroma  Kerner,  but  did  not  entirely  agree  with 
this  species,  and  I  submitted  it  to  Prof.  Borbas,  of  Budapest,  an 
authority  on  this  group  of  plants.  He  identifies  it  as  his  F. 
carpatica,  a  plant  which  is  not  uncommon  in  the  Carpathian  Alps, 
and  which  he  states  {op.  cit.)  =  V.  declmata  x  tricolor  var.  subalpina.^^ 

*  It  must,  however,  be  remembered  that  V.  decUnata  W.  &  K.  has  not  been 
recorded  as  British. 


SOME    BRITISH    VIOLETS 


11 


This  plant  belongs  to  the  group  of  plants  of  which  the  repre- 
sentative is  V.  saxatilis  Schmidt.  These  are  plants  generally  of 
montane  or  submontane  regions.  The  head-quarters  of  the  group 
mav  be  said  to  be  perhaps  the  Pyrenees,  but  F.  lepida  Jordan  has 
been  recorded  for  Britain,  and  in  France  has  the  following  distri- 
bution,!.^. Morbihan,  Charente-Inferieure,  Ardennes,  Meuse  ;  V. 
Froiwstii  Boreau  in  France  reaches  Finistere  and  Morbihan  ;  and 
V.  contempta  Jordan,  Morbihan,  Manche,  so  that  representatives  of 
this  group  should  be  further  searched  for  in  this  country.  The 
members  of  this  group  are  allied,  on  the  one  hand,  to  the  group  of 
V.  Intea  Huds.,  and  on  the  other  to  that  of  V.  tricolor  (sensu 
stricto).  With  the  former  they  agree  in  having  rather  showy 
flowers  with  petals  always  longer  than  the  sepals,  and  being 
perennials  and  subperennials.  In  the  shape  of  the  stipules  they 
agree  rather  with  the  latter,  those  organs  beiuij  pinnately  partite  ; 
while  in  V.  lutea  they  are  digitately  multipartite.  The  following  is 
a  short  description  of  V.  carpatica,  drawn  up  from  specimens  kindly 
sent  by  Prof.  Borbas  : — 

Root  not  seen.  Stems  elongate,  internodes  about  3  cm.  long. 
Leaves  ciliolate.  Upper  and  middle  leaves  distinctly  petiolate, 
lamina  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate  (differing  in  this  respect  from 
V.  pohjchroma  Kerner,  where  the  lamina  is  broader),  grossly  serrate- 
crenate,  sharply  contracting  to  petiole,  about  2-2-5  cm.  long.,  and 
less  than  1  broad.  Stipule  ciliolate.  pinnately  divided,  middle 
lobe  of  stipule  entire,  narrow  oblong,  larger  than  the  lateral  lobes, 
which  are  acute.  Peduncles  much  longer  than  the  leaves ;  bracteoles 
sometimes  just  below  the  curvature,  sometimes  1-5  cm.  below. 
Sepals  subacuminate,  shorter  than  spur.  Petals  longer  than  sepals, 
violet-coloured,  the  lowest  and  lateral  with  radiating  black  lines, 
yellowish  white  in  the  throat,  very  similar  to  those  of  V.  pohjchroma 
kerner.  The  longitudinal  diameter  of  flower  is  rather  over  2  cm. 
Capsule  oblong,  pointed  a  little  shorter,  or  nearly  as  long  as  sepals. 

The  plant  submitted  to  Prof.  Borbas  from  Cockerham  moss 
agrees  with  the  above  in  almost  every  particular  except  that  the 
middle  lobe  of  all  but  the  upper  stipules  is  somewhat  crenate- 
serrate  and  rather  longer. 

V.  NANA  Corbiere,  Fl.  Normand.  p.  81  (1893).  This  is  one  of 
the  most  distinct  of  the  forms  of  Viola  coming  under  V.  tricolor. 
It  is  not  recognized  in  the  London  Catalogue,  but  is  the  plant  named 
7.  nemausensis  Jord.  by  Trimen  in  this  Journal  for  1871,  p.  99. 
T'.  nemausensis  is  now  by  some  authors  considered  synonymous 
with  F.  Kitaiheliana  Roem.  &  Schultes.  This  plant  would  then 
be  F.  Kitaiheliana  Roem.  &  Schultes  var.  y  nana  Rouy  &  Foucaud, 
Fl.  de  France,  iii.  p.  49  {V.  tricolor  L.  var.  tt  nana  J)C.  Prod.  i. 
p.  304).* 

The  distribution  of  this  variety  in  France  is  maritime  sands 
in  Calvados,  Manche,  Vendee,  Charente-Inferieure,  and  Gironde. 
Trimen's  specimens  in  the  National  Herbarium  are  from  St.  Aubyn's 

*  V.  tenella  Poir.  Diet.  p.  644  was  referred  to  this  variety  by  De  Candolle 
in  the  Frodromus. 


12 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


Bay,  Jersey,  and  Mr.  C.  P.  Andrews  has  recently  presented  to  the 
Herbarium  a  good  series  from  sand-hills  near  Rousse  Towers, 
Guernsey.  This  is  probably  the  plant  referred  to  by  Babington  (in 
Manual,  8th  ed.  p.  44)  as  a  small  form  from  Scilly  of  V.  arvensis 
Murr.,  very  like  V.  parvula  Tineo. 


NOTES    ON    AFEICAN    CONVOLVULACE^. 
By  a.  B.   Rendle,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 

The  following  notes  have  accumulated  during  the  working  out 
of  several  collections  which  have  been  recently  presented  to  the 
Department  of  Botany  from  various  parts  of  Tropical  Africa.  These 
include  the  plants  of  Mr.  Scott  Elliot's  expedition  to  British  East 
Africa  and  Mt.  Ruwenzori ;  Dr.  Donaldson  Smith's  i^lants  from 
Somaliland  and  the  district  around  Lake  Rudolph  ;  Lord  Delamere's 
plants  from  British  East  Africa  ;  Dr.  Rand's  plants  from  Rhodesia; 
and  small  collections  made  in  British  East  Africa  by  Mr.  S.  L. 
Hinde,  and  in  the  Congo  Region  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Migeod. 

In  the  course  of  this  work  the  material  in  the  National  Her- 
barium has  been  to  a  great  extent  revised  and  rearranged,  and  has 
afforded  material  for  various  critical  notes,  as  well  as  several  new 
species,  especially  among  the  South  African  plants.  In  connection 
with  the  latter,  it  seemed  well  to  compare  the  material  from  the 
Cape  in  the  Trinity  College,  Dublin,  Herbarium.  This  I  have  been 
able  to  do  at  leisure  by  the  unfailing  courtesy  of  Dr.  Perceval 
Wright,  who  sent  over  the  whole  of  his  South  African  Convol- 
vulacese  ;  and  I  take  this  opportunity  of  recording  my  gratitude 
to  him. 

In  the  limitation  and  arrangement  of  genera  I  have  in  the  main 
followed  Dr.  Hans  Hallier,  to  whom  most  of  the  recent  work  on 
the  Order  is  due.  In  several  instances  I  find  myself  at  variance 
with  him  on  the  limitation  of  species,  especially  of  those  adopted  in 
his  later  papers ;  I  do  not  think  that  any  useful  purpose  is  served 
by  sinking  a  large  number  of  readily  distinguishable  species  to  make 
a  sort  of  species-aggregate,  which  is  then  broken  up  into  subspecies, 
varieties,  and  forms.  The  relative  value  of  characters  is  at  present 
largely  a  matter  of  individual  opinion  ;  and  if  a  plant  can  be  easily 
distinguished  by  characters  which  are  generally  considered  to  be  of 
specific  importance,  it  should,  except  in  special  cases,  be  regarded 
as  a  specific  entity.  It  is  thus  more  easy  to  manipulate,  and 
becomes  comparable  with  the  average  species. 

The  specimens,  except  where  otherwise  stated,  will  be  found  in 
the  National  Herbarium. 

Ipomcea  (§  Calycanthemum). 

I.  gracilisepala  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  caulibus  elongatis  pro- 
stratis  ramosis  subteretibus  breviter  hirsutulis ;  foliis  inter  minores, 
hastatis  cum  basi  triangulare  et  lobis  basalibus  margine  lobulatis, 


NOTES    ON    AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACE^  13 

apice  obtusiusculis,  facie  superiore  atrato-viride,  glabra  cum  punc- 
tulis  pellucidis  notata,  facie  inferiore  sparse  pilosa  cum  nervo 
mediaiio  venisque  pinnatis  valde  asceudentibus  prominentibus, 
breviter  petiolatis  ;  floribus  solitariis  vel  geminis,  pedunculis  obsol- 
etis,  bracteolis  lineari-lanceolatis  acutis  pilosis,  pedicellis  quam  folia 
brevioribus,  pubescentibus  ;  sepalis  e  basi  lanceolata  lineari-acumi- 
natis,  ^qualibus,  dorso  marginibusque  breviter  pilosis  ;  corolla 
marcida,  ut  apparet  tubuloso-campauulata  et  calycem  baud  super- 
ante,  luteola  (?),  areis  mesopetalis  nervis  binis  conspicuis  definitis  ; 
staminibus  subsequalibus,  tubo  inclusis,  antlieris  elliptico-sagittatis  ; 
stigmate  subgloboso  ;  capsula  pilosa  biloculare,  cum  valvis  4  dehis- 
ceute  ;  seminibus  4,  breviter  et  appresse  cinereo-pilosis. 

Described  from  a  shoot  broken  below  the  apex,  60  cm.  long,  not 
exceeding  2  mm.  in  diameter.  Leaves  reaching  4  cm.  long  by  barely 
1-5  cm.  broad  at  the  hastate  base.  Bracteoles  6-8  mm.  long  by 
1-1-5  mm.  broad  ;  flowering  pedicels  6-12  mm.  long,  increasing  in 
the  fruit  to  1-7  to  2  cm.  Sepals  1  cm.  long,  2-2-5  mm.  broad,  in- 
creasing in  the  fruit  to  1-5  cm.  in  length  and  3  mm.  broad  in  the 
lower  part,  the  linear  acuminate  apex  becoming  incurved.  Corolla 
apparently  about  equal  to  the  calyx  in  length,  with  a  tube  2  mm.  in 
diameter.  Filaments  2-5-3  mm.  long,  anthers  a  little  over  1  mm.  ; 
style  3-5  mm.  long.  Fruit  globose,  7-8  mm.  in  diameter  ;  seeds 
4-4-5  mm.  long,  1*75-2  mm.  broad. 

A  very  distinct  species  of  the  section,  perhaps  nearest  to  I.  his- 
pida  E.  &  Sch.,  which  it  resembles  in  habit,  but  is  distinguished  by 
its  hastate  leaves,  with  triangular  not  cordate  base,  solitary  or 
geminate  stalked  flowers,  and  long  attenuated  sepals. 

Hab.     South  Africa,  Zeijher,  1846,  no.  1224. 

I.  Hindeana  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  humilis  ramo  abbreviato  (in 
specimine  singulo)  sparse  hirsutulo  ;  foliis  oblongo-hastatis,  obtusis, 
basi  subcordata,  lobis  rotundatis,  facie  superiore  glabra  hispidula, 
atrate  viride,  facie  inferiore  in  venis  venulisque  sparse  hirsutula, 
margine  breviter  hirsutulo,  petiolis  tenuibus,  aequilongis  vel  quam 
lamina  paullo  brevioribus,  hirsutulis;  pedunculis  tenuibus  petiolos 
sequantibus  vel  excedentibus,  glabrescentibus,  floribus  2  mono- 
chasialibus  ;  bracteolis  lanceolatis  acutis,  pedicello  glabro  subfili- 
forme  pedunculum  sub^quante  ;  sepalis  lanceolatis  acutis,  dorso 
sparse  hirsutulis  ;  corolla  infundibuliforme  calycem  2^-plo  ex- 
cedente,  albo  (?),  areis  mesopetalis  distinctis,  sparsissime  pilosulis, 
cum  venis  binis  luridis  conspicue  limitatis. 

The  specimen  consists  of  a  slender  branch,  1  cm.  long,  spring- 
ing from  a  short  stouter  woody  shoot,  1-5  mm.  in  diameter,  and 
bearing  a  few  crowded  leaves  at  the  apex,  in  the  axil  of  each  of 
which  springs  an  inflorescence.  Leaves  to  2  cm.  long  by  1  cm. 
broad  at  the  base  ;  basal  lobes  spreading,  barely  3  mm.  broad  ; 
petioles  1-5-2  cm.  long.  Peduncle  2-3  cm.  long,  bracteoles  -5  cm. 
long,  pedicel  of  opened  flower  (terminal)  equal  to  the  peduncle 
(2  cm.).  Sepals  1  cm.  long  by  2  mm.  broad  at  the  base.  Corolla 
2-5  cm.  long,  about  2  cm.  broad  at  the  mouth. 

A  very  distinct  species,  the  flowers  resembling  those  of  /.  mom- 
bassana  Hall,  f.,  but  the  sepals  show  no  trace  of  the  basal  auricles 


14 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


which  characterise  those  of  the  latter  species.  The  leaf  and  flower 
also  recall  I.  obscura  Chois.,  hut  the  hirsutulous  narrow  pointed 
sepals  at  once  distinguish  it. 

Hab.  British  East  Africa.  Machakos,  S.  L.  Himie,  1896. 
I.  cEAssiPEs  Hook.  In  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  vii.  44-48,  Dr.  Hallier 
has  elaborated  this  species,  extending  it  to  include  a  number  of 
species  previously  described  by  himself  and  others.  These  are 
arranged  under  ten  varieties,  and  one  variety  is  further  divided  into 
subvarieties.  I  have  not  seen  all  the  specimens  cited  in  the  above 
arrangement,  but,  after  carefully  working  through  the  accessible 
material,  I  find  myself  somewhat  at  variance  with  the  conclusions. 
For  instance,  if  I.  kewittioides  Hall.  f.  becomes  I.  cmssipes  var. 
heivittioides,  why  is  not  1.  fulvicaulis  (Aniseia  fulvictiulis  Hoclist.),  to 
which  1.  heivittiuides  shows  far  more  resemblance  than  to  typical 
I.  crassipes,  also  included  as  a  variety  ?  The  same  question  arises 
with  other  species,  e.g.  /.  asperifolia  Hall.  f.  ;  in  fact,  once  start 
making  these  species-aggregates,  and  it  is  not  easy  to  stop.  Dr. 
Hallier,  having  gone  so  far,  should  certainly  have  gone  farther.  I 
have  tried  to  arrange  the  forms  in  question  in  accordance  with  the 
more  generally  accepted  views  on  the  limitation  of  species,  with  the 
following  results  : — 

1.  crassipes  Hook.  (/.  calystegioides  E.  Meyer)  comprises  the 
South  African  forms  included  by  Hallier  under  var.  genuina,  var. 
long epe dune ulata,  var.  ovata,  and  probably  var.  thunbergioides,  from 
the  description.  These  hang  together  fairly  well,  varying  in  the 
greater  or  less  hairiness,  breadth  of  leaf,  length  of  peduncle,  and 
moderate  to  large  lanceolate  to  ovate  bracteoles.  Var.  iikambensis 
Hall,  f.,  which  is  I.  ukambemis  Vatke,  in  LinniBa,  xliii.  510,  from 
East  Tropical  Africa,  must,  I  think,  be  regarded  as  a  distinct  species 
closely  allied  to  /.  crassipes,  but  differing  in  the  markedly  rounded 
apex  of  its  oblong  leaves.  Var.  Jiewittioides  Hall.  f.  (/.  kewittioides 
Hall  f.),  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xviii.  127  (Dec.  1893),  /.  andowjejise  Rendle 
and  Britten  in  Journ.  Bot.  1894,  171,  an  Angolan  plant,  is,  as  I 
have  already  indicated,  very  distinct,  and  more  nearly  allied  to 
/.  fidvicaidis,  both  in  form  of  leaf  and  in  the  dense  several-flowered 
inflorescence. 

Hallier  also  suggests  that  another  Angolan  species  (i.  adumbrata 
Rendle  and  Britten  in  Journ.  Bot.  1894,  173)  may  be  synonymous 
with  his  var.  ononoides  from  the  Transvaal.  I  have  seen  no 
authenticated  specimens  of  the  variety,  but  should  prefer  to  retain 
/.  adumbrata  as  a  distinct  species  of  the  affinity  of  /.  crassipes,  but 
separated  by  the  shorter,  proportionately  broader,  very  obtuse 
leaves,  and  small  slender  almost  linear  bracteoles. 

1.  Greenstockii  Rendle  in  Journ.  Bot.  1896,  35,  is  also  indicated 
as  a  synonym  of  the  species  (p.  44)  ;  in  fact,  if  we  exclude  the  two 
Nyassaland  specimens  which  are  on  p.  46  tentatively  referred  to 
var.  akambensis,  it  remains  as  the  sole  typical  representative.  It  is, 
however,  a  distinct  form  with  dwarfed  growth,  short  crowded 
ascending  to  suberect  branches,  and  long  narrow  suberect  leaves ; 
and,  whether  or  no  specifically  distinct,  is  certainly  far  from  typical. 

On  this  view  of  the  species  there  are  left  two  plants  not  yet 


NOTES    ON    AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACEiE  15 

accounted  for,  which,  though  doubtless  inseparable  from  Dr. 
Hauler's  aggregate,  must,  I  think,  in  the  more  usual  acceptance 
of  the  term,  be  regarded  as  distinct  species  ;  their  descriptions 
follow. 

I.  sarmentacea,  sp.  nov.  Sufirutex  caulibus  tenuibus  lignosis 
e  basi  crassa  lignosa  brunnea  eforuie  prostratis,  fiexuosis,  teretibus, 
tortulis,  ut  sunt  petioli,  nervi  in  fohorum  dorso  prominentes,  pedun- 
culi,  bracteolc^,  et  sepala  tenuiter  hispiduhs  ;  foliis  oblongo-ovatis, 
obtusis,  basi  breviter  subcordatis  vel  retusis,  facie  superiore  saturate 
viride,  parciter  appresse  pilosa,  facie  inferiore  veuulosa,  petiolis 
brevibus ;  pedunculis  unifloris  quam  folia  ^-i-brevioribus,  bracteolis 
parvis,  anguste  lanceolatis  acuminatis,  a  calyce  paullo  remotis  • 
sepalis  binis  exterioribus  ovatis  basi  vix  ampliatis  acutis,  interiori- 
bus  angustioribus ;  corolla  tubiiloso-infundibulare,  calycem  duplo 
excedente,  ut  apparet  purpurea. 

Shoots  20-40  cm.  long,  a  little  over  1  mm.  in  maximum  breadth. 
Leaves  2-5-5-5  cm.  long  by  1-8-2  cm.  broad,  the  under  surface  a 
much  lighter  green  than  the  upper,  and  chased  with  the  darker  and 
decreasmgly  prominent  midrib,  ascending  lateral  veins,  and  often 
ladder-like  cross  unions.  Petioles  5-7  mm.  long.  Peduncles  (in- 
cluding pedicel)  of  open  flowers  1-2-1-5  cm.  long,  bracteoles 
7-8  mm.  long  by  1-5-1 -75  mm.  broad.  Outer  sepals  12  to  barely 
15  mm.  long  by  5-6  mm.  broad,  the  two  innermost  (1-5  cm.  long) 
linear,  tapering  from  a  base  scarcely  exceeding  2  mm.  broad,  the 
intermediate  lanceolate,  3-5  mm.  long.  Corolla  nearly  8-5'  cm. 
long,  tube  a  little  over  2  cm.  long,  and  5-6  mm.  in  diameter  about 
the  middle,  spread  of  mouth  of  corolla  2-8  cm. 

The  vegetative  characters  closely  resemble,  from  the  description 
{I.e.  p.  49),  those  of  Hallier's  /.  crassipes  var.  r/randifolia,  but  the 
peduncles  are  shorter  (2-7  cm.  in  the  variety),  the  small  bracteoles 
narrow-lanceolate,  not  linear,  and  the  sepals  only  about  half  as 
broad,  those  of  var.  grandifolia  being  described  as  "1  cm.  lata"  ; 
the  corolla  is  also  larger.  The  new  species  has  the  broad  ovate 
outer  sepals  of  /.  crassipes,  but  in  the  form  of  leaf  approaches 
I./u/vicaiilis ;  the  latter,  however,  differs  in  the  density  and  colour 
of  its  tomentum,  several-flowered  heads,  &c. 

Hab.     Transvaal ;  Pilgrim's  Rest,  Rev.  \V.  (J-reenstock,  1879. 

I.  bellecomans,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  cinereo-pilosa,  cauhbus 
robustis  sublaxiter  foliatis,  ramosis,  siccis  stepe  compressis,  baud 
sohdis,  ramis  s«pe  strictis,  patentibus  ;  foliis  parvis,  breviter  petio- 
latis  ovatis  obtusis  basi  interdum  truncatis,  utrinque  densissime 
cmereo-pilosis  ;  pedunculis  unifloris,  folia  excedentibus ;  bracteolis 
a  calyce  remotis,  ovatis ;  sepalis  externis  maguis  ovatis  ad  folia 
simihbus  sed  acutis,  internis  admodum  angustioribus  e  basi  lanceo- 
lata  acuminatis  ;  corolla  (marcida)  ut  apparet  roseo-purpurea  in- 
fundibuliforme  et  calycem  plus  duplo  excedente,  in  areis  mesopetalis 
pile  sola. 

The  longest  shoot  (broken  at  the  base)  in  the  specimens  measures 
55  cm.  m  length,  and  3  mm.  in  breadth ;  the  shoots,  like  the  branches, 
are  somewhat  densely  covered  with  soft  rather  short  whitish  hairs' 


16  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

the  covering  becoming  denser,  almost  as  on  the  leaves,  in  the  young 
tops.  Leaves  generally  about  1*5  cm.  long  by  6-7  mm.  broad, 
rarely  somewhat  exceeding  this  ;  on  the  shorter  branches  often 
much  smaller,  becoming  oblong-ovate  or  lanceolate  in  shape. 
Peduncles  1-5-3  cm.  long,  bracteoles  8-10  mm.  long  by  2-5-3  mm. 
broad,  pedicels  generally  1  cm.  long.  Outer  sepals  1-5  cm.  long 
by  -5  cm.  broad  just  above  the  base,  the  innermost  3  mm.  broad. 
Corolla  apparently  about  3  cm.  long. 

Near  I.  crassipes,  but  distinguished  by  habit,  the  dense  ash- 
coloured  covering  of  hairs,  the  short  bluntly  ovate  leaves,  and  the 
ovate  outer  sepals  with  a  rounded  and  not  enlarged  base.  Apparently 
near  I.  crassipes  var.  strigosa  Hall,  f.,  which  I  have  not  seen. 

Hab.  South  Africa,  Zeyher,  1846,  no.  1213.  Transvaal,  Apies 
river,  Burke,  no.  347. 

The  following  plants,  not  previously  cited,  are  included  in  those 
South  African  forms  which  I  regard  as  representing  I.  crassipes  : — 

Var.  GENUiNA  Hall.  f.  in  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  vii.  46. 

South  Africa,  Zeyher,  1846,  nos.  1210,  1212.  Natal,  Macalis- 
berg,  Burke,  no.  353,  "flowering  in  October"  ;  and  no.  177  (in  herb. 
Trin.  Coll.  Dublin). 

Var.  LONGEPEDUNCULATA  Hall.  f.  /.  c.  45. 

Zululand,  W.  T.  Gerrard,  no.  1330. 

Var.  ovATA  Hall.  f.  I.e.  47. 

Natal,  near  Newcastle,  alt.  4000  ft.,  J.  M.  Wood,  no.  6242, 
''flowers  rose-purple,"  Jan.  1897;  and,  without  precise  locality, 
J.  Sanderson,  1860,  no.  276  (in  herb.  Trin.  Coll.  Dublin). 

In  the  Catalogue  of  Welwitsc/i's  African  Plants,  i.  732,  two 
numbers  are  assigned  to  /.  crassipes  Hook.  No.  6128  is  /.  adum- 
brata  Rendle  &  Britten,  and  in  my  opinion  is  a  distinct  species. 
No.  6130  is  a  small  dwarfed  specimen  bearing  only  young  flower- 
buds,  and  may  represent  a  new  species  allied  to  /.  crassipes  on  the 
one  hand,  and  I.  blepharophylla  on  the  other.  It  differs  from 
the  former  in  the  subequal  ovate  sepals,  the  innermost  only  being 
conspicuously  smaller,  and  the  oblong  leaves  with  rounded  apex 
and  base  recalling  those  of  typical  I.  blepharophylla,  which  is, 
however,  distinguished  by  its  narrowly  ovate  sepals. 

I.  OBLONGATA  E.  Meycr  var.  hirsuta,  var.  nov.  Foliis  ovato- 
oblongis  utrinque  marginibusque  dense  et  subferrugine  hirsutis  ; 
bracteolis  sepalisque  dorso  hirsutis. 

Leaves  generally  between  3  and  4-5  cm.  long  by  1-2-1-5  cm. 
broad,  covered  with  a  somewhat  dense  covering  of  rather  long 
appressed  stiftish  hairs  with  a  tuberculate  base.  Similar  but  often 
paler  hairs  occur  on  the  bracteoles  and  sepals. 

Hab.  South  Africa,  Zeyher,  1846,  no.  1208.  Natal,  Macalis- 
berg,  Burke,  no.  179  (in  herb.  Trin.  Coll.  DubUn). 

I.  Lambtoniana,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  caulibus  elongatis  prostra- 
tis  sparse  hispidulis  denique  glabris;  foliis  cordato-ovatis,  breviter 
petiolatis,  apice  abrupte  acutiusculis,  sparsissime  pilosis,  venulosis 
prsesertim  in  pagina  inferiore  ;  pedunculis  folia  baud  aequantibus, 
unifloris,  basi  articulatis,   bracteolis  anguste    lineari-lanceolatis  a 


NOTES    ON    AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACEiE  17 

calyce  paullo  remotis  velut  pedunculis  hispidulis ;  sepalis  ovato- 
lanceolatis,  acutis,  dorso  plus  minus  hispidulis;  tribus  interioribus, 
duos  externos  paullo  excedentibus ;  corolla  infundibuliforme,  pur- 
purea, calycem  plus  duplo  excedente,  areis  mesopetalis  valde  limi- 
tatis,  3-5-nerviis. 

Described  from  a  shoot  cut  off  at  the  base,  and  80  cm.  long  and 
2  mm.  greatest  diameter.  Leaves  reaching  5  cm.  long  by  3-7  cm. 
broad,  becoming  smaller  as  we  ascend  the  shoot ;  petioles  to  1  cm. 
long;  midrib  and  pinnae  subpromiuent  on  the  under  leaf-surface, 
pinn^  5-6  on  each  side,  spreadiug-ascendent,  the  two  lower  arising 
just  above  the  leaf-base  ;  the  reticulate  connecting  veins  conspicuous 
on  both  surfaces  in  the  dried  leaf,  but  especially  on  the  under. 
Peduncles  -5-3  cm.  long,  jointed  at  the  base  ;  bracteoles  5-6  mm. 
long,  less  than  1  mm.  broad,  2-4  mm.  below  the  calyx.  Sepals 
12-14  mm.  long  by  about  4  mm.  broad.  Corolla  3-5  cm.  long, 
tube  7  mm.  in  diameter  (when  dried  and  pressed),  spreading  to 
about  3-5  cm.  at  the  mouth. 

Near  /.  oblongata  E.  Meyer,  but  distinguished  by  its  cordate- 
ovate  leaves  and  jointed  peduncles. 

Hab.  Natal,  near  Ladysmith,  April,  1861,  W.  T.  Gerrard, 
no.  622  ;  *'  a  trailer  with  purple  flowers."  Specimen  in  herb.  Trin. 
Coll.  Dublin. 

I.  sublucens,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  ramosus,  cauhbus  ramisque 
ut  tota  planta  sublucenter  et  albide  sericeo-pubescentibus,  lignosis, 
flexuosis,  siccis  angulatis  compressis,  non  solidis ;  foliis  oblongo  vel 
elliptico-ovatis,  apice  rotundatis,  basi  subcordatis,  petiolos  triplo 
excedentibus,  in  facie  superiore  sparsius,  in  facie  inferiore  margini- 
busque  densius,  et  in  foUis  junioribus  lucenter,  albide  serfceo- 
pubesceutibus  ;  pedunculis  uniflods,  quam  folia  duplo  brevioribus  ; 
bracteolis  ad_  calycem  subapproximatis,  lineari-spatulatis  ;  sepalis 
anguste  ovatis,  exterioribus  latioribus  acutis,  interioribus  acumi- 
natis;  corolla  purpurea  quam  calyx  triplo  longiore,  ut  apparet 
infundibuliforme,  areis  mesopetalis  bene  definitis,  dorso  albide- 
pilosis. 

The  specimen  consists  of  a  branched  shoot  nearly  70  cm.  long, 
which,  especially  in  the  younger  parts,  bears  a  short  white  some- 
what shining  pubescence  ;  the  angular  internodes  reach  2  mm.  in 
diameter.  Leaves  4-5-6-5  cm.  long,  2-3*5  cm.  or  rarely  4  cm. 
broad ;  petioles  2  cm.  or  less ;  midrib  broad,  prominent  on  the 
back  of  the  blade,  lateral  veins  pinnate,  subprominent,  ascending, 
crowded  at  the  base  of  the  leaf ;  the  back  and  margin  in  the  young 
still  plicate  leaves  bears  a  dense  shining  silky  pubescence,  which 
on  the  back  becomes  less  bright  and  dense  in  the  older  leaves. 
Peduncles  2-5-3  cm.  long  ;  bracteoles  about  1-5  cm.  long,  barely 
reaching  3  mm.  in  breadth  below  the  apex.  Sepals  l'5-l-7  cm. 
long,  4  mm.  or  less  in  breadth,  the  inner  narrower  and  sHghtly 
larger  than  the  outer.  Corolla  much  withered  and  eaten,  4-5  cm.  long. 

A  very  distinct  species,  perhaps  nearest  I.  oblongata  E.  Mey., 
but  differing  in  its  silky  whitish  covering,  larger  leaves,  longer 
bracteoles,  &c. 

Hab.     Port  Natal ;   Miss  Owen,  in  herb.  Trin.  Coll.  Dublin. 

Journal  OF  Botany.— Vol.  39.      [Jan.  1901.]  o 


18  THE    JOURNAL    OF   BOTANY 

I.  Randii,  sp.  nov.  Snffrutex  ferrugine  hirsutiilus,  caulibus 
validis  prostratis,  subtriangularibus  ;  foliis  ovatis  apice  rotimdatis, 
basi  truncatis,  petiolatis,  lamina  petiolum  quadruple  excedeute, 
venis  conspicuis ;  floribus  inter  majores,  solitariis,  pedicellatis, 
pedicellis  quam  folia  triplo  brevioribus  ;  bracteolis  sub  calyce,  an- 
guste  lineari-lanceolatis ;  sepalis  acuminatis,  exterioribus  ovatis, 
interioribus  lanceolatis,  dorso  dense  ferrugine  hirsutulis  ;  corolla 
pupurea,  calycem  plus  duplo  excedente,  fasciis  mesopetalis  cum  nervo 
distincto  utrinque  limitatis,  dorso  superne  hirsutulis ;  fructu  .... 

The  strong  horizontal  shoots  are  about  3  mm.  broad,  and  bear, 
like  the  leaf-stalks  and  pedicels,  numerous  short  stiffish  reddish 
brown  hairs,  internodes  2-4  cm.  long.  Petioles  1*5-2  cm.  long  ; 
blades  7-8  cm.  long  by  4-4-5  cm.  broad  just  above  the  base,  bear- 
ing numerous  short  appressed  pale  brownish  or  ferruginous  stiffish 
hairs  on  each  side,  and  a  dense  marginal  covering.  Peduncles 
2-4  cm.  long,  bracteoles  about  1-5  cm.  long,  2-2-5  mm.  broad,  and, 
like  the  sepals,  densely  hirsutulous  on  the  back  ;  sepals  about 
2  cm.  long,  scarcely  5-7  mm.  broad,  diminishing  in  breadth  from 
the  outer  to  the  inner;  corolla  (withered)  scarcely  5-5  cm.  long, 
presumably  infundibuliform. 

Near  1.  eloiujata  E.  Meyer,  but  distinguished  by  the  much  larger 
leaves,  the  ferruginous  hair-covering,  and  the  larger  densely  hairy 
sepals. 

Hah.    Rhodesia;  Bulawayo,  Dr.  Rand,  no.  271,  December,  1897. 

I.  Robertsiana,  sp.  nov.  Sufi'ratex  hirsutulus caulibus  prostratis; 
foliis  parvis,  lineari-lanceolatis,  breviter  petiolatis  ;  floribus  soli- 
tariis, pedunculis  folia  ^quantibus,  majoribus,  bracteolis  2,  anguste 
linearibus,  ad  calycem  approximatis ;  sepalis  lanceolatis  ad  ovatis, 
acuminatis,  hirsutulis,  interioribus  latioribus ;  corolla  puri)urea, 
late  infundibuliforme  glabra,  fasciis  mesopetalis  cum  nervis  3  dis- 
tinctis  lineatis  ;  staminibus  valde  inclusis  ;  stigmate  subgloboso  ; 
fructu  .... 

The  long  spreading  shoots  have  a  somewhat  sparse  covering  of 
short  stiffish  white  hairs,  which  are  present  also  on  the  leaf -stalks, 
the  margin  and  backs  of  the  leaves,  the  flower-stalks,  bracteoles, 
and  the  backs  of  the  sepals ;  the  upper  leaf-surfaces  are  glabrous, 
and  the  leaves  are  often  folded  on  the  midrib.  Leaves  on  well- 
developed  shoots  about  3  cm.  long  by  -5  cm.  broad,  with  a  petiole 
of  2-3  mm.  Flower-peduncles  2-3-5  cm.  long,  bracteoles  1  cm.  or 
a  little  less ;  sepals  scarcely  1*5  cm.  long  by  3-5-5  mm.  broad ; 
expanded  corolla  5  cm.  long  by  nearly  as  broad. 

Near  I.  elongata  E.  Meyer,  but  distinguished  at  once  by  its 
linear-lanceolate  shortly  stalked  leaves,  and  longer  flower-stalks. 
Recalls  I.  argyreioides  Chois.  (I.  cana  E.  Mey.)  in  habit  and  leaf- 
form,  but  the  smaller  leaves  and  general  hairiness  of  the  whole 
plant  distinguish  it. 

Hab.     Transvaal ;   Pilgrim's  Rest,  Rev.  W.  Greenstock,  1879. 

I.  Scotellii  Rendle,  sp.nov.  Suffrutex  humilis  hirsutulus  cauli- 
bus tenuibus  brevibus,  e  basi  lignosa  flexuose  difl'usis  ;  foliis  trun- 
cato-cordatis,  apice  rotundatis  interdum    subemarginatis,  petiolos 


NOTES    ON   AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACEJE  19 

flexuosos  excedentibus  ;  dichasiis  axillaribus,  sessilibus,  bracteolis 
anguste  Imeari-lanceolatis  ;  floribus  inter  mediocres,  breviter  pedi- 
cellatip  ;  sepalis  dorso  dense  hirsutulis,  externis  ellipticis  snbacutis, 
internis  hneari-angustatis  acutis  ;  corolla  purpurea  tubuloso-in- 
fundibuhforme,  fasciis  mesopetalis  dorso  hirsutulis,  conspicue  tri- 
nervns  ;  stigmate  subgloboso  ;  fructu  .... 

A  small  low-growing  plant  with  a  stout  woody  caudex,  from 
which  spring  a  number  of  slender,  very  flexuose  shoots,  5-9  cm. 
long,  and  1-5-2  mm.  thick,  which,  like  the  petioles,  are  densely 
covered  with  short  stiffish  flexuosely-spreading  yellowish-brown 
hairs.  Leaf-stalks  1-5-2-2  cm.  long  by  about  1  mm.  broad,  leaves 
2-5-3-5  cm.  long,  and  generally  as  broad,  densely  covered  on  both 
surfaces,  especially  on  the  veins,  with  short  stiffish  appressed  hairs 
springing  from  a  small  indurated  base.  Flower-buds  bluntly  coni- 
cal. Pedicels  4  mm.  long  or  less,  bracteoles  -5  cm.  long,  hairy  on 
the  back  like  the  leaves  and  the  sepals,  sepals  1  cm.  long,  the 
outer  4  mm.,  the  inner  less  than  1  mm.  broad.  Corolla  (withered) 
2-2  cm.  long,  tube  barely  2  mm.  broad  above  the  base. 

Near  I.  asperifoHa  Hall,  f.,  but  distinguished  by  having  leaves 

about  as  broad  as  long,  and  by  the  elliptical  not  ovate  outer  sepals. 

Hab.     Shire,  Urundi,  4-5000  ft.,   G,  F.  Scott  Elliot,  1893-4, 

no.  8373.  ' 

I.  cARDiosEPALA  Hochst.  cx  Choisy  in  DC.  Prodr.  ix  429 
(Ipomcea  catycina  Clarke  in  Fl.  Brit.  Ind.  iv.  201,  non  Meissn.  in 
Mart.  Fl.  Bras.  vii.  260.) 

Rhodesia  ;   Bulawayo,  Br.  Rand,  no.  366,  May,  1898. 

Section  Dasygh^tia. 
ment  '"'"''''iS^'  IQ^^^""'  '^''"^^"'  ^"  ^^^^^'  ^^^^  pAanzengeogr.  Docu- 

Suffrutex  fulve  hirsutus,  caulibus  ramisque  valde  diffusis,  ro- 
bustis  angulatis  compressis  non  sohdis ;  foliis  ovatis  ad  oblon^o- 
ovatis  rarms  oblongis,  obtusis  mucronulatis,  utrinque  hirsutulis 
petiolos  s^pe  triplo  excedentibus ;  pedunculis  folia  sub^equantibus 
vel  paullo  brevioribus,  1-pluri-floris;  floribus  magnis  brevissime 
pedicellatis,  bracteohs  hneari-subulatis,  sicut  sepaUs  subsimilibus 
sed  e  basi  latiore  acuminatis,  dorso  hirsutulis;  corolla  carnea  in- 
tundibuhforme  calycem  plus  duplo  superante,  areis  mesopetahs 
valde  limitatis  plurmerviis  sparse  pilosis. 

The  strong  hollow  spreading  shoots  are  conspicuously  flattened 

«rffi  T^  u  ""^f  .^'•'^'  ^-^  ^^^-  ^^  ^^^^^^1^'  ^"^^  bear  numerous 
stiffish  yellowish  hairs,  a  similar  covering  being  found  on  the 
leaves  and  inflorescence  as  far  as  the  exposed  backs  of  the  sepals 
Leaves  5-5-10  cm.  long  by  generally  between  2-5-4-5  cm.  broad 
above  the  base,  rarely  narrower  or  broader ;  petioles  generallv 
between  1-5-4-5  cm.  long.  Peduncles  4-5-11  cm.  long,  bracteoles 
and  sepals  1.5-2  cm.  long,  the  former  1-5-2  mm.,  the  latter  to 
d  mm.  broad  m  the  lower  part  pedicels  4  mm.  or  less.  Corolla 
crimson,  5  to  nearly  7  cm.  long,  4  cm.  broad  at  the  mouth 

Very  near  /.  pellita  Hall.  f.  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xviii.  130  (1893), 

o2 


20  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

but  the  latter  is  distinguished  by  its  cordate  leaves,  and  the  very 
dense  lucent  hair-covering  of  leaves  and  stem. 

I  have  written  out  this  species  as  I  cannot  find  that  any  de- 
scription has  ever  been  published  or  reference  made  to  it  in  any 
published  account  of  the  genus.  It  belongs  to  the  section  Dasy- 
chcBtia  of  Hallier's  arrangement  of  his  African  species  in  Engler's 
Jahrbuch,  xviii.  180.  This  section  contains  two  species,  the  closely 
allied  I.  pellita  and  also  I.  linosepala  Hall,  f.,  collected  by  Welwitsch 
in  Angola.  HalHer  refers  to  a  third  species,  from  Natal  {Gerrard, 
no.  577),  represented  by  incomplete  specimens  in  the  Vienna  Her- 
barium, and  having  large  ovate  long-stalked  leaves,  remarkably 
long  flower- stalks  exceeding  the  leaves,  and  long  linear  bracts. 
I  have  little  doubt  that  this  is  I.  ovata  E.  Meyer,  as  in  the  Her- 
barium of  Trinity  College,  Dublin,  there  is  a  specimen  from  the 
Nototi  River,  Natal,  collected  by  W.  T.  Gerrard,  consisting  of  a 
leaf  and  a  fruit-bearing  peduncle,  both  detached  and  broken  at 
the  base,  which  evidently  belong  to  this  species,  and  were  so 
determined  many  years  ago  by  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker. 

My  description  is  based  on  specimens  of  Drege  labelled  ^'Ipomcea 
ovata  E.  Mey.,"  and  others  which  agree  with  it,  and,  like  it,  come 
from  Natal — namely,  a  specimen  from  near  Camperdown  {Medley 
Wood,  no.  4999),  and  a  specimen  in  the  Dublin  Herbarium  labelled 
"  Atterchff,  J.  Sanderson,  Esq.''  It  is  possible  that  a  larger  series 
of  specimens  may  show  a  more  or  less  complete  transition  to 
I.  pellita  Hall,  f.,  but  whether  or  no  the  two  are  conspecific,  it 
is  worth  while  to  have  some  account  of  a  name,  which,  though 
included  in  the  Index  Keivensis  and  represented  in  herbaria  by 
authenticated  specimens,  has  nevertheless  been  overlooked  by 
monographers. 

Section  Pharbitis. 

I.  cREPiDiFORMis  Hallicr  f .  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xviii.  131  (1893). 
I.  tanganyikeyisis  Baker  in  Kew  Bullet.  1895,  70. 

Var.  MINOR,  var.  nov.  Planta  humiUs  caulibus  ascendentibus 
quam  in  specie  minoribus,  foliis  parvis  lineari-oblanceolatis,  in- 
terdum  lineari-oblougis. 

Shoots  17-28  cm.  long,  1-5-2  mm.  thick;  lower  leaves  smaller 
than  the  upper,  which  reach  a  length,  including  the  short  petiole 
(2-3  mm.),  of  3-5-4  cm.  long  by  5-6  mm.  broad.  Peduncles  to 
7  cm.  long,  scarcely  more  than  -5  mm.  thick;  flower-heads  about 
12  mm.  across,  the  conical  buds  densely  covered  with  a  whitish 
silky  pubescence.  Bracteoles  and  sepals  1  cm.  long,  the  latter 
reaching  1-5  mm.  in  breadth  above  the  base,  densely  hairy  on  the 
back  and  margins.  Corolla  not  quite  2-5  cm.  long  by  2  mm.  in 
diameter  at  the  base,  apparently  purplish  in  colour,  the  mid-petaline 
areas  bounded  by  two  strong  nerves,  with  three  less  conspicuous 
nerves  between. 

Hab.  British  East  Africa;  Machakos,  5-6000  ft.,  G.  F.  Scott 
Elliot,  no.  6391,  1893. 

I.  INVOLUCRATA  Bcauv.  Fl.  Owar.  ii.  52,  t.  89. 

Bhodesia;  Salisbury,  Dr,  Rand,  no.  561,  July,  1898. 


NOTES    ON    AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACE^  21 

I.  piLosA  Sweet,  Hort.  Brit.  289  (1826). 

Rhodesia ;  Balawayo,  Dr.  Rand,  no.  555,  June,  1898. 

I.  KiLiMANDscHARi  Dammer  in  Engl.  Pflanz.  Ost.-Afr.  Th.  C.  332 
(Aug.  1895).  I.  ficifolia  Lindl.  var.  laxlfiora  subvar.  parvijlora 
Hall.  f.  in  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxviii.  35  (1899). 

East  Tropical  Africa.  "  Higher  slopes  of  Mt.  Kilimanjaro  up 
to  10,000  ft.  above  Morang,"  Eev.  W.  E.  Taylor,  1888, 

I  cannot  follow  Hallier  in  uniting  this  species  with  the  South 
African  LJicifolia  Lindl.  It  is,  I  think,  as  near  /.  pilosa  Sweet 
(=  /.  dichroa  Choisy),  and  distinguished  from  both  by  the  ovate-cor- 
date leaves,  with  a  flower  smaller  than  that  of  I.Jicifolia,  and  larger 
than  that  of  I.  pilosa. 

I.  Eenii,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  caulibus  volubilibus  albide-  vel,  in 
partibus  junioribus,  flavescente-pilosis  ;  foliis  breviter  petiolatis, 
palmato-3-partitis,  segmentis  lanceolatis  vel  anguste  ellipticis 
acutis,  lateralibus  cum  lobo  basale  instructis,  pagina  superiore, 
margine,  et  venis  primariis  secundisque  paginae  inferioris  cum 
pilis  flavescentibus  indis,  pagina  inferiore  venis  exceptis  breviter 
albo-tomentosa ;  petiolis  pedunculisque  ut  in  caulibus  pilosis ; 
pedunculis  petiolos  excedentibus  1-  vel  2-floris ;  bracteolis  ad 
flores  approximatis,  ad  sepala  similibus  ;  sepalis  lanceolatis,  acumi- 
natis,  dorso  pilosis  et  margine  ciliatis,  tribus  interioribus  quam 
exteriora  angustioribus  ;  corolla  infundibuliforme  calycem  duplo  su- 
perante,  areis  mesopetalis  trinerviis ;  genitalibus  inchisis ;  fructu  .  .  . 

The  specimen  consists  of  about  35  cm.  of  the  upper  part  of  two 
intertwining  shoots  which  reach  1-5  mm.  in  thickness,  and  have  a 
covering  of  soft  whitish  or,  especially  in  the  younger  parts,  pale 
yellowish  hairs.  The  median  leaf-segment  reaches  2-5  cm.  long  by 
8-10  mm.  broad,  the  lateral  are  slightly  smaller,  and  bear  on 
the  outside  at  the  base  a  blunt  roundish  lobe  5-8  mm.  long  ; 
petioles  barely  reaching  2  cm.  long.  Peduncles  2-5  cm.  long, 
bracteoles  immediately  beneath  tlie  flower  and  resembling  the 
sepals,  but  slightly  smaller,  8-9  mm.  long  by  2  mm.  broad.  Sepals 
11  mm.  long,  the  outer  3  mm.,  the  innermost  1*5  mm.  broad. 
Corolla  2-5  cm.  long,  spread  at  mouth  about  2*5  cm.  ;  diameter  of 
tube  6  mm.,  length  about  1  cm.  Filaments  6*5-9  mm.  long. 
Ovary  conical,  style  6  mm.  long,  stigmas  subrotund. 

Apparently  near  I.  Marpiusiana  Schinz,  which  I  have  not  seen, 
but  which  has  much  smaller  bracteoles  and  flowers,  longer-stalked 
leaves,  &c. 

Hab.     Dammara  Land,  T.  G.  Ken,  1879. 

I.  Gerrardiana,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  volubilis,  caulibus  pra3- 
sertim  junioribus  flavide-pilosis  ;  foliis  exacte  cordatis,  abrupte  et 
breviter  acuminatis,  petiolum  tenuem  subaquantibus,  in  pagina  su- 
periore breviter  et  appresse  pilosis,  et  sparsius  in  veins  venulisque 
paginae  inferioris ;  pedunculis  folia  aequantibus  vel  brevioribus, 
ut  pedicellis  depresso-pilosis,  sEepe  a  dichasio  3-floro  terminatis, 
interdum  5-floris ;  bracteolis  parvis  linearibus  caducis ;  sepalis 
subsequalibus  elliptico-lanceolatis  ad  lanceolatis,  acutis,  dorso  prse- 
sertim  basi  marginibusque  hirsutulis ;    corolla  alba,  speciosa,  ut 


22  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

apparet  campanulate-infundibuliforme,  calycem  circa  3-duplo  ex- 
cedente,  areis  mesopetalis  cum  venis  conspicuis  binis  limitatis  ; 
filamentis  elongatis,  valde  inaequalibus  ;  seminibus  nigris,  glabris. 

Shoots  hollow,  subherbaceous,  2  mm.  in  diameter,  somewhat 
hispidulously  pilose,  the  yellowish  hairs  closely  appressed  on  the 
younger  parts.  Leaves  2-5-5  cm.  long,  and  as  broad  or  slightly 
broader,  thin  and  papery  when  dry,  and,  except  the  venation, 
glabrous  on  the  lower  face  with  subprominent  spreading  veins. 
Peduncles  2-5-6  cm.  long ;  pedicels  6-10  mm.  long,  lengthening 
in  fruit  to  1-5  cm.  Sepals  8-10  mm.  long,  the  outer  2-5  mm. 
broad,  the  innermost  about  1*5  mm.  Corolla  about  3  cm.  long. 
Stamens  slender  from  a  broad  hairy  base,  9-14  mm.  long ;  style 
2  cm.  long;  anthers  sagittate,  2-5  mm.  long.  Fruit  about  7  mm. 
in  diameter. 

Closely  allied  to  I.  purjmrea  Lam.,  but  distinguished  by  its 
smaller  white  flowers. 

Hab.     Natal ;  Ladysmith,  April,  1861,  W.  T,  Gerrard,  no.  620. 
**  Probably  an  annual ;  flowers  small,  white,  showy." 
(To  be  continued.) 


ADDITIONS   TO    THE    FLORA    OF    WEST    LANCASHIRE. 
By  J.  A.  Wheldon  and  Albert  Wilson,  F.L.S. 

Several  brief  excursions  into  West  Lancashire  during  1900 
have  resulted  in  the  discovery  of  a  number  of  species  apparently 
new  to  the  vice-county,  and  also  fresh  stations  for  several  plants 
which  are  interesting  on  account  of  their  rarity  in  this  district,  or 
because  they  are  extinct,  or  are  threatened  with  extinction,  in  the 
only  localities  hitherto  published. 

The  number  of  new  plants,  some  of  them  of  considerable 
interest,  in  the  following  list  affords  proof  that  West  Lancashire 
will  amply  repay  further  exploration,  and  it  is  obvious  that  any 
botanist  deciding  to  assist  in  the  investigation  of  its  flora  will  not 
go  unrewarded. 

Plants  not  mentioned  in  our  previous  list  published  in  this 
Journal  for  1900  (p.  40),  or  in  any  of  the  publications  there 
quoted,  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk,  and  are  presumed  to 
be  now  first  recorded  for  the  vice-county.  Casuals,  aliens,  and 
denizens  have  the  obelisk  sign  prefixed,  while  colonists  and  natives 
are  undistinguished.  As  we  were  unable  always  to  make  our 
botanical  excursions  in  company,  our  individual  contributions  are 
indicated  by  the  abbreviations  Wh.  and  Wi. ;  where  no  authority  is 
quoted,  the  plant  was  found  by  the  authors  jointly. 

We  are  much  indebted  to  the  Rev.  W.  M.  Rogers  for  looking 
over  our  Rubi ;  through  his  kind  assistance  we  have  been  able  to 
considerably  extend  the  known  range  of  many  of  our  forms ;  but 
a  list  of  these  does  not  fall  within  the  scope  of  this  article  as  defined 
in  the  opening  paragraph.    We  have  also  to  specially  thank  Messrs. 


ADDITIONS    TO    THE    FLORA    OF    WEST    LANCASHIRE  23 

E.  G.  Baker,  E.  S.  Marshall,  H.  &  J.  Groves,  and  F.  Townsend, 
for  naming  critical  species  or  confirming  our  own  determinations. 
Without  such  help  we  should  not  have  ventured  to  publish  some 
of  the  species  and  varieties  of  the  list. 

Ranunculus  Baudotii  Godr.  This  has  proved  to  be  frequent  in 
suitable  localities  near  the  coast,  from  Preston  to  the  Heysham 
Peninsula. 

\-''Sisy)iibnwn  pannonicnm,  Jacq.  [S.  Sinapistrum  Crantz).  Scattered 
abundantly  over  a  considerable  area  near  the  Wyre  Docks,  Fleet- 
wood, and  also  more  sparingly  (one  or  two  plants  only)  about 
Preston  Docks,  Wh. 

Y^'Lepidium  Draba  L.  Near  Morecambe,  F,  A.  Lees  (in  Natuvdlist, 
1900,  p.  246).     Wyre  Docks,  Fleetwood,  very  fine,  June,  1900,  Wh. 

"^'Raphayins  Rapkanistrum,  L.  Fields  near  Preesall  and  Knott 
End,  Wh.  Near  Overton  and  Heysham,  Wi.  This  is  quite  a  rare 
plant  here,  and  these  are  the  only  records  we  have  for  it. 

\Reseda  lutea  L.  Plentiful  with  R.  luteola  near  Preston  Docks, 
July,  1900,  Wh.     By  the  Wyre,  Ghurchtown,  near  Garstang,  Wi. 

^Wiola  tricolor  var.  Lloydii  (Jord.).  We  have  found  this  growing 
abundantly  about  the  margins  of  Cockerham  Moss,  and  in  similar 
situations  elsewhere.  It  seems  to  prefer  newly  cultivated  soil  that 
has  been  recently  reclaimed  from  the  moss  tracts.  Sometimes  the 
upper  petals  are  yellow,  but  they  are  usually  more  or  less  deeply 
suffused  with  purple,  and  examples  may  be  found  with  both  kinds 
of  flowers  on  one  plant.  Mr.  E.  G.  Baker,  who  kindly  confirmed 
our  naming  of  these  plants  as  above,  points  out  that  Jordan's 
description  embraces  this  yellow- flowered  state. 

Y^'Saponaria  officinalis  var.  puberula  Wierzb.  Plentiful  on  both 
banks  of  the  river  Lune  near  Caton,  and  descending  to  Halton, 
Aug.  1900,  Wh.  This  agrees  with  the  Hightown  plant  in  every- 
thing but  size,  the  former  beiug  somewhat  taller.  The  congested 
heads  of  flowers  have  a  markedly  different  facies  from  the  ordinary 
plant,  which  grows  by  the  Kibble  to  the  east  of  Preston,  &c.  Mr. 
Groves  informs  us  that  this  latter  is  never  entirely  glabrous. 

*Spergula  arvensis  L.  var.  vulgaris  (Boenn.).  Field  near  Pree- 
sall, Wh. 

'^'Hypericwa  dubiuni  Leers.  Bank  of  the  river  Lune  near  Ark- 
holme,  Aug.  1900,  Wi. 

Radiola  linoides  Roth.     Arkholme  Moor,  Aug.  1900,  Wi. 
Geranium  pusUluin  L.     Roadside  between   Caton   and   Halton, 
Aug.  1900,  perhaps  of  only  casual  origni  ?    Wh. 

\^'lmpatiens  Noli-tangere  L.  We  are  indebted  to  Dr.  F.  A.  Lees  for 
calling  attention  to  this  being  a  West  Lancashire  plant  {Naturalist, 
Sept.  1900,  p.  279).  He  says:  "The  Hindson  station  of  Baker's 
Flora — Ghyll  near  Whittington  Hall,  south-west  of  Kirby  Lonsdale 
— is  in  vice-county  60,  West  Lancaster.  I  saw  plants  in  a  Kendal 
garden  brought  thence."  This  locality,  which  is  inserted  in  Baker's 
Flora  of  the  Lake  District  as  in  Westmoreland,  is  about  one  mile 
south  of  the  Westmoreland  boundary. 
^'^'Medicago  sativa  L.     Plentiful  on  waste  ground  by  the  railway  in 


24  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Fleetwood  Docks,  and  with  it  \-''Vicia  villosa  Both  and  an  abundance 
of  j'^'Melilotus  indica  AIL,  Wh. 

Rubiis  Jissns  Lindl.  By  a  ditch-side  near  Abbeystead,  Wyres- 
dale,  and  near  Bailey  Hey,  on  the  north  side  of  Beacon  Fell,  Wi. — 
-'R.  pHcatiis  Weihe.  Abundant  on  Cockerham  Moss,  June,  1900. — 
Pi.  erijthrinus  Genev.  North  bank  of  the  river  Wyre  near  Preesall, 
Wh.  Hedges  by  the  roadside.  Lower  Grizedale,  near  Garstang. — 
jR.  nemoralis  var.  silumm  Ley.  By  the  roadside  across  Lancaster 
Moor,  Aug.  1900,  Wh.  —  U.  Scheutzii  Lindeb.  Emmets,  Over 
Wyresdale,  Sept.  1900.  —  R.  rusticanus  Merc.  A  fine  form  of  this 
is  not  uncommon  in  West  Lancashire,  distinguished  by  its  white 
flowers,  broad-based  somewhat  pyramidal  panicle,  and  flat  leaves. 
Mr.  Eogers  says  of  it :  "A  very  marked  form  which  I  have  oc- 
casionally met  with,  but  have  no  separate  name  for." — *i?.  Drejei'i 
G.  Jensen.  Koadside  near  the  reservoir,  Longridge,  24  July, 
1900,  Wh.  Mr.  Rogers  writes:  "You  may  put  this  to  R.  Drejeri 
without  hesitation,  as  a  form  going  off  type  towards  my  var. 
Leyamis,  but  still  under  the  type."  —  "jR.  cinewsus  Rogers.  In  one 
or  two  places  near  Preesall  and  Knott  End,  Aug.  1900,  Wh. — 
R.  infestus  Weihe.  Caton  Moor,  Sept.  1900.  This  never  occurs 
in  quantity  with  us.  In  all  our  recorded  stations,  both  in  West 
and  South  Lancashire,  only  single  bushes  were  found. 

PotentiUa  procwnhens  Sibth.  Lancaster  Moor  and  near  Quern- 
more  Park,  Wh. 

'-^'Agrimonia  odorata  Mill.  Lane  near  Melling,  Aug.  1900,  Wi. 
Rosa  canina  L.  var.  dumalis  (Bchst.).  Emmetts,  Over  Wyres- 
dale, Sept.  1900. — Var.  urbica  (Leman).  Bank  of  the  Wyre,  Pree- 
sall, Aug.  1900,  Wh.  "  On  the  whole,  perhaps  nearest  to  this 
variety,  but  differing  from  it  in  the  glandular  petioles  and  bracts." 
W.  M.  Rogers.  —  "^'R.  glauca  Vill.  Emmetts,  Over  Wyresdale, 
Sept.  1900. — R.  arvensis  Huds.  A  handsome  form  of  this,  occurring 
about  Longridge  and  Grimsargh  with  the  ordinary  form,  is  stated 
by  Mr.  Rogers  to  be  "  a  glandular  form  (or  hybrid?)  approaching 
Baker's  var.  gcdlicoides:' — R.  mollis  Sm.  This  is  very  frequent  and 
variable  in  the  hilly  districts  of  West  Lancashire. 

CratcBgus  oxyacmithoides  Thuill.  Ascends  to  1100  ft.  on  Mal- 
low dale  Fell,  where  its  large  oval  fruits  tipped  with  the  multiple 
styles  are  quite  ripe,  when  those  of  var.  juonogynia  (Jacq.)  at 
a  similar  elevation  are  still  hard  and  just  commencing  to  change 
colour. 

Peplis  Portida  L.  Muddy  pool  near  Overton,  in  the  Heysham 
peninsula,  Wi.  As  the  plant  has  long  been  lost  at  the  Ribbleton 
Moor  station,  it  is  pleasing  to  be  able  to  restore  this  to  our  list  of 
existing  species. 

\'^Carum  Carvi  L.     Alien  in  Outermoss  Lane,  Morecambe,  F.  A. 
Lees  (NaUiralist,  Aug.  1900,  p.  246). 

■''Silaus  flavescens  Bernh.     Frequent  in  pastures  about  Cantsfield, 
July,  1900,  Wi. 

'''Caucalis  nodosa  Scop.     Near   Berwick   and   Carnforth,   June, 
1900,  WL 

jSenecio  saracenicus  L.     Banks  of  the  Lune  near  Melling,  Wi. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  FLORA  OF  WEST  LANCASHIRE         25 

*Lactuca  virosa  L.  Waste  ground  near  the  Wyre  estuary,  Fleet- 
wood, Wh. 

-''Trientalis  europcca  L.  In  great  abundance  on  both  sides  of 
Black  Clough,  Marsha w  Fell,  Wyresdale,  June,  1900.  It  was 
growing  under  thickets  of  deep  bracken  for  a  distance  of  about  five 
hundred  yards,  at  an  elevation  of  from  750  to  1050  ft.,  Wi.  This 
plant  is  singularly  rare  in  the  north  of  England  on  the  west  side  of 
the  Pennine  range  of  hills. 

'''Centimculus  minimus  L.  Arkholme  Moor,  alt.  300-860  ft., 
Aug.  1900,  Wi. 

Erythraa  littoralis  Fr.     Near  Middleton,  Wi. 

iSymphytum  officinale  L.  Near  Wennington,  May,  1899,  Wi.  ; 
and  south  bank  of  the  Lune,  Caton,  Wh.     The  pale-flowered  form. 

-'' Lithospenmim  arvense  L.  Between  Silverdale  and  Carnforth, 
Oct.  1900,  Wh. 

j-'Linaria  viscida  Moench.  By  the  railway  near  Leek,  Mr.  L. 
Petty  ;  and  in  a  similar  situation  at  Longridge,  Wh.  On  shingle  by 
the  Lune  near  Melling,  Wi. 

'^LimoseUa  aquatica  L.  By  the  margins  of  brackish  pools  on 
Overton  Marsh,  Aug.  1900,  Wi. 

Veronica  polita  Fr.  Garden  weed  at  Caton,  Wh. 
Euphrasia  nemorosa  H.  Mart.  Lancaster  Moor,  and  many  other 
localities.  Our  commonest  form.  —  -'E.  borealis  Towns.  Lower 
Salter,  and  roadside  banks  at  the  foot  of  Catshaw  Greave. — 
-'E.  curta  Fr.  var.  glahrescens  Wettst.  Coast-banks  near  Little 
Bispham,  July,  1900,  Wh.  Examples  were  sent  to  Mr.  Townsend 
as  E.  curta,  but  he  thought  them  better  placed  under  this  variety, 
and  kindly  sent  us  specimens,  with  which  ours  undoubtedly  agree. 

"^ Scutellaria  vmior  Huds.  Whittington  Moor  and  Arkholme  Moor, 
Aug.  1900,  in  the  latter  station  growing  with  Radiola  linoides  and 
Centunculus  minimus,  Wi. 

\Lamium  maculatum  L.  Knott  End  and  Alston,  Wh.  —  *L.  am- 
plexicaule  L.     Near  Lytham,  Oct.  1900,  Wh. 

\^^ Amaranthus  Blitum  L.  On  ballast  in  Preston  Dockyard,  and 
with  it  a  few  specimens  of  -^Ambrosia  tri/lda,  Wh. 

j^'Chenopodium  JicifoUuni  Sm.  Ballast-heaps  not  far  from  the 
railway  embankment  outside  the  Wyre  Docks,  Fleetwood,  with 
C.  ruhrum  L.  and  (7.  murale  L.,  Aug.  1900,  Wh. 

"^^Atriplex  Bahingtonii  var.  virescens  Lange.  Sparingly  amongst 
shingle  in  the  Lune  and  Wyre  estuaries,  Wh. 

■^^Suceda  maritima  Dum.  var.  procumbens  Syme.  Saltmarsh,  to  the 
south  of  Glasson  Dock,  Wh. 

Salix  phylicifolia  L.     Near  Marshaw,  Wyresdale,  Wi. 
Listera  cordata   Br.      Moor   above   Gavell's   Clough,    head    of 
Wyresdale,  Wi. 

Juncus  diffusus  Hoppe  {J.  effusus  X  ylaucus).     In  some  quantity 
between  Grimsargh  and  Alston,  Wh. 

'■'^Lemna  polyrrhiza  L.  In  the  canal  between  Galgate  and  Glasson, 
Sept.  1900,  Wh. 

*Eleocharis  multicaulis  Sm.  Boggy  ground  in  Thornley  Quarry 
(limestone),  near  Chipping,  July,  1900,  Wi. 


26  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Scirpus  fluitans  L.  Ditch  near  Bare  Railway-station,  Wi.  The 
second  locality  only  in  the  vice-county  for  this.  —  *5.  maritimus  L. 
var.  compactus  Koch  {conglobatus  S.  Gray).  Near  the  Wyre  mouth, 
Wh.     Ovangle,  on  the  Lune  estuary,  Wi. 

Rhyncospora  alba  Vahl.  Tarnbrook  Fell,  Wyresdale,  amongst 
Vaccinium  Oxycoccos  and  Sphagnum,  medium.  These  three  are  also 
closely  associated  on  Cockerham  Moss.  This  latter  locality  is  being 
so  altered  by  drainage  that  the  Rhyncospora  is  in  danger  of  being 
lost ;  therefore  this  additional  station  is  a  welcome  discovery. 

^Carex  vulpina  L.  var.  nemorosa  Kit.  Near  Little  Bispham,  and 
by  the  canal  between  Galgate  and  Glasson,  Wh.  Here  the  plant 
generally  grows  by  open  ditches  and  canal-sides,  and  we  have  it 
verified  by  Mr.  Bennett  from  similar  situations  in  Yorkshire.  It 
cannot  therefore  be  considered  to  be  a  mere  shade  form. 
Y^^Phalaris  minor  Retz.  On  ballast  near  Preston  Docks,  Wh. 
.  Y^' Anthoxanthum  Puellii  Lee.  &  Lam.  Between  the  rails  on  the 
railway  through  Preston  Docks,  Wh. 

Y^'Apera   Spica-venti  Beauv.     A  few  plants  with  the  last  two  in 
Preston  Docks,  Wh. 

*Agrostis  palmtris  Huds.  var.  coarctata  (Hoffm.).  Very  fine  on 
waste  ground  near  the  Wyre  embankment,  south-east  of  Fleetwood, 
Aug.  1900,  Wh. 

"^'Aira  caryophyilea  L.  Embankments  on  both  sides  of  the  Wyre 
near  Preesall  and  Fleetwood,  July,  1900.  Wh.  Overton,  in  the 
Heysham  peninsula,  Wi. 

Poa  nemoralis  L.  Near  Cautsfield  and  Melling,  Wi.  Wood  by 
the  Lune  near  Catou,  Wh.  —  P.  compressa  L.  Plentiful  near 
Glasson,  at  the  edges  of  the  footpath  near  the  railway-station, 
growing  with  Festuca  rigida,  Sept.  1900,  Wh.  In  the  only  pre- 
viously known  locality  it  was  in  small  quantity,  and  is  perhaps  lost. 

'■'''Qlyceria  plica ta  Fr.     Between  Grimsargh  and  Alston,  Wh. 
Y^Loliiim  italicum  Braun.     Fleetwood  Docks,  Wh.    Weed  in  fields 
near  Winmarleigh. 

Hordeum   mariniitn   L.      Near   the  Ferry,   Fleetwood,   Wh.     A 
singularly  rare  grass  in  West  and  many  parts  of  South  Lancashire. 
Cryptogramme  crispa  R.  Br.     Some  fine  plants  among  millstone 
grit  rocks  on  white  side  of  Tarnbrook  Fell,  Wyresdale,  Wi. 

*Chara  vulgaris  L.  Stonyhurst  and  Crowshaw  Reservoir. 
Quarry  near  Leagram  Mill,  Flora  of  Sto7iyhurst.  Pools  in  Thorn- 
ley  Quarry,  Wi.  —  "^'C.  vulgaris  var.  longibracteata  Kuetz.  Pond 
near  Middle  Lane,  between  Blackpool  and  St.  Annes,  Oct.  1900, 
Wh. — ^^C.fragilis  Desv.  Below  Cowan  Bridge,  Leek,  Mr.  L.  Petty. 
Near  Leighton  Beck,  Silverdale,  Wi. 

'^'Sitella.  A  handsome  form,  abundant  in  Grizedale  Reservoir, 
which  Messrs.  Groves  think  may  be  either  .V.  jiexdis  or  N.  opaca, 
has  unfortunately  not  yet  been  found  in  fruit. 


27 


THE     BOX    IN     BRITAIN.- 

In  conversation  last  year  with  Graf  zu  Solms-Laubach  he  made 
the  extremely  interesting  suggestion  that  the  Box  and  Yew  trees  of 
Box  Hill  might  probably  be  the  remains  of  a  native  forest  which 
originally  clothed  the  North  Downs.  Among  his  arguments  against 
their  being  the  remains  of  a  plantation,  he  urged  the  great  un- 
likelihood of  such  a  soil  as  that  of  Box  Hill  being  planted  at  all, 
and  the  still  greater  improbability  of  any  one  hitting  upon  such  a 
combination  as  Box  and  Yew  for  the  purpose.  He  urged  that, 
since  it  is  probably  the  only  thing  of  its  kind  iu  the  world,  careful 
enquiry  should  be  made  into  its  history. 

I  have  been  able  to  make  a  few  superficial  enquiries  to  the 
following  effect,  and  it  will  be  seen  that  the  subject  is  worth 
pursuing  by  some  one  with  leisure  and  other  advantages,  which  I  do 
not  possess.  Mr.  Warner,  of  the  Manuscripts  Department,  has  been 
good  enough  to  search  Domesday  Book  for  me,  but  without  result. 
He  makes  the  suggestion  that  the  old  Court  Rolls  of  Dorking  be 
searched — if  they  can  be  found.  He  further  sent  me  the  following 
extract  from  Manning  and  Bray's  History  of  Surrey,  vol.  i.  p.  560 
(1804)  :— 

"  The  Downs,  which  rise  to  a  considerable  height  from  the 
opposite  bank  of  the  Mole,  are  finely  chequered  with  Yew  and  Box 
Trees  of  great  antiquity,  and  which  form  a  scene  no  less  venerable 
than  pleasing.  Of  the  latter  of  these,  in  particular,  there  was 
formerly  such  abundance,  that  that  part  of  the  Downs  which  is 
contiguous  to  the  stream,  and  within  the  precinct  of  this  Maner, 
hath  always  been  known  by  the  name  of  Box  Hill,  from  which 
also  is  an  extensive  prospect  into  the  neighbouring  counties. 
Various  have  been  the  disquisitions  concerning  the  antiquity  of 
this  plantation  ;  which,  however,  for  aught  that  has  hitherto  ap- 
peared to  the  contrary,  may  liave  been  coeval  with  the  soil.  Here 
was  formerly  also  a  Warren  with  its  Lodge  ;  in  a  lease  of  which  from 
Sir  Matthew  Brown  to  Thomas  Constable,  dated  25  August  1602,  the 
Tenent  covenants  to  use  his  best  endeavours  for  preserving  the  Yew, 
Box,  and  all  other  trees  growing  thereupon  ;  as  also  to  deliver,  half- 
yearly,  an  account  of  what  hath  been  sold,  to  whom  and  at  what 
prices :  and  in  an  account  rendered  to  Ambrose  his  son  by  his 
Guardian,  of  the  rents  and  profits  for  one  year  to  Michaelmas 
1608,  the  receipt  for  Box  Trees  cut  down  upon  the  Sheep  Walk  on 
the  Hill,  is  50  /.  I  have  seen  also  an  account  of  the  Maner,  taken 
in  1712,  in  which  it  is  supposed  that  as  much  had  been  cut  down 
within  a  few  years  before  as  amounted  to  3,000  Z." 

I  forwarded  this  extract  to  Graf  zu  Solms-Laubach,  who  replied 
in  an  interesting  letter,  of  which  the  following  is  a  translation  : — 

*'  Many  thanks  for  your  information,  which  I  have  received  with 
the  greatest  interest.     It  is  really  sufficient  in  itself  to  clear  up  the 

*  Becorders  of  coincidences  may  like  to  note  that  the  two  following  com- 
munications, written  independently  of  each  other,  reached  us  in  the  same  week. 
— Ed.  Jodbn.  Bot. 


28  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

subject,  although  it  would  be  interesting  to  find  still  older  proofs. 
If,  however,  box-wood  was  sold  in  1608  for  £50,  it  is  clear  that  the 
woods  must  have  been  in  existence  in  1500,  at  which  time  there  can 
hardly  have  been  intentional  planting  of  woods  in  England  [?] . 

"It  is  much  to  be  desired  that  either  you  or  some  younger 
London  botanist  should  write  a  paper  on  the  woods  of  Dorking,  with 
a  map  showing  the  extent  and  distribution  of  the  existing  tracts  of 
box.  For  one  does  not  know  how  far  these  stretch  westwards. 
It  would  be  a  subject  of  the  greatest  interest  in  plant  geography, 
and  one  which  can  only  be  worked  out  by  an  Englishman  who  can 
go  over  the  ground  on  foot  and  talk  to  the  various  land-owners. 
The  general  distribution  of  the  plant,  which  in  Europe  is,  broadly 
speaking,  Mediterranean,  should  be  noticed.  I  no  longer  doubt 
that  Biixus  belongs  to  the  pal^otropical  forms,  which  have  outlived 
the  ice  age,  and  have  once  more  penetrated  to  the  north-west — 
as  Sticta  aurata  to  Brittany  ;  HymenophyUum  tunhridgense,  Isoetes 
Hystrix  to  Guernsey ;  Lagurus  ovata,  Erica  vagans,  &c.  Of  these 
the  greater  part  of  the  Mediterranean  things  are  of  course  not 
palaeotropical,  but  Sticta  aurata  and  Hymenophijllum  may  be 
reckoned  in  the  category.  Such  a  work  would  be  therefore  well 
worth  doing ;  and  I  must  say  I  am  surprised  that  no  one,  knowing 
the  wonderful  woods  of  Box  Hill  and  their  flora,  which  must  of 
course  be  taken  into  account,  should  have  taken  up  the  subject. 
It  is  evident  that  on  your  side  of  the  Channel  you  hardly  realize 
the  botanical  marvels  you  possess  in  your  woods." 

Looking  further  quite  casually  into  Manning  and  Bray's  History, 
I  could  not  lielp  being  struck  by  the  occurrence  of  old  personal 
names,  such  as  Peter  de  Boxstead  (p.  90),  Nicholas  Box  well  (p.  341), 
William  Box  (vol.  ii.  p.  584),  and  at  vol.  ii.  p.  656,  a  "  Mr.  Boxall 
sold  500  Yews  at  three  guineas  each."  These  names  are  strictly 
local,  and  Boxley  in  Kent  and  Boxgrave  in  Sussex  occur  to  me  as 
place  names,  as  I  write. 

I  find  in  Messrs.  Hanbury  and  Marshall's  Flora  of  Kent,  p.  310, 
under  Buxus — 

"Boxley — Ray  in  Camden  262.  Mr.  Reeves  doubted  its  being 
truly  indigenous  here  ;  but  the  fact  of  the  village  being  apparently 
named  after  it  is  a  strong  argument  in  favour  of  its  genuine  wild- 
ness.  It  seems  to  have  been  more  plentiful  there  formerly  than  at 
the  present  time 

First  Record  1695.  "Buxus  I  find  in  the  notes  of  my  learned 
friend  Mr.  John  Aubrey  that  at  Boxley  (in  Kent)  there  be  woods  of 
them. — Ray  I.  c." 

In  Mr.  Druce's  Flora  of  Berkshire,  p.  439,  I  find  the  following 
note  under  Buxus  : — 

"  The  last  remains  of  Boxgrove  in  Sulham  parish  near  Reading, 
whence  the  country  probably  took  its  name,  were  grubbed  up  about 
forty  years  ago." — Gough's  Camden,  155,  1789. 

"  Prof.  C.  C.  Babington,  Jan.  28,  1853,  sent  a  note  to  the 
Phytologist  Club  as  follows  : — *  Mr.  Watson,  in  his  Cyhele,  ii. 
366,  appears  very  much  inclined  to  consider  the  Box-tree  as  not 
originally  a  native  of  England.     The  following  extract  from  the 


THE    BOX    IN    BRITAIN  29 

beginning  of  Asser's  Life  of  Kinrf  Alfred  appears  to  show  that  it 
was  plentiful  in  Berkshire  1000  years  since.  His  words  are — 
•  Berrocscire ;  quae  paga  taliter  vocatur  a  *  berroc '  sylva  ubi 
buxus  abundantissime  nascitur.'     See  Phyt.  iv.  (1853),  873. 

*'In  the  edition  of  Camden  published  in  1610,  it  states  that 
'Asterius  Menevensis  deriveth  the  name  [of  the  county]  from  a 
certaine  wood  called  Berroc,  where  grew  good  store  of  Box.' 

''  At  Buckland  there  are  some  very  fine  specimens  of  the  Box, 
and  it  is  also  well  grown  at  Besilsleigh,  Kingston  Bagpuze,  and  at 
Park  Place,  where  Mr.  Stanton  tells  me  it  reproduces  itself  from 
seeds  in  the  woods.  In  Mavor's  Agr.  Berks  it  is  said  to  grow  near 
Wallingford. 

"  The  Box  is  a  possible  native  of  Surrey  at  Boxhill,  and  on  the 
Chilterns  near  Velvet  Lawn  and  near  Dunstable,  Bucks.  In  the 
other  bordering  counties  it  is  certainly  introduced." 

It  is  certainly  a  prevalent  idea,  that  as  Buckinghamshire  is  the 
country  of  the  Beech,  so  Berkshire  is  the  country  of  the  Berroc  or 
Box,  but  I  understand  that  there  may  be  philological  objections  to 
it.  If  true,  it  would  most  strikingly  confirm  Graf  zu  Solms- 
Laubach's  most  ingenious  idea.  The  matter  is  certainly  worth 
prosecuting,  and  I  print  these  few  notes  in  the  hope  of  inciting 
some  young  botanist  to  so  attractive  a  task. 

G.  R.  M.  Murray. 

It  has  hitherto  been  considered  doubtful  whether  the  Box  is 
indigenous  in  Britain — some  botanists  excluding  it,  and  others 
admitting  it,  more  or  less  doubtfully,  as  a  native.  Watson  does 
not  mention  it  in  Topogrccphical  Botany,  and  in  the  Cybele  calls  it  a 
"denizen."  Syme  [E^iglish  Botany,  ed.  3,  viii.  94)  considers  that 
there  is  "  some  likelihood  of  its  being  truly  native  on  Boxhill, 
Surrey,"  the  only  other  counties  in  which  there  is  "  any  possibility 
of  its  being  a  genuine  native"  being  Kent,  Bucks,  and  Gloucester. 
My  attention  being  drawn  to  the  subject  by  a  reference  in  a  letter 
from  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker  as  to  its  occurrence  in  the  last-named 
county,  I  have  endeavoured,  with  the  kind  assistance  of  Mr.  G.  H. 
Wollaston  and  Mr.  J.  W.  White,  to  throw  some  light  on  the 
question. 

The  Box  wood  to  which  Sir  Joseph  referred  is  situated  between 
Wootton-under-Edge  and  Alderley,  clothing  the  hill- side  for  a 
considerable  distance ;  although  the  shrub  flourishes  luxuriantly 
and  produces  abundance  of  seedlings  in  the  wood  itself,  it  does  not 
appear  to  have  extended  into  the  neighbouring  wooded  hill-sides 
and  valleys.  There  is  nothing  here  to  indicate  whether  it  is  native 
or  not,  except  the  presence  of  some  larches,  which,  being  introduced 
trees,  would  perhaps  suggest  a  similar  origin  for  the  Box.  It  is 
shown  as  a  wood  both  in  the  one-inch  and  six-inch  Ordnance  maps, 
the  fact  that  it  consists  of  Box  not  being  in  any  way  indicated ; 
but  about  three  miles  away,  nearly  due  east,  in  a  valley  which 
extends  in  a  north-easterly  direction  from  Alderley,  there  is  marked 
the  name  of  Boxwell,  suggesting  that  some  traces  of  the  Box  might 
be  found  there.    On  visiting  the  locality  this  proved  to  be  the  case; 


80  THE    JOURNAL    OK    BOTANY 

another  large  wood,  consisting  exclusively  of  Box,  occupies  a  similar 
position  to  that  at  Wootton,  and  extends  for  half  a  mile  or  more  on 
the  steep  side  of  the  valley.  It  was  afterwards  found  that  this  is 
marked  as  "The  Box  Wood"  in  an  old  Ordnance  map  pubUshed 
about  fifty  years  ago,  as  well  as  in  the  six-inch  map ;  but  this  is 
omitted  in  the  recent  one-inch  map,  in  which  only  the  names 
"  Boxwell  Court "  and  "  Boxwell  Farm  "  are  to  be  found. 

The  name  thus  being  evidently  connected  with  the  wood,  a 
search  was  made  to  discover,  if  possible,  how  long  it  had  been  in 
use.  The  following  interesting  account  was  found  in  the  History 
of  the  CounUi  of  Gloucester,  by  the  Rev.  Thomas  Rudge,  pubUshed 
at  Gloucester  in  the  year  1803  :—"  Boxwell,  anciently  Boxewelle. 
The  name  is  derived  from  a  box  wood  of  about  sixteen  acres,  within 
a  warren  of  forty  acres,  from  which  rises  a  plentiful  spring.  This 
is  the  most  considerable  wood  of  the  kind  in  England,  excepting 
Boxhill  in  Surrey,  and  from  the  name,  which  has  now  been  on  record 
for  more  than  seven  centuries,  it  must  have  been  of  long  standing."* 

This  appears  to  leave  no  doubt  that  the  Box  is  indigenous  in 
this  valley,  and  there  can  therefore  be  no  reason  why  it  should  not 
also  be  a  native  of  the  woods  at  Wootton  and  Boxhill.  Sir  J.  D. 
Hooker,  to  whom  I  have  communicated  the  result  of  this  investi- 
gation, tells  me  that  it  leaves  no  doubt  in  his  mind  that  the  plant 
is  truly  wild  in  these  localities,  and  adds  that  Bentham,  whose  know- 
ledge of  the  conditions  under  which  British  plants  are  found  on  the 
Continent  was  profound,  regarded  it  as  a  native. 

Cedric  Bucknall. 


ROBERT     SMITH 
(1873-1900). 


[A  promising  career  has  been  cut  short  by  the  early  death  of 
Robert  Smith,  which  took  place  at  Edinburgh  on  the  28th  of  August 
last,  from  appendicitis,  after  an  illness  of  only  one  day's  duration. 
He  was  born  in  Dundee  on  Dec.  11,  1873,  and  had  been  intended 
for  a  business  career,  but  the  attractions  of  science  proved  too  strong 
for  this,  and  he  became  an  assistant  under  Prof.  D'Arcy  Thompson 
in  the  zoological  museum  of  the  College,  where  he  had  previously 
been  a  student,  and  where  he  took  his  B.  Sc.  degree  in  1896.  Soon 
after  this,  he  became  Demonstrator  in  Botany  under  Prof.  Patrick 
Geddes,  and  from  that  time  devoted  himself  to  plants.  Prof. 
Thompson  contributed  a  biography  of  Smith  to  College  Echoes 
(the  students'  Journal  for  the  University)  for  Nov.  9th,  and  this, 
with  his  permission,  we  reproduce,  feeling  confident  that  many  of 
our  readers  will  like  to  know  more  of  so  interesting  a  personaUty. 

For  the  accompanying  portrait  we  are  indebted  to  the  Scottish 
Geographical  Society,  in  whose  Transactions  it  appeared.] 

•  [««At  Boxwel  in  Coteswold  in  Gloucestershire,  and  at  Boxley  in  Kent 
there  be  Woods  of  them.    Mr.  Aubry's  Notes.''    Baii  Syn.  ii.  310  (1696).  —  Ed. 

JOURN.  BOT.] 


ROBERT    SMITH  3l 

From  early  boyhood  Smith  had  been  a  diligent  student  of 
plants ;  he  was  a  competent  botanist  before  ever  he  came  to 
College.  He  had  a  natural  instinct  for  the  study  of  form  and 
the  discrimination  of  species,  an  unbounded  love  of  the  plants 
themselves,  a  knowledge  surprisingly  wide  and  intimate  of  the 
mosses  and  higher  plants  of  the  whole  British  flora.  Until  four 
years  ago,  some  modest  excursions  in  the  Scotch  Highlands,  a 
summer's  journey  to  Norway  with  other  students  of  my  own,  and 
a  visit  to  the  West  of  Ireland  also  in  my  company,  had  been  the 
measure  of  his  opportunities  for  outdoor  study.  In  the  winter  of 
1896-7,  as  Research  Scholar  of  the  Franco-Scottish  Society,  he 
had  the  good  fortune  to  study  under  Professor  Charles  Flahault  at 


the  University  of  Montpellier.  Under  a  distinguished  and  inspiring 
teacher,  in  a  region  vastly  rich  and  attractive  to  the  eye  of  a 
northern  student,  and  stimulated  by  example  and  competition  in 
an  active  and  cosmopolitan  school.  Smith  worked  with  sedulous 
energy,  and  came  home  with  his  mind  prepared  and  determined  for 
the  work  that  afterwards  occupied  him  to  the  end.  This  chosen 
task  was  to  be  the  Botanical  Survey  of  his  own  country. 

For  some  years  past,  on  the  Continent  and  in  America,  a  certain 
school  of  botanists  have  occupied  themselves  with  the  study  of  plant- 
distribution  in  a  more  far-reaching  manner  than  has  been  customary 
with  us.  Instead  of  merely  noting  the  local  occurrence  of  isolated 
plants,  species  by  species,  it  is  the  business  of  these  students,  with 
more  comprehensive  insight,  to  discriminate  certain  assemblages  of 
plants  that  for  one  reason  or  another  are  linked  together  in  definite 
association.     The  beech  and  the  oak,  the  larch  and  the  pine,  the 


82  THE    JOURNAL    OF   BOTANY 

bent  upon  the  links,  the  heather  on  the  moor,  have  each  associated 
with  them  a  multitude  of  tributary  and  interdependent  species ;  and 
ere  we  can  understand  these  complex  social  aggregates,  and  ere  we 
beo-in  to  account  for  their  nature  and  their  distribution,  we  are 
involved  in  a  network  of  problems — biological,  meteorological, 
chemical,  and  geological.  In  the  study  of  these  difficult  and 
very  interesting  problems  Professor  Flahault  is  a  leader  and 
pioneer.  With  him  Smith  made  long  journeys  over  the  South 
of  France,  from  the  Pyrenees  to  the  Italian  Riviera,  a  country 
most  admirably  adapted  to  illustrate  the  methods  of  research 
involved,  by  reason  of  the  great  diversity  and  the  clear  lines  of 
demarcation  of  the  many  distinct  areas  of  vegetation  contained 
within  it. 

On  his  return  home  Smith  began  at  once,  not  ignorant  of  and 
not  deterred  by  the  magnitude  of  the  task,  to  map  out  the  botanical 
topography  of  Scotland.  Single-handed  and  with  tireless  industry 
he  began  and  continued  this  task,  travelling  on  foot  incredible 
distances,  and  recording  faithfully  an  immense  multitude  of  details. 
Of  much  of  this  work  the  record  is  unfinished  ;  some  of  it  is  labour 
that  has  been  spent  in  vain.  But  happily  Smith  lived  to  bring  part 
of  it  to  completion  and  to  see  its  first-fruits  harvested. 

His  first  publication  of  importance  was  a  paper  on  "  Plant 
Associations  of  the  Tay  Basin,"  read  before  the  Perthshire  Society 
of  Natural  Science,  [the  first  part  of  which  was]  pubhshed  in  the 
Proceedings  of  that  Society  in  1898  [and  the  second  and  concluding 
portion,  accompanied  by  an  excellent  map,  in  the  same  Proceedings 
for  1899-1900,  pp.  69-87] .  Short  though  it  was,  this  paper  attracted 
the  attention  of  so  high  an  authority  as  Professor  Engler  of  Berlin, 
who  makes  special  reference  to  it  in  a  recent  Memoir  on  the  History 
of  Plant  Geography  as  being  the  first  attempt  to  apply  to  the  vege- 
tation of  Britain  the  modern  methods  of  topographical  research.  In 
the  beginning  of  1899  Smith  published  in  Natural  Science  a  paper 
"  On  the  Study  of  Plant  Associations,"  a  clear  and  concise  exposition 
of  the  literary  history  of  the  subject ;  and  in  May  of  this  year  he 
was  invited  to  give  a  lecture  before  the  Royal  Scottish  Geographical 
Society  in  Edinburgh  on  his  Botanical  Survey  of  Scotland.  He 
told  me,  with  pleasure  and  gratitude,  of  the  warm  praise  he  received 
on  this  occasion  from  Sir  John  Murray,  and,  in  particular,  of  the 
cordial  and  generous  encouragement  given  him  by  Mr.  Benjamin 
Peach,  of  the  Geological  Survey. 

The  publication  of  certain  of  his  maps  was  undertaken  by  the 
Society,  and  two  of  these,  representing  the  districts  of  Midlothian 
and  of  Northern  Perthshire,  appeared,  accompanied  by  descriptive 
articles,  in  the  July  and  August  numbers  of  the  Scottish  Geographical 
Magazine.  These  maps  are  an  enduring  monument  to  his  talent 
and  his  devotion 

As  a  teacher,  no  less  than  as  a  student.  Smith  was  painstaking 
and  successful.  His  lectures  were  models  of  careful  preparation. 
With  a  high  view  of  his  duty  towards  his  students,  he  never  spared 
himself  in  their  service.  He  had  a  faculty  of  exposition  such  as 
does  not  always  accompany  even  the  soundest   knowledge  of  a 


A    DISEASE    IN    TURNIPS    CAUSED    BY    BACTERIA  3S 

subject,  and  his  unaffected  enthusiasm  for  his  science  could  not 
fail  to  arouse  his  students'  sympathy  and  interest. 

Looking  back  now,  where  but  a  little  while  ago  we  thought  only 
of  looking  forward,  it  behoves  us  not  to  estimate  the  measure  of 
his  work  without  remembering  the  difficulties  against  which  he  had 
to  contend,  and  towards  all  of  which  he  bore  himself  cheerfully  and 
manfully.  And  writing  these  few  lines  as  a  tribute  to  his  memory, 
my  thoughts  dwell  not  more  upon  his  scientific  work  than  on  his 
personal  character,  for  it  was  beyond  common  measure  pure  and 
lovable. 

D.  W.  T. 


A    DISEASE    IN    TURNIPS    CAUSED    BY    BACTERIA. 

By  W.  Carruthers,  F.R.S.,  and  A.  Lorrain  Smith. 

[This  memoir  was  prepared  for  the  Royal  Agricultural  Society. 
By  permission  of  the  Society  it  appears  here  contemporaneously 
with  its  publication  in  the  Society's  Journal,  but  with  a  few  technical 
additions  for  scientific  readers. — Ed.] 

For  some  years  we  have  been  acquainted  with  an  injury  to 
turnips,  the  cause  of  which  we  were  unable  to  discover.  The 
injured  turnips  had  the  crown  of  young  leaves  destroyed,  and  a 
cavity  scooped  out  of  the  turnip  occupied  the  top  immediately 
below  where  the  leaves  had  grown.  The  cavity  was  empty;  its 
wall  was  of  a  dark  brown  colour,  and  the  tissues  were  protected 
by  the  development  of  a  corky  layer.  There  was  no  indication  of 
injury  in  the  turnip  beyond  the  wall  of  the  empty  cavity.  The 
first  specimen  was  received  seven  years  ago,  and  some  years  later 
other  specimens  were  obtained ;  they  threw  no  hght  on  the  cause 
of  the  injury.  It  seemed  probable  that  the  injury  was  due  to 
bacteria,  but  we  did  not  discover  any  evidence  of  their  presence. 

At  the  beginning  of  August,  1900,  a  number  of  badly  diseased 
swede  turnips  were  sent  from  the  valley  of  the  Nibb,  in  Yorkshire, 
in  order  that  the  nature  and  cause  of  the  injury  might  be  deter- 
mined. In  the  worst  cases  the  young  leaves  had  disappeared  from 
the  crown  or  were  rotting  away;  the  outer  older  leaves  also 
showed  signs  of  wilting,  their  stalks  were  decaying  at  the  base,  and 
a  number  of  lateral  buds  were  shooting  up  from  the  axils  of  these 
older  leaves.  As  a  rule,  the  outer  skin  of  the  turnip  was  intact, 
In  some  instances  the  top  was  as  if  scooped  out,  and  the  depression 
hned  by  a  whitish  slimy  substance.  In  others  the  injury  had 
further  penetrated  through  the  turnip  to  the  base,  and  the  whole 
centre  was  a  mass  of  rotten  pulp.  Even  in  the  plants  less  seriously 
affected,  it  was  evident  from  the  condition  of  the  younger  leaves 
that  they  were  being  cut  off  from  their  connection  with  the  root. 
Some  of  the  turnips  had  wounds  at  the  side,  through  which  the 
bacteria  gained  access,  forming  starting-points  of  disease  in  addition 
to  the  injury  at  the  top  of  the  bulb.  In  the  specimen  figured  an 
older  cavity  was  found  agreeing  with  the  injury  already  observed. 
Journal  of  Botany.— Vol.  39.      [Jan.  1901.]  d 


34 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


From  the  base  of  this  cavity  a  later  attack  was  developed.  This, 
with  other  characters,  clearly  established  that  it  was  the  mysterious 
disease  we  were  dealing  with.  Some  of  the  turnips  were  suffering 
from  Finger  and  Toe,  which  was  of  course  quite  distinct  from  the 
rottenness  that  was  destroying  the  turnips. 

A  careful  microscopic  examination  of  leaf  and  bulb  was  made, 
and  it  was  found  that  the  injury  was  due  to  bacteria,  which  had 
gained  access  to  the  living  plants  between  the  bases  of  the  young 
leaves  or  through  the  broken  surface  of  the  bulb.  They  were  ad- 
vancing into  the  substance  of  the  turnip  from  cell  to  cell,  destroying 
the  tissues  as  they  went.  Sections  were  taken  from  the  diseased 
parts  and  examined,  and  myriads  of  the  bacteria  were  seen  in  the 
cells.     They  were  motile,  cylindrical  rods,  exceedingly  minute,  the 


Turnip  attacked  by  bacteria.  —  a,  external  aspect,  showing  the  crown  killed 
and  new  growth  from  the  axils  of  the  first  leaves,  which  had  naturally  fallen 
off;  B,  section  of  the  same  turnip,  showing  the  crown  of  the  turnip 
destroyed,  the  hollow  cavity  produced  by  the  first  stage  of  the  disease,  and 
the  further  injury  by  the  bacteria  in  the  centre  of  the  turnip.  Both  half 
natural  size. 

longest  about  seven  times  as  long  as  they  were  broad  ;  they  measure 
•65  fx  in  breadth,  and  from  1-  to  4"  /x  in  length.  The  larger  rods 
multiplied  by  division  into  two  and  four,  and  thus  they  varied  greatly 
in  length,  though  not  in  width. 

Some  of  the  slimy  substance  from  the  cavity  at  the  top  of  the 
turnip  was  stained  and  examined,  and  was  found  to  be  crowded  with 
the  same  bacteria.  Cultures  were  tried  in  a  mixture  of  gelatine  and 
turnip  decoction  by  introducing  into  the  mixture  the  bacteria  taken 
from  different  parts  of  the  diseased  swedes,  the  medium  and  in- 
struments being  carefully  sterilized ;  and  little  colonies  of  very  active 


A    DISEASE    IN    TURNIPS    CAUSED    BY    BACTERIA  35 

rods  were  formed  in  a  day  or  two,  which  liquified  the  gelatine, 
Unfortunately,  there  was  no  opportunity  at  the  time  of  infecting 
healthy  swedes  from  these  colonies,  and  of  following  the  entire  life 
history  of  the  bacteria. 

As  a  careful  field  examination    seemed   desirable,  a  visit  was 

made  to  the  injured  crops  in  Yorkshire.    The  disease  had  advanced 

very  rapidly ;  fields  of  swedes  that  appeared  healthy  and  thriving  a 

(V  fortnight  previously  were  now  completely 

?    ^     ^      ^         ^       blighted.     In  the  worst  field,  twenty-five 

//        J^  acres   in   extent,   not   one   turnip  in  five 

0  6^        seemed  to  have  escaped.     Yellow  turnips 

^     '^^        ^       had  suffered  very  little,  though  here  and 

\\,     ^0        0^        0  here  a  few  plants  growing  on  the  head 

ff  ^  rows   of    the    fields    containing   diseased 

f  /J   swedes  were  attacked;  cabbages  growing 

'^^  0  near  were  also  diseased,  but   a  strip  of 

X  2000.  kohl-rabi  right  through  the  centre  of  a 

Bacteria  which  cause  the  dis-    severely  diseased  crop  was  quite  healthy. 

ease  in  the  turnip.    Mag-  The  kohl-rabi  appears  so  far  to  be  im- 

nified  2000  diameters.         mune,   and  cabbages  and  yellow  turnips 

are  probably  safe  when  not  in  contact  with  a  diseased  crop.     The 

mangolds  growing  in  the  same  field  were  not  in  the  least  attacked. 

In  all  cases  the  bacteria  had  lodged  in  the  central  bud,  by  destroying 

the  tissues  of  the  turnip  below,  so  that  the  young  leaves  were  cut 

off  from  their  connection  with  the  root,  and  they  speedily  withered 

and  died.     Where  circumstances  favoured  the  development  of  the 

bacteria,  they  increased  rapidly,  and  the  whole  interior  of  the  root 

from  the  crown  downwards  was  soon  destroyed. 

For  the  information  of  farmers,  who  in  some  districts  were 
alarmed  at  the  serious  injury  to  their  crops,  a  letter  was  pubHshed 
four  months  ago  in  the  Times  and  other  daily  papers,  and  in  the 
Agricultural  Gazette,  giving  a  general  account  of  the  nature  of  the 
disease,  and  suggesting  steps  to  be  taken  to  prevent  its  spreading. 

The  disease  worked  great  havoc  in  Yorkshire,  and  the  same 
injury  was  reported  from  two  localities  at  a  distance  from  each 
other  in  Dumfriesshire.  At  a  later  period  the  progress  of  the 
disease  was  to  a  large  extent  arrested.  This  no  doubt  arose  from 
the  destruction  of  so  many  leaves,  which  left  the  rows  somewhat 
bare.  Sunlight  and  air  gained  free  access  to  the  bulbs,  and  the 
bacteria  were  dried  up  or  destroyed. 

Many  investigators  in  recent  years  have  experimented  on  the 
influence  of  sunlight  on  bacteria,  and  have  proved  that  in  most 
cases  they  develop  only  in  darkness.  In  1877  and  1878  Downes 
and  Blunt  found  that,  while  their  growth  was  retarded  by  the 
influence  of  diffused  white  daylight,  it  was  completely  stopped  by 
sunshine.  Another  observer  found  that  the  destruction  of  germs 
was  more  rapid  and  complete  when  there  was  also  a  free  admittance 
of  air,  though  one  of  the  most  recent  workers  in  this  field.  Professor 
Marshall  Ward,  has  shown  that  the  sun's  rays  alone  are  sufficient 
to  kill  them.  He  confirmed  this  view  by  exposing  to  the  light 
plate  cultures  of  the  spores  of  the  anthrax  bacteria  covered  with 

D   2 


S6  THK    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

pieces  of  cardboard,  out  of  whicli  figures  and  letters  had  been  cut, 
thus  allowing  the  direct  influence  of  the  san  to  act  on  the  well- 
defined  areas  cut  out  of  the  card.  The  spores  were  inactive  on  the 
exposed  patches,  the  gelatine  remaining  clear,  while  the  darkened 
parts  underneath  the  cardboard  were  opaque  with  the  crowded 
colonies  of  bacteria  that  had  developed  from  the  spores. 

The  same  influence  appears  to  have  been  equally  powerful  in 
the  turnip-field,  for  in  many  cases  the  only  trace  of  injury  left  was 
a  clean  walled  cavity  at  the  top  of  the  turnip,  from  which  no 
information  could  be  gathered  as  to  its  origin. 

It  is  very  doubtful  whether  any  true  reparation  of  the  injury 
followed  the  growth  in  the  lateral  buds.  These  young  growths 
could  not  arrest  the  progress  of  the  bacteria  in  the  turnip,  much 
less  could  they  repair  the  injury  that  had  been  done.  ■' 


SHORT  notp:s. 

Aublet's  'Histoire  des  Plantes.' — Dr.  Otto  Kuntze,  during  his 
recent  visit  to  this  country,  called  my  attention  to  a  peculiarity  in 
the  Kew  copy  of  Aublet's  Histoire  des  Plantes  de  la  Giiiane  franqaise: 
namely,  at  p.  440  there  is  a  genus  Tatnonea  established,  completed 
on  the  following  page  with  the  specific  name  (/uianensis.  This  had 
been  duly  registered  in  the  Index  Kcwensis,  but  he  had  not  been 
able  to  verify  the  citation  in  any  copy  on  the  continent.  On  further 
examination  it  was  seen  that  the  Tamonea  on  p.  440  was  not  indexed 
by  Aublet,  but  Fothergilla  adjiiirabilis  was  given  instead.  I  have 
since  then  referred  to  such  copies  of  the  book  as  I  could  find  in 
London,  with  this  result,  that  the  Banksian  copy  at  the  Natural 
History  Museum  is  like  the  Kew  copy,  while  the  copy  in  the 
Linnean  Society's  Library,  and  two  copies  in  the  British  Museum 
at  Bloomsbury,  are  like  those  described  by  Dr.  Kuntze — that  is, 
at  the  place  mentioned  the  name  is  changed  to  Fothergilla  ad- 
mirahilis,  and  on  the  plate  (t.  175)  to  mirabilis.  I  can  only  suggest 
that  the  author  found  out  when  indexing  that  he  had  printed  two 
genera  Tamonea  (pp.  440,  659),  and  consequently  cancelled  the  two 
leaves,  pp.  339-442 ;  the  issue  of  the  uncorrected  copies  must  have 
been  accidental.  It  would  be  interesting  to  know  if  any  other  copies 
are  like  those  at  Kew,  and  the  Botanical  Department,  British 
Museum. — B.  Daydon  Jackson. 

New  British  Hepatice. — During  a  fortnight's  visit  in  June, 
1900,  to  the  Ben  Lawers  district  of  Perthshire,  I  added  the  following 
hepatics  to  our  flora: — Cephalozia  pleniceps  (Aust.)  c.  per.,  growing 


*  Some  days  after  this  paper  was  in  type  for  the  Koyal  Agricultural 
Society's  Journal,  Prof.  Potter  read  to  the  Royal  Society  a  paper  giving  the 
results  of  investigations  he  had  been  making  on  this  turnip  disease.  By  his 
kindness  we  received  a  proof  of  his  paper  the  day  before  it  was  read.  He 
named  the  bacterium  Facudomonas  destructans. 


SHORT  NOTES 


87 


with  C.  hicuspidata,  Craig- an-Lochan,  alt.  1800  ft.,  on  a  rocky 
bank  close  to  the  stream  which  flows  into  Allt  a'Mhoirneas  near  its 
exit  from  Lochan  na  Larige.  Mr.  Pearson  has  confirmed  the 
name. — Jungermania  atrovirens  (Schleich.)  Dum.  c.  per.,  Craig-an- 
Lochan,  alt.  c.  2100  ft.,  on  wet  rocks  by  the  side  of  the  stream 
which  comes  out  of  Lochan  Tarbh  Uisge,  and  between  the  landslip 
and  the  rock  cleft.  This  plant  certainly  comes  near  small  J.  ripdria, 
the  only  difference  which  I  can  see  being  that  the  perianth  is 
oblong-ovate  instead  of  pyriform  as  in  the  latter.  I  have  expected 
for  some  time  that  this  plant  occm-red  in  Britain,  and  have  asked 
correspondents  at  various  times  to  send  rae  specimens  of  small 
riparia  in  the  hope  of  finding  it,  but  the  Perthshire  plant  is  the 
only  one  which  I  have  seen.  I  think,  however,  that  it  will  be 
found  in  other  places,  especially  in  limestone  districts,  and  not 
necessarily  on  hills.  Herr  Kaalaas  has  confirmed  the  name  of  the 
Craig-an-Lochan  plant. — J.  quadriloha  Lindb.  in  Arn.&Lindb.Musc, 
Asias  bor.  p.  55  (1888),  Craig  ChaiUeach,  alt.  2800  ft.,  in  some 
quantity  on  rock  ledges  on  the  east  side  of  the  hill  going  from  the 
end  of  the  fence  to  the  summit.  Herr  Kaalaas  writes  of  this  plant : 
**  Your  specimens  of  J.  quadriloha  are  rather  small,  and  the  leaves 
sometimes  trifid  instead  of  quadrifid ;  but  in  the  form  of  the  lobes 
and  the  sinus  they  exactly  resemble  our  Norwegian  plant."  This 
is  a  well-marked  species,  but  might  be  overlooked  for  J.  Flcerkii  or 
J.  lycopodioides.  It  has  hitherto  only  been  found  in  the  North  of 
Europe. — J.  polita  Nees,  on  wet  ground  in  two  localities  in  the 
western  ravine  of  Ben  Lawers,  on  the  east  side  of  the  main  stream, 
between  2700  ft.  and  3300  ft.  This  is  a  very  interesting  addition 
to  our  flora,  and  is  a  well-marked  species.  The  name  has  been 
confirmed  by  Messrs.  Pearson  and  Slater  and  Herr  Kaalaas. — Nardia 
suhelliptica  Lindb.  ex  Kaalaas,  De  Dist.  Hep.  inNorveg.p.  386(1893), 
c.  per.,  Craig-an-Lochan,  alt.  c.  2000  ft.,  close  to  the  locality  for 
J.  atrovirens,  and  near  the  stream.  Herr  Kaalaas  writes  of  my 
plant:  "  The  specimens  of  N.  suhelliptica  are  a  little  larger  than 
the  plants  I  have  seen  from  Norway,  but  in  all  essential  characters 
they  agree  very  well  with  the  original  specimens  of  Lindberg, 
especially  in  the  form  and  structure  of  the  perianth."  Although  I 
was  able  to  identify  it  from  the  description  alone,  I  cannot  yet  see 
how  it  differs  further  from  iV.  ohovata  than  the  alpine  form  J. 
spharocarpa,  the  J.  lurida  Dum.,  differs  from  that  species.  I  do 
not,  however,  understand  the  difference  in  the  perianth  which  Herr 
Kaalaas  apparently  considers  of  much  consequence  ;  in  his  De  Dist. 
Hep.  in  Norveg.,  it  is  given  as  species  distinctissima.  I  do  not  think 
that  the  colour  of  its  rootlets  is  a  character  of  much  consequence, 
as  I  observed  that  ordinary  N.  ohovata  on  Ben  Lawers  had  fre- 
quently more  white  rootlets  than  the  low  ground  plant  has,  and 
the  rootlets  of  the  Perthshire  N.  suhelliptica  have  occasionally  a 
faint  reddish  tinge. — Symers  M.  Macvicar. 

ToRTULA  CERNUA  (Huob.)  Liudb.  IN  Britain.  —  Mr.  George 
Webster,  of  York,  is  to  be  congratulated  on  being  the  discoverer  of 
this  interesting  and  latest  addition   to  the  British   Moss    Flora. 


88  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

It  was  found  in  the  last  week  of  September  of  this  year,  in  the 
magnesian  limestone  district,  near  Aberford,  in  the  West  Riding  of 
Yorkshire ;  and,  now  that  attention  is  called  to  it,  there  is  but  little 
doubt  that  it  may  be  found  in  other  parts  of  the  kingdom  where 
similar  strata  are  to  be  found,  it  being  chiefly  a  limestone-loving 
plant,  of  moist  situations,  but  of  arctic  type.  It  is  a  very  distinct 
species,  and  not  likely  to  be  confounded  with  any  other  species  of 
the  genus  ;  distinguished  by  its  short  stumpy  capsule  with  scarcely, 
if  at  all,  twisted  peristome,  also  its  oblong-lanceolate  tapering  leaf 
with  reddish  nerve,  and  large  lax  cells.  The  specimens  have  been 
very  carefully  examined,  not  only  by  Mr.  Webster  and  myself,  but 
also  by  Mr.  M.  B.  Slater,  of  Malton,  and  by  Dr.  Braithwaite,  as 
well  as  compared  with  an  authentic  example  gathered  by  Dr. 
Schimper  in  the  Salzburg  Alps,  in  the  herbarium  of  the  late 
Dr.  Spruce.  It  is  the  Besmatodon  cernuus  of  Bruch  &  Schimper, 
Bryol.  Eur.  ii.  t.  134,  and  of  Schimper's  Synops.  ed.  ii.  p.  186,  and 
Trichostomum  indinatum  of  Mueller's  Synopsis,  i.  p.  593. — C.   P. 

HOBKIRK. 

Mosses  of  North-east  Yorkshire,  "  V.-C.  62"  (Jouru.  Bot. 
1900,  484-9).— "V.-C.  62,"  as  defined  by  Watson,  is  bounded 
on  the  south  by  the  political  boundary  between  the  North  and 
East  Ridings,  and  on  the  west  by  the  Rivers  Ouse  and  Wiskett. 
In  Mr.  Ingliam's  list  several  localities  are  given  which  are  in 
v.-c.  64  (Mid-west  Yorks) — e.g.  Askham  Bog,  Appleton  Roebuck, 
Thorp  Arch,  Boston  Spa,  and  Bolton  Percy ;  while  Leckby  Carr, 
which  is  also  mentioned,  is  in  v.-c.  65  (North-west  Yorks).  The 
district  has  been  closely  worked  by  such  excellent  bryologists  as 
Spruce,  Slater,  R.  Barnes,  and  G.  Webster,  and  records  of  their 
work  are  easy  of  access.  Mr.  Ingham's  list  would  have  been 
valuable  had  he  made  it  as  far  as  possible  exhaustive  by  em- 
bodying in  it  all  these  earlier  records.  As  it  is,  its  utility  is 
not  very  evident ;  in  fact,  it  may  even  be  misleading.  The  second 
edition  of  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker's  yorth  Yorkshire,  now  in  course  of 
publication,  will  contain  a  list  of  the  mosses  and  hepatics  of  the 
North  Riding,  with  localities  revised  and  brought  up  to  the  present 
year  by  Mr.  Matthew  B.  Slater. — Llewellyn  J.  Cocks. 

AcoRus  IN  Cheshire. — A  specimen  from  Richardson  (not  that 
mentioned  by  Mr.  Spencer  Moore  in  Journ.  Bot.  1899,  76)  in  Petiver's 
Hort.  Sice.  Angl.  (Herb.  Sloane,  152,  fol.  177)  gives  an  earlier  date 
for  his  finding  of  Acorns  than  is  given  in  the  Flora  of  Cheshire. 
Richardson's  MS.  note  runs: — *' This  was  gathered  in  an  old  moate 
at  Holford,  in  Cheshire,  where  it  grows  in  abundance  ;  and  alsoe  in 
some  marle-pits  called  Holford  pitts,  about  six  miles  from  North- 
wich.  I  could  have  gathered  1100  in  these  places  about  the 
beginning  of  July  1711.     R.  Richardson." — James  Britten. 


39 


NOTICES     OF    BOOKS. 


Catalogue  of  the  African  Plants  collected  by  Dr.  Friedrich  Weltvitsch  in 
1853-61.  Part  iii.— Dipsacefe  to  Scrophulariacere  (1899). 
Part  IV. — Lentibulariacese  to  Ceratopbyllefe  (1900).  By 
William  Philip  Hiern,  M.A.,  F.L.S.  British  Museum 
(Natural  History)  :  Dulau  &  Co. 

Mr.  Hiern  is  to  be  congratulated  on  the  completion  of  bis  part 
—the  Dicotyledons— of  the  Welwitsch  Catalogue.  The  Mono- 
cotyledons were  published  by  Dr.  Rendle  in  1899— we  regret  that 
Dr.  Schinz's  other  occupations  have  prevented  him  from  preparing 
the  notice  of  that  part  of  the  work  which  he  had  promised  to  con- 
tribute to  these  pages ;  and  the  volume  devoted  to  Cryptogams  is 
passing  through  the  press.  In  the  course  of  next  year,  therefore, 
we  may  expect  the  completion  of  this  lasting  memorial  to  one  of 
Africa's  most  eminent  botanical  explorers. 

In  our  notice  of  the  first  part  of  the  Catalogue  (Jonrn.  Bot. 
1897,  23-26)  we  indicated  sufficiently  the  plan  of  the  work,  and  paid 
tribute  to  the  care  and  labour  which  Mr.  Hiern  had  bestowed  upon 
it.  Although  many  of  Welwitsch's  novelties  have  been  described  in 
monographs,  floras,  and  occasional  publications,  there  yet  remained 
a  considerable  number  to  reward  Mr.  Hiern's  investigations.  Thus 
in  part  iii.  we  have  one  new  genus  ( Velvitsia  in  Scrophulariacea — 
a  very  striking  plant)  and  127  new  species,  nearly  half  of  them 
Composit(B;  and  in  part  iv.  a  new  genus,  Syniplostemon  of  Wel- 
witsch's MSS.— a  Labiate  earlier  referred  by  Mr.  C.  H.  Wright  to 
Plectranthus — and  eighty-nine  new  species.  The  Composite  genus 
Ade7iogo7ium,  published  from  Welwitsch's  MSS.  in  this  Journal  for 
1898  '(p.  290,  t.  389)  as  new,  had  been  already  cited  by  Oliver 
(Ic.  PI.  t.  2205)  as  a  synonym  of  Eufjleria ;  and  Mr.  Hiern  accepts 
this  reduction,  although  he  does  not  follow  Oliver  in  regarding 
Welwitsch's  plant  as  a  variety  of  E.  qfricana,  but  describes  it  as  a 
new  species — E.  decumhens. 

We  note  that  M.  Hallier  is  followed  in  the  limitation  of  the 
genera  of  Convolviilacece,  and  also  mainly  (perhaps  somewhat  too 
absolutely)  as  to  species.  Urticacece  is  divided,  in  accordance  with 
Engler  and  Prantl,  into  three  orders — Moracea  and  Ulmace(B  being 
separated  from  the  aggregate  group.  There  is  a  good  deal  of  work 
in  Amaranthacea,  where  we  find  Adanson's  name  for  Mrva,  adopted 
by  Dr.  Kuntze  in  the  modified  form  JJretia,  stands  in  its  original 
ugliness  as  Ouret,  just  as  his  Pupal  replaces  the  more  euphonious 
Pupalia  of  Jussieu ;  Pandiaka  Heudelotii,  cited  by  Jackson  as  of 
Benth.  &  Hook,  f.,  is  here  given  more  correctly  as  of  "  Jacks.  Ind. 
Kew.,"  where  the  generic  and  specific  names  are  first  definitely 
combined. 

When  noticing  the  last  part  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa 
(pp.  279-281),  we  referred  to  the  unfortunate  absence  of  correlation 
between  Mr.  Hiern's  work  and  that  proceeding  at  the  same  time 
at  Kew  on  the  same  groups  of  plants,  and  the  consequent  and 
unnecessary  increase  of  synonymy.     We  are  glad  to   know  that 


40 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


those  responsible  for  the  neglect  have  taken  steps  which  will  avoid 
a  recurrence  of  the  inconvenience ;  and  to  see  that  only  one  of  Mr. 
Hiern's  new  species  has  been  forestalled — VUc.v  Judllensis,  which  is 
antedated  by  V.  grisea  Baker.  We  fear,  however,  that  the  forth- 
coming part  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa  will  exhibit  a  more 
serious  conflict,  as  we  understand  that  some  sheets  were  printed  off 
before  the  publication  of  Mr.  Hiern's  last  part,  which  of  course  will 
take  priority.  In  one  or  two  cases  we  note  a  difference  of  opinion 
as  to  genera — thus  Premna  coJorata  of  Hiern  is  identical  with  Vitex 
mlphurea  of  Baker:  we  presume  that,  should  the  position  assigned 
to  the  plant  by  Mr.  Hiern  be  maintained,  those  who  insist  on  the 
retention  of  the  earlicot  trivial  name  will  form  a  third  combination. 

In  matter  of  nomenclature  Mr.  Hiern  continues  to  follow  on  the 
lines  laid  down  by  Dr.  Kuntze,  exercising,  however,  independent 
judgment  and  investigation.  We  note  that  he  is  al)le  to  rehabilitate 
the  genus  Ethulia,  which  had  been  set  aside  in  favour  of  Pirarda, 
the  former  genus  dating,  not  from  Linn,  "gen."  [Sp.  PL]  ii.  (July, 
1763),  as  stated  by  Dr.  Kuntze,  but  from  "  L.  f.  Decas  i.  p.  1,  t.  i. 
(1762)."  Pattara  {Ada^nson,  1763)  for  Embelia  (Burm.  f.,  1768)  and 
Parasia  Rafinesque  (1836)  for  Belmontia  (E .  Meyer,  1837)  are  instances 
in  which  Mr.  Hiern  has  anticipated  Dr.  Kuntze  in  restoration  ;  and 
we  note  that  he  adopts  Siphonanthus  in  preference  to  Clerodeiidron, 
as,  although  both  are  in  ed.  i.  of  the  Species  Plantarum,  the  former 
appears  in  the  earlier  portion,  published  in  May,  1753,  and  the 
latter  in  the  second  part  which  appeared  in  August  of  the  same 
year.  We  note  that  Mr.  Hiern  retains  the  name  Wedelia  for  the 
well-known  genus  of  Compositce ;  that  name,  however,  which  was 
first  employed  by  Loefling,  must,  we  think,  replace  Allionia  of 
Linnaeus,  and  Niehuhria  Necker  will  supersede  the  Wedelia  of 
Jacquin  and  most  authors. 

We  are  glad  to  see  that  Mr.  Hiern  associates  the  name  of  Mr. 
Carruthers  with  one  of  Welwitsch's  plants — Urticastriim  Carruthersi- 
anum:  "it  was  through  his  representations,  when  Keeper  of  the 
National  Herbarium,  that  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum 
undertook  the  publication  of  this  Catalogue." 


Veitch's  Manual  of  the  Conifera.  A  new  and  greatly  enlarged  edition, 
by  Adolphus  H.  Kent.  8vo,  pp.  562,  with  numerous  plates, 
and  141  figs,  in  the  text.  James  Veitch  &  Sons :  Chelsea. 
1900. 

Veitch's  Manual  of  the  ConifercB  has  long  been  recognized  as  a 
standard  work  on  Conifers;  and  in  bringing  out  a  new  and  revised 
edition  the  publishers  have  increased  the  obligation  due  to  them 
from  the  botanist,  as  well  as  by  the  student  of  horticulture  and 
forestry.  Mr.  Kent  has  done  excellent  service  in  connection  with 
the  Manual  of  Orchidaceous  Plants,  for  the  subject-matter  of  which 
he  was  largely  responsible ;  and  we  have  no  hesitation  in  saying 
that,  except  Dr.  Masters,  there  is  no  one  so  well  fitted  to  approach 
the  subject  of  a  handbook  on  Conifers.  It  is  possible  to  prepare 
monographs  of  some  families  without  going  beyond  the  walls  of  a 


veitch's  manual  of  the  conifer;e  41 

herbarium,  but  sncli  a  method  of  procedure  in  the  case  of  the 
Conifera;  would  be  disastrous.  The  family  is  one  which  must  be 
studied  while  living  and  growing,  under  various  conditions  and  in 
different  stages  of  development,  Mr.  Kent  has  had  exceptional 
opportunities  for  such  studies,  and  hence  his  peculiar  fitness  for  the 
task  he  has  now  undertaken. 

The  plan  of  the  book  is  as  in  the  former  edition.  The  "  General 
Review"  has  grown  to  over  a  hundred  pages,  and  forms  an  excellent 
introduction  to  the  general  morphology  and  distribution  of  the 
family,  both  in  space  and  time.  Here,  as  elsewhere,  the  author 
acknowledges  his  indebtedness  to  Dr.  Masters's  recent  invaluable 
contributions  to  our  knowledge  of  the  order,  chiefly  throagh  the 
medium  of  the  Linnean  Society's  Journal.  This  part  of  the  book 
has  also  been  augmented  by  the  inclusion  of  the  papers  on  the 
"Diseases  of  Conifers,"  by  Prof.  Marshall  Ward,  and  "Insects 
injurious  to  ConiferiE,'"  by  Mr.  W.  F.  H.  Blandford,  which  have 
been  reprinted  or  abridged  from  the  Report  of  the  Conifer  Con- 
ference held  at  Chiswick  in  1891,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Royal 
Horticultural  Society. 

In  the  systematic  portion  of  the  work  Mr.  Kent  has  followed  the 
arrangement  adopted  by  Dr.  Masters.  The  Taxacem  are  considered 
to  represent  a  group  of  ordinal  rank  as  originally  proposed  by 
Lindley,  a  position  which  accords  better  with  the  marked  structural 
peculiarities  of  the  flower  and  fruit  than  the  tribal  rank  subse- 
quently reverted  to  and  maintained,  among  other  botanists,  by  the 
authors  of  our  Genera  Plantarum,  and  also  by  Eichler,  whose 
arrangement  appeared  in  1887  in  the  Natiirlichen  Pflanzenfamilien 
of  Engler  and  Prantl. 

The  genera  admitted  in  the  Mamial  are  those  of  Dr.  Masters's 
recent  revision,  with  the  exception  of  Endlicher's  Ghjptostrohm, 
which  is  included  in  Ta.vocUum,  and  of  Ahietia,  a  new  name  coined 
by  Mr.  Kent  to  replace  Pseudotsuga  of  Carriere,  with  which  he  also 
includes  Keteleerla  of  the  same  author.  The  name  PseiuloUufja  is 
rejected  because  it  is  a  barbarous  combination,  and  "  misleading  in 
such  meaning  as  it  has;"  but  we  do  not  think  many  botanists  will 
be  inclined  to  follow  Mr.  Kent.  The  reformers  of  nomenclature 
have  sufficient  scope  already,  without  extending  their  licence  to 
barbarous  names. 

Good  descriptions  are  given  of  all  genera,  species,  and  varieties 
which  are  likely  to  be  of  the  slightest  value  from  an  economic  or 
horticultural  point  of  view ;  wherever  it  was  possible,  the  descrip- 
tions have  been  made  from  fresh  specimens.  To  extensive  notes  on 
geographical  distribution,  habitat,  and  economic  use,  Mr.  Kent  adds 
information  as  to  the  introduction  and  growth  of  the  plant  in  this 
country.  He  has  also  given  short  biographies  of  those  botanists, 
collectors,  &c.,  who  have  been  commemorated  in  specific  names. 

The  plates  and  figures,  many  of  them  new,  are  of  a  high  order, 
and  add  much  to  the  attractiveness  and  usefulness  of  the  work,  the 
whole  get-up  of  which  is  excellent.  The  author  has  not  only  been 
eminently  successful  in  his  endeavour  "to  collect  from  the  best 
available  sources  every  item  of  information  that  should  prove  useful 


42  THE    JOURNAL    OF   BOTANY 

and  interesting  to  amateurs  of  this  remarkable  family  of  trees  and 
shrubs,  and  also  to  foresters  and  horticulturists"  ;  he  has  also  made 
a  valuable  addition  to  the  literature  of  botany. 

A.  B.  Kendle. 

Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture.  By  L.  H.  Bailey,  assisted  by 
WiLHELM  Miller  and  many  Expert  Cultivators  and  Botanists. 
Illustrated  with  over  2000  original  engravings.  Vol.  i.  A-D ; 
vol.  ii.  E-M.  4to,  pp.  xxii,  510,  xiv,  511-1054.  Price  one 
guinea  each.    Macmillan  &  Co. :  London  and  New  York.    1900. 

The  '^1900''  Supplement  to  the  Dictionary  of  Gardening.  By  George 
Nicholson,  F.L.S.,  etc.  A-F.  4to,  pp.  vi,  376.  Price  10s.  6d. 
L.  Upcott  Gill :  London. 

The  American  analogue  of  Mr.  Nicholson's  Dictionary  of 
Gardening  is  a  far  more  important  work,  from  a  botanical  point 
of  view,  than  its  prototype.  Whether  it  is  as  useful  to  gardeners, 
we  are  not  in  a  position  to  state;  it  is  certainly  more  comprehensive, 
for,  besides  articles  dealing  with  cultivation  and  revisions  of  genera, 
it  contains  brief  biographies  of  American  worthies  and  descriptions 
of  such  things  as  aquaria,  which  would  hardly  seem  to  come  within 
the  scope  of  a  work  on  horticulture.  So  far  as  externals  go,  its 
good  and  bad  qualities  are  about  equally  balanced.  Thus,  the  cover 
is  artistic,  contrasting  very  favourably  with  the  ugly  envelope 
affected  by  Mr.  Nicholson's  publishers ;  but  the  binding  up  is  so  badly 
done,  that  the  volumes  come  to  pieces  almost  at  a  glance.  It  is 
very  well  printed,  but  on  such  outrageously  heavy  paper  that  only 
a  strong  man  could  carry  the  four  volumes  any  distance.  The 
illustrations  are  not  of  the  miscellaneous  seedsman's-catalogue 
order  employed  in  the  Dictionary  of  Gardening — those  in  the 
Supplement  are  better;  but  they  are  for  the  most  part  scratchy 
and  inadequate :  the  absence  of  most  of  those  (excluding  the  por- 
traits) to  which  a  whole  page  is  devoted  would  be  a  positive  gain  to 
the  book. 

The  contents,  however,  are  less  open  to  criticism,  as  would  be 
anticipated  from  the  fact  that  Prof.  L.  H.  Bailey  is  responsible  for 
them.  Breadth  and  sanity  of  view,  thoroughness  of  treatment,  and 
a  literary  style  which  avoids  dryness  but  never  degenerates  into  gush 
— these  are  qualities  which  we  expect  to  find  in  his  writings,  and 
we  are  never  disappointed.  In  certain  details  of  arrangement,  the 
American  work  is  in  advance  of  the  English  ;  for  example,  the 
species  under  each  genus,  which  in  Mr.  Nicholson's  book  are 
arranged  alphabetically,  are  here  grouped  under  a  more  scientific 
system,  according  to  their  affinities,  a  clavis  being  sometimes 
prefixed.  The  alphabetical  plan  is  of  course  in  some  respects 
more  convenient — we  have  even  heard  it  suggested  that  herbaria 
should  be  arranged  throughout  by  the  letters  of  the  alphabet ! — but 
the  scientific  arrangement  is  manifestly  far  more  instructive,  and  in 
the  long  run  more  useful. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  certain  of  these  articles  will  have  to  be 
taken  account  of  from  a  botanical  and  nomenclatural  standpoint, 


LA  ROTANIQUE  EN  PROVENCE  48 

it  is  satisfactory  to  note  that  each  of  them  is  signed.  Prof.  Bailey 
has  indeed  heen  fortunate  in  obtaining  so  many  collaborators ;  the 
list  of  these  in  his  first  volume  includes  170  names,  and  others 
appear  in  the  second. 

On  turning  over  the  pages,  we  observe  two  or  three  references 
which  show  that  the  biographical  notes  would  be  the  better  for  a 
little  revision.  It  is  odd,  for  instance,  to  find  the  date  of  John 
Bellenden  Ker's  death,  which  took  place  in  1842,  given  as  1871 
(vol.  i.  p.  xx) ;  Banks  was  something  more  than  a  "  famous 
English  scientist "  (whatever  that  may  mean) ;  and  Cattley  was 
hardly  what  we  should  understand  by  "an  early  English  natu- 
ralist." It  would  also  be  well  if  the  dates  of  birth  and  death  were 
uniformly  added,  instead  of  only  exceptionally,  as  at  present. 
There  is  a  certain  grim  humour  in  the  account  of  a  great  American 
grape-grower:  "Ephraim  W.  Bull  was  loved  of  his  neighbours  and 
honored  by  every  countryman  who  grows  or  eats  a  grape.  He  made 
very  little  money  from  his  variety,  and  died  in  extreme  poverty." 

The  Dictioyiary  of  Gardeninfj  has  become  a  standard  book  of 
reference ;  it  has  been  adapted  into  French,  and  a  French  Horti- 
cultural Society  has  awarded  the  French  editor  a  prize  of  £100.  Mr. 
Nicholson  probably  thinks  this  is  one  of  the  things  they  do  better 
in  France.  "  Nearly  twenty  years  have  passed,"  the  publisher 
tells  us,  in  a  curiously- worded  preface,  since  it  "first  saw  the 
light"  ;  but  by  this  he  means  the  first  number,  for  the  preface  to 
the  last  volume  is  dated  December,  1888.  Anyway  it  was  quite 
time  that  a  supplement  should  be  issued,  and  here  we  have  the  first 
volume  of  it — or  rather  the  first  instalment,  for  there  is  to  be  but 
one  "  supplemental  volume " — which  is  of  course  indispensable  to 
possessors  of  the  original.  It  possesses  all  the  defects  as  well 
as  the  advantages  of  the  earlier  volumes— e.  r/.  the  bewildering 
abbreviations  of  works  cited,  and  the  uniform  and  useless  page- 
headings.  The  figures  are  less  miscellaneous  and  more  pleasing : 
a  number  of  names  appear  on  the  ugly  title-page  as  joint  authors. 
The  bulk  of  the  book  would  have  been  lessened,  and  its  usefulness 
not  diminished,  if  a  large  number  of  the  "English  names"  had 
been  omitted:  some  of  these,  such  as  "Bastard  Clover"  for 
I'rifolium  hybridum,  are  mere  translations;  others,  like  "Bastard 
Cress"  for  Thlaspi,  are  never  used;  "  Branching  Annual  Stock," 
again,  is  assuredly  not  "  a  common  name  for  Malculmia  maritima,'* 
which  is  always  known  as  Virginia  Stock.  But,  as  we  have  said, 
the  Supplement  is  indispensable  to  all  possessors  of  the  Dictionary, 
to  which  it  forms  a  worthy  companion. 


Legr6  (Ludovic).  La  Botanique  en  Provence  an  XV I^  siecle. 
Leonard  Rauwollf;  Jacques  Raynaudet.  Marseilles :  Aubertin 
et  Rolle.     1900.     Pp.  x,  149. 

M.  Legre  continues  to  increase  the  indebtedness  of  the  botanic 
world  to  him  by  his  rapid  issue  of  researches  on  the  early  workers 
in  botany  in  the  south  of  France.  We  have  already  in  this  Journal 
(1899,  pp.  38-92,  283)    referred    in  terms  of  high  praise  to  his 


44  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

previous  performances,  and  this  publication  is  quite  equal  to  its 
predecessors. 

The  name  of  Rauwolff  is  perhaps  best  known  as  the  author  of 
some  quaintly  written  travels  in  the  sixteenth  century ;  but  he  has 
a  further  claim  on  our  interest  by  the  fact  of  his  collection  of 
dried  plants  being  still  in  existence,  and  well-preserved,  in  the 
University  of  Leyden. 

The  author  had  the  good  fortune  to  secure  the  help  of  the 
French  Government  in  his  researches,  and  received  a  letter  from 
the  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs  to  the  French  representative  at 
the  Hague,  and  the  French  consuls  throughout  the  Netherlands. 
In  consequence  of  this  potent  aid,  M.  Legre  was  enabled  to  pursue 
his  search  to  the  best  advantage,  and  a  subvention  to  the  Academy 
of  Science  at  Marseilles  has  permitted  of  the  issue  of  this  work  in 
its  present  form. 

Rauwolff  was  born  at  Augsburg  between  1535  and  1540 :  the 
first  certain  date  being  that  of  his  matriculation  at  Montpellier, 
22  November,  1560.  He  began  to  study  the  plants  round  that  city 
as  soon  as  he  settled  there,  where  he  remained  till  1562  ;  the  year 
after  that  he  was  in  Italy,  then,  passing  by  the  St.  Gothard,  he 
came  back  to  Germany  by  Switzerland. 

In  the  year  of  his  return  to  his  native  town  he  made  the 
acquaintance  of  Clusius,  and  in  1565  he  married.  After  five  years' 
absence,  he  came  back  to  Augsburg  as  municipal  doctor  of  medicine. 
His  brother-in-law,  Melchior  Mannlich,  was  settled  at  Marseilles  as 
a  wholesale  dealer  in  drugs  and  spices ;  he  induced  Rauwolff  to 
undertake  a  journey  to  Syria  to  discover  the  source  of  certain 
drugs,  offering  not  only  to  defray  the  cost  of  the  voyage,  but  a 
salary  also. 

Rauwolff  consented,  and  set  out  first  for  Marseilles,  thence  sailing 
on  2nd  September  on  board  the  '  Santa  Croce.'  After  nearly  three 
years  of  absence,  he  came  back  in  safety  to  his  own  city,  where  he 
resumed  his  interrupted  duties,  becoming  the  doctor  of  the  hospital 
for  plague  patients.  In  1588  he  was  deprived  of  his  place  in  con- 
sequence of  his  adherence  to  the  Protestant  faith  ;  he  left  Germany 
for  Austria,  became  surgeon  to  the  army,  and  died  at  Hatvan,  in 
Hungary,  in  1596.  '  Such  in  brief  is  the  story  of  his  life,  of  which 
fuller  details  may  be  found  in  M.  Legre's  pages. 

The  collection  of  plants  which  he  formed  now  consists  of  four 
volumes,  and  these  have  been  carefully  gone  over  by  the  author, 
who  gives  lists  of  the  contents ;  the  names  in  some  cases  have  been 
altered  by  Clusius,  and  by  an  unknown  hand. 

The  name  of  Raynaudet  may  be  found  more  than  once  in  the 
Adversaria  of  Pena  and  Lobel :  he  was  an  apothecary  of  Marseilles,  and 
the  three  months  which  were  there  spent  by  Rauwolff,  when  waiting 
to  sail,  were  profitably  employed  in  botanizing  with  Raynaudet  in 
his  garden  or  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Marseilles.  Dates  seem  to  be 
wholly  wanting  as  regards  this  early  worker,  but  what  little  can  be 
discovered  has  been  laboriously  pieced  together  by  the  author  in 
less  than  thirty  pages.  The  only  thing  which  appears  certain  is, 
that  he  must  have  died  at  an  early  age, 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS  45 

This  volume  has  been  drawn  up  with  the  accustomed  care  of  the 
writer,  and  is  therefore  a  valuable  addition  to  our  knowledge  of 
the  men  of  that  interesting  time,  when,  in  the  sixteenth  century, 
botany  was  developing  in  the  south  of  France. 

B.  Daydon  Jackson. 


ARTICLES     IN    JOURNALS.* 

Bot.  Centmlhlatt  (No.  49).  —  F.  W.  Neger,  '  Kritische  Bemer- 
kungen  zu  einigen  Pflanzen  der  chilenischen  Flora.' — (Nos.  49-51). 
L.  Cador,  '  Anatomische  Versuchung  der  Mateblatter '  (concl.). — 
(No.  50).  H.  Lindberg,  'Some  species  of  Polytnchum'  (1  pi.). — 
(No.  52).     F.  Quelle,  '  Zur  Kenntniss  der  Moosflora  des  Harzes.' 

Bot,  Gazette  (15  Nov.).— B.  E.  Livingston,  *  Change  of  form  in 
Green  Algae'  (2  pi.).  —  C.  MacMillan,  '  Observations  in  Lessonia* 
(3  pi.).  —  C.  D.  Beadle,  '  Studies  in  CratcBqm:  —  J.  F.  Corell, 
'David  Fisher  Day'  (1829-1900;  portr.).  —  C.  E.  Preston,  '  Root 
system  of  Cactacece.' 

Bot.  Notiser  (hiift.  6  ;  15  Dec.).— J.  I.  Lindroth,  '  Mykologische 
Notizeu.' — B.  Kaalaas,  Tnchostoumm  arcticum,  sp.  n. — K.  Johann- 
son,  'Nagra  bidrag  till  Dalarnes  flora.'  —  B.  F.  Coster,  '  Nagra 
weddelanden  om  hybrider  af  slaktet  Epilobiwn.'  —  0.  Nordstedt, 
'  Om  Sandhems  flora  '  (concl.). 

Garde7iers'  Chronicle  (24  Nov.).  —  F.  Kranzlin,  Stanhopea  steno- 
chila  Lehm.  &  Kranzl.,  sp.n. — J.  Hoog,  Iris  urmiensis  (fig.  116). — 
(1  Dec).  H.  N.  Ridley,  Habenaria  coliimhiB,  sp.  n.).  —  (8  Dec). 
C.  T.  Druery,  '  Pollen  Grains '  (figs.  126-129). 

Journal  cle  Botanique  ("  Juin";  received  14  Dec).  —  G.  Fron, 
Euphorbia  Litisij. — A.  De  Coincy,  Kchium  )naritimum. — F.  Guegnen, 
'  Surle  tissu  collecteur  et  conducteur  des  phanerogames '  (cont.). — 
P.  Hariot,  Ligmtrum  Delavmjanum,  sp.n.  —  E.  Bonnet,  'Quel  est 
I'inventeur  des  exsiccata  ? '  —  C.  Bernard,  '  Recherches  sur  les 
spheres  attractives  chez  Lilium,  candidum,  etc'  (cont.). 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Dec). — E.  Lampa,  '  Uber  einige  Blatt- 
formen  der  Liliaceen  '  (1  pi.).  —  J.  Freyn,  '  Flora  von  Steiermark ' 
(concl.). — P.  Magnus,  Urophlyctis  Kriegeriana. 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


46  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 

Messrs.  Dent's  little  volume  entitled  Plant  Life  and  Structure 
(price  Is.  net)  is  one  of  the  "  Temple  Cyclopaedic  Primers,"  *'  a  series 
of  volumes  of  condensed  information  introductory  to  great  subjects, 
written  by  leading  authorities,  both  in  England  and  abroad,  adapted 
at  once  to  the  needs  of  the  general  public,  and  forming  intro- 
ductions to  the  special  studies  of  scholars  and  students."  The 
book,  which  is  a  translation  from  the  German  of  Dr.  E.  Dennert 
by  Clara  L.  Skeat,  is  a  neat  little  work  in  small  8vo,  with  116  pages 
and  fifty-six  figures.  It  is  fairly  accurate,  but  it  is  not  easy  to 
understand  to  what  class  of  reader  it  will  prove  useful.  The  in- 
formation is  certainly  condensed,  far  too  condensed  for  the  general 
public ;  and,  as  regards  the  more  serious  student,  there  are  several 
inexpensive  books  which  will  give  a  practical  working  introduction 
to  the  science,  such  as  cannot  possibly  be  acquired  from  this  little 
primer. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  held  on  Nov.  15th,  1900, 
Mr.  W.  B.  Hemsley  exhibited  a  number  of  specimens  and  drawings 
of  Fitchia,  including  a  new  species  from  the  island  of  Raratonga, 
in  the  Cook  Archipelago,  discovered  by  Mr.  T.  F.  Cheeseman. 
The  genus  was  described  from  specimens  thought  to  have  been 
procured  on  Elizabeth  Island,  a  remote  coral  island  in  the  Eastern 
Pacific ;  but  Mr.  Hemsley  gave  reasons  for  believing  that  the 
locaUty  of  the  plant  described  by  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  was  Tubnai 
Island,  in  the  same  latitude,  but  20°  further  to  the  west:  an  island 
of  volcanic  origin  and  mountainous,  and  theretore  more  likely  than 
a  coral  island  to  be  the  habitat  of  such  a  plant,  especially  as  it  was 
originally  discovered  by  Banks  and  Solander  in  Tahiti.  Only  three 
or  four  species  are  known  :  they  are  small  resiuiferous  shrubs  of 
tree-like  habit,  with  rather  thick  branches,  opposite  simple  leaves 
borne  on  slender  stalks,  and  terminal,  usually  solitary  flower-heads. 
The  systematic  position  of  Fitchia  is  not  very  evident ;  although 
usually  placed  in  the  Oichoriacece,  Mr.  Hemsley  considered  its 
affinities  as  a  resiniferous  plant  to  be  with  the  Heliantkoidece, 
and  near  to  Petrobiam.  After  discussing  the  views  of  systematists 
on  this  point,  he  briefly  described  the  new  species  from  Raratonga 
{Fitchia  nutans),  remarking  that  it  secreted  a  resin  which  is  exuded 
on  the  young  branches  and  flower-heads,  and  is  used  to  prepare  an 
agreeably  odoriferous  oil. 

At  the  same  meeting  Mr.  W.  C.  Worsdell  read  a  paper  entitled 
♦'Further  Observations  on  the  Cycadacece,''  intended  to  throw 
additional  light  on  the  problem  as  to  the  phylogenetic  origin 
and  relationships  of  this  group  of  plants.  By  some  authorities 
these  have  been  considered  as  allied  to  the  Conifers,  while  in 
appearance  they  resemble  palms  and  ferns.  They  are  now  con- 
fined to  the  warmer  regions  of  the  globe,  though  they  were  formerly 
widely  distributed.  The  group  was  at  its  maximum  in  Jurassic  and 
Triassic  times ;  and  Cycad  remains,  especially  in  the  Lias  and  the 
Oolite,  are  familiar  to  palaeontologists  in  this  country.    This  paper, 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC,  47 

like  the  rest  of  the  author's  work  on  this  group,  had  two  main 
objects — to  contribute  to  the  clear  and  precise  knowledge  of  the 
vegetative  structure,  and  to  point  out,  by  means  of  that  knowledge 
the  relationship  of  the  Cycads  to,  and  their  descent  from,  fern-like 
plants. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  same  Society  held  on  Dec.  6th,  Dr. 
Kendle  exhibited  specimens  of  Zostera  marina  from  Tibet  and  of 
Halophila  stipulacea  from  Tuticorin,  and  made  observations  which 
we  hope  to  publish  later.  Mr.  H.  Groves  communicated  a  paper 
by  Mr.  G.  C.  Druce,  entitled  "A  Revision  of  the  British  Thrifts" 
[Statice  and  Aiiiieria),  in  which  he  attempted  a  rectification  of  the 
synonymy,  and  discussed  the  value  of  the  pubescence  on  the  ribs  of 
the  calyx  as  a  distinguishing  character. 

The  culture  of  Citrus  trees  in  Australia  is  increasing  year  by 
year,  and  the  Australian  Department  of  Agriculture  has  published 
a  little  volume  by  Mr.  D.  McAlpine — Fungus  Diseases  of  Citrus  Trees 
in  Australia — in  which  is  given  an  exhaustive  account  of  all  the 
fungi  that  have  been  recorded  on  Citrus  in  the  colony.  He  has 
found  twenty-five  species  of  fungi  on  the  Orange,  and  thirty- one  on 
the  Lemon,  besides  eighteen  common  to  both ;  three  species  on  the 
Citron,  two  on  the  Shaddock,  and  three  which  are  parasitic  on  the 
scale-insects  that  infest  Citrus  trees.  This  formidable  list  might 
lead  one  to  infer  that  these  trees  were  peculiarly  liable  to  attack 
from  fungi;  but,  fortunately,  they  are  not  all  parasitic.  Many  of 
them,  such  as  PeniciUium  glaucum,  the  familiar  blue-mould,  Clado- 
sporiiuii  herhanim,  and  others,  make  their  appearance  after  decay  has 
set  in,  and  grow  on  dead  Citrus  as  on  any  other  vegetable  matter. 
The  first  part  of  the  book,  the  most  important  section,  deals 
with  the  fungi  that  are  directly  injurious  to  the  growing  plant. 
The  second  part  is  occupied  by  a  description  of  fungi  that  are  less 
harmful,  or  less  frequent,  grouped  as  they  occur  on  fruit,  leaf, 
stem,  or  root.  Many  of  them  are  confined  to  Australia  alone : 
as  the  fruit  trees  were  originally  imported  from  Europe,  this  seems 
rather  remarkable  ;  but  it  is  to  be  remembered  that  the  native 
Citrus  is  used  as  stock  in  the  colonies,  and  thus  native  diseases 
have  probably  persisted  on  the  grafted  plants.  The  harmful  para- 
sites are  all  minute  species,  and  occur  mostly  on  the  leaves  and 
fruit.  One  species — Flwma  omnivora — attacks  the  roots,  causing 
root-rot.  The  book  is  well  illustrated  by  twelve  coloured  plates  of 
the  diseases  most  frequently  met  with,  and  186  figures  of  the  fungi 
causing  them ;  the  numerous  new  species  are  fully  described,  and 
each  is  furnished  with  an  "  English  name,"  of  which  "  Federation 
Dothiorella,"  "  Scabbing  Ramularia,"  and  ''  Corrugating  Clado- 
sporium,"  may  be  taken  as  types.  *'  Citrus  Sphaerella  "  is  not,  as 
might  be  supposed,  a  new  species  of  Citrus,  but  the  ''English" 
equivalent  of  Sphcerella  citricola!  Full  and  careful  practical  in- 
structions are  given  as  to  the  treatment  that  has  been  found  most 
efficacious  in  remedying  or  checking  the  pest. 

Just  as  we  go  to  press,  and  too  late  for  notice,  appears  the 
completion  of  vol.  vii.  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa,  bringing  the 


48  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

enumeration  down  to  Plantaginea.  Sir  W.  Tbiselton-Dyer  con- 
tributes a  brief  preface,  in  the  course  of  which  he  thus  explains 
the  delays  which  have  hindered  the  progress  of  the  work: — "The 
present  volume  was  ready  for  the  press  at  the  beginning  of  1898. 
The  inconvenience  of  the  delay  in  publication  is  obvious.  The  con- 
tributors see  other  writers  secure  the  priority  of  their  work,  while 
the  manuscript  has  continually  to  be  re-written  to  incorporate  what 
has  been  published  while  it  is  waiting  for  the  printer.  For  all  this 
I  am  in  no  way  responsible.  I  prepare  the  work  ;  but  over  printing 
and  publication  I  have  not  the  slightest  control.  And  as  no  less 
than  five  government  departments  have  a  say  in  the  matter,  the 
task  of  getting  them  into  line  is  one  of  no  small  difficulty.  A  fire 
which  took  place  at  the  printer's  in  December  of  last  year  was  a 
further  impediment.  Fortunately,  however,  most  of  the  manuscript 
was  recovered  eventually  from  the  ruins.  Three  more  volumes  will 
complete  the  work  as  originally  planned.  Their  preparation  presents 
no  inherent  difficulty,  but  their  fate  lies  on  the  lap  of  the  gods." 

This  explanation  of  course  only  refers  to  the  delays  in  the 
publication  of  the  present  volume.  The  "inconvenience"  men- 
tioned, however,  applies  with  still  greater  force  to  the  thirty-one 
years  during  which  the  work  remained  in  abeyance,  for  the  greater 
part  of  which — /.  e.  since  1872 — it  was  in  the  hands  of  the  present 
editor,  who  issued  the  first  instalment  of  the  contniuation  in  1896. 
As  a  result  of  this  delay,  the  work  has  indeed  had  to  be  "re- 
written" ;  but  the  responsibility  for  this  can  hardly  be  laid  at  the 
door  of  the  printer.  Mr.  Hiern,  for  example,  at  the  request  of  Mr. 
Dyer  ''now  Sir  W.  T.  Thiselton-Dyer),  prepared  the  ScrophularinecB 
in  1874-5,  and  is  now,  after  an  interval  of  twenty-five  years,  re- 
writing them.  It  will  of  course  be  noticed  that  the  editor  only 
claims  the  "  preparation  "  as  his  share  of  the  work,  and  in  this  he 
acknowledges  the  help  of  his  staft" ;  he  has  not  so  far  contributed 
to  the  scientific  contents  of  the  volumes. 

The  appearance  of  "Appendix  I.  1901"  of  the  Kew  Bulletin, 
which,  in  spite  of  its  thrice-repeated  date,  was  actually  issued  in 
November  last,  suggests  wonder  whether  the  printers — in  this  case 
H.  M.  Stationery  Office — are  in  this  case  responsible  for  the  delay 
in  publication.  One  would  imagine  that  its  "preparation"  could 
"  present  no  inherent  difficulty,"  but  no  number  has  appeared  since 
October,  1899,  although,  as  we  pointed  out  last  month  (p.  501),  the 
volume  for  1900  has  been  cited.  The  delay  is  the  more  inexplicable 
in  that,  when  the  existence  of  the  Bulletin  was  threatened  in  1892, 
the  Times  proclaimed  that  its  pubhcation  was  "one  of  the  most 
useful  functions"  discharged  by  Kew  Gardens.  It  will  be  remem- 
bered also  that  the  Bulletin  replaced  the  annual  reports  of  the  work 
of  the  Gardens  which  used  to  be  issued,  and  which  contained  much 
matter  of  botanical  interest.  The  Guide  to  the  Gardens,  which  was 
stated  in  the  House  of  Commons  in  1891  to  be  "  almost  ready," 
has  never  appeared.  Is  this,  as  well  as  the  Bulletin  and  the  Cape 
African  Floras,  "on  the  lap  of  the  gods,"  or  are  the  printers  once 
more  responsible  ? 


/m. 


# 


L  3. barton  del 
R.Morgan  lith 


West,Newraan  imp. 


A    Galls  m  Furcellana   and   Chondrus 

B.  Sporangia  of  Ectoearpus   BreviarUculatus 


49 


ON   CERTAIN   GALLS  in  FURCELLARIA  amd  CHONDRUS. 
By  Ethel  S.  Barton. 
(Plate  418,  figs.  1-6.) 

The  subject  of  gall -formation  in  algse,  as  the  result  of  attack  by 
animals,  has  never  received  much  attention,  though  the  interest  of 
such  a  study  should  attract  both  zoologists  and  botanists.  Up  to 
the  present  the  only  instances  recorded  are  those  on  Vaucheria 
caused  by  a  rotifer'-';  on  Rhodymeniapahiiata  Grev.t  and  Desmarestia 
aculeata  Lam.]:  by  a  copepod  ;  and  on  AscopJiylluni  nodosum  Le  Jol.| 
by  a  nematode  worm.  It  may  be  remembered  that  the  nematode  of 
Ascophyllum  was  not  only  new  to  science,  but  was  the  first  and 
hitherto  the  only  recorded  marine  species.  In  this  paper  two  more 
instances  are  described  in  which  algae  produce  galls,  as  the  result  of 
attack  by  nematodes. 

In  May  of  this  year  it  was  observed  that  a  considerable  number 
of  plants  of  Fiucellarid  fastigi/ita,  thrown  up  on  the  shore  at  Lyme 
Regis,  showed  irregular  swellings  along  the  thallus,  and  on  investi- 
gation these  swellings  proved  to  be  galls  inhabited  by  nematodes. 
Somewhat  similar  outgrowths  were  also  observed  on  Chundrus 
crispus,  though  very  sparingly.  Specimens  of  these  al^ae  have 
been  sent  to  Dr.  de  Man  for  determination  of  the  nematode,  and 
he  reports  that  in  neither  alga  does  he  find  the  Tylenchus  fucicola 
which  inhabits  Ascophyllum.  It  is  difficult  to  say  as  yet  whether 
the  nematodes  found  in  Fuicellaria  and  Chondnis  are  identical 
species,  but  in  any  case  they  belong  to  a  genus  other  than  Tylenchus. 
A  description  of  them  will  be  published  later  by  Dr.  de  Man. 

The  Furcellaria  galls  were  present  in  so  much  greater  abun- 
dance than  those  on  Chondrus,  that  it  was  possible  to  work  them 
out  more  satisfactorily.  The  general  development  of  the  outgrowth 
in  Furcellaria  is  much  the  same  as  that  in  Ascophyllum.  In  the 
youngest  stages  observed,  the  peripheral  cells  and  the  layer  im- 
mediately below  these  are  disturbed  and  forced  asiuider  by  the 
entrance  of  the  nematode,  which  is  found  sometimes  near  the 
opening,  sometimes  as  deep  down  as  the  centre  of  the  thallus. 
The  peripheral  cells  of  the  thallus  round  the  point  of  entrance 
begin  to  divide  transversely,  parallel  to  the  surface,  and  grow  out 
above  the  level  of  the  surrounding  cells  ;  thus  forming  a  small 
excrescence,  the  first  beginning  of  the  gall.  At  this  stage  certain 
of  the  cells  situated  below  the  excrescence  are  to  be  found  closely 
packed  with  rather  large  granules,  to  be  described  later.  The  gall 
continues  to  grow  by  subdivision  of  its  outermost  cells,  while  the 

*  Vaucher,  Conferves  d'eau  douce,  t.  iii.  fig.  8  (1803). 

t  E.  S.  Barton,  "  On  the  Occurrence  of  Galls  in  Rliodymenia  palmata 
Grev.,"  Journ.  Bot.  1891,  65,  t.  303. 

X  E.S.Barton,  "On  Malformations  of  Ascophyllum  and  Desmarestia,^^ 
in  Phycological  Memoirs,  p.  21,  t.  vii.   April,  1892. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.   [Feb.  1901.]        e 


50  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

long  narrow  cells,  present  in  the  normal  tliallus  jnst  below  the 
superficial  layer,  become  considerably  elongated.  The  superticial 
position  of  the  gall,  together  with  the  long  narrow  form  of  these 
ceils,  suggests  at  first  sight  a  parasitic  alga  with  penetrating  fila- 
ments. The  cells  of  the  gall  exhibit  walls  of  C(»n.>iderable  tnickness, 
together  with  dense  granular  cont^nis.  In  the  largest  galls  the 
tissue  is  to  a  certain  extent  destroyed  by  the  nematodes  which  are 
present  among  the  cells.  The  fact  that  the  young  gall  remains 
intact  may  be  explained  by  a  rapid  growth  taking  place  while  the 
animal  is  still  buried  m  the  main  thallus.  In  order  to  escape, 
the  nematode  would  afterwards  have  to  force  its  way  through 
the  close  structure  of  the  mature  gall,  thereby  tearing  it  apart. 
The  galls  sometimes  arise  close  together,  and  as  each  one  equals 
or  exceeds  in  size  the  diameter  of  the  main  thallus,  a  group  of  them 
forms  a  conspicuous,  irregular  knob. 

The  granules  referred  to  above  as  occurring  in  the  cells  below 
and  around  the  growing  gall  differ  very  much  both  in  size  and  form 
from  those  of  the  ordinary  thallus-cells.  Their  form  is  oval  or 
round,  and  their  diameter  from  4  /x  to  7  /x.  They  are  of  a  clear 
and  slightly  retractive  nature,  having  the  appearance  of  small 
starch-grains,  but  showing  no  concentric  structure.  In  polarized 
light  they  show  the  well-known  black  cross  characteristic  of  starch- 
grains.  Under  the  action  of  acids  and  alkalies  they  swell  up,  and 
soon  dissolve  completely  ;  with  iodine  they  take  on  a  brown  tint 
slightly  deeper  than  that  of  the  surrounding  cell-contents,  but  after 
heating  in  water  to  100°  0.  for  a  short  time  (presumably  after 
hydrolysis  of  the  substance  of  the  granule)  application  of  iodine 
produces  a  bluish-purple  tint. 

Since  these  structures  agree  in  all  respects,  except  for  the 
prersence  of  concentric  layers,  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  they 
are  identical  with  the  granules  described  by  Prof.  Van  Tieghem  as 
Floridean  starch."  They  probably  consist  chiefly  of  amylodextrin.f 
It  is  interesting  that  structures  which  occur  in  the  normal  cells  of 
FloridecB  should  be  found  in  Furcellaria  only  in  those  cells  which 
have  been  stimulated  by  the  action  of  the  nematodes. 

Among  the  slides  in  the  ISchmitz  collection  at  the  British 
Museum  are  three  of  Furcellaria  fastigiata,  labelled  "  Knollchen- 
Johnson."  The  sections  are  very  deeply  stained  and  rather 
imperfect,  but,  so  far  as  can  be  seen,  the  galls  appear  to  be  the 
same  as  those  I  have  described,  though  I  can  detect  no  actual 
nematode. 

The  material  of  Chondrus  crispiis,  which  showed  galls  as  the 
result  of  attack  by  nematodes,  was  so  scarce  that  it  has  not  been 
possible  to  make  a  full  examination  of  them.  So  far  as  can  be 
seen,  a  similar  process  takes  place,  but  whether  the  same  peculiar 
cell-contents  are  found  in  the  young  stages  I  do  not  know,  as  none 

*  Van  Tieghem,  •'  Sur  les  globules  amylaces  des  Floridees  et  des  Coral- 
linees,"  Comptes  Rendus^  xi.  804  (1865). 

t  Arthur  Meyer  in  Botanische  Zeitimg,  1886,  pp.  697,  713. 


SPORANGIA  OF  ECTOCARPUS  BREVIARTICULATUS  51 

but  mature  galls  were  at  my  disposal.  In  one  case  the  cystocarp 
had  been  attacked,  but  in  another  specimen  the  galls  arose  from 
the  vegetative  part  of  the  thallus,  as  in  Furcellaria.  If  sections 
across  thallus  and  gall  are  stained  with  anilme  blue,  the  colour  is 
only  taken  up  deeply  by  the  uninjured  parts  of  the  thallus,  and  the 
diseased  portions  containing  the  colonies  of  nematodes  remain  much 
lighter  in  colour. 

Finally,  I  offer  my  best  thanks  to  Mr.  V.  H.  Blackman,  to  whom 
I  owe  the  observations  on  the  starch-like  granules. 


SPORANGIA    OF    ECTOCARPUS    BREVIARTICULATUS. 

By  Ethel  S.  Barton. 

(Plate  418,  figs.  7,  8.) 

During  an  investigation  of  some  material  of  Chnoospora  atlantica 
J.  Ag.,  collected  at  St.  Vnicent,  West  Indies,  by  Mr.  W.  R.  Elliott, 
I  was  led  to  examine  the  tufts  of  Ectocarpus  breviarticulatiis 
growing  on  it.  This  proved  to  be  in  fruit,  and,  as  the  sporangia 
have  never  been  described  for  this  species,  it  may  be  of  interest 
to  do  so  now. 

The  sporangia  in  question  are  plurilocular,  and  occur  sparingly; 
they  are  of  an  ovate  form,  with  the  upper  end  more  or  less  pointed, 
and  vary  from  20-35  /x  in  breadth  and  60-90  /a  in  length.  They 
arise  generally  from  a  short  pedicel  cell,  but  occur  also  sessile, 
and  even  sometimes  as  the  termination  of  a  short  two-celled 
branch. 

In  Prof.  Agardh's  original  description  of  E.  breciarticalatm 
(Nya  alger  fian  Mexico,  Kongl.  Vet.-Akad.  1847,  p.  7),  the  cells  of 
the  primary  creeping  filaments  are  said  to  be  shorter  than  their 
diameter,  while  the  cells  of  the  secondary  filaments  are  1^  times  as 
long  as  their  breadth.  Tliis,  however,  is  not  a  constant  charac- 
teristic in  the  St.  Vincent  material :  in  some  cases  longer  cells 
appear  in  the  primary  filament,  and  very  often  short  cells  are 
found  in  the  superior  filaments.    Some  of  the  latter  are  figured  here. 


Explanation  of  Plate  418.  —  Fig.  1.  Furcellaria  fastujiata  Lam.  with 
galls,  nat.  size.  2.  Ditto,  thallus,  showing  early  stage  of  gall,  x  260.  3.  Ditto, 
later  stage  of  gall,  x  130.  4.  Ditto,  mature  galls,  x  25.  5.  Chondrus  ciisiJus 
Stackh.  with  galls,  nat.  size.  6.  Ditto,  transverse  section  of  mature  galls  and 
thallus,  x  6.  7.  Ectocarims  hreviartkulatm  J.  Ag.,  plurilocular  sporangium, 
X  375.     8.  Ditto,  some  cells  in  an  upper  filament. 


E    2 


52 


PEMBKOKESHIRE     PLANTS. 

By  W.  R.  Linton,  M.A. 

The  following  plants  were  noticed  during  a  fortnight  in  Sep- 
tember, spent  principally  at  St.  David's,  but  including  a  few  hours 
at  Haverfordwest  and  a  day  at  Tenby.  Tiiose  new  for  the  county 
have  an  asterisk  prefixed.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  A.  Bennett  for 
kindly  corroborating  the  new  records;  to  the  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers 
for  correcting  or  corroborating  the  PaiU ;  to  Mr.  F.  Townsend  for 
the  same  with  the  Euphrasia ;  and  to  Mr.  J.  Groves  for  help  with 
the  Char  a. 

Ranuncaliis  trichophyllus  Chaix.  Treleddyd  Fawr  Common. — 
a.  hederaceus  L.  St.  David's.  —  R.  Flammula  var.  radicans  Nolte. 
Frequent  on  wet  commons,  as  Waun  Fawr,  Pwll  Trefeithan,  &c. — 
Aqudeijia  vulgaris  L.     Haverfordwest. 

Fumaria  covfusa  Jord.  On  earthy  wall-tops  near  Dowrog  Com- 
mon, and  in  a  field  by  Pen  Berry. 

Cochlearia  da7uca  L.  Porth  Clais  ;  Tenby. — Brassica  oleracea  L. 
Tenby. — B.  Sinajnoides 'Roth.  Solva  ;  Haverfordwest.  —  Diplotaxis 
tenuifolia  DC.  Haverfordwest.  —  Lepidkim  hirtum  Sm.  Frequent 
about  St.  David's. —  Eaphanus  maritimus  Sm.     Tenby. 

'^''Reseda  lutea  L.     Dowrog  ;  fields  by  Pen  Berry.  —  R.  Luteola  L. 
Solva. 

Viola  Riviniana  var.  nemorosa  Neum.,  W.  &  M.  Pwll  Trefeithan  ; 
Treleddyd  Fawr  Moor. —  V.  ericetorum  Schrader.  Pwll  Trefeithan  ; 
Tenby.  —  ''T.  lactea  Sm.  Waun  Fawr;  Pwll  Trefeithan.  —  '''V. 
Cu'tisii  Forst.     Traeth  Mawr. 

'''PolygaUi  serpi/llacea  Weihe.     The  Burrows;    Treleddyd  Fawr 
Moor. — P.  vulgaris  L.     Tenby. 

Saponaria  officinalis  L.  In  several  places.  Wall-tops  near 
Dowrog ;  on  the  cliffs  near  the  lifeboat  station.  —  Sagina  vmritima 
Don.  Solva. — S.  apetala  L.  Frequent  on  walls  about  St.  David's. 
*5.  ciliata  Fr.  St.  David's,  on  walls. — S.  nodosa  Fenzl.  Frequent 
on  commons. — Buda  rupestris  Dam.     Coast  rocks,  Caer  Bwdy,  &c. 

Hypericum  perforatum  Ij.  \  H.  quadratum.  Stokes.  Frequent. — 
'^H.  undulatuni  Suhousb.  Caer  Bwdy,  and  other  places  on  banks 
by  the  sea ;  probably  also  on  boggy  commons  about  St.  David's, 
but  I  at  first  passed  it  over,  until  the  red  look  of  the  petals 
attracted  my  attention. — H.  puJchrum  L.  Frequent. — H.  elodes  L. 
Wet  places  on  cliffs,  St.  David's. 

Malva  sylvestris  L.      St.  David's. 

Radiola  lijioides  Roth.  Frequent  on  commons. — Linum  angusti- 
folium  Huds.  In  several  places.  Roadside,  Dowrog ;  Treleddyd 
Fawr  Moor  ;  Porth  Clais. 

Geranium  columbinum  L.  Solva.  —  Erodimn  cicutariiwi  L. 
White-flowered,  on  walls,  St.  David's.  —  E.  moschatum  L'Herit. 
Solva. — E.  maritimum  L'Herit.     Solva  ;  Porth  Sele. 

Uiex  Gal  Hi  Planch.  Frequent.  —  Ononis  repens  L.  Walls  and 
fields.  —  Trifolium  scabrum  L.  Traeth  Mawr.  —  T.  fragiferum  L. 
Pont  Pen  Arthur,  and  other  places.  —  2\  procumbens  L.     Frequent, 


PEMBROKESHIRE    PLANTS  53 

rather  taking  the  place  of  T.  minus.  — •  AnthyUis  Vulneraria  L. 
Frequent. — ^'Vicia  angusti folia  Roth.  Roadside  between  St.  David's 
and  Whitchurch. 

-''Prunus  insititia  Huds.  Here  and  there  in  hedges,  St.  David's. 
— P.  CerafiUH  L.  Between  St.  David's  and  Whitchurch.  —  Rubus 
a/finis  W.  &  N.  Treleddyd  Fawr  Common. — ''R.  alfmisvdiX.  Bngasi- 
anus  Rogers.  Waun  Fawr ;  Dowrog  Common ;  Treleddyd  Fawr 
Common;  Clegvr  Foia.  "I  have  seen  a  specimen  oi  Bnggsumns 
from  Fishgiifird,  Pembroke,  in  C.  C.  Babington's  /entlgmosKs  packet 
in  the  Cambridge  hb.,"  W.  M.  R.  inliit. — "/^.  carimsis  Rip.  &  Genev. 
Forth  Clais.  —  *i?.  pulcherrunus  Neum.  Frequent.  —  R.  rusticaniis 
Merc.  Frequent.  —  /?.  Schlechtendald.  Forth  Clais.  —  R.  leuco- 
st<ichi/s  Schleich.  Frequent.  —  *i?.  Borreri  Bell  Salt.  Treleddyd 
Fawr  Common.  —  "i?.  dttmrtcrum  var.  ferox  Weihe.  About  St. 
David's  ;  Forth  Liska,  &c.  —  R.  ccbsiks  L.  St.  David's  ;  Tenby. — 
Potentiila  paliistris  Scop.  Dowrog  Common.  —  Agrimonia  odorata 
Mill.  Frequent. —  Poterium  SanguUorba  L.  Tenby. — '''P.  ofjicimde 
Hook.  fil.  About  St.  David's. — Piosa  spinosissuiia  L.  St.  David's ; 
Whitsaud  Bay;  Treled  1yd  Fawr  Common.  —  R.  tomentosa  Sm. 
Between  St.  David's  and  Whitchurch.  —  R.  lutetiana  Leman,  and 
R.  duinetornm  Tiiuill.     Both  scarce. 

Sedttm  imijllcum  Huds.     Common  on  cliff-:  and  rocks. 

Mgriophgllum  spicatnm  L.  On  Dowrog  Common.  —  Callitriche 
stagniflis  Scop. —  PepHs  Portula  L.     Frequent. 

Epilobium  parvifioruni  Schreb.  —  '^'E.  ubscunim  Schreb.  St. 
David's. — hJ.  palustre  L.     Frequent. 

Ergngium  maritimuni  L.  Tenby.  —  Conium  maculatum  L. 
Sc.  David's.  —  Apium  gravfolens  L.  St,  David's.  —  A.  nodiflorum 
var.  ocreatum  Bab.  St.  David's. — A.  inundatum  Reichb.  fil.  Fwll 
Trefeithan.  —  Fceyiiculum  vulgare  Mill.  Solva.  —  Cnthmum  mari- 
timum  L.  St.  David's.  —  (Enmithe  crocata  L.  St.  David's. — 
Daucus  Carota  L.     St.  David's. — Cniicalis  nodosa  Scop.     Solva. 

AspeniJa  cynanchica  L.  Abundant  on  sandhills,  Tenby.  — 
Sherardia  nrvensis  L.     Treleddyd  Fawr  Common. 

Valeriana  saiiibucifolia  WiUd.  About  St.  David's. — Valerianella 
dentata  Foil.     St.  David's. 

Dipsacus  silvestris  Huds.  Cliffs,  Forth  Liska.  —  Scabiosa  Succisa 
L.  and  S.  arvensis  L.     Common. 

Eupatorium  cannabinum  L.  St.  David's.  —  Pulicaria  dysenterica 
Gaertn.  St.  David's.  —  Bidens  cernua  L.  Treleddyd  Fawr  Com- 
mon. —  Anthemis  nobilis  L.  On  commons  about  St.  David's. — 
Chrysanthemum  segetum  L.  Near  Fen  Berry. —  C.  Parthenium  Fers. 
and  Matricaria  inodora  L.  Frequent.  —  Tanacetum  vulgare  L. 
St.  David's. — Artemisia  Absinthium  L.  Forth  Clais. — A.  vulgaris  L. 
St.  David's.  —  -''Arctium  minus  Bernh.  St.  David's.  —  Carlina 
vulgaris  L.  Caer  Bwdy ;  Solva.  —  Carduus  pycnocephalus  L.  St. 
David's  ;  Haverfordwest.  —  Serratula  tinctoria  L.  Dowrog  Com- 
mon.— Hieracium.  umbellatum  L.  Haverfordwest;  Newgate;  Tenby, 
a  dwarf  state  on  the  sandhills. — Leontodo7i  hirtus  L.  and  L.  hispidus 
L.     St.  David's. 

Jasione  mo7itana  L.     Abundant  on  walls  and  cliffs,  St.  David's, 


64  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Statice  cnirimiJfpfoJia  Vabl.     Perth  Sele  and  Whitesand  Bay. 

Glaux  maritima  L.  Tenby. — Anagallis  teneUa  L.  Abundant  on 
wet  commons,  St.  David's.  —  Centunciilus  minimus  Li.  Treleddyd 
Fawr  Moor  ;  Pwll  Trefeithan.  —  Samolus  Valerandi  L.  Abundant 
on  commons,  St.  David's. 

Miciocala  Ji.iifonnis  Hoffmgg.  &  Link.  Pwll  Trefeithan,  and  in 
wet  places  on  cliffs.  —  Enithraa  Centaurium  var.  capitatu  Koch. 
Treleddyd  Fawr  Moor.  —  Gentiana  cawpestris  L.  The  Burrows ; 
Traeth  Mawr  ;  Waun  Fawr;  Pwll  Trefeithan.  —  ^:'-(r.  haHica  Murb. 
(agreed  to  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Beeby).  Pwll  Trefeithan.  —  Menyanthes 
trifoliata  L.     Pwll  Trefeithan. 

Lycopsis  aivensis  L.  Fields,  St.  David's.  —  Alyosotis  caspitosa 
F.  Schultz,  and  J/,  pahistris  Belli.  St.  David's.  —  Lithospermiim 
officinale  L.     Tenby. — Ecldum  vuigare  L.     The  Burrows. 

Veibasi-iim  Thapsus  L.  St.  David's.  —  Linaria  Ehitina  Mill. 
Pen  Berry.  —  Antirrhinum  majns  L.  Walls,  St.  David's.  —  A. 
Orontinm  L.  Fields  near  Portli  Sele.  —  -'Euphrasia  stncta  Host. 
Porth  Clais  ;  Waun  Fawr.  —  "£'.  borealis  Towns.  Abundant  on 
sandhills,  Tenby.  —  '''£".  curta  var.  glahrescens  Wettst.  Treleddyd 
Fawr  Moor. — -'E.  occidental  is  Wettst.     Coast  cliffs,  St.  David"  s. 

Pedicularis  palustris  L.  Frequent  on  wet  commons.  —  Bartsia 
serotina  Reichb.     St.  David's. 

Utricularia  minor  L.     Dowrog  Common;  Pwll  Trefeithan. 

Verbena  officinalis  L.     Roadsides,  St.  David's  ;  Tenby. 

Mentha  rotundifolia  Huds.  St.  David's  ;  Ponally,  near  Tenby. 
—  -'M.  piperita  L.  St.  David's.  —  Calamintha  officinalis  Moench. 
Common  about  St.  David's.  —  Salvia  Verbenaca  L.  Tenby. — 
Scutellaria  galericulata  L.  Frequent  in  marsh-land.  —  S.  minor 
Huds.  Abundant  on  wet  commons.  —  Marrubium.  vuigare  L. 
Solva.  —  '''Stachys  palustris  X  silvatica  (ambigua  Sm.).  Below  Pont 
Clegyr. — *S'.  arvensis  L.  Pen  Berry. — Ballota  nigra  L.  Frequent. 
''^^ Scleranthus  annuus  L.     Fields  near  Pen  Berry. 

Beta  maritima  L.  Cliffs.  —  Atriplex  deltoidea  var.  prostrata  Bab. 
Whitesand  Bog ;  Porth  Clais.  —  Salsola  Kali  L.  Abundant  at 
Tenby. 

liumex  conglomeratus  Murr.  Frequent.  —  E.  pulcher  L.  Solva. 
— B.  Hydrolapathum  Huds.     Frequent. 

Euphorbia  Paralias  L.     Sandhills,  Tenby. 

Farietaria  officinalis  L.     Common  at  St.  David's  on  walls. 

Salio)  cinerea  L.  St.  David's.  —  '''-S.  aurita  L.  St.  David's. — 
S.  cinerea  X  viminalis.     Porth  Clais. 

Spiranthes  autumnalis  Rich.  Abundant  on  all  the  commons 
about  St.  David's. — '''Orchis  latifoUa  L.     Near  Clegyr  Pont. 

Narthecium.  Ossirragum  Huds.  Frequent,  Waun  Fawr  Common  ; 
Dowrog  ;  Treleddyd  Fawr  Moor. 

Sp<(rganiuni  neglectum  Beeby.     On  Treleddyd  Fawr  Moor. 

Alisina  ranunculoides  L.     Frequent.     Pwll  Trefeithan,  &c. 

Triglochin  palustre  L.  Common  about  St.  David's.  —  Potamo- 
geton  natans  L.  St.  David's. — P.  polygu7iifulius  Pour.  Pwll  Trefei- 
than. —  ''P.  perfoUatus  L.  Stream  above  Solva.  —  P.  pusillus  L. 
Common  in  ditches,  St.  David's, 


NOTES    ON    AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACE^  55 

Rleochans  palustru  R.  Br.  St.  David's.  —  E.  muUicanlis  Sm., 
viviparous  state.  Waun  Fawr;  Dowrog  Common.  —  ■''Srirpus 
pauci jior us  Jji^^hii.     TraethMawr;  Dowrog  Common  ;  Waun  Fawr. 

—  '^S.  flidtans  L.  Waun  Fawr.  —  Carex  arenariti  L.  Wliitesand 
Bay.  —  C.  paniculata  L.  and  C.  echinata  Murr.     Dowrog  Common. 

—  C.  (Hstans  L.  Forth  Clais.  —  ■■'Cfulra  Good.  Waun  Fawr. — 
C.  flava  var.  cyperoides  Marsson.     Pwll  Trefeitlian. 

Ammophila  arundinacea  Host.  Sandhills,  Tenby.  —  Aira  caryo- 
phyllea  L.  Common  about  St.  David's.  —  -''Festuca  procumhens 
Knnth  (?  in  Top.  Bot.  ed.  ii.).  Strand  at  Solva. — F.  riyida  Kunth. 
Walls  in  Solva  village.  —  F.   rot tbcello ides  Kunth.     Forth  Clais. — 

F.  glauca  Lam.  and  F.  rubra  var.  pruinnsa  Hackel.  Forth  Sele. — 
Agropyron  punyeus  Roem.  &  Schult.  Forth  Clais.  —  ''A.  junceum 
Beauv.     Whitesand  Bay. 

Asplenium  Adiantum-niyrum  L.  and  A.  Trichomanes  L.  St. 
David's,  both  frequent.  —  Athyriiuu  Filix-fcemina  Roth.  Dowrog 
Common.  —  Ceterach  ojficinarum  Wilde.  Walls,  St.  David's. — 
Ophioylossum  ru/yatum  L.  In  a  depression  near  the  far  end  of 
Dowrog  Common. 

Chara  frayilis  var.  delicatula  Braun.  Fwll  Trefeithan.  —  "0. 
aspera   subsp.    desmacantha   H.  &  J.  Groves.     Pwll  Trefeithan. — 

G.  vulgaris  L.     Fwll  Trefeithan. 


NOTES    ON    AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACE^. 
By  a.  B.  Rendle,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 

(Concluded  from  p.  22.) 

Section  Leiocalyx. 

I.  ocHRACEA  G.  Don,  Gen.  Syst.  iv.  270.  Convolvulus  ochraceus 
Lindl.  Bot.  Reg.  t.  1060  (1827). 

Angola  ;  Loanda,  Welivitsch,  no.  6245. 

I.  (?)  KENTROCARPA  Hochst.  ex  Rich.  Fl.  Abyss,  ii.  70  (1851). 

Angola  ;  Anibriz,  Welwitsch,  no.  6174,  and  Golungo  Alto,  Wel- 
ivitsch, nos.  6175,  6176. 

There  has  been  considerable  confusion  with  resppct  to  the  Wel- 
witsch numbers  6174,  6175,  6176,  and  6245,  which  have  been 
variously  distributed  between  I.ochraceaDou,  LofihthahuantliaMoW.  f., 
and  /.  kmtrorarpa  Hochst.  In  the  Catalogue  of  Welwitsch  Plants, 
i.  737,  Mr.  Hiern  puts  them  together  under  /.  ochracea  Don,  although 
Welwitsch  himself  considered  that  they  included  two  new  and  distinct 
species. 

No  6245  formed  part  of  the  original  I.  ophtludmanfha  of  Hallier, 
since  united  by  liim  in  part  with  I.  acanthocarpa  Hochst.,  and  in 
part  with  I.  ochracea  Don,  the  Welwitsch  number  falliny^  under  the 
latter.  This  is  no  d  'ubt  its  true  pbice,  as  h  agrees  with  tne  original 
fi«!;ure  in  the  But.  Reg.  (t.  1060,  Coiivoliulus  ocitracnis  Lindl.).  It 
differs  from  the  other  three  numbers  in  its  larger  flowers  (the 
corolla  measures  4  cm.  long)  and  acute  sepals. 


56  THK    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY  '. 

In  Engl.  Jahrb.  xxviii.  41,  Hallier  includes  nos.  6175  and  6176 
under  I.  kentrocarpa  Hochst.,  a  species  based  on  an  Abyssinian 
specimen,  but  localities  for  which  are  cited  both  in  East  and  West 
Tropical  Africa.  No.  6174,  which  Hallier  {I.e.  87)  excludes  with  a 
query  from  I.  ochracea,  agrees  with  these  two  numbers,  having  the 
blunter  calyx  and  shorter  corolla.  The  three  closely  resemble 
I.  kentrocarpa  Hochst.,  but  our  specimen  of  the  number  (1420),  on 
which  the  species  depends,  is  but  a  fragment,  and  hardly  allows  a 
definite  opinion.     Dr.  Hallier  may  have  seen  better  material. 

I.  FRAGiLis  Choisy  in  DC.  Prodr.  ix.  372  (1845).     I.  temiis  E. 
Meyer  in  Drege,  Zwei  pflanzengeogr.  Docum.  139  (1843)  (nomen). 
l.frafjiUs  var.  (jlahra  Hall.  f.  in  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  vii.  50  (1899). 
Transvaal ;  Pilgrim's  Rest,  Eev.  W.  Greenstock,  1879. 
I.  oBscuRA  Ker,  Bot.  Reg.  t.  239  (1817). 

East  Tropical  Africa.  Near  Lake  Marsabit,  Lord  Delamere, 
1898  ;  Masai,  Scott  Elliot,  no.  6863, 1893  ;  Tanganyika,  Scott  Elliot, 
no.  8364,  1894. 

Rhodesia  ;  Bulawayo,  Dr.  Band,  no.  604,  September,  1898. 
I.  AQUATicA  Forsk.    Flor.   iEy:ypt.-Arab.  44  (1775).      7.  reptans 
Poir.  Encycl.  Suppl.  iii.  460  (1813). 

East  Tropical  Africa ;  Lake  Rudolf,  Br.  Donaldson  Smith, 
December  16th,  1899. 

I.  DAMMARANA  Rcndlc  in  Journ.  Bot.  1896,  36. 
Rhodesia  ;  Bulawayo,  Dr.  Band,  no.  273,  January,  1898. 
I.  Papilio  Hall.  f.  in  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  vi.  543  (3  898). 
Rhodesia ;  Bulawayo,  Dr.  Fonul,  no.  365,  May,  1898. 
Transvaal ;  Pilgrim's  Rest,  Bev.  W.  Greenstock,  1879. 
Bouth  Africa,  Zeyher,  no.  1225. 
I.  SIMPLEX  Thunb.  Prodr.  PL  Capens.  36  (1794). 
Rhodesia  ;  Salisbury,  Dr.  Band,  no.  272.  December,  1897. 
I.  prsetermissa,  sp.  nov.     Suffrutex  humilis  habitu,  ut  apparet, 
I.  siiiiplicis  ramis  ascendentibus  teretibus  rubro-brnnneis  verrucu- 
losis,   partibus   in  junioribus  viscidulis  ;   foliis  parvis  crassinsculis 
anguste-lanceolatis  cum  apice  cuspidate,  marginatis,  uninerviis,  in 
petiolis  brevibus,  venis  et  margine   crispato  rubidis  ;    pedunculis 
brevibus  unifloris,  bracteolis  parvis  lauceolatis ;  sepalis  chartaceis, 
ovato-lanceolatis,  breviter  cuspidatis,  dorso  plus  minus  verruculosis, 
binis    externis  quam    interna  brevioribus ;    corolla  marcida   rosea 
calycem  plus  duplo  execedente,  areis  mesopetalis  cum  nervis  binis 
limitatis. 

Described  from  a  small  specimen  consisting  of  a  somewhat 
sparsely  leaved  shoot,  13  cm.  long  by  1*5  mm.  broad,  springing 
from  a  short  stouter  woody  axis,  2*5  cm.  long,  including  two  seasons' 
growth.  Leaves  tapering  gradually  from  the  rounded  base  to  the 
shortly  cuspidate  apex,  the  largest  23  mm.  long  by  4  mm.  broad  at 
the  base ;  petioles  4  mm.  or  less.  Peduncles  6-7  mm.  long,  bracteoles 
2  mm.  long,  3  mm.  below  the  calyx.  Outer  sepals  6-8  mm.  long 
by  about  3  mm.  broad,  the  inner  reaching  12  mm.  long  and  narrow- 
ing to  2-5  mm.  Corolla  apparently  about  3  cm.  long,  with  a  short 
tube  about  -5  cm.  in  diameter, 


NOTES    ON    AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACE^E  5? 

Near  I.  simplex  Thunb.,  which  it  closely  resembles  in  habit  and 
flower,  but  is  distinguished  by  the  broad-based  lanceolate  leaves. 

Hab.     South  Africa,  Zeyher,  no.  1214,  1846. 

I.  Welwitschii  Vatke  ex  Hall.  f.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xviii.  146 
(1893).     /.  HystrixYLaWA.  I.e. 

I  have  not  seen  the  specimen  of  Bohm's,  on  which  Hallier  based 
/.  Hi/strix,  but  from  the  plants  which  he  assigns  to  this  species  in 
Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  vii.  58,  iuchidiiig  one  collected  by  8coit  Elliot  in 
the  Shiie  Highlands  (no.  8639),  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  their 
identity  with  the  West  African  /.  Welivitschii.  Hallier  says  of 
1.  Hystrix,  "  praecedeuti "  (i.e.  /.  Welwitschii)  "  valde  afifinis,  sed 
multo  humilior  densiusque  foliosa,"  but  the  Shire  specimen  is 
larger  than  the  average  of  the  Angolan,  and  is  certainly  not  more 
laxly  leaved. 

Section  Eriospermum. 

I.  Rhodesiana,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  ramis  ascendentibus  (volu- 
bilibus  ?)  cinereo-pubesceiitibus  subrubidis  ;  foliis  parvis,  ovato- 
cordatis,  obtusis,  breviter  petiolatis,  in  facie  superiore  fulvo  sericeis, 
in  facie  inferiore  cinereo-pubescentibus  cum  venis  curvulis  promi- 
nulis ;  pedunculis  uniBoris,  folia  vix  sequantibus,  ut  in  bracteolis 
et  calycis  dorso  cinereo-pubescentibus ;  bracteolis  parvis  a  calyce 
remotis,  lineari-oi)longis  ;  sepalis  late-ellipsoideis  ad  obovatis  ;  biuis 
internis  tria  exterioria  superantibus ;  corolla,  staminibusque  .  .  .  ; 
di^co  hypogyno  annulare  prominulo,  ovario  glabro,  subconico ; 
stigmatibus  didymis,  subglobosis. 

Specimen  of  a  single  slender  woody  shoot,  45  cm.  long,  broken 
off  below,  barely  reaching  2  mm.  in  diameter.  Leaves  2  cm.  or 
less  in  length  by  1-5  cm.  or  less  in  breadth  ;  petioles  not  exceeding 
4  mm.  in  length.  Peduncles  about  1-5  cm.  long,  •5--75  mm.  thick; 
bracteoles  2-5-3  mm.  long  by  1  mm.  or  less  in  breadth,  situated 
one-third  the  way  up  the  peduncle.  Sepals  5-7  mm.  long,  equal 
or  slightly  less  in  breadth  ;  ovary  2  mm.  long,  style  13  mm.  long. 

Near  /.  Holnhii  Baker  in  Kew  Bull.  1894,  72,  but  distinguished 
by  its  much  smaller  bracteoles,  smaller  leaves,  &c. 

Hab.     Khodesia;  Bulawayo,  Dr.  Rand,  no.  141,  December,  1897. 

I.  HiLDEBRANDTii  Vatlio  lu  LinnsBa,  xHii.  511  (1882). 

East  Tropical  Africa;  Ukambane,  5-6000  ft.,  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot, 
no.  6723,  1893-4. 

I.  kituiensis  Vatke,  /.  c. 

East  Tropical  Africa;  Kavirondo,  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot,  no.  6991, 
1893-4. 

A  form  with  small  leaves,  3-5-4  cm.  long  by  5-6  cm.  broad, 
and  somewhat  congested  flowers. 

I.    ARGYROPHYLLA  Vatkc,  I.  C.   510. 

East  Tropical  Africa  ;  Langoro  Road,  5,500  ft.,  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot, 
no.  6877  a,  1893-4. 

I,  BucHANANi  Baker  in  Kew  Bull.  1894,  73. 

East  Tropical  Africa;  Nyassaland,  BHchanan,  no.  682,  1891. 

I.  FRAGRANs  Bojcr  in  Hort.  Maurit.  227(1837)  nomen.  Pharhitis 
vagrayis  Boj.  /.  c.  (nomen) ;  Choisy  in  DO.  Prodr,  ix.  341, 


58  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

East  Tropical  Africa ;  Nyanza,  Berkeley  Bay,  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot, 
no.  7068,  1893-4.  West  Tropical  Africa;  Congo,  Christian  Sviith, 
nos.  10,  27. 

I.  Hierniana,  sp.  nov.  Sufitrutex  caulibus  volubilibus  robnstis 
velut  tota  plauta  cinereo-puberulis  ;  foliis  exacte  cordatis  acuminatis 
apiculatis,  lamina  petiolum  sub^equante,  in  pagiiia  siiperiore  sparse, 
in  inferiore,  praecipue  in  venulis  prominulis,  densius  puberula  : 
pedunculis  brevibus  cum  floribus  panels  superadditis  laminam  vix 
attingentibus,  ut  in  bracteolis  parvis  cadncis  pedicello  et  calyce 
albido-puberulis;  sepalis  snb?equalibus  ellipticis  obtiisis  subcoriaceis 
niargine  membranaceis  ;  corolla  calycem  4-plo  excedente,  glabra 
super  basin  tubulosam  infundibuliforme,  areis  mesopetalis  5-nerviis 
bene  limitatis;  antlieris  sub  ore  corollas,  filamentis  elongatis  asquali- 
bus  ;  fructu  .... 

The  ribbed  soft  woody  shoots  reach  3  mm.  in  thickness  in  the 
specimen,  which,  up  to  the  backs  of  the  sepals,  bears  a  fine  covering 
of  very  short  soft  curled  whitish  hairs,  densest  on  the  leaf-stalks, 
the  backs  of  the  leaf-veins,  and  the  flower-stalks  and  exposed  backs 
of  the  sepals.  Leaves  papery  in  consistence,  blade  7-13  cm.  long 
by  5-5-9  cm.  broad.  Peduncles  -5  cm.  long;  flowers  subumbellate, 
geminate  in  the  specimen,  pedicels  6  mm.  long,  bracteoles  lanceo- 
late, mostly  fallen,  2  mm.  long.  Sepals  8-9  mm.  long  by  about 
4  mm.  broad.  Corolla  4  cm.  long,  including  a  tube  of  about  8  mm., 
stamens  3*5  cm.  long. 

Near  I.  fra<jrans  Bojer,  but  distinguished  by  the  very  short 
peduncle  and  the  shortly  puberulous  iufioresceuce. 

Hab.  Cameroons,  Bipinde,  Urwaldgebiet,  Zenker,  no.  1614, 1898. 
^^  Ipomcea  spec.  aff.  paiucuiat((." 

The  specific  name  recalls  Mr.  Hiern's  connection  with  the 
West  Tropical  African  Flora  in  the  elaboration  of  Dr.  Welwitsch's 
collections,  the  account  of  which  is  now  complete. 

I.  Hovarum,  sp.  nov.  Snffrutex  caulibus  elongatis  prostratis 
tortis,  siccis  compressis,  plus  minus  cinereopuberulis  ;  foliis  ovato- 
cordatis  acuminatis  cum  margine  subundulato,  utrinque  minute 
puberulis  ;  petiolo  velut  pedunculis  cinereo  pubernlo  quam  lamina 
paullo  breviore;  pedunculis  quam  petioli  3-plo  brevioribiis,  dichasiis 
paucifloris,  bracteolis  oblongis  ;  sepalis  chartaceis  late  ellipticis 
obtLsis,  glabridis ;  corolla  rosea  ad  medium  late  tubulosa  turn  late 
infundibuliforme,  calycem  6-plo  excedente.  glabra,  areis  mesopetalis 
5-nerviis ;  genitalibus  tubo  inclusis  ;  fructu  .... 

The  specimen  consists  of  a  long  trailing  shoot  more  than  80  cm. 
long,  hollow,  and  bearing  a  sparse  whitish  pubescence,  denser  in 
the  yoiuiger  part ;  greatest  thickness  3  mm.  Leaves  papery  when 
dry,  reaching  8  or  9  cm.  in  length  by  7  in  width  at  the  base,  and 
the  petioles  6  cm.  Peduncle  2*5  cm.  long,  pedicel  -5  cm.  or  less, 
bracteoles  caducous,  4-6  mm.  long  by  1-5-2  mm.  broad.  Calyx 
12  mm.  long ;  corolla  6  cm.  lont;,  the  lower  half  tubular-campauu- 
late,  then  broadly  funnel-shaped,  with  a  spread  of  6  cm. 

Approaches  /.  paniculata  var.  iuilivisa  Hall.  f.  (/.  cameninensis 
Taub.)  in  the  shape  of  the  leaf  and  corolla,  but  is  distinguished  by 


NOTES    ON    AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACE^,  59 

its  conical  buds  and  elliptical  sepals.  The  large  calyx  also  separates 
it  from  /.  fragrans  Bojer.  In  habit  it  recalls  I.  nsarifolid  R.  &  S., 
which  it  also  somewhat  resembles  in  the  form  of  the  flower ;  but  it 
is  distinguished  by  the  shape  of  its  leaves  and  larger  oblong  bracts. 
Hab.     Madagascar,  Hihenherg  d-  Bojer. 

AsTROcHL^NA  MALVACEA  Hall.  f.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xviii.  121 
(1893).  Breweria  m.nlvacea  Klotzsch  in  Peters  Mossamb.  i.  245, 
t.  37  (1862).  Convohulus  m<ilvaceus  Oliv.  in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc. 
xxix.  117  (1875j. 

East  Tropical  Africa;  Kavirondo,  no.  7121  ;  Mpororo,  3000  ft., 
no.  8044;   Shire,  no.  8089;  all  G.  F.  Scott  ElMnt,  1893-4. 

Natal,  near  D'Urban,  M'Ken,  no.  695  (in  herb.  Trin.  Coll. 
Dublin);  Delagoa  Bay,  Bolus,  no.  1325,  1886. 

Var.  EPEDUNCULATA,  var.  nov.  Planta  humilis  ramis  brevibus 
aggregatis,  foliis  parvis  ovatis,  cymis  2-4-floris  axillaribus  sessili- 
bus,  floribus  L^te  roseo-purpureis  speciosis. 

"  Springs  in  pretty  tufts."  Branches  6-16  cm.  long,  the 
thickest  2*5  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base.  Leaves  not  exceeding 
2*5  cm.  in  length  by  1*5  in  breadth,  with  a  petiole  barely  '5  cm. 
long,  generally  smaller.  Flower-pedicels  •5-1*5  cm.  Sepals 
lanceolate  to  bluntly  ovate,  5-7  mm.  long  by  2*5-3  mm.  broad. 
Corolla  infundibuliform,  4*5  cm.  long,  with  a  tube  2  cm.  long  by 
3  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base ;  spread  of  mouth  in  dried  specimen 
4*5  cm. 

Differs,  and  is  at  once  distinguished  from  the  species,  by  the 
sessile  or  almost  sessile  inflorescences. 

Hab.    Rhodesia;  SaHsbury,  /)/•.  Rand,  no.  511,  September,  1898. 

A.  involuta,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  ramis  strictis  complanatis 
tortis,  laxiter  foliatis,  velut  pedunculis,  pedicellis,  et  petiolis 
stellato-tomentosis ;  foliis  ovato-cordatis  obtusis,  breviter  petio- 
latis,  utrinque  densiter  stellato-pubescentibus,  in  facie  superiore 
rugulosis,  venis  venulisque  in  facie  inferiore  prominentibus ; 
floribus  in  dichasiis  axillaribus,  pedunculis  quam  folia  saepius 
brevioribus,  bracteolis  parvis  ovatis  caducis  ;  sepalis  binis  externis 
ellipticis  obtusis,  dorso  prominenter  pinnatinerviis  stellato-pubes- 
centibus, sepalis  internis  ab  externis  majoribus  fere  occlusis,  ellip- 
ticis ad  oblongis,  nervo  mediano  cariniforme,  stellato-pubescente ; 
corolla  marcida  saspissime  marginibus  involutis,  purpurea,  ut  ap- 
paret  tubuloso-infundibuliformi,  areis  mesopetalis  glabris  cum  nervis 
binis  conspicuis  limitatis  ;  antheris  inclusis  sagittatis,  poUine 
echinulato ;  stigmatibus  oblongis  ;  fructu  .  .   . 

The  specimens  consist  of  the  upper  portions  (about  30  cm.  long) 
of  several  laxly  leaved  shoots  with  internodes  hollow,  flattened  and 
grooved,  and  about  2  mm.  broad,  bearing,  Ukc  tiie  peduncles, 
pedicels,  leaf  stalks,  and  prominent  nervation  on  the  under  sur- 
face of  the  leaf,  a  dense  faintly  ferruginous  toraentum  of  short 
stellate  hairs.  Leaves  2*5-3  cm.  long  or  less,  and  nearly  as  broad, 
the  upper  surface  rugulose  by  the  depression  of  the  veins  and 
veinlets,  petioles  -5-1  cm.  long.  Peduncles  1-2*5  cm.  long ; 
bracteoles  minute,  ovate,  caducous,  barely  3  mm.  long,  pedicels 


60  THE    JOURNAL,    OF    BOTANY 

7-12  mm.  long.  Two  outer  sepals  7-8  mm.  long  by  5-6  mm. 
broad,  the  two  inner  slightly  shorter  and  narrower,  the  third 
intermediate  in  size  and  shape.  Corolla  (withering)  3  cm.  long, 
with  tube  1-1-5  cm.  long  and  3  mm.  in  diameter,  apparently  of  a 
deep  purple  colour.  Filaments  4-8  mm.  long,  anthers  3  mm.  long, 
slender  style  12  mm.  long. 

Near  A.  iwdvacea,  but  certainly  distinct,  from  its  cordate-based 
leaves  with  their  rui,niloss  upper  surface,  broader  sepals,  &c. 

Hab.  British  Ea&t  Africa  ;  near  Lake  Marsabit,  Lord  Delamere, 
1898. 

A.  Delamereana,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  caule  robusto  velut 
pedunculis,  petiolisque  densiter  subferrugine  stellato-tomentoso  ; 
foliis  pro  gencre  magnis  late  ovatis  vel  suborbicularibus,  obtusis, 
basi  subcordatis,  margine  undulato,  utrinque  stellato-pilosulis, 
venis  at  venulis  in  facie  inferiore  prominentibus  stellato-tomen- 
tosis,  petiolis  robustis,  quam  foUa  5-plo  brevioribus ;  floribus 
pluribus  brevi-pedicellatis,  in  pedunculis  robustis  quam  folia 
brevioribus,  capituliformiter  aggregatis,  braeteolis  parvis  oblongo- 
acumiuatis,  caducis ;  sepalis  binis  externis  ovatis  obtusiusculis 
dorso  stellato-pilosulis,  cetera  angustiora  (lanceolata)  occludentibus; 
corolla  calycem  quadruplo  supemnte,  ut  apparet  anguste  infundi- 
buHforme,  areis  mesopetalis  glabris,  cum  nervis  tril)us  conspicuis 
lineatis ;  filamentis  iuaequalibus  tubo  inclu4s,  antheris  oblongo- 
sagittatis,  pollme  echinulato;  stigmatibus  rhomboidalibus  ;  ovario 
glabro  ;  fruciu  ... 

The  specimen  consists  of  the  ends  of  a  stout  flowering  branch, 
with  several  closely  arranged  leaves  and  axillary  peduncles  bearing 
a  number  of  flowers  crowded  in  a  head.  Shoot  strong,  woody, 
•5  cm.  thick.  Leaves  6-10  cm.  long  and  broad,  base  shallowly 
cordate;  petiole  1-5-2-5  cm.  long.  Peduncles  generally  3-5  cm. 
long  by  about  2  mm.  thick ;  pedicels  generally  less  than  -5  cm. 
long.  Sepals  about  1  cm.  long,  the  outer  4  mm.  broad,  the  inner 
narrowing  to  3  mm.  Corolla  4*5  cm.  long,  the  tube  -5  cm.  or  less 
in  diameter;  filaments  about  1  cm.  long  or  less,  anthers  -5  cm. 

A  well-marked  species,  distinguished  from  A.  malvacea  by  the 
broader  more  orbicular  leaf,  the  dense  capitate  inflorescence,  longer 
sepals,  &c. 

Hab.  British  East  Africa  ;  Cantalla  and  Hadda,  Lord  Delamercy 
1898. 

A.  HYOSCYAMOIDES  Hall.  f.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xviii.  121  (1893). 

British  East  Africa;  Uganda,  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot,  no.  6300, 
1893-4. 

Lepistemon  africanum  Oliv.  in  Hook.  Icon.  PI.  t.  1270  (1878). 

Mt.  Ruwenzori,  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot,  no.  8098,  1893-4. 

DicHONDRA  REPEMs  Forst.  var.  SKRiCKA  Choisy  in  DC.  Prodr.  ix.  451 . 
British  East  Africa;  Kavirondo,  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot,  1893-4,  no. 
7062. 

EvoLVULUs  NUMMULARius  L.  Sp.  PI.  ed.  ii.  391  (1762). 

British  East  Africa;  Nyanza,  G.  F,  Scott  Elliot, lS9S-4:,no.llS5, 


NOTES    ON    AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACEvE  61 

E.  ALSINOIDES  L.  Lc.  392. 

British  East  Africa;  Uganda,  G.  F.Scott  Elliot, 189S-i,no.7iiA. 
Rhodesia ;  Bulawayo,  Dr.  Rand,  no.  127,  Jan.  1898. 

Seddera  capensis  Hall.  f.  in  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  vi.  529  (1898). 
Rhodesia ;  Salisbury,  l)r.  Rand,  no.  126,  Dec.  1897. 
S.  soMALENsis  Hall.  f.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xviii.  90  (1893). 
Somalilaud;  Darar,  Br.  Donaldson  Smith,  Sept.  1894. 

Convolvulus  sagittatus  Thunb.  var.  parviflorus  subvar.  abys- 
siNicus  Hall.  f.  I.e.  533. 

Somaliland;  Habrawal,  Dr.  Donaldson  Smith,  1899.  British  East 
Africa;  Nyanza,  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot,  1893-4,  no.  7145.  Rhodesia; 
Salisbury,  Dr.  Rand,  Sept.  1898,  no.  510. 

C.  liniformis,  sp.  nov.  Herba  pusilla  glabra,  caulibus  ascen- 
dentibus  teuuibus  ramosis ;  folds  breviter  petiolatis  linearibus  basi 
incunspicue  auriculatis,  apice  breviter  acutis ;  floribus  solitariis, 
pedunculis  folia  paullo  excedentibus,  bracteolis  parvis  lanceolatis ; 
sepalis  sub£equalibus,  oblougis,  breviter  mucronatis,  chartaceis '; 
corolla  calycem  2|-plo  excedente,  rosea,  late  infundibulare,  areis 
mesopetalis  male  limitatis  ;  staminibus  inclusis ;  stiginate  lineari- 
oblongo ;  fructu  .  .  . 

A  small  low-growing  plant,  the  specimens  consisting  of  slender 
ascending  shoots  with  spreading-ascending  branches ;  the  longest 
shoot  is  10  cm.  high,  and  their  thickness  is  from  -5  to  -7  mm. 
Leaves  8-15  mm.  lung  including  a  stalk  of  about  2  mm.,  1-5  mm.* 
or  less   in  width.     Peduncles  2  cm.  or  less  in  length,  bracteoles 

2  mm.  long,  3-4  mm.  below  the  calyx.     Sepals  7-8  mm.  loug  by 
2'5-3-5  mm.  broad.    Corolla  2  cm.  long,  and  as  broad  at  the  mouth. 

Approaches  the  slender-leaved  forms  of  0.  sar/ittatus  Thunb., 
but  is  distmguished  by  its  uniformly  Iniear  leaves  with  only  a  trace 
of  auricles  at  the  base,  and  by  its  larger  flowers. 

Hab.  South  Africa;  Zeyher,  1846,  no.  1220;  Schoonstroom 
River,  Burke  (no.  283,  in  herb.  Trin.  Coll.  Dublm). 

0.  Hilsenbergiana,  sp.  nov.  SuftVuticosa  volubilis  cauHbus 
gracihbus  subferrugme  pilosulis ;  foliis  cordatis  obtusis  margine 
crenulatis,  petiolis  venisque  priecipue  in  pagina  inferiore  velut 
peduncuUs  subferrngine  pilosulis;  petiolo  laminam  sub^equante  ; 
pedunculis  quam  folia  brevioribus  uni-  vel  bi-Horis ;  bracteolis 
subulatis  parvis;  sepalis  rotunde  ellipticis  breviter  cuspidatis 
chartaceis  margine  interdum  quoque  dorso  plus  minus  subferrn- 
gine pilosulis ;  corolla  calycem  vix  duplo  excedente  breviter  et 
late  infundibuhforme,  areis  mesopetalis  cum  nervis  5  parallelis 
delineatis  sub  apice  pilosuhs  ;  staminibus  inclusis,  poUine  leve 
sphaeroido-tetrahediale;  stigmate  lineaii-obloni^'o ;  pericarpio  gla- 
bro,  capsula  2-valvata,  semiuibus  2  nigns  granulatis. 

The  specimen  consists  of  slender  detached  sparsely  branching 
shoots  to  65  cm.  loug,  and  barely  reaching  2  mm.  in  thickness". 
Leaves  reaching  5*5  cm.  long  including  a  petiole  of  2-5  cm.,  by 

3  cm.  broad,  becoming  gradually  smaller  as  we  ascend  the  upper 
part  of  the  shoot,  almost  glabrous  on  the  upper  surface,  pilosulose 


62  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

on  the  veins  of  tlie  lighter  coloured  lower  face.  Flowers  solitary  on 
a  short  peduncle  6-10  mm.  long,  or  the  lower  geminate  on  longer 
peduncles  (to  8*5  cm.)  ;  bracteoles  3-4  mm.  long.  Sepals  6  mm. 
long  by  about  4  mm.  broad.  Corolla  scare -ly  exceeding  1  cm. 
long.  Anthers  shortly  sagittate.  Ovary  2-celled,  4-ovuled,  capsule 
containing  two  black  seeds  with  granulated  testa. 

Is  perhaps  nearest  the  Soutti  African  C.  hastatus  Thunb.  and 
0.  sngittatus  Thunb.,  which  it  resembles  in  the  form  of  the  flower, 
but  is  at  once  distinguished  by  the  very  characteristic  cordate 
crenulate  margined  leaves.  It  also  approaches  C  parvijiorus  Vahl, 
but  is  distinguished  by  the  solitary  or  geminate  flowers,  blunt  sepals, 
and  obtuse  crenulate  leaves. 

Hab.  Madagascar;  near  Tannanarivo,  Hilsenherg d Bojer ;  Anka- 
fana  and  Bara,  Deans  Cowan,  1880. 

C.  BuUeriana,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutex  humilis  glaucescens,  ramis 
prostratis  tenuibus,  minute  pubescentibus ;  foliis  breviter  petiolatis, 
angusto-hastatis,  cum  margine  iutegro,  lobis  basalibus  parvis  re- 
curvulis,  utrinque  pilosulis  saepius  planis  ;  floribus  solitariis, 
pedunculo  folium  excedente  caule  simili ;  bracteolis  linearibus 
velut  pedicello  pilosulis;  pedicello  quam  calyx  breviore;  sepalis 
magnis  chartaceis,  ovatis,  apice  obtusis  vel  acutiusculis,  dorso  pilo- 
sulis, externis  quam  interiores  majoribus ;  corolla  lutea,  calycem 
duplo  excedente,  infundibuliforme,  lobis  triangularibus,  areis  meso- 
petalis  male  limitatis  dorso  pilosulis  ;  poUine  tetrahedrale,  glabro  ; 
stigmatibus  filiformibus  sublougis ;  fructu  .  .  . 

The  slender  spreading  branches  20-30  cm.  loQg,  1  mm.  in 
diameter.  Leaves  2-75-3*5  cm.  long,  2-5-4  mm.  broad  above  the 
hastate  base,  from  which  the  blade  tapers  gradually  to  an  obtuse  or 
subacute  apex,  basal  lobes  blunt,  2-3  mm.  long,  sometimes  with  an 
indication  of  a  small  secondary  lobe  on  the  outside;  petioles  slender, 
4-7  mm.  long.  Peduncle  of  the  only  open  flower  3*5  cm.  long, 
bracteoles  6-8  mm.  long,  pedicel  1  cm.  Outer  sepals  1-5  cm.  long 
by  7  mm.  broad  at  the  base,  reddish  brown  when  dry.  Corolla  a 
little  over  3  cm.  long;  the  barely  exserted  stigmas  6  mm.  long. 
Fruit  absent. 

Approaches  C.  plicatm  Desv.  in  its  habit,  large  ovate  sepals, 
and  general  structure  and  arrangement  of  the  solitary  flowers,  but 
is  at  once  distinguished  by  its  narrowly  hastate  leaves  with  uncut 
margins  ;  the  flowers  are  also  larger,  and  yellow  in  colour. 

Hab.  Natal;  hill  near  Mooi  River,  at  4500  ft.,  J.  M.  Wood, 
no.  6206,  Dec.  8,  1896. 

Merremia  palmata  Hall.  f.  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xviii.  112  (1893). 
Rhodesia  ;  Bulawayo,  Dr.  Rand,  Dec.  1897,  uos.  128, 129  ;  May, 
1898,  no.  364.     Dammara-land,  T.  G.  Een,  1879. 
M.  pterygocaulos  Hall.  f.  /.  c.  113. 
British  East  Africa ;  Uganda,  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot,  1893-4,  no.  7242. 

M.  angustifolia  Hall.  f.  I.  c.  117. 

British  East  Africa ;  Uganda,  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot,  1893-4,  no.  7217. 
Rhodesia,  Bulawayo,  Dr.  Rand,  Dec.  1897,  no.  130. 


NOTES    ON     AFRICAN    CONVOLVULACE^F-  63 

M.  Bowieana,  sp.  nov.  Suffrutpx  caulibus  volubilibus  tereti- 
bus  rigidis  glabris  striatis ;  foliis  sessilibiis  crassiusculis  linearibus 
mticronulatis,  siccis  sa3piiis  plicatis,  in  facie  saperiore  pilosnlis, 
iiifei-iorc  glabresceiitibus ;  fioribas  s^epiiis  solitariis,  interdum  di- 
cbasialibus,  pcdunculis  caule  siinilibus,  sed  ))arce  pilosulis,  folia 
sub^eqiiantibus;  bracteolis  lineari-lanceolatis;  pedicello  calycem  baud 
aequaute.  ferrugine  piiosulo ;  sepalis  late  ellipticis  ad  late  obovatis, 
cbartaceis,  dorso  ferrugine  pilosnlis,  binis  eKternis  ties  ioteriores 
excedentibiis ;  corolla  calycem  vix  diiplo  excedente,  e  tubo  brevi 
iniundibuliforme,  areis  mesopetalis  dorso  dense  et  ferrugine  pilosis  ; 
staminibiis  inclusis,  filamentis  tenuibus  superne  attenuatis,  an- 
theris  linearibus  basi  sagittatis,  polline  ellipsoideo,  granuloso ; 
stigmate  parvo  globoso,  ovario  glabro  ;  fructu  .  .  . 

Stem  slender,  wiry,  1-25  mm.  in  diameter.  Leaves  3-4  cm.  long, 
2'5-4  mm.  broad,  a  few  of  the  upper  shorter  and  broader  and 
irregularly  shaped  (spathulate,  or  lanceolate  and  obscurely  3- 
dentate).  Peduncles  2-5-4-5  cm.  long ;  bracteoles  7-8  mm.  long 
by  2  mm.  broad ;  pedicels  1  cm.  long  or  less.  Sepals  13-10  mm. 
long,  10  mm.  or  less  in  breadth ;  corolla  2-5  cm.  long,  tube  scarcely 
8  mm.  long,  3  mm.  broad,  mouth  apparently  about  1*5  cm.  broad. 
Style  in  withered  flowers  1*5  cm.  long,  the  terminal  globose;  stigma 
less  than  1  mm.  in  diameter. 

A  very  distinct  species,  nearest  to  ill.  anijmtifolid,  but  dis- 
tinguished by  its  stouter  rigid  wiry  stem,  thick  stiffish  linear 
leaves,  and  larger  flowers,  especially  the  conspicuous  calyx. 

Hab.  Cape  Colony  ;  on  roadsides  in  the  districts  of  Zwellendam 
and  George,  Bowie . 

M.  malvsefolia,  sp.  nov.  Suf!"rutex  caulibus  elongatis,  sub- 
flexuosis,  asceudentibus,  e  specimine  simplicibus  ut  tota  planta 
minute  hispidulis,  siccis  compressis ;  foliis  inter  minores  reni- 
formibus,  trilobatis,  lobis  basalibus  bilobulatis,  nervis  principibus 
3  palmatis,  velut  nervulis  prominulis,  petiolis  quam  folia  brevi- 
oribus ;  pedunculis  valde  elongatis,  folia  pluries  superantibus, 
curvatis,  unifloris  ;  bracteolis  parvis,  pauUo  inter  se  discretis, 
anguste  oblanceolatis ;  sepalis  ellipticis,  obtusis,  subcoriaceis, 
subasqualibus,  dorso  sparse  hispidulis ;  corolla  (lutea  ?)  calycem 
2^-plo  excedente,  late  infundibulifornie,  areis  mesopetalis  colore 
et  nervis  5  (?  semper)  distinctis  dorso  pilosulis ;  antheris  sagit- 
tatis  tortis,  filamentis  subgequalibus  subulatis ;  polHne  ellipsoideo, 
espinuloso,  superticie  granuloso,  cum  areis  tribus  depressis  vix 
granulosis  longitudinalibus  ;  stigmatibus  globosis. 

The  specimen  consists  of  a  single  slender  shoot  nearly  1  metre 
long,  springing  from  a  slender  woody  base ;  it  scarcely  reaches 
1-5  mm.  in  breadth,  and,  like  the  whole  plant,  bears  a  barely 
perceptible  ash  coloured  hispidulous  covering.  Leaves  l-5-2'5  cm. 
long,  2-5-3-5  cm.  broad,  3-lobed  to  the  middle,  the  lateral  lobes 
more  shortly  and  unequally  2-lobed ;  hispidulous  chiefly  on  the 
veins  of  the  lower  surface.  Petioles  1-2  cm.  long.  Peduncles 
about  10  cm.  long  ;  bracteoles  5-6  mm.  long  by  2  mm.  broad 
above  the  middle.  Sepals  10-12  mm.  long  by  about  5  mm.  broad. 
Corolla  2*5  cm.  long. 


64  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

A  very  distinct  species,  belonging  to  the  same  set  as  M.  qiierci- 
foLia  Hall,  f.,  but  distinguished  at  once  by  its  mallow-like  leaves. 

Hab.  Cape  Colony  ;  Kowie  sand  hills,  Eastern  frontier,  P. 
MacCoivan,  no.  403,  Dec.  1863  (in  herb.  Trin.  Coll.  Dublin). 


NOTES     ON     JERSEY     PLANTS. 

By  L.  V.  Lester,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

The  following  rough  notes,  compiled  during  five  years'  residence 
in  Jersey,  may  be  of  interest  to  British  botanists.  Babington's 
PiimiticB  Flora  Sarnicm,  published  in  1839,  the  result  of  two  visits 
to  the  Channel  Islands  in  July-August,  1837,  and  June-August, 
1838,  is  out  of  date  and  most  misleading.  Many  plants  are  in- 
cluded in  it,  mostly  on  the  authority  of  Professor  Lagasca  and 
Mr.  B.  Saunders,  which  certainly  never  grew  in  Jersey;'''  many 
other  plants  are  omitted.  Mr.  J.  Piquet  published  a  list  of  Jersey 
plants  in  the  Proceediiu/s  of  the  Societe  Jersiaise  in  1896,  which 
represents  the  flora  of  the  island  much  better ;  but  it  is  not  much 
more  than  a  very  useful  catalogue,  and  rarely  distinguishes  between 
natives  and  foreigners.  In  the  course  of  five  years'  fairly  assiduous 
botanizing  I  have  collected  materials  for  a  Flora  of  Jersey,  which 
I  hope  before  very  long  to  publish ;  and  I  should  be  very  grateful 
if  any  botanists  who  have  records  or  notes  which  they  do  not  intend 
to  use  themselves  would  be  kmd  enough  to  communicate  them  to  me. 

Ranunculus  opliioylosdfolius  Vill.  is  extinct.  —  R,  chcarophyllus  L. 
is  still  to  be  found  in  the  only  known  locality.     Probably  native. 

Fumaria  Burai  Jord.  is  a  most  abundant  and  characteristic 
Jersey  plant. 

Crambe  maritima  L.     Extinct. 

Viola  nana  DC.     Abundant  in  sandy  places. 

DUmthus  gallicus  DC.  A  plant  found  growing  in  some  quantity 
by  Mr.  Piquet,  in  1897,  in  an  out-of-the-way  part  of  the  sandy  bay 
of  St.  Oueu's,  was  thus  named  by  Mr.  F.  N.  Williams  in  Journ. 
Bot.  1898,  p.  493.  There  is  a  large  patch,  and  the  locality  looks  as 
if  it  were  beyond  suspicion  ;  but  St.  Ouen's  Bay  is  full  of  casuals 
and  naturalized  aliens.  Not  found  in  Normandy,  but  common  on 
the  sands  of  the  west  coast  of  France  as  far  north  as  Quimper,  in 
South  Brittany.     Just  possibly  native  ;  certainly  well  established. 

The  abundance  of  small  Leguminom  belonging  to  the  genera 
Trigonella,  Medirago,  Tn/oliuui,  Lotus,  and  Orniihopus  is  a  marked 
feature.  —  Trifolium  Molinerii  Balb.  Only  on  a  small  islet  in  Por- 
telet  Bay,  accessible  at  low  water.  —  T.  strictum  L.  One  of  the 
rarest  of  Jersey  plants. 

*  [The  mistakes  were  probably  due  to  the  latter,  as  Lagasca  knew  plants 
well.  In  his  diary  under  Aug.  7,  1837,  Babington  writes  :  "  Called  upon  Mr.  B. 
Saunders  of  the  Caesarean  Nursery,  who  showed  us  a  list  that  he  had  formed  of 
the  native  plants  of  the  island,  and  allowed  us  to  extract  those  names  which  did 
not  occur  in  our  list "  {Memorials  of  C.  C.  Babington,  p.  66).— Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 


NOTES  ON  JERSKY  PLANTS  6& 

Ludwifjia  palnstris  Elliott.  Probably  extinct. — (Enothera  odorata 
Jacq.  Thoroughly  naturalized  and  abundant  in  saudy  places.  Ap- 
parently spreading. 

Scahinsa  maritima  L.  One  locality  in  St.  Ouen's  Bay.  Lloyd 
(Fl.  de  rOiiest  de  France)  does  not  regard  it  as  native  north  of 
the  Gironde.  Probably  introduced  at  some  tune  or  other  with 
lucerne  seed. 

Gnaphidium  nndulatuni  L.  An  African  species  from  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  thoroughly  naturalized  in  several  localities  in 
the  south-west  of  the  island.  Naturalized  also  in  Normandy 
and  Brittany.  Name  confirmed  by  Herr  J.  Freyn  (Report  of 
Bot.  Exch.  Club,  1897).  —  Dlotis  candidLssima  Desf.  Only  known 
from  one  locality,  and  now  destroyed  by  the  building  of  a  sea-wall 
in  St.  Ouen's  Bay.  Much  of  the  best  botanizing  ground  in  the 
sandy  bays  is  being  rapidly  spoilt  by  similar  useless  and  costly 
constructions.  A  species  with  apparently  a  diminishing  area. — 
Matricaria  maritima  L.  =  Pyrethrnm,  maritimum  Sm.  Abundant 
in  many  places  on  the  coast.  It  is  hard  to  believe  that  this  is 
nothing  but  a  variety  of  M.  inodora  L.,  but  Lloyd  declares  that  he 
raised  ordinary  inland  M.  inodora  from  the  seeds  "  des  la  premiere 
annee,"  at  the  same  time  acknowledging  that  it  is  a  "remarkable 
variety."  —  Centaurea  paniculata  L.  cannot,  I  think,  be  regarded  as 
a  native,  if  its  continental  distribution  is  taken  into  account.  It  is 
not  found  in  Normandy,  Brittany,  or  West  France.  In  Jersey  it  is 
abundant  in  a  single  locaUty,  close  to  the  Scahiasa  maritima  L., 
where  it  has  been  for  at  least  thirty  years.  The  case  of  C.  aspera  L. 
is  slightly  different.  It  is  abundant  in  St.  Ouen's  Bay,  and  rare  in 
the  south-east  of  the  island.  In  Normandy  it  seems  to  be  a  casual, 
and  Lloyd  regards  it  as  introduced  on  the  coast  of  Brittany.  In 
Guernsey  it  is,  according  to  Mr.  E.  D.  Marquand,  "  very  rare  and 
local."  Just  possibly  native,  but  to  be  regarded,  I  am  afraid,  with 
suspicion.— C.  Calcitrapa  L.,  if  ever  native,  is  now  certainly  extinct. 
—  Hieracium  Fdosella  L.  var.  pilosissimwu  Wallr.  {H.  Peleteriamim 
Mer.)  is  extremely  abundant.  The  type  is  comparatively  I'are.— ■ 
H.  umheUatum  L.  var.  littorale  Lindeb.  is  common  on  the  cliffs  of 
the  north  coast.  —  HypochcBris  maenlata  L.  is  plentiful  in  a  single 
locahty,  which  is  also  the  only  station  in  the  Channel  Islands  for 
the  Cowslip.  It  is  not  found'in  Guernsey,  Normandy,  or  Brittany, 
or  in  West  France  north  of  the  Loire ;  but  the  locality  seems  quite 
above  suspicion,  and  the  English  counties  in  which  it  occurs  are 
widely  separated  from  one  another. 

Anchusa  sempervirens  L.  Frequent  in  hedges  and  near  houses, 
and  in  one  place  apparently  native.  It  looks  native  in  the  woods 
about  Dinan,  in  Brittany.  —  Echiam  planta(jineum.  L.  is  abundant. 
It  was  plentiful  about  St.  Helier's  in  Ray's  day  (Sj/nopsis,  ed.  2, 
119  (1696) ).  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  only  a  rare  casual  in  Guern- 
sey, and  does  not  appear  in  Normandy,  or  in  West  France  north  of 
the  Loire. 

Linaria  Pelisseriana  Mill,  has  become  extremely  rare,  and  is 
probably  doomed. 

Mentha  Pulegium  L.     Probably  extinct. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [Feb,  1901.]  f 


66  THE    JOUKNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Atriplex  portuUicoides  L.  Destroyed  in  its  only  station  by  the 
operations  for  the  extension  of  the  harbour  at  St.  Heher's,  which 
were  afterwards  discontinued. 

SncB'la  nmritima  Dumort.  ?  Extinct.  I  have  seen  a  Jersey 
specimen. 

Tiie  only  Willows  which  can  be  sa'd  with  certainty  to  be  native 
are  8.  ciiurfa  L.,  which  is  very  common,  and  S.  repens  L.,  which  is 
only  found  in  one  locality. 

Xarcissus  P.seudo-Xnrcissus  L.  Locally  abundant  in  woods  and 
on  the  cliffs.     Omitted  from  Babington,  and  not  in  Guernsey. 

Lagurus  uvatus  L.  has  been  introduced  from  Guernsey,  and  is 
well  established  in  St.  Ouen's  Bay. — Bromis  mfidritenio's  var.  ri(jidus 
Bab.  (not  Roth,  whose  plant  is  '^a  stouter  form  with  a  larger 
panic  e  "  (see  E.  Hackel  in  Report  of  Bot.  Exch.  Club,  1898,  p.  593). 
On  the  islet  in  Portelet  Bay  on  which  TnfoHwn  MoHneiii  grows,  and 
also  about  Gouray. —  B.  maxiwus  Desf.  Abundant  in  sandy  places. 
Not  B.  riijidus  Roth,  as  in  the  London  (Uitalofiw,  which  is  "nothing 
but  stout  madritemis''  (Hackel,  /.  c),  though  placed  byGrenierand 
Godron  under  maximus. 

Since  the  publication  of  his  list  in  1896,  the  following  plants 
have  been  added  to  the  Jersey  flora  by  Mr.  Piquet,  in  a  short 
supplementary  list  published  in  1898  : — 

Carex  pfiniculata  L.  —  Phalaris  minor  Retz.  has  been  plentiful 
for  tlie  last  few  years  on  and  near  the  railway  to  the  east  of 
St.  Helier's,  but  cannot  be  reg  irded  as  a  native,  though  Mr. 
C.  K.  P.  Andrews  considered  it  to  be  indigenous  in  Guernsey. 
See  Jouru.  Bot.  1900,  p.  33,  where  the  plant  is  de-cnbed  and 
figured.  —  O/diinrflossum  viihiamm  L.  w;is  discovered  by  a  lady  then 
residing  in  Jersey,  who  showed  me  the  locality  in  1897. 

In  Journ.  Bot.  1900,  p.  278,  Mr.  S.  Guiton  adds  Vicia  lutea  L., 
from  the  rocky  hill  on  which  Mt.  Orgueil  Castle  is  built.  A 
doubtful  native  :  the  old  Castle  grounds  are  full  of  semi-naturalized 
relics  of  cultivation. 

Corydalis  claviculata  DC.  and  Orchis  pyramidalis  L. 

The  following  plants,  for  which  I  am  responsible,  have  not,  to 
my  knowledge,  been  recorded  for  Jersey  before  : — 

Frankenia  leevis  L.  Plemont,  1899.  Apparently  extinct  in 
Guernsey.  It  is  included  in  Babington  from  the  Greve  d'Azette, 
but  on  the  authority  of  Mr.  B.  Saunders,  which  is  quite  valueless. 

Sugina  ciliata  Fr.     La  Moie,  1899. 

Trifolium  maritimum  Huds.  St.  Aubin's  Bay,  1898.  Possibly 
only  a  casual. 

Anthriscus  silvestris  Hoffm.  The  Ecrehos  Rocks,  eight  miles 
east  of  Jersey.  Common  in  Alderney  [Mr.  E.  D.  Marquand),  not 
in  Jersey  or  Guernsey. 

Galium  ochroleucnm  Syme.    Portelet  Bay  and  West  Mount,  1897. 

Hieracium  rigidum  Hartm.  var.  acrifolium  Dahlst.  {Jide  Rev.  W. 
Moyle  Rogers).  Waterworks  Valley,  1897.  Whether  this  is  the 
same  as  "  H.  lavigatum  Willd.  Koch.  var.  /?,"  recorded  by  Babington 
from  the  Quenvais,  I  do  not  know. 


SOME    PROPOSED    CHANGES    IN    NOMENCLATURE  67 

Lysimachia  Nummularia  L.  Longueville,  1900.  Another  of 
Mr.  B.  Saunders's  records. 

Orohauche  Hedera  Duby.  St.  Helier's,  1897.  Mt.  Orgueil, 
where  Mr.  E.  D.  Marquand  found  it  in  abundance,  1900. 

LiizuJa  Forsteri  DC.  St.  Aubin's,  1898-  "  Jersey,  Prof.  La 
Gasca,"  Bab. — L.  maxima  DC.     Bonne  Nuit  Bay,  1898. 

Lfmna  poh/rrhiza  li.     Samares,  1899. 

Zostera  nana  Roth.  Often  washed  up  in  St.  Aubin's  Bay  and 
on  the  Greve  d'Azette. 

Carex  Fsendo-ci/penis  L.  St.  Ouen's  Pond,  1900.  Inaccessible, 
except  in  a  very  dry  summer. 

Deschawpsia  Jie.vuom  Trin.  St.  Helier's,  1897.  —  Festuca  anui- 
dinacea  Schreb.     St.  Aubin's  Bay,  1897. 

Chara  aapera  Willd.  St.  Ouen's  Pond,  1900.  Name  confirmed 
by  Mr.  H.  Groves. 

yitella  fie.vilis  Agardh.  St.  Peter's  Valley,  1900.  Named  by 
Mr.  H.  Groves. 


SOME    PROPOSED    CHANGES    IN    NOMENCLATURE. 
By  James  Britten,  F.L.S. 

In  the  course  of  working  out  the  nomenclature  for  the  IVus* 
trations  of  the  Botany  of  Cook's  First  Voyage,  now  in  course  of 
publication,  certain  changes  have  seemed  necessary,  which  it  may 
be  well  to  put  on  on  record  in  a  form  more  easily  accessible.  One 
such  change  has  already  been  noted  in  the  substitution  of  Cosmia 
for  Calandrinia  (Jouin.  Bot.  1900,  76)  ;  those  now  to  be  given 
affect  genera  which  will  appear  in  the  part  of  the  Illustrations 
shortly  to  be  issued. 

Huttum. 

This  ugly  name,  which,  like  many  by  the  same  author,  seems 
devoid  of  meaning,  was  pubhshed  by  Adanson  in  his  Families  des 
Plantes,  ii.  88  (1763).  There  is  no  doubt  as  to  what  he  had  in 
view,  for  in  his  Index  he  cites  •'  Rumph.  3,  t.  lU  a  116,"  and  the 
first  of  these  plates  is  cited  by  the  Forsters  when  establishing  their 
Barrinytonia  (Char.  Gen.  p.  76,  t.  38  (1776)). 

There  has  been  so  much  divergence  of  opinion  as  to  the  position 
of  the  imperfect  specimen  collected  by  Banks  &  Solander  and  pre- 
served in  the  National  Herbarium,  that  I  propose  to  follow  Miers 
in  regarding  it  as  a  distinct  species,  for  which  I  retain  his  specific 
name;  it  will  therefore  stand  as  Huttum  culyptratuiu.  Seemaun: 
(Fl.  Vit.  83)  assigns  it  doubtfully  to  H,  (Barrinytonia)  edule; 
Bentliam  (Fl.  Austral,  iii.  28)  refers  to  it  as  intermediate  between 
H.  (B.)  speciosum.  and  H.  yB.)  acntawjulum  ;  Mueller  (Fragm.  ix. 
118)  places  it  under  H.  (B.)  racemosum,  to  which  it  is  certainly 
more  nearly  aUied  than  to  either  of  the  other  species  named.  None 
of  these  authors,  however,  consulted  the  plate,  which  will  be  re- 
produced in  the  Illustrations. 

i-  2 


68  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

CUMBIA. 

This  name  was  published,  as  cited  in  the  hidex  Kewensis,  by 
Francis  Bnclianan  (afterwards  Hamilton)  in  his  Jounien  from 
Madras,  iii.  187(1807).  The  entry  stands  simi'ly  as  '^  Ciunhia. 
The  Pelon  of  the  Hort.  Mai.''  =•'  ;  but  this  citation  of  a  good  figure 
and  full  description,  which  has  always  been  recognized  as  repre- 
senting the  plant  usually  known  as  Careya  arborex,  is  sufficient  to 
justify  the  retention  of  Cmnbia,  and  to  prevent  its  being  regarded 
as  a  novien  nudwn.  That  Hamilton  liimself  intended  to  establish 
the  genus  is  clear  from  his  statement  in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  xv.  96 
(1827),  where,  while  adopting  Roxburgh's  name  Careya  for  the 
tree,  he  says  :  '*I  had  previously  called  it  Ciinibia,  and  under  this 
name  gave  specimens  and  a  drawing  to  Sir  J.  E.  Smith."  He 
here  (L.  c.  97)  adds  a  specific  name  to  his  genus  (wrongly  citing  it 
as  from  Mysore,  iii.  187),  and  calls  the  tree  Cumhia\  ConeancB. 
The  name  of  the  Australian  species  will  be  Cumbia  australis. 

'^  Nelitris. 

As  pointed  out  by  Trimen  (Fl.  Cejdon.  ii.  339),  '*the  genus 
Timoniiis  dates  only  from  [DC.  Prodr.  iv.  461]  1830,  and  should 
rightly  be  superseded  by  Xelitrh  [Gaertn.  Fruct.  i.  134]  (1788);  for 
Gaertuer's  figure  of  the  fruit  (t.  27,  f.  5)  shows  that  this  was  the 
plant  intended.  He  has  in  the  text,  however,  confused  it  with 
some  Eugenia,  the  specimens  having  been  named  '  Wal-jambu.' 
The  name  thus  became  applied  by  De  Candolle  to  a  genus  of 
Myrtaceffi  (properly  Decaspermum.  Forst.)." 

The  type  of  the  genus  is  N.  Jambosella  Gsertn.  I.e.  (T.Jamhosella 
Thw.  Enum.  153  (1859)),  a  name  erroneously  given  in  the  Index 
Kewensis  as  a  synonym  of  I\  Kceniyii ;  the  widely  distributed  T. 
Humphii,  with  which  as  an  Australian  plant  J  am  concerned,  may 
be  called  N.  Timon,  that  being  the  earliest  specific  name ;  it  is  the 
Erithalis  Timon  of  Sprengel  (Pugillus,  i.  18  (1813)  ). 

Niebuhria. 

Niebuhria  of  Necker  (Elem.  i.  30  (1790))  must,  I  think,  replace 
the  generally  accepted  Wedeiia  of  Jacquin. 

In  his  Iter  Hispanicum  (1758),  Loefling  describes  two  genera — 
Wedelia  (p.  180)  and  AUionia  (p.  181).  In  1759,  Linnaeus  (Syst. 
ed.  10,  890)  united  the  two  genera  under  the  latter  name,  and  gave 
trivial  names  to  each,  calling  Loefling's  AUionia,  A.  violacea,  and 
his  Wedelia,  A.  incarnata.  The  latter  has  been  accepted  as  the  type 
of  the  genus  AUionia,  of  which  indeed  it  is  the  only  species  retained 
in  the  Index  Kewensis,  where  the  genus  is  referred  to  "  Loefl.  Iter, 
181  (1758);  Linn.  Syst.  ed.  x.  890(1759)." 

Loefling's  AUionia  =  Oxybaphus  of  L'Heritier  and  of  authors, 
for  which  it  has  been  restored  by  recent  North  American  botanists 

*  Vol.  iii.  p.  85,  tab.  36. 

t  It  appears  from  Hamilton  [1.  c.)  that  Cumbia  was  formed  by  him  from  the 
native  name  Kumb  or  Kumbi. 


MYXOBACTERIA 


69 


(Morong  and  Brittoii-aiid-Brown).  This  necessitates  the  recogni- 
tion of  Wedelia  as  the  correct  genus-name  for  the  plant  called  by 
LinnoBus  Alluma  incarnata.  Mr.  Jackson  cites  Weddia  incarnata 
(in  italics)  as  from  "Linn.  Syst.  ed.  x.  890  "  ;  this  combination, 
however,  is  not  given  by  Linnaeus,  and  the  name  will  stand  as  of 
Jacks.  Ind.  Kew.  ii.  122^  (1895).  Two  other  names  are  given  in 
the  I'inie.v  under  Wedelia — '^  incariiatu  Linn.  Syst.  ed.  x.  890,"  and 
"  malachroides  Benth.  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph,  114  "  ;  the  former  is  not 
given  by  Linnaeus  under  Wedelia,  and  the  latter  appears  in  the 
Botany  of  the  Sulphur  (p.  44)  as  "  AUionia  (Wedelia)  malacoides." 

If  Wedelia  of  Loefling  be  retained,  it  is  clear  tliat  the  later  Wedelia 
Jacq.  (Enum.  Carib.  8  (1760 ( )  must  go  ;  the  earhest  name  for  this 
appears  to  be  Niehuhria  of  Necker  (Elem.  i.  30  (1790) ),  Scopoli's 
earlier  genus  of  that  name  being  referred  to  Baltimore ;  the  later 
Niehuhria  of  De  Candolle  is  now  usually  combined  with  Mama. 
The  two  Australian  species  with  which  I  am  concerned  are : — 

N.    BIFLORA. 

Wedelia  biflora  DC.  apud  Wight  Contrib.  p.  18  (1834). 
Wollastonia  bijiora  DC.  Prodr.  v.  546  (1836). 

N.    SPILANTHOIDES. 

Wedelia  sjnUmthoides  F.  Muell.  Fragm.  v.  64  (1865). 

Although  Niehuhria  is  not  taken  up  in  the  Welwitsch  Catalogue, 
Mr.  Hiern  concurs  in  its  adoption. 

Razumovia. 
This  genus  was  founded  by  Sprengel  in  1807  (Mant.  Prima, 
1807,  p.  45)  for  the  plant  subsequently  known  as  Centranthera 
hiDiiifusa  Wall.,  a  name  retained  in  the  Flora  of  British  India  (iv. 
301),  where,  however,  Sprengel's  name  is  cited  as  a  synonym. 
Razumovia  clearly  antedates  Centranthera,  which  was  published  by 
Brown  (Prodr.  438)  in  1810.  C.  hispida  Br.  will  therefore  stand 
as  Razumovia  hispida,  and  C.  humifusa  will  be  superseded  by  R. 

TRANQUEBARICA  Spreng. 


MYXOBACTERIA. 

By  a.  Lorrain  Smith. 

In  1892,  Prof.  Thaxter,  of  Harvard,  published,  in  the  Botanical 
Gazette,  xvii.  p.  389,  the  first  results  of  his  observations  on  the 
group  of  Schizomycetes  that  he  has  named  Mycobacteria.  These  are 
bacteria  that  live  on  dead  or  decaying  organic  substances.  They 
have  power  of  slow  movement,  and  flow  together,  forming  col- 
lectively bodies  of  very  definite  and  distinctive  shape.  The  author 
distinguishes  two  periods  in  the  life- history  of  these  organisms.  In 
the  first,  which  he  terms  the  vegetative  period,  there  is  a  slow 
swarming  of  rod-like  bacteria,  which  form  a  gelatinous  secretion 
that  connects  the  different  individuals  together.  These  swarm  over 
the  matrix  on  which  they  live,  and,  at  certain  definite  points,  they 
flow  upwards,  and  form  the  variously  shaped,  erect  bodies  that  he 


70  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

has  described.  This  is  the  second  state,  and  is  the  resting  or  en- 
C3^sted  stage  of  the  Myxohacteria ;  a  gelatinous  wall  is  formed  round 
the  cysts,  and  they  are  capable  of  resisting  adverse  conditions  such 
as  cold,  drought,  or  mechanical  disturbance.  In  the  simplest  types, 
the  resting  stage  is  formed  of  simple,  papillate,  upright  bodies, 
sessile  or  supported  on  a  stalk  ;  but  others  have  a  much  more  com- 
plicated appearance,  being  fashioned  into  coralloid  coiled  strands, 
or  into  elongate  branched  stalks  with  numerous  heads.  In  due 
time  the  contents  of  the  cyst,  rods  or  cocci,  emerge,  and  the  life- 
cycle  begins  over  again.  The  cysts  of  the  Myd'ohacteria  are  brightly 
coloured,  so  far  as  they  have  been  observed ;  they  are  usually  of 
some  shade  of  yellow  or  red,  but  brown  and  green  species  have  also 
been  noted.  Most  of  them  retain  their  bright  colours,  with  some 
variations,  through  the  different  life-stages. 

Prof.  Thaxter  distinguishes  three  groups  or  genera  of  Myxo- 
hacteria— Cliondromyces  and  My.robacter,  in  which  the  encysted  and 
swarming  stage  are  equally  composed  of  rods  ;  and  Myxococcus,  in 
which  the  rods  become  transformed  into  cocci  or  spores  when  they 
form  into  cysts.  In  Chondromyres  the  cysts  remain  more  softly 
gelatinous,  and  may  fuse  togetlier  if  adjacent  to  each  other.  The 
cysts  of  Myx'>hacUr  have  a  thick-walled  gelatinous  envelope,  in 
wliich  are  included  one  or  more  cysts.  The  first  member  of  the 
family  tliat  was  recorded  was  Chontlromyccs  crocatus  Berk.  &  Curt., 
from  South  Carolina.  It  has  an  upright,  somewhat  branched 
irreguhir  stalk,  and  several  heads.  The  authors  placed  it  among 
the  Hyphoniycetes,  where  it  remained  until  rescued  by  Prof.  Thaxter, 
who  has  had  it  under  observation,  and  who  has  described  its  true 
nature  and  affinities. 

Zukal,  in  a  paper  published  in  the  Berich.  Deut.  Bot.  Gesel. 
vol.  XV.  p.  542  (1897),  states  that  the  old  monotypic  genus  Pdly- 
angium  of  Link  is  the  same  as  Thaxter's  genus  Myxohacter,  and 
claims  for  it  priority  of  nomenclature.  He  had  had  PuJyangium 
vitellinum  under  observation  some  years  ago,  and  considered  it  then 
to  be  a  species  of  Mycetozoon ;  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  Zukal  does 
not  give  a  more  detailed  account  of  his  observations  of  Polyanyium. 
In  1886,  Schroter,  in  Pilze  Schl.  p.  170,  founded  the  genus  Cysto- 
hacter,  with  two  species.  Both  of  these  are  typical  Myxohacteria, 
and,  in  a  paper  published  in  the  Bot.  Gazette,  vol.  xxiii.  p.  395 
(1897),  Prof.  Thaxter  accepts  Cystobacterfidvus  Schrot.  as  a  member 
of  his  Myxohdcter  group,  and  sinks  the  name  in  favour  of  Schroter's. 
The  other  species  described  by  Schroter  belongs  to  the  older  genus 
•  Cliondromyces. 

In  the  same  paper  Prof.  Thaxter  follows  up  his  previous 
observations  by  a  further  description  of  spore-formation  in  Myxo- 
coccus.  The  rods  in  this  genus  do  not  divide  for  sporulation,  as  he 
at  first  thought  they  did ;  they  gradually  enlarge  at  one  end,  and 
become  shorter,  each  rod  forming  an  almost  round  spore.  The 
subsequent  germination  of  these  spores  or  cocci  was  also  followed 
most  satisfactorily;  their  contents  formed  into  a  rod  which  emerged 
from  the  spore,  the  empty  case  being  left  behind,  or  in  some  cases  it 
remained  for  a  time  attached  to  the  end  of  the  full-grown  rod. 


MYXOBACTERIA  71 

Most  of  the  specimens  described  are  from  America ;  one  species 
is  recorded  from  Liberia,  in  Africa ;  and  Zukal  has  recently  found 
in  Vienna  four  species  of  Clionihuiniicea  identical  with  tliose  dis- 
covered by  Tliaxter;  he  has  also  described  one  new  species  — 
MyxococcKs  mucrosporun. 

The  specimen  I  have  had  under  observation  ^^rew  on  some 
pellets  of  rabbit-dung  on  which  I  was  watching  froui  day  to  day 
the  development  of  Dicti/osUdiuin,  one  of  the  near  allies  of  the 
Mt/j:ohacteria.  The  pellets  were  gathered,  on  account  of  their 
very  mouldy  appearance,  at  Llanwymawddwy,  in  Merioneth.shire, 
towards  the  end  of  the  long  dry  season  of  1899.  They  were  put 
away  in  a  dry  place  for  several  weeks,  then  moistened  and  kept  in 
a  damp  atmosphere.  Numerous  fnngi  soon  made  their  appearance, 
and  in  due  course  the  cysts  of  what  I  now  know  were  Myxobacteria. 
They  looked  exactly  like  the  minute  perithecia  of  some  species  of 
Nectria ;  they  were  of  a  bright  pinkish-orange  colour,  and  grew  in 
large  numbers  over  the  pellets.  They  were  easily  distinguishable 
with  a  small-power  field-glass.  A  closer  microscopic  examination 
showed  that  the  perithecia-like  bodies  were  formed  entirely  of 
micrococci  that  were  colourless  when  dispersed;  there  was  no 
trace  of  fungal  hyphse,  and  they  could  only  be  bacteria.  I  tried  to 
cultivate  the  cocci  in  a  hanging  drop  of  sterilized  decoction  of  the 
pellets,  without  success.  Tube-cultures  were  also  tried  with  a 
mixture  of  the  decoction  and  gelatine,  and  these  resulted  in  small 
spherical  colourless  colonies  distributed  in  the  gelatine  after  a  few 
days,  On  examination  these  were  seen  to  be  formed  of  actively 
motile  rods.  An  attempt  was  made  to  cultivate  some  of  the  bacteria 
from  the  colonies  on  carefully  sterilized  pellets,  and  so  establish  a 
relation  between  the  different  forms ;  but  this  was,  for  unknown 
reasons,  also  unsuccessful.  The  coloured  cysts  first  observed  had 
disappeared  meanwhile,  and  the  whole  matter  was  laid  aside. 

In  the  Xatura/ist  for  November,  1900,  I  observed  a  reference  by 
Mr.  Massee  to  Prof.  Thaxter's  work  on  Mi/xohacteria,  and  recognized 
the  nature  of  the  cocci.  I  have  no  longer  any  doubt  that  the  motile 
rods  in  the  culture-tubes  were  a  stage  of  the  encysted  cocci.  Tne 
species  differs  in  form  and  colour  from  the  members  of  the  genus 
already  described,  and  is  therefore  an  addition  to  the  growing 
numbers  of  Myxohacteria, 


L  ^ 


oooo  n^ 
0  o  ^  u^ 


B 


Myxococcus  pyriformis. — A.  Cysts  magnified  about  50  diameters.  B.  Cocci 
from  the  cysts.  C.  Rods  from  tlie  colonies  in  the  culture-tubes,  both  magnified 
2400  diameters. 

Myxococcus  pyriformis,  sp.  n.  Cysts  scattered,  pear-shaped, 
minute,  varying  in  size,  about  ^  mm.  in  height,  bright  pinkish- 
orange-coloured,  on  a  short  transparent  gelatinous  stalk  composed 


7'2  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

of  cocci  wliich  are  irregularly  round  or  somewhat  oval,  1-1'5  fi  in 
diameter,  or  2  x  1*5  /x ;  colonies  in  the  culture-tubes  colourless  or 
dirty  white,  formed  of  motile  rods  varying  in  length  up  to  about 
3  X  -8  /x. 

I  have  to  thank  Mr,  Blackman  for  his  valued  advice  and  assist- 
ance during  the  progress  of  my  investigation.  The  work  was 
carried  out  in  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  the  British  Museum,  and 
stained  slides  of  the  cocci  and  rods  are  placed  in  the  Herbarium. 


SHORT    NOTES. 

Viola  tricolor  L.  var.  nana  DC. — The  specimens  mentioned  by 
Mr.  E.  G.  Baker  as  from  Scilly  are  doubtless  identical  with  the 
Channel  Isle  specimens.  They  are  from  Tresco,  May,  1886  (IF. 
Curnoiv)  ;  St.  Martin's,  June,  1877  {J.  Bdlj's).  Mr.  Curnow 
labelled  the  specimens  "  V.  Curtisii.''  It  was  also  distributed 
from  St.  Brelade's  Bay,  Jersey  (Eer.  A.  Ley),  named  by  Mr.  Lloyd 
(Exchange  Club  Report  for  1885,  p.  124  (1886)  ).  I  have  it  also 
from  Mr.  Andrews's  station,  gathered  by  Miss  Dawber  in  1894  ; 
also  from  Grand  Havre,  Guernsey,  1890,  by  the  same  lady.  The 
plant  is  fully  described  by  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown  in  Eng.  Bot.  Supp. 
ed.  3,  p.  32.  Another  interesting  form  of  tricolor  is  that  named  by 
Mr.  Lloyd  "  V.  con  finis  Jordan,  I".  Provostii  Bor."  (Ex.  Club  Report, 
I.e.).  It  was  gathered  at  Ecton,  in  North  Staffordshire,  by  the 
Rev.  W.  H.  Purchas.  This  has  much  the  facies  of  (utea,  but  the 
colour  is  paler,  and  the  growth  that  of  tricolor.  It  is  greatly  to  be 
desired  that  Mr.  Baker  will  follow  up  the  study  of  these  plants,  as 
there  are  several  wanting  names,  and  I  trust  that  all  who  can  will 
send  him  material.  An  interesting  form  occurs  at  Sheringham, 
Norfolk,  wliich  I  have  been  unable  to  identify  ;  I  hope  Mr.  Baker 
will  do  so. — Arthur  Bennett. 

A  Suffolk  Note. — Accompanying  specimens  of  Lycopodium  in 
Petiver's  Hort.  Sice.  Angl.  (Herb.  Sloane,  150,  fol.  46)  is  a  note  by 
Adam  Buddie  which  may  be  worth  transcribing,  as  it  mentions  a 
local  botanist  unknown,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  to  fame.  Buddie's 
visit  to  Lothingland  is  referred  to  iu  this  Journal  for  1881  (p.  55) 
by  R.  A.  Pryor,  who  thought  that  it  probably  took  place  during 
Buddie's  residence  at  Heuley,  Suffolk,  about  1697.  This  sef'ms  to 
be  confirmed  by  his  note  as  to  Lycopodium  chivaUnn,  which  is 
interestmg,  as  the  only  locality  recorded  for  the  plant  in  the  Flora 
of  Snfnik  is  Tuddenham  Heath,  which  is  not  very  distant  from 
Henley,  and  v\h  cli  is  also  a  locality  for  L.  inundatnni,  the  "crt  epiiig 
Clubmoss  "  meniiontd  by  Buddie.  The  note  (which  is  not  dated) 
ji^us  : — "  I  found  y®  Museus  clavatus  on  a  heath  near  me  but  very 
sjiaiingly  y*  being  y^  onely  head  I  found.  The  other  creeping 
club  moss  I  found  abundantly  on  a  boggy  place  on  a  heath  in  y^ 
Isle  of  Lovingland  [Lothingland]  y^  best  place  for  simpling  in 
Suffolk.     I  there  found  Sium  alterum  Olusatri  facie  [Cicnta  virosa] , 


SHORT    NOTES  78 

Aspleninm  siveCeterach,  Equisetiim  nudum  G.  asperum  [E.  hyemaJe] , 
Lathyrus  vicineformis  &c  [/..  pahistris] ,  Eryiigium  vulgaie  seu  medi- 
terraiiiii  [E.  oimpcstir] ,  with  other  rare  phmts  tho  no  strangers  to 
you,  in  y"  company  of  one  Mr.  Barker  of  Beccles  an  industrious 
botanist  who  without  banter  knows  to  a  yard  square  of  ground 
where  every  rare  phint  of  y*"  Island  grows,  having  search'd  it  for 
these  severall  years  past." — James  Britten. 

The  Box  in  Britain. — Dunstable  is  mentioned  as  a  locality  for 
Box  on  p.  29.  The  Box  grows  apparently  wild  on  the  chalk  downs 
near  Ashridge  and  Berkhampstead,  some  six  or  seven  miles  from 
here.  I  believe  there  are  some  old  trees,  but  I  have  not  been  for  some 
years.  Near  by,  at  the  foot  of  the  chalk  hills,  is  Boxmoor.  The 
Ashridge  Hills  are  geologically  similar  with  the  Box  Hill  of  the 
South  Downs.  The  local  name  near  Ashridge  and  Ivanhoe  is 
*'Box  Hill."  The  Box  district  here  is  chiefly  in  Hertfordshire, 
although  the  Box  is  not  included  in  Mr.  R.  A.  Pryor's  flora  of  the 
county.  There  is  a  place  in  Beds  on  the  top  of  Dunstable  Downs 
(chalk),  about  four  miles  from  here,  near  Whipsuade,  named  Box- 
stead,  the  local  pronunciation  of  which  is  Buck-stead.  There  is  a 
place  named  *'Boxe"  in  Domesday  Book  for  Herts,  sect,  xxviii. ; 
I  see  by  maps  that  this  was  in  S.  Beds  or  N.  Herts,  as  Boxe  is 
associated  with  Craulai  and  Westone  (Crawley  and  Westoning)  in 
S.  Beds,  and  Oflelei  (Offley),  close  by,  in  N.  Herts.  At  the  latter 
place  there  are  chalk  hills  with  woods,  identical  with  the  hills  and 
woods  where  the  Box  now  grows  near  Ashridge  and  Berkhampstead, 
but  whether  Box  occurs  on  these  hills  now  I  do  not  know.  Chauncy, 
Historical  Antiquities  of  Hertfordshire,  vol.  ii.  p.  126,  1826,  identifies 
the  Boxe  of  Domesday  with  Box  and  Boxbury,  and  says: — "  Tiiis 
was  a  Vill  or  Parish,  which  was  scituated  between  the  Parishes  of 
Stevenage,  Chivesfield,  and  Walkerne ;  there  was  anciently  a 
Church  to  the  same,  which  was  erected  in  a  Field  on  the  Hill  near 
the  Woods,  now  called  the  Church-yard,  where  the  Foundations 
may  be  seen  ;  and  this  Parish  was  called  Box  from  a  great  wood, 
which  retains  this  name  to  this  day."  On  p.  128  he  refers  to  Box- 
bury  : — "As  to  the  other  Moyety  of  this  Mannor,  and  Tythes  of 
Boxbury  King  H.  VIII  granted  them,"  &c.  Two  miles  S.E.  of 
Boxwood  is  Box  Hall.  In  vol.  i.  p.  43,  under  Pipe  Rolls  of  Edw.  L, 
the  personal  names  of  Ralph  Boxted  and  Ralph  de  Boxted,  1288, 
occur.  The  place-name  Boxstead  occurs  on  Dunstable  Downs. 
In  Chauncy's  Map  of  Herts,  1700,  he  gives  the  place-name  Box, 
not  Box-wood,  two  miles  E.  of  Stevenage.  A  farmer  here,  from 
Pirton,  N.W.  border  of  Herts,  says  there  is  a  Box-orchard  there 
with  large  box-trees.  I  have  noticed  that  Box  is  pronounced  bux 
by  the  ru^tics.  Other  Latni  forms  occur  in  this  district,  as  the  comp 
(tiie  plain) — a  field  called  Caiiipum  downum  or  dinium  (=  field  at 
base  of  down),  itc.  Tiie  six  incii  Ordnance  mnp  is  very  inferior 
to  the  old  one-inch,  for  place-names. — W.  G.  Smith. 

Mosses  of  North-east  Yorkshire,  "  V.-C.  62"  (Journ.  Bot. 
1900,  484-9). —  I  am  much  obliged  to  Mr.  Cocks  for  pointing  out  a 
mistake  in  this  paper.     It  arose  from  a  persistent  idea  I  have  had 


74  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

for  some  time  that  the  "Ainsty"  was  in  N.E.  Yorkshire.  Having 
had  only  a  short  time  in  which  to  prepare  tlie  paper,  I  inifortunately 
omitted  looking  at  my  vice-comity  boundaries,  or  the  mistake  might 
have  been  avoided.  Mosses  from  the  following  places  mentioned  in 
the  paper  should  be  transferred  to  v.-c.  6i  : — Askham  Bog,  Moor- 
monkton,  Hammerton,  Healaugh.  Appleton  Roelmck,  Thorparch, 
Boston  Spa,  Colton,  Bolton  Percy,  Tockwith,  He<say — all  of  which 
are  in  the  Aiusty  of  York.  Mosses  from  Leckby  Carr  should  be 
transferred  to  v.-c.  65. — Wm.  Ingham. 

RuBUS  CRINIGER  Liuton  IN  SOMERSET. — In  September,  1894, 
I  collected  by  a  roadside  near  Oare,  in  West  Somerset  (v.-c.  5),  a 
bramble  which  I  conld  not  name.  A  few  days  ago  I  examined  the 
specimens  agaui,  and,  still  feeling  uncertain,  took  them  to  Mr. 
Rogers,  who  tells  me  that  they  are  B.  crini(/er  Linton.  This  makes 
a  new  '* county  record,"  and  considerably  extends  the  known 
distribution  of  the  species. — R.  P.  ^Iurray. 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 


Genera  Mimcoi  um  Frondosorum,  Classes  Schistocarporum,  Cleisto- 
carponini,  Steffocarporum  coniplectentla,  exceptis  Ortliotnchaceis 
et  Pleurocdiph.  Gattungen  und  Gruppen  der  Laubmoose  in 
historischer  und  systematischer  Beziehung,  sowie  nach  ihrer 
geographischen  Verbreitung  unter  Beriicksichtigung  der  Arten. 
Handschrif tlicher  Nachlass  von  Dr.  Carl  Muller.  Mit  einem 
Vorworte  von  Dr.  Karl  Schliephacke.  Leipzig:  E.  Kummer. 
1901.     Preis  12  M.     Pp.  viii,  474. 

Nearly  two  years  have  elapsed  since  the  death  of  the  renowned 
moss- specialist  Carl  Mueller  on  February  9th,  1899.  Born  on 
December  16th,  1818,  and  actively  pursuing  his  studies  to  the 
last,  this  indefatigable  worker  found  the  generous  allotment  of 
nearly  eighty-one  years  insufficient  to  enable  him  to  complete  his 
life's  vocation. 

In  the  sympathetic  preface  with  which  Dr.  Schliephacke  intro- 
duces this  last  fragment  of  his  old  friend's  work,  he  gives  us  some 
interesting  data  of  C.irl  Mueller's  career — how  he  discovered  his 
first  new  moss  [Sphagnum  muUuscoides)  so  long  ago  as  the  year 
1840 ;  how  he  began  the  publication  of  that  classical  work,  the 
Synopsis  Muscoruni  Frondosorum  in  1847  and  finished  it  in  four 
years.  The  two  volumes  contain  nearly  1600  pages,  and  added 
473  new  species  to  bryological  science.  Before  issuing  his  Synopsis, 
Carl  Mueller  had  already  published  twenty-five  bryological  papers, 
and  since  its  completion  he  has  added  eighty  more,  three  of  which 
have  appeared  since  his  death.  These  contributions  are  to  be  found 
in  all  sorts  of  periodicals  and  books  of  travel.  In  1853  was  produced 
his  Deutschlands  Moose,  a  volume  of  512  pages.  Nor  did  his  Uterary 
activity  cease  here,  for  during  a  number  of  years  he  was  concerned 


GENERA    MTJSCORUM    FRONDOSORUM  76 

in  the  editorial  management  of  the  Botaniffchr  ZeituyK/ &nd  Die  XatKr. 
What  the  sum  total  of  the  new  species  he  described  may  be  it  is 
impossible  to  say  with  any  approach  to  accuracy ;  but  six  or  seven 
tlioiisand  is  probably  a  moderate  computation.  He  certainly  pub- 
lished some  two  thousand  after  1895,  presumably  urged  on  by 
the  genesis  of  General  Paris's  Index  Bnjoloijiciis ;  moreover,  some 
hundreds  of  numina  nuda  are  put  into  circulation  in  the  present 
work. 

He  contemplated,  Dr.  Schliephacke  tells  us,  the  publication  of 
a  third  volume  of  his  Si/nopsis,  and  began  to  prepare  the  requisite 
material  more  than  ten  years  ago  ;  but  the  uninterrupted  supply  of 
new  gatherings  of  mosses  from  all  parts  of  the  world  which  reached 
him  kept  him  so  fully  occupied  that  he  was  never  able  to  execute 
his  project.  And  so  that  new  or  revised  synopsis  of  the  world's 
mosses,  which  is  so  badly  needed  and  which  he,  from  his  complete 
mastery  of  the  subject,  was  so  thoroughly  competent  to  provide, 
still  remains  unwritten.  It  is  true  that,  so  far  as  the  acrocarpous 
mosses  are  concerned,  some  degree  of  consolation  may  be  found  in 
the  present  fragment,  upon  which  he  was  engaged  in  his  last  years. 
The  pity  is  that  the  pen  was  snatched  from  his  failing  hand  when 
the  task  was  but  half  completed.  However,  as  far  as  it  goes,  it  is 
an  exposition  of  his  views  as  to  the  proper  grouping  of  the  genera 
and  subgenera,  conveying  an  adequate  description  of  the  morpho- 
logical characteristics  of  the  various  groups,  genera,  &c.,  and  of  their 
historical  development,  and  a  skilful  account  of  the  geographical 
distribution  of  the  species,  the  whole  being  interspersed  with  critical 
and  sagacious  remarks  which  both  add  to  the  interest  of  the  text 
and  reveal  the  profundity  of  the  author's  knowledge  and  his 
wonderful  grasp  of  the  subject. 

The  system  adopted  is  an  amplification  of  that  which  was 
expounded  in  the  St/nopsis  fifty  years  ago.  The  Cleistocarpous 
mosses  are  retained  in  a  class  by  themselves.  The  Sphmpiacecp 
maintain  an  artificial  position  in  contiguity  with  the  Leacobri/acea. 
The  genera  are  far  fewer  and  more  condensed  than  in  rival  systems 
of  classification  ;  thus  Campijlopnsis  but  a  subgenus  of  Dicranum. 
The  number  of  genera  treated  is  about  115,  and  seven  of  these  bear 
a  superficial  resemblance  to  novelty  which  in  some  cases  is  mis- 
leading. For  three  of  them  [Beckett ia,  Thysanomitrlopsis,  and 
Hfjpndontium)  will  not  withstand  the  test  of  research.  They  have 
already  been  described  in  Heduvjia.  Two  of  the  others,  Brothera 
and  Monncranum  (both  Dicranaceous),  were  baptized  in  Kindberg's 
Enumeratio  Bnjinearuui  E.votic(num  in  1891,  but  now  are  described 
for  the  first  time.  And  as  for  the  remaining  two,  Spruceella  and 
Aulacomitrium  Broth,  (both  Pottiaceous),  they  labour  under  the 
disadvantage  of  being  fitted  with  names  which  are  open  to  strong 
objection.  Sprucella  Steph.,  which  barely  differs  from  the  former 
name,  has  been  in  use  in  the  Hepatics  since  1886.  And,  as  to  the 
latter,  it  must  give  way,  if  the  Macromitrious  Aulacomitrium.  Mitt. 
(1891)  is  a  sound  genus. 

It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  no  references  are  given  to  the 
first  place  of  publication  of  the  subgenera,  as  they  would  have  been 


76  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

very  welcome.  Those  of  the  genera,  however,  are  supplied,  but  are 
not  always  satisfactory.  For  instance,  Phasciwi,  Ephemerum,  and 
Astominn  are  referred  to  "  Hampe  Liinmu  1832."  But  I  have  never 
been  able  to  find  this  reference.  Pfeifit'er,  in  his  Noniemiator 
Botanicus  (1873),  is  unable  to  quote  the  page.  It  is  true  that 
Schwaegrichen,  in  the  text  to  his  tab.  301,  h  (Spec.  Muse.  Frond. 
(1842) ),  refers  these  genera  to  Hampe,  "  in  diario  Schlechtendaliano 
anni  1832,  p.  522  "  ;  but,  if  this  journal  means  Linucea,  then  the 
reference  is  a  myth.  On  the  other  hand,  Hampe  broke  up  the 
genus  Fhasrum  L.  in  a  moss-list  published  in  Flora,  1837,  p.  285  ; 
and  Astomiim  and  Ephemermn  liave  the  aspect  of  being  printed  there 
for  the  first  time.  Schwaegrichen's  quotation  requires  explanation. 
The  species  he  quotes  are  not  in  every  case  allocated  to  the  same 
eenus  as  in  Hampe's  list  of  1837. 

A.  G. 

Botany  :  an  FAementary  Text  for  Schools.  By  L.  H.  Bailey. 
8vo,  pp.  xi,  355,  500  figs.  The  Macmillan  Company :  New 
York.     1900.     Price  6s. 

Another  delightful  book  from  Professor  L.  H.  Bailey,  recalling 
in  its  wealth  of  illustrations  and  general  air  of  excellence  his 
Lessons  with  Plants  reviewed  in  this  Journal  for  1898  (p.  200). 
The  Lessons  was  to  supplement  the  work  of  the  teacher ;  the  new 
book  is  made  for  the  pupil.  But  the  teacher  should  read  and  mark 
the  paragraphs  addressed  to  himself  in  the  form  of  an  introduction ; 
a  series  of  sentences  replete  witti  common-sense  advice.  The  author 
has  studied  his  pupils  as  well  as  the  plants,  and  aptly  hits  off  the 
relations  which  should  subsist  between  them.  The  secondary  teacher, 
he  reminds  us,  has  not  to  train  scientific  observers,  but  to  educate 
the  child,  to  bring  him  closer  to  the  things  with  which  he  lives,  to 
widen  his  horizon,  and  intensify  his  hold  on  life.  Botany  should 
not  be  taught  for  the  purpose  of  making  the  pupil  a  specialist:  that 
effort  should  be  retained  for  the  few  who  develop  a  taste  for  special 
knowledge.  Such  a  one  should  be  encouraged.  There  are  colleges 
and  universities  in  which  he  may  continue  his  studies.  But,  while 
the  ninety  and  nine  cannot,  and  should  not,  be  botanists,  every  one 
can  love  plants  and  nature. 

Professor  Bailey  traces  four  epochs  in  the  teaching  of  elementary 
botany — (1)  The  effort  to  know  the  names  of  plants,  and  to  classify. 
(2)  The  desire  to  know  the  formal  names  of  the  parts  of  plants,  an 
outgrowth  of  the  study  of  gross  morphology  when  botanies  came  to 
be  dictionaries  of  technical  terms.  (3)  The  effort  to  develop  the 
powers  of  independent  investigation  ;  a  result  largely  of  the  German 
laboratory  system,  which  emphasized  the  value  of  the  compound 
microscope  and  other  apparatus.  "  This  method  is  of  the  greatest 
service  to  botanical  science,  but  its  introduction  into  the  secondary 
schools  is  usually  unfortunate " — a  statement  which  will  be 
thoroughly  endorsed  by  every  one  who  has  witnessed  the  results 
by  examination  and  otherwise  of  the  attempt.  (4)  The  effort  to 
know  the  plant  as  a  complete  organism,  living  its  own  life  in  a 


BOTANY  :  AN  ELEMENTARY  TEXT  FOR  SCHOOLS  77 

natural  way.  This  epoch  started  with  the  appearance  of  Kerner's 
work  on  Plant-Hfe,  but  it  is  to  the  New  World  and  to  men  like 
Professor  Bailey  that  we  owe  its  appreciation  and  the  development 
of  what  is  at  once  a  rational  method  of  study  and  at  the  same  time 
one  that  is  attractive  to  young  pupils. 

The  book  is  arranged  in  four  parts.  The  subjects  are — the 
nature  of  the  plant  itself;  the  relation  of  the  plant  to  its  sur- 
roundings ;  histological  studies  ;  and  determination  of  the  kinds  of 
plants.  Each  is  practically  a  distinct  subject,  and  the  teacher  may 
begin  where  he  will.     If  he  is  wise,  he  will  begin  at  the  beginning. 

Part  i. — The  Plant  Itself — occupies  more  than  half  the  book. 
It  consists  of  twenty-five  short  chapters,  dealing  with  the  general 
structure  of  the  plant,  its  parts,  and  the  parts  they  play  in  the  life- 
processes.  The  text  is  paragraphed,  and  the  author  makes  a  free 
use  of  differences  in  type  to  emphasize  axioms  and  other  points  of 
importance.  The  pictures  are  good,  plentiful,  and  apropos,  but  the 
pupil  is  continually  referred  to  actual  plants  with  which  he  is, 
ought  to  be,  or  may  easily  become  acquainted.  The  short  review 
at  the  end  of  each  chapter  is  a  searching  cross-examination  between 
teacher  and  taught,  and  may  be  extended  indefinitely.  We  note  that 
the  author  occasionally  departs  from  generally  accepted  use  of  terms 
— as,  for  instance,  when  he  defines  bracts  as  "much  reduced  leaves" 
including  leaf-bud  scales,  or  uses  corymbose  as  practically  syno- 
nymous with  an  indefinite  inflorescence,  or  refers  to  the  groups  of 
sporangia  on  fern-leaves  as  "  fruit-dots."  We  should  prefer,  where 
terms  have  crystallized  out,  to  retain  them,  so  long  as  they  are 
useful  and  not  misleading,  in  their  generally  received  meaning. 

Part  ii. — The  Plant  in  its  Environment  (pp.  197-232) — contains 
five  suggestive  and  attractive  chapters  enhanced  by  a  series  of  very 
nice  photographs  of  landscape,  plant-associations,  &c.  Part  iii. — 
Histology,  or  the  Minute  Structure  of  Plants  (pp.  233-274) — is 
advisedly  brief;  it  contains  directions  for  microscopic  work,  and  a 
short  account  of  the  general  anatomy  of  stem,  leaf,  and  root.  The 
terms  endogenous  and  exogenous  as  contrasting  the  mode  of  growth 
in  the  stem  of  a  monocotyledon  and  dicotyledon  might  well  be  ex- 
punged from  elementary  works,  as  they  have  been  from  all  up-to-date 
advanced  text-books.  Part  iv. — The  Kinds  of  Plants  (pp.  276-340) 
— contains  directions  for  making  a  collection,  and  an  account  of 
twenty-five  important  families  witli  their  commoner  genera  and 
species  arranged  on  the  plan  of  a  flora.  At  the  end  is  an  index  and 
glossary,  which  seems  to  have  been  carefully  prepared.  One  would 
like  to  think  that  children  in  our  own  country  had  the  chance  of 
learning  about  plants  on  Professor  Bailey's  plan. 

A.  B.  R. 


78  THE    JOUKNAL    OF   BOTANY 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS^' 

Annals  of  Botany  (Dec.)  —  A.  H.  R.  Bnller,  '  Physiology  of 
Spermatozoa  of  Ferns.'  —  W.  A.  Murrill,  '  Development  of  arclie- 
gonium  and  fertilization  in  Tsuga  canadensis.'  —  A.  Howard,  Tricho- 
sphcBiia  Sacchari.  —  E.  Sargant,  *  Transit  from  stem  to  root  in 
vascular  system  of  seedlings  '  (1  pi.). — Id.,  '  Fertilization  in  Angio- 
sperms.' — W.  Wallace, '  Stem-structure  of  Actinostennna  bitjiaudulosa' 
(1  pi.).— F.  F.  Blackman,  'Primitive  Alg«  and  Flagellata.'— W.  C. 
Worsdell,  'Affinities  of  Bennettites.' — I.  B.  Balfour,  'Richard 
Spruce  '  (portr.). 

Bot.  Gazette  (20  Dec).  —  R.  W.  Smith,  'Achromatic  Spindle  of 
Osmanda  '  (1  pi.). — E.  M.  Chamot  &  G.  Thiry,  '  Chromogenic  Bac- 
teria.' —  J.  M.  Van  Hook,  '  Division  of  cell  and  nucleus  in  Liver- 
worts '  (1  pi.).  —  M.  W.  Doherty,  Tihnmatostroma  ahietina^  sp.  n. — 
W.  R.  Maxon,  Asplenium  ebenoides. 

Bot.  Zeitung  (16  Jan.).  —  L.  Jost,  '  Ueber  einige  Eigenthiim-. 
lichkeiten  des  Cambium  der  Baume '  (1  pi.). 

BuU.  Torreii  ^ot.  Club  (29  Dec.).— C.  H.  Peck,  'New  Fungi.'— 
P.  A.  Rydberg,  Rocky  Mountain  Com/)osita.-\  —  W.  R.  Maxon, 
Pteridophyta  of  Alaska.  —  A.  Zahlbruckner,  '  Zur  Flechten-Flora 
Siid-Californiens.' — E.  G.  Britton,  '  Bryological  Notes.' 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (19  Jan.).  — E.  A.  Bowles,  *  Crocus  mara- 
thonisius.' — (19,  26  Jan.).   A.  Worsley,  '  Hybridization  in  AniaryllecB.* 

Journal  de  Botanique  "  Juillet  1900";  received  10  Jan.). — 
P.  Van  Tiegliem,  Pentaphylla.v  et  Corynocarpus.  —  E.  Perrot, 
'  Organes  appendiculaires  des  feuilles  de  Myriophylhun.' — A.  Finet, 
•  Fieur  anormale  de  Cypripediuni '  (1  pi.).  —  C.  Bernard,  *  Spheres 
attractives  chez  Lilium  candidum,  Helosis,  etc'  (2  pi.). 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Jan.).  —  L.  Linsbauer,  '  Bemerkungen 
iiber  Anthokyanbildung.''  —  H.  &  P.  Sydow,  '  Zur  Pilzflora  Tirols.' 
— J.  Velenovsky,  'Achter  Nachtrag  zur  Flora  von  Bulgarien.' — 
V.  Kindermann,  '  Ueber  das  sogennante  Bluten  der  Fruchtkorper 
von  Stereum  sanciuinolentum.' 

Rhodora  (Dec).  —  R.  G.  Leavitt,  '  Polyembryony  in  Spiranthes 
cernua.' — M.  L.  Fernald.  'Northeastern  Thalictrums  '  (1  pi.). — Id., 
'  Scirpus  matitimus.'  —  C.B.Graves,  'Early  growth  of  hnpatiens 
bijiora.'  —  B.  L.  Robinson,  '  Nomenclature  of  Agrimonia.'  —  H. 
Webster,  *  Tricholonia  portentosnni.' — (Jan.).  G.  E.  Davenport, 
'Asplenium  ebeneum   var.    Hortona'    (1    pi.).  —  J.  M.   Greeuman, 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  oe  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 

•  A  note  on  Sideranthus  in  this  Journal  for  1899,  p.  483,  might  have  been 
referred  to  in  this  paper. 


BOOK-NOTESj    NEWS,    ETC.  7^* 

*  Senecio  in  New  England.' — A.  W.  Evans,  *  Fossombronia  salina.*-^ 
B.  L.  Robinson,  '  Gmiphaliam  plantaginijolium  Linn.'  —  M.  L.  Fer- 
nald,  *  Xlonarda  Jistiilosa.' 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 


We  have  just  received  Part  xx.  of  Dr.  Braithwaite's  British 
Moss-Flora  (London:  26,  Endymion  Road,  Brixton  Hill.  Pp.  97- 
128;  tt.  ciii-cviii.  Price  6s.),  and  we  observe  with  pleasure  the 
notice  that  three  more  parts  will  finish  the  work.  The  present 
instalment  contains  descriptions  of  twenty-seven  species,  and 
illustrations  of  thirty.  It  treats  of  the  three  remaining  species 
of  WiipichostetiiiDii,  and  the  sections  Brachythecium  (thirteen  species) 
and  Pleuropits  (three  species),  thus  bringing  us  to  the  end  of  the 
genus  Hi/pniuti.  Then  follow  four  small  genera — Lesquereiixia  and 
Isotheciiim  with  four  and  two  species  respectively,  and  Pterogonium 
and  Pterygijnandrum  with  one  apiece.  Camptothecium  will  be  found 
united  with  Homalothecium  under  the  section  Pleiiropus ;  and  in 
Lesquereiixia ,  Liudberg's  emendation  of  Lescuraa  Br.  et  Sch.,  are 
included  Ptychodiiun  and  Pseudoleskea. 

Although  not  strictly  a  botanical  book,  the  Practical  Guide  to 
Garden  Plants,  which  Mr.  John  Weathers  has  prepared  and  Messrs. 
Longman  have  published  in  a  handsome  guinea  volume,  has  more 
claims  to  be  so  considered  than  most  of  its  kind.  The  arrangement 
of  the  descriptive  portion  of  the  work  is  systematic,  the  sequence  of 
the  orders  usual  in  British  books  being  followed ;  and  the  descriptions 
themselves,  so  far  as  we  have  tested  them,  are  accurate,  and  are 
couched  in  language  intelligible  to  any  one  of  ordinary  education. 
Besides  a  full  glossary  and  a  sketch  of  the  life-history  of  plants, 
there  are  descriptions  of  flower,  fruit,  and  vegetable  gardens,  useful 
lists  of  plants  grouped  under  different  headings,  plans  for  arrange- 
ment, work,  etc. — in  fact,  everything  that  the  amateur  gardener 
needs.  Except  in  the  glossary,  there  are  no  illustrations — a  fact 
which  we  do  not  regard  as  altogether  a  drawback  in  these  days 
when  popular  books  are  loaded  with  indiscriminate  and  often  un- 
suitable figures.  There  is  a  good  index  of  the  plants  described, 
which  makes  up  for  any  inconvenience  that  might  be  felt  by  those 
unfamiliar  with  the  systematic  arrangement  adopted. 

It  may  be  noted  that  Kehles  Parishes,  by  the  veteran  Anglican 
novelist  Miss  Charlotte  Yonge,  published  by  Messrs.  Macmillan  in 
1898,  contains  a  long  list  (pp.  205-234)  of  the  flowering  plants  of 
Hursley  and  Otterbourne,  the  Hampshire  parishes  in  question. 
Miss  Yonge  has  written  about  wild  flowers  before  in  Tlie  Herb  of 
the  Field,  a  pretty  little  book  published  anonymously  in  1858.  On 
the  present  occasion  it  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  she  did  not 
submit  her  list  to  some  botanist  for  revision.  The  few  names  of 
orders  given  seem  to  have  been  dropped  in  at  random,  so  little  do 


80  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

they  correspond  with  the  plants  placed  under  them  ;  and  occasion- 
ally the  text  has  got  misplaced,  as  when  Vicia  septum  is  described 
as  ''a  brilliant  little  red  flower" — a  remark  clearly  belonging  to 
Lathyrus  Xissulta,  which  stands  next  in  the  list. 

The  Flora  of  Staffordshire,  on  which  Mr.  J.  E.  Bagnall  has  been 
engaged  for  some  years,  will  be  issued  as  a  supplement  to  this 
Jouinal.  It  will  be  paged  coutinuoiisly  for  the  convenience  of 
those  who  may  wish  to  bind  it  separately.  The  first  instalment 
appears  with  our  present  issue. 

The  first  two  numbers  (Nov.  and  Dec.  1900)  have  reached  us  of 
The  0.  S.  U.  Xatnralist,  published  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the 
Ohio  State  University.  The  editor  for  botany  is  Mr.  F.  J.  Tyler, 
B.Sc. ;  the  botanical  articles  in  the  numbers  Ijefore  as  are  mostly 
by  Mr.  W.  A.  Kellerman. 

Mr.  Frederick  Townsend  is  anxious  to  obtain,  either  by  ex- 
change or  payment,  specimens  of  Euphrafiia  from  Austria,  Italy, 
and  Spain.     His  address  is  :  Aldworth,  Haslemere. 

Messrs.  Linton  have  just  issued  the  Sixth  Fascicle  of  their 
Set  of  British  Hieracia.  "  in  completion  of  (their)  original  design 
and  undertaking."  It  is  hinted  that  a  supplementary  fascicle  of 
forms  not  yet  represented  in  this  set  may  be  brought  out  in  course 
of  time.  A  selection  from  the  notes  accompanying  the  fascicle, 
wliich  largely  consists  of  forms  believed  to  be  endemic,  will  appear 
in  our  next  issue. 

Mr.  a.  B.  Jackson  contributes  to  the  Transactions  of  the  Leicester 
Literary  and  Philosophical  Society  (vol.  v.,  October,  1900)  some 
-'  Notes  on  the  Botany  of  the  Beaumont  Leys  Sewage  Farm  "  near 
Thurcaston,  in  that  county. 

We  regret  to  announce  the  death  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Agardh,  of  Lund, 
of  whom  we  hope  to  publish  a  notice  in  our  next  issue. 

No.  4  of  Notes  from  the  Botanical  School  of  Trinity  Colleyei 
Dublin,  issued  in  January,  contains  notes  *'  On  the  first  mitosis  of 
the  spore-mother  cells  of  Lilium"'  (with  two  plates),  and  others  on 
MardiantiacecE,  Arum  italicum,  Cuscuta  rejiexa,  and  Drosera  rotundi- 
folia,  by  Dr.  H.  H.  Dixon ;  notes  on  Algae  and  on  *  bletting,'  by 
Prof.  Perceval  Wright ;  and  a  memoir  of  G.  J.  Allman. 

To  Sir  W.  T.  Thiselton-Dyer. — With  reference  to  the  editorial 

notes  contained  in  the  Journal  of  Botauy  for  January,  1901,  pages 

47  and  48,  reflecting  on  you  and  your  work  in  connection  with  the 

preparation  of  tije  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa,  I  desire  to  offer  to  you 

an  expression  of  my  sincere  regret  for  the  same.     The  preparation 

of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa  was  not  committed  to  you  until  the 

year  1891,  and  my  statement  that  it  has  been  in  your  hands  since 

1872  is  incorrect.     I  sincerely  apologize  to  you  for  having  imputed 

to  you  unnecessary  delay  in  its  preparation,  and  I  desire  to  withdraw 

ail  reflections  and  imputations  affecting  you  of  every  kind  whatever 

contained  in  the  editorial  notes  referred  to. 

James  Britten. 


*5i^'^*;.- 


00^  ^-X '^-^ 


.  L.  pinx. 


81 

NOTES     ON     MYCETOZOA. 

By  Arthur  Lister,  F.R.S. 

(Plate  419.) 

Badhamia  versicolor,  n.sp.  (PL  419,  fig.  2).  Mr.  W.  Gran, 
whose  extensive  gatherings  of  Mycetozoa  in  the  West  Indies  are 
recorded  in  this  Journal  for  1898,  pp.  113-122,  has  discovered  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Rhynie,  Aberdeenshire,  a  Badhcunia  which 
appears  to  have  been  hitherto  undescribed.  The  general  characters 
of  the  species  are  as  follows  : — Plasmodium  ?  Sporangia  sessile, 
subglobose,  0*8 -0-5  mm.  diam.,  pure  grey  or  grey  with  a  tinge  of 
flesh-colour,  scattered  or  in  small  groups  ;  sporangium-wall  hyaline, 
with  innate  clusters  of  lime-granules,  the  lime  sometimes  scanty 
or  wanting  ;  columella  none  ;  capilhiium  a  coarse  network  of  broad 
or  narrower  bands  densely  charged  throughout  with  lime  ;  in  some 
sporangia  the  granules  contained  in  the  capillitium  are  white,  in 
others  apricot-coloured;  spores  ovoid  or  somewhat  cuueate,  arranged 
in  clusters  of  from  ten  to  forty  or  more,  purple-brown  and  minutely 
warted  on  the  broad  end,  pale  and  smooth  elsewhere,  10  X  8- 
12  X  9  /x  diam.     Hab.  on  lichen  and  moss  on  tree-trunks. 

The  unbroken  sporangia  vary  slightly  in  tint,  as  described  above  ; 
when  the  sporangium-wall  is  ruptured  and  the  spores  are  dispersed, 
the  contrast  between  those  containing  apricot  capillitium  and  those 
with  white  is  very  marked,  and  suggests  the  specific  name  adopted. 
The  prevailing  colour  is  grey ;  thus,  in  a  superficial  examination  of 
495  sporangia,  300  were  classed  as  grey,  and  195  as  apricot ; 
occasionally  the  lime  is  almost  or  entirely  wanting  in  the  white 
capillitium,  but  this  is  exceptional.  The  spores  differ  from  those 
of  any  other  species  of  the  genus  I  am  acquainted  with  ;  the  large 
clusters  take  the  form  of  hollow  spheres,  and  the  spores  resemble  in 
their  arrangement  the  drupes  of  a  ripe  raspberry  ;  they  are  remark- 
ably translucent,  and  are  but  faintly  tinted  except  on  the  side 
turned  towards  the  surface  of  the  sphere  (PI.  419,  fig.  2  6-,  d).  The 
habitat  is  also  different  from  that  chosen  by  other  members  of  the 
group.  Mr.  Gran  describes  the  sporangia  as  being  found  breast- 
high  and  upwards  on  most  of  the  trees  in  his  neighbourhood  that 
have  lichen  and  moss  on  the  trunks ;  below  this  level  they  have 
seldom  been  met  with.  The  specimens  we  have  received  are  on 
yellow  and  grey  lichen,  principally  on  Phijscia  parietina  :  some  are 
on  moss  {(Jrthotrichnm).  Mr.  Gran  first  gathered  the  species  in 
Sept.  1899  ;  since  that  time  it  has  frequently  come  under  his 
notice;  in  Sept.  1900,  he  speaks  of  it  as  being  "in  tolerable 
abundance  on  elder,  elm^  ash,  &c.,  but  very  difficult  to  distinguish." 

B.  versicolor  appears  to  be  allied  on  the  one  hand  to  B.  Jujalina, 
and  on  the  other  to  B.  nitens ;  considering  the  minute  size  of  the 
sporangia,  and  their  similarity  in  colour  to  the  lichen  on  which 
they  rest,  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  species  has  until  now  escaped 
notice.  Mr.  Gran  has  searched  for  the  plasmodium,  but  hitherto 
without  success. 

Journal  OF  Botany. — Vol.89.      [March,  1901.]  <i 


82  THE    JOUKNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Badhamia  foliicola  List.  Dr.  E.  Jahn,  of  Berlin,  has  sent  me 
a  specimen  of  this  species  gathered  at  Jnngfernheide,  near  Berlin, 
in  July,  1900.  He  describes  it  as  frequently  appearing  after  heavy 
rains  with  orange  plasmodium  on  grass  and  dead  leaves  in  woods. 
It  corresponds  in  all  respects  with  the  abundant  growths  in  Wan- 
stead  Park  in  the  autumns  of  1896  and  1898,  and  at  Lyme  Regis  in 
1897,  already  recorded  (Journ.  Bot.  1899,  145).  In  September, 
1900,  Mr.  James  Saunders  found  B.  fuliicola  among  straw  in  a 
stack-yard  at  Chaul  End,  near  Luton;  it  was  limited  in  quantity, 
but  is  identical  in  character  with  the  original  type.  The  species 
has  now  been  obtained  from  four  localities. 

Badhamia  ovispora  Racib.  Miss  Hibbert-Ware  adds  another 
station  for  the  occurrence  of  this  Badhamia ;  it  appeared  in  May, 
1900,  in  considerable  quantity  on  stable-manure  in  a  cucumber- 
house  at  St.  Margaret's  School,  Bushey,  Herts.  Mr.  Saunders 
gathered  it  plentifully  in  September,  1899,  in  a  stack-yard  at  Stops- 
ley,  near  Luton,  where  it  had  been  obtained  in  July,  1897,  as  before 
recorded  (Journ.  Bot.  1897,  354;  1898,  161). 

Badhamia  lilaoina  Rost.  As  the  habitat  of  this  species  is  given 
by  most  authorities  as  being  on  rotten  wood  and  bark,  it  may  be 
interesting  to  record  the  localities  from  which  the  gatherings  that 
have  come  under  my  notice  were  obtained.  In  September,  1891, 
Miss  G.  Lister  came  upon  a  mass  of  bright  yellow  plasmodium  on 
Sphagnum  in  a  wide  moor  at  Pilraoor,  Yorkshire ;  the  moss  was 
carefully  gathered  and  placed  in  a  basket,  in  which  it  was  carried 
to  London  next  day  ;  on  reaching  home,  a  perfect  development  of 
Badhamia  iilarina  sporangia,  many  hundreds  in  number,  had 
taken  place.  In  August,  1896,  Mr.  Saunders  found  bright  yellow 
Plasmodium  on  Sphagnum  in  a  swampy  wood  at  Flitwick,  Beds ; 
perfectly  formed  sporangia  witli  characteristic  capillitium  and  spores 
of  B.  lilacina  were  produced  from  this  growth.  In  September,  1899, 
some  members  of  my  family  were  travelling  in  Scotland,  and  noticed 
yellow  Plasmodium  on  Sphagnum  on  an  open  moor  near  Arisaig ; 
careful  protection  was  used,  resulting  in  the  formation  of  typical 
sporangia  of  the  species.  There  is  a  specimen  of  B.  lilacina  in 
Greville's  herbarium  at  Edinburgh,  but  we  have  no  other  record 
of  this  species  having  been  collected  in  Britain  previous  to  the 
Pilmoor  gathering. 

Physarum  calidris  List.  In  August,  1900,  I  received  from  Mr. 
D.  MacAlpine,  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Melbourne, 
Victoria,  a  specimen  of  P.  calidris  found  on  dead  plum-leaves. 
I  am  not  aware  that  it  has  before  been  recorded  from  Australia. 
The  capillitium  consists  of  a  network  of  broad  bands  charged  with 
lime,  associated  with  numerous  slender  threads ;  the  stalks  are 
translucent,  of  the  usual  red-brown  colour. 

Physarum  contextum  Bost.  Mr.  Cran  gathered  this  species 
near  Rhynie  in  Oct.  1900.  It  is  the  orange-coloured  form  marked 
in  De  Bary's  collection  at  Strassburg  "  var.  splendens."  The  upper 
sporangium-wall  is  brittle,  and  there  are  vitreous  flakes  intermixed 


NOTKS    ON    MYCKtOZOA  88 

with  the  granuhir  substance  such  as  are  found  in  P.  cowjloineratiun 
but  rarely  iu  P.  contextwn;  the  spores  measure  11  /x,  and  are  of 
typical  colour  and  roughness. 

Physarum  Dideema  Eost.  Mr.  J.  Jackol  has  sent  me  a  specimen 
of  this  species  from  the  State  of  Washington ;  it  is  the  first  time  we 
have  seen  an  example  of  it  from  the  United  States.  The  sporangia 
are  long  plasmodiocarps,  and  the  outer  calcareous  layer  of  the 
sporangium-wall  is  in  several  parts  refiexed  from  the  persistent 
membranous  inner  layer,  a  feature  which  is  one  of  the  distinctive 
characters  of  the  species.  The  gathering  corresponds  in  all  respects 
with  the  English  type. 

Physarum  Crateriachea  List.  An  account  of  a  large  gathering 
of  this  species  at  Wardour  Castle  in  August,  1895,  was  given  in  this 
Journal  for  1895,  p.  823,  where  reasons  were  advanced  for  sup- 
pressing the  generic  name  Crateriachea  given  by  Rostafinski,  and 
placing  the  species  in  the  genus  Physarum.  Since  the  date  of  that 
notice  P.  Crateriachea  has  twice  been  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Luton  ;  Mr.  Saunders  gathered  it  on  straw  in  a  plantation  at  Chaul 
End  in  September,  1899,  and  again  in  July,  1900.  On  both  oc- 
casions there  was  a  plentiful  crop  of  precisely  the  same  form  as  that 
obtained  at  Wardour  Castle.  In  December,  1899,  I  received  from 
Mr.  R.  E.  Fries,  of  Upsala,  specimens  of  a  gathering  he  had  made 
at  Frostviken,  Jamtland,  Sweden;  they  corresponded  essentially 
with  our  English  examples  and  with  the  type  in  the  Strassburg 
collection.  The  sporangia  were  scattered,  some  nearly  sessile, 
others  on  short  or  longer  stalks ;  the  stalks  did  not  contain  lime, 
except  where  the  apex  expanded  into  the  large  conical  or  ovoid- 
oblong  columella,  which  was  densely  charged  with  white  lime- 
granules.  The  capillitium  in  the  outer  part  consisted  of  delicate 
anastomosing  colourless  threads,  with  scattered  small  white  lime- 
knots  ;  near  the  columella  the  threads  were  coarser,  and  contained 
numerous  brown  membranous  expansions  such  as  we  see  in  im- 
perfect developments  of  other  species  of  Physarum ;  the  spores 
averaged  about  8  //  diam.,  intermixed  with  others  of  abnormal  size. 
The  points  in  which  the  Swedish  specimen  differed  from  the  former 
gatherings  were  the  more  globose  sporangia  and  the  character  of  the 
sporangium-wall,  which  was  almost  entirely  destitute  of  lime,  and 
often  iridescent.  The  columella  was  sometimes  replaced  by  scattered 
lime-knots,  but  this  feature  occurs  in  the  English  specimens. 

Physarum  Gulielm^  Penzig.  In  Oct.  1899,  I  received  from 
Dr.  Ph.  Trilling,  of  Berlin,  a  specimen  gathered  by  him  near  Kiel, 
which  we  place  under  this  name.  It  corresponds  with  that  sent  by 
Mr.  R.  E.  Fries  from  Upsala,  previously  described  (Journ.  Bot. 
1899,  117).  It  is  allied  to  P.  rirescens  Ditm.,  but  appears  to  be 
specifically  distinct,  notably  in  the  white  lime-knots  of  the  capil- 
litium. With  the  exception  of  Prof.  Penzig's  type  from  Java,  we 
know  of  no  other  record  of  its  occurrence. 

Physarum  didermoides  Rost.  var.  lividum  List.  During  the 
years    1899   and   1900   Mr.   Saunders   has   repeatedly  found  this 

a  2 


Si  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

form  in  the  stack-yards  near  Luton ;  the  characters  described  m 
the  former  notice  (Jom-n.  Bot.  1898,  161)  are  quite  constant. 

Physarum  straminipes  List.  In  August,  1899,  Mr.  Cran  supphed 
me  with  a  typical  specimen  of  this  species  found  on  straw  near 
Rhynie,  and  on  Dec.  30th,  1900,  I  gathered  it  on  dead  leaves  by 
the  roadside  at  Lyme  Regis;  in  the  same  month  Miss  Hibbert-Ware 
obtained  it,  also  on  dead  leaves,  at  Clevedon.  P.  straminipes  has 
now  been  recorded  from  Bedfordshire,  Dorset,  Somerset,  Norfolk 
(where  it  was  collected  by  Mr.  Burrell,  of  Sheringham,  ni  October, 
1898),  and  from  Scotland;  the  characters  given  in  the  j5rst  de- 
scription of  the  species  (Journ.  Bot.  1898,  163)  are  constant  in  all 
the  specimens  received  from  the  various  localities. 

FuLiGO  ELLiPsospoRA  List.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Saunders  for 
several  fine  specimens  of  F.  elllpsospora.  The  combined  sporangia 
form  compact  asthalia  from  one  to  two  inches  long,  and  about  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  broad  ;  they  are  pure  white,  with  a  smooth 
cortex ;  the  spores  are  of  the  typical  ellipsoid  shape,  and  measure 
13  X  9-10  /x  diam.  It  is  the  form  we  receive  from  America,  but 
has  not  before  been  recorded  from  this  country.  Mr.  Saunders 
found  the  sethalia  on  straw  and  twigs  in  a  stack-yard  on  Stopsley 
Common,  near  Luton,  on  September  9th,  1899.  On  comparing 
this  gathering  with  that  by  Miss  Fry  in  1898  (Journ.  Bot.  1899, 
148),  there  is  a  striking  difference,  as  in  the  latter  specimen  the 
sporangia  do  not  form  a  compact  aethalium,  and  the  spores  are 
nearly  spherical;  in  the  capillitium  and  in  other  respects  they 
closely  agree,  and  we  do  not  doubt  that  they  are  both  the  same 
species. 

FuLiGo  ochracea  Peck.  In  a  previous  notice  (Journ.  Bot.  1899, 
148)  I  referred  to  a  specimen  received  from  Mr.  Fries,  of  Upsala, 
as  being  the  first  recorded  European  example  of  F.  ochracea.  I  am 
now  able  to  report  a  second  gathering.  On  September  22nd,  1899, 
a  lobed  mass  of  translucent  apricot-coloured  Plasmodium  was  found 
on  rushes  growing  amongst  a  cushion  of  Poli/tricJiiuii  commune  on 
the  open  mountain-side  of  Aran  Mawddwy,  Merionethshire,  about 
1000  ft.  alt.  The  rnsh-stems  were  carefully  cut  with  a  pair  of 
scissors  and  laid  on  a  bed  of  Sphagnum  ;  they  were  brought  home, 
a  distance  of  two  miles,  and  placed  under  a  bell-glass.  On  the 
following  day  the  plasmodium  had  collected  in  lumps  from  a  quarter- 
inch  to  one  inch  in  length,  partly  on  the  Sphagnum  on  to  which 
it  had  crawled,  and  partly  on  the  rush- stems.  On  September  24th 
the  greater  part  had  turned  black;  it  was  kept  moist  until  the  26th, 
when  it  dried  into  inconspicuous  ochraceous-olive  sethalia ;  in  one 
or  two  places  the  sporangia  had  not  combined  into  a  smooth  aetha- 
lium,  but  retained  their  individuality  in  contorted  clusters ;  the 
capillitium  is  almost  B a dhamia -like  in  character,  and  consists  of 
large  branching  apricot-coloured  lime-knots  with  a  few  connecting 
hyaline  threads ;  the  spores  are  purple-brown,  minutely  warted, 
and  measure  10  /x  diam.  Except  that  the  capillitium  is  more 
orange  in  colour,  this  gathering  resembles  that  received  from  Mr. 
Fries  in  all  respects. 


NOTKS    ON    MYCRTOZOA  85 

Trichamphora  pezizoidea  Jungli.  In  Junghuhn's  Java  type  the 
sporangia  are  discoid,  or  saucer-shaped,  on  long  translucent  red- 
brown  stalks  ;  the  capillitium  extends  from  wall  to  wall  in  branching 
and  anastomosing  strands,  varying  in  thickness,  with  many  broad 
expansions,  which  are  free  from  lime,  or,  as  Rostafinski  expresses 
it,  '*  the  tubes  are  empty."  The  absence  of  lime  in  the  capillitium 
was  taken  as  one  of  the  chief  characteristics  of  the  genus,  and  it  was 
borne  out  by  other  gatherings  from  different  parts  of  the  globe.  A 
specimen  found  in  Java  by  Dr.  Nyman  in  1898  was  not  in  accord 
with  this  definition  ;  although  in  other  respects  agreeing  with  the 
type,  the  capillitium  had  the  character  of  that  of  a  Physanim. ;  it 
contained  numerous  ovoid  or  fusiform  knots  densely  charged  with 
lime-granules,  and  connected  by  slender  hyaline  threads.  In  Sep- 
tember, 1899,  Dr.  Jahn,  of  Berlin,  kindly  submitted  to  me  for 
inspection  a  specimen  which  had  been  collected  in  German  East 
Africa  by  Standt  in  1897.  In  general  features  this  also  agreed  with 
the  type  of  T.  pezizoidea,  except  that  the  capillitium  consisted 
mostly  of  broad,  branching,  somewhat  straight  bands,  charged 
throughout  with  lime,  such  as  we  associate  with  the  genus  Bad- 
hamia ;  a  few  rounded  lime-knots  connected  by  hyaline  threads 
similar  to  those  in  Dr.  Nyman's  specimen  were  here  and  there 
present;  the  spores  measured  15  fx,  and  were  more  strongly  spinose 
than  any  of  those  described  in  the  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  (p.  90).  On  a 
careful  examination  of  the  Sumatra  specimen  referred  to  on  the 
same  page  of  the  Catalogue,  the  capillitium  is  found  to  be  not 
entirely  free  from  lime,  but  it  is  in  such  small  quantity  that  it  had 
previously  been  overlooked ;  in  the  Ceylon  specimen,  traces  of  lime 
can  also  be  seen  in  the  broad  expansions  of  the  capillitium-threads. 
Thus,  in  the  eleven  examples  of  the  species  that  have  come  under 
our  notice,  four  have  more  or  less  abundant  calcareous  deposits  in 
the  capillitium,  while  in  seven  the  lime  cannot  be  detected.  When 
we  consider  how  frequently  we  meet  with  limeless  specimens  of 
some  species  of  Physaram.,  notably  in  P.  nutans,  the  grounds  for 
placing  T.  pezizoidea  in  a  separate  genus  appear  to  be  insufficient. 
We  are  dealing,  no  doubt,  with  a  species  of  which  we  have  only  a 
few  examples  ;  but,  judging  from  the  material  we  possess,  it  takes 
its  place  in  the  genus  Physanim.  On  comparing  the  Java  and  East 
African  specimens  with  some  examples  of  Physanim  calidris,  the 
resemblance  of  the  two  species  to  each  other  is  striking  ;  indeed, 
the  principal  difference  seems  to  be  in  the  larger  size  and  saucer- 
shape  of  the  sporangia  in  T.  pezizoidea,  and  in  the  larger,  darker, 
and  more  spinose  spores. 

Chondrioderma  simplex  Schroet.  (PI.  419,  fig.  1).  In  a  former 
notice  (Journ.  Bot.  1895,  324)  I  described  a  species  which  I  sug- 
gested might  be  C.  simplex  of  Schroeter.  The  yellow-brown  Plas- 
modium was  found  on  Sphagnum  on  a  wild  moor  in  Wales  by 
Mr.  Saunders,  who  collected  and  protected  it  until  it  changed  to 
red-brown  sporangia.  In  July,  1899,  when  rambling  over  an  open 
common  near  Aberdeen,  we  came  upon  three  patches  of  yellow- 
brown  Plasmodium,  each  about  two  inches  across,  on  Sphagnum  and 


Ob  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

heather,  which  at  once  suggested  the  Welsh  gathering;  a  small 
part  of  the  plasmodium  was  taken,  and  the  rest  left  until  the 
following  day,  when  our  patch  was  ripe  and  of  a  warm  clay-colour; 
all  the  remainder  was  removed  and  kept  in  a  moist  receptacle, 
where  it  matured  in  the  course  of  the  next  day.  The  crowded 
sporangia  were  irregular  both  in  shape  and  size,  varying  from  0-3 
to  0-7  mm.  diam.  They  are  somewhat  hemispherical,  but  angular 
from  mutual  pressure.  Although  a  fairly  abundant  crop,  it  was  so 
inconspicuous  among  the  brown  heather  and  moss  in  its  ripe  state 
that,  if  the  spot  had  not  been  well  marked,  it  could  scarcely  have 
been  detected.  As  in  the  case  of  Badhcniua  lilaciiia,  before  referred 
to,  it  is  the  bright  colour  of  the  plasmodium  that  catches  the  eye 
on  the  open  moor.  This  gathering  is  identical  with  the  specimen 
from  Wales  in  almost  every  respect ;  the  membranous  sporangium- 
wall  is  beset,  as  in  the  latter,  with  clear  brown  round  granules,  and 
the  very  slender  colourless  capillitium  is  often  beaded  with  scattered 
granules,  but  less  so  than  in  the  Welsh  specimen.  The  only  differ- 
ence between  the  two  gatherings  is  the  more  ochraceous  colour  of 
the  sporangia  and  the  absence  of  an  abundant  hypothallus  in  the 
Aberdeen  example,  and  this  may  be  accounted  for  by  the  latter 
having  matured  under  natural  and  undisturbed  conditions ;  the 
spores  are  on  the  average  rather  smaller  in  the  Scotch  than  in  the 
Welsh  specimen  ;  they  measure  8-9  /x  as  opposed  to  10-12  /x  diam., 
but,  as  they  vary  in  different  sporangia  and  exceptional  spores  attain 
to  13  fx,  this  difference  can  be  of  no  specific  importance.  There  is 
no  question  that  they  are  both  the  same  species ;  whether  they  are 
the  same  as  Schroeter's  Chundrlodenna  simplex,  "with  globose  and 
sohtary  sporangia,  growing  on  old  stumps,"  cannot  now  be  deter- 
mined in  the  absence  of  the  type.  Since  the  above  was  sent  to 
press,  I  have  examined  a  specimen  of  this  species  received  from 
Mr.  H.  Bilgram.  He  collected  it  on  dead  leaves  and  sticks  in 
Fairmount  Park,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  in  September,  1900.  It  re- 
sembled the  gathering  at  Aberdeen  in  every  respect,  except  that 
the  round  lime-granules  in  the  wall  and  thickened  base  of  the 
sporangia  are  lighter  in  colour ;  the  specimen  is  consequently  pale 
brown  as  seen  under  a  2  in.  objective,  or  whity-brown — to  use  a 
familiar  term  which  accurately  describes  it.  The  sporangia  are 
crowded,  of  the  same  shape  and  size  as  figured  in  the  plate  ;  the 
spores  measure  9  ix  diam. 

Chondrioderma  Lyallii  Mass.  Mr.  Fries  has  done  me  the  favour 
to  send  a  typical  specimen  of  0.  Lyallii  obtained  on  herbaceous 
stems  at  Frostviken,  Sweden,  in  September,  1899.  Another  good 
gathering  was  made  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Fox,  at  7000-8000  ft.  alt.,  on 
a  mountain  near  Saas,  Switzerland,  in  June,  1899.  The  large 
sporangia  vary  in  colour  from  white  to  ochraceous,  and  are  seated 
on  a  white  hypothallus,  which  in  some  cases  is  produced  into  a 
short  thick  stalk ;  the  columella  is  generally  broad  and  more  or  less 
hemispherical,  but  in  some  sporangia  it  is  narrowly  cylindrical, 
about  0-6  mm.  long,  and  occasionally  contracted  and  limeless  in  the 
upper  part. 


NOTES    ON    MYCETOZOA 


87 


Chondrioderma  lucidum  Cke.  A  gathering  of  twenty- seven 
sporangia  of  this  rare  species  was  made  on  September  28th,  1900, 
at  Llan-y-Mawddwy,  Merionethshire.  On  the  previous  day  bright 
yellow  Plasmodium  just  rising  into  fruit  was  observed  on  the  under 
surface  of  a  taft  of  Hi/pmun  loreum  on  the  side  of  a  rocky  ravine. 
On  the  29th  the  nearly  globose  sporangia  had  matured.  They  are 
lustrous  rich  orange  in  colour,  and  either  sessile  or  on  short  dark 
brown  stalks  0-1-0-3  mm.  long;  the  capillitium  is  scanty,  and  con- 
sists of  a  coarse  network  of  purple-brown  strands,  similar  to  that  in 
Berkeley  and  Broome's  original  type  of  Didenna  lucidum  from 
Trefriw  (figured  in  the  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  PI.  xxxv.).  The  sporangium- 
wall  is  unusually  translucent  for  one  of  the  Leangium  group,  and  in 
making  preparations  for  the  microscope  in  glycerine  jelly,  a  yellow 
stain  immediately  flows  out  into  the  medhim  ;  the  columella  is 
obconic,  and  of  a  warm  cream-colour ;  the  spores  are  dark  purple- 
brown,  distinctly  spinulose,  14-15  /x  diam.  This  new  gathering 
corresponds  with  the  type  in  all  essential  particulars,  and  is 
interesting  as  confirming  the  integrity  of  the  species,  which 
before  rested  solely  on  the  Trefriw  specimen  in  which  the 
remarkable  capillitium  suggested  an  abnormal  development. 

Chondrioderma  Trevelyani  Eost.  Mr.  J.  Jackol,  of  Seattle, 
Wash.,  U.S.A.,  has  sent  me  a  number  of  specimens  of  Mycetozoa 
gathered  in  that  neighbourhood  during  the  last  year ;  among  them 
is  one  of  C.  Trevehimii ;  the  sporangia  are  all  expanded,  the  lobes 
of  the  sporangium-walls  being  reflexed  in  an  irregularly  stellate 
manner,  A  point  of  some  interest  attaches  to  this  growth,  as  in 
several  of  the  sporangia,  but  by  no  means  in  all,  a  small  knot  pro- 
jects from  the  centre,  corresponding  with  the  drawing  and  description 
by  Greville  of  the  original  type  gathered  by  Trevelyan.  He  speaks 
of  a  "  very  small  columella  "  being  present.  Berkeley  saw  the  type, 
and  wrote,  '^  I  find  no  trace  of  a  columella  ;  the  bottom  of  the  peri- 
thecium  within  is  perfectly  even."  My  own  examination  of  what 
remains  of  Trevelyan's  specimen  and  of  eight  others  that  have 
come  under  my  notice  confirmed  Berkeley's  view,  but  Mr.  Jackol's 
gathering  affords  convincing  evidence  that  Greville  was  right  with 
regard  to  some  of  the  sporangia  now  missing  in  the  type  specimen ; 
at  the  same  time,  it  is  not  a  columella  in  the  true  sense  of  the  word, 
but  rather  an  excrescence,  and  is  not  always  central. 

Diach^a  elegans  Fr.  In  June,  1900,  Mr.  D.  MacAlpine  sent 
from  Melbourne  a  good  specimen  of  D.  elegans.  He  mentions  it  as 
occurring  on  several  herbaceous  plants,  and  it  is  probably  not  un- 
common in  the  district.  I  am  not  aware  of  a  previous  record  of 
the  species  having  been  obtained  in  Australia.  It  is  the  typical 
form  which  is  found  without  variation  in  Europe,  Asia,  the  Cape 
and  Central  Africa,  and  in  North  and  South  America. 

DiDYMiuM  DUBiuM  Rost.  Amongst  the  dense  growth  of  creeping 
ivy  that  covers  the  w^ooded  dell  on  the  Undercliff  at  Lyme  Regis 
where  we  first  gathered  this  species  in  1888,  and  at  all  times  of  the 
year  when  the  locality  has  been  searched,  the  flat  sporangia  are 


88 


THK    .TOrRVAl      OF    FOTWY 


found  in  consiilen\ble  alnnulaneo.  Soniotinio;?  liiey  are  on  the  livins: 
ivy  leaves,  but  mostly  between  the  hiyers  of  wet  and  compacted  dead 
leaves  that  have  collected  to  some  depth  in  sheltered  hollows. 

DiDYMiiM  Tkoohus  List.  This  species  has  abounded  at  intervals 
durin^:  the  last  eighteen  mouths  in  the  stack-yards  at  Chaul  End 
and  the  neiiihbonrhood.  It  was  in  iiieat  abundance  when  we  visited 
the  spot  with  Mr.  Saunders  in  August,  1809  :  and  he  has  since 
found  it  in  still  greater  profusion,  and  writes  that  it  is  so  common 
that  he  has  now  ceased  to  gather  it.  He  has  come  npon  the 
buttercnp  yellow  Plasmodium  not  infrequently  in  the  deeper  layers 
of  straw,  and  has  sent  us  a  quantity  of  it  in  a  tin  box  that  we  might 
see  its  colour. — but  it  changed  into  sporangia  in  transit  by  post. 

Lepidoderma  tiokintm  Rost.  (PL  110.  tig.  8\  In  the  Brit. 
Mus.  Catalogue  reference  is  made  to  a  sessile  form  of  this  species 
received  from  America,  which  bore  a  resemblance  to  a  Chouiirio- 
(ienna  in  that  the  sporangia  were  smooth,  of  an  ochraceous  colour, 
and  the  sporangium-wall  consisted  of  two  layers,  an  onter  one 
densely  charged  with  minnte  angular  granules  of  lime,  and  more  or 
less  closely  adhering  to  a  yellow  membranous  inner  layer :  in  these 
respects  they  differed  from  the  normal  form,  in  which  the  sporangia 
are  nsually  stalked,  and  the  lime  is  deposited  over  the  surface  in 
more  or  less  scattered  vitreous  disc-like  scales.  An  interesting 
confirmation  of  the  specitic  identity  of  the  two  forms  was  afforded 
by  a  specimen  received  from  Dr.  Sturgis.  of  New  Haven.  U.S.A., 
in  June,  1897.  It  is  a  beautiful  example  of  the  typical  stalked 
form,  but  in  a  few  sporangia  a  deposit  of  crowded  angular  cal- 
careous granules  was  present  in  narrow  patches  of  a  pale  colour 
among  the  disc-like  scales  :  this  deposit  extended  in  one  sporangium 
over  half  the  surface,  prodncing  an  ochraceous  outer  wall  corre- 
sponding with  that  of  the  sessile  American  specimens  above  de- 
scribed:  the  other  half  ha.i  the  normal  aspect  with  vitreons  scales 
scattered  over  a  dark  ground :  in  short,  we  had  in  this  sporangium, 
one  side  representing  a  T.^'piiiodermn,  and  the  other  a  Chondriodr-nna 
(PI.  419,  fig.  3b~i.  On  September  24th.  1899,  in  a  glen  at  Llan-y- 
Mawddwy.  lemon-yellow  Plasmodium  was  observed  on  moss  and 
Junuc'nnanni.i  on  the  wet  vertical  face  of  rock,  and  extending  in 
scattered  patches  for  about  100  yards  along  the  side  of  a  narrow 
path.  Heavy  rain  fell  on  tiie  three  succeeding  days,  and  during 
that  time  fresh  plasmodium  continued  to  make  its  appearance :  it 
was  carefully  secured  and  brought  in-doors,  where  it  matured  into 
sessile  ochraceous  sporangia  of  the  Chondriodt-rjna  form  already 
referred  to.  The  sporangia  were  subhemispherical,  or  irregularly 
shaped  plasmodiocarps.  often  ring-shaped  round  a  leaf:  the  two 
layers  of  the  sporanguim-wall  were  either  adherent,  or  more  or 
less  widely  separated :  the  capillitium  and  spores  were  typical  of 
L.  tiarinuni.  Ring-shaped  sporangia  clasping  the  leaves  of  moss 
and  Jufw^rnhnuiia  are  also  of  frequent  occurrence  in  the  American 
examples.  Although  the  Welsh  gathering  is  a  fairly  large  one.  we 
were  unable  to  discover  a  single  sporangium  of  the  normal  Liviiio- 
(ifntui  type.  and.  had  it  not  been  for  former  experience,  we  should 


NOTKH  ON   my<^;ktozo\  89 

have  placed  our  .specimens  under  the  genus  Chondrioderina  fPl.  419, 
fig.  3  a).  Ay  we  bave  just  Haid,  the  deposits  of  Hme  on  the  sporangia 
of  fj.  tif/rinnrn  are  normally  disc-like  scales,  and  equally  distributed; 
but  we  alno  find  sporangia  in  which  the  flat  deposits  are  star  shaped 
(PI.  419,  fig.  .Sc),  or  tliey  may  be  small,  irregularly  angled,  and 
more  or  less  crow^led ;  in  the  specimen  from  Ceylon  in  the  Kew 
Collecdon"'  the  sporangia  are  covered  with  large  stellate  crystals  of 
the  true  Didi/ininut  type  ;  in  a  perfectly  matured  gathering  made  by 
Prof.  Penzig  in  Java,  in  February,  1898,  the  dark  sporangium-wall  is 
traversed  by  broad,  irregular  white  bands  composed  of  free  stellate 
crystals,  rese)nbling  those  in  Spuniaria  alhn ;  while,  again,  the 
purple-brown  wall  may  b^  entirely  free  from  deposits  of  lime. 
Such  an  instance  of  variation  as  I  have  described  appears  to  be 
quite  exceptional  among  the  Mycetozoa,  but  it  points  to  the  need 
of  some  modification  of  Rostafinski's  definition  of  tlie  genus  f.cpido- 
derma. 

Btemonitis  splendens  Piost.  var.  [i  Webberi.  I  am  indebted  to 
Rev.  W.  L.  W.  Eyre  for  the  inspection  of  a  specimen  of  this  form 
which  he  collected  at  Giengariff,  Ireland,  in  May,  1900.  A  gathering 
with  precisely  similar  characters  was  made  by  Mr.  F.  W.  Evens  in 
August,  1898,  at  KiUarney ;  the  only  other  occurrence  of  this 
variety  in  tlie  British  Islands  that  has  come  to  our  knowledge  was 
near  Falmoutii,  in  Marcii,  1899,  recorded  in  a  former  notice  (Journ. 
Bot.  1899,  150j.  These  three  gatherings  represent  the  most  perfect 
form  of  -S'.  Hplendem  that  we  have  seen  from  this  country  ;  var.  a 
(jenuina  has  not  yet,  it  appears,  been  found  here.  The  capillitium 
of  var.  /5,  with  slender  threads  and  broad  mesh  of  the  superficial 
net,  takes  an  intermediate  position  between  the  neat  structure  of 
var.  a  and  tiie  loose  and  incomplete  capillitium  of  var.  y  jiaccida  ; 
the  latter  form  is  far  from  uncommon  with  us,  and  is  certainly  very 
constant  in  its  characters;  but  tiie  flimsy,  often  branching  columella 
associated  with  broad  flakes  of  indefinite  tissue  imply  an  imperfect 
formation ;  the  spores  are  precisely  similar  in  all  three  varieties. 
The  discovery  of  the  vaiieuy  Wehheri  in  the  South-west  of  Ireland, 
where  the  climate  much  resembles  that  of  Cornwall,  lends  support 
to  the  view  suggested  in  a  former  paper  [I.e.  p.  149 ^  that  the 
perfect  development  of  the  capillitium  in  .S.  sijlendens  depends  on 
climatic  conditions. 

Arcyria  CErstedtii  Rost.  A  fine  gathering  of  this  species  was 
made  in  the  woods  of  Humbie,  Haddingtonshire,  in  July,  1899. 
It  does  not  appear  to  have  been  before  recorded  from  Scotland. 

Arcyria  ixsignis  Cooke  &  Kalchb.  Since  the  account  of  Mr. 
Gran's  gatherings  of  this  species  in  Antigua  was  given  ^Journ.  Bot. 
1898,  121  j,  with  a  short  history  of  the  previous  records,  two  further 
instances  of  its  occurrence  have  come  to  hand.  Dr.  Sturgis  found 
it  in  some  abundance  and  in  beautiful  condition  at  Manchester, 
Mass.,  U.S.A. ;  and  iu  November,  1900,  Mr.  Cran  received  some 


H.  M.  Cat.  p.  106. 


90  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

typical  clusters  of  sporangia  from  Mr.  Forrest,  who  had  collected 
them  in  Antigua  in  the  course  of  the  autumn. 

Margarita  metallica  List.  Miss  M.  Roberts  gathered  this  spe- 
cies in  November,  1900,  in  Carnarvonshire ;  it  is  the  first  time  we 
have  received  it  from  Wales.  The  sporangia  are  iridescent  with  a 
coppery  lustre ;  the  flowing  capillitium  is  more  evidently  branched 
than  is  often  the  case,  and  the  attachments  to  the  sporangium-wall 
are  more  distinct. 

Dianema  corticatum  List.  Since  the  winter  of  1898,  when 
Mr.  Cran  first  discovered  D.  corti.catam  near  his  residence  in 
Aberdeenshire  (Journ.  Bot.  1899,  152),  he  has  continued  to  find  it 
at  intervals  on  dead  wood;  I  have  just  received  from  him  a  fine 
specimen,  gathered  in  December,  1900:  the  capillitium  is  perhaps 
more  abundant  than  usual,  but  the  spiral  markings  on  the  slender 
threads  can  only  be  made  out  by  careful  search ;  otherwise  all  his 
gatherings  correspond  exactly  with  the  original  type  from  Norway. 

Prototriohia  flagellifera  Rost.  We  had  no  record  of  this 
species  having  been  found  in  Scotland  until  November,  1890,  when 
we  received  a  specimen  from  Mr.  Cran,  gathered  by  him  near 
Rhynie  ;  it  is  the  sessile  form  with  faint  spirals  on  the  capillitium- 
threads,  similar  to  many  of  our  Lyme  Regis  examples. 

Lycogala  flavo-fuscum  Rost.  In  Journ.  Bot.  1897,  217,  I  re- 
ferred to  an  sethalium  of  L.  Jhiro-fuscnm  which  Mr.  Crouch  had 
kept  under  observation  in  Bedfordshire  since  1895,  from  the  time 
that  the  white  plasmodium  emerged  from  a  decaying  elm  to  its 
reaching  maturity.  Two  years  later — in  September,  1897 — another 
SBthalium  appeared,  and  io  October,  1899,  a  third  came  up  within  a 
few  inches  from  the  spot  where  the  last  had  been  found ;  the  elm 
tree  was  near  Mr.  Crouch's  residence,  and  constantly  under  notice. 
It  is  interesting  to  note  that  an  interval  of  two  years  elapsed  between 
the  several  growths  of  this  apparently  rare  species. 


Description  of  Plate  419. 

1.  Ghondrioderma  simplex  Schroet. :— a.  Group  of  sporangia,  X  20.  b.  Ca- 
pillitium, attached  above  and  below  to  the  sporangium-wall,  x  280.     c.  Spores, 

X  280.     D.  Spore,  x  600. 

2.  Badhamia  versicolor  List. : — a.  Sporangia  on  lichen,  x  20.  b.  Capil- 
litium attached  to  a  fragment  of  the  sporangium-wall,  x  280.  c.  Two  clusters 
of  spores,  280.  d.  A  broken  cluster  and  an  isolated  spore,  x  280.  e.  Three 
spores,  X  600. 

3.  Lepidoderma  tigrimim  Eost. :— a.  Sporangia  of  Ghondrioderma  form,  x  20 
(Merionethshire),  b.  Sporangium  showing  lime,  partly  in  vitreous  discs,  partly 
forming  a  calcareous  crust,  x  20  (from  Dr.  W.  C.  Sturgis,  Shelburne,  N.H.). 
c.  Sporangia  with  stellate  scales,  x  20  (from  Mr.  Fries,  Upsala). 


91 


NOTES    ON    BEISTOL    PLANTS. 

By  Cedric  Bucknall,  Mus.  Bac.  Oxon.  ;  David  Fry  ;  and 
Jas.  W.  White,  F.L.S. 

These  notes  are  a  continuation  of  those  published  in  this 
Journal  for  1893,  pp.  115-117;  for  1897,  pp.  123-126;  and  for 
1899,  pp.  417-418.  As  before,  new  vice-comital  records  are  pre- 
ceded by  an  asterisk,  and  Watson's  vice-counties  34  (W.  Gloucester) 
and  6  (N.  Somerset)  are  distinguished  by  G.  and  S.  respectively. 

Cerastiiim  arvense  L. — On  a  bank  above  Portbury,  S.  ;  Miss  Ida 
Roper.  Previously  known  in  only  one  spot  in  the  county  of 
Somerset. 

■'Medic((f/o  apicnlata  Willd. — Several  plants  on  waste  ground  at 
Portishead,  S.,  where  it  is  probably  an  introduction.  Not  hitherto 
recorded  for  Somerset. 

Riibus  anjentatas  P.  J.  Muell.  The  Lord's  Wood,  Houndstreet, 
S. — *-R.  micans  Gren.  &  Godr.  Clifton  Down,  G.  —  *i?.  Leyanus 
Rogers,  Damory  Bridge,  G. — B.  ccBsiua  x  B.  riisticanus.  Keyn- 
sham,  S.  The  abundance  of  this  hybrid  where  it  occurs  is  re- 
markable, as  it  grows  at  intervals  for  a  considerable  distance  in 
hedges  on  both  sides  of  a  lane.  For  help  in  determining  these 
plants  we  are  again  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  the  Rev.  W.  Moyle 
Rogers. 

Piosa  canina  L.  var.  dumetomm  (Thuill.).  Burrington  Combe 
(Mendip)  ;  Portbury ;  Portishead,  Mrs.  Grerfory ;  Canal  bank  at 
Radford,  S. 

Oirsiiiiii  arvense  Scop,  var.  obtHsilobiini,  f.  suhlncanum  G.  Beck. 
Fl.  N.  0.  p.  1239.  Koch,  Syn.  ed.  iii.  p.  1553.  Bank  of  the  Avon 
below  Bath,  where  this  distinct-looking  variety  has  been  known  for 
many  years  under  the  name  of  Cardims  setosus  Bess.  [Cirsium 
setsosum  Biebst.).  The  latter  form  is  described  in  Koch,  Syn.  ed.  ii., 
as  C.  arvense  y  integrifolinm.,  and  has  all  the  leaves  entire  or  sub- 
dentate ;  and  Syme,  in  Eng.  Bot.,  says  that  the  leaves  are  faintly 
sinuated  or  the  upper  ones  nearly  entire,  and  glabrous  beneath. 
In  the  Bath  plant  most  of  the  leaves  are  strongly  sinuately  lobed, 
with  the  lobes  and  the  apex  obtusely  rounded  and  furnished  with  a 
short  spine  at  the  tip,  and  white-felted  beneath.  In  these  characters 
it  agrees  with  the  plant  described  in  an  arrangement  of  the  forms 
given  in  the  works  quoted  above,  where  they  are  grouped  under 
three  varieties  as  follows : — Var.  commune  G.  Beck.  Leaves  atten- 
uated into  the  terminal  spine,  with  acute  teeth. — Var.  obtnsi/obum 
G.  Beck.  Leaves  mostly  pinnatifid,  with  lobes  and  apex  obtusely 
rounded  and  furnished  with  a  spine  at  the  tip. — Var.  hydrophilum 
G.  Beck.  Middle  and  lower  leaves  interruptedly  decurrent.  0.  seto- 
siim  Biebst.  is  placed  under  var.  commune  as  a  form  with  nearly 
entire  leaves,  almost  or  quite  glabrous  beneath.  Although  in  the 
Bath  plant  the  leaves  are  sinuately  lobed  rather  than  pinnatifid,  it 
must  be  placed  under  the  var.  obtusilobum,  and,  as  they  are  white- 
felted  beneath,    it  is  the   f.   subincanum.     On  dust-heaps   on   the 


92 


THK    JOTIRNAT.    OF     BOTANY 


opposite  side  of  the  river  we  have  gathered  a  form  with  the  leaves 
glabrous  beneath,  which  is  the  f.  subviride  G.  Beck. 

The  genus  Euphrasia  not  having  hitherto  received  much  atten- 
tion in  this  district,  we  think  it  well  to  give  a  complete  list  of  the 
species  we  have  met  with,  most  of  which  have  been  submitted  to 
Mr.  F.  Townsend,  who  has  kindly  examined  them. — ^Euphrasia 
stricta  Host.  Well  distributed,  although  not  always  typical.  Char- 
field ;  Wotton-under-Edge ;  Wyck,  G. ;  "Claverton  Down,  S. — 
'■'E.  horealis  Towns.  Wotton-under-Edge,  G.  —  '''E.  brevipila 
Burn.  &  Grml.  Turf-moor  near  Edington  ;  Edford  ;  Failand  ; 
Tinings  Farm  and  other  places  on  Mendip,  S.  An  eglandular 
form  with  deeply  toothed  leaves,  exactly  corresponding  with  Scotch 
specimens  named  brevipila  by  Mr.  Townsend,  was  gathered  in  a  dry 
field  near  Shapwick  railway  station,  S. — E.  scotica  Wettst.  was 
recorded  under  its  synonym  E.  palxdosa  Towns,  for  the  Somerset- 
shire turf -moors  in  this  Journal  for  April,  1896  ;  but  this  was 
an  error,  the  plant  in  question  being  undoubtedly  E.  brevipila. — 
E.  nemorosa  H.  Mart.  Cadbury  Camp,  near  Clevedon ;  Cheddar; 
Congresbury  ;  Churchill,  S.  On  exposed  downs  in  N.  Somerset,  as 
at  Brean,  Cheddar,  and  elsewhere  on  Mendip,  a  small  form  occurs 
which  may  readily  be  mistaken  for  E.  ciirta  Fr.,  but  being  almost 
entirely  glabrous  it  must  probably  be  referred  to  E.  nemorosa. — -'E. 
curta  Fr.  var.  glabrescens  Wettst.  Clifton  Down,  G. — -'E.  Eostkoviana 
Hayne.  On  the  turf-moor  near  Edington ;  Edford ;  Bowberrow 
Down  (Mendip),  S. — E.  Kernvri  Wettst.  In  boggy  ground,  Bow- 
berrow  Down  (Mendip),  S.  ;  and  gathered  at  Cheddar,  S.,  by  the 
Rev.  W.  H.  Purchas,  September,  1853. — '■'E.  Levieri  Wettst.  =  E. 
Eostkoviana  X  E.  curta.  With  the  last-mentioned  species  at  Row- 
berrow.  This  interesting  form  has  been  named  by  Mr.  Townsend, 
who  has  not  seen  it  before.  He  considers  that  if  the  two  species, 
Ej.  Eostkoviana  and  E.  carta,  are  present,  our  specimens  may  be 
put  to  Wettstein's  plant.  E.  Eostkoviana  was  certainly  present, 
but  amongst  a  large  number  of  plants  gathered  none  could  be 
referred  to  E.  carta.  The  hybrid  plant  is  shortly  pubescent,  as  in 
typical  E.  carta,  and  the  large  flowers  and  the  presence  of  some 
glandular  hairs  show  the  influence  of  Eiostkoviana.  It  seems  not 
unlikely  that  E.  curta  has  been  nearly  or  entirely  replaced  by  the 
hybrid. 

■'Utricuiaria  intermedia  Hayne.  This  has  hitherto  been  known 
in  the  South  of  England  only  from  Hants  and  Dorset.  We  now 
add  it  to  the  flora  of  Somerset.  Specimens  of  the  foliage  only 
have,  so  far,  been  found.  These  were  taken  from  a  peaty  ditch  on 
Clapton  Moor,  near  Weston-in-Gordano,  S.,  and  have  been  named 
by  the  Rev.  E.  F.  Linton,  who  says  they  have  well-marked  charac- 
ters, and  cannot  belong  to  either  of  the  other  three  recognized 
British  species, 

Buxus  sempervirens  L.  The  reasons  for  believing  this  shrub  to 
be  truly  indigenous  at  a  locality  between  Wotton-under-Edge  and 
Alderley,  in  the  West  Gloucestershire  portion  of  the  Bristol  district, 
have  been  fully  stated  by  C.  Bucknall  in  this  Journal  for  January 
(p.  29). 


NOTES    ON     BRISTOL    PLANTS  03 

Cyperusfmcus  L.  Near  Clevedon,  S.  Discovered  September, 
1900,  by  Mr.  S.  I.  Coley  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1900,  446).  The  Bristol 
district  has  been  fruitful  in  surprises,  but  no  discovery  could  have 
been  more  unexpected  by  local  field-botanists  than  that  of  the 
second  British  Ci/peras  in  North  Somerset,  within  a  mile  of  the 
spot  where  C.  lowjiis  existed  until  recently.  The  locality  is  a  peaty 
valley  between  the  Cadbury  and  Walton  ranges  of  hills.  Springs 
rise  at  the  head  of  the  valley,  and  drain  towards  Portishead  by 
wide  shallow  rliines,  with  which  intersecting  ditches  are  connected. 
These  ditches  readily  become  choked  with  vegetation,  and  are 
cleared  with  the  spade  at  least  once  a  year.  It  unfortunately 
happened  that  those  in  which  Mr.  Coley  met  with  the  plant  under- 
went this  cleaning  process  before  we  could  visit  the  place,  so  but 
few  specimens  were  seen  in  situ.  But  an  examination  of  the  ditch- 
contents  that  had  been  thrown  out  upon  the  banks,  and  from  which 
some  very  fair  examples  were  recovered,  showed  that  the  Cyperiis 
existed  m  great  abundance  in  at  least  two  rhines,  and  had  extended 
along  them  quite  a  mile.  It  is  not  easy  to  understand  how  annual 
plants  can  maintain  themselves  under  such  circumstances.  How- 
ever, there  are  many  that  do.  The  Cyperus  seeds  very  copiously, 
and  is  probably  perpetuated  by  the  few  plants  left  upon  the  ditch- 
sides.  The  idea  of  recent  introduction  cannot,  in  our  view,  be 
entertained. 

Scirpas  ceinaus  Vahl.  Near  Clevedon,  S.  It  was  whilst  ex- 
ploring the  Cyperus  locality  that  we  came  upon  this  sedge,  equally 
abundant  on  ditch-banks,  and  covering  a  larger  area.  There  is  but 
one  other  known  locality  in  Somersetshire. 

S.  Taherncemontani  Gmel.  Abundant  for  about  eighty  yards 
along  a  marsh-ditch  at  Ken  Moor,  near  Yatton,  S.  Occurs  only  in 
three  known  localities  in  the  whole  county  of  Somerset. 

Scluenus  nigricans  L.  The  restoration  of  this  species  to  the 
flora  of  Somerset  by  its  discovery  near  Winscombe,  which  is  in  the 
district  of  the  Bristol  Coal  Field,  was  recorded  by  Mr.  W.  F. 
Miller  in  this  Journal  for  August,  1900. 

Carex  axillaris  Good.  Four  or  five  large  plants  on  a  ditch- 
bank  near  Yatton,  S.,  growing  with  both  C.  vulpina  and  C.  renwta. 

C.  Hornschuchiana  Hoppe.  Peaty  meadows  near  Weston-in- 
Gordano,  and  at  Max,  near  Winscombe,  S.  First  found  at  the 
latter  station  by  Mr.  Waterfall  (Fl.  Som.  p.  865).  Much  less 
frequent  in  North  Somerset  than  C.  distam,  the  inland  stations  for 
which  are  remarkably  numerous  in  that  vice-county. 

.  The  following  aliens  have  been  observed : — Malva  parvi/iora  L. 
A  large  patch  by  a  roadside  in  St.  Phihp's  Marsh,  Bristol,  S. — 
Amarantlius  retrofiexas  L.  Very  fine  and  abundant  on  made 
ground  in  St.  Philip's  Marsh,  Bristol,  S.  ;  also  on  rubbish  near 
Portishead  railway-station,  S.,  associated  with  A.  dejiexush. 


94  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

ELGIN    MOSSES. 
By  J.  A.  Wheldon,  F.L.S. 

Two  years  ago,  during  a  short  visit,  Mr.  Macvicar  collected  a 
number  of  mosses  in  Elgni,  but  bis  time  being  much  occupied  in 
other  directions,  after  a  partial  examination  they  were  laid  aside. 
He  recently  placed  the  whole  collection  at  my  disposal,  and  I  have 
completed  the  determination  of  the  specimens,  with  the  assistance 
of  Messrs.  H.  N.  Dixon  and  E.  C.  Horrell  in  cases  of  difficulty  or 
doubt. 

The  Watsonian  vice-county  Elgin  or  Moray  (95)  of  the  East 
Highlands  Province  is  included  by  Mr.  Horrell  in  that  group  of 
counties  for  wliich  no  satisfactory  moss-lists  exist.  It  therefore 
seems  desirable  that  the  following  should  be  placed  on  record,  as  a 
contribution,  necessarily  very  incomplete,  to  our  knowledge  of  the 
plants  of  this  vice-county. 

Mr.  Macvicar  informs  me  that  the  specimens  were  collected  in 
wet  swampy  ground  intersected  by  a  stream,  and  on  walls,  turfy 
banks,  and  dry  ground  by  the  roadside,  during  an  afternoon's  ramble 
near  Grantown.     The  district  is  schistose,  with  beds  of  gravel. 

Sphognum  papUlosum  Lindb.  var.  noviuale  Warnst. — f.  conferta 
(Lindb.). — ^\  compactiuii  DC.  var.  unhricatum  Warnst. — *S'.  viol- 
lusciim  Bruch. — S.  suhnitens  Kuss.  &  Warnst.  var.  obscurum  Warnst. 
— S.  riibelluin  Wilp.  var.  versicolor  Buss. — *S'.  ru/escens  Warnst. 

Andreaa  petropliila  Ehrh. 

Catharinea  nndnlata  W.  &  M. 

Polytrichiim  aloUles  Hedw.  —  P.  urni<jeriun  L.  —  /'.  pUlferum 
Schreb. — P.  janiperinum  Willd. 

DUrichum  homomalliim  Hampe. 

Caratodoii  piirpurens  Brid. 

Dichodontium  pellucidam,  Schimp.,  with  a  form  tending  towards 
var.  far/imontamim  Schimp.  in  its  short  blunt  leaves,  but  otherwise 
nearer  the  type. 

Dicranella  heteroiiialla  Schimp. 

Blindia  acuta  B.  &  S. 

Dicramiiii  scopariiim  Hedw. — Var.  ortliophyUiun  Brid. 

Leucobrijum  glaucum  Schimp. 

Fissidens  taxifoHus  Hedw. 

Grimmia  apocarpa  Hedw. — Var.  rivularis  W.  &  M. — G.  pulvinata 
Sm. — G.  trichophijUa  Grev. 

PJiacomitrlum  aciculare  Brid. — R.  heterostichum  Brid. — jR.  lanii- 
(jinosiim  Brid. — B.  canescens  Brid. — Var.  ericoides  B.  &  S. 

Tortula  muralis  Hedw. — T.  subiilata  Hedw.  The  capsules  only 
about  half  the  usual  size,  otherwise  quite  normal. — T.  ruralhWaxh. 

Barbula  rubella  Mitt.  —  B.  rigiduia  Mitt.  Very  short  and 
densely  compact  tufts,  apparently  from  walls.  The  leaves,  how- 
ever, quite  typical  in  shape  and  areolation,  and  the  axillary  gemmae 
numerous. — B.  convoluta  Hedw. — B.  wifjuiculata  Hedw. 

Encalijpta  streptocarpa  Hedw. — A',  vulgaris  Hedw. —  Zggodon 
viridissimiis  R.  Br. 


ELGIN    MOSSES 


95 


Uhta  DriniuiiondiiBvid. — U.  crispaBiid.—  U.  Intennedia  Schimp. 
U.  Bruchii  Hornscli. 

Orthotricham  riipestre  Scbleich.  A  single  tuft,  growing  on  tree- 
bark.  This  is  probably  the  variety  Franzomaiiwn  Vent.  It  is 
smaller  and  greener  than  the  typical  plant.  The  peristome  is 
erect  and  whitish,  and  the  superficial  stomata  ascend  far  above  the 
middle  of  the  capsule. — 0.  leiocaipiun  B.  &  S. — 0.  Lyellil  Hook.  & 

Tayl. 0.   alflne   Schrad.  —  0.    rlvulare   Turn.  —  O.  stramineimi 

Hornsch. 

Funaria  hijijroinetrica  Sibth. 

Bartramia  itlujphylla  Brid. — B.  pomi/ormis  Hedw. 

Philonotis  fontana  Brid. 

Webera  nutans  Hedw. — W.  annotina  Schwaegr. — W.  albicans 
Schimp. 

Bryum  pendaliuu  Schimp.  The  true  plant,  with  the  peristome 
of  section  Ptychostomum. — B.indinatwn  Bla.nd. — B.  pallens  Swartz. 
B.  pseudo-triquetrum  Schwaegr. — B.  capillare  L. — B.  erytlirocarpwn 
Schwaegr. — B.  arcfenteum.  L. — B.  ccespiticium  L. 

Mnium  affine  Bland. — M.  rostratitm  Schrad. — M.  tindulatum  L. 
M.  hornum  L. — ill.  punctatum  L. 

Fontinalis  antipyretica  L. — F.  squamosa  L. 

Thuidium  tamariscinuin  B.  &  S. 

Climacium  dendr aides  W.  &  M. 

Brachythecium  aWicans  B.  &  S. — B,  rutabulum  B.  &  S. — B.  rivu- 
lare  B.  &  S.,  with  a  form  approaching  the  var.  chrysophyllum  Spruce 
in  having  plicate  leaves  with  recurved  margins  ;  but  they  do  not  in 
other  respects  agree  with  specimens  I  have  from  Mr.  Bagnall. — 
B.  velutinum  B.  &  S.  —  B.  plumosum.  B.  &  S. — B.  purum  Dixon. 

Earhynchium  piliferum  B.  &  S.  E.  pralonyum  B.  &  S. — E. 
Swartzii  Hobk.,  the  slender  yellowish  green  form,  with  distant 
leaves. —  E.  inyosuroides  Schimp. — E.  striatum  B.  &  S. — E.  rusci- 
forme  Milde. — E.  cuufertum  Milde. 

Plagiothecium  denticulatum  B.  &  S.,  cum  fructu. 

Amblysteyium  Jilicinum  De  Not. 

Hypnum  stellatuvi  Schreb. — H.  uncinatum  Hedw., cum  fructu,  and 
forma  plumosa  Schimp. — H.  revolvens  Swartz. ;  typicum,  and  also 
the  form  with  large  false  auricles,  the  var.  subauriculatum.  of 
Renauld  formerly,  which  he  does  not  now  separate  varietally. 
— Var.  Cossoni  Ren.  —  H.  cupressiforme  L.  —  Var.  resiipinatum 
Schimp. — Var.  ericetoruni  B.  &  S. — Var.  tectorum  Brid. — Var.  near 
Jiliforme  Brid. — H.  molluscum  Hedw. — H.  palustre  L.,  including 
forms  with  all  the  vegetative  characters  of  the  var.  subsphcericarjwn 
B.  &  S.,  but  the  fruit  of  the  type.  There  can  be  no  question  that 
Mr.  Dixon's  view  of  this  variety  is  the  correct  one,  and  that  barren 
specimens  cannot  safely  be  referred  to  it. — H.  cuspidatum  L. — 
H.  Schreberi  Willd. 

Hylocomiwn  splendens  B.  &  S. — H.  squarrosum  B.  &  S. — H.  tri- 
quetrum  B.  &  S. 


96  THK    JOURNAL    OK     BOTANY 

^OTEJS     ON     LATHYRUS. 

13y  James  Bkitten,  F.L.tS. 

Some  time  ago,  when  working  at  this  genus,  I  noted  that  the 
synonymy  both  mider  it  and  under  (h-obns  in  the  Luhw  Kticiiisifi  was 
greatly  confused.  The  reduction  of  the  species  of  Orobiis  to  Lathi/rus 
partly  accounts  for  this,  the  fact  that  the  same  trivial  name  has 
been  employed  under  each  genus  having  led  to  the  assumption  that 
the  same  plant  was  intended  in  each  case.  80  far  as  I  know  the 
Indtw,  no  genus  requires  so  much  revision  as  Lathy nis.  I  do  not, 
however,  propose  to  imdertake  such  a  task,  but  it  may  be  well  to 
put  on  record  some  of  the  notes  I  made. 

The  greatest  individual  factor  in  the  confusion  which  exists  is 
undoubtedly  the  placing  together  under  Lntlujms  niontanus  of  two 
references  which  indicate  entirely  diti'erent  plants,  and  the  assigna- 
tion to  this  compound  of  a  large  number  of  synonyms,  which  have 
to  be  differentiated.  I  had  drawn  out  a  Hst  of  these,  separating 
those  which  belong  to  L.  niontanus  Bernh.  {Orobas  tuberosus  L., 
L.  Hiacrorrhhiis  Wimm.)  from  tliose  of  L.  )nont<uius  Gren.  &  Godr. 
(O.  occidental  is).  But  1  tind  that  Dr.  Karl  Fritsch  has  already 
indicated  the  necessary  changes  in  his  paper,  "  Ueber  einige  Orobiis- 
Arten  und  ihre  geographische  Verbreitung  "  ■' — a  paper  in  which 
the  plants  of  the  group  are  dealt  with  so  fully  and  exhaustively 
that  I  have  had  no  hesitation  in  suppressing  my  notes  upon  them, 
save  in  one  or  two  special  cases.  Further  elucidations  from  Dr. 
Fritsch's  pen  are  "Ueber  den  Formenkreis  der  (hobus  littcus  h.'' 
(Verhandl.  der  K.K.  zool.-bot.  Gesellschaft  in  Wieu,  Feb.  9,  1900), 
and  a  paper  in  Oesterr.  hot.  Zeitschrift  for  November,  1900, 
pp.  389-896.  Dr.  Gmzberger's  important  paper,  '*  Ueber  einige 
Lat/t<//-».s- Arten  am  der  Section  Kulathi/rus''  (Sitzber.  Akad. 
AYissenschaft.  Wien,  cv.  1,  281-352),  is  not  concerned  with  the 
plants  on  which  I  offer  these  notes.]  They  are  not  in  any  way 
exhaustive,  and  some  are  of  small  importance ;  others,  such  as 
that  on  L.  nuKjeiianiciis,  may,  I  hope,  prove  of  sufficient  interest  to 
warrant  publication.  I  cite  the  names  as  they  stand  in  Mr.  Jack- 
son's Luicd'. 

"  L.  Albekjilla  feteud.  Nom.  ed.  2,  ii.  13  [1841] ."  A  reference 
to  Steudel  gives  this  information  :  "  Lathyrus  (vulgo  Alberjilla) 
Bert.  Herb.  nr.  1073."  I  have  not  seen  this  nuQiber  of  Bertero's, 
and  am  doubtful  whether  this  indication  is  sufficient  for  the  establish- 
ment of  a  species.  Gay  (Fl.  Chil.  ii.  141)  gives  ••  Alrerjilla''  as  the 
popular  Chihan  equivalent  of  Lathi/rus,  and  especially  (p.  148)  for 
L.  piibt'scens.  Neither  PhiUppi  (Cat.  PI.  Chil.  1881)  nor  Keiche  (Fl. 
de  Chile,  1898)  cites  Steudel's  name. 


*  Sitzber.  Akad.  Wissenschaft.  Wien,  civ.  479-520. 

t  On  p.  336  Dr.  Ginzberger  takes  exception  to  the  quotation  of  Lathyrus 
maynijiorui^  from  Mill.  Gard.  Diet,  in  Ind.  Kew..  and  says.  *'ein  solcher  Name 
existirt  niclit."  He  will,  however,  tind  it  with  many  similar  corrections  of  the 
text  on  the  very  last  page  of  Miller's  Dictionary. 


NOTES    ON    LATHYRUS  97 

"  L.  AMEKicANus  Mill.  Dlct.  ed.  viii.  no.  19=  Br(ptina  per- 
foliata?"  This  is  Wujnchoda  Htenispernwidea  DC.  ;  see  Journ.  Bot. 
1897,  231. 

L.  ANNuus  ''Linn.  Amcen.  Acad.  iii.  417  (nota)  [1756]"  dates 
from  Demonstr.  Plant,  p.  20  (1753). 

L.  APHYLLus  "  Link,  ex  Wel)b  &  Berth.  Bhyt.  Canar.  ii.  103 
[1836]  "  should  stand  as  "  Link  in  Buch,  Phys.  Beschr.  Canar. 
Lis.  157  (1825)." 

"  L.  Armitageanus  Knowles  &  Westc.  Flor.  Cab.  iii.  ('1840') 
[1839]  81  =  nervosiis  Lam."  This  name  was  published  at  an 
earlier  date  :  in  Loud.  Card.  Mag.  xi.  (1835)  p.  525,  it  is  quoted 
from  Aris's  Birmingham  Gazette  of  the  same  year,  and  ths  name 
is  also  cited  by  Sweet  (Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  2nd  Series,  iv.  344  (1836)  as 
'' L.  Annitdtjetoius  \Netit  in  Plort.  Birm."  Loudon  takes  "  West " 
as  referring-  to  a  "  West  Birmingham  Botanical  Society,"  but  it 
is  doubtless  an  abbreviation  of  "  Westcott,"  who  was  secretary  of 
the  Birmingham  Society. 

"L.  aurantius  C.  Koch,  in  Linmea,  xv.  723  (1841)  "  =  Vicia 
aurantia. 

"  L.  inermis  Rochel,  ex  Frivald.  in  Magyar  Tud.  Tar.  Evkon. 
ii.  (1835)  250,  t.  2=:hirsutus."  This  is  an  error;  the  plant  is 
identical  with  L.  villosns  Frivald.  in  Flora,  xix.  437  (1836),  and 
antedates  that  name.  The  Kew  Index  erroneously  identifies  Orobus 
hirsutiis  L.  with  L.  hlrsiUus  L.  We  have  specimens  from  Frivaldsky 
of  L.  inermis  and  L.  villosus. 

"L.  LUTEUs  Munby,  Fl.  Alger.  73"  [78]  =  L.  annuus  ex 
Battandier,  Fl.  Alger.  278 — an  identification  suggested  by  Munby 
when  proposing  his  species. 

L.  magellanicus  Lam.  Under  this  name  two  very  different 
plants  have  been  confused  for  nearly  a  century,  and  are  combined 
in  the  Index  lOwenais.  The  confusion  began  in  Alton's  Ilortus 
Kewends  (iv.  309),  where  Pisiini  americtmum  of  Miller's  Dictionary 
is  placed  as  a  synonym  under  L.  mageUmiiam.  This  seems  to  have 
been  done  at  the  suggestion  of  Eobert  Brown,  who  has  identified 
Miller's  plant  in  the  Banksian  Herbarium  with  L.  uKKjellcmiciis 
Lam.,  and  indicates  that  he  proposed  to  place  it  under  Pimui  in 
Hort.  Kew.  ed.  2.  From  Lamarck's  description  it  differs  at  first 
sight  by  the  fact  that  it  does  not  turn  black  in  drying,  as  is  the 
case  with  the  group  of  forms  or  species  of  which  nuKjellanicus  is  the 
type  ;  and  a  tracing  of  the  original  in  the  Paris  Herbarium,  for 
which  we  are  indebted  to  M.  E.  Bonnet,  confirms  its  distinctness 
from  Miller's  plant.  This  latter  we  have  no  hesitation  in  referring 
to  L.  nervosiis  Lam. 

Of  Miller's  plant  we  have,  besides  the  sheet  from  Chelsea 
Garden  in  the  Banksian  collection,  another  specimen  grown  in  the 
same  garden  in  1762.  Its  history,  as  narrated  by  Miller,  is  of  some 
interest;  he  says: — "  This  was  brought  from  Cape  Horn  by  Lord 
Anson's  cook,  when  he  passed  that  Cape,  where  these  peas  were  a 
great  relief  to  the  sailors.     It  is  kept  here  as  a  curiosity,  but  the 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [March,  1901.]  h 


98  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

peas  are  not  so  good  for  eating  as  the  worst  sorts  now  cultivated  in 
England ;  it  is  a  low  trailing  plant,  the  leaves  have  two  lobes  on 
each  foot-stalk ;  those  below  are  spear-shaped,  and  sharply  indented 
on  their  edges,  but  the  upper  leaves  are  small  and  arrow-pointed. 
The  flowers  are  blue,  each  foot- stalk  sustaining  four  or  five  flowers  ; 
the  pods  are  taper,  near  three  inches  long,  and  the  seeds  are  round, 
about  the  size  of  tares."  He  says  it  is  "  commonly  called  Cape 
Horn  Pea,"  and  Alton  adds  the  name  "Lord  Anson's  Pea"  :  these, 
owing  to  the  confusion  between  the  two  plants,  are  sometimes 
assigned  in  books  to  L.  magellanicus  Lam.  D.  Don  in  the  descrip- 
tion accompanying  the  plate  in  Sweet's  British  Flower  Garden 
(2nd  Series,  iv.  344  (1836) )  rightly  identifies  the  plant  figured  with 
Miller's  Pisum  americanum,  which  he  follows  Aiton  in  regarding  as 
L.  miKjeJlanicus/'  This  figure  is  no  doubt  responsible  for  the  con- 
fusion which  at  present  exists  in  gardening  books,  as  well  as  in  seed 
and  plant  catalogues,  in  which,  according  to  the  Kev.  C.  WoUey 
Dod  (Gard.  Chron.  Aug.  18,  1900,  p.  135),  ''Lord  Anson's  Pea" 
is  often  offered,  but  the  species  sent  for  it  is  L.  timiitanm,  or  more 
frequently  L.  satlvus.  According  to  a  previous  article  by  the  same 
writer  {op.  cit.  114)  the  true  plant  was  not  known  in  cultivation 
between  the  time  of  Miller  and  that  of  Sweet ;  after  1836  it  was 
again  lost  sight  of,  until  re-introduced  (it  is  not  stated  whence) 
by  Mr.  A.  BuUey,  in  whose  garden  in  the  Wirral  of  Cheshire  Mr. 
Dod  saw  it  flowering  in  July,  1899.  The  actual  locality  where 
the  plant  was  found,  according  to  Mr.  Dod,  who  has  consulted  the 
histories  of  Anson's  voyage,  was  Port  St.  Julian. 

The  synonymy  of  the  plant,  so  far  as  I  have  traced  it,  is  as 
follows  : — 

L.  NERvosus  Lam.  Diet.  ii.  7U8  (1786). 

Pisum  americanum  Mill.  Diet.  ed.  8,  no.  5  !  (1768). 

L.  magellanicus  Ait.  Hort.  Kew.  ed.  2,  iv.  309  (1812)  excl.  descr. 

non  Lam. ;    D.  Don  in   Sweet  Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  2  Ser.  iv. 

t.  344  (1836) ;    Steud.  Nomencl.  ed.  2,  ii.  14  (quoad  syn.) 

(1841);    Hook.  f.   Fl.   Autarct.  259  (quoad    syn.)   (1847); 

Nicholson,  Diet.  Gardening,  ii.  237  ;  Jackson,  Ind.  Kew.  ii. 

38  (ex  parte). 
L.  Armitageanus  West,  ex  Sweet,  I.e.  ;    Knowles  &  Westc.  Fl. 

Cab.  iii.  t.  81  (1839).     See  p.  97. 
L.  triqonus  Vogel  in  Linnasa,  xiii.  31  (1839),   fide  Hook.  Bot. 

Mag.  t.  3987  (1842). 
L.  elegans  Vogel,  I.e.  p.  30,  fide  Benth.  in  Fl.  Bras.  xv.  i.  115 

(1859). 

"L.  Messerschmidii  Franch.  et  Sav.  Enum.  PI.  Jap.  i.  106  " 
=  Viciaunijuga. 

"  Lathyrus  Parisiensis  Mill.  Diet.  ed.  viii.  no.  4."  This  name, 
which  appears  among  the  "  species  non  satis  notse"  of  DeCandolle's 

*  Don  refers  to  "native  specimens  collected  at  Port  Desire,  in  the  Straits 
of  Magellan,  by  Sir  Joseph  Banks  and  Dr.  Solauder,"  but  the  specimens  from 
that  locality  in  Herb.  Banks  seem  to  have  been  collected  by  Captain  King,  and 
there  is  no  reference  to  the  species  in  the  MS.  lists  of  Banks  and  Solander. 


NOTES    ON    LATHYRUS  99 

Frudiwnm,  is  retained  in  the  Index  Keivemis.  Miller  himself  com- 
bined two  plants  in  his  description.  His  descriptive  phrase— 
"  pedunculis  imifioris,  cirrhis  polyphyllis,  stipulis  lanceolatis" — 
agrees  with  the  specimens  in  the  National  Herbarium;  but  the 
Tournefortian  synonym  cited  belongs,  as  correctly  given  in  Hart. 
CHfort.  (p.  868),  to  L.  pahistn's,  L.  ;  and  it  is  probably  to  this  that 
his  EngUsh  locality  applies. 

The  plant  first  appears  in  the  7th  ed.  of  the  Dictionary  (No.  5), 
where  the  English  description  runs:— ''The  fifth  Sort  grows 
naturally  about  Paris:  this  is  an  annual  Plant  with  a  slender 
Stalk,  about  two  Feet  high,  garnished  with  Leaves,  composed  of 
several  narrow  Lobes  placed  alternate  along  the  Mid-rib,  which 
ends  in  Claspers.  The  Flowers  come  out  singly  upon  pretty  long 
Foot  Stalks ;  they  are  blue,  and  about  the  Size  of  those  of  the 
common  Tare.  It  grows  naturally  in  some  Parts  of  EmjUoui,  par- 
ticularly on  Windsor  Forest,  in  moist  Meadows,  and  has  often  a 
variable  Flower."  The  specimens  are  from  the  Paris  Garden,  and 
are  L.  articalatus,  L.— a  plant  which  Miller  also  describes  under 
the  name  L.  hispaniciis.  This  of  course  is  not  an  English  plant, 
and  it  is  not  easy  to  decide  what  Miller  had  in  view  when  he  speaks 
of  it  as  such.  I  am  inclined  to  think  that,  like  Tournefort's 
synonym,  L.  paliistris  (of  which,  as  already  noted,  he  cites  Tourne- 
fort's descriptive  phrase  as  a  synonym)  was  the  plant  in  question. 
Mr.  Druce  does  not  cite  Miller  under  any  Lathyrus,  and  the  occur- 
rence of  the  species  in  Berkshire  is,  as  he  points  out,  doubtful, 
although  he  thinks  Blackstone's  Abingdon  locality  "  not  an  un- 
likely one."='=  Perhaps,  however,  a  form  of  L.  montanus  was 
intended,  for  it  will  be  noted  that,  although  Miller  describes  the 
blossoms  as  blue,  he  adds,  "  it  has  often  a  variable  flower." 

The  misapplication  of  Tournefort's  name  may  perhaps  be  ac- 
counted for  by  the  fact  that  it  is  written  by  Linnasus  on  a  sheet  in 
Chfibrt's  Herbarium  (where  is  also  the  type  of  the  species),  which 
appears  to  belong  here,  but  which  is  noted  by  Linnaeus  as  "  malum 
specimen." 

It  may  be  worth  noting  that  the  generally  accepted  identification 
of  L.  hispanicus  Mill,  with  L.  articidatus  is  confirmed  by  specimens 
from  Chelsea  Garden  in  1732,  1754,  and  1776,  and  by  plate  xcvi.  of 
his  Figures  of  Plants. 

-  L.  vENosus  Miihl.  ex  Willd.  Sp.  PL  iii.  1092  "  (1800)  =  Vicia 
venosa  Maxim.,  also  retained.  Owing  to  the  same  trivial  having 
been  employed  under  Lathyrus  and  Orobus  for  two  different  plants, 
the  references  in  Ind.  Kew.  need  correction.  To  Vicia  venosa, 
besides  the  name  above  quoted,  must  be  referred  Orohus  Muehien- 
bergii  Alef.  in  Bunplandia,  ix.  146 ;  the  other  names  so  assigned 
belong  to  Orobus  venosus  Willd. 

Orobus  japonicus  Alef.  in  Bonplandia,  ix.  143  (1861),  referred 
to  Vicia  pallida  in  Ind.  Kew.  =  Lathyrus  maritimus. 

*  It  may  be  noted  that  "the  statement  in  Top.  Bot.  '  Berks,  Britten,  v.  sp.'  " 
is  not  entirely  "a  mistake,"  as  Mr.  Druce  supposes;  it  refers  to  the  specimen 
in  Dickson's  Hortus  Siccus,  localized,  "Woods,  Berkshire,"  which,  however, 
Mr.  Druce  is  probably  right  in  considering  "  not  to  be  trusted." 

H   2 


100  TUl^    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

0.  PisciDiA  Spreug.  Pugill.  i.  47  (1813).  The  doubt  wliich  has 
attached  to  this  name  can  now  be  dispelled.  Sprengel  based  his 
species  on  "  Vicia  Piscidia  Forst.  mscpt.  In  herbario  Forsteri  sub 
hoc  nomine  aderat  nusquam  descripta  planta."  The  drawing  by 
Forster  in  the  Department  of  Botany  bears  the  two  names  Vicia 
Piscidia  and  Galega  littoralis ;  the  plant,  published  under  the  latter 
name  by  G.  Forster  in  his  Prodromua,  p.  52,  is  Cracca  purpurea,  L. 

"  Orobus  pykenaicus  Linn.  Sp.  PI.  729  =  Lathyrus  montanus." 
The  synonyms  quoted  by  Linnaeus  for  this  plant  represent,  as 
demonstrated  by  Lapeyrouse  in  an  excellent  and  interestmg  paper 
in  Mem.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Paris,  ii.  292-301  (1815),  two  species.  No 
type  exists  in  Linnteus's  herbarium  at  the  Linnean  Society,  and  he 
indicates  by  the  sign  f  which  he  appends  to  the  descriptive  phrase 
cited  from  Sauvages  that  the  material  on  which  it  is  founded  is  un- 
satisfactory.    The  synonyms  quoted  are  : — 

"  Orobus  pyrenaicus,  foliis  nervosis.     Tounief.  inst.  235  [393] . 

*'  Orobus  pyrenaicus  latifolius  nervosus.  Pluk.  phijt.  210  f.  2." 
Each  of  these  is  made  by  Lapeyrouse  the  type  of  a  species — 0. 
Tournefortii  and  0.  Phikenetii  respectively  ;  both  are  referred  in  the 
Index  Kewensis— the  former  doubtfully  and  the  latter  without  hesi- 
tation— to  L.  montanus  [Bernh.] . 

So  far  as  Plukenet's  plant  is  concerned,  a  reference  to  his  speci- 
men preserved  in  Herb.  Sloane,  xcvii.  fol.  44,  which  his  figure 
accurately  represents,  confirms  this  determination.  Tournefort's 
synonym,  however,  presents  more  difficulty. 

Lapeyrouse  {I.  c.  396)  speaks  of  having  found  in  Tournefort's 
herbarium  "  des  magnifiques  individus  de  son  orobe  des  Pyrenees," 
and  proceeds  to  show  their  distinctness  from  the  Petiverian  plant 
with  which  Linnaeus  had  united  them.  He  considers  Tournefort's 
plant  a  new  species  between  0.  luteus  and  0.  vermis:  "  elle  se 
rapproche  du  premier  par  son  port  et  son  feuillage,  et  du  second  par 
ses  feuilles  et  ses  fleurs."  Subsequent  authors — e.g.  WiUkomm 
and  Lange — have  referred  0.  Tournefortii  to  L.  luteus.  Nyman 
(Consp.  204),  who  has  seen  the  type  specimens,  says  :  "  0.  Tourne- 
fortii Lap.  (sec.  specc.  hort.  paris.)  est  var  intermedia  subangustifolia, 
qualis  pi.  Bourg.  alp.  Saband.  69."  Taking  luteus  in  a  large  sense, 
0.  Tournefortii  would  appear  from  Lapeyrouse's  excellent  figure 
to  be  nearest  that  species ;  but  those  who  have  so  decided 
seem  to  have  overlooked  the  fact  that  Lapeyrouse  describes  the 
flowers  as  purple,  and  we  do  not  find  that  those  of  luteus  vary  to 
that  colour. 

This  description  is  borne  out  by  the  specimen  in  Clifibrt's  Her- 
barium, which  bears  the  Tournefortian  synonym  in  Linnseus's 
handwriting,  and  has  been  named  pyrenaicus  by  whoever  added  the 
Linnean  specific  names  to  the  sheets  of  that  collection.  This 
specimen  so  exactly  corresponds  with  Lapeyrouse's  figure  that  it 
might  have  been  the  original ;  and  the  flowers  are  unmistakably 
purple.  It  is  probable  that  this  specimen  was  sent  by  Touruefort 
to  Linnaeus,  and  that  a  specimen  in  Herb.  Sloane,  cccxxvi.  appen- 
dix, fol.  23 — which  is  certainly  the  same — came  also  from  Tourne- 
fort.     Lapeyrouse,  however  (Hist.  Abr.  PI.  Pyr.  Supp.  108  (1818)), 


NEW    CHARACE/K    RECORDS  101 

says  :  "  L'O.  pijrenaicus  Lin.  Sp.  1029  ne  doit  plus  etre  compte  dans 
le  nombre  des  vegetaux.    C'est  une  espece  qui  n'existe  pas." 

I  have  not  found  any  wild  specimen  which  exactly  matches 
O.  Touniefortii,  and  my  knowledge  of  the  genus  is  not  sufficiently 
extensive  to  enable  me  to  arrive  at  any  definite  conclusion  regard- 
ing its  position.  But  it  certainly  has  no  affinity  with  L.  inontanus 
Bernh.  M.  Rouy  (Fl.  France,  v.  269)  retains  it  (as  L.  Toumefortii) 
as  a  subspecies  of  L.  liitens  (L.  Liniimi  Rouy),  and  suggests  that  it 
may  be  a  hybrid  between  the  form  of  luteus  which  he  calls  hispani- 
cns  and  L.  montanus  Bernh.  Dr.  Fritsch  (Sitzb.  Akad.  Wissensch. 
civ.  481)  has  a  note  on  the  plant,  and  thinks  it  may  be  a  hybrid 
between  L.  luteus  and  L.  vermis.  The  name  has  been  very  variously 
applied  in  herbaria. 


NEW    CHARACE^    RECORDS. 
By  the  Rev.  G.  R.  Bullock- Webster,  M.A. 

During  the  summers  of  1899  and  1900  1  have  had  opportunities 
for  C/iam-hunting  in  various  localities,  and  have  been  able  to  add 
the  following  new  vice-county  records : — 

Chara  frarjilis  Desv.,  C.  fragilis  var.  Hedivigii  Kuetz.,  and  C. 
vulgaris  Linn.  All  growing  together  in  a  small  stream  near  Isle 
Abbots,  South  Somerset,  September,  1899. — C.  contraria  Kuetz. 
and  Nitella  fiexilis  Agard.  Growing  together  in  some  abundance 
in  Fowlmere,  near  Thetford,  West  Norfolk,  June,  1899. — C.  con- 
traria var.  hispid  III  a  Braun.  In  a  coprolite  pit,  Bottisham  fen, 
Cambridge,  June,  1900. — C.  hispida  Linn,  and  Tolypella  glomerata 
Leonh.  Growing  together  in  a  drain  near  Sedgemoor  Cut,  North 
Somerset,  May,  1899. 

Tolypella  glomerata  Leonh.  In  one  of  the  clay-pits  near  Bridg- 
water, North  Somerset,  August,  1899.  North  Devon  is  the  only 
other  recorded  county  for  this  plant  west  of  Hampshire.  This  same 
pit  yielded  also  some  fine  specimens  of  C.  vulgaris  var.  papillata 
Wallr.,  but  this  variety  has  already,  I  think,  been  recorded  for 
North  Somerset. 

C.  canescens  Loisel.  Hickling  Broad,  June,  1899.  This  adds  a 
fourth  to  the  three  known  counties  (Cornwall,  Dorset,  and  Suffolk) 
in  which  the  plant  has  been  found. 

Lijchnothamnus  stelliger  Braun.  Sowley  pool,  near  Lymington, 
Hampshire,  August,  1900.  This  is  an  interesting  addition  to  the 
three  known  stations  for  this  rare  Charad — Slapton  Lee,  Devonshire ; 
Waltou-on-Thames,  Surrey ;  and  Hickling  Broad  (and  neighbour- 
hood), Norfolk.  Sowley  pool,  it  appears,  was  formed  in  the  reign 
of  King  John  by  the  monks  of  Beaulieu,  who  threw  up  an  immense 
dam  (tiie  present  road)  across  a  natural  valley  where  formerly  two 
streams  ran  into  the  sea.  By  the  courtesy  of  the  owner  of  Sowley 
House,  I  had  the  advantage  of  the  use  of  a  boat,  and  explored  the 
pool  with  some  care.  The  season  was  too  far  advanced,  however, 
to  admit  of  good  results.     Chara  fragilis,  Nitella  translucens,  and 


102 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


y.  opnca  were  to  be  found  still  lingering,  but  in  a  decayed  condition. 
These  species  are  already  recorded  for  Hampshire,  but  Lychno- 
thamnus  stelliger  was  a  quite  unexpected  discovery.  It  occurred  in 
more  than  one  part  of  the  pool,  but  very  sparsely,  and  in  poor 
condition.  The  plant,  however,  with  its  starlike  bulbils,  was  quite 
unmistakable,  and  scarcely  needed  Messrs.  Groves's  authority  to 
confirm  it. 

These  ten  new  records  show  that  the  Characece  are  still  a  much 
neglected  order  of  plants,  awaiting — and  certainly  deserving— the 
closer  attention  of  botanists. 

The  absence  of  Characece  from  the  Somerset  fenlands  seems  a 
curious  fact.  The  conditions  appear  in  every  way  favourable,  and 
precisely  similar  to  our  eastern  county  fenlands  where  these  plants 
luxuriate.  Yet  it  requires  a  laboured  search  to  discover  any  speci- 
mens in  Sedgemoor  and  in  Brue  Level,  and  such  as  are  to  be  found 
are  starved  and  feeble  specimens. 

Before  I  close  I  should  like  to  put  on  record  the  remarkable  yield 
of  Characea  supplied  by  a  small  coprolite  pit  at  Clayhithe,  near 
Cambridge.  The  pool  is  some  two  hundred  yards  long,  I  suppose, 
and  about  twenty  yards  wide,  and  lies  in  the  middle  of  a  field  of 
arable  land.  It  has  a  shelving  bottom  along  one  side,  and  perpen- 
dicular banks  and  very  deep  water  on  the  other.  In  this  piece  of 
water  I  have  collected  on  one  and  the  same  day  Chara  fragilis  Desv., 
C.  aspera  var.  desmacantha  H.  and  G.  Groves,  C.  pohjacantha  Braun, 
C.  contraria  var.  kispidula  Braun,  C.  vulr/aris  Linn.,  and  var.  lom^e- 
hracteata  Kuetz.,  C.  hispida,  Linn.,  ToJypeUa  glomemta,  Leonh.,  and 
Nitella  tenuissiina  Kuetz.  All  these  grow  together  in  happy  associa- 
tion and  in  a  very  fine  state. 


TWO    NEW     SOUTH    AFRICAN     SCROPHULARIACEiE. 
By  W.  p.  Hiern,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

The  two  species  now  described  form  part  of  a  small  collection 
made  m  the  Orange  River  Colony  last  year  by  Lieut.  Pateshall 
Thomas,  and  recently  brought  to  the  National  Herbarium. 

Hemimeris  elegans,  sp.  n.  Herba  minute  glandulosa  fere 
glabra  pallide  vn-idis  forsan  perennis,  caulibus  gracilibus  tenacibus 
ascendentibus  basim  versus  foliosis  tetragonis  1  dm.  longis  vel 
ultra,  foHis  oppositis  vel  superioribus  alternis  ovatis  lanceolatisve 
superioribus  angustioribus  apice  obtusis  apiculatisque  basi  plus 
mmusve  cordatis  vel  truncatis  breviter  petiolatis  margine  pauci- 
denticulatis  6-10  mm.  longis  1-5-4  mm.  latis  superioribus  minoribus 
sessihbusque,  mternodiis  mediis  superioribusque  quam  foha  longi- 
oribus,  racemis  terminalibus  paucifloris  laxis  19-44  mm.  longis, 
bracteis  (foliis  floralibus)  alternis  ovatis  sessilibus  2-5-3  mm.  longis! 
pedicellis  gracilibus  unifloris  subglandulosis  9-19  mm.  longis,  calycis 
segmentis  ovaU-ovatis  obtusis  glandulosis  sub  flore  2-5  mm.  longis 
sub  fructu  juveni  3-5  mm.  longis,  corolla  sub-purpurea  12-17  mm. 


TWO    NEW    SOUTH    AFRICAN    SCROPHULARIACE^  103 

lata  bilabiata,  labio  superiore  4-lobo  lobis  rotundatis  3-4  mm.  latis, 
labio  inferiore  concavo  integro  rotundato  subtiliter  nervoso  9  mm. 
lato,  calcaribus  2  conicis  obtusis  divergentibus  9  mm.  longis,  fila- 
mentis  complanatis  non  villosis  l'25-2  mm.  longis,  capsula  juveni 
ovoidea  miuute  glandulosa  calycem  leviter  excedente. 

Habitat  coioniEe  Oramje  River  in  regione  Kalahari ;  legit  anno 
1900  Lieut.  Pateshall  Thomas  I 

This  new  species  belongs  to  the  genus,  the  type  of  which  is 
Hemimeris  honcE-spei  L.  PI.  Afr.  Rar.  p.  8,  n.  1  (Dec.  1760) ;  the 
latter  is  the  only  species  which  Linnaeus  referred  to  the  genus. 
Since  Richter  in  his  Codex  botanicus  linnceaniis  (1840)  does  not 
notice  it,  and  since  Hemimeris,  as  used  by  Bentham  and  other 
authors,  is  a  different,  though  allied,  genus,  an  explanation  becomes 
necessary.  Linnaeus  in  1763  republished  the  dissertation  PlantcB 
africana'.  rariores  in  the  sixth  volume  of  his  Amcenitates  Academica, 
pp.  77-112,  and  added  an  appendix;  to  some  extent  this  is  a 
revision  of  the  original  tract,  and  HemIxMERis  bonce  spei  is  changed 
into  PiEDEROTA  boiicB  spei,  but  the  description  and  synonyms  are 
repeated,  with  the  addition,  however,  of  "  fol.  pinnatifidis  "  after 
the  name,  and  of  Diandria  over  the  name ;  these  additions  make 
no  difference  in  effect,  because  in  the  body  of  the  description  the 
leaves  were  described  as  "  pinnatifida,"  and  the  position  of  the 
plant  at  the  head  of  the  enumeration,  followed  next  by  a  Gladiolus, 
suggests  the  class  Diandria.  Sir  J.  E.  Smith  was  aware  of  what 
Linnaeus  had  done,  for,  in  an  article  signed  "  S."  in  Rees,  Cyclop, 
xvii.  p.  4  H  (1811),  he  wrote,  under  H.  diffusa,  "We  can  hardly 
doubt  that  the  original  Hemimeris  (afterwards  called  Pmlerota)  boue 
spei  is  this  species,  though  it  was  at  first  described  as  diandrous." 
Hemimeris  diffusa  L.  f.  has  subsequently  been  split  into  segregates, 
all  of  which  are  referred  to  Diascia  Link  &  Otto ;  and  Bentham  in 
DC.  Prodr.  x.  p.  257  (1846),  under  D.  diffusa,  had  the  following 
note  :  "  Thunbergius  sub  nomine  H.  diftusae  verisimiliter  species 
plures  affines  confudit.  Linnaeus  speciem  quamdam  huic  affinem 
nomine  Paederot^  Bon^e-Spei  signavit." 

There  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  Hemimeris  bonce-spei  L.  is  of 
the  same  genus  as  Diascia  Link  &  Otto,  and  this  determination  is 
confirmed  by  the  Linnean  Herbarium,  wherein  two  specimens  in 
Hemimeris  on  a  sheet  named  "  b.  spei "  can  be  easily  recognized  as 
belonging  to  Diascia  L.  &  0.  The  younger  Linnaeus,  Willdenow, 
and  Thunberg  used  Hemimeris  to  include  all  the  plants  above  re- 
ferred to;  and  in  1828  Link  and  Otto,  Ic.  PI.  Sel.  p.  7,  t.  2, 
published  the  genus  Diascia,  which  has  since  been  accepted,  and 
the  other  species  of  the  younger  Linnaeus  have  been  kept  in  a  genus 
to  which  the  name  of  Hemimeris  L.  f.  is  retained,  notwithstanding 
the  fact  that  Hemimeris  L.  is  considered  to  be  different.  The  rule 
of  priority  does  not  sanction  the  dropping  out  of  use  of  the  original 
Hemimeris,  and  on  that  account  I  use  the  name  in  the  correct  sense. 
It  is  very  unfortunate  that  Richter  did  not  quote  the  first  edition 
of  Linnaeus's  Dissertations ;  he  uniformly  quoted,  instead  of  the 
Dissertations,  the  reprints  or  revisions  as  they  appeared  in  the 
Amcenitates  Academic(B ;  possibly  he  had  not  access  to  the  originals. 


104  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Diclis  umbonata,  sp.n.  Herba  parvula  inflorescentia  glan- 
duloso-puberula  excepta  glabra  ut  videtur  perennis,  caudice  sub- 
ligneo,  caulibus  tenacibus  subtus  pallidis  super  herbaceis  et  pallide 
viridibus  ascendentibus  tetragonis  semipedalibus  vel  ultra  dimidio 
inferiore  folioso  superiore  minus  foliato,  foliis  oppositis  anguste 
ellipticis  vel  lanceolatis  apice  obtusis  basi  breviter  petiolata  sub- 
sessilive  plus  minusve  angustatis  vel  fere  rotundatis  firme  herbaceis 
utrinque  viridibus  subtus  subpallidioribus  margiiie  denticulatis  vel 
subintegris  6-10  mm.  longis  l-25-3-5mm.  latis,  petiolis  brevissimis 
latiusculis  anguste  decurrentibus,  racemis  terminalibus  brevibus 
densisque  vel  subtus  laxioribus  atque  circiter  44  mm.  longis  pluri- 
floris,  pedicellis  in  bractearum  axillis  orientibus  unifloris  ebracteo- 
latis,  inferioribus  fere  ad  25  mm.  longis  subgracilibus  rectis  patulis, 
superioribus  brevioribus,  bracteis  foliorum  similibus  sed  minoribus 
et  glanduloso-puberulis,  calycis  segmentis  ovato-ovalibus  obtusis 
glanduloso-pilosulis  2-2-5  mm.  longis,  corolla  subpurpurea  bilabiata, 
labio  posteriore  trifido  6  mm.  longo  lobis  rotundatis,  labio  anteriore 
bifido  8  mm.  longo  lobis  semi-ellipticis  media  basi  umbone  aurantiaco 
puberulo  pr^ditis,  palato  pulverulento  umbonibus  2  aurantiacis 
breviter  barbatis  sub  labii  anterioris  eis  praedito,  calcare  e  basi 
conica  anguste  oblongo  obtuso  parum  curvo  4-5  mm.  longo,  fila- 
mentis  glabris  nitidis  latiusculis,  longioribus  1-25  mm.  longis,  brevi- 
oribus '625  mm.  longis,  antheris  aurantiacis  1  mm.  longis. 

Habitat  colonize  Orange  Fdver  in  regione  Kalahari ;  legit  anno 
1900  Lieut.  Pateshall  Thomas ! 

The  habit  of  this  plant,  with  its  comparatively  narrow  leaves, 
suggests  the  genus  Xemesia,  but  the  corolla  is  that  of  Diclis ;  the 
specimens  unfortunately  do  not  supply  ripe  fruit. 


BRITISH     HIERACIA. 


As  we  announced  in  our  last  issue,  Messrs.  Linton  have  issued 
the  sixth  fascicle  of  their  useful  and  admirably  prepared  series  of 
British  Hieracia,  thus  bringing  their  original  undertaking  to  a  close. 
They  think,  however,  that  a  supplementary  fascicle  of  forms  not 
represented  in  the  set  may  be  forthcoming  later.  The  present 
fascicle  contains  the  following  forms  which  are  believed  to  be 
endemic  : — H.  anylicum  var.  calcaratwn ;  H.  Griffitldi ;  H.  Leyi ; 
H.  Schmidtil  var.  eustomon  :  H.  caledunicum ;  H.  ruhicundum  var. 
Boswelli ;  H.  argenteum  var.  septentrionale ;  H.  Sommerfeltii  Yen'. 
spleyidens ;  H.  saxifragum  var.  orimeles ;  H.  rivale  var.  subhirtum  ; 
H,  murorum  var.  pulcherrimum ;  H.  murorum  var.  luciduhim;  H. 
miiroriim  Y&v.  sanguineum ;  H.  murorum  var.  subidatidens  ;  H.  orca- 
dense ;  H.  Orarium  var.  erythrmim ;  II.  duriceps  ;  H.  vidgatum  var. 
amplifolium  ;  H.  vulgatum  var.  mutahile ;  H.  surreianum ;  H.  steno- 
phyes  var.  oxyodus  ;  H.  gothicwn  var.  Stewartii ;  H.  rigidnm  var. 
longiciliatum  ;  H.  cantianum  var.  suhrigidum  ;  H.  zetlandioum  forma  ?  ; 
H.  vidgatum  var.  sejunctum. 

The  notes  accompanying  the  specimens  may  be  of  interest  to 


BRITISH    HIERACIA  105 

others  than  those  who  subscribe  to  the  set,  and  we  reproduce  most 
of  them  here  with  the  authors'  permission. 

"  H.  amjlicum  Fr.  var.  calcaratnni  E.  F.  Linton.  This  variety 
resembles  var.  jacuUfoUum  F.  J.  Hanb.  in  the  stalked  narrow  stem- 
leaf  (if  present,  which  more  often  it  is  not)  and  stem  smoother  than 
the  type,  but  in  other  respects  it  differs  much.  Tiie  petioles  are 
shaggy,  the  root-leaves  are  broadly  oval,  the  earlier  ones  more 
rounded,  stem  grey,  and  peduncles  cano-floccose  ;  phyllaries  rather 
narrow  and  short  (recalling  some  of  the  Vulf/ata),  floccose  especially 
on  the  margins,  ligules  well  developed,  pilose  at  the  tips.  Lime- 
stone cliffs  near  Kendal,  Westmoreland,  and  the  west  borders  of 
Brecon. 

"  H.  Orarium  Lindeb.  form  or  var.  ?  The  plant  now  sent  out 
differs  much  in  appearance  from  the  var.  fulvuni  F.  J.  Hanb.  oc- 
curring near  Bettyhill,  so  much  so  that  this  name  was  denied  it  by 
Mr.  Hanbury.  It  is,  however,  this  species,  and  may  be  a  mere 
sandhill  form,  but  if  the  undulate  and  rubescent  margins  of  the 
strongly  dentate  leaves,  and  the  more  equal  proportion  of  involucral 
hairs  and  glands  prove  permanent  characters,  the  varietal  name 
erythrcBum,  E.  F.  Linton  may  be  used  to  denote  it. 

"  H.  vulgatum  Fr.  var.  sejimctmi  W.  R.  Linton.  Root-leaves 
rosulate,  stems  floccose  and  with  long  white  hairs,  usually  few- 
leaved  (2-4,  rarely  -9) ;  leaves  yellowish-green, yzr^^i  in  texture,  sharply 
dentate  with  several  large  cusped  teeth,  stellately  pubescent  beneath 
hairy  above  ;  panicle  subumbellate,  heads  4-12,  floccose  hairy  and 
thinly  setose,  styles  livid,  Hgules  glabrous  at  the  tip.  The  Rev. 
E.  S.  Marshall,  who  gathered  the  series,  considered  that  the  texture, 
colouring,  and  dentation  of  the  leaves  separated  it  from  H.  vuhjatum. 
The  iuflorescence,  however,  presents  no  distinctive  feature,  and  we 
think  it  best  under  this  species.  We  have  what  seems  to  be  the 
same  form  from  Cantire,  Arran,  and  Dumbarton. 

"  H.  surreianum  F.  J.  Hanb.  var.  megalodon  E.  F.  Linton.  Mr. 
Hanbury  pronounced  the  previous  number  (146)  typical,  and  this 
(147)  a  varietal  form.  The  latter  is  embraced  by  his  description  of 
H.  surreianum,  but  differs  from  the  type  in  paler  heads  (greener  when 
dry  and  not  so  dark)  and  more  coarsely  dentate  leaves.  Neither 
occurs  in  Scandinavia. 

"  H.  stenophyes  W.  R.  Linton  var.  oxyodus  W.  R.  Linton.  This 
variety  grows  near  the  Midlaw  Burn,  Moffat  Water,  and  differs  from 
the  type  in  the  following  particulars  :  inner  root-leaves  and  stem- 
leaves  more  lanceolate,  much  more  deeply  cut,  with  large  lon» 
cusped  teeth ;  peduncles  straight  or  nearly  so,  floccose,  setose,  and 
slightly  hairy,  as  are  the  heads ;  phyllaries  broad,  blunt,  even  the 
margins  rather  dark  ;  ligule  tips  ciliolate. 

"  ii.  cantianum  F.  J.  Hanb.  var.  siihrigidnm  E.  F.  Linton. 
Differs  from  the  type  in  the  more  densely  floccose  peduncles,  more 
numerous  involucral  hairs,  and  somewhat  livid  style.  An  approach 
towards  H.  rigidum  in  these  points  and  in  its  general  facies. 

"  Besides  these,  some  other  numbers  call  for  comment : 

"  H.  Grijfithii  F.  J.  Hanb.,  originally  described  as  a  variety  of 
H.  clovense  Linton  in  Journ.  Bot.  (1894),  with  but  a  few  characters 


106  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

to  separate  it  from  that  species,  was  raised  to  specific  rank  (B.  E.  C 
Rpt.  1895,  486  ;  1897,  553)  with  no  more  complete  description.  It 
has  been  confused  with  H.  saxifragiim  Fr.  var.  orimeles  F.  J.  Hanb., 
from  which  the  long  white  hairs  all  up  the  stem  and  rather  villous 
involucre  help  to  distinguish  it ;  and  seems  to  require  some  marks 
to  separate  it  from  forms  of  H.  Schmidtii  Tausch. 

"  H.  saxlfragum  Fr.  var.  orimeles  F.  J.  Hanb.  The  plant  we  are 
issuing  is  that  which  has  appeared  in  lists  under  this  name,  but 
we  are  not  content  with  its  position  under  H.  saxifraifiun  Fr.,  nor  do 
we  think  it  identical  with  some  //.  saxifraijum  forms  from  Scotland 
that  have  been  united  with  it.  The  leaves  are  much  broader  in 
proportion  to  their  length  than  any  H.  saxifragum  variety,  more 
abruptly  reduced  to  the  petiole  (which  is  less  winged),  much  greener 
and  thicker ;  the  cauline  leaves  have  a  tendency  to  be  patent  and 
not  suberect  as  in  H.  saxifragum,  the  panicle  is  laxer.  It  does  not 
appear  to  have  been  described,  even  as  a  variety  (see  Journ.  Bot. 
1894,  228;  1893,  18)  ;  we  therefore  give  a  description  (drawn  up 
by  W.  R.  L.)  to  accompany  our  specimens. 

''  H.  orimeles  (sp.  nov.  "?)  Green,  slightly  glaucous.  St.  12-15  in., 
hairy,  floccose,  3-4-leaved.  Radical  leaves  ovate  to  ovate-oblong^ 
denticulate,  roughly  hairy  on  both  sides,  ciliate  with  lougish  white 
stiff  hairs  ;  cauline  ovate-lane,  to  lanceolate,  often  toothed,  pL  m. 
patent.  Panicle  few-headed,  irregularly  lax ;  peduncles  floccose, 
moderately  setose,  with  a  few  hairs  and  patent  bracts: ;  invols.  floccose, 
with  some  seta)  and  many  black-based  hairs  ;  phyllaries  rather 
broad  subobtuse  deep  blackish  green,  even  the  margins  rather  dark. 
Ligules  somewhat  orange-yellow,  tips  puberulous,  styles  livid-yellow 
or  livid.  Plentiful  in  the  Carnarvonshire  hills,  ranging  from 
500-2500  ft. 

"  H.  stenolepis  Lindeb.  This  species  is  closely  connected  with 
H.  hritannicum  F.  J.  Hanb.,  but  differs  in  the  following  particulars: — 
it  usually  has  one  stem-leaf;  root-leaves  oblong-lanceolate,  very 
variable  at  the  base,  with  stelligerous  pubescence  beneath  ;  pedun- 
cles long  and  incurved  ;  phyllaries  still  more  attenuate  into  a  long 
linear  point.  Of  the  Craig  Cille  H.  stenolepis  Mr.  Hanbury  rightly 
observes,  '  A  modification  of  the  Scandinavian  form  '  (B.  E.  C.  Rpt. 
1893,  417).  The  fact  is,  the  British  plant  is  a  departure  from  the 
Scandinavian  type  towards  H.  britanniciim. 

"  H.  angustatum  Lindeb.  The  type  specimens  are  frequently 
branched  from  the  base,  and  have  subentire  leaves.  British  speci- 
mens have  more  dentate  leaves  and  are  usually  unbranched  below. 
The  Scotch  series  (No.  151)  are  in  the  direction  of  Lindeberg's  var. 
etatujn. 

^^  H.  zetlandicum  Beeby  forma.  So  named  by  the  Rev.  E.  S. 
Marshall  and  confirmed  by  Mr.  F.  J.  Hanbury,  and  recorded  under 
this  name  in  Journ.  Bot.  1898,  p.  172  ;  and  we  issue  it  as  such  on 
their  authority  rather  than  our  own.  We  have  gathered  the  same 
form  in  Farr  Bay,  E.  of  Bettyhill,  ourselves,  as  long  ago  as  1888, 
and  cultivated  it  both  at  Bournemouth  and  Shirley,  without  being 
able  to  exactly  determine  it,  but  have  not  had  H.  zetlandicum  in 
cultivation  for  comparison.     It  may  be,  as  Mr,  Marshall  thinks, 


FRANCIS  Bauer's  'delineations  of  exotic  plants'  107 

that  an  exposed  mainland  situation  will  account  for  the  more 
abundant  clothing  of  the  involucre  and  robustness  of  the  whole 
plant.  But  should  not  this  circumstance  have  produced  leaves 
more  strongly  dentate  rather  than  (as  it  is)  less  so?  Mr.  W.  H. 
Beeby,  to  whom  we  have  submitted  specimens,  shares  our  doubt, 
but  neither  he  nor  we  can  suggest  a  better  name." 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL     NOTES. 
XXVI. — Francis  Bauer's  '  Delineations  of  Exotic  Plants.' 

In  a  description  of  this  work  published  in  this  Journal  for  1899 
(pp.  181-3)  no  reference  is  made  to  the  authority  which  should  be 
cited  for  the  names  of  the  Heaths  figured,  when  these  happen  to  be 
new.  The  matter  has  been  brought  under  my  notice  ia  connection 
with  Erica  se.vfaria,  which  is  there  published  for  the  first  time. 
There  is  no  letterpress  to  the  work,  save  for  Banks's  preface,  but 
the  name  of  each  plant  is  printed  on  the  plate,  and  this  has  been 
accepted  as  an  adequate  pubhcation. 

Salisbury  (in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  vi.  334  (1802) )  cites  for  E.  sex- 
farla  '•  PI.  Kew.  f.  11  ";  in  Alton's  Hortus  Kewensis  (ed.  2,  ii.  864 
"(1811))  it  stands  as  ''Icon.  hort.  Kew.  11";  Bentham  (in  DC. 
Prodr.  vii.  618  (1892))  has  "  Dryand.  !  in  Bauer  icon.  pi.  Kew. 
t.  11  "  ;  and  Mr.  Jackson  in  his  Inde.v  has  "Ait.  Exot.  PI.  t.  11." 
Bentham,  who  consulted  the  Banksian  Herbarium  when  preparing 
his  monograph,  is  undoubtedly  right  in  supposing  that  Dryander  is 
responsible  for  the  name ;  it  appears  in  his  handwriting  not  only 
on  the  herbarium  sheets,  but  on  Bauer's  original  drawings  for  the 
work  (nearly  all  of  which  are  named  by  Dryander),  and  in  Solander's 
MSS.,  where  it  is  substituted  for  names  previously  given  by  Solander. 
Unfortunately  Bentham's  citations  are  not  consistent ;  for  E.  longi- 
folia  (which  is  written  up  in  the  Herbarium  in  Dryander's  hand)  he 
cites  "Ait.  in  Bauer  icon.  hort.  Kew.  t.  4),  while  the  next  species, 
E.  Leeana  (which  is  not  written  up  by  Dryander)  is  given  as 
"  Dryand.  in  Bauer  icon.  hort.  Kew.  t.  24." 

Whether,  however,  Dryander  can  rightly  be  cited  as  the  authority 
for  these  names  must  depend  upon  howfar  it  is  justitiable  to  go  beyond 
the  information  which  appears  on  the  title-page  of  a  book.  This 
question  is  of  importance  in  connection  with  Aiton's  Hortus  Kewensis, 
as  to  which  something  was  said  in  this  Journal  for  1897,  p.  481. 
In  the  present  instance,  however,  the  difficulty  is  increased  by  the 
fact  that,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  title-page  of  the  work,  reprinted 
in  Journ.  Bot.  1899,  p.  181,  and  from  the  other  information  there 
given,  Alton  had  no  part  in  it  save  in  so  far  that  he  was  the 
Curator  of  Kew  Gardens,  from  which  the  plants  figured  were 
derived.  It  may  of  course  be  urged  that  the  phrase  "  published  by 
W.  T.  Alton,"  taken  literally,  justifies  the  attribution  of  tlie  "pub- 
lication" to  him,  especially  as  there  was  another  pubhsher  in  the 
ordinary  sense  of  the  word ;  and  it  is  no  doubt  this  last  view  which 


108  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

has  induced  Mr.  Jackson  to  cite  "Ait."  as  the  authority,  though  in 
that  case  ''Ait.  f."  or  "W.  T.  Ait."  would  be  more  accurate. 

James  Britten. 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 


Flora   of  Tropical   Africa.      Vol.   V.,   Part  iii.      London  :    Lovell 
Reeve.     1900.     Price  8s.  net. 

This  part  contains  pp.  385-546,  and  was  published  last  December ; 
it  completes  the  volume,  and,  with  the  exception  of  the  Addenda 
(pp.  506-526),  index  (pp.  527-545),  etc.,  is  entirely  the  work  of 
Mr.  J.  G.  Baker ;  it  contains  the  bulk — about  five-sevenths — of  the 
LabiatcB,  as  well  as  the  seven  species  of  Flantarfo,  which  are  the  only 
members  of  the  Plantai/inem  in  the  Flora.  The  authorship  of  the 
Addenda  is  not  particularly  stated,  but  from  internal  evidence  it 
seems  that  the  authors  of  the  several  natural  orders  which  were 
elaborated  in  the  volume  contributed  to  the  corresponding  portions 
(if  any)  to  the  Addenda ;  thus,  Mr.  Burkill  and  Mr.  C.  B.  Clarke  to 
the  Acanthacea,  and  Mr.  Baker  to  the  rest.  There  remains,  perhaps, 
some  doubt  on  this  point ;  for  on  the  last  page  of  the  Addenda 
Solenostemon  niveus  is  taken  up  from  the  Welwitsch  Catalogue,  a 
species  which  was  founded  upon  the  same  plant  (Welwitsch, 
n.  5619)  as  had  been  described  on  p.  437  under  the  name  of 
Coleus  orhicHiaris  Baker ;  and  these  two  names  are  not  correlated 
in  the  Addenda. 

Botanists  can  now  obtain  in  a  systematic  sense  a  comprehensive 
and  concise  survey  of  the  Ldbiatm  of  Tropical  Africa  with  an  ease 
that  was  not  previously  possible.  The  number  of  genera  ni  this  and 
in  the  latter  portion  of  part  ii.  is  given  as  43 ;  and  the  number  of 
species  is  571,  of  which  21  species  are  found  only  in  the  Addenda. 

No  new  genus  is  here  pubhshed  for  the  first  time,  and  the 
limitations  of  the  genera  are  kept  as  close  as  possible  to  that 
settled  in  the  Genera  Plantaruni  by  Bentham,  who  had  devoted 
during  many  years  a  great  deal  of  attention  to  the  order,  and 
the  value  of  whose  judgment  in  the  matter  of  genera  is  universally 
acknowledged ;  several  revisions  made  by  recent  authors  are  not 
adopted ;  and,  as  might  have  been  expected,  work  done  at  Kew  has 
received  in  some  instances  preferential  treatment. 

Five  volumes  of  the  Flora  have  now  been  published,  and  their 
dates  are  as  follows:  vol.  i.  in  1868,  vol.  ii.  in  1871,  vol.  iii.  in  1877, 
vol.  vii.  in  1897-98,  and  vol.  v.  in  1899-1900 ;  so  far  as  appears 
from  them,  Labiatm  stands  fourth  in  number  of  species,  the  only 
larger  numbers  being  833  for  LeguminoscB  in  1871,  719  for  OrchidecB 
in  1897-98,  and  681  for  AcanthncecB  in  1899-1900 ;  the  next  largest 
numbers  were  478  for  FubiaceeB  in  1877,  473  for  Liliacea  in  1898, 
and  471  for  Composites  in  1877.  But,  having  regard  to  the  differ- 
ences in  the  dates,  to  the  progress  made  during  the  last  twenty-three 
years,  and  to  the  more  critical  idea  of  a  species  which  now  prevails 
at  Kew,  there  is  no  doubt  that  Fubiacem  and  Composite  are  each 


FLORA    OV    TKOPICAL    AFRICA  109 

much  more  numerous  in  Tropical  African  species  than  are  Labiahe ; 
and  of  the  orders  not  yet  done  for  the  Flora  it  may  be  granted  that 
Gnunine(£,  Ctjperacece,  and  probably  EuphorhiacecB  will  have  a  higher 
enumeration  than  Lahintie ;  it  thus  appears  that  Labiatte  really  take 
•a  place  not  higher  than  ninth  in  the  Flora. 

As  an  illustration  of  the  accelerated  rate  of  progress  in  African 
botany,  it  may  be  stated  that  the  orders  UmheUiferw  and  Araliaceie 
were  prepared  for  the  second  volume  of  the  Flora,  but  were  crowded 
out;  they  were,  in  fact,  printed  off  in  1873,  with  the  heading  and 
pagination  ready  for  the  succeeding  volume,  and  the  sheets  remained 
unpublished  for  more  than  six  years,  until  in  1877  the  third  volume 
appeared,  and  then  they  formed  the  beginning  of  it.  Notwith- 
standing this  long  delay,  one  only  of  the  new  species  which  were 
described  in  it  had  in  the  meantime  been  published  under  another 
name,  and  only  one  new  species  would  have  required  incorporation 
in  order  to  bring  the  work  up  to  date. 

The  number  of  new  species  of  Lahiatcc  now  published  by  Mr. 
Baker  is  122,  besides  52  previously  published  by  him ;  the  number 
of  species  ascribed  to  Dr.  Giirke  is  121,  and  that  to  Dr.  Briquet  is 
83,  and  there  are  several  species  due  to  other  botanists  of  the 
present  day,  while  only  25  are  ascribed  to  Bentham,  and  11  to 
Liunsus ;  it  is  thus  seen  to  what  a  great  extent  the  Flora  is 
indebted  to  recent  research.  The  number  of  endemic  species 
appears  to  be  508,  only  63  being  mentioned  as  occurring  also 
outside  the  limits  of  the  Flora.  It  is  obvious  that  much  material 
remains  unexplored  and  waiting  to  reward  further  search ;  for  one 
of  the  six  great  divisions  into  which  Tropical  Africa  is  divided  for 
the  purpose  of  the  Flora — namely,  the  North  Central  region — is  not 
credited  with  even  one  species ;  this  region  is  bounded  on  the  north 
by  the  Tropic  of  Cancer,  on  the  west  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  on  the 
east  by  the  twenty-sixth  meridian  of  east  longitude,  and  on  the 
south  by  the  Upper  Guinea  region  and  the  Congo  Free  State.  As 
to  the  other  five  regions,  Upper  Guinea  is  cited  for  63  species, 
Nile-land  for  202,  Lower  Guinea  for  124,  South  Central  for  40,  and 
Mozambique  for  247. 

The  care  that  has  been  taken  to  bring  together  in  regular 
sequence  all  the  plants  of  the  order  belonging  to  the  Flora  cannot 
fail  to  prove  a  great  benefit  ;  it  is  indeed  carrying  out  the  main 
purpose  of  the  work,  and  very  little  has  escaped  Mr.  Baker.  Two 
species,  however,  are  omitted,  namely,  Plectranthus  hereroensls  Engl. 
Bot.  Jahrb.  x.  p.  267  (9  Oct.  1888),  and  Leucas  Ruspolmna  Giirke 
in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xxii.  p.  134,  n.  22  (19  Nov.  1895). 

The  following  three  names,  which  have  been  published  in  con- 
nection with  Tropical  African  botany,  are  not  quoted : — 

Ocimiim  longistylum  Hochst.  in  PL  Schimp.  Abyss,  iii.  n.  1599 ; 
this,  according  to  Schweinf.  Beitr.  Fl.  .Ethiop.  p.  125  (1867),  is 
synonymous  with  0.  mentkifolmm  Hochst. 

Salvia  utilis  A.  Br.  in  Karlsrh.  Saamenkat.,  1841 ;  this,  according 
to  Schweinf.  I.e.  p.  127,  is  synonymous  with  S.  nudicaitlis  Vahl. 
In  the  National  Herbarium  there  is  a  specimen  from  A.  Braun, 
grown  in  the  Carlsruhe  garden  from  Abyssinian  seeds. 


110  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Leoiiutis  Raineriana  Vis.  L'Orto  Bot.  Padova,  1842,  p.  142, 
n.  47  ;  this  is  L.  veliitina  Fenzl,  /3  /  Raineritma  Bentb.  in  DC.  Prodi*, 
xii.  p.  535  (1848). 

It  may  be  noted  tbat  on  p.  477,  n.  13,  Leiicas  Pechuelii  Baker 
sbould  have  been  ascribed  to  Giirke  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xxii.  135; 
also  that  on  p.  481,  n.  30,  L.  lanata  Baker  is  not  the  same  plant  as 
the  East  Indian  L.  lanata  Benth.  in  Wall.  PI.  As.  Bar.  i.  p.  62 
(1830),  and  in  DC.  Prodr.  xii.  p.  525,  n.  8  (1848),  although  Giirke 
in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xxii.  p.  135,  n.  36,  seems  to  assume  that  it  is 
the  same.  It  appears  that  L.  lanata  Baker  will  require  a  new  name, 
but  the  question  whether  this  is  so  or  not  may  form  a  difficult 
problem  in  nomenclature,  if  certain  principles  now  in  fashion  on 
the  Continent  or  in  America  are  allowed  to  prevail. 

Ocijmuni  iiwnadelphnin  and  Leucas  a  [finis  of  E.  Brown  ni  Salt, 
Voyage  to  Abyssinia,  Appendix  iv.  p.  Ixiv  (1814),  are  names  only, 
and  as  such  have  no  claims  for  recognition ;  they  are  not  noticed  in 
the  Flora,  but  the  latter  is  quoted  by  A.  Richard,  Tent.  Fl.  Abyss. 
ii.  p.  199  (1851),  as  synonymous  with  L.  urticafolia  (printed 
L.  urticifulia  by  Baker,  p.  489).  Ocymiun  monadelpham  R.  Br.  is 
Coleiis  conwsns  Hochst.  Specimens  of  each,  named  by  Brown,  are 
in  the  National  Herbarium. 

Without  any  attempt  to  supply  a  list  of  omissions  of  plants  or 
names  belonging  to  the  other  orders  comprised  in  the  volume,  from 
the  appendix,  the  curious  want  of  any  mention  of  the  Somaliland 
genus,  Hceniacanthtis  S.  Moore  in  Journ.  Bot.  1899,  p.  63,  t.  4026- 
(Sept.),  may  be  noted.  References  in  the  appendix  to  the  prior 
pages  of  the  volume,  showing  where  the  added  species  belong,  would 
have  been  a  practical  advantage.  The  change  made  in  the  trivial 
name  of  Miniulopsis  Thutnsuni  C.  B.  Clarke,  p.  55,  which  has  the 
synonym  Epidastopebna  rflandulosiuin  Lindau  is  obviously  calculated 
to  provoke  a  change  of  nomenclature  on  the  part  of  foreign  botanists 
and  might  have  been  wisely  avoided,  although  the  earlier  trivial  would 
not  be  very  distinctive  under  the  older  generic  name. 

While  appreciating  its  sterling  value,  it  is  impossible  to  look 
through  the  volume,  even  cursorily,  without  being  impressed  with 
the  numerous  and  important  contributions  made  by  foreign  botanists 
to  this  Flora  ;  and  these  contributions  are  mostly  of  recent  dates. 
From  a  purely  scientific  standpoint,  it  matters  not  at  all  to  what 
nationalities  workers  belong ;  but  the  book  is  printed  in  English 
with  the  belief  that  this  language  would  be  most  generally  con- 
venient ;  many  of  its  readers  therefore  will  feel  a  certain  sense  of 
shame  that  the  plants  of  a  part  of  the  world  where  British  rule  and 
influence  largely  prevail  are  not  systematically  elucidated  in  corre- 
sponding proportions  by  English  botanists.  It  must  be  conceded 
that  supremacy  in  this  kind  of  scientific  work  is  being  steadily  lost 
by  Britain ;  it  is  no  longer  adequate,  as  in  former  times,  to  rely 
much  on  voluntary  efforts  to  cope  with  foreign  competition  ;  and, 
unless  the  British  Government  takes  to  heart  the  present  tendency 
of  things,  organizes  its  botanical  establishments  to  the  highest  state 
of  efficiency,  and  enlarges  the  supplies,  it  will  inevitably  discover 
that  the  best  original  work  on  the  botany  of  its  colonies  and  other 


ALGOLOGICAL    NOTICES  111 

lands  under  its  protection  will,  like  many  otlier  good  things,  con- 
tinue in  ever  increasing  degrees  principally  to  be  made  in  Germany. 

W.    P.    HiERN. 

Algological  Notices. 

In  Ni/t  McKjauu  for  XaturvidensJcaherne  (Christiania)  (Bind  38, 
Hefte  i.  1900)  appears  a  series  of  short  notes  by  Dr.  N.  Wille, 
entitled  "Algologische  Notizen  I. -VI."  He  introduces  these  notes 
by  explaining  that,  during  the  twenty  years  and  more  in  which  he 
has  paid  attention  to  algse,  he  has  made  observations  which  for 
some  reason  or  another  have  remained  somewhat  fragmentary. 
These  notes  he  has  now  decided  to  publish,  since,  as  he  rightly 
says,  they  may  save  trouble  to  other  botanists,  or  may  even  incite 
someone  to  continue  the  investigation  which  from  force  of  circum- 
stances has  been  left  unfinished  by  the  author. 

The  first  of  the  notes  is  on  Chloroijlcea  tuhercuhsa  (Hansg.), 
found  by  Dr.  Wille  on  Laminaria  digitata  and  lihodochorton  Rothil. 
He  regards  his  plant  as  identical  with  Pahndhi  (/)  tuberculosa 
Hansg.,  recorded  from  the  Adriatic,  and  describes  both  the  mode 
of  growth  and  the  formation  of  akinetes  or  non-motile  reproductive 
cells.  He  considers  Chloro(/lcea  to  be  one  of  the  Chammiplionacea, 
allied  to  Oncobyrsa,  and  a  diagnosis  is  given  of  the  new  genus. 

Note  II.  describes  a  new  variety — Mandalends — of  Merumopedia 
eUfjans  A.  Br.  It  differs  from  M.  elegans  var.  marina  Lagerh.,  its 
nearest  ally,  in  the  larger  size  of  its  colonies,  which  consist  of 
larger  and  more  irregular  cells. 

Asterocystis  rauiosa  Gobi  forms  the  subject  of  the  third  note. 
Dr.  Wille  obtained  specimens  of  this  alga  at  Mandal  in  the 
summer  of  1889,  and  was  able  to  determine  the  presence  in  the 
cells  of  a  central  pvrenoid  in  a  star- shaped  chromatophore.  From 
lack  of  reagents  for  the  staining  of  nuclei,  he  was  unable  to  make 
these  bodies  visible,  though  he  does  not  doubt  their  existence.  The 
manner  of  cell-division  is  described,  which  gives  rise  in  places  to  the 
false  branching  figured  by  Harvey,  and  found  among  families  of 
the  Myxophi/cecB.  Dr.  Wille  describes  a  certain  condition  of  some 
of  the  cells,  which  leads  him  to  suggest  the  formation  of  monospores 
not  enclosed  in  a  membrane  ;  and  this  suggestion  gains  weight  by 
a  study  of  the  mode  of  attachment  to  the  plant  on  which  it  grows. 
The  development  of  Asterocystis  agrees  so  closely  with  that  of  the 
genus  Goniotrichuin,  that  it  would  be  possible  to  unite  the  two ;  but 
Dr.  Wille  considers  it  wiser  to  retain  both  genera  for  the  present,  as 
he  believes  that  Asterocystis  may  prove  to  have  a  resting-stage  in  the 
form  of  akinetes.  He  describes  cells  which  may  be  these  bodies, 
but  the  point  requires  more  investigation.  A  short  note  on  Cruci- 
genia  irregularis  Wille  adds  a  few  details  to  the  description  already 
published  by  Dr.  Wille  on  this  plant. 

_  Blastophysa  arrhiza  Wille  forms  the  subject  of  Note  V.  The 
points  of  difference  are  enumerated  which  distinguish  this  species 
from  B.  rhizopus  and  B.  polynwrpha,  described  by  Dr.  Kjellman. 
Although  the  copulation  of  zoospores  has  not  been  actually  observed 


112  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

in  this  species,  Dr.  Wille  shows  from  his  own  observation  and  those 
of  Dr.  Huber  that  such  a  process  is  not  unhkely  to  exist.  As  to  the 
systematic  position  of  Blastophysa,  Dr.  Wille  entirely  agrees  with 
Dr.  Huber  in  removing  it  from  Valoniacece  to  the  Chtetophoracece, 
where  he  places  it  as  a  much  reduced  form  next  to  PlmopkHa,  not- 
withstanding the  chromatophores  and  nuclei.  In  this  course  he  is 
doubtless  right. 

The  last  note  deals  with  iSpiruijijra  fallax  (Hansg.).  This  plant 
was  found  by  Dr.  Wille  at  Tempelhof,  near  Berlin,  in  1882,  and, 
though  he  recognized  it  as  new,  it  remained  unpublished.  He 
regards  it  as  identical  with  S.  insujnis  Kiitz.  var.  fallax  Hansg., 
published  some  years  later ;  but,  as  the  description  given  by  Dr. 
Hansgirg  is  not  sufficiently  full,  a  diagnosis  is  given  here  of  the 
alga  which  is  now  raised  to  specific  rank.  6\  fallax  occupies  an 
intermediate  position  in  the  genus  Spiroijijra,  for,  though  it  must 
be  placed  in  the  subgenus  Emplrotjura,  it  resembles  in  certain 
respects  /S'.  punctata  CI.  The  special  points  described  in  each  note 
are  figured. 

E.  S.  B. 


The  European  Sphai/nacece  {after  Warmtorf).  By  E.  Charles 
HoRRELL,  F.L.S.  London  :  West,  Newman  &  Co.  1901. 
Pp.  87.     Price  2s.  6d. 

The  SpluKjuaceie  are  represented  by  a  single  genus  which  is 
sharply  separated  off  from  the  rest  of  the  Mosses  by  the  peculiar 
spongy  structure  of  its  leaves  and  stems,  and  also  by  the  mor- 
phology and  development  of  its  sporogonium,  which  are  suggestive 
of  a  nearer  descent  from  some  Anthocerotoid  ancestor  than  can  be 
claimed  for  the  other  Mosses.  Moreover,  as  in  the  case  of  other 
plants  of  promiscuous  aquatic  habit,  the  Sphar/na  present  such  a 
wealth  of  perplexing  transition-forms  as  to  render  their  classification 
an  extremely  difficult  matter.  It  is  not  surprising,  then,  that  they 
should  have  been  made  the  subject  of  a  separate  and  critical  study. 
Of  those  who  have  devoted  themselves  to  this  litudy,  the  principal 
exponent  is  Dr.  C.  Warnstorf,  of  Neuruppin.  But  his  work,  pub- 
lished in  numerous  papers  in  German  periodicals,  has  hitherto 
failed  to  meet  with  the  recognition  it  deserves  in  this  country. 
With  the  view  of  making  it  better  known  to  English  readers  and  of 
enabling  them  to  bring  up  the  tale  of  our  native  species  to  the 
standard  of  continental  systematists,  Mr.  Horrell  has  undertaken 
the  task  of  putting  into  English  the  latest  determinations  at  which 
Dr.  Warnstorf  has  arrived  as  to  the  disposition  and  delimitation  of 
the  species  and  varieties. 

Dr.  Warnstorf  attaches  great  importance  to  the  position  and 
form  of  the  chlorophyllose  cells  of  the  ramuline  leaves  as  seen  in 
cross-section,  and  also  to  the  form  and  distribution  of  the  pores  of 
the  hyaline  cells.  Hence  success  in  the  new  Sphagnology  is  to  be 
attained  only  by  patient  section-cuttmg.  And  as  the  multiplication 
of  cryptogamous  species  usually  varies  in  direct  proportion  with  the 
magnification  afforded  by  the  powers  of  the  microscope  employed, 


XENIA  113 

we  find  a  notable  increase  in  the  present  group.  Eighteen  of  the 
species  given  in  Dr.  Braithwaite's  tiphagnacece  are  European.  Dr. 
Warnstorf  has  increased  them  to  fifty.  How  many  of  these  are 
native  to  our  country  remains  to  be  ascertained  with  the  help  of 
Mr.  Horrell's  synopsis. 

Mr.  Horrell  has  thrown  himself  into  his  task  with  ardour,  and 
has  performed  it  conscientiously.  He  has  gone  afield  and  col- 
lected; he  has  determined  and  revised  thousands  of  specimens.  He 
gives  us  a  key  to  the  species,  detailed  descriptions  of  the  species  and 
varieties,  with  their  geographical  distribution,  a  bibliography,  and 
an  index.  The  discrepancy  between  the  number  of  species  in  the 
key  and  the  number  in  the  body  of  the  book  is  explained  by  a  note 
on  p.  39.  Whilst  Mr.  Horrell  was  publishing  the  instalments  of 
his  work  in  the  pages  of  this  Journal  last  year,  he  learned  that  Dr. 
Warnstorf  had  revised  his  conclusions  as  to  the  group  Cmpidata. 
Consequently  he  had  to  introduce  a  revised  key  of  this  group,  and 
to  add  the  descriptions  of  eight  more  species. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  a  larger  edition  of  separate  copies  of 
this  useful  book  was  not  printed  o£f.  Of  the  100  copies  prepared, 
eighty  have  already  been  taken  up  by  the  Moss  Exchange  Club,  and 
less  than  a  score  are  left  in  stock. 

A.  G. 

Xenia,  or  the  i  in  mediate  effects  of  Pollen  in  Maize.  By  Herbert  J. 
Webber.  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Bulletin  no.  22. 
8vo,  pp.  44,  4  plates.     Washington.     1900. 

This  paper  deals  in  a  most  interesting  manner  with  the  phe- 
nomenon of  "Xenia"— a  term  appHed  to  the  changes  that  are 
produced  in  seed  by  cross- fertilization.  That  the  hybrid  plant 
should  be  changed  in  character  was  to  be  expected,  but  that  the 
seed,  apart  from  the  embryo,  should  be  altered  was  difi&cult  to 
understand,  though  there  could  be  no  doubt  that  there  was  very 
distinct  alteration.  It  is  only  recently  that  this  mysterious  influence, 
or  "  Xenia,"  has  been  satisfactorily  explained  by  the  discovery  of  a 
double  fecundation.  Prof.  Nawaschin  and  Prof.  Guignard,  working 
independently  of  each  other,  discovered  this  fact  about  two  years 
ago,  while  working  on  the  fertilized  embryo-sac  of  Lilium  and 
Fritillaria.  They  found  that  both  the  nuclei  of  the  pollen-tube 
passed  over  into  the  embryo-sac ;  that  one  fused  with  the  nucleus  of 
the  ovum,  and  the  other  with  the  definitive  nucleus  of  the  embryo- 
sac,  and  that  the  endosperm  to  which  the  latter  nucleus  gives  rise 
is  thus  equally  with  the  embryo  the  product  of  fertilization,  and 
bears  the  impress  of  the  male  plant. 

There  is  no  plant,  Mr.  Webber  goes  on  to  state,  in  which  the 
occurrence  of  Xenia  is  so  well  substantiated  as  in  Maize,  though 
double  fertilization  has  not  yet  been  observed  in  any  of  the  cereals, 
and  his  conclusions  are  necessarily  theoretical.  The  generative 
nucleus  in  grasses  has,  however,  been  noted  and  described  as  of 
spiral  form,  thus  agreeing  in  form  with  the  male  nucleus  in  Liliitm 
Martagon  described  by  Prof.  Guignard,  and  further  confirmed  by 
Miss  Sargant. 

Journal  of  Botany.— Vol.  39.      [March,  1901.]  i 


114  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Mr.  Webber  gives  an  historical  account  of  the  observations 
made  on  hybridization  in  Maize  by  various  writers,  beginning  with 
P.  Dudley's  "An  Observation  on  Indian  Corn"  (1724).  This 
writer  remarks  that  "Indian  corn  is  of  several  colours,  as  blue, 
white,  red,  and  yellow ;  if  these  sorts  are  planted  by  themselves, 
they  will  keep  to  their  own  colour.  But  if  in  the  same  field  you 
plant  blue  corn  in  one  row  of  hills,  and  the  white  or  yellow  in  the 
next  row,  they  will  mix  and  interchange  their  colours ;  that  is, 
some  of  the  ears  of  corn  in  the  blue-corn  rows  shall  be  white  or 
yellow ;  and  some  in  the  white  or  yellow  rows  shall  be  of  the  blue 
colour."  Succeeding  investigators  made  experiments  on  Maize 
with  the  same  result,  that  the  influence  of  cross-fertilization  could 
be  seen  in  the  endosperm  of  the  seed,  either  as  a  change  of  colour 
or  a  change  of  form.  It  was  also  noted  that  the  colour  or  form  of 
the  hybrid  endosperm  was  affected  only  where  the  cross  occurred 
with  a  plant  of  which  the  endosperm  had  had  the  same  peculiarity. 
If  the  pericarp  of  the  seed  of  the  crossing  plant  alone  was  coloured, 
no  trace  appeared  in  the  seed  resulting  from  the  cross-fertilization. 

Another  conclusion  Mr.  Webber  draws  from  his  experiments  is, 
that  though  in  every  case  change  of  endosperm  or  Xenia  invariably 
proved  that  the  seed  was  a  hybrid,  and  that  such  change  was  a 
convenient  check  in  plant-breeding  experiments,  yet  the  converse 
did  not  hold  true ;  many  seeds  that  showed  no  trace  of  Xenia 
proved  to  be  hybrids.  He  concludes  that  in  these  cases  double 
fertilization  may  not  have  taken  place,  and  that  the  endosperm 
could  thus  bear  only  the  characters  of  the  female  plant.  Mr. 
Webber  gives  many  examples  in  his  excellent  plates  of  the  change  in 
colour  and  form  produced  in  corn  by  Xenia  ;  he  is  to  be  congratulated 
on  the  way  in  which  he  has  shown  how  recent  discoveries  tally 
with  previous  observations,  so  that  what  was  once  mysterious  and 
incomprehensible  becomes  a  simple  statement  of  cause  and  effect. 

A.  L.  S. 


Handbook  of  Practical  Botany.  By  Dr.  E.  Strasburger.  Trans- 
lated and  edited  from  the  German,  with  many  additional 
notes,  by  W.  Hillhouse,  M.A.,  &c.  Fifth  edition,  rewritten 
and  enlarged.  Pp.  xxxii,  519,  with  150  original  and  a  few 
additional  illustrations.  London  :  Sonnenschein.  1900. 
Price  10s.  6d. 

Dr.  Strasburger's  handbooks  of  practical  botany  are  sufficiently 
well  known,  both  in  the  German  and  English  form.  For  the  latter 
the  English  reading  student  owes  a  debt  of  gratitude  both  to  the 
translator  and  editor,  and  to  the  publisher.  Messrs.  Sonnenschein, 
in  the  series  of  excellent  and  comparatively  cheap  botanical  text- 
books, have  done  good  service — the  familiar  chocolate-brown -covered 
volumes  fill  the  chief  place  in  the  botanical  library  of  the  average 
advanced  student  who  does  not  aspire  to  the  more  ambitious  and 
more  expensive  green-backed  translations  issued  by  the  Clarendon 
Press. 


THK     SELF-P]DUCATOR    IN    BOTANY  115 

The  present  volume  contains  nearly  one  hundred  pages  more  than 
the  first  English  edition  issued  thirteen  years  before,  and  forty-four 
more  illustrations.  In  its  preparation  full  use  has  been  made  of 
the  third  edition  of  the  Botanische  Praktikum,  which  appeared  in 
1897.  The  notes  added  by  the  editor,  which  in  previous  editions 
have  been  indicated  by  bracketing,  have  now  been  for  the  most  part 
incorporated  in  the  text.  Another  alteration  which  will  be  observed 
is  the  omission  of  the  bibliographical  notes  which  have  been  hitherto 
appended  to  the  chapters.  The  reason  given  that,  "  as  the  refer- 
ences were  very  largely  to  German  sources,  it  follows  that  any  who 
were  capable  of  making  use  of  them  would  be  also  capable  of  re- 
ferring to  them  as  set  out  at  length  in  the  German  original,"  does 
not  seem  adequate.  A  student  would  not  be  likely  to  have  both 
German  and  English  editions  of  the  manual,  and,  while  naturally 
preferring  the  latter  to  work  with,  might  at  the  same  time  be  glad 
to  have  references  to  sources  of  more  extensive  information. 

We  would  also  suggest  the  inclusion  of  some  more  typical  form 
than  Marchantia  in  the  study  of  the  vegetative  structure  of  the 
Liverworts — it  is  remarkable  how  difficult  it  is  to  oust  a  "  type  " 
which  has  once  received  the  imprimatur  of  authority,  though  one 
cannot  imagine  that  either  author  or  editor  restricts  himself  in 
practice  to  this  extremely  specialized  and  non-typical  member  of 

"'*  ^-^""P-  A.  B.  E. 

The  Self-Educator  in  Botany.  By  E.  S.  Wishart,  M.A.  8vo, 
pp.  xiv,  226,  figs.  110.  London:  Hodder  &  Stoughton. 
1900.     Price  2s.  6d. 

It  would  be  interesting  to  see  the  kind  of  botanist  evolved  by  the 
process  of  self-education  set  forth  in  this  little  manual.  It  is  no  worse 
than  many  others,  and  much  better  than  some,  but  a  man  must  indeed 
be  a  genius  in  exposition  who  can  teach  through  the  pages  of  a  book 
the  subject-matter  which  is  nowadays  comprised  in  an  elementary 
course  of  botany,  including  internal  structure  and  the  principles  of 
experimental  physiology.  And  this  is  what  the  author  attempts  in 
the  present  instance.  We  would  recommend  the  isolated  student 
to  begin  with  the  macroscopic  study  of  familiar  flowers  on  the  lines 
laid  down  by  Professor  Oliver  in  the  earlier  chapters  of  his  Lessons 
in  Elementary  Botany,  or  to  get  such  a  book  as  that  by  Professor 
L.  H.  Bailey,  reviewed  in  the  February  number  of  this  Journal. 
We  do  not  mean  to  insinuate  that  Mr.  Wishart's  book  is  full  of 
mistakes,  or  badly  written,  but,  candidly,  we  do  not  think  the 
isolated  student  will  get  very  far  into  it  before  he  is  pulled  up. 
Nor  are  the  illustrations  especially  helpful — they  are  almost  without 
exception  extremely  crude,  and  some  very  bad,  notably  those  de- 
picting internal  structure  made  "  either  from  fresh  preparations  or 
from  slides  in  the  author's  possession." 

A.  B.  K. 


116  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 


ARTICLES     IN    JOURNALS.- 


Annuano  R.  1st.  But.  dl  Roma  (x.  1  ;  received  7  Feb.).  —  R. 
Pirotta  &  E.  Chiovenda,  '  Flora  Romana  :  Bibliografia  e  Storia.' 

Bot.  Gazette  (21  Jan.).  —  C.  S.  Sargent,  '  New  or  little  known 
N.American  Trees'  (mainly  Cratcpijus). —  T.  Holm,  '  Eriocaulon 
decanf/idare,  an  anatomical  study.'  —  B.  M.  Diiggar,  '  Germination 
of  Fungus  Spores.' 

Bot.  Xotiser  (haft  1  ;  2  Feb.). — B.  Lidforss,  '  Nagra  pall  af  psy- 
kroklini.'  —  R.  Sernander,  *  Om  de  buskartade  lafvarnes  hapterer.' 
— T.  Hedlund,  '  Ribes  ri(bnf)n.'  —  P.  Dusen,  '  Nagra  viktigare  vaxt- 
fynd  fran  nordostra  Gronland.' 

Bot.  Zeitunfj  (16  Jan.). — L.  Jost,  '  Einige  Eigenthumlichkeiten 
des  Cambiums  der  Baume'  (1  pi.). 

Bull,  de  VHerb.  Boissier  (29  Dec.  1900).— E.  de  Wildeman  k  T. 
Durand,  '  Plantae  Gilletianae  Congolenses.'  —  H.  Christ,  *  Foug^res 
collectees  pour  le  Dr.  J.  Huber  au  Bas-Ucayali  et  au  Bas-Huallaga 
(Alto  Amazones).'  —  H.  &  P.  Sydow,  '  Fungi  novi  brasilienses.' — 
J.  Huber,  '  Sur  la  vegetation  du  Cap  Magoary  et  de  I'ile  de  Marajo ' 
(6  pi.). — G.  Beauverd,  SteUaria  nemonim  var.  saxicola.  —  (30  Jan.). 
J.  Brun,  '  Diatomees  du  Lac  Leman.'  —  T.  Herzog,  '  Zur  Kenntnis 
der  schweizer  Laubmoosflora.'  —  F.  Stephaui,  '  Species  Hepati- 
carum.'  —  G.  Hegl,  '  Das  Obere  Tosstal  und  die  angrenzenden 
Gebiete.' 

Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  France  (xlvi.  9,  not  dated,  received  Dec.  1900). 
— C.  A.  Picquenard,  '  Quelques  Parmeiia  du  Finistere.'  —  D.  Clos, 
'  Agrostis  dispar  Mich.' —  (xlvii.  8;  31  Jan.).  X.  Gillot,  '  Herbori- 
sation  a  Souk-el-Khemis,  Tunisie.'  —  E.  Heckel,  '  Plantes  medici- 
nales  et  toxiques  d'Afrique.' — M.  Gandoger,  '  Flore  de  laTasmanie.' 
— Id.,  'Flore  d'Islande.'  —  H.  de  Boissieu,  'Plantes  du  Japon ' 
(Violariees,  etc.).  —  J.  E.  Neyraut,  '  Erica  Watsu^ii,  Tetralix  et 
ciliaris.'  —  F.  Gagnepain,  Triplostegia  cjrandijlora  &  Streptolirion 
longifolium,  spp.  nn.  (China;  2 pi.). — Id.,  'Plantes  ruderales  parisi- 
ennes.' 

Bull.  Soc.  Roy.  Bot.  de  Belgique  (2  Feb.).  —  V.  Mouton,  '  Asco- 
mycetes  nouveaux  ou  peu  connus  '  (1  pi.). — J.  Goffart,  '  Les  organes 
de  sudation.'  —  C.  Van  Bamkerke,  '  Coccohotrys  xylophilus.*  —  Id., 
Lepioia  Meleagris  (1  pi.).  —  E.  Laurent,  /  La  greffe  de  la  pomme  de 
terre.'  —  T.  Durand  &  E.  de  Wildeman,  '  Materiaux  pour  la  Flore 
du  Congo.' 

Bidletin  Torrey  Bot.  Club  (31  Jan.).— E.  G.  Britton  &  A.  Taylor, 
'  Life-history  of  ScldzcEa  piisilla  '  (6  pi.).  —  P.  A.  Rydberg,  '  Rocky 
Mountain  Flora.'  —  C.  V.  Piper,  '  New  Northwestern  Plants.' — 
L.  M.  Underwood,  Adiantum  modestinn,  sp.  n.  (N.  Mexico). — T.  D.  A. 
Cockerell,  Sophia  andrenarum,  sp.  n.  (N.  Mexico). 


•  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  117 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (2  Feb.).  —  Phajm  tuberculosus  (fig.  31). — 
(9  Feb.).  J.  Weathers,  CynorcMs  purpurascens  (fig.  37). — (16  Feb.). 
J.  Hoog,  Iris  paradoxa  var.  Choschab  (fig.  45).  —  J.  Weathers, 
Impatiens  (jrandiflora  (fig.  47). 

Malpighia  (xvi.  fasc.  5-8;  dated  1900,  received  21  Feb.). — 
T.  Ferraris,  '  Flora  Micologica  del  Piemonte.'  —  G.  Cecconi,  '  Con- 
tribuzione  alia  conoscenza  delle  galle.'  —  0.  Mattirolo,  *  Fungi  hy- 
pog^i.'  —  L.  Montemartini,  '  I  nodi  delle  Graminacee.'  —  S.  Belli, 
•  Le  Festuche  italiane.'  —  G.  B.  Petrucci,  '  Richerche  anatomiche 
sopra  la  ChannBrops  hiunilifi,'  etc.  (6  pi.).  —  E.  Mastel,  '  Unita  mor- 
phologica  del  fiore  delle  Crociflore.' 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Feb.).  —  V.  Schiffner,  '  Uber  Morchia 
und  Calyicidaria.' — S.  Prowazek,  '  Pohjtoma  '  (1  pi.). 

Bhodora  (Feb.).  —  C.  S.  Sargent,  'Notes  on  Cratceijus: — E. 
Brainerd,  Scirpus  atratus  =  -S'.  Peckii. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 


At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  Jan.  17th,  Mr.  C.  T. 
Druery  exhibited  a  supposed  hybrid  between  Ceterach  ofjicinarum 
and  Scolopendrium  vulgare,  which  he  had  received  from  Mr.  E.  J. 
Lowe.  The  fronds  were  of  somewhat  foliose  Ceterach  form,  but 
entirely  devoid  of  scales,  and  with  the  upper  third  confluent, 
resembling  the  tip  of  a  Scolopendrium-hond,  the  fructification 
partly  Scolopendroid  and  partly  Asplenoid.  From  this  combi- 
nation of  characters,  the  exhibitor  considered  the  plant  to  be  a 
true  hybrid  between  the  species  named.  Mr.  C.  H.  Wright  ex- 
hibited numerous  herbarium  specimens  of  Scolopendrium  vulgare, 
Ceterach  ojficinarum,  Asplenium  marinum,  A.  Hemionitis  (ipalmatunt), 
and  Scolopendrium  nigripes,  by  which  last  three  species  it  was 
demonstrated  that  sori  in  faced  pairs  {Scolopendrium  type)  may 
not  only  appear  on  species  classed  as  Asplenium,  but  that,  on  the 
other  hand,  simple  Asplenoid  sori  may  exist  on  species  classed  as 
Scolopendrium  (e.g.  S.  nigripes  and  A.  Hemionitis).  Mr.  Wright 
was  inclined  to  the  opinion  that  the  presumed  hybrid  was  merely  a 
form  of  A.  marinum,  basing  his  opinion  partly  on  the  leathery 
nature  of  both  S.  vulgare  and  Ceterach  fronds  as  contrasted  with 
the  thin  papery  texture  of  the  exhibits.  He  entered  at  some  length 
into  the  various  modes  of  attempting  cross-fertilization  in  Ferns ; 
but  the  factors  of  uncertainty  are  so  difficult  to  eliminate,  that, 
until  some  delicate  means  have  been  devised  for  the  actual  trans- 
ference by  hand  of  individual  autherozoids  to  alien  archegonia, 
hybridity  in  Ferns  can  hardly  be  scientifically  proved.  Mr.  Druery, 
in  reply,  considered  that  the  Kew  examples  demonstrated  that  a  far 
closer  alliance  existed  between  S.  vulgare  and  the  Asplenia  than 
appeared  on  the  surface,  the  presumed  generic  line  between  the 
forms  of  fructification  being  broken  through,  and  hence  the  possi- 
biUty  of  hybridizing.     He  also  pointed  out  that,  as  A.  marinum  had 


118  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

also  very  leathery  fronds,  this  argument  per  contra  failed.  One  of 
the  specimens  of  A.  marinum  exhibited  with  Scolopendroid  sori  in 
quantity,  found  in  France,  might  also,  he  considered,  possibly  be  a 
natural  hybrid  with  S.  vnh/nre,  especially  as  its  fronds  and  some 
pinnae  were  peculiarly  forked,  dilated,  and  irregularly  abnormal ; 
while  it  is  well  imown  that  the  two  species  are  often  closely  asso- 
ciated in  their  habitats,  so  that  their  spores  might  easily  mix. 

At  the  meeting  on  Feb.  7th,  the  President,  Prof.  S.  H.  Vines,  while 
demonstrating  the  property  possessed  by  certain  vegetable  liquids, 
such  as  coco-nut  milk,  and  the  juice  of  the  pineapple  and  the  potato, 
to  cause  the  oxidation  of  guaiacum  tincture  in  the  presence  of  hy- 
drogen peroxide,  a  blue  colour  being  produced,  drew  attention  to  the 
recent  researches  of  Kaciborski  on  the  subject.  Kaciborski  has  made 
the  interesting  discovery  that  certain  tissues  of  the  plant-body,  more 
particularly  the  sieve-tubes  and  the  laticiferous  tissue,  contain  some 
substance,  to  which  he  gives  the  name  leptomin,  which  likewise  causes 
guaiacum  to  turn  blue  in  the  presence  of  hydrogen  peroxide,  and  has 
gone  on  to  infer  that  this  leptomin  may  be  regarded  as  discharging  in 
the  plant  a  function  analogous  to  that  of  hasmoglobin  in  the  animal 
body.  It  was  urged,  against  this  assumption,  that,  although  both 
leptomin  and  haemoglobin  give  the  guaiacum  reaction,  yet  this  fact 
does  not  prove  that  leptomin  can  combine  with  oxygen,  and  can  act 
as  an  oxygen-carrier  in  the  organism,  in  the  manner  which  is  so 
characteristic  of  haemoglobin  ;  and  that  therefore  the  suggested 
analogy  between  the  two  substances  is  at  least  premature. 

Mr.  Carruthers,  as  consulting  botanist  of  the  Royal  Agricultural 
Society  of  England,  has  recently  reported  on  a  fungoid  disease  of 
the  leaves  and  fruit  of  cherry-trees.  This  report  has  been  issued  as 
a  leaflet  by  the  Society.  The  fully-developed  fungus,  Gnomonia 
erythrostoma,  belongs  to  the  group  of  Pijrenomycetes.  It  makes 
its  appearance  in  spring  on  the  young  green  leaves,  causing  yellow 
spots,  which  gradually  increase  in  size.  On  these  spots  small  peri- 
thecia  are  formed,  containing  long  curved  stylospores,  which  further 
spread  the  disease.  The  cherries  are  attacked  at  the  same  time  as 
the  leaves,  and  rendered  unfit  for  market.  The  diseased  leaves  die 
early,  and  remain  attached  to  the  branches  during  the  ensuing 
winter.  Towards  early  summer  the  perfected  form  of  the  fungus, 
a  round  black  perithecium  that  tapers  up  into  a  beak,  is  developed 
on  the  dead  leaves,  and  produces  the  ascospores  which  reinfect  the 
young  leaves.  The  early  death  of  the  leaves  and  the  consequent 
want  of  nourishment  causes  the  branchlets  to  become  dwarfed,  the 
internodes  between  the  leaf-bases  being  scarcely  developed.  Mr. 
Carruthers  has  followed  Prof.  Franke,  of  Berlin,  who  has  carefully 
studied  the  fungus,  in  his  diagnosis  of  the  disease  and  in  the  remedy 
recommended.  The  dead  leaves  should  be  plucked  and  burned 
before  the  new  foliage  has  begun  to  grow,  and  thus  the  source  of 
infection  would  be  removed.  This  would  doubtless  be  a  troublesome 
and  expensive  procedure,  but  it  commends  itself  by  its  thoroughness 
and  simplicity.  It  is  in  the  orchards  of  Kent  that  the  disease  has 
appeared  during  the  last  few  years,  and  it  has  already  spread  widely. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  119 

We  are  glad  to  learn  that  the  rnmoiir  that  only  German  botanists 
were  to  be  engaged  on  Prof.  Engler's  Das  Pfianzenreich  is  incorrect. 
The  elaboration  of  JSaias  for  that  work  has  been  entrusted  to  Dr. 
Rendle. 

Mr.  a.  a.  Heller  has  issued  a  second  edition  of  bis  Catalogue 
of  North  American  Plants  Xorth  of  Mexico,  exclusive  of  the  lower 
cryptogams,  which  brings  the  enumeration  up  to  Nov.  10,  1900. 
It  is  arranged  in  accordance  with  Engler  and  Prantl's  Pjianzen- 
familien,  the  author  being  of  opinion  that  *'  the  universal  acceptance 
of  the  change  from  the  obsolete  arrangement  of  Bentham  and 
Hooker"  is  "understood  by  all."  The  work  of  recent  describers 
and  nomenclaturists  is  fully  recognized,  as  may  be  gathered  from 
the  fact  that  on  one  page  (171),  out  of  79  numbered  names,  60  are 
assigned  to  Prof.  E.  L.  Greene,  and  7  to  Mr.  Aven  Nelson.  Mr. 
Heller,  finding  that  "  a  number  of  new  combinations  would  have 
to  be  published  in  order  to  secure  uniformity  of  treatment,"  prefaces 
his  work  with  five  pages  of  them  :  these  subsequently  appear  in  the 
body  of  the  book  with  the  name  "  Heller  "  appended.  It  seems  to 
us  that  such  alterations  should  be  reserved  for  a  work  other  than  a 
mere  list  of  species,  such  as  is  this  Catalogue,  even  supposing  such 
changes  ultimately  to  be  necessary.  The  work  is  well  printed  on 
one  side  of  the  page,  the  other  being  left  for  additions  and  corrections. 
It  would  be  well  in  future  editions  to  print  the  name  of  the  order 
and  the  genus  at  the  head  of  each  page,  as  is  done  in  the  British 
Museum  publications.  No  publisher's  name  appears  on  the  title-page. 

The  first  number  of  his  Muhlenben/ia — a  new  journal  which, 
with  commendable  frankness,  Mr.  Heller  announces  as  "issued  at 
irregular  intervals  " — is  entirely  devoted  to  further  changes  in 
nomenclature,  and  indeed  is  "issued  somewhat  prematurely"  in 
order  to  make  room  for  them.  These  changes  "  were  crowded  out 
of  the  Catalogue,  enough  space  not  having  been  provided  in  that 
work  to  accommodate  all  of  them."  We  are  entirely  in  accord  with 
Mr.  Heller  in  thinking  that  "  the  bare  citation  without  discussion 
in  most  cases  is  undesirable  "  ;  and  if  "  lack  of  time  forbids  a  more 
extended  treatment  of  the  different  species  under  consideration," 
we  do  not  think  botanical  science  would  suffer  were  the  changes 
postponed  until  they  could  be  properly  investigated. 

The  activity  of  our  transatlantic  friends  is  manifesting  itself  in 
the  establishment  of  botanical  magazines,  often  small  ones,  in 
various  centres.  The  latest  is  Torreya,  "  a  monthly  journal  of 
botanical  notes  and  news  edited  for  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club  by 
Marshall  Avery  Howe."  It  is  dated  January,  but  did  not  reach  us 
until  early  in  February.  There  are  short  papers  on  Eudbeckia  hirta 
by  Dr.  Britton,  on  seedlings  of  Ariscema  by  D.  T.  MacDougal,  and 
on  Lycopodinm  by  F.  E.  Lloyd,  and  others.  The  number  contains 
sixteen  pages. 

Mr.  Stanley  Coulter,  in  his  Catalogue  of  the  Flowering  Plants 
and  Ferns  indigenous  to  Indiana  (from  the  24th  Annual  Report  of 
the  Department  of  Geology  and  Natural  Resources  of  Indiana), 


120  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

commendably  abstains  from  increasing  synonymy,  and  is  content 
to  follow  Messrs.  Britton  and  Brown  in  the  matter  of  nomenclature. 
There  are  no  descriptions,  but  the  distribution  of  each  species  is 
traced  through  the  State,  with  useful  notes  on  such  as  are  either 
valuable  or  detrimental,  with  local  names  and  (unfortunately) 
''popular"  names  manufactured  after  the  manner  frequent  in 
English  books.  There  is  an  introduction  in  which  the  economic 
value  of  some  species  and  the  poisonous  nature  of  others  are 
treated  in  separate  essays  ;  a  good  bibliography  and  a  full  (single) 
index  add  to  the  value  of  the  work,  which  impresses  us  as  dis- 
tinctly useful  and  well  done  throughout. 

The  seventh  part  of  MM.  de  Wildeman  &  Durand's  handsome 
Illustrations  de  la  Flore  du  Congo  has  been  issued.  It  contains 
twelve  plates,  representing  species  of  Copaiba,  Thomandersia,  Onci- 
notis,  Pterocarpus,  Perist raphe,  Durenioya,  Artabotrys,  and  Hibiscus. 
The  plates,  by  MM.  B.  Herincq,  C.  Cuisin,  and  A.  d'Apreval,  are 
admirably  executed ;  they  are  printed  in  Paris. 

The  second  part  of  the  Flora  of  Koh  Chang,  reprinted  from  the 
last  issue  of  the  Botanisk  Tidsskrift  (vol.  xxiii.),  contains  an  account 
of  the  Corallinacece  of  this  district  by  Dr.  Foslie.  The  number  of 
species  is  small,  but,  as  the  author  justly  remarks,  the  interest  of 
the  collection  lies  in  the  geographical  distribution.  Of  the  ten 
species  enumerated,  three  were  determined  by  Major  Reinbold — 
Dermatol ithon  pustalatum,  Amphiroa  frntjilissima,  and  Corallina 
tenella;  and  among  the  remaining  seven  species,  there  are  three 
new  species  and  three  new  varieties.  The  forma  funafiitiensis  of 
Lithothamnion  Philipii  is  raised  to  the  rank  of  a  species  and  given  a 
variety  of  its  own,  to  represent  the  form  of  the  plant  found  at  Koh 
Chang.  Dr.  Foslie's  work  in  this,  as  in  his  other  papers,  is  calcu- 
lated to  ease  the  task  of  anyone  who  in  the  future  shall  monograph 
the  Lithothamnion  group ;  for,  by  noting  and  describing  the  slight 
differences  between  closely  allied  species,  he  supplies  the  connecting 
links  between  the  forms.  Unfortunately,  however,  this  system  must 
lead  to  a  large  increase  in  future  synonymy. 

To  Sir  W.  T.  Thiselton-Dyer.  —With  reference  to  the  editorial 
notes  contained  in  the  Journal  of  Botany  for  January,  1901,  pages 
47  and  48,  reflecting  on  you  and  your  work  in  connection  with  the 
preparation  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa,  I  desire  to  offer  to  you 
an  expression  of  my  sincere  regret  for  the  same.  The  preparation 
of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa  was  not  committed  to  you  until  the 
year  1891,  and  my  statement  that  it  has  been  in  your  hands  since 
1872  is  incorrect.  I  sincerely  apologize  to  you  for  having  imputed 
to  you  unnecessary  delay  in  its  preparation,  and  I  desire  to  withdraw 
all  reflections  and  imputations  affecting  you  of  every  kind  whatever 
contained  in  the  editorial  notes  referred  to. — James  Britten. 


121 


A     NEW     HYBRID     WATER     RANUNCULUS. 

By  H.  &  J.  Groves,  F.L.S. 

Plate  420. 

Some  years  ago  we  received  from  Mr.  T.  Hilton  a  curious  water 
Ranunculus,  collected  by  him  at  Copthorne  Common,  East  Sussex. 
The  upper  leaves  and  the  heads  of  carpels  resembled  those  of  R, 
Lenotmandi,  but  the  lower  leaves  were  much  divided  though  not 
capillary,  while  in  stature,  and  the  shape  and  size  of  the  flowers,  it 
resembled  a  small  state  of  E.  peltatus.  Our  first  impression  was 
that  it  must  be  a  hybrid  between  these  two  species,  but  the  presence 
of  some  well-developed  heads  of  fruit  seemed  to  militate  against 
this  view,  and  we  did  not  feel  that  there  was  sufficient  evidence  to 
come  to  a  conclusion,  so  put  it  aside  among  the  many  puzzles  in 
this  group,  to  await  further  material  for  solution. 

On  the  23rd  of  May  of  the  present  year  Messrs.  C.  E.  Saluion 
and  James  Groves  visited  the  locality,  duly  found  the  plant,  and 
collected  a  series  of  specimens.  It  occurred  somewhat  sparingly 
in  a  rather  muddy  stream  in  company  with  R.  Lenorniandl  and  a 
fairly  typical  form  of  R.  peltatus,  but  generally  in  deeper  water  than 
the  former. 

On  examining  a  number  of  fruiting  heads  we  found  that  a  con- 
siderable proportion  of  the  carpels  were  undeveloped,  and  this  being 
the  case,  taken  in  conjunction  with  the  facts  that  the  plant  occurs 
in  small  quantity  in  company  with  both  of  the  supposed  parents, 
and  that  it  possesses  some  of  the  distinguishing  characteristics  of 
each  of  them,  we  cannot  resist  the  conclusion  that  it  is  a  hybrid 
between  R.  Lenonnandi  and  R.  peltatus.  Tlie  plant  is  so  distinct 
and  remarkable  that  we  think  it  desirable  to  describe  and  figure  it. 

R.  Hiltoni,  hibr.  nov.  {R.  Lenormamli  x  peltatus).  Stem  rather 
stout,  rooting  at  many  of  the  nodes;  lower  submersed  leaves  stalked, 
once  or  twice  trifurcate,  with  linear  acute  (not  capillary)  laciniaD ; 
upper  long-stalked,  mostly  semicircular-reniform,  trifid  (sometimes 
tripartite),  segments  cuneate,  deeply  3-5-lobed,  lobes  mostly  acute; 
floating  leaves  rather  coriaceous,  cordate-orbicular,  with  3  rounded 
lobes,  the  central  lobe  entire,  or  with  two  notches,  the  lateral  with 
1  deep  and  2  shallow  notches  ;  stipules  large,  lower  acute,  upper 
broad  rounded  ;  peduncle  stout,  usually  longer  than  the  subtending 
petiole,  recurved  with  fruit ;  sepals  ovate  reflexed  ;  petals  obovate, 
claw  but  slightly  yellow,  nectary  cup-shaped,  or  wanting  ;  stamens 
about  12-14  ;  carpels  about  40,  glabrous  or  slightly  hairy,  dis- 
tinctly keeled,  inner  edge  rounded  towards  the  top. 

Discovered  in  April,  1896,  by  Mr.  T.  Hilton,  in  a  stream  on 
Copthorne  Common,  East  Sussex. 

R.  Hiltoyii  resembles  R.  Lenonnandi  in  its  rooting  habit,  the 
shape  of  the  floating  leaves,  the  number  of  stamens,  and  the  usually 
glabrous  carpels  with  rounded  inner  edge  ;  while  it  approaches 
R.  peltatus   in   the   shape   and  size  of  the  petals  and  the  hairy 

Journal  OF  Botany. — Vol.39.      [April.  1901.]  k 


122  THE    JOUKNAL    OF    BOTANY 

receptacle.  In  the  submersed  leaves  it  is  unlike  both  species,  for 
in  R.  Lenonnandi  all  the  leaves  are  nearly  uniform  in  shape  and 
texture,  and  in  II.  pdtatns  the  submersed  leaves  are  repeatedly 
divided  into  capillary  segments,  and  there  are  rarely  any  leaves  of 
a  transitionil  character ;  whereas  in  11.  Hiltoni,  while  none  of  the 
submersed  leaves  are  truly  capillary,  almost  all  of  them  are  transi- 
tional in  character,  some  of  the  specimens — that  figured,  for  in- 
stance— presenting  a  series  of  gradations  from  the  repeatedly  and 
very  deeply  divided  lowest  leaves  with  linear  segments  to  the 
cordate-orbicular  floatinoj  leaves. 


NOTES     ON     AFRICAN     STEROULIACE^. 

By  Edmund  G.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

The  following  notes  have  been  made  during  a  revision  of  the 
African  Sterculuicem  at  the  British  Museum  with  Dr.  Schumann's 
recently  published  Monograph." 

Melhania. 

Of  this  genus  twenty-five  species  are  described.  There  seems 
confusion  with  regard  to  M.  ffiiquensis  Bolus  and  M.  Rehmamii 
Szyszyl.  In  Journ.  Bot.  1898,  p.  5,  I  indicated  that  I  thought 
these  species  identical ;  but  Dr.  Schumann  expresses  his  dis- 
agreement with  this  view,  and  places  them  in  different  groups. 
M.  griqnoisis  was  established  by  Mr.  Bolus  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc. 
xxiv.  p.  172  (1887),  on  Burchell  no.  2050,  from  Kloof  Village, 
Asbestos  Mountains,  and  on  a  plant  from  Griquatown,  Mrs.  Orpen, 
Herb.  Bolus,  no.  6045.  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown  in  a  note  (/.  c)  added 
several  plants,  among  them  Uehmann  no.  5220.  Dr.  Schumann,  in 
PlantcB  Marluthiaim  (Engler,  Bot.  Jahrb.  x.  p.  41,  July,  1888), 
subsequently  described  as  M.  fjriqwmis  Bolus,  Marloth  no.  1132, 
from  West  Griqnaland ;  but  neither  here  nor  in  his  monograph 
does  he  cite  any  other  plants  upon  which  Bolus  himself  established 
his  species.  I  have  carefully  re-examined  Burchell  no.  2050  at  Kew, 
and  still  consider  it  inseparable  from  M.  Relvnanni.  The  bracts  of 
the  epicalyx  in  Burchell's  specimen  are  not,  however,  linear-subu- 
late, but  ovate.  Relnnann  no.  5220,  the  type  of  M.  Re/nnanni,  is 
among  the  plants  referred  to  M.  (jriqiiensis  by  Mr.  Brown  in  his 
note  additional  to  Mr.  Bolus's  original  description. 

Dr.  Schumann  does  not  retain  M.  BwchelUi  DC.  The  type  is 
Burchell  no,  2417,  and  is  in  the  Kew  Herbarium ;  the  leaves  are 
much  broader  than  in  M.  prostrata  DC. — the  lamina  is  7-9  cm. 
long  and  7  mm.  to  2  cm.  broad,  and  closely  tomentose  above,  not 
glabrescent.     M.  Damarana  Harvey,  a  species  omitted  from   my 

*  Monographieen  afrikanischer  Pflanzen-Familien  iind  •Galtungen.  Heraus- 
gegeben  von  A.  Engler.  V. — SterculiaceaB  Africanee.  Bearbeitet  von  K.  Schu- 
mann.    Leipzig:  Engelmanii,     4to,  pp.  140,  tt.  xvi. 


NOTES  ON  AFRICAN  STERCULIACE^  123 

ennmeration  in  Jonrn.  Bot.  1898,  pp.  4-G,  apparently  belonging  to 
§  Brotcroa.  is  omitted  by  Dr,  SclmniMnn. 

The  following  species  are  apparently  undescribed : — 

M.  (Broteroa)  Taylori,  sp.  nov.  Frutex  raraos  plus  minus 
numerosos  emittens  novellis  tenuiter  subtouientosis  deinde  gla- 
bratis ;  foliis  petiolatis  late  ovatis  vel  ellipticis  basi  rotimdaiis 
vel  subcordatis  quinqiie-  vel  subseptem-nerviis  serratis  utrinque 
tomentellis  subtus  paulo  pallidioribus  ;  stipulis  linearibus  ;  floribus 
s^epissimine  geminatis  axillaribus  ;  pedicellis  qiiam  pedunciilis 
brevioribus  subtomentosis ;  bracteolis  lanceolatis  acuminatis  mox 
recurvatis  tomentosis  qiiam  sepalis  brevioribus  ;  sepalis  similibus, 
lanceolatis  acuminatis ;  petalis  sepala  paulo  superantibus ;  stanii- 
nodiis  linearibus  quam  petalis  nianifeste  brevioribus  stamina 
superantibus;  capsula  extus  tomentosa  seminibns  circa  4  pro 
valva.     Species  aJ  M.  rotuudatam  Hocbst.  valde  affinis. 

Hab.  East  Equatorial  Africa ;  Freretown,  Rev.  W.  E.  Taylor, 
In  flower  and  fruit,  Dec.  11,  1885. 

Shrub  with  branches  at  first  subtomentose,  then  glabrous. 
Leaves  petiolate,  oval  or  elliptical,  subtomentose  on  both  sides, 
rather  lighter  coloured  below,  smaller  altogether  and  broader  in 
proportion  to  length  than  tliose  of  M.  rotundata  Hochst.,  to  which 
species  the  plant  is  closely  allied.  Lamina  of  largest  leaf  on  speci- 
men examined  is  3-5  cm.  long  by  3  cm.  broad ;  petiole  2  cm.  long. 
Flowers  axillary,  geminate,  peduncle  subtomentose,  +  3*5  cm.  long, 
pedicels  +  1  cm.  long.  Bracts  lanceolate,  tomentose,  reflexing  at 
an  early  stage,  nearly  1  cm.  long  (measured  in  young  fruiting  stage). 
Sepals  tomentose  externally,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  +  1*2  cm.  long. 
Petals  ±1*1  cm.  long.  Style  glabrous.  Filaments  of  stamens 
1-5  mm.  Anthers  2  mm.  Staminodia  +  7  mm.  Capsule  externally 
tomentose,  not  pointed  as  in  M,  rvtiuulata.  Loculi  generally 
4-seeded. 

M.  (Broteroa)  albicans,  sp.  nov.  Frutioulus  ramos  plus  minus 
numerosos  et  adscendentes  emittens  novellis  confertim  argenteo- 
vel  subcinereo-tomentosis ;  foliis  breviuscule  petiolatis  oblongis  vel 
oblongo-oblanceolatis  utrinque  confertim  argenteo-  vel  subcinereo- 
tomentosis  subtus  pallidioribus  apicem  versus  serratis ;  stipulis 
filiformibus ;  floribus  solitariis  vel  binis  vel  ternis ;  bracteolis 
lanceolatis  quam  sepalis  paulo  brevioribus  argenteo- tomentosis ; 
sepalis  lanceolatis  acuminatis ;  petalis  sepala  paulo  superantibus ; 
staminodiis  linearibus  quam  staininibns  diiplo  longioribus,  fila- 
mentis  brevibus  ;  ovario  globoso  hirsuto  loculis  pluriovulatis. 

Hab.     Transvaal;  Pilgrim's  Rest,  Pwv.  \V.  Greenstock,  1879. 

Shrub  branching,  young  branches  and  leaves  covered  with  a 
close  silvery  or  subcinereous  tomentum.  Leaves  oblong  or  oblong- 
oblauceolate,  cuneate  at  the  base,  margin  more  or  less  serrate 
towards  the  apex,  lateral  nerves  inconspicuous  above,  more  con- 
spicuous below,  lamina  2-5-3-3  cm.  long,  1-15  cm.  broad,  petiole 
5-7  mm.  long.  Stipules  linear.  Bracts  lanceolate,  externally 
tomentose,  shorter  than  the  sepals,  ±  8  mm.  long,  2  mm.  broad 
at  broadest  point.    Sepals  lanceolate- acuminate,  nearly  1  cm.  long, 

K   2 


124  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Petals  just  longer  than  the  sepals,  +  1  cm.  long.  Staminodia 
linear,  about  twice  the  length  of  the  stamens,  5  mm.  long. 
Stamens  about  2-5  mm.  long.  Stigmas  triangular,  flat,  recurved ; 
style  somewhat  hairy.  Ovary  globose,  covered  with  white  hairs. 
Loculi  about  6- seeded.     The  species  is  allied  to  M.  Randil  Bak.  fil. 

M.  (Eumelhania)  apiculata,  sp.  nov.  Frutex  rarais  lignescen- 
tibus  gracilibus  teretibus  superne  subtomentosis  et  aliquantulum 
lepidotis ;  foliis  modice  petiolatis  in  speciminibus  nostris  parvis 
anguste  oblongis  utrinque  cinereo-tomentosis  subtus  pallidioribus 
basi  rotundatis  vel  subcordatis  marginibus  integris;  bracteolis  late 
ovatis  cordatis  acutis  extus  subtomentosis  et  aliquantulum  lepidotis 
quam  sepalis  brevioribus ;  sepalis  lanceolatis  apiculatis ;  stami- 
nodiis  quam  staminibus  paulo  brevioribus  angustissime  oblanceo- 
latis ;  ovario  tomentoso ;  stylo  glabro ;  stigmatibus  recurvatis ; 
capsulis  externe  tomentosis  loculis  polyspermis  seminibus  glabris 
brunueis  rugulosis. 

Hab.  Fort  Dauphin,  Madagascar,  J.  Chisel,  no.  3.  ^*  Akata 
maimho ;  arbuste  a  fleurs  jaune  et  a  fonds  rouge." 

Shrub  with  terete,  woody  branches,  the  ends  subtomentose  and 
somewhat  lepidote.  Leaves  on  specimen  examined  only  reached  a 
length  of  2  cm.,  cinereous-tomentose,  paler  below,  petioles  4-5  mm. 
long.  Flowers  axillary,  peduncles  short,  5-8  mm.  long.  Bracts 
ovate-cordate,  externally  cinereous  tomentose  and  somewhat  lepi- 
dote, in  the  flowering  stage  +  7  mm.  long,  and  about  the  same 
breadth.  Sepals  lanceolate,  tomentose  and  somewhat  lepidote  ex- 
ternally, with  an  apiculus  which  sometimes  measures  rather  more 
than  3  mm.  long.  Filament  +  3  mm.  long,  anthers  1*5  mm.  long. 
Style  2-5-3  mm.  long  ;  style-arms  5,  recurved.  Loculi  6-  or  perhaps 
more  seeded.  Seeds  brown,  rugulose,  glabrous.  Allied  in  some 
respects  to  M.  Steudneri  Schwf.,  but  the  bracts  are  acute,  not 
acuminate. 

I  have  not  seen  specimens  of  M.  cor  char  i folia  Baill.,  from  between 
Manoumbe  and  Mouroundava,  the  leaves  of  which  are  described  as 
10  cm.  long  and  the  fertile  stamens  as  10. 

DOMBEYA. 

In  this  genus  Dr.  Schumann  enumerates  and  characterizes 
thirty-nine  species  from  Africa  and  the  Comoro  Islands.  The 
species  are  divided  into  two  subgenera,  Eudombeya  (K.  Schum.) 
having  a  5-locular  ovary  and  5  styles,  and  Xeropetalum  (Planchon, 
emend.  K.  Schum.)  is  diagnosed  as  having  a  3-locular  ovary  and 
3  styles.  The  character  of  the  latter  subgenus  must  undergo  a 
slight  alteration,  as  in  D,  Kirkii  Masters  2-styled  flowers  will  be 
found.  In  connection  with  this  plant  there  appears  to  be  some 
confusion.  Dr.  Masters  founded  the  species  on  two  gatherings,  one 
collected  in  lat.  16°  S.  by  Dr.  Meller,  and  another  at  Lupata  by 
Sir  John  Kirk.  In  the  former  there  are  certainly  for  the  most  part 
only  2  styles  and  a  bilocular  ovary,  and  an  inflorescence  in  which 
the  flowers  on  the  branches  are  racemosely  arranged.  The  plant 
from  Lupata  has  3  styles.  Dr.  Schumann  places  with  these  under 
D.  Kirkii  a  specimen  from  the  Nyika  Country,  collected  by  Rev.  T. 


NOTES    ON    AFRTOAN    STKRCULIACE/F.  125 

Wakefield,  and  one  from  the  Duga  Station,  Hoist  no.  3180.  In 
these  latter  the  flowers  are  smaller,  the  calyx  is  very  pilose,  and  the 
leaves  are  a  different  shape — i.e.  they  are  hroadest  one-third  from 
the  apex,  whilst  in  the  true  plant  they  are  broadest  about  one-third 
from  the  base. 

There  is  much  similarity  between  the  true  D.  Kirkil  Masters 
and  D.  laxi flora  K.  Schum.,  and  it  will  be  for  futm-e  monographers 
to  determine  whether  these  species  are  not  synonymous. 

D.  pulclira  N.  E.  Brown  and  /).  vihurniflora  Bojer  are  omitted. 
The  former  is  a  plant  of  the  subgenus  Ewlombei/a,  its  alliance  being 
perhaps  with  D.  Biuy/essm  Gerrard.  It  is  a  handsome  shrub  5-8  ft. 
high,  from  Rimer's  Creek,  Barberton,  E.  E.  Galpin  no.  804.  It 
differs  from  D.  Burtjessm  in  having  very  discolorous  leaves.  The 
latter  is  from  the  island  of  Johanna,  Comoro  Islands,  and  has  close 
affinities  with  D.  hracteopoda  K.  Schum. 

Difficulties  have  been  found  in  locating  certain  species  in  the 
series.  D.  Johnstoni  Baker  is  a  plant  of  the  subgenus  Eiuhmiheya 
with  flowers  about  the  size  of  D.  Burgessm  Gerr.  The  style  is 
hairy,  and  it  will  require  careful  comparison  with  D.  lasiostylis 
K.  Schum,  D.  tang  any  ikensis  Baker  also  belongs  to  Endomheya — 
the  style  is  hairy  below,  and  the  flowers  about  the  size  of  those  of 
D.  Buettneri  K.  Schum.  D.  cuanzeiuis  K.  Schum.  must  come  next 
to  D.  huillensis  K.  Schum.,  and  has  been  correctly  placed  in  Xero- 
petalum.  There  are  two  gatherings  of  the  latter  in  the  Kew 
Herbarium  by  H.  H.  Johnston — one  from  Humpata,  Chella  Mts., 
Angola,  Sept.  1883,  and  another  from  Cunene. 

D.  (Xeropetalum)  Taylori,  sp.  nov.  Frutex  vel  arbuscula  ? 
ramis  teretibus  novellis  subpilosis  ;  foliis  modice  petiolatis  obovato- 
ellipticis  margine  irregulariter  serratis  basi  cordatis  vel  subcordatis 
seepissirae  septemnerviis  subcoriaceis  apice  acutis  utrinque  pilis 
stellatis  inspersis  subtus  reticulato-nervosis  ;  stipulis  caducissimis  ; 
inflorescentia  coetanea  paniculata  axillari  pedunculata  pedunculis 
pedicellisque  patentim  griseo-  vel  subbrunneo-pilosis,  pedicellis  sub- 
capillaceis ;  sepalis  lanceolatis  extus  pilosis  quam  petalis  breviori- 
bus ;  petalis  modice  obliquis,  androecio  quam  petalis  breviore ; 
stigmatibus  3  recurvatis,  ovario  albo-tomentoso. 

Ad  D.  umbra culifeiaiu  K.  Schum.  valde  accedens. 

Hab.     Mombas  Island,  Rev.  W.  E.  Taylor,  1886. 

This  plant  bears  close  relations  also  with  Hoht  no.  3180,  from 
the  Duga  Station,  and  with  a  specimen  collected  by  Rev.  T.  Wake- 
field at  Nyika,  but  it  differs  in  both  leaves  and  inflorescence  from 
D.  Kirkii. 

Shrub  or  small  tree  ?  Leaves  petiolate,  subcoriaceous,  obovate- 
elliptic,  the  broadest  part  being  about  one-third  from  the  apex, 
margin  irregularly  serrate  with  stellate  hairs  on  both  sides,  veins 
reticulated  beneath  much  more  strongly  than  in  D.  umbracullfera 
K.  Schum.,  lamina  4-4-5  cm.  long,  2-5-3  cm.  broad,  petiole  ±  1-5  cm. 
Inflorescence  compact,  many-flowered.  Peduncles  and  pedicels  with 
patent  grey  or  brownish  hairs ;  pedicels  capillary.  Sepals  lanceo- 
late, subacuminate,  externally  pilose,  rather  more  than  half  as  long 
as  corolla.     Petals  ±  8  mm.  long,  +  4  mm.  broad  at  broadest  part, 


126  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

moderntely  oblique.  Staminodes  linear,  slightly  broadening  towards 
apex,  longer  tiian  the  stamens,  which,  however,  have  rather  long 
filatnents.  Ovary  iiairy  extei-nally.  Sciginas  3,  recurved.  Style 
sparingly  pilose.     Ripe  capsule  not  seen. 

Hermannia. 

Under  this  genus  Dr.  Schumann  characterizes  four  subgenera — 
i.e.  (1)  Marehiiia',  [2)  Enhermanuia ',  (d)  Maheniicr,  (i)  Acicarjms — 
the  diagnostic  cliaracters  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  filament, 
the  intiorescence,  and  whether  the  capsule  is  horned  or  destitute  of 
these  appendages.  The  genus  Gilesia,  described  by  Baron  von 
Mueller  from  South  Australia,  constitutes  a  fifth  subgenus  between 
Mardim'a  and  Euheiinainiia.  The  filaments  are  filiform-linear — 
the  anthers  somewhat  hastate,  bifid  at  tlie  apex  ;  the  peduncles 
axillary,  and  the  flowers  usually  geminate.  Cvnhonis  lonnipes  Tate 
in  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  South  Australia,  vol.  xxii.  p.  119  (1898),  belongs 
also  to  the  subgenus  Gilfda.  It  is  identical  with  Hemiunnia  GHesii 
F.  V.  M.  (=  GUt'sia  hinijioia  F.  v.  M.). 

H.  (Marehnia)  Donaldsoni,  sp.  nov.  Suffruticosa  ramosa  ramis 
teretibus  noveliis  sparsissime  stellato-tomentelhs  deinde  glabratis ; 
foliis  modiee  petiolatis,  pctiolo  cano-subtomentoso  tereti,  oblongo- 
lanceolatis  ciuereo-viridibus  basi  rotundatis  subdiscoloribns  subtus 
paiillo  pallidioribus  apice  obtu.sis  vel  acutiuscnlis,  sti^julis  oblique 
ovatis  acutis  basi  rotundatis  caducis  ;  tioiibus  in  paniculas  termi- 
nales  et  axillares  di^posiiis  pedunculatis  et  pedicellatis  ;  bracteolis 
et  bracteis  filiformibus  ;  calyce  turbinato  in  lacinias  lanceolato- 
acuminatas  diviso;  petalis  calycem  subiequantibus  glabris  ;  antheris 
ciliolatis  quam  stylo  ])aullo  brevioribus,  hlamentis  exappendiculatis 
glabris  ;  ovario  sessili  tomentoso  quinquelobo  ;  stylo  glabro. 

Species  ad  H.  exappendi<-uiatam  K.  Schum.  valde  affinis  dififert 
imprimis  foliis  angustioribus,  paniculis  angustioribus,  floribus 
minoribus,  calycis  segmentis  lanceolatis  et  petalis  calycem  sub- 
sequantibus  nee  distincte  longioribus. 

Hab.  Resliiab,  Somaliland,  Dr.  A.  Donaldson  Sinith,  no.  395. 
In  flower,  July,  1895. 

Sufifruticose,  branches  terete,  sparsely  and  minutely  stellately 
hairy.  Leaves  green,  cinereous,  petiolate,  oblong-lanceolate,  much 
narrower  than  in  H.  ejappendicnlata  K.  Schum.,  petiole  of  upper 
leaves  ±  6  mm.  long,  lamina  of  upper  le^ives  ±  3*5-3-7  cm.  long, 
1-1-2  cm.  broad,  margin  serrulate,  base  rounded,  veins  conspicuous 
on  the  under  side.  Stipules  obliquely  ovate.  Panicles  axillary, 
terminal,  narrower  thau  in  H.  exappendiculata  K.  Schum.  Flowers 
smaller  than  in  H .  exu/rpendiculata.  Calyx  +  6  mm.  long,  laciniae 
lanceolate,  acnmiufite,  +  3-5  mm.  long.  Petals  subequal  in  length 
to  calyx,  a  little  shorter  than  the  style,  apiculate,  narrowly  obovate, 
almost  6  mm.  long,  erect.  Anthers  ciliolate,  filaments  perhaps 
half  length  of  anthers,  glabrous.  Style  filiform,  glabrous.  Ovary 
tomentose,  5-lobed,     Ripe  capsule  not  seen. 

H.  Eenii,  sp.  nov.  Suffruticosa,  caulibus  elongatis  florentibus 
simplicibus  teretibus  stellato-asperis  ;  foliis  petiolatis,  petiolo  pilis 
stellatis  hispido,  ovatis  vel  ellipticis  fere  glabris  nerviis  exceptis, 


NOTES    ON    AFRICAN    STERCTJLIACE/E  127 

apicem  versus  serratis  basi  rotundatis  eoncoloribns  :  stipulis  nnf^nste 
lanceolatis  qiiam  petiolis  brevioribns ;  floribus  solitaiiis  axill;inl)us, 
pedimciilis  qiiaiii  foliis  nunc  longioribiis  nunc  brevioribns  ;  bracteolis 
binis  vel  teruis  ;  calyce  in  lacinias  lanceolato  acuminat;is  diviso ; 
petalis  qiiam  calyce  brevioribus  oblongo-ovaiis ;  staminibus  quam 
petaHs  longioribus;  stylo  quam  antheris  longiore;  capsula  angustata 
vix  cornuta. 

Hab.     Dammaraland,  T.  G.  Een,  1879. 

Branches  elongate,  flowers  distributed  along  the  branches  as  in 
Heriiimviia  bracfnjpHa/a  Harv.,  to  which  species  this  plant  bears 
considerable  resemblance.  Leaves  petioled,  petiole  2-3  mm.,  lamina 
oval  or  elliptical,  almost  concolorous,  almost  "labrous,  not  at  all 
tomentose  but  with  a  few  scattered  stellate  hairs,  margin  serrate  or 
serrulate  in  upper  half,  veins  and  midrib  prominent  below,  stel- 
lately  hispid,  base  rounded,  lamina  +  1-5  cm.  long  by  8  or  9  mm. 
broad.  Peduncles  1-2  cm.  long,  stellaiely  hispid.  Stipules  +  2  mm. 
long.  Calyx  6  mm.  long,  segments  lanceolate,  acuminare.  sparsely 
hairy  externally.  Petals  oblong-ovate,  shorter  than  the  sepals, 
±  5  mm.  long.  Capsule  hairy  externally,  strongly  angled,  hardly 
horned. 

This  plant  is  closely  allied  to  H.  hrachypetala  Harvey,  which 
has  velvety  and  canescent  leaves. 

I  have  compared  authentic  material  of  Hermannia  brnchypet/da 
Harvey  with  that  of  Maheniia  tom^ntosa  Turcz.,  and,  as  far  as  I  can 
judge,  the  two  plants  are  synonymous.  In  Harvey  &  Bonder's 
Flora  Cupensis  the  former  stands  as  no.  54  in  Henwmnia,  and  the 
latter  as  no.  33  in  M<,h'rnia.  The  following  are  probably  varieties 
of  this  species,  differing  from  type  especially  in  the  character  of 
their  leaves.  Bohm,  Herb.  Austro- Africanse.  no.  1883,  "In  arenosis 
prope  Hopetown,"  Dr.  E.  B.  Mnskett,  differs  from  tvpe  in  having 
much  broader  leaves ;  while  in  Bulus  no.  5590,  "In  planitie  prope 
Potchefstroom,"  legit  J.  H.  McLea,  the  leaves  are  very  discolorous. 

H.  damarana,  sp.  nov.  Suffruticosa,  novellis  cano-subtomen- 
tosis,  fohis  breviter  petiolatis  oblcngis  vel  oblongo-oblanceolatis  vel 
oblongo-lanceolatis  apice  apiculatis  basi  angustatis  trinerviis  utrin- 
que  cano-subtomentosis  margine  integriu.sculis  vel  interdum  apicem 
versus  subserratis  ;  stipulis  subulatis  petiolum  subc^quantibus  ; 
floribus  axillaribus  solitariis  nutantibus  vel  subnutantibus,  pedun- 
culo  pedicelloque  cano-subtomentoso;  bracteolis  parvis  linearibus; 
calyce  turbinate  in  lacinias  lanceolato-triangulares  et  subacumi- 
natas  ad  medium  diviso ;  petalis  quam  calyce  longioribus  vel  sub- 
sequantibus  anguste  obovatis  basi  cuneatis;  filamentis  oblanceolatis 
antheris  ciliolatis  calycem  subsequantibus  ;  ovario  extus  subtomen- 
toso  baud  corniito,  stylo  usque  ad  medium  piiosulo. 

Hab.     Dammaraland,  f.  G.  Een,  1879. 

Suffruticose,  young  branchlets  herbaceous,  cano-subfomentose. 
Leaves  1-1-7  cm.  long,  3*5-4o  mm.  broad,  cinereous-snbtonientose 
on  both  surfaces,  veins  subprominent  below.  Petioles  ±  3  mm.  long. 
Flowers  axillary,  solitary.  Peduncles  shorter  than  the  leaves,  but 
much  longer  than  the  petiole.  Calyx  +  7-5  mm.  long,  segments 
±  4  mm.  long.     Petals  narrowly  obovate,  generally  slightly  longer 


128  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

than  the  calyx,  +  8  mm.  Anthers  ciliolate,  filaments  oblanceolate. 
Style  with  lower  half  slightly  hairy  and  a  little  longer  than  the 
anthers.     Ovary  hairy  externally.     Capsule  not  seen. 

H.  visciDA  Hiern,  var.  nov.  Randii.  Suffruticosa  ramosissima 
glandulosa ;  petalis  quam  calyce  brevioribus  cuneato-oblanceolatis 
quam  iis  typi  angustioribus. 

Hab.     Buluwayo,  Dr.  B.  Frank  Band,  no.  295. 

Suffruticose,  branching  copiously,  apparently  a  taller  plant  than 
type.  Calyx  +  5*5  mm.  shorter  than  in  the  type,  segments  lanceo- 
late-acuminate, externally  subpilose.  Petals  much  narrower  than 
in  the  type,  ±  4*5  mm.  long.  Anthers  longer  than  calyx,  ciliolate. 
Capsule  distinctly  horned. 


BRITISH    BOTANY    IN    THE    NINETEENTH    CENTURY. 
By  W.  a.  Clarke,  F.L.S. 

The  above  title  will,  no  doubt,  be  considered  an  ambitious  one, 
and  it  seems  desirable  to  explain  that  it  is  proposed  merely  to 
review,  and  that  very  briefly,  the  literature  of  the  century  affecting 
our  native  plants,  and  more  especially  the  phanerogams.  The  chief 
cryptogamic  works  will  also  be  referred  to  in  order  of  date,  but 
without  any  attempt  at  criticism — which,  for  the  best  of  reasons, 
must  be  left  to  others. 

Before  proceeding  to  our  task,  it  may  be  well  to  glance  at  the 
position  of  the  British  botanist  at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century, 
and  it  will  be  found  to  have  been  by  no  means  an  unenviable  one. 
Since  the  introduction  of  the  Liunean  system  into  the  country, 
about  the  year  1760,  much  had  been  done  by  enthusiastic  workers. 
We  need  only  recall  the  names  of  Hudson,  Withering,  Lightfoot, 
Curtis,  Sowerby,  and  Smith,  in  proof  of  this  statement.  Withering's 
Botanical  Arratiyement  had  gone  through  three  editions,  the  last 
(1796)  being,  for  the  time,  an  excellent  British  Flora.  Lightfoot's 
Flora  Scutica  (1777)  had  done  much  for  the  northern  kingdom,  of 
which  previously  little  botanically  had  been  known.  Curtis's  Flora 
Londinensis  (1777-98)  contained  splendid  life-sized  coloured  figures 
with  accurate  descriptions  of  nearly  all  the  flowering  plants  to  be 
found  within  twenty  miles  of  London,  and  a  few  of  the  mosses  and 
fungi.     The  work  has  retained  its  value  to  the  present  day. 

James  Sowerby  had,  in  the  same  grand  style,  illustrated  the 
British  Fungi  then  known — about  400  species — and  in  1790, 
together  with  Sir  James  Edward  Smith,  had  commenced  the 
well  known  English  Butany.  It  appeared  in  monthly  parts,  each 
containing  three  plates — the  first  three  being  Cypripedinm  Calceolus, 
Vero7iica  spicata,  and  Erica  vagans,  each  dated  *' Nov.  1,  1790." 
The  next  part  did  not  appear  till  Jan.  1,  1791,  after  which  the 
work  progressed  with  regularity.  Up  to  the  end  of  the  century 
eleven  volumes  and  part  of  the  twelfth  (altogether  822  plates)  had 
been  published.     In  1788  the  Linnean  Society  was  established  by 


BRITISH    BOTANY    IN    THE    NINETEENTH    CENTURY  129 

Sir  James  Smith  and  others,  and  five  vohimes  of  Trausnctions  had 
been  published.  Stackliouse's  Nereis  Bn'tannica,  Velley's  Marine 
Plants  of  the  Southern  Coast  of  Em/laud,  and  Bolton's  Illnstratiom  of 
Ferns  and  Fungi  were  valuable  works  for  the  student  of  cryptogams  ; 
and  in  the  last  year  of  the  century  the  first  two  volumes  of  Smith's 
Flora  Britannica  were  published.  It  will  therefore  be  seen  that  at 
this  period  the  British  botanist  was  really  very  well  supplied  with 
descriptive  works  on  the  fiora  of  his  country. 

For  Ireland  but  little  had  been  done — a  few  rare  plants,  such  as 
Dryas  octopetala,  Saxifraga  umbrosa,  and  Arbutus  Unedo,  had  long 
been  known  as  natives;  and  Caleb  Threlkeld  had  in  1727  pubhshed 
a  Synopsis  Stirpiuin  Hibernicarum,  which,  according  to  Pulteney, 
contained  535  species. 

Smith's  Flora  Britannica,  having  been  published  in  the  last 
year  of  the  century,  affords  some  interesting  statistics.  The  total 
number  of  flowering  plants  described  is  1307,  but  this  number  may 
be  reduced  to  1180  by  subtracting  about  100  species  not  indigenous, 
and  27  Willows  not  now  considered  distinct  species.  This  Flora 
also  contains  descriptions  of  36  Ferns,  6  Equisetums,  6  Lyco- 
podiums,  1  Pilularia,  1  Isoetes,  3  Charas,  and  nearly  300  Mosses. 
It  does  not  include  Algae,  Fungi,  or  Hepaticae,  but  these  families 
were  included  in  Withering's  Botanical  Arrangement. 

It  may  be  also  noted  that  the  era  of  County  Floras  had  com- 
menced— Relhan,  Sibthorp,  and  Abbot  having  published  their 
Floras  of  the  Counties  of  Cambridge  (1785),  Oxford  (1794),  and 
Bedford  (1798),  respectively.  The  continuation  of  these  County 
Floras,  which  is  one  of  the  distinctive  features  of  the  botanical 
literature  of  the  century,  will  be  referred  to  later  on, 

We  have  seen  that  Smith  &  Sowerby's  English  Botany  was 
commenced  in  1790,  but  it  extended  through  thirty-six  volumes, 
till  March,  1814,  and  so  is  the  first  work  which  demands  our 
particular  attention.  Its  merits  are  too  well  known  to  need  any 
record  here.  Its  2592  plates  comprise  1445  flowering  plants  (of 
which,  however,  only  about  1250  are  distinct  native  species), 
40  Ferns,  7  Equisetums,  6  Lycopodiums,  1  Pilularia,  1  Isoetes, 
6  Charas,  343  Mosses,  80  Hepaticas,  and  663  "Alg^"  (including 
280  Lichens). 

The  following,  amongst  other  interesting  plants,  were  first 
figured  and  described  in  this  great  work: — Mathiola  incana,  Arabis 
ciliata,  Draba  azoides,  Elatine  hexandra,  Oxytropis  canipestris, 
Rosa  hibernica,  Saxifraga  Geiun,  Bupleuruni  aristatuni,  Aster  Lino- 
syris,  Bryanthus  taxifolius,  Pyrola  media ,  Moneses,  Myosotis  alpestris, 
Pinguicula  grandiflora,  Polygonatum  verticillatum,  Juncus  tenuis, 
Scheuchzeria,  Kobresia,  Carex  elongata,  C.  rarijiora,  C.  humilis, 
C.  tomentosa,  C.  vaginata,  C.  ustulata,  Alopecurus  alpinus,  and 
Deyeuxia  neglecta. 

Of  course  there  were  a  large  number  of  contributors  to  English 
Botany  during  the  twenty-four  years  of  its  publication.  A  few  of 
the  more  important  were — the  Rev.  Charles  Abbot,  the  Bedford- 
shire botanist ;  James  Backhouse,  of  York ;  Rev.  Henry  Beeke,  of 
Devonshire ;  Miss  Biddulph  (Algae) ;   William  Borrer,  of  Henfield, 


130 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


Sussex,  a  large  contributor;  Rev.  W.  T.  Bree,  of  Warwickshire; 
James  Biodie.  of  Brodie,  Elgin  ;  W.  Bruuton.  of  Ripon  ;  Hev.  H. 
Bryant,  Norfolk  ;  James  Crowe,  Norfolk,  a  student  of  Willows ; 
Rev.  Sir  J.  Galium  &  Sir  T.  G.  Cullum,  Suffolk  botanists;  Rev. 
James  Dalton,  Rector  of  Croft.  Yorkshire,  the  discoverer  of  Schench- 
zeria;  Rev.  Hugh  Davies,  of  x\ugle8ea,  author  of  Welsh  Botamilo'ii/; 
George  Don,  the  Superintendent  of  the  Edinburgh  Botanic  Garden, 
a  large  coiitributor  of  Higldand  plants,  but  including  a  considerable 
number  which  have  not  since  been  found,  and  so  seem  to  have  been 
erroneously  recorded  as  natives  ;  F.  K.  Eagle,  Suffolk ;  Rev.  R. 
Forby,  Rector  of  Fincham,  Norfolk ;  Edward  Forster.  Essex ;  Sir 
Thomas  G.ige  (Lichens);  R.  K.  Greville  I  Algfe) ;  Miss  Griffiths,  of 
Torquay  (Algje) ;  Rev.  J.  Harriman,  Yorkshire;  Rev.  J.  Hemsted, 
many  plants  from  Cambridgeshire ;  Miss  Hutchins,  of  Bautry 
(Algce  and  Mosses) ;  A.  B.  Lambert,  of  Boyton,  Wilts  ;  Rev.  G.  R. 
Leathes,  Norfolk;  Charles  Lyell  (Lichens);  James  T.  Mackay  and 
John  Mackay,  large  contributors  of  Irish  and  Scotch  plants 
respectively;  W.  Mathew,  of  Bury  St.  Edmunds;  John  Pitchford, 
of  Norwich,  the  discoverer  of  Holostenm  uinbellatu>n  ;  Jacob  Rayer, 
Kentish  plants;  Rev.  R.  Relhan.  of  Cambs. ;  Edward  Robson,  of 
Darlington,  many  plants  ;  Jonathan  Salt,  of  Sheffield  ;  Rev. 
Charles  Sutton,  Norwich  ;  John  Templeton,  of  Belfast,  discoverer 
of  Rosa  hibeinica;  and  Lilly  Wig^;:,  of  Yarmouth. 

During  the  progress  of  Emilish  Bctani/  several  works  appeared, 
which  may  here  be  briefly  noticed.  In  1804,  Walter  Wade,  of 
Dublin,  published  his  Plantw  rariores  in  Hibtrnia  iiireiitce,  which 
must  have  been  very  welcome,  as  very  little  had  hitherto  been  done 
for  Ireland ;  and  the  next  year  (1805)  Turner  and  Dillwyn's 
Botanisfs  Guide  thronqh  Eiuiiaiul  and  Walex  appeared,  consisting 
simply  of  county  lists  of  localities  for  our  rarer  plants.  In  1807 
a  great  work  was  completed  by  Prof.  Thomas  Martyn,  of  Cambridge 
— namely,  a  new  edition  of  Miller's  Gardener  s  Dictionanj.  About 
the  same  time  the  British  '"Fuci"  were  dealt  with  by  Dawson 
Turner — first  in  a  Synopsis  (1802),  and  afterwards  in  a  more 
complete  work  of  four  volumes  (1808-1819).  In  1802  Dillwyn 
commenced  his  valuable  monograph  on  the  British  '•  Conferva," 
illustrated  by  116  coloured  plates;  and  in  1816  a  monograph  on 
British  Jimr/ermannicP  was  published  by  William  Jackson  Hooker. 
He  also  about  the  same  time  reissued  Curtis's  Flora  Londinensis, 
with  large  additions ;  and  in  1818,  with  Thomas  Taylor,  produced 
an  excellent  work  on  British  Mosses.  The  above-named  are  the 
chief  works  on  British  botany  which  appeared  during  the  first 
twenty  years  of  the  century.  The  Lmnean  system  under  the 
auspices  of  Sir  James  Smith  held  undisputed  sway  in  England ; 
but  the  elder  Hooker,  above  mentioned,  who  was  then  the  ri>ing 
botanist,  in  the  early  part  of  1821  published  his  Flora  Scotira, 
''  arranged  both  according  to  the  artificial  and  natural  methods." 
In  the  preface,  dated  10  April,  1821,  the  author  claims  the  merit 
of  being  the  first  to  arrange  indigenous  plants  according  to  the 
natural  system.  This  work  being  in  the  main  a  compilation 
from    Lightfoot's   Flora    Scotica    and    Englinh    Botany,   need   not 


BRITISH    BOTANY    IN    THE    NINETEENTH    CENTURY  181 

detain  ns  long.  The  additional  localities  were  mostly  derived 
from  Hopkirk's  Flora  Glottiftna  {\8lH),  and  notes  supplied  by 
Robert  M;iughan,  II.  K.  Greville.  and  others.  In  the  Fangi, 
Persoon's  Si/nopsis  is  followed,  and  Sowerby's  figures  are  quoted. 
Mi/osutis  repens  and  Hierochloe  horealis  are  here  first  recorded  as 
natives. 

Later  in  the  same  year  (1821)  a  very  interesting  work  appeared 
— namely,  Gray's  Natural  Arraiujemeut  of  British  Plants,  "according 
to  their  relations  to  each  other  as  pointed  out  by  Jussieu,  De  Can- 
dolle,  Brown,  &c.,  including  those  cultivated  for  use,  with  an 
Introduction  to  Botany,  in  which  the  terms  newly  introduced  are 
explained  ;  illustrated  by  figures."  This  work,  though  nominally 
by  Samuel  Frederick  Gray,  was  mainly  written  by  his  son,  John 
Edward  Gray.  It  contains  twenty-one  good  plates,  dated  "Nov.  1st, 
1821."  In  the  preface,  Gray  gives  as  a  reason  for  not  quotin<^  the 
plates  of  English  Botany  the  very  high  price  of  the  work — generally 
not  less  than  fifty  guineas  ;  he  therefore  quotes  Gerard  and  Parkin- 
son. The  introduction  contains  a  short  history  of  the  progress  of 
botany,  and  a  list  of  works  from  14G8  to  1821. 

One  remarkable  feature  in  this  work  is  the  nomenclature,  for 
the  author  has,  in  a  large  number  of  instances,  rejected  the  names 
of  Linnaeus,  especially  his  specific  names,  and  given  new  ones  of  liis 
own  invention.  He  always  does  this  where  the  Linnean  specific 
name  is  a  substantive — thus,  Achiilm  Ptanrdca  becomes  A.  nylrt^stris; 
Aoras  Calamus,  A.  undnlatm;  Aisma  Plantago,  A.  ynajnr ;  and  so  on. 
As  a  '*  Flora"  of  the  country  in  the  modern  sense,  this  work  could 
be  of  very  little  use,  as  Gray  gives  hardly  any  localities,  even  for 
the  rarer  species. 

Tlie  year  1823  saw  the  commencement  of  R.  K.  Greville's  Scottish 
Cryptogainic  Flora,  followed  next  year  by  his  Flora  Fdinensis.  And 
now  we  have  a  very  important  work  to  review.  Sir  J.  E.  Smith, 
who  had  done  so  much  for  British  Botany,  crowned  his  efforts  by 
his  excellent  English  Flora,  the  first  two  volumes  of  which  appeared 
in  1821.  The  first  volume  is  dedicated  to  Sir  Thomas  Gery  Cullum, 
and  in  a  long  and  interesting  preface  Smith  reviews  the  cliief  works 
on  British  Botany,  commencing  with  How's  Phytoloyia  Britannica 
(1650).  Adverting  to  his  share  in  the  production  oi  English  Botany, 
he  says  :  "  My  name  at  first  did  not  appear  ;  but,  finding  the  book 
a  fit  vehicle  for  original  information  and  criticism,  I  publicly 
acknowledged  it  by  a  preface  to  the  fourth  volume  in  1795,  and  the 
title-page  of  every  succeeding  volume  declares  its  real  author" ;  but, 
notwithstanding  this,  he  complains  of  *'  the  flippancy  with  which 
everybody  quotes  '  Sowerby,'  whom  they  know  merely  as  the 
delineator  of  the  plates,  without  adverting  to  the  information  of 
the  work  or  the  name  of  its  author."  As  to  his  Flora  Bntannira, 
he  says:  "The  chief  merit  to  which  this  work  aspires  is  originality. 
The  author  has  examined  everything  for  himself,  copying  nothing 
without  investigation."  In  this  preface  and  in  the  entire  work  Smith 
most  improperly  ignores  Gray's  Xatmal  Arrangement,  even  having 
the  hardihood  to  say,  "  I  have  for  the  first  time  in  a  general  British 
Flora  introduced  the  Natural   Orders   of  our    plants "  !     Smith's 


132 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


work,  however,  was  arranged  by  the  Linnean  system,  and  merely 
contains  the  briefest  references  to  the  natural  orders  of  Jussieu. 
Nevertheless  the  work  was  an  excellent  Flora  of  the  country  ;  the 
third  volume  was  published  in  1825,  and  a  fourth  in  1828.  The 
Cryptogams,  except  Ferns,  are  not  included.  It  was  the  last  work 
of  the  author,  who  died  17th  March,  1828. 

In  1829  the  Eev.  J.  S.  Henslow,  Professor  of  Botany  at  Cam- 
bridge, published  a  Cataloc/ue  of  British  Plants  ''arranged  according 
to  the  Natural  System,  with  the  synonyms  of  De  CandoUe,  Smith, 
and  Lindley."  It  comprises  fourteen  hundred  and  fifty  indigenous 
and  fifty-oue  naturalized  plants.  This  Catalogue  is  very  interesting, 
being,  as  far  as  I  know,  the  earliest  of  its  kind,  and  a  sort  of  precursor 
of  the  well-known  London  Cataloijiie.  In  the  same  year  John  Lindley, 
Professor  of  Botany  in  University  College,  London,  published  A  Sijn- 
apsis  of  the  British  Flora  "arranged  according  to  the  natural  orders." 
This  was  a  small  book,  the  descriptions  of  the  orders,  genera,  and 
species  being  concise,  and  localities  mentioned  few.  In  his  preface, 
alluding  to  the  long  reign  of  the  Linnean  system  under  Smith  and 
his  followers,  he  says :  "  That  the  system  of  classification  invented 
by  Linnaeus  was  altogether  worthy  of  the  reputation  of  that  great 
man,  considering  the  state  of  science  at  the  time  when  he  lived, 
and  that  it  effected  much  temporary  good,  may  perhaps  be  conceded; 
but  that  any  botanist  should  attempt  to  deny  that  when  it  fell  into 
the  hands  of  such  men  as  were  esteemed  the  heads  of  the  Linnaean 
system  during  the  last  quarter  of  a  century  it  became  a  positive 
incubus  upon  science,  is  to  me,  I  must  confess,  a  subject  of  un- 
feigned astonishment.  Surely  it  cannot  be  denied  that  this  school 
has  acted  as  if  the  whole  object  of  Botany  were  naming  and  de- 
scribing species,  evidently  mistaking  the  means  for  the  end,  and 
converting  the  study  of  the  vegetable  kingdom  into  a  system  of 
verbal  trifling."  This  little  book  contained  the  first  notice  of  Erica 
ciliaris,  which  had  been  lately  found  by  Rev.  J.  S.  Tozer  near 
Truro ;  also  several  new  species  of  Buhiis.  A  second  edition  appeared 
in  1835. 

In  1830  Lindley  published  his  Introduction  to  the  Natural  System, 
and  in  the  same  year  Sir  W.  J.  Hooker  catered  for  the  British  botanist 
with  his  British  Flora,  which  subsequently  went  through  many 
editions.  Hooker  returned  to  the  Linnean  system  in  this  hand- 
book, which,  steering  a  middle  course  between  the  voluminous 
English  Flora  of  Smith  and  the  too  concise  one  of  Lindley,  was  a 
very  meritorious  work.  A  second  edition  appeared  in  1831,  a  third 
in  1835,  a  fourth  in  1838,  and  others  later.  The  account  of  the 
Roses  is  very  full  and  complete,  embodying  Joseph  Woods's  valuable 
paper  in  vol.  xii.  of  the  Linnean  Transactions. 

In  1831  the  first  volume  of  a  Supplement  to  English  Botany 
appeared,  the  descriptive  part  being  chiefly  by  Hooker  &  W.  Borrer. 
The  first  part  was  issued  in  August,  1829.  Three  more  volumes 
appeared  in  1834,  1843,  and  1849,  and  part  of  a  fifth  volume  in 
1865 ;  these  together  form  a  very  valuable  addition  to  the  original 
work,  containing  as  they  do  a  large  number  of  excellent  figures  and 
descriptions  of  British  plants,  mostly  discovered  since  1814,  with  a 


BRITISH    BOTANY    IN    THE    NINETEENTH    CENTURY  138 

few  others  not  figured  in  English  Botany.  It  includes  Cryptogams. 
In  1830  R.  K.  Greville  published  his  Ahjce  Britamdcce,  with  nineteen 
coloured  plates ;  and  in  1831  Lindley  &  Hutton's  Fossil  Flora  of 
Great  Biit<nn  was  commenced. 

A  little  anonymous  work  appeared  in  1833  under  the  title  of 
The  Irish  Flora,  cGrnprisiufj  the  PluBno(i<imous  Plants  and  Ferns. 
It  is  understood  to  have  been  written  by  Katherine  Baily,  afterwards 
Lady  Kane.  It  is  arranged  by  the  Linnean  system,  and  most  of 
the  habitats  were  contributed  by  John  White,  of  the  Glasnevin 
Botanic  Garden.     It  was  reprinted  in  1846. 

The  next  important  work  requiring  notice  is  the  British  Phceno- 
(jamous  Botany  of  WiUiam  Baxter,  6  vols.,  1834-1842.  It  contains 
about  five  hundred  good  coloured  plates,  only  one  plant  in  each 
genus  being  represented  ;  the  descriptions  are  very  carefully  drawn 
up,  and  for  the  rarer  species  lists  of  localities  arranged  under 
counties  are  added  ;  the  synonyms  and  references  to  previous  works 
are  carefully  worked  up. 

As  County  Floras  were  still  few  and  far  between,  the  New 
Botanist's  Guide,  2  vols.,  1835-7,  consisting  of  county  lists  of  the 
rarer  British  plants,  must  have  been  very  welcome.  Its  author, 
the  late  Hewett  Cottrell  Watson,  was  an  indefatigable  worker  on 
the  distribution  of  the  British  Flora  for  more  than  forty  years — 
from  1832  to  1874.     We  shall  hear  of  him  again. 

In  1836  a  noteworthy  advance  was  made  by  the  foundation — by 
Robert  Graham,  R.  K.  Greville,  J.  H.  Balfour,  and  others — of  the 
Botanical  Society  of  Edinburgh,  and  in  the  same  year  this  Society 
published  a  Catalogue  of  British  Plants,  containing  sixteen  hun- 
dred and  thirty-six  species,  including  fifty-eight  cryptogams.  The 
Botanical  Society  of  London  was  founded  in  July  of  the  same  year, 
John  Edward  Gray  being  the  first  President.  In  the  same  year 
James  Townsend  Mackay  did  good  work  for  Ireland  by  the  pro- 
duction of  his  Flora  llihernica.  He  had  published  a  Catalogue  of 
Irish  Plants  in  1825,  but  his  Flora  was  for  many  years  the  standard 
work  on  the  subject. 

Mr.  G.  W.  Francis's  Analysis  of  the  British  Ferns  and  their  Allies 
(1837)  went  through  several  editions.  The  Annals  and  Magazine  of 
Natural  History,  conducted  by  Sir  W.  Jardine,  P.  J.  Selby,  Sir  W. 
J.  Hooker,  and  others,  commenced  in  1838,  following  Loudon's 
Magazine  of  Natural  History  (1829,  &c.).  At  this  period  one  whose 
long  life  was  devoted  to  British  Botany  was  coming  into  prominence — 
namely,  Charles  Cardale  Babington.  His  earliest  work  was  a  little 
Flora  of  Bath  and  its  Neighbourhood,  1834  (with  a  Supplement  in 
1839) ;  and  in  the  latter  year  he  published  his  Primitia  Flora 
Sarnica,  or  an  Outline  oj  the  Flora  of  the  Channel  Islands. 

In  1840  a  History  of  British  Ferns  was  published  by  Edward 
Newman,  which  went  through  several  editions.  In  1841  the  native 
Seaweeds  were  described  by  W.  H.  Harvey  in  his  British  Marine 
Algce ;  a  second  edition  appeared  in  1849,  illustrated  by  a  series  of 
dried  specimens.  In  the  year  1841  also  a  very  useful  magazine 
was  started,  entitled  The  Phytologist.  In  its  old  and  new  series  it 
extends  from  1841  to  1863,  when  it  was  discontinued,  but  imme- 


134  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

diately  followed  by  the  Journal  of  Botain/^  which  happily  is  still 
flourishing.  The  articles  in  the  Fhjtolofjist  were  mostly  concerued 
with  British  Botany,  and  by  means  of  this  magazine  and  its  suc- 
cessor we  have  a  very  complete  history  of  the  progress  of  the  science 
in  the  British  Isles  during  the  last  sixty  years  of  the  century.  Some 
of  the  chief  contributors  to  the  enrly  volumes  of  the  t'Injtolofjist 
were  Dr.  Bromfield,  Edwin  Lees,  Edward  Newman,  H.  C.  Watson, 
Thomas  Moore,  E.  G.  Varenne,  James  Backiiouse,  Rev.  W.  T. 
Bree,  Jos.  Woods,  G.  S.  Gibson,  and  William  Wilson  of  Warring- 
ton. In  1842  a  very  attractive  book  on  British  Forest  Trees,  indi- 
genous and  introduced,  was  pubUshed  by  P.  J.  Selby.  It  is  an  octavo 
volume  of  540  pages,  illustrated  by  a  large  number  of  delightful 
engravings.  It  is  a  choice  and,  I  believe,  now  rather  scarce  work. 
We  now  come  to  the  vear  1843,  in  which  a  work  appeared 
which  forms  an  epoch  in  the  history  of  British  Botany — namely, 
the  famous  Manual  of  the  late  Professor  Babington,  the  first  edition 
of  which  was  published  on  1st  May  of  this  year.  A  few  extracts 
from  the  preface  to  this  volume  (which  differs  in  later  editions) 
will  be  read  with  interest.  The  author  remarks  that,  from  the 
attention  which  had  long  been  paid  to  the  elucidation  of  the  flora 
of  Britain,  he  "  did  not  suppose  that  much  remained  to  be  done  in 
British  Botany,  for  he  could  not  expect  that,  after  the  labours  of 
such  men  as  Smith,  Hooker,  Lindley,  and  others,  and  the  publi- 
cation of  so  invaluable  and  unrivalled  a  collection  of  figures  as  is 
contained  in  the  English  Botany,  there  could  still  be  many  questions 
concerning  the  nomenclature  or  any  considerable  number  of  un- 
ascertained species  the  determination  of  which  would  fall  to  his  lot. 
He  had  not,  however,  advanced  far  in  the  critical  examination  of 
our  native  plants  before  he  found  that  a  careful  comparison  of 
indigenous  specimens  with  the  works  of  eminent  continental  authors 
and  with  plants  obtained  from  other  parts  of  Europe  must  necessarily 
be  made,  for  it  appeared  that  in  very  many  cases  the  nomenclature 
employed  in  England  was  different  from  that  used  in  other  countries ; 
that  often  plants  considered  as  varieties  here  were  held  to  be  distinct 
species  abroad ;  that  several  of  our  species  were  only  looked  upon  as 
varieties  by  them;  and  also  that  the  mode  of  grouping  into  genera 
was  frequently  essentially  different."  He  then  expresses  his  sur- 
prise at  these  discoveries,  and  attributes  the  facts  to  the  ascendency 
of  Sir  J.  E.  Smith,  "the  fortunate  possessor  of  the  herbarium  of 
Linnffius,"  and  to  the  long  separation  of  this  country  from  conti- 
nental nations,  owing  to  the  war  with  Napoleon,  "  by  which  we 
were  almost  completely  prevented  from  observing  the  progress 
which  botanical  science  was  making  in  other  countries,"  so  that 
"at  the  conclusion  of  the  war  we  had  become  so  wedded  to  the 
system  of  Linnaeus  and  ....  so  well  satisfied  with  our  own  pro- 
ficiency that,  with  the  honourable  exception  of  Mr.  Brown, -^^  there 
was  at  that  time  scarcely  a  botanist  in  Britain  who  took  any  interest 
or  paid  the  least  attention  to  the  classification  by  natur^il  orders 

•  Robert  Brown,  who  adopted  the  Natural  System  as  early  as  1810  in  his 
Prodromua  Florcp  Noiup  Hollo.vdi(P. 


BRITISH    BOTANY    IN    THE    NINETEENTH    CENTURY  135 

which  had  been  adopted  in  France,  and  to  the  more  minute  and 
accurate  examination  of  plants  which  was  caused  by  the  employment 
of  tbat  philosophical  arrangement."  As  to  the  plan  of  Manual,  he 
says:  *'  Synonyms  have  been  almost  wholly  omitted,  but  at  least 
one  British  and  one  German  figure  of  each  plant  is  quoted  in  all 
cases  in  which  it  could  be  done  with  accuracy.  Localities  are  only 
given  for  new  or  peculiarly  rare  plants,  the  existence  of  so  complete 
a  work  as  Mr.  Watson's  New  Botanist's  Guide  having  made  it  un- 
necessary inconveniently  to  swell  the  present  volume  by  their  intro- 
duction." He  acknowledges  his  obligations  "  to  his  friends  Professor 
Balfour,  of  Glasgow,  and  D.  Moore,  Esq.,  of  the  Glasnevin  Botanical 
Garden  at  Dublin,  for  complete  Catalogues  of  the  Floras  of  Scotland 
and  Ireland  respectively,"  and  to  W.  Borrer,  Prof.  Henslow,  E. 
Forster,  the  Rev.  W.  A.  Leighton,  and  others.  It  will  be  seen  that 
a  guide  to  the  British  Flora  was  here  promised  far  superior  to  any- 
thing hitherto  published  in  England,  and  the  promise  was  amply 
fulfilled.  Babington  had  already  commenced  the  careful  study  of 
Eubi,  and  the  Manual  contained  descriptions  of  twenty-four  species 
and  numerous  varieties.  This  Manual  was  a  great  success,  and 
went  through  many  editions,  all  carefully  brought  up  to  date  by  the 
author ;  the  second  appeared  in  1847,  the  third  in  1851,  the  fourth 
in  1856,  and  the  8th  and  last  in  1881.  The  book  is  too  well  known 
to  require  further  description. 

The  well-known  London  Catalogue  of  British  Plants,  published  by 
the  Botanical  Society  of  London,  already  mentioned,  first  appeared 
in  1844,  and  has  now  gone  through  nine  editions.  The  total 
number  of  species  contained  in  the  first  was  fourteen  hundred 
and  twenty-eight,  of  which  thirteen  hundred  and  seventy-one  are 
phanerogams.  The  nomenclature  adopted  was  that  of  Hooker's 
British  Flora,  which  had  then  gone  through  five  editions  in  less  than 
a  dozen  years.  The  Rev.  J.  E.  Leefe  was  then  the  chief  authority 
in  the  genus  Sallv,  and  Mr.  Edwin  Lees  was  consulted  as  to  Kubi. 

In  1845  the  British  freshwater  Algae  were  described  and  illus- 
trated in  two  handsome  volumes  by  A.  H.  Hassall,  and  in  the  next 
year  Babington  published  his  Synopsis  of  the  British  Ruhi.  Also  in 
this  year  Harvey's  Plnjcolixjia  Britannica  appeared,  forming  an  im- 
portant addition  to  our  knowledge  of  marine  Alg^.  It  is  illustrated 
by  300  fine  coloured  plates,  and  describes  388  species.  Henfrey's 
Outlines  of  Structural  and  Physiological  Botany  (1847)  was  a  very 
useful  work,  by  a  master  of  his  subject.  In  this  year  also  Hewett 
Cottrell  Watson  commenced  the  publication  of  his  valuable  Cybele 
Britaymica,  an  elaborate  work  showing  the  distribution  of  each  of 
our  native  flowering  plants  through  eighteen  provinces,  afterwards 
subdivided  into  one  hundred  and  twelve  vice-counties.  Each  species 
is  also  classified  as  a  native,  colonist,  denizen,  or  alien  ;  and,  again, 
as  British,  English,  Atlantic,  Germanic,  Scotch,  or  Highland.  A 
second  volume  of  the  Cybele  appeared  in  1849,  a  third  in  1852, 
and  a  fourth  in  1859.  Mrs.  Hussey's  Illustrations  of  British  Myco- 
logy, also  published  in  1847,  was  an  interesting  addition  to  the 
library  of  the  cryptogamic  botanist.  About  this  time  we  first 
hear  of  the  American  wat^v-weed    Klodm  in  England,  the  second 


136  .      THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

and  third  volumes  of  the  Phytologist  containing  several  notices  of 
its  occurrence. 

In  184^9  the  botanical  student  must  have  welcomed  J.  H. 
Balfour's  Manual  of  Botany,  and  the  still  more  valuable  translation 
by  Edwin  Lankester  of  Schleiden's  Principles  of  Scientijic  Botany. 
The  Botanical  Gazette,  a  monthly  journal  edited  by  A.  Henfrey  and 
others,  was  commenced  in  1841),  and  continued  to  1851.  It  con- 
tains many  interesting  papers  by  C.  C.  Babington,  H.  C.  Watson, 
Rev.  W.  A.  Leighton,  and  other  well-known  botanists.  An  early 
number  in  1850  contained  an  abstract  of  Fries's  SynibolcB  ad  His- 
toriam  Hieracionini,  which  must  have  opened  the  eyes  of  many  of 
its  readers.  About  this  time  this  genus  [Hieraciuni)  was  beginning 
to  be  seriously  studied  by  Messrs.  .James  Backhouse,  J.  G.  Baker, 
and  others,  and  many  additions  were  made  to  the  British  list  of 
species.     (See  Phytol.  iii.  99G  and  iv.  805,  8U.) 

The  events  of  1852  were  the  appearance  of  J.  H.  Balfour's 
excellent  Class  Book  of  Botany,  entirely  superseding  former  works 
of  the  like  character,  and  Henfrey's  translation  of  Von  Mohl  on 
the  vegetable  cell.  Passing  on  to  1855,  we  have  in  Wilson's 
Brijoloyia  Britannica  a  valuable  addition  to  the  literature  of  mosses; 
and  next  year  James  Backhouse  published  his  well-known  Mono- 
graph of  the  BritisJi  Hieracia,  m  which  he  described  thirty-three 
species  as  British,  many  of  them  only  then  recently  distinguished. 

In  1857  the  Rev.  M.  J.  Berkeley  published  his  Introduction  to 
Cryptoganiic  Botany,  and  in  the  same  year  appeared  Henfrey's 
Eienientary  Course  of  Botany  :  and  this  brings  us  to  1858,  when  a 
most  useful  book  was  published,  namely,  the  excellent  Handbook  of 
the  British  Flora  .  .  .  for  tlie  use  of  Beyinners  and  Amateurs,  by 
George  Bentham.  The  author  of  this  delightful  book  had  already 
distinguished  himself  by  his  Monograph  on  tlie  Genera  and  Species 
of  the  Labiatce  (1832-6),  and  subsequently  obtained  a  world-wide 
reputation  by  the  great  Genera  Plantaruni,  produced  by  him  in 
conjunction  with  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker,  1862-83.  In  the  preface  to  this 
Handbook  the  author,  after  saying  that  he  "had  been  frequently 
applied  to  to  recommend  a  work  which  should  enable  persons 
having  no  previous  knowledge  of  botany  to  name  the  wild  flowers 
they  might  gather  in  their  country  rambles,  and  that  he  had  found 
this  difticult,  as  the  standard  floras  required  too  much  previous 
scientific  knowledge  for  a  beginner  or  mere  amateur,"  goes  on  to 
say  that  he  "here  attempted  a  descriptive  enumeration  of  all  the 
plants  wild  in  the  British  Isles  distinguished  by  such  characters  as 
mio^ht  be  readily  perceived  by  the  unlearned  eye,  and  expressed  in 
ordinary  language,  using  such  technical  terms  only  as  appeared 
indispensable  for  accuracy,  and  whose  adopted  meaning  could  be 
explained  in  the  work  itself."  This  being  his  object,  he  at  first 
thought  that  a  mere  compilation  might  be  sufficient,  "the  British 
plants  being  so  well-known,  and  having  been  so  repeatedly  de- 
scribed with  so  much  detail ;  but  he  soon  found  that  a  careful 
comparison  and  verification  of  the  characters  upon  the  plants  them- 
selves was  necessary."  He  then  states  that  the  descriptions  had 
been  drawn  up  from   British  specimens,  and  compared  with  the 


BRITISH    BOTANY    IN    THE    NINETEENTH    CENTURY  18? 

characters  given  in  Hooker  &  Arnott's  British  Flora  and  Babington's 
Manual,  or  with  detailed  descriptions  in  some  of  the  best  local 
floras  ;  that  they  had  been  verified  upon  continental  specimens,  and 
checked  by  the  examination  of  living  specimens ;  and  that  he  had 
"availed  himself  of  numerous  and  repeated  observations  made 
during  forty  years'  herborizations  in  various  parts  of  Europe." 
The  result  of  his  labours  certainly  was  the  production  of  a  most 
attractive  introduction  to  the  study  of  the  British  Flora,  freed  from 
every  unnecessary  difficulty.  As  to  his  method  of  treatment  of 
species,  he  says: — "It  will  no  doubt  be  matter  of  astonishment 
that  whilst  the  last  edition  of  Hooker  &  Arnott's  Flora  (1855)  con- 
tains 1571  species,  and  that  of  Babington's  Manual  (1856)  as  many 
as  1708  (exclusive  of  Chara),  that  number  is  in  the  present  work 
reduced  to  1285.  This  is  not  owing  to  any  real  difference  of 
opinion  as  to  the  richness  and  diversity  of  our  vegetable  produc- 
tions, but  is  occasioned  by  a  different  appreciation  of  the  value  of 
the  species  themselves."  Accordingly  he  greatly  reduces  the 
number  of  brambles,  roses,  hawkweeds,  and  willows  which  had  been 
separately  described  by  Babington  and  others,  and  also  lumps 
together  many  species  in  the  other  genera — e.  g.  the  Batrachian 
Ranunculi,  which  he  includes  under  the  single  name  R.  aquatiUs. 
Such  treatment  of  closely  allied  species  is,  no  doubt,  eminently 
desirable  in  a  book  meant  for  the  beginner. 

In  reviewing  this  Handbook  a  word  of  praise  must  be  added  for 
its  excellent  analytical  keys  to  the  natural  orders,  and  also  to  each 
important  genus.  The  plates  of  FntjUsh  Botany  are  referred  to 
throughout.  Bentham's  Handbook,  together  with  a  few  good  life- 
sized  outline  drawings  of  about  one  hundred  of  the  plants  most 
likely  to  be  met  with  by  a  beginner  (which  latter  is,  in  my  opinion, 
still  a  desideratum  in  the  literature  of  British  botany),  would  be 
worth  their  weight  in  gold  to  anyone  wanting  an  inducement  to 
take  up  some  branch  of  natural  science.  Such  plates  would  make 
the  first  identifications  easy,  and  afterwards  the  Handbook  alone 
would  be  sufficient.  There  is  also  an  illustrated  edition  of  this 
Handbook,  but  the  figures  are  very  small. 

In  1863  was  commenced  a  very  important  work,  being  a  new 
edition  of  Smith  &  Sowerby's  English  Botany,  with  entirely  fresh 
descriptions  of  the  genera  and  species  by  J.  T.  Boswell  Syme.  The 
plates  are  reproductions  of  those  in  the  original,  with  new  ones  for 
species  since  discovered,  and  the  colourmg  of  them  by  hand  is  very 
inferior ;  Syme's  descriptions,  however,  are  valuable.  Here  again 
the  work  is  too  well-known  to  require  a  detailed  description.  In 
the  same  year  was  commenced  the  Journal  of  Botany,  British  and 
Foreign,  under  the  editorship  of  Berthold  Seemann,  and  it  has 
continued  under  different  editors  to  the  present  time. 

During  the  latter  part  of  the  century  the  works  in  some  way 
connected  with  British  botany  have  been  so  numerous  that  I  can 
only  select  a  few  for  notice. 

Daniel  Oliver's  Lessons  in  Elementary  Botany  (1864)  is  a  useful 
book  for  a  beginner ;  and  in  1866  Messrs.  D.  Moore  and  A.  G.  More 
commenced   to  publish   their   Cybele  Hibemica,   or   Outlines  of  the 

Journal  of  Botany.— -Vol.  39.      [April,  lUOl.]  l 


188  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Geographical  Distribution  of  Plants  in  Ireland.  In  1869,  Professor 
Babington  published  an  able  account  of  the  British  Eubi,  with  very 
full  descriptions  of  the  numerous  species  into  which  the  genus  had 
then  been  divided.  This  brings  us  to  the  year  1870,  when  yet 
another  guide  to  "  the  British  Flora  "  appeared,  and  has  received  a 
considerable  amount  of  patronage,  for  this  is  the  date  of  the  first 
edition  of  The  Stnde^ifs  Flora  of  the  British  Islands,  by  Sir  J.  D. 
Hooker;  the  object  of  which,  in  the  words  of  the  author,  was  **to 
supply  students  and  field  botanists  with  a  fuller  account  of  the 
flowering  plants  and  vascular  cryptogams  of  the  British  Islands 
than  the  manuals  hitherto  in  use  aim  at  giving."  We  are  told  by 
the  author  that  ''the  ordinal  generic  and  specific  characters  were 
to  a  great  extent  original,  but  collated  with  those  of  Mr.  Boswell- 
Syme  in  his  edition  of  English  Botany.'''  The  book  has  many  good 
and  useful  features  which  distinguish  it  from  other  similar  works ; 
the  distribution  of  each  species  throughout  the  world  is  shortly 
stated ;  also  the  total  number  of  species  in  each  genus.  In  the 
critical  genera — Rubus,  Bosa,  and  Hieraciiwi — a  plan  of  grouping 
allied  species  or  varieties  is  adopted  which  is  intermediate  between 
those  of  Babington  and  Bentham.  A  third  edition  of  this  handbook 
appeared  in  1884,  containing  improvements  in  the  classification 
and  characters  of  the  orders,  genera,  and  tribes  in  accordance  with 
the  before-mentioned  Genera  Plantarum  of  the  author  and  George 
Bentham  ;  and  since  this  date  no  new  British  Flora  has  appeared. 
Such  a  work  brought  up  to  date  is  now  much  wanted. 

For  the  student  of  cryptogams  two  important  works  appeared 
in  1871— M.  C.  Cooke's  Handbook  of  British  Fungi,  and  Rev.  W.  A. 
Leighton's  Lichen  Flora  of  Great  Britain,  Ireland,  and  the  Channel 
Islands.  This  latter,  a  most  elaborate  work,  went  tlirough  three 
editions,  the  last  in  1879. 

In  1873-4  the  two  volumes  of  H.  C.  Watson's  valuable  Topo- 
graphical Botany  appeared ;  and  a  second  edition,  corrected  and 
enlarged  by  J.  G.  Baker  and  Rev.  W.  W.  Newbould  in  1883.  This 
well-known  work  affording  a  bird's-eye  view  of  the  distribution  of 
the  several  species  of  the  British  Flora,  is  indispensable  to  the  field 
botanist.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  a  new  edition,  for  which  much 
material  has  been  accumulated,  may  soon  be  published. 

In  1878  a  very  interesting  Dictionary  of  English  Plant  Najneswua 
commenced  by  Messrs.  James  Britten  and  Robert  Holland.  In  a 
review  of  the  first  part  it  was  truly  stated  that  "such  an  extensive 
series  of  the  names  of  English  plants  has  never  before  been  seen." 
The  Dictionary  was  completed  in  1886.  Readers  of  this  Journal 
will  also  gratefully  remember  the  very  useful  Biogrbphical  Index  of 
British  and  Irish  Botanists  compiled  by  Messrs.  James  Britten  and 
G.  S.  Boulger,  1888-91.-  In  1880  Dr.  Braithwaite  commenced  to 
publish  a  most  complete  work   on   the   British  Moss- Flora,  with 

*  [Mr.  Clarke's  modesty  forbids  him  to  refer  to  his  interesting  First  Records 
of  British  Flotvering  Plants,  which  was  first  issued  in  this  Journal  and  appeared 
last  year  in  a  second  (revised  and  corrected)  edition ;  but  it  cannot  be  omitted 
from  this  enumeration. — Ed.  Journ.  Bot.^ 


BKITISH     HUTANV    IN     THE    NINETEENTH    CENTCKY  1H9 

accurate  illustrations  of  every  species.     This  is  now  near  its  com- 
pletion  and,  for  those  to  whom  its  expense  is  a  barrier,  an  excellent 
Manual   on   the   same   subject  was  published  in  1896  by  Messrs 
H.  N    Dixon  and   H.  G.  Jameson.     From  these  works  it  appears 
that  the  number  of  species  known  as  British  has  quite  doubled 
durmg  the  century.     Valuable  works  on  British  Fungi  have  during 
recent  years  been  produced  by  Mr.  M.  C.  Cooke,  adding  a  very  large 
number  of  species  to  the  British  list.     In  1892  a  Supplement  to 
the  third  (byme  s)  edition  of  Emjllsk  Botany  was  commenced,  and 
IS  still  m  progress.     The  Irish  Flora  has  also  received  much  atten- 
tion, and  Its  distribution  has  been  worked  out  in  the  before-mentioned 
Cybele  of  Messrs.  D.  Moore  and  A.  G.  More  (ed.  1, 1866  ;  ed.  2, 1899), 
and  lu  several  local  Floras.     But  perhaps  some  of  the  best  work  of 
the  last  fifty  years  has  been  done  by  experts  on  certain  critical 
genera    especially  the  elucidation   of  the  Pondweeds  by  Messrs. 
Artliur  Bennett  and  Alfred  Fryer;  the  Roses  and  Rubi  by  Professor 
Babmgton,  Kev.  W.  M.  Rogers,  and  others  ;    the  Hawkweeds  by 
Messrs.   Hanbury,   Linton,   and  Marshall ;    and  the   Charace<c  by 
Messrs.  H.  &  J.  Groves.  ^ 

fr.r^l'!-^''^*^''/^'^  ""^  ^h  ^^"^^'^  '^^'  '^'^^'^^^^^  ^y  ^^^  appearance  of 
translations  of  some  of  the  best  German  works  on  Botany,  including 
h^Qh^  lext-b.Hjk,  first  translated  by  Messrs.  Bennett  and  Dyer  (1875)" 
and  later  by  Professor  Vines.  On  a  former  page  reference  has  been 
made  to  the  three  County  Floras  produced  m  the  eighteenth  century. 
ihe  ast  century,  especially  the  latter  half  of  it,  has  been  productive 
ot  a  large  addition  to  these,  so  that  now  but  few  counties  are  without 
a  riora.  One  of  the  earliest  was  Baines's  Flora  of  Yorkshire  (1840) 
tollowed  next  year  by  an  excellent  one  for  Shropshire  by  the  Rev. 
W.  A.  Leighton,  excellent  at  least  for  its  careful  and  complete 
descriptions  of  species ;  the  localities  enumerated  are  but  fewf  A 
i<iora  0/  Hens  appeared  in  1849,  and  that  of  Wilts  was  commenced 
by  the  late  Thomas  Bruges  Flower  in  1857  (a  more  complete  one 
ol   fl\  ■^''''•°"  .^^'"§^  published  in  1888).     These  were  the 

chiel  Floras  appearing  in  the  first  half  of  the  century.  During  the 
latter  halt  the  following  counties  have  been  treated  in  like  mamier. 
I  mention  them  m  order  of  date  :-Cambs,  Essex,  Surrey,  Norfolk, 

Herts'"  SHftMl'Ti '  ^Tr^'^T'  Middlesex,  Dorset,  Hants,  Oxon 
Herts,  Suftok,  Derby,  Warwick,  Somerset,  Berks,  Kent,  Cheshire 
and  Cumberland  ;  also  some  Scotch  and  Irish  Floras  have  appeared 
and  one  lor  Carnarvonshire  and  Anglesea.     The  early  Floras  were 

wXtW  'f\fl7  ^^'"'IVJ'l^  ^  "^^'^'^^  improvement  commenced 
with  that  of  Middlesex  (1869),  in  which  the  county  was  divided  into 
districts  according  to  the  river  drainage,  and  all  old  records  were 
carelully  looked  up. 

Another  important  matter  dealt  with  during  the  last  twenty 
years  ol  the  century  is  nomenclature,  and  our  British  list  has  sufiered 
many  changes  from  an  endeavour  to  adhere  strictly  to  the  ''  law  of 
priority.  '  I  have  already  mentioned  the  chief  new  plants  which 
were  figured  and  described  in  Enfjlish  Botany  (1790-1814).  Since 
that  date  the  most  interesting  additions  to  the  British  flora  during 
the  century  were  the  following  :—Elatme   Hydropiper,   Hype^ 


?riciun 
L  2 


110  THE    JOUhNAL    OF    BOTAXV 

linariifoiiitHi  and  H.  undalatum,  Ule.v  Gallii,  Trifolium  Bocconi, 
T.  striction,  and  T.  J\folinerii  (all  three  found  in  Cornwall  between 
1840  and  1850),  Astragidus  alpimis,  Cotoneaster,  several  species  of 
Caliiiriche.  E/dlohiiini  lancfolatiim,  Bupleunim.  falcatnm,  (Eiianthe 
pimpinelloides,  Selimim  Carvifulia,  Inula  salicina  (found  in  Ireland  in 
1813,  bat  not  published  till  1865),  several  si)ecies  of  Arctium,  Phy- 
teiiuia  spicatwn,  Erica  ciiiaris  (found  in  Cornwall),  and  two  other 
species  found  in  Ireland,  the  true  Primula  elattor  (1841)  and 
P.  scoticd,  some  subspecies  of  Myosutis,  several  species  of  Oruhanche 
and  Utricularia,  Pinguicnla  al/dna.  Thymus  ChamcBdrys,  Calamint/ia 
sylvatica,  Stachys  alpina,  Teucrium  Botrys,  Herniaria  hirsuta,  Poly- 
(jonum  maritimum  and  P.  mite,  Euphorbia  stricta  and  E.  pilosa, 
Salix  lanata,  EJodea  canadensis,  Spiranthes  cestivalis  in  Hants  and 
S.  Piomanzoffiana  in  Ireland,  Epipoyum  aphyllum,  two  species  of 
Epipactis,  Ophrys  arachnites  in  Kent,  Habenaria  intacta  in  Ireland 
(1864),  Romulea  Columnce,  Sisyrinchium  anyustifolium  (Ireland), 
Gladiolus  illyricus  (Hants),  Leucojum  vernum,  Sim'^this  bicolor, 
several  species  of  Allium,  Juncus,  and  Lrizula,  Woljjia  Michelii 
(our  smallest  flowermg  plant),  numerous  species  of  Potamoyeton^ 
Cyperus  fitscus,  Scirpus  nanus  and  S.  cernuus,  Eriophorum  gracile, 
about  fifteen  species  of  Carc.v,  and  a  like  number  of  Grasses.  The 
last  edition  of  the  London  Catalogue  (1895)  contains  1861  separately 
numbered  species  of  flowering  plants,  48  Ferns,  11  Equisetums, 
5  Lycopodmms,  and  33  other  species  (IsoHcs,  Pilulana,  Chara, 
Nitella,  &c.)  ;  but,  if  we  deduct  from  the  above  16  Channel  Island 
species,  192  not  indigenous,  and  about  150!  Riibi  and  Hieracia, 
it  would  reduce  the  number  of  flowering  plants  to  about  1500,  which 
may  be  compared  with  the  1180  with  which  the  century  started. 


NOTES   ON   AFRICAN   LABIATiE. 

By  James  Britten,  F.L.S. 

In  the  course  of  arranging  the  African  Labiat^e  in  the  National 
Herbarium  in  relation  to  the  monograph  of  the  order  in  the  recently 
published  parts  of  the  Elora  of  Tropical  Africa,  I  have  jotted  down 
a  few  notes  which  may  be  taken  as  supplementary  to  Mr.  Hiern's 
notice  of  the  work  on  pp.  108-111.  I  have  printed  only  those 
which  may  be  of  use  to  other  workers  in  the  same  field,  and 
therefore  have  not  cited  such  additional  nimibers  or  localities  as 
are  found  in  our  Herbarium.  Many  of  the  notes  relate  to  the 
Welwitsch  collection,  of  which,  as  is  well  known,  the  British 
Museum  possesses  what  is  practically  the  study  set.  It  is  not 
quite  easy  to  see  on  what  principle  numbers  are  quoted :  for  some 
common  species — e.g.  Leucas  martinicensis,  *'a  cosmopolitan  tropical 
weed" — the  citations  are  very  numerous;  in  other  cases  specimens 
intimately  connected  with  the  establishment  of  the  species  are  not 
referred  to  :  the  numbers  of  iSchimper,  Hildebrandt,  Welwitsch,  and 
bcott  Elliot  are  among  those  incompletely  quoted.    A  few  synonyms 


NOTES    ON    AFRI(l\N    LARTAT/'R  141 

omitted  from  the  Flora  may  be  added  to  those  given  by  Mr.  Hiern 
(I.e.  109,  110);  LfUC((S  ci/iata  /3  hirsitta  is  the  name  under  which 
Kotschy's  [)lant,  the  type  of  Bcntham's  L.  'inihica,  was  disiributed  ; 
it  is  cited  by  Bentham  (DC.  Prodr.  xii.  530)  as  '•  L.  ciliata  Hochst. 
non  Benth."  Tiie  names  (only)  in  Brown's  a)>pf  ndix  to  Salt's 
Abyssinia  have  of  course  no  claim  to  recognition;  but,  as  Moliicrel'a 
iiitetjrifolia  is  quoted,  it  is  not  easy  to  see  why  j\[.  scariosa  and  M. 
repanda,  which  stand  upon  precisely  the  same  footing,  are  omitted. 
Acrocephalus  villosus  Thoms.  (non  Benth.)  in  Appendix  to  Speke's 
Journal,  644,  might  have  been  quoted  under  A.  cijUndraceus. 

In  the  genus  Ociminu,  the  correlation  (in  the  appendix)  of  the 
Welwitsch  plants  taken  up  in  the  Flora  with  those  of  Mr.  Hiern's 
Catalogue  is  imperfect.  For  example,  Welwitsch  5571,  which 
Mr.  Baker  makes  the  type  of  a  new  species,  is  placed  by  Mr.  Hiern 
without  doubt  under  O.  americanum  Mill.  (0.  caniim  Sims)  ;  No. 
5583,  which  according  to  Mr.  Hiern  is  partly  0.  americanum  and 
partly  0.  kmjanum,  is  placed  by  Mr.  Baker  under  the  former ;  No. 
5568,  similarly  divided  by  Mr.  Hiern,  is  not  cited  in  the  Flora  ; 
No.  5572,  according  to  Mr.  Hiern  is  0.  suave,  according  to  Mr. 
Baker,  O.  viride.  Under  0.  Johnstonii,  0.  graveohns  Oliv.  in  Trans. 
Linn.  Soc.  series  2,  ii.  347  (not  of  A.  Br.)  should  have  been  cited. 

In  the  genus  MoJanthns,  the  Welwitsch  correlation  is  again 
imperfectly  done.  For  example,  Mr.  Hiern  refers  three  Welwitsch 
numbers  to  M.  Welwitschii  Briq.,  and  the  plants  they  represent 
are  manifestly  identical.  In  the  Flora,  however,  one  of  the  tliree 
is  taken  as  the  type  of  a  new  species,  .^.  cnueifoliits  Baker  (which 
is  placed  in  a  section  to  wiiich  it  cannot  possibly  belong),  and  no 
reference  is  made  to  Mr.  Hiern's  determination.  In  the  same  way, 
the  two  numbers  identified  by  Mr.  Hiern  as  j^.  Engleri  Briq.  are 
considered  in  the  Flora  as  two  species,  one  of  tbem  new ;  and  no 
allusion  is  made  to  the  identification  in  the  Welwitsch  Catalogue. 
There  are  indeed  many  evidences  that  the  comparison  of  the  two 
books  has  been  done  in  a  perfunctory  manner :  e.  g.  on  p.  459  it  is 
stated  that  Salvia  pseadococcinea  "was  found  by  Welwitsch  in 
Angola,"  whereas  Mr.  Hiern  rightly  records  it  for  the  island  of 
Madeira. 

Plectranthus  cylindracem  Hochst.  In  the  Welwitsch  Catalogue 
(i.  861)  Mr.  Hiern  unites  with  this  species,  which  he  places  under 
Germanea  (an  earlier  name  for  the  genus),  Geniosporum  lasiostachymn 
of  Briquet  (in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xix.  164)  — a  species  estabUshed 
on  the  Welwitsch  number  (5489)  which  Mr.  Hiern  places  under 
P.  cyJindraceus.  In  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa  (v.  351)  Mr.  Baker 
retains  Geniosporum,  lasiostachyum,  citing  Welwitsch  5489,  but 
adds  a  note  that  "  Welwitsch's  5489  is  represented  at  Kew  by  a 
Plfctranthus,''  Later  on  in  the  same  monograph  (p.  414)  Mr. 
Baker  establishes  a  new  species,  P.  moschosmoides,  upon  Welwitsch 
5489.  In  the  National  Herbarium  we  have  besides  Welwitsch's 
specimens  the  type  of  Hochstetter's  cylindrareus ;  and  there  can  be 
no  doubt  as  to  these  being  identical.  Mr.  Baker,  in  his  key  to  the 
species,  characterizes  P.  moschosmoides  as  having  entire  leaves,  those 
of  P.  cylindraceus  being  crenate  ;  but  the  leaves  in  Welwitsch's  plant 


142  THK    JOTTRNAL    OF    BOTANY 

correspond  exactly  in  their  margins  with  those  of  P.  cylindraceus. 
In  the  copious  "addenda  "  to  the  Flora  no  reference  is  made  to  the 
identity  of  G.  lusiostachyiun  with  P.  cylindraceus,  although  this  is 
clearly  indicated  by  Mr.  Hiern. 

The  synonymy  of  the  plant  under  Plectranthus  is : 
Plectranthus  cylindraceus  Hochst.  in  Schimp.  iter  Abvss.  Sect.  2, 
1113  !  Benth.  in  DC.  Prodr.  xii.  60  (1848) ;  Baker  in  Fl.  Trop. 
Afr.  V.  414  (Dec.   1900).     Germanea  cijlindracea  Hiern,  Welw. 
Cat.  i.  861  (Aug.  1900). 

Geniosporum  lasiostachyum  Briquet  in  Engl.  Bot.  Jahrb.  xix.  164 
(1894) ;  Baker  in  Fl.  Trop.  Afr.  v.  351  (June,  1900). 

Plectranthus  moschosmuides  Baker  in  Fl.  Trop.  Afr.  v.  414  (Dec. 
1900). 

The  omission  under  Solenostemon  ccymoides  of  the  synonym 
Coleus  ?  africanm  (Benth.  herb.  54)  is  not  of  much  importance,  but 
it  might  have  been  cited,  especially  as  Don's  specimens,  on  which 
Bentham's  plant  was  estabUshed,  are  in  the  National  Herbarium. 
Coleus  orbicularis  Baker  (/.  c.  p.  437)  is,  as  noted  by  Mr.  Hiern 
(Journ.  Bot.  1901,  108)  the  same  as  Solenostemon  niveus  Hiern, 
Welw.  Cat.  i.  864,  the  full  description  of  which  is  transcribed  on 
p.  526  of  the  Flora,  without  any  indication  that  the  plant  had 
already  been  described  from  the  same  Welwitsch  number  earlier  in 
in  the  book.  "  Coleus  rupestris  Hochst.  in  Schimp.  PI.  Abyss. 
No.  2172"  is  cited  (p.  409)  as  the  type  of  Plectranthus  rupestris 
Baker,  and  later  (p.  430)  as  a  synonym  of  C.  barbatus  Benth.  var. 
Schimperi  Baker  {C.  Schimperi  Vatke).  According  to  Briquet  (Bull. 
Herb.  Boiss.  ii.  131)  the  two  plants  are  identical.  This  author 
retams  the  name  C.  rupestris  Hochst.,  and  says:  "  Le  nom  donn6 
par  Hochstetter  ayant  ete  publie  dans  un  exsiccata  regulierement 
numerote,  a  etiquettes  autographiees,  a  une  priorite  incontestable 
sur  celui  de  Vatke,  au  terme  des  Lois  de  la  Nomenclature,  art.  42." 
This  position  seems,  as  M.  Briquet  says,  *'  incontestable,"  but  it  is 
not  accepted  by  Mr.  Jackson,  in  whose  Index  Hochstetter's  names 
are  ignored.  Nor  does  Mr.  Baker  always  cite  them  :  e.  g.  I  cannot 
find  in  the  African  Flora  Acrocephnlus  abyssiiiicus  Hochst.  in 
Schimp.  PI.  Abyss,  ed.  ii.  no.  2046.  There  is  also  an  unnecessary 
variety  in  the  citation  of  the  plants  ;  in  many  cases  the  names  are 
quoted  thus  :  "  Thymus  serrulatus  Hochst.  ;  Benth.  in  DC.  Prod.  xii. 
203  "  ;  in  others  thus :  Micromeria  longijiora  Hochst.  in  Schimp. 
PL  Abyss.  Exsicc.  no.  2192  "  :  the  latter  is  manifestly  the  correct 
method.  If,  however,  the  principle  be  acted  upon,  it  will  result  in 
changes  of  accepted  names  :  Mr.  Baker,  for  example,  retains  Salvia 
Schimperi  Benth.  in  DC.  Prod.  xii.  282  [1848] ,  and  cites  (as  does 
Bentham)  S.  hypoleuca  Hochst.  in  Schimp.  PI  Abyss,  exsicc.  [sect.  3] 
no.  1916  [1844] .  Bentham  seems  to  have  set  this  aside  in  favour 
of  his  own  S.  hypoleuca  (Prodr.  xii.  279),  but  if  the  Schimper  label 
constitutes  publication  Hochstetter's  name  must  be  restored,  and 
S.  hypoleuca  Benth.  will  require  another  trivial  designation. 


148 

J.    G.    AGARDH 
(1813-1901). 

Jacob  Georg  Agardh,  who  died  on  January  17th  last,  was  born 
at  Lund  on  December  8,  1813.  He  was  the  son  of  Dr.  Carl  Adolf 
Agardh,  who  was  at  one  tune  a  professor  at  Lund  University,  and 
afterwards  became  bishop  in  the  diocese  of  Karlstad.  Both  father 
and  son  devoted  their  botanical  energy  to  the  study  of  marine  algae, 
the  elder  Agardh  laying  the  foundation  and  the  son  continuing  the 
work  till  within  a  few  months  of  his  death.  Jacob  Agardh  studied 
at  the  University  of  Lund,  which  he  entered  as  a  student  in  1826  : 
in  1832  he  became  doctor  of  philosophy,  docent  in  1834,  and 
demonstrator  of  botany  in  1836.  In  1847  he  became  extraordinary 
professor,  and  in  1854  he  was  made  ordinary  professor,  which  post 
he  held  till  1879,  when  he  retired. 

The  first  few  papers  he  published  were  on  botanical  subjects 
other  than  marine  algae ;  but  in  1836  appeared  his  first  paper  in 
the  branch  of  botany  of  which  he  was  to  become  so  great  a  master. 
From  that  year  till  shortly  before  his  death  he  continued  to  write 
on  marine  algae,  and  leaves  behind  him  a  monument  of  labour 
and  learning.  His  greatest  work  is  the  Species  Genera  et  Oi  dines 
Algarum,  of  which  the  first  volume  was  published  in  1848,  and  dealt 
with  the  group  of  PhBophjcem.  Four  volumes  on  Floridem  followed, 
the  last  being  a  revision  and  enlargement  of  the  first  two.  The 
CoralUne(By  published  in  the  second  volume,  were  treated  by  Prof. 
Areschoug,  and  were  not  revised  by  Prof.  Agardh  in  his  later  work  ; 
indeed,  that  group  was  never  worked  oat  by  him,  though  he  wrote 
so  much  on  other  orders  of  Floridece.  The  ChlorophycecB  were 
also  neglected  by  him  as  a  whole,  though  he  deals  at  some  length 
with  the  group  of  Siplionea  in  his  great  work  Till  Algernes  Systeniatik, 
published  between  1872  and  1890.  This  consists  of  a  series  of 
monographs  on  various  genera,  including  descriptions  of  many  new 
species,  and  may  indeed  be  regarded  as  an  amplification  of  parts  of 
his  earlier  work,  the  Species,  Genera  et  Ordines,  mentioned  above. 
In  1879,  Prof.  Agardh  published  an  important  work,  Florideernes 
Morphologie,  and  in  1889  a  monograph  entitled  Species  Sargassorum 
Australia^  with  good  coloured  and  other  figures.  In  1892,  when  in 
his  eightieth  year,  he  issued  the  first  part  of  a  new  work  on  the 
lines  of  Till  Algernes  Sy^Umatik,  entitled  Analecta  Alyilogict,  and 
this  he  continued  to  publish  till  within  a  few  months  of  his  death. 
It  is  not  to  be  expected  that  the  work  in  these  last  few  parts  could 
be  equal  to  that  of  his  earlier  life,  but  the  very  fact  rhat  a  man  of 
his  advanced  age  could  continue  to  work  and  publish  the  results 
shows  his  untiring  energy  and  interest  in  his  subject. 

Prof.  Agardh  received  much  material  from  Australia,  where 
Miss  Hussey  and  others  collected  for  him,  and  from  his  position  in 
the  world  of  phycology,  many  plants  must  have  been  continually 
passing  through  his  hands.  A  large  number  of  specimens  in  the 
Kew  Herbarium  are  named  in  his  handwriting,  and  the  herbarium 
of  the  late  Mr.  Bracebridge  Wilson,  now  in  the  British  Museum, 


144  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

had  been  referred  to  him.  Many  of  these  plants  are  described  or 
mentioned  in  his  works. 

Prof.  Agardh  was  always  ready  to  answer  an  appeal  for  help  in 
the  identity  of  a  plant,  and  whenever  it  was  necessary  he  would 
send  his  own  type  specimen  for  comparison.  At  the  end  of  last 
year  he  was  kind  enough  to  entrust  a  unique  specimen  to  a  worker 
at  the  British  Museum,  notwithstanding  his  advanced  age  and  the 
fact  that  he  was  most  anxious  to  have  no  phmt  absent  from  his 
herbarium  at  the  time  of  his  death.  The  plant  was  returned  in  a 
few  days'  time,  and  it  was  not  till  after  his  death  a  few  weeks  later 
that  a  letter  from  his  widow  fully  revealed  the  effort  it  had  been  to 
the  aged  botanist  to  part  for  even  a  short  time  with  his  type- 
specimen.  Prof.  Agardh's  herbarium  was  given  during  his  life-time 
to  Lund  University,  but  so  long  as  he  lived  he  retained  the  right  of 
lending  specimens.  After  his  death,  however,  it  was  his  wish  that 
no  plant  should  be  taken  out  of  the  collection,  and  his  herbarium 
will  therefore  be  guarded  as  rigidly  henceforward  as  is  that  of  the 
British  Museum  itself. 

A  full  share  of  honours  from  his  own  nation  and  from  others 
fell  to  Agardh's  lot,  in  recognition  of  his  work.  He  was  elected  a 
foreign  member  of  the  Linnean  Society  in  1867,  and  thirty  years 
afterwards  received  the  gold  medal  of  the  same  Society,  on  which 
occasion  the  then  President,  Dr.  Albert  Giinther,  thus  summarized 
his  work  : — "  There  is  no  group  of  marine  littoral  algse  which  has 
not  been  presented  to  us  in  a  more  orderly  arrangement  by  the 
genius  of  Agardh.  His  industry  and  extraordinary^  abilities  have 
been  devoted  throughout  his  long  life  to  the  construction  of  a 
natural  system  of  classification  of  marine  plants,  and  his  labours 
have  been  crowned  with  the  success  of  universal  acceptance." 

E.  S.  B. 


SHORT     NOTES. 

Hayling  Island  Plants. — On  September  13th,  1900,  I  spent 
some  hours  here,  mainly  devoted  to  examining  the  various  forms 
of  SaUcornia ;  a  few  other  things  were  incidentally  met  with,  which 
may  be  worth  mentioning.  I  am  indebted  for  assistance  in  deter- 
mining them  to  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  and  Rev.  E.  F.  Linton. — 
Lepigonum  ?  A  remarkable  form  occurred,  having  the  general  habit 
of  L.  neglectum  Kindb.,  but  with  a  strong,  woody,  doubtless  perennial 
root,  numerous  interlaced  stems,  and  smooth  (not  papillose)  seeds, 
mostly  winged.  But  for  this  membranous  margin,  Mr.  Bennett 
"would  have  called  it  L.  famculare  Lonnrotb,  Obs.  PI.  Suec.  p.  13 
(1854),  who  says,  'media  fere  est  inter  Lejyigonum  viariunm  Wahl. 
et  L.  saHniim  Fr.' " — Chenopodiiiui  hotryodes  Sm.  Very  local,  a  short 
mile  east  of  Hayling  Bridge  ;  usually  smaller  than  the  Pegwell  Bay 
(East  Kent)  plant,  but  evidently  the  same  species,  and  quite  different 
from  C.  ruhium  var.  pseudchotryoides.  New  for  Hampshire,  and  I 
believe  also  for  the  English  south  coast.  —  SaUcornia  stricta  Dum. 
By  far  the  most  abundant  saltwort ;  conspicuous  by  its  erect  habit 


RHOHT    XOI'ES  145 

and  its  bright,  translucent  green  colour.  Seeds  ovate-oblong,  very 
bairy.  —  S.  rmnosisshna  Woods.  I  only  saw  this  at  one  spot,  near 
the  station  for  Chenopodium  hotnjodes,  but  no  doubt  it  grows  in  other 
parts  of  the  island. — S.  pusiUa  Woods.  This,  the  chief  object  of  my 
search,  was  met  with  in  abundance  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  east 
of  the  bridge  ;  it  is  a  very  characteristic  little  plant,  usually  2-3  in. 
high,  but  occasionally  as  much  as  6  in,  (these  taller  specimens 
branched  freely),  erect,  grey-green  in  colour.  It  was  in  full  flower 
at  this  season.  I  had  only  seen  it  previously  in  Herb.  Woods, 
kindly  lent  to  me  some  years  ago  by  Mr.  Townsend.  —  N.  Ivjnosa 
Woods.  Mr.  Bennett  concurs  in  referring  to  this  a  strong  woody- 
rooted  plant  which  is  locally  plentiful  at  the  south  end  of  the 
bridge.  Unlike  the  forms  of  S.  radicims  Sm.  that  I  have  met 
with  here  or  elsewhere,  it  produces  numerous  erect  or  ascending 
branches ;  their  flowering  tops  are  stout,  and  of  a  clear  pale  green. 
The  young  seeds  were  covered  with  short  stiff  hairs,  almost  giving 
them  the  appearance  of  being  tuberculate.  In  Fl.  Hants  this  is 
reduced  to  a  variety  of  radicam,  with  which  Mr.  Bennett  agrees  ; 
having  regard  to  their  very  different  habit  when  growing,  I  feel 
considerable  doubt  about  the  matter,  which  deserves  further  in- 
vestigation. —  Zostera  marina  L.  var.  angmtifolia.  Plentiful  near 
Hayling  Bridge,  together  with  typical  Z.  marina  and  Z.  nana ; 
I  examined  the  fruit  while  fresh  with  a  strong  lens,  but  it  did  not 
then  appear  to  be  furrowed.  Mr.  Bennett  writes  that  Prahl  (Krit. 
PI.  Schleswig-Holstein,  p.  211)  denies  the  identity  of  ^.  avf/nstifolia 
Reichb.  with  var.  august ifolia  Hornem.  (Flora  Danica,  t.  1501),  an 
earlier  name  (1816)  than  that  of  Fries ;  and  that  Prahl  further 
suggests  Reichenbach's  anfiustifulia  being  Z.  marina  x  7ia7ia.  It 
is  quite  possible  that  we  have  two  plants  in  Britain  under  the  name 
of  dngnstifolia,  and  the  southern  form  (usually  much  more  luxuriant) 
may  perhaps  be  a  hybrid,  though  it  fruits  freely ;  but  the  angusti- 
folia  of  Inverness,  Ross,  and  Sutherland  is  certainly  not  so,  being 
found  where  typical  marina  is  absent,  though  frequently  accompanied 
by  nana.  I  have  seen  ^^avgustifolia''  in  several  stations,  but  I  have 
never  been  able  to  find  connecting  links  between  it  and  typical 
marina. — Spartina  Toivnsendi  H.  &  J.  Groves.  Several  strong  tufts 
were  observed  a  little  south  of  the  bridge;  an  extension  of  its  known 
range  eastwards.  Comparing  these  with  the  S.  stricta  of  the  same 
locality,  the  divergence  was  seen  to  be  great ;  this  good  species  has 
been  somewhat  disrespectfully  treated  in  the  Student's  Flora,  ed.  3, 
p.  471.— E.  S.  Marshall. 

SciRpus  MARiTiMus. — DuHng  last  summer  and  autumn  Mr.  Fred. 
Davey  and  myself  (he  was  the  first  to  find  it)  noticed  a  very  marked 
variety  of  Scirpus  maritimus  L.,  which  does  not  appear  to  have  re- 
ceived any  special  notice  in  England,  though  it  certainly  seems  to 
merit  a  distinctive  varietal  name,  which  on  the  continent  has  been, 
I  find,  assigned  to  it.  Var.  b.  ampactus,  in  which  all  the  spikes  of 
the  inflorescence  are  gathered  together  into  a  compact  clump,  is, 
I  believe,  more  or  less  common  wherever  the  ty[)e  occurs  at  all 
plentifully,  but  in  the  variety  I  refer  to  the  entire  inflorescence  is 
reduced  to  a  single  spike.     This  variety  was,  so  far  as  I  have  been 


146  THK    JOTTKNAL    OF    BOTANY 

able  to  ascertain,  first  ilefiiied  by  Dr.  0.  W.  Sender  in  his  Flora 
Ra'nhurgemis  (1851),  p.  27,  as  follows: — ^'Ysii\  ^  mo  )instachys — 
spicula  soUtaria  "  ;  and  there  is  in  the  British  Museum  Herbarium 
one  continental  specimen,  exactly  agreeing  with  our  Cornish  speci- 
mens, which  was  received  duly  labelled  "  numostachys  Sender." 
The  variety  is  noticed  in  Ascherson's  Flora  of  Brandenburg  (i.  754), 
where  it  is  said  to  be  rare.  No  doubt  it  is  merely  a  depauperated 
form  of  maritimus,  just  as  niacrostachys  and  cymosus  (/=  mnhellatus) 
are  very  luxuriant  forms ;  but  at  first  sight  it  seems  difficult  to 
account  for  these  excessively  depauperate  forms,  which  are  to  be 
found  growing  side  by  side  with  typical  maritimus  and  compactus. 
A.  0.  Hume. 

Hypnum  rotundifolium  Scop.  IN  East  Gloucestershire.  —  This 
spring  we  had  the  good  fortune  to  rediscover  this  rare  British  moss 
near  Stroud,  Gloucestershire  (v.-c.  33).  The  exact  locality  we  with- 
hold for  prudential  reasons.  Specimens  have  been  submitted  to 
Dr.  Braithwaite  and  Mr.  A.  J.  Wheldon,  who  assure  us  we  are  not 
mistaken  in  its  identification.  We  understand  that  it  is  not  now 
to  be  found  in  the  only  locality  recorded  in  Dr.  Braithwaite's 
British  Moss- Flora  and  Dixon's  Handbook,  where  previously  it  had 
been  gathered  by  Mr.  Bin&tead,  and  therefore  the  spot  in  which  we 
discovered  it  to  be  growing  remains  at  present,  as  far  as  we  know, 
the  only  locaHty  in  Britain.  It  was  apparently  well  established, 
and  in  good  fruiting  condition.  We  are  hoping,  through  the  medium 
of  the  Moss  Exchange  Club,  to  distribute  a  few  specimens  to  its 
members. — Geo.  Holmes  and  E.J.  Elliott. 

Set  of  British  Hieracia  (p.  105). — In  the  sixth  Fascicle,  lately 
issued,  H.snrreianuni  F.  J.  Hanbury,  var.  megalodon  E.  F.  Linton 
is  rightly  numbered  148  in  the  Table  of  Contents  and  on  the  label, 
but  by  a  slip  of  the  pen  appears  as  147  in  the  Preliminary  Remarks 
and  in  the  Index.— E.  F.  Linton. 


NOTICES     OF    BOOKS. 
Plant  Names. 

Fiore  Populaire,  ou  Histoire  Naturelle  des  PlantPS  dans  le.nrs  rapports 
avec  la  Linguistiqae   et  le   Folk-lore.     Par  Eug^me  Rolland. 
Tom.  III.  [Caryophyllaceae— Rutacese] .     Paris:  Libraire  Rol- 
land.    1900.     8vo,  pp.  378.     Price  8  fr. 
Irish  and   Scottish  Gaelic  Names  of  H'^rbs,   Plants,   Tre^s,   etc.     By 
Edmund    Hogan,    S.J.,    John    Hogan,    B.A.,    and    John    C. 
MacErlean,  S.J.     Gill,  DubUn ;  Nutt,  London.    1900.    8vo, 
cloth,  pp.  xii,  137.     Price  3s.  net. 
M.  Rolland's  work  continues  to  make  steady  if  not  rapid  pro- 
gress, and,  as  is  the  nature  of  such  compilations,  becomes  more 
exhaustive  as  it  proceeds ;  the  list  of  additional  works  cited  in  this 


KI.ORF.    I'OPUT.AIRK.     V.TC .  147 

volume  fills  nearly  three  pages,  so  that  there  must  already  be  a 
considerable  accumulation  of  information  supplementary  to  the  two 
earlier  parts.  It  is  of  course  of  the  essence  of  a  work  of  this  kind 
that  finality  can  never  be  attained ;  a  fact  which  none  know  better 
than  the  compilers  themselves. 

In  the  present  instalment  more  than  a  hundred  pages  are  devoted 
to  the  Vine,  which  is  treated  under  numerous  heads — the  plant  as  a 
whole  ;  its  various  parts  ;  the  names  of  its  various  cultivated  forms  ; 
proverbs,  popular  sayings  and  customs  connected  with  its  growth 
and  with  the  seasons  which  affect  it ;  and  a  long  list  of  books  in 
which  some  of  these  points  are  amplified. 

We  are  still  unable  to  discover  the  principle  upon  which  M. 
Rolland  includes  or  excludes  names.  The  most  trivial  variants  of 
French  names  are  included,  but  with  regard  to  other  countries,  if 
England  may  be  taken  as  an  illustration,  a  process  of  exclusion  is 
carried  out.  For  example,  only  two  of  the  eight  names  given  in  the 
Dictionary  of  Enqlisk  Plant-Names  for  Hijpericum  cahjcinum  are  taken 
up  by  M.  Rolland;  of  Geranium  sylvaticiun,  two  out  of  four;  of 
Malva  sylvestris,  five  out  of  seventeen,  many  of  which,  however,  are 
mere  variants :  and  this  process  of  selection  seems  to  be  pretty 
generally  adopted.  It  is  curious,  by  the  way,  that  so  conspicuous 
a  plant  as  the  Hypericum,  mentioned  should  have  but  one  popular 
French  name,  and  that  only  at  Quimper ;  the  other  French  name 
given — "  millepertuis  a  grandes  fleurs  " — is  from  a  book,  and  sug- 
gests the  inquiry  as  to  iiow  far  it  is  desirable  to  include  obviously 
manufactured  titles  in  a  work  of  this  kind. 

As  we  have  said  before,  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  M.  Rolland 
does  not  submit  his  proofs  to  some  botanist  for  revision  as  to  the 
names  given  to  the  plants.  He  includes,  for  example,  the  genus 
Elatine  in  Caryophyllaceae,  and  gives  as  English  names  for  it,  on 
the  authority  of  Ray,  ♦'  fluellin,  speedwell,"  which  of  course  the 
English  botanist  applied  to  Linaria  Elatine  and  L.  spuria.  He 
includes  in  the  Tiliaceous  genus  Corchorus,  C.  japonicus,  which  is 
an  old  name  for  Kcrria  japonica  in  RosaceaB.  We  note  a  few 
misprints—^,  g.  on  p.  180  "  Saint  Columbus- wort  "  should  be 
*'  Columba's  wort." 

M.  Rolland  quotes  freely  from  Mr.  Cameron's  Gaelic  Names  of 
Plants — a  work  which  has  been  reviewed  in  this  Journal.  The 
cautionary  attitude  which  we  felt  it  necessary  to  adopt  with  regard 
to  Mr.  Cameron's  work  is  more  than  justified  by  the  criticisms 
passed  upon  it  by  Father  Edmund  Hogan  in  his  Gaelic  Names  of 
Herbs.  Father  Hogan,  however,  is  wrong  in  supposing  that  Mr. 
Cameron  is  dead,  and  that  his  work  is  no  longer  on  sale ;  the  new 
edition,  published  last  year,  was  noticed  in  this  Journal  for  1900, 
p.  450.  Father  Hogan's  list  will  be  far  more  useful  to  M.  Rolland 
than  Mr.  Cameron's  book,  but  he  may  find  some  difficulty  in 
determining  the  hot  mical  synonyms  of  the  plants  indicated  by 
their  EngUsh  equivalents,  and  in  the  transliteration  of  the  Gaelic 
characters  in  which  Father  Hogan  prints  his  names.  It  is  a 
scholarly  piece  of  work,  and  the  compiler  has  brought  together  not 


148  THK    .TOTTRNAL    OF    BOTANY 

only  all  the  published  but  much  unpublished  matter  bearing  on  the 
subject.  Besides  tiie  names  of  plants,  words  "  immediately  con- 
nected with  asfriculture,  horticulture,  wood,  corn,  etc."  find  a  place; 
there  is  an  "  English-Gaelic  "  as  well  as  a  Gaelic  list. 

We  could  have  wished  that  Father  Hogan  had  not  "resisted 
the  temptation  "  to  explam  the  meaning  of  certain  names  and  their 
connection  with  Irish  and  Scottish  folklore.  As  it  is,  however,  he 
has  made  a  serious  contribution  towards  the  bringing  together  of  a 
complete  collection  of  Gaelic  names,  and  we  doubt  not  that  in 
M.  Holland's  next  part  he  will  add  it  to  the  list  of  the  books  he  has 
cited. 


Cours  de  Botanique.  Par  Gaston  Bonnier  et  Leclerc  du  Sablon. 
Tome  I.,  fascicule  1.  8vo,  pp.  1-384,  figs.  1-553.  Peelman : 
Paris,  1901.  Subscription  price  to  complete  work,  20s.;  each 
fascicle  separately,  4s.  9d. 

This  Course  of  Botany,  for  the  use  of  students  in  Universities, 
in  Schools  of  Medicine  and  Pharmacy,  and  in  Schools  of  Agriculture, 
will  form  two  volumes  of  about  2500  pages  in  all,  with  more  than 
3000  figures.  It  will  appear  in  six  fascicles,  the  last  of  which  is 
promised  for  1903. 

From  the  table  of  contents  issued  with  the  first  fascicle  we 
note  the  division  of  the  subject-matter  into  twelve  p-.irts — namely, 
i.  **  Generalites,"  a  general  introduction  ;  ii.  Morphology  of  Angio- 
sperms ;  iii.  Tiie  Groups  of  Angiosperms ;  iv.  Gymnosperms ; 
V.  Vascular  Cryptogams  ;  vi.  Mu^cineae ;  vii.  Thallophx  ta ;  viii. 
Physiology;  ix.  Experimental  Morphology;  x.  Botanical  Geo- 
graphy; xi.  Paleontology;  xii.  Variation.  The  authors  claim  to 
have  followed  a  new  plan.  The  description  and  the  anatomy  of 
plant  organs  are  studied  in  a  number  of  typical  examples  selected 
from  common  plants.  The  account  of  plant  families  includes  not 
only  the  external  characters  usually  described,  but  also  their  more 
interesting  anatomical  peculiarities  and  their  application  to  agri- 
culture, uidustry,  and  medicine.  A  large  space  is  given  to  the 
study  of  plant  diseases,  plant  geography  and  paleontology,  and  to 
"experimental  morphology" — that  is  to  say,  the  influence  of  en- 
vironment on  the  structure  of  plants.  The  authors  have  also  made 
the  history  of  botanical  discoveries  the  object  of  special  researches, 
the  results  of  which  are  described  at  the  end  of  the  different  parts 
of  the  work,  while  some  of  the  more  characteristic  figures  from 
these  "  ancient  authors  "  are  reproduced.  The  description  of  facta 
illustrated  by  concrete  examples  takes  precedence  of  generalizations 
deduced  therefrom  ;  the  reader  can  thereby  discriminate  the  proven 
from  the  hypothetical.  Finally,  the  three  thousand  odd  figures 
have  all  been  drawn  specially  for  the  work,  the  majority  from 
nature. 

The  present  fascicle  contains  the  first  part  (pp.  1-138),  which 
includes  an  introduction  and  a  short  account  of  the  general  struc- 
ture of  plants,  and  about  half  of  the  second  part  (pp.  139-384), 


AUTIOLKS     IN    JOUKNALS  149 

which  deals  with  the  morphology  of  Angiosperms.  This  is  treated 
in  six  chapters,  devoted  respectively  to  stem,  leaf,  root,  flower,  frui 
and  seed,  and  development.  In  the  first  part  we  note  a  somewhat 
full  account  of  tlie  various  forms  of  cell  and  tissue  elements,  the 
metliods  of  wall-thickening  and  the  development  of  vessels  being 
especially  well  exi)lained  and  illustrated.  In  the  second  part  the 
structure  and  arrangement  of  primary  and  secondary  tissues  is 
worked  out  by  a  study  of  various  types.  Thus  for  the  primary 
structure  of  the  stem  we  have  Mercuri'ilis  annua,  Spartijonjuvceiim, 
Veronica  Beccabnn[/a,  Com^ulvuhis  arvends,  for  dicotyledons ;  and  for 
monocotyledons,  Zea  Mai/s,  Honieum  murinum,  Phcenix  dacti/lifera, 
and  Convallaria  niajalis.  Diagrammatic  drawings  illustrating  the 
course  of  the  bundles,  and  the  arrangement  of  tissues  in  transverse 
section,  and  drawings  of  histological  preparations  under  higher 
magnification  are  freely  supplied.  There  is  no  doubt  something  to 
be  said  for  this  type  method  of  studying  plant  structure,  though, 
taking  into  consideration  the  attention  which  is  now  paid  to 
practical  work,  the  teacher  may  prefer  to  relegate  such  study  of 
types  to  the  laboratory  and  to  look  to  the  text -book  to  correlate 
and  gather  into  one  general  account  the  facts  which  have  been  thus 
elaborated. 

Two  useful  features  of  this  work  are  the  resume  at  the  end  of 
each  part  and  the  short  historical  review.  Thus  at  the  end  of  part  i. 
we  find  a  short  accoimt  of  the  work  of  Hooke,  Grew,  Malpighi, 
Schieiden,  and  others  on  the  cell  and  tissues,  with  reproductions  of 
some  of  their  figures.  The  historic  side  is  so  often  neglected  that 
we  are  glad  to  note  that  the  authors  have  made  its  introduction  one 
of  the  special  points  in  their  work. 

A.   D.    sx. 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS. 


Bot.  Gazette  (23  Feb.). — H.  C.  Cowles,  '  Physiographic  Ecology 
of  Chicago.' — J.  Donnell  Smith,  *  Undescribed  Plants  from  Central 
America '  (1  pi.). 

Bot.  Zeitumj  (1  March).  —  E.  Meissner,  *  Ueber  das  Verhaltuiss 
von  Stamm-  und  Nadellange  bei  einige  Coniferen '  (1  pi.). 

Bull,  de  VHerh.  Boissier  (28  Feb.).  —  0.  &  B.  Fedtschenko, 
'  Materiaux  pour  la  Flore  du  Caucase  '  (cont.).  —  J.  Freyn,  •  Ueber 
neue  bemerkenswerthe  orientalische  PHanzenarten.'  —  J.  Huber, 
•  Plantge  Cearenses.' — G.  Hegi,  '  Das  Obere  Toesstal.' 

Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club  (2  March).— F.  E.  Lloyd  &  S.  M.  Tracy, 
'Insular  Flora  of  Mississippi  and  Louisiana.' — E.  P.  Bickuell, 

•  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  coverg 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  oe  inferred  that  this  is  tne  actual  date  of 
publication. 


150  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

'  Nomenclature  of  New  England  Agrimonies.'  —  F.  V.  Covilie, 
'  Home  of  Botn/chium pumicola'  (1  pi.). — E.  L.  Morris,  'N.  American 
Plantaijinacea'  (1  pi.).  —  G.  N.  Best,  'Revision  of  N.  American 
Hetet'odadium  '  (2  pL). 

Gardeners'"  Chronicle  (2  March). — Pelargonium  inaquilubum  Mast., 
sp.  n. 

Journal  de  Botanique  ("  Aout  "  and  "  Septembre  "  1900,  received 
26  Feb. ;  *'  Octobre,"  received  14  March).  —  C.  Sauvageau,  '  Re- 
marques  sur  les  Sphacelariacees.' — (Aug.  &  Sept.).  N.  Patouillard 
&  P.  Hariot,  'Champignons  du  Senegal  et  du  Soudan'  (1  pi.). — 
(Sept.  &  Oct. ).  Ph.  van  Tieghem,  '  Sur  les  Dicotyledones  du  groupe 
des  Homoxylees.'  —  (Oct.).  A.  de  Coincy,  'Especes  critiques  du 
genre  Echium.' 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (MsLVch). — J.  Brunnthaler,  S.  Prowazek, 
&  R.  V.  Wettstein,  *  Vorlaufige  Mittheilung  iiber  das  Plankton  des 
Attersees.'  —  V.  Schiffner,  '  Ueber  Makinoa  '  (1  pi.).  —  P.  Magnus, 
*  Zur  les  drichte  der  Untersucheidung  des  Kronenrostes  der  Graser 
in  mehrere  Arten.' — R.  Frieb,  '  Der  Pappus  als  Verbreitungsmittel 
der  Compositenfriichte.' 

Bhodora  (March). — M.  L.  Owen,  *  Ferns  of  Mount  Toby,  Mass.' 
M.  L,  Fernald,  'Northeastern  Carices'  (Vesicarieae).'  —  Id.,  Juncus 
tenuis  var.  nov.  Williainsii  (1  pi.). — R.  G.  Leavitt,  'Embryology  of 
Spiranthes  cernua.' 

Trans.  Linn.  Soc,  2nd  S.  vi.  1  (Jan.). — N.  E.  Brown,  &c.,  'Two 
Collections  made  by  F.  V.  McConnell  &  J.  J.  Quelch  at  Mount 
Roraima,  British  Guiana'  (14  pi.,  see  p.  151). 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 

Under  the  auspices  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Mr.  Newton  B.  Pierce  has  published  (Bulletin  no.  20)  an  ex- 
haustive treatise  on  the  disease  of  Peach  Leaf-curl.  He  has  been 
engaged  on  the  work,  the  results  of  which  are  here  tabulated,  since 
1893.  The  disease  has  been  long  recognized  to  be  caused  by  a 
fungus,  Exoascus  deformans,  which  attacks  the  leaves  and  twigs, 
causing  in  both  cases  swelling  and  deformation,  with  complete 
destruction  of  the  foliage  and  consequent  loss  of  fruit,  which 
'^ceases  to  grow,  yellows,  wilts,  and  likewise  falls."  Mr.  Pierce 
finds  that  the  fungus  develops  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaf 
only,  and  that  the  irritation  or  stimulation  caused  by  the  parasite 
induces  an  abnormal  development  of  the  tissues  of  the  host, 
resulting  in  the  folding  over  and  crumpling  of  the  leaf  and  in 
the  swelling  of  the  diseased  branches.  It  was  thought  that  the 
mycelium  harboured  during  the  winter  in  the  twigs  and  branches 
of  the  trees,  and  tbat  in  spring  it  developed  with  the  growth  of  the 
leaf. 


BOOK-NOTKS,    NEWS,    ETC.  151 

Mr.  Pierce  has  proved  that  infection  from  this  source  is 
comparatively  trifiing,  that  each  season's  attack  is  due  to  direct 
infection  of  the  young  leaves  from  spores  that  have  wintered  on  twig 
or  bud,  and  that  germinate  in  spring  on  the  newly  formed  leaves. 
He  found  that  these  spores  could  be  killed  and  the  disease  effectually 
checked  by  spraying  the  trees  with  some  fungicide  about  three  weeks 
before  the  buds  opened.  The  value  of  spraying  the  dormant  trees 
had  been  already  proved  by  growers  in  California ;  they  had  been 
using  various  kinds  of  insecticide  on  their  fruit  trees  to  destroy  the 
San  Jose  scale  during  the  winter,  and  they  found  that  the  peach 
trees  so  treated  were  comparatively  free  from  leaf-curl.  Spraying 
the  trees  after  the  leaves  had  developed  and  the  fungus  had  taken 
hold  is  found  to  be  very  ineffective  in  curing  the  disease.  Some  of 
the  most  striking  results  were  obtained  on  trees  known  to  be  liable 
to  the  disease,  of  which  the  half  only  was  sprayed,  the  other  half 
being  protected  from  the  spray  by  a  large  canvas  stretched  through 
the  tree.  On  the  branches  sprayed  the  leaves  grew  in  a  healthy  and 
luxuriant  manner,  and  the  yield  of  fruit  was  large.  On  one  such 
tree  718  peaches  weighing  284'8  pounds  ripened  ;  on  the  unsprayed 
portion  92  per  cent,  of  the  leaves  dropped  off  the  tree,  and  only 
40  peaches  weighing  14-3  pounds  came  to  maturity.  The  volume 
is  profusely  illustrated  by  figures  and  by  thirty  beautiful  plates  from 
photographs  of  trees  sprayed  and  non-sprayed,  and  of  healthy  and 
diseased  branches  and  leaves. — A.  L.  S. 

The  second  part  of  the  Australian  portion  of  the  Illustrations  of 
the  Botany  of  Cook's  Voyaifes  has  been  passed  for  press,  and  will  be 
issued  almost  immediately  by  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum. 
The  illustrations  are  brought  down  to  the  end  of  Gamopetalae ;  a 
third  part  will  complete  the  work.  The  Trustees  have  also  ready 
for  publication  the  concluding  portion,  dealing  with  the  Cryptogams, 
of  the  Welwitsch  Catalogue. 

The  most  recent  part  of  the  Transactions  of  the  Linnean  Society 
(dated  January  last)  is  devoted  to  an  account  of  botanical  collections 
made  by  Messrs.  F.  V.  McConnell  and  J.  J.  Quelch  at  Mount 
Roraima,  British  Guiana.  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown  has  undertaken  the 
phanerogams,  except  the  Orchidace*  for  which  Mr.  Rolfe  is 
responsible;  the  ferns  and  their  allies  are  by  Mr.  C.  H.  Wright; 
the  mosses  by  Dr.  Brotherus ;  the  hepatics  by  Dr.  IStephani ;  and 
the  fungi  by  Mr.  Massee.  There  are  two  new  genera — Quelchia,  a 
Composite  allied  to  Moquinia,  and  Connellia,  the  latter  based  upon  two 
species  described  by  Dr.  Mez  under  the  one  name  of  Pmja  Augusta : 
these  and  other  interesting  novelties  are  illustrated  by  fourteen 
excellent  plates. 

The  first  issue  of  "  the  Victoria  History  of  the  Counties  of 
England" — a  work  of  imposing  appearance — is  devoted  to  Hamp- 
shire. The  natural  history  of  each  county  is  to  be  a  feature  of  the 
series,  and  the  editor  has  been  fortunate  in  securing  for  this  first 
instalment  the  services  of  Mr.  Frederick  Townsend,  who  contributes 


152  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

a  well-written  and  interesting  introduction  dealing  with  the  flowering 
plants.  This  limitation  should  be  borne  in  mind  in  connectifm  with 
the  statement,  "  it  is  remarkable  that  endemic  species  are  not  found 
in  Great  Britain  "  ;  even  as  limited,  this  seems  a  little  too  absolute. 
The  botany  of  each  district  (according  to  the  Flora  of  Hampshire)  is 
epitomized,  and  Mr.  Moyle  Rogers  contributes  a  special  account  of 
the  roses  and  brambles. 

The  Cryptogams  are  dealt  with  by  various  authors.  Mr.  H.  N. 
Dixon  has  undertaken  the  Mosses  and  Liverworts ;  Mr.  W.  H. 
Wilkinson  the  Lichens;  Mr.  E.  M.  Holmes  the  Algse  ;  and  the 
Rev.  W.  L.  W.  Eyre  the  Fungi.  It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that 
the  contributions  of  these  authors  were  not  made  to  conform  to 
one  plan.  As  it  is,  Mr.  Dixon  gives  a  suitable  introduction  to  the 
Mosses,  followed  by  a  short  list  of  ''  some  of  the  less  common 
species  "  ;  the  Liverworts  occupy  only  half  a  page.  Mr.  Wilkinson 
writes  a  brief  general  introduction  to  the  classification  of  Lichens, 
with  notes  on  tiieir  uses — both  entirely  out  of  place  in  a  work  like 
the  present — followed  by  what  seems  to  be  a  complete  county  list. 
Mr.  Holmes  writes  half  a  page  about  the  Freshwater  Alg£e  and  a 
page  and  a  half  concerning  the  Marine,  but  gives  nothing  in  the 
shape  of  a  list ;  he  mentions  several  seaweeds  as  "  new  to  Britain," 
a  statement  which,  he  informs  us  in  a  footnote,  means  that  they 
have  been  detected  in  this  county  since  the  publication  of  Harvey's 
Phijcologia  Britannka  half  a  century  since.  Mr.  Eyre's  contribution 
consists  mainly  of  a  list  of  Fungi,  with  a  short  introduction.  From 
this  description  it  will  be  seen  tiiat  for  purposes  of  comparison  or 
tabulation  the  material  is  practically  useless  :  it  is  to  be  hoped  that 
other  counties  will  receive  more  adequate,  or  at  any  rate  more  con- 
sistent, treatment.  We  note,  by  the  way,  that  Mr.  Townsend  says 
the  Spartinas  "are  used  for  thatching,  and  are  locally  called  Sage !  " 
There  seems  Httle  ground  for  wonder  at  this  if  "  Sage"  be  regarded 
as  a  local  pronunciation  of  "sedge" — a  name  often  extended  to 
plants  other  than  Car  ex. 

To  the  Flora  Exsiccata  Bavarica  published  by  the  Botanical 
Society  of  Regensburg  are  now  added  two  fascicles  of  Mosses  and 
Hepatics,  each  containing  twenty-five  specimens.  These  may  be 
obtained  by  purchase  or  by  exchange.  Enquiries  should  be  addressed 
to  Herr  Dr.  T.  Familler,  Karthaus-Trull,  bei  Regensburg. 

"  The  Nomenclature  of  the  New  England  Agrimonies  "  is  being 
discussed  so  warmly  by  Dr.  B.  L.  Robinson  in  Rhodora  and  Mr. 
E.  P.  Bicknell  in  the  Torrey  Bulletin  as  to  suggest  that  "  New  England 
Acrimonies  "  would  form  a  more  suitable  title  for  the  papers. 

The  Report  of  the  Botanical  Exchange  Club  for  1899,  for  which 
the  Rev.  W.  R.  Linton  is  responsible,  has  just  been  published.  We 
hope  to  give  some  extracts  from  it  in  our  next  issue. 

We  have  received  the  third  part  of  Mr.  F.  M.  Bailey's  Flora. 
of  Qaeendand,   in   which   the   enumeration    is   brought   down   to 

Gentimiacea. 


ES.Saimon  del. 
B.Aloockl^t■h.. 


"West^vIewraaTi  iiup. 


Thuidiiam  Bro then    Scblrmc rz  . 


153 

THUIDIUM    BROTHERI,   sp.  nov. 

By  Ernest  B.   Salmon,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  421.) 

DioicuM?,  minutulum,  dense  csespitosum,  bipinnatnm,  ramispin- 
natis  remotis  2-5  mill,  altis  frondes  obloiigas  minutas  simulantibus, 
cjespitibiis  dense  iutricatis  amcene  viridibus  fetate  nigro-viridibus, 
caule  depresso-prostrato  gracili  arcuato  radiculoso  paraphyllis  sub- 
nuUis,  foliis  caulinis  parvulis  remotis  (caulis  apicem  versus  couferti- 
oribiis)  patentibus  apice  saepe  refiexis  e  basi  cordata  amplexante 
breviter  acuminatis  vel  subtriangnlaribus  margine  infra  revolnto, 
foliis  rameis  parvulis  e  basi  latiore  ovatis  acutis  nervo  concolori 
pellucidiore,  cellulis  parvis  distinctis  subhexagono-quadratis  circiter 
8  IX  latis  dense  papillosis,  paraphyllis  nullis  vel  perpaucis  magnis 
solitariis,  foliis  ramulinis  minutis  ovatis  vel  ovalibus  acutis,  foliis 
omnibus  siccitate  contortulis  margine  cellulis  prominulis  et  papillis 
papilloso-crenulatis,  nervo  sub  apice  evanido  et  dorso  aspero,  peri- 
chaetio  radicaute,  foliis  perich^tialibus  majoribus  pallidis  tenuiori- 
bus,  externis  e  medio  patentibus  vel  patulis  e  basi  late  ovata  longe 
et  anguste  acuminatis  dentato-serrulatis,  nervo  crassiusculo  fere  ad 
apicem  cuspidis  fiexuosae  denticulatas  prodacto,  cellulis  lasvibus 
quadrangulis  et  elongato-quadrangnlis,  capsula  in  pedicello  gracili 
rubello  circiter  H  mill,  longo  apice  scabrello  oblonga  vel  tnrgide 
oblonga  horizontali  parvula  circiter  1  mill,  longa  asymmetrica 
leptoderma  laevi  fulvella  siccitate  infra  os  strangulata  sDtate  arcuata 
interdum  subapophysata,  peristomii  dentibus  et  processibus  aequi- 
longis,  externi  dentibus  siccitate  inter  processus  incnrvis,  ciliis 
2-3  paulo  brevioribus  e  membrana  ad  vel  ultra  dentium  medium 
exserta  orientibus,  anuulo  revolubili  e  una  vel  duabns  cellularium 
seriebus  composito,  operculo  rostrato,  calyptra  cucnllata  Ifevi,  sporis 
minutis  laevibus  circiter  12  /x  diam. 

Patria.  India;  Chanda  district,  Central  Prov.  (J.  F.  Duthie, 
no.  10,047  in  Herb.  Kew.). 

Species  minuta,  ramis  remotis  frondiformibus  et  paraphyllis 
nullis  vel  subnuUis  distinguenda ;   T.  contortuIcR  (Mitt.)  affinis. 

T.  Brotheri  quite  approaches  in  habit  the  species  of  the  section 
Pelekium  of  the  genus,  but  differs  in  its  smooth  cucuUate  calyptra. 
Dr.  V.  F.  Brotherus,  who  has  worked  specially  at  Indian  bryology, 
remarked  on  a  specimen  sent  to  him  :  "  1  am  in  possession  of  very 
ample  material  of  Thuidia  from  India.  The  species  sent  by  you  is 
not  identical  with  any  of  the  new  species  I  have  proposed,  and 
seems  undescribed." 

Description  of  Plate  421. 
Thuidium  Brotheri,  sp.  nov. — Fig.  1.  Portions  of  plants,  nat.  size.  2.  Part 
of  stem,  with  branch,  x  12.  3,  4.  Two  stem-leaves,  x  150.  5.  Leaf  from  branch, 
X  150.  6.  Areolation  of  same,  at  one-third  from  the  base,  x  400,  7.  Apex  of 
sanae,  x  400.  8.  Leaf  from  branchlet,  x  1")0.  9.  Apex  of  same,  x  400.  10. 
Perichtetial  leaf,  x  52.  11.  Areolation  of  same,  at  one-fourth  from  the  base, 
X  255.  1'^.  Eipe  capsule,  x  12.  13.  Capsule,  with  operculum,  x  25.  14. 
Operculum,  x  25.  15.  Calyptra,  x  25.  16.  Portion  of  peristome,  x  150. 
17.  Cells  of  the  exothecium,  x  2o5.     18.  Spores,  x  400. 

Journal  OF  Botany. — Vol.39.      [May,  1901.]  m 


154  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

A    KEY     TO     BRITISH     HEPATITE. 
By  Symers  M.  Macvicar. 

The  following  key  being  intended  for  the  less  advanced  student 
and  for  beu^inners,  1  have  used  easily-observed  characters  as  far  as 
possible,  and  have  only  made  use  of  those  derived  from  tlie  in- 
florescence or  perianth  where  these  are  necessary,  or  are  generally 
present.  This  unavoidably  lessens  the  exactness  of  the  key,  but  it 
seemed  better  not  to  depend  mainly  on  characters  which  are  either 
rarely  to  be  found  in  the  British  species,  or  are  too  difHcult  for 
beginners. 

Where  there  is  only  one  species  in  a  genus,  I  have  not  given  the 
character  of  the  genus,  but  the  characters  which  disiingaished  the 
species.  Tlie  inflorescence  should  be  known  in  every  case,  but,  as 
tliis  is  the  stumbling-block  of  beginners,  a  few  hints  on  the  subject 
may  be  given.  In  the  first  place,  it  is  absohitely  necessary  that  the 
student  be  sure  that  he  has  an  entire  plant  before  him.  Let  him 
take  a  tuft  of  the  plant  to  be  examined,  place  it  in  a  saucer  with 
water,  gently  knead  it  with  the  fingers  to  remove  the  soil,  and 
partially  to  separate  the  stems  ;  then  place  it  in  another  saucer  with 
water,  and  disentangle  an  entire  plant  with  needles.  This  is  the 
most  difficult  part  with  the  inflorescence  of  small  species  as  Ccpha- 
luzia,  the  stems  being  very  delicate  and  closely  interwoven.  In 
such  cases  it  is  sometimes  advisable  to  use  camel-hair  brashes 
instead  of  needles.  With  paroicous  species  the  antheridia  will 
seldom  be  found  beneatli  old  perianths :  it  is  better  to  examine 
plants  with  perianths  which  are  immature.  If  it  is  a  paroicous 
species  which  innovates  beneath  the  mature  perianth,  swollen 
bracts  with  antheridia  may  be  seen  towards  the  apex  of  the 
branches,  and  young  female  flowers  be  detected  by  turning  down 
the  uppermost  leaves.  The  male  bracts  of  a  large  number  of 
species  resemble  the  ordinary  leaves,  except  that  they  are  more 
swollen  at  base,  and  are  imbricated.  They  may  form  a  terminal 
spike,  or  give  an  interrupted  appearance  to  the  middle  of  the  stem. 
Some  genera  have  their  inflorescence  on  short  lateral  or  postical 
branches,  the  male  bracts  often  forming  a  small  catkin,  and 
dift'ering  from  the  leaves.  They  are  usually  readily  detected,  but 
the  student  must  not  expect  to  find  the  inflorescence  in  every 
plant.  Much  care  and  patience  are  required,  but  with  a  little 
practice  it  becomes  not  difficult  to  detect  male  bracts,  and  young 
or  sterile  female  flowers.  In  the  swollen  male  bracts  there  is  very 
frequently  to  be  seen  an  air-bubble,  which  must  not  be  mistaken 
for  an  antheridium.  With  minute  species  the  finding  of  the 
inflorescence  is  a  matter  of  manipulation  which  must  be  over- 
come. In  dissecting  off  leaves  of  Acolea  (Cesia)  species  for  exami- 
nation, the  student  must  be  sure  that  they  are  not  female  bracts 
which  lie  has  taken,  as  these  difler  in  shape  fr  m  the  leaves. 

The  genera  are  those  used  by  Mr.  Pearson  in  his  Hepatica;  of 
the  British  Isles,  as  far  as  has  yet  been  published.  The  remainder 
are  familiar,  with  the  exception  of  rah/cuian'a.  where  I  have  followed 


KEY  TO  THE  GENERA  AND  SPECIES  OF  BRITISH  HEPATICli  155 

Stephani  in  his  Species  Hepaticanim,  in  preference  to  what  has  been 
generally  named  Mdrckla  or  DilcBna.  Ricciorarpu^  natans  has  been 
inchided  witli  lUcria  for  the  purposes  of  the  key.  Jnnf/t^nnmia 
crenubita  Sm.  will  be  found  under  ?Jucah/x.  Maraupdla  comerta 
and  M.  idpina  are  placed  under  Acolca.  M.  rnuiluta  is  omitted,  as 
the  evidence  for  its  occurrence  in  the  British  Isles  is  considered 
insufficient.  I  have  also  followed  Stephani  in  considering  our 
lUccia  nup-ella  to  be  different  from  De  Candolle's  plant,  and  have 
employed  the  name  B.  Pearsoni  given  to  it  in  Species  Hepaticarum. 
The  following  contractions  have  been  used  : — 

ant.      .     antical.  post.     .     jwsticaL 

int.      .     internal.  occ.      .     occasionally. 

m.orl.     more  or  less.  stips.  .     stipules. 

per.      .     perianth.  usu.     .     nsualiy. 

GENEEA. 

.  f  Plant  foliose  2 

^{Plantfrondose  48 

n  J  Leaves  and  stips.  equal,  or  nearly  equal,  in  size  and  shape 3 

1  Leaves  and  stips.  (if  present)  not  resembling  each  other 12 

o  (Leaves  entire  or  repand  dentate Scalia  Hoolisri 

(Leaves  lobed 4 

.  f  Leaves  2-lobed  5 

JLeaves  3-4-lobed  9 

-  (Lobes  entire  or  slightly  dentate 6 

I  Lobes  spinous-dentate  or  lacininte-ciliate    8 

{Leaves  usu.  falcate-secund  with  long  subulate  acuminate  segments  ... 
Herherta  adunca 
Leaves  erect  or  slightly  secund,  segments  not  subulate    7 

„  (Leaves  §  bilobed,  usu.  closely  imbricate,  rarely  distant    Anthelia 

^^  Leaves  ^-|  bilobed,  distant,  plant  smaller    Hijgrohiella  laxi folia 

Leaves  spinous-dentate,  plant  red    Mastigojjhora  Woodsii 

Leaf-segments  with  long  hair-like  processes,  plant  cream-coloured  or 

pale  green  Tricliocolea  tomentella 

qj  Leaves  divided  to  base  into  setaceous  segments 10 

(Leaves  not  divided  to  base  into  setaceous  segments 11 

[Segments  incurved,  mostly  2  cells  broad  at  base Lejndozia  setacea: 

10 \  Segments  spreading,  1  cell  broad  throughout... J5Ze/>7Mro.s^om(X  tricho- 
\  pi  I  y Hum 

Leaves  erect,  segments  entire  or  spinous-dentate Cliandonanthus 

11-1  st'tiformis 

Leaves  almost  transverse,  segments  longly  ciliate  BleijJiarozia 


12 


f  Capsules  opening  irregularly    Fossomhronia 

(Capsules  opening  with  four  entire  valves     1.3 

,  q  f  Leaves  complicato-bilobed  14 

( Leaves  not  complicato-bilobed   27 

, ,  j  Post,  lobe  smaller  than  ant.  lobe  15 

(Post,  lobe  equal  to  or  larger  than  ant.  lobe 20 

M  2 


156  THK  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

^  ^  I  Stipules  present 16 

■^'^  (Stipules  absent 19 

(Post,  lobe  saccate 17 

(Post,  lobe  not  saccate  (exc.  Lej.  calyptrifolia)  18 

J  Leaves  entire  Frullania 

\  Leaves  spinous-dentate Juhula  Hutchinsice 

(Post,  lobe  Ungulate  or  oblong    Porella 

\Post.  lobe  not  Ungulate  or  oblong Lejeunea 

[Minute;  lobes  nearly  equal  or  ant.  lobe  echinate Lejeunea 

19]  Larger ;  post,  lobe  much  smaller  than  ant.  lobe  ;  rootlets  arising  from 
(       post,  lobe Badada 


20 


21 


(Inner  bracts  not  united  to  form  a  perianth     Acolea 

[inner  bracts  united  to  form  a  perianth    21 

(Per.  adherent  to  the  bracts Marsupella 

(Per.  free 22 

rto  ( Per.  compressed,  bilabiate Scajpania 

"^"^jPer.  not  bilabiate 23 

rtQ  f  Postical  branches  present    24 

(Branches  lateral,  very  rarely  postical  25 

(Lobes  dentate  or  spinous-dentate,  stips.  x\\iin.evo\is,...Ceplialozla  dentatd 
Lobes  entire,  stipules  absent;  lateral  branches  also  present    
Eremonotus  myriocarpus 

/■Whole  margins  of  lobes  acutely  dentate-serrate. ..Pr/o??oZo&«/s  Turneri 

25]  Margins  of  lobes  entire,  or  toothed  at  upper  part  only,  or  with  a  tooth 

(        near  tlie  base  ...26 

I  Leaves  f  divided,  lobes  very  unequal ;  ant.  lobe  at  least  twice  longer 
than  broad  DijjlophyUum 
Leaves  ^  or  less  divided,  with  ant.  lobe  not  twice  longer  than  broad  ;  or 
lobes  equal,  or  ant.  lobe  almost  reduced  to  a  tooth ,. .Jungermania 

\  Stems  flagelliferous,  leaves  3-5-toothed  or  lobed   27 

( Stems  not  flagelliferous  combined  with  leaves  3-5-toothed  or  lobed... 29 
[  Stips.   to  about  ^  divided  or  lower,  segments  narrow ;   leaves  usu. 

]        4-toothed    Lepidozia 

Stips.  hardlj'  more  than  notched,  segments  broad ;    leaves  usu.  3- 
\       toothed Bassania 

(Leaves  whitish,  translucent,  more  rarely  pale  green,  flat  or  convex, 
stips.  large,  emarginate,  or  2-4-toothed 30 
Leaves  green  or  brown;  if  whitish,  then  concave 31 

[Leaves  incubous,  entire  or  shortlv  2-toothed Kantia 

30] Leaves  buccubous,  irreg.  or  deeply  2-toothed,  or  the  upper  entire 

i  Lo2}hocolea 

(Leaves  with  an  indexed  auriculate  post,  lobe  ;  plant  large,  purple  ... 
Pleurozia  cochleariformis 
Leaves  without  an  auriculate  lobe  (except  CephaJozia  curvifolia)...d2 
(Leaves  cuneate,  occas.  subrotund,  with  narrow  base;  plant  brown, 
miinute,  epiphytic Clasmatocolea  cuneifolia 
Leaves  not  cuneate  or  subrotund,  with  narrow  base 33 

(Stems  erect,  leaves  thick,  ant.  margin  incurved ;  upper  leaves  irreg. 
spinous-dentate,  lower  leaves  entire Adelanthus  decipiens 
Leaves  without  these  characters  combined 34 


26 


27 


28 


KEY  TO  THE  GENERA  AND  SPECIES  OF  BRITISH   HKPATICiE  157 

(Leaves  vertically  appressed,  obliquely  orbicular,  very  concave,  trigones 
larjjfe,  stems  erect ;  plant  ochraceous,  or  more  rarely  green.     (See 
Nardia  conipressa.) Jamesoniella  Carringtoni 
Leaves  without  these  characters  combined ....85 

gg  I  Perianth  absent 36 

( Peria u th  present    37 

og  j  Cladocarpous  ;  leaves  entire Saccogyna  viticidosa 

(Acrocarpous;  leaves  lobed Acrobolbus  Wilsoni 

,^rj  f  Calyptra  partly  adherent  to  perianth Harpantlms 

[  Calyptra  free 38 

ygjBranches  all  postical   Cephalozia 

(Branches  mostly  lateral 39 

j'Cladocarpous ;    calyptra   large,    fleshy,    usu.    longer   than    the  small 

39  j        perianth    Chiloscyphus 

(Acrocarpous  ;  calyptra  never  longer  than  the  perianth    40 

/"Leaves  concave,  bilobed,  whitish;  stips.  large,  ovate-lanceolate     

"^Oj  ^  Pleuroclada 
(Stips.  if  present  not  large  and  ovate-lanceolate 41 

^^  (Per.  m.  or  1.  adherent  to  the  bracts 42 

(Perianth  free 43 

^2  (Per.  adherent  almost  throughout Nardia 

(Upper  half  or  more  of  per.  free  Eucalyx 

('Leaves  patent,  elongate-ovate,  shortly  bilobed,  margins  incurved 

'IS  j  Anastrophylliim  Donianum 
(Leaves  not  elongate-ovate  and  bilobed 44 

^^  jPer.  cylmdrical,  depressed  at  apex Lioclilcena  lanceolata 

(Per.  not  depressed  at  apex 45 

.f,  ( Per.  laterally  compressed,  bilabiate  46 

1  Per.  not  bilabiate Jungermania 

.  g  j  Per.  contracted  at  mouth Mylia 

(Per.  not  contracted  at  mouth 47 

j'Rhizomatous  caudex  present;   stems  very  rarely  radiculose   

^rjj  Play  lock  ila 

No  rhizomatous  caudex  ;  stems  creeping,  rudiculosc... Pedinoj^hyUuvi 

[  ■:-  inter  riijjtwm 

[Frond  with  radiating  lamellae  on  upper  surface   Petalophylhun 

48  j  Balfsii 

(Frond  without  such  lamelke 49 

/Several  pyriform  involucres  close  together  on  upper  surface  of  frond 
49-  Spluerocarpus  terrestris 

(Without  pyriform  involucres  on  frond 50 

[Frond  m.  or  1.  linear,  with  a  globose  dark  purple  involucre  below  the 
oOJ        apex Targionia  hypophylla 

(No  globose  involucre  below  apex  51 

g-|  (Capsules  immersed  in  the  frond    Riccia 

(Capsules  not  immersed  in  the  frond 52 


52 


Capsules  hnear,  bivalved    AntJioceros 

Capsules  globose  53 

[Capsule  solitary  on  a  lougish  pedicel;  frond  without  pores 54 

53  j  Several  capsules  on  the  under  side  of  a  stalked  receptacle ;  frond  with 

(       pores  (exc.  Dwmortiera)    59 

g  i  j  Plant  having  a  perianth 55 

(Plant  without  a  perianth     56 


158  THK  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 


55  i 


58 


62 


68 


Section  of  frond  showing  a  fascicle  of  smaller  cells     Pallavicinia 

Lyellii 
Frond  not  showing  such  a  fascicle  Calycularia 

{■  Flagon-shaped  receptacle  for  gemmaB  very  frequently  present  in  the 
frond;  ovate-toothed  stips.  present  on  each  side  of  nerve  beneath 
Blasia  pusilla 
Stips.  and  gemmiferous  receptacle  absent  57 

/Calyptra  hairy;  nerve  of  frond  sharply  defined  Metzgeria 

STJCalyptra  smooth  or  papillose;  distinction  between  nerve  and  lamina 
(       not  sharply  defined    58 

Elatprs  persistent  on  centre  of  capsule ;  antheridia  beneath  warty 
eminences  scattered  on  face  of  frond    Pellia 

Elaters  persistent  on  summit  of  the  valves  ;  antheridia  in  two  rows 
on  short  lateral  branches Aneura 

;-qJ  Frond  without  pores  ;  large  wavy  dark  green    ...Dmnortiera  hirsuta 
I  Frond  with  pores 60 

[Semilunar  receptacle  for  gemmae  usu.  present  on  the  frond    

60  ]                                                                                      Lunidaria  cruciata 
(No  semilunar  receptacle  for  gemmae 61 

/  Female  receptacle  rayed ;  frond  usu.  1-5  in.  long ;  receptacle  for  gemmae 

61-1       beaker-shaped,  with  fringed  margin  Marchantia  polytnorpha 

(Female  receptacle  sinuate  or  lobed  62 

Female  receptacle  conical ;  frond  usu.  2-5  in.  long,  areolae  and  pores 
very  d  istinct Conocephalus  conicus 

Female  receptacle  not  conical;  frond  5-li  in.  long  63 

Long  hairs  at  base  and  apex  of  female  peduncle  ;  frond  smooth  when 
dry Beboidia  hemisphcerica 

No  hairs  at  base  or  apex  of  female  peduncle ;  frond  rough  when  dry 

Chomiocarpon  quadratus 

SPECIES. 

FRULLANIA. 

1  J  Ant.  lobe  of  branch  leaves,  at  least,  usu.  with  a  line  of  enlarged  cells... 2 
I  Lobes  without  a  line  of  enlarged  cells    4 

^  (  Stipules  hooded Tamarisci 

\  Stipules  plane 3 

/  Stips.  \  divided  with  obtuse  usu.  truncate  lobes ;  enlarged  cells  scattered 

Q  1  fragiUfolia 

*"  1  Stips.  \  divided  with  acute  lobes ;  enlarged  cells  in  a  continuous  line 
i  microphylla 

.  I  Per.  tuberculate  ;  post,  lobe  }i  breadth  of  ant.  lobe dilatata 

(Per.  smooth:  post,  lobe  ^-J  breadth  of  ant.  lobe  germana 

LEJEUNEA. 

I  !  Leaves  calyptriform ,. calyptrifolia 

\  Leaves  not  calyptriform 2 

.^Plants  with  stipules 3 

""IPlants  without  stipules    13 

o  (  Stipules  entire    MacJcaii 

jStipules  notched  or  lobed    4 

,  j  Lobes  of  stipules  divergent 5 

\  Lobes  of  stipules  m.  or  1.  incurved    6 

wf  Stips.  rather  deeply  divided,  lobes  acute    hamatifolia 

*  (Stips.  only  emarginate,  lobes  very  obtuse.. ovata 


KEY  TO  THE   GENERA   AND   SPECIES  OF    BRUISH    HEPATI0.1-:  159 

,.  (Some  of  the  lobes  of  leaves  equal  in  size 7 

(None  of  the  lobes  equal  8 

r-J  L'^bes  mostly  nearly  equal,  stems  not  ri<j:id    ulicina 

I  Lobes  frequently  unequal,  stems  markedly  rigid   diversiloba 

gj  Per.  smooth,  without  angles Macvicari 

(Per.  distinctly  angled  = 9 

Q  (  Stips.  usu.  twice  larger  than  post,  lobe    10 

i  Stips.  not  twice  lirger  than  post,  lobe 1'2 

fTufte<l  ;  stips.  large,  leaves  imbricate,  greenish  or  yellow  11 

10-'  Not  tufted ;  stips.  smaller,  delicate,  leaves  hardly  imbric,  often  reddi'^h 
{  Holtii 

Pellucid,  shining  when  dry ;  stips.  less  than  three  times  larger  than 

post,  lobe     serpijUi folia  v.  j^ldnfuscida 

Not  pellucid,  yellow,  larger,  leaves  more  oblong;  stips.  of  upper  leaves 

three  times  larger  than  post,  lobe  .flava 

/Leaves  pellucid,  shining  when  dry;  stips.  smaller  than  post,  lobe; 

!        angles  of  per.  crenulate patens 

12  { Leaves  little  pellucid,   less  shining  when  dry;  stips.  as  large  or  half 

larger  than  post,  lobe  :  angles  of  per.  usu.  entire  ...serpyllifoUa  v. 

V  cavifolia 

Leaves  with  styliform  appendage  calcarea 

Leaves  without  styliform  appendage     14 

^  .  f  Leaves  echinate,  lobes  greatly  unequal   Bossettiana 

(Leaves  not  echinate,  lobes  nearly  equal  15 

-.;- (Lobes  mostly  aoute,  frequently  papillose;  per.  rare ttiicroscopica 

(Lobes  obtuse;  perianths  common minutlssi7na 


11 


.{ 


.  j  Post,  lobe  large,  rounded-cordate,  widely  crossing  the  stem    ...voliita 

(Post,  lobe  m.  or  1.  quadrate,  not  or  little  crossing  the  stem 2 

iy  f  Paroicous  ;  frequently  with  per complanata 

"^  ( Dioicous  ;  rarely  with  per 3 

.,( Mature  leaves  very  conxex,  brown;  post,  lobe  tumid  aqiiilegia 

^  (  Mature  leaves  flat  or  slightly  convex,  brown  or  green ;  post,  lobe  Hat. . .  4 

.  (Leaves  olive  or  reddish  brown,  no  gemmte  on  leaves    5 

(Leaves  usu.  green,  leaf-margin  frequently  gemmiferous  ...Lindbergii 
/Per.  compressed  at  apex,  bilabiate;  post,  lobe  quadrate,  outer  angle 

-  j        acute,  remote  from  the  stem Garringtonii 

^  '\  Per.  terete,  trumpet-shaped ;  post,  lobe  with  upper  margin  usu.  rounded, 
V        outer  angle  if  present  nearer  the  stem,  plant  much  smaller  ...Holtii 

PORELLA. 

(Stips.  ciliate-dentate,  leaves  usu.  toothed,  plant  shining,  acrid  

1-i                                                                                                                  IcBvigata 
\  Stips.  entire  or  occ.  slightly  dentate  at  base    2 

o  (Post,  lobe  minute,  lingulate-oblong,  ant.  lobe  ovate-oblong  ...pinnata 
(Post,  lobe  larger,  broadly  ovate  to  oblong,  ant.  lobe  broader  3 

(Rather  flaccid;    leaves  subimbric,  post,  lobe  longly  decurreut 
rividaris 
Stiff;  leaves  closely  imbric,  post,  lobe  scarcely  decurrent 4 

/Ant.  lobe  obliquely  ovate,  trigones  small,  post,  lobe  usu.  about  half 

.  J        breadth  of  stips. platyphylla 

1  Ant.  lobe  rotund-ovate,  trigones  large,  post,  lobe  nearly  as  broad  as 
I       stips Thuja 


160  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

ANTHELIA. 

(  Dioicous ;  per.  oblong .julacea 

\  Paroicoiis ;  per.  oblong-ovate,  leaves  usu.  with  larger  cells...  Jiwatzkana 

BLEPHAROZIA. 

/Tufts  lax,  purplish  red,  stems  pinnate;  cilia  of  ant.  laciniae  of  stem 

leaves  shorter  than  the  breadth  of  the  laciniae  at  their  base 

J  ciliaris 

i  Tufts  dense,  tawny,  irreg.  branched ;    cilia  of  ant.  laciniae  of  stem 
leaves  longer  than  the  breadth  of  the  laciniae  at  their  base    
pulcher7'ima 

LEPIDOZIA. 

J  (Leaf-lobes  divided  nearly  to  base,  segments  setaceous setacea 

( Leaf-lobes  not  divided  beyond  ^-f,  segments  not  setaceous 2 

2  j  Monoicous  ;  base  of  segments  4-7  cells  broad  reptans 

(Dioicous 3 

fUsu.  in  compact  tufts ;  base  of  segments  8-12  cells  broad,  androecia 
usu.  at  end  of  short  post,  branches cupressina 
Straggling  among  mosses  ;  base  of  segments  3-5  cells  broad,  androecia 
uou.  at  end  of  rather  long  lateral  branches    Pearsoni 

BAZZANIA. 

/Green;  leaves  usu.  horizontal,   not  much  altered   when  dry,  apex 

-j^J        broadly  truncate,  stips.  oblong-quadrate    trilohata 

j  Brownish  or  ochraceous,  more  rarely  green  ;  leaves  deflexed,  greatly 

i       so  when  dry,  apex  obliquely  truncate  or  more  rarely  acute  2 

I  Ochraceous;  leaves  reniform  with  large  overlappi-ng  base  ...Pearsoni 

2  j  Usu.  brownish ;  leaves  oblong-ovate,  base  smaller,  little  or  not  over- 

i       lapping,  stips,  usu.  cordate  at  base  tricing idaris 

KANTIA. 

1  Stips.  divaricate-patent,  deeply  bifid,  segments  subulate,  and  with  a 
subulate  tooth ;   leaves  with  two  sharp  usu.  divergent  teeth  and 
broad  sinus argata 
Stips.  lying  m.  or  1.  closely  on  the  stem,  or  patent,  less  deeply  lobed, 
segments  never  subulate   2 

I  Stips.  large,  rotundate,  emarginate  or  shortly  lobed,  segments  entire  ; 

j        leaves  typically  entire  and  rotundate  at  apex trichomanis 

2<  Stips.  smaller,  broader  than  long,  more  deeply  lobed,  segments  more 

acute,  with  frequently  a  tooth  at  side ;  leaves  narrowed  at  apex, 

V       frequently  2-toothed,  tooth  often  reduced  to  one  cell Sprengelii 

CEPHALOZIA. 

J  (Stems  with  flagellae 2 

(Stems  without  flagellae    8 

ojLeaves  orbiculate,  entire 3 

(Leaves  bilobed  4 

jStips.  none,  or  few  and  minute  ;  plant  of  bogs   Sphagni 

8  j  Stips.  numerous,  larger,   on  gemmiferous  stems  becoming  equal  in 

i       size  to  the  leaves;  usu.  on  stumps denudata 

.  (Monoicous g 

I  Dioicous 6 

per.  with  one  layer  of  cells  throughout,  leaves  h  bifid hicuspidata 

6  <  Per.  with  two  layers  of  cells  in  the  middle,  leaves  |-^^  bilobed,  lobes 

I       incurved   .pleniceps 

g  (Small,  leaves  ^-J  divided Franciaci 

\  Larger,  leaves  ^  divided,  resembling  Jung,  infiata   7 


u{ 


KEY  TO  THE  GENERA  AND  SPECIES  OF  BRITISH   HEPATIC^  161 

„  (Acrocarpous,  flagellae  few    heferostipa 

i  Cladocarpous,  flagelhe  immerous .flaitans 

Q  ( Leaves  with  an  injflexed  auricle  curvifolia 

(Leaves  without  an  inflexed  auricle  9 

q  (Leaves  spinous-tootlied,  complicate    dentata 

(Leaves  not  spinous-toothed    10 

j-^jStips.  present  on  stem 11 

(No  stips.  on  stem 15 

^ ,  j  Paroicous  ;  involucre  swollen Jackii 

{ Monoicous  or  dioicous , 12 

.n  (Monoicous elachista 

1  Dioicous     13 

-jQ  I  Cladocarpous  ;  lobes  of  leaf  ending  in  a  claw-like  apiculus ceraria 

( Acrocarpous  14 

Per.  3-angled  ;  lobes  of  leaf  acute,  cells  lax,  pellucid  ...Lammersiaiia 
Per.  usu.  4-6-angled  ;  lobes  of  leaf  subacute,  cells  o-pd^q}ie...divaricata 

,~  (  Monoicous;  per.  longly  ciliate,  cilia  about  5  cells  long  comiivens 

(Dioicous     16 

,  ^  f  Bracts  ent '  re 17 

(Bracts  toothed  19 

)  Bracts  |  divided  into  lanceolate  segments ;  leaves  decurrent,  with  long 
m.  or  1.  conniveut  segments    hibernica 
Bracts  ^-^  divided,  segments  not  lanceolate  ;  mouth  of  per.  with  setae 
1-2  cells  long  18 

.r,\  Per.  with  a  single  layer  of  cells .jjallida 

(Per.  with  two  layers  of  cells  in  the  middle    lunidcBfolia 

jqjPer.  usu.  4-6-augled,  acrocarpous  divaricata 

(Per.  3-angled,  cladocarpous    20 

{Leaves  subimbricate,  incurved  when  dry,  usu.  fulvous ;  mature  per. 
3-keeled  throughout,  mouth  setose  or  ciliolate cateniilata 
Leaves  usu.  distant,  whitish  ;  mature  per.  3-gonous  at  the  upper  part 
only,  mouth  minutely  setulose  leiicantha 

PLEUROCLADA. 

[Leaves  very  concave,  patulous;  stips.  frequently  with  a  tooth  

j  albescens 

(Leaves  less  concave,  patent  or  erecto-patent ;  stips.  QniiVQ...islandica 

SCAPANIA. 

(Mature  leaves  from  middle  or  lower  part  of  stem  must  be  examined.) 

j^  (Leaves  verrucose  2 

( Leaves  not  verrucose  3 

(Ant.  lobe  triangular-ovate  to  subrotund,  incumbent ;  plant  usu.  more 
slender,  with  post,  lobe  ciliate-dentate  asperci 
Ant.  lobe  ovate-subquadrate,  erecto-patent  or  reflexed,  apex  acute, 
j  usu.  much  more  divergent  from  the  stem ;  jjost.  lobe  dentate  or 
V       almost  entire cequiloha 

„  J  Lobes  equal  or  nearly  so 4 

(Lobes  unequal  6 

(Prostrate,  strongly  creeping;  ant.  lobe  rather  smaller,  almost  oblong, 

4  \       outer  angle  divergent,  rather  acute BartUngii 

(Ascending  or  erect ;  lobes  rotundate    5 


162 


THK    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


^Leaves    ^   divided,  not  undulate;  cells  becoming  gradaally  smaller 

towards  the  margin,  which  is  usn.  entire comiiacta 

Leaves   ^divided,  entire  and  undulate,  or  dentate;  cells  punctate, 
becoming  suddenly  and  distinctly  smaller  towards  the  margin  : 

leaves  softer  subalpina 

y  j  Margin  of  leaves  commonly  entire  or  nearly  so 7 

(Margin  of  leaves  ciHate  or  dentate    11 

rAnt.  lobe  reniform,  very  convex,   about  three  times    smaller    than 

7-1       post,  lobe idiginosa 

(Ant.  lobe  not  reniform,  usu.  about  h  size  of  post,  lobe 8 

gj  Plant  small,  about  h  in.  or  less  ;  on  banks  or  rock-ledges    9 

(Plant  larger;  usu.  in  marshes  or  on  wet  rocks 10 

/Stems  slightly  radiculose,  leaves  rather  remote,  little  accrescent,  ant. 

9  J  ^    Jobe  rectangular-ovate,  per.  ciHate :  on  banks  and  ditch-sides... c«/-^(r 

j  Sterns  densely  radiculose,  leaves  close,  accrescent,  ant.  lobe  ovate,  per. 

'        sinuate-dentate,  or  entire  ;  on  rock-ledges  rosacea 

(Cells  of  leaf,  except  at  its  base,  nearly  equal  in  size,  cell-walls  rather 
thick;  ant.  lobe  usu.  with  an  incurved  point  irrigua 
Cells  of  centre  of  leaf  twice  as  large  as  those  at  the  apex,  cell-walls 
thin;  ant.  lobe  usu.  rounded   undulata 

j^jMargin  of  leaves  ciliate  12 

(Margin  of  leaves  dentate  or  serrate  14 

j2  J  Post,  lobe  flat,  horizontal ornithopodioides 

""  (Post,  lobe  convex,  erecto-patent    13 

^  J  Lobes  §  divided  with  straight  cilia;  plant  green  nemovosa 

13  j  Lobes  divided  to  base  with  irreg.  curved  spinous  cilia ;  plant  reddish 
\  nimbosa 

14]  Both  lobes  acute  and  acutely  serrate umbrosa 

(Post,  lobe  at  least  obtuse,  lobes  not  serrate    15 

I' Mature  leaves  ochraceous  or  yellowish  brown;  ant.  lobe  reniform- 

jg  )       rotund,  frequently  reflexed   resiipinata 

I  Leaves  green  or  reddish,  rarely  ochraceous ;  ant.  lobe  subquadrate  to 

V  rotund,  more  rarely  reflexed    16 

-^g  I  Bracts  nearly  equal;  plant  soft undulata 

(Ant.  bract   \-l  size  of  post,  bract;  plant  firm    17 

(Leaves  dentate  ;  on  wet  rocks  .parpurea 

17  -j  Leaves  spinous-dentate  or  denticulate,  usu.  of  a  lighter  colour,  ant. 
i       lobe  usu.  more  acute ;  on  drier  rocks intermedia 

DIPLOPHYLLUM. 

^  I  Leaves  with  a  line  of  elongated  cells  in  the  centre albicans 

(Leaves  without  such  line    2 

2  (Lobes  of  leaves  acute Dicksoni 

""  (Lobes  usu.  obtuse 3 

3 1  P^i'picous  or  monoicous  ;  low  ground  plant obtaslfoliimi 

(Dioicous;  alpine  plant taxifollum 

LOPHOCOLEA. 

X  I  Upper  stem  leaves  usu.  entire  or  emarginate;  ipa^ro'icous. . .heterop)hylla 
(Upper  stem  leaves  never  entire;  leaves  whitish,  translucent 2 

2  (Leaves  irregularly  toothed     spicata 

(Leaves  usu.  regularly  2-toothed, teeth  longer 3 

^  (Dioicous    bidentata 

3  j  Monoicous ;  teeth  longer  and  straighter,  fertile  stems  more  branched 

V  cKspidata 


KEY   TO  THE  GENERA   AND   SPECIES  OF  BRITISH  HEPATIC-E 


163 


HARPANTHUS. 

/Laxly  tufted  or  creeping  among  mosses;    leaves   horizontal,    sinus 

1        broad,  shallow,  ^^~l  deep Flotowianus 

I  Densely  tutted,  leaves  more  concave,  nearly  erect,  sinus  deeper,  |-1 
(  scutatus 

MYLIA. 

(  Papillae  present  on  cells  of  upper  leaves,  which  are  rotiindaie...  Taylor i 
(No  papillae  on  cells  of  upper  leaves,  which  are  usu.  ovate    ...anomala 

PLAGIOCHILA. 

.  J  Ant.  margin  of  leaf  much  decurrent     2 

(Ant.  margin  little  or  not  decurrent   3 

2  j  Leaves  ciliate-dentate,  dentate  or  occ.  entire  ;  per.  ohlon^. .asplenioides 
(Leaves  spinons-toothed  ;  per.  broadly  obovate  spinulosa 

.,  j  Post,  margin  of  leaf  with  several  teeth    4 

(Post,  margin  entire  or  rarely  with  a  single  tooth  ;  plant  small  5 

J  j  Teeth  of  leaves  blunt ;  leaves  ovate-oval amhagiosa 

(Teeth  spinous;  leaves  roundish-oval    .punctata 

-  j  Leaves  nearly  horizontal,  emarginate    Stahleri 

\  Leaves  obliquely  inserted,  bilobed     6 

^  (Stips.  numerous,  subulate,  persistent  exigua 

\  Stips.  none,  or  few  and  minute 7 

[Leaves  firm,  indigo-green,  nearly  black  when  dry  ;  occ.  a  small  tooth 

„  I        near  centre  of  post,  margin tridenticidata 

Leaves  usu.  rather  tender,  green  or  light  brown,  not  becoming  nearly 
1        black  when  dry  .jmnctata 

JUNGERMANIA. 

-.  J  Leaves  entire 2 

( Leaves  lobed 8 

2  ]  Stem  with  stipules    3 

( Stem  without  stipules 4 

/  Leaves  frequently  notched,  bracts  entire,  per.  ovate  to  ovate-oblong, 
I        not  twice  longer  than  the  bracts  ;  on  shady  rocks  and  stones  

3  \  siibapicalis 
j  Leaves  entire,  bracts  emarginate,  lobed  or  toothed ;  per.  cylindrical, 
I       much  longer  than  the  bracts ;  on  wet  moors    aiitwmnalis 

,  ]  Leaves  round ;  per.  4-angled  above  sjphcerocarpa 

(Leaves  longer  than  broad;  per.  not  4-angled o 

f  Leaves  broadly  cordate  with  narrow  attachment,  embracing  the  erect 

o-        nearly  rootless  stem,  leaves  soft    cordifolia 

(Leaves  ovate  or  parabolic  ;  stem  creeping,  with  many  rootlets 6 

(Paroicous;  per. m.  or  1.  lanceolate,  apex  narrow,  acute .inmiila 

6^Dioicous;  per.  oblong-ovate  or  pyriform,  more  plicate,  apex  trun- 
i       cate    7 

„  j  Per.  oblong-ovate;  plant  small,  blackish  green  atrovirens 

\  Per.  pyriform ;  plant  usu.  larger,  paler  green   riparia 

Q  j  Lobes  of  middle  stem  leaves  2   9 

(Lobes  of  middle  stem  leaves  more  than  2   24 

Q  j  Leaves  complicato-bilobed 10 

I  Leaves  not  complicato-bilobed  15 

^PjJAnt.  lobe  almost  reduced  to  a  tooth exsecta 

(Ant.  lobe  equal  or  nearly  equal  to  post,  lobe 11 


164  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

11  (Stips.  large,  bipartite,  with  entire  segments Kunzeana 

jStips.  absent,  or,  if  present,  minute  and  awl-shaped     12 

22il^eaves  nearly  parallel  to  stem,  acutely  |-bilob«d,  minute  ...Pearsoni 

*"  (Leaves  patent  or  erecto-patent,  ^-bilobed  or  less 13 

/■Leaves  imbricate,  lobes  unequal,  usu.  rounded,  post,  lobes   closely 

13  j        tiled    saxicola 

I  Leaves  approximate  or  distant,  upper  lobes  equal,  usu.  pointed 14 

/'Stems  little  or  not  radiculose,  lobes  of  lower  leaves  unequal ;  on  rocks 

j^J       or  among  mosses minuta 

I  Stems  densely  radiculose,  lobes  of  lower  leaves  equal ;  on  decaying 
\       wood HelUriana 

1g  (Both  margins  of  leaves  retlexed orcadensis 

(Both  margins  of  leaves  not  retlexed 16 

jgf  Stipules  usually  present  17 

( Stipules  absent 18 

/■Lobes  obtuse,  oval  or  rotundate,  sinus  gibbous,  reflexed  obtusa 

17j  Lobes  m.  or  1.  triangular,  some  usu.  acute hantriensis 

i  (Stips.  few  or  none  in  var.  acuta.) 

-jg  jLobes  rounded,  usu.  obtuse    19 

(Lobes  acute    20 

/Leaves  obovate  or  subrotund,  dark  green  ;  in  wet  places injiata 

19-  Leaves  m.  or  1.  quadrate,  with  larger  cells,  light  green  ;  on  limestone 

twrhinata 

20  'Upper  leaves  3-5-lobed,  undulate 21 

I  Upper  leaves  rarely  more  than  2-lobed,  not  undulate  22 

(Paroicous;  stem  thin,  plant  usu.  light  green  cajntata 

(Dioicous;  stem  very  thick,  plant  bluish  green incisa 

/Leaves  closely  imbricate,  nearly  erect,  sinus  acute;  stem  less  than 

1        I  in.  long     hicrenata 

j  Leaves  not  closely  imbricate,  patent  or  erecto-patent,  siuus  obtuse  ; 

'       plant  larger 23 

I' Sinus  notably  variable  in  shape,  upper  leaves  quickly  incurved  when 

2gJ        drying;  plant  commonly  brown  alpestris 

I  Sinus  not  very  variable,  leaves  slowly  incurved  when  drying;  plant 
(       commonly  green,  or  stems  red  ventricosa 

(^.\  Stems  usu.  with  cylindrical  innovations    ijracilis 

(  Stems  without  such  innovations    25 

^K  !  Stipules  present     26 

(Stipules  usually  absent    28 

2g  (Leaves  about  as  long  as  broad,  lobes  usu.  o,  incurved Flcerkii 

(Leaves  broader  than  long,  lobes  usu.  more  than  3 27 

(Leaves  nearly  transverse,  very  concave,  with  incurved  lobes ;  margin 
of  lobes  notably  reflexed,  sinus  gibbous qiiadriloba 
Leaves  oblique,  not  concave   nor   with   incurved   lobes,    lobes  usu. 
mucronate    lyco^jodioides 

<^Q  (Leaves  flat,  nearly  horizontal  harhata 

\  Leaves  undulate,  oblique  or  transverse    29 

(Lobes  of  leaf  obtuse,  leaves  concave,  usu.  saccate  at  base,  embracing 
the  stem polita 
Lobes  of  leaf  acute 30 

Stem  very  thick ;  leaves  nearly  transverse,  ant.  margin  not  reflexed, 

oQj        about  equal  in  length  to  the  post,  margin  incisa 

Stem  thinner ;  leaves  oblique,  post,  margin  curved,  longer  than  the 
usu.  reflexed  ant.  margin   Lyoni 


21 


22 


KEY  TO  THE   GENERA  AND  SPECIES  OF  BRITISH   HEPATIC^;  166 


{Rootlets  white,  leaves  frequently  reddish,  usu.  with  a  distinct  mar- 
ginal row  oflarger  cells,  at  least  in  the  fertile  stems crenulata 
Rootlets  purple,  or  some  at  least  hyaline  red 2 

of  Paroicous  ;  bracts  \  attached  to  per obovata 

■    [  Usu.  dioicous ;  one  bract  usu.  free,  the  other  -^  attached  to  iper.... hyalina 

NARDIA. 

[Paroicous;  leaves  of  fertile  stems  usu.  emarjSfinate ;  per.  almost  at 
ij        right  angles  to  stem    geoscyphus 

(Dioicous;  leaves  entire,  rarely  emarginate ;  per.  not  as  above  2 

[Stems  without  rootlets,  or  nearly  so  ;  plant  soft,  brownish,  aquatic  ... 
2  \  comjpressa 

(stems  with  many  rootlets;  plant  firm,  leaves  glistening   scalaris 

MARSUPblLLA. 

-  j  Leaves  distant,  scale-like  nevicensis 

(Leaves  approximate  or  imbricate 2 

2  (Paroicous  or  synoicous 3 

\  Dioicous 5 

of  Sinus  and  lobes  obtuse,  rarely  abruptly  subacute    olivacea 

(Sinus  and  lobes  acute  4 

.  j  Leaves  broadly  ovate  to  subrotund    ustulata 

1 2-3  times  larger,  leaves  laxer,  cordate  at  base    siJarsifolia 

[Leaves  appressed  when  moist,   rather  pellucid,  deeply  and  acutely 

5-^        lobed  ;  plant  small,  resembling  copper  wire  Stableri 

(Leaves  patent  or  erecto-patent  when  moist,  opaque;  plant  larger...  6 
[Lobes  and  shallow  sinus  usu.  obtuse;  margin  usu.  reflexed 

6  i  eynarginata 

( Sinus  acute,  deeper,  to  \  divided;  margin  not  reflexed    7 

[ Lobes  acu;  e  ;  plant  small Funchii 

7  j  Lobes  rounded ;  leaves  obovate  from  a  narrow  sheathing  base,  plant 
(       larger sphacelata 

AC  OLE  A. 

-  (Leaves  patent  from  an  erect  sheathing  base  alpina 

"(Leaves  appressed;  plant  smaller  2 

[Leaves  refuse,  margins  much  lacerated,   apex   of  stem   frequently 

2  i        recurved  cor  a  llioides 

(Leaves  more  deeply  divided,  margins  not  or  little  lacerated  3 

of  Margins  distinctly  crenulate  4 

(Margins  not  or  hardly  crenulate   5 

Plant  silvery  white,  more  rarely  greenish,  stems  clavate ohtusa 

Plant  brown  or  olive,  smaller,  stems  of  nearly  the  same  diameter 
throughout ;  marginal  cells  elongate crenulata 

_j  Paroicous;  leaves  oval  or  oblong,  incised  only  |-|    adusta 

I  Monoicous  or  dioicous ;  incision  deeper  6 

n  (  Monoicous  ;  reddish  brown,  rootlets  few,  short;  sinus  acute... co/t/er^a 
(Dioicous 7 

[Larger,  brownish  yellow  to  greenish;  leaves  very  conspicuous,  margin 

_J        reflexed  in  the  upper  leaves,  sinus  acute    concinnata 

1  Smaller,  olive-brown  or  nearly  black;  leaves  thick,  margins  plane, 
\       sinus  rather  obtuse,  and  forming  nearly  a  right  augle...cras5i/o/ia 


166  THE    JOURNAL    OF   BOTANY 


FOSSOMBRONIA. 


,  (Spores  furnished  with  papillfe    2 

(Spores  with  crests 3 

,y  ( Papillas  20-25  on  face  and  end  of  spore  ccespitlformis 

"  (PapilliB  about  110  on  face  and  end  of  spore Mittenii 

Q  (Crests  in  nearly  parallel  lines     4 

( Crests  forming  alveoli 5 

.  I  Crests  on  face  15-24     pusilla 

(Crests  on  face  28-36  cristata 

/Margin  of  spores  appearing  as  if  winged;  alveoli  7-10  on  face  of  spore 

_J  angtilosa 

j  Margin  appearing  as  if  crenulate,  not  winged ;  alveoli  at  least  2-3 

I       times  as  numerous Dumortieri 

CALYCULARIA. 

(■Involucre  laciniate,  per.  oblong;  rootlets  yellowdsh   Jiyhernica 

j  Involucre  lobed,  plicate,  per.  campanulate  ;  rootlets  reddish  brown ; 
(       alpine  plant Blyttii 

PELLIA. 

/Paroicous;  ant.  margin  of  invol.  absent,  mouth  looking  towards  apex 
I       of  frond,   calyptra  much   exserted;    int.  wall   of    capsule   with 

1-!        numerous  rings  epiphylla 

I  Dioicous ;  invol.  forming  a  complete  ring,  mouth  erect ;  fronds  usu. 

V       narrower  and  darker-coloured 2 

[Int.  wall  of  capsule  without  rings,  calyptra  usu.  immersed;    male 

P  1       plant  with  dichotomous  furcate  innovations  calycina 

'  1 1nt.  w^all  of  capsule  with  some  rings,  calyptra  exserted ;  male  plant 
(       without  such  innovations Neesiana 

ANEURA. 

(Frond  simple  or  with  a  few  short  undivided  branches,  thick,  fleshy, 

1  -j        channelled  above,  margins  usu.  crisped   .pinguis 

(Frond  repeatedly  divided,  not  fleshy,  margins  rarely  crisped 2 

(Branches  broadly  winged,  stem  biconvex,  6  cells  thick  at  middle,  two 

2]        cortical  smaller  muUifida 

(Branches  not  w'inged  (margins  not  attenuated) 3 

(Branches  erect  or  procumbent,  frequently  narrowed  towards  the  ends, 

and  palmatifid ;  usu.  on  logs    pabnata 

Branches  prostrate,  never  palmatifid,  and  rarely  narrowed  towards 

I       the  ends    4 

/  Monoicous ;   small,  stems  5  cells  thick  in  the  middle,  internal  cells 

.  j       not  larger  than  the  cortical  latifrons 

1  Dioicous;  rather  large,  stems  6-7  cells  thick  in  the  middle,  internal 
(       cells  larger  than  the  cortical    pinnatifida 

METZGERIA. 

,  (Frond  hairy  on  both  sides .piihescens 

(Frond  without  hairs  above 2 

Post,  s  de  of  nerve  2,  rarely  3,  cells  broad ;  hairs  on  margin  geminate, 

long  and  curved;  dioicous hamata 

Post,  side  of  nerve  4,  rarely  3,  cells  broad  3 

(Hairs  single,  rarely  on  the  margin,  but  just  within  it;  dioicous    

3  \  furcata 

I  Hairs  on  the  margin,  mostly  geminate;  monoicous    conjugata 


' 


NOTES    ON    WELSH    HAWKWEEDS  167 

RICCIA. 

,  (Frond  with  aerial  cavities  2 

(Frond  without  evident  aerial  cavities  4 

2  'Frond  linear,  dichotomously  forked   .Jiaitans 

[  Frond  not  linear   3 

/Frond  obcordate,  longly  fimbriated;  or  lobed  and  deeply  sulcate  

3  J  nata7is 
I  Frond  flat,  not  sulcate,  obcuueate,  lobed  or  furcate;  surface- pits 
(       becomini?  numerous   crysfallina 

.  jMnrgins  of  frond  ciliated     5 

[  Margins  not  ciliated     7 

g  (Frond  green  on  both  surfaces     ciliata 

1  Frond  purplish  beneath  6 

g  I  Very  small,  2-3  lines  long,  simple  or  bilobed,  sulcate  above  ...tumida 

(Larger,  furcate,  broadly  channelled  above fflaucesce7is 

faces    8 

9 

j  Frond  almost  four  times  broader  than  thick,  attenuated  towards  the 

Q  ]       margin  ;  fruit  scattered glauca 

Frond  three  times  broader  than  thick,  margins  thick ;  fruit  clustered 
'  sorocarpa 

Q  ( Frond  broadly  and  slightly  channelled  b  if  urea 

"(Frond  deeply  and  acutely  sulcate Pearsoni 

ANTHOCEROS. 

/Spores  yellow,  granulose  papillate;   frond  nearly  smooth  and  flat, 

^  I        thick    loiviH 

"j  Spores  black,  or  nearly  so,  spinous  ;  frond  warty,  with  crisped  edges, 

I       thinner 2 

.,  f  Antheridia  about  2  in  each  cavity  punctata s 

"^  I  Antheridia  about  20-30  in  each  cavity  Stahleri 


„  (Frond  green  on  both  surfaces    8 

( Frond  purplish  beneath  9 


NOTES     ON     WELSH     HAWKWEEDS. 

By  Eev.  Augustin  Ley,  M.A. 

HiERAciuM  cALEDONicuM  F.  J.  Haub.  vai'.  PLATYPHYLLUM  A.  Ley. 
This  plant,  described  by  me  in  this  Journal  for  1898,  p.  7,  as  a 
variety  of  H.  pollinariuui  F.  J.  Hanb.,  apparently  cannot  be  main- 
tained under  that  species,  but  falls  very  well  under  H.  caledonicnm 
F.  J.  Hanb.,  where,  therefore,  I  wish,  with  the  concurrence  of  Mr. 
Hanbury  and  Rev.  E.  F.  Linton,  to  place  it.  It  is  usually  easily 
distinguished  from  the  type  by  its  leaves  being  much  broader,  the 
root-leaves  often  cordate  at  the  base,  and  coarsely  toothed ;  by  its 
longer  branches,  forming  a  very  acute  angle  with  the  stem  ;  by  its 
thicker  peduncles,  and  by  both  peduncles  and  phyllaries  being  much 
more  densely  tomeutose.  Its  ligules  are  usually,  but  not  uniformly, 
sty  lose.  It  is  a  very  much  more  abundant  plant  in  South  Wales 
than  the  type. 

H.  vuLGATUM  Fr.  var.  cacuminum  A.  Ley  (Journ.  Bot.  1895, 
p.  86),  described  as  a  variety  of  /7.  diaphanmn  Fr.,  ought,  I  am 


168  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

now  convinced,  to  fall  under  H.  vulgatum  Fr.  I  propose  therefore 
to  place  it  under  this  species,  very  near  to  var.  amphihohim  Lindeb., 
of  which  indeed  it  may  be  a  mountain  form.  It  is,  however,  a  more 
slender,  delicate  plant,  with  narrower,  less  deeply  dentate  leaves, 
and  broader  blunter  phyllaries. 

H.  RiGiDUM  Hartm.  var.  nov.  strigosum.  Stem  1-3  ft.,  bearing 
abundant  stiff,  white,  black-based  hairs  usually  throughout  its  whole 
length  ;  with  5-10  long  lanceolate  acute  leaves,  the  upper  sessile, 
the  lowest  and  the  root-leaves  decurrent  into  a  rather  long  petiole  ; 
lower  surface  with  stiff  white  hairs,  edge  shortly  ciliate,  bearing 
several  deep  acute  teeth.  Branches  long,  1-2 -flowered,  confined  to 
the  upper  third  of  the  stem,  forming  an  acute  angle  with  the  stem 
and  ascending.  Heads  few,  large,  buds  ovate-truncate.  Outer 
phyllaries  short,  blunt,  inner  long,  narrow,  rather  acute,  with 
conspicuously  dark  green  centre  and  light  margin,  etomentose, 
bearing  abundant  stiff  white  hairs,  and  very  few  long-stalked  glands 
near  the  base.  Peduncles  with  sparse  loose  tomentum,  eglandular. 
Style  yellow.  Near  var.  loufjicHiatuni  F.  J.  Hanb.,  but  distinguished, 
so  far  as  the  small  amount  of  material  I  have  seen  of  that  plant 
enables  me  to  judge,  by  its  stem  and  phyllaries  being  much  more 
hairy,  the  hair  stiffer ;  by  its  larger  heads,  and  longer,  more  closely 
ascending  branches  ;  by  its  longer  leaves  with  less  hairy  upper 
surface,  less  ciliate  edge,  deeper  coarser  teeth,  and  longer  petiole. 
Micro-glands  in  the  present  variety  usually  absent,  or  very  in- 
conspicuous. Original  root-leaves  blunt.  Linton's  Set  of  British 
Hieracia,  No.  153. 

Mountain  gleus,  mostly  on  river-side  rocks  and  near  waterfalls ; 
abundant  in  South  Breconshire. 

Localities.  Glyn  Tarell,  1888;  Blaen  Taf-fawr ;  Cwm  Taf- 
fechan ;  Hepste  and  Mellte  Glens ;  Upper  Nedd  Glen ;  Upper 
Tawe  Glen  ;  Glyn  CoUwng — all  on  river-side  rocks.  On  mountain 
cliffs  at  Craig  Gledsiau,  Glyn  Tarell,  and  Llyn-y-fan-fawr.  On  dry 
limestone  ledges  at  the  head  of  Dyffiyn  Crawnon  ;  on  railway 
banks  at  Glyn  Collwng,  becoming  stylose,  with  discoloured  styles 
on  dry  railway  ballast — all  these  localities  are  in  South  Breconshire. 
On  the  Yrfon  near  Abergwesyn,  North  Breconshire  ;  I  believe  also 
on  mountain  cliffs  at  Llyn-y-fan-fechan,  Carmarthenshire. 

Plants  gathered  by  me  in  Glyn  Tarell  first  in  1883,  and  subse- 
quently named  by  Dr.  Lindeberg  for  Mr.  F.  J.  Hanbury  "  H.  lapponi- 
ciimFr.,  nov.  var."  (see  Journ.  Bot.  1889,p.73),differfromthevariety 
of  H.  riglduni  Hartm.  here  described,  in  having  darker  broader  less 
hairy  phyllaries ;  but,  as  this  slight  difference  seems  due  to  the 
spray  of  a  waterfall  within  the  reach  of  which  the  plants  named 
"H.  lapponicufn  Fr."  grow  during  wet  seasons,  and  has  been  ascer- 
tained to  disappear  from  the  same  plants  during  drier  seasons,  I  am 
bound  to  express  my  conviction  that  these  plants  will  have  to  be 
placed  under  the  present  variety  of  H.  riyiduni  Hartm. 


169 

NEW     NATAL     PLANTS. 

By  J.  Medley  Wood  and  M.  S.  Evans. 

(Continued  from  Journ.  Bot.  1899,  p.  255.) 

[Mr.  J.  M.  Wood's  Report  of  the  Natal  Botanic  Gardens  for 
1900,  received  by  us  on  March  30th,  contains  the  following  de- 
scriptions of  new  species,  with  the  prefatory  note  here  reproduced. 
Up  to  the  time  of  our  going  to  press,  no  issue  of  the  Kew  Bulletin 
has  appeared  since  October,  1899,  so  the  species  in  question  were 
first  published  in  the  Report,  whence  they  must  be  cited.  To 
obviate  the  manifest  inconvenience  attendant  upon  publication  of 
novelties  in  a  purely  local  report,  we  have  thought  it  well  to 
reprint  the  descriptions,  a  continuation,  as  the  authors  state,  of 
those  published  in  this  Journal  ;  for  convenience  of  citation  we 
have  indicated,  in  square  brackets,  the  original  paging  of  the 
Report. — Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 

In  my  Annual  Report  for  1899,  I  repeated  the  descriptions  of 
the  third  decade  of  new  Natal  plants  described  by  Mr.  M.  S.  Evans 
and  myself,  and  published  at  home  in  the  Journal  of  Botany.  It 
was  intended  to  publish  a  fourth  decade,  but  the  outbreak  of  war 
and  press  of  other  business  prevented  our  obtaining  specimens  from 
the  upper  districts.  We  therefore  determined  to  send  what  re- 
mained for  publication  in  the  Kew  Bulletin,  and  not  to  continue  the 
decades  at  present.  The  following  descriptions  were  therefore  sent 
for  pubUcation  some  months  ago,  and  may  possibly  appear  before 
this  Report  is  pubUshed  ;  but,  as  few  people  in  Natal  see  that  publi- 
cation, I  think  it  best  to  include  them  in  this  Report,  especially  as 
all  the  other  species  have  already  appeared  in  former  Reports. 

Senecio  tugelensis  Wood  &  Evans.  Annual,  herbaceous, 
erect,  stems  simple,  striate,  glabrous.  Leaves  oblong-lanceolate,  or 
ovate-lanceolate,  acute  or  obtuse,  lower  ones  tapering  to  a  winged 
amplexicaul  petiole,  upper  ones  amplexicaul,  margins  closely  serrate, 
glabrous,  purple  beneath.  Heads  solitary,  or  2-3  on  somewhat 
elongated  glabrous  peduncles  bearing  2-3  scattered  lanceolate  bracts, 
radiate,  calycled  with  6-7  linear  bracteoles.  Involucre  of  12-14 
glabrous  scales.  Ray  florets  12-14  ;  4-5-Hned,  yellow  ;  disc  florets 
60-80.     Achenes  (unripe)  glabrous. 

Habitat:  Natal;  sources  of  Tngela,  summit  of  Drakensberg, 
near  Mont  aux  Sources;  10-11,000  feet  altitude.  March,  1898. 
M.  S,  Evans,  No.  750. 

The  whole  plant  6-14  inches  high  ;  leaves  1-2  inches  long, 
f-|  inch  wide.  Involucral  scales  f  inch  long.  Heads  spreading 
to  1  inch  diameter. 

Senecio  seminivea  Wood  &  Evans.  Suffruticose,  ascending, 
branches  curved,  glabrescent  below,  glandular  hairy  in  upper 
portion.  Leaves  crowded,  alternate,  sessile,  half  amplexicaul, 
pinnate,  5-7  lobes  on  each  side,  young  ones  very  densely  white 
woolly  tomentose,  mature  one  subglabrous,  leaflets  simple,  entire 

Journal  of  Botany.— Vol.  39.      [May,  1901.]  n 


170  THE     JOURNAL     OF    BOTANY 

or  2-3-lobed,  acute,  margins  entire.  Heads  solitary,  radiate, 
pedunculate,  calycled  with  2-3  linear  glandular  bracteoles.  Invo- 
lucral  scales  10-15,  glaudular  hairy,  with  membranous  margins, 
8-4-nerved  in  central  portion.  Disc  florets  40-50;  ray  florets 
10-12;  4-lii)ed.     Achenes  glabrous.  [P- 8.] 

Stems  5-10  inches  high  ;  mature  leaves  f — §■  inch  long,  lobes 
l|-2  lines  long.  Involucral  scales  3-4  lines  long.  Ray  florets 
extending  to  1^  inch  diameter,  yellow  ;  disc  florets  yellow. 

Hdhitat :  Natal ;  summit  of  Drakensberg,  near  Mont  aux 
Sources,  10-11,000  feet  altitude.     M.  S.  Evans,  No.  752. 

This  species  is  apparently  closely  allied  to  S.  tanacetoides  Sond., 
but  can  at  once  be  distinguished  from  that  species  by  the  peculiarity 
of  the  fascicles  of  young  leaves  being  snowy  white  with  woolly 
tomentose  pubescence,  while  the  adult  leaves  are  dark  green  and 
almost  glabrous,  and  this  may  be  as  well  seen  in  the  dried  speci- 
mens as  in  the  living  ones  ;  and  also  by  the  glandular  hairs  on 
the  upper  part  of  the  stem,  peduncle,  and  outside  of  involucral 
scales.  We  have  only  observed  this  species  on  the  summit  of  the 
Drakensberg,  while  S.  tanacetoides  is  plentiful  at  the  foot  of  the 
mountain. 

Athrixia  arachnoidea  Wood  &  Evans.  Suffruticose.  Stems 
solitary,  erect  or  ascending,  occasionally  branched,  terete,  leafy  to 
apex,  arachnoid.  Leaves  alternate,  erecto-patent,  sessile,  linear, 
acute,  margins  reflexed,  glabrous  or  thinly  arachnoid  above,  very 
densely  so  beneath.  Peduncles  1 -headed,  short,  terminal  or  axillary 
near  apex  of  stem,  swollen  towards  apex,  clothed  with  scattered 
subulate,  arachnoid  scales  similar  to  those  on  the  involucre.  Heads 
turbinate.  Involucral  scales  pluriseriate,  arachnoid,  subulate, 
squarrose.  Ray  florets  20-30,  disc  florets  about  100.  Pappus 
uniseriate,  without  interposed  scales,  the  bristles  persistent,  thinly 
clothed  with  minute  hairs.     Ripe  achenes  not  seen. 

An  undershrub  6-12  inches  high.  Leaves  in  centre  of  stem 
f-1  inch  long,  1^-2  lines  wide,  gradually  shorter  to  base  and  apex. 
Peduncles  3-6  lines  long.  Heads  9  lines  diameter.  Involucral 
scales  3-4  lines  long.  Ray  florets  6-7  lines  long,  purple  ;  disc 
florets  4  lines  long,  yellow. 

Habitat :  Natal ;  amongst  grass,  Polela,  about  6000  feet  altitude. 
July,  1895.     M.  S.  Evans,  No.  513. 

Aloe  natalensis  Wood  &  Evans.  Shrubby,  copiously  and  re- 
peatedly branching  from  the  very  base,  each  branchlet  ending  in  a 
dense  rosette  of  leaves,  occasionally  producing  adventitious  roots 
from  the  lower  branches.  Leaves  30-40  in  a  rosette,  linear-lanceo- 
late, falcate,  acute,  subglaucous,  neither  spotted  nor  lined,  margined 
with  deltoid  curved  prickles.  Peduncles  usually  simple,  bracts 
broadly  obovate,  veined.  Racemes  densely  many-flowered;  pedi- 
cels erecto-patent.  Perianth  bright  red,  cylindrical.  Stamens 
finally  slightly  exserted.     Stigma  exserted.  [p.  9.] 

The  whole  plant  8-12  feet  high,  with  a  diameter  of  12-15  feet. 
Rosettes  of  leaves  very  numerous.  Leaves  18-30  inches  long; 
1^-2^  inches  wide ;    ^-|  inch  thick  at   the  base ;   prickles   1  line 


NKW    NATAL    PLANTS  171 

long,  i-f  inch  apart.  Pedicels  1-1^  inch  long.  Racemes  5-10 
inches  long,  spreading  to  3  inches  wide,  bracts  ^  inch  long  and 
wide.     Perianth  1^-lf  inch  long. 

Habitat:  Nataf;  Midlands  from  800-3000  feet  altitude,  usually 
but  not  always  on  cliffs  or  rocky  hills. 

Differs  from  any  species  of  aloe  known  to  us,  or  described  in 
the  Flora  Caj)ensis,  and  well  distinguished  by  its  copiously  i)ranch- 
iug  habit.  It  forms  large  clumps,  and  covers  a  large  extent  of 
ground  in  comparison  with  its  height.  The  rosettes  of  leaves  in 
moderate  sized  plants  number  from  200-300  or  more,  with  a  still 
larger  number  of  small  ones. 

Athanasia  MONTANA  Wood & Evans.  Sutt'ruticose,  much  branched. 
Stems  erect,  terete,  clothed  with  scars  of  fallen  leaves,  finely  arach- 
noid, pubescent.  Leaves  alternate,  sessile,  oblong-ovate  to  lanceo- 
late, acute,  broad-based,  margins  deeply  and  sharply  serrate;  thickly 
covered  with  glands  ;  with  axillary  tufts  of  small,  entire,  linear 
leaves.  Inflorescence  a  compound  corymb,  many-headed,  pedicels 
bracteate,  bracts  linear-lanceolate.  Involucral  scales  minutely 
ciliolate,  subsimilar.  Pappus  of  several  short  papillose  scales. 
Achenes  (unripe)  striate,  papillose. 

Plant  2-3  feet  high.  Leaves  ^-f  inch  long,  2-4  lines  wide  ; 
axillary  entire  ones  1^-2  lines  long ;  heads  4  lines  diameter. 

Habitat :  Natal ;  Drakensberg,  source  of  Bushman's  River. 
6-7000  feet  altitude.     June,  1896.     M.  S.  Evans,  No.  662. 

The  nearest  species  to  this  known  to  us  is  A.  leucoclada  Harv., 
from  which  it  is  distinguishable  by  its  more  robust  and  branching 
liabit,  and  also  by  its  inflorescence  being  a  compound  corymb  of 
many  heads,  and  not  "simple,  dense,  few-headed." 

Geigeria  rivularis  Wood  &  Evans.  Sulfruticose,  erect  or  as- 
cending, glabrous,  clothed  with  leaves  from  base  to  apex.  Leaves 
linear,  tapering  to  base  and  apex,  entire,  flat,  impress-dotted, 
glabrous,  acute,  midrib  inconspicuous.  Heads  lateral  and  terminal, 
subsessile  or  shortly  pedunculate,  subtended  by  many  leaves.  In- 
volucral scales,  outer  ones  linear  from  a  broadened  base,  with 
swollen  midrib  ;  inner  ones  lanceolate,  coriaceous,  shorter  than  the 
outer  ones.  Pappus,  outer  of  oblong,  blunt,  and  inner  of  oblong 
bristle  pointed  scales.  Receptacle  covered  with  stiff"  bristles. 
Achenes  very  villous.  [p.  10.] 

Stem  6-8  inches  in  height.  Leaves  1^-2  inches  long,  1-1^  line 
wide.  Heads  1^  inch  diameter.  Outer  involucral  scales  ^-1  inch 
long.     Flowers  yellow. 

Habitat:  Orange  River  Colony,  near  Harrismith,  5-6000  feet 
altitude.     March.     J.  ili.  Wood,  No.  4784. 

This  plant  is  very  closely  allied  to  G.  Bnrkei  and  G.  Zet/lieri, 
but  differs  from  the  former  in  indument,  shape,  and  size  of  invo- 
lucral scales  and  fimbrils.  This  is  not  strictly  a  Natal  plant,  but, 
being  found  so  near  the  border,  and  the  district  having  not  yet  been 
very  closely  botanised,  it  is  very  possible  that  it  may  yet  be  found 
on  the  Natal  side  of  the  border.  It  is  the  only  one  of  the  series 
that  has  not  been  actually  collected  in  Natal. 

N    2 


172  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Geigeria  natalensis  Wood  &  Evans.  Suffruticose  from  a 
thickened  woody  root.  Stems  branching,  often  from  base,  slender, 
erect  or  ascending,  glabrous,  leafy  to  base.  Leaves  narrow  linear, 
glabrous,  punctate,  entire.  Heads  subtended  by  leaves.  Involucral 
scales,  outer  one  subulate  from  a  broad  base  ;  inner  ones  lanceolate, 
coriaceous,  ciliate  on  upper  portion,  longer  than  the  outer  ones. 
Pappus  scales,  outer  ones  oblong,  obtuse ;  inner  ones  oblong, 
bristle-pointed.  Receptacle  covered  with  stift"  bristles.  Achenes 
very  villous. 

The  whole  plant  9-12  inches  high.  Leaves  1-1^  inch  long, 
^-f  line  wide.  Involucral  scales,  outer,  3  lines,  inner,  5  lines 
long. 

Habitat :  Natal ;  dry  stony  hill,  Whitecliffe,  near  Greytown. 
April.     J.  M.  Wood,  No.  4317. 

This  plant  differs  from  G.  rivularis  W.  &  E.  by  its  generally 
much  more  slender  habit,  size  and  shape  of  leaves,  and  comparative 
size  of  involucral  scales,  and  in  the  much  smaller  size  of  the  flower- 
heads.     Flowers  yellow. 

Ursinia  brevicaulis  Wood  &  Evans.  Suftruticose.  Stems  1 
or  more,  erect  or  ascending,  short,  unbranched,  leafy  from  base  to 
apex,  leaves  crowded,  pinnatipartite  in  upper  portion,  segments 
about  6,  opposite  or  alternate,  linear,  simple  or  occasionally  bifid, 
glabrous,  punctate,  acute  at  apex,  petiole  elongate,  gradually  dilated 
towards  base,  semi-amplexicaul,  glabrous.  Peduncle  1 -headed, 
elongate,  thinly  clothed  with  minute  hairs.  Involucral  scales 
glabrous,  outer  ones  dark-edged,  inner  larger,  amply  membrane- 
tipped,  all  obtuse.  Palae  a  little  constricted  below  apex,  terminating 
in  a  rounded  membranous  lobe. 

Stems  ^-1  inch  long.  Leaves  l-lf  iiich  long,  petiole  below 
lowest  segments,  f-l^  inch  long  ;  segments  2-3  lines  long.  Pe- 
duncles 2i-5  lines  long.  [p.  11.] 

Habitat:  Natal;  summit  of  Mont  aux  Sources,  10-11,000  feet 
altitude.     March,  1898.     M.  S.  Evans,  No.  744. 

Lythrum  rivulare  Wood  &  Evans.  Suffruticose,  erect.  Stems 
many  from  a  woody  root,  copiously  branching ;  leaves  scattered, 
petiolate,  lanceolate,  acute,  entire,  margins  reflexed,  glabrous. 
Peduncles  axillary,  solitary  3-1 -flowered  by  abortion,  the  1-flowered 
peduncles  with  a  pair  of  bracts  above  the  middle,  the  3-flowered 
peduncles  with  smaller  bracts,  the  lateral  flowers  only  having  a 
pair  of  bracteoles  below  the  calyx,  the  central  flower  without 
bracteoles.  Bracts  linear,  equalling  the  pedicels,  bracteoles  smaller. 
Calyx  8-costate,  4-toothed.  Petals  4,  ovate.  Stamens  4,  exserted. 
Flowers  pink. 

The  plant  15-18  inches  high.  Leaves  \  inch  long,  less  than 
1  line  wide.     Calyx  1  line  long,  petals  equalling  calyx. 

Habitat :  Natal ;  province  of  Zululand  near  Tugela  River, 
J.  Wy lie  (Wood,  No.  5689). 

This  plant  differs  from  L.  sagittcBfolium  Sond.,  which  also  has 
four  stamens,  by  form,  size,  and  indument  of  leaves,  and  also  in 
inflorescence  ;  and  from  L.  hyssopifolium,  in  size  and  position  of 
leaves,  mode  of  inflorescence,  and  number  of  stamens.      [p.  12.] 


173 


MR.   CHARLES    HOSE'S    BORNEAN    MONOCOTYLEDONS. 

By  a.  B.  Rendle,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  Monocotyledons  contained  in 
collections  made  by  Mr.  Charles  Hose  in  the  Baram  district  of 
Sarawak  in  the  years  1894-95 ;  including  also  a  few  collected  in 
the  Minahasa  district  of  North  Celebes.  The  plants  are  in  the 
National  Herbarium. 

Burmannia  coelestis  Don. 

Baram,  Nov.  1,  1894  ;  no.  353. 

Oheronia  iridi folia  Lindl. 

Baram,  Nov.' 10,  1894;  no.  151. 

Not  hitherto  recorded  from  Borneo,  though  known  from  India, 
the  Philippine  Islands  [Cuming y  nos.  2120,  2137),  and  Australia. 

Oberonia  Hosei,  sp.nov.  Herba  breviter  caulescens,  foliis 
distichis  brevibus  ensiformibus  subacutis ;  scapo  bracteato,  cum 
racemo  gracili  folia  diiplo  excedente ;  floribus  minimis,  spiraliter 
ordinatis,  haud  densis ;  bracteis  oblongo-lanceolatis  acuminatis, 
margine  erosis,  pedicellum  cum  ovario  paullo  superantibus;  sepalis 
late  ellipticis  obtusis  integris,  siccis  reflexis ;  petalis  ovatis,  sepala 
subsequantibus,  marghie  erosis;  labello  aurantiaco  concavo  3-nervio, 
e  basi  auriculata  superne  paullo  angustato,  apice  bifido,  lobis  acutis. 

Plant  12  cm.  high,  with  a  short  erect  stem  barely  2-5  cm.  long 
bearing  8  distichously  arranged  leaves,  tlie  largest  4-5  cm.  long  by 
•5  cm.  broad.  Scape  sheathed  at  the  base  by  the  uppermost  leaf, 
bearing  only  small  membranous  acute  bracts  in  the  lower  part  (2*5 
cm.),  fertile  portion  7  cm.  long  ;  the  minute  orange-coloured  flowers 
aggregated  in  groups  of  threes,  becoming  solitary  above.  Bracts 
1-25  mm.  long;  flowers  subsessile,  pedicel  and  ovary  together 
1  mm.  long ;  flower  when  spread  open  2  mm.  across.  Sepals 
•75  mm.  long.  Lip  1  mm.  long  by  -75  mm.  broad  at  the  base, 
apparently  a  deeper  orange  than  the  rest  of  the  flower,  narrowing 
slightly  from  below  upwards,  bifid  at  the  apex  for  about  one-third  of 
its  length,  with  an  obsolete  lobule  between  the  triangular  segments. 

Is  perhaps  nearest  the  Silikim  species  0.  auriculata  King  & 
Pantling,  from  which  it  differs  in  its  orange  flowers,  more  densely 
arranged  on  the  raceme,  with  broader  petals,  and  especially  in  the 
lip,  which  is  broader  at  the  base  and  less  deeply  cleft. 

Baram,  Nov.  10,  1894  ;  no.  80. 

Liparis  Jfaccida  Reichenb.  f. 

Baram  district,  Entoyut  river,  Nov.  13,  1894  ;  no.  459. 

Platyclinis  brevilabrata,  sp.  nov.  Planta  minor  rhizomate 
subrobusto;  pseudobulbis  fusiformibus  flavis,  siccis  corrugatis;  foHo 
lineari-lanceolato  obtuso,  breviter  petiolato ;  scapo  tenui,  folium 
superante,  e  basi  vaginata  florifero ;  racemo  multifloro,  floribus 
parvis;  bracteis  latis  truncatis  pedicellos  breves  subaequantibus ; 
sepalis  obtusis,  subaequalibus,  dorsali  oblongo-subspathulato  ; 
lateralibus  oblongo-lanceolatis;    petalis  linearibus,  inferne  paullo 


174  THE    JOl'KNAL    OF     BOTANY 

augustatis,  quam  sepala  minoribus ;  labello,  petalis  duplo  minore, 
obtuse,  rhoinboideo-spathulato,  disco  depresso,  lobis  lateralibus 
obsoletis  ;  columnaB  brachiis  elongatis,  acumiuatis,  clinandrio 
postice  valde  evoluto,  trapezoideo,  cum  denticulo  miiiuto  lateral! 
et  supenie  in  deiites  parvos  aristuliformes  producto;  anthera  hemi- 
spliserica. 

Strong  woody  rhizome  about  3  mm.  thick,  the  short  internodes 
enveloped  by  scarious  ovate  light  brown  scales.  Pseudobulbs 
l'6-3  cm.  long  by  'o  cm.  or  less  in  thickness.  Leaf  4-7  cm. 
long,  including  a  short  petiole  of  2-4  mm.,  8-14  mm.  broad,  muhi- 
nerved,  5  veins  standnig  out  more  prominently  than  the  rest  on  the 
dorsal  surface.  Scape  10-11  cm.  long,  bracts  1-5-2  mm.  long, 
pedicel  with  ovary  2-3  mm.  long.  Sepals  5-5-6  mm.  long,  the 
lateral  barely  shorter  than  the  dorsal;  petals  4-5-5  mm.  long, 
narrower  than  the  sepals  ;  lip  2  mm.  long  by  1-25  mm.  broad  below 
the  apex;  column  including  clinandrium  25  mm.  long. 

A  very  distinct  little  species,  characterized  by  its  short  blunt 
leaves,  and  small  trapezoid-spathulate  lip  with  obsolete  lateral 
lobes. 

Baram,  Oct.  25,  1894  ;  no.  52. 

Dendrobium  (§  Aporiim)  Serra  Lindl.?     No  flowers  present. 
Baram,  Nov.  8,  1894  ;  no.  153  in  part. 

D.  (§  V'mfatcB)  conostalix  Reichenb.  f. 
Baram,  Nov.  1894  ;  no.  148. 

Not  hitherto  recorded  from  Borneo,  though  a  wide- spread  Malayan 
plant  (Malacca,  Singapore,  Java,  Philippines). 

D.  (§  Banthusifolia)  f/emellum  Lindl. 
Baram  district,  Miri  river,  Feb.  1895  ;  no.  511. 
A  wide-spread   Malayan   plant,    not   previously  recorded  from 
Borneo. 

BuJhophyllnm  clandestlnum  Lindl. 
Baram,  Nov.  23,  1894 ;   no.  152. 

B.  elatius  Ridl. 

Baram,  Dec.  1894;  no.  234. 

The  flowers  in  Mr.  Hose's  specimens  differ  from  those  on  which 
the  species  was  founded  (see  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xxKi.  275)  in  their 
more  acute  sepals.  Is  the  species  distinct  from  the  little-known 
B.  odoratum  Lmdl.  ? 

Eria  (§  Hi/meneria)  Hosei,  sp.  nov.  Planta  caule  crasso, 
vaginis  pallide  bruneis  tecto ;  foliis  in  specimine  5,  ad  apicem 
caulis  congestis,  oblongo-lanceolatis,  acutis,  9-11-nerviis ;  racemis 
axillaribus,  quam  folia  duplo  brevioribus,  multifloris ;  bracteis 
saepe  ellipsoideis,  reflexis ;  floribus  inter  mediocres,  longius  pedi- 
cellatis,  pedicellis  gracilibus,  veluti  rhachi  puberulis ;  sepalis  sub- 
£equilongis,  acutis,  lateralibus  ovato-rhomboideis,  basi  secundum 
columnae  pedem  longum  extensis;  petalis  angustis,  sepalum  dorsals 
ovatum  ut  apparet  longitudine  aequantibus ;  labello  cum  basi  trape- 
zoideo, lobis  lateralibus  oblongis  ascendentibus,  lobo  medio  multo 
majore,  rotunde  ellipsoideo,  obtuso. 


MK.  CHARLES  HOSE's  BORNEAN  MONOCOTYLEDONS         175 

Stem  1*5  cm.  thick  ;  leaves  14-20  cm.  long  by  35-4  cm.  broad, 
thinly  coriaceous  when  dry,  stalk  broad,  about  1  cm.  long.  Ra- 
cemes about  10  cm.  long,  bracts  about  1  cm.  long ;  pedicel  with 
ovary  1-1-5  cm.  long.  The  large  lateral  sepals  are  7  mm.  long  by 
3*5  mm.  broad  in  the  middle,  the  base  extended  forwards  along  the 
column-foot  (7  mm.  long)  forms  a  blunt  spur  around  the  concave 
lip  base.  Lower  portion  of  lip  5  mm.  long,  broadening  slightly 
upwards,  and  barely  3  mm.  wide  at  the  top;  lateral  lobes  2-5  mm. 
long  by  1"5  mm.  broad,  mid-lobe  4  by  3'5  mm.,  the  broad  apex 
somewhat  crenulate  ;  column  4  mm.  long. 

A  very  distinct  species  of  the  habit  of  E.  florlbmida,  but  easily 
distinguished  by  its  less  dense  larger-flowered  racemes. 

GrammatophyHum  speciosum  Bl. 

Baram  district,  Apoh  river,  Nov.  20,  1894  ;  no.  122. 

Cymbidium  Finlaysonianum  Lindl. 

Baram  district,  Miri  river,  Jan.  1895 ;  no.  565. 

A  widely  spread  Malayan  plant  not  hitherto  recorded  from 
Borneo. 

Mr.  Hose's  plant  closely  resembles  specimens  sent  from  Pahang 
by  Ridley,  and  also  the  no.  679  of  Zollinger's  Java  collection  and 
no.  2082  of  Cuming's  Philippine  plants.  Cuming's  no.  2121  is  also 
conspecific,  but  the  large,  almost  orbicular  mid-lobe  of  the  lip  has 
a  markedly  emarginate  apex. 

A  specimen  from  Christian  Smith,  labelled  "  Barn  Island, 
Straits  Sincapore,  July  4,  1796,"  has  narrower  sepals  13-14  lines 
long  and  barely  2  lines  broad,  and  a  narrower  median  lip-lobe. 

DipODiuM  PALUDosuM  Reicheub.  f. 

Baram,  March,  1895;  no.  45. 

The  plant  shows  some  differences  from  the  specimens  from 
the  Malayan  Peninsula  and  Labuan  and  the  cultivated  specimens 
(see  Bot.  Mag.  t.  7464)  in  the  Kew  Herbarium.  The  flowers  are 
larger,  the  longer  oblanceolate  petals  are  obviously  larger  than  the 
lateral  sepals  {e.g.  petals  2-7  cm.  long  by  6  mm.  broad,  sepals 
2'2  cm.  by  4*5  mm.),  while  the  lip  is  still  shorter  (1-6-1-8  cm.). 
The  base  of  the  lip  is  also  longer,  and  the  lateral  teeth  are  more 
conspicuous.  The  perianth  leaves  show  no  trace  of  spotting  in  the 
dried  specimen.  Assuming  the  specimens  to  be  conspecitic,  the 
species  evidently  shows  considerable  variation.  Thus  we  have  at 
the  Museum  another  Borneo  specimen  (near  Patong,  Grabowsky, 
1881)  in  which  the  sepals  and  petals  more  resemble  the  smaller- 
flowered  form  ;  they  are  shorter  than  in  Mr.  Hose's  plant,  subequal 
(and  obviously  spotted)  ;  the  lip-base  below  the  lateral  teeth  is,  as 
in  the  smaller  flowers,  very  short,  but  the  lateral  teeth  are  much 
longer  than  in  the  Hose  specimen,  being  6  mm.  long  by  1  mm. 
broad ;  the  pedicels  of  the  pollinia  are  also  conspicuously  longer 
than  in  both  the  others  (2  mm.  long,  only  1*5  mm.  in  the  Hose 
specimen),  and  the  ellipsoid  upper  lip-lobe  is  densely  tomentose 
from  apex  to  base.  The  leaves  are  also  stouter,  broader,  and  less 
tapering.  Grabowsky  describes  the  flowers  as  yellowish  white 
spotted  with   brown  ;    in   size   and  form  they  resemble  those   of 


176  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Z).  pictum,  where  also  the  lip  has  similar  lateral  teeth,  but  a  much 
broader  upper  lobe,  hairy  only  at  the  apex. 

VanJa  Hookeriana  Reichenb.  f. 

Baram,  April,  1895  ;   no.  366. 

Ciyptosti^lis  Arachnites  Bl. 

Baram,  Nov.  8,  1894  ;  no.  31. 

Saccolabium  perpusilhun  Hook.  f. 

Baram  district,  Redan,  Nov.  3,  1894  ;  no.  33. 

A  native  of  Singapore  not  previously  recorded  from  Borneo. 

Appendiciila  hifaria  Lindl.  ? 

Baram,  Nov.  8,  1894  ;  no.  153  in  part. 

Only  a  single  flower,  which  resembles  A.  bifaria,  but  has  a 
longer  lip. 

A.  ANCEPS  Bl.  [A.  complcmata  Ridley  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xxxii. 
389). 

Baram,  Nov.  13,  1894 ;  no.  149. 

Malayan  Peninsula,  Singapore  and  Java,  but  not  previously 
recorded  from  Borneo. 

I  have  followed  Schlechter  (see  M6m.  Herb.  Boiss.  no.  21,  p.  34) 
in  considering  the  peninsula  plants  on  which  Ridley  founded  his 
species  as  conspecific  with  the  Java  specimens.  The  Bornean  plants 
are  smaller,  about  6  in.  high,  with  leaves  2-3-5  cm.  long  by  7-8  mm. 
broad.     I  can  find  no  difference  in  the  flowers. 

Globba  affinis,  sp.  nov.  Herba  minor  perennis  erecta,  folii 
vagina  angusta,  saspe  rubescente,  plus  minus  pilosula,  margine 
superne  ciliolata ;  ligula  breviter  rotundata  ciliolata ;  lamina  sub- 
sessili,  snbasymmetrico  lanceolata,  acuminata,  iu  facie  superiore 
pilosula  vel  glabrescente,  in  facie  inferiore  glabra  ;  panicula  pedun- 
culata  brevi  compacta,  ramis  patentibus  plurifloris;  bracteis  ovatis; 
calycis  limbis  triangularibus,  subaequalibus ;  corolla  alba,  tubo 
gracili  calycem  triplo  excedente,  lobis  cymbiformibus,  stammodiis 
his  paullo  longioribus,  elliptico-oblongis ;  labello  spathulato-cuneato, 
apice  latissimo  emarginato ;  staminis  filameuto  angnste  lineari, 
anthera  brevi  rotundata,  utrinque  sub  medio  longe  calcarata  ;  bacca 
sessili,  pisiformi,  costata,  glabra. 

Plants  from  30  cm.  high;  leaf-blades  5-14*5  cm.  long  by  1*3- 
3-3  cm.  broad,  sheath  barely  exceeding  2-5  mm.  from  back  to  front. 
Panicle  terminal,  2-5-5  cm.  long,  peduncle  9  cm.  or  less,  branches 
spreading  or  spreading-ascending,  3-5-1  cm.  long,  the  longer  ones 
many-flowered;  bracts  2-5-4-5  mm.  long.  Calyx-tube  3  mm.  long, 
segments  1  mm.  Corolla-tube  13  mm.  long,  lobes  3  mm.  ;  stami- 
nodia  4  mm.  long;  lip  7  mm.  long  by  4-5  mm.  broad  just  below 
the  apex;  filament  13  mm.  long;  anther  1  mm.;  spur  acuminate 
from  a  triangular  base,  2*5  mm.  long. 

Evidently  closely  allied  to  G.  brachijanthera  K.  Schum.  (in  Engl. 
Jahrb.  xxvii.  329),  also  from  Borneo,  but  distinguished  by  its  pilo- 
sulose  leaf-sheaths,  dense  inflorescence,  uniformly  narrow  staminal 
filament,  and  anther  spurred  from  the  sides,  not  from  the  base. 

Baram  district,  Entoyut  river,  Nov.  1894,  no.  456  ;  and  Baram, 
Oct.  25,  1894,  no.  109. 


MR.  CHARLES  HOSE's  BORNKAN  MONOCOTYLKDONS  177 

Alpinia  Fraseriayia  Oliver. 

Baram  mouth,  Jan.  1895  ;  no.  61. 

Endemic. 

Clinogyne  grandis  Baker. 

Baram,  April  18,  1895  ;  no.  696. 

Dioscorea  damona  Roxb. 

North  Celebes,  Minahasa  district;  no.  801. 

D.  pyrifolUi  Kunth. 
-      Baram",  Dec.  1894  ;  no.  80. 

S  mil  ax  leucophylla  Bl. 

North  Celebes,  Minahasa  district ;  no.  823. 

S.  odoratissima  Bl. 

Baram  district,  Mt.  Skiwa,  1-2000  ft.,  Dec.  1894  ;  no.  442. 

DraccBna  f/raminifolia  Wall. 

Baram  district,  iVliri  river,  Jan.  1895  ;  no.  527. 

D.  angusti folia  Roxb. 

Baram  district,  Miri  river,  Jan,  1895  ;  no.  542. 

DianeUa  ensi folia  Red. 

Baram,  Nov.  1894  ;  no.  150. 

Moiiochoria  hastcefoUa  Presl. 

Baram  district,  Miri  river,  Feb.  1895  ;  no.  508. 

Forrestia  )narginata  Hassk. 

Baram  district,  Entoyut  river,  Nov.  1894  ;  no.  370. 

Flagellana  indica  L. 

Baram,  Dec.  1894,  no.  166  ;  Miri,  April  28,  1895,  no.  609. 

Pinanga  lepidota,  sp.  nov.  Palma  ut  apparet  elegans,  inter- 
nodiis  rubro-puuctulatis  ;  frondibns  flabellatis,  suboblongis,  mar- 
ginibus  subparallelis,  apice  alte  bifidis,  lobis  subtruncatis,  grosse 
dentatis,  costulis  in  utroque  latere  circa  14  percursis ;  infra  basin 
attenuatam  cum  segmento  angusto  lanceolate  acuminato  distanti 
utrinque  suffultis ;  petiolo  et  rliachi  junioribus  albido-lepidotis ; 
vagina  tubulosa,  ore  obliqua,  tenniter  striata,  lepidoto-puberula  ; 
spadice  simplici,  glabro,  erecto  ;  fructibus  distichis  l»te  brimeis. 

Tiie  frond  consists  of  a  large  terminal  portion,  broadening  very 
slightly  upwards,  25-26  cm.  long  by  10-5  cm.  broad  just  below  the 
apical  nicision,  which  is  10-11  cm.  deep  ;  the  lower  small  pair  of 
segments  are  2-3-ribbed,  12-14  cm.  long,  and  l'3-l-5  cm.  broad; 
they  are  subopposite,  and  situated  about  4  cm.  below  the  large^ 
segment.  In  one  leaf  there  is  but  one  lower  segment,  the  larc^e 
segment  being  asymmetrical,  the  larger  side  on  which  there  is  no 
lower  segment  containing  18  lateral  ribs.  Petioles  Q'6  cm.  long. 
The  hairs  on  the  petiole  and  rachis  of  the  younger  leaves  are  flat 
and  whitish,  with  a  few  narrower  red  ones  interspersed ;  a  slightly 
raised  line  between  each  of  the  lateral  ribs  of  the  leaf-blade  is 
sparsely  covered  with  similar  small  narrow  reddish  scale-hairs. 
On  the  sheaths  the  scale-hairs  consist  of  a  flat  red  portion,  breakin<^ 
up  at  the  margin  into  flexuose  whitish  hairs.  On  the  young  sheaths 
the  naarginal  hairs  are  closely  packed  laterally,  forming  a  scale-like 
covering ;  in  the  older  they  spread  irregularly,  giving  a  puberulous 


178 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


appearance.  Spadix  8  cm.  long:  fruits  (scarcely  ripe)  narrowly 
ovate,  11-12  mm.  long  by  about  4*5  mm.  broad. 

Near  P.  disdcha  Bl.,  but  distinguished  by  the  form  of  the  leaf, 
the  white  lepidote  rachis,  and  especially  by  the  erect  spadix. 

Baram,  April,  1895  ;  no.  702. 

Oncospenna  tigillaria  Ridl. 

Baram  district,  Miri,  April  27,  1895;  no.  701. 

Tiie  specimens  include  no  fruits,  but  seem  to  be  conspecific 
with  specimens  from  Singapore  sent  under  this  name  by  Mr. 
Ridley. 

Ceratolohus  discolor  Becc.  (e  descript.  in  Malesia,  ill.  63). 
Baram,  March,  1895;   no.  704. 

There  are  also  three  species  of  Calamm  which  I  have  not  been 
able  to  determine. 

Pandanus  sp. 

Baram,  April,  1895  ;  no.  707. 

No  flowers  present. 

Amorphophalliis  campanulatus  Bl. 

North  Celebes,  Minahasa  district ;  no.  809. 

Pothos  (§  Allopothos)  Hosei,  sp.  nov.  Planta  forte  insignis, 
foliis  magnis  robustis,  petioUs  laminae  dimidium  vix  sequantibus, 
ad  geniculum  usque  vaginatis  ;  lamina  oblonga  ad  elliptico-oblonga, 
basi  obtusa,  apice  abrupte  et  breviter  acuminata,  innequilatera, 
altero  latere  circa  tertia  parte  majore,  nervis  coUectivis  utrinque 
duobus  basi  et  supra  basin  folii  nascentibus,  margini  approximatis ; 
peduneulo  singulo  in  axillo  cataphylli  oriente  ;  spatha  subcoriacea 
breve  ovata  obtusa,  basi  peduneulo  decurrente ;  spadice  sessile 
cylindrico;  staminibus  tribus  externis  sterilibus,  petala  sequantibus ; 
internis  brevioribus,  fertilibus. 

The  specimens  consist  of  the  upper  part  of  a  shoot  with  one 
adult  leaf,  and  there  is  no  note  as  to  the  size  of  the  plant.  The 
larger  leaf  has  a  blade  22  cm.  long,  the  width  on  the  two  sides  of 
the  midrib  being  5  and  6*5  cm.  respectively,  and  a  petiole  10-5  cm. 
long,  with  a  strong  somewhat  narrow  sheath  not  exceeding  6  mm. 
from  back  to  edge.  Peduncle  2*5  cm.  long,  subtended  by  a  lanceo- 
late scale-leaf  about  2*2  cm.  long ;  spathe  3  cm.  long  by  about 
1-5  cm.  greatest  breadth ;  spadix  4-5  cm.  long  by  nearly  5  mm.  in 
diameter  at  the  base,  densely  and  regularly  flowered ;  style  conical, 
tapering,  about  1  mm.  long. 

Near  P.  Rumphii,  but  distinguished  by  its  more  oblong  leaf  with 
the  lateral  ascending  nerves  rising  at  or  just  above  the  ba>e,  and  its 
shorter  spathe.  It  also  approaches  P.  inaujnis  Engl.,  but  the  leaf 
has  an  abruptly  acuminate  apex,  and  only  two  marginal  nerves, 
and  the  inflorescence  is  smaller  in  every  part. 

Baram  district,  Marudi,  April,  1895  ;  no.  582. 

Sciaphila  major  Becc. 

Baram,  Nov.  24,  1894.  no.  178;  and  Entoyut  river,  Nov.  12, 
1894,  no.  427. 
Endemic, 


KKNT    MOSSKS  179 

Dlplacnun  caricinum  E.  Br. 

B:iiam,  Nov.  1,  1894  ;  no.  348. 

India ;   Malaya. 

Ptmicum  indicum  L. 

Baram,  Nov.  1,  1894  ;  no.  276. 

Leptaspis  urceolata  Br.  &  Benn. 

Baram  district,  Entoyut  river,  Nov.  1894;  no.  372. 

Dinorhloa  Tjanlwrreh  Biise  ? 

Baram  district,  Miri  river,  Jan.  1895  ;  no.  65. 

The  spikelet  clusters  are  larger  and  denser  than  in  the  type. 
The  spikelets  are  mostly  empty,  with  expanded  lower  glumes ;  a 
few  remain  about  3  mm.  long,  but  the  stamens  are  all  more  or  less 
aborted;  the  latter  differ  from  those  of  the  type  in  h?iving  filaments 
nearly  as  long  as  the  upper  portion,  which  consists  of  a  more  or  less 
aborted  anther  and  an  acuminate  connective. 


KENT     MOSSES. 
By  E.   M.  Holmes,  F.L.S. 

In  1877  a  list  of  the  Mosses  of  Kent  was  prepared  with  the  view 
to  Its  mcorporation  in  the  Blora  of  Keyit,  when  published.  When 
that  work  was  recently  finished,  I  was  unable  to  spare  the  time  to 
bring  the  cryptogamic  flora  of  the  county  up  to  date,  but  am  now 
able  to  publish  additional  species  of  mosses.  I  pointed  out  in  1877 
that  several  more  species  might  be  expected  to  occur  in  Kent,  and 
the  majority  of  those  then  indicated  have  since  been  detected  and 
many  new  localities  for  previously  recorded  species  have  been  dis- 
covered, especially  by  the  Rt.  Hon.  Lord  Justice  Stirling,  who  has 
most  carefully  investigated  the  neighbourhood  of  GoudhSrst,  where 
he  resides,  and  where,  as  might  have  been  expected  from  the  simi- 
larity of  the  soil  to  that  of  the  neighbouring  districts  in  Sussex 
many  species  recorded  for  Sussex,  but  previously  unknown  as 
Kentish,  have  been  discovered,  especially  on  the  damp  sandy  clay 
which,  except  near  the  neighbourhood  of  Tunbridge  Wells  is  not 
frequent  m  Kent.  Since  the  publication  of  the  list  of  Kentish 
Mosses,  Mr.  Dixon's  excellent  Student's  Handbook  of  British  Mosses 
has  appeared  and  has  come  into  general  use,  and  Mr.  E.  C.  Horrell 
has  published  an  account  of  the  Spharpiacem  as  revised  by  Warnstorf 
In  the  following  list,  therefore,  the  names  given  by  these  two  authors 
will  be  followed;  those  in  the  previous  list  will  be  given  in  paren- 
theses, but  for  the  sake  of  convenience  of  reference  the  order  followed 
will  be  that  of  the  previous  list  published  in  1877.  The  initials 
used  indicate  the  following  gentlemen  by  whom  the  various  species 
were  detected : — 

J.  S.      .     .     The  Right  Honourable  Lord  Justice  Stirling 

W.  E.  N.    .     Mr.  W.  E.  Nicholson,  Lewes. 

E.  S.  S.      .     Mr.  E.  S.  Salmon,  Reigate. 

E.  C.  H.    ,     Mr.  E.  C.  Horrell,  Peckham. 


180  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

The  Sphagna  in  this  list  have  been  determined  by  Mr.  E.  C.  Horrell, 
who  has  paid  special  attention  to  this  group.  Where  the  collector's 
name  is  not  given,  the  author  is  responsible  for  the  names..  The 
species  new  to  the  county,  added  since  1877,  are  as  follows : — 

Sphagnum  suhnitens  R.  &  W.  var.  violascens  Warnst.  Goudhurst, 
J.  S. — S.  cyntbi folium  Warnst.  var.  versicolor  W.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. 
— Var.  pallescens  W.  Keston  Common,  E.  C.  II. — S.  medium  Limpr. 
var.  roseum  Warnst.  Keston  Common,  E.  C.  H.  —  S.  papillosum 
Lindb.  var.  normale  Warnst.  Keston  Common,  K.  C.  B.  —  Var. 
sublme  Warnst.  Keston  Common.  E.  C.  H. ;  Seal,  near  Sevenoaks. 
— S.  ruhellum  Wils.  var.  ruhrum.  Grav.  Keston  Common,  Cocks. — 
S.  crassicladum  Warnst.  Near  Ightham,  E.  C.  H.  —  S.  rufescens 
Warnst.  Keston  Common,  Cocks.  —  S.  cnspidatum  R.  &  W.  var. 
falcatiim.     Keston  Common,  E.  C.  H. 

TetrapJds  Browniana  Grev.  [Tetrodontium).  On  stones  in  a  stream 
in  Hungershall  Wood,  Tun  bridge  Wells,  but  on  the  Kentish  side  of 
the  river,  very  sparingly.  The  place  where  it  grows  is  being  altered 
by  building  and  sewerage  operations,  and  several  rare  species  of 
mosses  have  disappeared  since  1877  in  this  locality. 

Catharinea  amjustata  Brid.  Bedgebury  Wood,  near  Goudhurst, 
W.  E.  N.  d-  J.  S.  Growing  in  some  abundance  in  damper  parts  of 
the  wood,  it  is  not  easily  distinguished  at  sight  from  some  forms 
of  C.  undulata,  but  under  a  lens  it  is  easily  recognized  by  its  wide 
nerve.  A  few  specimens  were  found  in  fruit  in  December. — 
C.  tenella  Rohl.  In  the  same  wood  as,  and  in  company  with,  the 
last  species,  K.  S.  S.  S  J.  S.  First  found  by  Mr.  Salmon  in  a 
barren  state,  but  subsequently  in  fruit,  sparingly.  It  resembles 
C.  undulata  in  the  young  state,  but  the  leaves  have  a  more  trans- 
lucent appearance,  and  are  practically  free  from  spines  on  the 
surface.  The  leaves  also  have  a  more  lanceolate  or  broader 
appearance  than  in  C.  angustata. 

Fotytrichum  strictwn  Banks.  Ginning's  Springs,  near  Westen- 
hanger. 

Archidium  alternifolium  Schimp.  On  damp  sandy  clay  in  a 
quarry  near  Goudhurst,  abundantly,  E.  M.  H.  d-  J.  S. 

Fleuridiuui  alternifolium  Rabenh.     Ightham. 

Selifjeria  pusilla  B.  &  S.  Morant's  Court  Hill,  near  Dunton 
Green  ;*  Kemsing  Quarry.  This  species  occurs  in  the  same  wood 
as  S.  paucifolia  Carr.,  but  is  readily  distinguished  by  the  wide- 
mouthed  capsule  and  the  denticulate  base  of  the  leaves. 

Dicranella  crispa  Schimp.  In  a  lane  between  Laugton  Green 
and  Speldhurst,  abundantly,  T.  W.—  D.  rufescens  Schimp.  Goud- 
hurst, in  two  places,  TF.  E.  N.  d  J.  S.  —  D.  Schreberi  Schimp. 
Damp  wood  near  Dover;  field  near  Bessell's  Green,  Sevenoaks.  In 
both  places  sparingly.  —  Var.  /3  elata  Schimp.  Gravel-pit,  Goud- 
hurst, W.  E.  y.  d  J.  S. 

Dichodontium  pellucidmn  Schimp.  In  a  damp  lane  between 
Langton  Green  and  Ashurst,  and  at  Hingershall  Rocks,  E.  M.  H. 
In  two  places  near  Goudhurst,  J.  S.  d  IF.  E.  N. 

Weissia  multimpsiilaris  Mitt.  (Systegium).  Field  near  Bessell's 
Green,   Sevenoaks ,  sparingly.  —  W.  crispa  var.  (3  aciculata  Mitt. 


KENT    MOSSES  181 

In  some  abuiidance  in  a  grassy  field  near  Ightham.  This  variety 
has  been  distributed  by  me  as  IVeissia  umlticapsnlarls,  and  has  been 
accepted  as  sucii  by  several  bryologists.  It  differs  very  mnch  in 
habit  from  W.  crispa  Mitt.,  growing  in  somewhat  loose  spreading 
patches  amongst  grass,  and  almo«t  hidden  by  it ;  the  uppermost 
leaves  are  longer;  the  plant  is  duller  in  colour,  and  less  crisped 
when  dry.  In  areolation  of  the  leaf,  however,  it  more  nearly 
approaches  \V.  crispa,  and  fruits  more  freely  than  typical  W.  viulti- 
capsularis.  Mr.  W.  E.  Nicholson,  who  has  carefully  examined  the 
plant,  is  of  opinion  that  it  is  referable  to  the  above  variety. — 
W.  viicrofitoma  C.  M.  Seal,  near  Sevenoaks.  This  species  appears 
to  be  by  no  means  common  in  Kent.  —  IF.  squarrosa  C.  M.  Near 
Stone  Street,  Sevenoaks,  and  near  Bessell's  Green.  Goudhurst, 
J.  S.  This  species  grows  usually  in  much  damper  situations  than 
W.  viridiihi,  and  when  the  lid  has  fallen  is  easily  recognized  by  the 
membrane  closing  the  mouth  of  tlie  capsule ;  and  also  by  the  plane 
margins  of  the  leaves. —  \V.  tenuis  C.  M.  Fant  Woods,  Maidstone, 
in  fruit  abundantly ;  and  White  Rock,  near  Stone  Street,  sterile. 
Goudhurst,  on  an  old  bridge,  J.  S.  This  species  seems  to  prefer 
shady  greensand  rocks  or  stones. 

Leptudontium  geuimasctus  Braithw.  On  a  barn  near  Riverhead. 
The  thatch  on  the  barn  has  since  been  renewed,  and  the  plant  has 
disappeared. 

Pha.wum  Fkerkecuium  W.  &  M.  On  clods  of  chalk  in  open  fields, 
in  September  and  October,  Morant's  Court  Hill.  Recognized  by 
its  reddish  tint  and  by  growing  in  a  scattered  manner,  preferring 
the  shady  side  of  clods  of  chalk  turned  up  by  the  plough.  On  the 
level  soil  it  is  quickly  hidden  from  sight  by  the  action  of  the  rain. 

Pottia  bryoides  Mitt.  On  a  grassy  slope  near  Shoreham,  very 
sparingly. 

Barbula  Hpadicea  Mitt.     In  one  place  near  Goudhurst,  W,  E.  N. 

Trichostomum  tortnosum  Dixon.  Between  Shoreham  and  Eynes- 
ford,  on  the  side  of  a  clialk  cutting,  H.  W.  Moninijton.  I  have  not 
seen  a  specimen,  but  it  is  said  to  occur  in  similar  localities  in 
Surrey. 

Grimmia  comniiitata  Hiiben.  On  a  tiled  roof  near  Goudhurst, 
very  rare,  W.  E.  N.  d  J.  S.  —  G.  pnlvinata  Smith,  var.  /?  obtusa 
Hiiben.  On  a  wall,  Knowle  Park,  Sevenoaks.  —  G.  orbicularis 
Bruch.  A  single  tuft  on  a  wall  in  Seal  Hollow  Lane,  Sevenoaks. 
Easily  recognized  by  the  dimidiate  calyptra,  and  by  the  fruit  being 
more  developed  in  February  than  that  of  G.  pulvinata. 

Rhacomitrium  lanwp'nosum,  Brid.  Three  tufts  only  on  a  tiled 
shed,  Bedgebury,  near  Goudhurst,  W.  E.  N.  S  J.  S. 

Zygodon  viridissimiis  Brown,  var.  (3  rupestris  Lindb.  In  fruit 
near  Bessell's  Green. 

Ephemerum  serratuni  Hampe,  f3  any usti folium.  B.  &  S.  In  fruit 
abundantly  in  a  grassy  field  near  Ightham,  in  company  with  Weissia 
crispa  var.  aciculata  Mitt,  and  Fnnaria  fascicular  is  Schimp.  ;  Goud- 
hurst, IF.  E.  N.  d  J.  S.  —  E.  sessile  Rabenh.  Bedgebury  Wood, 
near  Goudhurst,  W.  E.  N.  d  J.  S, 

Funaria  ericetorum  Dixon.     Goudhurst,  in  several  places,  J.  S. 


182  THK  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANV 

Joyden's  Wood,  near  Bexley. — F.  fascicular  is  Dixon.  Frequent  on 
stony  grassy  fields  on  the  lower  greensand.  Goudhiirst,  in  several 
places,  ./.  iS'.     Near  Ightham,  abundantly;  near  Ide  Hill,  Cndliam. 

Brijnm  pseudutriqiietnim  Scliwaegr.  Keston  Common,  E.  George. 
Ightham,  E.  M.  H.     Goudhurst,  not  uncommon,  J.  S. 

Philunotis  capUlaris  Lindb.  Godden  Green,  near  Sevenoaks, 
E.  M.  H.  d  Mrs.  Holmes.  Bedgebury  Wood,  Goudhurst,  sparingly, 
with  male  tlowers,  W.  E.  A'.  S  J.  S. 

Fissideiis  virididus  Wahlenb.  Forest  Hill,  E.  George.  Seven- 
oaks,  E.  M.  H.  Goudhurst,  in  two  places,  J.  S.  —  F.  decipiens 
De  Not.  Godden  Green,  Sevenoaks.  Found  only  in  a  sterile  con- 
dition. —  F.  collinus  Mitt.  Kemsing.  This  plant,  which  grows 
amongst  grass  on  chalky  hill-sides,  is  regarded  by  Dixon  as  only  a 
form  of  F.  adiantoides  Hedw. 

Eurhynchium  striatulum  B.  &  S.  Basted  Hill,  near  Borough 
Green  and  Plaxtol,  rare  and  sterile.  —  F.  abbreciatum  Schimp. 
Plaxtol,  E.  M.  H.     Goudhurst,  in  three  places,  E.  S.  S.  d  J.  S. 

Plugiothecium  Borrerianiini  Spruce.  Rusthall,  Tunbridge  Wells, 
in  fruit,  J.  S.     The  fruit  is  very  rare. 

Ambli/stegiwn  protensum  Lindb.  Woods  near  Stone  Street,  Seven- 
oaks. This  plant  is  placed  by  Dixon  under  Hypnuni  stellatum  as 
var.  jS  protenmm  B.  &  S.  It  is,  hov,'ever,  very  distinct  in  habit 
from  that  moss.  It  was  growing  prostrate  on  boulders  of  greensand 
rock  in  a  wooded  valley,  and  grew  closely  adherent  to  the  stone. 


NOTES  ON  SHROPSHIRE  PLANTS. 

By   William  E.    Beckwith. 

[The  following  list  is  evidently  a  continuation  of  the  notes  by 
the  late  Mr.  W.  E.  Beckwith  which  appeared  in  this  Journal  for 
1881  and  1882,  and  carries  his  records  down  to  the  year  1889. 
The  manuscript  was  kindly  lent  by  Miss  Beckwith  for  the  use  of 
the  Committee  now  engaged  in  the  preliminary  work  of  the  pro- 
posed new  Flora  of  Shropshire,  and  has  been  copied  by  Mr. 
R.  de  G.  Benson. — W.  P.  Hamilton,  Ron.  Sec.  to  the  Committee.'] 

Ranunculus  Lingua  L.  By  Blackmere  and  Osmere  Meres,  near 
Whitchurch  ;  by  a  pool  near  Baschurch  Railway-station;  in  a  small 
pool  between  Hufley  and  Perril,  near  Shrewsbury,  but  which  is 
evidently  the  last  remains  of  an  extensive  piece  of  water ;  by 
Marton  Pool,  near  Chirbury;  ditches  on  Baggy  Moor,  near  Bagley. 
Rare,  except  by  large,  or  what  have  been  large,  pieces  of  water, 
or  in  wide  open  ditches.  —  JrL  parvijiorus  L.  Bridge  over  Great 
Western  Railway  west  of  Baschurch  Station.  A  rare  plant  in 
Shropshire.  —  ti.  arvensis  L.  Ploughed  fields  on  the  outskirts  of 
Wyre  Forest;  also  near  Cressage,  Harley,  Westbury,  Cruckton, 
and  Baschurch.     Not  common,  but  often  imported  with  seed-corn. 

Trollius  europmis  L.     Ditches  at  the  Hayes  near  Oswestry,  and 


NOTES  ON  SHROPSHIRE  PLANTS 


188 


in  grass -fields  near  Welsh  Frankton.     In  both  places  ifc  may  have 
escaped  from  gardens. 

Aquilcffia  vulgaris  L.  Plentiful  on  the  steep  right^  bank  of  the 
Mole  brook  below  the  village  of  Leighton,  but  the  varied  colours  of 
the  flowers  betray  its  garden  origin. 

Aconitum  yapellm  L.  Plentiful  by  the  river  Ledwytch,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Pouglimill  and  Caynham,  near  Ludlow. 

Berbeds  viilrjcuis  L.  Hedges  about  the  Sharpstones  Hill  and 
Monkmoor ;  by  the  river  Perry  near  Baschurch  ;  by  Westbury 
Railway-station;  Shawbury  (3/m  Kilvert). 

^ymphcBa  alba  L.  Pools  on  Shawbury  Heath  ;  Osmere  Mere  ; 
abundant  in  Sundorne  Pool. 

Nuphar  Uitea  Sm.    Osmere  Mere  ;  river  Perry,  above  Baschurch. 

Papaver  Argetuone  L.  Ploughed  fields  and  hedgebanks  near 
Buildwas  Abbey,  Baschurch,  and  Croesmere. 

Corydnlis  claviciilnta  DC.  On  Grinshill  Hill  and  Pirn  Hill;  in  a 
bog  near  Welshampton  ;  in  a  wood  near  Colemere  Mere. 

Brassica  nigra  Koch.  By  the  Severn  at  Cressage,  and  near 
Dawley  Church. 

Cardamine  amara  L.  By  the  Worfe,  from  Rindleford  to  its 
mouth ;  bogs  near  Arkoll  and  Lawrence  Hill ;  by  the  Severn  near 
Shelton,  Uffington,  Eaton  Constantine,  Cressage  and  Leighton,  and 
in  wet  places  in  woods  in  Leighton  parish ;  boggy  field  by  the  road 
from  Cressage  to  Cressage  Park  ;  by  river  Perry  near  Baschurch  ; 
brook  at  Harnage  ;  Manor  Pool,  Shifnal ;  Snow  Pool,  Dryton  ;  by 
the  river  Roden  below  Lee  Bridge.  —  C.  impatiens  L.  Helmuth, 
and  woods  above  Watling  Street,  between  Church  and  Little 
Stretton ;  plentiful. 

Arabis  perfoliate  Lam.  Lane  near  Moreton  Corbet.  Mr.  W. 
Beacall  has  found  it  in  hedges  at  the  Cliff,  and  Marton,  near  Bas- 
church. 

Barbarea  stricta  Andrz.  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker  considers  specimens 
from  by  the  stream  flowing  from  Cross  Houses  to  the  Severn,  and 
from  by  the  mill  on  the  Roden  at  Newton-on-Hine-Heath,  to  belong 
to  this  species. 

Cochlearia  danica  L.    Old  roofs  near  the  Smithfield,  Shrewsbury. 

Thiaspi  arvense  L.  Neaves  Castle,  Garmeston  and  Lye  Farm  in 
Leighton  parish ;  Cound  village  ;  plentiful  by  Lady  Oak  near  Cres- 
sage and  Belswardine  Hall ;  Fox  Farm  ;  Chilton. 

Teesdalia  nitdicaulis  Br.  Bank  above  Snow  Pool  near  Dryton  ; 
hedge  by  Hampton  Bank  near  EUesmere. 

Lepidium  Smithii  Hook.  Grinshill  Hill ;  Mary's  Dingle,  near 
Leighton;  by  a  chapel  on  Overley  Hill;  lane  near  Moreton  Corbet; 
frequent  on  the  Sharpstones  Hill,  near  Slirewsbury  ;  rather  common 
about  Church  Siretton. 

Coronopux  Ruellii  Gaertn.  On  the  roads  on  Kingsland  Shrews- 
bury, and  about  Albright  Lee,  Cross  Hill,  Harlescott  and  Betton 
near  that  town ;  lane  below  Eye  Farm  and  by  Leighton  Hall, 
Leighton  ;  below  Eaton  Constantine  Rectory ;  bridle  road  from 
Donnington  to  Beslow,  near  Wroxeter.  —  C.  didymus  Sm.  Left 
bank  of  Severn  opposite  Cherry  Orchard  ;  sent  me  in  1889  by  Mr. 


184 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


H.  Royle.     (Mr.  Beacall  records  this  frora  same  neighbourhood  in 
May,  1880.) 

Reseda  Luteola  L.  Wenlock  and  Haughmond  Abbeys ;  by 
Severn,  above  Cressage  and  near  Buildwas ;  limekilns  in  Farley 
Dingle  and  Iron  Bridge ;  near  Madeley  and  Coalport;  near  Cound, 
Caynham  Court,  Longville,  Eaton  Mascott,  Battlefield,  Harley,  and 
Oswestry  ;  abundant  around  Oakengates  on  old  pit-mounds. 

Helianthemum  viiJf/are  Gaertn.  Sent  me  by  Mr.  W.  Beacall  from 
Haughmond  Hill. 

Viola  palustris  L.  Blackmere  Mere,  near  Ellesmere;  boggy  field 
near  Hampton  Bank ;  Shawbnry  Park  Wood.  —  F.  hirta  L.  By 
roadsides  and  iu  wood  in  Farley  Dingle  and  near  Tickwood. — 
T^  lutea  Huds.  On  the  Longmynds  and  Caradoc,  near  Church 
Stretton. 

Drosera  rotund  (folia  L.  Wet  places  at  Hampton  Bank  and  Moss 
by  Swetmere,  near  Ellesmere  ;  plentiful  in  small  bogs  at  the  base 
of  the  Caradoc  ;  by  pools  on  Hoduet  Heath.  —  D.  anglica  Huds. 
^oggy  ground  at  Hampton  Bank,  on  Whixall  Moss. 

Silene  injiata  Sm.  Hedgebanks  at  Grindle,  near  Shifual;  abun- 
dant on  Wenlock  Edge,  Harley,  Cressage,  Charlton  Hill,  Betton, 
West  Felton,  Baschurch,  Grinshill,  Oswestry,  Ellesmere,  Cockshutt, 
Martou  near  Chirbury. 

Lychnis  Githago  Lam.  Plentiful  in  cornfields  near  Shifnal ; 
also  found  about  Shrewsbury,  Wroxeter,  Eaton  Constantine, 
Leighton,  and  Acton  Burnell.  Not  common,  but  often  imported 
with  clover-seed. 

Cerastium  guatenielluni  Feuzl.  Upon  Charlton  and  Broomhill 
and  near  Snow  Pool,  Wroxeter.  Mr.  H.  Auden  has  also  collected 
it  on  Pontesford  Hill.  —  C.  seniidecandnon  L.  High  Rock,  Bridg- 
north ;   by  foot-road  to  Rindleford. 

Stellariu  aijuaticn  Scop.  By  the  Severn,  near  Cressage,  Leigh- 
ton,  and  Bridgnorth  ;  in  its  old  bed  near  Salop  ;  Walford  Pool ;  by 
brooks  and  ditches  about  Minsterley,  Bomere  Farm,  and  abundant 
near  Betton  Pool ;  by  the  old  bed  of  the  Tern,  at  its  mouth;  by 
brook  at  Hanwood ;  Shelton  Rough ;  Baggy  Moor ;  Rodington  ; 
Kinnersley  ;  Attingham  Park ;  by  the  brook  at  Yockleton,  and 
river  Perry  at  Baschurch  ;  Stanwardine-in-the-fields.  —  -S'.  media 
With.  A  large  form  of  this,  which  Mr.  A.  Bennett  considers  to  be 
Hfglectit,  grows  in  a  wood  at  Pimley,  near  Uffington,  and  under  the 
High  Rock,  Bridgnorth. 

Sagina  nodosa  E.  Mey.  Frequent  about  canal  wharf  near 
Rednal  Station,  and  by  the  canal  at  Weston  LuUingfields. 

Spergularia  rubra  Fenzl.  Common  about  Bridgnorth ;  Snow 
Pool,  Wroxeter  ;  Shawbnry  Heath  ;  Cliff  Hill,  near  Nesscliffe  ;  by 
railway  near  Hodnet ;  bottom  of  Carding  Mill  Valley,  Church 
Stretton. 

Montia  jontana  L.  Plentiful  in  ditches  and  wet  places ;  by 
Bomere  Pool,  Osmere  Mere,  and  Newton  Mere ;  abundant  by  small 
streams  and  in  wet  places  on  the  Longmynds. 

Elatine  hexandra  DC.   Plentiful  in  Newton  Mere,  near  Ellesmere. 

Hypericum  AndroscBmum   L.     Hedges   near  Cressage  Park ;    iu 


NOTES  ON  SHROPSHIRE  PLANTS  185 

Willey  Park ;  wood  by  railway  below  Shinetou  ;  Hurst  Wood, 
Leigbton. — H.  huwifumni  L.  Charlton  Hill,  plentiful ;  Grinshill ; 
Hawkstoue  ;  round  Whixall  Mosj*,  and  about  Wyre  Forest ;  round 
Church  Stretton,  plentiful.  —  H.  inontanum  L.  Lane  near  East- 
hope,  on  Wenlock  Edge.  Very  rare.  —  H.  hirsutum  L.  About 
Leigbton,  Cressage  Park,  Harley,  Cound,  Hook-a-Gate,  Redhill, 
Condover;  near  Bridgnorth,  Linley,  Hughley,  Eaton  Coustantine  ; 
plentiful  about  Little  Wenlock ;  Coalport  and  Longville.  —  H. 
Elodes  L.  By  Oxon  Pool,  Shrawardine  Pool,  Snow  Pool,  at  Ber- 
rington,  and  on  Shawbury  Heath. 

Malva  moschata  L.  Cressage,  Cound,  Berrington,  Bomere  Pool, 
Longville,  Stokesay,  Minsterley,  Eaton  Constautine,  Arkoll  Hill, 
and  Charlton  Hill ;  about  Whitchurch,  Much  Wenlock,  and  Sharp- 
stones  Hill,  plentiful;  near  Walk  Mill,  Ali-Stretton. 

(jreraniuni.  pruteme  L.  By  the  Severn  at  Quatford,  Hughley, 
and  near  Dowles  ;  by  the  river  Roden  at  Stanton -on-Hine-Heath, 
and  Shawbury ;  by  brook  which  flows  into  the  Severn  by  Linley 
Railway-station.  —  G.  pi/renaicnm.  L.  By  the  chapel  at  Eaton 
Mascott ;  by  road  between  Cound  and  Cross  Houses ;  on  the 
Hermitage  Hill,  Bridgnorth,  and  by  the  Weir  Coppice,  Hanwood, 
and  near  Oxon.  —  (r.  pusilhtm,  L.  Charlton  Hill  and  by  Snow 
Pool,  Wroxeter.  —  G.  columbhuim  L.  About  Much  Wenlock, 
Munslow,  Kemberton,  Harley ;  by  Severn  above  Cressage ;  Prest- 
hope. — G,  iwidiim  L.  Longnor  and  Dorrington,  li.  M.  Serjeantson. 
Hermitage  Hill;  Hanwood;  Brointield ;  Ludlow  Castle.  —  G. 
sylvaticum  L.  Many  places  in  Wyre  Forest,  but  nowhere  plentiful. 
Erodium  ciciitarium  L'Herit.  Norton,  near  Wroxeter  ;  Cound 
Arbour  and  Cound  Stank  ;  Dryton  ;  Clitf  Hill,  Baschurch ;  Charlton 
Hill. 

Enonymus  europmis  L.  Woods  about  Buildwas  and  up  Farley 
Dingle  ;  Acton  Burnell ;  Shawbury,  by  the  Roden  ;  Chaiiton  Hill ; 
Cause  Castle  ;  Baschurch  ;  Minsterley  ;  Lee  Bridge  ;  Eaton  Mas- 
cott ;  Cound  Moor  ;  Cressage  ;  Apley  Park  ;  High  Rock  ;  Preston 
Boats;  Sharpstones  Hill ;  Red  Hill;  Hanwood;  Nobold ;  Oakley 
Park;  Poughmill ;  Yockleton ;  Cross  Hill ;  Plealey;  Shrawardine; 
Easthope. 

Rhainiuts  catharticus  L.  Woods  by  the  line  east  of  Baschurch 
Railway-station;  about  the  '' Yestalls,"  plentiful. — E.  Fnuu/iila  L. 
Baggy  Moor,  by  Limpit  Hill;  one  bush  (''in  fruit,"  IV.  Beacall)  ; 
Wyre  Forest,  plentiful ;  hedges  near  Rednal  Station  and  by  Croes- 
mere  Mere. 

Ult'x  nanus  Forst.  Shelve ;  thought  to  be  so  by  authorities  at 
Kew,  but  requires  further  investigation. 

Genista  anglica  L.  Sliawbury  Heatii ;  small  bog  by  Sharpstones 
Hill. — G.  tinctoria  L.  About  Sundorne  ;  Much  Wenlock  ;  Eaton 
Constantine  ;  Golding ;  Battlefield  ;  abundant  near  Longville, 
Kenley,  Hughley,  and  Easthope. 

Ononis  spinosa  L.  Hadnal  Ease  ;  Under  Wenlock  Edge  ;  near 
Harley  ;  by  Leigbton  Hall. 

Melilotiis  arvensls  Wallr.  Sides  of  railway  by  Buildwas  ;  on 
Kingslaud  ;  m  clover-fields  at  Dorrington  ;  Wroxeter. 

Journal  OF  Botany. — Vol,  39.      [May,  1901.J  p 


186  THK    JOTRNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Anthyllis  VnJneraria  L.     Wenlock  Edge,  near  Presthope. 

Trifolium  striatum  L.  Ranslett  (?)  Diugle,  right  bank  of  brook. 
— T.  hi/hrpliim  L.  Red  Hill;  Eaton  Constanrine,  sown  with  clover 
and  rve-grass.  —  T.  arvense  L.  Rock-hole  at  Rusliton ;  Grinshill; 
Shawbdry;  rock-hole  by  Baschurch ;  near  Hodnec.  ('' Hodnet 
Heath,"  BeaccU.) 

A.straf^ahis  fih/ci/phyllus  L.  Rhidleford  Bridge,  below  the  mill ; 
back  of  liirch  Pool. 

Ornithopus  perpusillus  L.  Hawkstone  Park  ;  Nesscliffe  ;  Grins- 
hill;  The  Cliff;  Sharpstones ;  abundant  on  Longmynds. 

Vicia  tetrasperma  Moench.  Hawkstone  Park,  and  about  Weston, 
Gound,  Cressage,  Upton  Magna,  and  Ludlow.  —  V.  sylvatica  L. 
Wood  by  railway  below  Shiueton ;  woods  east  of  railway  between 
Church  and  Little  Stretton. 

Latliyrus  hitifolius  L.  Rock-hole  by  railway  west  of  Baschurch 
Station. — L.  syivt^stns  L.  Shelton  Rough. — L.  wacrorrhiza  Wimm. 
Welshampton  ;  Farley  Dingle,  plentiful. 

Prunns  insititia  L.  By  Severn  above  Cressage  ;  Beslow  ;  Eaton 
CoDstantine  Glebe. — P.  avium  L.  Sharpstones  Hill;  Oteley  Park; 
near  Wem  ;  BettonWood;  Upper  Mill,  Leighton  ;  near  Westbury; 
Linley ;  Henged,  near  Oswestry ;  by  Grove,  Leighton,  and  near 
Buildwas  Church.  —  P.  Padua  L.  Moreton  Corbet;  Shawbury; 
hedges  near  Prees  ;  by  the  Perry  about  Baschurch ;  plentiful  about 
Henged,  Whittington,  and  Halston. 

Spircea  salicifolia  L.  By  roadside  near  Nesscliffe  (Leighton's 
Flora).  No  claim  to  be  wild,  as  the  late  MissL.  H.  Jenkins  planted 
it  there.  —  S.  Filipendtda  L.  Bushy  rough  ground  by  Olympian 
field,  Much  Wenlock. 

Sanguisorba  officinalis  L.  Meadows  by  small  brook  above  Cruck- 
ton  Hall. 

Poteriiim  Sanguisorba  Ij.  Farley  Dingle;  Tickwood;  Buildwas; 
plentiful  on  Wenlock  Edge. 

AlchemiUa  vulgaris  L.  Stokesay  ;  Much  Wenlock  ;  Little  Wen- 
lock ;  West  Frankton,  plentiful ;  ArkoU ;  Charlton  and  Newton 
Hills  ;  Cantlop  Mill ;  Farley  Dingle  ;  Church  Stretton  ;  Oswestry  ; 
Baschurch  ;  Oakley  Park  ;  Leighton  ;   Shawbury  Park. 

Potentilla  argentea  L.  Haughmond  Hill,  by  Downton  ;  Sharp- 
stones Hill. — P,  Comarum  Nestl.  WhixallMoss;  Grinshill;  Shaw- 
bury Heath  ;  Osmere  Mere  ;  Oxon  Pool ;  Shrawardine  Pool,  abun- 
dant ;  Weeping  Cross  Bog ;  Longville ;  Hufley ;  Marton  Pool,  by 
Chirbury. 

Geum  rivale  L.  Brook  below  Lumhole  Pool ;  foot  of  Charlton 
Hill ;  by  Roden  at  Newton,  plentiful ;  Perry,  above  Milford ;  old 
bed  of  Severn  at  Halston,  plentiful ;  Wilfield ;  Shawbury ;  Shaw- 
bury Park,  plentiful ;  Holdgate  (yir.  Bcacall).  —  G.  intermedium. 
In  several  places  by  streams  about  Halston,  near  Whittington. 

Pyrus  torminalis  Ehrh.  Farley  Diugle,  Tickwood  Hall,  Black- 
firs  (?) ;  one  large  tree,  dingle  below  Neaves  Castle. — P.  Aucuparia 
Gaertn.  Woods  above  Buildwas,  and  in  Farley  Dingle ;  hills  and 
bogs. 

[The  MS.  ends  here.] 


187 


SHORT    NOTES. 

Impatiens  Roylei.  —  Last  year  we  found  this  plant  growing  in 
thousands  and  in  the  greatest  luxuriance  along  some  two  miles  of 
the  uppermost  course  of  the  East  Looe  River  (there  only  from  four 
to  eight  feet  in  width),  between  Coombe  Gate  and  Moorswater, 
Cornwall.  I  notice  that  it  has  been  called  "  a  cumbersome  and 
weedy  thing ;  "  but,  growing  in  the  soft  warm  south-west,  with  the 
base  of  its  stem  in  the  clear  running  stream,  it  is  a  magnificent 
plant,  5-7  ft.  or  more  in  height,  stalwart,  with  a  stem  from  1  to 
1|  in.  in  diameter  just  above  the  surface  of  the  water,  erect, 
symmetrical  in  shape,  with  numerous  aggregations  of  blossom, 
the  central  mass  as  big  as  a  man's  head,  and  those  terminating  all 
the  principal  lateral  branches,  though  smaller  still  most  striking — 
masses  of  bloom  varying  on  different  plants  through  a  dozen  lovely 
shades  of  colour  from  the  very  palest  pink  imaginable  to  the  deepest 
claret-colour,  and  with  a  profusion  of  large,  elegant,  dark  green, 
lanceolate  leaves,  some  of  them  fully  15  in.  in  length.  Stunted 
specimens  of  this  Balsam  are  common  in  Cornwall  in  orchards  and 
cottage  gardens;  but  in  the  Upper  Looe  River  the  plant  has  become 
thoroughly  naturalized,  and  I  have  never  seen  it  quite  as  fine  even 
in  its  native  habitats. — A.  0.  Hume. 

LoNicERA  Xylosteum  IN  Kent. — At  the  end  of  May  last  I  saw  a 
large  bush  of  Lonicera  Xylosteum  on  a  hedge-bank  in  a  tane  not  far 
from  Keston  Church,  Kent,  The  Flora  of  Kmt  does  not  mention 
the  species  as  occurring  in  the  county. — W.  H.  Griffin. 

Camptothecium  nitens  in  Worcestershire.  —  My  esteemed  co- 
worker in  the  moss-flora  of  Worcestershire,  Mr.  E.  Cleminshaw, 
M.A.,  has  recently  found  this  rare  moss  in  a  marshy  spot  in  the 
Clent  district,  where  I  have  since  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing  it. 
This  is  a  somewhat  unexpected  moss  for  the  midlands. — J.  E. 
Bagnall. 

Leptodontium  recurvifolium  in  Ireland. — This  fine  moss,  which 
was  first  found  by  Dr.  Tavlor  in  1842  on  Knockavohila,  a  mountain 
between  Kenmare  and  Killarney,  in  Co.  Kerry,  is  stated  by  Dr. 
Braithwaite  and  Mr.  Dixon  to  be  extinct  in  the  locality.  It  is 
therefore  interesting  to  mention  that  it  was  rediscovered  by  the  Rev. 
C.  H.  Binstead  in  1896  at  Connor  Hill  Pass  and  on  Brandon 
Mountain,  both  in  Co.  Kerry  ;  and  by  myself  in  1898  at  Coomanard 
Loughs,  which  are  situated  in  a  remote  and  wild  deep  glen  two 
miles  north-east  of  Connor  Hill  Pass. — H.  W.  Lett. 


188  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS.* 

Annalii  of  Botitny  (March).  —  A.  G.  Tausley  &  E.  Chick,  'Con- 
ducting Tissue-System  in  Bryophyta '  (2  pi.).  —  E.  A.  N.  Arber, 
'  Effect  of  Salts  on  assimilation  of  carbon  dioxide  in  Vlca  latissima.' 
— D.  T.  Gwynue-Vauglian,  'Anatomy  of  Loxsnma'  (1  pi.).  —  W. 
Watson,  'Germination  of  seeds  of  Bertholettid  '  (2  p\.). — D.  H. 
Campbell,  *  Embryo-sac  of  Pepe^-onda  '  (1  pi.).  —  R.  H.  Bififen, 
'Biology  of  Bulgaria  poh/niorpha'  (1  pi.).  —  E.  C.  Jeffrey,  -Infra- 
nodal  organs  in  Calamites  and  Dicotyledons  '  (2  pi.). — B.  M.  Davis, 
•Nuclear  studies  on  P^///a '  (2  pi.).  —  I.  H.  Burkill,  'Ovary  of 
Parnasda  palustris.' 

Bot.  Gazette  (16  March;  received  10  April).  —  H.  C.  Cowles, 
'Physiographic  Ecology  of  Chicago'  (concl.).  —  M.  L.  Fernald, 
'  Nomenclatorial  Principles.'  —  J.  W.  Harshberger,  '  Feeding  Plas- 
modia of  FuUgo.* 

Bot.  Notiser  (haft  2  ;  1  April). — T.  Hedlund,  '  Ora  Ribes  nibnim.' 
— R.  Sernander,  '  Om  de  buskartade  lafvarnes  Lapterer.' — L.  P.  ii. 
Matsson,  Rosa  caryoplu/llacea. 

Bull,  de  VHerb.  Boissier  (31  March). — C.  de  Candolle.  '  PiperacesB 
et  Meliaceae  brasilienses  a  cl.  W.  Schwacke  lectre.'  — 0.  &  B.  Fedt- 
schenko,  '  Flore  de  la  Crim^e  '  (cont.). — R.  Chodat,  '  PlantaB  Hass- 
lerianae'  (Paraguay). 

Bull.  Torreij  Bot.  CI  lib  (27  March). — A.  Eastwood,  •  Nemophilas 
from  Pacific  Coast '  (6  pi.).  —  M.  A.  Howe,  '  Uicci<(  Bei/richiana  & 
R.  dictyospora.' — E.  P.  Bicknell,  '  Teucrium  in  E.  United  States.' — 
P.  A.  Rydberg,  '  PotentillecB.' 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (30  March).  —  C.  T.  Druery,  '  Fern  phe- 
nomena discovered  in  19th  century.' 

Journal  de  Botanique  ("  Novembre  1900"  ;  received  30  March). 
— C.  Sauvageau,  •  Les  Sphacelariacees '  (cont.).  —  A.  de  Coincy, 
'  Especes  critiques  du  genre  Ischium  '  (concl.).  —  Ph.  van  Tieghem, 
'  Sur  les  Dicotyl6dones  du  groupe  des  Homoxyl^es '  (cont.). 

Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  (Bot.)  xxxv.  no.  242  (1  April). — A.  L.  Smith, 
'  Fungi  from  West  Indies  '  (3  pL). — I.  H.  Burkill,  '  Flora  of  Vavau.' 
— G.  C.  Druce,  '  British  species  of  Sea-Thrifts  and  Sea-Lavenders.' 
'  Oesterr.  Bot.  Z e itschrift  {A^ril). — F.  Pax,  '  Neue  Pflanzenformen 
aus  den  Karpathen."  —  A.  V.  Schiftner,  •  Zur  Flora  von  Madeira, 
Tenerififa,  und  Grand-Cauaria '  {Hepaticce).  —  A.  Waisbecker.  '  Zur 
Flora  des  Eisenburger  Comitats.'  —  H.  Freilach,  'Anatomie  des 
Blattes  von  Sanseviera.' 

Rhodora  (April).  —  M.  A.  Day,  '  Herbaria  of  New  England.' — 
C.  S.  Sargent,  '  CrattEgus  from  Montreal.'  —  G.  P.  Clinton,  'New 
Smuts  on  Eriocaulon.' — E.  L.  Greene,  Eupatorium  boreale^  sp.  u. 

•  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  ol 
publication. 


189 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Lianean  Society  on  April  4th,  1901, 
Mr.  W.  B.  Heinsley  exhibited  specimens  of  Sapium  and  Hei-ea  and 
Ca^tilloa,  with  a  view  to  clear  up  certain  questions  concerning  the 
Rubber-trees,  by  examining  a  large  series  of  plants  and  seeds 
forwarded  by  Mr.  Jenman,  Government  Botanist  in  British  Guiana. 
The  genus  Hevm  included  ten  or  a  dozen  described  species  in- 
habiting eastern  tropical  South  America,  but  none  in  the  West 
Indies.  Hevea  brasi  liens  is,  the  source  of  the  true  Pard  rubber, 
is  not  very  different  from  Hevea  ijuianensis,  which  is  restricted 
to  French  Guiana,  the  differences  between  them  being  shown  in 
the  figures  given  of  the  floral  structure  and  seeds  in  Hooker's 
Icones  PInntarum,  plates  2570-2577.  It  was  formerly  supposed 
that  two  species  of  Hevea  might  be  distinguished  in  British 
Guiana,  one  {Hevea  pauciflora)  having  thin  leaves  and  a  hairy 
ovary,  the  other  thick  coriaceous  leaves  and  a  glabrous  ovary  ; 
but,  after  examining  a  large  number  of  specimens,  Mr.  Hemsley 
had  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  differences  were  not  constant, 
and  that  all  the  specimens  exhibited  might  belong  to  one  spe- 
cies, and  merely  represented  individual  variation.  The  exhibition 
demonstrated  the  difficulty  of  determining  species  of  Hevea  from 
imperfect  specimens,  and  especially  from  seeds  alone.  A  paper 
was  read  by  Messrs.  W.  B.  Hemsley  and  H.  H.  Pearson.  "  On  a 
Small  Collection  of  Dried  Plants  made  by  Sir  Martin  Conway  in 
the  BoHvian  Andes  in  1898-99."  This  collection  contained  but 
forty-six  species,  but  these  were  of  special  interest  from  the  great 
height  at  which  they  were  found,  /.  f.  between  18,000  ft.  and 
18,700  ft.  above  sea-level.  The  highest  Andine  plants  on  record 
were  stated  to  be  Mah-astruiu  jiabel latum  Wedd.,  and  a  grass,  Dey- 
eiixia  glacialis  Wedd. 

Dr.  E.  L.  Greene  publishes,  in  the  Catholic  Uyiiversitij  Bulletin 
of  Washington  for  April,  a  severe  criticism  of  "Some  Literary 
Aspects  of  American  Botany."  "  It  would  be  extreme  to  say  that, 
from  the  literary  point  of  view,  the  condition  of  American  botany 
has  been  retrograding  somewhat  rapidly  for  ten  or  a  dozen  years 
past,  and  is  in  a  state  which  I  am  sure  the  forefathers  of  our 
Science  in  this  country,  the  good  men  of  sixty  and  of  thirty  years 
ago,  would  think  of  as  deplorable  ;  and  they  would  be  right." 
Dr.  Greene,  we  think,  weakens  his  case  by  the  strength  of  his 
language,  and  by  a  certain  vein  of  hypercriticism  which  pervades 
his  paper ;  but  he  has  written  an  interesting  essay  (to  be  followed, 
we  gather,  by  others  on  the  same  subject),  to  which  we  may  take 
occasion  to  recur. 

We  have  received  a  circular  with  reference  to  the  formation  of 
a  new  society,  to  be  called  the  International  Botanical  Association, 
which  is  to  be  inaugurated  at  a  meeting  to  be  held  in  the  botanical 
laboratory  of  the  University  of  Geneva  on  the  7th  of  August. 
'•  The  chief  object  of  the  Association  will  be  the  foundation  of  a 
bibliographic  periodical  criticising  in  a  perfectly  impartial  manner 


190 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


all  botanical  publicatious  in  such  a  way  that  the  important  be 
separated  from  the  less  so.  It  will  not-— as  some  periodicals  do — 
devote  page  after  page  to  pubUcations  of  questionable  value,  while 
most  important  works  are  put  off  with  two  or  three  lines  or  even 
not  mentioned  at  all.  The  criticisms  will — at  the  desire  of  the 
contributors — be  published  in  engiish,  frencb  or  german.  All 
will  be  submitted  to  the  judgment  of  au  editor  nominated  by  the 
Association  and  responsible  to  it.  Under  no  circumstances  the 
membership  will  cost  more  than  25s.,  including  the  gratis  delivery 
of  the  periodical."  Dr.  J.  P.  Lotsy,  Wageningen,  Holland,  receives 
applications  for  membership. 

The  Botanical  Gazette  for  March  contains  a  detailed  and  very 
trenchant  criticism  of  '•  Some  Recent  Publications  and  the  Nomen- 
clatorial  Principles  they  represent,"  from  the  pen  of  Mr.  M.  L. 
Fernald.  It  is  based  on  Mr.  Heller's  recent  Cittalofjue  of  North 
American  Plants,  to  the  methods  of  which  we  took  exception  on 
p.  119,  but  deals  unsparingly  with  the  "  Rochester  Code,"  and  the 
results  of  its  application.  Mr.  Fernald  advocates  the  adoption  of 
the  Berlin  rule  for  generic  names,  and  "  the  so-called  Kew  rule  of 
retaining  the  first  specific  name  used  under  the  accepted  genus." 

Messrs.  Roscoe  Pound  and  F.  E.  Clements  have  issued  a  hand- 
some volume  on  the  Phytor/fOf/raphy  of  Xehraska,  embodying  a 
general  survey  of  "  the  result  of  nearly  five  years  of  active  study 
of  the  floral  covering  of  Nebraska,  carried  on  by  members  of  the 
Botanical  Seminar  in  the  Botanical  Survey  of  the  State :  "  it  is 
"  published  by  the  Seminar  "  at  Lincoln,  Neb.  The  first  edition 
of  the  work  was  issued  in  1897,  but  the  greater  part  of  it  was  de- 
stroyed by  fire.  The  work  is  of  course  mainly  of  local  interest, 
but  is  very  comprehensive  ;  the  table  of  contents  occupies  four 
pages  of  small  print,  the  main  division  being  into  five  chapters — 
I.  Physiognomy  and  Climatology;  II.  Statistics  and  Regional 
Limitations ;  III.  The  Vegetation-Forms  of  the  Flora ;  IV.  The 
Ecological  and  Biological  Relations  of  the  Natural  Groups ; 
V.  The  Plant  Formations  :  these  headings,  however,  give  no 
adequate  idea  of  the  amount  and  varied  interest  of  the  information 
contained  in  the  volume.  There  is  a  very  complete  and  rather 
extravagantly  printed  index  of  the  plants  referred  to  ;  the  nomen- 
clature is  that  of  Britton  and  Brown's  Illastrate'l  Flora,  and  the 
objectionable  innovation  of  trinominals  is  adopted.  The  conve- 
nience of  the  book  for  purposes  of  reference  is  greatly  impaired  by 
the  absence  of  italics  for  the  names  of  plants,  the  whole  text  being 
printed  in  excellent  but  uniform  type;  the  inconvenience  is  inten- 
sified by  the  spelling  of  all  specific  names  with  a  small  initial  letter. 

Under  the  auspices  of  the  Scliweiz.  botanisch.  Gesell.-chaft,  the 
elements  of  a  great  work  on  the  Cryptogamic  Flora  of  Switzerland 
are  in  course  of  publication.  The  composition  of  the  several  treatises 
being  entrusted  to  acknowledged  ex})erts,  the  completed  work  is  likely 
to  be  of  au  exhaustive  character.  We  have  just  received  the  second 
part  of  the  first  volume  — Die  Farnkrdiiter  der  Schweiz,  by  H.  Christ 
(Bern  :  K.  J.  Wyss.  1900.  Pp.  189  ;  28  figures  in  the  text.  Price 
i  francs) — which  is  a  monograph  of  all  the  vascular  cryptogams  of 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  191 

the  country,  with  the  exception  of  Equisetum,  Lycopodiiim,  Isoetes, 
and  Selafjinella,  an  adequate  census  of  which  has  not  yet  been 
made.  i)r.  Christ's  contribution  is  divisible  into  three  portions — a 
lengtliy  introduction,  a  handy  key  to  the  genera  and  sptcies,  aud  a 
systematic  arrangement  of  the  phiuts.  In  this  last  we  tind  23 
gener.i,  53  species,  119  varieties  and  subvarieties,  some  19  hybrids, 
and  25  sports — a  precision  of  treatment  which  mdicates  the  exhaus- 
tive manner  iu  whicli  tlie  author  has  dischar^'ed  his  task.  Inter- 
spersed are  plenty  of  critical  notes  and  records  of  the  distribution 
at  home  and  abroad.  The  introduction  atibrds  much  attractive 
reading  on  such  matters  as  the  existing  collections  of  dried  ferns 
in  Switzerland  and  the  published  literature ;  the  variation  and 
hybridization  of  the  species ;  the  iufluence  of  locality,  soil,  and 
altitude;  plant-associations,  geographical  distribution,  and  so  forth. 

William  Hodgson,  who  died  at  Workington,  Cumberland,  on 
March  27,  was  born  at  Raughtonhead  Hill,  near  Dalstou,  in  the 
same  county,  on  April  7,  1824.  At  the  age  of  seventeen  he  became 
parish  schoolmaster  at  Watermillock,  and  later  tilled  with  much 
success  a  similar  post  at  Aspatria.  He  was  active  in  local  politics 
in  the  Liberal  interest,  and  in  other  ways  was  a  useful  member  of 
the  community.  From  a  very  early  period  Hodgson  was  interested 
in  botany,  and,  largely  owing  to  the  encouragement  of  Mr.  J.  G. 
Baker,  published  in  1898  a  Flora  of  Cumbedand,  which  was  noticed 
at  some  length  in  this  Journal  for  1899  (pp.  184-6).  At  the  time 
of  his  death  he  was  engaged  on  an  account  of  Cumberland  plants 
for  the  "Victoria  History  "  of  the  Enghsh  counties.  He  was  elected 
an  Associate  of  the  Linnean  Society  in  1884. 

Dr.  Peter  Cormack  Sutherland,  who  was  prematurely  included 
in  the  Biographical  List  of  BritisJi  Botanists,  died  at  Durban,  Natal, 
on  the  30th  of  last  November.  He  was  born  at  Latheron,  Caith- 
ness, in  1822,  and  graduated  at  Aberdeen  in  his  twenty-fifth  year. 
In  1850-1  he  went  on  the  expedition  in  search  of  Franklin,  and 
published  a  Journal  of  his  voyage  in  1852.  In  1853  he  went  to 
the  colony  of  Natal,  where  he  shortly  became  Government  Geolo- 
gist and  (in  1855)  Surveyor-General,  a  post  which  he  held  until  his 
retirement  in  1887.  In  Harvey's  Flora  Capensis  he  is  mentioned 
as  having  sent  "  small  but  carefully  selected  collections  made  in 
various  parts  of  his  district  during  hasty  professional  visits ;  in  one 
of  which  expeditions  he  discovered  Greijia  Sutherlandi,  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  of  South-east  African  shrubs."  According  to  the 
Gardeners'  Chronicle,  in  which  a  fuller  account  of  Sutherland  is 
given,  he  "■  had  the  honour  of  initiating  into  the  ways  and  customs 
of  South  African  life  "  Mr.  Cecil  Rhodes,  who  resided  with  him  for 
several  months  iu  1871,  "before  entering  upon  his  great  mission 
in  life."   Sutherland  does  not  seem  to  have  done  any  botany  after  this. 

We  take  the  following  notice  of  Mr.  Arthur  Coppen  Jones,  who 
died  at  Davos  Platz  on  March  8th,  from  the  British  Medical 
Journal  for  March  30  (p.  806)  :— 

"  Mr.  Coppen  Jones  was  born  in  London  thirty-five  years  ago. 
He  studied  at  the  Royal  School  of  Mines,  where  he  won  the  Forbes 
prize.     He  had  been  intended  for  a  life  of  pure  science,  and  he 


192  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

worked  at  comparative  anatomy  under  Huxley.  But  his  health 
broke  down  when  he  was  about  twenty,  and  he  went  to  Davos  on 
account,  of  })uhnonary  tubercle,  which  after  some  years  healed,  and 
never  troubled  him  again.  In  the  meantime  he  had  taken  up  the 
study  of  bacteriology  under  Koch  at  Berlin.  The  medical  men  of 
Davos  were  not  slow  to  avail  themselves  of  his  service  for  bacterio- 
logical work  and  chemical  examinations.  In  the  course  of  his 
extensive  work  in  this  direction,  the  occurrence  of  branched  forms 
of  the  tubercle  bacillus  and  the  occasional  presence  of  club-shaped 
bodies  suggested  a  relationship  with  actinomydes.  To  test  this  view 
he  worked  in  some  of  the  pathological  laboratories  of  Germany. 
The  outcome  of  his  researches  was  embodied  in  a  paper  in  the 
Centralblatt  filr  Baktefioloijie,  1895,  Nos.  1  to  3.  He  advanced 
reasons  for  regarding  the  tubercle  bacillus  as  a  mould  of  fungus 
[sic]  instead  of  as  a  bacterium,  and  in  a  later  paper  suggested 
the  name  *  tuberculomyces.'  The  well-deserved  recognition  on 
the  part  of  German  bacteriologists  of  this  careful  piece  of  work 
stimulated  Jones  to  further  exertions.  But  he  overtaxed  his 
strength.  While  he  was  working  in  Zurich  in  189G,  symptoms  of 
vesical  tuberculosis  appeared.  Tliis  distressing  ailment  more  than 
once  seemed  likely  to  become  quiescent,  as  the  same  disease  in  the 
lung  had  previously  done ;  but  the  restless  energy  of  tiie  patient 
and  his  devotion  to  work  led  again  and  again  to  fresh  outbursts  of 
activity.  In  spite  of  the  great  handicap  such  an  illness  inflicted, 
Jones  translated  Fischer's  Structure  ami  Function  of  Bacteria  for  the 
Clarendon  Press.  Tlie  translation,  which  appeared  a  few  months 
ago,  was  very  favourably  received.  Coppen  Jones  was  a  man  of 
sterling  worth,  honest  and  painstaking  in  everything  he  did,  and 
withal  a  good  fellow." 

Charlotte  Mary  Yonge.  the  well-known  Anglican  writer,  to 
whose  list  of  Hampshire  (Hursley  and  Otterbouriie)  plants  reference 
was  made  on  p.  79,  died  at  Otterbourne  (where  she  was  born  on 
Aug.  11,  1827)  on  the  24th  of  March.  Although  not  a  botanist, 
Miss  Yonge  had  much  affection  for  and  some  knowledge  of  plants. 
The  Herb  i>f  the  Field,  which  first  appeared  in  a  little  magazine 
then  under  Miss  Yonge's  editorship,  was  printed  as  a  volume  in 
1853,  and  again  in  1858  ;  it  is  a  pleasant  little  book,  in  the  style  of 
which  Miss  Anne  Pratt  was  a  better  known  exponent.  She  also 
supplied  the  letterpress  for  a  folio  volume  of  plates  (first  printed 
abroad),  entitled  Lessons  from  the  Vegetable  Kingdom  ;  this  was  first 
published  in  Edinburgh  in  1857,  and  went  through  several  editions. 

The  Daily  ^ews  has  been  indulging  in  botany,  with  the  usual 
result.  From  its  columns  (April  17)  we  learn  that  "botanists 
regard  the  beautiful  rambling  hedge  rose  of  our  country  lanes  as 
the  original  stock  whence  all  the  delightful  varieties  of  the  double 
roses  of  our  gardens  sprang."  We  are  also  told  that  "railway 
travellers  often  mistake"  the  "yellow  grouping"  of  the  lesser 
celandine  "  for  another  gold  dainty  of  early  spriug,  the  gorse," 
and  that  "  the  elegant  snowdrop  grows  in  gleaming  tufts  in  every 
hollow  "  ;  and  so  on. 


-.     rf^^^S 


198 


LIMONIUM    LYCHNIDIFOLIUM   var.    COEYMBOSUM. 

By  C.  E.   Salmon. 

(Plate  422.) 

Last  August,  as  announced  in  this  Journal  for  1900,  p.  483, 
Mr.  0.  R.  P.  Andrews  discovered  this  plant  in  Alderney,  where  he 
found  it  growing  sparingly  on  low  rocks  by  the  sea,  in  company 
with  FAmcndum,  occidentale.  This  is  a  new  record  for  the  Channel 
Island  Flora,  although  it  is  known  to  occur  in  many  places  on  the 
west  coast  of  France,  and  also  in  Normandy ;  and  it  is  possible 
that  this  striking  and  distinct-looking  plant  may  be  found  in  Great 
Britain  itself. 

I  have  followed  Dr.  Kuntze  in  adopting  the  earlier  name 
Limonium  for  the  genus  which  appears  in  our  books  as  Statice. 
The  synonymy  of  the  plant  under  description  is  as  follows  : — 

Limonium  lychnidifolium  0.  Kuntze,  Rev.  Gen.  Plant,  ii.  395 
(1891). 
Statice  auHcidcc-ursifoUa  Pourr.  in  Act.  Acad.  Toul.  iii.  330 

(1788),  pro  parte. 
8.  auricuUefolia  Benth.  Cat.  PI.  Pyren.  123  (1826)  pro  parte 

et  auct.  pi.,  non  Vahl. 
S.  lychnidi folia  Girard  in  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  ser.  2,  xvii.  18  (1842). 

var.  CORYMBOSUM. 

8.  lychnidifolia  /J  conjmbosa  Boiss.  in  DC.  Prodr.  xii.  647 
(1848). 

Girard' s  original  description  of  his  lychnidifolia  (omitting  for 
the  present  Pourret's  plant)  was  published  in  1842,  and  may  be 
translated  :  "  Leaves  more  or  less  obovate,  rather  broadly  acuminate, 
scurfy-pulverulent ;  lowest  >icale  of  the  scape  often  differing  from 
the  upper  ;  branches  stiffly  erect,  distichous  ;  spikes  erecto-spreading, 
subcongested,  rather  dense  ;  inner  bract  exceeding  the  outer  three 
times-'';  calyx  very  obtusely  5-lobed;  reproductive  organs  exserted; 
anthers  oblong." 

In  the  long  and  careful  account  which  follows,  Girard  further 
distinguishes  his  plant.  I  give  what  seem  to  be  the  most  valuable 
specific  characters  in  condensed  form  : — Plant  6-18  in.  high ;  rather 
robust.  Root  stout,  woody.  Leaves  2-4  in.  long  or  more,  ^-1  in. 
wide,  more  or  less  obovate,  sometimes  subrotund  or  obovate- 
lanceolate,  rather  broadly  acuminate,  subacute  (usually  tapering 
to  an  obtuse  point);  apiculate  (or  not);  scaly;  glaucous;  petiole 
2-41  lines  wide,  longer  (or  shorter)  than  the  blade  ;^  5-9-veined. 
Scape  (tapering  from  base)  branched  in  its  upper  third  (oi*  in  its 
upper  half).  Scales  usually  varying  in  shape  ;  the  lowest  foliaceous, 
|-1|  in.  long,  1-6  lines  wide,  the  others  smaller  (and  decreasing  to) 
2-3"hnes  long^  2  hnes  wide,  ovate-triangular,  acuminate,  with  a 


*  Probably  by  a  printer's  error,  the  words  "  inner  "  and  "  outer  "  have  their 
positions  reversed  in  his  original  description. 

Journal  OF  Botany.— Vol.  39.   [June,  1901.]        p 


194  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

scarious  margin.  Branches  stiffly  erect,  1-3  in.  long  (lowest  ones, 
with  spike,  2^-3  in.  long) ;  (panicle  broadest  about  the  middle) ;  (no 
sterile  lower  branches).  Spikes  i-l  in.  long,  dense-flowered, 
spreading,  at  first  straight,  then  recurved.  Spikelets  2-4-  (3-5-) 
flowered  ;  not  congested.  Outer  and  middle  bracts  §-1^  lines  long. 
Inner  bract  2^-2^  lines  long ;  3  (2^-2^-)  times  longer  than  the  outer 
bract,  Bracteoles  (1-3  in  each  spikelet)  a  little  shorter  than  inner 
bract,  frayed  at  the  apex,  (slightly  gibbous).  Calyx  with  very 
obtuse  short  subrotund  lobes ;  tube  rather  hairy  ;  (teeth  of  veins 
short,  broad-based,  acute ;  veins  usually  hairy,  more  copiously  so 
near  base,  occasionally  half-way  up  teeth). 

I  have  added  in  brackets  certain  variations  from  and  additions 
to  Girard's  description  ;  these  are  the  results  of  an  examination  of 
an  undoubted  example  of  I ijchnidi folium,  in  Herb.  Brit.  Mus.  collected 
by  Companyo  in  1852  near  Perpignan  and  Sainte-Lucie  (Aude). 
(Fl.  Gall,  et  Germ.  Exsicc.  C.  Billot.     No.  1053). 

The  variety  corymbosum  was  first  described  (under  Statice 
lychnidifolia  Gir.)  by  E.  Boissier  in  De  Candolle's  Prodromus  in 
1848,  where  we  find  this  diagnosis: — " /?.  corymbosa,  panicula 
minus  ramosa  confertiore  ramorum  inferiorum  elongatione  sub- 
corymbosa." 

A  close  examination  of  Mr.  Andrews's  plant,  which  is,  I  think, 
best  placed  under  this  variety,  gives  the  following  further  points  of 
difference  from  true  lyclinidifoUam : — Plant  8-10  in.  high.  Scape 
branched  below  the  middle,  often  from  quite  close  to  its  base. 
Branches  (lowest)  very  long,  3-4f  in.  with  spike,  forming  a  broad 
panicle  usually  broadest  above  the  middle  and  so  rather  corymbose  ; 
very  rarely  1-2  sterile  lower  branches.  Spikes  \-l  in.  long.  Spike- 
lets  1-2-flowered,  usually  2.  (Jute)-  bract  l|-li  lines  long.  Inner 
bract  2^  lines  long,  scarcely  twice  as  long  as  outer.  Bracteoles  1  in 
each  spikelet  (or  0  in  the  1 -flowered  spikelets),  strongly  gibbous. 

L.  lychnidlfolinm  and  its  var.  corymbosum  may  be  distinguished 
from  our  other  British  species  as  follows  : — 

L.  occidentale  0.  Kuntze  (Statice  occidentalis  Lloyd)  is  a  more 
slender  plant  with  lanceolate- spathulate  and  smaller  leaves  (never 
so  broad),  1-3- veined ;  scales  of  the  scape  varying  but  little  in  size 
(about  4-1^  hues  long),  and  never  foliaceous ;  spikes  ascending- 
spreading,  never  horizontal  or  recurved  nor  so  congested  as  in 
lychnidifolium  ;  teeth  of  calyx-veins  longer,  narrow  and  very  acute. 
Mr.  C.  R.  P.  Andrews  also  noted  that  in  his  plant,  when  growing, 
the  rich  brown  colour  of  the  bracts  showed  up  the  scarious  calyx  m 
stronger  contrast,  as  compared  with  the  species  in  question. 

L.  Dodartii  0.  Kuntze  {Statice  Dodartii  Girard)  is  nearer  lychni- 
difolium, and  is  quite  as  robust ;  it  is  distinguished  by  the  stout 
scape,  which  hardly  tapers  at  all  from  base  to  apex ;  by  its  leaves, 
which  are  not  so  large,  and  which  are  rounded  (or  very  obtusely 
pointed)  at  the  apex,  3-5-veined;  its  spikes  are  rigidly  erect,  sub- 
vertical,  never  spreading  or  horizontal,  and  its  panicle  narrow  and 
elongated;  also  the  scales  vary  but  little  in  size  (about  2^-1  line  long). 
I  omit  mention  of  the  plant  called  intermedia  by  Syme,  as  this 
and  forms  near  it  require  further  study. 


"STATICE    PUBESCENS    SM."  '  195 

The  earlier  name  for  the  species,  Statice  auricida-ursifolia  of 
Pourret,  cannot  stand  as  a  synonym  of  L.  hjch)ddi folium  without 
the  words  "pro  parte  "  being  added;  in  the  British  Museum  Her- 
barium is  a  sheet  from  Pourret  on  which  are  specimens  of  both 
lijch  nidi  folium  and  Girardianum  (Statice  densijiora  Girard),  which 
seems  to  show  that  Pourret  mcluded  two  plants  in  his  description. 

I  should  be  very  grateful  for  the  loan  of  any  dried  examples  of 
British  L.  occideutale,  Dodartii,  and  intermedium,  for  the  study  of 
this  particular  group  of  Limonium  ;  any  fresh  living  specimens  sent 
to  "  Clevelands,"  Reigate,  Surrey,  would  also  be  extremely  useful. 

I  have  to  express  my  thanks  to  Mr.  C.  R.  P.  Andrews  for  notes 
on  the  finding  of  the  plant,  and  to  Mr.  Britten  for  help  given  in  the 
preparation  of  this  paper.         

Explanation  of  Plate  422. 
Limonium  lychnidifoliuin  0.  Kuntze,  var.  corymbosum,  natural  size,  drawn 
from  an  Alderney  specimen:—!.    Outer  bract.      2.    Middle  bract.      3.    Inner 
bract.     4.  Bracteole.     5.  Calyx.     All  enlarged  four  times. 


STATICE     PUBESCENS    Sm. 
By  the  Editor. 


Mr.  Druce  in  the  recently  issued  number  of  the  Linnean 
Society's  Journal''  follows  Dr.  Otto  Kuntze  in  placing  under 
Statice  the  Thrifts,  which  have  usually  been  called  Armeria,  and 
in  adopting  Limonium  for  the  Sea-Lavenders ;  and  in  this  change 
all  who  accept  the  rule  of  priority  will  concur.  He  recognizes 
three  species  as  British,  thus  following  Boissier,  though  with  some 
hesitation,  in  regarding  Armeria pubescens  Link  as  entitled  to  specific 
rank.  This  view,  so  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  ascertain,  is  not 
maintained  by  most  British  botanists,  but  the  limits  of  a  species 
are  of  course  matters  on  which  there  will  always  be  difterences  of 
opinion :  Mr.  Druce's  method  of  dealing  with  the  subject,  and  his 
creation  of  "varieties  or  subvarieties  "  both  of  S.  maritima  and 
S.  pubescens,  does  not,  however,  inspire  confidence  as  to  their  claim 
to  specific  distinction.  Meanwhile  I  think  it  is  clear  that  if  the 
latter  is  to  figure  in  our  lists  as  an  independent  species,  it  must 
do  so  under  a  name  other  than  that  given  by  Mr.  Druce. 

Mr.  Druce  writes  the  name  "  S.  pubescens,  Sm.  ex  Schult.  Syst. 
vi.  772."  In  the  Inde,v  Kewensis  it  stands  ^' S.  pubescens  Sm.  ex 
Schult.  Syst.  vi.  772  (cum  cit.  falsa)  "—an  important  qualification 

*  Botany,  vol.  xxxv.  No.  242,  pp.  ^6,  67  (April,  1901).  The  present  seems 
a  suitable  opportunity  for  expressing  our  regret  that,  owing  to  the  non-publication 
of  a  note  sent  to  this  Journal  in  1898,  Mr.  Druce  should  feel  himself  unable  to 
contribute  to  our  pages  papers  hke  the  present,  which  would  thus  be  more 
accessible  to  British  botanists  than  they  can  be  in  the  Journal  of  a  learned 
Society.  It  would,  we  are  sure,  be  as  satisfactory  to  the  readers  of  this  Journal 
as  to  its  Editor  if  Mr.  Druce  could  see  his  way  to  a  renewal  of  the  old  relations 
between  us. 

p  2 


196  THK    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

which  Mr.  Druce  ignores.     Schultes  (/.  c.)  writes  "  Statice  Armeria 

Linn Smith  Brit.  i.  p.  341.     Engl,  bot  t.  226  (sub  puhes- 

cente)  "  ;  but  in  neither  of  the  works  cited  does  Smith  employ  the 
name  pubescms.  It  will  hardly  be  contended  that  Smith  can  be 
credited  with  the  name  on  the  authority  of  a  false  citation  ;  and  it 
cannot  be  assigned  to  Schultes,  who  does  not  himself  employ  it. 

I  do  not  know  the  date  of  ''Armeria  piibescens  Link  in  Repert.  Nat. 
Cur.  Berol.  i.  180" — a  reference  to  a  work  which  neither  Mr.  Jackson 
nor  Mr.  Druce  seems  to  have  seen,  and  which  is  not  in  the  library  of 
the  Natural  History  Museum ;  but  those  who  follow  the  rule  of  re- 
taining the  first  name  given  under  the  accepted  genus  will  probably 
call  the  plant  under  discussion  S.  linear i folia  Laterrade,  Fl.  Borde- 
laise,  ed.  2,  p.  189  (1821).  The  earliest  edition  to  which  I  have 
access  is  the  fourth  (1846) ;  in  this  S.  Armeria  var.  pubescens  DC. 
is  cited  as  a  synonym,  and  it  is  so  placed  (with  a  mark  of  certainty) 
by  Godron  (Fl.  France,  ii.  733),  who  adds,  "nonRiedel."  "Riedel" 
is  probably  a  misprint  for  "  Loisel  "  ;  there  was  an  earlier  linear i- 
folia  of  Loiseleur  (Fl.  Galhca,  182  (1806)),  but  on  a  later  page 
(723)  of  the  same  work,  the  author  says:  ''  Statice  linear  if olia'^. 
non  est  species  nova  et  distincta,  sed  vera  S.  Armeria  Linn^ei." 

The  synonymy  of  the  plant  as  a  species  is  : — 
Statice  linearifolia  Laterr.  Fl.  Bordelaise,  ed.  2,  p.  189  (1821). 

Armeria  j^ubescens  Link  in   'Repert.  Nat.  Cur.  Berol.   i.    180' 
(?  date) ;  Boiss.  in  DC.  Prodr.  xii.  680  (1848). 

S.  pubescens  Druce  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  (Bot.)  xxxv.  76  (1901). 

Those  who  follow  the  rule  of  adopting  the  oldest  trivial  will 
retain  the  name  pubescens  (with,  I  presume,  Mr.  Druce  as  the 
authority) ;  Mr.  Druce  has  not  adopted  that  rule  in  his  treatment 
of  Limonium,  where  he  retains  L.  hjchnidifolium''''  for  a  plant  which 
(under  Statice)  has  an  earlier  trivial,  as  will  be  seen  from  Mr. 
Salmon's  paper  in  the  present  number  of  this  Journal  (p.  193). 

I  do  not  add  under  *S'.  linearifolia  the  varieties  named  by  Mr.  Druce 
under  S.  pnbeMem,  partly  because  I  have  not  knowledge  sufficient 
to  enable  me  to  arrive  at  a  definite  conclusion  as  to  their  value,  but 
still  more  because  the  practice  of  transference  on  purely  literary 
grounds  can  only  increase  synonymy,  and  seems  prompted  mainly 
by  a  desire  to  associate  one's  name  with  new  combinations.  I  am 
sorry  to  see  that  Mr.  Druce,  in  addition  to  the  arrangement  which 
he  adopts  for  Statice,  indicates  an  alternative  which  necessitates 
three  fresh  combinations,  all  duly  set  forward.  A  further  and 
more  striking  example  of  this  objectionable  practice  is  found  in 
the  last  report  of  the  Botanical  Exchange  Club  (p.  599),  where 
Mr.  Druce,  having  described  a  new  variety  of  Buda  media  as  "var. 
glandulosa  mihi,''  continues  : — "  I  have  ventured  to  give  it  the  above 
name,  whether  it  be  considered  a  variety  either  under  the  generic 


*  It  may  be  noted  here  that  Limonium  occidentale,  for  which  Mr.  Druce 
gives  no  authority,  is  so  called  by  Dr.  Kuntze  on  the  same  page  for  which 
L.  lychnidifolium  is  cited.  Mr.  Druce  does  not  tell  us  why  he  leaves  L.  Dodartii 
O.  K.  as  a  variety  of  auriculcefolium  while  he  gives  L.  occidentale  as  a  separate 
species:  Mr.  C.  E.  Salmon  (see  p.  193)  considers  the  three  plants  distinct. 


QUEENSLAND    ORCHIDS  197 

names  Buda,  Arenaria,  Tissa,  or  Spciy/ulana,  and,  with  the  alteration 
of  the  terminal  letter,  under  Lepu/onum  or  Urion,  for  it  is  blessed 
with  an  astomiding  variety  of  synonyms."  It  would  appear  from 
this  that  Mr.  Druce  has  here  at  one  stroke  created  six  combinations 
— or  seven,  for  '^  Urion''  is  of  course  a  misprint  for  '^  Corioji," 
a  generic  name  which  cannot  be  used  if  1753  be  taken  as  the 
starting-point  of  nomenclature.  Whichever  be  accepted,  the  re- 
mainder must,  I  presume,  be  cited  by  a  future  monographer  as 
synonyms,  unless  such  wholesale  naming  can  be  ignored  by  common 
consent.  This  proceeding,  which  has  lately  been  suggested  from 
Berlin,  would  be  difficult  if  not  impossible  of  execution ;  we  can  only 
appeal  to  botanists  to  avoid  a  practice  which,  however  gratifying  to 
an  individual,  can  only  result  in  unnecessary  additions  to  our  already 
encumbered  synonymy. 


QUEENSLAND    OECHIDS. 
By  a.  B.  Eendle,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 

We  are  again  indebted  to  Mr.  J.  Sparkes  for  two  interesting 
Orchids  which  he  has  received  from  his  correspondent  in  North 
Queensland,  Mr.  Arthur  Owen  Jones,  J. P.  The  specimens  will  be 
found  in  the  National  Herbarium. 

The  first  is  a  form  of  Cijmbidiiim  Sparkedi  noh.,  received  from 
the  same  source  and  described  in  this  Journal  for  1898  (p.  221). 
Like  the  type-specimens,  it  shows  the  longer  ligulate  perianth- 
leaves  which  is  the  chief  distinction  from  its  nearest  ally,  C.  canali- 
culatiun  E.  Br.,  but  approaches  the  latter  in  its  less  deep  crimson 
colour  and  its  crimson-spotted  lip. 

The  second  is  a  new  Dendrohium. 

Dendrobium  (Stachyobium)  Jonesii,  sp.  nov.  Planta  caulibus 
simplicibus  6-12-pollicaribus  anguste  fusiformibus  teretibus  pluri- 
vaginatis,  basi  subtumidis,  apice  specimine  4-foliatis;  foliis  anguste 
ellipsoideis  basi  angustatis  apice  breviter  acutis ;  racemis  sub- 
terminalibus  folia  subsequantibus  gracilibus  nutantibus  specimine 
12-floris,  bracteis  minutis  ovatis  obtusis  ;  floribus  albidis,  sepalis 
petalisque  erecto-patentibus,  subacutis,  sepalo  dorsali  anguste  tri- 
angulari,  sep.  lateralibus  subfalcate-triangularibus,  basi  cum  pede 
columnae  mentum  obtusum  efficientibus  ;  petalis  sepala  fequantibus 
linearibus  subacutis ;  labello  breviore  concavo  glabro  transverse 
purpureo-striato,  lobo  terminali  truncate  subobtuso,  lobis  lateralibus 
brevibus  obtusis,  disco  cum  carina  flava  mediana  instructo ;  columna 
superne  purpureo-maculata. 

Habit  of  D.  gracilicaule,  but  a  larger  plant  with  stouter  more 
fusiform  stems  8-11  mm.  in  greatest  diameter.  Leaves  about 
10  cm.  long  by  2-5-3  cm.  broad.  Fertile  bracts  brownish,  mem- 
branous, 2  mm.  long;  flower-stalks  8  mm.,  white;  ovary  green, 
2  mm.  long.  Sepals  12  mm.  long,  the  dorsal  3  mm.,  the  lateral 
4  mm,  broad  at  the  base.     Petals  1*7-8  mm.  broad.     Lip  barely 


198  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

6  mm.  long,  5*5  mm.  greatest  breadth  when  flattened,  terminal 
lobe  1-25  mm.  long  by  4-75  mm.  broad.  Column  3  mm.  long,  foot 
8-5  mm.  Anther-cap  rounded,  poUinia  deep  yellow,  cohering  in 
pairs.  Mr.  Sparkes  says  :  •*  Sometimes,  usually  early  in  the  day  it 
is  very  sweet-scented,  later  no  trace  of  scent  is  to  be  perceived." 

Nearly  allied  to  D.  gracilicaule  F.  Muell.,  but  apparently  a 
larger  plant  with  stouter  more  fusiform  stems,  cream-coloured 
flowers  and  sepals  not  spotted,  more  pointed  perianth-leaves,  and 
narrower  petals.  The  lip  also  has  shorter  lateral  lobes,  and  the 
disc  bears  a  single,  not  a  trilamellate  keel.  D.  gracilicnule  has  a 
more  southern  subtropical  distribution,  occurring  in  New  South 
Wales  and  as  far  north  as  Moreton  Bay,  in  Queensland  ;  the  present 
species  is  well  within  the  tropics. 

I).  Jonesii  is  evidently  closely  allied  to,  and  may  be  identical 
with,  D.  gracUicauU  var.  Howeamon  Maiden  (in  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 
N.  S.  Wales,  xxiv  [errore  xxv] ,  1899,  382),  from  Lord  Howe  Island. 
This  agrees  in  the  stouter  stem  and  the  colour  of  the  flowers,  but 
the  author  makes  no  mention  of  any  differences  in  form  and  size  of 
sepals,  petals,  and  lip. 

Hab.  Near  Geraldton,  Johnstone  Eiver,  North-east  Queensland, 
A.  Owen  Jones,  Esq.,  J. P. 

Flowered  by  Mr.  J.  Sparkes  at  Ewhurst,  Surrey,  January,  1901. 


NOTES     ON     POTAMOGETON. 
By  Arthur  Bennett,  F.L.S. 

(Continued  from  Journ.  Bot.  1900,  p.  130.) 

Potamogeton  fluitans  Roth.  The  following  extract  from  Roth's 
Catalecta  Botanica  (fasc.  1,  p.  31,  1797)  will  show  that  Schreber's 
specimens  in  the  Munich  Herbarmm  are,  as  I  supposed,  the  plant  of 
Roth:  *^  Potamogeton  Jill  itans  foliis  inferioribus  longissimis,  lanceo- 
latis,  acuminatis,  membranaceis  ;  superioribus  ovali-lanceolatis, 
cariaceis  omnibus  petiolatis.  Pioth,  Fl.  Germ.  torn.  1,  pag.  72; 
tom.  2,  pars  1,  pag.  202,  no.  2.  Prope  Erlnngam  etiam  obser- 
vavit  111.  Praes.  de  Schreber.'" 

To  the  best  of  my  belief  these  specimens  represent  the  plant 
accepted  by  European  botanists  as  the  plant  of  Roth. 

P.  poLYGONiFOLius  Pour.  In  his  account  of  this  plant  (as  P. 
ohlongus  Viv.)  in  Linnaea,  ii.  216  (1827),  Chamisso  says:  "  Hujus 
loci  forsitan  est :  Potamogeton  de  St.  Pierre  Miguelon  pres  Terre- 
neuve  in  Herb.  Brongniart,  sed  major."  Since  that  time  I  know 
of  no  record  of  the  species  from  the  American  continent.  Specimens 
allied  to  it  occur  in  Chili!,  Uruguay!,  Argentina!,  &c.,  but  they 
are  not  the  same.  I  have  not  seen  Brongniart's  specimen,  and 
Dr.  Morong  does  not  include  polygunifoUus  in  his  N.  American 
XaiadacecB ;  but,  from  the  occurrence  of  Calluna  in  Nova  Scotia  and 
Newfoundland,  I  have  been  expecting  to  hear  of  its  occurrence  in 
Canada.     Prof.  Macoun  has  now  sent  me  specimens  from  Sable 


NOTES    ON    POTAMOGETON  199 

Island,  about  a  hundred  miles  from  the  coast  of  Nova  Scotia,  just 
such  as  one  might  gather  on  a  Scottish  moor. 

Sable  Island  is  some  two  hundred  and  seventy-five  miles  from 
the  Isle  of  Miguelon  and  St.  Pierre,  off  Newfoundland  ;  the  next 
nearest  points  in  which  it  has  been  gathered  are,  I  believe,  the 
Azores  (about  fifteen  hundred  miles),  Madeira,  and  the  Canaries. 
On  Sable  Island  the  plant  occurs  in  shallow  pools  where  water  was 
deeper  earlier  in  the  spring ;  indeed,  in  some  places  the  pools  were 
almost  dry.  It  was  the  common  species  in  the  shallow  or  (nearly) 
dried  up  pools.  Lobelia  Dortrntmna,  Polygonum  hydropiperoides,  and 
MyriophyJlum  teneUum.  occurred  with  it.  In  a  deep  pool  on  the 
island  there  also  occurred  F.  perfoiiatiis  L.,  P.  pectinatus  f.  pseudo- 
marimis  Ar.  Benn.,  P .  pennsijlvanicus  Qih^^in.,  and  P.  pusUlnsJj.  var. 
capitatns  Ar.  Benn. 

I  hope  the  plant  will  now  be  searched  for,  particularly  by 
botanists  in  Nova  Scotia  and  Newfoundland.  Originally  Sable 
Island  consisted  of  two  adjacent  islets,  but  it  is  now,  according  to 
Prof.  Macoun,  merged  into  one,  and  is  "a  bank  of  sand  about 
twenty-one  miles  long,  and  from  one  hundred  yards  to  one  and  a 
half  mile  in  width.  The  lagoon  that  receives  the  sea-water  is 
about  nine  miles  long  ;  at  the  point  where  the  lagoon  ends  is  a 
sand-bank,  which  shuts  off  the  lagoon  from  a  series  of  pools  of 
fresh  water  which  were  certainly  part  of  the  lagoon  long  ago." 

P.  LUCENS  L.  var.  Connecticutensis  Kobbius.  Dr.  Morong,  when 
sending  me  specimens  after  the  publication  of  his  monograph,  wrote, 
"I  think  this  should  go  rather  to  P.  Zizii  than  to  luceiis,"  and  in 
this  I  entirely  agree.  It  will  stand  as  P.  Zizii  Koth  var.  Con- 
necticutensis MoroDg  in  litt.  =  P.  angustifoliiis  Bercht.  &  Presl.  var. 
Connecticutensis  mihi. 

P.  Faxoni  Morong,  Naiad.  N.  Amer.  (Mem.  Torr.  Club,  iii.  22 
(1893) ).  The  plant  here  described  by  Dr.  Morong  as  a  new  species 
was  named  by  its  finder  "  P.  rufescens?";  others  suggested  F. 
lonchites,  and  in  this  Journal  for  1890,  301,  I  suggested  it  might 
be  a  hybrid.  It  was  afterwards  found  that  specimens  of  rufescens, 
lonchites,  and  a  third  doubtful  plant  had  been  distributed  as  if  the 
same.  The  plant  seemed  to  approach  lonchites  on  one  side,  and, 
though  less  nearly,  rufescens  on  the  other.  When  specimens  were 
first  sent  me  by  Dr.  Morong,  I  suggested  to  him  it  was  possibly 
Claytonii  X  rufescens  [alpinus).  Further  specimens  did  not  support 
the  affinity  with  rufescens,  but  I  still  have  some  difficulty  in  re- 
garding them  as  distinct  from  Io7ichites,  and  am  still  of  opinion 
that  the  two  specimens  first  sent  are  different  from  all  those  sent 
later,  and  that  the  upper  leaves  very  closely  resemble  those  of  P. 
Claytonii  Tuck.  In  its  submerged  leaves  lonchites  has  a  wide  range 
of  variation — in  some  specimens  leaves  13  in.  x  i  in.,  in  others 
15  in.  X  li  in. ;  the  latter  form  will  likely  enough  some  day  be 
suggested  as  lonchites  x  amplifoUus  Tuck. 

P.  nitens  Weber  ?.  Prof.  Macoun  sends  me  specimens  of  two 
remarkable  plants  collected  by  Mr.  W.  Scott  in  1897  at  Navy 
Island,  and  at  Queenstown,  Ontario.     Although  unlike  in  habit,  I 


200  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

believe  them  to  belong  to  the  same  form,  which,  I  think,  must  be 
referred  to  P.  nitens,  but  in  a  form  not  found  in  Europe,  as  they 
are  probably  produced  by  the  var.  Fiichanlsonii  of  perfoliatus,  the 
leaves  being  elongated  in  the  same  proportion,  and  so  much  longer 
than  any  European  form  of  nitens.  Not  only  this,  but  one  of 
these  specimens  assumes  the  closely  branched  habit  of  that  var.  of 
perfoliatus,  with  the  dark  and  shining  colour  of  nitens. 

The  Rev.  E.  J.  Hill  sends  me,  from  "  St.  Mary's  River  (in  deep 
water),  often  6  ft.  long;  Sault  Ste  Marie,  Michigan,  U.S.A.,"  a 
plant  that  I  am  unable  to  refer  to  any  other  than  nitens  Web.  ;  in 
fact,  it  bears  a  remarkable  resemblance  to  Dr.  Scully's  specimens 
from  Kerry,  Ireland.  Mr.  Hill  writes  that  it  grows  in  deep  water 
with  strong  current.  There  are  two  or  three  spikes  of  flowers,  and 
these  show  the  closed  state  usual  in  nitens.  If  Macoun's  plant  is  a 
product  of  the  elongated  leafed  form  of  perfUiatus  v.  Piichanhonii 
(often  4J  in.),  this  will  perhaps  be  the  case  with  the  intermediate 
form,  which  seems  absent  in  Europe.  Forms  approaching  the 
American  have  been  sent  so  named,  but  I  have  not  been  able  to 
convince  myself  they  are  so. 

I  have  seen  }ntens  from  the  following  localities  in  North  America  : 
Wenham,  Mass.  (one  specimen  identical  with  some  of  Nolte's 
Schleswig-Holstein  specimens) ;  Indian  River,  Millsboro',  Dela- 
ware, 1885,  A.  Conimaiis;  and  the  stations  already  given  from  Rev. 
E.  J.  Hill  and  Prof.  Macoun. 

P.  DiMORPHus  Rafin.  (P.  Spirillus  Tuck.)  A  very  interesting 
extension  of  the  distribution  of  this  species  has  been  sent  me  by 
the  Rev.  0.  Hagstrom ;  specimens  from  Brazil  gathered  by  Dr. 
Lindman  in  1892.  In  the  United  States,  I  do  not  know  of  it  south 
of  Virginia  (about  35°  N.  lat.),  whence  I  have  specimens  ;  but  the 
allied  species,  F.  diversif alius  Rafin.  (P.  hijbridus  Michx.),  ranges 
soath  to  San  Luis  Potosi,  Mexico  !  (25°  N.  lat.)  on  the  west,  and  to 
Cuba  !  on  the  east  of  the  continent.  It  is  possible  that  when  the 
intervening  countries  are  more  thoroughly  examined  one  or  the 
other  of  these  species  will  be  discovered.  In  the  British  Museum 
Herbarium  is  a  specimen,  "  Bahia  Blanca.  B.  Ayres,  Argentina, 
1884.  M.  G.  Mansel,  R.N.,"  which  is  allied  to  P.  amplifolius 
Tuck.,  but  the  lower  (middle)  leaves  are  tapering  into  the  petiole. 
Further  specimens  would  perhaps  connect  the  two,  and  prove 
another  interesting  extension.  P.  amplifolius  occurs  south  to 
Forida,  Chapman,  1844  !  (as  P.  natans). 

P.  AcuTiFOLius  Link.  In  Schreber's  herbarium  at  Munich  are 
specimens  of  this  plant  labelled  "Lancaster,  Pennsylvania,  Muhlen- 
berg." I  asked  Dr.  Morong  his  opinion  of  this  ;  he  replied  that  he 
thought  there  was  a  mistake  in  the  label.  He  wrote  further  :  "  Dr. 
Porter,  of  Lafayette  College,  has  been  all  over  that  region,  and  two 
keen- sighted  students  of  ours  have  been  fishing  in  these  waters  for 
the  last  two  years  ;  none  of  them  has  found  this  species,  or  my 
Hillii,  P.  zosterifolins  occurs  in  the  region,  as  well  as  further 
north."  There  is  no  question  that  the  specimen  is  acutifolitis,  and, 
although  perhaps  some  transference  of  labels  may  have  taken 
place,  it  would  be  well  for  American  botanists  to  keep  it  in  mind. 


NOTES    ON    POTAMOaKTON  201 

P.  ANGusTiFOLius  Bercht.  &  Presl  (P.  ZUi  Roth).  Prof.  Macoim 
sends  from  Ontario,  collected  by  Mr.  W.  Scott,  a  very  interesting 
form  of  what  appears  to  be  the  above  plant.  It  is  a  characteristic 
specimen  showing  the  lower  leaves  of  liicens  (or  rather  longifolins), 
and  the  floating  ones  of  heterophyllus.  Dr.  Morong  gives  ""  leaves 
(submerged)  2-6  in.  long,"  but  these  are  12  in.  and  over,  though 
the  floating  leaves  are  only  those  of  fine  heterophyllus. 

P.  PUsiLLus  L.  var.  nov.  capitatus.  This  was  sent  me  by  Prof. 
Macoun  from  Sable  Island,  and  I  have  also  specimens  from  the 
"  Spallumsheen  River,  British  Columbia,  10.7.1889,  leg.  J.  M. 
Macoun,"  which  I  had  wrongly  referred  to  my  var.  elongatus.  The 
present  variety  differs  from  the  usual  form  of  P.  pusilhis  by  the 
long  and  exactly  linear  leaves,  tapering  only  at  the  extreme  end, 
the  prominent  medial  nerve,  the  long  and  very  slender  peduncles 
(the  heads  of  flowers  at  a  short  distance  looking  as  though  they 
are  elevated  above  the  plant  without  any  peduncle),  and  the  extra- 
ordinary long  hafts  to  the  sepals  (perianth-segments)  ;  these  are  as 
long  and  often  longer  than  the  segment  itself  (the  usual  state  being 
something  like  a  sixth  of  the  segment)  ;  and  the  fruit-stems  ap- 
proach in  character  to  those  of  my  P.  Aschersoiiii  rather  than  the 
usual  form  of  pusilhis. 

P.  PUSILLUS  L.  var.  nov.  pseudo-rutilus.  Habit  of  P.  rutilus 
Wolfg.,  but  with  nearly  the  fruit  of  pusillus.  Leaves  linear  attenuate, 
rigid,  spreading,  central  nerve  prominent,  laterals  almost  obsolete  ; 
stipules  appressed  to  the  stem,  in  the  upper  branches  all  as  long  as 
the  internodes  ;  apical  propagating-buds  abundant ;  peduncles  one 
mch  ;  spikes  dense-flowered.  Differs  from  any  form  of  pusilhis 
known  to  me  by  its  extreme  rigidity,  and  the  leaves  all  spreading 
like  a  fan,  by  the  substance  of  the  leaf  being  nearly  taken  up  by  the 
central  nerve,  by  the  strong  and  appressed  stipules,  and  its  likeness 
to  rutilus  in  habit. 

Lake  Scugog,  Ontario,  Canada,  1897,  W.  Scott,  ex  Prof.  Macoun  • 
Wolf  Lake,  Indiana,  U.S.A.,  1900,  Bev.  E.  J.  Hill. 

P.  cRispus  L.  Since  the  publication  of  the  North  American 
Naiadacem  this  species  has  been  found  in  Canada.  Morong  over- 
looked the  fact  that  Pursh  gives  it  from  "  Canada  to  Virginia  "  in 
his  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  120,  1814,  marking  it  ''v  v."  as  having  seen  a 
hvmg  specimen,  and  referring  to  Curtis's  Fl.  Lond.  and  Flora 
Banica,  t.  927.  At  a  meeting  of  one  of  the  American  Botanical 
Societies,  Dr.  Morong  noted  that  it  had  been  found  in  Arizona 
(Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  1886,  171)  ;  here  he  considered  it  had  been 
introduced  by  birds.  The  oldest  dated  American  specimen  I  can 
find  in  England  is  in  Mr.  Cosmo  Melvill's  herbarium,  "Phila- 
delphia, 1841-2,  Gavin  Watson  &  Kilvington."  One  from  Delaware 
in  the  British  Museum  Herbarium  is  probably  older ;  it  was 
collected  by  R.  Eglesfeld  Griffith,  of  Philadelphia,  whose  name  is 
not  in  Prof.  Harshberger's  volume  on  Philadelphia  botanists.  Prof. 
Macoun  now  sends  it  from  lakes  at  Niagara. 

(To  be  continued.) 


THK    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL     NOTES. 
XXVII. — The  Dates  of  Humboldt  and  Bonpland's  *'  Voyage." 

So  much  difficulty  is  found  by  workers  in  ascertaining  the  dates 
of  books  which  have  been  publisiied  in  parts,  that  we  do  not  hesi- 
tate to  place  on  record  the  results  of  an  effort  to  elucidate  the 
periods  of  the  actual  publication  of  the  zoology  and  botany  of  the 
Voyatje  aux  regions  eqiiinoxiales  du  Nouveau  Continent,  &C.,  by 
Humboldt  and  Bonpland.  With  the  exception  of  the  two  parts  of 
the  Monoyraphia  Melastomaceanim,  dealing  respectively  with  the 
MelastovKB  and  Pihexie(B,  our  account  is  fairly  complete ;  anyone 
possessing  the  unbound  livraisons  will  confer  a  favour  on  us  and 
on  others  by  filling  up  the  gaps  which  remain  in  our  list. 

The  brief  account  of  the  zoology  has  already  appeared  in  the 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  for  1899,  but  as  we  are  able  to  add  to  the 
information  there  given,  we  reprint  it  here,  in  order  that  the  record 
for  the  whole  work  may  be,  as  far  as  possible,  complete. 

ZOOLOGIE    (Recueil  d' Observations  de). 
This  book  was  issued  in  livraisons  as  follows : — 

Vol.  I.,  Uvr.    1,        pp.  1-46  {&  47,  48),  1805,  forming  pp.  1-25  of  2nd  issue. 

2,  49-104,  1807,  „  26-64 

3,  105-196,  1807,  ,,  65-12(5 

4,  197-293,  1809,  „        127-200  &  253-259   of 

2nd  issue. 
5  &  6,    294-412,  1809,  „        261-297   &  201-252   & 

298-809  of  2nd  issue. 

A  break  then  occurred  until  1812,  when  livraison  7  was  issued, 
with  the  following  "  Avis  "  on  a  loose  slip  of  paper  : — "  Avec  cette 
Livraison,  qui  terminera  le  premier  volume  des  Observations  de 
Zoologie  et  d'Anatomie  comparee,  on  fournit  aux  Abonnes  un 
nouveau  texte  pour  la  totalite  de  ce  volume.  On  a  cru  devoir  faire 
ce  sacrifice,  afin  que  cet  ouvrage  resemblat,  pour  le  caractere  et  le 
papier,  a  toutes  les  autres  parties  du  Voyage  de  M.  de  Humboldt. 
Les  Acquereurs  pourront  faire  relier  ce  volume  ;  ils  rendront  tout 
le  texte  des  livraisons  precedentes,  dont  il  ne  conserverout  que  les 
planches."  Fortunately  for  nomenclature,  the  British  Museum 
(Natural  History)  secured  some  years  ago  a  parcel  of  odd  parts, 
which  prove  to  be  a  complete  set  of  the  first  issue ;  these  are 
properly  cared  for,  and  are  of  considerable  interest. 

The  completion  of  the  work  dates  as  follows  : — 

Livr.  7,  pp.  305-368  (with  reprint  of  pp.  1-412  of  1st  issue,  forming 
pp.  1-309  of  2nd  issue),  1812  (title-page  dated  1811), 
Bibl.  Fran?.  7,  viii.  1812. 
Vol.  II.,  livr.    8,  1-64,     1813     (Bibl.  Fran?.    2,     i,  1813). 

9,  65-96,     1813      (  ,,  24,   ix,  1813). 

10,  97-144,  1817     (  „  13,  xii,  1817). 

}M      145-224,  J821 1   (  „  15.   ix,  1821). 

13,         225-256,  1827      (  „  17,      i,  1827). 


14  9^7  R^2    1832   1^  "  15,  xii,  1832). 

14,        257-352,  1832  |  (Title-page  dated  1833). 


THE    DATES    OF    HUMBOLDT    AND    BONPLAND  S    "VOYAGE 


208 


BOTANIQUE. 
Plantes  6QUIN0XIALES  ^'=  I— VII,  234;    191,  Pref.  dated  1805. 


Livr.    1, 

sheets,  pp.  1-8, 

2  pis 

J.Gen.  Litt.  Fr.,  viii  (5)  131. 

1805. 

2, 

9-88, 

10 

viii  (8)  229. 

1805. 

3, 

39-72, 

10 

ix  (6)  161. 

1806, 

4, 

73-106, 

11 

ix(10)291. 

1806. 

5, 

107-138, 

9 

x  (4)  101. 

1807. 

c, 

139-170, 

9 

xi  (1)  2. 

1808. 

7, 

171-202, 

49-57 

xi  (2)  34. 

1808. 

8, 

203-232, 

58-65 

xi  (4)  98. 

1808. 

Vol.11. 9, 

T.P 

.  to  vol.  ii.,  double 

frontispiece,  &  1-20, 

66-68 

xi(ll)323. 

1808. 

10, 
11, 

21-36, 

74&81 

xii  (2)  34. 

1809. 

12, 
13, 

already  published  -88, 

Bibliographie  Fran(;'ais,    22  Nov. 

1811. 

14, 

[4] 

89-104, 

106-113 

,, 

16  Ap. 

1812. 

15, 

5 

105-124, 

8 

,, 

12  Feb. 

1813. 

16, 

7 

125-152, 

8 

^^ 

1  Oct. 

1813. 

17, 

10 

(end)         153-191, 

11 

M 

,,           21  June 

1817. 

Melastomace^  : — Melastomes, 

VI,  146 ; 

Rhexies,  II,  160. 

Preface  dated  1806 ;  of  II,  dated  1823. 

Livr.    1, 

(Melast.) 

1806. 

2, 
3, 

(Rhex.) 

? 

9 

4, 

(Me'last.)  pp.  -18, 

5-9  pis 

J.  Gen.  Litt.  Fr.      x  (4)  101. 

1807. 

5, 

19-34, 

10-15 

X  (7)  194. 

1807. 

6, 

35-43, 

16-20 

x(ll)323. 

1807. 

7, 

(Bhex.)         -40, 

-15 

xi  (5)  131. 

1808. 

8, 

„           41-56, 

16-20 

xi  (9)  258. 

1808. 

9, 
10, 

(Melast.)    44- 

xii  (8)  228. 

1809. 

11, 
12, 

2 

!!              -80, 

4 

Bibl. 

Fran?.       22  Nov. 

1811. 

13, 

4 

81-96, 

5 

26  June 

1812. 

14, 

3 

(Rhex.)     57-68, 

5 

9  Oct. 

1812. 

15, 

3 

69-80, - 

5 

22  Jan. 

1813. 

16, 

3 

81-92, 

5 

,                 11  June 

1813. 

17, 

3 

(Melast.)  97-108, 

5 

13  May 

1815. 

18, 

6 

109-l;32, 

4 

3  Aug, 

1816. 

19, 

4 

133-end, 

5 

26  Oct. 

1816. 

20, 

3^  (Ehex.)     93-104, 

5 

21  Mar. 

1818. 

21, 

4 

105-120, 

6 

1  July 

1820. 

22, 

4 

121-136, 

5 

28  Ap. 

1821. 

23, 

3 

137-146, 

5 

5  July 

1823. 

24, 

H 

147-end, 

5(Fer.,Bull.l82 

3,iv,53);„30Aug. 

1823. 

In  the 

Gott.  gelehrt.  Anz. 

1809,  p.  1777,  Melas 

^omes,  pp.  1-46,  pis 

.  1-20, 

and  Ehexies 

pp.  1-40,  pis.  1-15,  are  reviewed  as  180 

3-1808, 

Nova  Genera  et  Species  Pla 

NTARUM. 

This  consists  of  seven 

volumes. 

as  follows 

: — 

Vol.       I,  Iviii,  377  ; 

Pref.  dated  1815. 

55  shts,,  96  pis. 

II,            406 ; 

T.P.       „ 

1817. 

51      „      96    „ 

III,            456 ; 

T.P.       „ 

1818. 

57      „    108    „ 

IV,             312; 

T.P.       „ 

1820. 

39      „     112    „ 

V,             432 ; 

T.P.       „ 

1821. 

54      „     103    „ 

VI,             542 ; 

T.P.       „ 

1823. 

58      „      93    „ 

VII,             506 ; 

T.P.       „ 

1825. 

36      „     104    „ 

*  The  dates  of  the  parts  are  followed  by  the  authority  for  these,  when 
known. 


au4 

t 

THK    JOURNAT,    OF    BOTAN1 

The  dates  of  the  parts  are  :- 

— 

ivr.   1, 
2, 

]u 

shts 

.  Vol 

.  I,  PP  1- 

44  pi 

5. 

Bibl.  Franc,'., 

3  Feb.   1816. 

3, 

20 

25 

M 

2  May  1816. 

4, 

251 

27 

,, 

31  Aug.  1816. 

"4, 

'13i 

Vol 

11, 

pp.  1- 

25 

,» 

3  May  1817. 

0, 

18 

25 

1, 

13  Dec.   1817. 

7, 

17 

22 

28  ^eb.   1818. 

8, 

50 

34  [? 

24] 

,, 

6  June  1818. 

9, 

20 

Vol 

III 

PP-  1- 

25 

J, 

3  Oct.    1818. 

10, 

19 

15 

j^ 

13  Feb.   1819. 

11, 

19 

25 

,, 

17  July   1819. 

12, 

18 

25 

,j 

27  Nov.  1819. 

13, 

15 

f) 

^^ 

11  Mar.  1820. 

14, 

14 

Vol 

(111,417-456) 
IV,       1-72   J 

25 

,, 

15  Ap.     1820. 

15, 

16 

pp.  73-152 

25 

326-340 

,, 

27  May  1820. 

16, 

12 

24 

jj 

22  July  1820. 

17, 

12 

24 

,, 

16  Sept.  1820. 

18, 

9 

13 

>) 

24  Dec.   1820. 

19, 

16 

Vol 

V, 

pp.  1- 

24 

>J 

26  May  1821. 

20. 

14 

24 

29  Sept.  1821. 

21, 

16 

20 

,, 

23  Feb,  1822. 

22, 

15 

20 

29  June  1822. 

23, 

251 

305-encl 

15 

Fer 

Bull. 

1823,  h,  84;     „ 

22  Mar.  1823 

24, 

28 

Vol 

VI 

pp.      1-72 

37 

„      „  472 

19  Ap.     1823 

25, 

17 

73-178 

15 

„     iv,    55 

30  Aug.  1823. 

26, 

15 

179-240 

15 

ii,  1824,  45 

24  Jan.    1824. 

27, 

16 

241-320 

17 

ii,      „    165 

24  Ap.     1824. 

28, 

15 

321-392 

10 

V,  1825,  71 

21  Aug.   1824 

29, 

15 

15 

,, 

4  Sept.  1824. 

30, 

13 

Vol 

VI] 

,  pp.    l-5(') 

15 

,, 

iv,    „187f.n.„ 

13  Nov.   1824 

31, 

16 

15 

Bibl.  Franc., 

25  Dec.    1824 

32, 

16 

15 

jj 

19  Feb.   1825. 

33, 

15 

15 

M 

14  May  1825. 

34, 

15 

15 

18  June  1825 

35, 

15 

18 

»» 

30  July   1825 

36, 

29 

-506 

10 

»J 

3  Dec.   1825 

[The  sheeting 

of  the  French  records 

is  a 

L  mystery  to  both  of  us.] 

MiMosEs  :— T.P.  1819  ; 

pp. 

233. 

Livr 

1, 

3^ 

sheets,  pp.      1-4, 

5  pis 

] 

Bibl.  Frano.,  12  June 

1819. 

2, 

3 

5-16, 

5 

25  Sept. 

1819. 

3, 

3 

17-28, 

5 

18  Dec. 

1819. 

4, 

3 

29-40, 

5 

22  Ap. 

1820. 

5, 

3 

41-52, 

5 

29  July  1820. 

6, 

5 

53-72, 

5 

15  Dec. 

1820. 

7, 

3 

73-84, 

5 

15  June  1821. 

8, 

3 

85-96, 

5 

3  Nov. 

1821. 

9, 

3 

97-108 

5 

12  Jan. 

1822. 

10, 

3 

109-120 

5 

20  July 

1822. 

11, 

5 

121-140 

3 

26  July 

1823. 

12, 

5 

141-160 

5 

24  Jan. 

1824. 

13, 

6 

161-184 

2 

15  May 

1824. 

14, 

10 

185-223 

2 

3  July 

1824. 

Synopsis  Plantarum. 

Tom. 

I, 

31i  sheets. 

Bibl. 

Frane., 

14  Dec.     1822. 

II, 

33| 

,, 

L9  Ap.      1823. 

III, 

3U        „ 

^, 

6  Mar.    1824. 

IV, 

33^       „ 

». 

4  Feb.     182 

6. 

THK    DATES    OK    HUMBOLDT    AND    BONPLAND's    "  VOYAGE  " '  205 

Kevision   des   Gkaminees  :— I,  T.P.,  1829.      II  (plates) 
T.P.  dated  1835. 

Livr.    1,       r,   sheets,        pp.      1-16,  5  pis.   Bibl.  Franc.,  jif  ^'^^*'-  1829. 

o         i  1^  ^o  .  '(21  Feb.  1829. 

^'       i  IJi^'  '!  "  11  Ap.    1829 


3, 

5,  4 

6,  4 

7,  4 

8,  [4J 

9,  4 
10 


23,   4 


RAMINEES  : 1, 

T.P., 

T.P.  dated 

1835. 

pp.       1-16, 

5  pis. 

17-32, 

5 

33-48, 

5 

49-64, 

5 

65-80, 

5 

81-96, 

5 

97-120, 

5 

121-136, 

137-152, 

5 

153-168, 

6 

169-184, 

5 

185-200, 

5 

201-216, 

5 

217-232, 

5 

233-252, 

5 

253-272, 

5 

273-292, 

5 

293-308, 

5 

309-324, 

5 

325-340, 

5 

341-356, 

5 

357-374, 

5 

375-386, 

5 

387-398, 

5 

399-410, 

5 

411-422, 

5 

423-434, 

5 

435-446, 

5 

447-458, 

5 

459-474, 

5 

475-486, 

5 

487-498, 

5 

499-510, 

5 

511-522, 

5 

2  May  1829. 

6  June  1829. 

4  July  1829. 
22  Aug.  1829. 
19  Sept.  1829. 


4  f«"lfi«  «  "  11  Nov.  1829. 

12  4  }«?"J^'  r  "  '^0  Jan.  1830. 

Jo'  I  185-200,  5  „  13  j^eb.  1830. 

J!'  1  '-^Ol-^l^'  5  „  13  Mar.  1830 

J!'  i  ^17-232,  5  „  27  Mar.  1830 

]u'  I  233-252,  5  „  8  May  1830 

v'  ?  ^.3-272,  5  „  5  June  1830 

18'  4  ISIo'l'  -  "  12  June  1830. 

22;  4  3l-1i:  .  "  ys?-^??? 


11  Dec.  1830. 


^^'        ^  375-386,  5  „  25  T>po    iR^(\ 

If       I  ^B7-B98,  5  ;;  f2'?etJ8l?: 

'^6        ^  5??iP,'  2  "  26  Feb.  1831. 

2?'       3  tJ1!?'  f  "  18  June  1831. 

£'       ^  ^23-434,  5  „  25  June  1831. 

20'       3  Al'tt'  '5  "  2'^  July  1831. 

' '       ^  447-458,  o  .  «  A  no-  -^QQ^ 

3?'       I  i??-f^'  '^  ''  17Se"^t.8l: 

S'       ?  II^!f'  ^  "  22  Oct.   1831. 

33'       3  slUfn  5  "  12  Nov.  1831. 

3!'       3  i??"?5  5  "  10  Dec.  1831. 

'  'j11-o22,  o  ,,  31  r)pp    ^oo^ 

35,   [Counted  as  issued  with  40]  ^'  ^^^^• 

3  ??fr^i'  ?  "  ''5  ^^-^y  1832 

o  .f^"?^^'  '^  "  26  May  1832 

^*''       3  547-558,  5  „  o  jn/p  ^009 

39,       3  559-570  -  "  .:!'!"""  ^??2 


37'  3  ?Si!^'  ?                     "  5  May  1832. 

38  3  S7IS'  S'                     "  26  May  1832. 

^^;  ^  ^^^-'  ;  ';  23Sn:l?^^- 

il  '  571-578  (d^  T.P.)  10  ;;  lljulyim 

42' 

43,'  f  21i  579-end,  21                    „  22  Mar.  1834. 

44, 


C.  Davie s   Sherborn. 
B.  B.  Woodward. 

[The  following  notes  on  the  dates  of  publication  of  the  botanical 
portions  of  some  French  voyages,  contributed  by  the  same  authors 
to  the  Aimah  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History  for  April  last,  may 
be  appended  to  the  above  paper.] 

'Voyage  aux  Indes  orientales  ....  pendant  ....  1825-29 
pubhee  ....  par  M.  C.  Belanger.' 
Botanique. 
Livr.  2  &  3  were  issued  in  1834  (Bibl.  Frany.),  but  apparently  consisted  of 
St  Vin^n^''^^^^'--     ??>  '.'  CyPtogamie,"  by  Belanger  and  Bory  de 
bt.  Vincent,  according  to  Pritzel,  seems  to  have  been  issued  in  1846. 


206  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

'  Voyage  au  Pole  Sud  et  dans  rOceanie  sur  les  Corvettes  TAstrolabe 
et  la  Zelee,  execute  ....  pendant  ....  1837-40,  sous  le 
commandement  de  M.  J.  Dumont  d'Urville,'.  &c. 

Botanique.     2  vols. 

I.  Plantes  cellulaires.     1845.     Bibl.  Fran?.  16  Aug.  1845. 
II.  Plantes  vasculaires.     1853.     Wiegmann,  Arehiv,  1855,  ii.  372. 
Geologic.      The  Atlas  of  Geology,  which  was  issued  in  1847  (Bibl.  Fran?. 
23  Jan.  1847),  contained  5  pis.  of  fossils  named  by  Orbigny — they  are 
"  nomen  et  figura,"  since  no  descriptions  were  published. 

*  Voyage  autour  du  Monde  execute  pendant  ....  1836  et  1887  sur 

.  .  .  .  '  la  Bonite,'  commandee  par  M.  Vaillant,'  &c. 

Botanique.     Par  M.  Gaudichaud. 
Introduction.     8vo.     1851. 
Explication   et  description  des  planches  de  I'Atlas  par   C.  d'Alleizette. 

186  pp.     1866. 
Cryptogames.     355  pp.     1846.     Bibl.  Franc,^  7  Nov.  1846. 

Note. — The  whole  of  the  tJryptogams  appeared  in  1846  ;  Montague,  in 
the  preface,  says  that  the  complete  MS.  was  sent  to  the  editor  in 
Dec.  1843,  that  some  proofs  were  sent  by  him  to  Berkeley  in  1844, 
who  published  extracts  therefrom ;  but  the  work  was  not  issued 
till  1846. 
Atlas.    150  pis.     [1846-49?] 

*  Voyage  autour  du  Monde  ....  sur  ....  la  Coquille  pendant 

....  1822-25  .  .  .  .'     Par  L.  J.  Duperry,  &c. 


Botanique. 

Livr.     1.  6 

sheets.     Crypt,  pp. 

,      1-  48.    Bibl.  Franv.  12  Sept.  1827. 

2.  6 

49-  96.                          26  Dec.   1827. 

3.  5 

97-136.                          16  Feb.    1828. 

4.  8 

137-200.                             3  Jan.    1829. 

5.  6 

201-2.50.                             8  Aug.   1829. 

6.  6^ 

251-300^                      14  Nov.  1829. 

7.  5 

Phan. 

1-  40.                            1  Aug.  1829. 

8.  6 

41-  88.                            2  Apr.   1831. 

9.  2 

89-104.                            2  July,  1831. 

10.  4 

105-136.                          10  Mar.  1832. 

11-14.  8J 

137-200.                          12  July,  1834. 

Voyage   autour   du    Monde    . 

.    .   .    execute    sur    I'Uranie   et   la 

Physicienne,    pendant    . 

.    .    .    1817-20    .    .    .    .'      Par  M. 

L.  de  Freycinet. 

Botanique.     Par  M.  C.  Gaudichaud.    Alg»,  by  Agardh ;  Fungi,  by  Persoon. 

jivr.  1.  6  sheets, 
2.5 

pp.  1-48.     Bibl.  Fran?.  25  Oct.    1826.)  j,,      ^..      ■    ,007 
49-  88.                           27  Dec.    1826.r^';n                          ' 

3.5 

89-128. 

24  Feb.    1827.)      ^""'' 

4.5 

129-168. 

13  June,  1827.    Ibid.  xii.  233. 

5.6 

169-216. 

12  Sept.  J827.    Ibid.  xiii.  1828,  75. 

6.6 

217-264. 

23  Feb.    1828.    Ibid.  xiii.  1828,  418. 

7.6 

265-312. 

16  Aug.  1828.) 
27  Dec.    1828.  Ij,.^          .7 
18July,  1829.t^''''^•'^''•'^^• 
12  Sept.  1829.  J 

8.6 

9.  4  (?  5) 

313-360. 
361-400. 

10.  4 

401-432. 

11.4 

433-464. 

28  Sept.  1829. )  ..-.       ■■■   70 
6  Mar.  1830.  p^^*^- ^^"^- ^^^ 

12.  7i 

465-522. 

207 


BOTANICAL   EXCHANGE    CLUB   REPORT,    1899. 

[The  following  are  among  the  more  interesting  notes  published  in 
the  above-named  Report,  which  was  issued  on  March  28,  and  is  edited 
by  the  Rev.  W.  R.  Linton,  the  distributor  for  1899.— Ed.  Journ.  Box.] 

Ranunculus  scoticus  Marshall.  Traheen's  Lough,  Achill  Island, 
W.  Mayo,  23rd  June,  1899.  Just  my  Scotch  pctiolaris,  and  growing 
in  a  similar  situation,  on  the  stony  margin  of  the  lake.  It  seems  to 
fruit  much  more  freely  than  li.  FlaiiwuUa.  The  first  certain  record 
for  Ireland.  — E.  S.  Marshall.  '*  Herr  Freyn  {B.  E.  C.  Rep.  1898, 
p.  564,  1900)  refers  this  to  Wallroth's  var.  am/ustifolms  {Sched.  Crit. 
1822,  p.  288).  I  cannot  agree  with  him.  I  have  grown  the  plant 
for  several  years  side  by  side  with  a  form  of  Flanwmla,  and  the 
specimens  grown  by  me  and  seen  by  me  in  no  way  agree  with 
Wallroth's  description.  See  note  in  Ann.  Scot.  Nat.  Hist.  1894, 
p.  51.  The  variability  of  B.  Flammula  is,  I  know,  great,  but  I  am 
inclined  to  think  scoticus  a  subspecies." — A.  Bennett. 

Arabis  ciliata  R.  Br.  var.  Jiispida  Syme  ?  Origin,  Cong,  E.  Mayo ; 
garden,  Milford,  6th  July,  1899.  This  is  the  only  Arabis  that  I 
have  observed  on  the  limestone  about  Clonbur  and  Cong,  whence 
I  originally  brought  roots  during  the  winter  of  1894-5°  It  has 
since  seeded  and  spread  freely  in  my  garden,  keeping  remarkably 
constant.  The  stem-leaves  are  not  auricled,  but  truncate,  and  it 
seems  different  from  our  A.  hirsuta  of  S.  England,  agreeing  better 
with  book  descriptions  of  A.  ciliata  var.  hispida  Syme,  of  which  I 
have  not  seen  authentic  specimens.  If  this  suggestion  proves  to  be 
correct,  no  doubt  a  good  deal  of  Irish  (probably  also  of  Scotch) 
A.  hirsuta  will  rank  with  it.  The  differences  from  typical  hirsnta 
appear  to  be  rather  subspecific  than  specific. —  E.  S.  Marshall. 
'*  We  consider  this  is  A.  hirsuta,  which  is  distinguished  from 
A.  ciliata  and  its  var.  by  the  root-leaves  being  more  stalked,  the 
pods  longer  and  narrower,  and  the  seeds  (fourteen  to  the  inch)  more 
scattered.  These  features  are  conspicuous  in  Mr.  Marshall's  plant  " 
E.  F.  L.  and  W.  R.  L. 

Erophila  virescens  Jordan  (capsulis  angustioribus).  Milford, 
Surrey,  8rd  and  17th  April,  1899.  This  whitlow  grass,  which  I 
have  observed  about  Milford  for  several  years,  agrees  well  with 
Jordan's  type-specimens,  figure,  and  description  of  his  K.  virescens, 
except  in  having  narrower  capsules  with  a  more  wedge-shaped  base! 
It  is  remarkable  for  its  brii/ht  green,  fleshy,  glabrescent  leaves! 
usually  appressed  to  the  ground  in  a  regular  rosette,  and  is  a  very 
pretty  little  plant.  I  believe  it  to  be  a  good  and  perfectly  distinct 
species,  well  apart  from  E.  prcecox. — E.  S.  Marshall. 

BuDA  MEDIA  Dum.  var.  glandulosa  mihi.  Hay  Cliffs,  Dover, 
Sept.  1899.  This  curious  variety  of  B.  media  grew  on  the  bare 
chalk  cliff  of  Hay,  Dover,  probably  on  a  slightly  more  impervious 
band,  in  District  7  of  the  Flora  of  Kent,  where  this  plant  is  referred 
to  on  p.  67.  It  was  originally  referred  to  in  the  Phytoloijist,  n.  s. 
vol.  v.  p.  33 ;  but  the  authors  of  the  Flora  of  Kent  say  that  the 


208  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

station  seems  an  unlikely  one  for  B.  media  or  B.  marina,  and  they 
would  not  be  surprised  if  it  proves  to  be  B.  rupestris.  As  a  matter 
of  fact,  the  specimen  belongs  to  B.  media,  but  it  differs  from  the 
type  not  only  in  its  place  of  growth,  but  in  having  a  woody  root- 
stock;  and  the  pedicels,  instead  of  having  glabrous  calyces,  are 
distinctly  glandular. 

Geranium  purpureum  Vill.  Dry  sunny  banks,  St.  Ouen's,  Jersey, 
21st  May,  1899.  This  plant  seems  to  correspond  well  with  the  very 
full  description  of  G.  purpureum  Vill.  in  Lowe's  Flora  of  Madeira, 
except  that  the  carpels  are  downy,  whereas  Lowe  describes  them  as 
smooth.  The  Rev.  R.  P.  Murray  tells  me  that  it  is  exactly  the 
form  which  is  abundant  in  Portugal.  It  is  distinguished  from 
(t.  Eobertianum  L.  by  (1)  the  erect  habit ;  (2)  the  absence  of  the 
villous  hairs,  and  consequently  of  the  very  characteristic  odour  of 
(r.  Robert ianum :  (3)  the  smaller  size  of  the  parts  of  the  flower. 
What  relation  does  this  bear  to  the  G.  purpureum  auct.  angl.  of  the 
London  Catalogue.^  In  Brebisson's  Fl.  de  Normandie  two  species 
(besides  G.  Robertianum)  are  given:  (1)  G.  minutijiorum  Jord.  = 
G.  purpureum  Vill.  pro  parte,  of  which  G .  modestum  Jord.  is  put 
down  as  a  variety ;  (2)  G.  Lehelil  Bor.,  the  description  of  which 
will  not  tit  the  Jersey  plant.  In  the  Student's  Flora,  G.  purpureum 
Vill.  =  G.  modeatum.  Jord.  —  G.  Lebelii  Bor.,  and  according  to 
Reichenbach  G.  Rail  Lindl.  also  =  G.  purpureum  Vill.,  though 
English  authorities  seem  to  regard  it  as  a  **  shaggy"  maritime 
form  of  G.  lucidum  L.  In  Smith's  Fnt/lish  Flora,  Geraniwn  lucidum 
saxatile,  foliis  Geranii  Robertiani  (an  excellent  description  of  the 
Jersey  plant)  is  given  as  a  var.  of  G.  Robertianum  L.  Can  anyone 
disentangle  these  synonyms?  In  Lloyd's  Flore  de  V Guest  de  la 
France,  G.  purpureum  Vill.  is  the  only  species  given  besides 
G.  Robertianum,  and  it  is  made  to  include  G.  modestum  and 
G.  ininutijiorutn  Jord. — L.  V.  Lester.  "This  is  the  plant  we 
call  purpurewa  in  Britain.  It  differs  from  G,  purpureum  Vill.  in 
having  downy  carpels." — E.  F.  Linton.  "  G.  purpureum  Vill.  is 
distinguished  from  G.  Robertianum  by  its  shorter  and  narrower 
petals,  and  its  carpels  being  more  closely  or  thickly  rugose.  G. 
modestum  Jord.  is  a  form  of  G.  pur  pur  emu  with  a  less  hairy  calyx. 
G.  minutiflorum  Jord.  is  a  southern  maritime  var.  of  G.  purpureum.'' 
W.  R.  L. 

Rosa  pimpinellifolia  x  canina  =  R.  hibernica  Sm.  var.  glabra 
Baker.  Hedges  near  Hoylake,  Cheshire,  5th  August,  1899.  I  am 
not  at  all  sure  that  I  ought  not  to  have  labelled  these  R.  pimpinelli- 
folia X  (jlauca.  In  either  case  it  is  a  good  example  of  how  a  hybrid 
may  exceed  either  or  both  of  its  parents  in  frequency.  I  saw  only 
three  or  four  plants  of  R.  pimpinellifolia  L.,  and  those  not  within  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  of  the  hybrid,  but  I  only  searched  a  portion  of  the 
coast  sandhills,  where  it  probably  grows.  Canina  forms  were  also 
few,  and  I  saw  no  glauca  or  subcristata  at  all,  though  the  latter  is 
stated  to  be  frequent  in  the  district  in  the  Flora  of  Cheshire.  The 
hybrid  is  so  abundant  as  to  fill  many  of  the  hedges,  and,  except  one 
bush  of  R.  Doniana,  or  possibly  R.  Robertsoni,  it  belongs  exclusively 


BOTANICAL    EXCHANGE    CLUB    REPORT,    1899  209 

to  the  var.  f/labra.  Its  hybrid  origin  is  already  shown  by  the  uni- 
versally abortive  fruit. — A.  H.  Wolley-Dod.  "  I  quite  agree  in 
this  naming.  The  tendency  to  reflexed  sepals  in  some  of  the  fruits 
points  to  R.  canina  rather  than  /t.  (jlauca  as  the  second  parent. 
The  glabrous  leaves,  with  here  and  there  compound  serrations,  and 
a  few  glands  on  the  petiole,  suggest  li.  damalis  as  the  canina  form." 
E.  F.  Linton. 

R.  DUMETORUM  Thuill.  Glcbc  hedges,  Knighton,  Radnor,  8th 
August,  1899.  M.  Crepin  writes  of  this  :  "I  do  not  think  that  this 
form  belongs  to  the  coriifoUa  group,  although  its  sepals  are  ascending. 
Its  styles  are  not  woolly  as  in  E.  corii/olia,  and,  besides,  its  general 
facies  is  not  that  of  the  latter.  Perhaps  one  should  see  in  this  form 
a  variety  of  U.  canina  of  a  group  near  B.  dumetorim,  with  teeth  often 
a  little  glandular.  R.  implexa  has  the  leaflets  glabrous,  excepting 
the  midrib."  I  had  suggested  the  alternative  names,  R.  coriifoUa 
Fr.  or  R.  implexa  Gren.,  to  M.  Crepin,  on  account  of  the  (usually) 
strongly  ascending  sepals,  but  his  comment  on  this  character  in 
many  examples  is  often  "  sepales  redresses  accidentellement,"  so 
it  appears  that  that  character  is  not  to  be  relied  on. —  A.   H. 

WoLLEY-DoD. 

Myosotis  versicolor  Reichb.  ?  var.  pallida  Brebisson.  This 
variety  is  common  on  dry  banks  in  Jersey,  April  and  May,  1899, 
and  is  very  consistent  in  colour,  though  variable  in  habit.  The 
points  of  distinction  are — {a)  foliage  a  yellower  green ;  [b)  calyx 
never  tinged  with  purple  ;  [c)  flowers  pure  white,  never  yellow, 
never  shading  off  into,  or  turning,  blue.  It  appears  to  differ  from 
M.  Balhisiana  Jord.,  the  flowers  of  which  are  yellow,  and  from 
M,  duhia  Arrondeau,  the  flowers  of  which  are  white,  but  turn  blue. 
In  Brebisson's  Flore  de  Normcnidie  two  other  varieties  are  given  : 
(1)  var.  pallida,  flowers  white  or  very  slightly  yellow;  (2)  var. 
ehmyata,  "  stems  weak,  little  branched,  elongate.  Flowers  yellowish, 
then  reddish,  very  small."  The  Jersey  plant  seems  to  correspond 
with  var.  pallida.  In  Joiirn.  Bot.  1893,  p.  266,  a  "  white  variety 
with  paler  foHage  "  is  mentioned  as  found  in  the  Scilly  Islands. — 
L.  V.  Lester.  "  Is  this  variety  of  J\L  versicolor  more  than  an 
albino  form  which  would  have,  in  addition  to  white  flowers,  foliage 
of  a  paler  hue  ?  " — E.  F.  Linton. 

PoA  TRiviALis  L.  var.  glabra  Doll,  Rhein.  Fl.,  p.  92.  In  Bloxham 
Grove,  near  Banbury,  Oxfordshire,  June,  1899.  This  plant  is  con- 
tained in  the  British  Museum  Herbarium  under  the  name  of  P.pra- 
tensis,  coll.  A.  French,  1878,  but  the  specimens  there  suggested  to 
me,  at  a  cursory  view,  a  form  of  P.  nemoralis,  but  the  ligule  did  not 
agree.  French  evidently  saw  that  it  was  abnormal,  and  he  remarks 
that  it  was  the  prevailing  grass  in  the  Grove.  This  grove  is  a 
circular  spinney,  planted  probably  in  an  old  stonepit ;  but  the  trees 
have  gone  from  the  centre,  and  it  is  now  open  to  cattle,  who  evi- 
dently make  it  a  resting-place,  since  the  grass  was  so  trampled  down 
as  to  render  it  impossible  to  obtain  good  specimens.  Prof.  Hackel 
agrees  with  me  in  referring  them  to  this  variety  of  P.  trivialis. — 
G.  Claridge  Bruce. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [June,  1901.]  q 


210  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 


SHORT    NOTE. 

ScAPANiA  cRASsiRETis  Bvijhn  IN  Britain. — AmoDg  a  collection 
of  hepaticffi  made  iu  Perthshire  by  Mr.  P.  Ewing  in  July,  1900, 
was  one  which  I  had  little  doubt  was  this  species.  The  locality 
was  Ben  Heasgarnich,  on  a  wet  rock  at  3200  ft.  alt.  The  plant 
differed  considerably  in  appearance  from  a  series  of  Norwegian 
specimens  in  my  possession,  being  shorter  and  rather  stouter.  I 
sent  specimens  to  Herr  Kaalaas,  who  confirms  the  name.  He 
writes :  "  The  result  of  my  examination  is  that  it  really  must 
belong  to  S.  crassiretis  Bryhn,  although  it  differs  in  some  degree 
in  habit  and  size  from  Norwegian  specimens  of  the  plant.  The 
essential  characters,  however,  are  quite  the  same,"  This  species 
was  first  described  by  Bryhn  in  Recue  Bryologigiie,  1892,  p.  7. 
There  is  also  a  description  of  it  in  Kaalaas'  De  Distrib.  Hep.  in 
Norveg.,  1893,  p.  248.  It  has  hitherto  been  only  known  from 
Norway,  where  it  is  apparently  nowhere  common,  but  has  a  wide 
distribution,  occurring  also  on  the  west  coast  among  Atlantic 
species.  It  is  a  slender  and,  typically,  an  elongate  plant,  forming 
compact  reddish-brown  tufts  on  wet  alpine  rocks.  The  antical 
lobe  of  leaf  is  half  the  size  of  the  postical,  obliquely  cordate  or 
reniform,  incumbent,  widely  crossing  the  stem,  margin  entire,  with 
obtuse  apex,  cuticle  verruculose.  S.  piuyurascens  is  the  only  plant 
which  might  be  mistaken  for  it  in  the  field,  but  the  antical  lobe  is 
of  a  different  shape,  not  or  seldom  crossing  the  stem,  and  is  usually 
denticulate  ;  it  is  also  generally  of  a  brighter  reddish  colour.  The 
lax  form  of  S.  resupinata,  as  it  occurs  on  our  hills,  has  a  consider- 
able resemblance  to  it,  but  in  this  state  it  does  not  grow  on  wet 
rocks,  but  on  rock  ledges  or  grassy  banks  among  other  species  and 
mosses.  It  does  not  form  compact  tufts  in  those  positions,  and  the 
antical  lobe  is  dentate.  The  only  other  species  occurring  on  the 
hills  with  any  resemblance  to  it  is  S.  (Bqiiiloba,  but  in  this  the 
antical  lobe  is  not  incumbent,  and  the  apex  is  acute ;  it  also  does 
not  occur  on  wet  rocks.  S.  nemorosa  and  S.  aspera  need  not  be 
considered  in  the  field  in  this  connection,  as  they  are,  at  least  in 
Scotland,  exclusively  low-ground  plants.  Under  the  microscope 
S.  crassiretis  can  be  distinguished  from  its  allies  by  its  cell  structure. 
The  cell-walls  are  greatly  incrassate,  the  lumen  being  stellate,  and 
the  trigones  very  conspicuous.  This  stellate  appearance  seems  to 
be  constant,  and  is  a  marked  feature.  Flowers  and  fruit  of  this 
species  are  unknown. — Symers  M.  Macvicar. 


NOTICES     OF    BOOKS. 


Disease  in  Plants.     By  H.  Marshall  Ward,  Sc.D.,  F.R.S. 
Macmillan  &  Co.     8vo,  pp.  xiv,  309.     Price  4s.  6d. 

There  are  already  before  the  public  a  number  of  books  that 
treat  of  the  diseases  of  plants.  The  present  work  does  not  compete 
with  these,  but,  as  the  title  indicates,  deals  rather  with  the  plants 


DISEASE    IN    PLANTS  211 

themselves  in  health  and  disease,  and  how  they  react  to  external 
conditions.  The  book  has  been  compiled,  the  author  tells  us  in  the 
preface,  to  meet  the  wants  of  a  general  public  of  agriculturists  and 
cultivators  who  wish  to  understand  something  of  the  nature  of  the 
plants  with  which  they  are  dealing,  and  of  the  maladies  by  which 
these  are  attacked,  but  who  have  no  desire  to  know  minute  details 
of  histology  or  the  life-history  of  the  fungi  or  insects  that  cause 
disease.  They  are,  he  considers,  in  the  position  of  the  laity  who 
know  the  danger  of  being  wholly  ignorant  of  disease,  but  who 
willingly  leave  expert  knowledge  to  the  professional  man.  It  is 
questionable  how  far  Prof.  Marshall  Ward  is  right  in  condoning 
such  ignorance,  for  it  is  jnst  the  life-history  of  the  disease-causing 
organisms  that  the  agriculturist  requires  to  know,  in  order  that  he 
may  apply  a  suitable  remedy  at  the  right  season.  How  can  he 
properly  deal  with  rusted  wheat,  unless  he  knows  that  he  must  also 
have  an  eye  on  the  barberry  ;  and  how  is  he  to  fight  finger-and-toe 
without  understanding  that  the  spores  of  Plasmodiophora  remain  in 
the  soil  ready  to  begin  their  life-cycle  again  in  some  Brassica  ? 

The  first  section  of  the  book  is  entitled  "  Some  Factors,"  and 
gives  an  account  of  the  life  and  development  of  the  normal  plant. 
A  discussion  of  the  biology  of  the  soil  is  included,  and  the  bearing 
of  man's  interference  on  cultivated  plants  as  regards  selection  and 
hybridization.  The  whole  section  is  full  of  interest  and  suggestion, 
though  necessarily,  from  want  of  space,  many  points  of  interest  are 
merely  indicated. 

The  second  and  larger  part  of  the  book  deals  with  disease,  which 
is  defined  as  ''  variations  of  functions  in  directions  or  to  extents 
which  threaten  the  life  of  the  plant,"  or,  further,  whatever  causes 
the  "premature  death  of  the  plant."  The  Professor  deals  in  turn 
with  the  many  risks  the  plant  has  to  encounter  before  it  reaches 
maturity.  The  causes,  the  nature,  and  symptoms  of  disease  are 
passed  in  review,  and  a  sketch  is  given  of  various  malformations 
and  monstrosities.  A  printer's  error  on  p.  245  makes  "  frugiferous  " 
bats  responsible,  in  the  tropics,  for  the  bare  condition  of  the 
branches  termed  stag-head.  The  concluding  chapters  discuss  the 
nature  of  protoplasm,  with  special  reference  to  the  life  and  death  of 
plants. 

A  short  historical  sketch  of  each  subject  adds  greatly  to  the 
interest  of  the  work,  and  a  carefully  chosen  bibhography  is  ap- 
pended to  each  chapter  ;  but  it  seems  a  pity  that  all  illustration 
has  been  dispensed  with,  especially  where  description  is  necessarily 
short.  Professor  Marshall  Ward  demands  from  his  readers  a  fair 
knowledge  of  botany  in  order  to  follow  his  arguments — a  more 
extensive  knowledge  than  the  ordinary  cultivator  possesses  or  is 
likely  to  possess.  Unless  the  Professor  anticipates  the  day  when — 
if  it  may  be  allowed  to  travesty  Plato — "agriculturists  will  be 
philosophers,  and  philosophers  will  be  agriculturists."  A  good 
glossary  of  the  technical  terms  used  in  the  book  would  be  of  great 
service,  and  might  with  advantage  be  added  in  a  subsequent  edition ; 
so  valuable  a  work  should  be  made  available  to  as  large  a  circle  of 

readers  as  possible.  .     ^     ^ 

A.    ij.    b. 


212  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 


Isle  of  Man  Botany. 


The  Rev.  S.  A.  P.  Kermode  has  published  in  the  Manx  Y71  Lioar 
Manninafjli  (vol.  iii.  pp.  273-291,  1900)  a  list  of  the  "Flowering 
Plants  "  of  the  island.  In  his  prefatory  note  the  author  hopes 
"  that  the  list  is  now  tolerably  complete."  Nothing  is  said  of  any 
continuation,  but  at  present  it  only  extends  to  the  Naiadacece. 
"In  arrangement  and  nomenclature  Hooker  [Student's  Flora, 
3rd  edition,  1881)  has  been  followed  throughout ;  no  specific 
localities  are  given,  except  in  the  case  of  the  rarer  plants." 

Mr.  Kermode  gives  a  list  of  the  various  authorities  quoted, 
among  them  Watson's  Topographical  Botanij,  but  he  has  over- 
looked twelve  species  there  recorded,  nor  does  he  include  sixteen 
species  recorded  in  this  Journal  and  in  The  Naturalist;  but  as  a 
set-off  against  these  he  records  thirty-eight  species  not  given  in 
Top.  Bot.  Of  these,  liaphanus  maritimus  (this  is  called  "  Wild 
Radish  "),  Viola  lactea,  Ulex  nanus,  all  the  Ruhi,  Cicuta,  (Enanthe 
pinipinelloides,  Culamintha  Sepeta,  and  Juncus  compressus  will  need 
to  be  confirmed.  No  doubt  the  "  Viola  lactea''  is  really  V,  canina 
L.  (V,  ericetorum  Schrad.),  and  "  T.  canina''  V.  sylvestris.  Ulex 
Gallii  is  recorded  by  Babington,  not  nanus.  The  (Enanthe  is  no 
doubt  Lachenalii,  which,  however,  is  also  given  (from  "Forbes 
cat.").  Many  of  the  other  additional  species  given  are  probably 
correct,  and  may  be  accepted  on  distributional  grounds.  The 
almost  entire  absence  of  alpine  species  where  the  hills  (in  at 
least  one  instance)  exceed  2000  ft.  is  somewhat  remarkable. 
Epilobiuni  alsinefolium  is  given  from  two  localities ;  this  descends 
in  the  north  of  Scotland  to  450  ft.  (Marshall).  Juncus  compressus 
is  probably  J.  Gerardi. 

It  is  a  great  disappointment  to  find  no  Manx  names  for  the 
plants ;  of  the  English  names  given  some  are  wrongly  applied — for 
Q^^iiXa^le,  Prunus  avium  \^  called  "  Bird  Cherry  "  ;  this,  the  Latin 
name  notwithstanding,  is  popularly  applied  to  P.  Fadus ;  and 
P.  avium,  called  "  Wild  Cherry  "  or  "  Gean  "  in  England. 

The  following  species  may  be  added  to  the  list  on  the  authority 
of  Mr.  P.  G.  Ralfe,  of  Castletown: — Raphanus  Raphanistrum,  Aren- 
aria  serpyllifolia,  Hypericum  perforatum,  Saxifraga  granulata,  and 
Cerastium  triviale. 

Mr.  Hieru,  whose  notes  in  this  Journal  for  1897  are  referred  to, 
will  be  somewhat  surprised  to  find  "  the  Rev."  prefixed  to  his  name ! 

Arthur  Bennett. 

Prodromi  Flora  Britannic  a  Specimen  adumbravit  F.  N.  Williams, 
F.L.S.  (Cucurbitaceas,  Lobeliaceae,  Campanulace^e,  et  Aster- 
acearum  subfam.  Asterinae.)  Obtainable  at  181,  High  Street, 
Brentford.     Price  Is.  by  post. 

It  is  pleasant  to  notice  a  fresh  and  independent  attempt  to  show 
the  way  how  to  produce  at  least  a  foretaste  of  a  new  British  flora. 
In  an  introductory  article,  consisting  of  two  pages,  Mr.  Williams 
explains  and  defends  the  scope  and  plan  of  the  work.     Careful 


PRODROMI    FLOR^    BRITANNIC^    SPECIMEN  213 

attention  has  been  paid  to  systematic  arrangement  and  nomen- 
clature, and  the  system  of  Engler  and  of  the  modern  German 
botanists  has  been  adopted,  in  preference  to  that  of  Jussieu, 
De  Candolle,  or  Bentham  and  Hooker.  Characters  are  not  sup- 
plied for  the  classes,  families,  or  genera,  but  abundant  references 
to  standard  authors  are  quoted  ;  in  CcDiipositcB  (called  AsteracecB)  a 
table  shows  the  disposition  of  the  genera  in  series,  subfamilies, 
tribes,  and  subtribes,  and,  together  with  some  original  matter, 
characters  are  given  for  the  various  groups  subordinate  to  the 
series.  All  the  species  are  critically  described  in  Latin;  "the 
Latin  style  used  is  that  of  the  nominative  absolute  with  separate 
sentences,  instead  of  the  frequently  used  ablative  in  a  single  long 
sentence  broken  up  by  semicolons."  But  might  not  the  accounts 
of  British  plants  have  been  rendered  in  the  English  language  ? 

Proper  precision  has  been  applied  in  the  employment  of  the 
terms  used  to  express  the  different  forms  of  pubescence  and  the 
various  shades  of  colour  ;  this  precision  and  the  correct  citation 
and  description  of  varieties  are  useful  features  of  the  scheme,  which 
extends  over  sixteen  octavo  pages,  and  embraces  thirty  species  in 
fifteen  genera.  Tournefort  and  Jussieu  and  other  of  the  older 
botanists,  though  not  earlier  than  1700,  are  cited  for  the  genera,  so 
far  as  the  names  are  adopted  ;  in  the  case  of  less  ancient  authors, 
however,  a  different  style  or  standard  is  followed  ;  as  an  instance, 
on  page  16,  for  Anaphalis  the  original  authority  of  Aug.  P.  De  Can- 
doUe  is  dropped  out,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  species  com- 
prehended by  its  author  are  still  meant  to  be  retained  in  it ;  the 
extension,  by  which  several  other  species  are  supposed  to  be  in- 
cluded, and  which  involves  some  modification  of  the  characters, 
ought  not  to  ignore  the  work  of  the  first  proposer. 

Synonymy  in  the  case  of  the  species  has  been  rigorously  ex- 
cluded, except  for  that  which  has  received  a  new  name,  namely, 
Inula  vulf/arls  Williams,  the  plant  which  Linnaeus  called  Conyza 
sqiiarrosa.  With  regard  to  this  the  author  in  a  note  (page  14) 
apologizes  as  follows  : — "  In  proposing  this  name  for  the  Linnean 
plant,  I  have  followed  S.  F.  Gray  and  St.  Lager  in  discarding  a 
specific  name  which  is  identical  with  that  of  a  closely  allied  genus, 
in  which  the  two  parts  of  the  binomial  would  be  incompatible,  as 
illustrated  in  Inula  Conyza  Cand.,  under  which  name  the  species  is 
commonly  indexed.  I.  vulgaris  Trev.  is  Pulicaria  vulgaris  Gartn.  ; 
and  the  specific  name  of  "squarrosa"  is  not  available,  as  Linnaeus 
has  also  described  an  I.  squarrosa.  No  other  synonyms  for  the 
plant  under  its  present  genus  are  recorded  in  Index  Kewensis,  which 
is  the  excuse  for  proposing  the  present  name,  suggested  by  Bauhin's 
name  for  the  plant,  Conyza  major  vulgaris.'' 

The  style  of  Linnaeus  has  been  followed  in  treating  the  generic 
name  of  Erigeron  as  of  the  neuter  gender,  although  classical  usage 
regards  the  noun  as  masculine.  The  abbreviation  for  De  Candolle 
which  Mr.  WiUiams  adopts  is  Cand.,  an  improvement  on  the  more 
customary  DC. 

The  localities  and  distribution  of  the  less  common  species  are 
briefly  given,  and  for  each  species  the  station  which  it  usually  affects 
is  added,  with  an  Enghsh  name  at  the  end ;  these  and  the  intro- 


214 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


ductory  aud  foot  notes  are  the  only  parts  written  in  English.  The 
original  British  habitat,  Shute  Common,  Devon,  is  duly  recorded 
for  Lobelia  iirens  L.,  and  this  neighbourhood  is  stated  to  be  the  only 
station  for  the  species  in  Britain  ;  no  reference,  however,  is  made 
to  the  Cornish  record  satisfactorily  recorded  in  this  Journal  for 
1883,  p.  359,  by  the  late  T.  R.  Archer  Briggs.  The  law  of  priority 
is  disregarded  in  continuing  to  prefer  the  name  Wahlenhergia  Schrad. 
(1814)  to  Cervicina  Dehle,  Fl.  Egypte,  p.  150  (1812). 

An  example  of  "  the  few  additions  likely  to  ensue  with  the 
diminishing  area  of  unturned  soil  "  occurs  in  the  inclusion  (page  11) 
oi  Aster  salifjmis  Willd.,  found  in  Wicken  Fen,  Cambridgeshire,  in 
1867,  "  a  patch  of  undrained  soil,  where  it  is  possible  that  it  is 
native." 

On  the  scale  of  this  specimen  sheet,  the  whole  British  flora 
would  occupy  about  a  thousand  pages,  or  sixty  such  sheets ;  and  it 
is  to  be  hoped  that  Mr.  Williams  himself  will  enrich  our  literature 
with  its  continuation  and  completion.  __,    ^    ^-. 

W.    P.    HiERN. 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS,* 

Bot.  Gazette  (15  April). — C.  S.  Sargent,  'North  American  Trees* 
{Cratmjus,  Betula,  Ciipressiis). — C.  0.  Townsend,  '  Effect  of  Hydro- 
cyanic acid  gas  on  Grains.'  —  A.  C.  Life,  '  Tuber-like  rootlets  of 
Cycas.' — N.  B.  Pierce,  '  Walnut  Bacteriosis.' 

Bot.  Notiser  (haft  3:  15  May).  —  E.  Adlerz,  '  Nya  Hieracium- 
former  och  Hieracium-lokaler  '  (5  pL). — T.  Hellund,  '  Ribes  riibnim' 
(concl.). 

Bot.  Zeitung  (16  April). — Graf  zu  Solms-Laubach,  'Cruciferen- 
studien'  (1  pL). 

Bull,  de  VHerb.  Boissier  (30  April).  —  H.  Christ,  'Reliquiae 
Weinlandianae ;  eine  Pteridophyten-Sammlung  aus  Deutsch  Neu- 
Guinea.' — R.  Buser,  '  Les  Alchemilles  Bormiaises.' — F.  Stephani, 
•  Species  Hepaticarum  '  (cont.). — C.  A.  M.  Lindmann,  '  Beitrage  zu 
den  Aristolochiaceen  '  (2  pL). 

Bull.  Snc.  But.  France  (vol.  xlvi :  session  extraordinaire  a 
Hyeres,  1899 ;  received  18  May).— C.  Gerber,  '  Les  fruits  tri-  et 
quadriloculaires  de  Cruciferes.' — P.  Bumee,  '  Le  sac  embryonnaire 
des  Orchidees '  (2  pi.).  —  L.  Legre,  '  La  Botanique  eu  Provence  au 
XVP  siecle :  Louis  Anguillara,  Leonard  Rauwolff.' —  E.  Heckel, 
'  Le  parasitisme  des  racines  de  Xhnenia  amerirana.' 

Bull.  Torreg  Bot.  Club  (18  April).— H.  J.  Banker,  'Hydnace®.* 
— A.  Nelson,  '  New  Plants  from  Wyoming.' — D.  Griffiths,  Claviceps 
cinereuni,  sp.  n. — C.  L.  Shear,  '  Mexican  species  of  Bromus.' — R.  J. 
Rennett,  '  Teratology  of  Arisama.' 

Gardeners  Chronicle  (27  April).— M.  Foster,  'Iris  Willmottiana, 
sp.  n.'  (fig.  100). —  (11  May).     Sir  George  King  (portr.).— Thomas 

•  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  apoear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  iVthe  actual  date  of 
publication. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  215 

Meeban.  —  (18  May).     C.  de  Candolle,  'Proliferous  leaves'  (fi^s. 
117-120). 

Journal  de  Botanique  ("  Jan."  &  '*  Fevrier  "  ;  received  26  April): 
''  Mars  "  (received  16  May).  —  H.  Hua  &  A.  Chevalier,  '  Les  Lan- 
dolphiees  du  Senegal,  dii  Soudan  et  de  la  Guinee  fran9aise.'  —  C. 
Sauvageau,  'Les  Spliacelariacees '  (cont.). —  ("  Jan."  &  "  Mars"). 
C.  Gerber,  '  Sur  la  respiration  des  Olives.'  —  ("  Fev.").  L.  Guig- 
nard,  '  La  double  fecondation  dans  le  Mais.' —  ("  Mars  ").  H.  Le- 
comte,  'Sur  les  graines  de  Landolphia.' 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  held  on  April  18th,  Mr. 
W.  B.  Hemsley  exhibited  the  leaves  and  Mowers  of  two  new  genera 
of  Chinese  trees  :  (1)   Bretschneideria,  commemorating  the  eminent 
sinologue  and  botanist  whose  death  has  lately  been  announced,  dis- 
covered by  Dr.  Henry  in  the  province  of  Yunnan,  lat.  23°  N.,  in 
forests  at  an  elevation  of  5000  ft.,  and  bearing  pink  and  white  flowers 
like  the  horse-chestnut,  to  which  it  is  related  ;  and  (2)  Itoa,  also  a 
native  of  Yunnan,  growing  at  a  similar  elevation  and  to  a  height  of 
about  twenty  feet ;  this  genus,  named  in  honour  of  a  famous  Japanese 
botanist,  was  stated  to  be  allied  to  Idesia  Maxim.,  Poliothi/rsus  Oliver, 
and  Carrierea  Franch.,  all  monotypic  genera  inhabiting  China,  but 
differing  from  them  in  certain  respects  which  Mr.  Hemsley  indicated. 
Mr.  Hemsley  and  Mr.  H.  H.  Pearson  communicated   a  paper  on 
the  Flora  of  Tibet,  based  on  various  collections  of  high-level  plants 
received  at  the  Kew  Herbarium.     The  country  dealt  with  was  de- 
scribed as  lying  between  80°  and  102°  lat.  and  28°  and  29°  long., 
and  having  an  average  altitude  of  15,000  ft.     Within  this  ar^a 
360  species  of  vascular  plants  had  been  collected,  and  were  referred 
to  144  genera  and  46  natural  orders.     Almost  all  the  orders  repre- 
sented were  nearly  of  world-wide  distribution,  and  none  were  really 
local.    Of  the  360  species,  only  30  appeared  to  be  peculiar  to  Tibet. 
In  illustration  of  the  paper,  a  selection  of  the  plants  was  exhibited; 
most  of  them  dwarf  deep-rooted  herbs,  very  few  annual  or  mono- 
carpic,  and  the  only  woody  plant.  Ephedra  Gerardiana,  was  described 
as  scarcely  rising  above  the  surface  of  the  ground.     The  majority 
had  been  collected  at  altitudes  varying  between  15,000  and  18,000  ft. 
Mr.  C.  B.  Clarke  pointed  out  that  the  name  "  Thibet"  or  "  Tibet " 
was  quite  unknown  to  the  people  who  dwelt  in  the  country  so-called, 
and  its  precise  boundaries  were  even  still  imperfectly  defined.     It 
was  convenient,  however,  to  retain  a  name  by  which  it  was  known 
to  so  many  European  travellers,  and  their  explorations  and  col- 
lections were  making  us  better  acquainted  with  the  country  every  day. 
We  are  informed  by  Fellows  of  the  Linnean  Society  who  were 
present  at  the  meeting  on  the  4th  of  April  that  the  account  of  the 
proceedings  given  in  our  last  number  is  incorrect.    Mr.  Hemsley,  who 
is  said  to  have  exhibited  specimens,  was  not  present  at  the  meeting, 
nor  was  Mr.  H.  H.  Pearson,  to  whom,  with  Mr.  Hemsley,  the  reading 


216  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

of  a  paper  is  attributed.  We  can  only  say  that  onr  account  was  taken 
from  the  official  circular  sent  out  to  Fellows  by  the  Linnean  Society, 
which  is  thus  entirely  responsible  for  the  misstatement. 

Mr.  E.  D.  Marquand,  who  has  for  the  last  twelve  years  been 
collecting  material  for  a  Flora  of  Guernsey  and  the  lesser  Channel 
Islands — Alderney,  Sark,  Herm,  Jethou,  Lihou,  Crevichon,  and 
Burhou — announces  that  his  work  will  be  published  this  year  by 
Messrs.  Dulau  &  Co.  at  the  subscription  price  of  8s.  It  will  include 
the  cryptogams,  and  somewhat  unusual  prominence  will  be  given 
to  plant-names  and  plant-lore.  Each  island  is  treated  as  a  separate 
and  independent  botanical  area,  possessing  its  own  peculiar  features, 
and  its  own  distmctive  flora,  for  the  islands  differ  much  more  widely 
than  is  commonly  supposed,  both  from  each  other  and  from  the 
adjacent  portion  of  the  French  mainland. 

The  third  volume  (for  1900)  of  the  Meddlanden  fran  Stockholms 
Hogskolas  Botaniska  Institut  contains  an  important  paper  on  the 
Spitzbergen  flora  by  Messrs.  G.  Andersson  and  H.  Hesselman.  It 
is  illustrated  by  plates  and  figures,  some  of  which — e.  g.  those 
referring  to  forms  of  CocJdearla — have  a  special  interest  for  British 
botanists.  There  are  valuable  additional  notes  on  Cerastiwn,  Ra- 
7iimculus,  and  Salix ;  Dr.  Lagerheim  has  several  papers  dealing 
with  fungi,  etc. ;  and  there  are  other  contributions  from  Messrs. 
Knut  Bohlin,  0.  Borge,  J.  L.  Lindroth,  and  0.  Kosenberg. 

Captain  H.  H.  P.  Deasy's  In  Tibet  and  Chinese  Turkestan,  ''being 
the  record  of  three  years'  exploration,"  has  just  been  published  by 
Mr.  Fisher  Unv/in.  The  author  acknowledges  the  help  of  Mr.  E.  G. 
Baker  in  preparing  the  botanical  appendix  ;  the  plants  collected  by 
Captain  Deasy  have  been  placed  iu  the  National  Herbarium,  and 
named  by  Mr.  Baker,  Mr.  Spencer  Moore,  and  Dr.  Kendle.  The 
new  species  were  described  in  this  Journal  for  1900,  pp.  428,  495  ; 
to  these  may  be  added  the  description  of  a  new  variety  [Deasi/i 
Baker  f.)  of  the  polymorphic  Futentilla  sericca,  of  which  the  following 
description  is  given  in  Captain  Deasy's  book  (p.  401): — "  Planta 
caBspitosa  ;  caules  breves  graciles  erecti  vel  adsceudentes  ;  folia  radi- 
calia  pinnata,  foliolis  approximatis  parvis  summis  majoribus  reliquiis 
decrescentibus  oblongis  vel  ovato-oblongis  lobatis  vel  grosse  serratis, 
folia  caulinia  digitatim  3-5  foliolata.  A  dwarf  plant,  with  radical 
leaves  2-3  cm.  long ;  leaflets  small,  subsessile,  green  above,  white 
tomentose  below ;  terminal  leaflet  5-6  mm.  long ;  peduncles  1- 
flowered ;  petals  5,  yellow,  +  5  mm.  long.  Nearly  allied  to  P.  sericea 
L.  var.  7  dasijphylla  Lehmann,  Rev.  Potentill.  p.  34  (=  P.  dasyphylla 
Bunge)." 

The  part  of  the  Annua rio  del  R.  Istitiito  Botanico  di  Roma  (anno 
ix,  fasc.  2°),  just  to  hand,  contains  a  paper  by  Prof.  Pirotto  and 
Dr.  Longo  on  the  structure  of  Cynomorium  (with  two  plates);  papers 
by  Dr.  Piccone  on  Red  Sea  algae  ;  and  notes  on  the  Calabrian 
Flora  by  Dr.  Longo. 

In  response  to  suggestions,  the  useful  Key  to  British  Hepatica 
published  in  the  May  number  of  this  Journal  has  been  reprinted 
in  pamphlet  form,  price  Is.,  and  may  be  obtained  from  West, 
Newman  &  Co.,  54  Hatton  Garden,  E.G. 


Antennaria  dioica   (sjjecimiria   LinncEana). 


217 


ANTENNARIA    DIOICA   var.    HYPERBOREA   Cand. 

By  Frederic  N.  Williams,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  423.) 

If  British  specimens  of  Ante^inaria  dioica  are  compared  with 
a  series  of  continental  forms  referred  to  the  species,  it  will  be 
seen  that  all  the  European  forms  may  be  grouped  in  three  varieties, 
inclusive  of  tlie  type ;  and  that  tbough  intermediate  forms  may 
seem  to  occur,  the  length  of  the  calathial  stalks,  the  breadth 
of  the  basilar  leaves,  and  the  degree  of  pubescence  on  both 
surfaces  of  the  leaves,  sufhciently  characterize  the  variety  to 
which  individual  specimens  may  be  referred.  This  paper  is  based 
on  a  critical  examination  of  the  material  in  Herb.  Kew.  and  Herb. 
Mus.  Brit. 

That  S.  F.  Gray  was  the  first  to  describe  and  refer  to  its  proper 
species  the  variety  hyperburea  has  been  generally  overlooked  in 
British  floras  and  plant-lists;  though,  as  the  synonymy  given 
further  on  will  show,  he  cannot  be  quoted  as  the  authority,  on 
account  of  his  unfortunate  rejection  of  the  jejune  Linnean  name  in 
favour  of  the  earlier  trivial  name  used  by  Bauhin  and  Erndtel. 

The  grouping  of  the  synonyms  under  each  of  the  three  varieties 
will  best  give  their  history  in  a  concise  form  : — 

Antennaria  dioica  Gaertn.  Fruct.  Sem.  Plaint,  ii.  p.  410,  t.  167, 
f.  3  (1791). 
Var.  a,  TYPicA. 

Syn. — PiloseUa  minur  FvLGha.  Hist.  Plant,  p.  60H  (1542):  Dodoens, 

Pempt.  t.  68. 
(j-naphailnm  uiontanum  Bauhin,  Pinax,  p.  263  (1623) ;  Erndtel, 

Viridarium  Warsawiense,  p.  53  (1730). 
Chrysocoma  humilis  )iw)itaua  Morison,  Hist.  iii.  p.  89  (1699). 
Gnaphalium  dioicum  L.  Sp.  PL  p.  850  (1753). 
Gnaphalium  dioiecium  Hill,  Herb.  Brit.  i.  p.  36  (1756). 
Elichrysum  vioutcmum  Seguier,  PL  Veronens.  suppl.  p.  260 

(1754). 
Antennaria  niuiitana  8.  F.  Gray,  Nat.  Arr.  Brit.  PL  ii.  p.  458 

(1821). 
Gnaphalium  alpimun  C.  A.  Mey.,  Verz.  PHanz.  (1831). 

Var.  /5  hyperborea  Cand.  Prodr.  vi.  p.  270  (1837).  Specimina 
majora.  Rhizoma  crassius,  stolonibus  brevius  radicantibus.  Folia 
aut  utrinque  lanata,  aut  subtus  lanata  supra  subaraneoso-pubes- 
centia,  tomento  utrinque  persistente  (foliis  adultis  facie  superiore 
interdum  subglabrescentibus) ;  basilaria  latiora  obovato-spathulata 
patentiora.  Periclinii  squamae  latiores  obovat^e  magis  obtusae. 
Calathia  brevius  pedicellata,  in  capitulum  corymbosum  simplex 
disposita. 

Journal  or  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [July,  1901.]  R 


218  tHE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Syn. — (j-naphaUum  hyperhoreum  J.  Donn,  Hort.  Cantab,  ed.  7,  p.  237 

(1812). 
Antennaria  montana  var.  lanata  S.  F.  Gray,  Nat.  Arr.  Brit. 

PI.  ii.  p.  458  (1821). 
Gnaphallum  dioicum  var.,  Smith,  Engl.  Flora,  iii.  p.  414  (1825). 
Ayitennaria  hyperborea  D.  Don  in  Engl.  Bot.  Suppl.  t.  2640 

(May,  1830), 
Gnaphalium  horeale  Turcz.  herb.  (1835),  ex  Cand.  Prodr.  vi. 

p.  270(1837). 
Antennaria  dioica  var.  australis  Griseb.  Spicil.  Fl.  ii.  p.  198 

(1844). 

Var.  y  congesta  Cand.  Prodr.  vi.  p.  270  (1837).  Specimina 
nana,  quam  in  typo  roinora.  Caulis  30-36  mm.  FoHa  juniora 
utrinque  albo-tomentosa.  Calathia  inter  folia  congesta  sessilia  ;  in 
calathiis  femineis,  squamarum  parte  scariosa  saturatius  colorata. 

Syn. — Gnaphalium  alpinum  Asso  ex  Cand.  Prodr.  vi.  p.  270. 

The  species  is  generally  distributed  over  Europe  (Portugal  per- 
haps excepted),  across  N.  Asia,  touchmg  N.  Persia,  and  reaching 
Japan.  It  is  found  on  the  N.  American  continent  from  Alaska  to 
Labrador  and  Newfoundland,  and  from  the  Arctic  Circle  to  S.  Cali- 
fornia, where,  according  to  N.  L.  Britton,*  var.  fS  is  the  prevailing 
form,  var.  a  being  occasionally  met  with. 

In  the  British  Isles  the  species  is  found  on  heaths,  sandy 
pastures,  and  alpine  rocks,  from  the  sea-level  up  to  600  metres  in 
the  Highlands ;  and  its  earliest  record  is  the  year  1641.+ 

The  references  to  exdccatcB  in  the  distribution  of  var.  hyperborea 
in  the  following  paragraphs  are  worked  up  from  the  material  in 
Herb.  Kew. : — 

Var.  P  hyperborea. — Of  this  plant  D.  Don  writes  that  it  was 
"first  observed  by  the  late  Mr.  John  Mackay  on  Breeze  Hill,  Isle 
of  Skye,  in  1794.  Sir  J.  E.  Smith  has  noticed  it  in  English  Flora 
as  a  variety  of  A.  dioica  ;  but  after  many  years'  observation,  and  an 
attentive  comparison  of  it,  cultivated  together  with  A.  dioica  and 
A.plantaginea,  I  am  now  fully  satisfied  of  its  being  entitled  to  rank 
as  a  species."  Smith's  previous  reference  to  it  is  as  follows : — 
''Avery  fine  variety,  almost  twice  the  size  of  the  common  sort, 
with  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaves  downy,  at  least  while  young, 
was  gathered  on  Breeze  Hill,  in  the  Isle  of  Skye,  by  the  late  Mr. 
John  Mackay,  which  some  have  thought  a  new  species.  But  it 
seems  a  mere  variety,  becoming  still  larger  in  a  garden,  and  having, 
as  far  as  I  can  make  out,  no  specific  mark  of  distinction." 

In  H.  C.  Watson's  herbarium  there  is  a  single  specimen,  poor 
and  scarcely  characteristic,  from  Churchill  Babiugton,  found  at 
Loch  Coriskin,  in  the  Isle  of  Skye,  in  September,  1838.  In  Borrer's 
herbarium  there  is  also  only  a  single  specimen,  from  Skye,  probably 
gathered  in  1819,  as  it  bears  Winch's  original  label  on  which  he 

*  111.  Fl.  Un.  States  &  Can.  ii.  p.  398. 
t  Johnson,  Mercurius  Botanicus,  ii.  p.  22. 


ANTENNARIA    DIOICA    VAR.    HYPKRBOREA    CAND.  219 

has  written  "  (Tnaphaimm  In/perboreum.''  This  has  an  historical 
interest,  as  either  this  particular  specimen  or  one  from  the  same 
gathering  was  sent  by  Winch  in  1819  to  De  Candolle  for  exami- 
nation, and  is  the  type  for  the  variety  described  in  the  Prodro>nus. 

On  the  continent  of  Europe  var.  [3  is  more  widely  distributed 
than  is  usually  indicated  in  floras;  and,  as  the  following  specimens 
cited  show,  it  occurs  in  Switzerland,  Hungary,  Servia,  Bulgaria, 
Montenegro,  and  Turkey,  also  in  Denmark,  and  the  island  of 
Bornholm  in  the  Baltic  Sea,  as  well  as  in  the  Daghestan  territory 
of  the  province  of  Cis-Caucasia. 

Exsicc.  Alpe  di  Fliihe,  near  Zermatt  (Bobert  Brown,  1827) ; 
Ganes,  on  Mt.  Magura,  Transsylvania  {Czecz,  1874) ;  Transsylvania 
(Sc/mr,  1870,  no.  2016  b,  forma  purpurea  elegantissima) ;  a  specimen 
labelled  ''  GnaplwJium,  australe''  {AdiDnoi^ic  exs.  Serbicae,  1897); 
Mt.  Kopaonik  (Friedrichsthal)  ;  Mt.  Peristeri  [Grisebach]  ;  Mt. 
Chortiasch  (Friedrichsthal) ;  Mt.  Despoto-dagh,  in  Turkey,  near 
Karlova  {Friwa/dzky) ;  Montenegro  {Baldacci,  It.  Albanicum,  vi. 
no.  221,  1898);  Mt.  Hodja  Balkan,  in  Bulgaria  (ex  herb.  Hooker), 
labelled  "  var.  austraUs  "  ;  a  specimen  from  Daghestan,  on  the  west 
bank  of  the  Caspian  Sea  [Becker,  1877).  There  is  also  one  of 
J.  Mackay's  original  specimens  from  Dawson  Turner's  herbarium, 
labelled  ''  (j-naphaliiim  new,  Isle  of  Skye  "  :  and  another  labelled 
"Isle  of  Sky,  Dr.  Smith,  1806." 

The  following  specimens  from  N.  Asia  should  also  be  referred 
to  var.  /? : — Specimens  from  Guriel,  in  Siberia  (Szowitz),  and  from 
Alach-Jun  and  Krest-Judomiskoi  (l'i(rczanmow,18d5,  '^  Gnaphalium 
boreaJe''),  from  Irkutzk,  and  Siberia  Altaica  (1867) ;  also  Japanese 
specimens  from  Abashiri,  in  the  island  of  Yezo  (PI.  du  Japon, 
1890,  no.  5456,  Faurie). 

In  the  British  Herbarium  of  the  Herb.  Mus.  Brit,  there  is  a 
single  sheet  of  var.  hijperborea  with  six  specimens  attached.  One 
from  E.  Forster's  herbarium  is  not  at  all  characteristic,  as  the  upper 
surface  of  the  leaves  is  almost  glabrous.  Two  are  garden  specimens 
raised  from  a  plant  collected  in  the  Isle  of  Skye  (without  date). 
Of  the  other  three  specimens,  the  most  characteristic  is  one  from 
Sowerby's  herbarium,  with  a  label  attached  in  the  handwriting  of 
G.  Don  the  elder,  "I  call  this  GnaphaUum  hyperboreiun  ;  it  was 
found  by  Mr.  J.  Mackay,  Edinburgh,  in  the  Isle  of  Skye.  May 
this  not  be  the  variety  mentioned  by  Lightfoot  as  being  m  Dr. 
Ross's  collection?"  What  the  date  of  this  determination  may  be 
is  uncertain;  but  the  name,  as  stated  above,  was  taken  up  (subse- 
quently) by  James  Donn  in  1812.  On  turning  to  Lightfoot's 
Fl.  Scotlca,  ii.  app.  p.  1109  (1777),  we  find,  "a  variety  of  this,  a 
foot  high,  was  found  near  New  Posso.  Mr,  Yalden."  Posso  Craigs 
is  a  hill  in  Peeblesshire. 

Var.  y  congesta. — This  variety  was  founded  on  Asso's  specimens, 
which  he  referred  to  GnaphaUum  alpinuni.  Boissier's  specimens, 
which  agree  with  the  type,  were  collected  on  the  Sierra  Nevada,  in 
the  south  of  Spain,  at  a  height  of  2550  metres,  in  ice-crevices, 
above  Corral  de  Veleta,     Among  the  Scottish  specimens  in  Herb. 

K   2 


220  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Kew.  is  one  labelled  "  The  Highlands,"  a  dwarf  form,  with  a  stem 
barely  35  mm.,  which  exactly  agrees  with  the  Spanish  specimens 
on  another  sheet,  and  is  quite  distinct  from  either  of  the  other  two 
British  varieties.  On  the  evidence  of  this  specimen,  I  think  that 
var.  congesta  may  be  added  to  the  Scottish  flora,  and  possibly  it 
may  be  found  in  lofty  stations  suitable  for  its  growth,  if  diligently 
looked  for.  If  this  can  be  satisfactorily  settled,  it  will  be  seen  that 
all  the  three  European  varieties  of  Anteiuiarla  dioica  elvc  to  be  found 
in  the  Scottish  Highlands. 

The  late  Dr.  F.  B.  White,  in  Scottish  Xaturalist,  1886,  p.  323, 
and  in  Fl.  of  Perthshire,  p.  180,  has  described  a  var.  peclicellata, 
found  at  Glen  Tilt  and  near  Strowan  Station,  in  which  the  calathia 
are  not  so  close  together,  on  pedicels  from  12-28  mm.,  and,  as  he 
says,  "probably  only  an  extreme  state,  as  intermediate  forms  occur." 
It  seems  indeed  to  be  only  a  form  sliglitly  different  from  the  type 
of  the  species,  scarcely  to  rank  as  a  variety.  Among  the  specimens 
in  the  British  Herbarium,  the  description  seems  to  fit  some  speci- 
mens gathered  by  A.  Croall  in  1854  at  Little  Craigandhal,  and 
labelled,  "  Plants  of  Braemar  no.  105."  In  these,  the  calathia  are 
spread  out  in  a  semicircle,  owing  to  the  greater  length  of  the  pedicels. 

In  the  plate  which  accompanies  this  paper,  the  single  sheet  in  the 
Linnean  Herbarium,  which  contains  eight  specimens  of  Antennaria 
dioica,  is  reproduced  by  photography.  At  the  bottom  of  the  sheet 
is  the  word  "  dioicum  "  in  Linne's  handwriting.  In  three  of  the 
specimens  rose-coloured  scales  are  more  noticeable  ;  in  three  others 
no  rose-coloured  scales  are  to  be  seen.  One  specimen  has  two 
flowering  stems. 


SOME     BEITISH     VIOLETS.— II. 

By  Edmund  G.  Baker,  F.L.S. 

The  Pansies  growing  in  hilly  or  mountainous  districts  in  this 
country  can,  with  trifling  exception,  be  arranged  in  two  of  the 
groups  referred  to  in  my  previous  paper  (pp.  9-12).  The  repre- 
sentative species  for  these  groups  are  V.  lutea  Hudson  and  V.  saxa- 
tilis  Schmidt*  (F.  alpestris  Jordan).  These  groups  have  many 
points  in  common — the  plants  are  perennials  or  subperennials, 
never  annuals,  as  is  generally  the  case  with  the  groups  of  V.  ar- 
vensis  Murray  and  V.  tricolor  L.  sensu  stricto ;  the  flowers  are 
nearly  always  showy,  the  petals  being  always  distinctly  longer 
than  the  sepals,  except  in  the  case  of  T'.  lutea  Huds.  var.  hamulata. 
The  two  groups  differ  in  the  stipules,  which  in  the  group  of  V.  lutea 
are  digitately  multipartite  or  digitately  pinnatifid,  while  in  the 
saxatilis  group  they  are  pinnatipartite.  Particular  attention  must 
also  be  paid  to  the  character  of  the  rootstock.  In  mountainous 
or  hilly  country  in  close  proximity  to  the   sea — as,   for  instance. 


*  This  species  has  not  been  recorded  as  growing  in  Britain,  but  is  widely 
spread  on  the  Continent. 


SOME    BRITISH    VIOLETS 


221 


in  the  west  of  Ireland — considerable  difficulty  is  experienced  in 
defining  exactly  the  boundary  between  the  group  of  V.  lutea  and 
the  group  of  v!  Ciutidi.  Mr.  A.  G.  More,  in  this  Journal  for  1873, 
p.  117,  when  speaking  of  the  Flora  of  Ireland,  states  that  the 
sandhill  pansies  of  the  whole  coast  belong  rather  to  V.  Curtisii, 
except  some  plants  he  refers  to  growing  near  Lahinch  and  Miltown, 
in  Co.  Clare." 

Generally  speaking,  F.  Curtuil  is  a  plant  of  sandy  sea-shores, 
and  V,  lutea  of  grassy  places  in  hilly  and  mountainous  regions ; 
the  former  having  short  decumbent  stems  and  short  subterranean 
stolons,  and  in  the  latter  the  stems  are  either  short  or  elongated, 
but  ascendiug,  and  long,  slender,  subterranean  stolons. 

Group  I. — Representative  species  V.  lutea  Hudson. 

Perennials.  Rootstock  branched,  branches  slender,  producing 
short  or  more  rarely  elongated  ascending  stems.  Stipules  of  lowest 
leaves  digitately  multipartite  or  digitately  pinnatifid.  Petals  gene- 
rally longer  than  the  sepals,  spreading  (except  in  the  case  of  var. 
hamulata  Baker). 

The  members  of  this  group  are  found  in  grassy  places  in  hilly 
and  mountainous  districts,  very  occasionally  on  sandbanks  near  the 
sea — as  at  Lahinch  and  Miltown,  in  Co.  Clare. 

V.  LUTEA  Hudson,  Fl.  Angl.  ed.  1,  p.  331  (1762),  p.p.;  Eng. 
Bot.  t.  721  (1800).  F.  (jrandifiora  Hudson,  Fl.  Angl.  ed.  2, 
p.  380,  p.  p.  F.  sudetica  Willd.  a  lutea  DC.  Prod.  i.  p.  302 
(1824).  It  is  unnecessary  to  give  a  detailed  description  of  this 
well-known  species.  Hudson's  plant,  as  the  name  implies,  was 
yellow-flowered. 

Var.  AMCENA  Henslow,  Cat.  Brit.  Plants,  p.  3  (1829).  F.  amcena 
T.  F.  Forster  in  Symons'  Synopsis,  p.  198  (1798);  Eng.  Bot. 
t.  1287.  F.  sudetica  Willd.  var.  media  DC.  I.e.  The  flower  is  thus 
described  in  the  original  description  : — "  Flos  magnus  saturate  pur- 
pureus  aut  violaceus.  Petala  superiora  obtuse  ovata,  purpurea ; 
lateralia  barbata  purpurea,  venosa,  venis  saturatius  purpureis ; 
infima  magna,  superiore  parte  lutea,  venis  purpureis  notata ;  calcar 
breve,  obtusum."  It  is  described  as  from  Scotland,  where  it  was 
first  found  by  Mr.  Dickson.  The  plant  from  which  the  original 
description  was  taken  cannot  have  had  a  particularly  elongated 
stem,  as  it  is  described  as  being  only  half  the  length  of  the  scape 
— i.e.  "  Scapus  erectus  canaliculatus  caule  duplo  longior." 

Gardiner  [Rambles  in  Braemar,  1845,  p.  18)  gives  nine  grades 
of  colour-variation  which  he  states  exist  between  this  and   T'.  lutea. 

A  very  fine  Violet  grows  on  some  of  the  Breadalbane  Mountains, 
which  bears  close  relations  to  F.  amcena  and  to  the  F.  grandifiora 
figured  by  Villars  (Cat.  PI.  Jard.  Strasbourg,  p.  288,  tab.V.  (1807) ) 
— the  F.  lutea  Hudson,  var.  grandifiora  of  Koch's  Synopsis,  ed.  2, 
p.  95.     I  have  closely  compared  it  with  Villars'  figure  and  with 


*  Specimens  1  have  seen  in  Mr.  Shoolbred's  herbarium  from  sand-banks, 
Miltown,  Co.  Clare,  approach  very  closely  to  the  Pansy  from  MuUaghmore  to 
which  my  father  gave  the  name  V.  Symei, 


222  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

specimens  from  Schultz  Herb.  Normale  no.  1019  (from  granitic 
escarpments  between  Minister  and  Gerarclmer,  in  the  Vosges), 
which  have  been  referred  to  this  variety.  Although,  as  just  stated, 
it  is  closely  allied,  there  are  several  differences,  and  I  venture  to 
describe  it  as  a  subvariety  : — 

Var.  AMCENA  subvar.  insignis.  Perennial.  Stem  rather  short  or 
somewhat  elongate  (5-15  cm.).  Lamina  of  lowest  leaves  orbicular, 
several  times  longer  than  the  petiole,  base  rounded  or  subcuneate, 
margin  crenate-serrate ;  lamina  of  upper  leaves  ovate-oblong  or 
oblong,  differing  from  our  specimens  of  V.  lutea  var.  c/randiflora 
in  several  points — in  the  obtuse  apex,  longer  petiole,  and  broader 
lamina ;  the  petioles  and  lamina  are  more  or  less  hairy.  Stipules 
palmately  pinnatifid ;  terminal  lobe  rather  larger  than  the  others. 
Peduncle  5-6  cm.  long.  Bracteoles  placed  below  the  curvature. 
Flower  about  the  same  size  as  that  of  var.  n r and i flora,  but  upper 
petals  narrower.  Sepals  subacuminate.  Upper  petals  divergent, 
narrow  obovate,  +  1*8  cm.  long,  8-9  mm.  broad  at  broadest  point — 
lateral  petals  spreading,  lower  petal  rather  broader  than  long, 
+  1'3  cm.  long,  +  1'7  cm.  broad  at  broadest  point.  Spur  just 
longer  than  the  appendages  of  the  calyx,  not  so  long  as  in  var. 
c/randiflora.     Capsule  sliorter  than  sepals.. 

Hab.  South  side  of  Craig  Caillaich  above  Fnilarig,  in  Breadal- 
bane ;  and  rocks,  somewhat  moist,  at  very  considerable  height  on 
Ben  Lawers,  frequent,  Aug.  1794,  Robt.  Brown,  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit. 
Cliffs  of  Ben  Lawers,  G.  C.  Driice,  Aug.  1888,  Herb.  G.  C.  Druce. 

It  is  larger-flowered  than  typical  var.  amcena,  and  has,  as  has 
been  stated,  a  stem  sometimes  15  cm.  long.  The  large  size  of  the 
flowers  (which  are  purplish)  makes  this  a  very  striking  plant. 

I  am  unable  to  follow  Messrs.  Rouy  and  Foucaud  in  their  de- 
scription of  V.  lutea  a  nnf/uiculata,  for  which  they  quote  the  following 
synonymy : — 

"  V.  grandiflora  Huds.  Fl.  Angl.  ed.  2,  p.  380;  V.  lutea  var. 
yrandiflora  Koch,  Synopsis,  ed.  2,  p.  95  ;  G.  et  G.  Fl.  Fr.  i.  p.  185." 

F.  grandiflora  Hudson,  Fl.  Angl.  ed.  2,  p.  380,  has  generally 
been  considered  synonymous  with  V.  lutea  Hudson,  ed.  1,  p.  331  '■' ; 
but  it  should  be  noted  that  Hudson  under  V.  grandiflora  quotes 
Viola  caule  triquetro  simplici  foliis  oblofigiusculis  stipulis  pinnatijidis  of 
Linnaeus  (Mantissa,  p.  120),  and  Viola  montana  lutea  grandiflora 
Bauhin,  Pinax,  200,  which  are  both  placed  by  Linnaeus  (Mant.  I.e.) 
under  his  grandiflora. 

V.  lutea  Hudson  a  unguiculata  Rouy  &  Foucaud  is  for  the  most 
part  then  synonymous  with  V.  lutea  Huds.  var.  grandiflora  Koch, 
but  is  confused  by  these  authors  in  their  synonymy  with  V.  lutea 
Hudson,  Fl.  Angl.  ed.  1,  p.  331.  V.  B.  Wittrock,  in  his  "Viola 
Studien,"  i.  (in  Acta  Horti  Bergiani,  Band  2,  No.  1,  p.  96)  describes 
and  figures  V.  grandiflora  Lin.  Vill.,  but  his  fig.  107  on  tab.  vii. 
shows  considerable  difference  in  the  character  of  the  stipules  from 
those  organs  as  figured  by  Villars. 

*  Confer  Smith,  English  Flora,  p.  307 ;  and  Koch,  Synopsis,  ed.  ii.  p.  95 
(1843). 


SOMK    BRITISH    VIOLETS  223 

Var.  HAMULATA  Baker,  North  Yorkshire,  p.  207 ;  Report  Bot.  Exch. 
Club,  1865,  p.  7.  The  type  of  this  plant  was  unfortunately  destroyed 
by  fire  in  1864.  It  is  said  to  bear  the  same  relation  to  V.  lutea  that 
F.  arvensis  bears  to  V.  tricolor ;  and  is  thus  described  in  the  Report 
cited : — 

"  Rootstock  thread-like,  perennial,  wide-creeping.  Stems  diffuse, 
much  branched  at  the  base,  slender,  quadrangular,  pubescent  below, 
but  the  pedicels  naked.  Lower  leaves  on  naked  channeled  stalks, 
about  I  in.  long,  roundish,  with  ciliated  crenations  about  as  broad 
as  deep,  upper  ovate,  bluntish  or  even  lanceolate,  acute,  with  cre- 
nations two  to  three  times  as  broad  as  deep.  Stipules  with  the 
terminal  lobe  much  larger  than  the  others,  leafy  and  toothed,  the 
lobes  all  ciliated,  the  lateral  ones  two  or  three  on  each  side,  usually 
one  only  on  the  other,  linear  or  subspathulate,  entire,  erecto-patent 
or  sometimes  curved  like  a  sickle.  Bracts  three-quarters  of  the 
distance  up  the  pedicel,  minute,  ovate  acute,  about  the  same  width 
as  the  stalk.  Sepals  |  in.  long,  lanceolate  acuminate,  slightly 
ciHated,  the  upper  pair  smaller,  equalling  the  petals.  Expanded 
corolla  t  in.  deep  by  ^  in.  across,  petals  all  yellow,  upper  pair  pale, 
obovate,  2  lines  across,  lateral  pair  smaller,  deeper-coloured,  with 
each  a  tuft  of  hairs  at  the  throat,  the  lowest  4  lines,  not  marked 
with  any  lines  or  marked  at  the  throat  with  three  to  five  faint  ones. 
Spur  slender,  curved  upwards,  barely  one  and  a  half  times  as  long 
as  the  subquadrate  bluntly  toothed  calycine  appendages.  Anther- 
spur  linear-filiform,  curved  upwards,  six  to  eight  times  as  long  as 
broad.  The  typical  V.  lutea  has  the  terminal  lobe  of  the  stipules 
entire  and  less  leaf-like,  the  lower  petal  when  the  plant  is  fairly 
developed  ^  in.,  the  lateral  pair  ^-f  in.,  and  the  upper  pair  ^  in. 
across,  so  that  the  fully  expanded  corolla  measures  about  1  in.  each 
way,  and  the  spur  keeled  and  thickened  at  the  end,  about  twice  as 
long  as  the  deeply  toothed  calycine  appendages." 

Found  on  Richmond  Racecourse,  North  Yorkshire  ;  and,  with 
Thlaspi  occitanum,  at  the  lead-mines  on  Copperthwaite  Moor,  near 
Reeth. 

Other  plants  of  this  group  not  found  in  Britain,  but  found 
in  France  or  Belgium,  are — Viola  sudetica  Willd.  (the  type), 
F.  calaminaria  Lejeune,  and  V.  chrysmitha  Schrader. 

F.  sudetica  Willd.  was  quoted  in  English  Botany  as  being 
synonymous  with  F.  lutea  Huds.  Koch  (in  Synopsis,  ed.  ii.  p.  95) 
descrilDes  a  F.  hitea  Huds.  var.  sudetica,  founded  on  F.  sudetica 
Willd.,  and  states  that  it  differs  from  the  type  by  being  taller, 
having  larger  flowers,  and  petals  often  repand-crenate. 

F.  calaminaria  Lejeune  is  a  Belgian  plant  with  yellow  or 
yellowish,  not  very  large  flowers  (2-2^  cm.  long),  and  considered 
by  some  botanists  as  uniting  F.  lutea  and  F.  tricolor. 

V.  chrysantha  Schrader  in  Reichb.  Fl.  Germ.  Excurs.  ii.  (1832), 
p.  709 ;  Reichb.  Ic.  Fl.  Germ.  tab.  4516,  is  also  believed  by  some 
botanists  to  be  intermediate  between  F.  lutea  Huds.  and  F.  tricolor 
L.  (sensu  stricto),  but  the  plant  as  figured  by  Reichenbach  has  a 
longer  spur  than  either  of  these  species. 


224  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Group  II. — Eepresentative  species  V.  sa.vdtilis  Schmidt 
(T'.  alpestris  Jordan). 

Perennials  or  subperennials.  Stipules  pinnatipartite,  that  is 
the  middle  lobe  markedly  different  from  the  lateral  lobes.  Petals 
always  longer  than  the  sepals,  spreading.  Like  the  preceding,  the 
members  of  this  group  are  found  in  grassy  places  in  hilly  or  moun- 
tainous country  ;  they  are  allied  on  the  one  hand  to  the  group  of 
F.  lutea,  on  the  other  to  the  group  of  F.  tricolor  L.  (sensu  stricto). 
As  has  been  previously  stated,  the  head-quarters  of  the  group  seems 
to  be  the  Pyrenees,  and  it  is  only  outlying  members  that  have  been 
recorded  for  this  country. 

The  group  may  be  subdivided  either  by  the  colour  of  the 
flowers,  which  seems  to  be  more  trustworthy  here  than  in  the 
group ^  of  V.  Curtisii,  or  by  the  character  of  the  median  lobe  of 
the  stipule. 

Certain  species  seem  fairly  coustantly  to  have  yellow  flowers — 
as,  for  instance,  V.  alpestris  Jordan  and  V.  Provostii  Boreau.  Others 
are  rarely,  if  ever,  entirely  yellow — as,  for  instance,  V.  lepida  Jordan, 
in  which  the  upper  petals  are  obovate  and  of  a  beautiful  caerulean 
violet. 

It  will  be  noted,  however,  that  the  members  of  this  group  can- 
not be  rigidly  placed  in  subdivisions  by  the  colour  of  their  flowers, 
and  that  the  subdivisions  to  some  extent  overlap  one  another,  as 
even  here  the  coloration  is  subject  to  certain  variations  and  grada- 
tions ;  but,  as  colour  of  the  flowers  is  certainly  to  some  extent  a 
useful  guide,  I  think  it  better  to  attempt  a  subdivision  on  this  basis. 

*  Yellow-flowered  species  with  radiating  dark  lines  on  the  lower 
petals,  rarely  or  hardly  ever  with  violet-coloured  flowers. 
Continental  species  belonging  to  this  series  are  V.  alpestris 
Jordan,  V.  ffavescens  Jordan,  and  V.  Provostii  Boreau.  Of  these, 
only  the  last,  as  far  as  I  am  aware,  has  hitherto  been  definitely 
recorded  for  any  part  of  Great  Britain.  A  plant  bearing  marked 
similarity  with  V.  alpestris  Jordan  in  several  of  its  most  important 
characteristics  was  gathered  by  Mr.  W.  A.  Shoolbred  on  Kirkibost 
Island,  N.  Uist,  in  1898.  The  stem  branches  copiously;  the 
leaves  are  ovate  or  ovate -oblong,  the  lamina  being  longer  than 
the  petiole.  The  stipules  on  the  main  stem  are  pinnatipartite,  the 
median  lobe  being  conspicuously  larger  than  the  lateral  lobes  and 
subsimilar  to  the  leaves;  the  stipules  on  some  of  the  lateral  branches 
are  somewhat  different.  The  flowers  are  showy  and  yellow,  with 
petals  longer  than  the  sepals,  and  lower  and  lateral' petals  with 
radiating  dark  violet  lines.  Spur  violet-coloured,  longer  than  the 
appendages  of  the  sepals.  It  may  be  well  to  leave  this  plant  for 
further  study ;  meanwhile  I  append  a  description  of  V.  alpestris 
Jordan,  drawn  up  from  the  original  description  and  authentic 
material. 

Plant  of  from  1-3  dm.,  covered  with  a  very  short  pubescence, 
diffuse  from  the  base,  much  branched,  with  ascending  flexuous 
branches.     Leaves  oval  or   oval-oblong,   crenulated,   not   cordate. 


SOME    BRITISH    VIOLETS  225 

with  a  short  petiole  enlarged  at  the  summit.  Stipules  pinnatifid, 
with  8-10  lateral  straight  lobes,  terminal  lobe  subsimilar  to  the 
leaves.  Peduncles  elongated,  bracteoles  whitish,  placed  below  the 
curvature.  Sepals  lanceolate,  elliptic,  acuminate.  Corolla  large, 
petals  whitish  yellow,  oboval,  overlapping  by  their  edges— the 
lateral  obliquely  oboval,  the  lower  oboval,  enlarged  and  emarginate 
at  the  summit  and  marked  with  five  violet  strife.  Spur  blue-violet, 
obtuse,  compressed,  hardly  curved,  passing  the  appendages.  Cap- 
sule oval,  obtuse. 

The  following  description  of  V.  Provostii  Boreau  is  drawn  up 
from  specimens  kindly  lent  me  by  the  Messrs.  Groves : — 

V.  Pkovostii  Boreau,  Fl.  Centr.  ed.  iii.  p.  82.  V.  confinis 
Jordan  ex  Nyraan,  Conspectus,  p.  80;  Billot,  Fl.  Gall,  et  Germ. 
Exsicc.  Nos.  1825  bis  et  ter.  Boot  apparently  perennial  or  sub- 
perennial.  Lower  leaves  ovate,  erenate.  Upper  leaves  ovate- 
oblong,  crenate-serrate,  finely  hairy,  lamina  generally  longer  than 
petiole,  base  cuneate,  apex  obtuse.  Middle  lobe  of  stipules  oblanceo- 
late,  entire  or  occasionally  a  little  erenate,  much  narrower  than 
leaves,  lateral  lobes  2-3  on  each  side.  Peduncles  much  longer  than 
leaves — bracts  some  distance  from  the  curvature.  Flowers  showy, 
paler  yellow  than  lutea,  petals  longer  than  sepals.  Spur  longer 
than  appendages  of  calyx.  Upper  petals  ±1-1  cm.  long,  -7  cm. 
broad,     Lamina  of  upper  leaves  1*5  cm.  long. 

This  description  is  taken  from  a  plant  collected  by  Rev.  W.  H. 
Purchas  on  a  steep  limestone  bank  near  Ecton,  North  Staffordshire, 
June  1885,  Herb.  Groves,  and  identified  as  above  by  Mr.  Lloyd. 

Specimens  I  have  seen  in  Messrs.  Groves's  herbarium  from  Mr. 
Lloyd  of  V,  confiMis  Jordan  agree  in  almost  every  particular,  except 
that  the  leaves  are  slightly  narrower. 

""  Flowers  yellow  or  sometimes  more  or  less  violet. 

Median  lobe  of  stipules  entire,  oblanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate. 

V.  MONTicoLA  Jordan,  Obs.  2nd  Fragm.  p.  36.  V.  tricolor  h. 
K,  bella  Gren.  &  Godr.  Fl.  France,  i.  p.  184.  Stems  erect  or 
ascending.  Leaves  oval  or  ovate,  suddenly  contracted  to  petiole, 
upper  oblong-ovate.  The  terminal  lobe  of  the  stipule  is  much 
narrower  than  in  F.  cdpestris  Jordan,  and  entire.  Flowers  yellow, 
or  more  or  less  violet  or  tricoloured.  Peduncles  longer  than  the 
leaves.  Petals  always  longer  than  the  sepals.  Spur  considerably 
longer  than  the  appendages  of  the  calyx.  The  head-quarters  of  this 
Violet  are  in  the  South  and  East  of  France,  and  Jordan's  specimens 
of  F.  monticola  from  Bagneres  de  Luchon  are  in  the  National  Her- 
barium. Mr.  G.  C.  Druce  records  var.  bella  Gren.  &  Godron  from 
high  ground  near  Streatley  and  Tattendon,  and  at  Bradfield  and 
Beenham,  Berkshire  (Fl.  Berks,  p.  79). 

I  have  followed  MM.  Rouy  &  Foucaud  in  considering  V.  tricolor 
L.  K.  bella  Gren.  &  Godr.  synonymous  with  V.  monticola  Jordan,  as 
I  have  compared  specimens  and  the  original  description  of  var. 
bella  Gren.  &  Godr.  with  Jordanian  specimens  of  V.  monticola,  and 
they  seem  to  agree  in  all  leading  characteristics. 


226  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Some  British  plants  which  I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  ex- 
amining from  near  Stokenchurch,  Oxon,  referred  to  var.  bella  Gven. 
&  Godr.  by  Prof.  Freyu,  agree  well  in  the  flowers  with  specimens  of 
monticola,  but  the  median  lobe  of  the  stipule  is  broader. 

The  above  description  is  drawn  up  from  authentic  continental 
material. 

"-.*  Upper  petals  generally  bluish  violet ;  the  others  pale. 

Petals  more  rarely  yellow. 
In  this  series  occur  tw^o  plants  closely  related  to  each  other. 
The  names  of  both  of  them  have  appeared  as  suggested  identifi- 
cations for  plants  of  this  country.     The  following  notes  on  them 
are  from  the  original  descriptions  of  M.  Jordan  : — 

V.  Sagoti  Jordan,  Obs.  Fragm.  2,  p.  34.  Lower  leaves  with 
rather  long  petioles,  oval  or  oval-oblong,  base  cuneate  or  sub- 
cuneate  or  lowest  subcordate,  upper  leaves  narrower,  lanceolate. 
Stipules  pinnatifid.  Petals  longer  than  the  sepals.  Upper  petals 
broad  obovate.  Differs  from  T".  carpatica  Borbas  by  the  lamina  of 
the  leaves  being  not  so  elongated,  and  broader. 

In  the  Flora  of  Oxfordshire  Mr.  Druce  refers  a  plant  from  Stow 
Wood  to  V.  Sagoti ;  and  there  are  specimens  in  his  herbarium  re- 
ferred here,  on  the  authority  of  Prof.  Freyn,  from  {n)  near  Forfar ; 
(b)  Ballater,  S.  Aberdeen  ;   (c)  Braemar,  S.  Aberdeen. 

V.  Paillouxh  Jordan,  I.  c.  p.  36.  Near  V.  Sagoti,  from  which 
it  differs  by  its  upper  leaves  being  more  elongated  and  more  pointed. 
Stipules  pinnatifid,  but  their  lobes  are  longer  and  more  pointed. 
The  petals  are  very  similar  to  those  of  V.  Sagoti,  and  are  of  a  bluish 
violet,  sometimes  very  pale.     The  sepals  are  more  acuminate. 

.^"^^  Petals  generally  violet-coloured  and  yellowish  white  in  the  throat, 
*  or  upper  petal  violet,  and  lateral  and  lower  petal  paler. 

To  this  series  belong  V.  lepida  Jordan  and  V.  carpatica  Borbds, 
both  of  which  names  have  been  suggested  for  British  plants. 

V.  lepida  Jordan,  Put/iUus,  p.  28.  Root  perennial.  Stems 
ascending,  branched  from  the  base.  Leaves  pale  green,  puberulous, 
lower  ovate  or  lanceolate,  somewhat  obtuse,  crenate.  Stipules 
pinnatifid,  lateral  lobes  linear,  subpatulous,  intermediate  oblong, 
almost  spathulate,  subentire  or  slightly  dentate.  Petals  twice  as 
long  as  the  calyx,  upper  obovate,  of  a  beautiful  caerulean  violet, 
lateral  pale  blue,  lowest  broadly  obovate,  whitish  or  violet.  Spur 
violet-coloured,  patent-defiexed,  longer  than  the  appendages  of  the 
calyx.     Capsule  subrotund. 

A  plant  gathered  in  1860,  near  the  Spital  of  Glen  Shee,  in  Perth- 
shire, by  my  father,  was  referred  to  this  species  by  Prof.  Boreau 
(Journ.  Bot.  i.  pp.  11,  12).  A  plant  collected  by  Mr.  W.  A.  Shool- 
bred  near  Fort  George,  E.  Inverness,  is  closely  allied  ;  and  another 
allied  plant  is  one  collected  by  Eev.  E.  S.  Marshall  near  Roy  Bridge, 
Glen  Spean,  W.  Inverness  (Herb.  Groves),  but  this  latter  perhaps 
would  be  better  placed  as  a  form  of  V.  amcena  T.  F.  Forster. 


KENT    MOSSES 


227 


V.  cARPATicA  Borbas  in  Koch's  Synopsis,  ed.  iii.  p.  222  (1892); 
Baker  fil.  Journ.  Bot.  1901,  p.  10.  Tlie  British  habitat  is  Cocker- 
ham  Peat  Moss,  West  Lancashire.  I  have  noted  other  gatherings 
from  this  county  which  are  very  closely  allied  to  this  species — as, 
for  instance,  a  plant  gathered  by  the  Rev.  E.  S.  Marshall  near 
Sandling  Park,  East  Kent,  no.  1345. 

]\  polychioma  Kerner  is  allied  to  V.  carpatica  Borbas,  but  differs 
in  the  broader  lamina  of  the  leaf. 

In  the  limitation  of  the  group  of  V.  saxatUis  I  have  ventured  to 
differ  slightly  from  MM.  Rouy  &  Foucaud  in  their  recent  Flora— 
thus,  for  instance,  Y.  contnnpta  Jordan,  whicli  was  recorded  many 
years  ago  on  the  authority  of  M.  Boreau  from  cornfields  near  Thirsk, 
seems  better  placed  with  certain  of  its  allies  not  in  the  present  group, 
but  in  that  of  which  the  representative  species  is  V.  tricolor  L. 
(sensu  stricto).  There  are  other  continental  described  species  and 
varieties  belonging  to  this  group  which  it  is  only  necessary  to 
briefly  mention.  They  have  never  been  recorded  as  growing  in 
this  country. 

V.  polychroma  Kerner,  already  mentioned,  and  V.  tricolor  L.  var. 
perrobusta  Borb.  Magyar  Nov.  Lap.  1888,  p.  18,  is  stated  by  Borbas 
(in  Koch,  Synopsis,  ed.  3,  i.  221)  to  be  "  V.  lutea—>  tricolor ^  It 
has  tricoloured  flowers,  and  is  allied  to  V.  tricolor  by  its  stipules, 
and  is  only  known  from  Upper  Hungary. 

I  have  to  tender  my  best  thanks  to  Messrs.  H.  Groves,  W.  A. 
Shoolbred,  and  G.  C.  Druce  for  the  loan  of  the  pansies  from  their 
herbaria. 


KENT     MOSSES. 

By  E.  M.  Holmes,  F.L.S. 

(Concluded  from  p.  182.) 

The  following  list  includes  additional  localities  for  species  already 
recorded  for  the  county  of  Kent,  and  also  a  few  species  new  to  the 
county,  the  names  of  which  have  been  received,  since  the  last  paper 
was  pubUshed,  from  Mr.  L.  J.  Cocks,  of  Bromley  Hill,  to  whom  the 
initials  L.  J.  C.  in  the  text  refer.  The  initials  E.  G.  refer  to  the 
late  Mr.  Edward  George,  of  Forest  Hill,  whose  collection  is  now,  I 
beheve,  in  the  possession  of  the  Horniman  Museum.  A  few  species 
new  to  the  county,  added  since  the  last  list  was  published,  are  indi- 
cated by  an  asterisk. 

Where  the  generic  name  has  been  altered,  since  the  publication 
of  the  list  of  mosses  in  the  Journal  of  Botany  in  1877,  the  name 
then  in  use  follows  in  parenthesis  the  name  now  used.  In  this 
list  the  order  given  in  Dixon's  Handbook  of  British  Mosses  has  been 
followed. 

Sphagnum  cipnbifolium  Ehrh.  Bedgebury  Wood,  Goudhurst,  J.  S. 
— Var.  7  conge'stiim  Schimp.  Kilndown  Wood,  Goudhurst,  J.S. — 
S.  subsecimdum  Nees.  Louisa  Lake,  Bedgebury  Wood,  J.  /S.— Var. 
contortum  Schimp.     Bedgebury  Wood,  J.  S. — S.  squarroswn,  Pers, 


228  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Louisa  Lake,  Bedgebury  Wood,  J.  S. —  S'.  acutifolinm  Ehrh.    Goud- 
hurst,  </.  S. — S.  intennedium  Hoffm.     Goudliurst,  J.  S. 

Tetraphis  pellucida  Hedw.  Goudhiirst,  frequently  in  fruit ;  Cran- 
brook,  A.  W.  Hudson,  J.  S. 

Catharinea  undulata  Heb.  S.  Mohr.  [Atrichiim).  Goudhurst, 
J.  S. ;   Sevenoaks  ! — Var.  /3  attenuata  Wils.     Sevenoaks  ! 

Polytnchum  nanum  Brid.  [Pogonatum).  Bedgebury  Wood  I — P. 
aloides  Brid.  [Pog<matu})i).  Tunbridge  Weils  !  Goudhurst,  J.  S, — 
P.  urnigerum  Brid.  (Pogo)iatiim).  Goudimrst,  J.  S. — P.formosum 
Hedw.  Bedgebury  Wood,  J.  S. — P.  counnnne  L.  Goudliurst,  J .  S. ; 
Greenhitlie,  E.  G. — P.  juniperinum  Hedw.  Goudhurst,  J.  S.]  Bid- 
denden  !  Mere  worth  Woods,  near  Mailing  ! —  P.  piliferum  Schreb. 
Bedgebury  Wood  ! 

Leiicohiyum  glaucnw  Hampe.     Goudhurst ! 

Pieiiridium  axillare  Liud.  (P.  nitidum  Br.  &  Sch).  Bedgebury 
Wood!  St.  Paul's  Cray  Common,  L.  J.  (\ — P.  suhulatum  Br.  &  Sch. 
Goudhurst ! 

Ditrichiim  homomaUum  Hampe.  Bedgebury  Wood,  J.  S.  —  D. 
Jiexiccnde  Hampe.  Between  Sibertswold  and  Waldershare  Park 
abundantly. 

Ceratodon  purpureus  Brid.     Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Dicranella  riifescens  Schimp.  Spring  Park  Wood,  W.  Wickham, 
L.  J,  0. — D.  cerviciilata  Schimp.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. — D.  heteromalJa 
Schimp.    Goudhurst,  J.  S. — 7).  varia  Schimp.    Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Dicranoiveissia  cirrhata  Liudb.     Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Campy lopmJIeA'iiosus  Brid.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. — C.  pyriformis  Brid. 
Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Dicmnum  scoparhim  Hedw.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. — D.  Bonjeani  De 
Not.     Ginning's  Springs,  Westenhanger  ! 

Fissidens  hryoides  Hedw.  Forest  Hill,  E.  G.  ;  Goudhurst,  J.  S. 
— F.  exilis  Hedw.  Pickhurst  Green,  near  Bromley,  L,  J,  C. — F. 
adiantoides  Hedw.  Folkestone,  Miss  K.  Appleford. — F.  taxifolius 
Hedw.  Forest  Hill,  E.  G.  ;  Goudhurst,  J.  S.—F.  viridulus  Wahl. 
Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Grimmia  apocarpa  Br.  &  Sch.  Goudhurst,  J.  S.;  Sevenoaks; 
Egerton  ;  Newington,  near  Sandgate  ! — G.  pulrinata  Sm.  Maid- 
stone !  Tenterden,  Dr.  E.  A.  Heath  ;  Goudhurst,  J.  S. — G.  tricho- 
pkylla  Grev.  Hydropathic  grounds  and  Rusthall  Common ;  Tun- 
bridge Wells,  abundantly  !  Goudhurst ! 

Rhacomitrium  aciculare  Brid.     Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Acaulon  muticum  C.  M.  {Phascum).  Sevenoaks ;  Eynsford, 
abundantly ! 

Phascum  cuspidatum.  Schreb.  Goudhurst,  J.  8. — P.  Flcerkeanum 
W.  &  M.     Keston,  L.  J,  C. — P.  curvicolle  Hedw.     Shoreham ! 

Pottia  recta  Lindb.  Folkestone  Warren ! — P.  minutala  Br.  &  Sch. 
Goudhurst ! — P.  Starkeana  C.  Miill.  Bedgebury  Wood  !  Dover  I — 
P.  trimcatula  L.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. — P.  cavifolia  Ehrh.  Kemsing  ! 
Dover  ! — P.  lanceolata  Schimp.  Seal !  Folkestone  ! — P.  intermedia 
Fiirnr.  [trimcatula  L.  /S  major),  Goudhurst,  J.  S. ;  Coney  Hill, 
Hayes,  L.  J.  C. 

Tortula  ainbigua  Angstr.    Goudhurst,  J,  S. — T.  aloides  Br.  &  Sch. 


KENT    MOSSES  229 

Goudhurst,  J.  S. — T.  marginata  Br.  &  Sch.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. ; 
Southborongb,  Tunbridge  Wells ;  Chipstead ;  and  White  Rock, 
near  Sevenoaks  ;  Sandling,  near  Maidstone  ;  on  bricks,  Bromley, 
L.  J.  C. — T.  inutica  Lindb.  {latifolia  Br.  &  Sch.).  Goudhurst,  J.  S. 
— T.  siibuJata  Brid.  Tunbridge  Wells  ;  Goudhurst,  J.  S. — T.  muralu 
Hedw.  and  var.  cestlva  Brid.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. — T.  ruralis  Hedw. 
Goudhurst,  J.  S. — T.  intermedia  Berk.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. — T.  l(evipila 
Schwaegr.  Goudhurst,  J.  S.  ;  Sevenoaks  ! — T.  papillosa  Wils. 
Goudhurst,  J.  S. ;  Sevenoaks  !  Hayes  Ford,  near  Bromley,  L.  J.  C. 

Barbula  luiidalAndih.  {Trichostonnim).  Tunbridge  Wells;  Shore- 
ham  ;  Ightham ;  Greenhithe ;  Lenham  ;  Sandgate.  In  fruit,  in 
December,  near  Godden  Green,  and  near  Bessell's  Green,  on  stones, 
partly  immersed  in  the  ground  !  Goudhurst,  J.  S.  ;  Down,  L.  J.  C. — 
B.  rubella  Mitt.  [Tricliostomum),  Goudhurst,  J.  S.\  Sevenoaks! — 
B.  tophacea  Mitt.  {Tricliostomani).  Goudhurst,  J .  8. — B.  fall  ax  Hedw. 
Goudhurst,  J.  S. — B.  rigidnla  Mitt.  (Tortula).  Goudhurst,  J.  S. — 
B.  cylindrica  Schimp.  {Tortula  insulana  De  Not. ).  Seal ;  Sevenoaks  ! 
Goudhurst,  J.  iS. — B.  vinealis  Brid.  (Tortula).  Riverhead  !  fruiting 
near  Sevenoaks  and  Maidstone  !  Goudhurst,  J.  S. — B.  sinuosa 
Braithw.  (Tortula).  Basted  ;  Lenham  ! — B.  Hornschuchiana  Schultz. 
[Tortula).  Shoreham  !  Borough  Green  !  Bessell's  Green  ! — B.  revo- 
lutu  Brid.  (Tortula).  Riverhead!  Tunbridge  Wells!  Goudhurst,  J.  S. 
— B.  convoluta  Hedw.  (Tortula).  Keston  Common  ;  Folkestone  ! 
Sevenoaks  !  Goudlnirst,  J.  S. — B.  unguiculata  Hedw.  (Tortula). 
Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Leptodontium  jiexifolium  Hampe.    Bedgebury,  Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Weissia  viridula  Hedw.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. —  W.  tenuis  G.  M.  On 
chalk.  Leaves  Green,  L.  J.  C. 

Encalypta  vulgaris  Hedw.     Seal ! 

Zygodon  viridisslmus  Brid.  Goudhurst,  J.S.\  Folkestone  Warren ! 
— Var.  ^  rupestris  Lind.     In  fruit  on  a  wall  near  Bessell's  Green  I 

Ulota  Bruchii  Brid.  Goudhurst, ./.  8. ;  Ightham  ! — U.  phyllantha 
Brid.     Sibertswold ! 

Orthotrichum  cupulatuDi  Hofi'ni.  Kemsing.  —  O.  saxatile  Brid. 
Sandgate !  West  Mailing  ! — O.  tenelluin  Bruch.  Chilstone  Park, 
near  Charing! — 0.  ft//i?i^  Schrad.  Wrotham!  West  Mailing!  Siberts- 
wold ! — O.  Sprucei  Mont.     Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Ephemerwii  serratum  C.  M.  Kevington  and  Farningham  Woods, 
L.  J.  C. ;  Goudhurst,  J.  8. 

Physcomitrium  pyriforme  Br.  &  Sch.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. ;  Ight- 
ham !   Seal ! 

Funaria  fascicularis  Schimp.  Grove  Park,  L.  J.  0. — L.  hygro- 
metrica  Hedw.  Chevening!  Borough  Green!  Stone  Street!  Swans- 
combe  Wood  !  West  Mallmg  !  Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Aulacomniou  palustre  Schwaegr.  (Gyimocybe).  Goudhurst,  J.  S. ; 
the  fructification  rare.— J.  androgynum.  Schwaegr.  Goudhurst,  J.  S. ; 
Stone  Street !   Southborough,  W.  Fawcett. 

Bartraniia  pumiformis  Hedw.     Goudhurst,  rather  rare,  J.  S. 

Philonotis  fontana  Brid.  Keston  Common !  Westenhanger  1 
Goudhurst,  J.  8. 

Leptohryum.  pyriforme  Wils.     Goudhurst,  J.  8. 


230  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Webera  wttans  Hedw.  {Lamp rophy Hum).  Rusthall  Common  ! 
Keston  Common!  Goudhurst,  J.  8. — W.  annotina  Schwaegr.  (Lam- 
prophyllum).  Goudhurst,  J.  S.  —  W.  carnea  Schimp.  (Lampro- 
plujlhim).  Beechborough  !  Folkestone  !  Goudhurst,  J.  8. —  W.  anno- 
tina Schwaegr.  {LatnprophyUum).  Goudhurst,  J.  8. — W.  albicans 
Schimp.  {LamprophiiUum).  Goudhurst,  J.  8. — W .  Tozeri  Schimp. 
[Epipteri/rjium).     Goudhurst,  J.  8. 

Brt/wn  pendulum  Schimp.  Catford  Bridge,  E.  George. — B.  tor- 
quescens  Br.  &  Sch.  Folkestone  Warren,  abundantly  ! — B.  ccespiti- 
cium  L.  Maidstone  !  Kemsing  ! — B.  capillare  L.  Goudhurst,  J.  8. ; 
Basted! — B.  Donianum.  Grev.  Godden  Green;  fruiting  in  Seal 
Hollow  Road,  Sevenoaks!  Goudhurst,  J.  8.  —  B.  atropurpureum 
Web.  &  Mohr.  Folkestone  Warren  !  Goudhurst,  J.  8. — Var.  tjmci- 
lentum  Tayl.  Kevington,  L.  J.  C. — B.  erythrocarpum  Schwaegr. 
Pole  Hill!  Seal  Park!  Goudhurst,  J.  8.;  Ashover  Wood,  Penshurst! 
B.  murale  Wils.  Sevenoaks  !  Basted  !  Boxley,  near  Maidstone  ! 
Tunbridge  Wells  !  Greenhithe  !  Newiugton,  near  Sandgate  !  Goud- 
hurst, J.  8. — B.  alpinnm.  Hads.  Spring  Park  Wood,  L.  J.  0.  (The 
locality  is  a  somewhat  unusual  one,  from  its  low  elevation.)  —  B. 
aryenteum  Linn.  Catford  Bridge,  E.  Givrye;  Goudhurst,  W.  E.  N. 
— B.  roseum  Schreb.  Holwood,  L.J.  C. ;  Godden  Green  and  Bessell's 
Green,  near  Sevenoaks ! 

Mnium  ajfnie  Bland.  Ightham !  —  M.  undulaUun  L.  Hunger- 
shall  Rocks  !  fruiting  abundantly  on  a  large  detached  rock,  April, 
1878,  since  destroyed  ;  Chevening  Park !  Goudhurst,  J.  8.  —  M. 
cuspidatum  Hedw.  Knowle  Park,  Sevenoaks,  fruiting  occasionally. 
—  M.  rostratnm  Schrad.  Tunbridge  Wells,  T.  Walker ;  Seal ! 
Goudhurst,  J.  8. — M.  hornum,  L.  Sevenoaks,  abundantly  !  Goud- 
hurst, J.  8.  —  M.  undulatum.  Hedw.  Cranbrook,  A.  W.  Hudson. — 
M.  punctatum  L.     Goudhurst,  J.  8. 

Fontinalis  antipyretica  L.  Seal !  Mereworth  Woods  !  Lulling- 
stone  Park  !  Goudhurst,  J.  N. 

CrypJicea  heteromalla  Mohr.  Sevenoaks !  Chevening !  Goud- 
hurst, J.  8. 

Neckera  complanata  Huebn.  Dunton  Green  !  Goudhurst,  J.  8. ; 
Bredhurst ! — A',  pumila  Hedw.     Tunbridge  Wells !  Goudhurst,  J.  8. 

tlumalia  trichomanoides  Brid.  Sevenoaks !  Bredhurst  !  Goud- 
hurst, J.  8. 

Fteryyophyllum  lucens  Brid.     Goudhurst,  in  fruit! 

Leucodon  smiroides  Schwaegr.     Goudhurst,  J.  8. 

Leskea  poly  car  pa  Ehrh.     Goudhurst,  J.  8. 

Anomodon  viticulosus  Hook.  &  Tayl.  Goudiiurst,  J.  8. ;  Green- 
hithe, E.  George ;  fruiting  near  Ightham  Moat,  White  Rock,  and 
Godden  Green,  near  Sevenoaks  ! 

Heterocladium  heteropterum  B.  &  S.     Hungershall  Rocks! 

Thuidium  abietinum  B.  &  S.  {T.  histricosum  Mitt.).  Cudham  I 
Shoreham  ! — T.  tamariscinum  B.  &  S.  Goudhurst,  J.  8. — T.  recog- 
nitum  Hedw.     Near  ''  The  Fox,"  Keston,  L.  J.  C. 

Isothecium  myurum  Brid.     Goudhurst,  -/.  6'. 

Cylindrothecium  concinnum  Schimp.  Brastead  andDown,  L.  J.  0. ; 
Kemsing  I 


KENT    MOSSES 


231 


Pleuropiis  aericeus  Dixon  [Homalotheclum).  Dunton  Green,  £".  G. ; 
West  Mailing,  in  fruit ;  Goudhurst,  J.  S. 

Camptothecium  lutescens  B.  &  S.     Greenhithe,  E.  George',  Dover! 

Br  achy  thee  iiun  (/lareosum  B.  &  S.  Iglitham  ! — B.  albicans  B.&S. 
Bedgebury  Wood,  J.  S.  —  '^B.  salebroswn  B.  &  S.  Bredhiirst, 
J.  Marten.  —  Var.  y  palnstre  Schimp.  Syn.  Biddenden  !  —  B.  rii- 
tahulum.  B.  &  S.  Forest  Hill,  E.  George ;  Goudhurst,  J.  8. — 
B.  rivuJare  B.  &  S.  Goudhurst,  J.  8. —  B.  velutinuin  B.  &  S.  St. 
Paul's  Cray,  E.  George ;  Goudhurst,  J.  8.  —  B.  populeum  B.  &  S. 
Bredhurst ! — B.  piionosuui  B.  &  S.  Hungershall  Rocks  !  Bedgebury 
Wood,  J.  tS'.  —  B.  c(Espltoswn,  Dixon.  Knowle  Park,  Sevenoaks ! 
Goudhurst,  J.  8.  —  B.  purum  Dixon.  Goudhurst,  J.  8, ;  Green- 
hithe, E.  George. 

Eurhynchium  crassinervlum  B.  &  S.  Beechborough  !  Godden 
Green  !  —  E.  piliferum,  B.  &  S.  Goudhurst,  J.  8.  —  E.  prcElongum 
B.  &  S.  Cheveuing  !  Goudhurst,  J.  8.  —  E.  Swartzii  Hobkirk, 
Goudhurst,  J.  8. ;  Ightham  and  near  Otford,  in  fruit  !  —  E.  currl- 
setitin  Husn.  Goudhurst,  J.  8.  —  E.  pumilum  Schimp.  Pole  Hill, 
Duuton  Green  !  Goudhurst,  J.  8. — E.  myosuroides  Schimp.  Goud- 
hurst, J.  8.  —  E.  teuelluin  Milde.  Greenhithe,  E.  George — ''■Var. 
scabrellum  Dixon.  Farningham,  L.  J.  C. ;  Sevenoaks,  Shore- 
ham  !  —  E.  striatum  B.  &  S.  Greenhithe,  E.  George  ;  Goudhurst, 
J.  8.  —  E.  abbreviatum  Schimp.  Goudhurst,  J.  8.  —  E.  muraJe 
Milde.  Basted.  —  E.  coufertum  Milde.  Greenhithe.  E.  George. — 
E.  megapolitaniwi  Milde.     Sevenoaks  ! 

Plagiotheciuvi  depressiwi  Dixon.  Stone  Street  !  Maidstone  ! 
Bredhurst !  —  P.  latebricola  B.  &  S.  Chipstead  !  Goudhurst,  with 
gemmae,  J.  8. !  woods  between  Bromley  and  Beckenham,  L.  J.  C. 
— P.  denticulatiim  B.  &  S.  Cheveuing  Park,  E.  G. ;  West  Mailing! 
—  P.  sylvaticiim  B.  &  S.  Bredhurst !  —  P.  undulatum  B.  &  S. 
Greenhithe,  E.  G.  —  P.  silesiacum  B.  &  S.  On  stumps  of  Castanea 
vesca,  Kippiugton,  Sevenoaks  ! 

Amhlystegium  serpens  B.  &  S.  Greenhithe,  E.  G.  —  '''A.  variutn 
Lindb.  Kemsing,  L.  J.  C. — -''A.  Juratzkce  Braithw.  Wood  between 
Bromley  and  Beckenham,  L.  J.  C.  —  A.  irriguum  Schimp.  Near 
Ightham  Moat,  in  fruit ! — A.Jilicinuin  De  Not.     Dunn's  Green  ! 

Hypniun  riparium  B.  &  S.  (Amblystegiian).  New  Cross,  E.  G. ; 
Weald,  Sevenoaks. — H.  polygamuw  Schimp.  Ginniug's  Springs, 
near  Westeuhanger ! — //.  chrysophylliiui  Brid..  Woods  near  Cudham, 
abundant;  Shoreham  ;  Bredhurst  I  Cranbrook,  A.W.Hudson. — 
H.  admicuni  Hedw.  var.  ft  Kneiifii.  Goudhurst,  J.  8. ;  Folkestone 
Warren,  plentifully  ;  New  Cross,  E.  G.  —  H.  exannulatum  Giimb. 
Greenhithe  !  — •  H.  cupressifonne  L.  Greenhithe,  E.  G.  —  H.  mol- 
luscum  Hedw.  Dover  !  —  H.  strauiineum.  Dicks.  Goudhurst,  J.  8. 
— H.  cordifolium  Hedw.  Ginuing's  Springs,  near  Westeuhanger, 
very  rare;  Frizley  Bog,  Cranbrook,  A.  W.  Hudson. — H.  cuspidatum 
L.  Bredhurst !  —  H.  8chreberi  Lindb.  Greenhithe,  E.  G. ;  Tun- 
bridge  Wells  ! 

Hylocomium  splendens  B.  &  S.  Tunbridge  Wells  !  —  H.  loreum 
B.  &  S.     Tunbridge  Wells  ! 


282 


ALOPECURUS     HYBRIDUS     IN     BRITAIN. 
By  a.  Bkuce  Jackson. 

In  the  autumn  of  1899  my  friend  Mr.  Henry  Bromwich  showed 
me  an  Alopecurus  which  he  gathered  in  wet  spots  on  the  banks  of  the 
Avon  at  Kenilworth,  and  which  exhibited  several  marked  features  of 
interest.  While  partaking  of  the  characters  of  A.  genicidatus  and 
A.  pratensis,  it  could  not  be  satisfactorily  referred  to  either  species, 
and  indeed  seemed  to  be  exactly  intermediate  between  them.  In 
this  Journal  for  1899,  p.  358,  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett,  in  a  note  on 
Mr.  Mitten's  Alnpccariis  pronus  (now  expunged  from  our  list  as  a 
monstrosity),  mentioned  another  plant,  the  A.  hyhridus  Wimmer 
[A.  pratensi-r/eniciilatU!i  Wichura),  described  in  Garcke's  Flora  vun 
Nord-  und  Mittel  Deiitschkaid  (ed.  vi.  p.  438),  and  alluded  to  by 
Syme  in  EiKjlish  Botani/,  vol.  xi.  p.  26,  who  possessed  specimens 
from  Bremen  collected  by  Dr.  Focke.  The  publication  of  this 
note  led  me  to  devote  special  attention  to  the  Warwickshire 
novelty,  specimens  of  which  liad  been  furnished  me  by  the 
discoverer.  Suspecting  that  it  might  be  Wimmer's  plant,  I 
subsequently  forwarded  an  example  to  Prof.  Hackel,  who  wrote : 
**  Your  grass  is  certainly  the  Alopecurus  hi/bridus  Wimmer  (A.  pra- 
tensis X  (jeniculatus  Wichura).  Whether  it  is  a  hybrid  or  not  I  am 
unable  to  decide,  but  there  is  reason  to  suppose  that  it  is  of  hybrid 
origin." 

On  July  15th  last,  accompanied  by  Mr.  Bromwich,  I  visited  the 
Warwickshire  locality,  a  low-lying  meadow  bordering  the  River 
Avon  at  Chesford  Bridge,  Kenilworth.  The  meadow  had  been 
mown  prior  to  our  visit,  but  we  were  fortunate  enough  to  find  the 
Alopecurus  in  considerable  abundance  on  the  moist  margin  of  the 
field,  where  it  was  associated  with  coarse  herbage  which  had  escaped 
the  scythe.  The  plant  soon  attracts  attention  by  reason  of  its 
straggling  growth  and  general  luxuriance.  The  upper  leaf-sheaths 
are  remarkably  glaucous,  and  in  this  respect  the  plant  recalls 
A.fulvus,  but  in  structure  it  differs  entirely  from  that  species.  It 
resembles  A.  (jeniculatiis  in  habit,  but  the  flowering  spikes  are 
usually  much  longer  and  stouter  than  in  that  plant. 

The  following  is  a  translation  of  Wimmer's  original  description 
of  A.  hyhridus  in  his  Flora  von  Schlesien,  ed.  3,  p.  31  (1857) : — 

**  Alopecurus  hybridus,  n.  sp.  A.  nigricans  Wichura  im 
Jahresber.  d.  Schles.  Geseilsch.  1846,  p.  61.  Culm  ascending, 
geniculate,  glabrous ;  ligule  lengthened ;  glumes  hairy  on  the 
back,  almost  shaggy,  ciliated,  rather  blunt,  obliquely  truncate ; 
awns  oblique  or  slightly  geniculate.  Found  only  once,  in  1845, 
by  Wichura,  at  the  edge  of  a  pool  near  Reichenbach,  in  company 
with  A.  pratensis  and  A.  geuiculatus.  Habit  and  size  similar  to  the 
preceding  [A.  pratensis] ,  but  in  the  construction  of  the  flowers 
nearer  to  A.  geuiculatus.  The  glumes  of  a  dull  purple  at  the  point, 
almost  one-third  larger  iho^n  A.  geuiculatus :  awn  about  the  same 
length.     Wichura  considered  this  a  hybrid  of  A.  geuiculatus  and 


ALOPEOUnUo    HYBRIDUS    IN    BRITAIN 


283 


A.  pratensis,  but  the  characters  of  our  plant  do  not  favour  this 
supposition,  the  soft  ciliated  glumes  being  against  the  hybrid 
theory.  I  am  more  inclined  to  consider  it  a  form  of  A.  nigricans 
Hornem.,  but  neither  the  description  in  Fries  nor  the  original 
specimens — in  which  the  glumes  are  shaggy  and  have  no  awns, 
and  the  culms  are  upright — agree  with  A.  nigricans.  I  have  in 
the  meantime  therefore  placed  this  form  under  a  new  name." 

Dr.  Heidenreich,  in  Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschr.  xvi.  277  (1866), 
discusses  Wichura's  A.  pratensis  x  (jenicidatus  at  considerable 
length.  He  gives  comparative  descriptions  of  the  plant  and  its 
assumed  parents,  and  contrasts  them  as  follows : — 


A.  irratensis. 

Culmi  validi,  erecti, 
pedales  et  ultra. 


Folia  6-9  unciales  longa, 
summum  2-6  unc. 
longum. 

Ligula  brevis,  lineam 
longa,  truncata. 

Panicula  crassa,  '^-4  un- 
cias  longa,  3-4  lineas 
lata,  ramis  1-7  spiculas 
gerentibus. 

Spiculte  2  lineas  longte, 
ovato-lanceolatiK. 

Glumse  acutae,  tertia  ima 
parte  connatfe,  carina 
villoso-ciliata. 

Palea  acutiuscula, 


A.  pratensis  x  geniculatus. 

Culmi  subgraciles,  basi 
procumbentes,  genicu- 
lato-adscendentes ;  ela- 
tiores  quam  in  A.  geni- 
culato ;  l§-2  pedales. 

Folia  4-6  uncias  longa, 
summum  1  rarissimo 
3  uncias  longum. 

Ligula  oblonga,  2  lineas 
longa,  obtusiuscula, 

Panicula  subgracilis,  If- 
2|  unc.  longa,  2|  raris- 
simo 4  lineas  lata  ;  ra- 
mis 1-4  spiculas  geren- 
tibus. 

Spicule  If  lin.  longae,  ob- 
longo-lanceolatae,  sub- 
ovatae. 

Glumte     obtusiusculffi, 
quinta   v.    quarta   ima 
parte  connate ;  carina 
piloso-ciliata. 

Palea  obtusiuscula. 


A.  geniculatus. 

Culmi  graciles,  basi  pro- 
cumbentes geniculato- 
adscendentes ;  1-2  pe- 
dales. 

Folia  2-4  uncias  longa, 
summum  ^-1  unc. 
longum. 

Ligula  elongata,  2-3 
lineas  longa. 

Panicula  gracilis,  1^-2 
uncias  longa,  2-3  lineas 
lata ;  ramis  1-2  spiculas 
gerentibus. 

Spiculfe  lineam  longfe, 
ovato-oblongcG. 

Gluma3  apice  subtruncato- 
obtusse,  basi  ima  con- 
nataB ;  carina  ciliata. 

Palea  obtusissima. 


On  examination  I  find  that  the  Warwickshire  plant  exhibits  all 
the  characters  ascribed  to  A.  hgbridus  by  the  above  authors.  As 
will  be  seen  from  the  accompanying  descriptions,  the  flowering 
glumes  and  pale  afford  an  important  distinguishing  character. 
They  differ  markedly  from  A.  pratensis  in  being  considerably  smaller 
and  blunter,  but  not  so  obtuse  as  in  A.  gejiicidatus.  The  ciliation 
of  the  glumes  is  also  very  conspicuous,  the  hairs  being  apparently 
stiffer  and  coarser  than  in  the  allied  plants.  I  am  inclined  to  think 
that  this  Foxtail  is  a  cross  resulting  from  the  association  of  the 
above  mentioned  species.  In  support  of  the  hybrid  theory  I  must 
point  out  that  we  found  both  the  alleged  parents  occurring  almost 
within  a  stone's-throw  of  the  meadow  which  yields  A.  hgbridus.  Mr. 
Bromwich  suggests  that  both  A.  geniciihitiis  and  A.  pratensis  may 
have  originally  occurred  in  the  field,  and  that  the  resiilting  hybrid 
may  have  survived  its  parents  there.  In  no  description  of  this 
plant   can    I  find    any  mention    of   the    glaucous    sheaths.     This 

Journal  of  Botany.     Vol.  39.      [July,  1901.]  s 


234  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

character  may  not,  however,  be  a  permanent  one,  although  it  is 
very  marked  in  Warwickshire  examples. 

Last  autumn  the  Rev.  H.  P.  Reader  sent  me  a  carious  Alopecunis 
collected  by  him  in  very  wet  spots  by  the  Trent  near  Armitage, 
Staffordshire.  This  plant  has  not  the  glaucous  tint  of  the  Warwick- 
shire A.  hi/hndiis,  and  the  hairs  fringing  the  glumes  are  finer  and 
less  shaggy;  but  in  all  other  respects  it  resembles  Wimmer's  plant, 
and  must,  I  think,  be  left  under  it.  It  is  difficult  to  understand 
why  Wnnmer  named  the  Silesian  novelty  A.  hybrldus,  while  doubting 
its  hybrid  origin. 

I  have  not  had  an  opportunity  of  consulting  the  specimens 
named  A.  promis  in  Mr.  Borrer's  herbarium  at  Kew,  but  Newbould, 
who,  according  to  Syme,  made  a  casual  examination  of  them,  ex- 
pressed the  opinion  that  there  was  a  mixture  of  specimens,  or  that 
they  were  hybrids.  If  the  latter  be  the  case,  it  is  possible,  as  Mr. 
Bennett  suggests,  that  they  are  the  same  as  A.  hyhridus. 

I  hope  that  British  botanists  will  keep  a  look-out  for  this 
interesting  grass  during  the  present  summer.  It  may  possibly 
prove  to  be  not  uncommon  in  moist  meadows. 

P.S. — Since  writing  this  paper,  Prof.  Hackel  has  supplied  me 
with  further  information  regarding  A.  hyhridus,  and  has  also  fur- 
nished me  with  its  distribution  on  the  Continent.  The  following 
is  an  extract  from  his  letter  : — 

''Alopecunis  hyhridus  Wimm.  Fl.  v.  Schles.  3  ed.  31  (1857)  is 
certainly  a  hybrid  oi  }>ratensis  x  genicuJatus;  Wimraer  himself  gave 
this  name  [prat,  x  genie.)  for  it  in  Denkschr.  Schles.  Gesellsch.  149 
(1853) ;  at  a  later  period  (1857)  he  doubted  the  hybrid  nature  of 
the  plant,  but  he  was  wrong  in  doing  so.  The  identification  with 
A.  nigricans  Horn.  {A.  ventricosus  Pers.,  A.  arundinaceus  Poir.)  was 
made  by  Wichura  in  Act.  u.  Verand.  Schles.  Ges.  1845,  59 ;  1846, 
p.  63,  not  by  Wimmer,  and  was  erroneous. 

"  The  synonymy  of  the  plant  is  : — 

Alopecurus  pratensis  X  GENicuLATUS  Wimmer,   Denkschr. 

Schles.  Ges.  1853,  p.  149. 
A.  nigricans  Wichura,  I.e.  1846,  p.  63,  non  Hornem. 
A.  hyhridus  Wimm.  Fl.  v.  Schles.  ed.  3,  p.  31  (1857). 
A.  intermedius  Hallier,  FL  v.  Helgol.  Bot.  Zeit.  xxi.  (1863). 

"  Distrihution.  Germany :  Bremen,  Helgoland,  Tilsit,  Jena, 
Saalfeld,  Leipzig,  Schlesien  (Lieguitz).  Bohemia:  Prepechy. 
Galizia :  Lemberg.     Russia:  Fernia,  St.  Petersburg." 

[The  plant  is  also  described  in  Ascherson  and  Graebner's 
Synopsis  Mitteleuropdischen  Flora,  liefer,  vii,  part  2,  pp.  138,  139 
(1899),  to  which  reference  may  be  made. — Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 


236 


TRIFOLIUM     PRATENSE    var.    PARVIFLORUM. 
By  I.  H.  BuRKiLL,  M.A.,  F.L.S.- 

There  are  three  abnormal  states  of  the  common  red  clover  in 
which  the  corolla  is  found  unduly  shortened.  One  of  these  is  due 
to  an  insect  larva  which  feeds  within  the  bud,  stunts  its  growth, 
causes  it  to  remain  closed  and  the  basal  parts  to  be  fleshy  ;  the 
second  occurs  wheu  the  petals  are  in  part  sepaloid ;  the  third  is  a 
condition  in  which  the  corolla-tube  is  crumpled  and  the  ovary 
slightly  foliaceous ;  moreover  it  generally  has  peduncles  to  the 
heads  and  short  pedicels  to  the  llo\vers.  This  last  is  Trifoliiim. 
pratense  var.  parvijiornui,  and  has  the  following  synonymy  : — 

T.  pratense  var.  parcijioram  Babingt.  Manual  Brit.  Bot.  ed.  1 
(1843),  p.  72 ;  Lange  in  Oeder's  Flora  Danica,  t.  2782. 

T.  brachystylos  Knaf  in  Lotos,  1854,  p.  237. 

r.  pratense  var.  pedicellatiun  Knaf  ex  Celakovsky,  Prod.  d.  Flora 
von  Boehmen,  iii.  (1875)  p.  669. 

r.  pratense  forma  7'.  brackyanthemiun  /?  heterophi/lliiin  Rouy  in 
Rouy  et  Foucaud,  Floie  de  France,  v.  (1899)  p.  120  (pub- 
lished as  Ann.  Soc.  Sc.  Nat.  Charente-infer.). 

Babington's  type-specimens  from  Elgin,  as  well  as  others  from 
Plymouth  and  Walton-on-Naze,  and  a  type  of  Lange's  figure  have 
been  accessible  to  me  in  the  Herbarium  at  Cambridge ;  a  type  of 
Knaf's  name,  collected  by  Auerswald  in  Bohemia, f  has  been  seen 
in  the  Botanical  Department  of  the  British  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  South  Kensington ;  at  the  Royal  Gardens,  Kew,  are  speci- 
mens collected  at  Fairmile  in  Surrey,  at  St.  Leonards,  at  Tonbridge 
Wells,  and  at  Elgin,  from  the  herbaria  of  Borrer  and  H.  C.  Watson, 
and  from  near  Bordeaux,  collected  by  C.  des  Mouhns  ;  and  I  have 
myself  collected  it  at  Hunstanton  in  Norfolk,  Grattou  Park  in  Surrey. 
Waltham  St.  Lawrence  in  Berkshire,  and  (in  company  with  Mr, 
G.  Nicholson)  near  Heiligeublut  in  Carinthia^on  each  occasion  a 
single  root.     All  these  specimens  agree  very  closely. 

The  first  definition  of  the  variety  parvljionim  runs:  "heads 
more  or  less  stalked :  calyx-teeth  as  long  as,  or  longer  than,  the 
corolla,"  and  is  correct  as  far  as  it  goes.  Celakovsky 's  description 
is  ''  Ahren  grosstentheils  gestielt ;  Bliitheu  langer  oder  kiirzer 
gestielt ;  Deckblatter  theilweise  ausgebildet ;  Grififel  kiirzer  als  die 

*  [Reprinted  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  Cambridge  Philosophical  Society, 
vol.  xi.  part  I.  pp.  29-31.     Read  26  November,  1900.] 

t  [Mr.  BurkiU  has  omitted  to  notice  that  the  type  was  collected,  not  by 
Auerswald  (from  whose  herbarium  it  came)  but  by  Knaf  himself,  at  Tomatan, 
in  June,  1856.  The  attached  label  is  signed  by  Knaf,  who  had  named  the  plant 
T.  hr  achy  stylos,  and  then  added  the  following  note :  "  Ditfert  a  T.pratensi  tlori- 
bus  plus  minus  longi  pedicellatis,  pedicellis  interdum  ramosis,  stylis  brevioribus, 
tubum  corollse  non  asiiuantibus,  capitulis  aliis  bractea  suffultis,  aliis  saape  desti- 
tutis;  foliolis  fol.  rad.  apice  emarginatis,  etc.  'Lotos'  etc.  Nihilominus  tamen 
varietatem  memorabilem  T.  pratensis  esse  puto,  cui  nomen  propono  :  var.  pedi- 
cellatiun.'" We  gathered  the  plant  many  years  ago  at  the  Balham  end  of 
Wandsworth  Common,  where  it  occurred  in  some  quantity.  —Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 

s  2 


286  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Staubgefasse."  But  the  following  is  fuller  and  more  in  accord 
with  the  specimens: — Plant  not  robust;  heads  more  or  less  stalked; 
bracts  sometimes  developed;  corolla  in  the  mature  flower  crumpled 
at  the  base  within  the  calyx  and  not  exceeding  the  longest  of  the 
calyx-teeth  ;  pistil  becoming  foliaceous,  the  ovarial  part  linear- 
lanceolate,  and  often  open  above  ;  ovules  more  or  less  aborted. 

Examination  of  buds  not  ready  to  expand  reveals  no  crumpling 
of  the  corolla ;  so  that  this  evidently  takes  place  in  the  rapid 
growth  of  the  tube  which  precedes  the  expansion  of  the  flower ; 
and  it  is  impossible  to  resist  the  assumption  that  the  unusual  size 
of  the  ovary  and  the  narrowness  of  the  mouth  of  the  calyx  are  the 
causes  of  it. 

Phyllody  of  the  ovary  to  a  greater  degree  than  in  typical  parvi- 
fiorum  is  not  uncommon  in  Tnfolium  pratense ;  less  modification  in 
this  direction  I  have  found  in  a  plant  from  Glen  Clova,  Forfar- 
shire, where  the  peduncle  and  pedicels  were  undeveloped,  but  the 
corolla  crumpled  and  the  ovary  elongated,  though  seen  on  micro- 
scopic examination  to  contain  two  normal  seeds. 

Nyman  *  correctly  called  T.  pratense  var.  parvijionim  an  ab- 
normal condition ;  Penzig  has  given  it  a  place  in  his  Pflanzen- 
teratologie  \  ;  and  Babington,:[;  until  the  publication  of  Lange's 
incorrect  figures  of  the  petals  and  ovary,  doubted  if  it  were  more 
than  an  accidental  state.  I  have  wished  here  to  show  how  it 
is  abnormal. 

Lange  found  his  specimens  at  two  localities  in  Denmark ; 
Ascherson  §  records  it  as  occurring  near  Karlsruhe  ;  and  Magnus, 
who  mentions  the  foliaceous  carpels, ||  had  it  from  Memel  in  East 
Prussia.     Others  have  named  additional  localities. 

Less  robust  than  the  common  form  of  Tyifolium  pratense,  it 
resembles  superficially  the  variety  of  this  species  called  T.  micro - 
phylliim  by  Lejeune  in  his  Flore  des  environs  cle  Spa,*iJ  a  type  of 
which  may  be  seen  at  Kew.  As  Lange  wrote  "  T.  pratense  var. 
microphylluvi  "  on  the  label  of  his  specimen,  I  believe  that  he 
recognized  this  ;  but  T.  viicrophyUnin  (T.  pratense  var.  microphyllani 
Lejeune  &  Courtois)  is  not  an  abnormality. 

Similar  also  in  habit  are  plants  with  prolification  of  the  flower, 
which  I  have  seen  from  various  places  in  Britain  and  have  col- 
lected near  Bagneres-de-Bigorre  in  the  Pyrenees  ;  and  superficially 
similar  in  the  flower-head  is  T.  pratense  ys^v.  multijidiun  Seringe"* — 
another  abnormality,  of  which  a  type  may  be  seen  at  Kew.  It  is 
abnormal  from  sepalody  of  the  petals. 


*  GonsjJectus  Florce  EiirojJece,  Oerebro,  1878,  p.  173. 
t  Genoa,  1890,  i.  p.  386. 

I  31  e  mo  rials,  Journal  and  Botanical  Correspondence  of  C.  C.  Babington, 
Cambridge,  1897,  p.  421. 

§   Verhandl.  hot.  Vereins  Brandenburg ,  xx.  1878,  p.  110. 

II  Ibid.  xxi.  1879,  p.  80. 

^f  Liege,  1811,  ii.  p.  115.     T.  microphijlluin  Desv.  is  T.  pratense,  but  I  ilo 
not  know  lor  certain  in  what  form  or  variety. 
**  In  DC.  Prod.  ii.  (Paris,  1825),  p.  195. 


237 

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL     NOTES. 
XXVIII. — Periodical   Publications. 

The  notes  on  the  dating  and  indexing  of  botanical  periodicals 
which  appeared  in  this  Journal  for  1894  (pp.  180,  271)  and  1896 
(p.  168)  have  justified  their  publication,  in  that  certain  journals 
have  adopted  the  suggestions  made.  The  matter,  however,  is  of 
so  much  importance,  as  everyone  engaged  in  bibliographical  in- 
vestigation knows,  that  I  may  be  excused  for  recurring  to  it.  It 
would  certainly  be  a  great  gain  to  posterity  if  some  general  plan  of 
dating  and  indexing  could  be  agreed  upon,  and  this  should  not  be 
difficult,  at  any  rate  so  far  as  dating  is  concerned. 

The  following  remarks  are  not  intended  to  be  exhaustive.  They 
are  based  upon  periodicals  which  happen  to  be  readily  accessible  at 
the  time  of  writing,  and  which  must  be  constantly  referred  to  by 
workers  at  systematic  botany.  Certain  repetitions  will  be  found  of 
points  indicated  in  the  former  articles;  such  repetitions  may  perhaps 
be  excused  on  account  of  the  practical  importance  of  the  subject. 

Dating. 

Since  attention  was  called  to  the  matter,  the  Botanische  Jahr- 
hilcher  has  borne  on  the  back  of  the  title-page  the  date  of  each  of 
the  parts  composing  the  volume,  and  in  a  supplement  to  vol.  xxvi. 
is  given  a  list  of  the  dates  of  each  part  of  the  preceding  twenty-five 
volumes.  There  is  thus  no  difficulty  in  ascertaining  the  date  of 
publication  of  any  species  included  in  the  work.  A  similar  reform 
has  been  introduced  in  the  Boletim  da  Sociedade  Broteriana,  although 
here  the  dates  are  placed  on  the  back  of  the  last  page  of  the  index, 
where  they  are  likely  to  be  overlooked,  and  the  month  only,  not 
the  day  of  the  month,  is  given. 

The  Italian  periodicals  are  singularly  unsatisfactory,  not  only 
in  dating  but  in  other  particulars.  The  Nuovo  Gtoniale  Botanico 
Italiano  appears  quarterly,  and  bears  on  its  wrapper  and  at  the 
head  of  each  number  the  month  in  which  it  nominally  appears,  but 
there  is  reason  to  doubt  whether  this  information  is  altogether 
trustworthy ;  the  number  dated  January  of  this  year,  for  example, 
did  not  arrive  until  the  beginning  of  March,  and  the  number 
of  the  Bullettmo  delta  Societd  Botanica  Italiana,  dated  "  Ottobre- 
Novembre  1900,"  came  to  hand  on  Feb.  5th,  1901 ;  this,  by  the 
way,  is  dated  only  on  the  cover.  Malpu/hla  is  in  even  worse  case, 
for  the  only  date  on  the  wrapper  is  that  of  the  year  of  issue.  It  is 
styled  "  rassegna  mensuale,"  but  never  even  approximates  to  a 
monthly  issue  ;  during  1899,  for  example,  it  was  published  in  six 
parts,  containing  respectively  fascicles  1,2;  fascicle  3  ;  fascicle  4  ; 
fascicles  5,  6,  7  ;  fascicles  7-10;  fascicles  11,  12.  The  curious 
Italian  custom  by  which  the  title-page  of  a  volume  is  issued  with 
its  first  number  instead  of  with  its  last  prevents  the  insertion  of 
the  actual  dates  of  publication  on  the  back  of  the  title,  and  in  the 
case  of  MalpigJda  further  conflicts  with  accuracy.  Of  the  volume 
for  1900,   the  part  containing  fascicles  1-4  was  received  at  the 


238  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

beginning  of  November  of  that  year;  the  second  part  (fasc.  5-8 j 
arrived  towards  the  end  of  February  last;  the  third  part  (fascicles 
9-12),  completing  the  volume,  comes  at  the  beginning  of  June,  but 
the  title-page  of  the  volume  appeared  in  the  first  part,  and,  like  the 
wrappers  of  each  part,  is  dated  1900  ! 

The  dating  of  the  Bulletin  of  MUcellaneous  Information  lias  so 
often  formed  the  subject  of  comment  in  the?e  pages  that  there  is 
no  need  to  refer  to  it  further  than  to  say  that  the  volume  for  1899  is 
still  incomplete,  the  last  number  issued  being  that  for  •'  September 
and  October"  (published  in  October)  of  that  year.  The  reference 
to  "  Kew  Bulletin,  190U,  ined."  in  the  Botanical  Magazine  for 
November  last  is  thus  likely  to  mislead,  as  no  issue  of  the  Bulletin 
(save  certain  appendixes)  appeared  during  1900.  A  difficulty 
may  therefore  arise  as  to  the  authority  for  the  species  to  which 
this  reference  is  appended;  it  is  described  (/.  c)  by  Sir  Joseph 
Hooker,  and  must,  we  think,  be  accredited  to  him,  his  citation  of 
"  Rolfe  in  Kew  Bulletin,  1900,  ined.,"  being  that  of  an  unpublished 
name.  The  actual  dates  of  the  issues  of  the  Bulletin  during 
1895-98  will  be  found  in  this  Journal  for  1896,  169  ;  1897,  451  ; 
1898,  239  ;  1899,  399. 

The  Joimial  de  Botanvjue  is  another  periodical  in  which  the 
convenience  of  posterity  is  persistently  ignored.  The  numbers 
since  April,  1899,  have  been  systematically  misdated,  several 
bearing  the  date  1900  not  having  been  issued  until  the  present 
year ;  and  as  the  title-page  to  the  volume  bears  the  date  of  the 
nominal  year  of  issue,  it  will  be  extremely  difficult  in  the  future  to 
ascertain  the  exact  or  even  nearly  approximate  period  of  publication. 

In  American  periodicals  the  danger  seems  to  lie  in  another 
direction.  The  dates  of  publication  are  given  with  such  absolute 
exactitude  as  sometimes  to  arouse  suspicion.  For  example,  the 
January  number  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club  bears 
at  the  foot  of  its  first  page  "issued  31  January."  The  number 
contains  sixty  pages  and  six  plates ;  can  we  certainly  conclude  that 
the  arrangements  of  the  Bulletin  are  so  perfect  that  no  hindrance 
can  possibly  arise  which  may  invalidate  the  entry  on  p.  1  ?  The 
date  on  the  last  number  for  1900  is  Dec.  29th,  in  another  year  it  was 
Dec.  30 ;  here  it  is  evident  that  a  very  slight  delay  would  cause 
the  new  species  appearing  in  the  number  to  date  from  the  following 
century.  The  Botanical  Gazette  is  dated  on  the  first  page  of  the 
advertisements  which  precede  the  contents  ;  the  drawback  to  this 
plan  is  that  it  disappears  in  the  bound  volume.  I  am  inclined  to 
think  that  the  best  plan  yet  suggested  is  that  in  the  first  number 
of  Torreya,  which  states  tliat  "  the  exact  date  of  publication  of  each 
issue  is  given  in  the  succeeding  number"  :  certainly  by  this  method 
accuracy  should  not  be  difficult. 

The  matter  would,  however,  be  most  satisfactorily  settled  if 
editors  would  make  it  a  rule,  in  cases  where  there  is  any  doubt  as 
to  numbers  being  issued  punctually  on  the  first  of  the  month,  of 
placing  on  the  back  of  the  title-page  of  the  volume  the  exact  date 
of  each.  If  this  were  always  done,  folk  would  know  where  to 
look  for  the  intimation,   which  at  present,   even  when   supplied, 


PERIODICAL    PUBLICATIONS  239 

appears  iu  very  different  situations;  and  would  thus  be  saved 
much  of  the  unnecessary  trouble  which  every  systematic  worker 
has  experienced. 

I  am  curious  to  know  what  value  is  to  be  attached  to  the  dates 
printed  at  the  foot  of  each  sheet  or  part  of  a  sheet  in  Prof.  E.  L. 
Greene's  Fittonia.  This  magazine  is  issued  in  parts  in  the  ordinary 
way,  but  the  dating  is  remarkable.  For  example,  vol.  iv.  part  20, 
"January-April,  1899,"  is  thus  allocated  at  the  foot  of  the  pages : 
Pages  1-8,  5  Jan.  1899.  Pages  25-40,  17  March,  1899. 
„      9-16,  31  Jan.     „  „      41-52,  11  April,       „ 

„  17-24,  7  Feb.  „ 
The  breaks  mostly  occur  in  the  middle  of  a  genus — "  A  fascicle  of 
New  Violets,"  for  example,  is  thus  divided,  and  so  is  Anteunaria. 
Are  these  dates  to  be  accepted  as  vaUd  for  citation  ?  They  are 
recognized  as  such  by  American  botanists,  and  what  is  known  as 
the  "  Check-list  "  was  issued  in  sheets,  each  bearing  a  date.  It 
would  seem  to  me  that  the  distribution  of  such  fragments  ranks 
with  the  sending  out  of  "advance  copies"  of  a  paper  or  monograph, 
and  that  the  true  date  of  pubUcation  is  that  at  which  the  work  is 
obtainable  by  the  public. 

It  would,  I  think,  tend  to  convenience  if  every  plate  published 
in  a  periodical  bore  the  name  of  the  periodical,  as  well  as  the 
volume  and  date  :  only  in  this  way  can  plates  be  traced  which  have 
become  separated  from  the  accompanymg  text.  The  name  of  the 
Botanical  Magazine  appears  neither  on  plate  nor  letterpress;  nor 
does  the  name  of  the  plant  figured  appear  on  the  plate.  Each 
folio  of  the  text  is,  however,  dated  ;  but  Hooker't!  Icones  Plantarnm 
has  not  even  this  aid  to  identification,  and  neither  text  nor  plates 
bear  the  faintest  indication  of  the  method  of  their  publication.  The 
date  of  the  issue  of  each  part  is  given  on  the  title-page  of  the 
volumes. 

Indexing. 

The  Bidletm  of  Miscellaneous  Information  is  now  adequately, 
almost  lavishly,  indexed.  For  example,  in  1891— the  period  at 
which  "  it  was  found  necessary  to  publish  it  monthly  "—an  index 
to  the  first  five  volumes  was  issued,  followed  five  years  later  by 
another  general  index,  which  included  the  preceding  and  the  subse- 
quent five  volumes.  It  may  be  well  to  note  that  these  two  mdexes 
are  made  on  different  principles,  so  that  the  entries  in  the  1891 
index  do  not  necessarily  appear  in  the  one  issued  in  1896.  Should 
a  third  be  issued  later,  embracing  the  two  former,  the  compiler 
would  do  well  to  rearrange  the  material ;  the  entries  under  "  Africa," 
for  example,  seem  to  be  in  three  alphabets,  besides  a  fourth  under 
"African";  the  whole,  indeed,  needs  the  revision  which  it  will 
doubtless  receive.  Meanwhile  each  volume  is  fully  indexed,  not 
without  the  kind  of  cross-reference  dear  to  cataloguers,  e.<j, : — 
"  Library  Association,  visit  to  Kew,  200 

[see  Kew)  "  : 

when  we  follow  the  latter  instruction,  all  that  rewards  us  is 
"  Kew,  visit  of  Library  Association,  200," 


240 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


It  would,  however,  tend  to  convenience  if  the  index  were  always 
similarly  placed ;  in  1892  it  occupies  the  last  pages  uf  the  volume ; 
in  1893  it  follows  the  "contents"  in  the  front  of  volume,  and  is 
independently  paged  ;  in  1894  the  earlier  and  better  position  is 
resumed. 

The  Annals  of  Botany  remains  what  it  has  ever  been — an 
astounding  example  of  a  high- class  journal,  edited  by  men  of 
undoubted  position,  which  is  devoid  of  the  faintest  pretence  to 
anything  in  the  shape  of  an  adequate  index.  Under  "  Contents  " 
we  have  a  list  of  the  papers  in  each  part,  exactly  as  they  appear  on 
the  covers  of  each  as  issued ;  then  comes  what  is  styled  an  "index." 
This  is  in  two  parts:— "A.  Original  papers  and  notes"  ;  "B.  List 
of  Illustrations,"  the  latter  further  divided  into  "  «.  Plates,"  and 
"6.  Woodcuts."  "A"  is  merely  a  list,  under  authors' names,  of 
the  headings  of  the  papers,  once  more  taken  from  the  covers  of 
each  part.  Probably  no  index  ever  cost  less  trouble  to  make  and 
more  to  those  who  want  to  find  out  what  the  volume  contains.  One 
wonders  that  the  Clarendon  Press,  which  publishes  the  Annals  and 
deservedly  holds  a  high  place  in  matters  bibliographical,  can  be 
content  to  issue  a  publication  so  inadequately  indexed." 

The  index  of  the  Journal  of  the  Linneaii  Society  (vol.  xxxiii.) 
shows  a  tendency  to  over-elaboration.  The  introduction  of  the 
word  "  mentioned  "  when  a  plant  is  only  incidentally  referred  to 
has  something  to  recommend  it,  for  it  enables  workers  to  avoid  the 
annoyance  of  looking  up  any  number  of  references  before  arriving 
at  the  place  where  the  species  is  fully  discussed ;  but  this  result 
might  be  attained  by  a  difference  of  type.  We  cannot  think  it 
necessary  to  index  every  variety  and  even  form  mentioned  in 
a  monograph  ;  for  example,  the  fact  that  Arenaria  yramliflora 
is  monographically  treated  on  a  given  page  seems  to  preclude 
the  necessity  of  devoting  fifteen  lines  in  the  index  to  its 
varieties  and  forms.  Some  of  the  entries  are  unnecessarily  long  ; 
e.g.  "Horse-Chestnut  Tree,  Preliminary  Observations  on  the 
Seasonal  Variations  of  Elevation  in  a  Branch  of,  by  Miller  Christy, 
501-506,"  might  assuredly  be  abbreviated  for  index  purposes,  and 
w^e  think  the  page  on  which  a  paper  begins  is  usually  considered 
a  sufficient  reference.  But  the  fault,  if  fault  it  be,  is  on  the  right 
side. 

The  Botanical  Gazette  has  a  very  full  index  of  subjects,  in  which 
new  names  are  printed  in  black  type,  and  synonyms  in  italics ; 


*  It  is  not  only  in  its  indexes  that  the  Annals  shows  a  lamentable  want  of 
bibliographical  method.  In  the  bibliography  appended  by  Mr.  F.  F.  Blackman 
to  his  article  on  "  The  Primitive  Algae "  in  the  issue  for  December  last,  the  date 
of  each  paper  is  given  after  the  author's  name  in  an  abbreviated  form — thus, 
"  Blochmann,  F.,  '85  "  ;  the  title  of  the  paper,  which  follows,  has  a  reference  to 
the  volume  of  the  periodical  in  which  the  article  appeared,  but  in  no  case  to  the 
page!  Occasionally  we  have  such  citations  as  "  '97  a,"  "  '97  b,"  which  appear 
to  indicate  separate  papers  published  by  the  author  cited  during  the  same  year. 
Mr.  G.  S.  West's  contribution  on  "  The  Alga-flora  of  Cambridgeshire,"  published 
in  this  Journal  for  1899,  is  not  included  in  the  bibliography,  but  is  mentioned  by 
Mr.  Blackman  in  a  supplementary  note  in  the  March  number  of  the  Annals, 
where  the  date  is  inaccurately  indicated  as  "  '98." 


PERIODICAL    PITBLICATI0N8  241 

the  names  of  contributors  are  indexed,  but  no  indication  of  their 
contributions  is  given.  There  are  some  classified  entries,  but  these 
rightly  stand  in  their  places  in  the  alphabetical  order.  The  Bulletin 
of  the  Torreij  Club  follows  the  far  less  convenient  plan  of  having  three 
indexes — one,  styled  "contents"  is  a  list  of  papers  under  the  names 
of  their  authors,  and  follows  the  title-page;  the  others — "subject 
index"  and  "generic  index" — come  at  the  end  of  the  volume. 
For  general  inconvenience  this  is  a  good  second  to  the  Annals  of 
Botany,  especially  with  regard  to  genera.  Every  reference  to  a 
genus,  however  incidental,  is  indexed,  but  no  species,  not  even 
new  ones,  are  entered  ;  so  that,  for  example,  in  order  to  find  what 
new  Alliums  have  been  described  in  the  volume,  twelve  references 
have  to  be  made,  where  one  would  be  sufficient  if  the  sensible  plan 
of  the  Botanical  Gazette  were  adopted.  Pittonia  has  an  excellent 
index  of  the  plants  described  in  its  volumes,  but  the  "  contents  " 
are  arranged  on  no  plan  (or  on  several  plans  ?),  such  words  as 
"On,"  "  The,"  "A,"  and  "  Some"  standing  first  in  the  entries,  which 
are  not  alphabetical. 

The  index  to  the  Bulletin  de  la  SociSte  Botanique  cle  France  is  apt 
to  be  long  delayed,  and  errs  by  division ;  thus  in  vol.  xliii.  we  have 
"  Comptes  rendus  des  Seances,"  arranged  by  dates  ;  then  an  alpha- 
betical list  of  the  names  of  authors,  with  no  indication  of  their 
work  ;  then  a  list  of  books  noticed,  arranged  under  authors'  names  ; 
and  finally  a  list  of  names  of  plants.  In  spite  of  this  elaboration, 
it  is  practically  impossible  to  find  certain  papers  in  the  index  with- 
out wading  through  the  six  pages  of  "Comptes  rendus":  even 
headings  which  one  would  expect  to  see  under  names  of  plants — 
e.  g.  Prof.  Van  Tieghem's  "Classification  des  Loranthees  " — are  not 
to  be  found  there,  and  of  course  a  paper  "  sur  la  division  du  noyau 
cellulaire  "  can  only  be  traced  in  the  "  comptes  rendus,"  unless  one 
knows  the  name  of  the  author.  The  Bulletin  de  V Herbier  Boissier 
(vol.  vii.)  has  an  index  of  authors  and  one  of  the  names  of  plants, 
but  none  of  subjects  ;  so  that,  unless  one  knew  the  name  of  the 
author,  it  would  be  difficult  to  find  that  anything  had  been  pub- 
lished on  the  "  dissemination  des  graines  par  les  poissons."  This 
Bulletin  publishes  certain  appendixes,  the  plants  of  which  are 
included  in  the  index  ;  but,  as  the  former  are  paged  separately  and 
bound  after  the  index,  reference  to  them  is  not  easy.  The  Journal 
de  Botanique  has  (1)  a  list  of  articles  arranged  by  the  names  of 
authors  ;  (2)  a  list  of  plates  ;  (3)  a  "  table  alphabetique  generale 
des  matieres," — no  fewer  than  seven  papers  stand  under  "sur," 
and  others  under  "  le,"  "la,"  and  "les";  (4)  an  index  of  the 
names  of  plants — four  lists  where  one  would  serve. 

Prof.  Engler's  Botanische  Jahrbllcher  holds  among  foreign  peri- 
odicals the  pre-eminence  for  a  useless  index  which  is  attained  by  the 
Annals  of  Botany  among  periodicals  written  in  English.  A  list  of 
the  papers  arranged  under  authors'  names  in  order  of  publication, 
filling  barely  a  page,  is  considered  an  adequate  guide  to  the  contents 
of  a  volume  of  more  than  700  pages  !  In  this  case  the  inconvenience 
is  accentuated  by  the  fact  that  the  volume  before  us — vol.  xxviii. — 
is  almost  entirely  occupied  by  systematic  papers,  including  the 


242 


THE    Jol'RNAL    OF    BOTANY 


descriptions  of  hundreds  of  new  species,  not  one  of  which  can  be 
found  save  by  the  tedious  process  of  searching  through  many  pages 
of  print.  With  the  volume  is  issued  an  excellent  "Register"  of 
the  novelties  described  in  the  first  twenty-five  volumes  of  the 
Jahrbiu'her,  which,  although  by  no  means  adequate  as  an  index,  is 
some  help  towards  ascertaining  the  systematic  contents  of  the 
series ;  it  would  appear  therefore  as  if  botanists  must  wait  twenty- 
five  years  for  a  list  of  species  described,  or  index  each  volume  for 
themselves.  The  contrast  between  Bhodora,  whose  '24G  pages  occupy 
28  columns  of  index,  and  the  Jahrbiirkn-,  which  considers  about  a 
page  sufficient  for  the  705  which  follow  it,  would  be  ludicrous  if 
the  inconvenience  to  workers  could  be  left  out  of  the  question.  It 
is  to  be  hoped  that  Prof.  Eugler  will  take  steps  to  justify  the 
reputation  for  method  which  Germany  holds  among  scientific 
workers.  The  Botanisches  Centralblatt  (vol.  Ixxix.)  has  a  most 
elaborate  series  of  indexes,  twenty-three  in  number,  each  arranged 
under  authors'  names  ;  these  occupy  13  pages. 

The  Xiiovo  Ginniale  Botanico  ludiaito  and  its  adjunct  the 
Biillettino  give  only  a  list  of  papers  under  authors*  names  alpha- 
betically arranged  ;  that  is  to  say,  there  is  no  index.  Mdl/jighla  is 
in  like  case  ;  and  so  is  the  Annuario  del  B.  Istitutu  Botanico  di 
Roma,  except  that  in  this  the  authors  are  not  even  arranged  alpha- 
betically. 

A  comparatively  recent  practice,  which  originated,  if  I  am  not 
mistaken,  in  this  Journal  for  1885,  and  is  now  generally  adopted, 
is  the  indication  (by  the  addition  of  an  asteri.^k  or  by  dift'ereuce  of 
type)  of  novelties — wdiether  penera,  species,  varieties,  or  new  combi- 
nations— publi>hed  in  the  volume.  This  is  manifestly  a  convenient 
method,  and  should  be  universally  adopted. 

In  connection  with  this  subject,  a  word  may  be  said  as  to  the 
indexes  of  systematic  works.  Considering  how  small  the  point  is, 
it  is  remarkable  how  much  inconvenience  is  caused  by  not  printing 
the  name  of  the  genus  at  the  head  of  each  column,  even  when  it  is 
continued  from  the  one  preceding.  This  is  omitted  in  Nyman's 
Conspectus,  to  the  great  detriment  of  ready  reference.  In  the  two 
Floras  of  Africa,  now  issuing  at  Kew  under  the  same  editorship,  the 
name  is  given  in  one  and  omitted  in  the  other.  This  apparently 
arises  from  the  following  with  Chinese  exactness  the  method 
adopted  in  the  earlier  volumes  of  each  work;  which,  however,  does 
not  seem  to  have  prevented  the  introduction  of  the  new  plan  of 
spelling  adjectival  forms  of  proper  names  with  a  small  initial 
letter.  In  the  general  index  to  the  Flora  of  British  India  the 
preferable  mode  was  adopted,  although  to  the  single  volumes  the 
indexes  were  printed  in  the  criticized  form.  The  maximum  in- 
convenience is  supplied  in  the  Hand-list  of  Trees  and  Shrubs  drawn 
up  at  Kew,  where  a  page  often  begins,  without  any  heading  what- 
ever, in  the  middle  of  the  synonymy  of  a  species ! 

The  question  of  headings  to  pages  is  closely  allied  to  that  of 
indexing,  and  shows  a  like  variety.  In  periodicals  the  plan  of 
giving  the  name  of  the  magazine  on  the  left-hand  page,  and  that 
of  the  article  on  the  right,  is  undoubtedly  the  best ;  but  the  number 


SHORT    NOTES  248 

of  periodicals  which  have  nothing  at  the  head  of  the  page  is  re- 
markable, including  ns  it  does  the  Kew  Bulletin,  the  Memoirs 
of  the  Torreij  Club,  Botanische  Zeitung,  Flora,  Botaniska  Notiser, 
and  Oesterreichische  Bot.  Zeitschrift.  In  the  Annals  of  Botany,  the 
Bulletin  of  the  Torreij  Club,  Malpi(/hia,  tTournal  of  t/ie  Linnean 
Society,  Giornale  Botanico  Italiano,  and  others,  the  names  of 
author  or  articles  head  eacli  page,  the  name  of  tlie  periodical 
being  omitted.  In  systematic  works,  the  plan  adopted  in  the 
British  Museum  and  Kew  systematic  publications  of  indicating  at 
the  head  of  each  page  the  genus  as  well  as  the  order  under 
treatment  adds  greatly  to  the  facility  of  consultation.  In  some 
important  works,  however — e.y.  Prof.  Eugler's  Pfianzenwelt  Ost- 
Afrikas — the  pages  have  no  heading  of  any  sort. 

My  object  in  calling  attention  to  these  apparently  trivial  matters 
is  to  save  future  workers  the  unnecessary  expenditure  of  time  and 
trouble  which  their  neglect  has  occasioned,  and  is  occasioning  to 
the  present  generation  of  botanists.  The  reforms  advocated  are 
neither  unreasonable  nor  difficult  of  execution,  and  it  is  confidently 
hoped  that,  in  some  quarters  at  least,  they  will  receive  favourable 

consideration.  _  _ 

James  Britten. 


SHORT    NOTES. 


OcTODiCERAs  JuLiANUM  IN  Britain. — I  am  pleased  to  record  from 
two  Worcestershire  localities  the  very  singular  and  interesting 
Octodiceras  Jnlianum  Brid.,  a  moss  not  hitherto  recorded  from  any 
British  station.  Tliis  has  been  found  by  my  enthusiastic  and 
painstaking  friend  Mr.  J.  B.  Duncan,  of  Bewdley,  in  two  different 
localities,  and  in  fair  abundance  near  Stourport.  Mr.  Duncan 
says:  "The  moss  is  evidently  quite  aquatic,  and,  judging  from  its 
development,  is  well  established ;  the  two  localities  where  I  gathered 
it  are  over  a  mile  apart ;  the  plant  was  growing  on  a  piece  of 
natural  timber  along  with  Fontinalis  and  Eurhynchium  ruscifonne, 
and  just  covered  with  water."  The  plant  naturally  puzzled  my 
friend,  as  its  first  look  is  that  of  a  Fissideus,  and  it  might  be 
mistaken  for  a  very  small  narrow-leaved  variety  of  F.  polypkyllm  ; 
but  under  the  microscope  the  very  short  inferior  lamina  and  truly 
different  areolation  at  once  decide  its  distinctness,  and  my  deter- 
mination of  the  plant  has  been  confirmed  by  Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon. 
There  appears  to  be  no  reason  why  this  plant  should  not  be  found 
in  many  British  streams,  and  it  has  probably  been  overlooked  from 
the  fact  that  it  has  very  much  the  look  of  a  Fontinalis  when  growing. 
It  is  found  more  or  less  frequently  over  the  greater  portion  of 
Europe,  in  Canada,  and  the  United  States.  Schimper  and  Husnot 
describe  it  as  grov/ing  on  stones  in  water,  but  Mr.  Dixon  kindly 
informs  me  that  Limpricht  says  that  on  the  Continent  it  is  found 
growing  on  tree-roots,  &c.,  in  water  as  well  as  on  stones.  Lesque- 
reux  and  James,  in  their  Manual  of  the  Mosses  of  North  America, 
say,  -'on  stones  and  branches  in  wooded  creeks  and  swamps." 
The  following  description  may  be  useful  to  some  : — 


244  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Plants  slender,  filiform,  fasciculate-ramose,  branching  from 
innovations  the  whole  length  of  the  stem,  or  from  the  base  only, 
floating.  Leaves  distant,  linear-lanceolate,  short-auriculate,  the 
lamina  ending  at  the  auricles  and  three  times  as  long.  Flowers 
monoecious,  terminal,  on  more  or  less  elongate  branchlets,  the  male 
axillary  sometimes  aggregate  ;  perigonium  of  two  or  three  leaves  ; 
fruits  (cladogenous)  on  young  shoots.  Calyptra  nearly  black,  erose 
or  lacerate  at  base  ;  capsule  oblong-ovate,  greenish,  soft,  red  at 
orifice,  gradually  narrowed  to  a  short  green  pedicel,  very  fragile 
at  the  base,  lid  as  long  as  the  capsule,  teeth  short,  irregularly 
laciniate  or  perforate  above  the  middle,  yellowish  at  base,  pellucid. 
J.  E.  Bagnall. 

New  Worcestershire  Carices. — The  recent  spell  of  dry  weather 
has  afforded  good  opportunity  for  the  getting  of  sedges  and  other 
water  plants ;  and  it  has  been  gratifying  to  find  in  a  damp  copse 
only  four  miles  from  the  centre  of  Birmingham,  and  just  within 
the  Worcestershire  boundary,  Ctire.v  Ucviijata  Smith,  which  has  not 
previously  been  recorded  for  the  county,  and  it  is  also  very  rare  in 
Warwickshire.  It  was  kindly  named  by  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett. 
Growing  near  it  are  fine  patches  of  C.  vedcaria  and  a  quantity  of 
C.  strigosa,  which  is  rare  in  Worcestershire  and  absent  from  War- 
wickshire. The  following  species  can  also  be  found  in  different 
parts  of  the  copse,  viz.  C.  Pseudo-cypenis,  rostrata,  valpina,  remota, 
Goodenowii,  and  syJvatica.  Part  of  this  wood  is,  alas !  being  used 
as  a  tip  for  rubbish  by  the  Birmingham  Corporation;  but  bushes 
of  "  guelder  rose  "  and  raspberry  and  the  white  flowers  of  Ruhini 
suherectm  still  adorn  the  greater  portion  ;  and  Equisetiim  si/lvaticnin 
is  spread  over  a  considerable  area,  with  E.  limosum  in  two  of  the 
pools,  and  a  great  mass  of  Viola  palustris  hard  by.  At  Stanklin 
Pool,  near  Kidderminster,  Carex  Ehrhartiana  (Hoppe)  is  to  be  found 
in  a  boggy  part  of  the  pool,  growing  with  the  type  C.  teretiuscula 
Good.,  and  interspersed  with  C.  rostrata,  as  at  Sutton  Park.  It  is  a 
new  locality  for  both  these  sedges,  and  an  interesting  extension  of 
the  present  range  of  the  little-known  form  called  Ehrhartiana. 
I  understand,  however,  that  the  latter  is  now  looked  upon  as 
merely  a  state  of  the  true  type,  with  which  opinion  I  should  myself 
concur. — H.  Stuart  Thompson. 

Carex  depauperata  near  Bristol.  —  In  May,  1888,  I  gathered 
what  I  thought  was  a  young  specimen  of  Carex  sylvatica  in  Leigh 
Wood,  on  the  Somerset  side  of  the  Avon ;  but,  observing  recently 
its  resemblance  to  an  immature  form  of  C.  depauperata  Good.  (  = 
C.  ventricosa  Curtis)  from  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett,  I  sent  my  Bristol 
plant  to  him,  and  he  agrees  that  it  is  depauperata.  Mr.  J.  W.  White 
tells  me  that  it  has  not  been  seen  at  its  old  station  near  Axbridge, 
on  Mendip,  for  many  years  ;  so  the  appearance  of  this  very  rare 
sedge  in  a  fresh  locality  in  North  Somerset  is  of  some  importance. 
H.  Stuart  Thompson. 

Ulex  nanus  in  the  Isle  of  Man.  —  Mr.  L.  Watt,  of  Clydebank, 
has  sent  me  a  specimen  of  undoubted  na^nis  from  West  Douglas 
Head.     He  says  :  "  This  is  the  Ule.v  that  is  common  all  over  from 


SPECIES    GENEKA    ET    ORDINES    ALGARUM  245 

Douglas  Head  to  Snaefell,  and  from  Port  Erin  to  Ramsay."  This 
being  so,  the  doubt  I  expressed  (p.  212)  is  answered.  —  Arthur 
Bennett. 

G-ALiuM  sylvestre  IN  OXFORDSHIRE. — This  plaut,  which  does  not 
seem  to  have  been  recorded  for  Oxfordshire,  was  found  during  a 
recent  excursion  of  the  Toynbee  Natural  History  Society,  in  chalk- 
fields  near  Bottom  Farm,  a  few  miles  west  of  Henley-on-Thames. — 
G.  L.  Bruce. 

New  Yorkshire  Hepatics.  —  On  May  4,  1901,  on  Coatham 
Marshes,  North-east  Yorkshire,  I  found  a  large  patch  of  Morckia 
hihemica  covered  with  capsules,  and  in  such  fine  condition  that 
Mr.  Pearson  says  he  has  seen  no  specimens  like  it.  From  a 
distance  the  patch  had  the  appearance  of  Pellia  epiphi/lla  with 
its  long  and  crowded  silvery  seise.  On  washing  out  the  ' Mordda, 
I  found  a  few  plants  of  Petalophyllim  Kalfsii  (Wils.)  Gottsche,  with 
young  fruit,  and  quite  distinct  from  the  Morckia  by  the  fan-like 
frond  with  lamella  on  the  upper  surface.  It  is  interesting  to  add 
these  two  hepatics  from  the  east  coast  of  Britain.  Mr.  Pearson 
says  the  Petaloplujllum  is  one  of  the  most  important  discoveries 
amongst  the  HepaticaB  of  recent  years. — Wm.  Ingham. 

Cardamine  impatiens  in  Middlesex.  —  The  existing  records  for 
this  plant  in  Middlesex  are  old  ones,  and  their  correctness  is  doubted 
by  Trimen  &  Dyer  in  their  Flora,  and  apparently  in  Topographical 
Botamj.  It  still  occurs  in  the  county,  and  with  every  appearance 
of  being  indigenous ;  I  found  several  plants  in  June  last  on  the 
bank  of  a  stream  in  the  Harrow  district.— P.  Whichelmore. 

The  Plates  of  'English  Botany,'  ed.  hi.  —  Is  it  possible  to 
ascertain  who  drew  the  plates  first  published  in  the  third  edition  of 
English  Botany?  As  is  well  known,  fresh  details  were  added  to 
some  of  the  original  plates,  while  in  some  instances  fresh  plates 
were  substituted  for  those  of  the  earlier  editions.  Messrs.  Bell  & 
Sons,  who  bought  the  book  from  Mr.  Hardwicke's  assignees,  have 
no  information  on  the  subject.  It  would  be  of  interest  to  place  the 
information  on  record,  and  possibly  some  reader  may  be  able  to 
supply  it. — James  Britten. 


NOTICES     OF    BOOKS. 


Species  Genera  et  Ordines  Algarum    .    .    .    auctore  J.  G.  Agardh. 

Vol.  III.,  pars  4:  supplementa  ulteriora  et  indices  sistens. 

Lund:  Gleerup.     1901.     8vo,  pp.  148. 

The  last  work  we  are  ever  to  receive  from  the  pen  of  Prof.  J.  G. 

Agardh  has  just  been  published — the  final  supplement  to  his  famous 

Species  Genera  et  Ordines  Algarum .      This  work  was  begun,  as  is 

well  known,   in  1848,   and   in   1880   the   second  part  of  vol.  iii. 

appeared.      Eighteen    years   later    the   third  part  was  published,' 

coming  as  a  surprise  to  phycologists,  for  many  other  papers  had 


246  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

appeared  in  the  interval,  and  it  was  supposed  that  the  Species 
Genera  et  Onliiies  had  been  finished.  Now  cotnes  the  fourth  and 
final  part  as  a  last  supplement,  and  with  it  an  index,  which  not 
only  refers  to  the  last  few  parts  and  also  to  the  Analecta  and 
other  works  on  Floridece. 

The  first  division  of  this  volume  deals  with  the  affinities  of  the 
Floridece  and  the  views  of  authors  on  the  connection  between  this 
group  and  representatives  of  lower  groups  of  alg^.  Tnis  is  followed 
by  (ii.)  a  treatment  of  the  genus  Callopkyllis,  giving  the  character- 
istics of  the  subdivisions  into  which  the  species  fall,  with  notes  on 
certain  plants  and  on  the  work  of  other  authors.  A  short  note  on 
(iii.)  Micruccelia  follows,  and  another  (iv.)  on  ChiDiipia.  Chylocladia 
catenata  forms  the  subject  of  division  v.,  being  placed  by  the  author 
in  a  subdivision  Endodictyon  of  the  genus  Chylocladia. 

The  next  division  (vi.)  consists  of  a  lengthy  treatment  of 
(irracilaria,  which  genus  he  divides  into  four  main  groups — Macro- 
cystidece,  Microcystidem,  Platycystidea,  and  Plectocystidece,  depending 
on  the  size  and  position  of  the  thallus  cells  as  seen  in  transverse 
section.  Sixty-one  species  are  enumerated,  including  more  than 
one  that  is  new.  Two  new  species  of  Ciirdicea  are  next  described 
(vii.),  one  from  Australia,  collected  by  the  late  Miss  Hussey,  and 
one  from  ISlew  Zealand,  sent  by  Mr.  K.  M.  Laing. 

Division  viii.  treats  of  plants  which  have  been  placed  under 
Nizzophlea  and  Dasyphlea  ;  followed  by  further  details  on  Enduyenia 
(ix.),  a  new  genus  described  in  Analecta,  Continuatio  iv.  Another 
new  genus,  Hitsseya,  is  next  described,  allied  to  Chondria  (x.). 
It  contains  one  species,  H.  austral  is.  A  third  new  genus  is  founded 
in  xi.,  Mlcrogowjriis,  allied  to  Ehodyinenia,  the  species  for  which  it 
was  created  being  M.  phyllophoroides,  from  Australia.  Tlie  last 
section  ot"  this  work  (xii.)  is  devoted  to  a  few  remarks  on  certain 
species  of  Floridea  which  are  somewhat  ambiguous — Cordylecladia 
conferta,  Delesseria  Bartoni(B,  Thysanocladia  oppositifolia,  Grateloupia 
acuminata,  and  Grateloupia  girjantea. 

The  index  referred  to  above  concludes  this  book,  three-fourths 
ot"  which  were  seen  in  type  by  the  aged  author,  whose  untiring 
energy  and  wide  knowledge  have  done  so  much  for  the  study  of 
phycology.  E.  S.  B. 

Morphology  of  Spermatophytes.  By  John  M.  Coulter,  Ph.D.,  and 
Charles  J.  Chamberlain,  Ph.D.  8vo,  pp.  x,  188,  with  106 
figures.    Appleton  &  Go.    New  York.   Price  not  stated.    1901. 

The  title  of  this  book  is  misleading.  As  it  stands  on  the  shelf 
it  shows  only  the  comprehensive  statement  "  Seed-plants."  But 
though  we  may  condone  a  somewhat  brief  and  vague  statement  on 
the  back  of  a  book,  we  expect  the  title-page  to  give  a  fair  indication 
of  its  contents.  The  preface  does  not  help,  but  the  "Contents'" 
inform  us  that  the  present  volume  is  Part  1.,  and  deals  only  with 
Gymnosperms,  the  incomparably  larger  group  of  Angiosperms 
being  presumably  left  for  future  treatment.  Certainly  the  Gymno- 
sperms   afford  scope  enough  and   to   spare  for  one  book,  and  we 


MORPHOLOGY    OF    SPEKMATOPHYTES  247 

should  welcome  a  more  emphatic  separation  than  is  expressed  by 
the  view  which  regards  these  and  the  Angiosperms  as  merely  sub- 
divisions of  one  of  the  great  divisions  of  the  plant -world.  Kobert 
Brown  got  as  far  as  that  nearly  a  century  ago  when  he  recognized 
the  importance  of  the  difference  between  an  ovule  on  an  open 
carpel  and  ovules  enclosed  within  an  ovary  chamber.  But  from 
Hofmeister  onwards  the  tendency  of  research  has  been  to  widen  the 
gulf  between  the  two  subdivisions  of  seed-plants,  and  to  indicate 
that  in  the  Gymuosperms  we  have  a  group,  perhaps  more  than  one 
group,  which  should  rank  as  a  planD-division  of  equal  value  to 
Pteridophyta,  holding  a  position  between  the  fern-plants  and  the 
flowering-plauts  proper,  Messrs.  Coulter  and  Chamberlain  might 
well  have  seized  the  opportunity  afforded  by  the  publication  of  a 
book  which  recapitulates  the  results  of  recent  work,  and  more  than 
auy  other  emphasizes  this  position,  to  recognize  that  position  by  a 
distinctive  group  name.  Part  II.  of  a  woriv  on  the  same  lines  is  at 
present  an  impossibility.  There  is  much,  very  much  more  to  be 
done  on  the  gametophyte  stage  of  the  life-hibtory  of  the  Angio- 
sperms  before  a  volume  companion  to  the  one  before  us  can  be 
written. 

As  regards  the  book  under  review,  it  is  an  excellent  and  authori- 
tative summary  of  the  general  morphology  of  the  Gymnosperms. 
These  are  considered  as  including  four  series — Cycadales,  Ginkgoales, 
ConiJ'erales,  and  Gnetales.  The  second  comprises  the  monoiypic 
genus  Ginkgo,  the  characters  of  which,  as  striking  and  peculiar  as  its 
name,  justify  its  separation  from  the  Conifers  as  a  ditiiinct  group. 
Anatomical  details  are  referred  to  only  where  they  bear  directly  upon 
the  general  character  of  the  groups ;  tiie  work  does  not  profebS  to 
be  a  text-book  of  anatomy.  Cytoiogical  details  in  the  gametophyte 
stage  are,  on  the  other  hand,  very  fully  described.  Nor  is  the 
treatment,  except  for  broad  distinctions,  a  systematic  one.  Genera 
in  each  series  are  referred  to  as  illustrating  points  in  morphology, 
but  the  subdivision  of  the  series  is  barely  touched  upon. 

Briefly  we  have  here  a  book  which  gives  just  what  a  student  has 
hitherto  been  unable  to  get  in  a  single  volume — an  intellectual 
gymnospermous  repast  almost  as  perfect,  from  the  points  of  view 
selected,  as  was  possible  at  the  time  of  publication,  and  set  forth  as 
regards  typography  and  illustrations  m  quite  the  best  neo-American 
style.  Many  of  the  figures  are  new,  occasionally  embodying  the 
result  of  researches  hicnerto  unpubhshed,  as,  for  instance,  in  the 
case  of  some  of  those  describing  the  cytology  of  the  gametophyte 
in  the  Conifers. 

The  authors  draw  attention  to  an  unusual  limitation  which  they 
adopt  of  the  two  stages  in  the  hfe-history  of  the  plant.  They  regard 
the  history  of  the  sporophyte  as  closed  with  the  appearance  of  the 
spore  motuer-cell  rather  than  with  that  of  the  spore.  "  Tnis  has 
seemed  to  us  to  be  the  best  defined  line  of  demarcation  between  the 
two  generations,  both  on  account  of  the  redaction  division,  and 
because  preceding  this  division  the  mother-cell  passes  into  a  more 
or  less  prolonged  resting  condition.  It  certainly  represents  the 
greatest  break  in  the  continuity  of  the  life-history."     The  seed 


248  THE  JOURNAL  OK  BOTANY 

teaches  that  a  prolonged  resting  conditiou  is  no  argument  for  or 
against  a  morphological  dividing  line  in  life-history.  But  my 
colleague  Mr.  V.  H.  Blackman,  who  has  kindly  looked  through  the 
book  with  me,  seems  to  favour  this  putting  back  of  the  gametophyte 
stage.  In  their  account  of  the  male  gametophyte  in  the  Cycads, 
the  authors  point  out  that  the  relation  between  the  ciliated  sperm- 
cells  of  the  Cycads  and  those  of  the  Fern-plants  is  rather  biological 
than  morphological,  as  each  corresponds  to  the  mother-cell  of 
a  fern  antherozoid  and  not  to  the  ciliated  male  cell.  They  are 
therefore  identical  with  the  so-called  male  cells  of  all  ordinary  seed- 
plants,  being  peculiar  only  in  the  possession  of  cilia.  The  contrast 
with  Pterodophytes,  where  each  mother-cell  organises  and  dis- 
charges a  ciliated  sperm-cell,  is  a  sharp  one. 

The  bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter  is  useful ;  we  are, 
however,  surprised  to  find  no  reference  to  Dr.  Masters's  work  on 
the  morphology  and  taxonomy  of  the  Criiciferm. 

We  regret  that  we  can  give  no  information  as  to  the  price  of  the 
book,  the  more  so  as  it  is  one  which  the  advanced  student  should 
read.  It  is  difficult  to  understand  the  extreme  modesty  of  some 
publishers  in  refraining  from  obtruding  the  price  of  a  book  on  the 

'''''^'''-  A.  B.  E. 

Recent  American  Papers  on  Fungi. 

In  America,  even  more  than  in  this  country,  cultivated  plants 
are  subject  to  epidemics  of  disease  caused  by  parasitic  fungi.  An 
account  of  one  of  these  pests  that  attacks  the  violet  has  been  pub- 
lished by  Mr.  P.H.DorsettinBulletinNo.23  of  the  U.S.  Department 
of  Agriculture.  The  violet  disease  is  due  to  a  hyphomycetous  fungus, 
Alternaria  ViolcE.  The  plants  are  attacked  on  any  part  and  at  any 
stage,  but  it  is  the  growing  leaves  that  suffer  most.  They  are  much 
disfigured  by  the  spots  and  blotches  caused  by  the  fungus,  and  often 
entirely  killed.  The  disease  has  in  many  places  seriously  checked 
the  culture  of  violets.  Mr.  Dorsett  suggests  preventive  measures, 
as  fungicides  are  found  to  be  ineffective.  The  illustrations  from 
photographs  are  very  good. 

Dr.  Herman  von  Schrenk  published  last  year  a  report  on  some 
of  the  fungi  that  grow  on  red  cedar,  Juniperiis  virginiana ;  he  has 
recently  issued  in  Bulletin  25  the  preliminary  results  of  his  studies 
on  some  of  the  diseases  of  New  England  conifers  caused  by  fungi 
of  the  group  of  PohjporecE.  Most  of  them  are  well-known  enemies 
of  European  foresters,  but  in  the  great  untended  woods  of  America 
they  work  more  damage  than  they  are  allowed  to  do  here.  One  of 
the  most  troublesome  and  the  most  difficult  to  stamp  out  is  Polij- 
poras  Schweiiiitzii,  which  fastens  on  the  roots,  and  spreads  under- 
ground from  tree  to  tree  ;  the  fruiting  bodies  are  at  first  produced 
on  the  ground,  and  finally  on  the  trunk  of  the  tree.  The  other 
members  of  the  group  that  he  describes — P.  j^micola,  Trametes 
Pini,  &c. — are  wound  parasites ;  they  gain  entrance  by  broken 
branches,  or  through  the  holes  caused  by  insects  and  woodpeckers. 
Where  conditions  are  favourable  to  their  growth,  they  very  soon 


RECENT    AMERICAN     PAPERS    ON    FUNGI  240 

destroy  the  tree.  The  value  of  the  report  is  greatly  enhanced  by 
photographs  and  drawmgs. 

Mr.  Erwin  F.  Smith  has  given  us,  in  Bulletin  No.  26,  an 
account  of  Wakker's  hyacinth  germ,  Pseiidumonas  UyacintJd,  which 
causes  a  disease  of  hyacinths  known  as  '*  the  yellow  disease,"  or 
"  Wakker's  disease."  Mr.  Smith  has  followed  Wakker  in  his 
investigation,  and  has  confirmed  the  bacterial  nature  of  the 
disease  by  a  long  and  careful  series  of  cultures  and  innoculations 
of  healthy  plants.  The  microbe,  he  tells  us,  "  enters  the  plant 
through  wounds,  and  multiplies  in  the  vascular  system,  filling  the 
vessels,  especially  those  of  the  bulb,  with  a  bright  yellow  slime 
consisting  of  bacteria."  Gradually  the  whole  plant  is  destroyed, 
and  great  loss  is  caused  to  hyacinth  growers.  The  disease  is  con- 
fined to  the  Netherlands.  The  subject  of  bacteria  causing  diseases 
of  plants  is  occupying  more  and  more  the  attention  of  plant 
pathologists,  and  all  additions  to  our  knowledge  are  sincerely 
welcome. 

Bulletin  No.  27,  issued  by  the  same  Department,  deals  with  the 
"  Wilt-disease  of  Cotton,  and  its  control."  The  disease,  which  is 
caused  by  a  fungus  that  lives  in  the  soil  and  attacks  the  roots  of  the 
cotton-plant,  had  been  already  described  by  Mr.  Erwin  Smith  in  a 
previous  Bulletin.  Mr.  W.  A.  Orton  has  been  experimenting  on 
the  best  methods  of  combating  the  disease,  and  gives  the  results  in 
this  paper.  It  has  been  found  impossible  to  kill  the  fungus  by  the 
application  of  fungicides  to  the  soil,  or  to  the  plants  attacked.  He 
strongly  advises  growers  to  avoid  planting  cotton  on  infected  soils, 
and,  above  all,  to  choose  for  cultivation  the  plants  that  have  been 
proved  to  be  resistant.  Parasitic  fungi  are  curiously  selective  as  to 
their  host,  and,  for  no  apparent  reason,  one  variety  of  a  species  is 
preyed  upon  and  another  left. 

From  the  New  York  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  there 
have  been  issued  recently  three  Bulletins  dealing  with  parasitic 
fungi.  No.  182  gives  the  result  of  experiments  with  sulphur-lime 
in  the  prevention  of  onion-smut,  Urocystis  CepidcB,  a  disease  which 
works  much  havoc  in  certain  districts  in  America.  The  sulphur- 
lime  is  sown  along  with  the  onion-seed,  and  the  benefit  to  the  onion 
crops  has  been  very  marked.  No.  185  discusses  an  appie-tree  canker 
caused  by  Sphmwpsis  Malonun.  The  fungus  grows  also  on  pear, 
quince,  and  hawthorn.  Scraping  the  bark  and  whitewashing  is 
recommended  as  a  cure. 

An  account  of  the  ravages  of  WUzucionia  occupies  Bulletin 
No.  186.  It  is  a  sterile  fungus  forming  a  brown  mycelium,  and 
occasionally  sclerotia.  It  has  been  found  to  be  the  cause  of  disease 
in  a  large  series  of  plants  both  in  Europe  and  America.  These 
papers  are  valuable  additions  to  our  knowledge  of  plant-diseases, 
and  their  prevention  or  cure. 

Mr.  C.  G.  Lloyd,  of  Cincinnati,  has  been  publishing  at  intervals 
Mycological  Notes  dealing  with  the  larger  fungi,  which  he  is  willing 
to  send  to  all  students  of  these  plants,  free  of  charge.  The  latest 
of  these,  issued  in  Dec.  1900,  deals  with  the  Collybias  of  Cincinnati. 
Mr.  Lloyd  pays  no  regard  to  tradition  in  his  systematic  work ;   he 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [July,  1901.]  t 


250  thb:  jouknal  of  botany 

refuses  to  cumber  the  name  of  the  plant  with  the  authority  for  the 
species,  as,  he  thinks,  b.y  so  doing  we  but  minister  to  the  vanity  of 
the  species  maker;  and  also  he  rejects  the  claims  of  priority  to 
displace  a  well-known  name.  The  author  writes  with  much  en- 
thusiasm, but  not  always  with  care,  and  so  we  find  such  sentences 
as  "  we  have  had  opportunity  to  since  observe  it  rather  frequent." 
Some  day,  we  doubt  not,  Mr.  Lloyd  will  cite  his  authorities,  and 
pay  attention  to  his  style.  He  is  issuing  a  series  of  photographs  of 
Agaiics,  and,  if  they  are  as  good  as  the  illustrations  of  his  Collybias, 

they  must  be  most  helpful  to  students  of  mycology. 

A.  L.  S. 


Les  Desmidiees  de  France.     Par  Joseph  Comere.     8vo,  pp.  222, 
16  plates.     Klincksiek,  Paris. 

This  is  a  very  pretentious  volume,  as  it  deals  with  the  Desmids  of 
the  whole  of  France,  where  the  most  varied  conditions  obtain  as  to 
habitat,  &c.  We  must  confess  that  we  are  greatly  disappointed 
with  the  work.  It  will  serve  the  purpose  of  a  catalogue  of  those 
species  hitherto  recorded  for  France  ;  the  introductory  matter 
should  prove  useful  to  the  beginner,  and  so  should  the  short 
descriptions  of  the  species  to  a  botanist ;  but  criticiil  remarks  con- 
cerning allied  species,  which  are  of  the  greatest  use  to  an  earnest 
student,  are  totally  lacking.  It  is  painfully  evident  that  a  master 
of  this  group  of  plants  is  still  wanting  to  France.  The  number  of 
species  of  Desmids  recorded  for  the  whole  of  France  is  some  scores 
less  than  those  on  record  for  the  county  of  Yorkshire  alone.  The 
number  of  localities,  too,  is  very  few — much  fewer  than  we  should 
expect  from  an  average  English  county. 

On  p.  25  the  author  writes  : — '•  Une  bonne  figure  vaut  toujours 
mieux  pour  la  determination  des  especes  qu'une  description  si 
parfaite  qu'elle  soit."  We  only  wish  that  the  author  had  given 
good  figures.  The  drawings  are  certainly  not  good ;  they  are 
crude— many  of  them  very  crude — and  the  faults  exhibited  are  so 
numerous  that  it  is  a  difficult  matter  to  determine  where  to  begin 
and  point  out  a  comparatively  small  number  of  the  more  inaccurate 
figures.  We  strongly  advise  M.  Comere  to  examine  the  figures  of 
a  work  published  on  British  Desmids  fifty-three  years  ago,  and 
then  notice  his  own  figures,  issued  after  five  progressive  decades 
have  elapsed — in  a  country,  too,  which  is  usually  supposed  to  be 
much  more  artistic  than  Britain.  On  PI.  xiv.,  fig.  'da  and  fig.  86, 
two  figures  are  given  of  one  of  the  most  characteristic  species — 
^'  Micrasterias  furcata,"  which  certainly  belong  to  the  genus,  but 
could  not  be  mistaken  for  this  species  by  the  merest  tyro.  On  the 
same  plate  the  figure  representing  M.  Tlwmasiana  does  not  show 
the  characteristics  of  that  species,  and  the  outline  of  3/.  Jennerl  is 
not  that  of  the  type.  The  apices  of  fig.  1,  PI.  i.,  are  not  those  of 
Closterium  lineatum,  and  we  are  quite  certain  that  no  real  Closteria 
exhibit  the  want  of  grace  and  symmetry  depicted  in  many  of  the 
figures  with  which  this  genus  is  illustrated.  On  PI.  vi.,  fig.  1,  a 
caricature  of  PleurotcBiiiiim  nodulosum  is  given  which  certainly  does 
not  agree  with    the    author's  description  of   it.      The    figures    of 


DTCTYOSIPHON  251 

Tetvwnorns,  on  the  same  plate,  make  one  think  that  French  examples 
are  fast  deteriorating  with  regard  to  symmetry  and  grace.  No 
attempt  is  made  in  the  figures  on  the  same  plate  to  show  the  cha- 
racteristic feature  of  the  genus  DocUUwn.  On  PL  vii.  a  notable 
characteristic  is  omitted  in  fig.  1.  Fig.  4  does  not  represent 
typical  Cosmariiim  ccelatum,  and  fig.  6  is  certainly  a  wonderful 
C.  Holmieme.  Fig.  36  b  will  do  for  the  vertical  view  of  a  Staura- 
strum,  the  four  angles  will  not  do  for  any  Cosmarmm ;  the  author 
had  better  try  again  to  copy  Wille's  figure  (attributed  to  Leme  in 
the  author's  description  of  this  plate).  The  want  of  symmetry 
throughout  this  plate  is  striking.  Just  to  refer  to  two  things  out 
of  many  on  Plate  viii.,  fig.  1  is  a  bad  drawing  of  Cosmarium 
pachydernmm,  its  chief  characteristic  being  omitted,  and  C.  Brebis- 
sonii  always  has  twice  as  many  papillae  in  the  periphery  as  those 
figured  by  the  author.  On  Plate  ix.,  fig.  26  a  certainly  does  not 
belong  to  the  same  species  as  fig.  266.  On  Plate  x.,  two  figures 
of  FjUastrum  insigne  are  given,  whose  polar  lobes  are  totally 
different  from  those  characteristic  of  this  species ;  and  fig.  13  is 
shocking.  On  PI.  xi.  Staurastnim  verticilJatum  is  quite  wrong,  and 
has  obviously  been  copied  from  Cooke.  On  PI.  xv.  a  figure  is 
given  of  a  species  we  do  not  believe  in  ;  the  author  should  compare 

itwith  a  specimen  of  Xanthidium  antilopcEcum  when  tlie  surrounding 
mucilage  is  contracting.  Fig.  13  is  also  no  representative  of 
mature  X.  aculeatum. 

We  have  not  space  to  comment  any  further  on  the  drawings ; 
we  are  however  of  opinion  that  neither  Messrs.  Petit,  Gay, 
Lemaire  nor  Gomout  would  have  issued  such  plates  as  accompany 
this  work.  The  author  does  not  appear  to  have  had  proofs  sub- 
mitted to  him,  as  the  spelling  of  both  generic  and  specific  names 
requires  careful  revision. 


W.  W. 


DiCTYOSIPHON. 


A  PAPER  by  Dr.  Sv.  Murbeck,  entitled  "  Ueber  den  Bau  und  die 
Entwickelung  von  IHctyosiphon  fceniculaceus  Grev.,"  appears  in  the 
Videnskabsselskabets  Skrifter.  Mathem.-naUirvid.  Klasse,  1900,  No.  7. 
The  author  divides  his  work  into  the  following  sections  : — Growth, 
Branching,  Thallus  Cavity,  Conducting  and  Strengthening  Tissue, 
Assimilative  Tissue,  Cell-tension,  Hairs,  Hyphfe,  Attachment,  Re- 
productive Organs. 

Under  these  headings  the  subject  has  been  worked  out  in  great 
detail,  and  some  facts  brought  to  notice  which  are  interesting  in 
connection  with  other  members  of  the  PhmophycecB.  The  family  of 
Dictyosiphonacea,  is  a  small  one,  as  defined  by  Engler  &  Prantl  in 
Naturl.  Pflanzenfamilien,  consisting  only  of  three  genera — Dictyo- 
siphon,  Gobia,  and  Scytothamniis.  Of  these,  the  first  two  are  repre- 
sented in  the  northern  hemisphere,  and  can  therefore  be  conveniently 
studied  and  compared,  as  is  the  case  in  the  present  paper,  by 
European  botanists  ;  the  third — Scytothcnmnis — is  only  recorded 
from  the  South  Temperate  region,  and  an  account  of  this  genus, 


252 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


which  it  is  hoped  will  soon  appear,  must  gain  largely  in  interest  by 
a  study  of  this  examination  of  Dktijosiphon  by  Dr.  Murbeck. 

The  section  describing  the  strain  arising  from  unequal  growth 
of  the  innermost  and  outermost  cells  of  the  thallus  is  perhaps  the 
most  interesting,  as  touching  on  wider  biological  questions  than 
can  be  raised  in  the  other  parts  of  the  paper.  As  the  author  says, 
the  question  of  the  tension  of  tissues  in  marine  algae  is  a  subject  of 
recent  study  only,  and  the  result  shows  a  marked  contrast  to  the 
mode  of  tension  in  the  higher  plants.  This  is  of  course  to  be 
expected  in  view  of  the  wholly  different  surroundings  of  the  two 
groups.  Among  the  algae,  except  in  the  case  of  those  which  secrete 
lime,  everything  makes  for  greater  flexibility  and  elasticity,  and, 
even  among  plants  and  animals  hardened  by  an  outward  secretion 
of  lime,  there  remains,  as  is  shown  by  Prof.  Stewart  in  his  paper 
on  the  subject,'^  uncalcified  nodes  between  each  joint,  which  prevent 
the  plant  from  becoming  so  rigid  as  to  cause  its  destruction  from 
the  movement  of  the  water.  It  is  obvious  that  in  fairly  large  plants, 
such  as  Dictyosiphon  fmiiculaceus,  some  such  elasticity  as  is  described 
by  Dr.  Murbeck  is  necessary  for  their  protection. 

The  growth  of  the  hairs  is  fully  described  and  figured,  but  no 
new  facts  are  given  concerning  the  use  to  the  plant  of  these  growths, 
so  common  among  the  PhcEophi/cecB.  The  formation  of  pits,  the 
consequent  enlargement  of  the  surface  of  the  thallus,  and  Prof. 
Reinke's  theory  as  to  the  possible  employment  of  the  hairs  in 
abstracting  mineral  substances  from  the  water,  is  brought  forward, 
and  the  experience  of  the  author,  in  common  with  others,  is  shown 
to  be  that  the  more  plentiful  the  hairs,  the  finer  the  plant.  But 
which  is  cause  and  which  effect  ?  When  will  someone  experiment 
on  this  point  in  the  growing  plant  ? 

The  occurrence  of  hyphae  in  D.  fceniculaceus  is  here  demonstrated 
for  the  first  time,  though  they  were  already  known  in  Z).  hippuroides, 
The  interest  lies,  however,  less  in  this  fact  than  in  the  irregularity 
of  their  occurrence  in  the  thallus,  being  found  in  large  quantities 
in  some  parts,  and  in  others  not  at  all.  The  Wille  theory  as  to  the 
connection  of  hyphae  with  the  assimilation  of  COg  seems  hardly  to 
fit  a  case  like  this,  and  there  are  also  difficulties  in  the  way  of  re- 
garding them  as  mechanical  supports.  A  study  of  allied  Phceophycea 
is  necessary  for  a  solution  of  this  question. 

A  description  of  the  mode  of  attachment  between  D.  fceniculaceus 
and  Chordaria,  on  which  it  grows,  shows  an  ingenious  intermingling 
of  the  two  plants  at  the  point  of  junction,  and  it  would  be  interesting 
to  study  the  mode  of  attachment  of  other  members  of  the  family,  or 
of  this  one  on  other  hosts. 

*  Cat.  Comp.  Anat.  R.  Coll.  Surgeons,  i.  54. 


258 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS.* 


Bot.  Gazette  (18  May).— H.  N.  Whitford,  '  Genetic  development 
of  forests  of  N.  Michigan.'— E.  W.  D.  Holway,  '  Mexican  Fun^^i.'— 
■G.  M.  Holferty,  '  Ovule  and  embryo  of  Potamogeton  natans'  (2' pi.). 

Bot.  Zeituug  (1  June).- L.  J.  Celakovsky,  'Die  Gliederun^  der 
Kaulome    (1  pi.).  ° 

Bull,  de  VHerb.  Boissier  (31  May).  —  A.  de  CandoUe,  'Plantfe 
Madagascarienses  ab  Alberto  Mocquerysio  lect«.'  —  H.  Christ, 
'  Elaphoglossiim  Bangii,  une  fougere  ancestrale.'— K.  MuUer  '  Mono- 
graphie  der  Gattung  Scapama.'  —  C.  Meylan,  'Catalogue  des 
H6patiques  du  Jura.'  —  G.  Beauverd,  'Dissemination  des  ^raines 
par  le  vent.'— G.  Hegi,  'Das  Obere  Tosstal.' 

Bull  S^c.  Bot.  France  (vol.  xlviii,  1,  2  ;  June).— M.  de  Vilmorin, 
'  Annand  David'  (1826-1900).— E.  Bescherelle,  '  Flore  bryologique 
de  Tahiti.'— J.  Comere,  '  Diatomees  recoltees  a  St.  Jean  de  Luz  '— 
E.  Bornet,  '  Gaspard  Adolphe  Chatin  '  (1813-1900;  portr.).  —  L 
Geneau  de  Lamarliere,  '  Contribution  a  la  Flore  de  la  Marne  '— 
L.  Lutz,  '  Additions  k  la  Flore  de  Corse.'— D.  Clos,  '  Sonchus  lacenis.' 

Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club  (21  May).  —  H.  M.  Bichards,  '  Ceramo- 
thamnion  Codii '  (gen.  nov. ;  2  pi.).  —  P.  A.  Rydberg,  '  Rocky 
Mountain  Flora.'  Piperia,  gen.  nov.  orchid.  (=  Montolivaa  Rydb  ) 
—  E.  A  Burt,  ^Tremella  mycetophila'  (1  pi.).  —  A.  Eastwood, 
Paroiiychm  Franciscana,  sp.n.  -  J.  K.  Small,  '  Shrubs  and  trees  of 
bouthern  States.'  —  B.  L.  Robinson,  '  Further  notes  on  the  Agri- 
monies.' —H.  H.  Rusby,  '  Plants  collected  in  S.  America,  1885-6  ' 
(contd.). 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (25  May).— 7«/7>a  Wilsoniana  (fig.  121).— 
(1  June).     Malortiea  Koscknyana  Wendl.  &  Dammer,  sp  n  —  C  *T 
Druery,  'Truncate  Ferns.'— (15  June).    'Thomas  Meehan'  (portr  i' 
(22  June).     M.  Foster,  '  his  Exvhankiana,  sp.  n.'  (fig.  152). 

Joxirnal  de  Botanique  (April ;  received  28  May).— C.  Sauvageau, 
'  Les  Sphacelariacees  '  (cont.).— H.  Hua  &  A.  Chevalier,  '  Les  Lan- 
dolphiees  du  Senegal,'  &c.  (concl.).  -  C.  Gerber,  'La  respiration 
des  Olives    (concl.). 

Malpighia  (xiv.  fasc.  9-12;  dated  1900,  received  5  June)   —  0 
Mattirolo,  '  Sulla  importanza  pratica  della  Botanica  scientilica  '-^ 
G.Lopriore;A.  B.Frank '(1839-1900;  portr.).-Id.,'^.,,rr^.f«^ 
novae.  — A.  i^iori,  -  Nuovo  microtomo  automatico.'— G.  B.  Tra verso 
'Micromiceti  de  Tremezzina.'— A.  Piccone,  '  Noterelle  Ficologiche  ' 
id.,  '  Flora  marina  del  Mar  Rosso.'— A.  Beguinot,  '  Carex  GrioletiV 

Oesterr  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (May  and  June  ;  received  19  June).— 
E.  Hackel,  '  Neue  Graser.'  —  M.  Soltokovic,  '  Die  perennen  Arten 
der  Gentiana  aus  der  Section  Cyclostigma.' — (May).  0.  E.  Schulz 
♦Zur  geographischen    Verbreitung   des  Melilotus  poloniciis.' —  yI 

;  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
pubHc'a^or''        ''  """''  "°'  '^"^"^^  ^'  '""'''"'^  '^^'  '^''  ^'''^'  actualdatlof 


254  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Scbiffuer,  '  Einige  Materialism  zur  Moosflora  des  Orients.'  — 
(June).  A.  Burgerstein,  '  A.  V.  Kerner's  Beobaclitiingen  iiber 
die  Zeit  des  Oeffnens  und  Schliessens  von  Bliiten.'  —  J.  Vilhelm, 
'  Neue  teratologische  Beobachtungen  an  Parnassia  palustris.'  —  J. 
Doriler,  Centaurea  Halacsyi,  sp.  n. 

Rhodora  (20  May).— F.  Lamsou-Scribner  &  E.  D.  Merrill,  'New 
England  Panicums.' — F.  0.  Collins,  '  Notes  on  Algae.' — A.  Rehder, 
'  Hybrids  of  Quercus  ilicifolia  '  (1  pL).  —  (June).  Botany  of  Mount 
Katahdin. — J.  F.  Collins,  '  Bryopbytes  of  Maine.' 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 

We  have  received  from  Mr.  Upcott  Gill  the  second  and  con- 
cluding part  of  the  Century  Supplement  to  the  Dictionary  of  Gardening, 
of  which  the  earlier  portion  was  noticed  on  p.  48.  We  have  already 
expressed  our  opinion  of  the  merits  and  demerits  of  the  work,  the 
former  of  which  greatly  outweigh  the  latter.  The  coloured  plate  of 
daffodils,  which  faces  the  ugly  title-page,  is  a  disfigurement  rather 
than  an  ornament  to  the  book — a  criticism  which  applies  to  several 
of  the  illustrations  in  the  text — and  is  made  uglier  by  the  blue 
lettering  employed  ;  and  some  of  the  information  given — e.  g.  as  to 
the  apparatus  used  for  "spraying" — reads  like  an  advertisement. 
We  note  many  references — e.  g.  under  Quercus —  to  the  discrepancies 
m  nomenclature  between  the  '' Kew  Hand-list"  and  the  Index 
Keivensis. 

It  is  announced  that  Prof.  C.  E.  Sargent's  Silva  of  North  America 
will  be  supplemented  by  two  extra  volumes,  containing  plates  and 
descriptions  of  trees  added  during  the  last  ten  years  to  the  region 
covered  by  the  work.  The  new  volumes  will  contain  115  plates, 
and  will  be  published  next  spring. 

Messrs.  W.  &  G.  S.  West  are  issuing  in  the  Transactions  of  the 
Yorkshire  Naturalists'  Union  a  localized  list  of  tbe  freshwater  algae 
of  the  county.  A  hundred  pages  of  the  list,  embracing  470  species 
and  many  varieties,  have  already  been  issued,  this  being  less  than 
half  the  number  to  be  recorded.  Many  species  are  recorded  for  the 
first  time  in  Britain.  The  authors  give  those  synonyms  which  they 
consider  will  be  useful  to  future  workers,  and  they  express  a  hope 
that  the  list  "  will  be  deemed  worthy  to  form  an  acceptable  and 
substantial  basis-list,  serving  as  a  useful  guide  to  future  workers 
both  in  the  matter  of  the  classification  of  these  plants  and  in  the 
species  they  may  expect  to  find."  Judging  by  the  numerous 
localities  under  a  large  number  of  the  species,  much  of  the  ground 
seems  to  have  been  well  worked.  It  is  probably  the  most  complete 
list  of  fresh-water  nlgse  ever  issued  for  any  district. 

The  first  part  of  vol.  viii.  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa  has 
been  issued.  The  following  botanists  have  contributed  :  Mr.  N.  E. 
Brown  {Pontederiacece,  Xyridea,  Aroidea) ;  Mr.  C.  B.  Clarke  (Com- 
melinacecB) ;  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker  (Juncacea) ;  Mr.  C.  H.  Wright  {Palmea 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  255 

aud  Pandaned).     Tlie  genus  Zy(j(uithera  N.  E.  Br.  is  established  on 
Englei's  figure  and  description  of  Fseudohydrosme  BiUtneri. 

A  NEW  part  (vol.  iii.  part  2)  of  Mr.  J.  M.  Wood's  Natal  Plants 
contains  figures  and  descriptions  of  twenty-five  South  African  spe- 
cies, among  which  are  some  well-known  and  other  more  interesting 
■plants — e.g.  Strycknos  Henninysii  Gilg.,  Olea  Woodiana  Knobl., 
Gladlulus  inandensis  Baker. 

In  the  new  part  (cxxv. ;  issued  May  15)  of  the  Flora  BrasiUensis, 
Prof.  Cogniaux  continues  his  enumeration  of  the  Orchidacece.  We 
note  under  the  species  of  (Jattleya  an  extensive  enumeration  of  the 
apparently  interminable  florists'  varieties  :  the  synonymy  of  C 
labiata  alone  occupies  about  twenty  closely  printed  columns ! 

Biltmore  Botatiical  Studies  is  the  most  recent  addition  to  the 
list  of  American  periodicals.  The  first  number  is  dated  April  8, 
1901;  it  will  be  "  issued  at  irregular  intervals  " — a  phrase  which 
might  be  added  to  the  title  of  certain  periodicals  nearer  home — and 
is  described  as  "a  Journal  of  Botany  embracing  papers  by  the 
Director  and  Associates  of  the  Biltmore  Herbarium."  The  papers 
in  the  presenc  issue  are  careful  pieces  of  work  ;  they  comprise  a 
paper  on  CratcEyiis  by  the  Director,  Mr.  C.  D.  Beadle,  in  which 
twenty-one  new  species  are  described ;  the  large  crop  of  North 
American  novelties  in  this  genus  at  present  leads  us  to  express  a 
hope  that  the  old  types  are  sufficiently  understood.  With  Mr.  F.  E. 
Boyutou  Mr.  Beadle  gives  a  revision  of  Marshallia,  illustrated  by 
eleven  plates,  and  with  Mr.  C.  L.  Boynton  discusses  certain  species 
of  Budbeckia.  A  paper  on  "  new  or  little-known  species  of  Trillium'' 
is  contributed  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Harbison.  Messrs.  Wesley  &  Son  are 
the  London  agents  for  the  periodical ;  the  price  of  the  present 
number  is  fifty  cents. 

The  "  Minutes  of  Evidence  taken  before  the  Departmental 
Committee  on  Botanical  Work  and  Collections  at  the  British 
Museum  and  at  Kew  wdth  Appendices  and  Index  to  accompany 
the  Report  presented  to  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's 
Treasury  dated  11th  March  1901  "  have  been  printed,  but  have 
not  yet,  we  believe,  been  published. 

The  new  part  (dated  21  June;  of  Da>>  Fjianzenreich  is  devoted 
to  a  Monograph  of  the  Munimiaceoi  by  Miss  Janet  Perkins  and  Dr. 
Gilg.  In  Die  Xatilrliche  Pjiajizenfaiiiilieu  the  Mosses  are  continued; 
the  latest  iustahnent  contains  the  Andrseales  and  Bryales,  by 
Dr.  Brotherus  and  W,  Ruhland;  and  the  Dicranacece,  for  which  Dr. 
Brotherus  alone  is  responsible. 

The  accuracy  in  general  matters  for  which  the  Daily  Mail  has 
long  been  conspicuous,  extends  to  its  botanical  information.  We 
reproduce  the  most  recent  item  in  the  hope  that  the  publicity  now 
given  to  the  methods  of  the  "  professional  botanist"  will  cause  him 
to  abstain  from  this  nefarious  means  of  adding  to  his  income : — 

"  Four  of  the  daintiest  of  English  wild  plants  are  rapidly  dis- 
appearing from  this  country,  and  one,  at  any  rate,  can  rarely  be 
seen  outside  Kew  Gardens.     This  is  the   Cypripedium  calceolus, 


256  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

commonly  known  as  the  '  lady's  slipper.'  It  is  really  a  wild  orchid, 
with  a  pretty  yellow  flower  resembling  in  shape  the  article  which 
has  given  it  its  popular  name.  The  other  vanishing  plants  are  the 
Osmunda  regalis,  the  Scolopendrium  vulgare  (hart's  tongue),  and 
the  Asplenium  veride  (green  spleenwort),  all  of  which  are  ferns. 
Their  disappearance  is  due  to  the  depredations  of  the  tourist, 
especially  of  the  cyclist,  and  the  professional  botanist,  who  scours 
the  woods  and  disposes  of  his  '  finds '  for  a  few  pence  in  the  streets 
of  the  nearest  large  town." — Daili/  Mail,  June  26. 

There  can,  however,  be  little  doubt  that,  apart  from  the  ravages 
of  "  professional  botanists  "  and  the  destructive  efforts  of  various 
local  bodies,  who  throughout  the  country  are  engaged  in  destroying 
grassy  roadsides  and  scarifying  hedgebauks,  to  the  great  advantage 
of  the  nettles,  docks,  and  other  weeds  which  take  the  place  of  the 
native  vegetation,  our  British  plants  are  threatened  with  a  new 
danger.  We  entirely  associate  ourselves  with  the  protest  printed 
by  Professor  L.  C.  Miall  in  the  Times  of  June  8,  which  we  reproduce 
in  the  hope  that  our  readers  may,  in  their  respective  localities,  join 
in  opposing  any  similar  proposition  that  may  be  made.  Prof.  Miall 
writes : — 

"I  have  before  me  the  programme  of  the  Essex  Technical 
Instruction  Committee  for  Field  Studies  in  Natural  History.  The 
course  for  1901  is  intended  to  instruct  teachers  in  the  elements  of 
botany  by  means  of  rambles  in  search  of  wild  flowers.  One  leading 
feature  is  a  vacation  course  of  ten  days  in  the  New  Forest.  The 
teachers  are  to  be  accompanied  by  local  guides,  and  their  attention 
is  particularly  directed  to  the  rarest  species,  which  are  specially 
named,  as  well  as  the  places  in  which  they  are  known  to  grow.  To 
collect,  dry,  and  identify  plants  is  the  chief  aim  of  the  leaders,  who 
not  only  urge  every  teacher  to  make  his  own  collection,  but  suggests 
that  duplicate  plants  will  prove  useful  for  '  special  fascicles.'  It 
would  not  interest  many  of  your  readers  to  discuss  at  length  the 
educational  value  of  such  a  programme.  It  seems  to  me  lamentable 
that  teachers  should  be  advised  to  study  natural  history  by  schedules, 
and  to  gather  plants  merely  in  order  to  name  and  dry  them.  I 
imagine  that  they  will  be  worse  and  not  better  for  working  through 
so  dry  and  barren  a  course.  Nothing  shows  the  want  of  judgment 
of  the  promoters  more  clearly  than  that  untrained  botanists  should 
be  seriously  advised  to  pay  particular  attention  to  the  difficult  and 
uncertain  subspecies  of  the  common  bramble.  But  all  of  us, 
whether  we  are  concerned  with  the  teaching  of  botany  or  not,  have 
an  interest  in  the  preservation  of  our  native  plants.  The  Essex 
Committee  is  simply  organizing  a  raid  upon  plants  which  are 
already  near  to  extinction.  I  hope  that  they  will  fail  to  discover 
the  rarities  which  they  selfishly  covet ;  their  enterprise  is,  I  venture 
to  say,  an  injury  to  natural  history  and  to  education  alike.  It  may 
not  be  too  late  to  get  this  programme  cancelled,  and  I  would  beg 
those  who  care  for  live  natural  history  to  use  their  influence  in 
diverting  the  attention  of  the  Essex  collectors  to  some  other  pursuit 
where  they  will  do  less  harm." 


S.MoQxe      a,iial. 


West,Uewma3i  imp. 

A.  Leurocline    litKospermoides  .    ~E> .  Omania    araloica  . 


257 

ALABASTRA     DIVERSA.— Part  VIII. 

By  Spencer  Le  M.  Moore,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  421.) 

Leurocline, 

Borraginearum  e  subtribu  Lithospermear am  genns  novum  (tab.  424  A). 

Calyx  alte  5-pai-titus,  segmentis  liberis  angustis  inter  se  in- 
asqualibus  postico  revera  minore  persistentibus.  CorollaB  tubus 
cylindraceus,  faucibus  ampliatis  intus  nudis ;  limbus  2-labiatus, 
labio  superiore  erecto  breviter  2-lobo,  labio  iuferiore  breviter  3-lobo 
patente.  Stamina  5,  faucibus  iuserta,  inclusa ;  filamenta  brevis- 
sima;  anthersB  oblongs,  obtascTe.  Ovarii  lobi  4,  gynobasi  planae 
insert! ;  stylus  filiformis ;  stigma  breviter  2-lobum.  Nucul^e 
saepissime  4,  trigonse,  tuberculat^,  areola  plana  basilari  gynobasi 
planas  affixae.  Fruticuli  parvi,  ramosi,  liispidi  vel  verrucati.  Folia 
alterna.  Flores  mediocres,  ex  axillis  superioribus  solitatim 
oriundi. 

This  genus  has  all  the  characters  oi  Ecldocldlon,  except  that  the 
stamens  are  inserted  in  the  throat  of  the  corolla,  and,  its  principal 
raison  d'etre,  that  the  nutlets  are  fixed  by  a  flat  base  to  a  flat  (not 
conical)  gynobase.  In  this  latter  character,  as  also  somewhat  in 
habit,  it  resembles  Lobostemon,  from  which  it  differs  in  having  an 
irregular  calyx  with  small  posticous  lobe,  a  distinctly  zygomorphic 
corolla,  included  stamens  and  bilobed  stigma.  Its  position  in  the 
order,  as  understood  by  Bentham  in  the  Genera  Plan  ta  rum,  seems 
to  be  next  Sericosto)tia,  from  which,  however,  it  is  separated  by 
several  important  characters. 

Leurocline  lithospermoides,  sp.  nov.  Caule  stricto  mox 
ramoso,  ramis  foliosis  erectis  rigidis  glabris,  foliis  sessilibus  lineari- 
oblongis  obtusis  vel  obtusissimis  supra  glabris  subtus  marginibusque 
pilis  brevibus  hispidis  basi  albo-verrucatis  obsitis,  pedicellis  sub- 
nullis,  calycis  ampli  segmentis  a  corolhe  tubo  superatis  linearibus 
vel  lineari-lanceolatis  acutis  hispidis  segmento  postico  nunquam 
evanido,  corollas  tubo  juxta  medium  coartato  limbi  dilatati  lobis 
rotundatis  undulatis,  stylo  incluso,  nuculis  obtusis. 

Hab.  British  East  Africa,  Leikipia,  June,  1893  ;  Dr.  J.  W. 
Gregory.  Gof,  3900  feet,  and  between  Le  and  Tocha,  1898  ;  Lord 
Delamere  (Herb.  Mus.  Brit.). 

Planta  usque  ad  25-0  cm.  alt.,  sed  saepe  humilior.  Folia 
1  •0-2*0  cm.  long.,  modice  0'25-0-3  cm.  lat.  Calyx  modicus  circa 
0*8  cm.  long.,  nonnunquam  vero  longior  vel  etiam  brevior ;  tubus 
brevissiraus,  intus  albide  hirsutus ;  lobus  posticus  +  0-25  cm. 
long.,  lobi  reliqui  inter  se  inasquales  et  ±  0-5-0"7  cm.  long. ;  calyx 
fructifer  parum  auctus.  Flores  caerulei.  Corollae  tubus  extus 
glaber  vel  obscure  pruinosus,  intus  sursum  pilosus,  0-85  cm.  long., 
basi  vix  0-2  cm.,  medio  0-1  cm.,  faucibus  circa  0-3  cm.  diam. ; 
limbus  0-6-0'8  cm.  diam. ;  labium  anticum  0-3  cm.,  posticum 
0*4  cm.  long.     Filamenta  circa  0*05  cm.  long.,   posticum  quam 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [Aug.  1901.]  u 


258  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

reliqua  paullo  altiiis  affixum ;  authenie  'vix  0*1  cm.  long,  btylus 
crassiusculus,  glaber,  0*35  cm.  long.  Nuculte  rubescentes,  0*2  cm. 
long.,  vix  totidem  diam. 

The  variation  in  the  size  of  the  calyx  from  flower  to  flower  is  a 
point  worth  mention. 

I  am  of  opinion  that  Lohostemon  somalenm  Franchet  (Revoil, 
Faiine  et  Flore  ties  Pays  Cumalis,  Sertiim  Sovialense,  p.  44)  must  be 
referred  to  this  genus.  In  assigning  to  Lohostemon  the  plant 
studied  by  him,  the  excellent  French  botanist  just  named  was 
doubtless  swayed  by  the  flat  insertion  of  the  nutlets  upon  a  flat 
gynobase.  Thanks  to  the  courtesy  of  M.  Jules  Poisson  of  the 
Paris  Museum,  I  have  been  able  to  examine  a  few  fragments  of 
Revoil's  specime]],  which,  though  they  prove  erroneous  what  I  had 
supposed  might  be  the  case — namely,  that  the  plant  above  described 
was  identical  with  Lohostemon  somalensis  Franchet — yet  are  suflicient, 
taken  together  with  M.  Franchet's  description,  to  convince  me  that 
the  latter  is  not  a  Lohostemon.  The  only  point  about  which  infor- 
mation is  not  forthcoming  relates  to  the  stigma  of  the  supposed 
Lohostetuon ;  but  even  if  that  organ  have  not  the  structure  we  find 
in  Leurodine  lithospermoides,  the  character  of  the  new  genus  might 
be  modified  in  accordance  without  doing  violence  to  the  general 
principles  underlying  the  classification  of  the  order.  The  difter- 
ences  between  the  two  species  may  then  be  summed  up  thus  : — 
Planta  verrucata.      Folia  lauceolato-ovata, 

nee  ultra  1-0  cm.  long.  Calyx  fere  omnino 

glaber,  0-5  cm.  long.     Nuculte  acutai     .     L.  somalefisis. 
Planta  hispida.    Folia  lineari-oblonga,  usque 

ad  2*0  cm.  long.    Calyx  hispidus,  saltem 

0-75  cm.  long.     Nuculci3  obtuste    .      .     .     L.  lithospermoides. 
Dr.  Giirke  (Engler  &   Prantl,  Lflainen/amilien,  iv.  3a,  s.  128) 
appears  to  have  overlooked  the  alleged  extension  of  Lohostemon  into 
the  northern  hemisphere. 

Omania, 
Scrophulariaceariun  e  tribu  Eaphrasieanun  genus  novum  (tab.  424 B). 

Calyx  tubulosus,  5-angulatus,  aliquantulo  bilabiatus,  labio 
superiore  trilobo  inferiore  bilobo.  Corolhie  tubus  sursum  breviter 
amplificatus ;  limbus  bilabiatus,  labio  postico  erecto  concavo  emar- 
ginato  marginibus  revolutis,  labio  antico  majori  trifido  bigibboso 
sestivatione  externo.  Stamina  4,  didynama ;  antherae  leviter  ex- 
sertse,  inter  se  iequales ;  loculi  discreti,  stipitati,  obtusi,  omnes 
polliniferi.     Stylus  filiformis  ;  stigma  capitatum,  obscure  bilobum. 

Ovula  in  loculis  indefinita.      Capsula .      Sufl'rutex  ramosus 

facie  Lindenhergim.  Folia  parva,  opposita,  Integra.  Flores  breviter 
pedunculati,  ex  axillis  foliorum  superiorum  orti.     Bracteolae  0. 

Omania  arabica,  sp.  unica.  Ramis  ascendentibus  teretibus 
una  cum  foliis  calycibusque  arete  et  minute  pubescentibus,  foliis 
ovatis  obtusis  modice  0*5  cm.  long,  et  0-35-0-4  cm.  lat.  (summis 
vero  minoribus)  petiolis  circa  0*2  cm.  long,  fultis,  pedunculis 
petioles  aequantibus,  calyce  in  toto  0*6  cm.  long.,  hujus  lobis  anticis 
lanceolatis  0*3  cm.  long.,  posticis  paullo  latioribus  0-2-0'25  cm. 


ALABASTRA    DIVERSA  259 

long.,  corollae  extus  pubescentis  tiibo  0*15  cm.  diam.  et  0-6  cm. 
long.,  limbi  labiis  vix  0*6  cm.  long.,  labio  postico  lanceolato-oblongo 
antico  latissime  oblongo,  filamentis  attenuatis  atratis,  antlieris 
oblongis  obtusis  0*17  cm.  long.,  disco  parvo  lobiilato,  ovario  oblongo 
una  cum  stylo  glabro. 

Hab.  Oman,  Arabia,  1898;  Lt.-Col.  A.  S.  G.  Jayakar  (Revh. 
Mus.  Brit.).     Muscat;  Aucher-Eloy,  No.  5165  (Herb.  Kew.). 

At  first  sight  this  plant  looks  extraordinarily  like  a  Lindenheryia, 
in  which  genus  Aucher-Eloy's  specimen  has  long  lain  at  Kew,  the 
sheet  marked  in  Mr.  Bentham's  handwriting,  "  Lindenbergia  sp. 
nov.  ?  "  Examination  of  a  bud,  however,  shows  clearly  that  the 
upper  lip  is  inside  in  ciestivation  instead  of  outside,  thus  removing 
the  plant  from  the  tribe  Gratiolea.  But  this,  although  the  chief 
differential  character,  is  not  the  only  one,  for  a  zygomorphic  calyx 
is  what  we  do  not  find  in  Limienbenjia,  and  the  upper  lip  of  our 
plant's  corolla  has  reflexed  edges  just  as  have  the  corollas  of  the 
EaphrasiecB.  The  proper  position  of  Omania  I  consider  to  be  next 
to  Bungea  C.  A.  Mey. 

Philippia  keniensis,  sp.  nov.  Ramulis  minute  cinereo-pub- 
escentibus  delude  glabris,  foliis  arete  imbricatis  lineari-oblougis 
obtusis  dorso  sulcatis  viscosis  petiolos  4-plo  excedentibus,  pedicellis 
quam  flores  longioribus,  calycis  lobis  3  ovatis  obtusis  quarto  longiore 
ovato-lanceolato  fere  a  basi  libero,  corolla  calycis  lobo  longiori 
sequilonga  anguste  campanulata,  antheris  subinclusis  profunde 
bifidis,  ovario  subgloboso,  stylo  angusto  satis  elongate  subexserto, 
stigmatis  lobis  3  brevissimis. 

Hab.  Mount  Kenia  ;  J.  W.  (J-re(/un/,  1893  ;  H.  J.  Mackinder, 
1899  (Herb.  Mus.  Brit.). 

Ramuli  erecti,  rigidi.  Foliorum  lamina  0*4  cm.,  petiolus  01  cm. 
long.  Pedunculi  0-3  cm.  long.  Flores  circa  0*25  cm.  diam.  Calycis 
lobi  0-13  cm.,  lobus  impar  022  cm.  long.  Antherae  0*1  cm.  long. 
Stylus  0*15  cm.  long. 

A  near  ally  of  P.  trimera  Engl.,  but  certainly  not  conspecific 
with  it  on  account  of  its  somewhat  longer  and  relatively  narrower 
leaves,  the  long  peduncles,  broader  calyx-lobes,  and  different  style. 

Xysmalobium  Schumannianum,  sp.  nov.  Humilis,  caule 
erecto  sat  valido  deorsum  tuberoso-dilatato  mox  ramoso,  ramis 
crebro  foliosis  angulatis  junioribus  complanatis  lateribus  pubescen- 
tibus,  foliis  elongatis  subsessilibus  linearibus  acutis  basi  parum 
rotundatis  paucis  infimis  lineari-lanceolatis  basi  cordatis  et  quam 
reliqua  manifesto  brevioribus  omnibus  glabris  subtus  reticuiato- 
venosis  nervo  mediano  maxime  eminente,  cymis  sessilibus  pauci- 
floris,  pedicellis  levissime  complanatis  quam  folia  multo  brevioribus 
puberulis,  floribus  parvis,  calycis  intus  pluriglaiidulosi  segmentis 
lanceolatis  acutis  glabratis,  corollae  rotatie  tubo  subnuilo  lobis 
ovato-lanceolatis  acutis  fere  omnino  glabris  mox  reflexis,  coron^e 
squamis  gynostegio  brevioribus  linearibus  dorso  valde  incrassatis 
ibique  lateraliter  arete  compressis,  gynostegio  sessili,  stigmate 
leviter  depresso,  folliculis . 

Hab.  British  East  Africa,  Machakos ;  Dr.  6'.  L.  Hinde,  1896 
(Herb.  Mus.  Brit.). 

u  2 


260  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Planta  ex  specimine  unico  milii  obvio  20-0  cm.  alt.  Caulis  pars 
hypogaea  circa  1-0  cm.  diam. ;  pars  epigaea  adhuc  simplex  0*4  cm. 
diam.  ;  rami  0*l-0-25  cm.  lat.  Folia  modica  5*0-6*0  cm.  long,  et 
0*2-0'4  cm.  lat.,  firme  membranacea ;  petioli  circa  0*1  cm.  long. 
Pedicelli  1*0-1*4  cm.  long.  Calyx  0*3  cm.  long.  Corollas  lobi 
0-45  cm.  long.,  in  sicco  virides.  Corona  squamae  0*25  cm.  ;  gyno- 
stegium  0*3  cm.  ;  pollinia  0*1  cm.  long. 

Easily  distinguished  by  reason  of  the  long  and  narrow  leaves, 
the  small  green  flowers,  and  the  large  dorsal  thickening  to  the 
corona  scales. 

I  have  named  this  in  compliment  to  Professor  Karl  Schumann 
of  Berlin,  who  very  kindly  compared  a  small  piece  with  types  in 
the  botanical  museum  of  the  German  capital. 

Marsdenia  spissa,  sp.  nov.  Forsan  erecta,  caule  sat  valido 
subtereti  glabro  eminenter  lenticellifero,  foliis  petiolatis  ovato- 
oblongis  apice  breviter  cuspidatis  obtusis  basi  rotundatis  firme 
membranaceis  glabris,  cymis  umbelliformibus  brevipedunculatis 
plurifloris  ad  ai^icem  caulis  arete  approximatis,  pedicellis  flores 
excedentibus  puberulis,  calycis  segmentis  ovatis  obtusissimis  mar- 
gine  ciliatis  glandula  unica  alternantibus,  coroll^e  rotatas  tubo  sub- 
nullo  lobis  ovato-oblongis  obtusis  membranaceis  margine  et  parte 
abaxiali  crispule  pubescentibus,  coronae  squamis  parvis  oblongis 
obtusissimis  crassiusculis  basi  inappendiculatis  gynostegio  brevi 
vix  asquilongis,  polliniis  pyriformibus,  stigmate  convexiusculo, 
folliculis . 

Hab.  British  East  Africa,  near  Lake  Marsabit,  1898  ;  Lord 
Delamere  (Herb.  Mus.  Brit.). 

Caulis  0*3  cm.  diam.,  intervallis  1*0-2*0  cm.  long,  foliigerus. 
Foliorum  lamina  5*0-5*5  cm.  long.,  3*0  cm.  lat.,  in  sicco  lutescenti- 
viridia  ;  costae  secundariae  utrinque  5,  cost^e  omnes  subtus  pro- 
minentes.  Pedicelli  circa  0*5  cm. -vix  1*0  cm.  long.  Calycis 
segmenta  0-2  cm.  long.,  0*17  cm.  lat.  Corolla  vix  1*5  cm.  diam. ; 
lobi  0-55  cm.  long.  Coron^T  squamaB  0*2  cm.  long.,  0*1  cm.  lat. 
Gynostegium  0*22  cm.  long.     Pollinia  0-05  cm.  long. 

The  massed  cymes,  rotate  corollas,  and  short  corona  scales  are 
among  the  chief  peculiarities  of  this  species. 

Parasia  (Belmontia)  Thomasii,  sp.  nov.  Herba  ascendens, 
sparsim  ramosa,  glaberrima,  carnosula,  foliis  sessilibus  stepe  breviter 
amplexicaulibus  rotundato-ovatis  obtusis  brevissime  cuspidulatis 
basi  rotundatis  vel  leviter  cordatis,  floribus  solitariis  terminalibus 
vel  ex  axillis  summis  oriundis  subsessilibus,  calycis  ovoideo-oblongi 
a  tubo  corollaB  bene  superati  segmentis  lanceolatis  sat  louge  acumi- 
natis  dorso  ala  inflata  oblonga  obtusissima  sursum  in  carinam 
transeunte  enervosa  ouustis,  corolla  hypocrateriformis  tubo  elon- 
gato  inferne  uniform!  superne  leviter  amplificato  limbi  lobis  late 
obovatis  obtusissimis,  staminibus  in  parte  f  tubi  altitudinis  insertis, 
filamentis  brevibus,  antheris  oblongis  glandula  oblonga  sat  magna 
coronatis  et  basi  glandulis  2  (vel  abortu  1)  minimis  appendiculatis, 

stylo  corollae  tubo  semiaequilongo,  stigmate  oblongo,  capsula ► 

Hab.  Orange  River  Colony,  1900;  Lieut.  H.  E.  Pateshall 
Thomas  (Herb.  Mus.  Brit.). 


ALABASTRA    DIVERSA  261 

Specimina  radice  orba  usque  ad  8-0  cm.  alt.  Caulis  in  sicco 
obtuse  alatus  et  aliquantulo  corrugatus,  circa  0*2  cm.  diam.  Folia 
1-0-1-3  cm.  long.,  1*0  cm.  lat.,  margine  breviter  revoluta,  radiatim 
trinervia,  nervus  medianus  subtus  eminens.  Calyx  1*0  cm.  long., 
in  sicco  0-4  cm.  lat. ;  ala  circa  0-5  cm.  long.,  vix  0*2  cm.  lat. 
Corollns  tubus  l-G-1-8  cm.  long.,  deorsum  0-1  cm.  sursum  0-2  cm. 
diam.  ;  limbus  fere  2*0  cm.  diam.  ;  lobi  0*75  cm.  lat.  Filamenta 
circa  0*1  cm.,  antherarum  loculi  0*3  cm.,  necnon  giaudula  0*1  cm. 
long.  Ovarium  compressum,  ambitu  lanceolato-oblongum,  0*4  cm. 
long.,  medio  0-17  cm.  lat. 

The  leaves  of  this  beautiful  little  plant  are  much  like  those  of 
Sebcea  crassulafolia  Cham.  &  Schlecht.,  only  not  nearly  so  markedly 
amplexicaul.  The  flowers  of  the  two  are,  of  course,  quite  different. 
No  Belmontia  known  to  me,  either  by  specimens  or  by  description, 
could  possibly  be  mistaken  for  the  above.  I  have  used  the  generic 
name  Parasia,  as  it  enjoys  a  few  months'  priority  over  Belmontia. 

Pseudosopubia  Delamerei,  sp.  nov.  Herba  erecta,  in  sicco 
nigricans,  scabrida,  caule  subtetragono  folioso  striato,  foliis  oppositis 
anguste  oblongo-linearibus  obtusis  sessilibus,  bracteis  foliis  simili- 
bus  junioribus  vero  brevioribus,  pedicellis  quam  folia  brevioribus 
bracteolis  2  parvis  oppositis  anguste  linearibus  onustis,  floribus  pro 
genere  magnis,  calycis  evanide  nervosi  late  campanulati  in  sicco 
atro-cyanei  glabri  lobis  triangulari-deltoideis  acutiusculis  quam 
tubus  brevioribus,  corollae  extus  glabrae  tubo  sursum  maxime  ampli- 
ficato  necnon  inflate  deorsum  sensim  ac  leviter  attenuate  prope 
basin  tubiformi,  labiis  duobus  latissimis  postico  emarginato  antico 
breviter  trilobo  lobis  ambitu  fere  semicircnlaribus  undulatis, 
antherarum  thecis  oblongis  sursum  leviter  attenuatis  ibique  poro 
dehiscentibus  anticis  connectivo  elongato  fultis,  capsula . 

Hab.  British  East  Africa,  Dadaro,  3700  feet,  1898;  Lord 
Delamere  (Herb.  Mus.  Brit.). 

Folia  1-0-1-2  cm.  long.,  0-1-0*15  cm.  lat.,  intervallis  1-0-2-0  cm. 
inserta,  in  sicco  deflexa.  Bracte^e  minores  usque  ad  0-5  cm. 
imminut^e.  Pedicelli  patentes,  0-4-0-6  cm.  long.  Bracteolae  circa 
0-3  cm.  long.,  subapicales.  Calyx  totus  vix  1-0  cm.  long. ;  limbus 
1-2  cm.  diam.  ;  tubus  0*6  cm.  long.  ;  lobi  0-35  cm.  long.,  basi  vix 
0-4  cm.  lat.  Corollae  verisimiliter  cyane*  tubus  1-5  cm.  long.,  basi 
0-4  cm.  sursum  paullo  ultra  1-0  cm.  diam. ;  labium  posticum  vix 
1-5  cm.  long,  et  2-0  cm.  lat.;  labium  anticum  2-7  cm.  lat.,  hujus 
lobi  0-5  cm.  long.,  1-2  cm.  lat.  Staminum  posticorum  filamenta 
infra  medium  tubum  inserta,  0-8  cm.  long.  ;  horum  theca  0-7  cm. 
long.;  staminum  anticorum  filamenta  juxta  medium  tubum  inserta, 
0-6  cm.,  theca  1-0  cm.,  connectivus  0-6  cm.,  theca  abortiva  0-1  cm. 
et  hujus  connectivus  incur vus  0-4  cm.  long.  ;  et  filamenta  et  con- 
nectivi  crassiusculi.  Ovarium  late  ovoideum,  glabrum,  0-3  cm. 
long. ;  stylus  3-0  cm.  long. 

The  genus  Psemlosojmbia  has  recently  (Ann.  R.  Istit.  Bot.  Roma, 
Ann.  vii.  28)  been  estabhshed  by  Professor  Engler,  who  includes 
in  it,  besides  a  Somaliland  plant  collected  by  Riva  (P.  obtusifolia 
Engl.),  two  other  species  previously  referred  to  Sopubia.  The 
present  plant  resembles  P.  Hildebrandtil  Engl,  somewhat  in  its 


262  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

leaves,  and,  jiiclging  from  the  figure  in  Bot.  Jabrb.  xxiii.  t.  13,  its 
flowers  are  most  like  tbose  of  Riva's  plant ;  but  it  has  several 
points  wbicb  mark  it  out  as  being  undoubtedly  a  distinct  species. 

Streptocarpus  Vandeleuri  Bak.  fil.  &  S.  Moore,  sp.  nov. 
Folio  unico  ?  ovato  basi  cuneato  supra  pilis  elongatis  stramineis 
basi  bulbiferis  hispidissimo  subtus  pallidiori  et  scabridulo  necnon 
secus  nervos  araneoso  margine  undulato  ibique  aculeis  curvatis 
pilis  similibus  nisi  robustioribus  obsito,  pedunculo  piloso  in  speci- 
mine  nostro  11-floro,  calycis  lobis  linearibus  pilosis,  corollfe  tubo 
tubuloso-infundibulari  curvato  a  basi  ipsa  ^quilato  limbi  admodum 
obliqui  lobis  late  ovatis  obtusis,  staminibus  inclusis,  filamentis 
sparsissime  glandulosis  juxta  medium  tubum  affixis,  ovario  quam 
corollcT  tubus  multo  breviore  una  cum  stylo  dense  glanduloso- 
pubescente,  stigmate  capitato,  capsula . 

Hab.  Greylingstad,  Transvaal ;  Capt.  Vandeleur  (Herb.  Mus. 
Brit.). 

Folium  circa  19  0  cm.  long,  et  10*5  cm.  lat. ;  nervi  utriusque 
faciei  prominuli,  nervi  secundarii  utrinque  circiter  15,  leviter 
curvati.  Calycis  lobi  circa  1*0  cm.  long.  Corollre  tubus  circa 
3-5  cm.  long.,  0-7-0-9  cm.  lat.  Flores  ex  scheda  cl.  inventoris 
albi.  Filamenta  1-0  cm.  long.,  maxima  pro  parte  dilafcata  ;  antherse 
vix  0-4  cm.  long.  Ovarium  1-5  cm.  long.,  0*2  cm.  lat.,  in  stylum 
1-2  cm.  long,  desinens. 

This  striking  plant  belongs  apparently  to  the  unifoliate  section, 
but  we  are  not  certain  about  this,  seeing  that  our  material  consists 
only  of  an  inflorescence  and  a  detached  leaf.  As  will  be  seen  from 
the  measurements,  it  is  one  of  the  largest- flowered  species  of  the 
genus.  Its  affinity  is  with  S.  Dunnii  Hook.  fil.  (Bot.  Mag.  t.  6903) 
and  S.  Cooper i  C.  B.  Cl.  It  differs  markedly  from  its  allies  in  the 
greater  (and  uniform  throughout)  breadth  of  the  corolla  tube,  and 
this  organ  is  more  distinctly  curved  than  is  the  case  with  that  of 
S,  Dunnii. 

Streptocarpus  Armitagei  Bak.  fil.  &  S.  Moore,  sp.  nov. 
Folio  unico  oblongo  vel  ovato-oblongo  obtuso  margine  irregu- 
lariter  crenato-lobulato  sessili  crassiusculo  molliter  tomentoso  pras- 
sertim  subtus  reticulatim  venoso  supra  inter  venas  bullulato  costa 
crassa  subtus  villosa  pagina  iuferiore  glandulis  parvis  rubris  dense 
obsita,  pedunculis  1  ?-5-nis  dense  pubescentibus  circa  20-floris, 
pedicellis  pro  genere  perbrevibus,  calycis  lobis  lanceolatis  vel  lineari- 
oblongis  pubescentibus  necnon  glandulis  rubris  onustis,  corolla  ei 
S.  Dunnii  Hook.  fil.  subsimili  sed  deorsum  minus  attenuata  levis- 
sime  curvata  extus  piloso-pubescente  aliquatenus  rubro-glandulosa, 
staminibus  inclusis,  antheris  reniformibus,  staminodiis  minutissimis, 
ovario  brevi  sessili  leviter  torto  cano-tomentoso,  stylo  quam  ovarium 
circa  5-plo  longiore  deorsum  piloso  sursum  clavato,  capsula . 

Hab.  Barberton,  Transvaal ;  it.  Armitage  (Herb.  Mus.  Brit.). 
Summits  of  the  Saddleback  Range,  Barberton ;  Galpin,  No.  704 
(Herb.  Kew.). 

Folium  usque  ad  18-0  cm.  long,  et  7*0  cm.  lat.  ;  costae  secun- 
dariae  utrinque  circiter  18.  Pedunculi  circa  10-0  cm.  alt.  Pedi- 
celli  dense  pubescentes,  O-o  cm.  long.     Calycis  lobi  10  cm.  long. 


ALABASTRA    DTVERSA 


263 


Corollae  tubus  3-0  cm.  long.,  0-8  cm.  lat.     Flores  rosei.     Antherae 
0-3  cm.  lat.     Ovarium  0-5  cm.  et  stylus  27  cm.  long. 

A  plant  showing  much  affinity  to  S.  Diinnii,  and,  indeed,  Mr. 
Galpin's  specimen  has  received  that  name  at  Kew.  But  in  our 
opinion  there  is  too  much  difference  between  it  and  S.  Dminii  to 
justify  this  course.  The  chief  differences  lie  in  the  indumentum, 
the  short  pedicels,  broader  calyx  lobes,  and  deeper  coloured  corolla- 
tube  with  much  less  of  that  narrowing  in  the  lower  half  characteristic 
of  the  species  described  by  Sir  Joseph  Hooker. 

The  length  of  the  peduncles  and  the  dimensions  of  the  leaf 
have  been  taken  from  the  Kew  specimen,  Mr.  Armitage's  not 
furnishing  these  particulars  satisfactorily. 

Geniosporum  (^  Temnocalyx,  sectio  nova)  fissum,  sp.  nov. 
Herba,  caule  minute  pubescente  demum  fere  glabro,  foliis  parvis 
sessilibus  cuneato-oblongis  obtusis  margine  medio  1-2-dentatis 
ceterum  integerrimis  mox  minutissime  puberulis,  inflorescentia 
parum  ramosa  folia  longe  excedente,  bracieis  ovatis  obtusis  dense 
ac  minute  pubescentibus,  deciduis,  pedicellis  calycem  excedeutibus, 
calycis  pubescentis  campanulati  antice  funditus  Jissi  lobis  subab-qua- 
libus  (postico  vero  paullo  majore)  lanceolatis  acutis  tubo  longioribus, 
corollae  tubo  calycem  paullo  excedente  anguste  tubuloso-campanu- 
lato  limbi  labio  postico  abbreviato  4-fido  labio  antico  quam  posticus 
paullo  longiore  integro  piano,  staminibus  breviter  exsertis. 

Hab.  British  East  Africa,  Dadaro,  3700  feet,  1898;  Lord 
Delamere  (Herb.  Mus.  Brit.). 

Folia  1*5  cm.  long.,  medio  0*6  cm.  lat.,  in  sicco  subgrisea. 
Inflorescentia  usque  ad  11*0  cm.  long. ;  ramuli  floriferi  juveniles 
bracteis  arete  imbricatis  onusti ;  verticillastri  pluriflori,  intervallis 
0*5-l-0  cm.  long,  inserti.  Bracteae  0-25  cm.  long.,  vix  totidem  lat. 
Pedicelli  circa  0*3  cm.  long.,  pubescentes.  Calyx  totus  0*2  cm. 
long.  ;  tubus  0*05  cm.  et  lobi  0-15  cm.  long.  Corollae  tubus  2-5  cm. 
long.  ;  labium  anticum  ovatum,  0-2  cm.  long.  ;  labium  posticum 
paullo  ultra  0-1  cm.  long.    Antherae  0*03  cm.  diam.    Nuculae . 

The  peculiarity  of  the  section  here  proposed  is  that  the  calyx 
is  slit  throughout  along  the  line  of  junction  of  its  two  anticous 
lobes.  I  have  in  vain  sought  other  characters  which  might  justify 
one  in  regarding  this  plant  as  the  representative  of  a  new  genus. 

Orthosiphon  (§  VmaATi)  gofensis,  sp.  nov.  Verisimiliter 
fruticulus  caule  erecto  tenui  sursum  ramoso,  ramis  graciUbus 
crispule  pubescentibus,  foliis  parvis  sessilibus  oblanceolatis  obtusis 
crenato-serrulatis  supra  puberulis  subtus  pubescentibus,  verticil- 
lastris  pauci-(2-6-)floris  in  racemum  folia  superantibus  dispositis, 
bracteis  deciduis  foliis  similibus  sed  quam  ea  multo  brevioribus, 
pedicellis  floriferis  calycibus  paullo  brevioribus,  calycis  florescentis 
cylindrici  pubescentis  lobo  postico  rotundato  obtusissimo  lobis 
lateralibus  oblongis  obtusis  quam  posticus  paullulum  brevioribus 
lobis  anticis  linearibus  lateralibus  subaequilongis,  calycis  fructe- 
scentis  angusti  puberuli  lobo  postico  erecto  vel  fere  erecto  ore 
calvo,  corollae  minimaB  tubo  sat  lato  calycem  paullo  superante  lobis 
brevibus,  staminibus  inclusis,  stigmate  clavato-capitato  leviter 
emarginato. 


264  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Hab.  British  East  Africa,  Gof,  1898  ;  Lord  Delawere  (Herb. 
Mils.  Brit.). 

Specimen  unicum  meos  ante  oculos  spithameum.  Caulis  0*2  cm. 
diam.,  glaber.  Folia  l*0-2-0  cm.  long.,  0-3-0-4  cm.  lat.,  subtus 
decoloria  ;  petioli  0*15  cm.  long.  Bracte^^  0*3  cm.  long.  Pedicelli 
floriferi  0*2  cm.  long.,  pubescentes.  Calyx  florescens  0-25  cm. 
long. ;  fructescens  nervis  pauUo  eminentibus  percursus,  modo  0*4 
cm.  long.,  lobus  posticus  0-15  cm.  long.,  lobi  reliqui  (qiiam  posticus 
paullulum  breviores)  inter  se  subf^equales,  antici  vero  angustiores  et 
majus  acuminati.  Corollcns  tubus  0-35  cm.  long. ;  limbi  microscopice 
pilosuli  labium  anticum  circa  0-16  cm.  long.,  hujus  lobus  inter- 
medins obovatus  quam  laterales  ovati  manifeste  longior.  Nuculre 
subcylindriccT,  0-065  cm.  long. 

As  respects  habit  and  foliage  almost  an  exact  counterpart  of 
0.  parvifolius  Vatke.  This  habit,  together  with  the  exceedingly 
small  and  narrow  fruiting  calyces  with  naked  throat,  the  corolla 
tube  exceeding  the  calyx  and  the  included  stamens  and  style  are 
the  main  points  about  the  species. 

Plectranthus  (§  Germania)  keniensis,  sp.  no  v.  Herba  for- 
mosa,  elata,  caule  robusto  fere  omnino  glabro  crebro  ramoso,  ra- 
mulis  foliosis  pilosis,  foliis  sat  magnis  longipetiolatis  late  ovatis 
acutis  basi  cordatis  rtirius  truncatis  grosse  dupliceque  crenatis 
tenuiter  membranaceis  mox  fere  omnino  glabris,  panicula  elongata 
pauciramosa  pilosa,  verticillastris  s^epissime  5-6-floris,  bracteis  late 
ovatis  obtusis  quam  pedicelli  brevioribus,  pedicellis  calyces  ex- 
cedentibus,  calycis  florescentis  campanulati  pilosi  tubo  limbum 
excedente  lobo  postico  late  ovato  obtusissimo  lobis  reliquis  triangu- 
laribus  acuminatis,  calycis  fructescentis  lobo  postico  quam  reliqui 
breviore  lobis  anticis  quam  laterales  pauUo  brevioribus,  corollfe 
magnae  tubo  calycem  excedente  ultra  calycem  leviter  curvato  et 
inde  maxime  ampliato  labio  postico  amplo  trifido  quam  anticus 
oblongo-ovatus  pauUo  breviore,  staminibus  inclusis. 

Hab.  Mount  Kenia,  Aug.  14th,  1899  ;  H.  J.  MacJdnder  (Herb. 
Mus.  Brit.). 

Herba  saltem  ultra  semimetralis.  Caulis  circa  0*4  cm.  diam., 
in  longitudinem  alte  sulcata.  Foliorum  lamina  5-0-7"5  cm.  long., 
et  totidem  lat.  (exstant  vero  folia  juvenilia  usque  ad  3-5  cm.  long, 
imminuta),  in  sicco  laete  viridis ;  petioli  usque  ad  7*0  cm.  long., 
pilosi.  Panicula  saltem  35-0  cm.  long.  Bracte^e  0-25  cm.  long., 
pilosae.  Pedicelli  0-6  cm.  long.  Calyx  florescens  0-4  cm.  long. ; 
lobus  posticus  vix  0-2  cm.  long.  Calyx  fructescens  0*7  cm.  long. ; 
hujus  lobi  antici  0*3  cm.  long.,  leviter  incurvi ;  lobus  posticus 
0*23  cm.  long.  Corolla  (teste  cl.  inventori)  saturate  violaceae  tubus 
usque  ad  0-45  cm.  supra  basin  cylindricus,  pars  amplificata  0*7  cm. 
long.  ;  labium  posticum  0*8  cm.,  labium  anticum  1-0  cm.  long. 
Filamenta  0-5  cm.  long.  Antherae  0-1  cm.  diam.  Nucule  com- 
pressae,  ovoideae,  glabra,  0-15  cm.  long. 

To  be  placed  near  P.  fiaccidus  Giirke  and  its  allies.  The  habit, 
the  large  cordate  leaves  on  long  petioles,  the  large  flowers  with 
very  broad  corolla  lobes  and  upper  part  of  the  tube  are  among 
the  distinguishing  features  of  this  handsome  plant. 


ALABASTRA    DIVERSA 


265 


[Obs. — To  '' Plectranthus  Jloyibundiis  N.  E.  Br."  (Journ.  Bot. 
1900,  p.  464)  should  be  added  ♦'  var.  lowjipes  N.  E.  Br."  The  type 
form,  which  is  extratropical,  does  not  occur  among  Dr.  Rand's 
plants.] 

Coleus  (§  SoLENosTEMONoiDEs)  soHialensls,  sp.  nov.  Herba 
caule  erecto  ramoso  robusto  intervallis  brevibus  foliato  strigoso- 
pubescente,  foliis  longipetiolatis  ovatis  obtusis  basi  cuneatis  margine 
crenulatis  crassiusculis  pilis  paucis  brevissimis  strigosis  appressis 
utrinque  obsitis,  petiolis  anguste  alatis,  verfcicillastris  2-5-floris  in 
racemum  simplicem  folia  multoties  excedentem  dispositis,  pedicellis 
calycem  excedentibus  una  cum  racemo  glanduloso-pubescentibus, 
bracteis  minimis  ovato-lanceolatis  valde  deciduis,  calycis  florescentis 
glanduloso-pubescentis  a  corolla)  tubo  paullo  superati  lobo  postico 
jam  patente  late  ovato  acuto  lobis  lateralibus  tubo  a3quilongis  et 
revera  lobum  posticum  paullulum  excedentibus  lanceolatis  acutis 
lobis  anticis  linearibus  acutis  quam  laterales  brevioribus,  calyce 
fructescenti  puberulo  0-6  cm.  long.,  corollne  labio  postico  late  ovato 
obtusissimo  quam  anticum  oblongum  multo  breviore. 

Hab.  Gan  Liban,  Somaliland,  March,  1899 ;  Br.  Donaldson 
Smith  (Herb.  Mus.  Brit.). 

Caulis  juxta  solem  0-3-0-4  cm.  diam.,  radice  elongato  creberrime 
fibrillifero  fultus.  Foliorum  lamina  modice  3*0  cm.  long.,  l-6-2'0 
cm.  lat.,  subtus  glandulis  parvis  dense  obsita  ;  petioli  1-3  cm.  long., 
pubescentes.  Bracteae  0*13  cm.  long.,  pubescentes.  Pedicelli  0*5- 
0-6  cm.  long.  Calyx  florescens  0*3  cm.  long. ;  lobus  posticus 
0-17  cm.  et  lobi  laterales  0-22  cm.  long.  Calyx  fructescens  0  6  cm. 
long. ;  lobus  posticus  plane  decurreus  circa  0*3  cm.  long,  et  lat.  ; 
lobi  reliqui  postico  ?equilongi,  acuminati.  Corolla  tubus  0*4  cm. 
long.,  0-2  cm.  lat.,  paullo  supra  basin  subito  antice  deflexus;  labium 
posticum  0-35  cm.  long. ;  anticum  fere  1*0  cm.  long.  Staminum 
vagina  0*45  cm.  long.  ;  filamenta  libera  0-6  cm.  long.  Anthera) 
vix  0*1  cm.  diam.  Nuculfe  ambitu  subcirculares,  polit^e,  0*1  cm. 
diam. 

Apparently  nearest  C.  vestitiis  Baker ;  differing  from  it,  inter 
alia,  in  clothing  of  branches  and  leaves,  pedicels  longer  than  the 
calyx,  corolla  tube  longer  than  the  calyx,  &c. 

Neomiillera  damarensis,  sp.  nov.  Herba  elata,  erecta,  cre- 
bro  ramosa,  caule  ramulisque  minute  glanduloso-pubescentibus, 
foliis  longipetiolatis  e  basi  lata  ovatis  grosse  crenato-serratis  pube- 
rulis  tenuiter  membranaceis,  paniculis  elongatis  permultifloris, 
floribus  solitariis  in  cymas  racemosas  ramosas  ssepe  unilateraliter 
dispositis,  bracteis  obsoletis,  pedicellis  calyce  brevioribus,  calycis 
florescentis  campanulati  pubescentis  usque  ad  medium  lobati  lobis 
subaequalibus  lanceolato-ovatis  acutis  lobo  postico  concavo  lobis 
reliquis  planis,  calycis  fructescentis  oblongi  parum  inflati  basi 
circumscissi  lobis  erectis,  corollae  tubo  calycem  longe  excedente 
dimidio  infer iore  cylindrico  angusto  juxta  medium  subito  incurvo 
indeque  amplificato,  labio  postico  parvo  bilobo  antico  majori  con- 
cavo, filamentis  paullo  supra  insertionem  connatis,  genitalibus  labio 
antico  inclusis. 

Hab.     Damaraland,  1879  ;  T.  G.  Een  (Herb.  Mus.  Brit.). 


206  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Folia  usque  ad  2-5  cm.  long.,  et  2-2  cm.  lat.,  glandulis  minimis 
abundanter  instructa ;  petioli  fere  usque  ad  2-0  cm.  long.,  minute 
pubescentes.  Paniculus  30-0  cm.  long.,  hnjus  ramuli  modici  3*0- 
4-0  cm.  long.  Pedicelli  0-15  cm.  long.  Calyx  florescens  in  toto 
0-3  cm.  long.  Calyx  fructescens  0-5-0'6  cm.  long.,  0*2  cm.  lat., 
nervis  parum  eminentibus  percursus.  Coroll?e  tubi  pars  cylindrica 
0-4  cm.  long.,  0-07  cm.  lat.;  pars  amplificata  vix  0-5  cm.  long., 
sub  limbo  0-4  cm.  lat. ;  labium  posticum  rotundatum,  0*3  cm.  lat. ; 
labium  anticum  0*7  cm.  long.  Filamentorum  vagina  0-2  cm  long. ; 
filamenta  libera  0-45  cm.  long.;  antherae  0-08  cm.  diam.  Nuculae 
ovoidese,  polit?e,  0-1  cm.  lat. 

Differs  from  N.  Wehdtschii  Briquet,  the  only  species  hitherto, 
in  leaf,  densely  paniculate  inflorescence,  &c.  The  equahty  in  size 
of  the  anticous  calyx  lobe  to  its  fellows  is  a  small  character  in 
respect  of  which  the  generic  diagnosis  requires  shght  modification ; 
the  lobe  is,  however,  concave,  and  in  this  it  agrees  with  N. 
Welu'itschii. 

Explanation  of  Plate  424. 
The  drawings  of  the  plants  natural  size  ;  the  analyses  more  or  less  magnified. 
A.  Leurocline  Utho>^permoides.  1.  Corolla  opened  out.  2.  Calyx  opened 
to  show  the  small  posticous  lobe,  bilobed  stigma,  &c.  3.  View  of  fruit,  the 
nutlets  slightly  disparted  to  show  the  flat  gynobase.  B.  Omania  arahica. 
4.  A  bud  showing  the  upper  lip  ai)  inside  in  cTstivation.  5.  Calyx  opened  to 
show  its  zygoniorphic  character.  6.  Corolla  cut  open.  7.  Ovary  in  transverse 
section. 


PLANTS     OF     NOKTH     SCOTLAND,     1900. 

By  Kev.  E.  S.  Mabshall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

I  SPENT  nearly  three  months  with  my  family  in  the  far  north  of 
Britain  last  summer,  making  my  head-quarters  at  Tongue,  and 
reaching  points  as  far  distant  as  Durness  westward  and  Wick  east- 
ward. On  July  10th  my  wife  and  1  met  our  old  friend  Mr.  W.  A. 
Shoolbred  in  Thurso  for  an  expedition  to  Ben  Griam  More,  near 
Forsinard,  which  had  been  justly  recommended  to  us  by  Mr.  W. 
Lindsay  as  a  good  hill  for  its  comparatively  small  height ;  we  then 
crossed  to  Orkney  for  five  days'  collecting,  and  our  companion 
returned  with  us  for  a  few  excursions  near  Tongue.  On  August  14th 
we  made  a  partial  ascent  of  Ben  Wyvis  with  Mr.  F.  C.  Crawford,  of 
Edinburgh,  having  only  time  to  hastily  explore  its  smaller  south- 
eastern corrie.  The  vice-counties  visited  are — 106  East  Ross, 
107  East  Sutherland,  108  West  Sutherland,  109  Caithness,  and 
111  Orkney.  As  usual,  I  am  greatly  indebted  to  Mr.  Arthur 
Bennett  for  help  in  working  out  critical  forms ;  also  to  Messrs. 
H.  &  J.  Groves,  Hanbury  {Hiemcium),  Kiikenthal  (Carex),  Linton 
and  Townsend  {EupJuasia).  The  sign  ■■'■  denotes  an  unpublished 
vice-comital  record ;   f  an  apparently  new  British  plant. 

TJtalictnim  alpinum  L.  107/''-  Ben  Griam  More.  108.  Remark- 
ably plentiful  along  the  coast  about  Tongue,  descending  almost  to 
sea-level. 


PLANTS  OF  NORTH  SCOTLAND  267 

Fumaria  panidiflora  Jord.  111.-  Abundant  in  cornfields  near 
the  head  of  Loch  Stenness,  between  Stromness  and  Sandwick ; 
also  east  of  Loch  Kirbister.  —  F.  Bnrm  Jord.  108.-  Cultivated 
land  at  Dun  Varrich,  Tongue.  111.  Oatfield  near  Scapa  Bay, 
plentiful.— F.  murah's  Sonder.  111.-  Cornfields  above  Loch  Sten- 
,ness,  with  F.  paUidifiora  ;  in  considerable  quantity,  but  small  and 
apparently  not  quite  typical. 

Barbarea  arcuata  Reiclib.  109.^'^  Frequent,  and  I  believe  native, 
by  the  Wick  Kiver,  two  to  five  miles  above  the  town.  Confirmed  by 
Mr.  Bennett,  who  considers  it  practically  identical  with  Thuringian 
specimens  collected  by  Haussknecht.  B.  vnlf/arU  R.  Br.  grows  just 
above  the  bridge  at  Thurso,  but  has  every  appearance  of  being  an 
introduced  plant. 

Arabis  petraa  Lam.  var.  Mspida  DC.  108.  Very  scarce  on  the 
north-west  cliff's  of  Ben  Hope,  at  about  2000  ft.  I  failed  to  find 
Draba  rupestris;  perhaps  a  small  state  of  D.  incana  may  have  been 
mistaken  for  it  there,  as  was  the  case  in  its  reputed  Irish  station. 

Cardamine  hirsiita  L.  107.  At  1500  ft.  on  Ben  Griam  More— an 
unusual  height  for  it  to  attain,  according  to  my  experience. 

Erophila  prcBcox  DC.  {E.  brachycarpa  Jord.  !|.  109.-  Frequent 
at  Dunnet  Links,  and  on  the  grassy  cliffs  hard  by ;  this  greatly  ex- 
tends its  known  range  in  Britain.  —  E.  infiata  Hooker  fil.  ?  108.- 
Pebbly  drive  at  Loch  Loyal  Lodge,  half-way  between  Tongue  and 
Altnaharra.  Pods  decidedly  turgid  ;  very  like  what  I  have  under 
this  name  from  Glen  Shee,  though  (owing  to  the  altered  conditions) 
much  more  robust. 

Cochharia  groenlandica  L.  108.  Strand  at  Hielam  Ferry;  sandy 
coast,  Skerray.  111.-  Exposed  turfy  headlands.  Black  Crai^,  Main- 
land. 

Viola  silvestris  Reichb.  109.-  Bank  near  Bilbster  Station.— 
V.  arvensis  x  tricolor.  111.  Cornfields  between  Stromness  and 
Sandwick. 

Silene  acaulis  L.     106.-  Ben  Wyvis  at  3000  ft.,  scarce. 

Lychnh  alba  x  dioica.  108.  t  Near  Tongue  Ferry,  with  the 
parents;  confirmed  by  Mr.  Bennett,  who  gives  the  following 
synonyms  : — Melamlri/wn  diibium,  Hampe,  M.  intermedium  Schui° 
17.  album  x  rnbrmii  Gaertner.  Probably  ''new"  in  name  only  ; 
for,  in  a  recent  paper  on  the  subject  of  natural  hybrids,  Mr.  R.  a! 
Rolfe  suggested  that  it  was  likely  to  prove  not  "uncommon.  My 
specimens  were  just  intermediate  in  character,  and  appeared  to  be 
sterile,  but  they  were  hardly  advanced  enough  to  make  sure  of  this. 

Cerastiwn  tetrandrum  Curt.  108.  A  remarkable  form  (or  state) 
grows  in  fissures  of  the  limestone  clifi:'s  filled  with  blown  sand,  three 
or  four  miles  east  of  Durness ;  it  is  erect,  with  the  inflorescence 
mostly  termmal,  and  approaches  the  C.  alshioides  Pers.  of  Southern 
Europe.  —  G.  semidecandrum  L.  108.-  Tongue,  apparently  very 
scarce  and  local. 

Sarjina  maritima  Don,  var.  debilis  (Jord.).  108.  Scullomie  Har- 
bour. 

Lepiyonum  rubnim  Fr.  107.  Plentiful  on  railway-ballast  south 
of  Forsinard.  —  L.  marlnum  Wahl.     108.-  Kyle  of  Tongue,  local. 


268  THK  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

111.  Hamna  Voe,  Stromness. — At  the  north-east  end  of  Tongue 
Island  we  found  abundance  of  a  plant  having  the  general  appear- 
ance of  L.  marinum,  though  of  a  brighter  green  than  usual,  and 
without  the  broad  scarious  wing  to  the  seeds.  A  single  specimen 
was  also  seen  on  the  beach  at  Linksness,  Hoy  (111).  As  this  is 
apparently  undescribed,  I  propose  for  it  the  name  of  var.  apterum 
(or  aptera,  if  Spergnlaria  is  eventually  accepted  as  the  generic  name). 

Radiola  Hnoides  Roth.     111.  Loch  of  Skaill,  near  Sandwick. 

Lupimis  nootkutcnsis  Donn.  111.  Heathy  waste  between  Strom- 
ness and  Sandwick ;  several  patches,  in  one  instance  covering 
several  acres.  Alien  (or  "deserter,"  as  a  local  botanist  aptly 
called  it). 

TrifoUiim  medium  L.  106.  Achterneed,  near  Strathpeffer ;  rare 
in  the  north  Highlands.     Close  by  grew  Fmbus  l\o;/ersil  Linton. 

Dnjas  octopetala  L.     107. ''  Ben  Griam  More. 

Alchemilla  vulr/aris  L.  var.  alpestris  ( Schmidt).  109.  Wick  River ; 
Thurso  River,  together  with  the  type  \A.  pratensis  Schmidt.).  111. 
Near  Stromness. 

Rosa  mollis  x  pimjjineUi/olia.     108.  Low  cliff  at  Hielam  Ferry. 

Pyrus  Aucuparia  L.  111.  On  the  Dwarfie  Hamars,  Hoy,  this 
was  found  in  flower ;  the  bushes  varied  in  height  from  1^-  to  5  ft. 

Sa.vifrnga  oppositifolia  L.  107."  Ben  Griam  More.  —  S.  tri- 
dactylites  L.     109.  Dunnet  Links. 

ilippurisvidgarislj.  107.  Near  Forsinard.  108.  Near  Thurso. 
111.  Peat-bog  west  of  Stromness.    Uncommon,  I  think,  so  far  north. 

Callitriche  hamidata  Kuetz.  106.  Small  tarn  in  the  south- 
eastern corrie  of  Ben  Wyvis. 

Epilobium  angustifolinm  L.  108.  Ben  Hope,  at  2000  ft. ;  very 
scarce. 

MyrrJiis  odorata  Scop.  108.  In  several  places  about  Tongue 
village  ;  no  doubt  a  relic  of  cultivation,  like  Saxifraga  iimbrosa  L. 

Scandix  Pecten-Veneris  L.  111.  Cornfields  between  Stromness 
and  Sandwick  ;  only  a  few  plants  were  seen. 

Ligusticum  scoticum  L.  111.  Coast  between  Waulkmill  Bay  and 
Scapa  Bay,  in  a  single  station. 

Corniis  suecica  L.  107.  Ben  Griam  More;  locally  plentiful  at 
1500  ft.  on  the  east  side. 

Valeriana  samhHcifolia\^\\\(\..  111.  East  side  of  Kirbister  Loch, 
sparingly. 

Saussurea  alpina  DC.  107.  Ben  Griam  More  ;  more  abundant 
than  I  ever  saw  it  elsewhere. 

Centaurea  Scabiosa  L.  In  Journ.  Bot.  1898,  p.  170,  Mr.  Shool- 
bred  and  I  mentioned  and  described  a  doubtful  form  which  we  had 
found  at  Coalbackie  and  Melness,  on  the  east  and  west  coasts  of 
Tongue  Bay.  Specimens  w^ere  forwarded  to  the  Botanical  Exchange 
Club,  and  commented  on  by  Herr  Freyn,  of  Prague,  in  the  Report 
for  1897,  p.  552,  as  being  "  a  very  remarkable  plant,  which  has  not 
hitherto  come  under  my  notice.  ...  In  any  case,  this  Centaurea  is 
highly  interesting."  It  has  kept  quite  distinct  in  cultivation,  and 
reproduced  itself  from  seed.  Much  as  the  species  varies  in  foliage 
(especially  in   that  very  neighbourhood),  this  stands  out  promi- 


PLANTS  OF  NORTH  SCOTLAND  269 

nently;  though  I  have  found  some  intermediates  which  appear  to 
be  "  mongrels."  Last  year  I  was  able  to  study  the  wild  plant 
afresh,  and  satisfied  myself  that  it  was  a  good  variety,  if  not  a 
subspecies.  The  root-leaves  are  rather  numerous,  quite  entire, 
occasionally  a  foot  long  (including  the  stalk i  in  luxuriant  specimens, 
oblanceolate,  narrowed  into  a  slender  petiole  not  much  shorter  than 
the  blade.  Lower  and  upper  stem-leaves  entire,  the  middle  ones 
often  with  one  or  two  pairs  of  stipuliform  pinn?e  at  their  base, 
entire  or  obscurely  crenate-dentate.  Mr.  James  Groves  has  kindly 
pointed  out  that  there  is  a  var.  iitte(jrifoliaYi\\iot,  Novce  Form.  Querc. 
(1880)  S.  A.  40,  quoted  in  Beck's  Flora  of  Lower  Austria  as  having 
"  all  the  leaves  undivided."  This  may  perhaps  be  the  same  thing; 
but  a  Tyrolese  specimen  with  undivided  leaves  in  Herb.  Brit.  Mus. 
differs  in  habit  from  the  Sutherlandshire  plant;  and  Herr  Freyn's 
inability  to  recognize  this  induces  me  to  name  it  provisionally  as 
var.  succiso' folia,  from  the  close  resemblance  of  its  leaves  to  those 
of  a  very  luxuriant  IScahlosa  Siiccisa  which  occurs  on  the  cliffs  at 
Coalbackie. 

Hieraciioii  (jlobosum  Backh.  106.  Ben  Wyvis.  —  H.  Backhousei 
F.  J.  Hanb.  106.^'=  Ben  Wyvis.—//.  angHcum.  Fr.  111.  Frequent 
along  the  South  Burn,  Hoy.  —  H.  argentcum  Fr.  var.  scptentrionale 
F.  J.  Hanb.  108.  Abundant  on  the  coast  about  Scullomie  and 
Skerray ;  inland  by  the  Vagastie  Burn,  Altnaharra.  A  single 
specimen  of  the  type  was  found  at  Coalbackie. — H.  nitidiun  Backh. 
107.'''  East  side  of  Ben  Griam  More  at  1500  ft.  108.  Scarce  on 
the  northern  cliff's  of  Ben  Hope.  —  //.  Som)nerJ'eltii  Lindeb.  108. 
Near  sea-level  on  cliffs  below  Castell  Varrich,  Kyle  of  Tongue. — 
//.  stenolepia  Lindeb.  108.  Low  dolomite  cliffs  at  Hielam. — 
//.  muronim.  L.  var.  micradadluui  Dalilst.  108.  Eocks  near  Farr 
Church,  Betty  Hill.  —  Var.  ciliatwn  Almq.  108.  Eastern  base  of 
Ben  Loyal ;  also  on  the  north-western  cliffs  of  Ben  Hope. — 
//.  orarium  Lindeb.  108.  Sandy  cliff',  Coalbackie  ;  only  one  plant 
seen. — Var./?</t'?o^?,  F.  J.  Hanb.  109.  Thurso  Eiver.  111.  On  the 
cliff's  of  Waulkmill  Bay  occurs  a  form  which  I  cannot  separate  from 
the  foregoing,  of  which  it  has  the  orange -yellow  flowers,  dark  styles, 
and  pilose-tipped  ligules.  Mr.  Hanbury  objects  that  the  leaves  are 
too  entire,  and  the  involucral  clothing  not  shaggy  enough  ;  but  the 
specimens  varied  a  good  deal  in  these  respects.  It  closely  resembles 
the  Melness  sandhill  hawkweed  which  Messrs.  Linton  have  recently 
issued  as  var.  erythrceiim,  but  which  I  also  incline  to  consider  as  only 
a  state  of  y^v.fiilvum,  due  to  situation;  last  summer,  which  was  cold 
and  wet,  this  was  very  like  the  Thurso  plant.  —  //.  duriceps  F.  J. 
Hanb.  var.  cravoniense  F.  J.  Hanb.  103.''  Ardskinid  Point,  Tongue 
Bay,  very  rare ;  exactly  matching  authentic  Yorkshire  specimens. — 
H.  angastatum  Lindeb.  108.  Bather  plentiful  on  the  north-western 
cliffs  of  Ben  Hope. — //.  auratum  Fr.  111.  By  a  streamlet  between 
Kirbister  and  Waulkmill  Bay.  —  //.  uuibellatuin.  L.  var.  paucijiorum 
Hartm.     108.  Grassy  cliff's,  Skerray  ;  locally  abundant. 

Taraxacum  palustye  DC.  var.  iidum  (Jord.i.  108.  Tongue,  abun- 
dant. This  is,  I  suspect,  the  same  thing  as  1\  ojjicinale  var.  alpinum 
Koch,  lately  recorded  by  Mr.  Druce  from  Loclmagar,  &c. ;  at  least. 


•270 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


the  description  fits  it  well  enough,  and  what  we  have  been  calling 
jf.  iidiim  Jord.  is  frequent  on  the  Grampians. 

Sojichus  arveusis  L.  var.  fjlahrescens  Hall.  (IcBvipes  Koch),  108.''' 
Oatfields  near  Coalbackie,  with  the  type. 

At'ctostaphylos  alpina  Spreng.  106.  West  side  of  Ben  Wyvis. 
107.*  Abundant  on  Ben  Griam  More,  descending  to  1000  ft.  It 
was  in  good  flower  upon  the  lower  slopes  of  Ben  Hope  on  May  25th. 

Azalea  procumhens  L.     107.   Summit  of  Ben  Griam  More. 

Pijwla  rotmidi/olia  L.  108.-  Ben  Hope,  at  2000  ft.,  with  P. 
minor  L. ;  very  rare. 

Primula  acaulh  X  veris.  108.  Near  Betty  Hill.  The  links  at 
Reay  (109)  were  ablaze  with  cowslips  at  the  end  of  May. 

SijwphijtiDii  tuberosum  L.  109. "^^  High  bank  of  the  Wick  River, 
between  three  and  four  miles  above  the  town  ;  very  scarce,  but 
apparently  a  true  native,  and  remote  from  houses. 

Veronica  a(/restis  L.  108.  A  garden  weed  at  Loch  Loyal  Lodge. 
111.  Cornfield  near  Stromness — the  blue-flowered  form.  —  V.  ar- 
veusis L.  var.  eximia  Towns.    109. '■'  Grassy  cliffs  near  Dunnet  Sands. 

Euphrasia  borealis  Towns.  111.  Stenness  ;  Waulkmill  Bay. — 
E.  brevipila  Burnat  &  Gremli.  111.  Common  in  Mainland,  Orkney. 
— K.  brevipila  X  curta.  lll.f  Stenness. — 7?.  .sro«/>rt  Wettst.  111. 
About  Hobbister  and  Kirbister.  —  E.  curta  Fr.  106."  Achterneed. 
107."  Forsinard.  108.  Tongue;  Scullomie;  Skerray.  A  luxuriant 
form,  9-12  in.  high,  occurs  near  Melness.  111.'''  Common  in  Main- 
land and  Hoy  — both  type  and  var.  gJahrescens  Wettst. —  E.  curta  X 
/oulaoisin,  n.  hybr.  108.1  Scullomie. — E.  curta  x  latifolia,  n.  hybr. 
108. t  Scullomie.  —  E.  curta  X  scottica,  n.  hybr.  108.  i  Among 
heather,  east  of  Scullomie.  —  E.  foulaends  Towns.  106.'''  Ben 
Wyvis,  at  nearly  3000  ft.  This  was  referred  by  Mr.  Townsend  to 
E.  latifolia;  but  it  lacks  the  abundant  white  pubescence  and  whitish 
flowers  of  that  closely-allied  species,  and  appears  to  me  quite  iden- 
tical with  the  Ben  Loyal  plant  which  he  accepts  as  being  true 
foulaensis.  I  have  only  met  with  E.  latifolia  on  the  coast,  at  no 
great  altitude.  111.-'-  Black  Craig,  &c.,  in  short  turf. — E.  latifolia 
Pursh.  108.  Very  fine  and  abundant  on  grassy  slopes  at  Scullomie 
and  Skerray.     111.''  Black  Craig. 

Ehinanthus  Crista-galli  L.  111.  A  small  narrow-leaved  form 
growing  sparingly  on  the  south  side  of  Loch  Stenness;  Mr.  C.  E. 
Salmon  collected  it  at  Inchnadamph  (108)  a  year  or  two  back. 

Melampijrum  pratense  L.  var.  montanum  Johnst.  107.  Lower 
slopes  of  Ben  Griam  More. 

Thymus  Serpyllum  Fr.  var.  prostratum  Hornem.  111.  Between 
Stromness  and  Sandwick ;  particularly  plentiful  near  the  Loch  of 
Skaill. 

Ajuga  pyramidal  is  L.  107.  Ben  Griam  More;  scarce  and  very 
local  at  about  1500  ft. 

Salsola  Kali  L.     108.*  Melness  Sands,  scarce. 

Polygonum  viviparum  L.     107.*  Ben  Griam  More. 

Betula  nana  L.  106.  West  side  of  Ben  Wyvis.  108.  Locally 
plentiful  at  the  north-east  base  of  Ben  Loyal,  descending  below 
800  ft. ;  some  bushes  were  about  a  yard  high,  and  fruited  freely. — 


PLANTS  OF  NORTH  SCOTLAND  271 

B.  alpestris  Fr.  108. t  I  had  long  been  on  the  watch  for  hybrids 
between  B.  nana  and  B.  pubescens ;  therefore,  having  found  the  two 
growing  together  in  good  quantity  below  Ben  Loyal,  I  made  a 
careful  search,  which  was  at  length  rewarded  by  the  discovery  of  a 
plant  bearing  evident  traces  of  this  parentage ;  it  occurred  by  a 
streamlet  at  just  800  ft.  above  sea-level.  On  comparing  this  with 
the  account  of  B.  alpestris  in  Summa  Veg.  Scand.  p.  212,  I  found 
it  to  correspond  in  all  respects,  except  that  the  leaves  were  sparsely 
hairy;  oddly  enough,  the  specimen  in  Herb.  Brit.  Mus.  of  Fries, 
Herb.  Normale  (which  might  have  well  been  cut  from  the  same 
bush),  shows  the  same  divergence.  The  original  description  is  as 
follows: — "  Foliis  subrotundis  obtuse  serratis  obtusis  glaberrimis, 
siibtus  Iceiibiis,  amentis  fructiferis  peduncidatis  erectis,  pedunculo 
amentum  iequante,  lobis  squamarum  digitato-trifidis,  laciniis 
dlstantibm  porrectis  subteqnalibus,  nucibus  obovatis,  ala  cinctis 
latitudinem  nucis  asquante.  B.  nana  v.  intermedia.  Hart))}.  Vet. 
Ac.  Handl.  1818,  p.  148.  B.  alba  v.  interm.  Wahl.  Suec.  p.  624. 
B.  humihs  HarUn.  Scand.  2,  p.  228,  nee  Schrank,  Koch.  .  .  .  Valde 
aualoga  cum  B.  inter))iedia  Thom. !,  sed  hsec  ad  B.  alba))i  accedit, 
ut  alpestris  ad  B.  r/lutinosani.  B.  alpestris  semper  .  .  .  fruticosa 
est,  vix  orgyalis,  foliis  fere  B.  nance  ..."  Kegel  apparently  re- 
garded B.  inteDncdia  Thomas  as  nana  x  verrucosa  ("alba");  but 
Focke  makes  them  both  to  be  nana  x  pubescens.  In  1886  Mr. 
F.  J.  Hanbury  and  I  found  a  good-sized  tree  in  Glen  Oallater,  South 
Aberdeen,  which  was  eventually  agreed  to  by  Mr.  Bennett  as  the 
plant  of  Thomas,  after  comparison  with  an  authentic  specimen  at 
Kew  ;  it  certainly  agrees  well  enough  with  the  figures  in  F/.  Danlca 
and  in  Eeichenbach.  In  1887  I  came  across  a  second  example,  about 
8  or  9  ft.  high,  near  the  ferry  at  Cashil  Dhu,  Loch  Hope,  which  was 
slightly  nearer  to  B.  alpestris,  but  hardly  separable  from  the  Aber- 
deenshire plant.  As  far  as  Britain  is  concerned,  I  think  that  we 
may  probably  consider  B.  alpestris  as  B.  nana  ?  x  pubescens  S ,  and 
B.  inten)iedia  as  B.  nana  ^  X  pubescens  ?  ;  the  first  approaching 
m.0XQ  oXo^Qly  to  nana,  t\iQ  ^ecoiidi  to  pubescens.  B.  Jiuuiilis  Schrank 
is  a  true  species,  and  quite  distinct. 

Salix  cinerea  X  repens.  108.  Ardskinid,  Tongue  Bay,  in  two 
forms;  one  just  intermediate,  the  other  on  the  repens  side.  With 
them  grew  another  bush  which  appears  to  be  \aurita  x  repens) 
X  ci7ierea,  accompanied  by  ^S'.  aurita  x  repens  (a)nbiyua  Ehrh.). — 
S.  phylicifolia  L.  111.  Linkness,  Hoy  ;  Loch  Kirbister,  &c..  Main- 
land. —  S.  LapponuDi  L.  106.*  A  few  bushes  were  noticed  on  one 
crag  in  the  south-eastern  corrie  of  Ben  Wyvis.  —  «S.  Myrsinites  L. 
107."  Sparingly  on  Ben  Griam  More ;  both  the  type  and  well- 
marked  var.  procumbens  (Forbes). 

Juniperus  co)nuiunis  L.  var.  inter)nedia  Nyman.  108.'''  By  the 
cave  at  Ardskinid.  "Yes;  this  looks  quite  like  the  Austrian 
Tyrol  plant." — Ar.  Bennett  in  litt. 

Malaxis  paludosa  Sw.     108.  Bog,  a  little  east  of  Scullomie. 

Epipactis  atrorubens  Schultz.  108.  Near  the  cave,  Ardskinid ; 
extremely  local,  but  fifty  or  sixty  specimens  were  seen.  Close  by 
we  secured  a  single  plant  of  K.  atrorubens  x  latijoUa,\  which  was 


272  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

a  good  intermediate  in  all  respects  ilati/oUa  is  very  scarce  in  this 
station).  M.  Schulze  only  mentions  the  hybrid  as  having  been 
found  once  in  Russia  and  once  near  Jena,  in  Germany ;  but  Focke 
(Pflamenmischliiif/e,  p.  380)  says  that  it  "  occurs  not  uncommonly 
with  the  parents,  and  has  been  represented  as  a  transition-form, 
which  was  supposed  to  prove  the  specific  identity  of  the  two  species." 
In  Britain  they  very  seldom  grow  together. 

Orchis  mascula  L.  108.  Plentiful  on  the  limestone  near  Durness, 
at  Ardskinid,  and  about  Betty  Hill ;  the  leaves  were  always  un- 
spotted.— 0.  inccmmta  L.  107.'''  About Forsinard.  111.  Abundant 
in  a  swamp  at  Orgill,  Hoy,  with  very  pale  flowers  ;  also  seen  in  two 
or  three  spots  on  Mainland.  —  0.  latij'olia  L.  var.  brecifolia  Reichb. 
109.-''  Swampy  pasture  about  a  mile  north  of  Bilbster  Station ;  just 
like  the  plant  of  South-east  Ireland,  the  leaves  being  faintly  ring- 
spotted,  and  the  flowers  dingy  purple.  —  0.  latifoUa  x  maculata  ? 
108.  Scullomie.  109.  Near  Bilbster.  111.  Near  Stromness.  I 
believe  this  identification  to  be  correct,  but  am  not  quite  free  from 
doubt. — O.  )iiaculata  L.  subsp.  0.  ericetunini  Linton  li^V.  Bournemouth, 
p.  208).  Evidently  very  common  throughout  North  Scotland;  Mr. 
Linton  has  confirmed  the  name  in  all  the  cases  submitted  to  him. 
We  observed  it  as  follows  : — 107.  Forsinard.  108.  Tongue,  Scul- 
lomie, Skerray,  Betty  Hill.  109.  Wick,  Bilbster.  111.  Hoy  and 
Mainland,  passim. 

Habeiiaria  conopsca  Benth.  108.  A  form  with  flesh-coloured 
blossoms  grows  about  Tongue  ;  this  is  probably  the  G-ijmnadenia 
conopsea  ^  paUidijIora  Lange,  tlaandh.  i  den  danske  Flora.  — 
H.  coiwpsea  X  Orchis  )naculata  (subsp.  ericetorum).  108."  Coast- 
slopes  near  Scullomie  ;  discovered  by  Mr.  Shoolbred.  We  only 
obtained  two  specimens  ;  roughly  speaking,  they  were  like  H.  co- 
nopsea with  a  spotted  broader  lip,  rather  shortened  spur,  and  paler 
flowers.  I  have  seen  a  Kentish  specimen  in  Mr.  Hanbury's  col- 
lection, which  is  very  similar,  though  larger. — H.  albida  x  conopsea. 
108.-'^  Two  specimens  in  a  hilly  pasture  at  Tongue ;  one  at  Scul- 
lomie. In  this  neighbourhood  the  parents  are  both  abundant,  and 
grow  together  in  many  places ;  but  I  had  great  difiiculty  in  finding 
the  hybrids  between  them.  Probably  they  are  fertilized,  as  a  rule, 
by  difterent  insects,  as  one  would  expect  from  the  great  difterence 
in  the  length  of  the  spur.  One  specimen  was  just  intermediate, 
another  towards  albida ;  the  third,  though  also  an  evident  hybrid, 
had  the  spur  hardly  at  all  shorter  than  in  conopsea.  I  saw  one  of 
the  West  Inverness  plants  so  named  by  Mr.  Rolfe  in  a  fresh  state, 
two  or  three  years  ago,  which  closely  resembled  these. 

Iris  Pseudacorus  L.  111.  The  prevailing  form  is  var.  acoriformis 
(Boreau);  we  only  found  the  type  at  the  north-west  end  of  Loch 
Stenness. 

J  uncus  supinus  Moench,  var.  Kochii  Bab.  108.  Plentiful  about 
Loch  Deerie,  near  Tongue. 

Lnzula  erecta  Desv.  106.  At  3000  ft.  on  Ben  Wyvis  occurs  a 
form  which  is  probably  var.  sudetica  of  Lond.  Cat.  ed,  9  (L.  nifjricans 
DC,  L.  inultijiora  y  niyricans  Koch);  it  scarcely  differs  from  plants 
which  I  have  gathered  near  the  Eggisch-horn,  Upper  Valais. 


PLANTS  OF  NORTH  SCOTLAND  273 

Spcm/animii  s'uiiplex  Huds.  111.  Swampy  ground  near  the  South 
Burn,  Hoy,  a  mile  or  more  from  Rackwick. — S.  affine  Schnizl.  was 
flowering  in  a  pool  near  Sandy  Loch,  towards  Orgill. 

Potamogeton  Jieteroplujllus  Schreb.  111.  A  narrow -leaved  plant 
in  the  pool  just  mentioned  ;  Mr.  Bennett  remarked  that  it  had  the 
look  of  P.  (/racilis  Wolfg.  (non  Fr.  i,  a  heterophyllus-ton'n.  found  in  the 
lakes  of  Finland,  &c.  —  P.  heterophyllus  x  perfoliatus  [  P.  nitens 
Weber).  111.  Mill-pond  between  Stromness  and  Sandwick  (form 
P.  curvifolius  Hartm. ).  Pool  at  the  north-west  end  of  Loch  Kirbister 
(form  P.  intermedins  Tis.).     With  the  parents. 

Zostera  vwrina  L.  var.  anguati folia  Hornem.  108.''  Kyle  of 
Tongue,  very  local ;  Mr.  Bennett  points  out  that  Hornemann,  not 
Fries,  was  the  author  of  the  varietal  name. 

Eleocharis  uniglumis  Reichb.  111.  Plentiful  on  the  south  side 
of  Loch  Stenness.  E.  multicanUs  Sm.  was  noticed  not  far  from 
Rackwick,  Hoy. 

PJriophoriwi  latifoliuiH  Hoppe.  108.  Below  Ben  Loyal,  on  the 
west  side. 

Carex  paucijiura  Liglitf.  107.  Plentiful  at  500  ft.  on  the  moor- 
land between  the  railway  and  Ben  Griam  More.  108.  West  of  Ben 
Loyal,  between  300  and  400  ft.  I  never  saw  it  below  1000  ft.  else- 
where. —  C.  incurva  Lightf.  var.  erecta  0.  F.  Lang  {=  C.  j  unci  folia 
All.).  108."  Damp  micaceous  ground  at  Scullomie  Harbour. 
Stems  erect  or  ascending,  2-12  in.  long;  leaves  much  longer  than 
usual,  those  from  the  root  occasionally  attaining  a  height  of  6  in. 
Mr.  Bennett  has  it  from  Orkney ;  I  have  gathered  a  very  similar 
form  near  the  Matterhorn,  above  Zermatt. — C.  chordorrhiza  L.  (in 
Ehrhart,  Phytophylacion).  108.  This  is  abundant  in  a  swamp  on 
the  north  side  of  the  Mudal  Water,  Altnaharra,  as  well  as  on  the 
south  side.  —  C.  paniculata  L.  111.  A  few  plants  in  a  swamp  east 
of  Loch  Kirbister. — C.  carta  Good.  108.  Dried-up  lake  near  Loch 
Modsarie,  between  Tongue  and  Skerray ;  also  in  the  marshes  near 
Loch  Naver,  Altnaharra — -scarce  in  both  stations.  It  seems  to  be 
rare  in  the  north.  —  C.  aqnatilis  Wahl.  109.  The  prevailing  form 
of  the  Wick  River  is  ordinary  low-ground  aqiiatilis  [elatior  Bsih.); 
but  a  plant  occurs  not  uncommonly  with  decidedly  acuminate  or 
cuspidate  glumes,  half  as  long  again  as  usual.  —  C.  aguatilis  x 
Goodenowii.  109. f  Wick  River,  in  two  forms;  one  (a  very  beautiful 
plant)  rather  approaching  tToodenowii  in  its  inflorescence  when  dry, 
though  looking  exactly  intermediate  in  a  living  state ;  the  other,  of 
which  I  seem  to  have  gathered  only  one  example,  looks  just  between 
the  two.  —  C.  aquatilis  x  salina,  var.  kattegatensis  (  X  C,  Grantii 
Ar.  Benn.).  109.  Three  or  four  forms  were  collected ;  one,  which 
approaches  aquatilis,  is  probably  the  C.  aquatilis  var.  cuspidata 
Laestad.,  now  considered  to  be  a  hybrid.  The  variableness  of 
C.  salina  hereabouts  is  very  great.  —  0.  Goodenowii  J.  Gay.  108. 
A  curious  form  (or  monstrosity)  was  found  in  good  quantity  by  Mr. 
Shoolbred  at  the  south  end  of  Loch  Deerie  ;  it  has  small  globose  or 
ovoid  female  spikelets,  the  solitary  male  spikelet  bearing  several 
apparently  perfect  fruits  at  its  apex.  —  C.  pilulifera  L.  var.  longe- 
hracteata  Lange  \Leesii  Ridley  |.     106.  Ben  Wyvis.  —  C.  panicea  L. 

Journal  OF  Botany. — Vol.39.      [Aug.  1901.]  x 


274  THE  JOURNAL  UF  BOTANY 

Veil'.  tUDiidula  Laestad.  108.  Plentiful  and  luxuriant  in  the  marshes 
near  Loch  Naver,  Altnaharra.  —  C.  capillaris  L.  107.  Near  the 
summit  of  Ben  Griam  More.  108.  Limestone  hills  east  of  Durness; 
on  the  dolomite  near  Hielam  Ferry,  at  sea-level ;  Coalbackie,  and 
other  places  on  the  coast  near  Tongue.  —  C.  binervls  x  rifjida, 
n.hybr.  106.  South-east  corrie  of  Ben  Wyvis,  with  the  parents, 
at  2700  ft.  or  more ;  a  good-sized  patch,  but  only  two  spikes  were 
present.  Root-  and  stem-characters  almost  entirely  rigida ;  leaves 
much  longer,  but  similar  in  texture.  Inflorescence  half-way  between 
the  two,  quite  barren  ;  the  lowest  spikelet  in  my  specimen  has  a 
peduncle  1  in.  long,  and  is  placed  2  in.  below  the  others,  which  are 
contiguous,  as  in  rvjida.  A  few  minutes  before,  Mr.  Crawford  had 
discovered  (at  nearly  3000  ft.)  an  extraordinary  sedge,  of  which  I 
have  no  specimen,  which  resembled  C.  ritjida  in  habit,  with  the  in- 
florescence of  C.  curta ;  we  did  not  observe  the  latter  species,  but 
could  feel  no  doubt  about  its  being  the  offspring  of  these  two. 
Roots  were  sent  to  the  Royal  Botanic  Garden,  Edinburgh ;  so  that 
further  light  on  both  plants  may  be  expected.  —  C.  Hornschucliiana 
Hoppe  X  Oederi  var.  uedocarpa  And.  (C.  sterilis  Syme ;  /  C.  fidva 
Good.).  108.  Marshes,  Altnaharra.  111.  Stenness,  Mainland. 
All  my  gatherings  of  this  group  were  accepted  by  Herr  Kiikenthal 
as  correct. — Cjiaca  L.  var.  lepidocarpa  (Tausch.i.  Frequent  in  the 
north,  where  I  have  never  found  typical //«<•«.  108.  About  Tongue, 
in  several  stations  ;  Betty  Hill.  109.  Swampy  ground  near  the 
Wick  River.  111.  Linksness,  and  other  places  in  the  north  part 
of  Hoy ;  common.  In  the  four  specified  localities  it  grew  with 
C.  Hornschuchiana,  and  produced  perfectly  barren  hybrids.  C. 
Hornschiichiana  X  lepidocarpa  is  mentioned  by  Dr.  Focke  in  Beo- 
bachtunfjen  an  Miscldingspjianzen  (1892)  as,  in  cultivation,  never 
expanding  its  male  flowers;  which  I  have  found  to  be  normally 
the  case  with  hybrids  of  C.  HonischucJiiaiia. — C.  Oederi  Retz.  107. 
By  the  loch  lying  at  the  northern  base  of  Ben  Griam  More.  111. 
South  shore  of  Loch  Stenness,  easl  of  the  hotel. 

Agrodis  canina  L.  var.  scotica  Hackel.  106.  Ben  Wyvis,  ap- 
parently scarce. 

Deschampsia  discolor  R.  &  S.  108.  West  end  of  Loch  Modsarie, 
in  small  quantity. 

Avena  pubesce^is  Hiids.  111.  Cliffs,  Waulkmill  Bay. — A.  strigosa 
Schreb.  108.  A  weed  in  oatfields  at  Tongue  ;  as  is  A.  fatita  L.  at 
Coalbackie. 

Koeleria  cristata  Pers.     111.  Loch  of  Skaill. 

Briza  media  L.  109.  Left  bank  of  the  Thurso  River,  near  the 
foot-bridge,  in  very  small  quantity ;  one  of  the  rarest  northern 
grasses. 

Glyceria  plicata  Fr.  111."  By  several  small  ponds  between 
Stromness  and  Sandwick,  together  with  G.  jiuitans  R.  Br.  and 
G.  pedicellata  Towns.  By  Mr.  Townsend's  kind  permission  I  give 
the  following  extract  from  a  letter  of  his  : — "  I  think  you  are  right 
in  supposing  G.  pedicellata  a  hybrid.  I  have  never  found  it  in  seed, 
though  searched  for  for  innumerable  years.  The  anthers  never 
expand,  and  the  cells  are  divergent  and  yellow ;  those  of  /iiiitans 


THREE    NEW    VARIETIES    OF    HYPNUM    FLUITANS  275 

are  purple,  and  equally  broad  at  either  end ;  those  of  plicata  and 
declinata  are  much  shorter,  but  similar.  Babington  did  not,  I  think, 
believe  in  hybrids  at  the  time  I  described  pedicellata.  I  first  named 
it  hybrida,  but  he  persuaded  me  to  alter  the  name." 

Cijstopteris  fnujilis  Beruh.  var.  dentata  Hooker.  HI.  Dwarfie 
Hamars,  Hoy. 

Eqnisetiim  palustra  L.  var.  midiini  Newm.     111.  Orgill,  Hoy. 

Isoetes  echiuospom  Dur.     108.  Loch  Modsarie. 

Cham  fmiiilis  Desv.  111.  Peat-bog  west  of  Stromness ;  ap- 
proachmg  var.  harbata.~C.  aspera  Willd.  111.  Mill-pond  between 
Stromness  and  Sandwick.— Subspecies  desmacantha  H.  &  J.  Groves. 
Loch  Stenness  and  Loch  Harray ;  a  very  dwarf  form  of  it.— 
C.  baltlca  Bruzel.  111.^:=  South  side  of  Loch  Stenness;  a  very 
interesting  and  unexpected  discovery,  the  only  previous  British 
localities  being  in  the  extreme  south  (Dorset  and  West  Cornwall). 
The  identification  is  due  to  Mr.  Crawford,  who  collected  it  there  in 

August;    it  was  confirmed  by  Messrs.   Groves  in  both  cases. 

C.  vulgaris  L.     111.  Ditch  near  the  Dwarfie  Stone,  Hoy.  —  Var. 
lumjibracteata.     Near  Stromness. 

Nitella  opaca  Agardh.  108.  Exceedingly  variable  both  in  size 
and  habit  in  Loch  Deerie,  near  Tongue,  where  I  quite  thought  that 
I  had  found  three  dift'erent  species ;  all  were,  however,  referred  to 
opaca  by  Messrs.  Groves,  who  remark  that  they  represent  a  verv 
interesting  series  of  forms.  109.  Ditch  near  the  Wick  River.  111. 
Near  Stromness,  Mainland ;  pool  between  Orgill  and  Rackwick,  Hoy. 


THREE   NEW   VARIETIES   OF  HYPNUM   FLUITANS   L. 

By  H.  N.  Dixon,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

It  requires  some  courage  to  propose  a  new  variety  of  this  species, 
already  so  prolific  in  varieties  and  subvarieties  (forty-nine  forms' 
find  names  in  Sanio's  scheme,  Bot.  Centralblatt,  1888) ;  perhaps 
indeed  it  demands  some  apology.  A  large  number  of  our  British 
forms  have  passed  through  Mons.  Renauld's  hands  since  the 
publication  of  his  Monograph  of  the  Harpidioid  Hypna  in  Husnot's 
Muscoloijia  Gallica ;  nearly  all  of  these  have  been  assigned  more  or 
less  readily  to  one  or  other  of  the  varieties  described  in  that 
system  ;  but  two  forms  which  I  recently  sent  to  him  difter  from 
any  of  these  varieties  in  a  marked  degree,  sufiiciently  so  in 
M.  Renauld's  opinion  to  demand  their  separation  as  varietal 
forms.  He  has  kindly  suggested  that  I  should  associate  my 
name  with  his  in  publishing  these,  and  the  following  dia<^noses 
are  mainly  drawn  up  from  the  notes  and  drawings  with  winch  he 
has  furnished  me. 

H.  FLUITANS  L.  (amphibium)  var.  Robertsi^  Ren.  &  Dixon, 
var.  nov.  Floating;  variegated  with  yellow,  golden  broivn,  and  pur- 
plish red,  glossy;  stems  elongate,  almost  simple,  with  a  few  short, 

x  2 


276 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


distant  branches  only.  Leaves  rather  closely  set,  erect- spreadimj, 
only  very  slightly  falcate-secund  at  the  tips  of  the  branches,  narrow- 
lanceolate,  gradually  tapering  to  a  lon(i,jine,  sharply -toothed  siibiUa. 
Nerve  narrow,  scarcely  reaching  half-way  up  the  leaf.  Cells  long, 
narrow,  thick-waJled,  the  basal  somewhat  incrassate,  slightly  porose. 

Hab.  In  a  bog  near  Craig-lyn-Dyfi,  Llan-y-mawddwy,  Meri- 
oneth, North  Wales,  alt.  2000  ft.,  Sept.  1898,  ^liss  M.  Roberts. 

Allied  to  var.  setiforme  Eeu.,  differing  in  the  shorter  leaves,  the 
colour  of  the  tufts,  mixed  with  a  purplish  red,  and  especially  by  the 
cells  with  the  walls  incrassate,  the  basal  ones  slightly  porose.  This 
character  brings  it  near  to  the  j'alcatuin  group,  and  especially  to  var. 
anylicuDi  f.  Holtii  Sanio  {Auihlysteiiiuin  jiiiitans  var.  *j  Holtii  Sauio, 
Braithw.  Brit.  Moss  Fl.  iii.  51),  from  which  it  differs  in  the 
colouring,  glossy  leaves,  less-branched  stems,  etc.  The  line  of 
demarcation  between  the  groups  amphibiiun  and  j'alcatum  is  at 
times  not  very  clearly  defined,  and  there  are  certain  forms  for 
which  it  is  not  easy  to  determine  the  most  satisfactory  position, 
the  present  variety  being  one  of  these.  It  is  a  very  pretty  plant, 
the  glossy,  variegated  colouring  being  unusual. 

H.  FLUiTANS  L.  (am/iJiibinm)  var.  squalidum  Ken.  &  Dixon, 
var.  nov.  In  dense  intricate  masses,  pale  dull  t/reen  above,  uf  a  dirty 
reddish  brown  below.  Stems  little-branched,  rather  robust,  the  leaves 
somewhat  complanate-spreading,  falcate  in  upper  part  of  stem  and 
branches,  rather  large,  lanceolate,  somewhat  abruptly  terminatiny  in 
a  fine,  faintly -toothed,  almost  pili/onn  subula.  Other  characters  as 
in  var.  Jeanbernati  Ren. 

Hab.  In  stagnant  water,  Dawley,  Shropshire,  May  11,  1896; 
Rev.  W.  H.  Painter. 

l^is  variety  is  nearly  allied  to  var.  Jeanbernati  Ren.,  from  which 
it  differs  in  the  fine  subula  of  the  leaves,  as  well  as  in  the  habit. 
The  stem-leaves  are  widely  complanate-spreading,  giving  the  ap- 
pearance of  some  aquatic  forms  of  H.  riparium  L. — it  was  indeed 
at  first  sent  me  as  H.  riparium  var.  splendens  De  Not. 

A  third  variety  has  perhaps  a  still  greater  value  than  the  two 
described  above,  seeing  that  its  ascertained  distribution  is  much 
wider.  A  plant  collected  somewhat  extensively  by  Mr.  J.  A. 
Wheldon  and  Mr.  A.  Wilson  in  Lancashire,  on  elevated  moorlands, 
and  again  by  Mr.  W.  Ingham  in  Yorkshire,  has  for  some  time 
given  rise  to  discussion.  Its  short  nerve,  the  scarcely  secund,  wide 
leaves,  shortly  and  broadly  pointed,  the  loose  areolation  and  very 
indistinctly  defined  auricles,  gave  it  a  very  different  character  from 
that  usually  obtaining  in  this  species.  Under  his  somewhat  hetero- 
geneous group  ^'  a  obsoletum,''  Sanio  has  described  a  var.  Holleri 
having  very  nearly  the  same  characters,  and  M.  Renauld  at  first 
referred  our  plants  to  this,  ranking  them  under  var.  Jeanbernati  as 
f.  Holleri  Sanio.  In  a  letter  recently  received  from  him,  however, 
he  writes:  "  Cette  determination  est,  a  la  rigueur,  acceptable; 
cependant  comaie  la  var.  Holleri  Sanio  est  mal  con9ue  et  mal 
decrite,  et  que  d'ailleurs  le  groupe  obsoletum  Sanio  est  tres  confus  je 
prefere  aujourd'hui  fonder  une  variete  nouvelle  qui  doit  etre  placee 
a  cote  de  la  var.  Jeanbernati  Hen.''     For  this  variety  M.  Renauld 


A    NEW    PHILODKNDRON  277 

proposes  the  name  athintienm,  and  has  drawn  up  the  following 
description  : — 

^  H.  FLUiTANS  L.  {amphibium)  var.  atlanticum  Ren.  Forme 
voisine  de  la  var.  Jeanhemati  Ren.,  dont  elle  dififere  par  la  couleur 
verte,  le  tissu  chlorophyllieu,  les  feuilles  plus  larges,  ovales  puis 
rapidement  retrecies  en  un  acumen  court;  nervure  un  peu  plus  large 
(58-64  fx  au  lieu  de  46-48  /x),  tissu  basilaire  plus  lache,  cellules 
moyennes  plus  larges  et  plus  courtes. 

Hab.  England:  R.  Wyre,  West  Lanes.,  coll.  Albert  Wilson, 
1900  {Wheldon,  No.  9).  Summit  of  Pendle  Hill,  Lanes.,  alt. 
600  met.,  coll.  J.  A.  Wheldon,  July,  1898. 

France  :  Meymac  (Correze),  alt.  900 met.,  coll.  Lachenaud,  1901. 

Forma  r/racilis  Ren.  Plante  plus  grele,  feuilles  plus  petites  mais 
de  meme  forme  que  le  type,  nervure  plus  etroite,  tissu  plus  lache 
que  dans  la  var.  Jeanhemati. 

Hab.  England:  Arucliffe  Wood,  Yorkshire,  1900,  coll.  W. 
Ingham  {Wheldon,  No.  19). 

Prof.  Barker,  I  may  add,  sends  me  the  var.  atlanticuni  from 
North  Derbyshire,  where  he  says  it  occurs  abundantly  on  some  of 
the  moorlands.  In  some  parts  of  Lancashire  Mr.  Wheldon  finds  it 
one  of  the  most  predominant  forms  of  H,  fiuitans. 


A    NEW     PHILODENDROy. 

By  a.  B.  Rendle,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 

Philodendron  crassum,  sp.  uov. 

Herba  caudice  brevi  crasso  procumbente ;  foliis  confertis, 
petiolo  I  lamina  vix  aequante,  crassissimo,  subfusiforme  subterete, 
facie  autem  superiore  pauUo  concavo  cum  acietibus  marginalibus 
brevibus ;  lamina  elliptico-ovata  ad  subellipticam,  apice  apiculata, 
supra  nitida,  costa  apicem  versus  cito  evanescente,  nervis  laterali- 
bus  subasqualibus  ascendentibus  ;  peduuculo  dimidium  spath^  vix 
superante ;  spatha  suboblonga  obtusa  ad  basin  evoluta,  intus  e 
fundo  purpurea,  superne  albida ;  spadice  spatham  aequante,  parte 
foeminea  masculae  dimidiam  partem  sub^quante,  parte  mascula 
sterili  quam  feminea  breviore,  staminodiis  ovaria  excedentibus 
infimis  clavatis  ;  ovariis  plurilocularibus,  ovulis  paucis,  stigmatibus 
late  capitatis  ;  staminibus  ovaria  excedentibus. 

A  plant  with  the  habit  of  P.  cannafoiium  Mart.  The  adult 
leaves  have  a  leaf-stalk  22-23  cm.  long  with  the  greatest  thickness 
4-2  cm.  about  one-third  the  distance  above  the  base,  narrowing  to 
about  1-6  cm.  just  below  the  blade  ;  the  shallowly  concave  upper 
surface  reaches  3  cm.  in  width  at  the  thickest  part ;  it  is  bounded 
by  low  subacute  edges.  The  blade  reaches  36  cm.  in  length  by 
17  cm.  in  width  below  the  middle ;  it  shows  no  pre-eminent 
secondary  veins.  The  petiole  has  a  spongy  internal  structure,  with 
the  intercellular  spaces  lined  with  mucilage.    The  spathe  is  13-5  cm. 


278  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

long  by  4  cm.  broad ;  the  female  area  of  the  spadix  4  cm.  long, 
the  male  7*5  cm.,  including  the  sterile  portion  of  2*5  cm. ;  the 
ovary  2  mm.  long,  the  stamens  2*5  mm.  by  1*5  mm.  broad  across 
the  top. 

The  species  is  most  nearly  allied  to  P.  canncBfoUum,  but  is  dis- 
tinguished by  its  more  shortly  stalked  elliptic-ovate  leaves,  which 
show,  moreover,  no  pre-eminent  secondary  veins. 

The  plant  is  in  the  collection  of  Mr.  A.  H.  Smee,  at  Hack- 
bridge,  Surrey,  where  it  flowered  six  years  ago,  and  again  early 
last  April,  opening  with  daylight  and  beginning  to  close  about 
five  o'clock  in  the  afternoon.  Mr.  Smee  received  it  some  years 
ago  from  General  Macdonnell,  from  Rio  de  Janeiro.  There  is  no 
information  as  to  where  it  was  collected,  but  presumably  it  was  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Rio,  or  at  some  spot  within  easy  access. 


SHORT    NOTES. 


Middlesex  Orchids. — In  this  Journal  for  1890  (p.  120)  I  referred 
to  the  remarkable  abundance  of  orchids  on  our  chalk  hills  in  the 
summer  of  1889,  especially  mentioning  Orchi-s  pyramidalis  as  thickly 
covering  the  Harefield  and  Springwell  downs.  Since  that  date  not 
a  single  plant  has  appeared  above  ground.  Even  should  it  reappear 
next  June,  thirteen  years  must  surely  be  an  abnormally  long  period 
of  rest,  and  the  fact  that  the  longest  previous  gap  was  five  years 
only,  goes  far  to  suggest  that  it  is  so.  I  was  at  first  inclined  to 
attribute  this  failure  to  the  persistent  droughts  we  have  experienced 
since  1891,  but  0.  latifoHa  failed  to  appear  in  the  marshy  Frogs' 
Meadows,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  Ophnjs  muscifera  came  up  on  the 
chalk  every  year  without  a  break :  these  instances  lend  little  support 
to  the  theory.  In  any  case  the  behaviour  of  the  orchid  tribe  is,  to 
me,  a  perpetual  puzzle.  The  lavish  distribution  of  1889  would 
seem  to  have  been  general,  for,  botanizing,  on  the  Surrey  hills  in 
June  and  July  of  that  year,  I  found  the  same  profusion  everywhere, 
and  it  would  be  interesting  to  learn  if  a  similar  scarcity  up  to  the 
present  time  has  been  noticed  in  that  and  other  districts.  I  may 
add  that,  whilst  searching  for  Gymnadenia  conopsea  (last  seen  in 
1891)  under  Garret  Wood,  near  Springwell  Lock,  I  gathered 
HeHanthemum  vulgare,  a  common  species  which,  strange  to  say, 
has  not  yet  been  reported  from  Middlesex. — J.  Benbow. 

RuBiA  ROTUNDiFOLiA  Bauks  &  Sol. — Tliis  species,  although  duly 
included  in  the  Index  Kewensis,  seems  to  have  been  overlooked  by 
systematists :  it  is  not  mentioned  in  DC.  Frodromus,  or  in  the 
Flora  Orientalis.  It  is,  however,  duly  published  with  a  short 
diagnosis — *'  foliis  quaternis  sessilibus  subrotundo-ovatis  acuminatis 
ciliatis  utrinque  laevibus,  caule  inermi" — in  Russell's  Natural  History 
of  Aleppo,  ed.  2,  ii.  267  (1794) ;  and  a  comparison  of  specimens 
shows  its  identity  with  B.  Aucheri  Boiss.  (Diagn.  Ser.  i.  iii.  54 
(1843)),  a  name  which  it  displaces.  Patrick  Russell's  plants  are 
in  the  National  Herbarium ;  the  specimen  in  question  is  labelled 


SHORT  notp:s  279 

"  Syria  monies  prope  Antiocham."  Dr.  Rendle  has  already  cited 
in  this  Journal  (1900,  p.  81)  the  passage  in  Russell's  book  which 
indicates  that  the  species  established  therein  should  be  ascribed  to 
Banks  and  Solander  jointly. — James  Britten. 

JuNGERMANiA  sAxicoLA  Schrad.  —  In  Part  xx.  just  issued  of  Mr. 
Pearson's  important  work  on  British  Hepatic^e,  the  claim  of  Jiinger- 
mania  saxicola  to  be  considered  a  British  species  rests  on  a  single 
gathering  made  by  the  late  Dr.  Greville  in  the  Shetland  Isles. 
In  November,  1898,  in  carefully  examining  a  collection  of  Scotch 
hepatics  made  at  13almoral  in  1894,  I  determined  one  specimen 
gathered  near  Braemar  to  be  J.  saxicola.  Owing  to  eye  troubles, 
this  was  laid  aside  until  within  the  last  few  days,  when  I  sent  it  to 
Mr.  Pearson,  and  he  has  confirmed  the  decision. — G.  Stabler. 

Pembroke  Plants. — The  following  plants,  which,  so  far  as  I  am 
aware,  are  hitherto  unrecorded  for  the  county,  I  gathered,  with  one 
exception,  during  a  visit  to  Tenby  from  June  18th  to  29th  last : — 
Orchis  incarnata  L.  Penally  Marsh,  abundant.  Both  this  species 
and  0.  lati folia  were  growing  there,  and,  though  well-marked 
examples  could  be  gathered  of  each,  there  were  plants  which  it  was 
extremely  difficult  to  assign  to  either,  and  the  question  naturally 
arose — were  these  hybrids,  or  intermediates  connecting  the  two 
species  ?  —  0.  incarnata  x  maciilata.  This  hybrid  was  gathered 
growing  among  plants  of  well-marked  incarnata. — Kpipactis  imhistris 
Crantz.  Abundant  near  the  Black  Rock,  Tenby,  but  of  course  only 
in  bud  at  this  date.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  J.  E.  Arnett,  of  Tenby, 
for  information  which  enabled  me  to  collect  this  species,  and  also 
for  beautiful  flowering  examples  gathered  later.  —  Juncus  Gerardi 
Lois.  Swamp  near  railway,  Tenby ;  abundant.  —  J.  effusus  x 
(jlaucus.  Penally  Marsh  ;  several  clumps  were  observed.  —  Carex 
laevigata  Sm.  Penally. — Pliegopteris  caJcarea  Fee.  Mr.  J.  E.  Arnett 
has  collected  this  at  Precelly.  In  addition  to  the  above  I  may 
mention  Carex  paludosa  Good.,  which  occurs  in  fair  quantity  in 
Penally  Marsh,  and  is  queried  for  Pembroke  in  Top.  Bot. ;  and 
Agropijron  junceum  Beauv.,  which  is  quite  common  on  the  Burrows 
at  Tenby,  but  which  is  not  recorded  in  Top.  Bot.,  although  it  is 
entered  in  Dr.  R.  W.  Falconer's  "Contributions  towards  a  know- 
ledge of  Tenby  plants"  (1848),  and  is  also  included  in  Babington's 
paper  " On  the  Botany  of  South  Pembrokeshire"  in  this  Journal 
for  1863  (pp.  258-270).  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  has  kindly  verified 
the  Carices. — Richard  F.  Towndrow. 

Radnorshire  Plants.  —  During  a  short  visit  this  summer  to 
Llandrindod  Wells,  I  observed  the  following  interesting  plants  in 
the  immediate  neighbourhood : — Carum  verticiUatum  Koch,  abun- 
dant by  the  lake ;  Dianthus  deltoides,  near  quarries  in  several  places ; 
Cnicus  pratensis  Willd.,  near  Howey ;  also  a  considerable  number  of 
sedges,  including  Carex  Javigata  Sm.,  in  wood  near  the  lake.  The 
botanical  part  of  a  local  guide  is  generally  so  feeble  and  disappointing, 
that  I  refer  with  much  pleasure  to  an  interesting  list  contributed  to 
Buf ton's  Guide  by  the  late  Rev.  John  B.  Lloyd,  of  Liverpool.  It 
contains  over  three  hundred  plants  observed  by  him  within  two  miles 


280  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

of  Llandriiidod,  nearly  all  of  which  I  identified.  The  Carnm  is 
included,  and  would,  I  think,  be  first  record  for  the  county. — 
Wm.  a.  Clarke. 

The  Plates  of  '  English  Botany,'  ed.  3  (p.  245). — Most  of  the 
fresh  plates  and  alterations  in  the  third  edition  of  FiujUsh  Botany 
w^ere  done  by  J.  E.  Sowerby.  After  his  death,  in  1870,  Fitch  did 
some.  For  the  Supplement,  N.  E.  Brown  drew  his  own  plates. — 
J.  G.  Baker. 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 


Flora  Capensis.  Vol.  v.  Part  i.  Acanthacepe  by  C.  B.  Clarke  ; 
Selagineae  by  E.  A.  Rolfe  ;  Verbenace^  by  H.  H.  W.  Pear- 
son.    8vo,  pp.  224.     London  :  Lovell  Beeve.     Price  9s.  net. 

The  gratifying  progress  now  making  by  the  Flora  Capensis 
justifies  the  hope  that  the  work  may  be  completed  within  half 
a  century  of  the  date  of  its  commencement.  It  is,  of  course, 
obvious  that  by  that  time  the  earlier  volumes  will  be,  as  indeed 
they  are  already,  practically  useless  as  an  enumeration  of  South 
African  plants — it  will  be  remembered  that  a  period  of  more  than 
thirty  years  elapsed  between  the  issue  of  the  third  volume  in  1805 
and  the  resumption  of  the  work  in  1896;  but  it  may  be  hoped  that 
steps  are  being  taken  for  a  reissue  of  these,  brought  up  to  the 
standard  of  our  present  knowledge. 

The  part  just  issued  is  mainly  the  work  of  experts.  Mr.  C.  B. 
Clarke  had  previously  monographed  the  Acanthaceoi  for  the  Flora 
of  Tropical  Africa ;  and  Mr.  Rolfe  has  for  many  years  made  the 
SelaginecR  his  own.  Mr.  H.  H.  Pearson's  treatment  of  the  VerbenacecF. 
is  in  marked  contrast  to  the  remainder  of  the  work  in  the  length  of 
the  descriptions,  which  seems  to  us  in  many  instances  to  be  greatly 
in  excess  of  what  is  needed  in  a  handbook  such  as  we  always  under- 
stood to  be  aimed  at  by  the  originators  of  the  series  of  colonial 
floras.  This  is  not  only  noticeable  in  genera  containing  novelties 
and  critical  species,  such  as  Vitex,  where  9  species  occupy  6^  pages, 
but  in  genera  such  as  Lippia,  where  so  wide-spread  a  weed  as 
L.  nodijiora  takes  more  than  half  a  page  to  describe.  This  mode 
of  treatment  is  in  striking  contrast  with  Mr.  Clarke's  work,  in 
which  some  new  species  are  disposed  of  in  four,  three,  or  even  in 
two — e.  g.  Justicia  cheirantliifolia — lines.  Making  every  allowance 
for  divergence  of  treatment,  we  should  have  thought  that  something 
more  nearly  approaching  uniformity  might  have  been  secured  by 
the  editor  of  the  later  parts  of  the  Flora,  as  it  was  by  Harvey  in 
the  earlier  volumes. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  certain  bibliographical  eccentricities  to 
which  we  called  attention  in  noticing  earlier  portions  of  the  work 
are  still  allowed  to  disfigure  its  pages.  The  placing  in  brackets  of 
the  name  of  the  authority  for  a  species  is  not  only  unusual,  but 
absolutely  misleading,  as  it  has  now  a  generally  recognized  and 
different  significance.     It  is  true  that  Harvey  so  printed  the  names 


HANDBTICH    DKR    SYSTKMATISCHKN    ROTANIK  281 

forty  years  ago,  but  his  model  has  been  departed  from  in  so  many 
other  matters  that  the  retention  of  this\nisleading  method  can 
hardly  be  justified  on  the  score  of  uniformity ;  it  is  moreover  out 
of  harmony  with  the  plan  of  the  other  colonial  floras.  The  printing 
of  the  adjectival  forms  of  proper  names  without  a  capital  letter  is  a 
recent  Kew  eccentricity  which  we  had  hoped  to  have  seen  abandoned ; 
it  is  not  in  accordance  with  precedent  (either  in  the  earlier  volumes 
of  the  work  or  in  the  other  colonial  floras)  or  with  custom,  either 
at  home  or  abroad:  neither  the  American  nor  the  Berlin  rules  adopt 
it ;  and  it  is  flatly  opposed  to  the  Decandollean  "  laws,"  which  say  : 
"  Whatever  be  the  form  chosen,  every  specific  name  derived  from 
the  name  of  a  person  should  begin  with  a  capital  letter." 

Another  unsightliness  which  tends  to  confusion  is  the  printing 
in  italics  not  only  the  synonymy,  but  also  the  names  of  the  authors 
and  books  cited:  this  renders  the  synonyms  difficult  to  distinguish. 
In  the  earlier  volumes  of  the  work  the  same  difficulty  was  not  felt, 
as  the  synonyms  and  references  were  few ;  now  they  often  extend 
to  twelve  or  thirteen  lines,  and  occupy  more  space  than  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  plant.  It  is,  we  think,  to  be  regretted  that  the  earlier 
plan,  by  which  synonyms  and  references  were  mainly  confined  to 
those  which  pertained  to  the  plant  in  its  connection  with  South 
Africa,  has  given  place  to  something  like  a  complete  bibliography. 
This,  it  seems  to  us,  is  entirely  out  of  place  in  a  work  of  the  kind  ; 
it  must  add  materially  to  the  cost  and  extent  of  the  Flora,  and  thus 
render  it  much  less  convenient  for  use  in  the  field. 

We  note  that  Mr.  Rolfe  has  a  new  species,  Selar/o  Muudii, 
named  from  a  collector  whom  he  calls  '' Muud."  According  to 
Harvey  (Gen.  S.  Af.  PI.  26),  Kunth  in  establishing  his  genus 
Mundia  fell  into  a  similar  error;  Harvey  considered  it  was  "in- 
tended to  commemorate  the  services  rendered  to  botany  by  M. 
Mundt,  a  most  meritorious  collector  of  South  African  plants,"  and 
he  accordingly  altered  the  spelling  to  Mundtia,  in  which  form  it 
appears  in  Bentham  &  Hooker's  Genera,  and  in  many  other  books. 
It  is  not,  however,  quite  certain  that  Kunth  had  Mundt  in  view,^:^ 
and  in  any  case  the  spelling  as  published,  both  in  this  and  in  Mr. 
Rolfe's  case,  must  stand,  in  accordance  with  the  practice  which 
has  accepted  Cinchona  in  preference  to  the  more  etymologically 
correct  Chinchona. 

Handbuch  der  Sijstemathchen  Botanik.  Von  Dr.  Richard  R.  v. 
Wettstein,  Professor  an  der  Universitat  Wien.  Bd.  l' 
8vo,  pp.  iv,  201,  tt.  126.     Leipzig  &  Wien:  Fr.  Deuticke.* 

J-  JU  J. . 

The  object  of  this  new  handbook  is  to  give  a  more  detailed 
account  of  the  systematic  phase  of  botany  than  is  contained  in 
the  general  text-books.  The  author  intends  also  to  pay  special 
attention  to  questions  of  phylogeny.  To  these  ends  the  more  im- 
portant types  will  be  reviewed  and  illustrated  as  fully  as  possible, 

*  See  a  note  in  this  Journal  for  1889,  p.  262. 


282  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

while  stress  will  be  laid  upon  those  whose  development  is  of  special 
importance  from  the  phylogenetic  point  of  view. 

The  present  volume  contains  a  general  introduction  and  the 
first  instalment  of  the  special  portion,  comprising  an  accomit  of  the 
Thallophytes.  Volume  ii.,  containing  the  Cormophytes,  is  promised 
for  next  year.  The  general  introduction,  which  occupies  forty-four 
pages,  contains  a  short  history  of  the  evolution  of  systematic  botany, 
and  a  sketch  of  the  value  of  homology,  embryology,  geographical 
distribution,  and  other  factors  in  determining  phylogenetic  relation- 
ships. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  special  part  Professor  Wettstein 
gives  an  outline  of  the  classification  which  he  adopts.  The  plant 
world,  he  says — as  far  as  our  present  knowledge  goes — includes 
organisms  belonging  to  seven  great  developmental  series,  or  stocks, 
as  follows : — 

i.    Myxophyta.  iv.    Euthallophyta. 

ii.    Schizophyta.  v.    Phaeophyta. 

iii.    Zygophyta.  vi.    Rhodophyta. 

vii.  Cormophyta. 
Stocks  i.-vi.  are  considered  in  the  present  volume,  and  the  majority 
indicate  by  their  name  the  character  of  the  organisms  included. 
Myxophyta  are  the  Myxomycetes,  including  also  Plasmodiophora. 
Schizophyta  comprise  the  two  divisions  fission-algae  and  fission- 
fungi,  or  the  old  CyanophycecE  and  the  Bacteria,  which  are 
generally  thus  associated  in  recent  arrangements.  Zygophyta 
contains  the  PeridinecB  (which,  if  plants,  must  be  put  somewhere), 
the  BaciUariea  or  Diatoms,  and  the  ConjiiyatcB,  the  latter  com- 
prising the  three  families  Desmidiacea,  ZygnemacecB,  and  Meso- 
carpacecB.  Euthallophyta  include  two  classes — one  the  Cldorophycea, 
or  the  rest  of  the  green  alg£e,  and  a  second  the  Fungi.  Phaeophyta 
and  Rhodophyta  are  the  brown  and  red  algae  as  generally  under- 
stood. Thus  the  important  departure  from  systems  generally  in 
vogue  is  the  bringing  together  of  the  green  algas  and  the  Fungi  in  one 
group,  and  the  exclusion  at  the  same  time  of  the  two  other  large 
groups  of  sea-weeds.  If,  however,  we  accept  the  view  of  the 
evolution  of  the  Fungi  as  a  whole  from  a  common  algal  stock, 
there  is  no  doubt  that  the  most  nearly  allied  algae  are  to  be  found 
among  the  C/dorophycea,  and  Prof.  Wettstein  is  therefore  phylo- 
genetically  justified  in  his  -  distribution  of  the  groups.  But  as  a 
matter  of  convenience  we  much  prefer  the  more  usual  method, 
such  as,  for  instance,  is  adopted  in  Prof.  Engler's  Fflanzenfamilien 
— namely,  the  consideration  of  the  great  groups  of  Algae  as  one 
section,  and  the  great  group  of  Fungi  as  another  section  of  the 
subkingdom  Thallophyta.  Even  if  we  grant  that  the  Fungi  have 
sprung  from  a  common  algal  stock,  which  presumably  finds  its 
nearest  representative  in  the  CIdurophycecB,  we  must  bear  in  mind  the 
great  development  along  widely  diverging  lines  that  has  occurred 
since  the  origin  of  the  group,  which  development  removes  it  as  a 
group  far  more  widely  from  the  Alg^,  considered  as  a  whole,  than 
the  generally  received  subdivisions  of  Algae  are  removed  from  each 
other. 


GRASSES  283 

We  shall  be  much  interested  to  see  Prof.  Wettstein's  treatment 
of  the  seventh  stock,  Cormophyta,  and  to  hear  his  reasons  for 
lamping  into  one  series  everything  which  is  not  a  Thallophyte.  It 
is  a  curious  inversion  of  the  old  system,  which  was  of  course  merely 
an  expression  of  ignorance,  where  everything  which  was  not  a 
flowering  plant  was  a  Cryptogam. 

As  regards  the  elaboration  of  individual  series,  their  subdivision 
is  on  familiar  lines,  that  of  the  Fungi  being  based  on  Brefeld's 
arrangement.  A  special  feature  is  the  number  and  excellence 
of  the  illustrations.  These  will  ensure  the  book  a  welcome  by 
the  ordinary  student,  who  will  probably  not  be  greatly  disturbed  by 
departures  from  the  more  generally  adopted  arrangement  of  the 
larger  groups.  -  A    B    R 

Grasses.  A  Handbook  for  use  in  the  Field  and  Laboratory.  By 
H.  Marshall  Ward,  Sc.D.,  F.K.S.  Pp.  viii,  190,  tt.  81. 
Cambridge  University  Press.     1901.     Price  6s. 

Professor  Marshall  Ward's  book  on  Grasses  is  the  latest 
addition  to  the  biological  series  of  the  Cambridge  Natural  Science 
Manuals.  It  is  not  intended  to  be  a  complete  manual  of  Grasses, 
but  "an  account  of  our  common  native  species,  so  arranged  that 
the  student  may  learn  how  to  closely  observe  and  deal  with  the 
distinctive  characters  of  these  remarkable  plants  when  such  problems 
as  the  botanical  analysis  of  a  meadow  or  pasture,  of  hay,  of  weeds, 
or  of  '  seed '  grasses  are  presented,  as  well  as  when  investigating 
questions  of  more  abstract  scientific  nature."  With  this  end  in 
view,  the  author  has  elaborated  a  series  of  chapters  in  which  the 
species  are  arranged  (1)  according  to  their  vegetative  characters ; 
(2)  according  to  the  anatomical  characters  of  the  leaf;  (3)  according 
to  their  flowers  and  inflorescences;  (4)  according  to  the  grain. 
These  arrangements  represent  the  expenditure  of  considerable 
labour  ;  but,  while  one  realizes  the  interest  attaching  to  the  process 
of  elaboration,  it  is  difficult  to  regard  them  otherwise  than  as  a  sort 
of  botanical  exercise.  The  student  who  is  able  to  use  any  one  of 
these  systems  could  quite  well  avail  himself  of  the  more  scientific 
system  of  a  good  British  Flora — more  scientific  because  the  general 
aggregate  of  characters  is  its  basis,  while  by  its  use  the  student 
learns  to  appreciate  the  relative  value  of  the  individual  factors. 
We  grant  that  it  may  be  useful  to  run  a  grass  down  from  vegetative 
characters  only,  but  so  many  of  the  characters  are  comparative, 
that  the  system  when  we  are  dealing  with  individual  and  often 
incomplete  specimens  is  apt  to  fail  at  the  crucial  point,  and  practi- 
cally in  working  with  a  limited  flora  like  our  own,  a  series  of 
carefully  preserved  and  properly  determined  specimens  for  purpose 
of  comparison  will  be  far  more  helpful  than  a  tabular  scheme. 
And,  after  all,  this  is  at  least  as  scientific  a  method  as  one  depending 
on  a  single  set  of  characters. 

In  addition  to  the  chapters  on  classification,  there  are  several 
on  the  general  structure  and  biology  of  grasses,  forming  a  useful 
introduction  to  a  more  detailed  study  of  the  order. 


284  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

The  text,  for  the  size  and  character  of  the  book,  is  well  illns- 
trated,  but  the  great  majority  of  the  figures  are  borrowed,  with  due 
acknowledgment,  from  well-known  works,  chiefly  of  German  origin, 
and,  this  being  the  case,  it  is  not  easy  to  understand  why  it  is 
necessary  to  charge  six  shillings  for  the  volume.  Fischer  of  Jena 
would  have  produced  it,  with  plenty  of  original  illustrations,  for 
three  marks.  Tlie  book,  though  not  without  some  value  as  an 
introduction  to  the  study  of  a  family  of  great  botanical  and  infinite 
economic  interest,  can  hardly  be  considered  so  indispensable  as  to 
demand  a  price  which  is,  from  the  student's  point  of  view, 
exorbitant.  Perhaps,  to  quote  a  student's  remark,  "they  don't 
expect  to  sell  many."  ABE 

Histoire  de  VAbrotonum.  Signification  de  la  desinence  ex  de  quelqnes 
noms  de  plantps.  Par  le  Dr.  Saint-Lager.  Paris :  J.  B. 
Bailliere.     1900.     Pp.  48. 

The  subject  of  this  pamphlet  is  twofold,  as  shown  in  the  above 
title:  (1)  to  correct  the  spelling  of  the  name  usually  given  as 
Abrnta,nu)u  :  and  (2)  to  consider  the  meaning  of  the  ending  "  ex  "  in 
certain  plant-names.  As  to  the  first,  the  author  has  no  difficulty 
in  showing  that  the  name  was  originally  written  as  he  gives  it ; 
that  botanists  including  Caspar  Bauhin  have  since  mis-spelled  it, 
and  even  induced  a  false  derivation,  based  on  the  error.  Dr.  Saint- 
Lager  is  an  untiring  stickler  for  reform  in  naming,  far  beyond  any- 
thing advanced  by  the  most  revolutionary  of  present-day  reformers, 
for  he  would  willingly  go  behind  Linnaeus.  His  views  are  so  well- 
known  that  it  is  needless  here  to  dwell  much  on  them,  especially  as 
none  of  the  disputants  in  the  nomenclature  question  seem  disposed 
to  adopt  them.  The  author  even  goes  so  far  in  his  zeal  as  to  mis- 
quote Besser's  Tentamen  de  Ahrotmis  ...  as  "Tent.  Abroton." 
(p.  21) ;  even  Camerarius  and  C.  Bauhin  are  similarly  treated, 
which  is  unpardonable.  Once,  indeed,  the  author  cites  Tentamen 
Abrotdsnonnn,  probably  by  oversight. 

Apart  from  these  special  peculiarities  of  the  author,  there  will 
be  found  a  large  amount  of  interesting  matter  in  these  pages. 
Passing  from  the  form  of  the  name,  Dr.  Saint-Lager  proceeds  to 
discuss  the  geographic  origin  of  Artemisia  AbrotanuDi  Lam.,  finally 
suggesting  that  it  is  merely  a  cultivated  form  of  A.  procera  Willd. 

The  latter  part  of  the  pamphlet  is  devoted  to  a  consideration  of 
the  plant-names  ending  in  ex,  such  as  Ule.v,  Ilex,  Eumex,  and 
Carex.  With  these  he  compares  the  animal-names  haying  a  like 
ending,  of  which  he  gives  a  long  list,  and  states  that  it  probably 
is  the  same  as  the  prefix  "  ac,"  conveying  the  idea  of  something 
sharp  or  pointed.  B   D  J 


28^ 


AHTlCLtJS     /A'     JO  URN  A  LS^ 

Annah  of  BotcDiy  (June).  —  M.  Ferguson,  '  Development  of 
pollen-tube  and  division  of  generative  nucleus  in  Pines  '  (3  pi.).— 
F.  0.  Bower,  '  Imperfect  sporangia  in  Pteridopliytes.'— A.  H.  Trow, 
'  Biology  and  cytology  of  F[/thiu))i  ultiinuiii,  sp.n.' —  G.  Massee  & 
E.  S.  Salmon,  '  Coprophilous  Fungi'  (2  pi.).  —  L.  A.  Boodle, 
'Anatomy  of  ScJiizcEacea; '  (3  pi.). 

Butanical  Gazette  (20  June).  —J.  H.  Scliaffner,  '  Life-history  of 
Enjthyoniuni'  (6  pi.).— H.  M.  Hall,  *  Californian  Plants  '  (1  pi.).— 
A.  Nelson,  'Rocky  Mountain  Plants.' —  E.  B.  Copeland,  '  Geo- 
tropism  of  Stems.' 

Bot.  Zeitimg  (15  July). — K.  Giesenliagen,  'Taphnna,  Exoascns 
&  Mivimisiella.' 

Bull,  de  VHerb.  Boissier  (30  June).  —  H.  Hallier,  '  Pflanzeu 
aus  dem  Malaiisch-Papuanisclien  Inselmeer  '  (4  pi.).  —  E.  Penard, 
Phytelios  loricata,  sp.n.  —  R.  Chodat,  'Variation  numerique  dans 
Orchis  Morio:—G.  Hegi,  'Das  Obere  Tosstal  '  (cont.). 

Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  Belgique  (xl.  1 ;  29  June).— Th.  Durand  &  E.  de 
Wildeman,  *  Materiaux  pour  la  Flore  du  Congo.' 

Bull.  Torreij  Bot.  Club  (19  June ;  received  6  July).  —  M.  A. 
Howe,  '  Acicularia  and  Acetabuiuni'  (2  pi.).  —  C.  C.  Curtis,  '  Trans- 
piration and  the  resistance  of  stems.'  — E.  J.  Darand,  '  The  genus 
Holivaycr  (1  plate).  —  J.  K.  Small,  'Shrubs  and  trees  of  the 
Southern  States'  (cont.). 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (29  June).— W.  B.  Hemsley,  '  Tree  Lobelias 
of  Tropical  Africa"  (fig.  156). 

Jounial  de  Botanique  ("Mai";  received  28  June).  —  C.  Sau- 
vageau,  'Les  Sphacelariacees  '  (cont.).— P.  Parmentier.,  'Recherches 
sur  le  pollen  des  Dialypetales.'— M.  CoL  '  Recherches  sur  I'appareil 
secreteur  des  Composes.' 

Nuovo  Giorn.  Bot.  Ital.  ("  April"  ;  received  2  July). — J.  Bresadola 
&  F.  Cavara,  '  Funghi  di  Vallombrosa.'  —  L.  Micheletti,  Erirjeron 
Karwinskynnus  var.  mucronatm.  —  Th.  Giovannozzi,  '  I  movimenti 
igroscopici  delle  piante '  (IpL).  —  A.  Beguinot,  '  Flora  dei  depositi 
alluvionali  del  Tevere.' 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (July).  —  P.  G.  Franz  Vrba,  '  Zur 
Anatomic  der  Achsen  von  Alyssuui  saxatile.'  —  E.  Hackel,  '  Neue 
Gi-aser.'  —  A.  V.  Hayek,  '  Zur  Flora  von  Steiermark.'  —  J.  Velen- 
ovsky,  '  Zur  Moosflora  von  Montenegro.'  —  F.  Stephani,  '  Die 
Elaterentrager  von  Calycularia.'  —  M.  Soltokovic,  '  Die  perennen 
Arten  der  Gentiana  aus  der  section  Cyclostiyma'  (cont.). 

Rhodora  (Jane).  —  J.  R.  Churchill,  E.  F.  Williams,  M.  L.  Fer- 
nald,  C.  G.  Kennedy,  &  J.  F.  Collins,  '  Botanical  Excursion  to 
Mount  Katahdin.'— J.  F.  Collins,  '  Bryophytes  of  Maine.' 

*  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 


At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  held  on  June  20th, 
a  paper  by  Messrs.  W.  West  and  G.  S.  West  was  read,  "On 
the  Freshwater  Algae  of  Ceylon,"  founded  on  material  collected 
by  Mr.  W.  G.  Freeman  in  1896-97  at  various  localities  in  the 
island.  Representatives  of  almost  all  the  families  of  Freshwater 
Algae  were  obtained,  and  two  of  the  collections  were  especially 
rich  in  DesiiiidiecB ;  altogether  395  species  were  collected.  The 
Desmids  observed  were  essentially  tropical  in  character,  and  not 
very  dissimilar  to  those  of  Northern  India,  Burma,  Singapore,  and 
some  of  the  East  India  Islands,  a  noteworthy  feature  being  the 
presence  in  Ceylon  of  a  large  number  of  species  which  occur  in 
Madagascar.  There  was  also  a.  marked  resemblance  between  the 
algal  flora  of  Ceylon  and  that  of  Northern  Queensland,  and  the 
only  two  species  known  from  Hongkong  were  each  found  both  in 
Ceylon  and  Queensland.  The  investigation  of  these  collections 
had  resulted  in  the  discovery  of  some  sixty  new  species,  many  of 
which  deserved  special  mention  on  account  of  their  extraordinary 
forms.  Messrs.  George  Massee  and  E.  S.  Salmon  communicated  a 
paper  "  On  Coprophilous  Fungi."  "  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown  read  a  paper 
entitled  "A  Revision  of  the  Genus  Hi/peiieojjhi/Uutn,  with  Notes  on 
certain  allied  Genera  of  Compositce.''  After  pointing  out  that  the 
genus  tlijpeiicophijlluni  had  been  founded  by  Steetz  on  a  remarkable 
plant  collected  by  Peters  in  Portuguese  East  Africa,  and  that  spe- 
cimens of  it  were  so  rare  in  collections  that  much  misapprehension 
prevailed  regarding  it,  he  remarked  that  Bentham  had  united  it 
with  the  genus  Jamnea  Pers.  An  examination,  however,  of  the 
material  now  available  had  demonstrated  that  this  view  was 
•untenable;  he  regarded  Hypericophylliini  as  quite  distinct  from 
Jaumea  in  its  distribution,  habit,  and  appearance;  in  the  pos- 
session of  glands  in  its  leaves  and  tissues ;  and  in  its  remarkable 
pappus,  the  hooked  bristles  of  which  appeared  to  be  unique  in  this 
order.  He  therefore  proposed  to  restore  this,  with  three  other 
genera,  to  their  former  generic  rank,  and  furnished  a  key  to  their 
distinctive  characters.  In  addition,  he  described  a  new  species 
[H.  scabriduiii)  from  British  Central  Africa,  whence  specimens  had 
been  received  from  Nyassaland  between  Kondowe  and  Karonga,  from 
the  Manganja  Hills,  and  from  the  Shire  Highlands,  near  Blantyre. 

Dr.  Oscar  Loew  has  discovered  a  new  enzyme,  which  he  has 
called  Catalase.  He  found  that  an  extract  of  tobacco-leaves  retained 
the  power  of  decomposing  hydrogen  peroxide  after  the  other  known 
enzymes  had  disappeared.  He  was  thus  led  to  investigate  the  sub- 
ject, and  found  the  new  enzyme,  which  exists  in  two  forms,  soluble 
and  insoluble.  Its  chief  property  is  its  catalytic  action  on  hydrogen 
peroxide,  and  it  is  of  universal  occurrence,  as  Dr.  Loew  has  proved, 
both  in  the  higher  and  lower  plants  In  the  various  metabolic 
changes  in  the  cell,  a  substance  such  as  hydrogen  peroxide  would 

*  [This  is  apparently  the  paper  by  the  same  authors  printed  in  the  Annals 
of  BotcDiij  iov  June,  but  no  reference  is  there  made  to  its  having  been  read 
before  the  Linnean  Society.— Ed.  Joukn.  Box.] 


BOOK-XOTES,    NEWS.    ETC.  287 

be  continually  formed,  and  would,  if  retained,  be  deleterious  to  the 
life  of  the  plant.  Dr.  Loew  supposes,  therefore,  that  catalase  may 
render  great  service  in  catalysing  the  peroxide  as  soon  as  it  is 
formed.  He  found  it,  though  not  in  large  quantities,  in  the  leaves 
of  herbarium  specimens  that  had  been  collected  in  1841.  The 
results  of  his  investigation  are  published  in  Report  No.  68  of  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

The  S.  p.  C.  K.  has  issued  a  neat  little  half-crown  volume  on 
Poisonous  Plants  in  Field  and  Garden  by  the  Rev.  G.  Henslow,  the 
utility  of  which  is  not  obvious.  The  number  of  plants  which  are 
practically  a  source  of  danger  is  extremely  limited,  and  an  illustrated 
account  of  these  might  be  useful ;  but  this  volume  includes  a  small 
amount  of  information  about  a  large  number  of  species,  with  the 
usual  quotations  from  other  authors,  and  a  number  of  figures 
which  have  already  done  duty  in  various  works.  It  is  systematically 
arranged,  but  even  the  orders  are  not  characterized  :  thus  we  are 
told  that  our  British  LefjuininoscB  "are  easily  known  by  the  peculiar 
form  of  the  flower,"  but  this  is  not  described  further  than  by  saying 
it  has  "an  imaginary  likeness  to  a  butterfly."  Many  of  the  species 
are  undescribed,  save  by  a  phrase  which  would  apply  equally  to 
others:  e.;/.  the  only  information  as  to  Oroba)icJie  minor  is  that  it 
"is  parasitic  on  clover  and  several  other  plants,"  which  is  equally 
true  of  Ciiscuta.  Why  does  Mr.  Henslow  say  that  the  "  Harebell  of 
Scotland"  is  Scilia  nutans  f  It  is  certainly  not  the  plant  of  the 
"  Lady  of  the  Lake." 

The  third  Appendix  to  the  non-existent  Kew  Bulletin  for  1901 
contains  a  list  of  the  "new  garden  plants  of  the  year  1900,"  with 
a  reference  to  the  place  of  their  publication.  "  These  lists,"  we 
are  told  in  a  prefatory  note,  "  are  indispensable  to  the  maintenance 
of  a  correct  nomenclature,"  but  this  statement  seems  to  need  qualifi- 
cation, as  we  are  further  told  that  "  in  every  case  the  plant  is  cited 
under  its  published  name,  although  some  of  the  names  are  doubt- 
fully correct."  The  latter  remark  is  certainly  true  :  t^.  </.  the  first 
name  upon  which  our  eye  fell  was  "  Cham^lirion  Carolinia,"  which 
stands  in  the  Index  Keweiisis  as  ChauuBlirium  carolinianuin. 

The  death  of  Dr.  Emil  Bretschneider,  which  took  place  on  or 
about  May  14,  has  deprived  Chinese  botany  of  one  of  its  most  assiduous 
students.  For  thirty  years  he  has  devoted  unremitting  attention 
to  the  investigation  of  its  history  ;  his  first  essay.  On  the  Study 
and  Value  of  Chinese  Botanical  Works,  was  published  at  Peking  in 
1870-1  ;  and  his  last  work,  History  of  European  Botanical  Discoveries 
in  China,  appeared  in  1898.  Of  this  important  volume — a  very 
storehouse  of  information  concerning  the  progress  of  botany  in 
China  and  the  investigators  who  have  contributed  to  our  knowledge 
thereof — an  appreciation  appeared  in  this  Journal  for  1899  (pp.  86- 
88),  in  which  also,  in  1894  (pp.  292-298),  was  printed  a  paper  from 
his  pen,  "On  Some  Old  Collections  of  Chinese  Plants."  Bret- 
schneider's  knowledge  of  plants,  although  he  made  some  collections, 
was  mainly  confined  to  those  of  pharmaceutical  interest ;  but  he 
has  done  much  to  render  accessible  to  Europeans  the  information 
contained  in  Chinese  botanical  works. 


288  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

It  is  a  matter  for  satisfaction  that  Bretschneider  did  not  adhere 
to  his  intention  to  delay  the  publication  of  his  magnum  opus  until 
the  completion  of  the  Inded''  Flora  Sinensis.  *'  It  is  not  to  be  fore- 
seen," he  wrote  in  1898,  "when  Mr.  Hemsley's  admirable  work, 
interrupted  more  than  four  years  ago,  will  be  brought  to  an  end  "  ; 
and  its  conclusion  still  seems  equally  remote.  Since  1891,  only  two 
parts  of  the  Inded-,  amounting  together  to  142  pages,  have  been 
published — one  in  1894,  the  other  in  1899  ;  and  it  is  needless  to 
point  out  that  such  delays  are  fatal  to  anything  like  a  complete 
presentment  of  our  knowledge  of  the  Chinese  flora  at  any  definite 
date — the  earlier  portions  (1889-91)  must  be  hopelessly  behind  the 
later  in  completeness,  and  the  book  as  a  whole  is  thus  rendered 
useless  for  statistical  purposes.  We  would  urge  upon  the  Council 
of  the  Linnean  Society — in  whose  Journal  the  Index  appears, 
although  we  understand  they  are  not  primarily  responsible  for  its 
publication — to  take  all  steps  in  their  power  to  ensure  the  speedy 
completion  of  the  work.  We  understand  a  large  portion  of  the 
manuscript  has  for  some  time  been  ready,  and  it  should  not  be 
difficult  to  remove  any  obstacles  to  its  speedy  publication. 

We  have  before  called  attention  to  the  inconvenience  likely  to 
arise  from  the  publication  of  plants  as  new  species  in  two  places, 
without  any  indication  in  the  later  publication  that  the  descriptions 
have  already  appeared.  An  example  of  this  may  be  noticed  in 
Malpighia,  vol.  xiv.  fasc.  ix-xii,  pp.  425-456  (dated  1900,  but  not 
issued  till  1901),  where  Prof.  Lopriore  publishes  as  "  Amarantaceae 
novas"  some  genera  and  a  large  number  of  species  which  he  had 
previously  published  in  Botanische  Jahrhucher,  xxvii.  37-60,  as  long 
ago  as  April,  1899.  We  can,  however,  find  no  reference  in  Malpir/hia 
to  this  earlier  publication  :  on  the  contrary,  the  terms  "  nov.  gen." 
and  "  n.  sp."  are  employed  in  such  a  way  as  to  imply  that  the  plants 
are  new.  The  fact  that  the  two  papers  are  not  entirely  identical 
is  likely  to  add  to  the  confusion  which  this  method  can  hardly  fail 
to  cause. 

Mr.  Aven  Wilson  seems  to  have  hit  upon  a  new  mode  of 
addhig  to  unnecessary  synonymy,  by  the  creation  of  synonyms  for 
"homonyms" — at  least,  that  appears  to  us  to  be  the  outcome  of 
his  note  in  the  Botanical  Gazette  for  June,  p.  407,  which  runs  as 
follows: — ''Arnica  multijiora  Greene,  Pitt.  4:  162,  evidently  is 
A.  Columbiana  Aven  Nelson,  Bot.  Gaz.  30  :  200,  since  both  are,  in 
part,  founded  on  the  same  collections  and  the  same  numbers  are 
cited.  The  latter  name  is  the  earlier  by  two  or  three  months. 
Dr.  Greene's  A.  Columbiana  (Pitt.  4  :  159)  having  thus  become  a 
homonym  it  may  become  Arnica  Greenei,  n.  n." 

An  article  on  the  Tree  Lobelias  of  Tropical  Africa  in  the 
Gardeners  Chronicle  for  June  29  is  accompanied  by  a  picture  from  a 
photograph  of  these  remarkable  plants,  two  of  which  were  described 
and  figured  by  Mr.  E.  G.  Baker  in  this  Journal  for  1894.  These  are 
not  referred  to  by  Mr.  Hemsley,  but  his  article  contains  a  reference 
to  "L.  squarrosa  Baker  f." — a  name  which  we  are  unable  to  trace. 

Erratum. — P.  245, 1.  19  from  bottom,  for  "  Whichelmore  "  read 

"MiCHELMORE." 


Journ.  Bot. 


Tab.  425. 


Hypoxis   stellata   {speciiiien  Linmcanuni). 


289 


ON    lANTlIE,    A    GENUS    OF    HYPOXIDACE^. 

By  Frederic  N.  Williams,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  425.) 

In  the  two  editions  of  Species  Plantanim  Linnasiis  describes 
eleven  species  of  Auutn/IUs.  Afterwards,  in  the  twelfth  edition  of 
Systema  Naturce  (1767),  he  describes  another,  Atnanjllis  undulata 
(now  known  as  Nerine  undulata  Herb.).  Lastly,  A.  dubia,  though 
usually  cited^as  of  Linnaeus  (and  now  known  as  Hippeastrum 
eqiiestre  Herb.),  is  described  in  a  paper  read  by  J.  Aim  in  June, 
1775,  and  afterwards  published  in  the  eighth  volume  of  Anuenitates 
Academical  (1785),  edited  by  Schreber  seven  years  after  the  death  of 
Linnaeus.  Other  species  were  subsequently  without  adequate 
consideration  adduced  to  the  loosely  characterized  Amanjllis  of 
Linnaeus,  until  Ker,  Dean  Herbert,  and  others,  so  disintegrated  the 
genus,  that  in  its  depleted  state  it  is  now  represented  in  the  Index 
Kewensis  by  a  single  species,  Amaryllis  Belladonna.  Link,  to  include 
this  plant,  characterized  much  more  satisfactorily  the  genus  Calli- 
core,-'  taking  up  the  plant  under  the  name  of  C.  rosea,  which  is 
an  eminently  suitable  name  ;  and  adding  also  three  others,  which 
are  now,  however,  included  in  Hippeastrum.  It  would  not  be  a 
matter  for  regret  if  Amaryllis,  now  limited  to  a  single  species, 
which  occurs  only  in  Cape  Colony  and  the  Canary  Isles,  were  to 
disappear  from  the  list  of  generic  names,  in  favour  of  Link's  more 
clearly  defined  genus  Callicore.  With  the  disappearance  of  Ama- 
ryllis there  would  be  no  advantage  in  retaining  the  derivative 
names  of  "  Amaryllidace^  "  and  "  Amaryllide^  "  ;  and  the  ordinal 
and  tribal  names  of  ''  Hypoxidaceae  "  and  "  Hypoxideae,"  used  by 
Lindley  and  by  Robert  Brown  respectively  for  the  same  group  of 
genera,  if  applied  with  a  wider  significance,  would  be  more  appro- 
priate, as  being  based  on  a  genus  which  is  represented  by  species 
which  range  from  South  Africa  and  Tropical  Africa,  across  South 
Asia,  and  the  whole  of  the  Australasian  continent,  to  North 
America.  The  tribe  of  Hypoxidem  has  at  various  times  by  com- 
petent authorities  been  included  in  Liliacece,  Iridacea,  and  Hcvmo- 
doracece,  and  the  name,  used  in  the  ordinal  sense  with  this  wider 
significance,  would  thus  serve  to  emphasize  phylogenetic  affinities, 
which  are  not  sufficiently  implied  in  the  use  of  the  other  ordinal 
name.! 

In  his  Synopsis  of  Hypoxidacc(B,\  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker  includes  four 
genera.     Of  these  four  genera,  Pauridia  has  since  been  shown  to 

*  Handbuch  z.  Erkennuny  d.  Geiodchse,  i.  p.  193  (1829). 
t  See  also  Caruel  in  N.  Gioni.  Bot.  Ital.  x.  p.  91  (1878). 
I  Journ.  Linn,  Soc.  xvii.  (1878). 

Journal  OF  Botany. — Vol.  39.   [Sept.  1901.]       y 


290  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

belong  to  Hamodoracete,  and  Molineria  may  best  be  considered  a 
subc^enns  of  Curculvjo,  if  we  do  not  accord  generic  importance  to 
the  occasionally  beaked  ovary,  but  rather  to  the  character  of  the 
fruit  being  an  indehiscent  berry  instead  of  a  circumscissile  dehiscent 
capsule.  To  these  two  genera,  which  comprise  the  tribe  of  Hypox- 
idecB,  I  propose  to  add  a  third,  by  reviving  Salisbury's  genus  lanfhe 
for  the  glabrous  species  included  in  Hiipoxis.  This  splitting  has 
already  been  indicated  by  Mr.  Baker  in  his  Synopsis,  by  grouping 
the  species  of  Hypod-is  in  two  subgenera,  lanthe  and  Eu-hypoxis. 
In  the  former  are  sunk  Fahricia  Tiiunb.  (in  part),  lanthe  Salisb., 
Spiluxene,  Salisb.  ;  in  the  latter  are  sunk  Xiobea  Willd.,  Franque- 
villea  ZolL,  Platyzyya  Lallem. 

The  presence  or  absence  of  pubescence  in  a  group  of  species  is 
not  in  itself,  of  course,  a  distinctive  generic  character  ;  but  an 
examination  of  the  available  material  certainly  shows  that  the 
other  characters  adduced  are  constant  in  many  series  of  specimens. 
Unfortunately  the  glabrous  species  of  Hypoxis  are  not  showy  plants, 
and  no  living  specimens  are  available  for  dissection.  There  are 
none  under  cultivation  either  in  the  bulb-pits  or  in  the  ranges  in 
Kew  Gardens.  Several  of  the  hairy  species  are,  however,  under 
cultivation  ;  and  the  examination  of  herbarium-specimens  shows 
the  constant  differences  in  Horal  structure  exhibited  by  the  two 
groups.  Mr.  R.  Schlechter  has  recently  pointed  out''-  that  geo- 
graphically as  well  as  ecologically  in  South  Africa  the  distribution 
of  the  entirely  glabrous  and  of  the  hairy  species  respectively  is  in- 
teresting. The  former  occur  in  south-west  Namaqua-land  and  the 
higher  western  region  of  Cape  Colony,  but  fail  altogether  in  the 
eastern  region,  and  collectively  are  shade-plants,  occurring  gener- 
ally at  lower  elevations,  and  even  near  the  sea-level,  in  contrast  to 
the  higher  range  attained  by  the  hairy  species. 

The  characters  adduced  by  Salisbury  for  the  separation  of 
Lanthe,  Spiloxene,  and  Hypoxis,  though  not  borne  out  in  the  exami- 
nation of  a  series  of  specimens,  sufficiently  indicate  his  critical 
acumen  in  the  examination  of  plants,  and  the  soundness  of  his 
views  as  to  the  fundamental  characters  which  should  serve  for  the 
separation  of  genera.  The  following  remarks  are  transcribed  from 
Salisbury's  Liriogamw,  a  book  not  readily  obtainable,  in  the  section 
relating  to  Hypoxuiew  : — "  lanthe  has  an  annual  bulb,  dilated  at  the 
base  into  a  jagged  margin  like  that  of  Hesperanthus ;  its  leaves  are 
attenuated,  in  one  species  striped  with  white  down  the  middle ; 
pericarpium  unilocular  from  the  earliest  period  ;  internal  surface  of 
petals  yellow  without  a  large  spot  at  their  base ;  filaments  inserted 
on  the  receptacular  disc  as  close  as  possible  to  the  style,  and  per- 
fectly distinct  from  the  petals  ;  rachis  of  anthers  confluent  with  the 
filament ;  stigmata  united  ;  and  its  seeds  are  inserted  by  compara- 
tively long  funiculi  all  over  the  surface  of  three  very  large  bolstered 
parietal  placentas.  Spiloxene,  so  named  from  the  dark  spot  at  the 
base  of  its  petals,  agrees  with  lanthe  m  its  root,  but  has  longer  and 
more  attenuated  leaves,  more  or  less  scarious  and  crenulated  at  the 


Engler's  Jahrbuch,  xxvii.  p.  88  (1899). 


ON    lANTHK,    A    GKNMS    OF    HYPOXIbACE.Ii  291 

edge  ;  its  flowers  are  very  large,  solitary,  and  seldom  in  more  than 
one  or  two  of  the  inner  axils ;  peduncle  fistular,  with  a  long 
sheathing  foliaceous  bract  towards  the  bottom;  pericarpium  trilocu- 
lar,  but  as  it  ripens  tlie  partitions,  which  are  very  thin,  nearly  vanish, 
and  the  centre  of  the  placentas  becomes  hollow  ;  petals  only  ex- 
panded during  sunshine  ;  filaments  inserted  in  two  series  on  the 
disc  of  the  pericarpium,  and  nearer  to  the  style  than  to  the  petals ; 
midrib  of  anthers  an  uninterrupted  continuation  of  the  filament; 
stigmata  united  nearly  up  to  the  top  ;  and  seeds  inserted  in  many 
rows.  Lastly,  to  Hypu.vis  I  only  refer  those  species  which  agree 
with  Linne's  type,  erecta,  in  having  perennial  roots  full  of  yellow  or 
orange-coloured  juice  ;  leaves  continuing  to  vegetate  nearly  through 
the  whole  year,  and  never  decaying  all  at  the  same  time,  trifarious, 
generally  pubescent,  sharply  keeled,  not  unlike  those  of  Garex ; 
slender  tough  angulated  solid  peduncles ;  panicled  or  solitary 
flowers,  the  two  lowest  generally  opposite  ;  a  small  bract  at  the 
base  of  each  pedicel ;  petals  of  one  yellow  colour  internally  ;  fila- 
ments inserted  conjointly  in  the  marginal  disc  of  the  pericarpium 
and  base  of  the  petals ;  anthers  '  pivotantes '  or  nearly  so,  as  the 
French  well  express  this  sort  of  insertion,  their  midrib  far  broader 
than  the  top  of  the  filaments,  not  confluent ;  seeds  only  in  two 
series  on  narrow  placentas."  In  the  series  of  specimens  I  have 
examined,  among  the  species  referred  by  Salisbury  to  lanthe  and 
Spiloxene,  the  basifix  anthers  and  free  stigmas  seem  to  be  constant, 
while  in  the  hairy  species  of  Hypoxis  the  anthers  are  uniformly 
medifix  and  versatile  (though  not  so  freely  movable  as  in  Lilium), 
and  sagittate  at  the  base,  and  the  stigmas  united.  The  constancy 
of  these  two  important  floral  characters,  the  basifix  anthers  and 
free  stigmas,  justifies,  I  think,  the  separation  of  the  entirely  glabrous 
species  from  the  hairy  species  ;  the  former  to  be  included  in  the 
revived  genus  lanthe,  which  in  an  amended  form  is  here  defined. 

Ianthe. 
Perigonii  tubus  supra  ovarium  baud  productus  ;  segmenta  sub- 
sBqualia  persistentiapatentia,  interiora  oblonga,  exteriora  lanceolata 
dorso  viridula.  Stamina  perigonii  basi  inserta ;  filamenta  erecta 
subulata ;  anther^e  iutrors^e  basifix^e  lineari-oblongfe.  Ovarium 
erostre,  clavatum  vel  subgloboso-turbinatum ;  stigmata  discreta 
libera  lanceolato-sagittata  erecta ;  ovula;  in  loculo  4-20 ;  stylus 
brevis  subulatus.  Capsula  clavata  vel  subgloboso-turbinata,  mem- 
branacea,  infra  apicem  circumscissa  operculata,  evalvis  vel  loculicide 
trivalvis,  septis  saepe  evanidis.  Semina  miuuta  globosa  curvato- 
funiculata,  lateraliter  plusmiuus  rostello  biappendiculata ;  testa 
Crustacea  lucida  atro-castanea.  Embryo  albumine  laxe  carnoso 
interdum  fere  farinaceo  inclusus. — Herbse  acaulescentes  omnino 
glabra.  Folia  graminoidea  persistentia,  haudplicata;  omnia  basi- 
laria,  cormo  monocarpico  prodeuntia.  Pedunculi  terminales,  tametsi 
simulate  axillares.  Flores  solitarii,  rarius  in  umbellam  laxam 
dispositi,  lutei  vel  albidi. 

Y  2 


202  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

JSyii.:  Fabrlcia  Tbuub.  (p.  m.  p.)  in  Fabric.  Reise  nach  Norw.  p.  23 

(1779). 
lantJie  Salisb.  Gen.  Plant,  fragm.  p.  44  (1866). 
SpUoxene  Salisb.  ,,  ,,  ,, 

Hijpoxis  subgen.  lanthe  Baker  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  xvii.  p.  99 

(1878). 
Hypoxis  sect.  lanthe  Pax  in  Engl.  &  Prantl,  Natiirl.  Pjianzenf. 

ii.  abt.  V.  p.  121  (1887) ;    Durand,  Ind.  Gen.  Phanerog. 

p.  415  (1888). 

Geoyr.  area. — Most  of  tbe  species  are  found  in  Cape  Colony,  a 
few  in  Australia  and  Tasmania,  and  one  in  New  Zealand. 

Provisional  List  of  Species. 

1.  I.  alba  Salisb.  \  =  Fahricia  alba  Tbunb.  in  Fabric.   Reise  nach 

Norw.  p.  26  (1779). 

2.  1.  aqimtica. ;  ^  Hypoxis  aquatica  Linn.  f.  Suppl.   Plant,  p.  197 

(1781). 
B.  I.  curculigoides  ;  =  i/*//Jo.m  curculif/oides  Bolus,  in  Hook.  f.  Ic. 
Plant,  t.  2259 a  (1893),  non  Wall.  List  (1828). 

4.  I.  glabella;  =  Bypoxis  glabella  K.  Br.  Prodr.  i.  p.  289  (1810). 

5.  I.  gi'3iQi\i^es;  =  Hi/poxis  yracilipes  Scblecliter,  in  Engl.  Jahrb. 

xxvii.  p.  88  (1899). 

6.  I.  leptantha ;  =  H^^jo.iv's  leptantha  Bentli.  Fl.  Austral,  vi.  p.  451 

(1873). 

7.  I.  linearis  Salisb.  \  =  Hypoxis  linearis  Kennedy,  in  Andr.  Bot. 

Reposit.  t.  171  (Aug.  1801). 

8.  I.  Maximiliani ;  =  Hypoxis    Maximiliani  Sclilecbter,  in   Engl. 

Jahrb.  xxvii.  p.  89  (1899). 

9.  I.  minuta ;  =  Helonias  minuta  Linn.   Mant.    Plant,   ii.   p.   225 

(Oct.  1771). 

10.  I.  monophylla ;  =  Hypoxis    monophylla    Schlechter,    in    Engl. 

Jahrb.  xxiv.  p.  453  (1897). 

11.  1.  occidentalis ;  =  ii^t/;;o.uis  occidentalis  Benth.   Fl.  Austral,  vi. 

p.  451  (1873). 

12.  I.  ovata  Salisb.  ;=  Hypoxis  ovata  Linn.  f.  Supjil.  Plant,  p.  197 

(1781). 

13.  I.  pusilla  ;  =  Hypoxis  pusilla  Hook.  f.   Fl.   Tasman.  ii.  p.  86, 

t.  130  b  (1860),  non  H.  B.  et  K.  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp.  (1815). 

14.  I.  Schlecliteri ;  =  K^juo.f/s  Schlechteri   Bolus,   in  Hook.   f.   Ic. 

Plant,  t.  2259  b  (1893). 

15.  I.  serrata  Salisb.  ;  =  Fabricia  serrata  Thuub.   in  Fabric.   Reise 

nach  Norw.  p.  29  (1779). 

16.  I.  hiQ\\2^idi\  =  Amaryllis  capensis  Linn.  Sp.  Plant,  ed.  2,  p.  420 

(1762),  excl.  syn. ;  Hypoxis  stellata  Linn,  herb.,  etLinn.  f. 
Suppl.  Plant,  p.  197  ;  Spiloxene  stellata  Salisb.  Gen.  Plant, 
fraym.  p.  44. 

17.  I.  umbraticola ;  =  Hypoxis    umbraticola    Schlechter,   in   Engl. 

Jahrb.  xxvii.  p.  89  (1899). 


ON    lANTHE,    A    GENUS    OF    HYPOXIDACEiE  293 

Clavis  analytica. 

1.  Scapus  foliis  brevier.    Flores  1-3  in  pedunculo,  rarius  umbellati. 

*  Stamina  OBquilouga. 
*\\  Flores  umbellati. 
1.  aquatica  (2). 
11 5F  Flores  1-3  in  pedunculo. 
f  Scapus  basi  bracteatus. 

xPerigonium  expansum  8  mm.  diam. 

1.  minuta  (9). 
X  xPerigonium  expansum  88-50  mm.  diam. 
I.  linearis  [7). 
t  f  Scapus  infra  medium  bracteatus. 
X  Oapsula  subgloboso-turbinata. 

/.  ovata,  glabella  (12,  4). 
X  xCapsula  clavata. 

°Perigonium  expansum  10-20  mm.  diam. 

I.  serrata,  occidentaUs  (15,  11). 
°°  Perigonium  expansum  85-90  mm.  diam. 
1.  Maximiliani  (8). 
**  Stamina  inaequilonga  ;  filamenta  3  longiora,  3  breviora. 
X  Capsula  subgloboso-turbinata. 

/.  pusilla  (13). 
X  X  Capsula  clavata. 
°  Folia  plura. 

I.  leptantha  (6). 
°°  Folia  singula. 

I.  monophylla  (10). 

2.  Scapus  foliis  longior,  interdum  aequilongus.     Flores  in  pedun- 

culo solitarii,  rarius  2. 
■■'  Stamina  aequilonga. 

t  Scapus  basi  bracteatus. 

X  Stigmata  angusta  linearia. 
°  Cormus  longe  ovatus. 
/.  Schlechteri  (14). 
°°  Cormus  giobosus. 
I.  alha  (1). 
X  X  Stigmata  lata  oblongo-lanceolata. 
I.  cwc.uligoides  (3). 
t  \  Scapus  medio  bracteatus. 
I.  stellata  (16). 
"  ■''  Stamina  inaequilonga  ;   filamenta  3  longiora,  3  breviora. 
t  Perigonii  segmenta  ovario  longiora. 

I.  gracilipes  (5). 
1 1  Perigonii  segmenta  ovario  breviora. 
I,  umbraticola  (17). 

Salisbury  derives  the  generic  name  ''lanthe"  from  laivu  {i.e. 
late  floreo),  using  the  words  in  their  Ciceronian  sense,  and  without 
prejudice  to  the  wayward  nymph  of  that  name. 

Two  other  glabrous  species  of  Hypoxis  have  been  described  by 


294  THE    JOTTRNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Mr.  J.  Ct.  Baker.  One,  H.  Sculiyi,  may,  perhaps,  be  reduced  to  a 
variety  of  lanthe  aqnatica  ;  the  other  is  H.  Andrewsii,  otherwise 
H.  obJiqua  Andr.  {)ion  Jacq.).  This  latter  species  is  founded  on 
the  figure  of  a  plant  cultivated  in  a  Clapham  nursery,  and  nothing 
further  is  known  about  it.  An  examination  of  Andrews'  figure 
shows  that  the  rhizome  is  a  tuber  with  numerous  long  root-fibres, 
and  not  a  corm,  such  as  is  characteristic  of  other  species  which 
are  referred  to  lanthe.  If,  therefore,  the  species  is  to  be  kept  up,  it 
should  find  a  place  in  Hypo.vh  proper  until  more  can  be  known 
about  it. 

No  fossil  forms  or  impressions  of  any  of  the  Hi/po.ridea:  have 
been  identified. 

The  plate  which  illustrates  this  paper  represents  a  specimen  of 
lanthe  stellata,  and  is  reproduced  by  photography  from  a  sheet  in 
the  Linnean  Herbarium  to  which  a  single  specimen  is  attached, 
and  at  the  bottom  of  which  is  written  the  single  word  '  stellata ' 
in  Linne's  handwriting. 


MOSSES     OF     WEST     LANCASHIRE. 
By  J.  A.  Wheldon,  F.L.S.,  and  Albert  Wilson,  F.L.S. 

This  list,  which  is  supplementary  to  our  article  on  the  "  Mosses 
of  West  Lancashire"  {Joum.  Bot.  Nov.  and  Dec.  1899),  contains 
numerous  plants  which  are  new  not  only  to  vice-county  60,  but 
also  to  the  Mersey  Province.  These  latter  are  indicated  by  having 
an  asterisk  prefixed.  The  few  species  included  in  the  following 
pages  w4]ich  were  also  recorded  in  our  first  list  are  marked  by  an 
obelisk  sign,  and  are  introduced  here,  either  because  their  rarity  in 
the  county  renders  the  discovery  of  a  new  locality  interesting,  or 
because  we  wish  to  modify  statements  as  to  their  rarity  given  in 
the  list  named.  All  the  remaining  species  have  been  found  or 
determined  since  our  original  list  was  written. 

The  foregoing  remarks  are  not  intended  to  apply  to  the  Sphagna. 
Many  of  these  appeared  in  the  paper  quoted  under  other  names. 
The  publication  of  Mr.  Horrell's  work  on  the  European  Sphag- 
nacecB  called  for  a  revision  of  these,  and  that  we  have  so  soon 
been  able  to  allot  them  names  under  the  Warnstorfian  system  is 
entirely  due  to  the  great  help  given  us  by  Mr.  Horrell,  who  has 
spared  neither  time  nor  trouble  in  confirming,  correcting,  or 
naming  our  gatherings.  We  have  not  quoted  all  the  localities  we 
possess  for  each  species,  but  sufficient  to  indicate  the  richness 
of  the  Lancashire  fells  in  these  plants.  Some  bryologists  look 
askance  at  the  new  system  of  Sphagnology.  Whatever  faults  it 
has,  it  certainly  has  the  merit  of  finding  names  for,  and  enabling 
us  to  quote,  well-marked  and  commonly  occurring  forms  which 
could  not  be  satisfactorily  referred  anywhere  under  the  older 
arrangement. 

We  have  received  numerous  lists  and  specimens  from  Mr,  H. 


MOSSES    OF    WEST    LANCASHIRE  295 

Beesley,  of  Preston,  mostly  confirmed  by  Dr.  Braithwaite  or  Mr. 
Bagnall.  These  are  indicated  by  the  capital  B.  As  in  our  first 
list,  the  abbreviations  117/.  and  Wi.  stand  for  Wheldon  and  Wilson 
respectively ;  and  where  no  authority  is  quoted,  the  specimens 
were  found  by  the  authors  jointly.  The  figures  1,  2,  3  refer  to  our 
north,  east,  and  west  divisions,  as  defined  in  this  Journal  for 
Nov.  1899,  pp.  465  and  466. 

We  have  again  to  record  our  indebtedness  to  Messrs.  J.  E. 
Bagnall,  H.  N.  Dixon,  S.  M.  Macvicar,  and  Mons.  F.  Renauld  for 
much  help,  and  to  express  our  thanks  for  their  unfailing  kindness 
and  courtesy. 

Sphagnum  Jimhriatum  Wils.  var.  tenue  Grav.  3.  Cockerham 
Moss. — f.  compacta.  Cockerham  Moss. — "8.  Rm^sowii  Warust.  var. 
virescens  Russ.  2.  Caton  Moor,  Sept.  1900. — ''■'S.  Warnstorjii  Russ. 
var.  versicolor  Russ.  2.  Marshaw  Fell,  Wyresdale,  June,  1900,  Wi. 
— S.  ruhelhim  Wils.  var.  rnhnim  Grav.  2.  Wolfhole  Crag  and 
moor  above  Gavells  Clough,  Wi.  Clougha,  Wh,  Roeburndale  and 
Udale.  —  f.  robusta.  Upper  Roeburndale.  —  Var.  purpurasceua 
Warnst.  2.  Windy  Clough,  Wh.  Black  side  of  Tarnbrook  Fell, 
Wi. — Var.  versicolor  Russ.  2.  Black  side  of  Tarnbrook  Fell.  3. 
Cockerham  Moss.  1.  Greygarth  Fell. — Var.  pallescens  Warnst. 
Cockerham  Moss.  —  S.  acutifolium  Russ.  &  Warnst.  Apparently 
rarer  with  us  than  either  S.  rubcllum  or  S.  subnitens. — Var.  (jriseum. 
Warnst.  2.  Longridge  Fell,  Wh.  Lythe  Fell  and  Upper  Grize- 
dale,  Wi.  —  Var.  ijall ido-rflaucescens  V^avn&t.  2.  Harris  End  Fell, 
Wi. — Var.  pallescens  Warnst.  2.  Mallowdale  Fell.  Clougha,  Wh. 
V^hitnioov  {L  robusta  subf.  da><ijchtda).  —  Var.  i"g?*sico/or  Warnst.  f. 
robusta.  2.  Tarnbrook  Fell,  Wi. — Var.  jiavo-rubellum  Warnst. 
Mallowdale  Fell. — Var.  ?'mV^^  Warnst.  2.  Longridge  Fell,  Wli. 
White  Moss,  Roeburndale,  Wi.  Scorton,  B. — f.  f/racilis.  2.  White 
side  of  Tarnbrook  Fell,  117. — f.  auo-orthoclada.  2.  Windy  Clough, 
Wh.  Gavells  Clough,  TT7. — Var.  rubrum  Warnst.  2.  Clougha, 
Wh.  Whitmoor,  Lower  Salter,  Wi.  —  '''-S.  quinquefarium  VJavust. 
var.  viride  W.  2.  Clougha,  Wh.  —  S.  subnitens  R.  &  W.  Common 
on  the  fells. — Y&v.  ^flavo-rubellnm  Warnst.  2.  Longridge  and  Fair- 
snape  Fell,  Wh.  Bleasdale  Fell,  Fairsuape  Clough,  Upper  Grize- 
dale,  and  Calder  Valley,  Tf7.  1.  Whittington  Moor,  117.  —  Var. 
versicolor  Warnst.  2.  Upper  Grizedale,  Admarsh,  and  Lythe  Fell, 
Wi.  1.  Whittington  Moor  and  Ireby  Fell,  117.  — Var.  griseum 
Warnst.  1.  Upper  Ease  Gill,  Wi.  —  Var.  violascens  Warnst.  2. 
Longridge  Fell,  Wh.  Upper  Roeburndale,  Calder  Valley,  Blaze 
Moss,  and  Trough  of  Bowland,  Wi.  Tarnbrook  Fell. — Var.  virescens 
Warnst.  2.  Fairsnape  Clough,  Wi. — Var.  obscurum  Warnst.  2. 
Wardstone.  Upper  Grizedale  and  Blaze  Moss,  117. — Var.  flares- 
cens  Warnst.  1.  Gressingham  Moor,  117.  —  Var.  pallescens 
Warnst.  Upper  Grizedale,  117. — S.  squarrosum  Pers.  var.  spectabile 
Russ.  2.  Dolphinholme,  Wh.  Barnacre,  near  Garstang,  Wi. 
Mallowdale  Fell  and  Greenbank  Fell.  —  Ym.  subsquarrosuui^w^^. 
2.  Calder  Valley,  near  Garstang,  Wi.  Mallowdale  Fell.  —  S.  teres 
Angstr.    var.   squarrosulum   Warnst.      3.    Cockerham    Moss.  —  .S\ 


ayb  THK  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

cusjyidatum  R.  &  W.  Common  on  the  fells  and  mosses. — Var. 
falcatum  Russ.  2.  Upper  Grizedale,  Lower  Bleasdale,  and  Lythe 
Fell,  Wi.  Longridge  Fell,  Wh. — Var.  suhmersum  Scbimp.  Common 
on  all  the  fells.  —  Var.  plumosum  Nees  &  Hornsch.  Cockerham 
Moss,  Wh.  d-  Wi.  Near  Scorton,  B.  —  S.  trinitense  C.  Mull.  3. 
Cockerham  Moss.  2.  Longridge  Fell,  Wh.  Lower  Bleasdale,  Wi. 
— S.  pitlchruni  Warnst.  2.  Upper  Roeburndale,  Wi.  3.  Cocker- 
ham Moss.  —  "^'-S.  obtusum  Warnst.  3.  Cockerham  Moss,  June, 
1900.  —  S.  recurvwn  R.  &  W.  Very  common  on  the  fells  and 
mosses. — Var.  mucronatiim  Warnst.  3.  Cockerham  Moss,  June, 
1900.  2.  Longridge  Fell,  Wh.  Harris  End  Fell  and  Whitmoor, 
Wi.    Wardstone. — Var.  amblypJn/llum  Warnst.    Longridge  Fell,  B. 

—  S.  molluscum  Bruch.  1.  Easegill.  2.  Whitmoor,  Wi.  Tarn- 
brook  Fell.  —  f.  compacta  Warust.  Cockerham  Moss.  —  S.  compac- 
turn  DC.  Frequent  on  the  drier  fells.  —  Var.  imhyicatum  Warnst. 
2.  Longridge  Fell,  Wh.  Whitmoor  and  Tarnbrook  Fell,  Wi. 
White  Moss,  Hindburn.  —  Var.  s</6s^urt>vosM>»  Warnst.  2.  Long- 
ridge Fell,  Wh.  Whitmoor,  Wi.  White  Moss,  Hindburn.  1. 
Gressingham  and  Arkholme  Moor,  Wi.  —  S.  subsecundiim  Limpr. 
2.  Longridge,  L\  —  *5.  inundatum  ^N&vmt.  1.  Lords  Lot  Wood, 
Arkholme,  Wi.  2.  Longridge,  B. — S.  rufescens  Warnst.  Common 
on  the  fells  and  mosses.  1.  Whittington  Moor,  Wi.  2.  Longridge 
Fell,  Wh.  Lower  Bleasdale,  Wi.  Tarnbrook  Fell.  —  '''S.  aquatile 
Warnst.  2.  Longridge  Fell,  Wli.  Whitmoor. — "*S.  crassicladum 
Warnst.  Rather  frequent.  2.  Slope  of  Fairsnape  Fell  towards 
Chipping,  Clougha,  and  Ellel,  Wh.     Harris  End  Fell,  Wi.     Udale. 

—  -''S.  medium  Limpr.  var.  roseum  Warnst.  2.  Tatham  Moor,  Wi. 
White  Moss,  Hindburn,  Upper  Roeburndale,  and  Tarnbrook  Fell. 
— Var.  roseo-pallescens  Warnst.  2.  Wolfhole  Crag,  117.  3.  Cocker- 
ham Moss. — S.  cymbifolium  Warnst.  Not  nearly  as  frequent  as  the 
next. — Var.  glaucescens  Warnst.  1.  Lords  Lot  Wood,  Wi.  2. 
Wardstone,  Wh.  S  Wi.  Scorton,  B.  —  S.  papillosum  Lindb.  var. 
normale.  Common  on  the  fells,  as  also  f.  conferta.  —  Var.  sublave 
Limpr.  Frequent  on  the  fells,  and  sometimes  attaining  an 
enormous  size.  —  -''S.  turfaceum  Warnst.  2.  Longridge  Fell  and 
Clougha,  Wh.     3.  Cockerham  Moss.     1.  Arkholme  Moor,  Wi. 

Andreaa  Bothii  W.  &  M.  2.  Upper  Roeburndale,  Oct.  1899. 
Whiteray  Gill,  Hindburn  ;  North  side  of  Harris  End  Fell,  and 
Tarnbrook  Fell,  Wi.  —  Var.  falcata  Lindb.  2.  Catshaw  Greave, 
April,  1900,  Wi.  Hawthornthwaite  Greave. — A.  crassinervia^vwoh. 
2.  Upper  Roeburndale,  Oct.  1899. 

\Tetraphis  Browniana  Grev.  2.  Grit  rocks  by  a  waterfall  near 
Botton,  Hindburn,  Oct.  1899,  Wh.  d  Wi.  By  two  falls  in  Whiteray 
Gill,  two  and  a  half  miles  from  the  above,  Wi. 

\Oligotrichum  incurvum,  Lindb.  2.  This  proves  to  be  frequent, 
even  abundaut  in  several  localities  at  the  head  of  Wyresdale,  Wi. ; 
also  in  Hindburn,  Roeburndale,  &c. 

\Catharinea  crispa  James.  2.  Since  recording  this  we  have 
found  it  abundantly  by  most  of  the  dale  streams — e.g.  Hindburn, 
Roeburndale,  Foxdale,  Udale,  Tarnbrook  Wyresdale,  Marshaw 
Wyresdale,  Grizedale,  and  Hodder  Valley. 


MOSSES    OF    WEST    LANCASHIRE  297 

Polytrichum  aloides  Hedw.  var.  Dicksojii  Wallm.  2.  By  the 
Lune  between  Lancaster  and  Caton,  sparingly,  May,  1900,  Wh. — 
P.  nanum  Neck.     1.  Gatebarrow  Woods,  near  Silverdale,  Wi. 

Pleuridmni  axillare  Liiidb.  2.  On  the  mud  of  a  recently-drained 
mill  dam,  Calder  Vale,  Dec.  26th,  1900. — f  P.  alteniij'olium  Raben. 
3.  Cottam,  B. 

Brachi/odus  trichodes  Fiirnr.  2.  Gully  west  of  Dale  Beck, 
Greenbank  Fell,  Hmdburn,  Oct.  1899. 

Dicranella  riifescens  Schimp.  2.  Over  Salter,  Roeburndale,  Oct. 
1898 ;  and  Tatham  Beck,  Hindburn,  Wi.  Greenbank  Fell  and 
Caton  Moor. 

Blindia  acuta  B.  &  S.      2.  Gavells  Clough,  Wyresdale,  June, 

1900,  Wi. 

■'Campijlopus  atrovirens  De  Not.  2.  Clougha  Scar,  Oct.  1899, 
Wh.  Slope  of  Wardstoue  towards  Tarnbrook  Fell  at  1300  feet, 
June,  1900.  In  both  localities  on  Millstone  Grit.  —  "0.  flexn- 
osus  Brid.  var.  zonatns  Milde  (=  var.  majus  Boul.).  White  side 
of  Tarnbrook  Fell,  June,  1900,  Wi.  We  are  indebted  to  Mr. 
Dixon  for  the  determination  of  this  fine  and  distinct  looking 
variety. 

Dicranodontiwii  longirostre  B.  &  S.  2.  Deep  shaded  hollows 
amongst  grit  rocks  on  Hell  Crag,  Tarnbrook  Fell,  Sept.  1900. — 
tVar.  alpinus  Schimp.  1.  A  second  locality  for  this  has  been  found, 
viz.  Greygarth  Fell,  at  1900  feet,  Aug.  1899,  Wi. 

''Dicramim  scoparium  Hedw.  var.  paludosum  Schimp.  1.  Whit- 
tington  Moor,  Wi. 

Fissideiis  viriduhts  Wahl.  var.  Lyiei  Wils.  3.  Near  Garstang, 
Jan.  1900,  Wi.—F.  exilis  Hedw.     3.  Lea,  B. 

Grimmia  Doniana  Smith.  1.  Greygarth  Fell,  near  summit, 
July,  1899,  Wi. 

''Rhacomitrium  protensmn  Braun.  2.  A  small  form  of  this  occurs 
on  rocks  by  the  Wyre  near  Dolphinholme,  May,  1900,  Wit. 

Pottia  intermedia  Fiirnr.  3.  Between  Lytham  and  St.  Annes, 
Jan.  1900,  Wh.  1.  Near  Middleton  and  Overton,  Wi.  Silverdale 
and  Carnforth,  Wh.  —  f  P.  recta  Mitt.  1.  Near  Carnforth  and 
Silverdale,  Wh.  Henridden  and  Yealand,  Wi. — P.  lanceolata  C.  M. 
Several  places  near  Silverdale,  Feb.  1901,  Wi. 

Barhula  Hornschuchiana  Schultz.  3.  Southshore,  near  Black- 
pool, March,  1898,  Wh.     1.  Thrang  End,  V/i. 

■■'Pleurochcete  squarrosa  Lindb.  3.  Limestone  rocks  near  Silver- 
dale,  Oct.  1900,  Wh. 

\Orthotrichwn  Lyellii  Hook.  &  Tayl.  1.  Not  unfrequent  on  trees 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Whittington,  Melling,  and  Cantsfield,  Wi. 
—^=0.  leiocarpum  B.  &  S.  1.  On  elders,  Silverdale,  Feb.  1901,  Wi. 
— 0.  teiielliwi  Bruch.      2.    In  small  quantity  near  Garstang,  Dec. 

1901,  Wi.  {teste  Dixon). 

\Tetraplodon  mnioides  B.  &  S.     Clougha,  Wh. 
Splachnum  sphcericum  Linn.  f.      2.    Wardstone,  at  1600  feet, 
June,  1900. 

Physcomitrium  pyriforme  Brid.     Catforth  and  Ashton,  1900,  B. 
Disceliwn  nudum   Brid.      2.    Tatham  Beck,   Hindburn,   Sept. 


298  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  HOTANV 

1899,  abundant,  Wi.     Caton  Moor  and  near  Tarnbrook ;  with  fruit 
in  each  locality. 

\Amhhjodon  dealbatns  P.  Beauv.  2.  Moor  near  Gavells  Clough, 
on  the  white  side  of  Tarnbrook  Fell,  Wi. 

Aulacomnium.  andnxjipiiua  Schwaeg.     3.  Lea,  1900,  B. 

■\Webera  eJongata  Schwaeg.  2.  Near  Garstang,  B.  (teste  Dr. 
Braithwaite). 

\Leucodon  sciuroides   Schwaeg.      1.    On  a  wall  near  Ireby,  Wi. 
Trees  near  Borwick,  Wi.     3.  Weeton,  near  Blackpool,  very  fine,  B. 
Heterochidinm  heteropterum  B.  &  S.     2.   Waterfall  near  Bolton, 
Hindburn,  Oct.  1899.     Clougha,  Wh. 

''''Cyli'ndrotheciuDi  concinnuDi  Schimp.  1.  Amongst  Tliaidium 
recognitum,  Silverdale,  April,  1900,  WJi.  Roadside  south-west  of 
Dalton  Crag,  very  fine,  Wi. 

■''■  Brack ytliecinm  velutinum  B.  &  S.  var.  intricatum  Hedw.  3.  Cat- 
forth,  B.  [teste  Dr.  Braithwaite).  —  -Var.  pralonyum  B.  &  S.  3. 
Lytham,  B.  [teste  Dr.  Braithwaite).  —  B.  salebroswn  B.  &  S.  3. 
Ashton,  near  Preston,  1900,  B. 

■''Eunjnchitim  ruscifonne  Milde  var.  atlanticum  Brid.  2.  Near 
Botton,  Hindburn,  Oct.  1899. — ^'E.abbreviatum  Schimp.  1.  Rocky 
wood  near  Silverdale,  Oct.  1900,  Wh.  —  E.  teneUum  Milde.  1. 
Silverdale,  in  several  localities,  Tf7t.     Scorton,  B. 

'■'Plaf/iothecium,  denticulatum  B.  &  S.  var.  densiun  Schimp.  2. 
Clougha  Pike,  Oct.  1899,  Wh. 

'''AmbhjsLegium.  JuratzLcB.  3.  By  the  canal  between  Galgate  and 
Glasson,' Sept.  1900,  Wh.  Lea,  B.—A.  ^fiuviatile  B.  &  S.  1.  Rocks 
in  the  Leighton  Beck,  Wi.  —  =;=^.  Jilici)uim  De  Not.  var.  trichodes 
Brid.     Coast  between  Silverdale  and  lugs  Point,  117*. 

jHypnnm  riparium  L.  var.  lonyifoiiiun  Schimp.  2.  On  rotten 
wood  in  a  pond  at  Claughton,  near  Garstang,  March,  1900,  Wi. — 
H.  aduncum  Hedw.  (group  typicuiti)  '''f.  falcata  Ren.  3.  Sandhills 
near  St.  Annes,  Wh. — ff.  yracilescens  Ren.  Between  Lytham  and 
St.  Annes,  Wh. —  '-^'f.  diversifolia,  Ren.  St.  Annes,  Wh. —  '''(Group 
Kneiifii)  var.  atteniiatinii  Boul.  (confirmed  by  Renauld).  3.  Near 
Catterall,  very  fine  and  characteristic,  Wi.  —  Var.  inter luedium 
Schimp.  3.  Ashton,  near  Preston,  17  April,  1901,  B.  —  {(Group 
pseudofluitans)  var.  paternum  Sanio.  3.  Ashton,  near  Preston, 
April,  1901,  B.  —  Jl.  Jinitans  {ampJnbium)  "'var.  Jeanbernati  Ren. 
Frequent  on  the  fells.  2.  White  Moss,  Hindburn. — '''Forma  Holleri 
(Sanio)  Ren.  A  form  of  the  preceding,  apparently,  found  in  more 
exposed  places  and  at  higher  altitudes.  We  place  it  here  on  Mons. 
Renauld's  advice.  2.  Longridge  Fell,  Wh.  Tatham  Moor,  Cat- 
shaw  Fell,  and  Hawthorntbwaite  Fell,  Tr7.  Mallowdale  Fell, 
Wardstone,  Tarnbrook  Fell,  and  Bleasdnle.  —  "Forma  teiiella  Ren. 
Bleasdale. — -Forma  condensata  Sanio.  2.  W^hite  Moss,  Hindburn. 
—  Var.  elatum  Ren.  et  Arnell.  A  form  at  present  doubtful,  of 
which  Mons.  Renauld  writes  '^ad  var.  elatum  accedens,"  was  found 
by  us  on  Cockerham  Moss,  June,  1900.  —  "Var.  qracile  Boul.  2. 
Longridge  Fell,  Oct.  1898,  Wh.  Botton  Head  Fell  and  Whiteray 
Fell,  Wi.  2.  Greygarth  Fell,  Wi.  3.  Cockerham  Moss.  —  >!^Var. 
Payoti  Ren.     2.  Greenbank  Fell.  —  t(Gr.  falcatum)  var.  falcatmn 


MOSSES  OF  WEST  LANCASHIRE  299 

Schimp.  2.  Harris  End  Fell,  Fairsnape  Fell,  and  Lower  Bleasdale, 
Wi.  —  '''Var.  ovale  Ren.  MS.,  var.  nov.  Small,  slightly  branched, 
procumbent,  of  the  characteristic  colour  of  the  group,  alar  cells 
coloured  and  slightly  incrassate.  Leaves  oval,  suddenly  contracted 
to  a  moderate  subule  ;  nerve  weak,  and  often  forked.  Near  summit 
of  Greygarth  Fell,  at  1800  feet,  Wi.  Found  also  on  Peudle  Hill  in 
S.  Lanes.  —  (Gr.  exannulatum)  *var.  jnnnatum  Boul.  2.  Calder 
Valley  and  Bleasdale  Fell,  Wi.  Mallowdale  Fell  and  Hindburn. 
1.  Berwick  Swamp  and  Greygarth  Fell,  Wi. — ■■'•Fovnm,<;ten<)ph}/lloides 
Ren.  MS.  Tatham  Moor,  Hindburn,  Wi. — "Forma  polijclada  Ren. 
MS.  White  Moss,  Hindburn,  &c.  —  fVar.  brachydictyoii  Fien.  2. 
White  Moss,  Hindburn.  —  (Subgroup  Rotre)  var.  fttlci folium  Ren. 
3.  St.  Annes,  TFA,  2.  Between  Greenbank  and  Dolphinholme,  TFA. 
Marshaw,  Wi. —  "Forma  immdata  Ren.  Marshaw,  Wi.  —  -'H.  ver- 
nicoswn  Lindb.  var.  majus  Lindb.  1.  Bog  near  Docker,  Nov.  1900, 
Wi.  —  \H.  revolvens  Swartz.  The  state  which  Renauld  formerly 
called  var.  suhaiuiculatiun  occurs  with  the  last  at  Docker. — H. 
ochraceum  Turn.  *var.  complanatum  Milde.  2.  In  the  Tatham  Beck, 
Hindburn,  Sept.  1899,  Wi.  —  Var.  fiaccidmi  Milde.  Hindburn, 
Oct.  1899.  —  H.  palustre  Linn.  var.  hamulosum  B.  &  S.  2.  Damas 
Gill,  Wyresdale,  Wh. — H.  scorpioides  Linn.  1.  By  Leighton  Beck, 
Silverdale,  Aug.  1899,  and  near  Docker,  Wi.  2.  Marshaw  Fell, 
Wyresdale,  Wi.  —  H.  giganteum  Schimp.  3.  Sparingly  at  St. 
Annes,  Aug.  1899,  Wi.'  1.  Bog  near  Docker,  with  fruit,  Wi.— 
■'H.  sarmentosHui  Wahl.  2.  Marshaw  Fell,  Wyresdale,  at  only 
650  feet !     June,  1900,  Wi. 

\Hylocomium    brevirostre   B.    &    S.       1.     Gatebarrow    and    near 
Leighton  Beck,  Wi. 

J  Frullania  fragilifolia  Tayl.     1.  Dalton  Crag. 
Lepidozia   Pearsoni  Spruce.       2.    Apparently    frequent    on    the 
higher   gritstone   moorlands.       Longridge    Fell,    Feb.    1899,   and 
Clougha,    Wh.     Mallowdale   Fell,    Hell   Crag,    Haylot    Fell    and 
Udale. 

Kantia    Sprengellii    Mast.       2.     Longridge,    1896,    c.  frt.,    Wli. 
Upper  Grizedale,  Wi.    Udale.    Railway  cutting  near  Garstang,  Wi. 

iCephalozia  Lammersiana   Huben.      2.    Upper   Grizedale,  Wi. — 
to.  sphagni  Dicks.      2.  White  Moss,  Hindburn.      3.  Cockerham 


Scapmiia  resupinata  (Nees).  2.  Clougha,  Wh.  Tarnbrook  Fell, 
Wi.  —  Var.  minor  Pears.  2.  Long  Crag,  above  Tarnbrook  Fell, 
and  Whiteray  Fell,  Hmdburn,  Wi.  Clougha,  Wh. — S.  neviorom  (L.) 
1.  Warton,  April,  1899,  Wi.     2.  Upper  Grizedale,  Wi. 

Lophocolea  cuspidata  Limpr.     2.  Leagram  Hail,  W]i. 
■\MyHaanomala  Hook.     White  Moss,  Hindburn. 

Nardia  compressa  Hook.  2.  Longridge  Fell,  July,  1898,  Wh. 
By  the  Roeburn  below  Wolfhole  Crag,  and  on  Haylot  Fell. 

Blasia  pusilla  (Linn.).     2.   Caton  Moor,  Sept.  1900. 

Ricciella  Jiuitans  Linn.  2.  Between  Whittingham  Asylum  and 
Longridge,  July,  1900,  Wh. 


300  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

SOME     RECENT     ADDITIONS     TO     THE     BRITISH 
MUSEUM     ACANTHACE^. 

By  Spencer  Le  M.  Moore,  F.L.S. 

The  following  list  contains  determinations  of  African  AcanthacecB 
recently  received  at  the  Museum,  as  well  as  of  some  which,  by 
accident,  were  not  seen  by  Mr.  C.  B.  Clarke  while  working  at  his 
two  monographs  which  deal  with  the  Order  as  represented  in 
Tropical  and  South  Africa. 

Thunhergia  affinis  S.  Moore.     Machakos  ;   Dr.  S.  L.  Hinde, 

T.  alata  Bojer  var.  minor  (var.  uov.). 

Folia  parva,  nequaquam  ultra  2-5  cm.  long.,  modica  1*5  cm. 
long.,  margine  dentata ;  petioli  plerumque  l*5-2-0  cm.  long., 
angustissime  alata.  Bracteolae  modo  1-3  cm.  long.  CoroUae  tubus 
nee  ultra  1*5  cm.  long. 

Hab.     Tropical  East  Africa;  Bcv.  W.  E.  Taylor. 

According  to  the  single  specimen  seen,  a  lowly  twiner,  about 
half  a  metre  in  height. 

Thunbergia  (§  Euthunbergia)  Elliotii,  sp.  nov.  Verisimiliter 
scandens  caule  gracili  folioso  sparsim  ramoso  appresse  hirsutulo, 
foliis  parvis  ovatis  obtusis  basi  latis  integris  nonnunquam  leviter 
undulatis  petiolis  brevibus  alatis  fultis  utriuque  pr^esertim  vero 
subtus  hirsutulis,  pedunculis  solitariis  folia  sub^quantibus  hirsu- 
tulis,  bracteolis  ovato-oblongis  breviter  acuminatis  hirsutis,  calycis 
12-lobi  lobis  anguste  lineari-lanceolatis  tubum  sub^equantibus 
glanduloso-pubescentibus,  corollas  tubo  parum  amplificato  bracteis 
subaequilongo,  antheris  sursum  mucronatis  staminum  posticorum 
unicalcaratis  anticorum  bicalcaratis  marginibus  fere  omnino  calvis, 
stigmatis  bilabiati  labiis  subasquimagnis,  capsula . 

Hab.  BritishEastAfrica,Nandi,  7-8000  feet;  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot, 
No.  6969. 

Foliorum  lamina  2-0-2'5  cm.  long.,  1-5-2-0  cm.  lat.,  in  sicco 
minutissime  buUulata ;  petioli  0'3-0'5  cm.  long.  Pedunculi  circa 
2-0  cm.  long.  Bracteolae  usque  ad  2-0  cm.  long.,  5-nervos^,  intus 
puberulee.  Calycis  tubus  0-2  cm.,  lobi  0-25  cm.  long.  Corollas 
tubus  basi  0-3  cm.  sub  limbo  055  cm.  diam. ;  limbus  circa  2*0  cm. 
diam.,  ejus  lobi  obovati.  Antherte  loculi  circa  0*3  cm.  long. 
Ovarium  0-2  cm. ;  stylus  vix  1-0  cm.  long. 

Near  T.  lahorans  Burkill,  but  differing  from  it  in  the  broad 
petiolate  leaves,  acuminate  bracteoles,  narrower  corolla-tube,  longer 
glandular  teeth  to  the  flowering  calyx,  &c. 

Brillantaisia  puhescens  T.  And.  Between  Zanzibar  and  Uyui ; 
Rev.  W.  E.  Taylor. 

B.  madagascariensis  T.  And.  Tropical  East  Africa ;  Rev.  W. 
E.  Taylor. 

Buellia  patula  Jacq.    Somaliland,  Mio,  4750  feet ;  Lord  Delamere. 

Mellera  suhmutica  C.  B.  CI.     Nyassaland,  1895  ;  Buchanan. 

Miuutlopsis  runssorica  liUideiVL.  Tanganyika;  G.  E.  Scott  Elliot, 
No.  8354. 


SOftlK   IIKCENT  AD1>1T1()NS  TO  THK   BRITISH   MUSEUM   AOANTHACE^      301 

Whitjieldia  SUihlmanni  C.  B.  CI.  Eabai,  Mombasa;  Eev,  W. 
h.  fay  lor. 

Dijschoriste  radicans  T.  And.  Somaliland,  Gof  and  Elhimo  ; 
Lord  Delamere. 

Micranthus  lowjifolia  Lindan.  Tropical  East  Africa  ;  Rev.  W. 
ii.  Tai/lor. 

Acanthus  enmiens  C.  B.  CI.     Kikuyu  ;  F.  J.  Jackson. 

Pseudoblepharis  BoiviniBiiiW.  Giryama  and  Tsimba  Mountains  : 
Rev.  ]\  .  E.  Taylor. 

Blepharis  extenuata,  sp.  nov.  Suffrntex  parvus  ramosus 
g  aber,  rainis  patulis  parum  angulatis,  foliis  sessilibus  lineari- 
oblanceolatis  apice  breviter  spinulosis  marginibus  2-3-spinuloso- 
serratis  subcoriaceis  paribus  juxtapositis  sub^equalibus,  ramulis 
florileris  abbreviatis  solitariis  vel  paucis  (usque  ad  4)  aggre^atis, 
loins  florahbus  auguste  linearibus  longe  patenterque  spinoso  pin- 
natifidis  spims  utrinque  2-3,  bractea  parva  rigida  triangulari- 
cleltoidea  sursum  serrulata  quam  bracteolcT  breviore,  bracteolis 
subulatis  debihter  spmuloso-acuminatis  a  calyce  superatis,  calycis 
rigidi  minutissnne  pubescentis  lobo  postico  integro  vel  breviter 
tritido  xobum  anticum  excedente,  corolL^  minutissime  pubescentis 
labio  5-lobo,  capsula . 

Hab.     Namaqualand  ;    W.  C.  Scully,  No.  243. 

Caulis  usque  ad  0-3  cm.  diam.,  pallida.  Kamuli  brunneo- 
rubescentes,  cortice  subnitenti  laxe  obducti,  circa  0-2  cm.  diam 
^olia  1-5-20  cm  long.,  vix  0-3  cm.  lat.  Folia  floralia  usque  ad 
d-5  cm.  long.,  deorsum  carinata  et  0-2  cm.  lat. ;  liarum  spin^e 
patentes  0-5-0-8  cm.  long.,  rigid.^.  Bracte*  0'3  cm.  bracteolc4que 
u-b  cm.  long.  Galycis  lobus  anticus  ovato-oblougus,  4-dentatus 
U'7  cm.  long  ;  denies  intermedii  laterales  excedentes  ;  lobus  posti- 
cus panduriformis,  1-5  cm.  long.  ;  lobi  laterales  ovati,  acummati, 
0-6  cm.  long.  Flores  verisimiliter  lutescentes.  Corolla  tota  1-8  cm 
long. ;  tubus  0-35  cm.  long.  ;  labmm  sursum  0-6  cm.  lat.,  huius 
lobi  exteriores  brevissimi,  lobi  intermedii  fere  semicirculai4s, 
U  65  cm  lat.,  lobus  centralis  late  obcordatus,  0-24  cm.  lat.  Anther* 
U'd  cm.  long. 

Apparently  nearest  B.  XoU-me-tanyere  S.  Moore,  this  can  easily 
be  distnaguished  by  its  narrow  leaves,  slender  floral  leaves  set 
with  long  and  thin  spines,  the  bract  much  shorter  than  the 
bracteoles,  &c. 

Blepharis  Scullyi,  sp.  nov.     Acaulis,  radice  elongato  valido 

sparsissime  fibrilhiero,  foliis  sessilibus  oblanceolatis  apice  crebroque 

marginibus  spinescentibus  hirsutulis  membranaceis,  ramulis  flori- 

eris   elongatis  attenuatis  multifloris,   bracteis  imbricatis  late  ob- 

ongo-obovatis  sursum    5-lobis    pubescentibus  lobis  3  intermediis 

longioribus  utrinque  semel  vel  bis  spinulosis  lobis  omnibus  apice 

eleganter  s'pmosis,  bracteolis  subulatis  pubescentibus  quam  bractea) 

manifeste  brevioribus,  calycis  ampli  pubescentis  lobo  postico  quam 

anticus  paulo  majore,  coroUee  labio  5-lobo,  capsula  1-sperma. 

Mab.     Namaqualand ;   W.  C.  Scully,  No.  249. 

Radix  fere  20-0  cm.  long.,  rectus,  sursum  0-3  cm.  diam.     Folia 

circa  5*0  cm.  long,  et  1-0  cm.  lat.,  serratur^  spinulos*  usque  ad 


302  THE    JOURNAL    OF     BOTANY 

0*5  cm.  long.  Rcamuli  floriferi  usque  lO'O  cm.  long.,  circa  1*5  cm. 
lat.  Bructea  in  sicco  substiaminea  paullo  ultra  2*0  cm.  long., 
I'O  cm.  lat.,  concava;  lobi  intermedii  triangulares,  0*8  cm.  long.  ; 
lobi  externi  0'15  cm.  long.  Bracteohe  0-8  cm.  long.  Calycis  lobus 
posticus  ovatus  apice  breviter  spinosus,  1-5  cm.  long.,  basi  0*9  cm. 
lat.;  lobus  anticus  brevissime  bidentatus  1-3  cm.  long.,  basi  0*6 cm. 
lat.  ;  lobi  laterales  0-8  cm.  long.  Corolla  tota  vix  2*5  cm.  long.  ; 
tubus  07  cm.  long.,  deorsum  dilatatus  sursum  cylindricus,  pars 
cylindrica  0'4  cm.  long.,  pubescens  ;  labium  sursum  0-85  cm.  lat.  ; 
hujus  lobi  externi  ovati,  obtusissirai,  0*15  cm.  long.;  lobi  inter- 
medii circa  0*3  cm.  long. ;  lobus  centralis  obcordatus,  0*33  cm. 
long.  Antherse  0*32  cm.  long.  Capsula  1*0  cm.  long.,  0*4  cm. 
lat.     Semen  liumectatum  circa  0*5  cm.  lat. 

Lepidiigathis  scariosa  Nees.     Gof  ;   Lord  Dehunere. 

L.  Andersunicma  Lindau.    Nyassaland,  1895  ;  Buchanan,  No.  228. 

Crabbea  velutina  S.  Moore.  Somaliland,  between  Le  and  Tocha; 
Lord  Delauiere. 

Crossandra  pum/ens  Lindau.  Rabai,  Mombasa  and  Giryama 
and  Tsimba  Mountains ;  Ber.  W.  E.  Taylor. 

0.  spinosa  Beck.     Mio,  4750  feet ;  Lord  Delauiere. 

C.  iinicronata  Lindau.  Giryama  and  Tsimba  Mountains  ;  Bcv. 
W.  E.  Taylor. 

[Obs. — C.  puberiila  Klotzsch  var.  ?  Smithii  C.  B.  Clarke  in  Flora 
of  Trop.  Africa,  v.  p.  117.  The  type  of  this  variety — it  is  in  the 
British  Museum — is  manifestly  not  in  any  way  related  to  C.  pube- 
rala  Klotzsch.  To  me  it  seems  to  be  merely  C.  nilotica  Oliv.  var. 
acuminata  Lindau.] 

Barleria  eranthemoides  R.  Br.  Somaliland,  Jara  ;  Dr.  Donald- 
son Smith.  Between  Cantalla  and  Hadda,  and  between  Le  and 
Tocha ;  Lord  Delamere. 

B.  irritans  Nees.  Cape  Colony,  between  Graaf  Reinet  and 
Zuurberg  Mountains  ;  Bcv.  H.  C.  Day.  Without  locality  ; 
Mrs.  Clarke. 

B.  setiyera  Rendle,  var.  ?  brevi.spina  C.  B.  CI.  East  Tropical 
Africa  ;    Bev.  W.  E.  Taylor. 

B.  spinulosa  Klotzsch.     Nyassaland;   Buchanan,  1895,  No.  224. 

B.  ventricosa  Nees.  Somaliland,  Wagga  Mountain;  Mrs.  Lort 
Phillips. 

B.  Volkensii  Lindau.  Rabai  Hills,  Mombasa;  Bev.  W.  E.  Taylor. 
Near  Lake  Marsabit ;  Lord  Delamere. 

Neuracanthus  gracilior,  sp.  nov.  Caule  erecto  tereti  scabri- 
usculo  crebro  folioso,  foliis  lanceolato-  vel  ovato-oblongis  obtusis 
sessilibus  vel  subsessilibus  basin  versus  cuneatis  undulatis  firme 
membranaceis  glabris  pag.  sup.  nitenti  necnon  cystolithis  eminenti- 
bus  onusta  pag.  inf.  aliquatenus  decolori  reticulato-nervosa,  spicis 
strobiliformibus  sat  attenuatis  terminalibus  vel  ex  axillis  summis 
ortis,  bracteis  ovatis  spinuloso-acuminatis  longe  fulvo-ciliatis  dorso 
puberulis  et  eminenter  nervosis,  calycis  bracteis  sequilongi  lobis 
lineari-setaceis  acuminatis  pilis  hispidis  dense  obsitis  anticis  quam 
postici  altius  connatis,  coroUse  labio  postico  2-lobo  lobis  late  del- 


S(»MK   RECENT  ADDITIONS  TO  THK   BRITISH   MUSEUM   ACANTHACEA:      303 

toideis  obtusissimis  labio   aiitico  brevissime   3-lobo,  ovarii  loculis 
2-ovulatis,  capsula . 

Hab.  Manoiigo  between  the  Cuiiene  and  Zambesi  Rivers ; 
H.  Baiuii,  No.  852. 

Planta  circa  30-0  cm.  alt.  Folia  4-0-G-5  cm.  long.,  inferiora 
nommnqiiam  fere  3-0  cm.  lat.  attingentia,  modica  vero  1  •2-1-5  cm. 
lat.  Spic^  usque  ad  7-0  cm.  long.,  vix  1-0  cm.  lat.  Bracteee 
0'8-0-9  cm.  long.,  juxta  medium  0-45  cm.  lat. ;  nervse  longitudi- 
nales  9.  Calyx  0*9  cm.  long.  ;  lobi  antici  0-5  cm.,  postici  0-6  cm. 
long.  Corolla  M  cm.  long.  ;  linibus  0-6  cm.  diam.  Ovarium 
ovoideum,  0-12  cm.  long. ;  stylus  0-3  cm.  long.,  glaber. 

Distributed  as  Nenracanthiis  deconia  S.  Moore,  which,  however, 
has  much  broader  spikes,  different  bracts,  differently  shaped  calyx- 
lobes  connate  higher  up  and  to  the  same  height  in  the  case  of  both 
anticous  and  posticous  lobes,  &c. 

Pseuderanthemum  Hildebraiultu  Lindau.  Rabai  Hills,  Mombasa 
and  Giryama  and  Tsimba  Mountains;  Rev.  W.  E.  Taylor. 

P.  siibviscosum  (PJranthe)niim  mbviscosim  C.  B.  CL).  Nyassahmd, 
1895;   Buchanan,  No.  118. 

Justicia  Pseiidorum/ia  Lindau.  East  Tropical  Africa ;  Rev.  W. 
E.  Taylor. 

J.  Jiava  Vahl.  Gof  and  Dadaro  ;  Lord  Delamere,  Gof ;  Br. 
Do7ialdson  Smith.     Mochi,  4-5000  feet ;   Rev.  W.  E.  Taylor. 

J.  nyassa7ia  Lindau.     Nyassaland,  1895  ;   Buchanan,  No.  168. 

J.  lo7ujecalcarata  Lindau.     Le  and  Gof  ;   Lord  Belamere. 

J.  dyschoristoides  C.  B.  CI.  East  Tropical  Africa ;  Rev.  W.  E, 
Taylor. 

J.  Whytei  S.  Moore.     Nyassaland,  1895  ;   Buchanan,  No.  115. 

J.  Melampyrum  S.  Moore.     Nyassaland,  1895  ;   Buchanan. 

J.  PhillipsicB  Rendle.  Somaliland,  Gan  Liban  ;  Br.  Bonaldson 
Smith. 

J.  odora  Vahl.     Le  ;  Lord  Belamere. 

Justicia  (§  Calophanoides)  Taylorii,  sp.  no  v.  Caule  elato 
geniculato  subtetragono  patenti-strigoso-villosulo  deinde  pubescente, 
foliis  longipetiolatis  ovatis  obtusis  nonnunquam  breviter  cuspidu- 
latis  basi  rotundato-truncatis  pubescentibus  mox  puberulis  in  sicco 
viridibus,  glomerulis  paucitioris  raro  brevissime  spicatis,  foliis 
florahbus  ovatis  obtusis  bracteas  maxime  excedentibus  ceteroquin 
foUis  similibus  nisi  multo  minoribus,  bracteis  par  vis  subulatis  quam 
calyx  brevioribus,  calycis  segmentis  subcTqualibus  linearibus^  vel 
anguste  lineari-lanceolatis  sursum  attenuatis  coroU^e  tubo  breviori- 
bus hispidulis  ;  corollas  extus  piloscne  sursum  parum  amplificato, 
limbi  labio  postico  breviter  biiobo,  antherarum  loculo  superiors 
quam  inferior  breviore,  capsula  parva  oblonga  glabra. 

Hab.  German  East  Africa  ?,  Mochi  (4000-5500  feet) ;  Rev.  W. 
E.  Taylor,  1888. 

Foliorum  pagina  2-5-4'0  cm.  long.,  1-5-2-0  cm.  lat.  ;  petioli 
1-0-vix  2-0  cm.  long.,  patenti-vihosuli.  Folia  floralia  circa  0*8  cm. 
long.  Bracteffi  vix  02  cm.  long.  Flores  purpurei.  Calyx  0*4  cm. 
long.  Corollge  tubus  verisimiHter  0-5  cm.  long.  Antherarum  loc. 
superior  0*07   cm.   long.,   basi  mucronulata,  loc.  inferior  0*1  cm. 


804  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

long.,  calcar  0*05  cm.  long.     Capsula  mucrouata,  0*7  cm.  long. 
Semina  0*1  cm.  diam.,  minute  tuberculata. 

A  very  distinct  species,  quite  unlike  any  other  of  its  section. 
The  single  specimen  serving  for  the  description  has  several  buds, 
but  only  one  fully-grown  corolla,  of  which  the  upper  part  has  been 
destroyed. 

Justicia  (§  Calophanoides)  Baumii,  sp.  nov.  Caulibus  ascen- 
dentibus  gracilibus  puberulis,  foliis  parvis  brevipetiolatis  ovatis 
utrinque  obtusis  evanide  undulatis  glabris  glandulis  immersis 
minutis  crebro  instructis,  floribus  in  axillis  superioribus  2-3-nis 
subsessilibus,  bracteis  calycem  excedentibus  oblanceolatis  obtusis- 
simis  hispidulo-ciliatis,  bracteolis  imminutis  subulatis,  calycis  seg- 
mentis  lineari-lanceolatis  acuminatis  puberulis  quam  corollae  tubus 
brevioribus,  corollae  extus  puberul^  tubo  a  basi  sensim  ampliato, 
limbi  labio  postico  quam  anticum  breviore  bidentato,  palato  maxime 
exstante,  capsula  anguste  obovato-oblonga  acuta  glabra,  seminibus 
quove  in  loculo  2  suborbicularibus  tuberculatis. 

Hab.  Riuvivi,  between  the  Cunene  and  Zambesi  rivers,  at 
1200  metres  elevation  ;   H.  IJaiim,  No.  720. 

Planta  sat  humilis  ex  speciminibus  nostros  ante  oculos  nee  ultra 
12-0  cm.  alt.  Folia  +  1-0  cm.  long,  0-6-0-8  cm.  lat.,  in  sicco  Isete 
viridia.  Bracte^e  0*5  cm.,  bracteolae  0-08  cm.,  calycis  segmenta 
0-4  cm.,  corollae  tubus  0'6  cm.  long.  CoroUfe  violaceas  labium 
posticum  circa  0*4  cm.  long.  ;  anticum  vix  0*6  cm.  long.  ;  hujus 
lobi  oblongi,  obtusi,  «gre  0'2  cm.  long.  Ovarium  ovoideum,  sursum 
angustatum,  0-33  cm.  long. ;  stylus  deorsum  pilosiusculus,  0*35  cm. 
long.  Capsula  O'Q  cm.  long.,  0*3  cm.  lat.  Semina  0-1  cm.  diam., 
pallide  brunnea. 

Near  J.  PhillipsicB  Rendle,  but  easily  distinguished  by  the  lowly 
habit,  different  bracts  and  calyx,  much  narrower  lobes  of  lower  lip 
of  corolla,  and  diverse  capsule. 

By  an  obvious  oversight  this  has  been  distributed  as  Justicia 
monedimoides  S.  Moore  [Moneclima  Welwitschii  C.  B.  Clarke).  As 
indicated  above,  it  is  not  a  Monechma. 

Justicia  (§  Piostellularia)  Smithii,  sp.  nov.  Appresse  et 
mox  minute  strigoso-pubescens,  caule  ascendente  quadrangular!, 
foliis  ovato-oblongis  obtusis  in  petiolum  brevem  gradatim  attenuatis, 
spicis  terminalibus  abbreviatis,  foliis  fioralibus  anguste  lanceolatis 
acutis  quam  folia  manifeste  brevioribus,  bracteis  linearibus  acutis 
calycem  bene  excedentibus,  calycis  segmentis  subaequalibus  lineari- 
lanceolatis  acuminatis  quam  tubus  corollae  paullo  brevioribus, 
corollffi  extus  pubescentis  tubo  a  basi  parum  ampliato,  limbi  labio 
postico  emarginato  quam  anticum  breviore,  antherarum  loculis  sub- 
aequalibus  loc.  inferiore  calcari  elongate  attenuate  curvulo  onusto, 
ovario  glabro. 

Hab.     Hamaro,  Somaliland  ;  Dr.  Donaldson  Smith,  1899. 

Planta  annua,  vix  spithamea,  radice  tenui  suffulta.  Folia 
3-0  X  1"0  cm.  attingentia,  plurima  vero  circa  1*5  cm.  long.,  et 
0*5  cm.  lat.,  firma,  in  sicco  lutescenti-viridia.  Folia  floralia  vix 
0-8  cm.  et  bracteae  0*6  cm.  long.,  has  circa  0*05  cm.  lat.  Floras 
lutei.     Calyx  0-4  cm.  long.     Corollae  tubus  0-4o  cm.  long.,  0*2- 


REPORT  OF  THE  BOTANICAL  WORK  COMMITTEE  805 

0"25  cm.  lat.  ;  labium  anticum  055  cm.  long.,  0'61at.,  lobi  obovati, 
vix  0-2  cm.  lat.  ;  labimii  posticmn  late  ovatmii,  0-4  cm.  long. 
Antberarum  loculi  paullo  ultra  0-1  cm.  long.,  loc.  inferioris  calcar 
0-07  cm.  long.  Ovarium  anguste  ovoideum,  0-15  cm.  long.  Stylus 
deorsum  puberulus,  0-5  cm.  long.     Capsula 

Near  J.  aridicola  Rendle,  but  with  several  points  of  difference 
as  respects  leaves  and  flowers.  The  corollas  of  J.  Smithii  are 
much  like  those  of  J.  Lortece  Rendle,  only  smaller  ;  here,  however, 
resemblance  between  the  two  plants  ceases. 

Alonechma/  scabrinerve  C.  B.  CI.  in  Fl.  Trop.  Afr.  v.  p.  215. 
Mr.  Clarke  did  not  see  a  flower  of  this,  and  hence  was  led  to  query 
the  genus.  After  careful  search  a  flower  was  found  on  a  specimen 
at  the  Museum,  and  examination  of  this  proves  it  to  be  a  true 
Monechma. 

M.  hracteatiim.  Hochst.  Somaliland,  Wagga  Mountain  ;  Mrs. 
Lort  Phillips.     Ellamo  ;   Lord  Delamere. 

Adhatoda  E^igleriana  C.  B.  CI.  East  Tropical  Africa  ;  Bev.  W. 
E.  Taylor. 

Isoglossa  strigulosa  C.  B.  CI.     Nyika,  Lake  Nyassa  ;   Crawshay. 

I.  somalensis  Lindau  (ex  descript.).     Ellamo  ;  Lord  Delamere. 

I.  Gregorii  Lindau.    British  East  Africa,  Kikuyu  ;   F.  J.  Jacksoyi. 

I.  grandlfiora  C.  B.  CI.  Nyassaland,  1895  ;  Biidianan,  Nos.  107, 
108.     Zambesi  River  ;  Rev.  Dr.  Stewart. 

Echolium  Linneanum  Kurz.  Giryama  and  Tsimba  Mountains  ; 
Hev.  W.  E.  Taylor. 

Hypoestes  Forskalei  R.  Br.  Mau  Forest  and  Kikuyu  ;  F.  J. 
Jackson.     Somaliland,  Wagga  Mountain  ;  Mrs.  Lort  Phillips. 

H.  Hildebrandtii  Lindau.     Gof  and  Le  ;   Lord  Delamere. 

Diapedium  Leonotis,  0.  Kze.  Nyassaland,  1895 ;  Buchanan, 
No.  198. 


REPORT    OF    THE    BOTANICAL    WORK    COMMITTEE. 

[This  Report,  more  fully  entitled  ''Report  to  the  Lords  Commis- 
sioners of  His  Majesty's  Treasury  of  the  Departmental  Committee 
on  Botanical  Work  and  Collections  at  the  British  Museum  and  at 
Kew,  dated  11th  March,  1901,"  was  ordered  by  the  House  of 
Commons  to  be  printed  on  the  12th  of  June,  and  has  been  issued 
by  the  Stationery  Office  at  28.  It  is  a  volume  of  218  pages,  and 
contains  a  vast  amount  of  interesting  matter  connected  with  the 
history  of  the  National  Herbarium  and  of  the  collections  at  Kew, 
some  of  which  we  may  reproduce  later  for  the  benefit  of  our 
readers,  with  such  comments  as  may  seem  desirable. 

On  the  present  occasion  we  publish  an  abridgement  of  the 
recommendations  of  the  Committee,  from  which  we  believe  nothing 
of  importance  has  been  omitted,  giving  the  conclusions  arrived  at 
and  the  facts  upon  which  these  are  based. 

The  Chairman  of  the  Committee  was  Sir  Michael  Foster,  K.C.B., 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [Sept.  1901.]  z 


306  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

M.P. ;  the  other  members  being  "the  Right  Honourable  John, 
Baron  Avebury,  P.O.,  F.R.S.,  and  Frederick  DuCane  Godman, 
Esquire,  F.R.S.,  as  representing  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum ; 
with  Stephen  Edward  Spring  Rice,  Esquire,  C.B. ;  Horace  Alfred 
Darner  Seymour,  Esquire,  C.B. ;  Professor  Isaac  Bayley  Balfour, 
D.Sc,  F.R.S.,  Queen's  Botanist  for  Scotland;  Francis  Darwin, 
Esquire,  M.B.,  F.R.S.,  Reader  in  Botany  in  the  University  of  Cam- 
bridge ;  and  Sir  John  Kirk,  G.C.M.G.,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.  ^  Benjamin 
Daydon  Jackson,  Esquire,  Secretary  of  the  Linnean  Society,  was 
afterwards  appointed  Secretary  to  the  Committee." 

The  Report  is  signed  by  all  of  these  except  Lord  Avebury,  who 
sent  in  a  separate  memorandum,  which  is  appended  to  the  Report, 
and  follows  it  here.  Lord  Avebury  and  Mr.  Seymour  also  add  a 
memorandum  in  which  they  do  not  agree  with  their  colleagues  as 
to  the  advisability  of  creating  a  new  advisory  Board;  this  we  do  not 
think  it  necessary  to  reproduce  in  these  pages. — Ed.  Journ.  Box.] 

Preliminary   Observation^. 

The  Botanical  Department  of  the  British  Museum,  and  the 
Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  are,  in  their  primary  intention, 
institutions  of  widely  different  characters. 

The  Botanical  Department  of  the  British  Museum  is  a  collection 
of  such  objects  belonging  to  the  vegetable  kingdom  as  can  be  placed 
in  a  museum,  and  its  functions  are  limited  to  the  uses  of  such  a 
collection  for  the  advancement  of  botanic  science  and  for  the 
purposes  of  giving  popular  instruction  and  of  exciting  popular 
interest  in  natural  history.  It  does  not  concern  itself  with  the 
applications  of  botany,  either  at  home  or  elsewhere. 

The  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  is,  in  the  first  place,  an 
organization  dealing  with  and  giving  assistance  to  His  Majesty's 
Government  on  questions  arising  in  various  parts  of  the  Empire 
in  which  botanic  science  is  involved.  So  far  it  has  a  distinctly 
imperial  character.  It  is  at  the  same  time  an  institution  for  the 
prosecution  of  theoretical  botanic  research,  i.e.  of  botanic  research 
carried  on  independent  of  practical  ends,  it  is  a  school  for  advanced 
horticultural  education,  it  acts  as  the  botanic  adviser  of  the  Govern- 
ment on  agricultural  questions,  and  as  a  public  garden  it  affords 
general  instruction  and  recreation  to  the  people. 

The  British  Museum  and  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew, 
possess  each  of  them  an  herbarium  or  collection  of  dried  plants, 
together  with  certain  botanic  specimens,  fruits,  woody  parts,  &c., 
which  cannot  be  "laid  in"  in  an  herbarium  as  ordinarily  understood. 
For  the  present  purposes,  however,  in  speaking  of  the  herbarium, 
we  may  suppose  such  objects  to  be  included.  These  herbaria,  with 
the  libraries  attached  to  them,  are,  so  far  as  pertains  to  the  present 
inquiry,  the  only  collections  of  a  similar  character  belonging  to  the 
two  institutions.  The  two  herbaria  having  features  in  common, 
have  nevertheless  each  special  features.  The  differences  are  in 
part  due  to  the  way  in  which  each  collection  has  grown  up,  as  will 
be  seen  from  the  following  brief  historical  statement. 


REPORT    OF    THE    BOTANICAL    WORK    COMMITTEE  807 

History  of  British  Museum  Collections. 
Certain  botanic  collections  formed  part  of  the  British  Museum 
at  its  institution  in  1753.  These  were  the  collections  of  Sir  Hans 
Sloane,  consisting  of  dried  plants,  the  Sloane  Herbaria,  often 
spoken  of  in  this  report  as  the  pre-Linnean  Herbaria,  and  of  woods, 
fruits,  &c.  No  very  large  additions  seem  to  have  been  made  to 
these  collections  between  1753  and  1820. 

The  Eoyal  Botanic  Gardens  at  Kew,  begun  in  the  middle  of  the 
eighteenth  century  by  the  then  Dowager  Princess  of  Wales,  were 
very  largely  developed  during  the  latter  part  of  that  century  and  the 
beginning  of  the  next  by  His  Majesty  George  III.,  with  the  assistance 
and  advice  of  Sir  Joseph  Banks.    Though  the  gardens  were  the  pri- 
vate property  of  the  Crown,  they  were  enriched,  at  the  expense  of 
the  nation,  by  the  results  of  various  expeditions,  and  by  specimens 
obtained  from  the  Colonies  and  elsewhere.     The  living  plants  were 
cultivated  in   the  gardens,  the   dried  plants  were  retained  by  Sir 
Joseph  Banks,  and  thus  contributed  to  form  the  valuable  herbarium 
known  as  the  Banksian  Herbarium.     This  herbarium  Sir  Joseph 
Banks  kept  at  his  residence  in  Soho  Square ;    but  there  is  some 
evidence  that  a  duplicate  herbarium  was  kept  in  the  gardens.    This 
latter,  however,  subsequently  disappeared.     At  his  death,  in  1820, 
Sh'  Joseph  Banks  bequeathed  this  Banksian  Herbarium,  together 
with  his  library,  drawings,  &c.,  "  usually  kept  in  ...   ,  my  house 
in  Soho  Square,"  to  his  librarian,  Robert  Brown,  for  "his  use  and 
enjoyment   during  his  life,  and  after   his  decease  to   the  British 
Museum."     One  condition  of  the  bequest  was  that  Robert  Brown 
should  "assist  the  superintendent  of  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens  at 
Kew  as  he  also  now  does."     The  Will  provides  that  the  collections 
might   with   Robert  Brown's  assent  pass  into   the  hands  of  the 
Trustees  of  the  British  Museum  during  Robert  Brown's  lifetime. 
In  1827  this  transference  was  made,  Robert  Brown  becoming  at 
the    same  time  an   Under   Librarian  of  the    Museum,   with    the 
additional  title  of  "Keeper  of  the  Banksian  Botanical  Collections," 
he  having  charge  of  these  alone,  and  not  of  the  other  botanical 
collections.       In    1885    Robert   Brown    became    "  Keeper   of  the 
Botanical    Department,"    the    whole   of  the    botanical   collections 
being  placed   under  his  care.      The  foundation  of  the   botanical 
collections  at  the  British  Museum  was  thus  supplied  by  the  Sloane 
Herbaria    and    the    Banksian    Herbarium,    together    with    fruits, 
woods,   &c.       Under    Robert  Brown  and    succeeding  keepers    the 
botanical  collections  were  increased.      The  Banksian  Herbarium, 
by  the  addition  of  new  specimens,  was  developed  into  what  is  now 
known  as  the  "General  Herbarium,"  the  Sloane  Herbaria  being 
kept  distinct.     In  1859  a  separate  collection  of  British  plants,  the 
British    Herbarium,   was  formed.       In   1881,   when    the   Natural 
History  Department  was  transferred  from  Bloomsbury  to  Crom- 
well Road,   the  General  Herbarium  consisted  of  509  cabinets   of 
specimens.     Since  that  date  large  additions  have  been  made  ;   the 
number  of  cabinets  is  now  1560,  containing  1,673,000  specimens. 

z  2 


dOo  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

History  of  Kew  Collections. 

After  the  death  of  King  George  III.  and  of  Sir  Joseph  Banks 
in  1820,  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens  at  Kew,  remaining  a  private 
garden  of  the  Crown  under  the  charge  of  the  Lord  Steward,  though 
assisted  by  the  Treasury  and  the  Admiralty,  did  not  for  several 
years  undergo  any  great  development.  In  1841,  however,  it  ceased 
to  be  a  private  garden  of  the  Crown.  The  management  was  trans- 
ferred to  Her  Majesty's  Commissioners  of  Woods,  Forests,  Land 
Revenues,  Works  and  Buildings,  and  William  Jackson  Hooker, 
then  Regius  Professor  of  Botany  at  Glasgow,  was  made  director. 
Professor,  afterwards  Sir  W.  J.  Hooker,  brought  with  him  from 
Glasgow  to  Kew,  and  for  some  years  kept  in  his  own  residence,  a 
a  large  private  herbarium,  described  at  the  time  as  the  largest  in 
England,  if  not  in  the  world.  This  he  continued  to  increase.  In 
1854  Mr.  G.  Bentham  presented  to  the  nation,  on  certain  conditions, 
his  private  herbarium,  about  one-fifth  the  size  of  that  of  Sir  W.  J. 
Hooker.  This  was  deposited  in  a  house  belonging  to  the  Crown, 
formerly  occupied  by  the  Kmg  of  Hanover,  the  use  of  it  being 
granted  for  that  purpose.  In  the  following  year  the  herbarium  of 
Sir  W.  J.  Hooker,  still  a  private  herbarium,  was  transferred  to  the 
same  building.  In  1865,  upon  the  death  of  Sir  W.  J.  Hooker,  his 
herbarium  was  purchased  by  the  State,  and  this,  with  the  smaller 
herbarium  given  by  Mr.  Bentham,  was  the  beginning  of  the  present 
national  herbarium  at  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens.  Since  the 
death  of  Sir  W.  J.  Hooker  large  additions  have  continued  to  be 
made  to  the  herbarium  ;  and  it  now  consists  of  more  than  2,000,000 
specimens,  and  is  the  recognised  official  depository  of  all  botanic 
collections  acquired  through  Government  expeditions. 

In  an  herbarium  specimens  may  be  present  which  are  the  actual 
plants  made  use  of  in  the  description  of  new  species  by  the  authors 
of  those  species.  Such  specimens,  usually  spoken  of  as  "type 
specimens,"  have  a  value  of  a  different  order  from  that  of  other 
specimens,  and  an  herbarium  may,  in  general  terms,  be  spoken  of 
as  more  or  less  valuable  according  to  the  number  of  "type  speci- 
mens" which  it  contains.  Owing  to  its  mode  of  origin  the  General 
Herbarium  of  the  British  Museum  is  of  special  value  inasmuch  as 
it  contains  the  "  type  specimens  "  of  the  Banksian  Herbarium.  It 
is  also  of  value,  though  of  less  value,  by  reason  of  the  type  specimens 
contained  in  the  collections  acquired  since  1827  ;  the  additions  to 
it  since  the  transference  to  Cromwell  Road  contain  many  "type 
specimens,"  but  the  increase  in  such  specimens  has  not  been 
proportionate  to  the  general  increase.  The  pre-Linnean  Sloane 
Herbaria  are  mainly  of  value  for  antiquarian  or  historical  re- 
searches, and  the  value  of  the  British  Herbarium  lies  chiefly  in  the 
convenience  which  it  offers  for  all  enquiries  limited  to  British 
plants.  The  Herbarium  of  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens  at  Kew  has, 
on  the  other  hand,  a  special  value  on  account  of  its  being  very 
rich  in  type  specimens  of  a  date  posterior  to  that  of  the  Banksian 
Herbarium,  more  particularly  of  the  plants  of  India  and  of  the 
British  Colonies  and  Possessions.     In  all  these  it  is  far  richer  than 


REPORT    OF    THE    BOTANICAL,    WORK    COMMITTEE  809 

the  Herbarium  at  the  British  Museum,  so  much  so  that,  as  a  rule, 
botanists  engaged  in  researches  in  systematic  botany  find  it  profit- 
able to  work  at  Kew  in  the  first  instance,  visiting  the  British 
Museum  subsequently 

History  of  previous  Inquiries. 

A  Royal  Commission  "to  inquire  into  the  constitution  and 
government  of  the  British  Museum,"  appointed  in  1847-8  and 
reporting  in  1850,  put  to  Mr.  Robert  Brown,  then  Keeper  of  the 
Department  of  Botany,  questions  relating  to  the  desirability  of  his 
(botanical)  collections  being  united  with  a  botanic  garden  such  as 
that  at  Kew.  Mr.  Robert  Brown  was  of  opinion  that  such  a  step 
was  not  desirable,  basing  his  opinion  on  the  distance  of  Kew,  on 
the  absence  from  the  gardens  of  an  adequate  library,  and  on  the 
slight  advantage  to  botanic  researches  carried  on  in  an  herbarium  of 
a  connection  with  a  botanic  garden. 

In  1858,  upon  the  death  of  Mr.  Robert  Brown  on  the  10th  of 
June  in  that  year,  the  Trustees  instituted  an  inquiry,  by  means  of 
a  sub-committee,  as  to  "  whether  it  may  be  expedient  or  otherwise 
to  remove  the  botanical  collection  from  the  Museum,  as  it  presents 
a  case  in  some  degree  peculiar."  The  sub-committee  heard  the 
evidence  of  Sir  W.  J.  Hooker,  Dr.  J.  D.  Hooker,  and  Dr.  Lindley 
in  favour  of  the  removal,  of  Mr.  G.  Bentham  in  favour  of  moving 
the  Banksian  Herbarium  only,  of  Professor  Owen  that  the  removal 
of  the  botanic  collections  would  not  be  any  material  disadvantage 
to  the  other  great  natural  history  collections,  and  of  Dr.  Falconer, 
Sir  Charles  Lyell,  and  Professor  Henfrey  against  the  removal. 
The  sub-committee,  partly  influenced  by  the  conflict  of  opinion 
among  the  witnesses,  and  partly,  if  not  chiefly,  by  the  fact  that  the 
herbaria  and  library  at  Kew  were  largely  private  property  and  by 
the  want  of  accommodation  there,  reported  against  the  removal. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  same  year  a  memorial  signed  by  nine 
eminent  Zoologists  and  Botanists  was  presented  to  the  Chancellor 
of  the  Exchequer  urging  upon  Her  Majesty's  Government  the 
recommendation  that  the  whole  of  the  Kew  Herbarium,  a  large 
portion  of  which  was  at  that  time  private  property,  should  become 
the  property  of  the  State,  that  the  Banksian  Herbarium  and  the 
fossil  plants  at  the  British  Museum  should  be  transferred  to  Kew, 
and  that  suitable  accommodation  should  be  made  for  the  national 
scientific  museum  of  botany  so  formed. 

In  1860  a  Select  Committee  of  the  House  of  Commons  appointed 
to  consider  the  separation  of  the  Natural  History  Collections  from 
the  rest  of  the  British  Museum,  incidentally  received  evidence  rela- 
tive to  the  removal  of  the  botanical  collections  to  Kew,  but  in  its 
Report  merely  points  out  the  relatively  small  needs  of  the  Keeper 
of  Botany. 

In  1871  the  important  Commission  on  Scientific  Instruction 
and  the  Advancement  of  Science,  generally  known  as  the  Devon- 
shire Commission,  was  appointed.  The  fourth  Report  of  the 
Commission  presented  in  1874,  and  dealing  with  the  British 
Museum  as  a  whole,  discusses  at  length  proposals  for  dealing  with 


310  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

"the  Botanical  Establishments  now  maintained  at  the  expense  of 
the  State,  the  one  at  the  British  Museum,  the  other  in  the  Royal 
Gardens  at  Kew,"  concerning  ^Yhich  it  had  received  much  evidence. 
It  says  "the  evidence  which  has  been  laid  before  us  leaves  us  no 
alternative  but  to  recommend  that  these  two  Botanical  collections 
.  .  .  should  not  be  merged  into  one,  but  that  both  be  kept  in  a  state 
of  efficiency,  and  that  the  special  scientific  direction  which  each 
has  spontaneously  taken  should  be  retained."  The  special  direction 
here  referred  to  is  in  the  case  of  Kew  that  of  systematic  botany,  in 
the  case  of  the  British  Museum  that  of  botanical  palaeontology. 
The  Commission  were  also  impressed  with  the  desirability  of  having 
in  the  British  Museum  "  a  geographically  arranged  collection  as 
the  complement  of  the  purely  systematically  arranged  collection  at 
Kew."  The  Commission  accordingly  recommended  "That  the 
Collections  at  the  British  Museum  be  maintained  and  arranged 
with  special  reference  to  the  geographical  distribution  of  plants 
and  to  palaeontology,  and  that  the  collections  at  Kew  be  maintained 
and  arranged  with  special  reference  to  systematic  botany."  This 
recommendation  has  not  been  carried  out.  The  Department  of 
Botany  of  the  British  Museum  has  not  been  developed  in  the 
direction  of  botanical  palaBontology.  The  collections  of  fossil 
plants  are  not  under  the  cliarge  of  the  Keeper  of  Botany,  but  are 
under  the  charge  of  the  Keeper  of  Geology.  The  general  herbarium 
is  not  arranged  geographically,  but  systematically ;  indeed  it  is 
actually  less  geographically  arranged  than  is  the  herbarium  at 
Kew,  since  in  the  latter,  species  within  each  genus  are  arranged 
geographically,  whereas  in  the  former  a  systematic  arrangement  is 
maintained  to  tlie  end.  Except  for  this  geographical  feature  of 
the  Kew  Herbarium,  and  for  the  fact  that  each  herbarium  contains 
"  type  specimens"  which  the  other  does  not,  the  two  herbaria  may 
be  considered  as  duplicates  one  of  the  other.  The  objects  which 
the  Devonshire  Commission  had  in  view  when  it  recommended  the 
maintenance  of  both  establishments  have  not  been  attained. 

The  question  of  the  union  of  the  botanical  collections  of  the 
British  Museum  and  of  Kew  has  thus  been  raised  again  and  again. 
Each  time  the  question  has  been  decided  in  the  negative,  though 
not  always  for  the  same  reason  ;  and  the  fact  that  the  question  has 
from  time  to  time  been  raised  anew  may  be  taken  as  indicating 
either  that  the  circumstances  affecting  the  question  have  from  time 
to  time  changed  (which  is  the  case),  or  that  the  previous  decision 
did  not  appear  to  be  based  on  convincing  grounds.  It  is  to  be 
noted  also  that  union  at  Kew  has  been  most  usually  suggested,  not 
union  at  the  British  Museum 

Union  of  the  two  Herbaria  desirable. 

The  views  of  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum  on  the  subject 
of  the  union  of  the  two  herbaria  are  contained  in  their  letter  to  the 
Treasury  of  the  12th  July,  1899  ;  to  this,  we  have  ascertained,  they 
have  nothing  to  add.  We  observe,  however,  that  they  make  no 
reference  either  to  the  intrinsic  increase  of  efficiency  which  must 
arise  from  the  amalgamation  of  two  institutions  and   staffs  now 


REPORT    OF    THK    BOTANICAL    WORK    COMMITTEK  811 

doing  the  same  work,  or  to  the  scientific  advantage  of  having  type 
specimens  collected  mider  one  roof  instead  of  two.  Their  views  on 
other  points  do  not  appear  to  us  to  be  supported  by  the  evidence 
which  we  have  had  before  us. 

Taking  so  far  as  we  have  been  able  everything  into  considera- 
tion, and  regarding  the  question  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  main 
purpose  for  which  the  two  collections  are  maintained,  namely,  that 
of  botanic  research,  and  therefore  dealing  in  the  first  instance  in 
the  case  of  the  British  Museum  with  the  General  Herbarium  only, 
we  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  it  is  desirable  that  the  two 
herbaria  should  be  united  into  one 

Taking,  then,  into  consideration  all  the  various  arguments 
which  have  been  adduced  on  the  one  side  and  on  the  other,  we 
have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  statutory  powers  should  be 
obtained  for  the  transference  of  the  general  herbarium  of  the  British 
Museum  to  Kew,  accommodation  for  it  and  for  the  present  her- 
barium at  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  being  provided  there. 

Besides  the  General  Herbarium,  the  British  Museum  possesses 
the  Sloane  collections  and  other  pre-Linnean  herbaria.  It  has 
been  urged  by  some  witnesses  that  these  being,  mainly  of  historic 
or  antiquarian  value  should  be  retained  at  the  British  Museum,  as 
being  near  to  the  Departmental  Botanical  Library,  which  is  at 
present  maintained  there,  and  also  not  far  from  the  National 
Library  at  Bloom sbury.  The  proximity  of  the  Linnean  Herbarium, 
now  in  possession  of  the  Linnean  Society  at  Burlington  House, 
has  been  brought  forward  as  a  similar  reason.  But  it  seems  only 
natural  that  the  Sloane  Herbaria  should  as  heretofore  go  with  the 
Banksian  Herbarium,  which  forms  the  nucleus  and  perhaps  the 
most  valuable  part  of  the  General  Herbarium.  And  in  respect  of 
the  advantage  of  such  historic  herbaria  being  in  close  proximity  to 
a  library  containing  old  botanic  books,  it  may  be  remarked  that  if 
the  General  Herbarium  is  removed  to  Kew  the  chief  reason  for 
maintaining  a  Departmental  Botanic  Library  at  the  British  Museum 
is  done  away  with,  and  the  main  part  of  the  Library  should  follow 
the  Herbarium  to  Kew.  And  indeed  it  might  be  further  urged  that 
steps  should  be  taken  to  ensure  that  the  National  Botanic  Establish- 
ment, such  as  Kew  would  then  be,  should  be  the  seat  of  a  Botanic 
Library  as  complete  as  possible. 

In  respect  to  the  Linnean  Herbarium,  its  retention  in  so  isolated 
a  manner  by  the  Linnean  Society  would  become  a  still  greater 
anomaly  than  it  is  at  present  if  the  Sloane  Herbaria  were  removed 
to  Kew,  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  the  collection  of  the  East 
India  Company  (including  the  Wallichian  types)  also  in  possession 
of  the  Linnean  Society.  It  may  fitly  be  urged  that  the  State  ought 
to  become  the  owners  of  the  Linnean  Herbarium  and  other  historic 
collections  now  the  property  of  the  Linnean  Society,  if  that  Society 
could  be  induced  to  part  with  them,  in  which  case  they  too  should 
be  transferred  to  Kew. 

There  remains  to  be  considered  the  British  Herbarium.  This 
is  the  only  example  of  that  geographic  arrangement  that  was  re- 
commended by  the  Devonshire  Commission  as  being  one  of  special 


312  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

directions  in  which  Botany  at  the  British  Museum  ought  to  develop, 
and  it  existed  antecedent  to  that  Commission.  This  is  an  herbarium 
of  a  special  character  with  a  corresponding  value.  Specimens  of 
plants  found  in  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  are  not  placed  in  the 
General  Herbarium  ;  they  are  collected  together  in  this  British 
Herbarium.  The  British  Herbarium,  like  the  General  Herbarium 
is  for  the  purposes  of  research,  and  can  only  be  consulted  by 
investigators,  not  by  the  general  public. 

The  objections  which  were  referred  to  above  as  being  urged 
against  the  removal  of  the  General  Herbarium  to  Kew  on  account 
of  the  distance  of  Kew  from  the  centre  of  London,  apply  more 
closely  to  the  British  Herbarium.  It  is  this  which  is  most 
frequently  consulted  by  the  busy  man  spoken  of  above.  But  as  we 
said  above  we  cannot  attach  great  weight  to  these  objections  ;  and 
obviously  if  all  the  rest  of  the  herbaria  are  transferred  to  Kew  the 
British  Herbarium  must  go  too  ;  it  could  not  be  left  alone  at  the 
British  Museum.  In  thus  recommending  the  transference  to  the 
Royal  Botanic  Gardens  at  Kew  of  so  large  a  portion  of  the  botanic 
collections  at  present  at  the  British  Museum,  of  all  that  portion  in 
fact  which  is  used  for  scientific  research,  we  are  recommending  a 
course  of  action  of  a  very  grave  nature.  We  are  aware  of  the 
gravity  of  the  recommendation 

We  have  now  to  deal  with  an  aspect  of  the  botanic  collections 
of  the  British  Museum  on  which  w^e  have  not  yet  touched.  So  far 
we  have  been  considering  those  collections  as  an  instrument  of 
scientific  research  ;  but  they  have  in  addition,  more  especially 
since  the  transference  from  Bloomsbury  to  Cromwell  Road,  served 
another  purpose.  Like  the  Department  of  Zoology,  the  Department 
of  Botany  under  the  guidance  of  the  Keeper  has  instituted  and 
developed  an  exhibition  of  botanic  objects  calculated  to  excite 
popular  interest  and  to  impart  popular  instruction  in  the  pheno- 
mena of  the  vegetable  world.  The  exhibition  so  formed  has  also 
been  found  to  serve  as  an  instrument  of  education  to  students  of 
botany  and  as  a  useful  adjunct  to  the  equi]3ment  of  teachers  in 
London.  The  botanic  collections  in  fact  consist  of  two  distinct 
parts — firstly,  the  herbarium  to  which  the  general  public  is  not 
admitted,  w^hich  is  exclusively  an  instrument  of  scientific  research ; 
and  secondly,  the  popular  and  illustrative  collection  displayed  in 
the  gallery  to  which  the  general  public  is  freely  admitted ;  some 
objects  serving  a  like  purpose  are  also  exhibited  in  the  Central 
Hall. 

We  have  already  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  first-named 
botanic  collections  which  serve  for  research  should  be  transferred 
from  the  British  Museum  to  Kew.  We  have  now  to  consider  what 
course  should  be  recommended  in  respect  to  the  second,  the  popular 
and  illustrative  botanic  exhibition.  In  doing  so  we  may  assume 
without  discussion  that  a  national  botanic  collection,  paid  for  by 
the  State,  ought  to  serve  the  purpose  of  exciting  popular  interest 
in,  and  of  spreading  among  the  people  a  knowledge  of  the  vegetable 
kingdom.  In  considering  this  question  we  have  to  bear  in  mind 
the  facts  that  at  Kew  the  collection  of  living  plants  already  serves 


REPORT    OF    THE    BOTANICAL    WORK    COMMITTEE  313 

such  a  purpose  among  others,  and  that  the  Economic  Museums  at 
Kew  form  in  part  also  a  popular  exhibition.  The  installation  at 
Kew  of  a  popular  illustrative  botanic  exhibition  similar  to  that 
existing  in  the  public  gallery  at  the  British  Museum  would  be  a 
continuation  of  the  work  already  done  at  Kew.  And  the  value  of 
such  an  exhibition  as  a  means  of  developing  botanic  knowledge 
among  the  people  would  be  increased  by  its  being  placed  in  con- 
tiguity with  the  living  plants.  Indeed,  we  recommend  that  steps 
should  be  taken,  as  opportunity  offers,  in  this  direction.  But  we 
do  not  think  that  such  a  popular  exhibition  at  Kew  should  be 
substituted  for  the  exhibition  at  present  existing  at  the  British 
Museum.  On  the  contrary,  led  by  the  following  considerations,  we 
have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  this  should  be  maintained.  In 
the  first  place,  the  argument  based  on  the  distance  of  Kew  from 
the  centre  of  London,  though  not  having,  in  our  opinion,  an 
importance  in  reference  to  research,  does  seem  to  us  to  be  very 
strong  in  reference  to  an  exhibition  intended  for  the  general  public. 
We  believe  that  it  would  be  a  serious  evil  if  the  opportunities  for 
learning  something  about  the  vegetable  kingdom,  which  are  now 
placed  before  the  visitors  to  the  British  Museum,  were  done  away, 
and  such  opportunities  were  open  only  to  those  able  to  make  the 
longer  journey  to  Kew. 

Fossil  Plants. 
The  British  Museum  contains  botanic  collections  other  than 
those  which  we  have  hitherto  considered,  namely,  the  fossil  plants. 
Concerning  these  we  have  received  conflicting  evidence.  On  the 
one  hand,  we  have  been  told  that  from  the  point  of  view  of  scientific 
research  the  interest  and  value  of  fossil  plants  is  greater  to  the 
botanist  than  to  the  geologist,  and  this  has  afforded  a  reason  for 
transferring  them  as  well  as  the  herbaria  to  Kew ;  to  this  may  be 
added  the  further  reason  that,  in  many  respects  at  least,  for  the 
study  of  these  fossil  plants  access  to  living  plants  is  especially 
useful.  On  the  other  hand,  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  fossil 
plants  which  are  preserved  in  the  British  Museum  are  with  some 
few  exceptions  placed  in,  and  regarded  as  belonging  to,  the  Depart- 
ment, not  of  Botany,  but  of  Geology,  and  it  has  been  stated  to  us 
that  the  removal  of  the  fossil  plants  to  Kew  would  mean  a  dis- 
memberment of  the  geologic  collection.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind 
in  reference  to  this  question  that  the  Geological  Department  of  the 
British  Museum  is  not  in  the  ordinary  sense  a  geologic  collection, 
that  is,  one  having  relation  to  what  is  called  stratigraphic  geology  ; 
it  is  essentially  a  paL^ontologic  collection.  And  it  is  by  reason  of 
this  nature  of  the  collection  that  fossil  plants  are  placed  in  the 
collection  together  with  the  fossil  animals.  The  position  of  pale- 
ontology in  the  scientific  hierarchy  is  a  peculiar  one.  It  is  often 
ranked  as  a  separate  science  ;  and  yet  from  one  point  of  view,  one 
namely  which  does  not  regard  the  geologic  side  of  the  matter,  it 
appears  as  a  mixture  of  zoology  and  of  botany.  From  the  stand- 
point of  botany  it  would  be  satisfactory  were  the  National  Botanic 
Collections  at  Kew  completed  by  the  inclusion  of  the  fossil  plants ; 
but  we  feel  that,  considering  the  circumstances  in  which  the  fossil 


814  THE    JOURNAL    OK    BOTANY 

plants  are  housed  at  the  British  ]\[useum,  we  should  in  a  certain 
sense  he  going  heyond  our  instructions,  and  he  taking  up  a  definite 
attitude  towards  pah^ontology,  if  we  were  to  recommend  that  fossil 
phmts,  heing  hotanic  specimens,  should,  together  with  the  hotanic 
collections,  he  transferred  from  the  British  ^luseum  to  Kew.  ^Ye 
therefore   make  no  recommendation  concerning  the  collection  of 

fossil  plants 

lurom)HtiuIations. 

We  accordingly  recommend  : — 

1.  That  the  whole  of  the  hotanic  collections  at  the  British 
Museum  now  administered  hy  the  Keeper  of  the  Department  of 
Botany  under  the  Trustees,  with  the  exception  of  the  collections  ex- 
hibited to  the  public,  be  transferred  to  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens, 
Kew,  and  placed  in  the  charge  of  the  First  Commissioner  of  His 
Majesty's  Works  and  Public  Buildings  under  conditions  indicated 
below,  adequate  accommodation  being  there  provided  for  them. 

2.  That  a  Board,  on  Nvhich  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum, 
the  Royal  Society,  and  certain  Departments  of  His  Majesty's 
Government  should  be  directly  represented,  be  established  in  order 
to  advise  on  all  questions  of  a  scientific  nature  arising  out  of  the 
administration  of  the  Gardens,  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  Board, 
its  relations  to  the  First  Commissioner  and  to  the  Director,  as  well 
as  the  position  of  the  latter  and  the  functions  of  the  Gardens,  being 
defined  by  Minute  of  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's 
Treasury. 

3.  That  the  illustrative  botanic  collections  now  pubhcly  ex- 
hibited at  the  British  Museum  be  maintained,  and,  so  far  as  it  is 
possible  and  expedient,  enlarged  and  developed  with  the  view  of 
increasing  popular  interest,  and  imparting  popular  instruction  in 
the  phenomena  of  the  vegetable  world,  and  be  placed  under  the 
charge  of  an  officer  of  adequate  scientific  attainments,  responsible 
to  the  Director  of  the  Natural  History  Departments. 

4.  That  upon  the  transference  of  the  botanic  collections  from 
the  British  Museum  to  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  such  arrange- 
ments be  made  both  in  respect  to  the  accommodation  of  the 
collections  and  the  staft"  administering  them,  that  they  shall  fully 
serve  the  purposes  which  they  have  hitherto  served. 

5.  That  the  botanic  collections  consisting  of  fossil  plants,  now 
in  the  charge  of  the  Keeper  of  the  Department  of  Geology  in  the 
British  Museum,  be  maintained  for  the  present  under  the  same 
conditions  as  heretofore. 

Lord  Avebury's  Memorandum. 

I  regret  that  I  am  unable  to  concur  with  my  colleagues  in  their 
recommendation  that  the  herbarium  now  in  the  British  Museum 
should  be  transferred  to  Kew. 

It  seems  no  doubt  at  first  sight  an  anomalous  arrangement  that 
there  should  be  two  national  herbaria ;  firstly,  on  account  of  the 
expense ;  and  secondly,  because  botanists  in  some  cases  have  to 
consult  two  collections  instead  of  one.  But  the  evidence  shows 
that  the  saving  of  annual  expense   through  the   suggested  fusion 


SHORT    NO  IKS 


815 


would  be  small,  and  that  the  initial  outlay  for  building  cabinets, 
&c.,  would  be  heavy.  The  alleged  inconvenience  Reems  to  me  to 
be  exaggerated,  and  affects  only  a  few  of  those  engaged  in  syste- 
matic botany,  who  are  thus  obliged  to  consult  two  herbaria  instead 
of  one  ;  while  on  the  other  hand,  to  those  engaged  in  other  depart- 
ments of  botany,  the  existence  of  the  two  herbaria  is  an  advantage. 
I  deprecate  the  proposals  contained  in  the  majority  Report  for 
the  following  reasons  : — 

1.  The  British  Museum  is  the  greatest  museum  in  the  world, 
and  is  justly  the  pride  of  the  nation.  To  dismember  it,  by  de- 
priving it  of  so  integral  a  part  as  the  Botanical  Department  would 
be  destructive  of  its  unique  character  as  a  fully  representative 
museum,  and  specially  of  a  natural  history  museum ;  would  be 
vehemently  opposed  by  many,  if  not  most,  British  botanists,  and 
as  it  seems  to  me,  would  be  a  great  injury  to  science. 

2.  To  London  and  country  botanists  the  British  Museum  is 
much  more  accessible  than  Kew. 

3.  The  plan  proposed  would  separate  the  fossil,  from  the 
recent,  plants. 

4.  It  would  involve  the  creation  of  a  new  Board. 

If,  on  the  other  hand,  Kew  Gardens  and  the  British  Museum 
were  brought  into  closer  relations,  as  recommended  in  the  Report 
which  I  have  signed  in  conjunction  with  Mr.  Seymour,  several 
advantages  would  result  ;  for  instance,  the  officers  of  the  Museum 
would  have  access  to  the  living  plants  ;  while  those  of  Kew  Gardens 
would  have  access  to  the  British  Museum  library  and  the  collection 
of  fossil  plants. 


SHORT    NOTES. 

LiMONiuM  HUMiLE  Mill.  —  lu  Joum.  Linn.  Soc.  xxxv.  77,  Mr. 
Druce  follows  Dr.  Otto  Kuntze  in  adopting  Lihionima  rarijiorum.  as 
the  name  of  the  plant  which  stands  in  the  last  edition  of  the  Loivlon 
Catahxjxie  as  Statice  lari/lom  Drej.  There  can,  however,  be  no  doubt 
that  the  proper  name  for  this  under  Limonium  is  L.  hunile  Mill. 
Diet.  no.  4  (1768).  Miller's  description  is  based  entirely  on  the 
English  plant— he  does  not  record  the  species  from  any  extra- 
English  locality— described  by  Ray  (Hist.  Plant,  iii.  247)  under  the 
name  "Limonium  Anglicum  minus,  caulis  ramosioribus,  iloribus 
in  apicis  rarius  sitis."  This  was  sent  to  Ray  by  Dale  from  the  well- 
known  Essex  localities  whence  specimens  collected  by  him  are  in 
the  National  Herbarium.  Dr.  Kuntze  considers  Miller's  name  as 
^^=  St.  bdlidifolia  Gouan  =  St.  caspia  W.";  but  I  think  he  is  in 
error  in  so  doing,  nor  am  I  sure  that  the  two  plants  last  named  are 
identical.  This,  however,  as  well  as  the  name  to  be  applied  under 
Liinunium  to  either  or  both,  is  a  matter  for  future  monographers. — 
James  Britten. 

.JuNGERMANiA  sAxicoLA  Schrad.  (p.  279).— I  can  add  two  localities 
for  this  hepatic  on  the  mainland  of  Scotland  to  the  one  from  Ben 
Mac  Dhuirgiven  by  Mr.  Stabler.  Among  rocks  at  the  waterfall, 
Carn  Dearg,  Aviemore,  alt.  1200  ft.,  with  Chandonanthus  setiformis, 


316  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

1898 ;  in  two  places  at  Craig-an-Lochain,  Killin,  one  being  among 
boulders  at  the  base  of  the  west  precipice,  alt.  1800  ft.,  the  other  on 
a  rocky  bank  near  the  centre  of  the  range  at  about  the  same  altitude. 
The  Shetland  locality  for  this  species  is  interesting,  as  it  appears 
generally  rather  to  avoid  a  maritime  climate.  It  has  not  been  found 
on  the  Faeroes,  which  have  been  well  searched,  nor  does  it  occur  on 
the  islands  off  the  west  coast  of  Norway,  according  to  Herr  Kaalaas. 
It  is  also  rather  rare  in  the  inner  fjord  region,  but  is  fairly  common 
on  the  east  side  of  the  country. — Symers  M.  Macvicar. 

Note  on  Ghik^a  Schweinf.  &  Volkens. — In  this  Journal  for  1896, 
p.  128,  I  described  as  a  new  species  of  Graderia  (G.  speciosa)  a  plant 
collected  by  Dr.  Donaldson  Smith  in  Somaliland.  I  remarked  that 
it  was  an  interesting  addition  to  the  genus,  differing  from  the  two 
previously  described  species  in  its  much  larger,  more  open  flowers, 
and  in  the  complete  disappearance  of  the  sterile  half  of  the  anther 
in  the  posterior  stamens.  In  the  next  year  Drs.  Volkens  and 
Schweinfurth  published  {Liste  des  plantes  recoltees  par  les  Princes 
Demetre  et  yicolas  Ghika-Comanesti  dans  leur  voyage  au  pays  des 
Somalis  ;  Bucarest)  a  new  genus — Ghikcea — of  the  same  section  of 
Scrojyhularineo',  with  one  species — G.  spectahilis.  This  genus,  which 
is  without  doubt  my  Graderia  speciosa,  is  retained  by  Engler  (Bot. 
Jahrb.  xxiii.  507,  where  also  a  figure  of  the  flower  is  given,  t.  xiii. 
figs.  J,  k),  and  also  by  Wettstein  in  the  Supplement  to  the  Pjianzen- 
familien  (Nachtrag.  297),  the  distinguishing  generic  character  being 
the  complete  absence  of  the  sterile  portion  of  the  posterior  anthers. 
Through  the  courtesy  of  Professor  Engler,  I  have  just  had  an 
opportunity  of  examining  a  flower  of  Ghikaia  spectahilis,  and, 
though  there  is  some  variation  in  the  size  of  the  corolla,  I  have 
little  doubt  that  the  plant  collected  by  Dr.  Donaldson  Smith  is 
conspecific  with  Ghika:a  spectahilis.  I  have  thought  it  worth  while 
to  mention  this,  as  it  is  obvious  from  the  construction  of  the  name, 
Ghikica  spectahilis,  that  Graderia  speciosa  has  been  overlooked  not 
only  by  the  original  founders  of  Ghikaa,  but  also  by  subsequent 
workers,  all  of  whom  make  it  a  rule  to  retain  through  generic 
vicissitudes  the  original  species-name  of  a  plant. — A.  B.  Rendle. 


NOTICE     OF    BOOK. 


Irish  Topographical  Botany.  By  Robert  Lloyd  Praeger,  B.A., 
B.E.,  M.R.I. A.  8vo,  cloth,  pp.  clxxxviii,  410  ;  six  maps. 
Price  10s.     London  :  WiUiams  &  Norgate. 

Those  who  know  something  of  Mr.  Praeger's  work  in  the  study 
or  the  field  will  expect  a  really  good  book  from  his  pen ;  and  it  may 
be  said  at  once  that  this  anticipation  is  here  fulfilled.  It  is,  indeed, 
many  years  since  anything  of  so  much  value  to  British  botanists 
generally  has  appeared,  although  one  would  hardly  have  looked  for 
this  in  a  treatise  limited  to  Irish  plants. 

The  author  states  in  the  Preface  that  he  was  led  to  undertake 
his  task  by  observing  the  absence  of  census-numbers  for  Ireland  in 


IRISH    TOPOGKAPHICAL    BOTANY  317 

the  last  edition  of  the  London  Catalofjue  (1895).  At  that  time, 
Messrs.  Colgaii  and  Scully's  second  edition  of  Cybele  Uibeniica  was 
in  an  advanced  state  of  preparation.  Mr.  Praeger  states  that  its 
puhlication  "made  Irish  Topoyraphical  Ijutany  a  -^o&Qihility''  \  and 
that  the  latter  "may  fairly  be  described  as  a  companion  to"  the 
former.  This  is  curiously  exact,  even  as  regards  bulk  ;  the  volumes 
weigh  almost  precisely  the  same  (about  2^  lb.) :  both  are  beauti- 
fully printed  on  good  paper,  and  suitably  bound.  The  later  work 
excels  in  its  maps,  the  production  of  which  has  delayed  its  appear- 
ance for  a  month  or  two ;  the  large  one  facing  the  title-page  and 
those  illustrating  the  petrography  and  orography  of  the  country, 
are  especially  valuable. 

The  chief  point  of  contrast  between  the  two  books  lies  in  the 
subdivision  of  the  country.  Cybele  retains  the  twelve  districts  of 
the  first  edition;  Mr.  Praeger  has  adopted  H.  C.  Watson's  system 
of  vice-counties,  making  forty  in  all.  These  correspond  with  the 
counties,  except  Galway  and  Cork  (with  three  divisions  apiece), 
Kerry,  Tipperary,  Mayo,  and  Donegal  (with  two) ;  bringing  the 
arrangement  into  substantial  agreement  with  that  now  generally 
adopted  in  Great  Britain.  The  Introduction  treats  each  of  these 
briefly,  but  adequately;  giving  the  area,  greatest  elevation,  soils, 
lakes,  rivers,  &c.,  together  with  the  number  of  species  at  present 
known  to  occur,  and  a  list  of  those  which  are  rare,  or  restricted  to 
the  vice-county. 

Almost  every  page  of  this  Introduction  will  repay  careful 
reading,  and  the  average  Englishman  has  a  good  opportunity 
of  correcting  his  ignorance  as  regards  the  sister  isle — e.  <j.  it 
may  be  news  to  most  of  us  that  "Ireland  is,  for  its  size,  the 
flattest  island  in  the  world";  that  "Kerry  has  the  same  average 
temperature  in  December  as  Bordeaux  and  Kome  "  ;  while  "in 
July,  bligo  is  no  warmer  than  Archangel";  and  that  "the  Central 
Plain  of  Ireland  is  the  largest  tract  of  Carboniferous  Limestone  in 
Western  Europe." 

The  total  Flora  (exclusive  of  Characece,  which,  however,  are 
fully  treated  at  the  end)  is  reckoned  at  about  1160  species,  on  the 
basis  of  the  current  London  Catalo(jue;  which  Mr.  Praeger  reduces 
to  1019  species,  or  1138  species  and  subspecies,  in  his  arrangement. 
The  number  of  discoveries  made  in  recent  years  makes  it  probable 
that  this  aggregate  will  still  be  considerably  increased  when  the 
country  has  been  more  thoroughly  explored. 

The  names  adopted  in  the  Cybele  are  retained  throughout; 
wisely,  doubtless,  considering  the  state  of  flux  to  which  the 
prevailing  fashion  has  reduced  our  nomenclature.  Of  Watson's 
"types,"  the  British  is  represented  in  Ireland  by  no  less  than 
98  per  cent.,  the  Germanic  by  only  11-7  per  cent.  To  the  North 
American  group  Hieracium  auratum,  Fr.  might  well  have  been 
added. 

Sections  are  devoted  to  the  plants  of  the  sea-coast ;  of  sandy  and 
gravelly  soils,  of  bogs,  of  marshes,  of  rivers  and  of  lakes  ;  they  are 
models  of  accuracy  and  terseness,  revealing  the  mind  of  a  man  who 
knows  his  subject,  and  not  merely  knows  about  it.  This,  indeed, 
applies  generally  to  the  book,  which  is  singularly  free  from  repetitions 


318  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

and  redundancies,  with  a  good,  breezy,  vigorous  style,  undisfigured 
by  "fine  writing,"  affectations,  or  ''  sloppiness." 

Mr.  Praeger  sketches  out  in  an  interesting  fashion  the  history 
of  several  certainly  introduced  species  (e.  g.  Linaria  minor,  Arenaria 
tenidfoUa,  Matricaria  discoidea)  ;  he  also  shows,  with  regard  to 
questions  of  doubtful  nativity,  an  unusually  unbiassed  judgment 
and  a  rare  perception  of  probabilities.  The  full  and  up-to-date 
bibliography  of  Irish  topographical  botany  is  one  of  the  most 
serviceable  helps  that  could  be  given  to  students. 

"In  the  consistent  use  of  latest  records,  this  work  exhibits  a 

departure  from  the  practice  usually  followed  in  Floras In 

the  present  case,  the  whole  object  is  to  exhibit  a  view  of  the  flora 
of  Ireland  as  it  is ;  to  give  a  present-day  census  of  the  plants  of  the 
country."  Accordingly,  Mr.  Praeger  prints  after  each  vice-comital 
record  of  a  plant  the  name  of  the  most  recent,  rather  than  that  of 
the  first  observer.  He  argues  that  ''  the  names  of  persons  are  here 
published,  not  with  any  reference  to  original  discovery,  but  simply 
as  vouchers  for  the  records'';  and  that  Ci/bele  has  already  done  full 
justice  to  historical  and  original  claims.  Opinions  will  probably 
differ  as  to  the  course  adopted  ;  on  the  whole,  it  seems  justifiable. 

The  "  Field  Work  "  chapter  shows  how  ably  Mr.  Praeger  has 
marshalled  his  available  forces,  and  what  an  indefatigable  outdoor 
worker  he  himself  is.  Pioughly  speaidng,  20,000  county  records 
(500  species  in  40  divisions)  were  required  before  the  book  could  be 
produced;  12,000  of  these  were  lacking  in  1895,  15,000  being  the 
number  actually  aimed  at — and  obtained  !  Monaghan  (477)  alone 
fails  to  reach  the  prescribed  standard,  and  this  exception  is  due  to 
an  accident.  The  author  devoted  practically  all  his  hoUdays  for 
five  years  (roughly,  two  hundred  days)  to  this  object ;  the  ''ordinary 
day"  being  twelve  hours,  and  the  distance  covered  varying  from 
fifteen  to  thirty-five  miles.  Materials  to  the  extent  of  some  five 
thousand  sheets  of  specimens  have  been  placed  in  the  National 
Museum,  the  critical  plants  named  by  recognized  authorities — an 
excellent  plan. 

Thus  we  have,  practically,  a  complete  survey  of  Irish  plant- 
distribution  down  to  the  present  time.  Varieties  are  not  usually 
dealt  with,  and  some  subspecies  are  still  too  little  known  for  treat- 
ment (e.  g.  EuphrasicE,  with  the  exception  of  E.  salishurgensis). 
Misprints  are  few  and  unimportant ;  a  curious  one  is  Hieracium 
vulgatum  var.  ''  inacultatum''  for  maculatum ;  and  H.  riyidiun  yslv. 
"  (jlabrescens''  should  be  scahresctus.  Care.c  (Ederi  Eetz  is  not  even 
recognized  as  a  subspecies.  Two  or  three  plants  are  "calcicole"  in 
Ireland  which  could  hardly  be  so  reckoned  in  England  — e.g.  J  uncus 
ijlaucu!<,  not  uncommon  here  both  on  sand  and  clay.  The  Lough 
Mask  (East  Mayo)  station  for  Daboecia  polifolia,  about  which  the 
author  is  not  satisfied,  may  be  accounted  for  by  its  occurrence  in 
some  plenty  on  the  west  side  of  the  lake,  ^axifraga  umbrosa 
(decidedly  "  calcifuge  ")  grows  sparingly  on  the  limestone  at  its 
south-west  corner. 

In  conclusion,  the  book  is  again  warmly  recommended  to  all 
who  take  an  interest  in  British  botany,  as  being  full  of  interest  and 
well  worth  its  cost.  Edward  S.  Marshall. 


319 


ARTICLES     IN    JOURNALS.* 

But.  (iazette  (24  July).  —  C.  E.  Allen,  'Origin  and  nature  of 
middle  lamella.'  —  C.  E.  Preston,  '  Structural  Studies  on  South- 
western Cactacea'.'  —  A.  Rehder,  '  Basilbna  &  Sddwnotm  of  Rafin- 
esque.' 

Hot.  ZeitiUKj  (15  Aug.).  —  A.  Scherfel,  '  Zur  Pliylogeuie  einiger 
Gruppen  niederer  Orgauismen  '  (1  pi.). 

Bull,  de  VHerb.  Boissier  (31  July).  —  E.  de  Wildeman  &  Th. 
Durand,  '  Plantfe  Gilletianae  Congoleuses  '  (cont.).  —  H.  Scliinz, 
'  Beitriige  zur  Keuntnis  der  Afrikanischen  Flora '  (cont.).  —  A.  de 
Coincy,  *  Qu'est-ce  que  V Echiiim  Wi^n-zhiclxii  Haberle  ?  '  —  G.  Hegl, 
'  Das  Obere  Tosstal'  (cont.). 

Bull.  Ton-eij  But.  Club  (July).— N.  L.  Britton,  '  Thomas  Conrad 
Porter'  (1822-1901  ;  portr.). — W.  A.  Cannon,  -Anatomy  of  Phora- 
dendron  villosum  '  (2  pL).  —  C.  Flahault,  '  Phytogeographic  Xomen- 
clatiu'e.' 

Gardeners  Chronicle  (27  July).  —  Beyoiiia  Forgetiana  Hemsl., 
sp.n. — (3  Aug.).    W.  B.  Hemsley,  '  Dr.  Augustine  Henry  '  (portr.). 

Journal  de  Botanique  ("Juiu";  received  26  July).  —  P.  Van 
Tieghem,  '  Sur  le  genre  Lophira.'  —  P.  Parmentier,  •  Recherches 
sur  le  pollen  des  Dialypetales  '  (cont.). 

Journ.  Linnean  Soc.  (Bot.  xxxv.  no.  243;  15  July).  — AV.  B. 
Hemsley  &  H.  H.  W.  Pearson,  '  Plants  from  the  Bolivian  Andes  ' 
(contains  no  novelties).  —  G.  Massee,  '  Redescription  of  Berkeley's 
Types  of  Fungi '  (cont. ;  2  plates). 

Minnesota  Botanical  Studies  (20  July).  —  E.  M.  Freeman, 
'Minnesota  Uredinea;'  (1  pi.). — Alaria  curtipes  De  Alton  Saunders, 
n.sp.  (1  pi.).  —  F.  K.  Butters.  '  Minnesota  XylariacecE.'  — W.  A. 
Wheeler,  'Flora  of  Red  River  Valley'  (8  pi.).  —  H.  B.  Humphry, 
Gigartina  exasperata  il  pi.).  —  M.  G.  Fanning,  '  Algffi  of  St.  Paul 
City  water'  (4  pi.). — D.  Lange,  '  Revegetation  of  Trestle  Island.' — 
J.  C.  Atkin  &  E.  W.  D.  Holway,  'Violet  rusts  of  N.  America' 
(1  pi.  I. — H.  L.  Lyon,  '  Embryogeny  of  Xehimbo  '  i3  pi.  ^ 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Aug.'. —  k.  Zahlbruckner,  '  Vorar- 
beiten  zu  einer  Flechtenflora  Dalmatiens '  —  V.  Schiftner,  '  Calycu- 
laria  crispula  &  C.  birmensis.' — E.  Hackel,  'NeueGriiser'  \Fauicuiii). 
A.  V.  Hayek,  'Flora  von  Steiermark  '  -cont.'. — M.  Soltokovic,  'Die 
perennen  Arten  der  Gentiana  aus  der  Section  Cgclostigma  '  (concl.i. 

Elwdora  (July;  received  3  Aug.). — T.  Meehan,  'T.  C.  Porter.' — 
W.  Deane,  '  Ericacece  of  New  England.' — M.  L.  Fernald,  '  Scutellaria 
parvula  &  S.  ambigua.' —  R.  G.  Leavitt,  'Embryology  of  New  Eng- 
land Orchids'  il  pl.t.  —  M.  A.  Day,  '  Herbaria  of  New  England' 
(cont.). — (Aug.;  received  24  Aug. i.  W.  Deane,  '  Umbelli/erce  of 
New  England.'  — R.  S.  Smith,  'Aerial  rimners  in  Trientalis  ameri- 
cana.' — R.  E.  Schuh,  '  Rhadinocladia.' 


'  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


320  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 

We  regret  to  learu  that  Mr.  George  Nicholson,  who  has  been 
at  Kew  since  1873,  has  been  compelled  by  ill-health  to  resign  the 
Ouratorship  of  Kew  Gardens.  Mr.  Nicholson  was  at  one  time  a 
diligent  student  of  British  plants,  and  a  frequent  contributor  to 
this  Journal.  Mr.  J.  R.  Jackson,  the  amiable  Keeper  of  the  Kew 
Museums,  with  which  his  connection  began  in  1858,  is  also  retiring 
from  the  service  of  the  Gardens.  Mr.  Nicholson  is  succeeded  by 
Mr.  W.  Watson,  the  Assistant- Curator,  and  Mr.  Hillier  will  replace 
Mr.  Jackson. 

Mr.  Arthur  Smith,  of  5,  Cavendish  Street,  Grimsby,  Lincoln- 
shire, asks  us  to  insert  the  following : — "  The  Alien  Flora  of  Britain. 
I  am  anxious  to  have  notes  and  records  of  Alien  Plants  which  occur 
in  Britain,  and  beg  to  ask  your  assistance  in  the  matter.  If  you  are 
willing  to  co-operate,  I  should  be  glad  to  have  notes  of  such  from 
your  locality,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  specimen  plants.  Should  you 
have  a  knowledge  or  theory  how  the  plant  came  to  its  situation, 
please  give  it;  and  in  sending  plants  give  names,  if  known — if  not, 
I  will  do  my  best  to  name  them.  In  any  case  always  give  colour 
of  flower."  We  believe  Mr.  S.  T.  Dunn  has  for  some  time  been 
engaged  on  a  work  dealing  with  our  introduced  plants. 

The  Gardeners'  Chronicle  for  Aug.  8  gives  a  list  of  Selborne 
plants,  "  the  direct  descendants  of  those  which  White  must  often 
have  seen."  "  The  names  are  not  arranged  in  any  order,"  and  the 
list  is  thus  not  easy  to  consult ;  but  we  note  among  the  names 
Mimulus  liiteiis,  which  we  do  not  think  White  is  likely  to  have 
met  with.  It  will  be  remembered  that  a  complete  list  of  the  plants 
— 440  in  number — actually  noted  by  White  as  occurring  at  Selborne 
was  printed  in  this  Journal  for  1893,  pp.  289-294. 

We  should  have  mentioned  earlier  the  death  of  the  eminent  and 
venerable  Japanese  botanist  Ito  Keisuke,  which  took  place  at  Tokyo 
on  the  21st  of  January,  in  his  ninety-ninth  year.  Some  account  of 
his  work,  from  the  pen  of  his  grandson,  Mr.  Tokutaro  Ito,  will  be 
found  in  this  Journal  for  1887,  accompanied  by  a  portrait :  a  later 
portrait  and  account  is  given  in  the  Annals  of  Botany  for  September, 
1900. 

Mr.  K.  F.  Towndrow  is  known  as  a  writer  of  graceful  verse,  and 
now  another  botanist,  Mr.  F.  T.  Mott,  puts  forward  claims  to  the 
laurel  in  a  little  volume  called  The  Bensclif  Ballads.  One  of 
these — "A  Summer  Campaign" — narrates  an  excursion  of  four 
botanists 

"  Where  the  shrubby  SiKcda  jusfc  fringes  the  land, 
And  Salsola  spreads  out  his  thorns  on  the  sand.  .  .   • 
Where  Osmunda  sat  throned  in  a  leaf-sheltered  nook, 
And  the  slender  CEminthe  peered  up  from  the  brook. 

"  They  ransacked  the  land  and  they  searched  by  the  sea, 
And  brought  back  their  vasculums  filled  with  debris ; 
Rlnjnchospora  alba  and  Myrica  Gale 
And  Triticum  repem,  the  blue  littorale.'" 


.Rcixdle     ajia,! . 
Lcoclt     del  efc  lith 


A.  TrilliiiTn  jpvisillvLm  Mich .    B.   T.RuLgeK  j^stici^. 
C  .  Lixaosella  aquatic  a   XVar.    tenxiifolia.  i^C'/r./' 


321 


NOTES    ON    TRILLIUM. 

By  a.  B.  Rendle,  M.A.,  D.  Sc. 

(Plate  426.) 

Certain  enquiries  by  American  botanists  as  to  the  old  types  of 
the  species  of  this  genus  induced  me  to  go  somewhat  exhaustively 
into  the  matter.  x\s  repeatedly  happens,  the  richness  of  the  National 
Collection  in  original  and  classic  specimens  was  most  helpful  in  the 
elucidation  of  the  more  difficult  forms,  and  I  was  in  hopes  of  being 
able  to  make  a  general  revision  of  all  the  species.  But  it  soon 
became  evident  that,  without  a  much  larger  suite  of  specimens  than 
at  present  exists  either  at  the  British  Museum  or  Kew,  a  general 
monograph  which  would  add  sufficiently  to  revisions  already  in 
existence  was  out  of  the  question.  It  seemed,  however,  advisable 
to  publish  a  careful  account  of  the  original  specimens,  since  their 
detailed  description  should  be  of  considerable  help  to  American 
workers,  who,  having  the  great  advantage  of  studying  the  plants  in 
the  field,  and  of  obtaining  an  unhmited  supply  of  specimens,  might 
approach  with  confidence  the  subject  of  a  monograph,  if  once  the 
identity  of  the  earlier  species  were  established. 

I  have  included  a  few  notes  on  certain  species  and  forms  which 
impressed  me  as  more  or  less  distinct ;  some  of  them  are  based  on 
plants  from  Rugel's  collection  in  the  mountains  of  Carolina  and 
Tennessee,  most  of  which  cannot  be  consulted  except  in  the  National 
Herbarium.  Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  F.  W.  Burbidge,  Mr.  T. 
Smith  of  Newry,  and  several  others,  I  have  been  able  to  examine 
cultivated  specimens  of  a  number  of  the  species. 

1.    Species  ivit/i  sessile  Jiowers.     Stigmas  sessile. 
1.  Trillium  sessile  L.  Sp.  PI.  340  (1753).    Trillium  flore  sessili 
erecto. 

Linn£eu3  cites  the  following : — 

1.  Paris  foliis  ternatis,  flore  sessili  erecto.     Gron.  virg.  44. 

2.  Solanum  virginianum  triphyllum,  flore  tripetalo  atro- 
purpureo  in  foliorum  sinu,  absque  pediculo,  sessiH. 
Phik.  aim.  352,  t.  Ill,  f.  6. 

3.  Solanum  triphyllum,  flore  hexapetalo  :  tribus  petalis  pur- 
pureis,  ceteris  viridibus  reflexis.    Catesb.  car.  i,  p.  50,  t.  50. 

We  are  fortunate  in  possessing  the  types  of  each  of  these  authors 
in  the  National  Herbarium. 

1.  Gron.  virg.  44  (1743).   "Paris  foliis  ternis,  flore  sessili  erecto." 

This  plant  is  in  the  Gronovian  herbarium.  It  is  no.  856  of 
Clayton's  Virginian  plants,  bearing  the  name,  "Anonymos  caule 
simplici  nudo,  ad  fastigium  tribus  solummodo  foliis  vestito,  e 
quorum  medio  flos  purpureus  irregularis  exoritur :  radicem  habet 
tuberosam  striatam." 

The  stem,  which  is  broken  off  at  the  tuber,  is  20  cm.  high, 
reaching  barely  3  mm.  in  diameter ;  the  sessile  bluntly  elliptic-ovate 
leaves  are  mottled,  5*5-6*5  cm.  long  by  4  cm.  broad ;  sepals  lanceolate, 
blunt,  2-7  cm.  long  by  -8  cm.  broad;  petals  lanceolate,  acute,  3  by 
•8  cm. ;  filaments  purple,  broadening  from  base  to  apex,  4  mm.  long 

Journal  oe  Botany.     Vol.  39.      [Oct.  1901.]  2  a 


322  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

by  1*75  mm.  broad  at  the  base,  anther  11  mm.  (including  the  pro- 
longed connective,  which  is  1'5  mm.)  ;  ovary  subglobose,  8  mm. 
high  ;  stigmas  6*5  mm.  long,  erect,  recurving  slightly  at  the  apex. 
Gronovius  also  cites  (1)  "  Solanum  triphyllum,  flore  tripetalo 
atropurpureo,  in  foliorum  sinu  absque  pediculo  sessili.  Ba)iist. 
Cat.  Stirp.  Virg."  (in  Eay  Hist.  ii.  1926).  There  is  no  specimen 
in  Banister's  herbarium  which  forms  part  of  Herb.  Sloane. 
(2)  **  Solanum  triphyllum,  flore  hexapetalo,  tribus  petalis  purpureis 
erectis,  cseteris  viridibus  reflexis.  Plukn.  Catesb.  Hist.  Carol,  vol.  i. 
t.  50.''    This,  which  Linnaeus  also  cites,  we  shall  consider  presently. 

2.  Pluk.  aim.  352,  t.  Ill,  f.  6.  Among  Plukenet's  plants  in 
Herb.  Sloane  is  one  closely  resembling  this  figure,  and  written  up 
by  Plukenet  as  the  same  plant  (Herb.  Sloane,  90.  f.  95).  The 
stem,  cut  off  below,  is  13  cm.  long ;  leaves  broadly  elliptical, 
scarcely  ovate,  blunt,  5  cm.  long  by  barely  4  cm.  broad ;  sepals 
lanceolate,  subobtuse,  2-4  cm.  by  -6  cm.  ;  petals  lanceolate,  sub- 
acute, 2'4  cm.  by  -S-'SS  cm. ;  filaments  broadening  from  above 
downwards,  3  mm.  long  by  barely  1*5  mm.  broad  at  the  base,  anthers 
8-10  mm.  long  excluding  prolonged  connective,  which  is  2-2*5  mm. ; 
stigmas  erect,  9  mm.  long,  ovary  4-5  mm.  long;  the  stamens  over- 
top the  stigmas  by  barely  the  length  of  the  prolonged  connective. 
The  leaves  in  the  figure  are  represented  as  mottled ;  it  is  impossible 
to  say  whether  they  were  so  in  the  dried  specimen. 

3.  Catesb.  car.  i.  p.  50,  t.  50.  Catesby's  figure  represents  a  plant 
with  larger  broadly  lanceolate  mottled  leaves,  and  three  elongated 
oblanceolate  purple  petals  standing  erect  and  conspicuously  longer 
than  the  sepals.  Catesby's  Carolina  plants  form  part  of  Herb. 
Sloane,  where  the  specimen  in  question  is  found  on  the  same  page 
(H.  S.  212,  f.  59)  as  his  other  species  of  the  genus  (figured  in  t.  45). 
The  leaves,  however,  are  elliptical  and  blunt,  not  elongated  as  in  the 
figure,  and  closely  resemble  those  of  the  Gronovian  and  Plukenet 
plants.  They  are  mottled,  6*8-7  cm.  long,  4-4*3  cm.  broad ;  as  in 
the  Gronovian  and  Plukenet  plants  they  are  3-5-nerved,  the  two  outer 
nerves  being  less  conspicuous  or  absent.  The  stem,  cut  off  at  the 
base,  is  10*5  cm.  long,  and  reaches  3  mm.  in  width.  Sepals  linear- 
lanceolate,  obtuse,  3*5  cm.  by  1  cm. ;  petals  narrowly  liuear-oblanceo- 
late,  subacute,  5  cm.  by  -5  cm.,  erect;  stamens  purple,  conspicuously 
overtopping  the  stigmas,  filaments  broadening  downwards,  barely 
3  mm.  long,  anthers  including  short  prolongation  of  connective 
(•7  mm.)  15  mm. ;  stigmas  6  mm.  or  more,  straight. 

The  specimen  in  Linnaeus' s  herbarium  named  T.  sessile  is 
different  from  any  of  the  above.  It  is  a  small  plant  with  narrowly 
elliptical  leaves,  and  a  small  shortly  stalked  sessile  flower.  Sir 
J.  E.  Smith  has  written  ^^pumilum  Pursh?"  ;  it  is  without  doubt 
T.  pusillum  Michx.,  to  which  we  shall  presently  refer. 

Dealing  only  with  the  available  types  cited  by  Linnaeus,  we 
might  conclude  that  his  T.  sessile  included  two  distinct  plants,  one 
of  Gronovius  and  Plukenet  with  subequal  lanceolate  sepals  and 
petals,  and  stamens  half  as  long  as  the  petals ;  and  the  other,  that 
of  Catesby,  with  narrowly  linear-lanceolate  petals  nearly  half  as 
long  again  as  the  sepals,  and  stamens  about  one-third  the  length 
of  the  petals.     A  further  difference  suggested  by  Catesby's  plate — 


NOTES    ON    TRILLIUM  323 

namely,  the  larger  lanceolate  strongly  trinerved  leaves  with  tapering 
tips — disappears  on  reference  to  the  specimen.  It  is  of  interest  to 
note  apropos  of  this  discrepancy  that  J.  E.  Smith,  who  erroneously 
referred  Catesby's  other  specimen  (T.  Cateshal  Elliot)  to  T.  ceniuum 
L.,  remarks:  "Icon  Catesbseana  tarn  informis,  atque  colore  tarn 
erronea  est,  ut  earn  ad  nostram  speciem  pertinere,  nisi  herbarium 
auctoris  in  Museo  Britannico  inspexissem,  minime  crediderim  ;  rara 
pulchraque  htec  planta  meliorem  sane  postulat"  {Spicileg.Botan.4). 
Dr.  J.  K.  Small,  in  a  review  of  the  "  Sessile-flowered  Trillia  of 
the  South-eastern  States"  (Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  CI.  xxiv.  169),  protests 
against  the  inclusion  of  many  widely  differing  forms  under  a  single 
name,  and  distributes  under  six  species  the  varieties  included  by 
Watson  ("Revision  of  North  American  Liliaceae  "  in  Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  xiv.  273)  under  2\  sessile  L.  and  2\  recurvatum  Beck.  Dr. 
Britton  had  previously  consulted  my  colleague  Mr.  E.  G.  Baker  as 
to  the  identity  of  the  Grouovian  and  Plukenet  plants.  Dr.  Small, 
impressed  with  the  dissimilarity  between  these  and  Catesby's  figure, 
writes  :  "  Thus  we  see  that  the  first  and  second  quoted  descriptions 
in  the  Species  Plantarum  are  represented  by  specimens  which  agree 
with  each  other  in  all  essential  particulars,  while  the  third  quotation 
is  founded  wholly  on  a  plate  which  represents  a  species  totally 
distinct  from  that  on  which  the  first  and  second  descriptions  were 
founded.  Therefore  the  name  Trillium  sessile  must  be  associated 
with  the  small  oval-leaved  plant,  and  the  large  plant  must  receive 
a  name."  The  name  given  is  T.  Under ivoodii.  The  writer  states 
that  the  two  species  "  are  remarkably  constant  in  comparative  size," 
and  "  can  readily  be  segregated  on  size  and  habit  alone,  and  of 
course  comparative  measurements  of  organs  would  serve  as  an 
excellent  basis  of  separation.  But  this  is  not  necessary,  since  we 
have  such  good  specific  characters  as  exist  in  the  flower,  especially  as 
respects  the  stamens  and  styles."  The  distinctive  characters  as 
given  by  Dr.  Small  are — 

T.  sessile.  T.  Underwoodii. 

Rootstock   ovate   or    ascending,     Rootstock  horizontal. 

corm-like. 
Stem  1-2  dm.  tall,  slender.  Stem  1-3  dm.  tall,  stout. 

Leaves  oval  or  suborbicular,  4-8    Leaves  varying  from  ovate-lanceo- 

cm.    long,    obtuse    or    acute,         late  to  ovate-orbicular,  8-18  cm. 

rounded    at    the    base,    3-5-        long,  acute  or  short  acuminate, 

nerved,  not  mottled.  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the 

base,  mottled. 
Sepals  2-3  cm.  long,   acute  or     Sepals  4'5-5-5  cm.  long,  obtuse 

acutish.  or  acute. 

Petals  narrowly  elliptic,  slightly    Petals  lanceolate,  elliptic  or  ob- 

shorter  than  or  longer   than         lanceolate,  5-5-8-5  cm.  long. 

the  sepals. 
Stamens  about  half  as  long  as     Stamens  3-4  times  shorter  than 

the  petals.  the  petals. 

Filaments  dilated  at  the   base,     Filaments    very   short,    anthers 

-|— I  shorter  than  the  anthers.  1*5-2  cm.  long,  subsessile. 

Styles  elongated,  nearly  straight.     Styles  almost  wanting,  stigmas 

recurved. 

2  A  2 


324  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Let  us  take  these  characters  seriatim.  So  far  as  I  am  able  to 
judge  from  our  dried  specimens,  the  rootstock  character  is  not  a 
constant  one ;  plants  which  from  other  points  would  be  classed 
under  T.  sessile  show  a  horizontal  rootstock  comparable  with  that 
of  Underivoodii. 

The  size  of  the  plant  is  very  variable  ;  that  of  Catesby's  plant 
{i.  e.  type  of  U^iderwoodii)  closely  resembles  those  of  the  Gronovian 
and  Plukenet  specimens.  On  the  other  hand,  of  two  specimens 
collected  at  Lexington,  Kentucky,  by  Dr.  Short,  which  differ  in 
nothing  but  size,  and  would  undoubtedly  be  considered  as  T.  sessile 
in  the  most  limited  sense,  the  stem  in  one  case  is  8  cm.  long  by 
3  mm.  wide,  in  the  other  26  cm.  by  6-7  mm.  wide.  Cultivated 
specimens  also  often  show  remarkable  differences  in  size,  though 
alike  in  other  respects. 

The  leaves  of  all  the  three  historic  specimens  are  similar ;  the 
difference  in  shape  implied  by  Catesby's  figure  is  not  borne  out  by 
his  specimen,  the  leaves  of  which  fall  within  the  limits  of  size 
given  for  T.  sessile.  Moreover,  the  leaves  of  the  Gronovian  plant 
still  show  distinct  traces  of  having  been  mottled,  and  the  same 
character  is  obvious  in  Plukeuet's  figure. 

The  sepals  of  Catesby's  plant  (3-5  cm.  long),  though  larger  than 
in  the  other  two  specimens,  do  not  reach  the  lower  limit  of  length 
assigned  to  Underwoodii.  The  petals  (5  cm.  long)  are,  however, 
conspicuously  longer  than  the  sepals,  though  they  also  fall  short  of 
the  lower  limit  assigned  to  T.  Underwoodii.  The  stamens  are  scarcely 
more  than  one-third  the  length  of  the  petals,  while  in  T.  Ufiderwoodii 
the  proportion  is  about  1  to  2. 

The  length  and  form  of  the  filaments  is  similar  in  all  three 
specimens,  but  the  anthers  in  Catesby's  plant  are  one-third  longer 
than  those  of  the  other  two. 

The  specimens  which  I  have  examined  do  not  show  any  longi- 
tudinal demarcation  of  style  and  stigma.  The  ovary  appendages 
are  similar  in  all,  consisting  of  erect  or  slightly  apically  recurving 
processes  which  are  apparently  stigmatic  down  the  whole  of  the 
inner  face.  Those  in  Catesby's  plant  are  intermediate  in  length 
between  those  in  the  other  two  specimens. 

Therefore,  if  we  restrict  our  observations  to  the  type  specimens, 
it  is  evident  that  although  many  of  the  characters  indicated  by  Mr. 
Small  are  not  confirmed,  yet  that  the  Carolina  plant  is  distinguished 
from  the  Virginian  by  its  larger  sepals,  by  its  narrowly  oblanceolate 
petals  which  are  also  longer  both  actually  and  relatively  to  the 
sepals  and  stamens,  and  by  its  longer  anthers. 

It  is  possible  to  arrange  a  limited  number  of  herbarium  speci- 
mens in  a  series  of  more  or  less  distinct  forms.  Thus  dealing  with 
specimens  from  the  Atlantic  slope,  we  have: — 1.  What  we  may 
regard  as  typical  T.  sessile  conforming  to  Clayton's  Virginian 
specimen  and  that  of  Plukenet,  with  lanceolate  to  oval-lanceolate 
petals  about  equal  in  length  to  the  sepals  and  generally  about  twice 
the  length  of  the  stamens.  The  plants  seem,  as  a  rule,  smaller  and 
less  robust  than  the  other  forms ;  the  leaves  are  bluntly  ovate  to 
orbicular. 


NOTES    ON    TRILLIUM  325 

The  T.  uanthum  and  T.  tinctorium  of  Rafinesque  (Bot.  U.S.  ii. 
98)  may  belong  here. 

2.  A.  form  represented  by  Catesby's  plant,  having  oblanceolate 
petals  with  long  narrow  bases  standing  erect  in  the  centre  of  the 
flower,  and  conspicuously  longer  than  the  lanceolate  to  broadly 
linear-lanceolate  sepals  ;  stamens  about  one-third  the  length  of  the 
petals,  connective  scarcely  prolonged  above  the  anther.  Good 
specimens  of  this  form  occur  in  Herb.  Banks,  labelled  ''Am. 
Sept.";  the  leaves  are  slightly  larger  and  more  elongated  (elliptic- 
oval  to  ovate,  7-8  by  3-3-5'7  cm.),  the  petals  slightly  broader 
(6-8  mm.  in  breadth),  while  the  anthers  vary  from  10-18  mm.  in 
length,  the  connective  ending  almost  on  a  level  with  the  pollen - 
sacs ;  the  stigmas  vary  from  4*5  to  5  mm.  long,  and  are  straight  or 
slightly  recurved  at  the  tip  only.  The  leaves  are  conspicuously 
mottled.  Curtis's  Bot.  Mag.  tab.  40,  "  taken  from  a  plant 
which  flowered  in  my  garden  last  spring  from  roots  sent  me  the 
preceding  autumn,  by  Mr.  Eobert  Squibb,  Gardener,  of  Charleston, 
South-Carolina,"  is  a  good  representation  of  the  specimens. 

A  similar  specimen  occurs  in  a  volume  of  plants  collected  by 
Mr.  Job  Lord  in  Carolina  (Herb.  Sloane,  285,  f.  4);  Lord's  label 
reads  :  "  This  Plant  Grows  in  moist  fertil  ground  y*  has  a  deep  & 
loose  (or  light)  soil.  It  has  three  Leaves  at  y^  top  of  y^  stalk, 
amidst  w''  stands  upright  one  dark  reddish  purple  Flow'',  w"  it  is 
full ;  but  greenish  before  it  is  full  blown.  You  may  see  y®  flow''  in 
it's  perfection  in  one  of  y^  samples,  &  y*"  shape  &  mann^'  of  standing 
of  y*"  Leaves  in  y^  other.  Gathered  may  3'^  1704  Those  spots  in 
y^  Leaves  y*  now  (dried)  look  most  green,  w"  they  are  fresh  look  of 
y^  colour  of  y^  Liver  of  a  beast,  before  it  be  sodden,  as  it  is  when 
taken  out  of  y®  beast."  The  leaves  are  ovate,  not  exceeding  6*5  cm. 
in  length  by  4*5  in  breadth.  The  petals  which  closely  resemble 
those  of  Catesby's  plant  are  4  cm.  long  (sepals  2*5  cm.),  and  the 
stamens  1-2  cm.  The  connective  is  not  prolonged  beyond  the 
pollen-sacs.  The  specimen  of  Trillmm  sessile  in  Walter's  Carolina 
herbarium  is  also  similar.  In  his  Flor.  Carol.  126  (1788),  Walter 
has  T.  sessile  "  flore  sessili  erecto,  petalis  coriaceis  purpureis." 

Nearly  allied  to  the  Carolina  form  are  some  specimens  from 
Florida  {''Trillium  sessile  L.?"  in  herb.  Chapman)  which  seem  to 
approach  most  nearly  to  the  idea  of  Dr.  Small's  2\  Undencoodii. 
The  somewhat  robust  stems  reach  24  cm.  in  length  and  -5  in 
thickness  ;  the  leaves  are  those  of  Catesby's  figure,  ovate  to  ovate- 
lanceolate  and  more  or  less  elongated  to  an  acute  or  subacute  tip, 
mottled  and  prominently  3-nerved ;  they  reach  12*5  cm.  in  length 
by  5*3  cm.  in  breadth.  The  lanceolate  petals  i4'5-5'5  cm.  by 
1-2-1-4  cm.)  exceed  the  sepals  (3*3-4  cm.  long),  and  are  3|-  to  4 
times  as  long  as  the  stamens ;  the  connective  is  prolonged  beyond 
the  anther,  and  the  stigmas  are  short  (3-3-5  mm.). 

A  similar  but  somewhat  smaller  specimen  from  Arkansas  occurs 
in  herb.  Nuttall. 

Another  similar  and  generally  robust  form  with  a  stout  hori- 
zontal rhizome,  and  a  stem  from  16  to  40  cm.  long  and  as  much  as 
6-7  mm.  thick  a  little  above  the  base,  has  broadly  ovate  to  ovate- 


326  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

orbicular  leaves,  generally  shortly  acute  or  subacute,  with  3-5  con- 
spicuous nerves.  The  lanceolate  to  oblanceolate  petals  (4-6  cm.  by 
•7-1*4  cm.)  exceed  the  lanceolate  sepals  (3-4-5  cm.  by  '8-1  cm.), 
and  are  3-4  times  longer  than  the  stamens.  The  connective  is 
scarcely  prolonged  above  the  anther,  and  the  stigmas  are  short. 
It  embraces  several  of  Rugel's  gatherings  in  the  mountains  of 
East  Tennessee  (above  warm  springs,  &c.),  and  one  from  the 
Alleghany  Mountains  in  North  Carolina.  It  may  perhaps  be 
T.  rotundifoJium  Raf.  /.  c.  97. 

The  Western  specimens  as  indicated  by  Watson  (Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  xiv.  273)  fall  into  two  sets  : — 

(1)  A  robust  plant  with  large  broadly  rhombic-ovate  sessile 
leaves  (in  our  specimens  reaching  10  cm.  long  and  nearly  as  broad), 
and  oblanceolate  to  rhombic-obovate  petals  (5*5-6  cm.  long  by 
1*1-2*6  cm.  broad)  considerably  exceeding  the  lanceolate  sepals, 
and  3-3|  times  as  long  as  the  stamens  (filaments  about  2  mm.  long, 
anthers  1*5  cm.  excluding  the  prolonged  connective,  1  mm.) ; 
stigmas  short  (4  mm.  long). 

This  is  the  var.  californicum  Watson,  /.  c,  and  the  \Sbi\  giganteiim 
Torr.  in  Pacif.  Rail.  Rep.  4,  151,  uon  Hook.,  also  Greene,  Man. 
Bay-Region  Bot.  314. 

The  larger  specimens  of  the  Tennessee  form  approach  this,  but 
show  less  difference  between  size  of  sepals  and  petals. 

Watson  includes  here  var.  chloropetahim  Torr.  /.  c,  characterized 
by  its  green  obovate  elliptical  obtuse  petals,  twice  the  length  of  the 
sepals.     Greene,  /.  c.  follows  Torrey,  and  recognizes  it  as  distinct. 

(2)  Similar  to  (1),  but  with  shortly  petiolate  leaves,  and  the 
oblanceolate  petals  narrower,  especially  towards  the  base.  In  the 
specimens  which  I  have  examined  the  stigmas  are  larger  than 
in  (1),  6-5-7  mm.,  and  straight. 

This  is  the  var.  cfiganteum  Hook.  &  Arn.  Bot.  Beechey,  402 
(1841)  =  var.  angjistlpetaJum  Torr.  in  Pacif.  Rail.  Rep.  4,  95  [151] , 
(1857).  I  have  received  cultivated  specimens  from  Messrs.  Perry, 
of  Winchmore  Hill,  as  "2".  sessile  var.  rubrum." 

Specimens  in  cultivation  which  I  have  received  from  various 
sources  as  var.  californicum  resemble  rather  the  robuster  forms 
from  the  Atlantic  side. 

2.  T.  DiscoLOK  Wray  ex  Hook,  in  Bot.  Mag.  t.  3097  (1831). 

T.  sessile  var.  Wrayi  Watson  in  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  xiv.  273  (1879). 

This  seems  to  be  a  distinct  species,  and  is  so  regarded  by  Small 
(I.  c.  171).  It  is  characterized  by  its  sulphur-yellow  to  green,  very 
obtuse  obovate  petals  narrowing  to  a  claw  at  the  base. 

3.  T.  viRiDE  Beck  in  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.  xi.  178  (1826) ;  Kunth, 
Enum.  V.  123  (1850);  Small,  I.e.  173. 

T.  viridescens  Nutt.  in  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  xv.  (new  ser.) 

155  (1837). 
T.  sessile  var.  Nuttallii  Watson  in  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  xiv.  273 

(1879). 
This  seems  a  good  species  as  indicated  by  Dr.  Small,  who  also 
pointed  out  the  identity  of  the  plants  of  Beck  and  Nuttall. 


NOTES    ON    TRILLIUM  327 

The  absolute  size  of  the  flowers  varies  considerably,  one  of 
Nuttall's  type  specimens  having  remarljably  long  and  narrow  sepals 
and  petals.  The  species  can,  however,  be  distinguished  by  the  claw- 
like, differently  coloured  base  of  the  generally  narrow  greenish  petals. 
As  Dr.  Small  indicates,  its  affinity  is  with  T.  recnrvatnm  Beck.  The 
most  nearly  allied  of  the  forms  of  T.  sessile  is  the  Carolina  form  of 
Catesby,  &c.,  which  recalls  T.  viride  in  its  erect  petals  with  their 
elongated  narrow  bases. 

Missouri,  Arkansas. 

4.  T.  RECURVATUM  Bcck  ;  Watson,  /.  c. ;  Small,  I.  c.  174. 
T.  unguicidatum  Raf.  Bot.  U.S.  ii.  98  (1830). 

T.  wiguiciilatum  Nutt.  in  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  /.  c.  155  (1837). 

Distinguished  from  T.  viride  by  its  stalked  leaves,  ultimately 
recurved  sepals,  and  proportionately  broader  petals.  It  is  interesting 
to  note  that  the  same  name  was  given  independently  by  Rafinesque 
and  Nuttall.  Beck  in  the  original  description  says,  leaves  "  sessile  or 
on  very  short  petioles."  Can  the  "  sessile"  refer  to  the  T.  lanceo- 
latum  Boykin  which  Dr.  Small  considers  a  distinct  species,  but 
which  Watson  {I.e.  274)  made  a  variety  of  T.  recnrvatnm? 

5.  T.  LANCEOLATUM  Boykin  ex  Watson  in  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  xiv. 
274  (1879) ;  Small,  I.  c. 

T.  recnrvatnm  Beck,  var.  (?)  lanceolatum  Watson,  /.  c.  273. 

Specimens  which  I  have  seen  from  Kentucky  {Short),  Georgia 
{Torrey),  and  others,  favour  Dr.  Small's  view,  that  this  is  a  distinct 
species.  The  plants  have  sessile  lanceolate  leaves,  narrower  than 
in  2\  reciirvatiwi,  and  narrower  petals. 

ii.  Species  with  stalked  flowers.     Stigmas  sessile. 
Trillium  erectnm  series  (Spp.  6-9). 

6.  T.  ERECTUM  L.  Sp.  PI.  341  (1753) ;  Watson  in  Proc.  Amer. 
Acad.  xiv.  274  (1879),  in  part. 

T.  rhomhoidenm  Mich.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  215  (1803),  excl.  var.  grandi- 

florum. 
T,fcetidnm  Salisb.  Parad.  Lond.  t.  35  (1806). 
T.  petididnm  Willd.  Hort.  Berol.  t.  35  (1816). 
Linnaeus's  description  runs,  "  TrilUum  flora  pedunculate  erecto," 
with  these  citations  : — 

Paris  fohis  ternis,  flora  pedunculate  aracto.      Amcen.  acad.  i. 

p.  154. 
Solanum  triphyllum  brasilianum.     Baiih.  pin.  167  \  prodr.  91; 

Burs.  ix.  12. 
Solanum  triphyllum  canadensa.   Corn,  canad.  166,  1. 167  [should 

be  "t.  on  p.  167"]. 
Solano  congener  tryphyllum  canadense.     Moris,  hist.  8,  p.  582, 

§  18,  t.  8,f.  7. 
Habitat  in  Virginia. 

The  reference  Amoen.  acad.  i.  p.  154  is  to  an  annotated  list  of 
the  plants  in  the  herbarium  of  Joachim  Burser  by  one  Roland 
Martin.  The  plant  in  question,  of  which  a  description  is  given, 
was  received  by  Burser  from  a  certain  French  doctor  returning 


B28  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

from  Toupinambault,  Brasil ;  Burser  sent  a  duplicate  to  Caspar 
Bauhin,  who  describes  the  phmt  in  his  Prodr.  91  (1620)  as  Solcnmm 
tri/phi/llum  Bvasilianum,  saying,  "hoc  in  sylvosis  Brasiliae  apud 
Tououpinambaultios  copiose  reperitur,  referente  PharmacopnsoGallo, 
qui  una  cnm  ahis  D.  Bursero  communicavit" ;  the  sepals  are  8  in. 
long,  petals  2  in.  Tlie  author  in  his  Amoen.  cites  also  Solanmn 
trlphylliun  canadense.  Corn,  canad.  166. 

Linnseus's  fourth  citation,  Solano  coiufener  triphylhim  Canadense 
Moris,  hist.  3.  p.  532,  §  13,  t.  3,  f.  7,  is  the  same  plant  as  Cornuti's, 
which  is  moreover  cited  as  a  synonym. 

The  plant  in  Linn?eus's  herbarium  under  this  name  is  a  specimen 
of  Medeola  rirginica  L.  received  from  Kalm. 

In  the  absence  of  Burser's  specimens,  we  are  referred  back  to 
Cornuti's  figure  and  description  to  determine  what  Linn  feus  meant 
by  his  species ;  this  is  evidently  what  is  generally  understood  as 
T.  erectnm. 

The  specimens  show  considerable  variation  in  the  size  and 
breadth  of  the  leaves,  size  of  the  flowers,  colour,  relative  size  and 
breadth  of  petals,  absolute  and  relative  length  of  stamens  and 
stigmas,  and  relative  length  of  anther  and  filament. 

We  can  distinguish — 

(1)  A  smaller  less  robust  form  with  rhombic,  shortly  acuminate 
leaves,  flowers  small  to  moderate,  stamens  barely  or  not  much 
longer  than  the  short  recurved  stigmas,  and  filaments  three-fifths 
to  four-fifths  the  length  of  the  anthers.  The  petals  may  be  white 
or  claret,  and  are  ovate,  blunt,  and  slightly  to  about  one-third 
longer  than  the  sepals.  The  stamens  are  6-10  mm.  long,  the 
stigmas  2-4  mm. 

I  have  seen  specimens  from  Canada,  New  York,  Vermont, 
Massachusetts,  and  Tennessee  (Smoky  Mts.  Finns  canadensis 
region,  Rugel).  Some  of  the  Tennessee  specimens  have  very 
small  leaves  and  flowers  (sepals  12  mm.,  petals  14  mm.,  and 
stamens  6  mm.  long). 

T.  penduhim  Willd.  /.  c.  must  be  included  here. 

(2)  A  robust  form  with  large  broadly  rhombic  shortly  acuminate 
leaves,  large  flowers,  anthers  more  than  twice  to  many  times  as 
long  as  the  filaments,  and  falling  short  of  the  tips  of  the  long  stout 
outwardly  curving  stigmas.  The  petals  may  be  white  or  claret ; 
they  are  elliptic  or  ovate,  obtuse  to  subobtuse,  and  about  equal  in 
length  to  the  sepals.  The  stamens  are  1-2  cm.  long,  the  filaments 
2*5-5  mm.,  the  anthers  8-18  mm.;  the  connective  is  generally  just 
prolonged  above  the  anther-cells  ;  the  stigmas  from  5  to  10  mm.  long. 

We  have  specimens  collected  in  Canada  by  Masson  (1799-1802) 
with  sepals  and  petals  4  cm.  long,  and  from  several  of  the  North- 
eastern United  States  (Ohio,  Kentucky,  Illinois). 

The  specimen  which  Bauhin  had  from  Burser,  purporting  to 
come  from  Brazil,  may  belong  to  this  form  ;  it  is  described  as  having 
leaves  4  in.  broad  and  5  in.  long,  "ex  rotunditate  acuminata," 
sepals  3  in.  long,  petals  white,  2  in.  long  by  1  in.  broad. 

(3)  Var.  viridifiorum  Hook.  Bot.  Mag.  3250,  nearly  allied  to 
(2),  but  characterized  by  its  rather  broadly  ovate  greenish  petals. 


NOTES    ON    TRILLIUM  329 

I  have  received  a  cultivated  specimen  from  Mr.  G.  F.  Wilson, 
of  Weybridge,  queried  "  3\  canadense,''  which,  1  think,  represents 
this  variety;  it  has  filaments  five-sevenths  to  five-eighths  the  length 
of  the  anthers,  while  the  figure  in  the  Bot.  Mag.  represents  the 
filaments  about  half  the  length  of  the  anthers. 

7.  T.  Vaseyi  Harbison  in  Biltmore  Bot.  Studies,  i.  24  (1901). 
I  had  separated  as  a  very  distinct  form  plants  collected  by  Rugel  in 
the  Smoky  Mountains,  Tennessee,  which  are  evidently  identical 
with  the  plants  recently  described  under  the  above  name,  "from 
the  high  mountains  of  the  Southern  Alleghanies."  They  have  a 
robust  stem,  ovately-rhomboid  leaves,  large  ovate  purple  petals, 
and  long  slender  anthers  much  exceeding  the  very  short  recurved 
stigmas. 

'^^^%.  T.   cAMTSCHATicuM  Pallas  in  herb. ;    Pursh.   Fl.    Am.    Sept. 
246  (1814).     T.  ohovatum  Pursh,  I.e.  245,  as  regards  the  specimens 
of  Pallas. 
1/  We  have  several  sheets  of  this  plant  in  Pallas's  herbarium  in 

the  National  Collection  ;  a  stout  horizontal  rhizome  bears  the  stiff 
straw-like  remains  of  numerous  withered  peduncles  surrounded  by 
the  deeper  brown  scarious  sheaths.  The  functional  peduncles  are 
glabrous,  23-35  cm.  long,  and  barely  reach  4  mm.  in  diameter. 

Leaves  rhombeo-rotundate,  often  with  somewhat  flattened  base, 
apex  subacuminate  (5-10  cm.  long  and  nearly  or  quite  as  broad, 
sometimes  slightly  broader  than  long)  ;  pedicel  1*5-6  cm.  long, 
erect  or  curving  above.  Sepals  oblong-elliptical  to  oblong-ovate, 
2-3-5  cm.  long  ;  petals  longer  than  the  sepals,  elliptical  to  ovate 
or  subobovate,  blunt,  pale-coloured,  2-5-nearly  4  cm.  by  1  •3-2-2  cm. ; 
stamens  12-17  mm. ;  anthers  three  or  more  times  as  long  as  the 
filament,  not  very  much  exceeding  the  short  stigmas  (3-5  mm.) ; 
ovary  pyramidal. 

I  have  also  seen  the  following  specimens : — 

Kam^chatka.  Cook's  third  voyage;  ad  portum  St.  Petri  &  Pauli, 
Liitk. ;  Wright  ;  Adoltz. 

Korea.    Bushell  in  Herb.  Hance,  no.  918. 

Amur.    Maximowicz.     Sachalin,  Glehn. 

Japan.    Hakodate,  Maximowicz. 

We  have  no  Canadian  specimens  of  this  form ;  compared  with 
our  American  specimens  it  comes  nearest  T.  Vaseyi  Harbison,  but 
the  latter  is  distinguished  by  its  relatively  longer  stamens  and 
shorter  stigmas. 

9.  T.  TscHONOSKii  Maxim,  in  Melang.  Biolog.  xi.  863  (1883). 

Generally  robust  plants  with  leaves  ovately  rhombic  to  rotund 
^  rhombic  and  shortly  acuminate,  generally  large  in  proportion  to 
the  small  flowers ;  sepals  and  petals  subequal ;  stamens  short, 
filament  and  anther  subequal,  anthers  about  on  a  level  with  the 
very  short  thick  recurving  stigmas.  Berry  succulent,  globose, 
filled  with  subreniform  reddish  brown  seeds. 

Stem  variable  in  length  and  thickness,  13-40  cm.  by  3-8  mm. 
maximum  thickness ;  leaves  sessile  to  subsessile,  7-16  cm.  long 
by  5-3-15  cm.   broad ;    pedicel  erect  in  flower  and  fruit,  barely 


330  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

l-3*5  cm.  long.  Sepals  lanceolate  to  narrowly  ovate,  subacute  to 
acute,  l-2-2'6  cm.  long  by  6-8  mm.  broad;  petals  lanceolate  to 
rotund-ovate  or  -obovate,  blunt,  slightly  shorter,  subequal  to,  or 
slightly  longer  than  the  sepals,  white  or  purple,  sometimes  more 
or  less  reduced  in  size  or  absent  (T.  Smallii  Maxim.).  Stamens 
half  or  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  petals  (6-10  mm.  long), 
connective  often  shortly  produced  above  the  anther- cells ;  stigmas 
2  mm.  long ;  ovary  pyramidal,  longitudinally  winged.  Berry  -8-2  cm. 
in  diameter  ;  seeds  2  mm.  long. 

This  approaches  nearest  to  form  (1)  of  T.  erectum,  which 
resembles  it  in  the  small  flowers,  approach  to  equality  between 
filament  and  anther,  short  stigma,  and  relative  length  of  stamens 
and  stigmas.  The  Asiatic  specimens  are  generally  much  more 
robust,  with  larger  generally  relatively  broader  leaves,  and  are 
characterized  by  subequality  between  the  petals  and  sepals  and 
the  filaments  and  anthers.  The  petals  are  also  more  delicate  in 
texture. 

T.  Smallii  Maxim.  (/.  c.  p.  862)  seems  to  be  a  form  having  a 
varying  and  unequal  amount  of  reduction  in  the  size  of  the  petals, 
which  may  even  be  altogether  absent. 

I  have  seen  the  following  specimens  : — 

Himalaya.  Sikkim,  10,000  ft.  {Gamble,  no.  643,  and  Pantling 
in  herb.  Clarke,  no.  46652)  ;  Bhotan  {Grijfith,  no.  5601). 

China.  Hupeh  {Henry,  no.  6067  &  6067  B) ;  West  Szechuen 
and  Tibetan  frontier  {Pratt,  no.  840) ;  Szechwan,  Mt.  Omei,  8000  ft. 
{Faber,  no.  980). 

Japan.  Hakodate  {Maximou-icz) ;  Nippon,  Nikko  {Tschonoski, 
Bisset);  Nagasaki  (3/rt.i'i///c»u-/c5) ;  Hakone  (Z>/ss<'^) ;  Chinsenji  (Z>/s- 
set);  Miogisan  {Bisset);  Fujisan  {Bisset);  Central  Mts.,  2-7000  ft. 
(Maries). 

10.  T.  GRANDiFLORUM  Salisb.  Parad.  t.  1  (1805);  Watson  in  Proc. 
Amer.  Acad.  xiv.  274  (1879). 

T.  rhomhoideum  var.  grandijiorum  Mich.  Fl.  Bor.  Amer.  i.  216 
(1803). 

We  have  no  specimen  from  Salisbury,  but  among  his  drawings, 
where  also  fragments  of  plants  from  which  the  sketches  were  made 
are  sometimes  found,  I  find  the  originals  of  the  dissections  for  the 
plate  in  the  Paradisus.  There  is  evidence  that  the  dissections  on 
the  plates  were  generally  copied  from  Salisbury's  drawings,  though 
no  intimation  of  this  is  given  in  the  work.  The  plate  is  such  an 
excellent  representation  of  the  species,  that  there  is  no  question  as 
to  identity. 

Specimens  show  considerable  variation  in  size  of  leaves  and 
flowers,  length  of  pedicel,  &c.  The  large  petals  are  generally 
obovate  or  oblauceolate,  sometimes  tending  to  broadly  elliptical; 
they  are  blunt,  and  longer  than  the  sepals.  The  narrow  filaments 
are  rather  shorter  than  the  linear  anthers  (from  five-eighths  to  six- 
sevenths  of  their  length),  and  the  anthers  exceed  the  slender  erect 
or  somewhat  spreading  stigmas,  the  latter,  generally  between  4  mm. 
and  6  mm.  long,  but  sometimes  reaching  1  cm.,  are  occasionally 
coherent  for  a  very  short  distance  at  the  base.     I  find,  as  Salisbury 


NOTES    ON    TRILLIUM  331 

states,  that  the  ovary  is  obviously  unilocular,  the  three  placentas 
being  sessile  on  the  ovary-wall,  and  not,  as  usual  in  the  genus, 
projecting  more  or  less  nearly  to  the  centre  of  the  chamber.  The 
artist  in  the  ParacUsiis  has  not  drawn  the  placentas,  though  they 
are  indicated  in  Salisbury's  original  sketch. 

Mr.  T.  Smith,  of  Newry,  who  has  kindly  sent  me  living  speci- 
mens of  nearly  all  the  cultivated  species,  tells  me  that  "  there  are 
two  forms  of  T.  fjrandijJorum,  one  which  grows  in  bogs  and  one  on 
dry  soil,"  and  says  that  "  we  generally  have  to  lose  them  in  order 
to  find  out  which  is  which."  I  have  not  had  the  opportunity  of 
comparing  these  two  forms. 

A  specimen  in  Herb-  Kew.  from  Goat  Island,  Nicaragua,  has 
leaves  with  a  stalk  1  cm.  long ;  and  there  is  also  a  monstrous  form 
from  Syracuse,  New  York  (from  herb.  Gray),  with  leaf-stalks  as 
much  as  3  cm.  long. 

11.  T.  ovATUM  Pursh,  Fl.  Amer.  Sept.  i.  245  (1814) ;  Watson,  /.  c. 
T.  calif oniiciim  Kellog  in  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  ii.  (1863),  50,  fig.  2. 
T.  grandiflorum  Hook.  Flor.  Bor.  Am.  ii.  180,  in  part,  i.e.  as 

regards  the  Columbia  locality. 

T.  obovatum  Hook.  /.  c.  non  Pursh. 

The  western  representative  of  T.  (jrandiflorum,  from  which  it  is 
distinguished  by  its  generally  narrower  and  lanceolate  petals.  The 
flowers  are  on  an  average  smaller,  but  considerable  variations  in 
size  occur.  Watson  says  (Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  xiv.  274),  "stigmas 
somewhat  stouter  and  more  recurved,"  but  in  my  limited  experience 
I  do  not  find  this  a  general  character. 

It  is  often  difficult  to  distinguish  T.  ovatumivomT.  fjraudifiorum 
in  the  herbarium.  Mr.  Smith,  however,  says  that  in  the  garden 
this  difiiculty  does  not  exist,  as  T.  ovatum  "  opens  its  flowers  first, 
and  immediately  after  emerging  from  the  ground,  and  before  the 
leaves  have  developed,  the  stem  afterwards  lengthening  until  the 
flower  dies  ofl'  purple,  while  T.  grandijiomm  grows  to  its  full  height 
before  the  flower  shows  at  all." 

Note.— In  Erythea,  vii.  104  (1899),  Mr.  C.  V.  Piper  describes  a 
new  western  species,  T.  cmssifoliinu,  allied  to  T.  ovatum,  but 
differing  "  in  its  erect  rhizomes,  shorter  petals,  and  thickish 
differently  shaped  leaves."  The  petals  are  2-2-5  cm.  long,  white 
or  pinkish  in  colour,  broadly  to  rather  narrowly  lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate or  acute,  and  scarcely  as  long  as  the  narrowly  or  broadly 
lanceolate  acute  sepals.  The  locality  is  "on  damp  hillsides,  foot- 
hills near  Wenatchee." 

12.  T.  Rugelii,  sp.  nov.  Herba  robusta  glabra,  foliis  late 
rhomboideis  subsessilibus  breviter  acuminatis ;  flore  pedunculate 
e  foliorum  medio  cernuo ;  sepalis  patentibus  lanceolatis  obtusis  ; 
petalis  patentibus  rotunde-ovatis,  sepalis  sub^quilongis ;  antheris 
linearibus  quam  filamenta  plus  triplo  longioribus,  et  stigmata  crassa 
brevia  et  recurvata  valde  excedentibus,  ovario  sph^rico  sex-sulcato. 

A  fine  plant  springing  from  an  apparently  horizontal  root- 
stock.  Stem  pale  brown,  very  wrinkled  and  somewhat  straw-like 
when  dry,  40  cm.  long  by  5-6  mm.  thick  above  the  base,  becoming 
much  slenderer  in  the  upper  third.     Leaves  12-13  cm.  long  and 


332  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

as  broad,  the  three  main  veins  well-marked  on  the  under  face. 
Peduncle  4-6  cm.  long.  Sepals  18-22  mm.  long  by  8-10  mm. 
broad ;  petals  about  as  long  as  the  sepals,  but  twice  as  broad, 
colourless  in  the  dried  specimen  ;  filaments  2-5  mm. ;  anthers 
8  mm.  long,  deep  purple  ;  ovary  and  stigmas  deep  purple,  the 
former  5  mm.  long,  the  latter  4  mm. 

A  distinct-looking  plant,  near  T.  cernuum  and  T.  erectum.  It  is 
distinguished  from  the  former  by  its  large  broadly  rhomboid  leaves, 
proportionately  small  flowers  with  almost  rounded  petals,  and 
anthers  exceeding  the  short  recurved  stigmas  ;  and  from  the 
latter,  to  which  it  is  perhaps  more  nearly  allied,  from  the  shape  of 
its  leaves  and  characters  of  stamens  and  pistil,  it  differs  in  its 
nodding  flowers  and  subrotund  petals. 

Hab.  On  the  mountains  at  Broad  River,  North  Carolina ; 
Piitgel,  March,  1841.     Specimens  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit. 

13.  T.  CERNUUM  L.  Sp.  PI.  339  (1753).  Trillium  flore  pedun- 
culate cernuo.     With  the  following  citations  : — 

Paris  foliis  ternis,  fiore  pedunculato  nutante.     Cold,  noveh.  81. 

Solanum  triphyllum,  flore  hexapetalo  carneo.  Catesh.  carol, 
i.  p.  45. 

Habitat  in  Carolina. 

The  plant  in  Linnreus's  herbarium  was  received  from  Kalm. 
It  has  very  shortly-stalked  rhombic-ovate  shortly  acuminate  leaves 
8-8*5  cm.  long  by  6-6-5  cm.  broad,  and  a  strongly  recurved  flower 
with  lanceolate  acute  sepals  barely  2  cm.  long  by  -6  cm.  broad, 
colourless  petals  slightly  longer  and  about  as  broad,  and  stamens 
with  linear  oblong  anthers  shorter  than  the  three  distinct  thick 
spreading  stigmas. 

We  have  in  the  Department  of  Botany  a  very  similar  specimen 
received  from  Chelsea  Garden  in  1758,  and  also  several  plants  in 
herb.  Miller  closely  agreeing  with  the  Linnean  specimen.  The 
latter  are  authentic  for  the  Dictionary  of  Gardening,  where  (ed.  viii. 
1768)  Miller  says  his  plants  of  T.  cernuum  were  sent  him  from 
Philadelphia  by  Dr.  Bensel,  who  found  it  growing  in  plenty  there. 
He  also  says  the  petals  are  whitish  green  on  the  outside  and  purple 
within  ;  no  trace  of  colour  is  left  in  the  petals  of  the  specimen,  but 
the  anthers  are  still  reddish.  We  have  also  a  specimen  from  John 
Bartram,  and  numerous  other  specimens  from  Canada  and  the 
North  Atlantic  States. 

Pursh's  idea  of  T.  cernuum  was  similar,  judging  from  plants 
from  his  herbarium  which  I  saw  in  Herb.  Kew. 

As  regards  the  two  citations  which  Linuaeus  adds  to  his  brief 
diagnosis,  the  first  refers  to  the  list  of  plants  observed  in  the 
province  of  New  York  in  1742  by  Cadwallader  Colden,  described 
by  himself  and  sent  to  Gronovius  and  by  him  to  Linnaeus,  who 
obtained  the  author's  permission  to  publish  the  descriptions  (Act. 
Upsal.  1743,  81).  I  have  not  seen  Colden's  specimen  ;  he  describes 
the  flower  as  "  rubro-purpureus." 

The  second  citation,  that  to  Catesby's  Carolina,  i.  45,  refers  to 
the  next  species,  T.  Cateshmi  Ell.  Bot.  S.  Carol,  i.  429. 

Note. — T.  erectum  var.  declinatum  A.  Gray,  Bot.  North  U.  S. 


NOTES    ON    TRILLIUM 


333 


(ed.  V.)  523  (1878).  This  variety  is  omitted  from  the  sixth  edition 
of  Gray's  Manual  (edited  by  Watson  &  Coulter),  and  Watson  makes 
no  reference  to  it  in  his  review  of  the  North  American  Liliacea  (in 
Proc.  Am.  Acad,  xiv.274),  though,  according  to  Macoun  (Catalogue 
of  Canadian  Plants,  ii.  49),  he  there  included  it  under  T.  cermmui. 
Macoun,  however,  states  that  Watson  considered  it  a  form  of 
T.  erectwii,  and  m  deference  to  him  places  it  under  that  species 
in  his  Catalogue,  but  he  is  himself  of  opinion  that  it  is  either  a 
distinct  species  or  the  western  and  northern  form  of  T.  cernuiim. 
He  says  that  when  fresh  the  two  forms  are  very  distinct,  and  they 
differ  also  in  habitat;  T.  cemnum  moreover  is  scented,  the  variety 
scentless.  It  is  evidently  a  case  where  observation  in  the  field  or 
of  a  large  suite  of  carefully  dried  specimens  is  necessary.  The 
Canadian  plant  as  sent  from  Macoun  from  Lake  Superior  is, 
I  think,  without  doubt  of  ceriiuuiii  affinity :  in  fact,  I  find  nothing 
to  separate  it  even  varietally. 

iii.    Species  with  stigmas  springing  from  a  definite  style, 

14.  T.  Catesb^i  Ell.  Bot.  S.  Carol,  i.  429  (1817). 

Solanum  triphyllum  ;  flore  hexapetalo,  carneo.  Catesb.  Carol, 
i.  45,  t.  45  (1771). 

T.  ceniuum  L.  Sp.  PI.  339  in  part,  that  is,  as  regards  the  Caro- 
lina plant;  Mich.  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  i.  216  (1803). 

T.  stylosum  Nutt.  Gen.  N.  Amer.  PL  i.  239  (1818) ;  Watson  in 
Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  xiv.  275. 

In  the  absence  of  the  specimens  which  Elliott  had  before  him, 
Catesby's  figure  (which  he  cites)  is  the  only  authority  for  this 
species.  Elliott  remarks  on  the  minute  agreement  of  his  speci- 
mens, collected  in  the  locality  mentioned  by  Catesby,  with  Catesby's 
figure,  and  on  the  unfair  criticism  of  the  latter  by  Sir  James  Smith 
as  quoted  by  Pursh.  Smith,  in  his  Spicilegium  4,  under  T.  cernuum 
L.,  says  :  "  Icon  Catesbaeana  tarn  iuformis,  atque  colore  tam  erronea 
est,  ut  eam  ad  nostram  speciem  pertinere,  nisi  herbarium  auctoris  in 
Museo  Britannico  inspexissem,  minime  crediderim;  rara  pulchraque 
haec  planta  meliorem  sane  postulat."  Smith's  criticism  recoils  on 
himself ;  Catesby's  plant,  which  is  still  in  the  British  Museum,  is 
quite  well  represented  by  the  figure  in  the  Carolina  book ;  it  is, 
however,  a  distinct  species  from  T.  ceinuam  L.,  of  which  latter 
Smith's  figure  (t.  4)  is  a  good  representation. 

As  noted  under  T.  cernuum,  the  two  species  have  been  confused; 
but  T.  CatesbcBi  is  readily  distinguished  by  its  curved  undulate  petals 
much  larger  than  the  narrow  sepals,  and  the  long  slender  anthers 
much  exceeding  the  stigmas,  which  moreover  unite  below  into  a  dis- 
tinct style.  There  seems  no  doubt  from  the  descriptions  that  this  is 
the  T.  cernuum  L.  of  Michaux,  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  i.  216,  and  the  T.  stylosum 
Nutt.  Gen.  N.  Amer.  PI.  i.  239  ;  a  miserable  little  specimen  of 
T.  stylosum  from  Nuttall  in  Herb.  Kew.  also  favours  this  view. 

Watson  [I.e.  p.  275)  prefers  Nuttall's  name,  quoting  T.  Catesbcei 
Ell.  as  a  synonym.  This  would  be  correct  if  the  date  on  Elliott's 
title-page  referred  to  the  whole  work,  and  not,  as  is  the  case,  to  the 
last  portion  only. 


334  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

We  have  a  good  series  of  specimens  collected  by  Rugel  in  North 
Carolina,  which  show  considerable  variation  in  the  size  of  the 
flower. 

Watson  (/.  c.)  considers  T.  nervosum  Ell.  as  identical  with 
T.  Catesbcei  Ell.,  and  from  Elliott's  description  this  may  well  be 
the  case.  There  is  in  Herb.  Kew.  a  specimen  from  Elliott  labelled 
"  T.  nervosum  nobis,"  which,  I  think,  is  not  T,  Catesbcei.  It  is  a 
poor  specimen  with  a  slender  stem  7*5  cm.  long,  rather  narrowly 
ovate  shortly-stalked  leaves  5-5-5  cm.  long  by  2-5  cm.  broad,  and  a 
flower  on  an  ascending  peduncle  11  mm.  long,  with  narrow  sepals 
16  mm.  long,  and  larger  (badly  preserved)  petals ;  there  is  but  one 
flower,  and  the  stamens  are  almost  and  the  pistil  quite  concealed  by 
the  perianth-leaves  ;  the  anthers  are  apparently  straight,  and  longer 
than  the  sligmas.     It  may  perhaps  be  T.  erijthrocarpum  Mich. 

15.  T.  afiine,  sp.  no  v.  Herba  caule  elato  glabro,  foliis  obovato- 
rhomboideis  subsessilibus,  apice  breviter  acuminatis  ;  flore  pedun- 
culato  e  foliorum  medio  cernuo  ;  sepalis  patentibus  oblongo-lanceo- 
latis,  abrupte  subacutis ;  petalis  sepala  paullo  excedentibus  ad  apicem 
et  basin  angustatis ;  antheris  liuearibus  quam  filamenta  tenuia  vix 
duplo  longioribus,  stigmata  paullo  excedentibus  ;  ovario  subgloboso 
sex-angulato,  stigmatibus  subelongatis  apice  recurvatis,  in  stylum 
breve  basi  coalitis. 

Ehizome  absent,  stem  over  30  cm.  long,  reaching  3*5  mm. 
greatest  diameter  in  the  lower  part.  Leaves  10-11  cm.  long  by 
8-8-5  cm.  broad.  Peduncle  2-5  cm.  long,  Sepals  2  cm.  long  by 
8-9  mm.  broad ;  petals  3  cm.  long  by  13  mm.  broad,  colourless  in 
the  specimen  ;  filaments  about  4  mm.  long,  anthers  about  7  mm. ; 
ovary  barely  5  mm.  long,  style  1  mm.,  stigmas  5  mm.  Staminal 
filaments  colourless,  anthers  and  pistil  purple. 

Resembles  T.  Catesbcei  in  having  a  definite  style,  but  differs  in 
its  broader  sepals,  smaller  not  undulate  petals,  shorter  stamens, 
and  leaves  broader  above  the  middle.  The  size  and  habit  of  leaf 
and  flower  recall  T.  ceniuum,  from  which,  however,  it  is  at  once 
distinguished  by  its  longer  stamens  exceeding  the  stigmas,  and  the 
union  of  the  latter  at  the  base. 

Hab.     Georgia  ;  Rut/el.     Specimen  in  Herb.  Mus.  Brit. 

10.  T.  pusiLLUM  Mich.  Fl.  Amer.  i.  215  (1803);  Watson,  ?.c.  275. 

T.  pumilum  Pursh,  Fl.  Amer.  Sept.  i.  245  (1814). 

Watson  places  this  next  to  T.  stijlosum  Nutt.  as  a  doubtful  species, 
known  only  from  the  description.  Michaux's  plant  is  represented  by 
a  single  specimen  in  his  herbarium,  now  at  Paris.  The  locality 
which  he  cites  is  "  Pine-woods  of  Lower  Carolina."  We  have  in 
the  National  Herbarium,  in  herb.  Gronovius,  Clayton's  Virginia 
plant  no.  536  (Gronov.  Fl.  Virgin.  1743,  p.  157),  on  which  Asa 
Gray  has  written  "  cf.  T.  pumilum  Mich."  A  similar  plant  occurs 
in  Linngeus's  herbarium,  written  up  by  Linn^us  ''T.  sessile''  (a 
species  of  which  there  is  no  representative),  and  on  the  back  of  his 
sheet  in  the  same  hand  "  Trillium  1  j  Tradescantiae  affinis,  fl.  odorato 
unico  tripetalo,  radice  tuberosa  Clayt.,"  that  is  to  say,  an  abbrevi- 
ation of  the  description  of  Clayton's  plant.  Sir  J.  E.  Smith  has 
written    "  prob.    T.  j^usillum   Mich.,"   and  in  IRees's  EncyclopcBdia 


NOTES    ON    TRILLIUM  335 

refers  this  plant  to  T.  pionUuni  Pursh.  I  made  a  careful  sketch  and 
description  of  the  Linnean  specimens,  and  asked  M.  Poisson,  of 
the  Paris  Herbarium,  to  compare  them  with  Michaux's  material. 
He  replied:  "  Le  Trilliuiii  pmillum  est  represente  par  un  seul 
echantillon  dans  I'herbier  Michaux.  Quant  a  I'identification,  c'est 
absolument  la  meme  chose  que  votre  croquis.  Vous  etes  done 
absolument  dans  la  verite  en  identifiant  les  deux  plantes." 

There  are  two  specimens  on  the  sheet  in  Linuasus's  herbarium. 
The  larger  has  a  slender  stalk  14*5  cm.  long,  and  barely  exceeding 
1  mm.  in  greatest  width.  The  three  leaves  are  oval  to  lanceolate, 
subsessile,  4-2  cm.  long  by  1  •2-1-4  cm.  broad.  The  flower  has  a 
short  erect  pedicel  6  mm.  long,  oblong  lanceolate  sepals  2  cm.  long 
by  5-6  mm.  broad,  and  very  delicate  lanceolate  slightly  shorter 
petals  ;  the  stamens  and  pistil  are  completely  hidden.  The  smaller 
has  a  stalk  just  over  10  cm.  long  by  1  mm.  thick,  lanceolate  leaves 
about  3  cm.  long  by  8-5  mm.  broad,  and  an  almost  sessile  flower 
with  sepals  1*3  cm.  by  barely  3  mm.,  and  petals  1-4  cm.  long ;  part 
of  the  anthers  are  visible,  and  correspond  with  those  in  Clayton's 
specimens. 

Clayton's  plants,  of  which  there  are  three,  have  a  slender  stalk 
15-20  cm.  long  by  1  mm.  or  less  in  thickness.  As  stated  by 
Gronovius  {I.e.  157),  one  plant,  which],!  have  figured,  has  a  rhizome; 
the  portion  remaining  is  horizontal,  12  mm.  long  by  4  mm.  thick, 
bearing  thin  membranous  sheaths,  while  the  stalk  is  also  sheathed 
at  the  base  for  about  12  mm.  The  leaves  are  sessile,  lanceolate, 
blunt,  and  3-nerved,  2-6-3  cm.  long  by  9-11  mm.  broad.  The 
flowers  are  sessile  and  erect,  the  sepals  bluntly  lanceolate,  1-5  cm. 
long  by  nearly  5  mm.  broad,  the  petals  barely  1-5  cm.  by  4  mm., 
lanceolate  and  subacute ;  the  stamens  7-8  mm.  long,  with  the 
filament  barely  as  long  as  the  twisted  anther,  above  which  the 
connective  is  not  prolonged ;  the  ovary  bears  six  longitudinal 
ridges,  and  is  2-5  mm.  long ;  there  is  a  style  2  mm.  long,  bearing 
three  slender  suberect  stigmas  (a  little  over  3  mm.  long),  which 
reach  about  the  same  level  as  the  tops  of  the  anthers. 

It  is,  as  Watson  suggested,  near  T.  Catesbm.  Ell.  (T.  stylosum 
Nutt.),  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  its  smaller  erect  sessile  or 
very  shortly  stalked  flowers.  The  same  author  points  out  that 
the  2\  texanum  Buckl.,  from  N.E.  Texas,  known  only  from  the 
description  (inProc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.  1860,  443)  is  apparently 
synonymous  ;  the  flower-stalk  is,  however,  longer  (6  lines),  while 
the  flowers  are  smaller  (sepals  6  lines  long  by  2  lines  wide). 


Explanation  of  Plate  426. 

A.  Trillium  lyusillum  Mich.,  plant  in  herb.  Gronovius,  nat.  size. — 1.  Sta- 
men, X  2.     2.  Pistil,  X  2. 

B.  T.  Ruijeli  Rendle,  nat.  size. — 3.  Stamen,  x  2. 


336  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

LIMOSELLA  AQUATICA  L.  var.  TENUIFOLIA   Hook.  f. 

By  W.  p.  Hiern,  M.A. 

(Plate  426  C.) 

An  interesting  form  of  Mudwort  was  collected  last  June  and 
July  at  Kenfig  Pool,  Glamorganshire,  by  the  Kev.  E.  S.  Marshall 
and  Mr.  W.  A.  Shoolbred,  each  of  whom  is  of  opinion  that  it  is  a 
species  abundantly  distinct  from  Lim.osella  aquatica  L.  This  opinion 
accords  with  the  views  taken  by  many  botanists,  as  appears  from 
the  synonymy  ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  matured  judgement  of 
other  botanists,  and  a  comparison  of  specimens  in  our  larger  her- 
baria, lead  to  the  conclusion  that  the  form  ought  to  be  considered 
a  mere  variety.  The  chief  points  of  difference  that  are  alleged  to 
characterize  it  are  two :  first,  the  ca^spitose  habit,  with  complete 
absence  of  stolons  ;  and,  secondly,  the  subulate  shape  of  the  leaves, 
without  any  dilated  blade. 

The  presence  or  absence  of  runners  cannot  be  used  as  a  character 
for  this  or  other  allied  forms,  since  both  states  occur  in  all  of  them, 
and,  in  fact,  some  of  our  specimens  are  stoloniferous  ;  also  the 
breadth  of  the  leaf- blade  is  so  variable,  and  specimens  show  such  a 
close  gradation  down  to  its  total  evanescence,  that  it  is  quite  im- 
practicable to  employ  its  absence,  either  with  or  without  other 
characters,  for  a  serviceable  diagnosis. 

The  name  and  synonymy  of  the  plant  are  as  follows : — 

LiMosELLA  AQUATICA  L.  Sp.  PI.  p.  631  (1753),  var.  temdfolia 
Hook.  f.  Fl.  Antarct.  ii.  p.  334  (1846  ?)  ;  Reichenb.  Ic.  Fl.  Germ. 
XX.  p.  54,  t.  MDccxxii.  fig.  ii.  and  iii.  (1862). 

L.  tenuifolia  Wolf  ex  Hoflm.  Deutschl.   Fl.  ed.  2,  i.  ii.  p.  29 

(1804)  ?  ;  Nuttall  in  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  Philad.  i.  1,  No.  6 

(Oct.  1817),  p.  115. 
L.  diau'lra  Krocker,  Fl.  Siles.  ii.  p.  406  (1790),  partly  ;  non  L. 

(1771). 
L,  aiistndis  R.  Br.  Prodr.  Fl.  Nov.  Holl.  p.  443  (1810),  partly. 
L.  aquatica  (3  hifiora  Wahlenb.  Fl.  Lapp.  p.  171  (1812),  partly. 
L.  subulata  Ives  in  Trans.  Med.-Phys.  Soc.  New  York,  p.  440 

(1817). 
L.  aquatica  [3  diandra  Hartm.  Handl.  Skand.  Fl.  p.  241  (1820), 

partly. 
L,  borealis  Lessing,  Reise  Norw.  p.  299  (1831),  partly. 
L.  aquatica  var.  minor  Hartm.  Handl.  Skand.  Fl.  ed.  3,  p.  146 

(1838),  partly. 
L.  aquatica  var.  borealis  Hartm.  I.e.  ed.  9,  p.  56  (1864),  partly. 

Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  /.  c,  adds  the  following  note  : — "  I  am  con- 
vinced there  is  no  specific  distinctness  between  the  Limosella  aquatica 
L.  and  L.  tenuifolia  Nutt.,  and  have  consequently  united  them.  In 
the  specimens  from  the  southern  hemisphere  which  I  have  examined, 
the  leaves  do  not  attain  the  breadth  which  those  of  the  northern 
temperate  regions  generally  present;  though,  on  the  other  hand, 


LIMOSELLA    AQUATICA    L.    YAH.    TENUIFOLIA    HOOK.  F.  337 

both  European,  Asiatic,  and  North  American  plants  of  the  L. 
aquatica  have  the  foHage  narrow  as  that  of  L.  tetmifolia,  to  which 
variety  some  arctic  individuals  of  L.  aquatica  are  quite  similar." 

The  following  description  is  taken  from  the  specimens  collected 
at  Peufig  Pool : — 

Au  annual  herb,  small,  densely  c?espitose,  usually  without  run- 
ners, but  in  some  cases  stoloniferous,  acaulescent,  erect,  rather 
glossy,  glabrous,  inconspicuously  and  minutely  sessile-glandular, 
1-5-5  cm.  high,  palustral  or  aquatic ;  root-fibres  numerous, 
branched,  limp,  intricate,  compressed,  very  slender,  whitish ; 
leaves  all  radical,  numerous  or  several,  crowded,  imbricate  at  the 
base,  linear-filiform,  subterete,  somewhat  compressed,  firmly  and 
slightly  fleshy,  succulent,  grass-green  or  towards  the  base  pallid, 
gradually  or  scarcely  tapering-subulate  towards  the  obtuse  apex 
from  the  subscariously  somewhat  dilated  and  clasping  base,  without 
expanded  blade  above,  entire,  1-2-5  cm.  long,  erect  or  suberect,  or 
the  outer  ones  somewhat  diverging  ;  stipules  0  ;  scapes  several  or 
few,  often  fewer  than  the  leaves,  arising  from  the  axils  or  inner 
faces  of  the  leaf-bases,  erect  or  suberect  in  flower,  filiform,  terete, 
firmly  and  slightly  fleshy,  grass-green,  1 -flowered,  shorter  than  the 
leaves,  •6-2-5  cm.  long,  nearly  straight  or  gently  curved  or  in 
fruit  more  or  less  strongly  carved  downwards  ;  bracts  0  ;  flowers 
about  2-5  mm.  long,  erect,  ebracteolate  ;  calyx  oblong-campanulate 
in  flower,  somewhat  funnel-shaped  at  the  base,  shortly  toothed  at 
the  apex,  transparent,  subscarious,  longitudinally  but  not  strongly 
6-nerved  or  -ribbed,  persistent,  subhemispherical  in  fruit,  1-5- 
1-7  mm.  long  or  in  fruit  a  little  more  ;  the  teeth  shortly  triangular, 
apiculate,  5  or  occasionally  4  suberect,  the  sinus  between  the  two 
uppermost  of  the  five  less  deep  than  between  the  rest ;  the  veins  or 
ribs  greenish;  corolla  membranous,  transparent,  marcescent,  pearly 
white  or  greyish  ;  the  tube  campanulate-oblong,  rather  exceeding 
the  calyx,  1-7-2  mm.  long;  the  limb  spreading,  very  nearly  regular, 
5-partite,  about  3  mm.  in  diameter;  the  segments  ovate-oval,  rounded 
or  obtuse  at  the  apex,  approximate  at  the  base,  imbricate  in  the  bud, 
shorter  than  the  calyx,  about  1  mm.  long  ;  stamens  4,  didynamous, 
glabrous  ;  the  filaments  rather  short,  filiform,  inserted  on  the  upper 
part  of  the  corolla- tube  ;  anthers  4,  small,  rounded,  by  confluence 
of  the  cells  unilocular,  rounded,  approximating  about  the  mouth  of 
the  corolla ;  anther-walls  transparent,  thin,  minutely  stellate- 
marked  ;  pollen  spheroidal,  smooth,  marked  with  2  meridional 
lines  ;  disk  0 ;  ovary  small,  roundly  oval,  a  little  narrowed  at  the 
base,  compressed,  superior,  sessile,  unilocular  or  imperfectly  2- 
celled  ;  ovules  numerous,  inserted  on  the  central  fleshy  placenta  ; 
style  rather  short,  filiform,  1-1-5  mm.  long,  glabrous,  included, 
somewhat  curved  or  straight,  oblique,  apical,  slightly  excentric ; 
stigma  small,  capitate,  bilobulate,  papillose  ;  capsule  subglobose  or 
spheroidal,  a  little  compressed,  1*7-3  mm.  in  diameter,  smooth,  at 
length  bursting  the  calyx,  bivalved  ;  seeds  rather  numerous,  irregu- 
larly and  obliquely  oblong,  longitudinally  ribbed  and  furrowed, 
very  delicately  scored  crosswise,  about  -6  mm.  long,  dusky  yellowish  ; 
the  ribs  and  furrows  few  ;  the  transverse  scores  numerous  ;  testa 

JouKNAL  OF  Botany.     Vol.  39.      [Oct.  1901.]  2  b 


338  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

subcrustaceoiTS,  not  thick  ;  albumen  white,  firmly  fleshy,  not  thick  ; 
embryo  straight,  axile,  oblong,  white,  about  -4  mm.  long,  terete  ; 
the  cotyledons  rather  shorter  than  the  radicle. 

This  narrow-leaved  variety  is  very  widely  diffused  ;  specimens 
in  our  herbaria  are  extant  from  the  following  countries  : — Scandi- 
navia, Germany,  Austria,  Russia  in  Asia,  island  of  Fernando  Po, 
the  Coast,  Kalahari,  and  eastern  regions  of  the  Cape  Flora,  Mada- 
gascar, New  Zealand,  Tasmania,  Australia,  Falkland  Islands,  Nova 
Scotia,  the  United  States  of  North  America,  Columbia,  Bolivia, 
Ecuador,  Argentina,  Chili,  and  Patagonia, 

There  are  specimens  in  the  Sloane  herbarium,  vol.  xii.  fol.  46, 
in  the  National  Herbarium,  gathered  at  Dr.  Uvedale's,  Hampton 
Court,  by  Sir  Hans  Sloane,  the  name  of  which  is  given  as  Ranun- 
culus jxilustris  foli'is  turn  f/raminosis  turn  rotundis,  &c.  ;  the  specimens 
show  both  the  small  ordinary  form  of  Limosella  aquatica  L.  and  the 
tenuifolia  variety  without  stolons. 

The  plate  of  Limosella  aquatica  in  English  Botany,  t.  357  (Nov. 
1st,  1796),  was  drawn  by  Sowerby  from  a  specimen  sent  to  him 
from  Bedfordshire,  July  16th,  1795,  by  the  Rev.  C.  Abbot ;  it  is 
instructive  to  note  that  accompanying  this  specimen  there  are  others 
sent  by  Abbot  with  it,  in  Sowerby's  herbarium,  now  in  the  National 
Herbarium,  which  show  a  gradation  of  form  down  to  and  including 
the  tenuifolia  variety. 

The  division  of  the  genus  Limosella  into  species  is  exceedingly 
difficult,  on  account  of  the  numerous  connecting  forms ;  the 
following  key  is  an  attempt  to  differentiate  what  might  be  regarded 
as  species,  if  only  inconveniently  cross  and  intermediate  specimens 
are  ignored : — 
Corolla  exserted  beyond  the  calyx  ;  flowers  more  or  less  stalked. 

Corolla-lobes  shorter  than  the  calyx. 
Calyx  not  strongly  nerved. 

Leaves  subterete  or  narrowly  linear,  without  dilated 
blade. 
Scapes  or  peduncles  shorter  than  the  leaves 

1.  L.  subulata  Ives  (1817). 
Scapes  or  peduncles  equalling  the  leaves 

2.  L.  tenuifolia  Hoffm.  (1804). 
Leaves  furnished  with  dilated  blade. 

Leaf-blade  either  very  narrow  or  at  the  base  ob- 
tuse, 2-20  mm.  long 

3.  L.  aquaticah.  (1753). 
Leaf-blade  not  very  narrow,  attenuate  at  the  base, 

12-40  mm.  long     4.  L.  maior  Diels  (1898). 
Calyx  strongly  5-nerved      5.  L.longijiora  0.  Kuntze  (1898). 
Corolla-lobes  equalling  or  exceeding  the  calyx. 

Corolla-limb  4-6  mm.  in  diameter  ;  leaf-blade  2-16  mm. 
long  .  .  .6.  L.  capensis  Thunb.  (1800). 

Corolla-limb  8-12 mm. in  diameter;  leaf-blade  6-44  mm. 
long  .         .  .    1.  L.  grandiflora  Benth.  (1847). 

Corolla  included  within  the  calyx  ;  flowers  sessile 

8.  L,  Curdieana  F.  Muell.  (1875). 


BRYOLOGICAL    NOTES  339 

The  most  distinct  of  these  is  the  last,  L.  Curdleana,  which  is 
Australian  ;  those  numbered  4-7  are,  so  far  as  known,  exclusively 
African  ;  Nos.  1  and  3  are  very  widely  distributed,  but  No.  3, 
L.  aqiiatica,  in  the  restricted  sense,  appears  to  be  rare  in  South 
Africa  ;  No.  2  refers  to  a  North  Bohemian  plant,  of  which  I  have 
not  seen  the  type,  and  which  perhaps  it  is  not  worth  trying  to  dis- 
tinguish from  No.  1,  L.  mhulata  Ives,  the  form  principally  con- 
sidered in  this  article. 

In  some  forms  of  L.  aqiiatica  the  stem  is  developed  so  as  to  pro- 
duce on  it  alternate  leaves  and  axillary  flowers  ;  these  forms  have 
been  called  var.  caulescens  Koch  in  Uohlmg' s  DeutscJdands  Flora,  iv. 
p.  425  (1833) ;  corresponding  caulescent  forms  occur  also  on  some 
of  the  African  species. 

The  figure  (Plate  426  C)  was  taken  from  one  of  the  young 
June  specimens,  and  scarcely  represents  the  mature  plant  in  a  satis- 
factory manner.  Fig.  4  represents  a  detached  flower  magnified 
six  diameters,  and  shows  the  pistil  seen  through  the  transparent 
floral  envelopes. 


BRYOLOGICAL     NOTES.* 
By  Ernest  S.  Salmon,  F.L.S. 


(15)  Philocrya  Hagen  &  Jensen. 

In  1898,  in  Meddel.  om  Gronland,  xv.  p.  388,  Hagen  and  Jensen 
described  and  figured  a  moss  from  Greenland,  under  the  name  of 
Philocrya  aspera,  as  the  type  of  a  new  genus  of  Polytrichacem.  The 
following  generic  characters  are  given  : — "FoHa  rigida,  brunneo- 
fusca ;  costa  angusta ;  alis  laminae  non  lamelligeris,  juxta  costam 
bi-  deinde  unistratis,  ad  margines  hi-  tristratis."  The  authors  add 
the  remark:  "  Multis  dubiis  versati  genus  hoc  novum  ad  plantam 
perfecte  sterilem  instituimus.  Sed  characteres  a  foliis  allati  ita 
sunt  graves,  ut,  etiamsi  fructus  essent  cogniti,  tamen  nullo  cum 
familige  genere  conjungi  posset.  A  Polytricho,  Polytrichadelpho, 
Pogonato  enim  longe  distat  costa  angusta,  ea  tantum  lamellosa,  et 
structura  alarum  foliorum ;  ab  Oligotricho,  Psi/opilo,  Catharinea, 
non  minus  distinctura  est  et  habitu  eximie  polytrichaceo  et  alis 
majore  parte  bi-  vel  tristratis."  In  1900,  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc. 
Lond.  (Bot.)  xxxiv.  464,  pi.  17,  f.  20,  I  made  some  notes  on  the 
Atriclmm  Lescurii  of  James  (Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  vi.  p.  33  (1875) ) — 
OUgotrichum  Lescurii  Mitten — and  remarked  :  "  The  generic  position 
of  0.  Lescurii  still  remains,  perhaps,  a  little  doubtful."  After 
describing  and  figuring  the  leaf-structure,  I  added:  "This  type 
of  leaf  is  anomalous  for  both  Atrichum  and  Oliyotrichum,  and  is 
most  nearly  approached  in  certain  species  of  Polytrichum,  from 
which  genus,  however,  the  glabrous  calyptra  and  the  position  and 
structure  of  the  lamellae  separate  the  present  plant." 

*  Continued  from  Eevue  Bryolog.  1900,  pp.  59,  80,  85  ;  and  1901,  p.  51. 

2  B  2 


340  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

On  sending  a  copy  of  my  paper  to  Dr.  Hagen,  he  at  once  wrote 
to  me  that  the  leaf-stracture  of  Oligotrichum,  Lescurii,  as  shown  in 
my  figure,  exhibited  tlie  generic  characters  of  Pliilocnja,  and  sug- 
gested that  0.  Lescurii  ought  to  be  transferred  to  Philocrya.  Dr. 
Hagen  kindly  sent  me  a  small  fragment  of  Philocrija  aspera  (now  in 
the  Kew  Herbarium),  so  that  I  have  been  able  to  compare  the 
structure  of  the  leaves  in  the  two  plants.  In  P.  aspera  we  find 
that,  as  stated  by  Hagen  and  Jensen,  the  lamellae  are  confined  to 
the  nerve,  and  that,  proceeding  towards  the  margin,  we  come  to  a 
bistratose  lamina,  with  projecting  cells  on  the  ventral  surface;  then, 
usually,  there  are  a  few  rows  unistratose,  ending  in  a  single  bi- 
stratose row  of  marginal  cells.  This  is  essentially  the  same  structure 
as  is  found  in  0.  Lescurii  (see  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  I.e.  f.  20),  although 
in  Pkilocnja  aspera  the  following  minor  differences  are  to  be  noted : 
the  nerve  is  more  widened  and  flattened,  plane  and  not  convex  on 
the  ventral  surface,  and  bears  a  greater  number  of  lamellae  (about 
thirty-two) ;  the  ventral  cells  of  the  bistratose  part  of  the  lamina 
(especially  towards  the  nerve)  are  slightly  larger  in  proportion  to 
the  size  of  the  dorsal  cells,  and  project  more.  (These  projecting 
cells  are  perhaps  to  be  considered  as  rudimentary  lamellae,  like  the 
projecting  cells  occasionally  present  on  the  nerve  in  Polytrichitin 
gijmnophyllum  Mitt.  {I.e.  p.  461,  f.  19).  In  this  connection  it  is 
interesting  to  note  that  Hagen  and  Jensen  figure  one  of  these  pro- 
jecting cells  in  Philocrya  aspera  growing  out  and  becoming  divided 
off  to  form  another  cell,  so  that  the  leaf  there  bears,  practically,  a 
low  lamella.) 

The  true  affinity  of  Philocrya,  however,  I  have  been  able  to  dis- 
cover by  a  fortunate  coincidence.  In  examining  a  few  mosses  lately 
brought  back  from  China  by  Dr.  A.  Henry,  I  found  amongst  them 
a  Polytrichoid  moss  with  one  old  capsule.  From  the  examination 
of  this  capsule  I  found  that  the  moss  belonged  to  Lyellia,  and  a 
comparison  with  Indian  specimens  of  Lyellia  crispa  R.  Br.  showed 
that  the  Chinese  plant  was  that  species.  A  detailed  examination 
of  the  leaf  of  L.  crispa,  however,  showed  exactly  the  same  structure 
as  that  of  Philocrya,  as  can  be  seen  by  referring  to  fig.  14  on 
Plate  426,  which  shows  part  of  a  transverse  section  of  a  leaf  from 
Dr.  Henry's  Chinese  example  of  Lyellia  crispa.  The  specimen  of 
''Philocrya  aspera''  sent  to  me  by  Dr.  Hagen  consists  of  only  a 
small  fragment,  and  in  the  absence  of  fuller  material  it  is  difficult 
to  decide  whether  ''Philocrya  aspera''  has  been  founded  on  merely 
barren  Lyellia  crispa,  or  whether  the  Greenland  moss  forms  a  new 
species  of  the  genus.  I  am  inclined  to  the  former  view,  as  in  the 
shape  and  areolation  of  the  leaf,  and  in  the  position  and  structure 
of  the  lamellae,  no  difference  can  be  found  in  the  two  plants. 
However  this  may  prove  to  be,  it  is  clear  that  the  genus  Philocrya 
must  be  sunk  in  Lyellia. 

The  "  minute  pores"  described  by  Robert  Brown  (Trans.  Linn. 
Soc.  xii.  p.  564)  at  the  base  of  the  capsule  of  Lyellia  crispa,  and 
conjectured  by  him  to  assist  in  the  dissemination  of  the  spores,  are 
in  reality  very  large  stomata  (with  the  guard-cells  measuring  as 
much  as  100  fx  in  length).     These  stomata  agree  in  shape   and 


THE     TEACHINCt    OF    BOTANY  341 

structare  with  those  found  on  the  capsules  of  species  of  Poly- 
triclunn. 

k  few  words  are  necessary  on  the  question  of  the  position  of 
'^  Oligotrichitm  Lescurii."  When  making  my  observations,  above 
referred  to,  on  this  species,  I  overlooked  the  fact  that  Kindberg, 
in  his  paper  "The  European  and  North  American  PolytrichacetB'' 
(Rev.  BryoL  1894,  pp.  33,  35)  had  created  a  new  genus  for  its 
reception.  This  new  genus — Bartramiopsis — is  defined  as  follows  : 
"Leaves  not  lamelliferous  at  the  back,  flaccid,  more  or  less  crisped 
when  dry,  long-ciliate  near  the  sheathing  base;  lamella  few,  serrate. 
Capsule  without  angles  and  apophysis ;  teeth,  lid,  and  calyptra 
unknown."  Kindberg  curiously  overlooked  the  fact  that  James,  in 
his  original  description  (Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  vi.  33  (1875) )  of 
the  moss  in  question  as  Atrichum  Lescurii,  says,  "a  loose  calyptra 
of  the  genus  was  found";  and  Mitten  also  (Trans.  Linn.  Soc. 
2nd  ser.  Bot.  in.  191  (1891))  has  described  the  calyptra  as  "small, 
smooth,  and  shining." 

Kindberg  gives  no  account  of  the  leaf-structure.  Now,  as 
mentioned  above,  the  leaf-structure  of  "(9.  Lescurii"  agrees  with 
that  found  in  the  genus  Lyellia,  and  the  habit  also  quite  agrees 
with  tbat  of  L.  crispa.  Lyellia  as  a  genus  is  characterized  by 
the  gymnostomous  capsule,  and  the  fact  that  the  present  plant 
was  originally  described  by  James  as  belonghig  to  Atrichum,  and 
was  transferred  later  by  Mitten  to  Oligotrichum — both  genera  with 
peristomate  capsules — might  lead  one  to  suppose  that  there  was  no 
very  close  affinity  between  "0.  Lescurii"  and  Lyellia.  On  looking 
into  the  matter,  however,  it  appears  otherwise.  In  the  first  place, 
it  IS  to  be  noted  that  the  peristome  of  0.  Lescurii  has  never  been 
described;  James  [l.  c.)  says,  "  peristome  and  operculum  wanting;  " 
and  Mitten,  when  transferring  the  plant  to  OliyotricJaun,  does  not 
mention  the  peristome.  Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Mitten, 
I  have  been  able  to  see  fruiting  examples  of  "  0.  Lescurii"  from 
Nantaizan,  Japan  (coll.  Bisset).  In  the  two  fruiting  stems  sent, 
the  capsule  appears  to  me  to  be  truly  gymnostomous,  as  the 
epiphragm  is  attached  directly  to  the  edge  of  the  mouth  of  the 
capsule.  In  all  characters,  therefore — habit,  leaf-structure,  gymno- 
stomous capsule,  and  glabrous  calyptra — the  present  species  agrees 
with  Lyellia,  and  consequently  should  bear  the  name  Lyellia 
Lescurii  (James). 


THE     TEACHING     OF     BOTANY. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  British  Association  at  Glasgow  on 
Sept.  16,  the  Botany  and  Educational  Science  Sections  met  for  a 
joint  discussion  on  the  teaching  of  Botany,  under  the  chairman- 
ship of  Prof.  Bayley  Balfour.  We  extract  the  following  account 
of  the  discussion  from  the  Standard  of  Sept.  17th  : — 

The  discussion  was  opened  by  Mr.  Harold  Wager,  who,  as  one 
of  His  Majesty's  Inspectors  of  Secondary  Schools,  has  had  con- 
siderable  experience   of    the   teaching   of    Science   in    Secondary 


342  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Schools.  He  invited  discussion  on  the  comparative  educational 
value,  and  as  a  training  in  scientific  method,  of  botany  and 
chemistry  and  physics.  He  recommended  the  intelligent  appre- 
hension of  a  few  truths  rather  than  an  ill-digested  mass  of  facts. 
He  thought  that  the  subject  of  experimental  plant  physiology  was 
especially  useful  in  a  school  course,  formed  an  excellent  training  in 
observation,  experimental  manipulation,  and  the  proper  discrimi- 
nation of  evidence.  As  to  the  proper  method  of  teaching  botany, 
he  recommended  that  the  pupil  should  be  led  through  his  own 
observations  and  experiments  to  arrive  at  his  own  conclusions. 
Pupils  (he  quoted  from  Herbert  Spencer)  should  be  told  as  little  as 
possible. 

Before  Mr.  Wager's  paper  was  thrown  open  to  discussion, 
Prof.  F.  0.  Bower  also  read  a  paper  on  the  teaching  of  Botany  in 
the  Universities.  He  deprecated  all  microscopic  work  in  schools. 
He  protested,  also,  against  the  teaching  of  so-called  elementary 
biology  as  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  botany.  As  early  as 
possible  in  his  studies  the  student  should  be  left  entirely  to  him- 
self, his  object  being  not  so  much  to  acquire  information  as  to  in- 
culcate a  scientific  method.  The  trend  of  the  subsequent  discussion 
was  such  as  to  confirm  the  view  of  the  openers  in  the  importance 
which  they  attached  to  the  teaching  of  botany  to  the  youngest 
children.     All  were  practically  unanimous  on  this  point. 

Prof.  Miall  gave  an  account  of  the  method  followed  in  the 
Yorkshire  College.  It  was  indispensable,  he  said,  that  the  students 
should  begin  by  seeing,  after  which  they  should  be  dealt  with  in 
the  class-room.  With  a  new  class  he  began  in  the  laboratory,  the 
demonstrator  directing  attention  to  the  points  to  be  observed,  and 
abstaining  from  giving  any  information.  Nothing  would  induce 
him  to  go  back  to  the  lecturing  system,  which,  as  far  as  he  was 
concerned,  stood  finally  condemned. 

Prof.  Marshall  Ward  said  that  the  teaching  in  school  and  uni- 
versity must  be  progressive.  The  object  of  the  teaching  of  science 
was  to  show  the  student  by  research,  and,  in  course  of  time,  to 
convince  him,  that  it  was  one  of  the  noblest  things  he  could  be 
engaged  in.  At  the  very  outset  the  botanical  student  should  be 
taught  to  think  and  speculate  for  himself,  and  to  check  his  specula- 
tions and  form  his  conclusions. 

Prof.  Withers  said  that  it  was  the  collective  method  of  teaching 
in  schools  which  made  botany  so  difficult  a  subject  to  handle 
practically  in  the  school-room.  Prof.  Armstrong  approved  of  the 
abolition  of  the  class-room.  Whatever  lecturing  was  necessary 
should  be  done  in  the  laboratory.  Dr.  D.  H.  Scott  thought  that 
botany  had  been  regarded  too  much  from  the  point  of  view  of  the 
specialist.  Miss  Clarke  gave  an  account  of  the  botanical  work 
done  in  the  James  AUeyn  School  for  Girls,  Dulwich,  under  the 
Technical  Board  of  the  'London  County  Council.  Dr.  Kimmins 
supported  the  suggestion  that  there  should  be  a  Special  Committee 
of  the  British  Association  to  inquire  into  the  teaching  of  botany. 
Prof.  Scott  Elliott  said  that  most  of  the  discussion  had  proceeded 
on  the  technical  side  of  botany  and  not  on  its  practical  side.     Sir 


SHORT    NOTES  343 

John  Gorst,  in  the  course  of  a  brief  address,  referred  to  the 
importance  of  teaching  botany  both  in  rural  and  urban  schools,  and 
said  he  hoped  that  in  the  case  of  the  former  the  County  Councils 
would  give  the  necessary  assistance.  He  hoped  that  attention 
would  be  directed  to  the  importance  of  equipping  the  teachers  for 
the  work.  Prof.  Hartog  spoke  of  the  advantage  of  systematic 
botany  for  very  young  children. 


SHORT    NOTES. 


Mosses  new  to  Ireland.  —  The  following  rare  mosses  have 
recently  been  collected  in  Ireland  for  the  first  time,  and  have 
not,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  been  recorded: — Campylopiis  Shawii 
Wils.  Near  Glengarriffe,  Co.  Cork,  1896  ;  Rev.  C.  H.  Binstead.— 
C.  Schimpcri  Wils.  By  the  side  of  the  stream,  at  1400  ft.,  in 
Derrymore  Glen,  near  Cahir  Conree  Mtn.,  Co.  Kerry,  April,  1899, 
Rev.  H.  W.  Lett  S  D.  McArdle.  —  Dicranum  uncinatum  C.  M.  On 
rock- faces,  at  1200  ft.,  by  the  sides  of  two  streamlets  on  the  south- 
east face  of  Nephin  Mtn.,  Co.  Mayo,  May,  1901 ;  Rev.  H.  W.  Lett 
d  D.  McArdle.  The  following  have  each  been  found  for  the  second 
time  in  Ireland : — Campylopus  subulatus  Schimp.  (Cromagloun, 
Killarney,  Co.  Kerry ;  Scliimper  d  Wilson,  1865.  Braith.  Brit. 
Moss  Flora,  i.  p.  131),  near  Glengarriffe,  Co.  Cork,  1900  ;  Rev. 
C.  H.  Binstead  d  Dr.  Braithwaite.  —  Hypnum  fluviatile  Swartz. 
(Ballinhassig,  Co.  Cork  ;  Br.  T.  Taylor  in  Mackay's  Flora  Hibeniica, 
part  ii.  p.  38),  on  rocks  in  Bann  Piiver  at  Corbet  Mills,  two  miles 
east  of  Bannbridge,  Co.  Down,  July,  1900;  Revs.  H.  W.  Lett  d 
C.  H.  Waddell.—H.  dilatatum  Wils.  (Tore  Waterfall,  Killarney, 
Co.  Kerry,  1865  ;  Capt.  Button,  Braith.  Brit.  Moss  Flora,  vol.  iii. 
p.  57.)  Connor  Hill  Pass,  near  Dingle,  Co.  Kerry,  1897  ;  Rev.  H. 
W.  Lett  d  D.  McArdle.— R.  W.  Lett. 

Spiranthes  Romanzoffiana  in  Antrim.  —  On  July  30th,  when 
collecting  fresh- water  algae  between  Antrim  and  Toome,  I  noticed 
a  single  specimen  of  an  orchid  which  at  once  arrested  my  attention 
as  I  had  not  seen  it  alive  before  ;  it  was  Spiranthes  Romanzoj/iana. 
I  at  once  proceeded  to  search  for  more,  and  found  it  to  be  fairly 
frequent  in  wet  sandy  land.  I  believe  it  has  already  been  recorded 
for  Armagh  and  Londonderry,  in  addition  to  its  original  station  in 
the  south-west.  Careful  examination  of  other  parts  of  Ireland  may 
extend  its  distribution.  I  enclose  a  specimen  for  the  Herbarium. — 
W.  West. 

Euphrasia  Scottica.  —  In  1884,  while  working  at  the  Flora  of 
Wensleydale,  North  Yorks,  I  met  with  a  slender,  tall-growing 
Euphrasia,  which  I  distributed  under  the  name  E.  gracilis  Fries. 
Quite  recently  the  plant  was  examined  by  Mr.  F.  Towusend  in 
Mr.  Whit  well's  herbarium,  and  pronounced  by  the  former  to  be 
Euphrasia  Scottica  Wettstein  (=  E.  paludosa  Towns.).  A  week  or 
two  ago  I  made  a  search  for  the  plant  in  the  old  locality  near 
Carperby,  Wensleydale,  and  found  the  plant  in  some  abundance. 


344  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

It  grows  near  a  mountain  tarn  at  an  elevation  of  about  1000  ft. — 
John  Percival. 

"  Namaqualand."— In  No.  465  (p.  301)  Mr.  Spencer  le  M.  Moore 
describes  a  new  Blepharis  [extenuata),  and  gives  as  locality 
"Namaqualand."  Now  there  are  two  Namaqualands — a  Great 
Namaqualand,  belonging  to  the  Germans,  and  a  TJttle  Namaqua- 
land, making  a  part  of  the  Cape  Colony.  Which  one  is  now 
meant  ?  I  am  sure  that  Mr.  Moore  means  Little  Namaqualand, 
but  I  am  also  sure  that  after  forty  or  fifty  years  it  will  be  difficult 
for  a  botanist  to  guess  it ;  perhaps,  if  he  does  not  know  very  much 
about  botanical  investigation  of  South  Africa,  will  never  guess  it. 
In  the  last  number  of  the  Bot.  Mag.  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  also  speaks 
of  a  plant  found  in  Namaqualand ;  Harvey  and  Sonder  already  did 
so,  and  I  am  sorry  to  say  the  continuation  of  the  Cape  Flora  makes 
the  same  fault.  Could  you  not  take  notice  of  this  in  one  of  the  next 
numbers  of  your  Journal?  Further:  Nama^^a  is  wrong;  it 
ought  to  be  written  Nam  a,  as  I  have  shown  many  years  ago  in 
Petermann's  Geoijraplmchen  Mitteilungen.  The  geographical  notes 
in  the  Flora  Capensis  and  in  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa  show  a 
great  many  inexactnesses  ;  one  of  them,  a  little  one,  I  quote  above. 
Hans  Schinz. 

[Prof.  Schinz  is  correct  in  supposing  that  the  locality  for 
Blepharis  extenuata  is  in  Little  Namaqualand. — Ed.  Journ.  Box.] 

Brecon  and  Carmarthen  Plants. — On  a  walk  taken  on  15th  July 
this  year  from  the  Carmarthenshire  Fan  (county  44)  past  the  Breck- 
nockshire Fan  (county  42)  into  the  Upper  Tawe  Valley,  I  came 
across  the  following  plants  of  interest: — Galium  horeale  L.  (44," 
42),  Sedum.  roseuui  Scop.  (44,"  42),  Silene  maritima  With.  (44,-''  42) 
— very  abundant  on  rocks  of  the  red  sandstone  from  1500  to  1800  ft. 
The  Sedum,  especially,  was  a  remarkable  feature  of  the  vegetation, 
growing  as  thickly  as  on  e.  //.  the  cliffs  of  Ben  Lawers  :  it  is  given 
doubtfully  by  Watson  for  Brecon.  Asploiium  viridc  Huds.  (44"),  in 
small  quantity  on  the  red  sandstone  ;  Thymus  CJiammdrys  Fr.  (44"^'). 
In  the  lake  at  the  foot  of  the  cliffs  of  the  Carmarthenshire  Fan 
(Llyn-y-Fan  Fach)  I  found  Nitella  opaca  Agardh  (44") ;  Littorella 
juncea  Berg.  (44,"-  42") ;  Isoetes  lacustris  L.  (44,"  42") ;  Sparganium 
minimum  Fr.  (44");  Ra7mnculus  peltatiis  Schrank  (44*).  A  few 
days  previously  I  had  met  with  Crepis  pahidosa  Moencli  in  42"  on 
the  River  Perddyn  (Neath  Valley).  The  Isoetes  is  certainly  I.  la- 
custris L.  This  species,  which  Watson  refuses  for  41  Glamorgan 
on  the  evidence  available,  occurs  in  a  lake  situated  in  exactly 
similar  position  to  that  of  the  Llyn-y-Fan  Fach  in  Carmarthen- 
shire;  this  lake  (Llyn  Fach)  is  at  1500  ft.  elevation  at  the  foot  of 
a  broken  cliff  overlooking  the  Vale  of  Neath.  I  am  distributing 
vouchers  this  year  for  Glamorgan  through  the  Bot.  Exch.  Club, 
together  with  exemplars  of  one  or  two  of  the  Carmarthenshire 
species  mentioned  above.     Littorella  and  Isoetes   no    doubt  occur 

*  Signifies  a  new  county  record,  judging  by  the  evidence  of  an  unannotated 
edition  of  Watson's  Top.  Bot.  ed.  2  (1884),  in  which,  however,  the  Characece  do 
not  figure. 


SHORT    NOTES  345 

elsewhere  in  Breconshire.  I  have  found  the  former  in  Llyn-y-Cwm 
Llwch,  at  the  foot  of  the  Brecknock  Beacons.  This  year,  on 
15th  July,  I  found  both  species  cast  up  at  the  edge  of  Llyn-y-Fan 
Fawr,  at  the  foot  of  the  Brecknockshire  Fan.  This  lake  has  the 
reputation  of  being  void  of  both  weeds  and  fish.  But  I  do  not  see 
how  the  Lwetes  and  Littorella  could  have  been  there — the  Isoetes  in 
good  condition,  though  small — cast  up  on  the  shore,  unless  they  had 
come  from  the  lake.  The  other  lake,  Llyn-y-Fan  Fach,  is  some 
miles  away  for  the  pedestrian  :  there  are  two  great  cliffs  interposed, 
as  the  crow  flies.  The  plants  could  hardly  have  come  from  there. 
It  was  too  late  in  the  evening  to  examine  Llyn-y-Fan  Fawr 
thoroughly,  and  trace  the  plants  to  their  home  in  it :  though 
I  hope  to  do  so  another  time.  A  fisherman  would  not  consider 
such  small  plants  to  be  tceeds :  they  would  not  shelter  fish.  —  H.  J. 

ElDDLESDELL. 

Helianthemum  vulgare  in  Middlesex.  —  Mr.  Benbow  (p.  278) 
can  find  no  report  of  the  occurrence  of  Helianthemum.  vuhjare  in 
Middlesex  prior  to  his  own.  He  will  find  records  in  Watson's 
Top.  Bot.  ed.  2,  under  the  plant — "21  Middlesex.  Hind";  and 
(quite  generally)  in  Pryor's  Flora  of  Hertfordshire,  and  Hanbury  & 
Marshall's  Flora  of  Kent,  p.  xxxvii.  Trimen  &  Dyer,  Flora  oj 
Middlesex,  mention  it  as  one  of  the  "wants." — H.  J.  Eiddlesdell. 

Wandsworth  Common  Casuals. — Last  winter  the  "  Three  Island 
Pond"  on  Wandsworth  Common  was  drained  and  cleaned,  and  the 
removed  mud  and  earth  were  deposited  at  the  nearest  corner  of  the 
Common,  just  above  the  railway.  On  the  waste  heap  so  formed 
I  have  this  week  (Sept.  14)  found  some  large  plants  of  Panicum. 
Crus-galU  L.,  and  a  smaller  number  of  Sctaria  <jlaitca  Beauv.  Six 
years  ago,  the  east  bank  of  the  railway-cutting  was  re-made,  and 
the  old  wooden  bridge  near  the  middle  of  the  Common  was  replaced 
by  a  larger  one.  At  each  end  of  the  bridge  several  small  spaces 
were  then  enclosed  and  planted  with  gorse  and  blackthorn,  to  re- 
produce as  far  as  possible  some  of  the  fast-disappearing  features  of 
the  Common.  In  one  of  these  enclosures,  this  summer,  about  a 
score  of  plants  of  Cnicus  setosus  Bess,  have  appeared ;  also,  in  the 
same  and  neighbouring  spaces,  a  single  specimen  each  of  Picris 
echioides  L.,  Salvia  Verbenaca  L.,  and  Erigeron  canadense  L.  Save 
for  the  last-named  species,  which,  during  1885  only,  grew  on  a 
newly  laid-out  road  a  furlong  from  this  point,  and  has  this  year 
been  found  in  the  station  garden-plots  equally  distant,  none  of 
these  plants  have  been  previously  seen  by  me  on  or  near  the 
Common,  though  I — living  on  its  margin — have  observed  and 
recorded  its  flora  closely  for  seventeen  seasons.  No  new  soil  or 
bushes  have  been  brought  into  the  enclosures  since  they  were 
originally  made.  Just  after  the  reconstruction  of  the  railway  bank, 
a  single  Hyoscyamus  niger  L.  appeared  upon  it,  and  flowered,  but  it 
was  destroyed  in  the  same  year.  During  the  present  summer,  half 
a  dozen  or  more  fine  teasels,  IHpsacus  sylvestris  Huds.,  sprang  up  in 
the  garden  of  a  friend,  bordering  on  the  Common  :  their  introduction 
cannot  be  accounted  for.  I  never  met  with  the  teasel  nearer  than 
in  a  park,  lately  built  on,  at  Tooting  Common.     Last  year  and 


346  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

this — never  previously,  to  my  knowledge — Dianthus  deltoides  L.  has 
been  gathered  on  Wandsworth  Common :  it  most  likely  came  with 
trees,  brought  from  a  local  nursery-garden,  planted  for  the  L.C.C. 
about  ten  years  ago. — William  WmrwELL. 

Yorkshire  Mosses.  —  It  may  interest  bryologists  to  know  the 
various  habitats  in  the  North  in  which  I  have  found  three  mosses, 
which  have  hitherto  been  considered  as  South  of  England.  The 
specimens  from  all  the  habitats  have  been  kindly  verified  by  Mr. 
Dixon : — 

Eurhynchium  speciosum    Schimp.      Ackworth    (v.-c.  65)  March, 

1898,  on  side  of  disused  drain,  and  shaded  by  grass ;  Clifton  Ings, 
York  (v.-c.  62),  April,  1899,  on  side  of  clay  ditch,  and  shaded  by 
grass;  UUeskelf  (v.-c.  65),  May,  1898,  on  land  occasionally  inun- 
dated by  the  River  Wharfe,  and  in  shade  along  the  field-side  of  a 
hedge  ;  Sherburn-in  Elmet  (v.-c.  64),  May,  1900,  on  side  of  damp 
cinder-path,  in  shade  between  high  walls  ;  on  clay  side  of  River 
Foss,  l''ork  (v.-c.  62),  in  shade  and  often  washed  by  the  stream, 
June,  1900,  a  very  glossy  form  ;  Staddlethorpe  (v.-c.  65),  Feb.  1898, 
on  wet  stones  by  pond,  and  shaded  by  willows,  a  very  stoloniferous 
and  dark  form. 

Amblystegium  Juratzkm  Schimp.     Staddlethorpe  (v.-c.  65),  May, 

1897,  on  wet  stones,  shaded  by  willows  ;  Sherburn-in-Elmet 
(v.-c.  64),  May,  1898,  in  quarry;  Jackdaw  Crag  Quarry,  Tadcaster 
(v.-c.  64),  June,  1898,  on  stone  in  shade,  a  very  robust  form  ; 
Hammerton  (V.-c.  64),  Sept.  1897,  by  River  Nidd ;  Appleton  Roe- 
buck (v.-c.  64),  May,  1898,  on  side  of  clay  ditch,  in  rhade  ;  Burton 
Salmon  (v.-c.  65),  April,  1897,  in  magnesian  limestone  quarry  ; 
Naburn  (v.-c.  61),  Nov.  1899,  in  shade  by  water  ;  Lastingham 
(v.-c.  62),  by  roadside  on  side  of  drain.  May,  1899,  with  leaves 
very  squarrose,  and  cells  a  little  narrower  than  usual,  but  otherwise 
good  A.  JnratzktB  (Dixon) ;  Huntingdon  (v.-c.  62),  June,  1900,  a 
marked  form,  very  distinct  from  A.  serpens  Dixon,  on  clay  side  of 
drain  by  roadside;  Healaugh  (v.-c.  64),  with  leaves  more  strongly 
toothed  than  usual,  and  leaf  acumen  almost  squarrose  (Dixon),  a 
marked  form  on  base  of  tree  by  pool,  with  Hypmuii  riparium  var. 
lonyi folium,  Nov.  1896,  and  July,  1901 ;  United  Kilhope  and  Wel- 
hope  burns,  Wearhead  (v.-c.  66),  July,  1898,  in  shade  by  river-side; 
Coatham  Marshes,  on  damp,  shady  ground,  along  with  Morckia 
hibernica,  May,  1901. 

Amblystegium  A'oc/u'i  Bruch  &  Schimp.     Driffield  (v.-c.  61),  July, 

1899,  both  the  large  form,  identical  with  Sussex  specimens,  and  a 
smaller  form,  both  growing  by  side  of  pool,  in  shade ;  Clifton  Ings, 
York  (v.-c.  62),  July,  1898,  on  side  of  clay  ditch  in  shade,  a  long- 
stemmed  and  distant-leaved  form;  Barkstone  (v.-c.  64,  c.fr.),  May, 

1898,  in  shallow  magnesian  limestone  quarry ;  Jackdaw  Crag 
Quarry,  Tadcaster,  June,  1898,  on  damp  stone  in  quarry,  a  small 
form;  Coatham  Marshes  (v.-c.  62),  on  damp  ground  at  the  foot  of 
rushes,  June,  1901,  a  small  form.  The  three  mosses  above  agree 
closely  as  to  their  habitats,  all  delighting  in  continual  damp  ground 
and  shade,  the  latter  promoting  the  former,  and  all  ignoring  the 
nature  of  the  soil  or  rock  on  which  they  grow. — Wm.  Ingham. 


847 


NOTICES     OF    BOOKS. 

A  Flora  of  Western  Middle  California.  By  Willis  Linn  Jepson, 
Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany  in  the  University  of 
Cahfornia.  Issued  April  16,  1901.  Enciua  Pubhshing  Co., 
Berkeley,  Cahfornia.     8vo,  pp.  iv,  625.     Price  $2.50. 

There  have  been  many  American  floras  of  varying  degrees  of 
excellence,  but  it  has  been  reserved  for  Prof.  Jepson  to  bring  out  a 
book  admirably  adapted  for  use  in  the  field.  Of  convenient  size  for 
the  pocket,  printed  in  small  but  clear  and  well  arranged  type,  on 
thin  but  not  too  thin  paper,  the  attractiveness  of  the  volume  at  once 
prepossesses  us  in  its  favour ;  and  it  may  well  serve  as  a  model  to 
other  local  floras,  which  as  time  goes  on  will  inevitably  be  required. 

A  clearly  written  and  modest  preface  explains  the  scope  and 
extent  of  the  book  and  the  mode  of  treatment  adopted,  which, 
especially  in  the  prominence  given  to  the  results  of  examination  in 
the  field,  we  would  gladly  reproduce  it  in  its  entirety  did  space 
permit ;  but  we  must  content  ourselves  with  a  somewhat  lengthy 
extract  in  which  the  author  defines  his  attitude  towards  the  "  new 
species  "  which  have  for  the  last  few  years  abounded  in  American 
periodical  literature.     He  writes  : — 

"As  to  the  recognition  of  species,  that  is,  the  determination  of 
the  number  of  species  present  in  our  region  and  the  working  out  of 
their  relationships,  field  studies  played  an  important  part.  In  the 
larger  or  more  variable  genera  resort  was  had  lo  the  following 
method:  The  material  of  a  given  genus  was  segregated  into  a 
certain  number  of  forms  (regarded  as  distinct)  or  varieties  of  these 
forms,  the  judgment  passed  being  in  a  large  measure  controlled  by 
field  studies.  Tiie  descriptions  of  such  forms  were  drawn  up  from 
fresh  material  or  herbarium  material.  The  results  of  these  studies 
could  not  in  all  cases,  however,  be  correlated  with  the  existing 
literature,  but  to  the  descriptions  such  names  were  apphed  as  were 
available  in  the  literature  and  with  all  care  and  caution.  There- 
fore, a  particular  description  stands  for  a  natural  type  (that  is  to 
say,  the  usual  or  dominating  or  most  marked  form),  while  the  name 
may  belong  to  a  form  of  the  species  which  is  unusual  or  abnormal, 
or  may,  indeed,  belong  to  a  very  difterent  plant  since  the  original 
description  by  which  such  a  name  was  published  may  be  so  vague, 
so  loose,  or  so  broad  that  exact  determination  is  difficult  or  im- 
possible. Difficulties  of  this  nature  may  only  be  settled  by  a  study 
of  the  original  or  type-specimens,  but  these  are,  to  us,  largely  in- 
accessible. Moreover,  type-specimens  are  not  infrequently  so 
poor  or  so  fragmentary  that  nothing  can  be  made  of  them.  It 
should  be  understood,  therefore,  that  the  author's  conception  of  the 
species  here  given  place  is  expressed  by  the  descriptions  rather  than 
by  the  names ;  that  there  is  here  an  account  of  the  plants  of  the 
region  rather  than  a  list  of  species  gleaned  from  the  literature. 
One  other  course  was  open.  Instead  of  presenting  a  fresh  account 
of  the  plants  known  to  us  as  occurring  in  our  region,  it  would  have 
been  quite  possible  to  list  the  species  attributed  to  middle  California 
and  copy  the  paraphrased  descriptions  which  we  have  inherited, 


348  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

adding  more  or  less  new  matter  and  emending  where  it  seemed 
necessary.  To  one,  however,  whose  faciUties  as  to  type-specimens 
are  limited  but  whose  advantages  as  to  the  living  flora  are  in  many 
ways  imlimited,  sm-ely  there  could  be  but  one  choice  as  to  what  his 
task  should  be.  Nevertheless,  it  is  not  in  the  least  the  intention 
to  deny  to  the  literature  a  debt  which  is  plain,  but  the  obligation  to 
some  of  the  more  recent  *  systematic '  literature  must  be  said  to  be 
dubious  when  one  remembers  the  paucity  of  monographic  work  and 
contrasts  the  long  list  of  '  new  species.'  It  is  not  too  much  to  say 
that  a  considerable  proportion  of  these  '  new  species '  consists  of 
isolated  descriptions,  that  there  is  a  lack  of  co-ordination  with 
species  already  known,  and  that  as  to  many  of  them  even  their 
nearest  relatives  are  not  acknowledged.  It  has  not  been  possible  to 
investigate  all  such.  Some  are  obviously  to  be  rejected — in  any 
event  they  have  not  been  included  here  by  merit  of  publication 
merely.  Many  others,  on  the  contrary,  it  has  been  possible  to 
study  more  or  less  fully ;  of  these  a  surprising  number  reveal  most 
excellent  characters  which  are  not  in  the  least  suggested  in  their 
often  unsatisfactory  diagnoses." 

The  region  covered  by  the  Flora  is  defined  as  "  that  portion  of 
California  lying  west  of  the  Sacramento  and  San  Joaquin  Rivers, 
south  of  the  counties  of  Mendocino,  Lake  and  Colusa  and  north  of 
the  Pajaro  River  and  Pacheco  Pass.  Very  many  extra-limital  spe- 
cies are  described  or  noticed,  however,  so  that  the  volume  will  be 
almost  if  not  quite  as  useful  as  far  north  as  Red  Bluff  and  as  far 
south  as  Bakersfield."  We  observe  with  pleasure  thpt,  while  local 
common  names  are  duly  noted,  the  stupid  practice  of  coining 
"English"  names  from  the  Latin  binominal  has  been  avoided. 
This  does  not,  however,  apply  to  the  grasses,  for  the  treatment  of 
which  Mr.  Burtt  Davy  is  responsible. 

We  are  unfortunately  unable  to  apply  to  Dr.  Jepson's  descriptions 
the  only  satisfactory  test — that  of  use  in  the  field — but  they  strike 
us  as  exceedingly  practical  and  very  well  done.  The  arrangement 
followed  is  that  adopted  by  Britton  and  Brown  in  their  lUustrated 
Flora,  beginning  with  Gymnosperms  and  ending  with  Compositce. 
There  is,  we  are  glad  to  note,  only  one  index,  which  includes  genera, 
species,  varieties,  synonyms,  and  vernacular  names  :  there  is  also  a 
short  glossar}' — in  fact,  nothing  has  been  neglected  which  will  render 
the  book  serviceable  in  the  field.  The  only  point  on  which  it  seems 
to  us  improvement  could  be  made  would  be  the  placing  of  the  generic 
name  at  the  head  of  each  column  of  the  index ;  but  the  mention  of 
so  small  a  detail  shows  how  little  we  find  that  calls  for  criticism. 


Illustrations  of  the  Botany  of  Captain  Cook's  Voyage  Round  the  World 
in  H.M.S.  'Endeavour'  in  1768-71.  By  the  Right  Hon.  Sir 
Joseph  Banks,  Bart.,  and  Dr.  Daniel  Solander.  With  De- 
terminations by  James  Britten,  F.L.S.  Australian  Plants. — 
Part  II.  1901.  Large  folio,  pp.  35-75.  PI.  101-243. 
London :  Longmans. 

Some  weeks  have  passed  since  this  second  part  was  issued.     It 
consists  of  41  pages  of  letterpress  and  142  plates.     The  latter, 


TWO    AMERICAN    TEXT-BOOKS  349 

with  a  single  exception,  are  printed  from  the  plates  prepared  by 
Sir  Joseph  Banks  towards  the  close  of  the  eighteenth  century. 
The  exception  is  a  plate  of  Myruiecodia  Beccarii  Hk.  f.,  reproduced 
by  the  late  Robert  Morgan  from  the  original  drawing  made  in  1773 
by  J.  F.  Miller.  The  first  published  notice  of  this  remarkable 
plant  of  New  South  Wales  was  by  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  in  this 
Journal  for  1868,  when  it  was  referred  to  a  DecandoUean  species. 
In  1882  Von  Mueller  referred  it  to  a  species  of  Gaudichaud.  It 
was  not  till  1886  that  Sir  Joseph  Hooker  described  a  plant  col- 
lected by  Beccari  which  Mr.  Britten  has  shown  to  be  specifically 
identical  with  the  New  South  Wales  species.  It  is  a  real  gain  to 
science  to  have  the  careful  diagnosis  printed  which  was  drawn  up 
by  Solander  one  hundred  and  thirty  years  ago,  and  this  accompanied 
by  Miller's  drawing. 

Everywhere  the  critical  acumen  of  the  editor  is  apparent.  He 
has  done  the  work  as  if  he  loved  it,  and,  indeed,  he  never  works 
more  con  amove  than  when  he  is  restoring  the  credit  and  vindicating 
the  worth  of  men  who  liave  been  by  accident  or  intent  more  or  less 
overlooked.  In  his  Australian  Flora,  Mr.  Bentham  brought  together 
all  that  was  known  of  the  plants  of  that  great  continent ;  but  he 
somehow  did  scant  justice  to  these  earliest  explorers  of  the  Australian 
Flora.  The  volume  before  us  deals  only  with  the  plants  that  had 
been  engraved  more  than  a  century  ago ;  the  collections  made  by 
Banks  and  Solander,  preserved  in  the  Herbarium  of  the  British 
Museum,  and  the  systematic  descriptions  of  Solander,  also  pre- 
served there,  are  much  more  extensive  than  appears  in  this  published 
work.  Nevertheless  in  this  second  part  nearly  half  of  the  species 
described  were  not  known  by  Bentham  as  having  been  found  by 
Banks  and  Solander.  We  may  further  note  the  care  with  which 
the  editor  has  dealt  with  the  species  of  Utricularia  included  in  this 
work,  and  the  restoration  of  earlier  published  names  which  he 
justified  in  a  paper  in  this  Journal  for  February  last. 


Two  American  Text-Books. 

Practical  Text-Book  of  Plant  Pkysiology.  By  Daniel  Trembly 
Macdougal,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Laboratories  of  the  New 
York  Botanical  Garden.  8vo,  pp.  352,  tt.  159.  Longmans, 
New  York,  &c.     1901.     Price  7s.  6d. 

Methods  in  Plant  Histology.  By  Charles  J.  Chamberlain,  Ph.D., 
Instructor  in  Botany  in  the  University  of  Chicago.  8vo, 
pp.  160,  tt.  74.  The  University  Press,  Chicago.  1901. 
Price  1.50  dol.  net. 

In  his  Practical  Text-Book  of  Plant  Physiology,  Dr.  Macdougal 
has  brought  together  directions  for  a  somewhat  exhaustive  series  of 
experiments  and  demonstrations  relating  to  the  physiological  side 
of  botany.  *'  A  discussion  of  the  principles  of  the  subject  is  inter- 
woven with  the  directions  for  practical  demonstrations  in  order  to 
afford  means  of  interpretation  of  the  experimental  results  secured; 
such  discussion  is  naturally  limited  to  the  statement  of  prevalent 
generalizations  in  greater  part ;  the  space  at  command  does  not 


350  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

permit  a  critical  presentation  of  all  of  the  aspects  of  any  part  of 
the  subject.  The  chief  purpose  of  the  author  is  to  present  practical 
directions  for  the  demonstration  of  the  principal  phenomena  of  the 
physiology  of  the  plant,  and  also  details  of  experimental  methods 
suitable  for  the  exact  analyses  requisite  in  research  work." 

The  sentences  which  we  quote  from  the  preface  express  both 
the  object  and  method  of  the  work,  and  at  the  same  time  give  an 
idea  of  the  inelegant  and  often  obscure  style  of  writing  adopted  by 
the  author.  Dr.  Macdougal  holds  an  important  position  in  per- 
haps the  most  important  botanic  establishment  in  America,  and 
speaks  with  authority  on  matters  of  plant  physiology — a  subject  to 
the  advancement  of  which  he  has  contributed  by  numerous  observa- 
tions. He  has  moveover  been  at  considerable  pains  to  bring 
together  in  the  present  volume  a  large,  well-arranged,  and  ad- 
mirably selected  series  of  experiments,  the  formation  of  which 
must  have  involved  extensive  research  both  literary  and  practical. 
And  perhaps,  as  the  title  of  the  work  is  a  ''practical  text-book," 
we  must  expect  a  certain  brevity  and  precision  affording  but  little 
scope  for  literary  excellence.  But  even  at  the  risk  of  sacrificing  a 
few  of  the  demonstrations,  or  increasing  the  size  of  the  book,  it 
would,  we  think,  have  added  to  its  usefulness  if  the  matter  had 
been  presented  in  a  more  readable  form.  The  practical  book 
should  be  the  companion  to  the  larger  manual,  where  principles  are 
fully  discussed  ;  but  unfortunately  the  larger  manual — such,  for 
instance,  as  students  of  animal  physiology  have — does  not  exist  for 
botany,  or  exists  only  in  part.  The  attempt  to  make  the  practical 
book  serve  the  double  purpose  will  end  in  repelling  all  but  the 
keenest  students  ;  and  while  it  may  serve  to  instil  a  certain  amount 
of  mechanical  precision,  such  a  work  is  utterly  useless  as  a  means 
of  literary  culture.  And  it  is  unnecessary  to  cite  names  in  illustra- 
tion of  the  fact  that  the  latter  is  not  incompatible  with  scientific 
excellence. 

The  subject-matter  is  arranged  in  fourteen  chapters.  The 
earlier  deal  with  the  relation  of  the  plant  to  external  forces  and 
conditions,  as,  for  instance,  mechanical  or  chemical  forces,  gravita- 
tion, temperature,  or  light.  In  the  later  chapters  the  life-processes 
of  the  plants — nutrition,  respiration,  growth,  reproduction,  &c. — 
are  the  subjects  for  discussion  and  experiment.  A  useful  appendix 
supplies  tables  of  measures  and  various  constants.  Reference  to  the 
text  is  facilitated  by  a  good  index,  and  to  papers  dealing  more  fully 
with  the  subjects  under  discussion,  by  footnotes  at  the  bottom  of 
the  page — a  commendable  method.  In  spite  of  absence  of  literary 
excellence,  the  book  will  be  very  useful  to  the  more  advanced 
student  of  plant  physiology. 

Mr.  Chamberlain's  book,  which  has  grown  out  of  a  course  in 
histological  technique  conducted  by  the  author  at  the  University  of 
Chicago,  is  advertised  as  "  an  indispensable  book  for  students  of 
botany."  It  will  at  any  rate  be  found  a  useful  addition  to  the 
library  in  the  histological  laboratory,  and  a  valuable  help  in  the 
preparation  of  those  elaborate  plant-sections,  some  study  of  which 
is  essential,  if  a  clear  idea  of  the  intimate  structure  of  the  cell,  the 
protoplasm,  and  the  various  phases  of  the  nucleus  is  to  be  obtained. 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS  351 

In  the  first  part  of  the  book  the  prhiciples  involved  in  the  pro- 
cesses of  kilHng,  fixing,  and  staining  are  discussed,  methods  are 
explained  in  detail,  and  the  preparation  and  idiosyncrasies  of  the 
more  important  reagents  and  staining  fluids  are  described. 

The  second  part  consists  of  a  series  of  specific  cases  illustrating 
the  methods  described  in  the  earlier  pages.  Familiar  and  commonly 
studied  examples  are  selected  from  the  important  plant  groups  from 
Thallophytes  upwards,  and  methods  suggested  in  each  case  by 
which  the  most  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  specimens. 
The  subject-matter  is  illustrated  by  figures  made  from  preparations 
obtained  by  the  methods  suggested.  ^  j3^  ^ 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS.* 

Bot.  Gazette  (20  Aug.).  —  F.  L.  Stevens,  '  Gametogenesis  and 
fertilization  in  Albugo  '  (4  pL). — W.  L.  Bray,  '  Vegetation  of  Western 
Texas.' — F.  M.  Lyon,  '  Sporangia  and  gametophytes  of  Selaginella  ' 
(5  pi.).  —  A.  Schneider,  *  Function  of  calcium  oxalate  crystals  in 
plants.' 

Bot.  Notiser  (haft.  4;  9  Sept.).  — G.  0.  A.  Malme,  '  Nagra  drag 
af  lafvarnas  inbordes  kamp  for  tillvaron.' — B.  Jonsson,  *  Ytterligne 
bidrag  till  kannedomen  om  masurbildningarne  hos  Myrtaceerna, 
siirskildt  hos  slagtet  Eucalyptus.' — J.  Erikson,  *  Bidrag  till  olandska 
Alfvarets  floristik.' 

Bot.  Zeitung. — Graf  zu  Solms-Laubach,  '  Ueber  die  in  der  Oase 
Biskra  und  in  deren  nachster  Umgebung  wachsenden  spiroloben 
Chenopodeen.' 

Bull,  de  rUerb.  Boissler  (31  Aug.).  —  E.  de  Wildeman  &  Th. 
Durand,  '  Plantae  Gilletianae  Gongolenses  '  (concl.).  —  H.  Schinz, 
'  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Afrikanischen  Flora'  (cont.). —  L. 
Eadlkofer,  *  Ueber  zwei  Connaraceen.'  —  F.  N.  Williams,  Dianthus 
hazariciis,  sp.  n. — G.  Hegi,  '  Das  Obere  Tosstal '  (cont.). 

Bull.  Sac.  Bot.  France  (xlvii,  no.  9  ;  received  29  Aug.).  —  L. 

Legre,  Styrax  officinalis  in  Provence. .  Sennen,  '  Herborisations 

aux  environs  de  La  Nouvelle  (Aude).'  —  L.  Geneau  de  Lamarliere, 
'  Contributions  a  la  flore  de  la  Marne.' 

Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club  (21  Aug.).  —  V.  S.  White,  '  Tylostomacece 
of  N.  America'  (10  pi.).  —  F.E.Lloyd,  'Anatomy  of  Chrysoma 
paucijiosculosa.' — J.  K.  Small,  ^  Dasystoma  Jiava  and  related  species.' 

E.  M.  Harper,  '  Georgia  Plants '  (1  pi.). — Anna  M.  Vail,  Vmcetoxicum 
Wooto7ii,  sp.  n. 

Gardeners  Chronicle  (Sept.). — U.  Dammer,  Neonicholsonia,  gen. 
nov.  (Palmese). 

Nuovo  Giornale  Bot.  Italiano  ("July";    received  14  Sept.). — 

F.  Cavara,  'La  vegetazione  della  Sardegna  meridionale.' — L. 
Vaccari,  '  Flora  cacuminale  della  Valle  d'Aosta.'  —  T.  De  Stefani 
Perez,    '  Entomocecidiologia   della   Flora  Sicula.'  —  P.  Baccarini, 


•  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  iVthe  actual  date  of 
publicaiion. 


352  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

'  Sulla  vegetazioiie  della  Sicilia  orientale.' — A.  Colozza,  '  Anatomia 
delle  Alstroemeriee.'  —  G.  Bargagli-Petrucci,  '  Cavita  stomatifere 
del  gen  ere  Ficus.' 

Oesterr.  Bot.  i^a^sc/in/i  (Sept.).— K.  Genau,  '  Ueber  die  Entwick- 
liiug  von  Sauromntum  (/uttatum.' — J.  Velenovsky,  *  Abnprmale  Bliiten 
der  Forsj/thia  viridissima.''  — E.  Hackel,  '  Neiie  Graser.'  —  A.  Zahl- 
bruckner,  '  Vorarbeiten  zu  einer  Flechtenflora  Dalmatieiis '  (concl.). 
— J.  Freyn,  '  Plant^e  Karoans  Amuriccne  et  Zeaens^e.' — A.  v.  Hayek, 
'  Flora  von  Steiermark  '  (cont.). 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc, 

William  Mathews,  who  died  at  Tiinbridge  Wells  on  the  5th  of 
September,  was  born  at  Hagley,  near  Birmingham,  on  Sept.  10, 
1828.  He  was  educated  at  King's  College,  London,  and  at  St.  John's 
College,  Cambridge,  where  he  graduated  M.A.  He  then  returned  to 
Birmmgham  and  joined  the  firm  of  land  surveyors  of  which  his 
father  was  the  head.  Mathews  took  up  botany  at  Cambridge  under 
Babington,  whose  Journal  contains  numerous  references  to  ex- 
cursions undertaken  in  his  company.  A  note  on  North  Wales 
botany  from  his  pen  appeared  in  the  Phi/tolo(jist  in  1853,  and  he 
contrilDuted  various  notes  to  this  Journal  between  1871  and  1895, 
the  most  important  being  his  notes  on  Worcestershire  plants 
(Journ.  Bot.  1881,  38-41)  and  on  Alcheniilla  conjuncta  (Id.  1881,  91). 
He  contributed  an  account  of  the  flora  of  the  Clent  Hills  to  a  little 
book  entitled  Clentine  R'onbles,  published  in  1868;  and  a  paper 
read  before  the  Birmingham  Philosophical  Society  on  the  Flora  of 
Algeria,  considered  in  relation  to  the  physical  history  of  the  Medi- 
terranean region  and  the  supposed  submergence  of  the  Sahara — 
the  outcome  of  Mathews's  visit  to  that  country  in  the  autumn  of 

1876 was  printed  in  its  Transactions,  and  subsequently  appeared 

in  book  form.  His  help  is  acknowledged  by  Mr.  Bagnall  in  his 
Flora  of  Warwickshire,  and  by  Edwin  Lees,  with  whom  he  was 
intimately  acquainted,  in  the  Botani/  of  Worcestershire;  he  presented 
a  collection  of  Worcestershire  plants  to  Queen's  College,  Birmingham. 
Mathews  was  one  of  the  founders  and  an  early  president  of  the  Alpine 
Club,  and  did  a  great  deal  of  work  in  connection  with  early  moun- 
taineering discovery.  He  made  the  first  passage  of  some  of  the 
most  notable  "cols"  in  the  Zermatt  district,  and  was  the  first  to 
accomplish  the  ascent  of  Monte  Viso.  With  two  other  members  of 
the  Alpine  Club,  he  received  from  Victor  Emmanuel  the  Order  of 
St.  Maurice  and  St.  Lazare,  in  appreciation  of  his  geographical 
discoveries  in  the  Italian  Alps.  Mathews  was  a  Fellow  of  the 
Geographical  Society,  and  enjoyed  the  friendship  of  many  eminent 
men'' of  science,  particularly  of  those  interested  in  alpine  research, 
such  as  the  late  Professor  Tyndall  and  Principal  James  David 
Forbes.  He  was  a  contributor  to  the  first  series  of  Peaks,  Passes, 
and  Glaciers,  edited  by  John  Ball;  and  he  wrote  for  the  Alpiiie 
Journal  interesting  papers  on  hypsometry— the  measurement  of 
altitudes  by  barometrical  pressure. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  353 

We  record  with  regret  the  death  of  William  West,  who  was 
born  at  Bradford  on  the  11th  February,  1875,  and  from  his  earhest 
years  displayed  remarkable  precocity.  At  ten  years  of  age,  on  his 
own  initiative  and  without  the  knowledge  of  his  parents,  he  sat  for 
examination  and  won  a  scholarship  at  the  J3radford  Technical  Col- 
lege, being  one  of  the  youngest  students  ever  thus  admitted.  Here 
he  received  a  grounding  in  elementary  science,  and  at  the  end  of 
four  years  he  went  up  to  the  Royal  College  of  Science  in  London, 
where  his  progress  was  also  remarkable,  and  he  secured  the  Forbes 
Medal  for  botany,  being  at  the  head  of  the  College  in  this  subject. 
At  the  age  of  sixteen  he  won  a  foundation  scholarship  at  St.  John's 
College,  Cambridge ;  at  the  end  of  his  second  year  he  took  first- 
class  honours  in  the  first  part  of  the  Natural  Science  Tripos.  Ill- 
health  prevented  his  taking  the  second  part  of  the  Tripos  in  the 
following  year,  and  he  was  again  ill  at  the  time  of  the  examination 
at  the  end  of  his  fourth  year  of  residence  in  Cambridge.  Owing  to 
this,  he  secured  only  second-class  honours  in  the  second  part — no 
mean  achievement,  but  still  a  result  disappointing  to  himself.  For 
a  time  he  acted  as  a  science  demonstrator  at  Cambridge,  and  sub- 
sequently was  employed  for  two  years  (Michaelmas,  1890,  to  August, 
1892)  by  the  Department  of  Botany  of  the  British  Museum  in 
revising  and  incorporating  the  Fresh-water  Algse  of  Hassall's 
Herbarium,  and  of  numerous  published  sets.  He  supplied  the 
Department  with  many  hundreds  of  microscope-slides  of  fresh- 
water Algae.  On  the  8th  August  he  left  England  for  India,  where 
he  had  been  appointed  as  biologist  to  the  Behar  Indigo  Planters' 
Association  and  the  Indigo  Improvement  Syndicate,  Mozufferpore, 
Bengal.  After  paying  short  visits  to  friends  at  Bombay  and  Calcutta, 
Mr.  West  reached  Mozufferpore  on  August  27th,  where  he  died  (from 
cholera)  on  the  14th  September.  From  a  very  early  age,  under  the 
tuition  of  his  father,  he  devoted  much  attention  to  botany.  To  this 
Journal  he  contributed  in  1898,  besides  other  notes,  a  long  paper 
on  Cambridgeshire  plants,  and  in  1899  described  (with  Dr.  Rendle) 
and  figured  a  new  British  Fresh- water  Alga  {Pitlwpora  Oedogonia 
var.  pohjspora),  and  "  Some  Oscillarioidem  from  the  Plankton." 
West  was  a  man  of  general  accomplishments ;  he  was  interested 
in  music  and  the  drama,  and  his  friends  anticipated  for  him  a 
brilliant  literary  career. 

The  first  part  of  a  new  German  Cryptogamic  Flora  by  Dr. 
Walter  Migula  the  bacteriologist  has  been  issued,  being  a  continu- 
ation of  Dr.  Thome's  Flora  von  Deutschland,  OesterreicU  imd  der 
Schiveiz  (Gera :  F.  von  Zezschwitz),  a  publication  in  four  volumes 
which  appeared  twelve  years  ago,  and  was  notable  for  the  abundance 
of  its  coloured  illustrations,  depicting  all  the  phanerogamic  genera 
of  Teutonic  Europe,  and  many  of  the  species.  The  cryptogamic 
continuation  is  planned  on  similar  lines,  and  will  contain  320 
coloured  and  plain  lithographic  plates,  the  small  size  of  the  plants 
treated  often  permitting  several  figures  to  be  exhibited  on  one  plato. 
Three  volumes  will  be  published,  comprising  in  all  forty  to  forty-five 
parts,  and  the  parts  will  be  issued  at  intervals  of  five  weeks  at  the 
price  of  one  mark  to  subscribers.     The  first  part  opens  with  the 

Journal  OF  Botany. — Vol.39.      [Oct.  1901.]  2  c 


354  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Mosses,  and,  after  dealing  with  their  structure  and  giving  directions 
for  their  collection,  examination,  &c.,  comes  to  their  classification, 
the  system  followed  being  that  of  Limpricht's  Laubmoose.  A  useful 
key  is  provided  for  each  genus.  In  the  case  of  Sphagnum  the  points 
of  the  key  are  illustrated  by  figures  on  a  special  plate.  The  de- 
scriptions of  the  species  and  subspecies  are  short,  and  probably 
adequate ;  and  the  geographical  distribution  is  made  clear.  The 
colouring  of  the  plates  is  tolerably  good,  and  the  work  will  be  a 
great  boon  to  the  inexpert. 

A  CORRESPONDENT  scuds  US  the  following  extract  from  an  article 
entitled  "A  Week's  Tramp  in  the  Pennines,"  contributed  by  a 
schoolmaster  to  the  Boys'  Oivn  Paper  (Aug.  17): — "I  had  promised 
a  London  friend  I  would  procure  him  a  few  samples  of  the  genus 
Erica.  I  managed  to  gather  some  fine  specimens  of  E.  tetralix, 
E.  vaga7is,  E.  ciliaris  and  E.  vulgaris,  which  I  mounted.  ...  I  may 
here  observe  without  any  show  of  egotism  that  these  specimens 
have  been  used  in  class  teaching  in  one  of  the  largest  Board  schools 
in  London  during  the  past  three  years."  Our  correspondent  adds : 
"  The  above  plants  are  stated  to  have  been  gathered  near  Market 
Brough  ;  the  lists  of  insects  and  ferns  collected  are  equally  startling. 
If  the  other  subjects  taught  in  the  '  largest  Board  schools  in 
London  '  are  treated  in  as  original  a  manner  as  topographical 
Botany,  the  scholars  are  likely  to  be  led  as  far  astray  as  the  above 
Heaths,  the  Maidenhair  at  Bowes,  or  the  '  Camberwell  Beauty  '  on 
the  fell  sides." 

A  NEW  part  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa  (vol.  viii.  part  2), 
issued  last  month,  contains  the  Lemnacea,  Restiacece,  EriocaulecB, 
and  conclusion  of  the  AroidecB,  by  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown  ;  the  NaiadacecB, 
by  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett ;  the  AlismacecB,  by  Mr.  C.  H.  Wright.  The 
greater  portion  is  occupied  by  the  Cyperacem  (not  completed  in  the 
part),  by  Mr.  C.  B.  Clarke.  We  are  glad  to  learn  that  the  obstacle 
which  has  prevented  the  publication  of  vol.  iv.  has  been  removed, 
and  that  that  volume  is  in  active  progress. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Pearson's  Hepatica  of  the  British  Isles  is  making 
steady  progress ;  the  last  part  brings  the  text  down  to  Ccesia,  and 
the  number  of  plates  to  176.  It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  the 
date  of  issue  of  the  parts  is  not  printed  on  the  wrapper  of  each  ; 
this  is  a  matter  for  the  publisher  rather  than  the  author,  but  the 
latter,  who  must  know  its  importance,  ought  to  see  that  it  is  given. 

The  Twelfth  Report  of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden  is  mainly 
occupied  by  a  very  careful  study  of  "  Garden  Beans  cultivated  as 
Esculents,"  by  Mr.  H.  C.  Irish ;  this  is  illustrated  by  ten  excellent 
plates.  The  principal  paper  of  strictly  botanical  interest  is  that  on 
•'  Crotons  of  the  United  States,"  by  Mr.  A.  M.  Ferguson,  to  which 
twenty-seven  carefully-executed  plates  are  devoted.  A  new  Agave 
[A.  Treleasei  Tourney)  and  a  new  Palmetto  [Sabal  Uresana  Trelease) 
are  described  and  figured.  The  get-up  of  the  volume  is,  as  usual, 
admirable. 

The  Kew  Bulletin  has  resumed  publication,  after  a  lapse  of 
nearly  two  years.    The  number  for  November  and  December,  1899, 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  355 

contains  a  title-page  to  the  volume,  which  bears  the  figure  "  1899  " 
in  large  type  and  '*1901"  in  small  type  at  the  foot.  Neitlier  of 
these  dates  applies  to  the  volume  as  a  whole,  as  will  be  seen  from 
the  following  list,  which,  as  on  previous  occasions,  we  issue  for  the 
benefit  of  those  who  may  want  to  consult  the  magazine  in  the  future, 
and  who  may  be  led  astray  by  the  dates  given  in  the  work  itself : — 

Dated  Issued 

January  and  February,  1899.  July,        1899. 

March  and  April  ,,  July  ,, 

May  and  June  ,,  July  ,, 

July  and  August  ,,  August       „ 

September  and  October     ,,  November  ,, 

November  and  December  ,,  August,  1901. 

We  have  pointed  out  before  that  the  Stationery  Office  date  on  the 
first  page  of  each  number,  though  more  trustworthy  than  that 
which  appears  below  the  title,  cannot  be  depended  upon.  This  last 
issue,  for  example,  is  dated  "10/99" — a  fact  which  makes  one 
wonder  why  it  has  been  delayed  until  August,  1901.  As,  however, 
a  letter  written  in  November,  1899,  and  a  notice  of  a  magazine 
published  in  that  month,  are  printed  in  the  number,  it  would 
appear  that  there  must  be  an  error  in  the  date. 

A  LATER  issue  of  the  Bulletin  contains  the  numbers  for  "  Jan.- 
March,  1901";  the  Stationery  Office  date  is  "12/1900,"  and  it 
appeared  in  September.  It  contains  the  following  note,  which  is 
rendered  somewhat  puzzling  by  the  fact  that  the  volume  which 
"will  shortly  be  issued"  has  already  appeared: — "The  extreme 
pressure  of  the  demands  of  important  Government  work  has  made 
it  necessary  to  suspend  for  a  time  the  publication  of  the  Kew 
Bulletin.  It  will  now  be  resumed.  The  volume  for  1899  will 
shortly  be  issued.  That  for  1900  is  in  preparation."  This  in- 
stalment contains  an  enumeration  of  the  contributors  to  the  Kew 
Herbarium.  The  name,  country  and  date  of  contributors,  and  a  note 
of  the  number  of  specimens,  are  given,  but  there  is  no  attempt  to 
convey  any  further  information. 

The  absence  of  any  popular  official  guide  to  Kew  Gardens  has 
been  to  a  small  extent  supplied  by  private  enterprise.  A  pretty 
little  book,  called  Souvenir:  Eoyal  Gardens,  Keiv,  contains  some  excel- 
lent views  of  the  Gardens,  and,  although  evidently  undertaken  in  the 
interests  of  advertisers,  will  no  doubt  be  popular.  It  is  priced 
at  3d.,  but  may  be  obtained  at  Kew  for  Id.  This,  however,  does 
nothing  to  supply  the  place  of  the  admirable  handbook  prepared  by 
Prof.  Daniel  Oliver,  which  was  last  issued  in  1885,  and  has  been 
out  of  print  for  years.  Truth  lately  reminded  us  that  in  1892 
Mr.  Plunket,  then  First  Commissioner  of  Works,  stated  that  the 
new  Guide  was  almost  ready,  and  they  hoped  to  have  it  out  during 
the  summer. 

The  Report  of  the  Moss  Exchange  Club  has  recently  been  issued 
as  a  pamphlet  of  about  forty  pages,  and  bears  evidence  of  the  con- 
tinued activity  and  usefulness  of  the  Club,  of  which  there  are  now 
thirty-seven  members.     About  3400  Mosses  or  Hepatics  have  been 


356  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANV 

sent  in  and  distributed  during  tlie  last  twelve  months,  and  all  of 
these  have  been  submitted  to  experts  in  the  several  groups,  so  that 
the  number  of  errors  of  naming  in  the  distributed  plants  was  much 
smaller  than  in  previous  years.  We  notice  a  great  increase  in  the 
number  of  Sphagna  sent  in,  but  a  considerable  falling-off  in  the 
number  of  Hepaticae.  Among  the  more  interesting  plants  on  which 
notes  have  been  made  in  the  Club  note-book,  these  notes  being  re- 
produced in  this  report,  are  Puttia  minutula  (a  form  having  a  rudi- 
mentary peristome) ;  TJiuidium  abietinwn  B.  &  S.  growing  intermixed 
with  T.  delicatulum ;  Hypnum  dilatatiim  Schimp.  showing  a  close 
approach  to  H.  molle ;  Weissia  calcarea  C.  M.  ;  Amblystegium  serpens 
B.  &  S.  var.  depauperatum  Boul.  ;  Porella  j^lati/phi/lla  L. ;  Scapania 
purpurea  Carr.  ;  Anthoceros  punctatus  L. ;  and  numerous  Harpidia 
and  Sphagna.  The  beginners'  section  has  completed  its  first  year, 
and  has  now  forty-five  members.  Some  of  these  have  displayed 
much  activity  and  enthusiasm,  but  many  others  have  apparently 
done  little  or  nothing  except  to  pay  the  subscription  and  accept 
any  plants  sent  to  them. 

The  bulky  part  of  the  Journal  of  the  Roj/td  Horticultural  Society 
issued  in  August  contains  many  papers  of  botanical  interest : — 
"Experiments  in  Hybridization,"  by  Abbot  Mendel;  "  Woad,  a 
prehistoric  pigment,"  by  Dr.  Plowright ;  "  Hybrid  Conifers,"  by  Dr. 
Masters;  "  Making  and  unmaking  of  flowers,"  by  Prof.  Henslow ; 
and  "Bulbiform  seeds  of  AiuaryUidec^,''  by  Dr.  Rendle — the  last, 
by  permission  of  the  Council  of  the  Society,  we  propose  to  reproduce 
in  our  next  issue.  The  Journal  is  so  well  got  up  that  we  regret  it 
should  be  marred  by  the  introduction  of  miscellaneous  blocks — often 
unlettered,  and  in  no  way  connected  with  the  text — as  tail-pieces, 
wherever  a  vacant  space  affords  an  opportunity  for  their  insertion. 
Such  figures  are  neither  ornamental  nor  useful. 

Mr.  F.  N.  Williams  announces  the  continuation  of  his  Frodromus 
Flora  Britannic(E,  of  which  the  first  fasciculus  was  reviewed  in  this 
Journal  for  June.  The  second  fasciculus,  consisting  of  sixty-four 
pages  and  dealing  with  the  CompositcB,  is  in  the  press,  and  will  be 
issued  in  November  at  the  price  of  2s.  2d.,  free  by  post  to  subscribers, 
who  should  send  that  amount  to  the  author,  at  181,  High  Street, 
Brentford. 

Mr.  A.  G.  Tansley,  of  University  College,  believing  that  "there 
is  room  for  a  new  botanical  periodical  appearing  at  short  intervals 
and  affording  a  ready  means  of  communication  and  discussion 
among  British  botanists,  as  well  as  giving  facilities  for  the  quick 
publication  of  short  papers,  whether  critical,  speculative,  or  em- 
bodying the  results  of  research,"  has  issued  a  circular  giving  details 
of  the  proposed  journal.  The  scheme  is  very  comprehensive,  as  it 
is  proposed  to  "  cover  the  whole  range  of  modern  botany"  and  to 
include  contributions  in  English,  French,  and  German  :  "British  (or 
foreign)  botanists  would,  it  is  hoped,  write  freely  expressing  their 
views  or  their  doubts  on  all  questions  connected  with  the  practical 
advance  and  teaching  of  the  science,  as  well  as  on  purely  scientific 
questions." 


Journ.  Bot. 


Tab.  427 


DQQQOOQQOflL 

3QQD^\iQD0Qr 


E.  S.  Salmon  del. 


Bryological    Notes. 


West,  Newman  photo. 


357 

BRYOLOGICAL     NOTES. 

By  Eknest  S.   Salmon,  F.L.S. 

(Continued  from  p.  3il.) 

(Plate  427.) 

(16).     TORTULA    PROSTRATA  Moilt. 

In  1842  Schwaegricheii  (Sp.  Muse.  Frond.  Sappl.  iv.  pL  cccx6) 
published  the  description  and  figures  of  a  new  moss  from  Chili 
under  the  name  of  Barhiila  innioUh's.  In  1845  Montague  (in  Ann. 
Sci.  Nat.  iii.  ser.  iv.  107)  described  a  moss  from  Chili  under  the 
name  of  Tortula  {Si/)itrichia)  prostrata.  In  1849  Miiller,  in  his 
Sy7topsis  (i.  632),  placed  Montague's  plant  as  var.  yrostrata  under 
the  species  Barhula  mnioidcs  Schwaegr.  In  1856  Montague,  de- 
scribing his  plant  in  Syll.  Crypt.  40,  gave  the  synonym  "  Barbnla 
vmioidef<  (3  pwstrata  C.  MuelL,"  with  the  following  remark,  "Hie 
adesse  confusionem  suspicor."  In  1879  Mitten  (Phil.  Trans.  Roy. 
Soe.  clxviii.  33)  created  a  new  section — Calijptopogon — in  the  genus 
Streptopogon  for  the  reception  of  B.  mnioides.  In  the  Genera  Mns- 
coriun  Frondosonun,  published  in  1901,  Miiller  remarked  that  Mitten 
was  in  error  in  placing  B.  mnioides  in  the  genus  Streptopogon,  as 
the  moss  in  question  was  a  true  Sgntrichia. 

Investigating  the  point,  however,  it  appears  quite  clear  that 
Miiller,  although  using  the  name  B.  mnioides  and  quoting  Schwaeg- 
richen's  excellent  pi.  cccxb,  has  described  in  the  Synopsis  not  that 
plant,  but  Montague's  Barbula  prostrata ;  consequently  his  remark, 
quoted  above,  on  the  affinity  of  "  B.  mnioides''  does  not  apply. 

In  comparing  the  description  given  by  Miiller  with  the  original 
one  by  Schwaegrichen  of  B.  mnioides,  we  notice  these  points  of  differ- 
ence :  Miiller  gives  the  characters  to  his  plant,  "folia  caulina 
recurvo-patula  .  .  .  margine  revoluta  .  .  ."  ;  the  perichsetial  leaves 
are  described  simply  as  "  longiora,  erecta  "  ;  and  the  capsule  is 
provided  "  annulo  arete  adhgerente  latiuseulo."  In  Schwaegrichen's 
description  we  fiud,  "folia  erecta;  folia  calycina  longissima  .  .  . 
exteriora  tria  pedunculo  longiora."  Schwaegrichen  makes  no 
mention  of  a  revolute  margin  to  the  leaf,  nor  to  the  presence  of 
an  annulus,  and  these  two  features  are  not  shown  in  his  plate.  On 
the  other  hand,  in  Tortula  prostrata  Mont.,  the  leaves  are  recurved- 
patulous,  the  leaf -margin  is  recurved,  and  there  is  a  conspicuous 
persistent  annulus.  Through  the  kindness  of  M.  P.  Hariot  I  have 
been  able  to  examine  the  type-specimen  of  Montague's  T.  prostrata, 
and  at  Plate  427  I  have  given  figures  of  this  species.  If  these  are 
compared  with  Schwaegrichen's  fine  plate  of  his  B.  mnioides,  the 
great  difference  between  the  two  plants  will  be  at  once  seen. 

The  fact  that  both  species  come  from  Chili  and  have  marginate 
leaves,  may  have  led  to  their  being  thus  confused.  It  is  possible 
that  we  know  the  very  specimens  which  Miiller  had  before  him 
when  describing  the  "  Barbula  mnioides  "  of  his  Synopsis.  Dr.  R. 
Giessler  has  been  kind  enough  to  send  me,  from  the  Botau.  Garten, 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [Nov.  1901.]  2  d 


358  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Leipzig,  the  specimen  of  "  BarhuJa  mnioidei^  "  in  the  Herbarium 
there.  On  the  label  of  this  specimen  is  written  "  Tortula.  Barhula 
muioidcs  Sclmiiegv.  Chile.  Poppig  m  [isit]  5.  1829."  The  words 
''  Barhida  mnioides  Schwaegr."  are  without  doubt  in  Miiller's  hand- 
writing, and  the  moss,  as  was  found  on  comparing  it  with  the  type, 
is  Tortida  prostrata  Mont.,  the  Leipzig  specimens  only  differing  in 
being  a  little  less  robust.  In  Hampe's  herbarium,  also,  there  are 
two  specimens,  labelled  in  Miiller's  handwriting  *'  Barhula  mnioides 
Schwaegr." — from  "Chili,  Poppig"  and  "Valdivia,  Chili  austral.," 
both  of  which  are  T.  prostrata.  In  Bescherelle's  herbarium,  the 
moss  labelled  "  Streptopogon  mnioides  Schwgr.  Corral — Chili — 
Krause  "  proves  lilvewise  to  be  T.  prostrata. 

The  following  description  of  T.  prostrata  is  drawn  up  from  an 
examination  of  Montague's  type  in  the  Paris  Museum,  except  as 
regards  the  operculum  and  peristome,  which  are  absent  in  these 
specimens  ;  these  parts  are  therefore  described  from  the  Leipzig 
specimens. 

Tortula  {Si/ntrichia)  prostrata  Mont,  in  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  iii. 
ser.  iv.  107  (1846) ;  Mont,  in  Gay  Fl.  Chil.  vii.  148  (1850) ;  Mont. 
Syll.  Crypt.  40  (1856) ;  Mitt.  Muse.  Austr.  Amer.  172  (1869). 

Barhula  (Syntrichia)  )nnioides  C.  Miill.  (non  Scliwaegr.)  (excl. 
synon.)  et  var.  prostrata  C.  Miill.  Syn.  i.  632  (1849). 

Streptopogon  mnioides  (Schwaegr.)  Mitt.  var.  prostrata  (Mont.), 
Par.  Index  Bryolog.  (Actes  Soc.  Linn.  Bord.  li.  276  (1897) ). 

Dioica?,  c^spitosa,  satis  robusta,  fusco-viridis,  astate  omnino 
fuscesceus ;  caule  prostrate  vel  ascendente  radiculoso  sursum  ramos 
erectos  ad  2  cm.  altos  interdum  iterum  ramosos  emittente,  foliis 
caulinis  dense  confertis  patulis  vel  plus  minus  squarroso-recurvis 
siccitate  appressis  subcontortis  4-5  mill,  longis  e  basi  erecta  ob- 
longa  vagmante  1-1*5  mill,  longa  in  laminam  margiuatam  lingu- 
latam  vel  oblongo-lanceolatam  cuspidato-acuminatam  circ.  0-8  mill, 
latam  productis  concavis  interdum  apicem  versus  cymbiformibus, 
margine  medio  utrinque  revoluto  apice  foliorum  juniorum  tenuiter 
deutato  dentibus  senectute  fugacibus,  nervo  valido  rufo  in  cuspidem 
denticulatam  excedente,  cellulis  in  basis  vaginantis  parte  inferiore 
plus  minus  hyalinis  rectangalis  vel  elongato-rectangulis  parietibus 
transversis  tenuibus  longitudinalibus  incrassatis  plus  minus  inter- 
ruptis  marginalibus  elongatis  parietibus  incrassatis  rufescentibus 
limbum  circ.  septem  cellulas  latum  efficientibus,  cellulis  laminae 
subviridibus  minutis  breviter  rectangulis  circ.  9-12  x  6-7  /x  dense 
papillosis  marginalibus  quadratis  incrassatis  limbum  flavum  «tate 
rufescentem  tres  vel  quatuor  cellulas  latum  cum  nervo  in  folii  apice 
confluentem  efficieutibus,  foliis  perichtetialibus  6-7  mill,  longis 
erectis  vel  erecto-patentibus  anguste  lanceolatis  superne  tubuloso- 
concavis  caeteris  foliis  caulinis  conformibus  intimis  margine  erecto 
exterioribus  margine  revoluto,  omnibus  nervatis,  capsulain  pedicello 
erecto  8-12  mill,  alto  superne  sinistrorso  cylindracea  4  mill,  longa 
circ.  1  mill,  lata  (raro  3  mill,  x  0*75  mill.)  solida  badia  subinsequali 
parum  curvula,  operculo  elougato-conico  crasso  recto,  peristomio 
longo  ad  tertiam  partem  tubuloso  dentibus  purpureis  pluries  con- 
tortis,  annulo  persistente  latiusculo. 


BRYOLOGICAL    NOTES  359 

Hah.     Chile  :   (Poppig),  Corral  (Krause),  Valdivia. 

Allied  to  Barhula  robiista  (Hook.  &  Grev.)  Brid.,  and  to  B. 
serndata  (Hook.  &  Grev.)  Brid.,  in  both  of  which  species  the  margin 
of  the  leaf,  although  originally  described  as  "plane,"  or  "erect," 
is  narrowly  revolute  at  about  the  middle  of  the  leaf,  as  in  the 
present  species. 

(17).     POGONATUM    PAUCIDENS   Bescll. 

In  the  description  (Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  vii.  ser.  xv.  70  (1892) )  which 
Bescherelle  gives  of  his  species,  the  most  important  specific 
characters  are  those  connected  with  the  lamellae  of  the  leaf,  and 
with  the  structure  of  the  peristome,  viz.  "  lamellis  ...  in  sectione 
transversali  apice  longe  bifidis  subfimbriatis,"  and  "  peristomii 
dentes  24!"  Bescherelle  remarks  (I.e.)  of  "P.  paiicidens"  :  — 
"  Plante  voisine  du  P.  microstomnm  E.  Br.  de  I'Himalaya  ;  en 
differe  cependant  par  les  capsules  papilleuses  et  le  peristome 
compose  de  24  dents  seulemeut."  The  moss  here  described  by 
Bescherelle  came  from  Cliina  (Yunnan,  bois  de  Ma-eul-chan,  a 
2800  metres  d'altitude,  9  juillet,  1889  (Delavay,  sine  num.) ). 
Amongst  a  few  mosses  lately  brought  to  Kew  from  Yunnan  by 
Dr.  A.  Henry,  I  found  specimens  of  a  Pogouatum,  which  on  ex- 
amination made  me  suspect  the  specific  distinctness  of  "  P.  pauci- 
dens."'  These  specimens  collected  by  Dr.  Henry  ("Yunnan,  mts. 
to  S.W.  of  Mengtse,  6000  ft.,  no.  13,714a,"  and  "Yunnan,  mts. 
to  N.  of  Mengtse,  6000  ft.,  no.  13,714  ")  showed  all  the  characters 
described  for  P.  paiicidens,  except  that  the  peristome  possessed 
thirty-two  teeth.  This  led  me  to  compare  the  type-specimens  of 
P.  paiicidens  in  Bescherelle's  herbarium  with  the  series  of  P.  micro- 
stom  11)11  in  the  Kew  Herbarium,  with  the  result  that  I  find  the  two 
to  be  identical.  In  the  first  place,  in  Bescherelle's  own  specimens 
from  the  type  locality,  the  single  capsule  which  I  examined  showed 
thirty  teeth,  two  of  which  were  larger  than  the  rest,  and  repre- 
sented, I  believe,  four  teeth  confluent  in  pairs.  Further,  in 
another  specimen  named  P.paiicide)is  in  Bescherelle's  handwriting, 
from  "  Koua-la-po,  Hokin,  Yunnan,  avril  1885,  Delavay,  sine 
numero,"  the  capsule  examined  had  thirty-two  teeth.  In  its  peri- 
stome, therefore,  "P.  paiicidens''  agrees  with  P.  microstomnm, 
although  it  sometimes  varies  in  some  of  the  teeth  becoming  con- 
fluent, a  fact  which  doubtless  accounts  for  Bescherelle's  description 
of  the  peristome.  In  the  second  place,  the  capsule  of  P.  micro- 
stomum,  although  described  by  Schwaegrichen  (Suppl.  ii.  vol.  ii.  10, 
tab.  cliy.^  (1827))  and  Bridel  (Bryol.  Univ.  ii.  745  (1827))  as 
"  Zfgyu-,"  is  really  in  its  upper  half  "  granuloso-papillosa,"  exactly 
as  in  Bescherelle's  type-specimens  of  "  P.  paiicidens.'' 

The  marginal  cells  of  the  lamellae  of  the  leaf  are  very  charac- 
teristic in  the  present  species.  Lindberg  (Obs.  Europ.  Polytrichoid. ; 
Notiser  pro  Fauna  et  Flora  fenn.  ix.  98,  1867)  gives  a  good  de- 
scription of  them.  After  placing  P.  microstomnm  in  the  section 
"  margo  lamellarum,  in  sectione  transversa  stamina  phaneroga- 
marum  baud  male  aBmulantium,  a  duobus  stratis  cellularum  for- 
matus,"  Lindberg  remarks: — "Lamellae  omnium  pulcherrimae,  ut 

2d  2 


360  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

construct^e,  quoad  marginem,  a  cellnlis  geminis,  sublagenaeformibus 
et  lenissime  obliquis,  ad  basin  connatis,  ceterum  tamen  divergenti- 
bus  et  in  apice  colli  angiisti  bullam  minutam  globosam  et  valde 
incrassatam  gerentibus."  It  is,  however,  to  be  noted  that  some 
variation  occurs  in  the  structure  of  the  margin  of  the  lamella ;  the 
marginal  cells  may  be  only  slightly  elongated  (fig.  13),  or  so  elon- 
gated as  to  be  flask-shaped  (fig.  12),  and  the  lamella,  sometimes  for 
a  considerable  distance,  bears  only  a  single  row  of  marginal  cells 
(fig.  18  and  fig.  11,  left-hand  lamella)  instead  of  the  geminate  cells 
described  by  Lindberg  (figs.  11  and  12). 

(18).    Anomodon  Tocco^  Sulliv.  &  Lesq. 

In  Muse.  Bor.  Amer.  no.  240,  which  appeared  in  1856,  or  a 
little  earlier,  Sullivant  and  Lesquereux  published  (with  a  diagnosis) 
a  moss  vmder  the  name  of  Anomodon  ?  Toccocb,  from  the  locality  "ad 
rupes,  prope  Toccoa  Falls,  Georgise  superioris,  sterilis."  In  1856 
Sullivant  (Muse.  &  Hepat.  United  States,  658  (58) )  gave  a  further 
description  of  the  plant,  adding  that  perichfetia  occurred,  and 
remarking  as  follows  : — "In  the  herbarium  of  the  late  Dr.  Taylor 
are  specimens  marked  "  Neckera  Nepalensis  T.  T.  MSS.,  Nepal,  appa- 
rently the  same  as  those  from  Toccoa  Falls,  with  imperfect  fruit, 
like  that  of  Anomodon  attenuatus  Hub."  In  1864  A.  Toccoa  was 
figured  and  described  (with  the  same  note)  in  Sulliv.  Ic.  Muse.  121, 
tab.  76a.  Up  to  the  present  time  this  single  locality  in  Northern 
Georgia  is  the  only  station  known  for  the  species  in  the  United 
States. 

In  1859  Mitten  (Muse.  Ind.  Or.  127)  published  as  a  new  species 
of  Anomodon  from  India  and  China  his  A.  devulutus,  with  the  follow- 
ing diagnosis  : — "  Eamis  pinnatim  ramosis  devolutis,  foliis  ovato- 
lanceolatis  apice  acuminatis  acutis  dentatis  nervo  sub  summum 
apicem  evanido.  Hujus  speciei  fragmenta  tantum  vidi.  Statura 
coloreque  plantas,  A.  viticuloso  similis.  Habitus,  ob  ramos  circi- 
natos  devolutos,  singularis." 

The  authors  of  Bri/ologia  Javanica  (ii.  228),  in  enumerating 
A,  Toccoce  Sulliv.  &  Lesq.  from  Java,  Sumatra,  and  Celebes,  add 
"^.  devolutus  Mitt.?"  In  Hampe's  herbarium,  also,  there  occurs 
a  specimen  labelled  "^.  Toccom  SuU.  &  Lesq.  Celebes.  Lacoste," 
on  which  Hampe  has  written  "  devohitus  Mitt." 

With  the  above  exceptions,  all  authors  have  considered  A. 
ToccocB  Sulliv.  &Lesq.  and  A.  devolutus  Mitt,  as  specifically  distinct, 
the  plant  from  Georgia,  U.S.A.,  and  from  Java,  Sumatra,  and 
Celebes  being  referred  to  the  former  name,  and  the  plant  from 
India,  China,  and  Japan  to  the  latter.  Comparison  of  the  example 
of  A.  Toccom  issued  in  Muse.  Bor.  Amer.  no.  240,  with  Mitten's 
type  of  A.  devolutus  shows  conclusively,  however,  that  the  two  are 
identical. 

The  fruit  of  the  present  species  is  stated  by  all  authors  to  be 
unknown,  whereas  in  reality  a  good  number  of  capsules  are  present 
on  the  original  Indian  specimens  of  A.  devolutus.  In  the  United 
States  only  perichsetia  have  been  found ;  the  authors  of  Bnjolog.  Jav. 
describe  the  plantas  being,  in  Java,  Sumatra,  and  Celebes,  "ubique 


BRYOLOGICAL    NOTES  361 

sterilis  "  ;  there  is,  however,  in  Schimper's  herbarium,  a  specimen 
from  Sumatra  bearing  perichaetia.  In  India,  however,  fertile  plants 
have  been  collected  from  three  localities.  As  mentioned  above, 
fruit  occurs  on  the  original  specimens  collected  by  Wallich  in  Nepal. 
There  is  a  specimen  at  Kew,  labelled  "  Nepal,  Wallich,"  on  which 
Wilson  has  written  ^^  Leskea  recolubilis  Wils.  MSS.,"  bearing  one 
old  capsule.  On  this  specimen  Mitten  has  written  Anomodon  de- 
volutns  Mitt.  In  Wilson's  own  herbarium  we  find  several  speci- 
mens from  the  same  locality,  with  a  good  number  of  capsules, 
mostly  old  and  without  peristome,  but  in  one  case  showing  an 
obliquely  rostrate  operculum.  On  these  specimens,  labelled 
"  Kamoon  (Wallich),"  which  bear,  besides  Leskea  revolubilis,  the 
MSS.  names  L.  gyratct  Wils.  and  L.  cininata  Wils.,  we  find  the 
following  note  : — "  Peristome  double,  apparently  Leskioid,  whitish 
or  pale  yellow  ;  calyptra  smooth  (dimidiate  ?)."  The  other  fruiting 
examples  are  in  the  Kew  Herbarium — one  from  "  N.W.  Himalaya, 
Jaunsar  district,  below  Kathyan,  5-6000  ft.  Coll.  J.  F.  Dutbie, 
May  17,  1893,  no.  12929";  the  other  from  "N.W.India;  Dis- 
trict Dehra  Dun,  Sansidhara,  3000  ft.,  Oct.  1895.  Coll.  J.  F. 
Duthie."  In  both  specimens  the  capsules  are  deoperculate,  with 
the  merest  trace  only  of  the  peristome.  The  exact  structure  of  the 
peristome  remains  therefore  unknown,  but  we  can  add  to  the 
specific  diagnosis  of  A.  Toccocb  the  following  fruiting  characters: — 
"  Capsula  in  pedunculo  flexuoso  iuferne  purpureo  12-15  mill,  longo 
erecta  elliptica  vel  oblongo-elliptica  2-2-5  mill,  longa  0-9-1  mill, 
lata  leptoderma,  operculo  oblique  rostrato." 

As  regards  the  distribution  of  A.  Toccocb,  it  appears  that  the 
species  is  really  much  more  widely  spread  than  the  countries  men- 
tioned above  indicate,  and  that  its  true  geographical  range  has  been 
obscured  by  authors  having  given  the  plant  dift'erent  names  when 
growing  in  different  countries.  In  the  first  place,  however,  we 
may  note  that  the  species  in  Asia  has  received  many  MS.  names. 
This  is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  A.  ToccotB  is  undoubtedly  a 
variable  species  as  to  the  slenderuess  or  robustness  of  its  branches. 
In  Bescherelle's  herbarium  there  is  a  specimen  labelled  "  Anomodon 
Toccocb  Sulliv.  &  Lesq.,  Java"  (sent  byLacoste).  On  this  Besche- 
relle  has  written  ''A.  devolutiis  Mitt.,"  and  also  (apparently  later) 
"  yl.  [Rerpetineuron)  ruhighiosulus  C.  M."  This  is  a  small  slender 
state  of  A.  Toccocb,  and  presents  characters  which  might  at  first 
sight  cause  it  to  be  regarded  as  distinct.  In  this  Java  specimen, 
and  in  the  Sumatra  one  in  Schimper's  herbarium,  the  leaves  are 
narrower  than  usual,  and  are  finely  and  longly  acuminate.  These 
characters,  however,  are  found  only  in  the  leaves  of  slender 
branches  ;  in  other  specimens  from  Java  and  Sumatra  the  robust 
stems  bear  leaves  of  the  shape  shown  in  Sulliv.  Ic.  Mus.  tab.  7Ga, 
f.  3.  A  longer  acumination  of  the  leaf-apex  is  the  general  rule  for 
leaves  towards  the  base  of  the  branches,  and  can  be  seen  in  the 
American  example  (Muse.  Bor.  Amer.  no.  240).  Convincing  proof 
that  this  slender  state  with  narrow  finely  acuminate  leaves  really 
belongs  to  A,  Toccocb  is  furnished  by  the  Indian  specimens  collected 
by  Wallich  and  others.     In  these  we  find,  among  robust  branches 


362  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

bearing  broad  leaves  with  a  triangularly  acute  apex,  other  very 
slender  branches  with  narrow  leaves,  specially  characterized  by 
being  finely  and  longly  acuminate  (the  apex  being  sometimes 
almost  filiform) — in  fact,  presenting  exactly  the  same  characters 
as  those  found  in  the  Java  and  Sumatra  specimens  mentioned 
above.  In  Hampe's  herbarium  there  occurs  a  plant  labelled 
''A.  fim-inen-is  C.  M.  MSS.  Rajmehal  hills,  S.  of  Sahibgunj,  c. 
500  ft.  (S.  Kurz).  Oct.  1870,  no.  2780."  On  the  sheet  Hampe 
has  written  :  '' A.  dcvoluto  Mitt,  proximus,"  and  "  Ab  A.  deroluto 
Mitt,  differt  foliis  longioribus  acuminatis  tenuioribus  diaphanis 
perichaetialibus  brevioribus  celhilis  anguste  ovalibus  magis  pellu- 
cidis."  The  plant  undoubtedly  belongs  to  A.  Toccocb  (A.  devolutus), 
with  which  it  agrees  perfectly  m  habit,  areolation,  &c.  Another 
plant  in  Hampe's  herbarium  is  labelled  "  Anomodon  Fersmanni. 
Java;  Mt.  Gedi  &  Salak ;  misit  Fersmann."  This  name  is  ob- 
viously a  slip  for  "  Teijsmanni  "  ;  the  plant  is  A.  Toccoa. 

Outside  its  recorded  distribution  we  meet  with  A.  Toccom  under, 
I  believe,  three  distinct  names.  The  first  is  yeckem  (Papillaria) 
scinroidesH^m^Q  Enum.  Muse.  Brasil.  43  (1879)  {  =  A.{Herpetineu' 
ron)  janeirensh  C.  M.  MSS.)  from  Brazil,  Rio  de  Janeiro  (Glaziou, 
no.  9222).  On  this  plant  Cardot  has  already  remarked  (in  Paris' 
Index  Bryolog.  Suppl.  p.  14),  "  vix  ab  A.  Toccoa;  diflert."  These 
Brazilian  examples  are  mostly  fi.agelliferous  (in  Hampe's  diagnosis 
the  description  "  ramis  siccis  teretibus  curvatis,  sciuroideis,  inter- 
dum  apice  filescentibus "  is  given),  the  flagellae  in  some  cases 
measuring  4  cm.  in  length.  On  account  of  this  character  it  is 
probable  that  anyone  not  having  a  full  series  of  specimens  of 
A.  Toccom  available  for  comparison  might  hesitate  to  regard  the 
Brazilian  plant  as  belonging  to  that  species.  With  a  large  number 
of  specimens  before  one,  however,  it  is  at  once  seen  that  the  occur- 
rence of  flagellBS  is  by  no  means  confined  to  the  Brazilian  example 
of  the  species  ;  we  find  the  flagelliferous  habit  as  strongly  marked 
in  Ceylon  specimens,  "Central  province,  5000  ft.  Thw^aites,  no.  254," 
where  many  of  the  branches  run  out  at  the  apex  into  a  slender 
thread-like  flagella  h  cm.  or  more  long.  The  same  flagelliferous 
branches  are  also  to  be  found  in  some  of  the  original  specimens  of 
"J.  dei'olutus''  collected  by  Wallich  in  Nepal,  the  flagella  often 
attaining  a  length  of  2  cm.  Subflagelliform  branches  can  also  be 
seen  in  some  examples  of  the  American  plant  (Muse.  Bor.  Amer. 
no.  240).  In  all  other  characters  (habit,  areolation,  &c.)  "  Neckera 
sciuroides"  agrees  perfectly  with  A.  Toccoce,  and  must,  I  think,  be 
regarded  as  identical  with  that  species. 

The  second  name  is  Anomodon  (Herpetineuron)  jiagclligernsy 
which  has  been  given  by  Miiller  (Nuov.  Giorn.  Bot.  Ital.  1897, 
p.  273)  to  a  supposed  new  Chinese  moss.  The  specific  diagnosis 
contains  the  characters  : — "  Bamis  brevibus  usque  ad  poUicares 
accedentibus  valde  flexuosis  apice  subcirciuatis  tenuibus  plus  minus 
remotis  simplicibus,  sed  ex  summitate  flagella  nonnuUa  tenerrima 
viridissima  minutifolia  exmittentibus."  The  description  concludes 
with  the  remark:  "  Surculo  flagellifero  ab  omnibus  congeneribus 
serratis  prima  scrutatione  distinctissima  species."    The  description 


BRYOLOGICAL    NOTES. 


363 


of  the  moss  above  quoted,  together  with  the  other  characters  given 
in  the  diagnosis,  made  me  suspect  that  Miiller  was  describhig 
merely  the°flagelliferous  state  of  A.  Toceom,  and  this  supposition 
was  found  to  be  correct  on  obtaining,  tln-ough  the  kindness  of  Dr. 
P.  Hennings,  the  loan  of  the  original  specimen  of  "  ^.  JiafjelUgcrnHy 
This  specimen,  from  "China  interior,  prov.  Schen-si,  Sche-kin- 
tsuen,  ad  latera  montium  Tsin-liu  ;  parce  inter  alios  muscos  (J. 
Giraldi,  28  Dec.  1895,  Bryotheca  E.  Levier,  1896,  no.  _  1479)," 
consists  of  only  a  few  fragmentary  barren  stems,  and  in  habit, 
shape,  and  areolation  of  leaf,  &c.,  agrees  exactly  with  slender  (often 
flagelliferous)  examples  of  A.  Toccoa  from  India,  Ceylon,  Java, 
Sumatra,  and  Japan. 

Under  the  third  name  we  find  a  more  remarkable  extension  of 
the  range  of  A.  Toccoce.  In  looking  through  the  species  of  Anomodon 
in  the  Kew  Herbarium,  I  was  struck  by  the  resemblance  in  habit  of  an 
African  moss  named  A.  robustns  Kehm.  with  that  of  A.  Toccoa,  and, 
after  a  close  comparison  of  the  plants,  I  have  not  been  able  to  find 
any  characters  by  which  they  can  be  separated.  No  description  of 
''  A.  rohustiis''  has  apparently  been  publislied  ;  the  specimens  were 
issued,  without  a  diagnosis,  in  Rehmann's  Muse.  Austr.-Afric. 
nos.  639  and  689b,  from  respectively  "Natal;  in  monte  Kwat- 
lamba  ad  Laing3neck(Rehmann),"  and  "Transvaalia  :  in  umbrosis 
mont.  Kwatlamba  supra  Lydenburg  (leg.  MacLea)."  These  African 
specimens  represent  a  fairly  robust  state  of  A.  Tocco(e,  and  in  habit 
and  leaf-characters  quite  agree  with  the  examples  collected  by 
Wallich  in  Nepal,  and  with  specimens  from  Hongkong. 

It  appears,  therefore,  that  the  synonymy  and  distribution  of  the 
present  species  are  as  follows : — 

Anomodon  Tocco.e  Sulliv.  &  Lesq.  Muse.  Bor.  Amer.  no.  240; 
Sulliv.  Muse.  Unit.  States,  658  (58 1  (1856);  Sulliv.  Ic. 
Muse.  121,  tab.  76a  (1864) ;  Lesq.  &  James,  Man.  Moss.  N. 
Amer.  306  (1884) ;  Paris,  Index  Bryolog.  (Actes  Soc.  Linn. 
Bord.  xlvi.  55  (1893)). 
A.  devolutiis  Mitt.  Muse.  Ind.   Or.   127   (1859)  ;   Pans,   Index 

Bryolog.  (I.e.  53). 
Neckera   {Papillaria)  sciuroides  Hpe.  Enum.    Muse.  Brasil.   43 

(1879)  ;  Par.  Index  Bryolog.  (/.  c.  1.  150  (1896)). 
Thamnium    Toccocb    (Sulliv.   &   Lesq.),  Kindb.    Europ.   and  N. 

Amer.  Bryin.  i.  44  (1897). 
A.   (Heypetineuron)  fJagelligenis  C.  M.  Nuov.  Giorn.  Bot.  Ital. 
n.  s.  iv.  273  (1897)  ;  Par.  Index  Bryolog.  Suppl.  14  (1900) 
(eviove  fiag  ell  if rons). 
A.  janeirensis   C.  M.  MSS.  ;    Par.  Index  Bryolog.    Suppl.   14 

(1900).  ^      ^ 

A.  robustus  Rehm.  Muse.  Austr.  Afric.  nos.  639,  639b;  Par. 

Index  Bryolog.  (Actes  Soc.  Linn.  Bord.  xlvi.  55  (1893)). 
Neckem  nepaUnse  Tayl.  MSS.  {fid^  Sulliv.  &  Lesq.). 
A.  Taijlorl  Sulliv.  &  Lesq.  MSS. 

Leskearevohibilis,  L.  gyrata,  and  L.  circinata^Nih.  MSS. 
A.  fascinervis  C.  M.  MSS. 
A.  {Herpetineiu'on)  rubig'momlus  C.  M.  MSS. 
A.  Fersmanni  [Teysmanni]  Hpe.  MSS. 


364  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Distribution. — N.  America:  U.S.A.:  Northern  Georgia,  Toccoa 
Falls  (Lesquereux)  ! 

S.  America :  Brazil,  Kio  Janeiro  (Glaziou,  no.  9222) ! 

Asia  :  India :  Nepal  (Wallich),  c.  fr. !  ;  Khasia,  Moflong  (Hb. 
Griffith,  no.  3) ! ;  Khasia,  Kollong  (Herb.  Ind.  Or.  Hook.  f.  &  Thom- 
son) !  i'Kashmir  (Little  Thibet),  Nubra,  alt.  11,000  ft.,  coll.  T.  Thom- 
son (Herb.  Ind.  Or.  Hook.  f.  &  Thomson)  ! ;  Chota,  Nagpore 
(Ball) !  ;  Binsar,  7-8000  ft.  (Strachey)  !  ;  Dehra  Dun  district,  San- 
sidhara,  3000  ft.,  Oct.  1895  (J.  F.  Duthie),  c.  fr. !  ;  N.W.  Hima- 
laya, Jaunsar  district,  below  Kathyan,  5-6000  ft.,  May  17,  1893 
(J.  F.  Duthie,  no.  12,929),  c.  fr. ! ;  Rajmehal  hills,  S.  of  Sahibgunj, 
c.  500  ft.  (S.  Kurz,  Oct.  1870,  no.  2780) !. 

Ceylon:  Central  prov.  5000  ft.  (Thwaites,  no.  251)  !. 

Sumatra ! 

Java  :  Mt.  Gede  and  Salak  (Teysmann) ! 

Celebes  (Lacoste)  I 

China:  City  wall,  Ningpo  (Oldham,  .June,  1861)!;  Hongkong, 
1879  and  1889  (G.  Ford,  nos.  223,  282) !  ;  prov.  Schen-si,  Sche- 
kin-tsuen,  ad  latera  montium  Tsin-liu  (J.  Giraldi,  28  Dec.  1895)  ! 

Japan:  (Moseley,  'Challenger'  Expedit.,  April-May,  1875) ! ; 
Nagasaki  (J.  G.  Veitch)  !  ;  Shikoku  &  Tosa  (Makino)  (fide  Bro- 
therus). 

Africa :  Natal ;  in  monte  Kwatlamba  ad  Laingsneck  (Reh- 
mann)  !  ;  Transvaal ;  in  umbrosis  mont.  Kwatlamba  supra  Lyden- 
burg  (MacLea) !. 

(19).   AxoMODON  tristichus  Schimp.  MSS. 

Jaeger,  Adumbr.  ii.  306  (1878) ;  Par.  Index  bryolog.  (Actes  Soc. 
Linn.  Bord.  xlvi.  55  (1893).  —  The  moss  bearing  this  name  in 
Schimper's  herbarium,  from  "  Gronekloof,  Cape  of  Good  Hope," 
proves,  on  examination,  to  be  identical  with  Triquetrella  tristichaC.  M. 
in  Ost.  Bot.  Zeit.  1897,  p.  422  (Zygodon  tristichus  C.  M.  in  Bot.  Zeit. 
1855,  p.  764). 

(20).    African  Mosses. 

The  following  species  of  mosses  have  been  collected  on  the  Gold 
Coast  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Johnson,  Curator,  Botanic  Gardens,  Gold 
Coast ;  and  at  Old  Calabar  by  Mr.  J.  H.  Holland,  late  Curator  of 
the  Botanic  Gardens,  Old  Calabar.  The  specimens  are  in  the  Kew 
Herbarium. 

Gold  Coast  :  Octohlepharum  albidum  Hedw.,  c.  fr.,  on  soil  in  axils 
of  palm-leaves,  swamps  near  Aburi,  Jan.  1901  ;  Plagiothecium 
aptijchopsis  C.  M.,  c.  fr.,  Aburi,  Jan.  1901  ;  Huokeria  (Gallic ostella) 
africana  Mitt.,  rocks,  waterfall,  Aburi,  Jan.  1901  ;  Xeckera  disticha 
Hedw.,c.  fr.,on  trees  in  swamps,  E.  Akim,  Dec.  1900;  Ectropothecium 
{Vesicularia)  oreadelphum  (C.  Miill.)  Broth.,  c.  fr.,  swamps,  Aburi, 
Jan.  1901  ;  Thuidium  involvens  (Hedw.)  var.  Thomeanum  Broth. 
(=  T.  petradelphus  C.  Miill.  in  sched.),  rocks,  Aburi,  Jan.  1901  ; 
T.  gratum  (P.  Beauv.)  Jaeg.  (=  T.  micropteris  C.  Miill.  in  Dusen 
Muse.  Afric.  nr.  65),  c.  fr.,  rocks,  Aburi,  Jan.  1901  ;  Thamnium 
leptopteris  C.  Miill.,  clinging  on  rocks,  M'praesu  Hills,  1700  ft.,  April, 
1900;  Syrrhopodon  disciformis  Dusen.,  M'praesu  Hills,  1700  ft., 
April,  1900. 


MOENOHIA    QUATERNELLA  365 

Old  Calabar  :  Octohlcphanun  albidiim  Hedw.,  c.  fr.,  on  oil  palm, 
May,  1900;  Cahpnpeycs^Hijojjhilma)  megamitriiim  0.  MiilL,  c.  fr.,  on 
oil  palm,  May,  1900;  Eciropotheciiim,  [Vesicularia)  oyeadelplium  (C. 
MiilL)  Broth.,  c.  fr.,  on  trees,  May,  1900. 

Explanation  of  Plate  427. 
Figs.  1-10. — Tortilla  [Si/iityichia)  lirostrata  Mont.     1.  Part  of  plant,  about 
nat.  size.      2.  Stem-leaf  (slightly  flattened  i    x    17.      3.  Apex  of  same  x  100. 

4.  Areolation  of  same,  at  one-third  from  the  apex,  showing  the  limb  x  270. 

5.  Marginal  areolation  of  the  same,  near  the  base  x  170.  6,  7.  Transverse 
section  of  the  same  at  about  the  middle,  showing  the  revolute  margin  x  270. 
8.  Perichaetial  leaf  (flattened)  x  20.     9,10.  Two  capsules  x  10. 

Figs.  11-13. — PogonaUim  microstomum  E.  Br.  ex  Schwaegr.  '  11.  Transverse 
section  of  a  leaf,  froln  an  Indian  specimen,  x  270.  12,  13.  Marginal  cells  of 
lamella,  lateral  view,  x  270 — 12,  from  an  Indian  specimen  ;  13,  from  a  Chinese 
specimen. 

Figs.  14,  15. — Lyellia  crispa  K.  Br.  14.  Part  of  a  transverse  section  of  a 
leaf  X  270.     15.  Lamella,  lateral  view  x  270. 

(In  the  preceding  part  of  these  Notes,  p.  340,  line  16  from  foot,  the  number 
of  this  plate  is  wrongly  given  as  420.) 


MOENOHIA    QUATERNELLA : 

ITS  Early  History  and  Geographical  Distribution. 

By  Frederic  N.  Williams,  F.L.S. 

The  genus  Moenchia  was  founded  by  Ehrhart  (Beitr.  ii.  p.  178 
[1787] )  in  honour  of  Conrad  Mouch,  a  professor  at  Marburg,  and 
author  of  a  Flora  of  Lower  Hesse,  upon  the  Sagina  erecta  of 
Linnoeus,  which  he  named  M.  quaternella .  The  earliest  reference 
to  M.  quaternella  is  as  a  British  plant  by  John  Ray-''  in  1670,  of 
which  he  gives  the  following  account  : — "  Holosteum  minimum 
tetrapetalon,  sive  Alsine  tetrapetalos  caryophylloides.  2'he  least 
Stitchwort.  Radix  ei  alba,  fibris  donata.  Caulicnli  plures  semi- 
palmares,  tenues,  infirmi,  rotundi,  rubentes,  crebris  geniculis 
intercepti.  Ad  singula  genicula  apponuntur  folia  ex  adverse  bina, 
caulem  fere  amplectentia,  dimidium  vix  digitum  longa,  e  basi 
latiuscula  in  acutum  mucronem  sensim  desinentia.  Flores  in 
summitatibus  ramulorum  albi,  quadrifolii,  e  calyce  quadrifolio,  qua 
nota  a  reliquis  hujus  generis  omnibus  satis  distinguitur.  Vere 
floret,  in  glareosis  sterilioribus  frequens." 

In  the  second  edition,  to  the  same  description  "  C  "  is  added  in 
the  margin,  indicating  those  plants  which  are  to  be  found  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Cambridge ;  though  "the  least  stitchwort"  is 
not  mentioned  in  Ray's  earlier  work.  Catalogue.  Plantariun  circa 
Cantahrigiam,  published  anonymously  in  1660.  Though  not  de- 
finitely mentioned,  its  implied  occurrence  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Cambridge  in  1677  is  the  first  locality-record  for  the  plant.  There 
were,  however,  two  supplements  to  the  Cambridge  Catalogue  ;  the 
first  printed  in  1663,  and  the  second  printed  in  1685.  It  is  in  this 
second   appendix,   as   it   is   called,    compiled   by   John    Ray   and 

♦  Gatalogus  Plantanm  Anglice,  ed.  i.  p.  168  (1670) ;  ed.  ii.  p.  168  (1677). 


366 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


Peter  Dent,  that  the  name  of  a  definite  locality  for  the  plant  is 
given  for  the  first  time.  After  the  Latin  description  copied  from 
the  earlier  work,  as  given  above,  the  authors  state  the  place  where 
the  specimens  were  found  as  "nigh  that  gate  of  Gamlmgay  Park 
which  is  next  the  town."  This  appendix  of  seventeen  leaves  is 
not  paged,  and  the  statement  occurs  on  the  ninth  page  after  the 
introductory  paragraphs. 

The  next  reference  to  the  plant  is  by  Pierre  Magnol."  In  his 
small  octavo  volume,  printed  at  Montpellier,  a  scarce  book,  of 
which  few  copies  exist,  it  is  described  under  the  name  of  "  Alsine 
verna  glabra";  the  author  being  apparently  unaware  of  Kay's 
previous  account  of  the  same  plant.  Magnol's  account  is  as 
follows: — "  Plantulam  inveni  circa  pratulum  luci  Gramuntii  (in 
quo  copiose  crescit  gratiola)  vere  cum  flore  et  seminibus,  quae  in 
quibusdam  accedit  ad  Alsinem  veniam  Liigd.  radiculam  exilis  est, 
circa  quam  aliquot  foliola  angusta,  oblonga,  glabra  oriuntur :  cauli- 
culus  uncias  tres  altus,  duobus  aut  tribus  articulis  distinctus  est, 
binis  foliis  articulum  amplectentibus :  ad  secundum,  vel  tertium 
articulum  cauliculus  dividitur  in  duos  vel  tres,  quorum  quilibet 
florem  unicum  habet  foliolis  albis  constantera,  quibus  quatuor  folia 
viridia  acuta  supposita  sunt,  succedit  loculus  oblongus  minuto 
semine  plenus."  While  Ray  carefully  describes  the  habit  of  the 
plant,  the  characters  of  the  fiower  and  fruit  are  clearly  indicated  in 
Magnol's  description.  Two  years  later,  in  Eay's  principal  work, 
the  description  is  repeated,!  and  in  an  abbreviated  form  in  his 
subsequent  Sijnopsu,\  where,  for  the  first  time,  Magnol's  plant  is 
mentioned  and  identified  with  the  specimens  he  had  previously 
described.  Ray  also  adds  a  note  as  to  the  plant  being  easily 
overlooked,  "  parvitate  sua,  quodque  cito  evanescat ;  foliis  fere 
caryophylleis,  flore  tetrapetalo,  et  florendi  tempore  facile  innotescit." 

On  p.  1005  of  the  former  work  Ray  refers  to  two  plants  de- 
scribed by  Parkinson  (1G40)  under  "  Lychnis."  The  first  of  these 
appears  to  me  to  be  identical  with  the  common  English  form  of 
Silene  gallica ;  of  the  second,  Ray  says  he  knows  nothing  of  its 
occurrence  in  England,  "  huic  autem  ultimaB  nihil  a  nobis  simile 
in  Anglia  nee  visum,  nee  auditum."  In  the  third  volume  of 
Bubani's  remarkable  Flora  Pyrenna,  which  has  just  come  to  hand, 
this  other  plant  is  queried  as  possibly  identical  with  Moenchia 
guateniella ;  but  as  its  identity  cannot  be  satisfactorily  established, 
I  have  not  mentioned  it  at  the  outset  as  the  earliest  reference. 
Parkinson,  in  the  work  cited,  §  describes  it  under  the  name  of 
''Lychnis  tenuifolia  altera,"  and  gives  it  an  English  name,  "the 
least  wild  Campion."  The  same  plants  are  again  mentioned  fifteen 
years  afterwards  by  How,||  his  uncompromising  critic,  who  writes  of 

*  Botanicon  Monspeliense,  p.  14  (1686). 
j-  Historia  Plantarum,  ii.  p.  1025  (1688). 

I  Syno2)sis  Methodica  Stirpium  Britannicarum,  ed.  i.  p.  145  (1690)  ;  ed.  ii. 
p.  206  (1696). 

§  Theatntm  Botanicum,  p.  138,  n.  9  (1640). 

II  Stirpium  Illmtrationes,  p.  98  (1655);  a  book  compiled  from  Lobel's  un- 
published manuscripts. 


MOENCHIA    QUATERNELLA  367 

them,  '*  These  two  are  not  spoken  of  by  any  other,  and  grow  in 
divers  places  in  our  own  land  "  ;  and  he  refers  to  the  second  (our 
supposed  plant)  as  "  Lychnis  exilis  sive  tenuifolia  altera."  Bubani 
may  be  right,  but  Parkinson's  description  is  bald  and  vague. 

The  next  fact  to  note  in  the  history  of  the  species  is  the  definite 
record  of  its  occurrence  on  Hampstead  Heath,  in  Middlesex,  by 
J.  Petiver-'^  in  1G95.  In  the  following  year  it  was  recorded  in 
Sicily  by  Cupani,|  and  in  his  posthumous  work  I  specimens  of 
M.  quateniella  were  for  the  first  time  figured,  under  the  name  of 
"  Alsine  tenuis,  Lini  foliis,  paulo  brevioribus,  glaucis."  A  third 
edition  of  Kay's  Si/)iopsis  §  was  undertaken  by  Dillenius,  and 
published  by  him  in  1724,  in  which  the  plant  is  again  figured, 
though  not  so  well  drawn  as  in  Cupani's  work ;  and  this  is  the 
figure  which  is  cited  by  Linn^Tus  in  his  description  of  Saglna  erecta.\\ 
The  year  after  the  appearance  of  Cupani's  volume  of  plates,  the 
plant  was  figured  by  Barrelier,1[  under  tlie  name  of  "Cham?elinum 
gramineo  seu  acuto  folio  "  ;  and  again  by  Vaiilant*'''  in  1727,  under 
Magnol's  name  of  "  Alsine  verna  glabra."  Two  later  references  to 
the  plant  (both  cited  by  Linn£eus)^are  interesting ;  one  by  J.  S. 
Guettard,! f  who  records  it  from  Etampes,  in  the  department  of 
Seine-et-Oise,  and  the  other  by  T.  F.  Dalibard,]::j:  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Paris — in  both  cases  referred  to  under  the  name  of  "  Sagina 
scapis  unifloris,"  the  latter  author  simply  quoting  Guettard's  refer- 
ence. It  may  be  mentioned  that  Dillenins  adds  a  note,  "  common 
in  the  spring  on  Blackheath." 

Among  the  many  volumes  of  the  Sloane  herbarium  preserved 
in  the  Natural  History  Museum  are  to  be  found  six  authentic  speci- 
mens of  M.  quateniella. 

(1)  In  vol.  13,  fol.  88,  no.  6  ;  a  specimen  labelled  "  vero  syl- 
vestre,"  collected  near  Paris  by  Moses  Cliaras,  from  a  collection 
sold  by  his  son  to  Sloane. 

(2)  In  vol.  56,  fol.  110,  no.  1  ;  on  a  sheet  containing  most  of 
the  forms  included  by  Ray  in  "Alsine,"  placed  side  by  side  for 
comparison ;  among  tlie  plants  given  to  Sloane  by  Dr.  Paul,  pro- 
bably gathered  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Montpellier,  as  Dr.  Paul 
was  attached  to  the  faculty  of  medicine  there. 

(3)  and  (4)  In  vol.  85a,  fol.  70,  no.  3,  and  fol.  176,  no.  3; 
specimens  gathered  by  Plukenet. 

*  Gibson's  translation  of  Camden's  Britannia,  1695  (list  of  Middlesex  plants 
on  pp.  335-340). 

t  Hortus  Catholicus,  p.  7  (1696). 

I  Panphyton  Slculum,  ii.  t.  252  (1713). 
§  Page  344,  t.  15,  f.  4  (1724). 

II  Species  Plantar  urn,  ed.  i.  p.  128. 

U  PL  Gall.  Hispan.  Ital.  Obs.  icon.  t.  1165,  f.  2  (ed.  Jussieit,  1714). 

**  Botanicon  Parisiense,  p.  6,  t.  3,  f.  2  (ed.  Boerhave,  1727). 

ft  Observations  sitr  les  Plantes,  ii.  p.  276  (1747),  a  work  based  on  unpublished 
material  left  by  Francois  Descurain  (1658-1740). 

1 1  Fierce  Parisiensis  Prodromus,  p.  56  (1749) ;  chiefly  useful  as  being  a 
compilation  extracted  and  arranged  from  three  or  four  larger  books  which  do 
not  seem  to  be  now  obtainable. 


368  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

(6)  In  vol.  124,  fol.  10,  no.  31 ;  one  of  Buddie's  specimens. 

(6)  In  vol.  311,  fol.  61,  no.  1 ;  a  specimen  from  Uvedale's  her- 
barium. 

In  Bay's  European  herbarium,  which  is  also  kept  separate,  I  was 
unable  to  find  any  specimen  of  the  plant. 

In  the  British  Herbarium,  the  old  specimens  include  one  from 
Sir  J.  Banks's  collection,  gathered  near  Woolwich;  a  plant  from 
Hyde  Park  in  one  of  the  fascicles  issued  by  J.  Dickson  [Hort.  Sice. 
Britamiicum,  1793-1799);  and  another  gathered  by  Hugh  Davies 
in  the  isle  of  Anglesey  (about  1805). 

Curtis"  gives  an  excellent  figure  of  the  plant,  and  in  his  account 
of  it  says  : — "  We  meet  with  it  abundantly  on  most  of  the  heaths 
about  London,  particularly  on  Blackheath.  .  .  .  If  the  season  prove 
dry,  as  hath  been  most  unusually  the  case  this  year,  1779,  the 
stalk  is  generally  simple  ;  but  if  the  ground  be  moist,  it  throws  out 
many  stalks,  which  first  spread  on  the  earth,  and  afterwards  become 
upright,  as  is  represented  in  the  middle  figure." 

Geographical  Distribution  in  Europe. 

Moenchia  quatemella  is  met  with  in  all  the  countries  of  Western, 
Southern,  and  Central  Europe,  and  is  absent  from  the  northern  and 
eastern  parts  of  the  Continent.  It  is  by  no  means  a  common  plant ; 
though  it  occurs,  perhaps,  more  frequently  than  its  records  show, 
for,  being  an  early-flowering  annual,  it  is  easily  overlooked.  After 
flowering  the  plant  dries  up,  and  becomes  even  less  conspicuous,  as 
Bay  pointed  out  in  his  first  mention  of  the  plant.  The  distribution 
has  been  here  worked  out  from  authentic  specimens  and  records, 
and  is  more  limited  than  local  floras  show.  Not  only  has  it  been 
confused  with  M.  octandra,  and  eastern  varieties  of  M.  Mantica  been 
mistaken  for  it,  but  its  evident  introduction  in  Moldavia,  Hungary, 
and  on  the  coast  of  Prussia,  as  well  as  other  places,  has  been  over- 
looked. The  species  is  found  in  England,  Holland,  Belgium, 
France,  Spain,  Portugal,  Germany,  Switzerland,  and  Italy,  and  in 
two  provinces  of  Austria  (Kiistenland  and  Bohemia).  The  European 
limits  are  as  given  below  : — 

Northern  limit,  England,  55°  40'. — Specimens  in  H.  C.Watson's 
herbarium  at  Kew,  from  the  Spindleston  hills  in  Northumberland, 
collected  by  W.  Richardson  in  1850,  and  from  the  basaltic  rocks  at 
Howick  by  G.  R.  Tate  in  1851.  Found  also  on  the  basalt  at 
Ratchwood,  near  Belford,  and  further  south  in  the  same  county  at 
Embleton  (cf.  Baker  d  Tait,  Fl.  Northumberland  and  Durham 
[1867] ,  p.  135). 

Southern  limit,  Sicily,  37°  20'. — Todaro's  specimens  from  Valde- 
mone  (PI.  Sic.  exs.  no.  655),  and  Tornabene's  from  the  base  of 
Mt.  Etna,  near  Catania  (Fl.  Aetnea,  i.  [1889] ,  p.  181).  The  plant 
occurs  also  on  the  Madouie  hills  in  the  Palermo  district  {Gumvie), 
and  other  parts  of  the  island,  except  in  the  Syracuse  district. 

Eastern  limit,  Prussia,  17°. — At  the  village  of  Tarnast,  near 
Breslau,  in  the  province  of  Silesia.    Reported  elsewhere  in  Germany, 

*  Fl.  Londinensis,  ed.  i.  (1779),  t,  136  [Sagina  erecta) ;  ed.  ii.  vol.  i.  fasc.  2, 
t.  12  [Moenchia  glauca). 


THE    BULBIFORM    SEEDS    OF    CERTAIN    AMARYLLIDE^  369 

from  Luckaii  and  Jiiterbog,  in  the  province  of  Brandenburg  [tTarcke, 
Fl.  Deutschl.  ed.  1895,  p.  103)  ;  near  Leipzig,  in  Saxony  [lleichen- 
bach);  Osterfeld,  in  Prussian  Saxony  (ScJtIiephacke). 

Western  limit,  Portugal,  8°  40^ — Near  Oporto  (^.v  Boletim  d.  Soc. 
Broteriana,  1887);  near  Coimbra,  1877  (FL  Lusit.no.  284,  ^u-herb. 
liort.  Conimbriceusi) ;  Serra  da  Caveira,  above  Grandola  {Daveau, 
1880). 

In  England  the  plant  is  found  on  dry  gravelly  pastures  and 
commons,  fairly  well  distributed  in  the  south,  becoming  less 
frequent  towards  the  north,  until  in  the  northern  counties  it  is 
only  met  with  occasionally  in  scattered  localities.  It  is  not  found 
in  Scotland,  Ireland,  or  the  Isle  of  Man.  As  to  altitude,  it  occurs 
at  the  sea-level  in  Kent,  and  ascends  to  360  metres  in  the  hills  of 
Carnarvonshire.  Of  the  fifty-three  English  counties,  it  is  now 
known  to  occur  in  forty-one ;  also  in  the  Channel  Isles.  In  York- 
shire, it  grows  only  on  Grimbald's  Crag,  Knaresborough,  and  about 
the  Wickersley  fly  quarries  near  Eotherham ;  and  has  not  been 
reported  either  from  the  North  or  the  East  Biding.  In  Cumber- 
land, it  is  reported  from  St.  Bees  and  Coulderton  in  Mr.  J.  G. 
Baker's  Flora  of  English  Lake  District  (1885)  ;  but  there  is  no 
mention  of  it  in  Mr.  W.  Hodgson's  recent  Flora  of  Cumberland 
(1898).  In  the  following  twelve  counties  there  are  no  records 
of  its  occurrence  : — Westmoreland,  Lincoln,  Rutland,  Hunting- 
don, Monmouth,  Glamorgan,  Carmarthen,  Pembroke,  Cardigan, 
Brecknock,  Merioneth,  and  Denbigh.  In  H.  C.  Watson's  her- 
barium are  luxuriant  specimens  from  Moulsey  Hurst,  in  Surrey, 
collected  by  himself  in  1861,  almost  of  the  habit  of  M.  Mantica.  On 
the  cliffs  of  Guernsey,  Mr.  I.  H.  Burkill,  in  1891,  found  specimens 
of  a  dwarf  form,  of  which  the  flowering  stem  measures  barely  two 
centimetres,  with  small  leaves  crowded  at  the  base. 


THE  BULBIFOBM  SEEDS  OF  CERTAIN  AMARYLLIDE^. 
By  a.  B.  Rendle,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 

[We  are  indebted  to  the  Council  of  the  Royal  Horticultural 
Society  for  permission  to  reprint  the  following  paper  from  its 
Journal  (vol.  xxvi.  August,  1901,  pp.  89-96),  and  for  the  loan  of 
the  blocks  by  which  it  is  illustrated. 

Salisbury's  drawings,  to  which  reference  is  made,  were  presented 
by  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray  to  the  Department  of  Botany  in  1866.  They 
were  mounted  in  six  quarto  volumes,  but  were  not  arranged 
systematically ;  this  is  now  being  done,  in  order  to  render  them 
readily  available  for  reference.  They  form  a  very  valuable  col- 
lection, and  amply  justify  Salisbury's  reputation  for  careful  and 
minute  research.  An  account  of  his  MSS.  and  collections  will 
be  found  in  Gray's  preface  to  Salisbury's  fragment  The  Genera  of 
Plants,  published  in  1866. 

The  volume   of  Hermann's  drawings,   to   which   Dr.   Rendle 


370  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

refers,  formed  the  fifth  vohime  of  his  Herbarium,  and  was  acquired 
by  Sir  Joseph  Banks  with  the  four  volumes  containing  plants  in 
1793.  Mr.  Boulger,  in  his  interesting  sketch  of  the  History  of 
Ceylon  Botany  appended  to  Trimen's  Flora  of  Cei/lon,  seems  to  be 
unaware  that  these  drawings  are  in  this  country.  Linnaeus  (in  his 
preface  to  Flora  Zeijlanica)  thus  describes  the  volume:  "  Quinta 
demum  tomus,  ut  pr^necedentes  in  forma  atlantica,  icones  circiter 
400  novarum  plantarum  zeylanicarum  continebit  artificiosa  manu 
delineatas."  The  drawings  are  in  large  part  named  by  Linnaeus 
and  annotated  by  Dryander  ;  three  of  them  are  reproduced  in  Flora 
Zeijlanica. — Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 

Some  discussion  having  arisen  as  to  the  true  character  of  these 
structures  and  their  mode  of  germination,  it  seemed  worth  while  to 
look  up  the  literature  of  the  subject. 

Paul  Hermann,  in  his  Horti  Academici  Liigduno-Batavi  Cataloijus 
(1687),  p.  684,  mentions  them  in  Crimun  asiaticum  (which  he  calls 
"  Lilium  zeylanicum  umbelliferum  et  bulbiferum"),  as  **  semina 
fusca  angulosa,  qu[E  in  bulbos  grandescunt,  conceptacula  disrum- 
punt  et  germina  protrudunt";  he  says  that  tlie  same  "  semina 
ijulbacea  "  are  to  be  observed  in  other  "  lihaceous  "  plants.  Her- 
mann's figure  is  reduced  from  an  excellent  drawing  (no.  131  in  his 
collection,  now  in  the  Department  of  Botany,  British  Museum). 

A  hundred  years  later,  Gaertner,  in  his  De  Fructibus  (i.  p.  42, 
t.  xhi.),  describes  and  figures  fruits  and  seeds  of  Bulbine  aslatica. 
There  is  some  doubt  as  to  the  plant  to  which  Gaertner  refers.  The 
large  number  of  seeds  in  the  ovary-chambers  precludes  Crinum. 
asiaticum,  with  which  Bnlhine  asiatica  has  been  considered  syn- 
onymous. He  states  that  the  numerous  flattened  triquetrous 
seeds  have  a  double  integument,  the  outer  of  which  is  thick  and 
"  coriaceo-spongiosum,"  and  include  a  fleshy  endosperm  and 
monocotyledonous  embryo,  which  very  soon  grows  out  into  a 
terete  bulb-bearing  shoot,  so  that  the  ripe  capsule  is  often  filled 
with  germinating  bulbils  instead  of  seeds. 

F.  K.  Medicus,  in  his  Pjianzenphijsiolo(jic-Ab]iandlun(jen  (1803) 
(li.  p.  127),  refers  to  a  tuber-formation  in  the  capsule  of  Crinum 
bracteatuin. 

In  his  Prodrouius  (1810),  Robert  Brown  mentions  the  bulbiform 
seeds  of  Crinum,  Amanjilis,  and  Calostennna,  which,  he  says  (p.  297), 
consist  of  a  fleshy  substance,  often  green  outside,  of  a  cellular 
nature,  and  without  spiral  vessels,  which,  inasmuch  as  it  is  organic 
and  grows  by  intussusception,  can  hardly  be  called  albumen ; 
within  is  a  monocotyledonous  embryo.  In  a  paper  on  some 
remarkable  deviations  from  the  usual  structure  of  seeds  (Trans. 
Linn.  Soc.  xii.  p.  148),  published  in  1818,  he  again  refers  to 
them,  but  says:  "On  a  more  careful  inspection,  of  those  seeds 
at  least  in  which  the  separation  precedes  the  visible  formation 
of  tlie  embryo,  I  now  find  very  distinct  spiral  vessels — these  enter 
at  the  umbilicus,  ramify  in  a  regular  manner  in  the  substance  of 
the  fleshy  mass,  and  appear  to  have  a  certain  relation  to  the  central 
cavity  where  the  embryo  is  afterwards  formed.'"  But  a  far  more  com- 


THE  BULBIFORM  SEEDS  OF  CERTAIN  AMARYLLIDE^        371 

plete  account  of  these  structures  was  given  by  a  former  Secretary  of 
our  [the  Royal  Horticultural]  Society,  Richard  Anthony  Salisbury. 
Salisbury's  great  desire  was  to  publish  a  (Tcmera  I'lantamm,  but  the 
work  never  appeared.    At  his  death  in  1829  he  left  a  large  quantity 
of  MSS.  and  beautifully  executed  drawings,  which  are  now  in  the 
Department  of  Botany  at  the  British  Museum.     A  fragment  of  the 
Genera  was  printed  in  1806  ;  it  comprises  a  considerable  portion  of 
the  petaloid  monocotyledons.     Salisbury  subdivides  AmanjUidacm, 
as  we  now  understand  them,  into  a  number  of  orders,  one  of  which, 
AmanjlUdeie-  (p.  120),  is  distinguished  from  all  the  others  by  cha- 
racters of  stamens  and  corolla,  and,   "what  I  deem  most  essential, 
in  the  bulbiform  fleshy  seeds,  hitherto  accompanied  with  a  solid 
peduncle ;  so  that  when  we  cannot  obtain  the  former,  a  tolerably 
good  conjecture  of  their  nature  may  be  formed  by  the  latter.    These 
bulbiform  seeds  are  often  whitish  or  tinged  with  pink  till  exposed 
to  the  air,  when  they  gradually  assume  a  green  hue,  sometimes  so 
dark  as  to  be  nearly  black,  but  howsoever  dark  they  may  be  always 
known  by  their  thick  fleshy  coat,  hitherto  in  AmanjUide(B  devoid  of 
albumen  ;  if  only  a  few  in  each  cell,  they  are  generally  large  ^and 
irregularly  shaped,  not  unhke  small  Potatos."     He  criticizes  Ker's 
suggestion  as  to  their  being  an  accidental  and  alternate  mode  of 
fructification,   and  says:    "After  a  great  many  enquiries   of  our 
nurserymen   and  gardeners,   I  do  not  hesitate  to  reply,   that  all 
those  species  whicli  have  these  bulbiform  seeds  never  produce  any 
other  sort;  neither  are  they  pecuhar  to  Auiayyllidea;,  but  occur  in 
the  preceding  as  well  as  the  following  orders  of  Pancratem  and 
Strumarece;    here,  however,   they  begin  and  terminate  for  aught 
I  know  to  the  contrary."     "With  respect  to  their  structure,"  he 
says,  "many  which  I  first  dissected  in  1790  at  different  periods  of 
their  growth,  from  the  distinct  vessels  near  their  margin  left  no 
doubt  in  my  mind  that  the  great  mass  consisted  of  a  thick  fleshy 
coat."     He  also  criticizes  Brown's  statement  that  in  some  cases  the 
seed  separates  before  the  embryo  is  formed;  "many  observations, 
lately  repeated  out  of  deference  to  his  authority,  convince  me  that 
these   bulbiform   seeds,   so  far  from  being  detached  before    their 
embryo  becomes  visible,  adhere  to  the  dissepiments  of  the  peri- 
carpium  till  it  is  not  only  formed  but  very  often  sprouts."     The 
radicular  edge  of  the  embryo  "is  invariably  directed  towards  the 
micropyle,  but  when  the  seed  swells  to  a  large  size  this  is  removed 
by   dilation    of   the    hilum    to    a   considerable    distance   from  the 
nourishing  duct,  being  placed  at  the    opposite  end  of  the  hilum 
as  in  Leiiuminoaa ;  and  by  the  time  many  of  these  seeds  are  ripe, 
all  traces  both  of  micropyle  and  hilum,  except  the  cicatrix  of  the 
nourishing  ducts,  nearly  vanish ;  the  original  disc  of  the  hilum  is, 
however,  often  concave.     After  the  radicle  comes  out  of  the  fleshy 
coat  at  the  micropyle,  the  facility  with  which  it  forces  a  passage 
through  other  substances  is  astonishing,  rarely  turnhig  out  of  its 
way,  but  piercing  an  adjacent  seed  of  the  opposite  cell  in  those 

•  Comprises  Crinum,  Ammocharis,  Buphane,  Amaryllis,  Brunsvigia,  Nerine, 
Lycoris,  Hei<>;ea,  and  Carpolyza. 


372 


THE    JOUKNAL    OF    BOTANY 


capsules  Avhicli  do  not  split,  or  the  membranous  coat  of  the  capsule 
itself  [see  fig.  i.] ,  apparently  with  as  much  ease  as  the  lightest 
earth,  and  often  in  a  direction  contrary  to  gravitation.  Any  botanist 
desirous  of  seeing  this  need  only  to  tie  a  piece  of  muslin  round  the 
capsule  of  Awari/llis  loiKjifolia  L.  a  little  before  it  is  ripe,  and  by 
placing  that  afterwards  in  any  moist  part  of  the  stove,  he  will  soon 
find  the  seeds  sewed  together  by  their  radicles  as  completely  as  by 
a  piece  of  string,  see  Tab.  fig.  Before  the  plumule  or  first  leaf  is 
evolved,  an  incipient  bulb  forms  at  its  base,  the  outer  coat  of  that 
being  part  of  the  cotyledon,  to  which  physical  law  I  know  no  ex- 
ception, though  the  deity  has  probably  ordained  that  no  physical 
law  shall  be  universal." 


Fig.  i. — Ammocharis  falcata  Herb,  with  a  seed  germinating  in  the  capsule, 
April  26,  181J: ;  the  capsule  was  ripe  in  October,  and  had  stood  all  winter.  To 
the  left,  a  germinating  seed  removed  from  the  capsule. 

From  a  drawing  by  R.  A.  Salisbury. 

The  figure  to  which  Salisbury  refers,  and  which  was  not  pub- 
lished, I  find  among  his  drawings ;  it  is  reproduced  in  fig.  ii. 

Although  Brown  and  Salisbury  were  quite  clear  as  to  the  true 
seed-character  of  these  structures,  it  is  evident  that  some  divergence 
of  opinion  existed,  for  in  182'4  Achille  Richard,  in  a  paper  entitled 
"  Observations  sur  les  pretendns  bulbil  I  es  qui  se  developpent  dans 
I'interieur  des  capsules  de  quelques  especes  de  Crinuvi''  (Annahs 
Sci.  Nat.  ii.  12),  refers  to  the  great  number  of  authors  who  have 
spoken  of  fleshy  bulbils  developing  in  the  interior  of  capsules  and 
replacing  the  seeds  in  Crimim,  Amaryllis,  &c.,  and  says  that,  having 
had  the  opportunity  of  observing  the  pretended  bulbils  in  Criniim 
asiaticiun,  enibescens,  and  taitense,  he  has  assured  himself  of  the 
error  of  the  above  statements.     He  gives  a  description  (with  figs.) 


THE  BULBIFORM  SEEDS  OF  CERTAIN  AMARYLLIDE^ 


373 


of  the  structure  of  the  seeds  and  the  early  stages  of  germination. 
He  describes  an  integument  (a  sort  of  brownish  epidermis,  thick, 
dry,  and  peehng  irregularly)  enclosing  a  thick  cellular  endosperm, 
containing  no  vessels  and  becoming  greenish  towards  the  exterior, 
and  a  small  embryo  near  the  base  of  the  endosperm.  In  germi- 
nation the  radicle  makes  its  way  out  and  grows  downwards,  soon 
drawing  from  the  grain  the  cotyledon,  which  then  elongates. 

From  the  above  notes  we  see  that  some  discrepancy  existed  in 
the  views  held  as  to  the  nature  of  the  fleshy  substance  surrounding 
the  embryo.  Brown  finds  that,  in  certain  cases  at  any  rate,  it 
contains  vascular  tissue ;  Salisbury  also  says  that  spiral  vessels 
enter  at  the  hilum,  but  are  chiefly  distributed  along  the  margin  of 
the  fleshy  mass,  and  that  the  great  mass  consisted  of  a  thick  fleshy 
coat.  Richard,  on  the  other  hand,  in  the  species  of  Crimim  which 
he  examined,  refers  the  fleshy  mass  to  endosperm. 


Fig.  ii. —  Crinum  longifolium  Thunb.  {Amaryllis  lonrjlfolia  L.).  Seeds 
germinating  in  a  capsule  which  has  been  preveiited  from  opening.  1.  The 
radicle /•  of  seed  a  has  approached  seed  h.  2.  The  radicle  and  cotyledon  of  a 
have  pierced  h\  the  plumule,  which  has  been  carried  through  in  the  base  of 
the  cotyledonary  sheath  sh,  is  developing,  the  first  leaf  I  having  already 
emerged.  The  long  cotyledon  c  still  communicates  with  the  seed  from  which 
it  is  absorbing  nourishment.  A  precisely  similar  seedling  is  developing  from  h. 
3.  The  same  as  2,  but  the  seed  h  has  been  cut  open.  Note  at  h  the  swollen 
sucker  formed  by  the  apex  of  the  cotyledon. 

From  a  drawing  by  R.  A.  Salisbury. 

The  germination  of  the  seed  as  figured  by  Salisbury  (fig.  iii.) 
and  Richard,  and  referred  to  by  others,  follows  a  course  common  to  a 
number  of  monocotyledons.  F.  E.  L.  Fischer,  for  instance  (in  his 
Beitrag.  z.  hotan.  System :  die  Existenz  d.  Monocotijledonen  und  d. 
Poly  cotyledon  en  betrefend,  published  at  Zurich  in  1812),  classes, 
from  the  point  of  view  of  their  germination,  Crinum  and  Amaryllis 
with  fleshy  seeds,  with  Phcenix  and  other  Palms,  &c.,  and  says: 
**  The  peripheral  end  of  the  cotyledon  with  the  contained  embryo 
protrudes  from  the  seed  and  elongates  worm-like  more  or  less,  often 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [Nov.  1901.]  2  e 


374 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


for  several  inches.  The  radicle  elongates  m  the  same  direction. 
.  .  .  The  place  directly  above  the  puuctam  saliens,  where  de- 
velopment is  going  on  [I.  e.  the  base  of  the  cotyledonary  sheath 
surrounding  the  plumule]  swells  and  takes  on  a  bulb  form." 

In  1840  a  Dutch  botanist,  H.  C.  van  Hall  {Tijdsch.  Nat.  Geschied. 
vii.  pp.  140-164),  gave  a  full  and  well-illustrated  account  of  the 
fruit,  seed,  and  method  of  germination  in  Crimun  capense.  He  takes 
the  same  view  of  the  structure  of  the  bulbiform  seed  as  did  Richard 
(see  p.  146) ;  his  figures  (fig.  iv.)  show  well  the  elongation  of  the 
cotyledonary  sheath   carrying   downwards   the  small  radicle,  the 


Fig.  iii. —  Crinum  longifolium  Thunb.  (AmanjUis  longifoUa  L.).  1.  Seed 
germinating — a,  seed  ;  r,  radicle  ;  c,  cotyledon  ;  &,  first  leaf ;  sli,  base  of  sheath 
of  cotyledon  which  is  already  thickening  to  form  the  outermost  bulb-scale, 
inside  sli  is  the  plumule.  2.  Sucker,  s,  formed  at  the  tip  of  the  cotyledon  by 
which  the  nourishment  in  the  endosperm  is  absorbed  for  the  use  of  the 
seedling.  3.  Section  of  germinating  seed  showing  the  sucker,  -s,  of  the  cotyledon 
lying  in  the  endosperm. 

From  a  drawing  by  K.  A.  Salisbury. 

upper  end  of  the  cotyledon  remaining  in  the  seed  to  form  a  swollen 
sucker  by  means  of  which  the  nourishment  in  the  endosperm  is 
gradually  absorbed.  The  plumule  is  surrounded  by  the  base  of  the 
cotyledonary  sheath,  where  the  bulb  very  soon  begins  to  develop, 
the  sheath  forming  the  outermost  scale.  His  figures  also  illustrate 
the  different  length  which  the  cotyledonary  sheath  attains  under 
different  circumstances.  In  one  case  where  a  seed  was  allowed  to 
germinate  at  the  edge  of  a  board,  and  not  supplied  either  with  food 
or  moisture,  the  radicle  was  carried  vertically  downwards  by  a 
cotyledonary  growth  six  times  the  largest  diameter  of  the  seed  in 
length,  and  still  showed  no  trace  of  the  leaf  succeeding  the  cotyledon. 
Later  workers  enable  us  to  reconcile  the  differing  statements  as 
to  the  exact  nature  of  the  fleshy  mass  surrounding  the  embryo.  In 
1857  Henri  Baillon  [BulL  Soc.  Bot.  Fr,  iv.  p.  1020)  showed  that  in 


THE  BULBIFORM  SEEDS  OF  CERTAIN  AMARYLLIDE^ 


375 


HymenocalHs  speciosa  the  two  integuments  of  the  ovule  after  fertili- 
zation become  much  thickened,  and  fuse  together  with  the  nucellns 
to  form  the  thick  fleshy  mass  surrounding  the  embryo.     Vascular 


Fig.  iv.—  Criiium  capense  Herb.  1.  Seed  cut  longitudinally,  showing 
contained  embryo — r,  radicle  ;  c,  cotyledon.  2.  Germinating  seed — /•,  radicle  ; 
c,  cotyledon ;  b,  first  leaf  of  plumule.  3.  A  dry  seed  germinating  on  the  edge 
of  a  board :  the  cotyledon  has  grown  to  a  great  length,  the  first  leaf  of  the 
plumule  has  not  yet  broken  from  the  cotyledonary  sheath.  4.  Longitudinal 
section  of  the  cotyledonary  sheath  showing  also  the  long,  narrow  first  leaves  of 
the  plumule.  The  sheath  which  ultimately  forms  the  outermost  bulb-scale  is 
already  thickening.     5.  Sucker-like  end  of  cotyledon  which  remains  in  the  seed. 

After  H.  C.  van  Hall,  in  Tijdschr.  v.  Natuurl.  Geschied.  vii.  t.  iii.  Leiden, 
1840. 

tissue  derived  from  the  outer  integument  can  be  seen.  In  the  next 
year  PrilUeux  {Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  ser.*4,  ix.  97  (1858) )  confirmed  Baillon's 
statements  on  Hijmenocallis  (except  that  he  states  that  the  fleshy 
coat  arises  purely  from  the  primine),  but  showed  that  in  Amanjllis 
Belladonna,   Crinum  embescens,   C.  giganteiim,   C.   taitense,    and    C. 

2  E  2 


376 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


capense  the  ovules  are  naJa'd,  and  that  the  fleshy  coat  is  derived 
from  a  large  development  of  endosperm,  on  the  outside  of  which  the 
remains  of  the  nuceUus  forms  a  thin  membrane.  Moreover,  no 
vascular  tissue  occurs  in  the  fleshy  coat. 

A.  Braun  {Ann.  Sci.  Xat.  ser.  4,  xiv.  p.  9  (I860))  shortly  after- 
wards confirmed  Prillieux's  observations  on  the  occurrence  of  two 
kinds  of  fleshy  seeds,  which  he  named  bulbous,  where  the  outer  of 
the  two  integuments  of  the  ovule  forms  the  fleshy  seed-coat  (as  in 
Hymenocallis),  and  tuberculous  (as  in  Crinum,  &c.)  respectively.  He 
also  drew  attention  to  the  fact,  noted  by  Brown,  that  in  some  of  the 
fleshy  seeds  (those  in  which  their  separation  precedes  the  visible 
formation  of  the  embryo)  spiral  vessels  do  occur  in  the  fleshy  mass, 
though  Brown  had  previously  stated  in  the  Prodromus  (p.  297)  that 
the  mass  was  purely  cellular.  The  recognition  of  the  existence  of 
the  two  kinds  of  seeds  helped  to  explain  these  differences.  Brami 
also  noted  that  several  embryos  might  occur  in  one  seed  in  Hymeno- 
callis. 


Fig.  v.  —  Calostemma  Ciinningliami  Ait.  1.  Two  anatropous  ovules — 
m,  micropyle ;  rt,  an  aril-like  outgrowth  which  ultimately  forms  a  cap  on  top  of 
the  bulb.  2.  Longitudinal  section  of  one  of  the  ovules  shown  in  1,  showing  the 
inner,  i,  and  outer,  i',  integuments  surrounding  the  nucellus,  n,  in  v,hich  is  seen 
the  embryo-sac,  .><■ ;  m,  micropyle;  /;,  hilum,  or  point  of  insertion  of  the  ovule. 

3.  Longitudinal  section  of  an  ovule  at  a  later  stage — the  base  (chalaza)  has 
become  flattened,  forming  a  disc,  from  the  lower  part  of  which  a  root,  r,  is 
growing,  from  the  upper  a  bud,  b,  which  is  filling  the  cavity  of  the  embryo-sac. 

4.  Mature  bulbil  in  longitudinal  section.  The  bud  has  completely  filled  the 
cavity  of  the  nucellus,  the  remains  of  which,  together  with  the  integuments  of 
the  ovule,  form  the  bulb -scales. 

After  Baillon,  in  Compt.-Rend.  de  la  2me  Session,  Assoc.  Franc.  1874,  t.  iii. 

A  third  kind  of  bulbiform  seed  was  subsequently  described  by 
Baillon  in  an  allied  genus,  Calostemma,  in  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Association  Fran9aise  (Lyons,  1873).  Calostemma  was  one  of  the 
Australian  genera  to  which  Brown  referred  in  his  original  note  in 
the  Prodromus.    In  C.  Cunningliami  each  of  the  three  ovary -chambers 


THE  BULBIFORM  SEEDS  OF  CERTAIN  AMARYLLIDE^E        377 

contained  two  anatropons  ovules,  the  development  of  which  Baillon 
found  to  be  at  first  quite  normal ;  two  integuments  enveloped  the 
nucellus,  in  the  centre  of  which  was  apparently  an  embryo-sac. 
But  instead  of  producing  a  seed,  the  ovule  developed  directly  into  a 
bulbil  in  the  following  manner  (fig.  v.).  It  became  very  much 
swollen  at  the  base  (chalaza),  forming  a  disc-like  structure,  from 
the  centre  of  which  a  root  grew  outwards  and  a  conical  bud  inwards, 
occupying  the  central  ovular  cavity  and  growing  up  towards  the 
micropyle.  At  the  same  time  the  integuments  became  fleshy,  and 
formed,  together  with  the  remains  of  the  nucellus,  the  outer  scales 
of  the  bulbil. 

Finally  Goebel,  in  his  Pjianzenhlologische  Scldldeningen  (i. 
p.  129)  (1889),*  has  given  a  detailed  account  of  the  development 
of  the  seed  in  Crinum  miaticum.  The  ovules,  of  which  there  are 
two  in  each  of  the  three  ovary-chambers,  recall  in  their  extremely 
rudimentary  structure  those  of  parasitic  plants.  They  are  naked, 
consisting  merely  of  an  elongated  swelling  on  the  placenta,  in  the 
centre  of  which  is  an  embryo-sac  (sometimes  two  embryo- sacs  occur 
in  one  ovule).  After  fertilization  the  embryo-sac  becomes  filled  with 
endosperm,  in  which  the  small  embryo  is  enclosed ;  occasionally  a 
central  narrow  space  remains  in  the  endosperm,  which  Goebel 
suggests  may  be  the  central  cavity  referred  to  by  Brown  in  those 
seeds  in  which  he  found  no  embryo,  the  latter  from  its  small  size 
having  been  overlooked.  The  endosperm  continues  to  develop, 
growing  out  of  the  nucellus  (of  which  only  a  small  portion  remains 
at  the  base),  and  forms  a  large  fleshy  mass,  completely  surrounding 
the  small  axial  embryo.  This  growth  in  thickness  takes  place 
chiefly  on  the  outside,  where  we  find  chlorophyll  developed  in  the 
cell-layers.  Ultimately  a  thin  protective  coating  of  cork  is  formed. 
Thus  the  ripe  seed  consists  simply  of  a  mass  of  endosperm  enclosing 
an  embryo.  The  endosperm  forms  a  soft  fleshy  mass,  in  which  are 
air-containing  intercellular  spaces,  forming,  as  Goebel  suggests,  an 
adaptation  for  the  distribution  of  the  seeds  by  water,  their  specific 
gravity  being  thereby  considerably  reduced.  The  peripheral  cork- 
layer  prevents  water- logging.  A  similar  device  occurs  in  some 
Water  Lilies,  where  an  additional  seed-coat  (the  aril)  forms  a 
light  air-containing  float. 

To  sum  up  the  results  of  previous  work  on  the  bulbiform  seeds 
of  Amaryllidea,  we  find  that  three  forms  can  be  distinguished,  as 
follows : — 

A.  True  seeds.  1.  Developed  from  a  normal  ovule,  the  outer 
integument  of  which  becomes  thick  and  fleshy  after  fertilization, 
and  forms  the  substance  of  the  bulbiform  mass,   e.g.  HymenocalUs. 

2.  Developed  from  a  naked  ovule,  the  fleshy  substance  being 
derived  entirely  from  the  endosperm,  which  develops  chlorophyll  in 
its  outer  layers  and  continues  to  grow  for  some  time,  e.  g.  Crinum 
asiaticum,  and  other  species. 

B.  A  vegetative  growth  replacing  the  seed. 

3.  A  normal  ovule  is  produced,  but  a  viviparous  growth  of  an 
adventitious  shoot  and  root  takes  place  at  its  base,  and  a  bulbil 
is  formed,  the  ovule  integuments  forming  the  outer  coats,  e.g. 
Calostemma  Cunninghami. 


378  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

As  regards  germination,  events  seem  to  follow  a  course  common 
to  many  bulb-forming  monocotyledons  (see,  for  instance,  Lubbock's 
Seedlings,  ii.  p.  578).  The  radicle  is  pushed  outwards  and  down- 
wards by  the  growth  of  the  cotyledon,  in  the  sheathing  base  of 
which  the  plumule  is  protected ;  the  tip  of  the  cotyledon  remains 
in  the  seed,  acting  as  a  sucker  to  absorb  the  nutritive  endosperm. 
The  formation  of  the  bulb  is  soon  indicated  by  the  swelling  of  the 
base  of  the  cotyledon-sheath,  which  forms  the  outermost  bulb-scale. 
Under  some  circumstances  the  cotyledon  may  reach  a  considerable 
length  before  the  plumule  shows  any  sign  of  breaking  through  at 
its  base. 


SOME     NORTH-EAST    IRELAND    RUBI. 
By  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers,  F.L.S. 

As  bramble  referee  for  the  Watson  Botanical  Exchange  Club, 
I  have  had  dried  specimens  of  Co.  Down  Rubi  sent  to  me  for 
annotation  annually  since  1893,  the  collectors  being  the  Rev. 
C.  H.  Waddell  and  the  Rev.  Canon  Lett,  to  both  of  whom  I  am 
very  greatly  indebted  for  help  given  me  in  the  preparation  of  this 
paper.  The  majority  of  their  specimens  have  caused  me  little  or 
no  difficulty,  as  they  obviously  belonged  to  familiar  British  forms ; 
but  in  all  of  the  packets  in  recent  years  there  has  been  no  in- 
considerable admixture  of  unfamiliar-looking  forms,  which  I  only 
very  gradually  learnt  to  sort  with  any  confidence.  I  was  especially 
glad,  therefore,  of  an  opportunity  of  seeing  the  living  bushes,  over 
a  fairly  extensive  area,  under  Canon  Lett's  guidance  last  July,  while 
his  guest  for  ten  days  at  Aghaderg,  near  the  western  border  of 
Co.  Down.  As  we  were  favoured  with  exceptionally  fine  weather, 
we  were  able  also  to  explore  part  of  the  contiguous  north-east  corner 
of  Co.  Armagh.  These  notes  give  the  result.  I  have  added  brief 
remarks  on  some  Co.  Antrim  Rubi,  also  seen  growing  in  July  last, 
partly  by  my  son  Rev.  F.  A.  Rogers,  and  partly  by  myself;  and  also  a 
few  earlier  records  for  the  three  counties  by  other  collectors,  whose 
specimens  I  saw.  But  I  have  thought  it  best  not  to  include  the 
numerous  additional  records  for  the  three  counties  which  were  pub- 
lished from  time  to  time  in  the  Irish  Naturalist  and  elsewhere,  and 
are  now  embodied  in  Mr.  Lloyd  Praeger's  recently  issued  Irish 
Topographical  Botany. 

For  the  counties  visited  I  give  the  comital  numbers  suggested 
in  Irish  Topographical  Botany — viz.  37,  Armagh ;  38,  Down ;  and 
39,  Antrim.  The  living  bushes  were  seen  by  me  in  every  instance 
in  which  the  locality  is  not  immediately  followed  by  the  name  of 
the  collector.  Glynn  (near  Larne),  where  I  stayed  for  the  few  days 
I  spent  in  Co.  Antrim,  is  but  poorly  furnished  with  Rubi ;  but  the 
Aghaderg,  Banbridge,  and  Newry  neighbourhoods  (counties  Down 
and  Armagh)  are  exceedingly  rich  in  distinct  forms  as  in  individual 
bushes.  The  bushes,  however,  grow  almost  exclusively  in  hedges, 
and  so  present  special  difficulties  to  the  student — a  circumstance 


SOME    NORTH-EAST    IRELAND    RUBI  379 

which  may  to  some  extent  account  for  the  difficulty  at  first  ex- 
perienced in  naming  some  of  tliem.  But  I  now  believe  that  in  the 
vast  majority  of  cases  Irish  brambles  are  practically  identical  with 
those  of  Great  Britain.  As  usual,  an  asterisk  will  be  found  pre- 
fixed in  the  case  of  new  county  records.  Where  the  collector's 
name  follows  the  locality  given,  the  sign  !  is  added  as  often  as 
I  have  seen  specimens. 

R2ibus  Idam  L.  Appears  to  be  generally  distributed,  though  in 
some  districts  rather  sparingly. 

SUBERECTI. 

B.  suherectus  ^wdi^v^.  38.  Castlewellan  Lake,  Stewart  \  The 
only  Irish  suberectus  that  I  have  seen,  except  a  Westmeath  plant 
from  Knock  Drin.     I  have  seen  no  R.Jissus. 

R.  Rogersu  Linton.  38.  Mile  Hill  Lane,  Aghaderg  ;  very  local. 
Not  yet  found  in  any  quantity  in  Ireland,  but  quite  characteristic 
in  this  Aghaderg  locality,  as  at  Gilhall,  Dromore  [Lett !),  and  Saint- 
field  {Warden  !),  in  other  parts  of  Co.  Down.  I  have  also  seen  a 
Derry  specimen,  collected  by  Mr.  Druce  at  Lough  Neagh. 

R.  j)Ucatus  Wh.  &  N.  Locally  abundant.  37.  Lane  by  Dublin 
Road,  Newry.  38.  Anacloan  ;  Banbridge.  "39.  Ballymena  ;  Cush- 
endall;  Giant's  Causeway  ;  but  "  not  common,"  F.  A.  Rogers. 

Ehamnifolii. 

R,  Lindleianus  Lees.  37.  Lurgan  ;  Armagh,  Fraeger  !  Raugh- 
lin,  Waddell !  &  Lett  \  Lough  Gilly,  Fruce  !  Scarva,  abundant ; 
near  Newry.  38.  Aghaderg  and  neighbourhood ;  common.  At 
Saintfield  found  only  sparingly  by  Mr.  Waddell.  39.  Glen  Dun, 
Shoolbredl  Cushendall ;  Giant's  Causeway  ("not  common"),  F.  A. 
Rogers ;  Glynn.  In  37  and  38  usually  very  abundant  and  typical ; 
but  the  form  with  roundish-cordate  terminal  leaflet  referred  to  in 
my  Handbk.  Brit.  Rnbi,  p.  28,  as  received  from  Canon  Lett,  is 
quite  frequent  in  his  neighbourhood,  and  in  this  one  feature  (the 
terminal  leaflet  of  its  stem-leaf),  though  not  in  other  respects,  it 
recalls  the  true  R.  cordi/olius  of  Rnbi  Germanici. 

R.  rhammfoJius  Wh.  &  N.  37.  Armagh,  Fraeger  !  bushy  ground 
near  Newry.  38.  Aughnadarragh,  Saintfield,  Waddell !  near  Gil- 
ford, Lettl  Aghaderg.  39.  Cairncastle,  Stewart  I  The  ordinary 
British  form.     Apparently  quite  frequent. 

Subsp.  Bakeri  F.  A.  Lees.  '''38.  Dry  banks  by  the  sea,  Kil- 
lough,  Waddell ! 

R.  jndcherrimus  Neum.  37  &  38.  Very  abundant  and  charac- 
teristic. 39.  Cushendall  and  Knocknacarry ;  Larne ;  Cave  Hill, 
Belfast,  SJioolbred  !  near  Giant's  Causeway,  Bailey  \  &  F.  A.  Rogers ! 
Glynn. 

ViLLICAULES. 

R.  Selmeri  Lindeb.  37.  Tanderagee,  Lettl  Scarva  and  near 
Newry,  very  abundant.  38.  Saintfield,  Waddell !  common  at  Ag- 
haderg ;  Anacloan.  39.  Cushendall ;  near  Giant's  Causeway, 
Bailey  \  k  F.  A.  Rogers.  Evidently  as  abundant  and  easily  recog- 
nized through  a  great  part  of  Ireland  as  in  most  parts  of  Great 


380  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Britain.  Under  this  I  now  believe  must  come  Canon  Lett's  Armagh 
(Tanderagee)  and  Antrim  (Glendun)  plants,  for  which  I  formerly 
suggested  the  name  R.  gratus  Focke. 

DiSCOLORES. 

E.  argentatus  P.  J.  Muell.  ''=38.  Aghaderg ;  local.  Apparently 
rare  in  Ireland. 

B.  rnsticaniis  Merc.  87.  Tartaraghan  ;  Armagh,  Praeger  !  38. 
Annaghdroghal ;  Comber  and  Castle  Espin,  Waddell !  Ballin- 
taggart,  Lett !  Aghaderg,  seen  in  two  spots  only,  viz.  Mile  Hill  Lane 
and  roadside  towards  I3anbridge.  89.  Common,  and  especially 
abundant  near  the  sea. 

[B.  puhescens  Weihe.  38.  Saintfield,  WaddeJl !  Doubtfully 
thus  named  by  me,  and  in  need  of  confirmation.] 

SiLVATICI. 

R.  silvaticus  Wh.  &  N.  37.  Field  south  of  Newry,  near  the 
reservoir,  hb.  Lett !  Apparently  this,  but  needing  confirmation 
here  and  in  38  (Milltown  and  Clonallen,  Lett.    Saintfield,  ]Vaddell). 

B.  mijrica  Focke,  var.  hesperius  Eogers.  "''88.  Lane  north  of 
Banbridge.  Not  seen  in  fruit,  but  clearly  not  distinct  from  Mr. 
Marshall's  Mayo  and  Galway  plant  (Journ.  Bot.  1896,  504),  though 
nearly  eglandular  in  panicle,  and  so  one  step  nearer  to  typical 
B.  wyrica.. 

B.macrophnllus\m\.kl^.  88.  Saintfield,  TlWrf^// !  Aghaderg: 
wall  near  the  Lough,  quite  in  the  open,  for  a  good  many  yards  ;  a 
conspicuous  form  with  short  roundish  terminal  leaflet  and  very 
floriferous  large-flowered  panicle. 

Subsp.  Schlechtendalii  (Weihe).  One  of  the  most  abundant  and 
characteristic  brambles  of  this  part  of  Ireland.  37.  Scarva ;  near 
Newry.    88.  Saintfield,  Waddell  I  Aghaderg;  Anacloan;  Banbridge. 

Vestiti. 

B.  micans  Gren.  &  Godr.  "87.  Scarva.  88.  Fairly  frequent. 
Banbridge,  roadside  near  "  Mutton  Hill,"  a  handsome  highly 
glandular  form ;  Aghaderg  ;  Anacloan.  Confirms  previous  un- 
certain record  for  Co.  Down.  '"89.  Near  Ballymena,  about  two 
miles  on  the  Larne  Road ;  a  very  strong  form,  F.  A.  Bogers  ! 

Pi.  hirtifolius  Muell.  &  Wirtg.  38.  Under  this  aggregate  spe- 
cies must  certainly  come  a  plant  of  Canon  Lett's  from  Aghaderg, 
which  I  have  seen  in  the  dried  state  more  than  once :  and  also  one 
from  Saintfield  collected  by  Mr.  Waddell.  They  seem  to  go  best 
with  my  var.  vwllissimus ;  as  probably  do  the  Westmeath  (Knock 
Drin)  plant,  Linton],  Mr.  Marshall's  from  Mullaranny,  West  Mayo, 
and  Mr.  Bailey's  from  Carnabridge  to  Portrush,  Derry. 

B.  pyramidalis  Kalt.  37.  Lurgan,  Praeger  !  Lane  and  bushy 
ground  near  the  reservoir  on  the  Dublin  Road,  Newry.  88.  Saint- 
field, Waddell  !  Carrick,  Hanhurg  !  Aghaderg,  Lett !  abundant  at 
Ballynanny,  Anacloan.  Reported  by  Mr.  Waddell  as  "  common  at 
Saintfield  and  in  most  parts  of  the  county."  39.  Cave  Hill,  Dnicel 
Cushendall  ('"  very  little  "),  F.  A.  Bogers  ! 


SOME    NORTH-EAST    IRELAND    RUBI  881 

E.  leucostachya  Schleicli.  37.  Lurgan,  Prcmjer  !  Scarva  ;  near 
Newry.  38.  Aghaderg  ;  Anacloan  ;  Banbridge.  Apparently  com- 
mon, though  often  uncharacteristic,  in  37  and  38.  39.  Cave  Hill, 
Belfast,  &c.,  Shoolhred  ! 

*  Egregii. 

This  group,  it  will  be  seen,  is  more  highly  represented  than  any 
other. 

R.  Lettii,  sp.  (or  subsp.)  nov.  "  R.  Gehrtii  Frider.,  Tjettil 
subsp.  nov.,"  Wats.  Bot.  Exch.  Club  1900-1901  Rep.  p.  14.  Stem 
high-arcldwi  at  first,  stout,  bluntly  angled,  striate,  (ilaurous,  clothed 
with  long  fine  shining  hairs;  its  aclcles  very  unequally  scattered  and 
stalked  glands  very  rare  or  absent.  Fricldes  mostly  subequal  and 
nearly  confined  to  angles,  remarkably  compressed  and  straight,  hug, 
slender,  nearly  patent,  hairy,  occasionally  gland-tipped.  Leaves 
usually  5-nate-pedate,  concave,  pale  greyish-green,  very  soft  beneath 
with  close  shining  hairs,  often  greyish-felted  at  first ;  petioles  long, 
with  many  unequal  partly  gland  -tipped  organs.  Leaflets  somewhat 
imbricate  at  first ;  terminal  slightly  obovate,  with  fairly  long 
cuspidate-acuminate  point,  subcordate  base,  and  compound  teeth  ; 
basal  shortly  stalked.  Panicle  long,  cylindrical,  lax  below,  and 
usually  only  slightly  narrowed  at  the  top  ;  about  one-third  ultra- 
axillary;  the  lowest  branches  moderately  long  and  nearly  erect.  Pcachis 
u'ith  very  close  grey  felt  under  the  long  hairs,  armed  like  the  stem, 
though  usually  much  more  glandular  and  aciculate,  with  some  of 
the  long  slefider  prickles  gland-tipped ;  the  prickles  almost  invariably 
straight  and  mostly  patent  or  subpatent.  Sepals  (like  rachis  and 
pedicels)  remarkably  grey-felted,  refiexed,  often  long-pointed,  usually 
quite  unarmed  and  eglandular.  Petals  narrow,  white  or  faintly 
pinkish.  Stamens  exceeding  styles.  Young  carpels  somewhat 
hairy.     Fruit  abundant  and  excellent. 

While  recalling  R.  Gelertii  among  the  Kgregii,  and  in  earlier 
groups  B.  Questierii  and  B.  micans,  this  seems  most  closely  allied  to 
B.  criniger  Linton,  from  which  it  may,  however,  without  difficulty  be 
distinguished  by  the  long  remarkably  compressed  slender  prickles, 
the  somewhat  obovate  termiual  leaflet  with  more  finely  pointed 
teeth  and  less  gradually  acuminate  point,  and  the  cylindrical  panicle 
with  stronger  gland-tipped  organs,  shorter  more  ascending  lower 
branches,  and  broader  top.  The  extraordinary  greyness  of  the 
whole  plant  is  also  a  very  marked  feature. 

Under  Canon  Lett's  guidance  I  saw  it  in  great  abundance  in 
Aghaderg,  Anacloan,  and  Banbridge  parishes  aloug  the  western 
boundary  of  Co.  Down,  and  in  Co.  Armagh  plentifully  at  Scarva, 
and  more  sparingly  near  Newry.  Mr.  Waddell  has  sent  it  to  me 
from  Saintfield,  and  he  and  Canon  Lett  are  agreed  in  calling  it 
"a  very  common  Co.  Down  plant."  I  know  nothing  exactly  like 
it  in  Great  Britain,  though  the  Rev.  A.  Ley  has  found  a  form  which 
recalls  it  in  Bolston  Wood,  Herefordshire. 

[R.  Borceanus  Genev.  38.  Aghaderg  Glebe  (locality  now  de- 
stroyed), hb.  Lett !  Probably  this  species,  but,  if  so,  untypical  in 
the  scarcity  of  the  stem-pricklets  and  in  the  rather  prickly  panicle.] 

B.  cinerosus  Rogers.      ^''38.    Caskum,  Aghaderg  ;  in  one  spot, 


382  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

rather  abundant.  This  is  the  fourth  Irish  county  in  which  this 
species  has  now  been  found. 

E.  mucronatus  Blox.  37.  Armagh,  Praeger  !  38.  Very  local 
and  variable.  Saintfield,  Waddell !  Aghaderg,  Lett !  :  Edenderry 
(typical) ;  Mile  Hill  Lane  (a  nearly  eglandular  form)  f  Knock 
Iveagh  (apparently  this),  hh.  Lett  !     39.  Cave  Hill,  Belfast,  Druce  ! 

B,  Gelertii  Frider.  -:^37.  Near  the  Dublin  Road,  Newry.  ^^39. 
Glynn,  in  considerable  quantity ;  a  handsome  exceptionally  glandular 
form. 

R.  anglosaxonicus  Gelert.  37.  Newry  ;  Tartaraghan  (form  near 
subsp.  rachdoides),  Fraef/er  ! 

Subsp.  vestitiformis  Rogers.  *38.  Anacloan,  in  one  lane,  several 
bushes  ;  a  form  with  exceptionally  long  prickles.     New  for  Ireland. 

R.  Borreri  Bell  Salt.  37.  Near  Newry,  Vraeger !  &  Lett ! 
Lough  Gilly,  Dmce !  Quite  typical  and  in  great  quantity  at 
Scarva  and  by  the  Dublin  Road,  Newry.  "38.  Aghaderg  ;  Ana- 
cloan.    Locally  abundant. 

R.  Drejeri  G.  Jensen.  "39.  Glynn ;  hillside  by  limestone 
quarries.     Typical,  but  seen  only  in  small  quantity. 

Subsp.  hibernicus  Rogers.  '■■37.  Scarva,  very  abundant ;  near 
Newry,  in  no  great  quantity.  38.  Common  at  Aghaderg  and 
Anacloan,  over  a  large  area;  near  Banbridge  ;  Saintfield,  Waddell \ 
In  wood-borders  and  hedges,  with  the  next. 

R.  dunensis,  sp.  (or  subsp.)  nov.  Stem,  bluntly  angled,  con- 
siderahhj  hairy,  with  scattered  unequal  armature  varying  very  greatly 
in  amount,  but  often  quite  Koehlerian  in  character.  Prickles  mostly 
slender  from  stout  base  and  rather  short.  Larger  acicles  and  bristles 
often  gland-tipped.  Stalked  glands  many,  very  unequal.  Leaves 
very  broad,  al^s^ys  yellowish,  conspicuously  concave,  opaque  and  thinly 
strigose  above,  at  first  softly  hairy  beneath,  icitJi  somewhat  sinuate 
sharply  pointed  compound  teeth.  Terminal  leaflet  roundish-oval,  ivith 
long  acuminate  point  and  cordate  base  ;  intermediate  exceptionally  long 
and  usually  overlapping  the  subsessile  basal  ones.  Panicle  with  short 
close  pyramidal  top  and  two  or  three  distant  lower  racemose  branches, 
remarkably  brown  in  upper  half.  Rachis  slightly  flexuose,  with 
patent  brownish  hair  hiding  the  crowded  short-stalked  glands ; 
gland-tipped  acicles  exceeding  hair  rather  few  ;  prickles  weak, 
declining  or  patent.  Flowers  cup-shaped.  Sepals  very  glandular, 
brownish,  soon  rising  and  often  remaining  erect.  Petals  narrow, 
faintly  pinkish  or  white.  Stamens  erect,  exceeding  styles.  Carpels 
glabrous.  Flowers  early  and  fruits  abundantly.  Fruit  excellent. 
One  of  the  few  earlier  flowering  and  most  abundant  brambles  in 
West  Down  and  the  adjoining  parts  of  Armagh.  Received  also 
from  Saintfield,  East  Down.  Strongly  recalls  B.  Drejeri  and  its 
two  subspecies,  but  keeps  quite  distinct. 

This  is  included  under  subsp.  hibernicus  in  Handbk.  Brit.  Bubi, 
p.  63  (as  a  strong  form) ;  but,  when  constantly  growing  with  it 
under  like  conditions,  it  flowers  a  fortnight  earlier,  and  can  always 
be  distinguished  from  it  at  some  distance  by  its  yellow  tint,  concave 
leaves,  and  peculiar  brownish  panicle  close-branched  above  and 
very  lax  below.     The  sinuation  of  the  leaf-toothing  is  usually  less 


SOME    NORTH-EAST    IRELAND    RUBI  383 

marked  than  in  Idbemicm,  but  is  still  very  unlike  the  shallow 
serration  in  Drejeri  and  the  very  even  simple  teeth  in  Leyanus.  ^  In 
B.  Drfjeri  alone  are  the  leaves  chiefly  3-4-nate,  and  the  terminal 
leaflet  roundish,  with  short  point. 

I  am  convinced  now  that  the  right  place  for  H.  dnnensis  is  not 
(as  I  for  a  time  supposed)  among  the  Koehleriani  near  B.  cognatus, 
but  among  the  E(jn'(jii,  after  aggregate  B.  Drejeri.  The  four  forms 
may  be  thus  contrasted  : — 

I.    Stem  considerably  hairy. 

(1)  Leaves  chiefly  3-4-nate.  Leaflets  roundish,  with  rather 
short  cuspidate  point,  and  shallow  irregular  teeth.  Panicle  narrow 
cylindrical. 

B.  Drejeri.  Stem  fuscous,  dull.  Leaves  flat,  green.  Prickles 
often  falcate,  especially  on  panicle. 

(2)  Leaves  usually  conspicuously  5-nate.  Leaflets  with  long 
acuminate  point  and  compound  sinuate  toothing.   Panicle  pyramidal. 

B.  dnnensis.  Stem  and  leaves  yellowish.  Stem  very  prickly 
and  aciculate.  Leaves  concave,  thick,  soft  beneath,  very  broad, 
the  long  intermediate  leaflets  overlapping  the  basal.  Panicle  close 
above,  with  distant  lower  branches.     Flowers  early. 

B.  hibernicus.  Stem  and  leaves  green.  Stem  with  thinly  scat- 
tered prickles  and  acicles.  Leaves  soon  quite  flat,  thin,  comparatively 
narrow,  rarely  imbricate.  Panicle  long,  lax  throughout,  with  rigid 
upper  branches.     Flowers  late. 

II.    Stem  siibglabrons  and  shining. 

B.  Leyanus.  Stem  yellowish -brown,  with  very  variable  armature. 
Leaves  mostly  5-nate,  green  above,  often  grey-felted  beneath,  sharply 
evenly  toothed.  Panicle  rather  lax,  much  narrowed  above,  but  with 
less  formal  outline  than  in  B.  hibernicus. 

The  existence  of  B.  Leyanus  in  North-east  Ireland  now  needs 
confirmation ;  but  I  am  still  disposed  to  refer  to  it  Mr.  Marshall's 
plants  from  AVexford  and  Mayo  (see  Irish  Top.  Bot.  p.  105).  Mr. 
Druce's  records  for  39  and  40  may  also  be  right  (as  I  thought  at 
the  time) ;  but  I  no  longer  have  his  specimens  to  refer  to. 

RaDUL;E. 

B.  radida^QihQ.  Typical,  or  nearly  so.  38.  Newcastle,  7)7-Hr^! 
Lisnagade,  Aghaderg,  iMt !  39.  Near  Giant's  Causeway,  Bailey  ! 
Cave  Hill,  Druce ! 

Subsp.  echinatoides^ogQYs.  37.  Tanderagee ;  Ballymore,  Lett\ 
Scarva,  abundant;  near  Newry.  38.  Aghaderg,  in  several  places, 
but  rather  local.  I  am  satisfied  now  that  it  was  an  exceptionally 
slender  form  of  this  subspecies  that  I  named  B.  rudis  Weihe  for 
Canon  Lett  a  few  years  ago  (see  Irish  Top.  Bot.  p.  106).  39.  Glen- 
arm,  Lett\  &  Drucel  Cave  Hill,  Druce  !  &  Waddell !  Less  glandular 
than  usual. 

B.  echinatus  Lindl.     37.  Market  Hill,  Druce  ! 

B.  oigocladus  Muell.  &  Lefv.  var.  Xewbo2ddiiBQh.  "^'Ql.  Scarva, 
in  great  quantity  ;  near  Newry.     38.  Aghaderg  ;  Anacloan  ;  Ban- 


384  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

bridge.  Locally  abundant,  but  very  variable :  the  Newry  plant 
especially  going  a  long  way  towards  var.  Bloxamianus  (Colem.), 
though  on  the  whole  perhaps  best  kept  under  Newbouldii. 

R.  reijilliis  A.  Ley.  38.  Gillhall  demesne,  Lett !  A  form  less 
glandular  than  the  Grioucestershire  and  Herefordshire  type. 

SUB-KOEHLERIANI. 

Pi.  Bahingtonli  Bell  Salt.  37.  Ferry  Hill,  Lett !  Rather  doubt- 
ful.    ^''^38.     Dram  Crow,  Waddell  in  hh.  Lett ! 

B.  miitabilis  Genev.  "38.  Lisoagade,  Aghaderg,  one  clump ;  in 
shade,  and  so  hardly  typical,  making  some  approach  towards 
subsp.  iiemorosus  Genev.  An  imperfect  specimen  from  this  thicket 
was  wrongly  named  by  me  R.  adornatus  P.  J.  Muell.  for  the  Watson 
Bot.  Exch.  Club  (see  Report  1900-1901,  p.  17,  second  paragraph). 
New  for  Ireland. 

R.  Bloxamii  Lees.  '''37.  Lane  near  Newry,  in  some  quantity ; 
nearly  typical,  but  with  exceptionally  stout  prickles  and  lax  panicle. 

Sub-Bellardiani. 
R.   scaber  Wh.  &  N.      37.    Lurgan,    Praeger !      38.    Aghaderg 
Glebe ;  fairly  abundant  locally,  with  leaves  exceptionally  large  in 
shade,  and  mostly  3-nate. 

KOEHLERIANI. 

R.  rosaceus  Wh.  &  N.  var.  hystrix  (Wh.  &  N.).  39.  Gbn  Dun, 
Shoolbred  !  Also  form  near  subsp.  infecuiidus  Rogers,  near  Maralin 
(38),  Lett  ! 

R.  Koehlerl  Wh.  &  N.  38.  Newcastle,  Dnice  I  Aghaderg:— 
seen  in  two  places  only — (1)  Mile  Hill  Lane ;  (2)  Glebe  field. 

Subsp.  dasijphijlhis  Rogers.  37  &  38.  Common.  Apparently 
the  most  abundant  and  generally  distributed  glandular  bramble  in 
North  Ireland,  as  in  North  England. 

Bellardiani. 

R.  saxicolm  P.  J.  Muell.  38.  Saintfield,  Waddell !  Apparently 
R.  horridicaulis  P.  J.  Muell.,  the  strong  form  which  Dr.  Focke 
associates  with  R.  saxiculus. 

Gmsu. 

R.  coryUfoUus  Sm.  37.  Armagh,  Praeyerl  38.  Castlewellan, 
Stewart !  Aghaderg,  Lett  !  39.  Cairncastle,  Stewart  !  Cushendall, 
Bailey ! — Var.  siiblustris  (Lees).  38.  Lindalgin,  Saintfield,  Waddell ! 
— Y&Y.cyclophyUus  (L'mdeh.).  37.  Tartaraghan,  Pra^//t-r!  Ardmore, 
Lett !  39.  Larne,  Shoolbred  !  Widely  distributed  and  variable. 
I  saw  no  characteristic  siiblustris  growing.  As  an  aggregate,  found 
by  my  son  to  be  frequent  from  Larne  to  Giant's  Causeway. 

R.  ccBsius  L.  37.  Scarva.  39.  Larne  to  Giant's  Causeway; 
"fairly  common,"  F.  A,  Rogers. 


385 

NEW     BRITISH     FUNGI. 
By  Dr.  C.  B.  Plowright. 

The  descriptions  subjoined  of  the  three  species  new  to  our  flora 
are  from  specimens  in  the  Herbarium  of  the  British  Museum.  The 
two  Hymenomycetes  have  been  figured  by  Mr.  Worthington  Gr. 
Smith  on  the  slieets  ilhistrative  of  the  Basidiomycetes  in  the 
Botanical  Gallery  of  the  Museum. 

PoLYPORus  {Foint'f!)  EuoNYMi  Kalch.  Icones  Hung.  t.  35,  f.  3; 
Fries,  Hymen.  Europasi,  p.  560;   Sacc.  Syll.  vi.  p.  182. 

On  the  base  of  the  stems  of  Enonijmua  europceni^,  near  Salisbury  ; 
Mr.  E.  J.  latum,  1899. 

This  is  regarded  by  Fries  as  a  subspecies  of  P.  LonicercB,  but  in 
the  light  of  our  present  knowledge  of  the  parasitic  character  of  the 
Polypori  it  seems  better  to  regard  it  as  a  distinct  species.  Although 
not  previously  observed  in  Great  Britain,  it  is  fairly  common  in 
France.  It  has  been  on  the  tables  of  the  Paris  Fungus  Exhibitions 
on  several  occasions. 

Monilia  Glasti,  n.  sp.  Pale  lilac,  in  small  patches  which 
speedily  become  confluent.  Conidia  oval,  pointed  or  rounded  at 
either  end,  sometimes  lemon-shaped,  variable  in  size,  10-12  x 
6-8  mm.,  sometimes  15  x  10.  Hyphae  basal,  few  and  inconspicuous, 
spore-clusters  120-200  mm.  long.  Conidia  collapsing  with  a  longi- 
tudinal fold  when  dry. 

On  woad-balls.  1900.  Parson  Drove  Woad-mill,  Cambridge- 
shire. 

The  fungus  appears  as  a  dusty  coating  on  the  outside  of  the  balls 
into  which  the  crushed  leaves  of  woad  (Isatis  tinctoria)  are  made 
during  the  preparation  of  this  substance  in  the  fenland  district 
of  Cambridge  and  Lincolnshire,  the  only  district  in  England  where 
woad  culture  is  still  carried  on. 

Thelephora  vitellina,  n.  sp.  Pileus  pale  egg-yellow,  flabelli- 
form,  expanded  upwards,  superior  margin  rimose,  slightly  incurved 
laterally.  Hymenium  rugulose,  zoneless.  Stem  attenuated  down- 
wards, but  enlarged  at  the  base.  Pileus  \-h  or  f  in.  across  (10- 
18  mm.),  1-1^  in.  (20-30  mm.)  high.     Spores  oval,  3  x  1-1-5  />t. 

On  a  dead  fir-branch  amongst  moss  and  in  the  interior  of  a  fir- 
stem.     Boat  of  Garten,  18  Sept.  1900  ;   Mr.  Scutt  Elliut. 

This  striking  Theleplwra  was  found  during  the  excursions  of  the 
Scottish  Cryptogamic  and  British  Mycological  Societies  round  Boat 
of  Garten,  N.B.,  Sept.  1900.  Specimens  were  sent  to  M.  Boudier, 
who  pointed  out  its  resemblance  to  T.  Sowerbeii  B.  &  Br.,  from  which 
it  differs  in  its  pure  yellow  colour  and  lignicolous  habit,  as  well  as 
in  the  small  size  of  its  spores. 


386  THE  JOURNAL  OF    BOTANY 

L'HEEITIER'S    SPECIES    OF    EELHANIA. 

By  Spencer  le  M.  Moore,  F.L.S. 

The  French  botanist  L'Heritier,  as  is  well  known,  visited  this 
country  in  1786  and  1787,  and  recorded  some  of  the  results  of  his 
journey  in  his  Scrtiiiii  Anglkuin,  published  at  Paris  in  1788.  The 
fine  collections  made,  chiefly  in  South  Africa,  by  Francis  Masson, 
a  few  years  previously  had  been  deposited  in  the  Banksian  herbarium, 
where,  inter  alia,  L'Heritier  studied  the  specimens  of  the  genus 
Relhama  forming  part  of  Masson's  treasure  trove,  publishing  his 
conclusions  in  the  Sertam,  pp.  22-24.  Owing  to  the  brevity  of  the 
descriptions — brevity  customary  in  those  days — and  also  to  the 
extraordinary  neglect  shown  by  authors  of  British  colonial  floras 
in  consulting  the  National  Herbarium,  L'Heritier's  species  have, 
in  some  cases,  been  entirely  misunderstood.  I  have  recently  worked 
over  the  Masson  types,  which  are,  I  may  add,  authenticated  in 
Solander's  handwriting,  and  the  following  brief  notes  will,  it  is 
hoped,  clear  up  all  the  doubtful  points  which  have  arisen.  They 
will  also,  perhaps,  serve  to  point  a  moral  much  to  the  purpose  in 
these  days  of  hasty  monographing  from  the  contents  of  single 
herbaria — a  moral  which  emphasizes  the  necessity  of  a  botanist 
having  actual  specimens  before  him  if  his  work  is  to  be  of  sterling 
value. 

A.    Relhania,  L'Herit. 

1.  R.  sQUARROSA,  and  2.  R.  genistifolia. — These  species  have 
been  correctly  understood  by  all  authors. 

3.  R.  MicROPHYLLA. — This  was  placed  by  De  Candolle  (Prod.  vi. 
p.  287)  among  the  "species  non  satis  notse  "  at  the  end  of  the 
genus.  The  name  is  not  cited  by  Harvey.  To  me  it  appears  to 
be  a  narrow-leaved  form  of  R.  gcniatifoUa ;  to  be,  in  fact,  11.  gejiis- 
ti/olia  L'Herit.  var.  angmtifolia  Harv.  (Fl.  Cap.  iii.  p.  300). 

4.  R.  passerinoides. — This  is  made  by  Harvey  a  synonym  of 
Geigeria  passer  inoides  Harv.,  without  the  least  shadow  of  a  reason; 
and  inasmuch  as  L'Heritier  himself  states  that  there  is  but  a  slight 
difference  (in  leaf)  between  his  it.  pas^erinoiden  and  Pi.  viscosa,  one 
marvels  as  to  what  Harvey  could  have  been  about  when  perpetrating 
this  absurd  blunder.  De  Candolle  [1.  c.  p.  285)  comes  nearer  the 
mark,  but  he  is  still  far  astray,  for,  in  spite  of  L'Heritier's  just- 
mentioned  note,  while  keeping  R.  viscosa  in  Relhania,  he  refers  R. 
passerinoides  to  FolgcluEtia,  a  genus  merged  by  Bentham  (Gen.  PI. 
ii.  p.  326),  and,  following  him,  by  0.  Hoffmann  (Eugler  and  Prantl, 
Pflanzenfam.  iv.  5.  p.  197)  in  Nestlera.  The  type-specimen  of 
R.  passerinoides,  it  should  be  added,  has  a  paleaceous  receptacle, 
and  so  is  not  a  Nestlera. 

5.  R.  VISCOSA. — This  name  will  have  to  disappear,  for  examina- 
tion of  the  type  shows  it  to  be  merely  a  fleshy-leaved  form  of 
R.  passerinoides.  It  is  placed  by  DC.  {I.  c.  p.  287)  among  his  in- 
sufficiently known  species.     Harvey  passes  it  by  without  notice. 


l'heritier's  species  of  relhania  387 

6.  R.  LAXA. — Another  of  De  Candolle's  "  species  non  satis 
notse."  Again  silence  on  Harvey's  part.  This  is  an  erect  slender- 
stemmed  sparsely-branching  herb,  in  all  respects  like  E.  pediuicidata 
L'Herit.,  except  for  its  habit  and  the  usually  longer  peduncles, 
which  latter  may  attain  a  length  of  four  or  even  six  centimetres. 

7.  R.  PEDUNcuLATA. — As  indicated  above,  this  name  will  have 
to  go.  L'Heritier's  type  is  similar  to  specimens  called  by  De  Can- 
dolle  Bhijnclwimdiuiii  pedam-idataiii  (l.  c.  p.  290),  both  botanists 
having  hit  on  the  same  trivial  name,  although  the  later  author 
was  quite  unaware  that  he  was  describing  an  already  known  plant, 
for  he  places  Eelhania  peduiiculata  L'Herit.  among  his  ''  species 
non  satis  notas  "  at  the  end  of  Eelhania.  Harvey  reduces  Ehynclw- 
jjsldiuiiiDC.  to  EelJuDila,  EJiijiichopddliiiiipediDivulatuni  J)C.  becoming 
Eelhania  2jedu)iculata  Harv.  As  stated  above,  I  believe  this  to  be 
merely  a  small  diffuse  variety  of  E.  laxa  L'Herit.,  which  1  propose 
to  call  var.  huinilis.  The  full  synonymy  will  therefore  stand  thus  : 
Relhania  laxa  L'Herit.  Sert.  Angl.  p.  23,  var.  humilis  S.  Moore. 
E.  pedunculata  L'Herit.,  I.  c.  p.  23,  De  Candolle  Prod.  I.  c.  p.  287. 
Ehynchojfsidiiun  pedimculatiun  DC,  I.  c.  p.  290.  EelJiania  peduncio- 
lata  Harv.,  I.  c.  p.  302. 

8.  R.  lateriflora. — This  is  the  plant  subsequently  (1794)  de- 
scribed by  Thunberg  (Prod.  Plant.  Cap.  p.  146)  as  E.  semUjiora. 
Thunberg  gives  as  a  synonym  of  this  Athanada  sessiUjiora  Linn., 
and  he  thus  adopts  the  oldest  trivial  for  the  species.  De  Candolle 
{I.  G.  p.  290)  makes  E.  laterijiora  L'Herit.  a  queried  variety  of  his 
Ehijndioimdiiun  sesdlijiorum=.Fielhania  sessilijioi-a  Thbg. 

9.  R.  cuneata. — Harvey  (I.e.  p.  300)  gives  Thunberg  as  the 
authority  for  this  name,  whereas  a  several  years'  priority  is  enjoyed 
by  L'Heritier.  As  both  authors  cite  Athanada  unifiora  Linn,  as  a 
synonym,  the  cuneata  of  both  authors  would  appear  to  be  the  same 
plant.     It  is  the  Edopes  cuneata  of  De  Candolle  {I.  c.  p.  288). 

10.  R.  viRGATA. — L'Heritier  notes  of  this  as  follows  :  "  admo- 
dum  affinis  praecedenti,  cujus  forte  varietas  " — yet  De  Candolle, 
although  he  places  it.  cuneata  in  Eclopes,  can  do  nothing  more 
satisfactory  with  the  present  plant  than  insert  it  at  the  end  of 
Eelhania  among  the  insufficiently  known  species.  Harvey  is  again 
silent  here.  After  comparing  the  types  of  this  species  and  the  last, 
I  am  of  opinion  that  it.  virgata  is  only  a  narrower-leaved  variety 
of  E.  cuneata  with  more  rigid  habit  of  growth.  E.  ciryata  L'Herit. 
may  therefore  be  called  R.  cuneata  L'Herit.  var.  virgata  S.  Moore. 

11.  R.  PALEACEA. — This  was  originally  described  by  Linnteus 
as  Leyssera  paleacea  (Syst.  Veg.  ed.  xii.  p.  560  [1767]  ),  and  in  the 
same  year  by  Berg  as  Leyssera  ericoides  (Descript.  Plant,  ex.  Cap. 
Bon.^  Sp.  p.  294).  It  was  first  referred  to  its  proper  genus  by 
L'Heritier  in  the  volume  here  under  notice,  and  De  Candolle 
[I.  c.  p.  286)  describes  the  plant  as  Eelhania  paleacea  L'Herit. 
Cassini  in  1827  (Diet.  Sc.  Nat.  xlv.  p.  30),  on  the  plea  that,  all 
the  Relhanias  having  paleae  on  the  receptacle,  the  prior  trivial  is 
objectionable,  gave  the  plant  the  name  of  Eelhania  ericoides,  and 
this  is  taken  up  by  Harvey  {I.  c.  p.  299),  and  he  makes  E.  paleacea 
L'Herit.  a  variety  of  E.  ericoides  Cass. 


THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


12.  R.  sANTOLiNoiDEs. — A  species  kept  by  De  Candolle  (I.  c. 
p.  286).  Harvey  makes  it  a  var  of  B.  ericoidei<  Cass.,  and,  I  think, 
correctly.  L'Heritier  himself  writes  of  this—"  an  satis  distincta  a 
R.  paleacea  ?  " 

13.  R.  puNGENs. — Kept  up  as  such  by  Harvey.  A  synonym  of 
Eclopes  suhpunijem  Less,  in  DO.  Prod.  vi.  p.  289. 

14.  R.  DECussATA. — This  interesting  plant  seems  to  have  been 
entirely  unknown  to  modern  authors,  and,  in  consequence,  has  been 
the  subject  of  several  mistakes.  De  Candolle  {l.c  p.  288)  leads  off 
by  making  R.  decitssata  L'Herit.  a  synonym  of  his  lu-lopes  devussata, 
a  species  founded  upon  a  plant  of  Ecklon's,  and  on  Burchell  6763, 
which  latter  is  R.  cuneata  var.  vir(jata.  Harvey  considers  Burchell's 
plant  as  typical  R.  ciomUa  "Thbg.,"  and  so  far  he  is  not  very  wide 
of  the  mark  ;  but  he  then  takes  an  unhappy  leap  in  the  dark  by 
hazarding  the  surmise  that  R.  devussata  L'Herit.  may  be  a  synonym 
of  R.  cuneata  "  Thbg."  The  two  plants,  however,  are  entirely  dis- 
similar, R.  devussata  L'Herit.  being  more  like  R.  speciom  Harv.  In 
fact,  its  position  in  the  genus  is  between  punfjens  and  speciom,  as 
will'appear  from  the  description  here  given  :— 

Relhania  (§  Evlopes)  decussata  L'Herit.  Sert.  Angi.  p.  24. 
Suffrutex  erectus,  rigidus,  sursum  sparsim  ramosus,  ramis  strictis 
foliosis  juxta  foliorum  insertionem  breviter  araneoso-tomentosis 
ceteroquin  glabris,  foliis  pluri-  (circa  6-)  fariatim  dispositis  arete 
imbricatis  sursum  divergentibus  subulato-linearibus  triquetrisapice 
pungentibus  carnosuUs,  capitulis  majusculis  soHtariis  sessilibus 
campanulatis  radiatis  heterogamis,  involucri  phyllis  circa  9-seriatis 
exterioribus  necnon  intermediis  oblongo-ovatis  obtusis  marginibus 
scariosis  erosulis  intimis  elongatis  lanceolatis  obtusis  marginibus 
inteo-ris,  receptaculi  paleis  lineari-lanceolatis  longe  acuminatis,  ligu- 
lis  involucrum  pauUo  superantibus,  styU  ramis  apice  obtusis,  achae- 
niis  lineari-oblongis  radii  hirsutis  disci  puberulis  minoribus  et  veri- 
similiter  steriUbus,  pappi  paleis  angustissimis  quam  achaenia  multo 
brevioribus.  ^  ^.  ^  ... 

Caulis  teres,  0-2  cm.  diam.,  sursum  foliosus  deorsum  vestigns 
scutulaj  formam  habentibus  instructus.  Folia  0-5-0_-6  cm.  long., 
0-05  cm.  lat.,  pagina  sup.  late  canaliculata  ibique  breviter  araneoso- 
tomentosa  ceteroquin  glabra.  Capitula  circa  1-7  cm.  long.,  vix 
totidem  diam.  Involucri  phylla  extima  0*4  cm.  intermedia  0-6  cm. 
intima  I'O  cm  long.,  hcTC  0-14  cm.  lat.,  omnia  sursum  nitentia  et 
h^te  brunnea.  Receptaculi  paleae  0-4  cm.  long.  Ligulfe  lineari- 
oblon^^^,  circa  I'O  cm.  long. ;  corolL^  disci  circa  0-5  cm.  long. 
Aciii^nia  radii  immatura  0-15  cm.  long.,  0-05  cm.  diam. ;  disci  circa 
0  1  cm.  long,  et  0-02-0.03  cm.  lat.  Pappi  palese  subsetacese,  radn 
ach^eniorum  0-12  cm.  disci  0-04  cm.  long. 

Evlopes  ventauroldes  DC.  {I.  v.  p.  288)  seems  closely  alhed  to  this, 
but  its  branches  are  described  as  hirsute  in  the  young  state,  the 
heads  are  somewhat  smaller,  the  inner  involucral  leaves  "  erose- 
lacerate,"  and  the  achenes  glabrous.  It  will  be  noticed  that 
L'Heritier's  trivial  name  is  misleading,  as  is  his  description  of  the 
leaves  as  decussate,  which  they  certainly  are  not.  This  mistake 
has  doubtless  contributed  to  puzzle  subsequent  authors. 


SOME    PLANTS    OF    SOUTH-WEST    SCOTLAND.  389 

15.  E.  cALYciNA. — Both  De  Candolle  and  Harvey  omit  this,  but 
they  both  mention  RelJiania  cah/cma  Poir.  (Poiret  (Lam.  Encycl.  vi. 
p.  95)  cites  the  plant  as  R.  cah/cina  L'Herit.),  which  they  refer,  and 
quite  wrongly,  to  Pei/rousea  cahjcina  DO.  li.  cah/cina  Poir.  finds  no 
place  in  the  Index  Kewensis,  whereas  R.  cah/cina  L'Herit.  does,  as  a 
synonym  of  Pti/roufiea  cahjcina  DC.  L'Herit.  gives  Osuiites  calycina 
Linn.  fil.  Supp.  380  as  a  synonym  of  his  R.  cahjcina,  and  examina- 
tion of  the  original  types  of  the  two  show  them  to  be  identical. 
De  Candolle  and  Harvey  are  thus  quite  wrong  in  their  citation  of 
Osuiites  cah/cina  Linn.  f.  under  Pei/roasea  cahjcina  DC. 

The  Os}nite><  cahjcina  of  Linnaeus'  herbarium  is  the  plant  sub- 
sequently described  by  Thunberg  (Prod.  Plant.  Cap.  p.  146)  as 
Relhanla  trinervis,  a  name  which  therefore  falls  to  the  ground. 

16.  R.  Bellidiastrum. — L'Heritier  gives  as  a  synonym  of  this 
the  Osmifes  BeUidiastniui  of  Linnaeus  (Sp.  PI.  1285).  Of  this  latter 
De  Candolle  {I.e. -p.  291)  says: — "  0.  Bellidiastrum  Linn.  .  .  . 
videtur  ex  Less.  Syn.  381:  species  Pielhani^  adhuc  dubia,  que  Rel- 
hania  Bellidiastrum  Poir.,"  giving  Poiret  credit  for  the  species 
instead  of  L'Heritier.  Harvey  leaves  the  name  unnoticed.  The 
founder  of  the  species  has  an  unfortunate  note  upon  the  plant 
which  served  as  its  type,  as  he  writes: — "Pappus  nullus :  a  genere 
sat  aliena,"  which  might  well  have  puzzled  anyone  not  enjoying 
access  to  the  plant.  But  this  is  an  error  of  observation;  L'Heritier 
probably  opened  a  young  capitulum,  and  in  this  state  I  find  it  by 
no  means  an  easy  matter  to  make  out  the  pappus  with  thorough 
satisfaction  until  after  very  careful  examination,  as  it  is  pressed 
very  closely  against  the  tube  of  the  young  corolla,  and  some  care 
is  necessary  in  separating  it. 

This  plant  seems  to  me  only  a  long-leaved  variety  of  R.  indeacea 
L'Herit.,  although  I  have  not  met  with  any  similar  specimens 
either  at  the  British  Museum  or  at  Kew.  It  may  be  characterized 
as  follows : — 

R.  paleacea  L'Herit.  var.  Bellidiasteum  S.  Moore.  Folia 
elongata,  mox  patentia  demum  recurva,  supra  densissime  albo- 
tomentosa,  1*5  cm.  long. 

It  may  be  added  that  the  specimen  of  Osmites  Bellidiastrum  in 
the  Linnean  herbarium  is  the  same  as  L'Heritier's  R.  Bellidiastrum. 
Its  localisation  (Ethiopia)  in  Sp.  PI.  is  a  palpable  mistake. 


SOME     PLANTS    OF     SOUTH-WEST    SCOTLAND. 
By  the  Rev.  E.  S.  Marshall,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

During  a  fortnight's  visit  to  Rothesay,  in  the  second  half  of 
August,  1901,  I  made  a  few  desultory  botanical  expeditions,  which 
produced  some  discoveries  of  interest.  My  friend  Mr.  Alexander 
Somerville  kindly  drove  me  out  to  Quien  Loch  and  Scalpsie  Bay,  at 
the  south  end  of  Bute;  and  I  had  a  morning's  walk  along  the 
shores  of  Loch  Fad  with  Mr.  Ballantyne,  a  botanist  of  the  town. 

Journal  OF  Botany. — Vol.39.      [Nov.  1901.]  2f 


390  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Other  collections  were  made  during  steamboat  excursions ;  and  a 
night  was  spent  at  Arrochar,  in  order  to  partially  explore  Ben 
Arthur  ("  The  Cobbler  ")  and  Ben  Ime.  The  vice-counties  visited 
w^ere — 98  Argyle,  99  Dumbarton,  and  100  Clyde  Isles.  "New 
records"  are  starred. 

I  am  chiefly  indebted  for  help  in  working  out  the  gatherings  to 
Messrs.  Arthur  Bennett,  H.  &  J.  Groves,  E.  F.  Linton,  Moyle 
Rogers,  and  Townsend. 

CastaUa  speciosa  Salisb.  100.  The  Quien  Loch  plant  is  var. 
minor  DC.  (under  yijmphaa). 

Fumaria  Borai  Jord.     100.  In  fields  at  Lochranza,  Arran. 

Lepifjonum  salinum  Kindb.  98.  A  curious  form  occurs  at  the 
head  of  Loch  Long,  near  Arrochar,  which  is  practically  eglandular, 
but  has  the  papillose  seeds  of  L.  neglectum  Kindb. 

Eadiola  linoides  Roth.  100.  Near  Quieu  Loch  ;  abundant  on 
the  western  shore  of  Loch  Fad;  coast,  Lochranza. 

Fiuhus  plicatus  Wh.  &  N.  99.  A  tall-growing,  bright  pink- 
flowered  form  or  variety  was  found  on  the  railway  embankment 
near  Tarbet  Station. — Fi.  Pio;^/eriii  Linton.  99.'"  Between  Arrochar 
and  Tarbet.  100.'''  Near  the  north-west  end  of  Loch  Fad. — 
Fi.  )iitidus  Wh.  &  N.  99.'''  Near  Tarbet  station.  —  R.  Lindleianm 
Lees.  100.  Plentiful  about  Rothesay;  B.  puldierrimus  Neum.  is 
still  more  so  ;  and  B.  Selmeri  Liudeb.  not  unfrequent.  —  Fi.  dumno- 
niensis  Bab.  100."  Outskirts  of  Rothesay ;  scarce.  **  I  think 
certainly  a  form  of  B.  dnmnoniensis,  with  most  of  the  very  marked 
features  of  the  type,  though  with  less  roundish  leaflets  and  petals 
pale  pink,  instead  of  pure  W'hite,"  Bogers  in  litt. — B.  sertijioriis  P.  J. 
Muell.  98,"  99.''''  Abundant  about  Arrochar  and  Tarbet;  also 
gathered  by  Mr.  Shoolbred  and  myself  in  1896  at  Ardlui.  Dr. 
Focke  then  referred  it  to  B.fuscus  Wh.  &  N. ;  between  which  and 
B.  radiila  Weihe  it  seems  to  be  almost  exactly  intermediate.  Mr. 
Rogers  tells  me  that  he  has  collected  it  at  Callendar,  Balloch,  and 
Aberfoyle  ;  and  that  Mr.  C.  E.  Salmon  has  found  a  small  form  with 
ternate  leaves  in  Cantire.  Not  previously  recorded  from  Scotland ; 
only  known  in  England  from  Herts,  Monmouth,  and  Hereford. — 
B.  corylij'olius  Sm.     100.  Near  Rothesay  ;  not  typical. 

Bosa  pimpineUifoUa  X  tomentosa  (=  B.  involuta  Sm.  var.).  100. 
Lane  near  the  south-west  end  of  Quien  Loch. 

Callitriche  cnitumnalis  L.     100.'''  Quien  Loch. 

Epilobium  hirsutum  L.  100.  Gathered  by  my  wife  on  the  shore 
between  Ascog  Point  and  Rothesay  ;  not  seen  elsew^here. 

CirccBa  alpina  L.     99.  On  a  wall  at  Arrochar. 

Carum  verticillatum  Koch.  In  profusion  on  the  hillsides  above 
Loch  Long  (98),  and  above  Tarbet  Station  (99). 

Anthemis  nobilis  L.  This  is  stated  by  Hooker,  Stud.  FI.  ed.  3, 
p.  212,  to  be  "  not  indigenous  in  Scotland";  but  it  clearly  is  so 
near  Quien  Loch,  where  it  occurs  in  a  perfectly  natural  situation, 
accompanied  by  Badiola,  &c. 

Arctium  intermedium  Lange.  100.'''  Near  the  north  end  of  Loch 
Fad;  scarce. 

Hieracium   saxifragum   Fr.    var.    orimeles   F.    J.    Hanb.      98.''' 


SOME    PLANTS    OF    SOUTH-WEST    SCOTLAND.  391 

Sparingly  on  Ben  Ime,  at  2500  ft. — H.  auratum  Fr.  99.  Roadside 
bank  near  Arrochar  ;  a  "  stylose  "  form. 

Centunculus  minimus  L.  100.  Near  Quien  Loch,  in  small 
quantity  ;  and  locally  plentiful  on  the  west  side  of  Loch  Fad. 

(J-entiana  haltica  Murb.  100."  Grassy  shore  near  the  landing- 
place,  Lochranza ;  it  was  very  scarce  last  year. 

Euphrasia  borealis  Towns.  100.*  Common  near  Rothesay. — 
E.  brei-ipila  Burnat  &  Gremli.  100."  Coast  from  Lochranza  to 
Catacol  Bay,  in  profusion  ;  ■■'E.  scottica  Wettst.  also  occurred. — 
E.  (jracilis  Fr.  98.  Abundant  up  to  2000  ft.  on  the  ascent  to  Ben 
Arthur;  a  decidedly  hispid  form,  which  I  have  seen  on  several  of 
the  West  Surrey  heaths,  as  well  as  about  Aviemore,  &c. — E.  stricta 
Host.  100.=''  Locally  plentiful  on  the  stony  western  shore  of  Loch 
Fad,  where  it  was  much  infested  by  an  orange-coloured  fungus. 
New  to  Scotland,  I  believe. 

Mentha  arvensis  x  hirsuta  {M.  sativa  L.).  100.  West  side  of 
Loch  Fad,  in  company  with  the  parents. 

Stachys  jyalusfris  X  sijlvatica  (5.  amhigua  Sm.).  98.  Coast, 
Inveraray.     99.  Arrochar. 

^^i  Atriplex  Babinr/tonii  Woods.  98.  Abundant  at  Inveraray.  99. 
Shore  of  Loch  Long,  Arrochar ;  var.  virescens  Lange,  I  believe. — 
A.  ?  100.  In  the  loose  sand  of  Scalpsie  Bay  we  found  abundance 
of  a  pretty  plant  with  strongly  muricate  fruit,  which  I  consider  to 
be  distinct  from  A.  Babiw/tonii,  and  identical  with  immature  speci- 
mens gathered  in  1897  near  Golspie,  East  Sutherland  ;  these  were 
referred  by  Herr  Freyn  (with  some  doubt)  to  A.  calotheca  Fr.,  a 
species  which  I  do  not  know. 

Salicornia  herbacea  L.  98.  Head  of  Loch  Long,  in  small  quantity. 

Spanjanium  ajine  Schnizl.  98.  Pool  in  the  ravine  between  Ben 
Arthur  and  Ben  Ime,  at  about  2000  ft. ;  the  same  form  which 
Pastpr  Neuman  has  named  for  me  (from  the  Glen  Spean  mountains) 
as  his  var.  microcephalum . 

Scirpus  cernuus  Vahl,  var.  pi/gmaus  (Kunth).  Shore  near 
Catacol  Bay. 

Carex  binervis  Sm.  var.  vel  subsp.  Sadleri  Linton  {C.  frigida 
Syme,  non  All.).  98.='=  North-east  side  of  Ben  Arthur,  sparingly, 
with  the  type ;  confirmed  by  Mr.  Linton.  Its  only  other  known 
stations  are  Corrie  Kander  (South  Aberdeen)  and  North  Uist 
[Shoolbredl).  —  C,  (Ederi  Retz.  100.  North  end  of  Loch  Fad; 
strand  near  Catacol  Bay. 

Catabrosa  aquatica  Beauv.  Of  the  variety,  so  plentiful  at  Scalpsie 
Bay,  Mr.  Bennett  writes:  "This  seems  to  be  var.  subtilis  Hooker, 
Engl.  Fl.  ed.  4,  p.  36  (1838)  ;  var.  Uttonilis  Parn.  Brit.  Gr.  t.  102 
(1842) ;  var.  minor  Bab.  Man.  ed.  1,  p.  246  (1843)." 

Glyceria  declinata  Breb.  (G.  plicata  var.  depauperata  Crepin). 
100."  Coast,  Lochranza.     G.  plicata  Fr.  occurs  near  Rothesay. 

Festuca  arundinacea  Schreb.  99.  Sparingly  on  the  shore  at 
Arrochar. 


392  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 


NOTICES     OF     BOOKS. 

The  Flora  of  the  Presidency/  of  Bomb  nj.  By  Theodore  Cooke,  C.I.E., 
etc.,  formerly  Principal  of  the  College  of  Science  at  Poona, 
and  Director  of  the  Botanical  Survey  of  Western  India. 
Part  I.     Pp.  192.     London  :  Taylor  &  Francis.     Price  8s. 

The  Flora  of  British  India,  edited,  and  for  the  most  part  also 
elaborated,  by  the  veteran  botanist,  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  had  for  its 
scope,  not  only  the  vegetation  of  the  whole  of  the  Empire,  from 
the  Himalaya  to  Cape  Comorin  and  Tenasserim,  but  also  that  of 
the  provinces  of  Malacca  and  Wellesley,  in  the  Malay  Peninsula, 
and  of  the  adjacent  islands  of  Penang  and  Singapore.  In  that 
monumental  work  there  had  been  brought  together,  not  only  the 
bulk  of  the  information  recorded  in  the  books  and  scattered  papers 
of  the  earlier  writers  on  Indian  botany,  but  also  descriptions  of 
many  of  the  species  named  but  undescribed  in  the  great  Wallichian 
Herbarium,  and  of  the  crowd  of  species,  alike  unnamed  and  un- 
described, which  had  been  brought  together  in  the  herbaria  of 
numerous  Indian  travellers  and  collectors.  Sir  Joseph's  work  is  a 
signal  example  of  the  centralization  of  botanical  knowledge.  It 
afi'ords  an  admirable  basis  for  the  elaboration,  in  greater  detail,  of 
the  individual  floras  of  the  various  provinces  included  in  the  Indian 
Empire.  The  organization,  some  years  ago,  by  the  Supreme 
Government  of  India,  of  a  botanical  survey  of  the  Empire,  gave  an 
official  impetus  to  a  scheme  long  projected  and  desired  by  Indian 
botanists  for  the  preparation  and  publication  of  such  floras.  A 
beginning  has  now  been  made  in  the  realization  of  this  project  by 
the  publication,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Secretary  of  State  for 
India,  of  a  first  part  of  a  Flora  of  the  Bombay  Presidency.  This 
is  the  work  of  Dr.  Theodore  Cooke,  for  many  years  Principal  of  the 
College  of  Science  at  Poona,  and  for  some  time  Director  of  the 
Botanical  Survey  of  Western  India.  Similar  Floras  of  the  North- 
western Provinces  of  the  Panjab,  of  the  North- Western  Himalaya, 
and  of  Bengal  proper,  are  understood  to  be  well  advanced  towards 
publication.  A  local  Flora  of  the  country  round  Simla  (the  summer 
capital  of  the  Indian  Empire),  prepared  by  Major- General  Sir 
Henry  CoUett,  K.C.B.,  at  his  own  cost  and  without  Government 
assistance,  is  now  being  passed  through  the  press,  and  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that  the  preparation  of  official  Floras  for  the  provinces  of 
Assam,  Madras,  and  Burmali  may  soon  be  arranged  for.  The 
Malayan  provinces  of  Wellesley,  Penang,  Malacca,  and  Singapore 
were  removed,  shortly  before  the  commencement  of  the  preparation 
of  Sir  Joseph  Hooker's  Flora,  from  the  administration  of  the 
Viceroy  of  India,  and  were  formed  into  a  colony  under  the  designa- 
tion of  the  Straits  Settlements.  The  preparation  of  a  special  Flora 
of  these  provinces  ceased,  therefore,  to  be  a  responsibility  of  the 
Indian  Government.  The  responsibility  has,  however,  been  ac- 
cepted by  the  Straits  Government ;  and  precursors  to  a  complete 
Flora,  not  only  of  the  four  provinces  just  mentioned,  but  of  all  the 
remaining  provinces  of  the  Malay  Peninsula,  have  been  for  some 


NOTICES    OF    BOOKS.  893 

years  in  course  of  publication  in  the  Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Societij 
of  BetKjaL  under  the  title,  ''Materials  for  a  Flora  of  the  Malay 
Peninsula,"  and  in  the  Journal  of  the  Straits  Settlements,  in  the 
form  of  complete  accounts  of  various  monocotyledonous  families  by 
Mr.  H.  N.  Ridley. 

Dr.  Cooke's  appearance  as  the  pioneer  of  this  enterprise  must 
be  hailed  with  satisfaction  by  everybody  interested  in  the  spread  of 
botanical  knowledge  amongst  our  Indian  fellow-subjects  ;  but  it  is 
sincerely  to  be  hoped  that  the  scheme  thus  inaugurated  may  be 
carried  through  to  the  end  at  the  high  level  of  excellence  at  which 
it  has  now  been  begun.  In  this  first  part  of  Dr.  Cooke's  book  the 
natural  orders  from  Ranuncidaceai  to  Ilutaceoi  are  dealt  with,  the 
sequence  followed  being  that  of  Hooker's  Flora.  The  part  contains 
192  pages,  and  gives  descriptions  of  335  indigenous  species,  and  of 
a  few  introduced  plants  which  nave  become  naturalized.  Of  these 
species,  no  fewer  than  130  are  absent  from  Dalzell's  census  of  the 
corresponding  orders  made  in  1861 — a  signal  proof  of  how  much 
has  been  done  in  the  way  of  exploration  during  the  last  forty  years. 
Dr.  Cooke's  descriptions  are  in  the  form  of  those  of  Bentham  in  his 
Floras  of  Australia  and  Hong-Kong ;  and  in  crispness  and  graphic 
force  they  remind  one  of  those  in  that  excellent  but  too  much  for- 
gotten work,  Wight  and  Arnott's  Prodromus  Fhrm  PeninsuUc  Indicce. 
Excellent  generic  and  specific  keys  are  supplied,  and  the  date  of  the 
original  publication  of  each  specific  name  is  given  immediately 
after  the  name  of  its  author. 

In  a  Flora  which  is  primarily  intended  for  use  by  persons  who 
are  not  botanical  experts,  full  citations  of  synonyms  (some  of  which 
are  often  doubtful)  are  a  waste  of  time  and  space,  and  Dr.  Cooke  has 
exercised  a  commendable  discretion  in  keeping  his  references  within 
comparatively  narrow  limits.  Sir  Joseph  Hooker's  Flora  is  quoted  as 
a  matter  of  course,  and  so  are  the  catalogues  of  Graham,  Gibson, 
Talbot,  and  Woodrow,  and  also  the  Flora  of  Dalzell  and  Gibson  ;  but 
old  books,  such  as  Rheede's  Hortus  ]\lalabaricus,  are  not  quoted. 
Vernacular  names  are  given  when  such  are  current.  Brief  notes  of 
economic  uses  are  supplied,  and  Dr.  Watts's  Bictionary  of  Economic 
Products  is  invariably  quoted.  In  the  case  of  the  less  widely  dis- 
tributed species,  localities  are  nearly  always  given.  The  book  is 
really  a  model  of  good  systematic  work.  It  is  well  printed,  and 
its  pages  are  disfigured  by  very  few  typographical  errors.  When  it 
shall  have  been  completed,  a  great  impetus  and  encouragement 
may,  it  is  hoped,  be  given  to  the  cultivation  of  botanical  knowledge 
by  all  those  whose  duties  or  inclinations  lead  them  into  the  fields 
or  forests  of  the  senior  Presidency  of  India.  ^    j^ 

La  Botanica  in  Italia.     Materiali  per  la  Storia  di  questa  scienza 

raccoltidaP.  A.  Saccardo.    Parte  seconda.  Venezia:  C.  Ferrari, 

1901.     4to,  pp.  XV,  172. 

Six  years  ago   (Journ.  Bot.    1896,   188)  we  noticed  the  first 

instalment  of  the  work  of  which  a  second  part  now  comes  to  hand. 

We  gave  then  some  account  of  the  plan  and  general  scope  of  the 

work,  and  expressed  a  high  opinion  of  its  value.     That  opinion  is 


394  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

strengthened  and  confirmed  by  this  second  portion,  in  which  Prof. 
Saccardo  gives  us  a  number  of  additions  to  the  biographies  epito- 
mized in  part  i.,  and  adds  a  large  number  of  names  which  were 
omitted  from  the  former  issue.  Unhke  the  Biographical  List 
of  British  Botanists,  which  it  is  pleasant  to  think  suggested  to  the 
author  the  idea  of  the  work,  this  Italian  biography  includes  the 
living  as  well  as  the  dead — a  plan  which  enables  information  to  be 
gathered  at  first  hand  from  those  most  concerned  in  the  notices,  to 
the  great  advantage  of  future  biographers. 

Besides  the  alphabetical  list  which  forms  the  principal  part  of 
the  book,  Prof.  Saccardo  gives  us  a  chronological  list  of  the  prin- 
cipal events  in  the  history  of  Italian  botany,  one  of  collectors  in 
Italy,  notices  of  the  principal  gardens,  public  and  private,  and 
some  letters  from  Venetian  naturalists,  the  whole  concluding  with 
an  excellent  index  to  the  two  parts,  which  we  regret  are  not  paged 
continuously  so  as  to  form  one  volume. 

A  few  English  names  occur  in  the  book.  The  author  may  be 
excused  for  not  having  identified  the  "  E.  C.  Alexander,  inglese, 
nella  prima  meta  del  sec.  xix ;  erborizzo  in  Sicilia  e  comunico  le 
piante  al  Gussone  "  with  the  veteran  botanist  who  added  *' Prior" 
to  his  earlier  name,  and  has  been  known  to  later  generations  by 
that  patronymic.  Another  Englishman,  the  eminent  agriculturist 
Arthur  Young,  whose  claims  to  inclusion  are  somewhat  slight, 
affords  one  of  the  singularly  few  slips  in  spelling  which  are  to  be 
found  in  the  book,  wherein  his  name  appears  as  "Yung." 

It  is  much  to  be  desired  that  some  one  in  every  country  should 
undertake  a  compilation  of  this  kind.  If  this  were  done,  it  would 
be  possible  to  compile  from  the  whole  a  volume  which  would,  to  a 
very  large  extent,  form  a  handy  and  useful  compendium  not  only 
of  botanical  biography  but  of  botanical  research,  and  would  be  of 
incalculable  value  to  the  historian  and  the  student. 


The  Story  of  Wild  Flowers.  By  Rev.  Professor  G.  Henslow,  M.A., 
F.L.S.,  F.G.S.,  &c.  With  56  illustrations  in  text ;  pp.  vi,  219. 
G.  Newnes  &  Co.  Price  Is. 
It  is  impossible  not  to  sympathize  heartily  with  the  object  of 
this  little  work,  which  is,  in  the  author's  own  words,  to  put  some 
life  into  the  dry  bones  of  mere  structure,  by  inducing  students  to 
observe  the  life  history  of  plants  and  the  various  devices  whereby 
they  make  their  living,  instead  of  resting  content  with  dissections 
and  classifications.  We  cannot  think,  however,  that  the  execution 
is  as  good  as  the  intention,  or  that  the  average  reader  will  be 
greatly  enlightened  or  assisted  by  the  very  considerable  mass  of 
particulars  provided  for  his  consideration.  These  are  for  the  most 
part  taken  from  the  various  works  of  Mr.  Darwin,  although  in  his 
preface  our  author  begins  by  asserting  categorically  that  "Darwin 
has  been  proved  to  be  wrong,"  and  that  the  theory  of  Natural 
Selection  must  be  abandoned  for  that  of  "Adaptation  to  new  con- 
ditions of  life."  In  favour  of  this  latter  it  is  not  easy  to  discover 
evidence  in  the  pages  before  us.  Details  are  in  fact  presented  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  suggest,  at  least  to  ourselves,  no  particular 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  395 

conclusion  at  all,  wbilo  the  language  is  not  unfrequently  so  careless 
as  to  make  it  somewhat  difficult  to  know  what  is  meant ;  as  in  the 
following : — 

"  Now  the  way  this  [change  of  aleurones  into  peptones]  is  done 
is  exactly  like  the  process  in  our  own  bodies,  for  these  substances 
stored  up  are  the  white  '  endosperm,'  as  botanists  call  it,  but 
everybody  else  'flour,'  when  ground,  have  to  form  our  own  flesh 
and  bones  and  nerves,  etc."  (p.  46). 

So  again  of  the  modification  of  organs  we  are  told  (p.  98) : — 
"  All  the  above  mentioned  instances  and  many  more  might  be 
given  would  have  been  called  sports,  '  imitative  sports,'  perhaps, 
had  they  occurred  suddenly.  But  since  they  are  now  constant 
features  in  the  plants  possessing  them,  they  cannot  be  classified  as 
such,  though  possibly  originating  in  the  same  way." 

J.  G. 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    dc. 

The  sudden  death  of  Thomas  Rogers,  of  Manchester,  on  30th 
May  last,  has  removed  one  of  the  very  few  remaining  links  between 
the  old  race  of  Lancashire  botanists  and  those  who  now  follow  in 
their  footsteps.  His  loss  is  deeply  felt  in  many  a  local  institution 
and  society,  for  he  had  been  during  a  very  long  period  a  vigorous, 
though  unassuming  and  modest,  supporter  of  nearly  all  those  asso- 
ciations which  have  for  their  aim  the  promulgation  of  botanical  and 
biological  study.  Born  in  1827  at  St.  Helens,  from  early  life  he 
had  lived  in  the  heart  of  the  city  of  Manchester,  and  may  be  said 
to  have  been  the  architect  of  his  own  fortunes.  In  1857  he  wrote 
a  short  paragraph  in  the  National  Magazine  describing  a  small  fern- 
conservatory  he  had  both  designed  and  affixed  outside  his  windows. 
This  good  work  and  example,  soon  successfully  followed  by  several 
who  could  afford  the  small  cost,  in  the  smoky  neighbourhood  of 
Ancoats,  brought  him  into  prominence,  and  was  the  means  of  his 
introduction  to  many  scientific  botanists  and  horticulturists,  and  it 
may  be  said  that  from  this  date  he  began  critical  research  into  the 
Cryptogamia,  more  especially  studying  the  Filices,  Musci,  and 
Hepatic£e.  He  personally  collected  in  all  the  most  favoured 
localities  in  this  county  and  Ireland :  in  1875,  for  instance,  and 
again  a  year  or  two  later,  in  company  with  Messrs.  J.  Whitehead, 
S.  Ashton,  and  others,  he  visited  the  Breadalbane  and  Cairngorm 
Mountains,  and  published  an  account,  read  before  the  Oldham 
Scientific  Society,  of  the  results  of  these  expeditions,  which  were 
altogether  extremely  successful.  He  was  a  correspondent  of  Dr. 
Braithwaite,  the  late  Mr.  Henry  Boswell,  of  Oxford,  the  late  Dr. 
Carrington,  Mr.  Abraham  Stansfield,  Mr.  John  Nowell,  of  Tod- 
morden,  among  others ;  and  exchanged  considerably  with  several 
Austrahan  and  Tasmanian  collectors,  notably  Mr.'R.  A.  Bastow, 
his  herbarium  becoming  especially  perfect  in  Musci  from  that  con- 
tinent. Nor  did  he  altogether  neglect  the  Phanerogamia,  either 
British  or  exotic.    One  of  his  early  friends  was  the  late  Mr.  Richard 


396  THK  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Buxton,  author  of  the  Manchester  Botanical  Guide ;  indeed,  he  was 
the  possessor  of  the  original  manuscript  of  this  work,  which  may 
be  said  to  have  a  considerable  local  value.  He  was  also  largely  and 
favourably  known  as  a  conchologist,  having  discovered  two  species 
of  land  molluscs  as  natives  of  Great  Britain ;  and,  later  in  life, 
evinced  considerable  interest  in  Egyptology.  But  what  he  will  be 
best  remembered  by,  in  the  years  to  come,  in  Manchester,  was  his 
long  connection  with  the  Society  known  as  the  "Ancoats  Brother- 
hood," and  likewise  the  Art  Museum,  situate  at  Ancoats  Hall.  He 
strove  by  all  means  in  his  power  to  interest  and  imbue  the  many 
toilers  in  the  heart  of  a  bustling  city  with  the  delights  of  nature, 
and  achieved  great  and  deserved  success.  It  was,  indeed,  at  the 
Whitsuntide  outing  of  the  Brotherhood  this  present  year  that  he, 
their  chosen  leader,  escorted  a  party  of  over  seventy  in  number  to 
Patterdale,  with  a  view  to  the  ascent  of  Helvellyn.  On  Whit- 
Thursday  he  started  with  them,  in  the  best  of  health  and  spirits  to 
all  appearance,  but  when  a  little  more  than  half-way  up,  at  a  height 
of  about  1800  ft.,  illness  suddenly  supervened  from  failure  of  the 
heart's  action,  and  he  expired  almost  immediately.  The  funeral 
took  place  at  Patterdale  Church  on  the  following  Saturday,  June  1st, 
and  was  attended  by  very  many  of  those  to  whom  he  had  endeared 
himself  by  the  bright  example  of  a  blameless  and  unselfish  life. — 
J.  C.  M. 

We  have  received  a  reprint  of  a  paper  entitled  "  Ueber  den 
Einfluss  des  Kerns  auf  das  Wachsthum  der  Zelle,"  by  J.  J. 
Gerassimow ;  an  extract  from  the  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Imperiale 
des  Naturalistes  de  Moscou  (Nos.  1  &  2,  1901).  Tlie  author,  who  is 
well  known  for  his  researches  on  artificially  produced  abnormal 
cells  of  the  Conjuciatce,  gives  a  full  account  of  his  observations  in 
this  group  on  both  non-nucleated  cells  and  cells  with  an  excess  of 
nuclear  substance.  A  comparison  of  the  growth  of  such  cells  with 
that  of  normal  cells  sheds  an  interesting  light  on  the  important 
question  of  the  inter-relation  of  nucleus  and  protoplasm.  The  work 
is  provided  with  two  plates  and  with  forty-seven  tables,  exhibiting 
clearly  the  increase  in  size  of  the  various  cells. 

The  Rev.  John  Vaughan  publishes  in  Lominian'a  Magazine  for 
September  an  interesting  paper  on  "Essex  and  the  Early  Botanists  " 
— a  subject  which  Mr.  Boulger  is  treating  more  scientifically  in  the 
Essex  Naturalist. 

Mr.  E.  D.  Marquand's  Flora  of  Guernsey  and  the  Lesser  Channel 
Islands  has  just  been  published ;  we  hope  to  notice  it  later. 

We  have  received  the  Report  of  the  Botanical  Exchange  Club 
for  1900  and  that  of  the  Watson  Exchange  Club  for  1900-1901, 
from  each  of  which  we  hope  later  to  give  some  extracts. 

Mr.  G.  C.  Druce  has  reprinted  in  pamphlet  form  from  the 
Chemist  and  Drut/gist  his  "North  African  Experiences"  in  the 
spring  of  1900.  Many  botanical  notes  are  scattered  through  the 
pages,  to  which  is  prefixed  a  portrait  of  the  author  in  his  official 
robes  as  Mayor  of  Oxford. 


397 


NEW    PLANTS    FROM    THE    CAPE    PENINSULA. 
By  Major  A.  H.  Wolley  Dod. 

In  critically  examining  a  number  of  doubtful  plants  among 
those  I  brought  home  with  me  from  the  Cape  Peninsula,  Mr.  N.  E. 
Brown  has  discovered  the  following  new  species.  I  take  this 
opportunity  of  most  cordially  acknowledging  the  inestimable  help 
he  has  afibrded  me,  not  only  in  determining  a  large  quantity  of 
doubtful  species,  but  in  my  own  determinations  during  the  past 
three  years. 

I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  Masters  and  to  Mr.  N.  E.  Brown  for  the 
descriptions  of  the  species  to  which  their  names  are  appended. 

Heliophila  tabularis,  sp.  n.  Annual,  glabrous,^  3-5  inches 
high  ;  leaves  narrowly  linear,  about  1  inch  long,  trifid,  with  the 
lateral  segments  arising  from  the  middle  of  their  length,  or  entire. 
Petals  oblong,  yellowish  ;  pedicels  rather  stout,  about  ^  inch  long. 
Pods  erect,  U  lines  long  by  -|-1  line  wide ;  style  ensiform,  1  Una 
long. 

Orange  Kloof,  at  about  2500  feet.     Oct.,  Wol/nj  Dod,  3338. 

Near  small  forms  of  H.  tr  if  urea,  but  differing  in  the  colour  of  the 
flowers,  its  erect  pods  on  relatively  shorter  pedicels,  and  in  the  shape 
of  the  style,  which  in  H.  trifurca  is  cylindrical  or  subclavate. 

Muraltia  brachypetala,  sp.  n.  Shrubby,  6-12  inches, 
branches  pubescent ;  leaves  fascicled,  linear,  keeled,  erect-patent  ; 
flowers  sessile ;  sepals  lanceolate,  acute  ;  upper  petals  1  line  long, 
slightly  exceeding  sepals  ;  capsule  with  four  long  slender  horns. 

Hiils  west  of  Simon's  Town.    Aug.-Oct.,  Wolloj  Dod,  1426, 1871. 

Superticially  much  resembling  M.  Hehteria,  but  a  much  lower 
growing  shrub,  with  narrower  more  erect  leaves  tapering  more 
gradually  into  a  mucro,  and  differing  essentially  in  its  very  short 
upper  petals. 

M.  demissa,  sp.  n.  Shrubby,  6-12  inches,  irregularly  much 
branched ;  leaves  slightly  fascicled  or  single,  2^-4  lines  long, 
closely  set,  erect-spreading  or  somewhat  recurved,  concave  on  face, 
keeled  below,  pungent;  flowers  sessile,  sepals  l^-lf  lines,  broadly 
ovate-lanceolate,  subacute,  or  obtuse  with  a  short  apiculus;  upper 
petals  l-\  Une,  straight,  hnear,  acute.     Capsule  not  seen. 

Frequent  on  the  Cape  Peninsula.  Aug.-Dec,  Wolley  Dud,  1146, 
1450,  2761. 

This  species  appears  to  have  been  confounded  with  the  dwarf 
scrubby  forms  of  M.Jili/oymis,  from  which  it  differs  in  being  much 
more  irregularly  branched,  its  shorter  and  more  spreading  leaves, 
shorter,  broader,  less  acute  sepals,  and  especially  in  its  longer  acute 
upper  petals. 

M.  recurva,  sp.  n.  Shrubby,  6-10  inches,  not  branched,  or 
only  so  in  the  uppermost  part ;  leaves  fascicled,  2^-4  lines  long, 
rather  laxly  set,  somewhat  strongly  recurved,  almost  flat  on  face, 
scarcely  keeled,  pungent ;  flowers  sessile,  sepals  li-lf  lines  long, 

Journal  of  Botany.     Vol.  39.      [Deo.  1901.]  2  a 


398  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

broadly  lanceolate,  acute ;  upper  petals  ^-f  line,  narrow-linear, 
subacute.     Capsule  not  seen. 

Orange  Kloof.    July,  Wolley  Dod,  2726. 

Near  .1/.  demissa,  but  differing  in  habit  and  leaves,  sepals  some- 
what narrower  and  more  acute,  and  upper  petals  shorter  and  less 
acute.  A  plant  from  near  Simon's  Town,  Wolley  Dod,  1565,  is 
intermediate  in  foliage,  but  has  very  acuminate  broad  sepals.  It 
may  be  distinct. 

Hermannia  rudis  N.  E.  Brown,  sp.n.  Suffruticose,  branched, 
6-12  inches  high.  Branches  erect  or  ascending,  woody,  tuber- 
culate,  tubercles  stellately  hairy  on  the  apex.  Leaves  subfasci- 
culate,  f-^  inch  long,  2-4  lines  wide,  coriaceous,  cuneate,  folded, 
very  obtuse  or  subtruncate  at  the  apex,  3-5 -toothed.  Stipules 
1-3  lines  long,  |— 1|-  Ime  wide,  lanceolate,  acute,  glabrous  on  both 
sides,  or  stellato-scabrid  on  the  back,  stellato-ciliate.  Flowers 
crowded  or  subcapitate  at  the  apices  of  the  branches.  Peduncles 
very  short,  ^-'i  line  long,  2-flowered.  Bracts  and  bracteoles  2-3 
lines  long,  ^-1|-  line  wide,  lanceolate,  acute,  stellato-scabrid  on  the 
back  ;  bracts  sometimes  connate,  deeply  bifid.  Pedicels  l-l  line 
long,  stellato-pubescent.  Calyx  4  lines  long,  5-lobed  to  the  middle, 
subinflated,  pentagoual-campanulate,  stellato-pubescent ;  lobes 
2  lines  long,  l|-2  lines  wide,  ovate,  acute,  erect,  incurved  at  the 
apex.  Petals  scarcely  exserted  from  the  calyx,  convolute,  4  lines 
long,  l|-2  lines  broad  at  the  apex,  claw  concave,  strongly  inflexed 
at  the  edges,  densely  pubescent  from  the  top  to  the  sides.  Lamina 
broadly  obovate,  subtruncate,  or  shortly  emarginate,  glabrous. 
Stamens  included;  filaments  l|-2  lines  long,  ^  line  wide,  oblong, 
acute,  connate  at  the  base  into  a  very  short  tube,  glabrous.  Anthers 
f  line  long,  linear-oblong,  obtuse.  Ovary  shortly  stipitate,  penta- 
gonal, tomentose  above.     Style  1^  line  long. 

Cape  Peninsula,  July-Sept.,  Bolm,  4950  ;  Chapman's  Bay, 
Wolley  Dud,  1446;  ridge  by  Smitswinkel  Vley,  Wolley  Dud,  2704. 

This  is  a  very  frequent  species  on  the  southern  portion  of  the 
Cape  Peninsula,  and,  though  it  has  been  known  for  many  years,  it 
has  not  been  described.  It  most  resembles  H.  Jiammea  Jsicq^.,  iov 
which  it  has  been  mistaken,  but  it  differs  in  its  subcapitate  inflor- 
escence, and  its  corolla  being  scarcely  longer  than  the  corolla. 

Var.  exserta  N.  E.  Brown.  Branches  more  slender.  Leaves 
narrower,  1-2^  lines  broad.  Calyx  subglobose,  3  lines  long  and 
broad.     Corolla  shortly  exserted. 

Slopes  above  Miller's  Point,  Wolley  Dud,  2997. 

Agathosma  stricta,  sp.  n.  Very  erect,  about  12  inches  high, 
with  erect  pubescent  branches  ;  leaves  erect,  linear,  3-5  lines  long, 
somewhat  incurved  at  the  subobtuse  apex,  channelled  above,  bluntly 
keeled  beneath,  longly  ciliate,  and  minutely  denticulate  ;  flowers 
umbellate,  on  glabrous  peduncles  H-2  lines  long  ;  calyx  lobes 
linear,  about  1  line  long,  obtuse,  glabrous  on  back,  ciliate  at  the 
edges  ;  petals  white,  about  2  lines  long,  the  claw  shorter  than  or 
about  equalling  the  calyx  lobes,  slightly  ciliate  below,  very  gradually 
expanded  into  the  lamina  ;  sterile  filaments  equalling  the  petals, 


NEW    PliANTS    FROM    THK    CAPK    PENINSULA  399 

but  on  longer  claws,  which  are  densely  ciliate  throughout,  and 
suddenly  expanded  into  a  lamina.     Style  glabrous. 

Constantiaberg.    Nov.,  Wollci/  Dad,  1935. 

Very  near  A.  rubra,  but  differing  in  its  ciliate  leaves,  much 
longer  glabrous  peduncles,  and  shorter  glabrous  calyx. 

Phylica  Dodii  N.  E.  Brown,  sp.  n.  Shrubby,  branched. 
Branches  terete,  glabrous,  densely  leafy.  Leaves  alternate,  spread- 
ing or  ascending,  more  or  less  incurved,  3-8  lines  long  by  |-1  line 
wide,  very  shortly  petiolate,  linear,  exstipulate,  pungent-mucro- 
nate,  the  margins  strongly  revolute,  the  upper  ones  pubescent,  the 
lower  glabrous.  Heads  1  inch  in  diameter,  involucrate.  Outer 
bracts  6-7  lines  long  by  1-1^  line  broad,  lanceolate,  acute,  softly 
pilose-pubescent,  at  length  reflexed,  the  inner  smaller.  Flowers 
sessile,  bibracteolate.  Bracteoles  opposite,  lf-2i^  lines  long  by 
^-^  line  wide  ;  linear  or  filiform,  longly  adpressed-pilose.  Calyx 
externally  adpressed-pilose,  internally  glabrous,  5-lobed ;  tube 
If  line  long,  lobes  If  line  long,  ^  line  wide,  attenuate,  acute. 
Petals  minute,  f  line  long,  ^  line  wide,  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
glabrous.  Filaments  abruptly  reflexed  at  the  middle.  Style  ^  line 
long. 

Paulsberg  slopes  near  the  sea.    Sept.,  WoUey  Dod,  2872. 

Somewhat  resembling  F.  capitata  L.,  but  differing  in  its  much 
smaller  heads,  with  much  shorter  and  broader  bracts. 

Crassula  tenuis,  sp.  n.  Annual,  much  branched,  slender, 
diffuse,  glabrous.  Leaves  opposite,  subsessile  or  sessile,  l^-lf  line 
long  by  ^-f  line  wide,  elliptical  or  oblanceolate,  very  obtuse. 
Peduncles  axillary,  extremely  slender,  ^-1  inch  long.  Flowers  about 
f  line  long.  Petals  pale  pink,  obtuse,  connected  below.  Calyx  lobes 
about  equalling  corolla,  obtuse,  glabrous. 

Rocky  shore  near  Kamp's  Bay,  Wolley  Dod,  3369,  Oct.  Signal 
Hill,  Wilms,  3252. 

Distinguished  amongst  its  allies  in  §  GlumeratcB  by  its  very  diffuse 
slender  habit,  elliptical  leaves,  and  very  long  very  slender  peduncles. 

Stoebe  rosea,  sp.  n.  Shrubby,  much  branched,  the  branches 
glabrous,  erect ;  leaves  2-3  lines  long  by  ^  line  wide,  linear,  densely 
set,  spirally  twisted,  with  a  callous  subpungent  point,  silky  or  some- 
what floccose  when  young,  but  soon  becoming  glabrous.  Flowers  in 
dense  subspherical  heads,  5-6  lines  in  diameter ;  involucral  scales 
If -2  lines  long,  yellowish  brown,  very  acute  ;  corolla  bright  deep 
rose  ;  pappus  densely  plumose,  snow-white,  conspicuously  exceeding 
corolla.     Young  achenes  glabrous. 

Locally  frequent  from  Muizenberg  southwards.  Jan. -March, 
Wolleij  Dod,  273,  2417. 

Apparently  confounded  with  S.  ntldopka,  but  quite  unaccount- 
ably so,  that  being  a  much  stouter  larger  plant,  with  spreading  or 
prostrate  branches,  much  larger  flower-heads,  with  white  corolla, 
at  least  in  Peninsula  examples,  though  Harvey  describes  them  as 
bright  purple.     Its  pappus  is  not  conspicuous  as  in  S.  rosea. 

Matricaria  sabulosa,  sp.  u.  Annual  ?,  prostrate,  stout, 
corymbosely  branched  above,  glabrous,  but  covered  all  over  with 


400  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

sessile  viscid  glands.  Leaves  fleshy,  f-l|  inch  long,  pinnate,  the 
median  portion  about  1  line  wide,  with  about  four  pairs  of  oblong 
pinn»,  which  are  obtuse,  3-4  lines  long  by  1-1^  line  wide,  irregu- 
larly and  very  obtusely  toothed.  Peduncles  stout,  1-1^  inch  long, 
usually  with  a  bract  about  the  middle,  forming  a  rather  lax  corymb, 
luvoliicral  scales  keeled,  obtuse,  membranous-edged.  Anthodes 
rayless.  Corolla  5-lobed,  tube  considerably  inflated.  Achenes 
angular,  with  a  very  short  toothed  pappus. 

Shore  between  Sea  Point  and  Kamp's  Bay.  Nov.,  Wolley  Dod, 
3i21. 

Quite  unlike  any  other  South  African  species,  but  perhaps  altered 
from  its  normal  characters  by  its  maritime  situation. 

Wahlenbergia  depressa,  sp.  n.  Annual,  tufted,  2-J:  inches 
high,  much  branched,  branches  hispid.  Leaves  crowded,  opposite, 
elliptical,  6-7  lines  long  by  li  line  wide,  denticulate,  hispid. 
Flowers  terminal,  sessile.  Calyx  2^-3  lines  long,  tube  obconical, 
hispid,  strongly  ribbed,  lobes  about  1  line  long,  subglabrous  exter- 
nally, hispid  within,  broad  and  rounded  at  the  base,  acuminate  and 
pungent  at  the  apex,  the  margins  iucrassate,  subrevolute.  Corolla 
about  1  line  long,  cylindrical,  hispid  within,  lobes  about  i  line  long. 
Capsule  3-celled. 

Northern  slopes  of  Lion's  Head.  Nov.,  Wolley  Dud,  3516. 
Somewhat  resembling  W.  montana  DC,  but  considerably  more 
hispid,  leaves  much  more  strongly  denticulate,  very  diflerent  calyx 
lobes,  and  much  smaller  corolla.  It  also  bears  a  strong  superficial 
resemblance  to  dwarf  tufted  states  of  Microcudon  hispid iilum  Sond., 
but,  besides  the  generic  characters,  its  far  shorter  calyx  lobes 
readily  distinguish  it. 

Roella  amplexicaule,  sp.  n.  Erect,  not  much  branched, 
about  a  foot  high,  glabrous,  densely  leafy.  Leaves  about  3  lines 
long,  amplexicaul  or  subdecurrent,  broadly  ovate,  rigid  and  cori- 
aceous, strongly  and  sharply  serrate,  the  teeth  often  hooked,  apex 
pungent.  Floral  leaves  larger,  suborbicular,  thinner,  more  finely 
serrate.  Flowers  capitate.  Calyx  slightly  exceeding  floral  leaves, 
about  6  lines  long,  tube  rather  longer  than  the  lobes  and  narrowed 
upwards,  lobes  lanceolate  acute,  densely  ciliate.  Corolla  cam- 
panulate,  about  9  lines  long,  very  pale  blue,  lobes  2|-3  lines  long. 
By  the  stream  in  Steenberg  Valley,  Jan.,  Wulley  Dud,  808. 
Simon's  Bay,  Dec,  MacGillivray,  959.  Hills  above  Simon's  Town, 
Dec,  Miine,  154. 

Quite  distinct  from  any  other  species. 

Sebsea  ochroleuca,  sp.  n.  Annual,  2-3  inches  high.  Leaves 
semi-amplexicaul,  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  3-5  lines  long.  Inflor- 
escence cymose,  rather  dense,  cymes  i-l^  inch  diameter.  Calyx 
4-fid,  broadly  ovoid,  about  1^  line  long  by  1  line  broad,  segment 
membranous,  with  a  broad  herbaceous  wing  on  the  back,  the  apices 
aciculate,  squarrose.  Flowers  very  pale  yellow  or  white,  darkening 
m  drying.  Corolla  4-lobed,  projectiug  when  closed  about  1  line 
beyond  the  calyx,  lobes  oval  subacute.  Stamens  inserted  in  the 
minuses  of  the  corolla  lobes,  filaments  very  short,  anthers  with  one 


NEW  PLANTS  FROM  THE  CAPE  PENINSULA  401 

apical  gland.  Style  with  a  riug  of  hairs  a  little  below  the  top, 
stigma  capitate. 

This  is  a  frequent  plant  on  the  Cape  Peninsula  in  Sept. -Oct. 
Wollei/  Dod,  3058,  3146,  3252,  3270,  3436.  It  appears  to  have  been 
overlooked  by  earlier  collectors.  It  differs  from  its  allies  in  the 
very  broad  wing  to  the  calyx  lobes,  and  in  the  colour  of  its  flowers. 

S.  gibbosa,  sp.  n.  Annual,  6-8  inches  high,  branched  from 
the  base.  Leaves  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  8-6  lines  long  by  3-4 
broad.  Inflorescence  dense,  cymes  about  2  inches  in  diameter. 
Calyx  4-tid,  segments  1  line  long,  concave,  keeled,  not  winged, 
gibbous  near  the  subtriincate,  obtuse,  or  apiculate  apex,  the  api- 
culas  erect.  Flowers  bright  yellow.  Corolla  4-lobed,  when  folded 
projecting  1^-2  lines  beyond  the  calyx,  the  segments  oval  subobtuse. 
Stamens  iuserted  in  the  sinuses  of  the  corolla  lobes,  the  filaments 
about  equalling  the  anthers,  which  have  an  apical  gland.  Style 
without  a  ring,  stigma  cylindrical  or  subclavate. 

By  railway  near  Muizenberg  Vley,     Jan.,  Wolley  Dod,  2332. 

Much  resembling  8.  an  yea  R.  Br.,  but  differing  in  the  concave 
calyx  lobes,  with  obtuse  or  apiculate  connivent  apices,  those  of 
S.  aurea  being  aciculate,  and  very  spreading  or  even  hooked.  The 
style  characters  also  differ. 

S.  rara,  sp.  n.  Annual,  1^-2  inches  high,  unbranched.  Leaves 
opposite,  strap-shaped,  erect,  subacute,  3-4  lines  long  by  ^  line  wide. 
Inflorescence  cymose,  its  branches  snberect.  Calyx  5 -fid,  lanceo- 
late in  outline,  3  lines  long  by  1^  line  wide,  lobes  strongly  keeled, 
very  acute.  Flowers  bright  yellow.  Corolla  5-lobed,  when  folded 
projecting  1  line  beyond  the  calyx,  the  segments  narrow,  obtuse. 
Anthers  sagittate,  sessile,  inserted  a  little  below  the  sinuses  of  the 
corolla  lobes,  without  glands.  Stigma  cylindrical,  exceeding  the 
anthers. 

Near  Uitvlugt.     Nov.,  Wolleii  Dod,  3413. 

Not  unlike  Lagenias  put^illa  E.  Mey.,  but  I  prefer  to  keep  it  in 
Sehcea.  It  differs  at  sight  by  its  somewhat  larger  size,  and  strongly 
keeled  calyx  lobes.  Moreover,  its  sessile  anthers  and  cylindrical 
stigma  quite  remove  it  from  L.  pusilla.  It  is  unlike  any  known 
S^ehcpa. 

Suaeda  csespitosa,  sp.  n.  Herbaceous,  caespitose.  Barren 
shoots  very  leafy,  leaves  about  ^  inch  long,  linear  acute,  flat  on 
face,  slightly  rounded  on  back.  Flowering  shoots  considerably 
exceeding  the  barren  ones.  Inflorescence  spicate,  monoecious,  the 
upper  portion  male.  Flowers  about  three  in  a  cluster,  sessile. 
Bracts  3-4  lines  long,  1-1^  line  broad  at  base,  tapering  to  a  sub- 
acute apex. 

Paarden  Island.    Oct.,  Wolky  Dod,  3396. 

Unlike  any  other  South  African  species  of  Sudda,  and  much 
resembhng  Chenolca  diffusa  Thunb.  in  habit,  though  of  a  totally 
different  colour. 

Gnidia  parvula,  sp.  n.  Dwarf,  branched  from  the  base, 
branches  virgate,  glabrous,  leafy.  Leaves  subsessile  or  very  shortly 
petiolate,  erect,  narrow-lanceolate,  3-5  lines  long  by  ^-1  line  wide, 


402  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

acute,  glabrous,  the  floral  ones  not  diftering.  Flowers  capitate, 
6-8  in  a  cluster.  Calyx  somewhat  thinly  adpressecl-hairy,  tube 
3  lines,  limb  f  line  long,  segments  oval  obtuse  with  incurved  edges. 
Stamens  8.     Squanicne  8,  glabrous,  as  long  as  the  calyx  segments. 

By  the  Signal  Station.     Aug.,  Wolietj  Dod,  2928. 

Unlike  any  other  South  African  species,  but  superficially  much 
resembling  Arthrosolen  laxus  E.  Mey..  for  which  it  has  not  im- 
probably been  passed  over. 

Hypodiscus  capitatus  Masters,  sp.  n.  Stems  csespitose,  about 
18  inches  high,  as  thick  as  a  crow-quill,  erect,  simple,  subcom- 
pressed,  spotted  ;  leaf-sheaths  fine,  IJ-li-  inch  long,  tightly  con- 
volute, coriaceous,  shortly  mucronate,  with  a  rather  slender  obtuse 
apex;  male  spikes  3-5-7,  crowded  at  the  apices  of  the  stems,  sur- 
rounded by  lanceolate,  patent,  spotted  spathes,  subglobose,  each 
about  ^  inch  long  and  broad  ;  bracts  broadly  ovate,  subulate-mu- 
cronate,  coriaceous,  reddish,  with  a  pale  mucro,  the  lowest  empty  ; 
exterior  perianth-segments  linear-oblong,  mucronulate ;  anthers 
linear  apiculate ;  female  spikes  3-7,  aggregate,  each  i  inch  long, 
linear-oblong,  1 -flowered,  spathes  and  bracts  as  in  male,  perianth- 
segments  hyaline,  small,  obtuse  ;  ovary  oblong,  tuberculate,  sur- 
mounted by  an  undulate  cup-shaped  disc  ;  styles  two,  thick,  linear- 
lanceolate,  coalescing  at  the  base  into  a  stylopod. 

Roadside  near  Hout  Bay.  June-July,  Wolley  Dod,  2644,  2645. 
(^  et  ?  .  Dr.  Thorn,  in  herb.  Hook.,  under  number  1060  J  ,  wrongly 
referred  to  H.  albo-aiistatiis. 

Perhaps  too  near  H.  rugosus,  but  differing  in  its  bracts  being 
less  abruptly  acuminate,  the  apex  longer  and  paler,  the  segment  of 
the  female  perianth  more  obtuse,  and  the  epigynous  disc  being  cup- 
shaped. 

H.  Dodii  Masters,  sp.  n.  Stems  ascending  from  a  creeping 
rootstock,  about  6  inches  high,  slender,  simple,  subcompressed, 
obsoletely  rugulose  ;  sheaths  at  the  base  of  the  stem  about  1^  inch 
long,  tightly  convolute,  coriaceous,  with  a  rather  slender  longly 
foliaceous-mucronate  apex  ;  the  others  about  f  inch  long,  without 
a  mucro  ;  male  spikes .  .  . .  ,  female  1-2,  spicately  arranged  at  the 
apex  of  the  stem,  each  about  |  inch  long,  enclosed  at  the  base  by  a 
lanceolate  coriaceous  spathe,  membranous  at  the  edges  ;  perianth- 
segments  six,  linear-lanceolate,  membranous,  equalling  the  trans- 
versely rugulose  fusiform-cylindrical  ovary  ;  styles  two,  fruit  in- 
dehiscent,  unilocular. 

Sternberg  Plateau.     July,  Wolley  Dod,  2720. 

Distinguished  from  its  allies  by  its  elongate  perianth. 


408 


NOTES     ON     THE     FLORA     OF     SUSSEX. 
By  C.  E.  Salmon. 

Of  late  years  little  seems  to  have  been  put  on  record  regarding 
Sussex  botany,  but  that  it  is  a  rich  county  containing  many  in- 
teresting species  no  one  can  deny.  The  following  notes  are  compiled 
from  specimens  and  lists  kindly  supplied  by  friends  and  from  my 
own  observations,  and  I  trust  others  may  supplement  them  with 
further  information  respecting  the  plants  of  the  county. 

In  1875,  Mr.  W.  Botting  Hemsley,  F.R.S.,  pubhshed  in  the 
Journal  of  Botany  "An  Outline  of  the  Flora  of  Sussex,"  with  an 
Appendix  to  the  same  in  the  following  year.  Twelve  years  after- 
wards appeared  the  Rev.  F.  H.  Arnold's  Flora  of  Sii-ssex,  necessarily 
repeating  much  of  the  information  given  by  Mr.  Hemsley,  but 
strangely  omitting  some  of  his  records  with  no  very  apparent 
reason — for  example,  Hcilehorus  viridis  is  omitted  in  the  later  flora, 
in  Division  III.,  whereas  Mr.  Hilton  tell  me  it  still  grows  in  the 
locality  of  Borrer,  which  Mr.  Hemsley  quotes  for  that  division.  Mr. 
Hemsley  has  kindly  allowed  me  to  take  extracts  from  his  private 
letters  and  manuscripts  relating  to  Sussex  botany,  and  these  have 
supplied  some  interesting  localities.  A  copy  of  Arnold's  Flora, 
once  in  the  possession  of  Mr.  F.  C.  S.  Roper  and  annotated  by  him, 
has  also  been  the  means  of  supplying  some  hitherto  unpubhshed 
localities,  and  also  of  correcting  several  misleading  records  to  be 
found  in  that  Flora. 

I  have  endeavoured,  in  the  following  list,  not  to  repeat  localities 
already  to  be  found  in  print,  and  have  rejected,  as  far  as  I  was  able, 
any  that  can  be  found  in  the  Journal  of  Botany  from  1883  to  the 
present  time,  Syme's  English  Botany,  3rd  edition,  Watson's  New 
Botanist's  Guide,  W.  Moyle  Rogers's  Handbook  of  British  Bubi,  or 
W.  B.  Hemsley's  "  Outline  of  the  Flora  of  Sussex." 

The  warm  South  Coast  seems  to  be  particularly  favourable  to 
many  plants  "that  have  but  recently  gained  a  footing  in  England, 
and  several  are  evidently  on  the  increase  there — as  Fiapistrum, 
Malm  borealis,  Melilotus  arvensis,  etc.  Mr.  S.  T.  Dunn  has  kindly 
examined  and  named  all  these  alien  species  ;  and  I  am  also  greatly 
indebted  to  the  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers,  who  has  named  all  the 
Brambles.  Messrs.  H.  &  J.  Groves,  W.  H.  Beeby,  A.  Bennett, 
H.  W.  Pugsley,  F.  Townsend,  and  Revs.  E.  S.  Marshall  and  E.  F. 
&  W.  R.  Linton  have  also  very  kindly  assisted  in  naming  the  more 
critical  forms. 

The  following  is  the  list  of  observers  (whose  initials  appear 
amongst  the  records)  who  have  favoured  me  with  notes  and  speci- 
mens : — 

E.N.B.  .   Rev.E.N.Bloomfield.  T.H.    .    .   T.Hilton. 

A.J.C.  .    A.J.Crosfield.  IW.B.H.  .    W.B. Hemsley. 

E.E.    .  .   Rev.E.Ellman.  I  R.    ...    F.  C.  S.  Roper. 

E.H.F.  .    E.H.Farr.  jE.S.S.    .    E.S.Salmon. 

H.H.    .  .    H.Hemmings.  '  My  own  records  have  no  initials. 


404  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

The  sigu  !  after  a  locality  indicates  that  I  have  either  seen  the 
plant  growing  there,  or  a  satisfactory  herbarium  exami^le.  An 
asterisk  is  placed  before  the  name  of  species  or  variety  when  such 
is  believed  to  be  a  new  record  for  either  East  or  West  Sussex ; 
when  placed  before  a  number,  it  indicates  an  additional  district  to 
those  mentioned  in  Arnold's  Sussex  Flora,  to  which  the  numbers 
refer.  Plants  considered  to  be  introduced  are  distinguished  by 
the  sign  f . 

Any  notes  upon  Sussex  plants  would  be  gratefully  received,  as 
I  hope  from  time  to  time  to  publish  records  for  the  county  collected 
together  in  this  way.  The  most  interesting  records  in  the  present 
paper  are,  I  think,  those  of  Viria  graciiis,  Peucedaniim  pahistre, 
CTcdium  sylvestre  and  am/lieum,  Salicornia  appressa,  Potamogeton 
rutilus,  and  Tolypella  prolifera. 

Thalktrum  favu  n  L.  II.  By  the  Aruu,  below  Pulborough 
Bridge,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S.  IV.  Abundant  in  a  swampy  place 
near  Bishopstone  Mills  !  1895;  T.  H. 

Adorns  autuynnalis  L.  IV.  Cultivated  land,  Telscombe  ;  many 
years  up  to  1900  ;  T.  H. 

Ranunculus  circinatus  Sibth.  III.  Henfield  Common  !  Babing- 
ton  in  Holmesdale  N.  H.  Club  Herb.,  Reigate. 

B.  trichnj^Ju/llus  ChM\.  III.  Ditch,  Coombe  !  1900;  T.  H.  V. 
Pond  by  the  road  between  Battle  and  the  Union,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

■'■B.  heterophi/llus  Web.  I.  Near  Fishbourne  Pond  !  1897. 
Sidlesham  Mill !  1898  ;  T.  H.  II.  Highdown  Hill  !  1897  ;  T.  H. 
III.  Fulking,  in  ponds  !  T.  H.  The  last  locality  is  in  Sussex  E., 
and  is  apparently  new  to  that  vice-county. — Var.  ■■siibmersus  (Hiern). 
III.  Pond  near  the  Adur,  Beeding  !  1899 ;  T.  H. 

B.  Baudotii  Godr.  "III.  Ditches  near  "  The  Pad,"  Lancing  I 
1897;  T.  H.  -IV.  Fresh-water  pond.  Falmer!  1900;  T.  H.  -V. 
Bexhill !  1882  ;  H.  T.  Mennell.— Var.  eonfusus  (Godr.).  V.  Cuck- 
mere  Haven  !  1897  ;  T.  H.  <'  This  has  very  long  stamens,  and  is 
much  like  form  labelled  eonfusus  Godr.  by  Syme  and  others"; 
H.  &  J.  G. 

B.  lutariHs  Bouvet.  *IV.  Chailey  Common,  1900  ;  T.  H.  & 
C.  E.  S.  V.  Dicker  ;  E.  E.  Pond,  Catsfield  Green,  near  Battle, 
1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

it.  Lenormandi  Schultz.  VII.  Ashdown  Forest.  Copthorne 
Common,  1891. 

B.  Flamwula  L.  var.  pseudo-reptans  Syme.  "IV.  Tilsmere 
Wood,  Heathfield;  E.  E. 

B.  Lingua  L.     V.  Berwick  ;  E.  E. 

i?.  sardous  Crantz.  V.  Great  Park  Farm,  Battle,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 
— Var.  ■'parvnlus  (L.).  III.  Lane  near  "The  Blue  Idol,"  Thake- 
ham,  1886  and  again  in  1894  ;  A.  J.  C. 

B.  parvifforus  h.     "IV.   Seaford  ;  E.  E. 
-''Helleborus  foetidus  L.      III.  Wood,  foot  of  Ditchling  Beacon, 
towards  Clayton,  in  v.-c.  14  !  H.  H.  &  A.  J.  C.     VI.  Near  Roberts- 
bridge  (Andrews) ;  E.  N.  B.  in  litt.  to  W.  B.  H.,  1881. 

\Eranthus  Jn/emalis  Salisb.  "HI.  Established  in  Clayton  Rectory 
hedge,  a  garden  escape  ;  H.  H. 


NOTKS  ON  THE  FLORA  OF  SISSKX  405 

AtjuiUyia  viil(jarh  h.     II.  Between  Faygate  and  Kingsfold,  1892. 

IV.  Downs  above  Berwick,  possibly  introduced ;  E.E.  V.  Beachy 
Head;  R.  VII.  Tilgate  Forest,  1891,  where  it  is  undoubtedly 
native,  and  thus  the  mark  in  Top.  Bot.  (against  v. -c.  14)  indicating 
doubt  as  to  this  point  may  be  removed. 

Berheris  vidfjaris  h.     III.   Shipley;  E.E. 

Papnver  FJtceas  L.  var.  '■■strigosiun  (Boenn.).  III.  Between 
Patcham  and  Saddlescombe,  1895  ;  A.  J.  C.  V.  Eastbourne, 
towards  Beachy  Head,  1892. 

P.  dubiinii  L.  var.  ■'•Lcroqii  (Lamotte).  II.  Between  Amberley 
Mount  and  Camp  Hill,  1899.  Additional  to  v.-c.  13  ;  A.  J.  C.  & 
C.  E.  S.  III.  Clayton  and  Preston;  H.  H.  Falking!  1894;  T.H. 
Omit  Mr.  EUman's  record  in  Arnold's  Sin^sc.c  Flora. 

P.  hi/bridion  L.  -''II.  Between  Amberley  Mount  and  Camp 
Hill,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S.  IV.  Roadside  towards  Bishopston 
Church,  1896  ;  H.  H. 

F^imaria  pallid i flora  J ovd.     V.  Old  wall,  Wartling!  1897;  T.H. 

-F.  Borai  Jovd.'    III.  Henfield!  1838;  Sp.  in  HolmesdaleN.  H. 

Club  Herb.,  Reigate.    New  to  v.-c.  13.    -IV.  Uckfield!  1896;  T.H. 

V.  Near  Great  Tanner's  Farm,  near  Horeham  Road,  1892. 

F.  muralis  Sonder.  V.  Pevensey  Castle  grounds  !  1895;  T.H. 
"A  luxuriant  form  of  muraUs,  I  think  "  ;  H.  W.  Pugsley. 

F.  densiflora  DC.  ^'111.  Cultivated  land  about  Brighton,  not 
uncommon  !  1899  ;  T.  H.     IV.  Near  Berwick  ;  E.  E. 

■■'■F.  parviflora  Lam.     III.  Cultivated  land,  StanmerPark!  1899; 
T.  H.     New  to  v.-c.  14. 

Nasturtium  2)aJustre  DC.     '■'■Y.  Berwick;  E.E. 
Arahis  hir.'iuta  Scop.      III.    Plentiful   on   Race-hill,   Brighton ; 
H.  H.     Henfield  ;  H.  H.     IV.  Near  Stanmer  Park  and  Upper  Pit, 
Offham  ;  H.  H.  —  Var.  qJahrata  Syme.      V.  Downs  south  of  Ber- 
wick ;  E.  E. 

Cardamine  amara  L.  V.  Stream  between  Lower  Beech  Farm 
and  the  Workhouse,  Battle,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

C.  iDipatiensL.     II.  Warnham;E.E.     III.  Southwater;  E.E. 
(?.  bulbifera  R.  Br.     II.  Near  Faygate,  1892. 
\Alyssumincanumli.     IV.  Berwick;  E.E. 
\A.  cahjcinumjj.     -HI.  Shipley;  E.E. 
Eropldla   braehycarpa  Jord.    (pracox   DC).       '''III.     Aldrington 
beach  !  1897  ;  T.  H.     -IV.  Downs  near  Telscombe  !  1898  ;  T.  H. 
E.  virescens  Jord.     IV.  Downs  above  Lewes,  1900.     "  I  think 
best  imdevvirescens''  ;  E.  S.  Marshall. 

iHesperis  matronalis  L.     III.  A  considerable  quantity  on  a  bank 
by  the  roadside  near  Bolney  !  1892  ;  T.  H. 

■'•\Eriica  sativa  Lam.     III.  Casual  from  cornmill  w^aste.   South- 
wick  !  1896  ;  T.  H. 

Sisi/nibrium  Sophia  L.     V.  Shingles,  Eastbourne  ;  E.  E. 
*t5.  Cohumm  Jacq.     III.  Introduced  with  cornmill  waste.  South- 
wick  Cliff !  1891  ;  T.  H. 

■'\S.  pannouicum  .Jacq.  VII.  Track  in  meadow  near  Hammer 
Pond,  Three  Bridges,  1893. 

Erysimum  cheirantJwides  L.     -IV.  Berwick  ;  E.  E.     Twice  by 


406  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Ouse  beyond  Lewes,  casual ;   H.  H.      No  personal  authority  for 
Sussex  E.  in  Top.  Bot. 

iE.  perfoliatum  Crautz  {orieutale  R.  Br.).     III.     Casual,  Somp- 
ting!  1892;  T.  H. 

■'j;E.  repandum  L.     III.  On  cornmill  waste,  Fisliersgate  !  1894  ; 
T.  H. 

\Camelinasatiru  Gi^?i\\\iZ.     -=IV.  Berwick;  E.E.    Y.Eastbourne! 
1885  ;  A.  J.  C. 

Brassica  oleracea  L.     V.  Omit  the  Pevensey  Sluice  record  ;  R. 
'^'\Bunias  orientalis  L.     III.  Sandpits  between  Hassocks  Station 
and  London  Road,  apparently  well  established  !  1896-7  ;  T.  H. 

■''\NesUa  panicidata  Desv.      III.  Sandpits,   Hassocks  !   1898,  and 
Aldrington  Quay  !  1895  ;  T.  H. 

Coronojnis  didymiis  Sra.     "II.  Arundel,  1899;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S. 

Lepidium.  ruderale  L.    =''I.  By  the  watermill,  Birdhara,  abundant, 

1897-8 ;  T.  H.     -III.  Southwick ;  H.  H.     Fishersgate ;  T.  H.     -V. 

Plentiful  near  Gas-works,  Bexhill,   1894.     Omit  the   Eastbourne 

record  ;  R. 

fL.  Draba  L.     -III.  Rottingdean  !  1894-1900  ;  T.  H. 
-fL.  perfoliatum  L.     III.  Casual,  Aldrington  Quay  !  1894  ;  T.  H. 
"fL.  virginimm  L.     III.  Mill  waste,  Southwick  !   1894  ;   T.  H. 
Thlaspi  arvcme  L.     -VI.  Ore  (Andrews)  ;  E.  N.  B.  in  litt.  to 
W.  B.  H.,  1881. 

Iberis  amara  L.  V.  Abundant  on  the  shingles  about  two  miles 
east  of  Eastbourne  !  1895  ;  T.  H. 

Teesdalia  mtdicaidis  R.  Br.     -IV.  Balcombe  ;  W.  B.  H, 
ilsatis  tinctoria  L.     -III.  Hollingbury  Hill,  casual  with  clover, 
from  1893-5  !  T.  H. 

Crambe  maritima  L.  V.  Shingle  between  Bexhill  and  Pevensey 
Sluice,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

■'\Bapistruni  rngomm.  All.      III.    Cultivated  land  on  road  to  the 
Dyke,  Brighton  !  1895  ;  T.  H.     V.  Eastbourne  !  1885  ;  A.  J.  C. 

-■f  ^.  orieutale  DC.     III.  Casual,  bank  by  the  Adur  Inn,  Shoreham 
Road  !  1897  ;  T.  H.     Aldrington  and  Ditchling  ;  E.  E. 

■'■Baphaiius  maritimus  Sm.    III.  By  Canal  near  Southwick;  H.  H. 
Unrecorded  for  v.-c.  13  in  Top.  Bot. 

Viola  palustris  L.  VII.  Cut  and  Lie  Wood,  near  Copthorne, 
1900;  H.  Groves  &  C.  E.  S. 

V.  hirta  X  odorata.     -III.  Clayton  !  1897  ;  T.  H. 

V.  silvestris  Reich.     -III.  Abundant  on  north  edge  of  Downs 

near  Brighton  ;  H.  H.     V.  Common  in  the  Battle  district,  1895  ; 

E.  S.  S.— f.  -■■•leucantha  G.  Beck.     III.  Saddlescombe !  1899;  T.H. 

-F.  Biiini'ina  x  eiicetoruni.    VII.  Pot  Common,  Copthorne,  1896. 

V.  lactea  Sm.     -IV.  Chailey  Common,  1900  ;  T.  H.  &  C.  E.  S. 

VII.  Crowborough  !  1895  ;  A.  J.  C.     Copthorne  Common,  1891. 

-F.    ericetonim  X   lactea.      VII.    Crowborough!  1895;  A.  J.  C. 
Copthorne  Common,  1892. 

F.  tricolor  L.  ^V.  Near  Lunsford  Cross;  E.  S.  S.  Great  Park 
Farm,  Battle,  and  in  a  field  near  Netherfield,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S.  VI. 
Field  between  Westfield  and  Beauport  Park,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S.  Old 
Mill  Farm,  near  Mayfield,  1892. 


NOTES  ON  THK  FLORA  OF  SUSSEX  407 

PoJijijala  o.n/ptera  Reichb.  'HI.  Downs  between  Hodshrove 
and  Bevendean'!  1900;  T.H.  IV.  Plumpton  ;  E.  E.  VI.  Petley 
Wood,  1894. 

-■=P.  efl/crt/frt  F.  Schultz.     III.  Piecombe  ;  H.  H.     This  is  in  West 
Sussex,  v.-c.  13,  where  it  is  unrecorded  in  Top.  Bot. 

Dianihits  deltoides  L.  "III.  Hassocks,  East  Sussex,  1899; 
T.H. 

■'^\Saponarin    Vuvcaria  L.      V.    Great  Park  Farm,  Battle,  1895  ; 
E.  S.  S. 

Silene  Ciicnbalufi  Wibel.  var.  ■'puberuJa  Syme.  III.  Brighton, 
1884  ;  A.  J.  C. 

-S.  conica  L.     IV.  Telscombe,  v.-c.  14.  1888-9  ;  T.  H. 

S.cmgiicah.    -IV.  Telscombe!  1897;  T.H.    VII.  Tilgate;  E.E. 

S.  noctifiora  L.  III.  Between  Patcham  and  Saddlescombe, 
1895  ;  A.  J.  C.  An  interesting  record,  showing  the  survival  of  the 
plant  in  the  same  locality  as  Hemsley  notes  in  his  "Outlines" — 
"  Seedlescombe,  near  Poynings,  1814  ;  Herb.  Borrer.  Not  reported 
since." 

Cerastium  qiiaterneUum  Fenzl.  *IV.  Berwick  Common  ;  E.  E. 
V.  Willingdon  Hill;  E.  E. 

C.  arveme  L.  III.  Road  in  Patcham  parish  leading  from  Lon- 
don Road  to  Ditchling  Road;  A.  J.  C.  "IV.  Field  near  Ashcombe, 
plentiful ;  H.  H.     Hills  west  of  Alfriston  ;  E.  E. 

Stellaria  aquatica  Sco'p.  IV.  New  Barbcombe ;  H.  H.  In  very 
dry  gravel  at  Berwick  Rectory;  E.  E.  "V.  Cuckmere  down  to 
Arlington  ;  E.  E. 

S.  media  Cyr.  var.  ■'Boraana  (Jord.).  III.  By  the  Canal, 
Fishersgate  !  v.-c.  13,  1895  ;  T.  H. 

S.  palustris  Retz.  IV.  Near  Hayward's  Heath,  near Ouse  Viaduct; 
H.  H. 

Arenaria  tenuifoUa  h.       111.  Downs,  Stanmer !  E.M.Day. 

ScKjlna  ciliata  Fr.     III.  Downs  near  Bevendean !   1896 ;   T.  H. 
*VII.  Roadside  near  Ashurst  Wood,  East  Griustead,  1894. 
■]■  CI  aytoiiia  perful  lata  Donu.     -lY.  Plumpton;  E.E. 

Muntia  fontana  L.  III.  Ditchling  Common  ;  H.  H.  —  Var. 
■•'repens  Pers.  IV.  Top  of  Firle  Beacon;  E.  E.  Chailey  Common, 
1900.— Var.  erecta  Pers.     ^'IV.  Berwick  Common  ;  E.  E. 

Elatinc  hexandra  DC.     IV.  Great  Pond,  Piltdown!  1900;  T.  H. 

Hypericum  Androsamum'L.  III.  Near  Hayward's  Heath;  H.  H. 
IV.  Near  Chailey  Common  ;  H.  H.  Between  Balcombe  Station 
and  Whitehouse  Farm,  1896.  V.  Near  Ashburnham  Park  and 
Catsfield,  frequent,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

H.  dubium  Leers.  IV.  Chailey  Bog  ;  E.E.  ^-VI.  Heathfield 
and  north  of  Frant ;  E.  E.  "VII.  Near  Felbridge  and  about  East 
Grinstead,  frequent,  1895. 

H.  elodes  L.  III.  Pond  on  Ditchling  Common  ;  H.  H. 
'^j;Mali'a  borealis  Wall.  "HI.  Waste  places  between  Patcham  and 
Standean!  1899;  T.H.  Broadmere  Common,  Henfield  !  1894; 
T.  H.  Shipley;  E.  E.  *IV.  Plumpton  and  Berwick;  E.  E.  V. 
Waste  ground  near  Horeham  Road  Station,  1892.  Previously  un- 
recorded for  West  Sussex. 


408  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Tilia  cordata  Mill.  "IV.  Between  Balcombe  and  Ardingly, 
1893  ;  A.  J.  C. 

Badiola  Unoides  Eotli.  V.  Between  Little  Common  and  the  sea, 
1895.     VI.  Bridge  and  Heatlifield  ;  E.  E. 

Linum  au(/usti folium  Huds.  "II.  Rasper  ;  E.  E.  III.  Near 
Eoedean,  near  Rottingdean  ;  J.  L.  Warren  in  litt.  to  W.  B.  H.,  1874. 
VI.  Mayfield;  E.  E. 

]  Geranium  phmim  L.  III.  Known  for  years  in  a  dry  ditch  by 
the  entrance  to  Wiston  Park  !   1883  ;  T.  H. 

G.  prutense  L.  III.  Railway  embankment  north  of  Hassocks 
Station,  East  Sussex  ;  T.  H.     IV.  Marshes  above  Lewes  ;  E.  E. 

G.  pi/rew(irum   Burm.  fil.      -"HI.    Chalk  monnds,    Pangdean  ; 
T.  H.     Henfield,   abundant  ;    perhaps    escaped,   with   G.  lucidum, 
from  Borrer's  old  garden ;  H.  H.  NearPatcham;  H.H.  IV.  Railway- 
near  Lewes  ;  E.  E.     "VII.  Near  Three  Bridges  Station,  1898. 
■•'] G.  Totundifulium  Ij.     IV.  Casual,  Seaford  ;  E.  E. 

G.  columhinum  h.  II.  Washington  Common;  E.  E.  III.  Path 
to  Ovingdean  and  Race  Hill,  Brighton  ;  H.  H.     IV.  Bnxted;  E.  E. 

G.  lucidum  L.  III.  Side  of  London  Road,  Hassocks  ;  perhaps 
originally  an  escape,  but  spreading  gradually  on  a  bank  near 
Station;  H.H.  "IV.  Uckfield  ;  E.^E.  "VII.  Sandy  bank.  East 
Grinstead,  1895. 

Erodiu)ii  cicutarium  L'Herit.  var.  *cJurrophi/Uum  (Cav.).  IV. 
Newmarket  Hill,  Brighton  !  1899  ;  T.  H. 

^Hlmjmtieus   parvijln-a   DC.      III.    Henfield!   1893;   T.  H.      IV. 
Uckfield,  roadside  ;  T.  H. 

Bhamnus  catharticu^  L.     11.   Copse  on  Downs  near  Amberley, 
1899;  A.J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S. 
'm'rifioneUa  ccEvulca.     III.  Fishersgate  !   1892;  T.  H. 
^^^Xledicaqo  falcata  L.     III.  Near  Custom  House,  Kingston-by-Sea! 
and  on  cliff,   Fishersgate!  1890;  T.  H.      IV.  Bishopstone  Tide- 
mills;  E.  E. 

M.  denticulata  Willd.  III.  Kingston  Beach  ;  H.  H.  IV.  Sea- 
ford  !  1845  ;  Herb.  R.  Pryor. 

jMelilotus  arvmsis  Wallr.  III.  Aldrington  and  Kingston  Light- 
house;  H.H.  "IV.  Seaford  and  Telscombe ;  E.  E.  V.  Pits  near 
the  gas-works,  Bexhill,  1894. 

"ii¥.  indica  All.     III.  Aldrington  Beach  !  1894,  and  cultivated 
land,  Saddlescombe  !  1899  ;  T.  H. 

Trifolium  squamosum  L.  IV.  Plumpton  ;  E.  E.  V.  Cuckmere 
Haven  ;  E.  E. 

T.  striatum  L.     IV.  Berwick  Common  ;  E.  E. 

T.  scabrum  L.     V.  Hills  south  of  Berwick  ;  E.  E. 

T.  glomeratum  L.     VI.  Near  Camber  Castle  !   1897  ;   T.  H. 
*tT.  resupvnatum  L.     III.  Abundant  by  the  road  near  the  Station 
at  Henfield !  1894 ;  also,  as  a  casual,  near   the  Custom  House, 
Kingston-by-Sea!  1889;  T.  H. 

T.  filiforme  L.  III.  Hassocks  and  Henfield;  H.  H.  IV.  Plump- 
ton  ;  E.  E. 

AnthyUis  Yuhieraria  L.  var.  coccinea  L.  IV.  Downs  at  Tels- 
combe !  and  near  Hervey's  Cross  !  1900  ;  T.  H. 


NOTES  ON  THE  FLORA  OF  SUSSEX  409 

Lotiifi  tenuis  \y.  &  K.  III.  Ditchling  Common ;  H.  H.  Between 
Shoreliam  and  Worthing  ;  J.  L.  Warren  in  litt.  to  W.  B.  H.,  1874. 
IV.  Levels  towards  Iford  ;  H.  H.     V.  Chiddingly  ;  E.  E. 

Astragalus  fjlyci/phi/llos  L.     I.  Bury  Hill ;  T.  H. 

Oinithopus  perpudllus  L.  IV.  Berwick  Common;  E.  E.  V. 
Great  Park  Farm,  Battle,  abundant,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

Vicia  fjeuiella  Crantz,  var.  ■''tenuissima  Druce.  V.  Near  Battle, 
1895. 

"-•=F.  ijracUk  Loisel.     III.  Tliakebam  !  1876;  A.  J.  C.     Jender'ti 
Farm,  Shipley  I  1888  ;  E.  E.     Additional  to  v.-c.  13. 

F.  lathip'oidrs  L.  VI.  Camber!  E.  N.  B.  in  litt.  to  W.  B.  H., 
1882. 

■\V,  bithyniva  L.     III.  Cultivated  land  near  Stanmer  !  1898-9; 
T.  H. 

*fr.  punnonica  Jacq.   and    V.  pereyrina.      III.    Cultivated  land, 
Staumer  Park  !  1899-1900  ;  T.  H. 

Lathyrus  Nissolia  L.  III.  North  of  Hassocks,  near  Railway ; 
T.  H.  Shipley  ;  E.  E.  Roadside  between  Coneyhursl  and  Bil- 
lingshurst,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C.  IV.  Roadside  between  Coneyburrows 
and  Chailey  ;  H.  H.  V.  Border  of  wood  between  Mountfield  and 
Battle,  1894.  VI.  Maylield  ;  E.  E.  Rye,  1900.  VII.  Between 
Crawley  and  Ifield,  1897. 

=^'fL.  hirsutus  L.    III.  Cultivated  land  near  Stanmer !  East  Sussex, 
1898-9  ;  T.  H. 

L.  sylvestris  L.  II.  Between  Bury  and  Houghton,  1899 ;  A.  J.  C. 
&  C.  E.  S. 

L,  maritinuis  Bigel.  III.  One  plant  found  pulled  up  and  thrown 
down  again  in  1892  near  Kingston  Lighthouse  ;  H.  H. 

\Frunus  cluiuesticaLi.     III.  Near  Bramber  Station  ;  H.  H. 

liubus  ithms  L.  '■'III.  Abundant  above  Bevendean,  also  at  Wol- 
stonbury ;  H.  H.     IV.  Downs  between  Falmer  and  Plumpton;  H.  H. 

R.  plicatus  W.  &  N.  -IV.  By  Newick  Station  ;  T.  H.  —  Var. 
hemistemon  (P.  J.  MuelL).  IV.  Uckfield ;  E.  H.  F.  ~  Var.  "^Ber- 
tramii  G.  Braun.     II.   Wiggenholt  Common  !  1900  ;  T.  H. 

E.  holerythros  Focke.  IV.  Uckfield  ;  E.  H.  F.  VII.  Ashdown 
Forest,  near  Wychcross  ;  T.  H. 

R.  carpiidfoiius  W.  &  N.     -IV.  Uckfield  ;   E.  H.  F. 
-it.    Lindleiamis   Lees.      IV.    Uckfield,  East  Sussex,  v.-c.  14  ; 
E.  H.  F. 

R.  pulclierriiuus  Neum.  II.  Storrington ;  T.  H.  IV.  W^ivels- 
field;  T.  H.     Uckfield;  E.  H.  F. 

R.  dumnoniensis  Bab.  III.  Hollingbury  Camp  !  1900  ;  T.  H. 
IV.  Downs,  Seaford  ;  T.  H.     V.  Hurstmonceux  Park  ;   T.  H. 

R.  mercicus  Bagnall,  var.  bt-acteatus  Bagnall.  IV.  Uckfield ; 
E.  H.  F. 

-^t'.  yratus  Focke.     IV.  Uckfield,  v.-c.  14  ;  E.  H.  F. 

R.  urgentatus  P.  J.  Muell.  III.  Stanmer  Park  and  hedge, 
Wiston  ;  T.  H.  IV.  Uckfield  ;  E.  H.  F.  Roadside  near  Chailey ! 
1900  ;  T.  H. 

R.  pubescent  Weihe,  var.  mb'uieiiuis  Rogers.  IV.  Uckfield  ; 
E.  H.  F. 


410  I'HE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

Jrl.  mai;rophijUus  var.  ScJdechtendalii  (Weilie).  IV.  Uckfield  ; 
E.  H.  F. 

R.  micans  G.  &  G.         | 
-R.  hirtifolius  M.  &  W.   IV.  Uckfield;  E.  H.  F. 

R.  pyramidalis  Kalt.     ) 

R.  leiicostachi/s  Schleich.     III.   Stanmer  Park  ;  T.  H. 

R.  Gelertii  Frider.  III.  Staumer  Park  and  ou  the  Downs  above 
Pangdean  ;  T.  H.     IV.  Woods  by  Newick  Station  ;  T.  H. 

R.  anqiosaxonicm  Gelert.  III.  Wiston  ;  T.  H.  IV.  Uckfield  ; 
E.  H.  F.' 

jR.  ecJiiiiatus  Liudl.     III.  Race-bill,  Brighton  ;  T.  H. 

R.  Bahingtonii  Bell  Salt.  IV.  Uckfield  ;  E.  H.  F.  VI.  By  ditch 
between  Rye  and  Winchelsea,  1900  ;  T.  H.  &  C.  E.  S. 

R.  ericdorum  Lefv.  IV.  Novington  Lane,  Plumpton  !  1900  ; 
T.  H.     "  I  think  a  shade-grown  form  of  it "' ;  W.  M.  R. 

R.  fiisciis  W.  &  N.        ) 

R.  serpens  Weihe.  |-IV.  Uckfield  ;  E.  H.  F. 

R.  britannicus  Rogers.) 

R.  Balfourianus  Blox.  IV.  Wivelsfield  and  near  Chailey  Sta- 
tion ;  T.  H. 

Potentilla  argentea  L.  II.  Roadside  between  Washington  and 
Storrington,  abundant ;  T.  H.  ='111.  Kingston  Lighthouse,  seen 
since  1892,  but  now  (1899)  lost ;  H.  H. 

F.palustrisSco^.     -IV.  Chailey  Bog  ;  E.E. 

Alchemilla  vulgaris  L.  IV.  Near  Horstead  Keynes  Station; 
E.E.  VII.  Near  Turner's  Hill ;  R.  Near  Dunning's  Mill,  East 
Grinstead,  1895.— Var.  alpestris  (Schmidt).  IV.  The  "  Heudle 
Wood"  plant  (of  Arnold's  Sussex  Flora)  is  pronounced  to  be  this 
form  by  the  Rev.  E.  F.  Linton.  —  Var.  ''Jilicaulis  (Buser).  11.  St. 
Leonards  Forest !  1866  ;  W.  B.  H.  Recorded  here  in  the  Sussex 
Flora  under  the  aggregate  name. 

Aqriuuma  udoratu  Mill.  "II.  Road  from  Storrington  to  Thake- 
ham!  1898;  T.  H.  Rusper  ;  E.  E.  III.  Shipley;  E.  E.  IV. 
Plumpton  ;  E.  E.  V.  East  Hoathly  ;  E.  E.  Between  Catsfield 
Green  and  Marlpits,  N infield,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

Rosa  tomentosa  Sm.     III.  Newtimber  !  1893  ;  T.  H. 

R.  canina  L.  var.  frondosa  (Steven).  ■•TIL  Newtimber  Hill ! 
1896  ;  T.  H. — Var.  dumetorum  (Thuill.).  =:  III.  Partridge  Green  ! 
1898;  T.H. 

jR.  glauca  Vill.  var.  ■'•coriifolia  (Fr.).  III.  Road  from  Cowdown 
to  Newtimber  !  1894  ;  T.  H.^ 

Pyrus  torminalis  Ehrh.  III.  Hedgerow,  parish  of  Thakeham, 
1899;  A.  J.  C.  -VII.  Near  Ifield  (Ellman);  E.  N.  B.  in  litt.  to 
W.  B.  H.,  1882. 

P.  Aria  Ehrh.  III.  Wolstoubury  and  near  Clayton  Holt;  H.  H. 
IV.  Lewes  and  Alciston  ;  E.E. 

P.  communis  L.  III.  One  tree  beyond  Patcham  ;  H.  H.  Ship- 
ley ;  E.  E.  -v.  South  of  Alfriston;  E.  E.— Var.  -'Achras  (Gaert.). 
III.  Chalk-mounds,  Pangdean!  1894;  T.H.  Near  *' Blue  Idol," 
Thakeham,  1899.     Seen  there  thirty  years  ;  A.  J.  C. 

P.  Mains  L.     III.  Clayton  Bridge   and  towards   Hassocks  by 


NOTES  ON  THE  FLORA  OF  SUSShX  411 

path.    Near  Ditchling  Common.    Between  Burgess  Hill  and  Cuck- 
field.     Between  Ashurst  and    Steyning.      Henfield ;    all  H.  H. — 
Var.  '^'acerba  DC.      VII.  Wood  near  Hammerwood,  Forest  Row, 
1898. 
''']■  P.  Acanthus.     V.  Above  Wilmington  ;  E.E. 

P.  fjermanica  Hook.  fil.       III.  Hedgerow,  parish  of  Thakeham, 
1899;  A.  J.  C.      V.  Crowlmrst,   1895;    E.  S.  S.      VI.   Mayfield ; 
E.  E. 
■•'\Saxifra(ia  Geum  L.     V.  Plantation  at  Batton  !  1879  ;  R. 

Chri/fsosplcniain  oppositifoliuni  L.  V.  Abundant  in  the  Battle 
and  Catsfield  neighbourhood,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

Ribcs  Grosmlaria  L.     '''III.  Clayton  ;  H.  H, 

R.  rubrum  L.  var.  isatirum  (Reiclib.).  "^III.  One  bush  near  Dyke 
stream  ;  H.  H.  Shipley;  E.  E.  -IV.  Plumpton ;  E.  E.  —  Var. 
'■'•'ipetraum  (Sm.).  VII.  Amongst  shrubs,  near  a  stream,  in  a  hollow 
near  Crowborough  !  1895  ;  E.  H.  F.  &  T.  H. 

Fi.  nigrum  L.     III.  One  bush  in  Clayton  Holt,  now  gone ;  H.  H. 

Shipley;  E.E.      -IV.  Plumpton;  E.E.      VII.  Forest  north  of 

Pease  Pottage,  1879  (Ellman) ;  E.  N.  B.  in  litt.  to  W.  B.  H.,  1882. 

■•'\Se(hn}i  rupcstre  L.     III.  Estabhshed  outside  Borrer's  old  garden 

at  Henfield  ;  H.  H. 

Dro.sera  intermedia  Hayne.     VII.  Copthorne  Common,  1891. 

Hippuris  vulgaris  L.  II.  Between  Amberley  and  the  Ferry, 
1899;  A.  J.  C.  &C.E.S. 

MgriophyllumalternijiorutuBC.  lY.  Plumpton;  E.E.  -VII. 
Pond,  Colman's  Hatch,  1896. 

Callitriche  hamulata  Kuetz.  -IV.  Chailey  Common  !  1900  ; 
T.  H.  —  Var.  pedumulata  (DC).  -IV.  Great  Pond,  Piltdown  ! 
1900  ;  T.  H.  A  form  only,  evidently  ;  long- stalked  and  sessile 
fruits  occur  on  the  same  plant. 

PepUn  Portula  L.     -IV.  Chailey  Common ;  H.  H. 

Epilobium  angustifolium  L.  II.  Camp  Hill,  near  Amberley, 
1899;  A.  J.  C.  and  C.  E.  S.  III.  Clayton  Holt;  H.  H.  VII. 
Railway  banks  about  Rowfant,  also  near  Felbridge,  1895. 

E.  roseum  Schreb.     -II.   West  Chiltington  and  Horsham  ;  E.  E. 

IV.  Plumpton;  E.E. 

PJ.  obscuruni  Schveh.     IV.  Roadside  near  Newick  !  1900;  T.H. 

Coniim  maculatum  L.     III.  Henfield  ;  H.  H. 

Smyrnium  Olusatrum  L.  IV.  Frequent  by  roadsides  from 
Southerham  to  Glynde  pit ;  H.  H. 

Bupleiirum  rotundifolium  L.  -ill.  Shoreham!  1863;  ex  herb. 
W.  B.  H. 

B.  tenuissimuiii  L.     IV.  Near  Newhaven  !  herb.  R.  Barrington. 

V.  South  of  Berwick  Common  ;  E.  E. 

Apium  nodijiorum  Reichb.  fil.  var.  ^■'ocreatum  Bab.     IV.  Chailey 
Common  !  T.  H. 
■'\Ammi  majus  L.     V.  Casual,  Eastbourne  ;  E.  E. 

Carum  segetum  B.  &  H.  IV.  Southease.  V.  Hooe  Levels, 
abundant,  1894. 

\C.CaruLjj.     -II.  Lower  Seeding  ;  E.E.     -IV.  Seaford;  E.E. 
Simn  latifoliimh.     IV.  Laughton  Levels  ;  E  E. 


412  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

S.  eratuiii  Huds.     III.  Claytou  and  Old  Shoreham  ;  H.  H. 

jEfjopodlum  Podatjrarla  L.  III.  Near  Steyning  ;  H.  H.  IV. 
Near  Hayward's  Heath  ;  H.  H. 

Flinpinella  major  Huds.  V.  Wilmington  Holt,  east  of  Folking- 
ton;  E.E. 

Anthriscns  ntlf/ari.s  Bernh.     '''VI.  Camber  Sands  ;  T.  H. 

Fcenk-ulum  cuhjare  Mill.  HI.  Cliffs  near  Soutliwick,  and  near 
the  'Pad  Inn,'  Old  Shoreham  ;  H.  H. 

Crithmiwi  uniritiiinim  L,     V.   Shingles,  Eastbourne  ;  E.  E. 

(Enanthe  pimpineiloidcs  L.     VI.  Winchelsea  !  ex  herb.  W.  B.  H. 

(E.  Larhenalii  C.  Gmel.     IV.  Inland  near  Alciston  ;  E.  E. 

CE.  Phellandrluiii  IjQ.m.  •'II.  Amberley  Wild  Brooks  and  ditches 
by  the  Arun,  Pulborough,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S.  V.  Wartling 
Wood,  near  Hurstmouceux  Castle  ;  roadside  between  Ninfield  and 
Boreham  Street;  Hooe  Level,  1895;  E.  S.  S.  VII.  Ifield  Mill- 
pond,  1898. 

■''■Peuceihuuon  paliistre  Moench.     V.  Marsh,  Hurstmonceux  Park, 
abundant !  1899 ;  G.  C.  Druce  &  T.  H.     See  Bot.  Ex.  Club  Eep. 
1899,  p.  606. 
'•'\CoriaHdraiii  sativtun  h.     V.  Eastbourne;  E.E. 
■'■']■  Cauealis  lati folia  L.  and  \daacoi(les  L.    III.  Near  Custom  House, 
Kiugston-by-Sea  !  1900  ;  T.  H. 

C.  an-ensis  Huds.  III.  Roadside  between  Southwick  and  Ports- 
lade-on-Land ;  H.  H. 

C.  nodosa  Scop.  IV.  Hamsey  ;  H.  H.  V.  Peveusey  Level  to 
Bexhill,  abundant,  1894. 

Sainbncus  nujra  L.  var.  iaciniata  L.  lY.  Berwick,  doubtfully 
native;  E.  E. 

S.  Ebidiis  L.  IV.  Under  Firle  Beacon,  Blatchington  ;  E.  E. 
*Lnnicera  Xyiosteum  L.  V.  Wilmington  Holt  ;  E.  E.  This 
plant  is  an  addition  to  East  Sussex  v.-c.  14  ;  Borrer's  old  records 
for  it,  near  Amberley,  are  in  West  Sussex,  where  it  still  exists  in 
several  copses  where  it  might  well  be  native.  This  East  Sussex 
locality  would  seem  to  be  also  a  station  of  a  similar  character. 

Galiuiii  erect  am  YLwdi^.  "IV.  Cultivated  land,  Wivelsfield!  1895, 
and  pit  near  Seaford  !  1900  ;  T.  H.  -V.  Foot  of  the  Downs  at  the 
west  end  of  Motcombe  Lane,  west  of  the  workhouse,  Eastbourne  ! 
1888;  R.  -VI.  In  a  meadow,  Fairliglit !  1876;  E.  N.  B.  (The 
plants  recorded  in  Arnold's  Smsex  Flora  from  Districts  V.  &  VI.  are 
but  molliujo  forms.) 

G.MoIlngo  X  veruin  {uchroleucuin  Syme).  '''IV.  West  of  Alfris- 
son;  E.  E. 

-G.  sylvestre  Poll.  III.  Clayton  !  Sussex  West,  1893  ;  H.  H. 
An  interesting  record  of  a  plant  found  in  Surrey,  but  absent  appa- 
rently from  the  adjoining  counties  of  Kent  and  Hampshire. 

G.  uligiiiosumh.     III.  Near  pond,  Clayton  ;  E.    Sussex;  H.H. 
"(t.  aiujlicnni  Huds.     IV.  In  two  localities,  some  way  apart,  on 
fallow  land,  and  a  steep  hillside,  to  the  west  of  Alfriston  !  E.  E.     A 
new  plant  to  Sussex. 

G.  trkorne  Stokes.  III.  Corn-field  near  Billingshurst,  1899  ; 
A.  J.C.     IV.  Hamsey;  H.H. 


NOTES  ON  THE  FLORA  OF  SUSSEX  413 

■'Valeriana  Mikanii  Syme.     II.  Copse  on  Amberley  Mount,  West 
Sussex,  1899;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S. 

V.  sambucifoUa  Willd.     -III.     Henfield  Levels  !  1891  ;  H.  H. 
\Centrantlms  ruber  DC.     "III.  Abundant  on  chalk  cliffs  by  Lon- 
don Koad  Railway  Station,  Brighton  ;  H.  H.     Old  brick-kiln  near 
liroadmere,  Henfield  ;  H.  H.     ^'^V.  Eastbourne  ;  R. 

Vahrianella  dentata  Poll.  ''VII.  Field  near  Grange  Road  Sta- 
tion, 1895.— Var.  -mixta  Dufr.  III.  Stanmer  Park  !  1895  ;  T.  11. 
IV.  Near  Newick  Station  !  1891  ;  T.  H. 

Dipsacus  1)1108118  L.     -''III.  West  Grinstead  ;  E.  E. 
■HD.fidlonuui  Mill.     IV.  Berwick  ;  E.  E. 

Eriijeron  acre  L.     IV.  Near  Falmer  ;  H.  H. 

Filago  spathiilata  Presl.  III.  Given  for  this  district,  with  no 
further  localization,  in  Arnold's  Siisnex  Flora.  The  label  on  the 
specimen  in  the  Brighton  Museum  runs — "Broadwater  Common, 
near  Worthing,  1873." 

F.  minima  Fr.  III.  Hassocks  ;  lost  by  building,  but  may  turn 
up  near;  H.  H.  IV.  Above  Piddinghoe  ;  E.  E.  VII.  Tilgate ; 
E.  E. 

Gnaphalimi  uliainosiun  L.  Omitted  by  mistake  from  Arnold's 
Sussex  Flora;  reported  from  all  the  districts  in  Hemsley's  *' Out- 
lines." 

G.  si/lvaticum  L.  V.  Abbots  Wood  ;  E.  E.  Farthing  Woods, 
1895  ;  E.  S.  S.  VI.  Heath  near  Cade  Street,  and  on  Old  Mill 
Farm  near  Mayfield,  1892.     VIL  Near  Felbridge,  1895. 

\Inula  Uelcninm  L.    III.  Side  of  lane  in  Thakeham  parish,  1889  ; 
A.  J.  C.     IV.  Berwick;  E.E.     -VL  Heathfield ;  E.  E. 

I.  crithmoides  L.     I.  Near  Prinstead  !  1881  ;  F.  H.  Arnold. 

PuUcaria  vulgaris  Gaertn.     '''II.  Near  Parham  ;  E.  E. 
■'''\Xantliium  spiyiosum.Jj.     III.  South  of  Custom  House,  Kingston- 
by-Sea!  1900;  T.  H. 

Bidens  tripartita  L.  III.  Ditchling  Common  and  Broadmere, 
Henfield  ;  H.  H.  IV.  Ditches  near  Southover  Priory,  and  at  Bar- 
combe  ;  H.  H. 

Achillea  Ptarmica  L.  III.  Roadsides,  Thakeham  ;  A.  J.  C.  IV. 
Chailey  Common  ;  H.  H. 

Anthemis  arvensis  L.     IH.  Withdean  ;  H.  H. 

Chrysanthemum  segetum  L.  IV.  Ouse  near  Lewes  (casual  here)  ; 
H.  H. 

i  C.  Parthenium  Pers.     III.  Near  Steyning,  1884  ;  H.  H. 
'■'•  \  Matricaria  discoidea  h.     IV.  Lewes;  E.E. 

Tanacetum  vulgare  L.    III.  Patch  by  Ockley  Lane,  Keymer ;  H.  H. 
'^■\A))tbrosia  artemisi folia  L.     III.  Fishersgate  !  1900  ;  T.  H. 

Petasites  officinalis  Moench.     "IV.  Firle  ;  E.  E. 

Senecio  sylvaticus  L.  III.  Hassocks  ;  H.  H.  IV.  Hayward's 
Heath  Common  ;  H.  H. 

S.  riscosus  L.     "V.  Shingles,  Eastbourne  ;  E.E. 

S.  aquaticus  nnds.  III.  Henfield ;  H.  H.  "VI.  Mayfield; 
E.E.     -VIL  Ifield;  E.E. 

Arctium  intermedium  Lange.  -HI.  Near  Roedean,  near  Rot- 
tingdean  ;  J.  L.  Warren  in  litt.  to  W.  H.  B.,  1874. 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [Dec.  1901.]  2  h 


414  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Carduus  pycyiocephaliis  L.     'lY.  Near  Alciston  Pit ;  E.  E. 

C.  crispus  X  nutans.     '''IV.    Aslicombe  !  1900  ;  T.  H. 

Cniciis  pratensis  Willd.  III.  Henfield  and  Ditcliling  Commons  ; 
H.  H.  IV.  Near  Oase  Railway  Viaduct  beyond  Hayward's  Heath, 
and  on  Chailey  Common;  H.  H.  VI.  Heatbfield ;  E.  E.  VII. 
Ashdown  Forest  and  on  Copthorne  Common,  1895. 

Onopordon  Acanthium  L.      "IV.  Telscombe  ;  T.  H. 
\Mariana  lacteaHiW.  III.  Hove,  near  nursery-grounds,  1899  ;  H.  H. 

Serratida  tinctoria  L.  II.  Near  Faygate,  1892.  III.  Ditch- 
ling  Common  ;  H.  H.  "VII.  Between  Grange  Road  Station  and 
Hedge  Court  Mill,  also  near  East  Grinstead  and  about  Three 
Bridges,  1895. 

\Centaurea  Jacea  L.     III.  Abundant  in  a  paddock  between  Has- 
socks and  Hurstpierpoint !     Doubtfully  native,  1900  ;  T.  H. 

C.  Cijaniis  L.     V.  Great  Park  Farm,  Battle,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

C.  Calcitrapali.     IV.  Blatcliington  ;  E.  E. 
fC.  sohtitialis  L.     III.  White-hawk  Down  and  Eoedean  ;  T.  H. 
V.  West  Dean  and  between  Seaford  and  Alfriston  ;  E.  E. 

Cichorium  Intijhus  L.  III.  Hassocks  (not  seen  recently)  and 
Kingston  Lighthouse  ;  H.  H.  V.  Great  Park  Farm,  Battle,  1895  ; 
E.  S.  S. 

Crepis  fcetida  L.  '''IV.  Fallow^  land  in  two  places  between  Sea- 
ford  and  Berwick  !  1900  ;  T.  H.     Newhaven  ;  E.  E. 

C.  tar axaci folia   Thuill.     "III.  Cultivated  land,  Old  Shoreham 
Road,  Hove!  1897;  T.  H.     "IV.  Nearlsfield!  1900;  T.  H.    Sea- 
ford;  E.E. 
*tC'.  setosa  Hall  fil.     VI.  Mayfield,  East  Sussex  ;  E.  E. 

C.  biennis  L.     "VII.  Field 'west  of  Furnace  Wood,  1896. 

Hieiacium  nnironnii  L.     III.  Clayton  !  1893  ;  H.  H. 
'■"H.  sciaphiliimlJechtviiz.     III.  Chalk  mounds,  Paugdean!  1899; 
T.  H.     IV.  Roadside  near  Horsted  Keynes  !  1899  ;  T.  H. 

H.rifjiduw  RMtm.  IV.  Isfield!1899;  T.H.—Y^v.  tridentatum 
Fries.  "^=111.  Race-hill,  Brighton  !  1897  ;  T.  H.  "IV.  Copse  near 
Chailey!  1895;  E.H.F. 

H.  horeale  Fr.     III.  Hassocks  !  1899  ;  T.  H. 

H.  umhellatum  L.     III.  Hassocks  !  1898  ;  T.  H. 

Lactuca  virosa  L.  I.  Arundel!  1866;  W.  B.  H.  *IL  Amber- 
ley,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S.— L.  Scariola  L.  is  a  very  doubtful 
Sussex  plant. 

L.  miiralis  Fresen.     II.  Amberley,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S. 
\Tra(jopogon  porrijolius  L.     "VI.   Cliffs  on  the  south  side  of  Rye. 
(Henry  Taylor  ;  specimen)  H.  C.  Watson  in  litt.  to  W.  B.  H. 
■■-\Campamda  rapuncidoides  L.      III.  Slope  between   Dyke  Road 
and  Preston  Station  !  1893  (now  destroyed  by  building) ;  H.  H. 

Specidaria  hybrida  DC.  "11.  Near  Amberley  Mount,  1899 ; 
A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S. 

Hypopitys  Monotropa  Crantz.  "IV.  Lewes  !  1843  ;  herb.  R. 
Pryor. 

Hottonia  pahistr  is  Jj.     III.  Shipley;  E.E.     V.  Berwick;  E.E. 

Frimula  acaidis  L.  var.  caidesccm  (Koch).  III.  Wiston  ;  T.  H. 
IV.  Isfield  and  West  Chiltington  ;  T.  H. 


NOTES  ON  THE  FLORA  OF  SUSSEX  415 

P.  acaulis  x  veris.  II.  Stream-side  between  Faygate  and  Kings- 
fold,  1892.  This,  when  fairly  intermediate,  differs  considerably 
from  the  umbellate  form  of  acaulis ;  in  Arnold's  Sussex  Flora  the 
two  are  seemingly  confused. 

Anagallis  ccerulea  Schreb.  "III.  Near  Saddlescombe,  1895  ; 
A.  J.  C.  Shipley;  E.  E.  -IV.  Berwick;  E.  E.  -V.  Hailsham  ; 
E.E. 

Samolus  Vahrandl  L.     V.  About  Pevensey  Sluice,  1895. 

Vinca  minor  L.  VII,  Eoadside  near  East  Grinstead,  abundant, 
1896. 

ErythrcBa pulchella  Fr.  V.  St.  Leonards!  herb.  R.  Harrington. 
"VI.  Abundant  in  a  meadow  between  Westfield  House  and  West- 
field,  1895;  E.  S.  S. 

E.  capitata  var.  splicBrocephala  Towns.  IV.  Eottingdean,  1891 ; 
T.H. 

Gentiana  P neumonanthe  L.  VII.  Between  Chelwood  Gate  and 
Wych  Cross,  1898. 

G,  campestris  L.     V.  Hills  south  of  Berwick  ;  E.  E. 

Menyanthes  trifoliata  L.  -''VII.  Near  Colman's  Hatch,  Ashdown 
Forest ;  B.  B.  Gough. 

Limnanthemum  peltatum  S.  P.  Gmel.  IV.  Laughton  Levels  ; 
E.  E.     -VI.  Mountfield,  introduced,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

\Anchusa  sempervirens  L.  '''II.  Eoadside  between  West  Chilting- 
ton  and  Pulborough,  1883  ;  A.  J.  C. 

Lycopsis  arvensis  L.  "V.  Common  in  sandy  fields  about  Cats- 
field,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

Myosotis  arvensis  Lam.  var.  umbrosa  Bab.  "III.  Wood  near 
Ditchhng  !  1896  ;  T.  H. 

Litliospermum  otficinale  L.  V.  Darvel's  Hole  (Vores)  ;  E.  N.  B. 
in  litt.  to  W.  B.  HT,  1882. 

L.  arvense  L.  11.  Between  Bury  and  Houghton,  1899  ;  A.  J.C. 
&  C.E.S. 

■''\EcJiinospermum  lappula  Lehm.  III.  Near  Devil's  Dyke;  E.  E. 
IV.  Near  the  Harbour,  Newhaven  !  1900;  T.  H. 

Cuscuta  europaah.     IV.  Berwick;  E.E. 
tC  TrifoHi  Bab.     VI.  Abundant  in  one  field  of  clover  at  Guest- 
ling  ;  E.  N.  B.  in  litt.  to  W.  B.  H.,  1881. 

[Verhascum  Lychnitis  L.  Omit  the  record  in  District  V.  in 
Arnold's  Sussex  Flora. 1 

'■'iLinaria  purpurea  L.  V.  Found  by  Mr.  Hailstone  on  the  shingle 
at  Eastbourne,  1834,  sp.  Dr.  Bromtield  MSS.  H.  C.  Watson  in 
litt.  to  W.  B.  H. 

L.  viscida  Moench.  II.  Between  Amberley  Mount  and  Camp 
Hill,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S. 

Sibtliorpia  europcea  L.  V.  Hurstmonceux  Park  !  1899 ;  T.  H. 
Near  Ashburnham  ;  E .  E . 

Veronica  scutellata  L.  "II.  Amberley  Wild  Brooks,  1899  ; 
A.  J.C.  &  C.E.S. 

'■'Euphrasia  Rostkoviana  Hayne.  II.  Washington  Common  !  1899- 
T.  H.  III.  Stanmer  Down !  1898  ;  T.  H.  IV.  West  Chiltington 
Common  !  1897,  and  Piltdown  !  1900  ;  T.  H.    New  to  East  Sussex. 

2  H  2 


416  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

-£•.  Keineri  Wettst.  III.  Stanmer  Park  !  1900  ;  T.  H,  This  is 
in  v.-c.  14. 

-E.  nemorosa  H.  Mart.  I.  Arundel !  1900  ;  T.  H.  III.  Wool- 
stenbury!  1899,  and  Dyke  Hills,  Brighton!  1900;  T.  H.  IV. 
Balmer !  1898,  and  Downs,  Seaford !  1900  ;  T.  H.  New  to  East 
Sussex. 

F.  gracilis  Fr.     *IV.     Lane  End  Common  !  1898  ;  T.  H. 

Bartsia  Ot/o7z^/f<sHuds.  var,  ?Tr7m  (Eeichb.).  '"III.  White-hawk 
Down!  1882;  T.  H.     ^^lY.  Cbailey;  E.E. 

Fedicitlaris  palustris  L.  II.  Auiberley  Wild  Brooks,  1899 ; 
A.J.  C.  &C.  E.G. 

Orobajiche  major  L.     Y.  Abbots  ^Yood  ;  E.  E. 

0.  elatior  Sutton.  lY.  Path  from  Iford  to  the  Downs !  1898  ; 
T.  H.     North  of  Seaford  ;  E.  E. 

'■'Lathraa  squauiaria  L.  III.  Clayton  !  1890  ;  H.  H.  An  addition 
to  East  Sussex,  y.-c.  14. 

Utricularia  vulqaris  L.  Y.  Ditch  between  Pevensey  and  Hurst- 
monceux!  1899  ;"T.  H. 

Mentha  alopecuruides  Hull.     I.  Kingsley  Marsh,  abundant,  1895. 
''M.  lovgi/ulia  Huds.  lY.    Ditch,  Southease  !  1895  ;  T.  H.    New 
to  v.-c.  14. 

M.  Pulegium  L.  III.  Falmer  Pond;  E.  E. — Yar.  -'erecta  Syme. 
lY.  Pjltdown  !  1896  ;  T.  H.     Chailey  Common,  1896. 

-■^\ Melissa  officinalis  L.     lY.  Eoadside,  Southease  !  1897,  and  near 
Horsted  Keynes  !  T.  H. 

l^epeta  Cataria  L.    Y.  Alfriston  and  Birling  Gap ;  E. E.  &  C. E.  S. 

Marriihium  vulgare  L.  '''lY.  By  a  farm  near  Glynde,  1900.  Y. 
Hills  both  sides  of  the  Cuckmere  Yalley  ;  E.E. 

'•'iStacJiys  annua  h.     III.  Corn-field,  Sheepcoie  Yalley,  Brighton  ! 
1895  ;  T.  H. 

\Leonurus  Cardiaca  L.     "Y.  Near  Horeham  ;  E.  E. 

Lamium  hyhridum  yilh  HI*  Boadside  ditch  between  Keymer 
and  Ditchling  !  1897  ;     T.  H. 

Plantago  lanceolata  L.  var.  \TimhaJi  Eeichb.  fil.  "III.  Road- 
side, Upper  Roedean  !  and  Ditchling  Road,  Preston  !  T.  H.  ^'1\ . 
Chailey  Station  ;  E.  E.     ''Y.  Eastbourne!  E. 

LittorellajunceaBevg.     YII.  Tilgate  ;  E.E. 

Scleranthiis  annnus  L.  var.  '''biennis  (Eeuter).  II.  Wio^genholt 
Common!  1900;  T,  H.  lY.  Maresfield  !  1891;  T.  H.  YI.  Cam- 
ber Sands !  1897  ;  T.  H. 

■''\Amarantlius  retro  fie  xus  L.     III.  Southwick  !  and  Hove!  1891; 
T.  H.     lY.  Plumpton  Station  ;  E.E. 

''\Che7iopodium  optilifuliwu   Schrad.     III.  Near  Brighton;  E.E. 
lY.  Lewes  and  Newhaven  ;  E.  E. 

C.  ncifotium  Sm.     III.  Goldstone  Bottom,  Hove  !  1897  ;  T.  H. 

C.'^  niurale  L.  111.  Eoadside,  Sompting !  1893;  T.  H.  Y. 
Cuckmere  Haven  !  1892  ;  T.  H.     Alfriston  ;  E.  E. 

'^C.hybridninL.  III.  Plentiful  near  Henfield  !  1896;  T.  H.  New 
to  v.-c.  13. 

C.  urbicum  L.  -lY.  Southease!  1893;  T.  H.  —  Yar. '^^m^^r- 
medium^o(l.     11.  Amberley ;  E.E.     Y.  Exceat ;  E.E. 


NOTES  ON  THE  FLORA  OF  SUSSEX  -il? 

C.  ruhrum  L.  III.  Saddlescombe !  1891  ;  T.  H.  Shipley  ; 
E.  E.  -IV.  Berwick;  E.  E.  YI.  Mayfield  ;  ^.Y^.  —  Lpsnido- 
botryoides  H.  C.  Wats.     V.  Exceat,  1900;  E.  E.  &  C.E.  S. 

Atriplex  littoralis  L.  var.  ^errata  Moq.  ='■'¥.  Shingles,  East- 
bourne ;  E. 

A.  Bahinytonil  Woods.     III.   Shoreham  !  1899  ;  T.  H. 

A.  laciniata  L.     I.  Climping  Sauds  ;  E.  E. 
'■'Salicornia  appressa  Duin.      III.    Shoreham  !   1899  ;  T.  H.     V. 
Cuckmere  Haven  !  1900  ;  T.  H.     Records  for  both  East  and  West 
Susses. 

Polygonum  avicidare  L.  var.  rurivagum  (Jord.).  III.  Fishers- 
gate  !  1893;  T.  H.  —  Var.  microspermum  (Jord.).  HI.  Lancing 
Koad,  Shoreham  !  1900  ;  T.  H. 

P.  minus  Huds.     -II.  Amberley  Wild  Brooks  !  1900  ;  T.  H. 

P.  Bistorta  L.  -VII.  Abundant  in  a  meadow,  Buckhurst  Park, 
near  Withyham  (Proceedings,  Holmesdale  N.  H.  Club,  1881-83). 

Fiiiinex  marltimus  L.     V.  Pevensey  Level  !   1896  ;  T.  H. 

R.  limosus  ThuiU.     IV.  Southease  !  1896  ;  T.  H. 

R.  pulcher  L.     -11.  Frequent  about  Pulborough,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C. 
&C.  E.  S. 
-f/?.  scutatiis  L.   III.  On  a  garden  wall,  Fulking !  Miss  M.  Bobinson. 

Daphne  Mezereuni  L.  -IV.  Holt  on  the  Downs,  near  Lewes  ! 
1900  ;  W.  E.  Nicholson. 

D.  laureola  L.  III.  Nuthurst ;  E.  E.  -IV.  Plumpton  and 
Firle;  E.  E. 

Euphorbia  platyphyllos  L.  V.  Near  East  Dean  ;  E.  E.  VI. 
Fields  near  Cade  Street  and  roadside  near  Old  Mill  Farm,  near 
Mayfield,  1892.  VII.  Two  places  near  Iheld  (EUmam  ;  E.  N.  B. 
in  iitt.  to  W.  B.  H.,  1882. 

'■iR.  Cgparissias  L.     III.  Near  Borrer's  place,  Henfield !    1892; 
H.  H.     IV.  Railway  bank  near  Lewes  ;  E.  E. 

■'iE.   Lithyris  L.     -V.  Near    some   pigstyes,   Crowhurst,    1895; 
E.  S.  S. 

Mercurialis  annua  L.  var.  ambigua  (L.).  'III.  By  road  to 
Ditchling  !  and  near  Race-hill,  Brighton  !  1899  ;  T.  H.  -IV. 
Lewes  ;  E.  E. 

C ar pinus  Betulus  Ij.     IH.  Shipley;  E.  E. 

Quercus  sessilijiora  (Salisb.).     IV.  Plumpton  ;  E.  E. 

Salix  triandra  L.  var.  Hofmanniana  Sm.  -HI.  Poynings  ! 
1896  ;  T.  H. 

S.  purpurea  L.  III.  Side  of  Old  Shoreham  Bridge,  by  the 
Lancing  Road  !  1896  ;  T.  H. 

Popuius  tremula  L.  VII.  Between  Rusper  and  Ineld  (^Ellman); 
E.  N.  B.  in  Iitt.  to  W.  B.  H.,  1882. 

Juniperus  communis  Li.  HI.  Newtimber  Hill;  E.E.  -V.  Hdls 
above  Berwick  ;  E.  E. 

Taxus  baccata  L.  -IV.  Near  Plumpton  Crossways  ;  E.E.  VI. 
Heathfield;  E.  E. 

Hydrocharis  Morsus-runcB  L.  II.  Amberley  Wild  Brooks ;  1899 ; 
A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S.  V.  Ditches  about  Combe  Haven,  1895; 
E.  S.  S. 


418  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Malaxis  paludosa  Sw.  II.  St.  Leonard's  Forest;  W.  B.  H.  VII. 
Bog  near  Hartfield,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

Neottia  Nidus-avis  Rich.  II.  Camp  Hill,  near  A.mberley,  1899; 
A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S. 

Cephalantliera  ensifolia  Rich.  '''III.  Sparingly  in  a  wood  in  Stau- 
mer  Park  !  1891  ;  brought  to  T.  H.  -■'IV.  Wood  on  the  Downs  near 
Lewes  !  1879  ;  J.  H.  A.  Jenner. 

C.  pallens  Rich.     IV.  Firle  ;  E.  E. 

Orchis  pyramidalis  L.  II.  Between  Amberley  Mount  and  Camp 
Hill,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S. 

Aceras  anthropophora  R.  Br.  IV.  Near  Chailey  !  1863  ;  J.  Ed- 
wards. 

Ophri/s  aranifera  Huds.  '''IV.  Downs,  Baldsdean  !  and  Tels- 
combe  !  'l900  ;  T.  H. 

Henninium  Monorchis  R.  Br.     III.  Edburton  Downs  ;   T.  H. 

Hahenaria  conopsea  Benth.  II.  Between  Amberley  Mount  and 
Camp  Hill,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S. 

H.  chloroleuca  Ridley.  III.  Roadsides  in  Thakeham  Parish  ; 
A.  J.  C. 

Iris fcetidissima  L.     '''IV.  Plumpton  and  Berwick;  E.  E. 

Narcissus  Pseudo-narcissus  L.     '''HI.  Meadow  near  Billingshurst, 
and  orchard  and  copses  at  Shipley  ;  A.  J.  C.     VII.  Between  Three 
Bridges  and  Tinsley  Green,  plentiful,  1889.     In  meadow  near  Cop- 
thorne  Common  and  about  Grange  Road,  1895. 
tiY.  biforus  Curtis.     VII.  Ifield  ;  E.  E. 

Allium  ursinum  L.  V.  Common  in  many  places  about  Battle, 
Catsfield,  and  Crowhurst ;  E.  S.  S.  Streams  about  Asliburnham 
Park,  1895.     VII.  Plentiful  near  Three  Bridges,  1895. 

A.  vineale  L.     '''IV.  Plumpton  and  near  Berwick  ;  E.  E. 

Juncus  squarrosus  L.     "VI.  Near  Cross  in  Hand  ;  E.  E. 

Luzma  ForsteriDG.  "IV.  Roadsides  between  Hay  ward's  Heath 
and  Scaynes  Hill,  1900  ;  T.  H.  &  C.  E.  S.  VII.  Wood  near  Bew- 
bush  Mill-pond,  1898. 

L.  maxima  DC.  V.  Stream  between  Lower  Beech  Farm  and 
the  Workhouse,  Battle,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

Sparganium  neglectum  Beeby.  V.  Great  Park  Farm,  Battle, 
1895;  E.  S.  S.  Berwick,  E.  E.  Boggy  hole  between  Warbleton 
Church  and  Horeham  Road,  1892. 

S.  simplex  Huds.  11.  Amberley  Wild  Brooks,  and  ditches  by 
the  Arun,  Pulborough,  1899 ;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S.  V.  Pond,  Catsfield 
Green,  1895;  E.  S.  S. 

Lemna  trisulca  L.     V.  Berwick  ;  E.  E. 

L.  gibha  L.  "11.  Ditch  near  the  Arun,  Arundel,  1899;  A.  J.  C. 
&  C.  E.  S.     IV.  Berwick;  E.  E. 

L.  pohjrrhiza  L.     "''IV.  Berwick  ;  E.  E. 

Alisma  7'anunculoides  Li.  IV.  Plumpton;  E.E.  Lewes  Levels, 
1900. 

Damasonium  stellatum.  Pers.  III.  Pits  on  St.  John's  Common 
(Borrer);  Botanist's  Guide,  Turner  &  Dillwyn,  1805.  IV.  Near 
Plumpton;  E.  E. 

Potamogeton  poUigonifolius  Pour.  *IV.  Chailev  Common !  1894 ; 
H.  H.  ' 


NOTES  ON  THE  FLORA  OF  SUSSEX  4l9 

P.  alpinus  Balb.     V.  Berwick;  E.  E. 

P.  hicens  L.     "IV.  Ditches  towards  Iford  I  H.  H. 

P.  perfoliatns  L.  ■■'ll.  River  Arun  at  Pulborougli,  1899 ;  A.  J.  C. 
&  C.  E.  S.  IV.  Glynde;  E.  E.  In  River  Oiise,  Lewes  to  Hamsey  ! 
1892;  H.  H. 

P.  de)isus  L.  lY.  Berwick,  and  pond  on  Downs  above  Street ; 
E.E. 

P.  aciuifolius  Link.     -IV.  Ditch,  Iford  !  1899  ;  T.  H. 

P.  Friesii  Rupr.  IV.  Ditch,  Iford!  1897;  T.  H.  VI.  Between 
Rye  Harbour  and  Camber  Castle,  1900. 

P.  pusUlus  L.     -II.  Amberley  Wild  Brooks,  1899. 
-P.  rutilus  Wolfg.      VI.  Rye!  1898;  T.  H.      See  Journ.   Bot. 
1900,  p.  65. 

-P.  interruptus  Kit.     -IV.  Near  Iford  !  1893;  H.H.    *V.  Ditch, 
Littliugton  !  1900  ;  T.  H.     New  record  for  East  Sussex. 

Zannichellia pedunculata  Reichb.  *II.  Ditch  near  Arun,  Arundel, 
1899;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S. 

Zostera  nana  Roth.     I.  Bosham  Channel !  T.  H. 

Eleocharis  vndticaulis  Sm.     IV.  Chailey  Bog ;  E.E. 

Scirpus  fiuitam  L.  IV.  Near  Plumpton  ;  E.  E.  VII.  Tilgate 
Forest !  1844  ;  Herb.  R.  Pryor. 

S.  setaceus  L.     VII.  Furnace  Wood,  Felbridge,  1895. 

S.  Taherncemoiitani  Gmel.     V.  Near  West  Dean  ;  E.  E. 

S.  sylvaticus  L.  -II.  Rusper  ;  E.  E.  V.  Very  common  about 
Battle,  Catsfield,  aud  Crowhiirst,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S.  GreatJTanner's 
Farm,  near  Horeham  Road,  1892.  VII.  Cut  and  Lie  Wood,  Fel- 
bridge, 1896. 

S.  Car  ids  Ketz.  -IV.  Kingston,  by  Lewes,  1900  ;  E.  E.  & 
C.  E.  S. 

Eriophoriini  var/inattini  L.  I.  Heyshot  Common,  near  Midhurst ! 
1886  ;  Rev.  J.  W.'  Parrington. 

'■'■'' i C lad iuni  jamaicense  Crantz.  I.  In  the  lake  in  Arundel  Park! 
1875;  Rev.  J.  Eraser.  In  Hemsley's  "Outline"  this  record  is 
given  with  the  note,  "  Probably  an  error."  Mr.  T.  Hilton  has  sent 
me  specimens  from  this  locality,  but  Mr.  A.  Bennett  tells  me  that 
it  is  known  to  have  been  introduced  here. 

Carex  dioica  L.  II.  Amberley  Wild  Brooks  (Borrer) ;  Botanist's 
Guide,  Turner  &  Dillwyn,  1805. 

C.  pidicaris  L.     IV.  Berwick  Common  ;  E.  E. 

C.  disticha  Huds.  II.  By  the  Arun,  above  Pulborough,  1899. 
-IV.  Berwick  Common  ;  E.E.  Between  Lewes  and  Kingston, 
1900. 

C.  axillaris  Good.  I.  Lane  near  Birdham  !  1897  ;  T.  H.  *VI. 
Mayfield  ;  E.  E.     VII.  By  Bewbush  Mill-pond,  1898. 

C.  carta  Good.     VI.  Mayfield  ;  E.  E. 

C.  acuta  L.  II.  By  the  Arun,  above  Pulborough,  1899.  VII. 
Ifield  Pond,  1891. 

C.  montana  L.  -IV.  In  two  places  on  Chailey  Common  !  1896  ; 
T.  H. 

C.  pallescens  L.  V.  Great  Park  Farm,  Battle,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 
Burnthouse  Wood,   between  Battle  aud  Netherfield,  1895.     VII. 


420  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Cow  Wood,  Handcross,  1898  ;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S.  Cut  and  Lie 
Wood,  Felbridge,  1896 ;  near  Colmaii's  Hatch,  1896 ;  between 
Faygate  and  Bewbush,  1898. 

C.  iiendula  Huds.  V.  Abundant  about  Battle  and  Catsfield 
1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

C.  strigosa  Huds.  V.  Plentiful  in  a  wood  adjoining  "  The 
Stumblets,'"  Great  Park  Farm,  Battle,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

C.  IcEvifjata  Sm.  II.  Horsham;  E.  E.  '''IV.  Near  Alciston  ; 
E.  E.  V.  Abbot's  Wood;  E.  E.  Petley  Wood  and  Great  Park 
Farm,  Battle,  1894.  VII.  Cow  Wood,  Handcross,  1898;  A.  J.  C. 
&  C.  E.  S.  Wood  near  Sainthill,  East  Grinstead,  1892;  Cut  and 
Lie  Wood,  Felbridge,  1896. 

C.  extensa  Good.  I.  Bosham  ;  F.  H.  Arnold  inlitt.  to  W.B.H., 
1875.     VI.  Pett;  E.  N.  B.  in  litt.  to  W.  B.  H.,  1877. 

C.  pseudo-ci/jjerus  L.  V.  Near  Catsfield,  1895  ;  E.  S.  8.  Boggy 
hole  between  Warbleton  Church  and  Horeham  Road,  1892.  VI. 
Near  Battle,  on  the  road  to  Hastings,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S.  Petley  W^ood, 
1894. 

C.  rostrata  Stokes.  II.  Amberley  Wild  Brooks,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C. 
&  C.  E.  S.     -V.  Farthing  Ponds,  Battle,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 

C.  vesicaria  L.     --11.  Amberley  Wild  Brooks,  1899  ;  A.  J.  C.  & 
C.  E.  S.     III.  Shipley;  E.  E.      VL  Mayfield  ;  E.  E.     VII.  Cut 
and  Lie  Wood,  Felbridge,  1896  ;  near  Bewbush  Mill-pond,  1898. 
'''\Panlcwn  Crus-galli  L.    III.  Barcombe  and  near  Brighton;  E.  E. 
\Setaria  viridis  Beauv.     "III.  Cultivated  land,  Patcham  !  1893  ; 
T.  H. 
"f'^.  fjlauca  Beauv.     IV.  Lewes  ;  E.  E. 

Alopecurus  bulbosiis  Gouan.  V.  By  the  River  Cuckmere  near 
West  Dean  !  1899  ;  T.  H.  &  E.  E. 

Phleum  arena)  ium  L.     '"I.  Climping  Sands  ;  E.  E. 

Calamagrostis  epigeiosBiOih.  V.  Berwick  Common  and  Shipley  ; 
E.E. 

[Affvostis  setacea  Curtis.  V.  The  Heathfield  Station  locality,  in 
Arnold's  Sussex  Flora,  has  not  been  verified  by  Mr.  Roper.] 

Gastridium  australe'QeviWV.  HI.  Common  about  Shipley  ;  E.  E. 
VL  Mayfield  ;  E.E.     VII.  Crawley  ;  E.E. 

Ammophila  arundinacea  Host.     "I.  Climping  Sands  ;  E.  E. 
\Avena  strigosa  ^q\\xq\).     '''IV.  Berwick;  E.E. 

Poa  compressa  L.  ^^=1.  Petworth  ;  E.  E.  III.  Shipley;  E.  E. 
-IV.  Plumpton;  E.  E.     *VII.  Ifield ;  E.  E. 

Glyceria  pUcata  Fr.  var.  '-'declinata  (Breb.).  IV.  Lane  End 
Common  !  1900  ;  T.  H. 

Festaca  sciuroidcs  Roth.  III.  Shipley;  E.E.  *IV.  Berwick; 
E.E.  VII.  Worth  Churchyard  and  near  Three  Bridges  (Ellman) ; 
E.  N.  B.  in  litt.  to  W.  B.  H.,  1882. 

F.  elatior  L.  X  Loliiini  perenne.  '■'HI.  Marsh  by  "Sussex  Pad," 
Lancing  !  1900  ;   T.  H. 

Bromussecalinush.  III.  Shipley;  E.E.  ""IV.  &  V.  Berwick; 
E.  E. — Var.  ■•h-eluiinus  (Schrad.).  III.  Corn-field,  Piecombe  !  1897, 
and  near  Stanmer  !  1899  ;  T.  H. 

B.  commntatus  Schrad.     IV.  Berwick;  E.  E. 


NOTES  ON  THE  FLORA  OF  SUSSEX  421 

B.  mollis  L.  var.  ''''(flahratus  Doell.     V.  Near  Tut  Barn  ;  R. 
]B.  anrnsis  L.     -IV.  Near  Seaford,  1879  (EUman)  ;  E.  N.  B. 

iulitt.  to  W.  B.  H.,  1882. 

Loliiu)iperenneIj.YSii\  '■^'multijlorum  (Lam.).  III.  Kingston-by- 
Bea;  E.  E. 

L.  temuloitiimh.  \SiY.  ar reuse  {\Nhh.).^   III.  Ditcliling  ;  E.E. 

Agropijron  caninum  Beauv.  III.  Keymer !  1862;  ex  herb. 
W.  B.  H'. 

A.  pimgens  R.  &  S.^  I.  On  the  west  side  of  the  river  near  Little- 

A.  acutwii  R.  &  S.  I     hampton;  J.  L.  Warren  inhtt.to  W.B.H., 

A.  jnnceum  Beauv.  J      1874. 

Hijmenophijllum  tunhiidgense  Sm.  VII.  Withyham  (Borrer)  ; 
Botanist's  Guide,  Turner  &'Dillwyn,  1805.  Rocks  at  West  Hoathly, 
1890. 

AspJeuiuni  Trichomanes  L.     III.  Shoreham. 

A.  Adiantum-iwirum  L.  II.  Pulborough  and  Amberley,  1899  ; 
A.  J.  C.  &  0.  E.  S.^ 

Ceterach  officinarum  Willd.  ''=V.  Eastbourne  ;  R.  VI.  May- 
field  ;  E.E.  ' 

Lastrcea  cEmuIaBr&ckenhndge.     VI.  Mayfield  ;  E.E. 

Ophioqlossum  vuhiatiim  L.  II.  Near  Faygate,  1892.  V.  Several 
meadows',  Great  Park  Farm,  Battle,  1895;  E.  S.  S.  VII.  Near 
Ifield  Mill-pond,  1898. 

Equisetnm  maxiiiiiimJjSiYn..     '"IV.  Near  Alciston ;  E.E. 

E.  sylvatimm  L.  VII.  Tilgate  Forest;  E.E.  Wood  near 
Sainthill,  East  Grinstead,  1892. 

E.palustre  L  .var.  ■■'poli/stacJujum  auct.  IV.  Buxted  Park  !  1891 ; 
E.  H.  F. 

Lycopodiam  inundatum  L.  VII.  Near  Forest  Row,  Ashdown 
Forest !  1892  ;  Miss  L.  G.  Davenport. 

[L.  davatum  L.  V.  Omit  the  record  in  this  division  in  Arnold's 
Sussex  Flora.'] 

Chara  fragilis  Desv.  III.  West  Grinstead !  (Babington) ; 
Holmesdale  N.  H.  C.  herb.  Pond  on  Patcham  Downs  !  1886 ; 
A.  J.  C.  Lancing!  1896;  T.  H.  -IV.  Poud,  Mount  Caburn  ! 
1895  ;  T.  H.  '^TII.  Pond  near  East  Grinstead  towards  Shovel- 
strode,  1895. — Var.  Hedwigii  Kuetz.  "II.  Amberley  Wild  Brooks, 
1899;  A.  J.  C.  &  C.  E.  S.  *V.  Great  Park  Farm,  Battle,  1895; 
E.  S.  S.  '''VII.  Pond  near  East  Grinstead  towards  Shovelstrode, 
1895.  In  a  pond  at  Colman's  Hatch,  Ashdown  Forest,  a  beautiful 
form  of  C.  fragilis  occurred  between  vars.  Hedivigii  and  capillacea  ; 
1896. 

C.  aspera  Willd,     Omit  this  species  in  Arnold's  Sussex  Flora. 

C.  vulgaris  L.  -IV.  Pond,  Mount  Caburn  !  1895  ;  T.  H.  -VI. 
Ditch  near  Camber  Castle,  1895. — Var.  low/ibracteata  Kuetz.  *IV. 
Iford!  1894  ;  T.  H.  -V.  Near  Pevensey"  Sluice,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 
^'VI.  Ditch  near  Camber  Castle,  1895. — Var.  pipillat  i  Walh.  -IV. 
Between  Lewes  and  Kingston,  1909.  *V.  Nexr  Pevenssy  Sluice, 
1894. 

Tolypella  prolif era  heoiih.  -II.  Ditch,  Amberley  Wild  Brooks! 
1900  ;  T.  H.     A  most  interesting  record  ;   Borrer  found  this  plant 


422  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

near  Henfield,  in  1827 — its  first  discovery  in  Britain — but  I  cannot 
find  that  botanists  have  seen  it  in  the  county  in  recent  years. 

Nitella  flexiUs  Agardh.      IV.  Chailey  Common !   1900  ;  T.  H. 
*V.  Pond  at  Catsfield,  1895  ;  E.  S.  S. 


SOME    KIRKCUDBRIGHT    MOSSES. 
By  W.  p.  Hamilton. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  mosses  gathered  during  a  fortnight's 
stay  at  Kippford  in  June,  1900,  many  of  them  within  a  radius  of 
about  a  couple  of  miles  of  that  place,  but  some  from  Hestan  Island 
and  Screel. 

Although  the  village  is  all  under  the  name  of  Kippford  for 
postal  purposes,  it  is  generally  spoken  of  by  the  fishermen  and 
others  as  The  Scar,  or  The  Scaur ;  that  name,  however,  being 
strictly  applicable  to  only  the  southern  end.  Pleasantly  situated 
on  the  east  side  of  the  estuary  of  the  River  Urr,  about  five  miles 
south  of  Dalbeattie,  and,  fortunately  for  people  of  some  tastes, 
possessing  a  not  very  extensive  accommodation  for  visitors,  it  is  an 
interesting  place  for  the  botanist.  On  the  other  side  of  some  small 
hills  to  the  north-east  and  east  there  lies  a  string  of  lochs  known 
locally  as  Dufl*'s  Loch,  Ironhash,  and  Lochend,  well  worth  atten- 
tion. This  tract  of  country  is  formed  partly  of  granite  and  partly 
of  Upper  Silurian  strata.  The  granite  near  Kippford  is  a  part  of 
the  great  plutouic  mass  which  extends  continuously  from  Criffel  to 
Dalbeattie  and  onwards  to  Beugairn,  one  of  the  prominent  hills  to 
the  south-west  in  the  direction  of  the  town  of  Kirkcudbright.  The 
boundary  line  is  visible  on  the  east  side  of  the  estuary  of  the  Urr, 
about  a  mile  south  of  Kippford,  and  it  can  be  followed  in  an  E.N.E. 
direction  by  the  village  of  Lochend  to  Sandhill's  Bay.  The  granite 
lies  to  the  north  and  the  Silurian  strata  to  the  south  of  this  line. 
The  latter  consists  of  flagstones,  shales,  and  greywackes,  altered  by 
contact  with  the  granite,  and  pierced  by  numerous  veins  of  micro- 
granite,  porphyrite,  and  other  igneous  materials  representing  the 
apophysis  of  that  mass. 

Hestan  Island,  the  "  Ben  Rathan  "  of  Crockett's  Raiders,  lies 
in  the  Solway  Firth,  distant  three  miles  in  a  bee-line,  or  about  four 
miles'  sail ;  it  is  composed  of  Upper  Silurian,  like  that  above 
described.  The  hill  of  Screel  lies  to  the  north  of  the  granite  mass 
of  Bengairn,  and  is  composed  also  of  Upper  Silurian  strata.  It 
forms  a  striking  landmark  as  seen  from  the  village,  and,  although 
under  1200  ft.  in  height,  yet,  on  account  of  its  rising  from  so  near 
the  sea-level,  it  affords  a  very  stiff'  climb. 

I  am  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Mr.  John  Home  for  the 
geological  notes  ;  to  Mr.  J.  E.  Bagnall  and  Mr.  J.  A.  Wheldon  for 
looking  at  some  of  the  mosses  ;  and  to  Mr.  E.  C.  Horrell  for  naming 
or  confirming  the  Sphagna. 


SOME    KIRKCUDBRIGHT    xMOSSES  423 

Sphagnum  acKtifoliiiuiUuss.  &  Wariist.  yawjlavo-ruhellwu  Warnst. 
(S.  acntifolium  Ehrli.  ex  parte).  Mark  Hill.— Var.  versicolor  ^YsiYnst. 
Mark  Hill.— ^.  subnitims  Russ.  &  Warnst.  (.S'.  acntifolium  Ehrh.  ex 
parte),  var.  flavesccns  Warnst.  Mark  Hill.  —  Var.  flavo-ruhellum 
Warnst.  Mark  Hill  and  Screel. — Var.  virescens  Warnst.  and  forma 
squarrosula.  Mark  Hill.  —  >S.  inundatum  Wsivnst.  {S.  subsecundum 
varr.  contortum  k  ohesum  k.\XQi.  ex  parte).  Duff's  Loch  and  Mark 
Hill. — S.  cymhifolium  Warnst.  (S.  cymhifoliwn  Elirli.  ex  parte)  var. 
e/Iauco-pallens  Warnst.  Mark  Hill.  —  S.  papillosum  Lindb.  var. 
normale  Warnst.  Duff's  Loch  and  Mark  Hill.— Var.  suhlceve  Limpr. 
Screel. 

Andreaa  Rothii  W.  &  M.     Screel. 

Catharinea  undulata  W.  &  M.     Screel. 
^  Polijtrichum  nannm  Neck.     RockcHff. — P.  aloides  Hedw.     Dense 
bright  green  patches  on  small  bare  places  on  hill-sides  ;  barren  and 
probably  young  plants.— P.  piliferum  Schreb.     Common.— P.  juni- 
perinum  Willd.     Frequent.— P.  commune  L.     Screel,  &c. 

Ceratodon  purpureas  Brid.  — (7.  co)iicus  Lindb.     Hestan  Island. 

DicraneUa  Iieteromalla  Schimp. 

Blindia  acuta  B.  &  S.     Screel. 

Dicranoweissia  cirrata  Lindb.  In  both  dull  and  bright  green 
forms. 

Campijlopus  atrovirens  De  Not,     Screel. 

Dicranum  Bonjeani  De  Not.  Resembling  D.  majus  in  habit. 
Leaves  secund,  but  strongly  undulate.  Duff's  Loch.  Another 
form  has  leaves  normal  in  direction,  bluntly  serrate,  and  cuspidate 
tips  to  the  branches.  Kippford,— D.  scojmrium.  Hedw.  Common. 
Light  yellowish  interrupted  form  with  straight  glossy  leaves.  Meikle 
Hill.  A  similar  plant,  deep  green.  Hestan  Island.  Leaves  in 
successive  distant  comal  tufts  on  an  apparently  elongated  stem  due 
to  innovation.     Stream-side  near  Screel. 

Leucohryum  (jlaucum.  Schimp. 

Fissideiis  bryoides  Hedw.  Hestan  Island.— F.  osmundioides  Hedw. 
Duff's  Loch,  Rough  Island,  and  Screel.— i^".  adiantoides  ILediW. 

Grimmia^  apocarpa  Hedw.— 6^.  maritima  Turn.— (7.  pulvinata 
Sm. — G.  trichophyl/a  Grev. 

Wiacomitrium  aciculare  Brid.  — /?.  prutensum  Braun.     Screel. 

R.  hfterostichum  Brid.  var.  gracilescens  B.  &  S.     Screel.— ft.  lanugi- 
nosum  Brid.     Mark  Hill  and  Screel. 

Ptychomitrium  imlyphyllum  Fiirnr.     Screel. 

Hedwigia  ciliata  Ehrh.     Abundant  on  rocks  and  walls. 

Tortula  m,uralis  Hedw.  var.  rupestris  Wils.     Locheud. 

Barbula  revoluta  Bvid.  Dafl'sLoch.—B.  convoluta  Reihy.  Rock- 
cliffe. — B.  unguiculata  Hedw. 

Weissia  viridula  Hedw.— IF.  verticiUata  Brid.     Hestan  Island. 

Trichostomum  mutabile  Bruch.    Hestan  Island  and  Rough  Island. 

Ulota  Bruchii  Hornsch.     Glen  Island. 

Orthotrichum  ajine  Schrad.     Glen  Island. 

Funaria  ericetorum  Dixon.  Hill-side,  Kippford.  —  F.  hmro- 
metrica  ^ihil-i.  -^"^ 

AuJacomnium  palustre  Schw. 


424  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Philonotis  fontana  Brid.  A  remarkable  form  occurred  in  a 
cavity  over  a  well,  exceedingly  slender,  the  stems  long  drawn  out, 
and  with  all  the  appearance  of  a  pleurocarpous  moss.  It  was  mixed 
with  E,  Swartzii. 

Breutelia  arcuata  Schimp.     Screel. 

Bnjum  indinatum  Bland.  Kippford. — B.  pseudotriquetnim  Schw. 
Male  plants.  Kippford. — B.  ccespiticium,  L. —  B.  capillare  L.  and 
var.  macrocarpum  Hiibn.  —  B.  alpinum  Huds.  Abundant  in  con- 
spicuous handsome  tufts  from  just  above  sea-level. — B.  argentewn  L. 

Milium  rostratum  Schrad. — M.  undulatum  L. — M.  honiuni  L. — ■ 
M.  punctatiim  L. 

Forotrichum  alopecurum  Mitt.     Stream  near  Screel. 

Heterocladium  heteroptenim  B.  &  S.      Screel. 

Tkuidium  tamariscinum  B.  &  S. 

Isothecium  myuriim  Brid.     Screel. 

Pleuropus  sericeus  Dixon.     Hestan  Island. 

Brachythecium  rutahulum  B.  &  S. — B.  populeiim  B.  &  S.  Kippford. 
— B.  purum  Dixon. 

Earhynchinmprcelongum  B.  &  S.  var.  Stokesil  Brid.  Lochend. — 
E.  Swartzii  Curnow.  An  extremely  delicate  form  occurred  in  the 
mouth  of  an  old  copper-mine  on  Hestan  Island.  —  E.  tenellum 
Milde.  Hestan  Island. — E.  myosuroides  Schimp.  Glen  Island  and 
Lochend. — E.  rusciforine  Milde. 

Playiothecium  denticidatum  B.  &  S. 

Hypnum  stellatum  Schreb. — H.  Jiiiitans  L.  Near  Ya>v.  fahatuni 
Schimp. ;  reddish  in  colour.  Screel,  on  the  ground. — Var.  Holtii,-' 
or  a  form  very  near  to  it.  Screel,  in  deep  water. — H.  exanuhitum 
Glimb.  var.  hrachydictyon  Ken.  Duff's  Loch. — H.  uncinatum  Hedw. 
Lochend. — H.  revolvens  Swartz.  Eockcliffe. — H.  cupressiforme  L. 
var.  filiforme.  —  H.  scorpioides  L.  Mark  Hill.  —  H.  sanmntosum 
Wahl.  Screel.  —  H.  cuspidatum  L.  A  slender  form  near  var. 
pungens  Schimp.     Lochend. — H.  Schreberi  Willd. 

Hylocomium  splendens  B.  &  S. — H.  loreutn  B.  &  S. — H.  squarrosum 
B.  &  S.— ZJ.  triquetrum  B.  &  S. 


REPORT   OF  DEPARTMENT  OF  BOTANY,  BRITISH  MUSEUM,  1900. 

By  George  Murray,  F.R.S. 

Of  the  additions  to  the  collection  by  purchase,  the  most  notable 
acquisitions  were  the  herbarium  of  exotic  Mosses  and  of  Hepatics  of 
M.  Emil  Bescherelle,  of  Paris,  containing  nearly  16,000  specimens. 
Its  chief  value  consists  in  the  types  of  many  new  species  desci'ibed 
by  M.  Bescherelle,  and  in  the  large  number  of  specimens  collected 
in  the  French  Colonies,  and  hitherto  poorly  represented  in  the 
Museum.  It  also  contains  collections  made  in  the  islands  of 
Amsterdam  and  St.  Paul,  Brazil,  Paraguay,  Tahiti,  Japan,  Mexico, 

*  Since  the  above  was  written  the  form  has  been  named  by  Mens.  Eenauld 
var.  aiiglicum  forma  Holtii. 


REPORT    OF    DEPARTMENT    OF    BOTANY,    BRITISH    MUSEUM,    1900       425 

and  the  Marquise  Islands,  which  were  described  by  M.  Bescherelle, 
and  many  authentic  specimens  from  older  French  botanists  and 
explorers. 

There  were  also  acquired  a  complete  set  of  Ellis  and  Everhart's 
valuable  North  American  Fungi,  consisting  of  8600  specimens. 

A  notable  event  has  been  the  completion  of  the  great  series  of 
drawings  of  British  Basidiomycetes  by  Mr.  Worthington  G.  Smith, 
now  exhibited  in  the  Public  Gallery. 

The  additions  to  the  collections  by  presentation  have  consisted 
of: — 513  plants  from  India  and  Malaya,  from  Sir  George  King; 
670  specimens,  including  47  ferns  from  Guatemala,  from  Capt. 
John  Donnell  Smith ;  125  phanerogams  and  24  cryptogams  from 
Klondike,  from  J.  B.  Tyrrell,  Esq.  ;  139  specimens,  including 
4  cryptogams  from  Canary  Islands,  collected  by  the  Kev.  R.  P. 
Murray,  from  Government  Grant  Committee  ;  3  specimens  from 
Ehodesia,  from  R.  Doley,  Esq. ;  60  specimens  of  flowering  plants 
and  1  fern  from  Transcaucasia,  from  W.  Rickmers,  Esq. ;  134 
specimens  from  the  Chinese  Provinces  Shansi,  Shensi,  and  Honan, 
from  W.  H.  Shockley,  Esq. ;  22  specimens  from  various  countries, 
from  Dr.  A.  B.  Rendle ;  15  specimens  from  various  countries,  from 
Arthur  Bennett,  Esq. ;  179  specimens  from  Australia,  from  J.  H. 
Maiden,  Esq. ;  2  specimens  of  orchids,  from  Mons.  Barbey  ;  210 
specimens,  including  1  fern  from  East  Tropical  Africa,  from  Dr. 
Donaldson  Smith ;  63  specimens  from  France,  from  Mons.  E. 
Malinvaud;  4  fruits,  5  ferns,  and  7  algse  from  India,  from  Dr. 
David  Prain ;  102  marine  phanerogams  and  algae  from  India,  from 
Edgar  Thurston,  Esq. ;  5  specimens  from  British  Guiana,  from 
G.  Jenmau,  Esq. ;  5  specimens  of  cultivated  orchids,  from  Messrs. 
Hugh  Low  &  Co. ;  4  specimens  of  cultivated  orchids  and  1  fern, 
from  J.  T.  Bennett  Poe,  Esq. ;  30  specimens  of  cultivated  orchids, 
from  Sir  Trevor  Lawrence ;  3  specimens  from  Portugal,  from  the 
Rev.  E.  Armitage  ;  2  specimens,  from  J.  Sparkes,  Esq. ;  9  specimens 
of  cultivated  orchids,  &c.,  from  Messrs.  Veitch  &  Sons;  3  specimens 
of  cultivated  orchids,  from  Messrs.  Sander;  3  specimens  of  cultivated 
orchids,  from  Sir  F.  Wigan  ;  3  specimens  of  cultivated  orchids, 
from  F.  V.  Moore,  Esq. ;  291  archegoniate  plants  from  India,  from 
J.  F.  Duthie,  Esq. ;  2  cryptogams  from  Minorca,  from  Mr.  Oldfield 
Thomas  ;  some  specimens  of  Isaria  on  pupse  of  Cicada  from  Mexico, 
from  Lt.-Col.  F.  G.  L.  Mainwaring ;  some  specimens  of  Halimeda 
from  Funafuti,  from  Dr.  Edgeworth  David;  3  West  Indian  CharacecB, 
from  Messrs.  H.  &  J.  Groves  ;  9  micro-fungi,  from  E.  S.  Salmon, 
Esq. ;  part  of  a  type-specimen  of  Turbinaria,  from  Major  Reinbold; 
85  ferns  of  Jamaica,  from  William  Fawcett,  Esq. ;  and  single  speci- 
mens by  J.  Cosmo  Melvill,  Esq. ;  Mrs.  E.  A.  Barclay  ;  Prof.  Schinz ; 
Dr.  A.  Zahlbruckner ;  Geo.  Gibson,  Esq. ;  Prof.  Bureau  ;  Mons. 
Barratte ;  Mrs.  A.  G.  Stennett ;  C.  B.  Clarke,  Esq. ;  Prof.  Tre- 
lease  ;  H.  T.  Pitt,  Esq. ;  Dr.  W.  Hume  ;  A.  H.  Smee,  Esq. ;  Dr. 
T.  Cooke;  Capt.  Stanley  Flower;  F.  C.  Kitto,  Esq.;  Prof.  Borbas; 
A.  B.  Percival,  Esq. ;  and  W.  Warpur,  Esq. 

The  following  additions  have  been  made  by  presentation  to  the 
British  Herbarium: — 203  specimens   from   Rev.  E.  S.  Marshall; 


426  THE  JOUKNAL  OF  BOTANY 

4  specimens  from  E.  Potts,  Esq. ;  12  specimens  from  G.  C.  Druce, 
Esq.;  15  specimens,  including  1  Chara,  from  C.  E.  Salmon,  Esq. ; 
3  specimens  from  Arthur  Bennett,  Esq. ;  3  specimens  and  1  rubbing 
from  Wm.  Whitwell,  Esq. ;  163  bepatics  from  West  Scotland,  by 
Symers  M.  Macvicar,  Esq. ;  10  micro-fungi  from  Ayrshire,  by  D.  A. 
Boyd,  Esq.  ;  a  new  British  moss,  with  descriptive  pamphlet,  by 
W.  E.  Nicholson,  Esq. ;  specimens  of  fungi,  with  descriptive 
pamphlets,  by  Charles  Crossland,  Esq. ;  2  photographs  of  diseased 
plum-fruits,  by  the  Kev.  E.  N.  Bloomfield ;  8  hepatics  from  Nor- 
folk, by  H.  N.  Dixon,  Esq. ;  specimens  of  diseased  cherry-trees,  by 
A.  0.  Walker,  Esq.;  and  single  specimens  by  James  Groves,  Esq.; 
Rev.  J.  Harry  Bloom  ;  A.  Craig  Christie,  Esq. ;  Rev.  E.  Gepp ; 
M.  Teesdale,  Esq.;  Prof.  D.  Oliver;  N.  Colgan,  Esq.  ;  Rev.  H.  P. 
Reader ;  C.  P.  Andrews,  Esq. ;  and  Malcolm  Bell,  Esq. 

The  following  additions  have  been  made  by  exchange  of  dupli- 
cates: — 138  specimens  from  South  Africa,  from  J.  Medley  Wood, 
Esq. ;  27  specimens  of  Najus  from  Russia  and  Central  Asia,  from 
the  Botanical  Museum,  St.  Petersburg ;  916  specimens,  including 
130  cryptogams,  from  the  Royal  Botanical  Museum,  Berlin ;  42 
specimens  of  American  TJmheHiferiB,  from  Prof.  Coville  ;  114  speci- 
mens, including  9  ferns,  chiefly  South  African,  from  Prof.  Hans 
Schinz ;  372  specimens,  including  5  ferns,  from  North  Africa, 
Transylvania,  and  Mexico,  from  Mons.  G.  Barratte ;  200  crypto- 
gams, from  the  K.K.  Naturhist.  Hofmuscum,  Vienna ;  67  marine 
algiC,  from  Dr.  Perceval  Wright;  a  portion  of  Wilson's  British 
moss-herbarium,  containing  437  additional  specimens,  from  War- 
rington Museum. 

The  following  specimens  have  been  acquired  by  purchase  : — 
1011  specimens,  including  85  ferns,  from  Porto  Rico,  268  from 
S.  Domingo,  and  703  from  Tibet,  by  various  collectors,  from  J.  F. 
Hamilton ;  160  specimens  of  Carices,  &c.,  by  Kneucker ;  148 
specimens  from  Syria,  by  Dr.  Post;  254  phanerogams  and  6  crypto- 
gams from  Mexico,  by  C.  G.  Pringle  ;  100  phanerogams  from  Poland, 
by  Dr.  Woloszczak ;  648  phanerogams  and  87  cryptogams  from 
Cliina,  by  Father  Hugh ;  794  phanerogams  and  37  cryptogams,  from 
Baram  District,  Borneo,  by  C.  Hose  ;  451  phanerogams  and  22  ferns 
from  Natal,  by  F.  Wilms;  134  phanerogams  (Herb.  Dendrologicum), 
by  E.  Koehne ;  600  phanerogams  and  1'25  cryptogams  from  Colorado, 
by  C.  F.  Baker;  505  phanerogams  and  14  ferns  from  Costa  Rica,  by 
Adolfo  Tonduz  ;  100  European  plants  (Herb.  Normale),  by  Schultz  ; 
200  Fungi  (Mycotheca  Italica),  by  D.  Saccardo  ;  50  mosses  from 
the  Malay  Archipelago,  by  Max  Fleischer ;  150  North  American 
algae,  by  Collins,  Holden,  and  Setchell ;  the  fern-herbarium  of  the 
late  Sir  Rawsou  W.  Rawson,  containing  2000  specimens ;  238 
European  Sphagna,  by  Warnstorf;  100  American  algse,  by  Tilden; 
100  Bohemian  mosses,  by  Bauer;  50  parasitic  fungi,  by  Briosi  and 
Cavara  ;  50  micro-fungi,  by  Vestergren  ;  100  micro-fungi,  by  Sydow; 
100  Russian  fungi,  by  Jaczewski,  Komarov,  and  Tranzschel ;  143 
South  American  hepatics,  by  Dusen ;  50  micro-fungi,  by  Rehm  ; 
60  Japanese  alg«,  by  Okamura ;  50  economic  fungi  from  North 
America,  by  Seymour  and  Earle ;    2  water-colour  drawings  and 


SHORT    NOTES  427 

41  diagrams,  by  K.  Morgan;  20  photographs  of  trees  and  16  of 
tree-stems,  by  Henry  Irving ;  7  botanical  diagrams,  by  Miss  M.  0. 
Mitchell ;  17  water-colour  drawings  of  cryptogams  and  other  plants^ 
by  Highley  ;  4  sheets  of  water-colour  drawings  of  fun^i,  by  W  g' 
Smith.  o       J       •     . 

The  following  additions  have  been  made  by  purchase  to  the 
British  Herbarium :— 40  North  EngUsh  lichens,  by  Johnson;  54 
hchen-types,  by  Crombie ;  60  CharacecB,  by  Groves ;  314  slides  of 
fresh-water  alg^,  by  West  ;  250  Irish  hepatics,  by  McArdle  • 
25  algae,  by  Holmes. 


SHORT    NOTES. 

New   Variety   of   Fontinalis   antipyretica   L.  —  During    the 
drought  of  the  summer  of  1900,  when  the  little  river  Ouse  about 
a  mile  and  a  half  above  Lewes  was  running  very  low,  I  noticed 
several  long  floating  masses  of  a  Fontinalh  growing  on  the  hard 
chalk  forming  the  bed  of  the  river,  which  has  been  diverted  into  an 
artificial  channel  at  this  point.     The  short  rather  distant  concave 
leaves  suggested  a  robust  form  of   F.  squamosa,  but  the  slightly 
triquetrous  points  of  the  growing  shoots  and  general  habit  Indi- 
cated it  as  a  form  of  F.  antipyretica  L.     I  was,  however,  unable  to 
identify  it  with  any  of  the  described  varieties.     On  my  referrino- 
the  matter  to  Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon,  he  told  me  that  he  had  found  the 
same  form  growing  in  a  canal  near  Northampton;  and  M.  J.  Car- 
dot,  to  whom  I  also  referred  it,  said  that  he  had  in  his  herbarium 
an  identical  form  from  the  Thames.    The  latter  also  kindly  referred 
me  to  his  Monorjrajjhie  ties  Fontinalacees,  p.  52,  where  he  speaks  of 
the  Thames  plant  as  "a  specimen  of  the  forma  ^////)/sa  "  ;  but  he 
adds  m  his  letter  that  a  distinct  variety  might  be  made  of  the 
present  plant,   "characterized  by  the   soft,   shortly  oval  scarcely 
carinate  leaves  with  shorter  cells";  and  I  gather  from  his  letter 
that  by  these  characters  the  present  plant  may  be  distinguished  not 
only  from  the  type,  but  from  the  ordinary  forms  of  M.  Cardot's  forma 
diffusa  and  the  var.  laxa  Milde,  to  which  he  is  inclined  to  refer  his 
forma  diffusa.     The  description  of  the  var.  laxa  Milde  given    by 
Limpricht  {Die  Laubmoose,  p.  655)  must  relate  to  a  very  different 
form  from  the  present  plant,  as  he  speaks  of  it  as  a  smaller   more 
slender  form  with  widely  decurrent  leaves,  which  are  orange' alono- 
the  base,  and  have  numerous  auricular  cells— features  which  are  bv 
no  means  characteristic  of  the  present  plant. 

Fontinalis  antipyretica  L.  var.  nov.  cymbifolia.  Robust  with 
long  floating  stems,  blackish  below,  hardly  shining,  with  the  tri- 
quetrous arrangement  of  the  leaves  of  the  type  very  indistinct,  and 
only  visible  m  the  tips  of  the  growing  shoots.  Leaves  soft,  rather 
distant,  shorter  than  in  the  type,  oval,  concave,  not  or  very  fainthi 
carinate,  usually  distinctly  serrate  at  the  obtuse  points,  with  no 
distinguishable  auricles,  margins  erect ;  cells  wider  (to  0-025  mm  ) 
and  much  shorter  than  in  the  type,  only  three  to  four  times  as  lon'o- 
as  broad  m  the  upper  part  of  the  leaf,  where  they  are  rhomboidal 


428  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

in  shape,  rather  more  elongate  below,  but  never  so  long  as  in  the 
type.     Fruit  unknown. 

Hab.  Thames  near  Kew,  F.  J.  Brocas,  Herb.  Cardot.  Canal 
near  Northampton,  and  Ouse  at  Hemingford  Grey,  Huntingdon- 
shire, H.  N.  Dixon.  Ouse  near  Lewes,  Sussex,  W.  E.  Nicholson. — 
W.  E.  Nicholson. 

MoENCHiA  QUATERNELLA  Ehrh.  —  In  Mr.  Williams's  interesting 
account  of  the  above  plant  (p.  365),  he  mentions  that  it  has  not 
been  recorded  from  Huntingdon.  In  the  Cardiff  Museum  Herbarium 
there  are  specimens  from  Miss  Payne,  gathered  "  near  St.  Ives, 
Hunts.  6.  87."  In  addition  to  the  vice-counties  given  in  Top.  Bot. 
ed.  2,  may  be  named — 4.  Devon  north,  Eecord  Club  Eeport,  1881-2; 
and  8.  Wilts  north,  W.  A.  Clarke  in  litt.  It  seems  a  plant  not  often 
gathered,  perhaps  from  its  early  flowering  and  quick  decay. — Arthur 
Bennett. 

Lobelia  urens  on  Dartmoor.  —  You  may  be  interested  to  hear 
that,  growing  abundantly  in  a  locality  on  Dartmoor,  I  have  found 
Lobelia  uresis.  It  occurred  in  three  spots,  a  few  hundred  yards  apart, 
on  a  barren  limestone  soil,  surrounded  by  bracken,  whortleberry, 
etc.  The  locality  has  not  been  cultivated  at  all  for  many  years, 
and  the  greater  part  of  it  has  probably  never  been  so.  The  plants 
are  in  remarkably  thriving  condition  ;  in  one  part  they  grow  so 
thickly  that  they  might  conveniently  be  cut  with  a  scythe,  and  the 
ground  is  as  blue  with  them  as  it  might  be  with  hyacinths. — W.  K. 
Martin. 

Orobanche  amethystea  Thuill. — In  the  spring  of  this  year  we 
introduced  into  the  hospital  garden  at  Walton  Prison  some  roots  of 
the  Canterbury-bell  {Campanula  medium)  from  Lowestoft.  Subse- 
quently about  a  dozen  specimens  of  Orobanche  amethystea  Thuill. 
appeared,  parasitical  on  their  roots.  Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  kindly 
determined  a  fresh  specimen,  and  remarked :  "I  have  no  record  of 
it  on  Campamila,  but  it  occurs  on  Plantago  Coronopus,  Daucus 
Carota,  Ononis  arvensis,  and  Enjngium  maritimum.''  I  carefully 
traced  its  attachment  to  the  Campanula  roots,  and  have  a  dried 
specimen  in  situ. — J.  A.  Wheldon. 

Glyceria  Borreri  Bab.  at  Shoreham. — I  recently  found  a  speci- 
men of  this  grass  in  the  herbarium  of  Miss  E.  Foulkes  Jones,  now 
of  Chester,  with  the  interesting  label,  **  Coast  near  the  Norfolk 
bridge,  Shoreham.  Coll.  J.  Leicester  Warren,  June-July,  1871  : — 
25  of  these.''  The  late  Eev.  F.  H.  Arnold,  in  his  Flora  of  Sussex, 
though  it  was  not  published  till  1887,  gives  only  the  record  (pro- 
bably for  the  same  locality),  "  By  the  seaside  between  Shoreham 
and  Worthing,  1848,  Herb.  lateH.  Collins."  Whether  Mr.  Warren 
(Lord  de  Tabley)  reported  his  collection  of  the  species  anywhere,  I 
do  not  know. — William  Whitwell. 

The  late  William  Mathews. — To  his  contributions  to  botanical 
literature,  named  on  p.  352,  should  certainly  be  added  the  excellent 
little  Flora  of  the  Clent  and  Lickey  Hills,  1881,  and  his  very  valuable 
"History  of  the  County  Botany  of  Worcester,"  which  ran  through 
the  pnges  of  the  Midland  Naturalist  from  April,  1887,  to  July,  1893. 


PRODROMUS    FLOR/E    BRITANNIC^:  429 

This  last-named  work  is  not  only  most  interesting  in  itself,  but 
must  prove  of  the  utmost  value  to  the  future  writer  of  the  Flora  of 
the  county — a  task  which  at  one  time  it  was  hoped  Mr.  Mathews 
would  himself  have  undertaken,  and  for  which  his  intimate  know- 
ledge of  the  county  and  its  plants  so  eminently  fitted  him,  until 
his  long  illness  showed  such  a  work  to  be  impossible.  No  notice 
of  Mr.  Mathews  would  be  complete  without  some  mention  of  the 
willing  and  valuable  help  that  he  accorded  to  those  less  informed 
than  himself.  For  such  help,  as  well  as  for  many  kindnesses,  I 
was  often  indebted  to  him,  and  notably  for  the  assistance  he  gave 
in  furnishing  careful  translations  from  continental  writers  when 
such  were  likely  to  be  useful. — R.  F.  Towndrow. 

[Mrs.  Mathews  informs  us  that  her  late  husband's  botanical  and 
geological  interests  began  in  his  boyhood.  His  botanical  collections 
were  sent  to  Kew  shortly  before  his  death,  the  Worcestershire 
plants  being  transferred  thence  to  Worcester.  Mathews's  geological 
collections  were  presented  in  1899  to  Mason  College,  Birmingham  ; 
the  statement  that  he  sent  plants  to  Queen's  College  is  erroneous. — 
Ed.  Journ.  Bot.] 


NOTICE     OF     BOOK, 


Prodromiis  Flone  Biitannkce.  Part  2.  By  F.  N.  Williams.  Price 
2s.  2d.  post  free,  from  the  author,  181,  High  Street,  Brent- 
ford.    Nov.  1901. 

British  botanists  will  welcome  the  second  part  of  this  new 
flora,  which  is  just  ready  ;  they  will  rejoice  to  find  that  Mr.  Williams 
is  proceeding  apace  with  his  useful  and  important  work.  It  con- 
tains 79  species  of  Compodtcc  belonging  to  29  genera,  and  occupies 
58  large  octavo  pages.  While  following  the  plan  exhibited  in  the 
first  (or  specimen)  part,  there  is  here  a  fuller  amount  of  detail, 
and,  where  necessary,  more  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  synonymy 
of  the  species  ;  thus  the  average  space  devoted  to  each  plant  is  con- 
siderably more,  and  on  the  scale  of  the  two  parts,  taken  together, 
the  descriptions,  &c.,  of  all  the  British  flowerng  plants  seem 
hkely  to  require  about  1260  pages,  of  which  74  pages,  or  about 
one- seventeenth  of  the  whole,  are  now  done. 

On  the  inner  pages  of  the  wrapper  Mr.  Williams  refers  to  and 
discusses  the  difficulty  or  inexpediency  of  separating  in  local  floras 
native  plants  from  those  long  naturalized.  "In  British  floras 
generally,  only  those  species  are  considered  naturalized  whose  date 
of  appearance  in  these  islands  can  be  approximately  fixed.  On  the 
other  hand,  those  who  especially  devote  their  attention  to  aliens, 
colonists,  and  denizens,  would  go  so  far  as  to  exclude  not  only  the 
species  commonly  met  with  on  cultivated  ground,  but  also  those 
usually  found  on  the  borders  of  fields  and  by  road-sides,  and  would 
even  remove  from  the  category  of  natives  such  a  common  species 
as  Lainium  album.  In  the  present  contribution  to  British  botany, 
the  plants  whose  names  are  italicized  in  the  last  edition  of  the 
London  Catalof/iie  are  to  a  great  extent  not  included." 

Journal  of  Botany. — Vol.  39.      [Dec.  1901.]  2  i 


430  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

In  addition  to  the  species  admitted  into  tbe  flora,  great  care  has 
been  taken  in  the  treatment  of  varieties,  and  of  the  more  con- 
spicuous forms  ;  critical  botanists  will  value  these  details,  which 
show  deep  research  and  some  originality.  CompositcB  is  a  family 
which  offers  a  good  deal  of  difficulty  in  the  due  limitation  of  its 
numerous  genera,  and  the  thistles  form  an  instance  of  such  diffi- 
culty ;  our  author,  however,  is  probably  right  in  following  the  best 
authorities,  and  in  separating  geuerically  the  species  which  possess 
pappus  with  plumose  setae  from  those  with  scabrid  setae  ;  the  former 
set,  with  eight  British  species,  being  referred  to  Cirsiiun,  and  the 
latter,  with  four  species,  to  Cardmis.  Of  course,  the  Carline  thistle 
and  the  cotton  thistle  are,  as  usual,  referred  to  Carlina  and  Ono- 
pordum  respectively. 

The  meadow  thistle,  familiar  to  English  botanists  under  the 
name  of  Carduus  pratemh  Huds.,  is  given  on  page  49  as  "Cirsium 
britannicum  Scop.  Iter  Gorizense,  in  Ann.  ii.  Hist.  Nat.  p.  60 
(1769)":  there  is,  however,  sufficient  reason  to  question  the 
correctness  of  this  name  for  the  species.  Scopoli  in  his  book. 
Annus  11.  Historico-Xaturalis,  pp.  60,  61,  Iter  Tyrolense  (1769), 
established  Cirsium  Britannicum  ;  he  described  the  plant  (and  a 
variety),  and  stated  that  it  was  the  Cirsium  Britannicum  Clusii  rcpcns 
I.  of  Bauhin,  the  Cirsium  II.  of  Clusius,  and  the  Cirsium  singuUri 
capitulo  squcuuato  of  C.  Bauhin.  Both  the  description  and  all  the 
references  point  rather  to  Cirsium  heteropJiyilum  Hill  than  to  Cardials 
pratensis  Huds. ;  the  variety  is  the  form  with  more  than  oue  flower- 
head  on  the  stem.  He  also  quoted  a  plant,  with  characteristic 
figure,  of  Haller  (Enum.  Meth.  Stirp.  Helvet.  p.  688,  tab.  xxi.), 
which  belongs  to  Cirsium  hetcrophijilum  Hill ;  he  further  added  that 
without  doubt  his  plant  was  the  Carduus  foliis  lanceolatis  dentatis 
amplexicaulibus  spinulis  inaqualibus  ciliatls  caule  iuermi  of  Linnaeus. 
The  Linnean  plant  is  Carduus  helenioides  L.  Sp.  PI.  ed.  i.  p.  825,  n.  20, 
which  is  now  considered  synonymous  with  Cirsium  heterophyllum 
Hill,  and  is  not  Carduus  pratensis  Huds.  It  seems  therefore  that 
Cirsium  britannicum  Scop,  is  a  synonym  of  C.  heteroplnjUum  Hill. 

It  is  not  certain  whether  Cirsium  canum  All.  (1785)  is  the  same 
species  as  Carduus  pratensis  Huds.,  but  it  would  be  safe  to  use 
Cirsium  anylicum  Cand.  El.  France,  iv.  p.  118  (1805)  for  the 
meadow  thistle.  There  is  no  adequate  reason  to  deny  that  Carduus 
dissectus  L.  Sp.  PI.  ed.  i.  p.  822,  n.  8,  is  the  same  species  as 
C.  pratensis  Huds.,  although  from  the  time  of  Lightfoot  (1777)  to 
the  present  day  the  identity  has  been  disputed  ;  no  type-specimen 
seems  to  exist,  but  all  the  references  given  by  Linnaeus  agree. 

Mr.  WilHams  is,  no  doubt,  correct  (page  60)  in  his  use  of  the 
name  Cirsium  acaule  Scop.,  but  the  earliest  reference  should  be  to 
Scopoli's  Annus  II,   Hist.-Xat.  above  cited,  p.  62. 

Excellent  examples  of  careful  detail  are  afforded  in  the  account 
of  Crejjis  rirens  h.,  with  its  varieties  and  forms,  and  in  the  treat- 
ment of  Centaurea  Jacea,  in  which  the  author  arrives  at  conclusions 
different  from  those  hitherto  usually  accepted  by  British  botanists. 
The  appreciation  of  such  wealth  of  information  will  induce  bota- 
nists to  look  forward  with  pleasant  anticipation  to  the  continuation 

^^'  ^^^  ^^°^'^-  W.  P.   HiERN. 


481 


ARTICLES    IN    JOURNALS.* 

AnnaU  of  Botany  (Sept.).  —  M.  C.  Ferguson,  '  Development  of 
Egg  and  Fertilization  in  Pinus  Strohus '  (8  pi.).  —  A.  H.  Church, 
'Note  on  Phyllotaxis.' — E.  Dale,  'Origin,  Development,  and 
morphological  nature  of  tubers  in  Diosrorea  sativa '  (1  pi.). — W.  H. 
Lang,  'Apospory  in  Anthoceros'  (1  pi.).  —  M.  Dawson,  'Economic 
importance  of  '  Nitrogin.' '  —  L.  Lewton  Brain,  '  Corchjceps  ophio- 
fjlossoides  '  (1  pi.). — F.  F.  Blackman  &  G.  L.  C.  Matthaei,  '  Reaction 
of  leaves  to  traumatic  stimulation  '  (1  pi.). — W.  T.  Thiselton-Dyer, 
'  Morphological  Notes.' 

Botanical  Gazette  (24  Sept.  &21  Oct.). — F.  L.  Stevens,  'Gameto- 
genesis  and  fertilization  in  Albugo  '  (concL).  —  W.  L.  Bray,  '  Vege- 
tation of  Western  Texas  '  (concl.).  —  (Sept.).  F.  M.  Lyon, 
'  Sporangia  and  gametophytes  of  Selaijinella  '  (concl.).  —  (Oct.) 
J.  B.  Dandeno,  'Application  of  normal  solutions  to  biological 
problems.'  —  B.  E.  Livingston,  'Physiology  of  polymorphism  in 
Green  Algae.' — J.  Schneck,  ^  Aqiiilef/ia  canadensis  &  A.  vuh/aris.' 

Botanical  Magazine  (Tokyo)  (20  Aug.  &  20  Sept.).  T.  Makino, 
'Observations  on  the  Flora  of  Japan'  (cont.).  —  (20  Aug.).  J. 
Matsumara,  '  Cerasi  japonicae  duae  species  novae.'  —  (20  Sept.). 
J.  Matsumara,  'New  LeguminoHm  from  the  Island  of  Yezo'  (Astra- 
galus &  Oxytropis). 

Bot.  Notiser  (haft  5;  1  Nov.).  —  S.  Murbeck,  ^Ranunculus 
auricomus  x  siilphureus,  nov.  hybr.'  (1  pi.).  —  T.  Hedlund,  '  Om 
fj  aliens  byggnad  ocli  deras  forhallande  till  klyfoppningarne  hos 
en  del  Bromeliaceen.' — A.  Nilsson,  '  Om  strafvenefter  enhot  i  den 
vaxtgeografiska  nomenklaturen.' — F.  R.  Aulin,  '  Glyceria  reptans.' 

Bot.  Zeitung  (15  Oct.).  —  W.  Ruhlaud,  '  Zur  Kenntniss  der 
intracellularen  Karyogamie  bei  den  Basidiomyceten '  (1  pi.). 

Bull,  de  VHerh.  Boissier  (30  Sept.  &  31  Oct.).  —  F.  Stephani, 
'  Species  Hepaticarum  '  (cont.).  —  G.  Hegl,  '  Das  Obere  Toesstal ' 
(cont.).  —  (80  Sept.).  0.  &  F.  Fedtschenko,  '  Materiaux  pour  la 
Flore  du  Caucase'  (cont.). — H.  Schinz,  'Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der 
afrikanischen  Flora'  (concl.). — W.  Schmidle,  '  Rhodoplax  Schmidle 
&  Wellheim,'  gen.  nov.  (Algae;  1  pi.). — H.  Christ,  '  Filices  Fauri- 
au£e.'  —  (Oct.  31).  H.  de  Boissieu,  '  Les  Viola  de  Chine.'  —  K. 
Fritsch,  '  Zur  Flora  von  Angola.'  —  H.  Christ,  Aspidium  Miuichii, 
sp.  n. 

Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  France  (xlviii,  3-4  ;   Sept.).  —  V.  Payot  &  — . 

Harmaud,  '  Lichens  du  Mont  Blanc' .  Du  Colombier,  'Lichens 

des  environs  d" Orleans.'  —  E.  Heckel,  '  Une  variete  alimentaire  de 
Dioscorea  pentaphylla.' — D.  Bois,  Plectrantlius  Coppini. — E.  Boudier, 


•  The  dates  assigned  to  the  numbers  are  those  which  appear  on  their  covers 
or  title-pages,  but  it  must  not  always  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  actual  date  of 
publication. 


432  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

Cercosporella  ]S!arcissi  &  Scopularia  Clerciona,  spp.  nil.  (1  pi.). — 
L.  Legie,  'Pierre  Beloii '  (1517-64).  —  Antoine  Constantin,  'Max 
Cornu''  (portr.).— (xlviii,  5-6  ;  Oct.  (received  14  Nov.) ). — P.  Fliche, 
Sorbus  hybrides  dans  le  Jura.' — P.  Husnot,  Melica  caricina  d'Urv.  & 
Phalaris  crypsoides  d'Urv. — D.  Clos,  '  Les  genres  des  Graminees  au 
xviii  siecle.'  —  F.  Gagnepain,  'Revision  des  genres  Mantida  & 
Cilobba  de  I'Herbier  du  Museum.'  —  J.  P.  Hoschede,  '  Notes  sur 
quelques  hybrides.' 

Bull.  Torrey  But.  Club  (30  Sept.).  —  E.  W.  Berry,  'Origin  of 
Stipules  in  Liriodendruu  '  (2  pi.). — P.  A.  Rydberg,  'Rocky  Mountain 
Flora.'  —  E.  P.  Bicknell,  '  Further  notes  on  the  Agrimonies.' — 
(26  Oct.).  0.  F.  Cook,  '  Palms  of  Puerto  Rico  '  (6  pi.) :  Thmiconui, 
Thringis,  Aeria,  Acrista,  Ciwuna,  Cocops,  genn.  now. — E.  P.  Bicknell, 
'  Studies  in  Sisyrinchium  '  (cont.). 

Gardeners'  Chronicle  (12  Oct.). — Cotyledon nanu  N.E.Br.,  Stapelia 
maculosoides  N.  E.  Br.  ;  (26  Oct.).  Ceropegia  Lugardi  N.  E.  Br.  ; 
(2  Nov.).    Semperrivuni  velutinum  N.  E.  Br. 

Journal  de  Botanique  ("  Juillet,"  received  2  Oct.). — L.  Guignard, 
'  La  double  fecondation  dans  Xaias  major.' — F.  Pechoutre,  '  L'ovule 
et  la  graine  du  Geum  urbanum.'' — P.  Parmentier,  '  Sur  le  pollen  des 
Dialypetales.'  —  C.  Sauvageau,  'Les  Sphacelariacees.'  —  ("Aout," 
received  9  Nov.,  &  "  Septembre,"  received  Nov.  20).  A.  Lemaire, 
'  Sur  le  gaine  de  quelques  Schizophycees.' — F.  Guegnen,  '  Anatomie 
du  style  et  du  stigmate  des  Phanerogames.' 

Malpighia  (xv,  fasc.  2-3  :  received  11  Nov.).  —  G.  Cecconi, 
'  Galle  della  Foresta  di  Vallombrosa.' — A.  Noelli,  Aecidium  haiidis. 
—  C.  Massalongo,  '  Sopra  alcune  Milbogalle  '  (4  pL).  —  0.  Penzig, 
Antonio  Piccone  (1844-1901). 

Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift  (Sept.  &  Oct.).  —  F.  Vierhapper,  '  Zur 
systematischen  Stellung  des  Dianthus  ccesius.'  —  E.  Hackel,  *  Neue 
Graser'  (cont.). — J.  Freyn,  '  Plantfe  Karoanae  '  (cont.;  1  pi.). —  R. 
Wagner,  Erythrina.  —  K.  Ronniger,  '  Gentiana  Villarsii  und  deren 
Kreuzungen  mit  G.  lutea.' 

PJiodora  (Sept.-Nov,).— M.  A.  Day,  'Herbaria  of  New  England.' 
— (Sept.  &  Oct.).    G.  E.  Davenport,  '  Notes  on  New  England  Ferns.' 

(Sept.  16).     M.  L.  Fernald,  '  New  Stations  for  J  uncus  subtilis.' — 

L.  R.  Jones,  ^  Lathyrus  tuberosus  in  Vermont.'  —  (Oct.  5).  A.  L. 
Andrews,  '  Habenaria  lacera  X  H.  psychodes.'  —  M.  L.  Fernald, 
'  Scirjnts  supinus  and  allies.' — (Nov.).  W.  Deane,  '  Albino  fruits  of 
Vacciniums.' — B.  L.  Robinson,  '  N.  American  Euphrasias.' — M.  L. 
Fernald,  Lycopodium  complanatum. 

Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  (Bot.  vi,  2  ;  Sept.).— W.  C.  Worsdell,  '  Com- 
parative Anatomy  of  Cycadacea  '  (2  pi.). 


438 


BOOK-NOTBJS,    NEWS,    <h. 

The  handsome  volume  dealing  with  the  Fauna,  Flora,  and 
Geology  of  the  Clyde  Area,  edited  by  Messrs.  G.  F.  Scott  Elliot, 
Malcolm  Laurie,  and  C.  Barclay  Murdoch,  and  prepared  in  connection 
with  the  recent  visit  of  the  British  Association  to  Glasgow,  has 
lately  reached  us.  It  is  an  extremely  full  catalogue,  extending  to 
nearly  600  pages,  of  the  natural  history  of  the  district,  and  reflects 
great  credit  on  all  who  have  been  concerned  in  its  production.  The 
botanical  portion,  which  alone  concerns  us,  begins  with  a  brief 
"  History  of  Botany  in  Glasgow,"  by  Prof.  Bower ;  this  is  followed 
by  a  note  on  the  Phyto-plankton  of  the  Clyde  sea- area,  and  by  lists 
of  the  Freshwater  Alg£e,  by  various  hands,  including  Messrs  W.  & 
G.  S.  West ;  Marine  Algc^,  by  Dr.  Batters  ;  Diatoms,  by  Mr.  W.  T. 
Comber;  Lichens,  by  Mr.  Scott  Elliot ;  Fungi  (microscopic),  by 
Mr.  D.  A.  Boyd  ;  Hymenomycetes  and  Gasteromycetes,  by  Mr. 
William  Stewart;  Ferns  and  allies,  by  Mr.  P.  Ewing,  who  also 
undertakes  the  Hepatic^  and  Phanerogams  ;  Mosses,  by  Mr.  J. 
Murray.  The  assistance  of  numerous  works  is  acknowledged  in 
the  preface  to  each  list,  and  the  enumeration  is  one  of  the  most 
complete  ever  given  for  a  limited  area.  The  volume,  which  costs 
only  5s.  net,  may  be  obtained  from  Messrs.  James  Maclehose  Bros., 
61,  St.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow. 

During  October  two  instalments  of  the  Kew  Bulletin  were 
issued — one  dated  "April-June,"  the  other  "July-September"; 
according  to  the  Stationery  Office  date,  both  were  printed  in  the 
last-named  month.  The  latter  contains  descriptions  of  numerous 
new  African  and  other  plants,  by  members  of  the  Kew  staff,  and  a 
paper  on  exotic  Fungi,  by  Mr.  Massee,  in  which  he  estabhshes  two 
new  genera — Glaorah/x  and  Cerion  (Ascomycetes) — and  describes 
numerous  new  species.  A  note  on  Mr.  Nicholson's  retirement 
states  that  the  Kew  Handlist  of  Trees  and  Shrub,'i,  issued  anony- 
mously, was  prepared  by  him.  The  statement  that  it  is  "  universally 
accepted  as  a  standard  authority  for  their  nomenclature  "  is,  we 
think,  somewhat  too  absolute;  the  list  is  undoubtedly  useful,  but  a 
very  slight  examination  suffices  to  show  that  the  synonymy  requires 
revision. 

The  Index  to  Vols.  I.—X.  of  the  Annals  of  Botany  (1887-1896), 
"prepared  by  T.  G.  Hill,  A.R.C.S.,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Editors,"  has  just  been  issued ;  it  is  bound  in  cloth,  contains 
sixty-four  pages,  and  costs  six  shillings.  No  recent  publication 
needs  indexing  more  than  the  AnnaU,  for  in  none  are  the  contents 
of  the  separate  volumes  more  inadequately  indicated.  The  entries 
in  the  new  index  are  in  almost  all  cases  too  long — e.  g.  it  seems  un- 
necessary to  add  the  word  "description"  after  the  name  of  each  new 
species  when  the  preface  distinctly  states  that  only  described  species 
are  included.  The  new  use  of  the  "^^  and  f — the  former  "indicates 
an  illustration,"  the  latter  "a  palaeobotanical  article " — has  nothing 
to  recommend  it;  and  the  former  sign  is  so  often  employed  in 
indexes  to  indicate  a  new  species  that  its  present  use  is  confusing. 
We  are  glad  to  note  that  all  the  entries   are   included   in   one 


434  THE  JOURNAL  OF  BOTANY 

alphabet ;  but  we  regret  that  the  index  was  not  brought  more 
nearly  up  to  date.  A  practised  index-maker  would,  we  think,  have 
compressed  all  the  information  given  into  half  the  space  occupied. 

A  NEW  EDITION  of  the  Flora  of  Liverpool,  under  the  superintendence 
of  Dr.  C.  Theodore  Green,  F.L.S.,  President  of  the  Liverpool  Natu- 
ralists' Field  Club,  will  be  issued  early  in  1902.  It  will  be  ilkistrated 
from  photographs  of  the  scenery  of  the  district  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Ellis, 
and  many  drawings  of  the  flowers  by  Miss  E.  M.  Wood.  The  book 
will  be  issued  to  subscribers  at  5s.  net.  Dr.  Green,  31,  Shrewsbury 
Road,  Birkenhead,  will  be  glad  to  receive  names  of  subscribers. 
Owing  to  the  numerous  illustrations,  both  of  the  plants  themselves 
and  of  the  scenery  of  the  district,  this  book  will  be  of  more  than 
merely  technical  interest,  and  will  be  of  value  to  all  who  wish  to 
know  something  of  its  Flora. 

John  Storrie,  who  died  at  Cardiff  on  May  2,  was  born  at  Muir- 
yett,  Cambusnethan,  Lanarkshire,  on  June  2,  1843.  In  his  early 
years  he  was  apprenticed  to  a  printer,  and  went  from  Scotland  to 
various  parts  of  England  and  Wales.  From  a  lad  he  had  shown  a 
taste  for  knowledge  of  all  kinds,  and  especially  for  botany ;  when  quite 
young  he  obtained  a  prize  for  a  collection  of  Scottish  alpine  plants 
He  became  employed  on  the  Cardiff  WeHcm  Mail,  and  was  appointed 
Curator  of  the  Museum  in  that  town.  After  a  time  he  came  to 
London,  where  he  acted  as  curator  of  the  collection  of  C.  0.  Groom 
Napier,  calling  himself  "  Priuce  of  Mantua  and  Montferrat '" ; 
Storrie's  account  of  the  proceedings  of  this  extraordinary  person 
was  extremely  amusing.  Later  he  returned  to  Cardiff",  and  again 
became  Curator  of  the  Museum.  In  1886  he  published  a  Flora  of 
Cardiff,  a  notice  of  which  appeared  in  this  Journal  for  1887. 
Storrie  was  elected  an  Associate  of  the  Linnean  Society  in  1899  ; 
a  fuller  account  of  him  will  be  found  in  the  Society's  Proceedings 
for  1900-1. 

Francis  Dickinson,  the  latest  surviving  contributor  to  Leighton's 
Flora  of  Shropshire  (published  in  1841),  in  which  his  name  is  of 
frequent  occurrence,  died  at  his  residence,  Wheatlands,  Crookham 
Hill,  Edenbridge,  Kent,  on  August  24th.  He  was  born  January  4th, 
1816,  at  Coalbrookdale,  Shropshire,  and,  although  his  name  is  only 
familiar  in  connection  with  Leighton's  work,  was  throughout  his 
life  interested  in  botanical  pursuits. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Linnean  Society  on  Nov.  7th,  the  following 
specimens  were  exhibited  for  Mr.  W.  B.  Hemsley: — (1)  A  West 
Australian  Umbelliferous  shrub,  Siebera  defiexa,  which  produces 
tubers,  called"  Yuke  "  by  the  aborigines,  who  eat  them  both  raw  and 
cooked.  Many  shrubs  in  dry  countries  form  large  tuberous  stocks,  from 
which  annual  stems  spring  ;  but  the  tubers  of  Siebera  dejiexa  grow 
in  strings  showing  no  trace  of  eyes  or  buds,  but  scars  where  stems 
may  have  been  detached.  Whether  independent  plants  spring  from 
the  separate  tubers  is  a  question  which  remains  to  be  determined. 
(2)  Germinating  seeds  of  Araiicaria  Bidivillii,  received  from  Grahams- 
town.  The  peculiarity  in  the  germination  is  that  there  are  two  dis- 
tinct stages ;  in  the  first  stage  the  radicle  emerges  from  the  shell  of 


BOOK-NOTES,    NEWS,    ETC.  436 

the  seed,  eventually  bringing  out  the  petioles  of  the  cotyledons  and 
the  axis  of  the  plantlet.  The  radicle  grows  in  a  carrot-shaped 
woody  body,  from  which  the  petioles  of  the  cotyledons  disarticulate, 
leaving  a  few  minute  rudimentary  leaves  forming  the  point  of  the 
plumule.  iVfter  some  weeks,  the  second  stage  begins  with  the 
elongation  of  the  plumule,  which  eventually  becomes  the  trunk  of 
the  tree.  It  appears  that  the  second  stage  may  be  delayed  a  con- 
siderable time  without  loss  of  vitality.  The  germination  of  the 
seeds  of  Antucaria  Bidivillii  had  been  previously  observed,  and  the 
process  has  been  described  and  illustrated  in  Kegel's  Gartrnjiora, 
1865,  p.  103;  but  the  two  stages  of  growth  escaped  notice.  Another 
peculiarity  is  there  pointed  out :  each  seed  contained  two  or  more 
embryos,  which  germinated  and  grew,  so  that  one  hundred  and 
sixty-four  plants  were  raised  from  seventy-five  seeds. 

We  have  received  the  three  first  numbers  of  the  Bnlletin  tin 
Javdln  Imperial  botaniqiie  de  St.  Vctersbounj,  in  which  it  is  intended 
to  publish  original  papers  in  all  branches  of  botany,  as  well  as  com- 
munications relating  to  or  emanating  from  the  Garden  itself;  it  is 
edited  by  Dr.  A.  Fischer  von  Waldheim.  The  contributions  in  the 
numbers  before  us  deal  principally  with  lichens  and  fungi,  and  are 
in  the  Russian  tongue ;  both  typography  and  plates  are  excellent. 
We  would  suggest  that  each  number  should  contain  the  date  of  its 
publication. 

Sir  George  King  is  continuing  in  the  Journal  of  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal  his  important  publication  "  Materials  for  a  Flora 
of  the  Malayan  Peninsula."  The  last  instalment  deals  principally 
with  EiKjenia,  of  which  96  species,  many  of  them  new,  are  described. 

In  a  paper  read  lately  by  Mr.  H.  Stuart  Thompson  before  the 
Scientific  Society  of  the  Midland  Institute,  Birmingham,  it  was 
proposed  to  form  a  "Midland  Herbarium  "  to  be  kept  in  Birmingham. 
In  the  course  of  his  paper  Mr.  Thompson  gave  some  interesting 
facts  concerning  the  vegetation  which  appeared  on  the  dry  bed  of 
Rotton  Park  Reservoir  after  the  droughts  of  1893,  1900,  and  the 
present  year.  He  called  attention  to  the  flora  of  a  little  copse  near 
Harborne  containing  marshy  pools  which  are  being  filled  with 
refuse  by  the  Birmingham  City  Council,  who  rent  the  land  as  a 
"tip."  It  appears  that  this  piece  of  waste  land,  only  four  miles 
from  the  centre  of  Birmingham,  is  the  home  of  many  and  scarce 
plants ;  Mr.  Thompson  showed  dried  specimens,  including  some 
rare  sedges,  which  he  had  gathered  at  Harborne.  He  had  done 
his  best  to  try  and  prevent  the  continuance  of  the  tipping  of 
rubbish,  but  feared  it  was  one  of  the  sad  but  inevitable  consequences 
of  the  extension  of  our  big  cities. 

Prof.  John  Percival,  of  the  South-Eastern  Agricultural  College, 
Wye,  Kent,  proposes  to  issue  a  limited  number  of  fascicles  of  speci- 
men ears  of  the  chief  European  varieties  of  the  cereals  Wheat, 
Barley,  Oats,  and  Rye.  Over  two  hundred  varieties  will  be  repre- 
sented, and  it  is  hoped  that  the  sets  may  be  found  useful  for 
educational  purposes,  and  at  the  same  time  be  valuable  as  a  record 
of  the  varieties  of  cereals  most  commonly  grown  in  Europe  at  the 


4:86  THE    JOURNAL    OF    BOTANY 

begiiiuiiig  of  the  twentieth  century.     The  price  of  each  set  will  be 
two  guineas. 

By  the  death  of  Alfeed  Hutchinson  Smee,  botany  as  well  as 
horticulture  has  lost  an  intelligent  supporter.  Though  Mr.  Smee 
would  probably  Jiave  disclaimed  the  style  of  botanist,  he  was  cer- 
tainly attached  to  the  study  of  that  science.  The  son  of  Mr. 
Alfred  Smee — who  made  a  garden  on  a  piece  of  marsh  land  along 
the  course  of  the  Wandle  near  the  watercress  beds  at  Mitcham, 
and  wrote  a  book  about  it,  Mi/  Garden,  well  known  to  garden- 
lovers — he  had  gone  on  with  the  work  on  his  father's  lines.  In  a 
comparatively  small  area  he  had  continued  the  accumulation  of  a 
large  selection  of  interesting  plants.  I  look  back  with  pleasure  to 
a  long  hour  which  he  devoted  one  evening  last  May  to  showing  me 
some  of  what  he  termed  his  "  rubbish,"  by  which  he  meant  plants 
of  botanic  rather  than  horticultural  interest.  The  immediate 
object  of  my  visit  was  a  riiilodendron  which  proved  a  new  species, 
and  was  described  in  a  recent  number  of  this  Journal  (p.  277). 
But  he  had  also  an  interesting,  if  small,  collection  of  orchids,  and, 
among  other  things,  a  splendid  specimen  of  Cytbua  Adami  in  full 
flower,  showing  the  yellow,  purple,  and  intermediate  colours  on 
distinct  branches.  Mr.  Smee  was  conducting  a  series  of  experi- 
ments on  this  curious  tree — rearing  young  trees  from  seeds  of 
flowers  of  the  respective  colours,  in  order  to  study  the  course  of 
variation.  Mr.  Smee  was  a  member  of  the  Council  of  the  Royal 
Horticultural  Society,  and  also  took  great  interest  in  promoting  hor- 
ticulture in  his  own  neighbourhood.  He  was,  in  fact,  a  most  active 
and  useful  man  in  all  matters  of  local  interest.  He  was  born  in 
Finsbury  Cu'cus  in  1841,  and  died  at  his  house,  The  Grange, 
Hackbridge,  on  November  8th. — A.  B.  R. 

The  latest  addition  to  the  handsome  monographs  of  African 
plants  issued  under  the  editorship  of  Prof.  Eugler  is  the  Anonacea;, 
which  have  been  undertaken  by  the  editor  and  Dr.  Diels.  Thirty 
admirable  plates  accompany  the  monograph,  in  which  many  new 
genera  are  established,  apparently  on  slight  grounds.  The  new 
parts  of  Dan  Pjianzenreich  contain  the  iSymplocacecB,  by  Dr.  A.  Brand, 
and  the  Raffledacece  and  Hydnoracea,  by  Graf  zu  Solms-Laubach. 

The  first  part  of  vol.  Ix  of  the  Aniuds  of  the  Royal  Botanic 
Garden,  Calcutta,  consists  of  "a  second  century  of  new  and  rare 
Indian  plants,"  by  Sir  G.  King,  Dr.  Prain,  and  Mr.  J.  F.  Duthie. 
A  new  genus  of  Leguminosae,  Leucosteyanc,  is  established  by  Dr. 
Prain  on  his  Saraca  latixlipulata  ;  the  excellent  plates  have  been 
drawn  by  native  artists  under  his  supervision.  A  beautiful  photo- 
gravure oi  Albizzia  liichardiana  forms  the  frontispiece  to  the  volume. 

The  fourth  part  of  Mr.  F.  M.  Bailey's  Queendand  Flora  contains 
the  orders  Hydrophyllacece  to  Ela^aynacae,  with  18  plates,  illustrating 
Nepenthes  and  other  genera  of  special  interest. 

We  are  indebted  to  the  Editors  of  The  Garden  for  permission  to 
reproduce,  as  frontispiece  to  the  present  volume,  the  very  excellent 
portrait  of  Mr.  J.  G.  Baker  which  appeared  in  their  issue  for  Nov.  9. 


INDEX, 


For  Classijied  Articles,  see — Articles  in  Journals;  County  Records;  Obituanj ; 
Reviews.  Neio  genera,  species,  and  varieties  published  in  this  volume,  as 
well  as  new  names,  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk. 


Abietia,  41 

Acorus  ill  Cheshire,  38 
^olanthus,  140 

African  Flora,  59,  48,  108  (rev.), 
254  (rev.),  280,  354 ;  Mosses,  364 ; 
Convolvulaceae,  12,  55  ;  Labiatte, 
108,  140  ;  Sterculiacea?,  122  ; 
Acanthaceac,  300 
Agardh,   J.   G.,  143;    his  'Species 

Algariim  '  (rev.),  245 
Agathosma  stricta,=i'  398 
Aloe  nataleiisis,  170 
Algological  Notices  (rev.),  Ill 
Allionia,  68 

Alopeciirus  hybridus,  232 
Amaryllide*,  Bulbiform  seeds  of,369 
American  nomenclatnie,  119,  190 
Anomodon  Toccoie,  360  ;  tristichiis, 

364 
Antennaria  dioica  xay.  liyperborea, 

217  (t.  423) 
Arabis  ciliata,  207 
Araucaria  Bidwillii,  434 
Arcyria,  89 
Articles  IN  Journals: — 

Annals  of  Botany,  78,  188,  285, 
431,  433  [216 

Annnario  1st.  Bot.  di  Koma,  116, 
Bot.  Centralblatt,  45 
Bot.  Gazette,  45,  78, 116, 149, 188, 

214,  253,  285,  319,  351,  431 
Botanical  Magazine  (Tokio),  431 
Bot.  Notiser,  45,  116,  188,   214, 

351,  431 
Bot.  Zeitnng,  78,  116,  149,  214, 

253,  285,  319,  351,  431 
Bull.  del'Herb.  Boissier,  116, 149,  I 
188,  214,  253,  285,  319, 351,  431  ! 
Bull.  Bot.  Soc.  Belgique,  116,  285 
Bull.  Jard.  Bot.  St.  Petersbourg,  i 
435  I 

Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  France,  116,  214,  I 

253,  351,  431 
Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club,  78,  116, 
149,   188,   214,   253,   285,   319, 
351,  432 

Journal  of  Botany.— Vol.  8{j. 


Bull.  U.S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture, 
I  113,  150,  248,  286 

!       Gardeners'  Chronicle,  45,  78, 117, 
'  150,  188,   214,  253,  285,    319, 

351,  432 

Journ.  de  Botanique,  45,  78,  150, 
188,  215,  253,  285,  319,  432 
'       Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  188,  319 
Journ.  R.  Hort.  Soc,  356 
Malpighia,  117,  253,  432 
Minnesota  Botanical  Studies,  319 
Notes  fr.  Bot.  School,  Trin.  Coll. 

Dublin,  80 
Nuovo  Giorn.  Bot.  Ital.,  285,  351 
Oesterr.  Bot.  Zeitschrift,  45,  78, 
117,    150,   188,   253,   285,   319, 

352,  432 

0.  S.  U.  Naturahst.  80 

Rhodora,  78,  117,  150,  188,  254, 
285,  319,  432 

Trans.  Linn.  Soc,  150,  432 

Trans.  Leicester  Lit.  &  Phil.  Soc, 
80 

Trans.  Yorks.  Nat.  Union,  254 
Astrochlaeua  Delamereana,-'-  60  ;  in- 

voluta,-'-'  59  ;  iiialvacea  var.  epe- 

dunculata,'-  59 
Athanasia  montaiui,  171 
Athrixia  arachnoidea,  170 
Aublet's  '  Histoire  des  Plantes,'  36 
Austrahau  Figs  (t.  417),  1 

Bacteria  disease  in  Turnips,  33 

Badhamia,  species  of,  82;  versi- 
color,- 81  (t.  419) ;  cultivation 
of,  6 

Bagnall,  J.  E.,  Flora  of  Stafford- 
shire, Supplement ;  Camptothe- 
cium  nitens,  187  ;  Octodiceras 
Julianum,  243 

Bailey's  'Cyclopaedia'  (rev.),  42; 
his  'Botany'  (rev.),  76 

Baker,  E.  G.,  British  Violets,  9, 
220  ;  African  Sterculiacete,  122 

Baker,  J.  G.,  Plates  of  'English  Bo- 
tany,' 286;  nMftHWt  (frontispiece) 
[Dec.  1901.]  2  k 


438 


INDEX. 


Banks  &  Solander's  Figs  (t.  417),  1 ; 

Australian  Plants  (rev.),  348 
Barker  of  Beccles,  73 
Barringtonia,  67 

Barton,  E.  S.,  Galls  in  Furcellaria 
and  Cbondrus  (t.  418),  49  ;  Spor- 
angia of  Ectocarpus,  51  ;  Algo- 
logical  Notices,  111 ;  J.  G.  Agardh, 
143 ;  his '  Species  Algarmn '  (rev.), 
245;  Dict3^osiplion  (rev.),  251 
Bauer's  '  Exotic  Plants,'  107 
Beckwith,  AV.  E.,  Shropshire  Plants, 

182 
Benbow,  J.,  Middlesex  Orchids,  278 
Bennett,  A.,  Viola  nana,  72  ;   Pota- 
moseton,  198  ;  I.  of  Man  botany, 
212,  244  ;  Moenchia,  428 
Betula  alpestvis,  271 
Bibliographical  Notes,  107,  202,  237 
'  Biltinore  Botanical  Studies,'  255 
Blepharisextenuata,"301 ;  Scullyi,''- 

301 
Bonnier' s    '  Cours    de    Botanique ' 

(rev.),  148 
Bornean  Monocotyledons,  173 
Botany,  Teaching  of,  341  [207 

Botanical  Exchange  Club  Keport, 
Botanical   Work,    Eeport   of  Com- 
mittee on,  305 
Box  in  Britain,  27,  73 
Braithwaite's  '  Moss  Flora,'  79 
Bretschneider,  Emil,  287 
Bretschneidera,  215 
Bristol  Plants,  91 

British  Botany  in  XIX  Century,  128 
British  Hepaticte,  Key  to,  154 
British  Museum  Herbarium,  307  ; 

Eeport  of,  1900,  424 
Britten,  J.,  Acorus  in  Cheshire,  38; 
Welwitsch's  African  Plants  (rev.), 
39;  Bailey's  Cyclopaedia  (rev.), 
42;  Nicholson's  Supplement  (rev.), 
43  ;  Changes  in  Nomenclature, 
67;  Suffolk  Note,  72;  Notes  on 
Lathyrus,  96 ;  Bauer's  Exotick 
Plants,  107  ;  African  Labiatae, 
140  ;  Plant-names  (rev.),  146  ; 
Statice  pubescens,  195 ;  Periodical 
Publications,  237 ;  Plates  of '  Eng- 
lish Botany,'  245;  Rubia  rotundi- 
folia,  278 ; '  Flora Capensis '  (rev.), 
280  ;  Limonium  humile,  315  ; 
'  Flora  of  California'  (rev.),  347  ; 
Botany  of  Cook's  Voyage,  348  ; 
Botanica  in  Italia  (rev.),  393 
Bruce,  G.  L.,  Galium  sylvestre,  245 
Bucknall,  C,  Box  in  Britain,  29 ; 
Bristol  Plants,  91 


Buda  media  var.  glandulosa,  207 
Buddie,  note  by,  72 
Bnlbiform  seeds  of  Amaryllideae,  369 
Bullock- Webster,  G.  R.,  Characeae 

Records,  101 
Burkill,  I.  H.,   Tri folium  pratense 

var.  parviflorum,  235 
Buxus  in  Britain,  27,  73 

Camptothecium  nitens,  187 
Cape  Plants,  new,  397 
Cardamine  impatiens,  245 
Carex  depauperata,  244;  binervis  x 

rigida,    274;    Worcester   species, 

244 
Carejj^a,  68 
Carruthers,  W.,  Disease  in  Turnips, 

33  ;    Cherry   tree   disease,    118  ; 

Botany  of  Cook's  Voyage  (rev.), 

348 
Catalase,  286 

Centaurea  Scabiosa  var.,  268 
Ceratothamnion,  253 
Cerion,  433 
Ceterach  hybrid?  117 
Chamberlain's  Histology  (rev.),  349 
Characeai  Records,  101 
Cherry  tree  disease,  118 
Chondrioderma,  species  of,  85-7 
Chondrus,  Galls  in  (t.  418),  49 
Christ's  '  Farnkriiuter  der  Schweiz,' 

190 
Cirsium  arvense,  91 
Clarke,  W.  A.,   British  Botany  in 

XIX  Cent.,  128;  Radnor  Plants, 

279 
Clements'  'Nebraska,'  190 
Clyde  Area,  Nat.  Hist,  of,  433 
Cochlearia,  216 

Cocks,  LI.  J.,  Yorkshire  Mosses,  37 
Coleus  somalensis,'''  265 
Comere's  '  Desmidiees  de  France  ' 

(rev.),  250 
'  Coniferae,'  Veitch's  (rev.),  40 
Connellia,  151 

Convolvulaceae,  African,  12,  55 
Convolvulus  Bullerianus,^-  62  ;  Hil- 

senbergiana,"  61;  liniformis,*  61 
Cook's  Vo^^age,  Botany  of,  348 
Cooke's  (T.),  Bombay  Flora  (rev.), 

392 
Coulter  &  Chamberlain's  '  Sperma- 

tophytes'  (rev.),  246 
Coulter's  Indiana  Catalogue,  119 
County  Records : — 

Beds,  73,  82 

Berks,  28,  99,  225,  235 

Brecon,  105,  168,  344 


INDEX. 


439 


Cambridge,  101,  102,  885 

Carmarthen,  168,  344 

Carnarvon,  90,  105 

Chester,  10,  38,  208 

Cornwall,  140,  187 

Cumberland,  191,  3G9 

Devon,  9,  89,  428 

Dorset,  49,  82,  84,  87,  385 

Essex,  82,  315,  396 

Glamorgan,  336 

Gloucester,  29,  91,  146 

Hants,  79,  101,  144,  151,  320 

Herts,  73,  82 

Huntingdon,  428 

Kent,  28,  179,  187,  207,  227 

Lancaster,  10,  22.  227,  277.  296 

Leicester,  80 

Merioneth,  10,  71,  84,  87,  276 

Middlesex,  245,  278,  345 

Norfolk,  84,  101,  235 

Northampton,  428 

Oxford,  209,  226,  245 

Pembroke,  52,  279 

Eadnor,  209,  279 

Shropshire,  182,  276 

Somerset,  74,  91,  101,  244 

Stafford  (Snpplement),  72,  225 

Suffolk,  72 

Surrey,  27,  207,  235,  345,  369, 428  \ 

Sussex,  121,  235,  403,  428 

Warwick,  232,  352,  435 

Westmoreland,  105 

Wilts,  83 

Worcester,  187,  243,  244,  352,  428 

Yorks,  37,  38, 73, 82,  223,  245, 277, 

344,  346,  369 
{See   also  Brit.   Botany-  in  XIX  j 
Century,  pp.  128-140.) 
Crassula  tenuis,"  399 
Cumbia,  68  ;  austrahs,-  68 
Cycadaceae,  46 
Cymbidium  Sparkesii,  197 
Cyperus  fnscus,  93  | 

Dates  of  Humboldt  &   Bonpland's 

'Voyage,'  203;    of  French  Voy-  \ 

ages,  205 
Deasy 's  '  Tibet  and  Turkestan,'  216 
Dendrobium  Jonesii,*  197 
Dennet's  '  Plant  Life,'  46 
Dianema  corticatum,  96  I 

Dichfea  elegans,  87  ' 

Dictis  umbonata,''=  104  I 

Dickinson,  Francis,  434  i 

Didymium,  cultivation  of,  7  ;  com- 

atum,  7 ;   difforme,   7  ;    dubium,  i 

87  ;  Trochus,  88 
Dinochloa  Tjankorreh,  179 


Dipodium  paludosum,  175 
Disease  in  Turnips,  33;  in  Plants 

(rev.),  210 
Dixon,    H.    N.,  Varieties  of  Hyp- 

num  fluitaus,  275 
Dod,   Major  A.  H.    Wolley-,    New 

Cape  Plants,  397 
Dombeya,  124  ;  Taylori,*  125 
Dorsett  on  Violet  Disease,  248 

Ectocarpus,  Sporangia  of  (t.  418), 

51 
Elliott,   E.    J.,   Hypnum    rotundi- 

folium,  146 
'  Englisii  Botanv,'    plates   of,   245, 

280 
Eria  Hosei,-  174 
Erophila  virescens,  207 
Euphrasia,  92,  270,   391;    scottica, 

343 
Evans,   M.  S.,   New   Natal  Plants, 

169 
Exoascus  deformans,  150 
Extinction  of  Plants,  255 

Ficus,  Australian  species,  1 ;  glome- 
rata,  4  ;  caudicitlora,  5  ;  opposita, 
3;  Parkinsoni-  (t.  417),  1;  pla- 
typoda,  3  ;  virginea,-''  2 
Fitchia,  46 

'  Flora  Biasiliensis,'  255 
'  Flora  Capensis  '  (rev.),  280 
'  Flora  Sinensis,'  delay  of,  288 
Fontinalis  antipyretica  var.  cymbi- 

foha,-  427 
Foslie's  Chinese  Coralhnacete,  120 
Fry,  David,  Bristol  Plants,  91 
Fuligo  elhpsospora,  84 ;  ochracea,  84 
Furcellaria,  Galls  in  (t.  418),  49 

Galium  sylvestre,  245 

Galls  m  Furcellaria  and  Chondrns 

(t.  418),  49 
Geigeria  natalensis,  172;  rivularis, 

171 
Geniosporum  fissum,--  263 
Gepp,  A.,  Mueller's  '  Genera  Mus- 

corum  '      (rev.),     74  ;     Horrell's 

'  Sphagnaceae  '  (rev.),  112 
Geranium  purpureum,  208 
Gerard,  J.,  '  Story  of  Wild  Flowers ' 

(rev.),  394, 
Gerassimow  on  Cells,  396 
Ghikffia,  316 
Globba  affinis,-  146 
Gloeocalyx,  433 
Glyceria  Borreri,  428  ;  pedicellata, 

274 


4^0 


INDEX. 


Greene's  'Literary  Aspects  of  Ame- 
rican Botany,'  189 

Griffin,  W.  H.,  Lonicera  Xylosteum, 
187 

Groves,  H.  &  J.,  Kannnciihis  X  Hil- 
toni,=:--  121  (t.  420) 

Guernsey,  Flora  of,  216 

Habenaria  albida  x  conopsea,  272 
Hamilton,    W.    P.,    Kirkcudbright 

Mosses,  422 
Hay  ling  Island  Plants,  144  j 

Helianthemum  vulgare,  345  i 

Heliophila  tabularis,"  397 
Heller's  Catalogue  of  North  Ameri- 
can Plants,  119,  190 ;  his  '  Muhl- 

enbergia,'  119 
Hemimeris,  103 ;  elegans,"  102 
Henslow's  'Poisonous  Plants,' 287; 

'  Wild  Flowers '  (rev.),  394 
HepaticEe,  New  British,  36  ;  Key  to 

British,  154  ;  Yorkshire,  245  " 
Hermannia,  126  ;  damarana,"  127  ; 

Donaldsoni,-  126  ;     Eenii,-  126  ; 

rudis,^:-  393 
Hevea,  189 
Hieracia,  Linton's  Set  of,  105,  146  ; 

Scottish,  269 
Hieracium  caledonicum  var.  platy- 

phyllam,-''  166;  rigidnm  var.  stri- 

gosum,"  167  ;  vu  gatum  var.  ca- 

cuminum,"  66 
Hiern,  W.  P.,  Banks  &  Solander's 

Austrahan  Figs,  1    (t.  417) ;  his 

Welwitsch  Catalogue  (rev.j,  39; 

New  S.  African  Scrophulariaceae, 

102;    Flora  of    Tropical    Africa 

(rev.),  108;  Williams's  '  Prodro- 

mus  Fl.  Brit.'   (rev.),   212,  429; 

Limosella  aquatica  var.  tenuifolia 

(t.  426),  336 
Hobkirk,  C.  P.,  Tortula  cernua,  37 
Hodgson,  William,  191 
Hogan's  Gaelic  Names  (rev.),  147 
Holmes,  E.  M.,  Kent  Mosses,  179, 

227 
Holmes,    G.,    Hypnum    rotuudifo- 

lium,  146 
HomonjTQS,  288 

Horrell's  '  Sphagnaceae  '  (rev.),  112 
Hose's    Bornean    Monocotyledons, 

173 
Howe's  '  Torreya,'  119 
Humboldt  &  Bonpland's  '  Voyage  ' 

(dates  of),  202 
Hume,   A.    0.,    Lnpatiens    Koylei, 

187  ;  Scirpus  maritimus,  145 
Huttum,    67 ;    acutangulum,'''    67 ; 


calyptratum,='=   67;    edulis,-''=    67; 

racemosum,"-    67 ;      speciosum,''' 

67 
Hypodiscuscapitatus,'''  402;  Dodii," 

402 
Hypnum  flnitans  var.  atlanticum,'- 

277;    var.  Robertsiae,"  275;  var. 

squalidum,-'=  276;    rotundifolium, 

146 

lanthe,  289  ;  species  of,-  292  ;  stel- 
lata,  294  (t.  425) 

Impatiens  Roylei,  187 

Ingham,  W.,  Yorkshire  Mosses,  73; 
Hepatics,  245,  346 

International  Botanical  Association, 
189 

Introduced  Plants,  320 

Inula  vulgaris,  213 

Ipomoea  bellecoma,"'-  15 ;  crassipes, 
14 ;  crepidiformis  var.  minor,"  '20  ; 
Eeuii,-'-  21;  Gerrardiana,"  21; 
gracilisepala,'"  12;  Hierniana,''' 
58 ;  Hindeana,-  13  ;  Hovarum,-'' 
58 ;  kentrocarpa,  55  ;  kilimand- 
schari,  21  ;  Lambtoniana,"  12  ; 
oblongata,  13;  ovata,  19  ;  praeter- 
missa,*  56;  Randii,"  18  ;  Rhode- 
siana,'''  57 ;  Robertsiana,'-  18 ; 
sarmentacea,-'-  15  ;  Scotellii,'''  18  ; 
Welwitschii,  57 

Irish  Plants,  187,  207,  221,  316, 
343;  Rubi,  378 

Isle  of  Man  Plants,  212,  244 

Itoa,  215 

Jackson,  A.  B.,  Alopecurus  hybri- 
dus,  232 

Jackson,  B.  D.,  Aublet's  '  Histoire,' 
36;  Legre's  Botanique  en  Pro- 
vence (rev.),  43  ;  St.  Lager's 
Abrotouum  (rev.),  284 

Jackson,  J.  R.,  leaving  Kew,  320 

Jepson's  Californian  Flora,  347 

Jersey  Plants,  64,  208,  209 

Jones,  Arthur  Coppen,  191 

Jungermaniae,  New  British,  37  ; 
saxicola,  279 

Justicia  Baumii,-  304  ;  Smithii,-" 
304  ;  Taylorii,-  303 

Keisuke,  Ito,  320 

Kent  Mosses,  179 

Kent's  'Coniferse'  (rev.),  40 

Kew  Publications,  48,  287,288,  354, 

355,  433  ;  Herbarium,  308 
King,  Sir  G.,  Bombay  Flora  (rev.), 

392 


441 


Lathyrus,  Notes  on,  96  ;  Alberjilla, 

96  ;  magellanicus,  97  ;    nervosus, 

98;  parisiensis,  98 
Legre's  Rauwolt  &  iiaynaudet  (rev.), 

43 
Lepidoderma  tigrinum,  88  (t.  419) 
Lepigonium    mariiium    var.    apte- 

rum,-  268 
Leptodoutium  recurvifolium,  187 
Lester,  L.  V.,  Jersey  Plants,  64 
Lett,  H.  W.,  Leptodontium  recurvi- 
folium, 187 ;    New  Irish  Mosses, 

343 
Leueostegane,  486 
Leurocline '•'   lithospermoides,-''  257 

(t.  424) 
Ley,  A.,  Welsh  Hawkweeds,  167 
Limonium  lychnidifolium  var.  com- 

pressum-(t.  422),  193;    humile, 

815 
Limosella  aquatica    var.   tenuifolia 

(t.  426),  336 
Linnean  Society,  46,  189,  215,  286, 

434 
Linton,     W.     R.,     Pembrokeshire 

Plants,  52 
Linton's     British    Hieracia,      104, 

145 
Lister,  A.,  Cultivation  of  Mycetozoa 

from  Spores,  5  ;    Notes  on  Myce- 
tozoa, 81  (t.  419) 
Liverpool,  Flora  of,  434 
Lloyd's  (C.  G.)  Mycological  Notes, 

249 
Lobelia  urens,  428 
Lonicera  Xylosteum,  187 
Loew  on  Catalase,  286 
Lycogala  flavo-fuscum,  90 
Lyellia,  840  ;  Lescurii,-  341 
Lythrum  rivulare,  178 

McAlpine's  Diseases  of  Citron  Trees, 
47 

MacDougal's  Physiology  (rev.), 
349 

Mac  vicar,  S.  M.,  New  British  Hepa- 
ticee,  36 ;  Key  to  British  Hepaticae, 
154  ;  Scapania  crassiretis,  210  ; 
Jungermauia  saxicola,  315 

Maize,  effect  of  pollen  in,  113 

Margarita  metallica,  90 

Marquand's  Flora  of  Guernsey,  216 

Marsilenia  spissa,  260 

Marshall,    E.    S.,    Hayling   Island 
Plants,  144  ;    Plants  of  N.  Scot- 1 
land,  266 ;    '  Irish  Topographical 
Boftany'    (rev.),    316;    Plants   of 
S.W.  Scotland,  389 


Martin,  W.  K.,  Lobelia  urens,  428 
Matricaria  sul)ulosa,''-  399 
Matthews,  William,  352,  428 
'  Meddlanden  Stockholms  Bot.   In- 

stitut,'  216 
Melhania,  122 ;  albicans,-  123  ;  api- 

culata,*  124  ;  Taylor!,-  123 
Melvill,  J.  C,  William  Rogers,  395 
Merremia  Bowieana,*  63  ;    malvae- 

folia,"  63 
Miall  on  plant  extermination,  256 
Miclielmore,  P.,   Cardamine  impa- 

tiens,  245 
Migula's  Cryptogamic  Flora,  853 
Moenchia  quaternella,  865,  428 
Monilia  Glastii,-  385 
Moore,    Spencer  Le  M.,   Alabastra 

Diversa    (t.    424),    257  ;     African 

Acanthacese,    300  ;     L'Heritier's 

Species  of  Relhania,  386 
Moss  Exchange  Club  Report,  353 
Mosses,   Yorkshire,    38,    78,    347  ; 

Elgin,  94  ;    Kent,   179,  229  ;    W. 

Lancashire,  294 ;  Irish,  343  ;  Afri- 
can, 364 ;  Notes  on,  339,  357 
Mueller's  '  Genera  Muscorum  '(rev.), 

74 
Muraltia   brach3^petala,-   897  ;    de- 

missa,"  397  ;  recurva,"  397 
Murbeck's  Dictyosiphon  (rev.),  251 
Murray,  G.  R.  M.,  Box  in  Britain, 

27  ;  Report  Bot.  Dept.  Brit.  Mus. 

1900,  424 
Murray,  R.  P.,  Rubus  criniger,  74 
Mycetozoa  cultivation,  5  ;  notes  on, 

81  (t.  419) 
Myosotis  versicolor,  209 
Myxobacteria,  69 
Mj^xococcus  pyriformis,'^'  71 

Namaqualand,  344 
Natal  Plants,  169,  255 
Nehtris,  68;  Timon,-  68 
Neomiillera  damarensis,  265 
Neonicholsonia,  851 
Neuracanthus  gracilior,-  302 
Newspaper  Botany,  192,  255,  354 
Nicholson,  G.,  leaving  Kew,   320; 

his  Handlist  of  Trees,  433  ;    his 

Dictionary  of  Gardening,  42,  254 
Nicholson,  W.  E.,  Fontinalis  anti- 

P3'retica  var.  cymbifolia,-  427 
Niebuhria,  68  ;  biflora,*  69  ;  spilan- 

thoides,-  69 
Nomenclature,  notes  on,  86,  39,  67, 

96,  119,  141,281,  288 

Oberonia  Hosei,"  173 


442 


TNDKX. 


Obituary  : — 

Agardh,  Jacob  George,  143 

Bretschneider,  Emil,  287,  288 

Dickinson,  Francis,  434 

Hodgson,  William,  191 

Jones,  Arthur  Coppen,  191 

Keisnke,  Ito,  320 

Matthews,  Wilham,  852,  428 

Rogers,  Thomas,  395 

Smee,  Alfred  Hutchinson,  436 

Smith,  Robert  (portr.),  30 

Storrie,  John,  434 

Sutherland,  Peter  Cormack,  191 

West,  AVilliam,  353 

Yonge,  Charlotte  Mary,  192  I 

Octodiceras  Julianum,  243  I 

Oligotrichum  Lescurii,  341  } 

Omania,-  258 ;  arabica,-  258  (t.  424)  \ 
Orobanche  amethystea,  428 
Orobus,  notes  on,  96  ;  Piscidia,  100  ; 

pyrenaicns,  100 
Orthosiphon  got'ensis,-'-  263  i 

Orton,  Wilt-Disease  of  Cotton,  249 

Parasia  Thomasii,--'  260 

Peach  Leaf-curl,  150 

Percival,    J.,     Euphrasia    scottica, 

343 
Periodicals,  dating  and  indexing  of, 

237 
Philippia  keniensis,=-  259 
Philocrya,  339 
Philodendron  crassum,-''  277 
Phylica  Dodii,-  399 
Physarum,  species  of,  82-4 
Pinanga  lepidota,"  177 
Piperia,  253 
Plant-names,  146 
Platychnis  brevilabrata,"  173 
Plec'trauthus,  141  ;  keniensis,='=  264 
Plowright,  C.B.,  New  British  Fungi, 

385 
Poa  trivialis,  var.,  209 
Pogonatum  microstomum  (t.  427), 

359 ;  paucideus,  359 
Polyporus  Euonymi,  384 
Potamogeton  acutifolius,  200  ;    an- 

gustifolius,    201  ;     crispus,    201 ; 

dimorphus,   200  ;     Faxoni,    199  ; 

fluitans,  198 ;  lucens,  199  ;  nitens, 

199;  polygonifolius,  198;  pusillus 

var.  capitatus,''-  201  ;  var.  pseudo- 

rutilus,"'  201 
Potentilla  seiicea  var.  Deasyi,  216 
Pothos  Hosei,"  178 
Pounds'  '  Nebraska,'  190 
Praeger's  Irish  Botany,  316 
Prototricha  flagellifera,  90 


Pseudosopubia  Delamerei,-''  261 
Publication  in  two  places,  288 

Queensland  Orchids,  197 
Quelchia,  151 

Ranunculus;  X  Hiltoni,-  121  (t.420) ; 

scoticus,  207 
Rauwolf,  44 
Raynaudet,  44 

Razumovia,  69  ;  hispida,"''  69 
Relhania,  species  of,  386  ;  cuneata 
var.  virgata,-'-'  387  ;  laxa  var.  hu- 
mihs,"  387  :  paleacea  var.  Belha- 
strum,  389 
Rendle,  A.  B.,  African  Convolvu- 
laceie,  12,  55 ;  Manual  of  Coni- 
fers (rev.),  40 ;  Bailey's  '  Botany  ' 
(rev.),  76;  Strasburger's  'Botany,' 
(rev.),  114;  Wishart's  'Self-Edu- 
cator '  (rev.),  115  ;  Bonnier  & 
Sablon's  'Botanique'  (rev.),  148; 
Hose's  Bornean  Monocotyledons, 
173  ;  Queensland  Orchids,  197  ; 
Coulter's  Spermatophytes  (rev.), 
246 ;  Philodendron  crassum,"  277 ; 
Wettstein's  '  Handbuch '  (rev.), 
281 ;  M.  Ward's  '  Grasses'  (rev.), 
283  ;  Ghiksea,  316  ;  Notes  on 
Trillium  (t.  426),  321 ;  American 
Text-books  (rev.),  349  ;  Bulbi- 
form  seeds  of  Amaryllidese,  369 
Reviews  : — 

Welwitsch  Catalogue.  W.P.Hiern, 

39 
Manual    of    Coniferae.       A.    H. 

Kent,  40 
Cyclopaedia  of  Horticulture.     L. 

H.  Bailey,  42 
Supplement  to  Diet,  of  Gardening. 

G.  Nicholson,  43 
La  Botanique  en  Provence.     L. 

Legre,  43 
Genera Muscorum.  C.Mueller,  74 
Botany.     L.  H.  Bailey,  76 
Flora  of  Tropical  Africa,  108 
Algologische  Notizen.     N.  Wille, 

111 
European    Sphagnaceae.       C.    E. 

Horrell,  112 
Xenia.     H.  J.  Webber,  113 
Botany.     E.  Strasburger,  114 
Botany.     R.  S.  Wishart,  115 
Flore  Populaire.    E.  Rolland,  146 
Gaelic  Plant-names.     E.  Hogan, 

147 
Cours  de  Botanique.     G.  Bonnier 

4  L.  du  Sablon,  148 


INDEX. 


448 


Eeviews  {continued) 

Disease  in  Plants.     H.  M.  Ward, 

210 
Prodr.  Florae  Britannicse.     F.  N. 

Williams,  212,  42<J 
Species  Algarum.    J.  G.  Agardh, 

245 
Morphology   of  Sjiermatopliytes. 
J.  M.  Coulter  &  C.  J.  Chamber- 
lain, 246 
American  Papers  on  Fmigi,  248 
Desmidiees  de  France.  J.  Comere, 

250 
Dictyosiphon.     S.  Murbeck,  251 
Flora  Capensis,  280 
Systematischeu  Botanik.      E.  v. 

Wettsteiu,  281 
Grasses.     H.  M.  Ward,  283 
Abrotoumn.     Saint-Lager,  284 
Irish  Topographical  Botany.     E. 

LI.  Praeger,  316 
Flora  of  California.     W^  L.  Jep- 

son,  347 
Botany  of  Cook's  Voyage,  348 
Plant  Physiology.  D.  T.  MacDou- 

gal,  349 
Plant  Histology.    C.  J.  Chamber- 
lain, 350 
Bombay  Flora.     T.  Cooke,  392 
Botanica  in  ItaHa.      P.  A.  Sac- 

cardo,  393 
Wild  Flowers.     G.  Henslow,  394 
Eiddlesdell,  H.  J.,  Brecon  and  Car- 
marthen Plants,  344 ;  Helianthe- 
mum  vulgare,  345 
Eoella  amplexicaulis,''-'  400 
Eogers,  Thomas,  395 
Eogers,  W.   M.,  N.  L-eland  Eubi, 

378 
Eoland's  'Flore  Populaire '    (rev.), 

146 
Eosa  dumetormii,  209 ;  pimpinelli- 

folia  X  canina,  208 
Eubi,  N.  Ireland,  378  ;  Scottish,  390 
Eubia  rotundifolia,  278 
Eubns  criniger,  74  ;  dmiensis,"  382; 
Lettii,-  381 

Saccardo's     *  Botanica     in     Italia ' 

(rev.),  393 
Saint-Lager's  'Abrotonum,'  284 
Salmon,  C.  E.,  Limonium  lychni- 

difolium   var.   compressum-    (t. 

422),  193;  Sussex  Plants,  403 
Salmon,    E.    S.,    Thuidium    Bro- 

theri,-  153  (p.  421)  ;  Bryological 

Notes,  339,  357 
Scapania  crassiretis,  210 


Schinz,  Hans,  '  Namaqualond,' 344 
Schrenk  on  Polyporese,  248 

Scirpus  maritimus,  145 

Scolopendiium  hybrid  ?,  11 

Scottish  Plants,  32,  36,  81-90,  94, 
105,  106,  210,  218,  221-226,  235, 
266,  279,  315,  385,  398,  422 

Sebiea  gibbosa,='=  401  ;  ochroleuca,- 
^  400  ;  rara,=:-  401 

Seeds,  Bulbiform,  of  Amarvllidese, 
369 

Senecio  seminivea,  169  ;  tugelensis, 
169 

Sherborn,  C.  D.,  Dates  of  Hum- 
boldt's '  Voyage,'  &c.,  202 

Shropshire  Plants,  182 

Siebera  deflexa,  434 

Smee,  Alfred  Hutchinson,  436 

Smith,  A.  L.,  Disease  in  Turnips, 
33 ;  '  Myxobacteria,  69  ;  Xenia 
(rev.),  113  ;  '  Disease  in  Plants  ' 
(rev.),  210  ;  Papers  on  Fungi 
(rev.),  248 

Smith  (E.  P.)  on  Pseudomonas,  249 

Smith,  Eobert  (portr.),  30 

Smith,  W.  G.,  Box  in  Britain,  73 

Sphagnacese,  European  (rev.),  112 

Spiranthes  EomanzofEaua,  343 

Stabler,  G.,  Juugermania  saxicola, 
279 

"  Statice  pubescens  Sm.,"  195 

Stemonitis  splendens,  89 

Stoebe  rosea,--'  399 

Storrie,  John,  434 

Strasburger's  '  Practical  Botany  ' 
(rev.),  114 

StreptocarpusArmitagei,-'-  262;  Van- 
deleuri,-  262 

Suseda  ctespitosa,-  401 

Sutherland,  Peter  Cormack,  191 

Symplostemon,  39 

Teaching  of  Botany,  341 
Thelephora  vitellina,-  385 
Thompson,  H.   S.,    Worcestershire 

Carices,  244;  Carex  depauperata, 

244 
Thuidium  Brotheri,"  153  (t.  421) 
Thunbergia  Elhotii,-  300 
Timonius,  68 
Tortula  cernua,   37;    prostrata  (t. 

427),  357 
Towndrow,  E.  F.,  Pembroke  plants, 

279  ;  W.  Matthews,  428 
Trichamphora  pezizoidea,  85 
Trifolium  pratense  var.  parviflorum, 

235 
TrilUum,    Notes   on,   321 ;    affine,- 


444 


INDEX. 


334;  camtschaticuni,  329;  Cates- 
bsei,  333  ;  cernuum,  332  ;  dis- 
color, 326  ;  erectum,  327  ;  grandi- 
florum,  330 ;  lanceolatum,  327  ; 
ovatum,  330;  piisillum  (t.  426), 
334 ;  recurvatum,  327 ;  Kngelii-'' 
(t.  426),  331;  sessile,  321 ;  Tscho- 
noskii,  329  ;  Vaseyi,  329 ;  viride, 
326 
Turnips,  Disease  in,  33 

Ulex  nanus,  244 
Ursinia  brevicaulis,  172 

Veitch's  'Coniferse'  (rev.),  40 

Velvitsia,  39 

Viola,   British,    9,   220 ;    carpatica, 

10,  227 ;  Ciu-tisii,  10 ;  lepida,  221 ; 
lutea,  221 ;  monticola,  225  ;  nana, 

11,  72;    Pesneaui,  9;    Provostii, 
225 ;  Sagoti,  226 

Wahlenbergia  depressa,'-'  400 
Ward's  (H.  M.)  '  Disease  in  Plants' 
(rev.),  210;  'Grasses'  (rev.),  238 
AVeathers's  '  Garden  Plants,'  79 
Webber's  'Xenia'  (rev.),  113 
Weissia  crit<pa,  180 
'  Welwitsch  Catalogue  '  (rev.),  39 
West,  W.,  '  Desmidiees  de  France  ' 
(rev.),  250;  his  Yorkshire  algae, 
254;  on  Ceylon  alg«,  286;   Spi- 
ranthes  Eomanzoffiana,  343 


West,  W.,  Junr.,  353 

Wettstein's  'Handbuch'  (rev.),  281 

Wheldon,  J.  A.,  Lancashire  Plants, 
22  ;  Mosses,  294  ;  Elgin  Mosses, 
94  ;  Orobanche  amethystea,  428 

White,  J.  W.,  Bristol  Plants,  91 

Whitwell,  W.,  Wandsworth  Plants, 
345  ;  Glyceria  Borreri,  428 

Wille's  '  Algologische  Notizen  ' 
(rev.),  Ill 

Williams,  F.  N.,  Antennaria  dioica 
var.  hyperborea,  217  (t.  423)  ; 
lanthe  (t.  425),  289;  Moenchia, 
365;  his  '  Prodromus  Fl.  Brit.' 
(rev.),  212,  429 

Wilson,  A.,  Lancashire  Plants,  22  ; 
Mosses,  294 

Wishart's  '  Self  Educator  '(rev.),  115 

Wolley  Dod — see  Dod 

Wood,  J.  M.,  Natal  Plants,  169,255 

Woodvvard,  B.  B.,  Dates  of  Hum- 
boldt's 'Voyage,'  etc.,  202 

Worsdell  on  Cycadacese,  46 

Xenia  (rev.),  113 

Xysmalobium    Schumanniauum,'' 
259 

Yonge,  Charlotte  Mary,  192 ;  her 
'  Keble's  Parishes,'  79 

Zyganthera,  255 


ERRATA. 

P.  12,  1.  16  irom  top,  for  "  Congo  "  read  "  Niger."' 

P.  48,  1.  21  from  top,  for  "work"  read  ''Flora  Ccqjcnsis.'' 

P.  48,  1.  30,  for  "  work  "  read  "  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa.''' 

P.  90,  1.  24  from  top,  dele  "  since  1895." 

P.  142,  1.  15  from  top,  for  "herb."  read  "Lab." 

P.  245,  1.  20  from  bottom,  for  "  Whichelmore"  read  "  Michelmore. 

P.  248, 1.  16  from  top,  for  "  Crucifene  "  read  "  Coniferce.^' 


WKST,  NEWMAN    AND    CO.,    PUINXEKS,    HATTON    GAKDEN,    LONLiON,  E.  C. 


THE 


FLORA   OF    STAFFORDSHIRE 


BY 


JAMES  E.  BAGNALL,  F.L.S. 


Issued  as  a  Supplement  to  the  'Journal  of  Botany,'    1901. 


LONDON : 
WEST,   NEWMAN   &   CO.,   54,   HATTON   GARDEN. 

1901. 


THE    FLOKA    OF    STAFFOKDSHIKE. 

By    J.    E.    BAGNALL,    A.L.S. 


It  is  fiffcy-six  years  since  Dr.  Garner  published  in  his  yatural 
History  of  Stafurdshire  the  first  complete  flora  of  that  county,  the 
nomenclature  and  classification  being  that  of  the  fourth  edition  of 
Hooker's  British  Flora.  The  following  is  an  attempt  to  bring  this 
work  level  with  the  times,  and  to  make  it  more  complete  I  have 
added  the  records  of  the  older  botanists  from  all  sources  within  my 
reach,  the  list  of  which  is  given  below.  Any  published  records 
that  I  may  have  omitted  will  be  due  to  my  want  of  knowledge  of 
their  existence.  To  these  I  have  also  added  all  notes  made  by 
myself  during  my  visits  to  various  portions  of  the  county  ;  and  in 
instances  where  I  have  seen  the  plant  recorded  by  one  or  other 
of  the  botanists  cited,  I  have  notified  this  by  the  sign  !  after 
locality. 

I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  C.  E.  Salmon,  F.L.S.,  for  many  records, 
and  for  the  loan  of  specimens  collected  by  Joseph  Power  and  other 
more  notable  botanists. 

To  enable  the  plants  enumerated  to  be  more  readily  located,  I 
have  divided  the  county  into  districts  by  means  of  the  four  principal 
rivers — (1)  the  Weaver ;  (2)  the  Dove;  (3)  the  Trent;  [4)  the 
Severn.  But  in  some  instances,  a  district  mentioned  may  be  in 
two  river  basins  ;  as  an  instance,  the  parish  of  Maer  is  in  both 
Trent  and  Severn  basins,  so  also  in  other  cases. 

1.  The  Weaver. 
The  Weaver  is  a  Cheshire  river  tributary  to  the  Mersey,  and 
receives  several  streams  draining  the  north  and  north-west  of 
Staftbrdshire,  the  most  important  being  the  Dane.  This  river 
enters  the  county  north-east  of  Flash,  and  is  a  rapid  mountain 
stream,  forming  the  boundary  between  Staffordshire  and  Cheshire, 
from  near  Flash  to  below  Bosley ;  here  it  passes  into  Cheshire,  and, 
after  a  long  and  varying  course,  enters  the  Weaver  near  Northwick. 
It  drains  a  considerable  portion  of  North  Staffordshire,  such  as 
Flash,  Quarnford,  the  Roaches,  Gradbach  Hills,  Swithamley,  Kush- 
ton  Marsh,  and  much  of  the  country  around  Biddulph  and  the  east 
side  of  Mow  Cop.  A  portion  of  the  county  south-west  of  Biddulph 
is  drained  by  minor  streams  tributary  to  the  Wheelock,  which 
enters  the  Dane  near  Middlewick,  and  Checkley  Brook,  which  falls 


2  THE    FLOKA    OF    StAFFORDSttlRE* 

into  the  Weaver  near  Nantwich.  These  minor  streams  drain  the 
country  around  Kidsgrove,  Andley,  Betley,  Winkshill,  Madeley, 
and  the  northern  portion  of  Whitmore.  This  district  is  rich  in 
some  of  the  rarer  plants. 

2.    The  Dove. 

The  Dove  rises  on  Axe  Edge  at  an  elevation  of  1750  ft.  above 
sea,  and  takes*  a  course  south-west  near  Longnor  (forming  the 
bonndaiy  between  Derbyshire  and  Staffordshire  almost  throughout 
its  whole  course).  Flowing  through  a  narrow  valley  of  about 
four  miles,  it  passes  Hartington,  wlien  its  course  becomes  more 
southerly,  through  Narrow  Glen,  Mill  Dale,  the  beautiful  Dove 
Dale,  and  under  Dovebridge  ;  here  it  receives  the  Manyfold.  The 
Manyfold  is  fed  originally  by  a  number  of  streams  that  flow  from 
the  continuation  of  the  limestone  ridge  of  Axe  Edge.  These  collect 
to  the  west  of  Longnor,  close  to  the  course  of  the  Dove,  and  flow 
southwards,  fed  at  intervals  by  other  streams  from  the  same  source. 
At  Hulme  End  the  limestone  hills  divert  its  course  south-east  by 
Ecton  Hill,  through  the  beautiful  Wetton  Valley,  past  Ossoms  Hill 
and  Thor's  Cave  to  Beeston  Tor,  where  its  bed  unites  with  that  of 
the  Hamps.  The  Hamps  rises  near  the  Manyfold,  and  has  a 
southward  course  of  five  miles,  through  Mixou  to  Onecote,  and 
then  south-east  to  Wiukshill,  and  east  to  AVaterhouses  ;  here  the 
ridge  of  limestone  diverts  its  course  north  and  north-west  to 
Bee-ton  Tor,  and  the  united  streams  have  a  sinuous  course  south- 
ward through  Ham  Park,  and  enter  the  Dove  near  Thorpe.  The 
Dove  now  turns  southwards,  and  continues  a  winding  course 
through  a  widening  Vcilley,  past  Mayfield  and  Rocester,  where  it 
receives  the  Churnet.  Tne  Churnet  is  originally  fed  by  waters 
from  the  millstone  grit  which  forms  the  western  portion  of  the  hills 
near  the  source  of  the  Manyfold,  but  it  receives  numerous  contri- 
butions from  a  number  of  small  streams  taking  the  drainage  of  a 
semicircle  around  Leek.  These  collect  at  Cheddleton.  Here  the 
Churnet  enters  a  beautiful  valley,  and  flows  south-east  for  about 
twelve  miles.  As  it  advances,  the  hills  become  more  rocky,  and 
the  stream  flows  at  the  foot  of  the  beautiful  grounds  of  Alton 
Towers,  past  Denton  and  Rocester,  to  its  confluence  with  the  Dove. 
Continuing  to  receive  feeders  from  the  west,  the  Dove  flows  north- 
ward to  Uttoxeter,  being  increased  by  two  streams,  both  coming 
from  the  west — Tean  Brook  and  Stoneyford  Brook.  The  Tean  has 
a  long  course  of  twelve  miles,  parallel  to  the  Churnet ;  the  Stoney- 
ford has  a  shorter  one.  The  Dove  now  flows  south  and  south-east, 
past  Murchington,  Draycote,  Scropton,  and  Tutbury,  and  enters 
the  Trent  near  Newton  Solney.  The  total  length  of  the  Dove  is 
forty-five  miles,  and  it  has  a  fall  of  1550  ft.  from  its  source  to  its 
confluence  with  the  Trent. 

3.   Trent. 
The   Trent   rises   in  the   north-west   of   the   county,  between 
Biddulph  and  Mow  Cop,  at  about  700  ft.  above  sea,  and,  passing 
through  Knypersley  Pools,  flows  southwards  through  Norton  and 


THE    FLORA    OP    STAFFOEDSHIRE.  3 

Milton,  below  which  it  receives  a  tributary  stream,  the  Fowlea. 
This  stream  rises  near  the  source  of  the  Trent,  and  drains  a  large 
area  about  Tunstall  and  Burslem.  The  united  streams  flow  through 
Hanford  and  Stoke,  receiving  on  the  right  bank  the  Lyme  and 
other  streams  from  the  west.  Flowing  through  the  large  lake  in 
Trentham  Park,  it  continues  its  south-east  course,  through  Stone, 
Sandon,  Weston-on-Trent,  Ingestre,  to  Great  Heywood,  where  it 
receives  its  important  tributary,  the  Sowe.  The  Sowe  rises  on  the 
west  border  of  the  county,  and  flows  through  the  lake-like  pool 
Copmere  by  Eccleshall,  and  below  Chebsey  is  joined  by  the  Meese, 
rising  on  Whitmore  Moss ;  and  near  here  Clanford  Brook,  which 
comes  in  from  the  west  by  Kanton  Abbey,  and  flowing  past  Stafford, 
is  joined  by  the  Penk,  which  comes  from  the  south  above  Wolver- 
hampton and  brings  waters  from  various  streams — Eaton  and 
Whiston  brooks  from  the  west  of  the  county,  and  Sherbrook  from 
Cannock  Chase. 

The  Trent  is  now  a  fine  river,  and,  flowing  past  Shugborough 
and  Wolseley  Parks,  its  course  is  eastward  past  Rugeley,  Armitage, 
and  the  Ridwares  to  Kings  Bromsley,  where  it  receives  the  river 
Blithe.  This  is  a  small  river  rising  north-west  of  Chartley  Park, 
and  flowing  through  Gratwick,  Blithbridge,  Blithfield  Park,  Blith- 
ford,  and  Blithbury,  and  drains  a  large  extent  of  country  about 
Cnartley,  Kingston,  and  Abbotts  Bromley.  The  Trenc  now  takes 
a  sinuous  coarse  by  Wichnor  and  Alrewas  to  its  confluence  with 
the  Tame  near  Croxall.  Tne  Tame  rises  south  of  Cannock  Chase, 
and  collects  tributary  waters  from  the  country  east  of  Wolver- 
hampton and  Dudley.  It  flows  through  Hamstead  and  Perry,  and 
near  VVitton  enters  Warwickshire.  After  a  few  miles'  sinuous  course 
north-east  near  Drayton  Basset,  it  has  a  northern  flow,  forming 
the  county  boundary  for  a  few  miles;  then  it  turns  west  past 
Tamworth  and  re-enters  Staflbrdshire.  After  passing  Tamworth  it 
recovers  its  northern  course,  flowing  by  Hopwas  and  Elford  to  its 
confluence  with  the  Trent  near  Croxall.  The  Trent  now  takes  the 
bed  of  the  Tame  and  turns  north-east,  flowing  by  Walton,  Drakelow, 
Stappenhall,  and  Burton-on-Trent.  Here  it  leaves  the  county,  and 
after  a  few  miles  receives  the  Dove.  Its  total  length  from  its 
source  to  its  confluence  with  the  Dove  is  about  fifty-six  miles,  and 
its  fall  is  from  700  ft.  at  its  source,  to  180  ft.  at  its  confluence  with 
the  Dove. 

4.    The  Severn. 

The  Severn  drains  a  large  extent  of  west  and  south-west 
Stafl"ordbhu-e  by  smail  streams  tributary  to  the  Tern,  Meese,  Worf, 
and  Stour,  all  affluents  of  the  Severn.  The  river  Tern  is  a  brook- 
like stream  forming  the  county  boundary  from  above  Wiiloughby 
Wells  to  a  point  south-east  of  Market  Drayton,  and  is  fed  by  streams 
draining  Maer,  Maer  Heath,  and  west  of  Fair  Oak.  The  Meese,  a 
tributary  to  the  Tern,  receives  Largo  Brook,  draining  Offley  Marsh, 
High  Offley,  and  surrounding  country,  and  has  feeders  from  Nor- 
bury  and  Oulton ;  and  Dawford  Brook,  draining  Weston-under- 
Lizard  and  part  of  Blymhill ;  and  both  Largo  and  Dawford  Brooks 
flow  through  Aqualate  Mere,  and  near  For  ton  enter  the  Meese. 

h  2 


4  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Farther  south  the  county  is  watered  by  the  Stour  and  its  affluents. 
The  Stour  enters  the  county  east  of  Cradley,  forming  the  county 
boundary  for  several  miles,  and  draining  a  thickly  populated  dis- 
trict, yielding  little  of  botanical  interest  except  the  ever-present 
coltsfoot,  and,  passing  through  Stourbridge  and  Prestwood,  receives 
the  Smestow  at  Stourton.  The  Smestow  with  its  affluents  is  far- 
reaching,  receiving  waters  from  Patingham,  Wolverhampton,  the 
west  side  of  Dudley,. Himley,  TrysuU,  and  Enville,  and  at  Stourton 
joins  the  Stour.  The  Stour  now  takes  the  course  of  the  Smestow, 
and,  flowing  through  Kinver  and  part  of  Worcestershire,  joins  the 
Severn  at  Stourport.  The  Severn  proper  flows  through  the  narrow 
tongue  of  Statibrdsbire  in  which  Arley  and  Seckley  Woods  are 
situated,  and  is  fed  by  streams  from  North  Wood  and  Seckley 
Wood. 

Authorities,  Books,  &g.,  quoted. 
Brown. — Flora  of  Di>trict  around  Tutbury  and  Burton,  by  Edwin 

Brown,  in  Mosley's  Nat.  Hist,  of  Tutbury  (1863). 
i?/w.— Rev.  W.  Bree  in  Purtou's  Midland  Flora  (1817-21). 
CarUv,  1889. — Magazine  of  Natural  History,  1839,  pp.  72-76. 
Doiujias. — Li >t  of  Stafford  plants  sent  to  Watson,  1851  (see  Top.  Bot. 

ed.  2,  5^3). 
Eraser,  .John,  M.D. — MS.  Notes  on  the  Flora  of  Staffordshire. 
Gam. — Robert  Garner,  F.L.S.     Natural  History  of  Staffordshire 

(1841-60). 
Moore. — In  Reports  of  North  Staffordshire  Natural  History  Society 

(dates  various). 
N.  S.  S.  Rep. — Reports  of  North  Staffordshire  Nat.  Hist.  Society. 
Painter,  Rev.  W.  H. — "Plants  seen  within  six  miles  of  Biddulph 

Church,"  &c.,    in   Reports  of  North  Staffordshire   Nat.  Hi«t. 

Society  (dates  various). 
Power. — MS.  Notes  and  specimens,  by  the  favour  of  C.  E.  Salmon, 

F.L.S. 
Piirchas,  Rev.  W.  H.,  of  Alstonlield  Vicarage. — Notes,  &c. 
Hay,  Syn. — Ray,  Synopsis,  ed.  iii.  (172-1). 

Pleader,  Rev.  H.  P.,  of  Hawkesyard  Priory,  Rugeley, — Notes,  &c. 
Shaw. — Natural  History  of  Staffordshire,  List  of  Plants,  by  Rev.  S. 

Dickenson,  vol.  i.  pp.  97-115,  vol.  ii.  p.  5  ;  Riley,  vol.  ii.  p.  7 ; 

VVainwright,  vol.  ii.  p.  6  (1798-1801). 
Stokes. — In   Withering's  Natural  Arrangement  of  British  plants, 

ed.  ii.  (1787). 
With. — Withering  in  ditto,  ed.  iv.  edited  by  William  Withering,  jun. 

(1801). 


THK    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRK. 


Ranunculace^. 


Clematis  Vitalba  L.  (3)  Between  Dudley  and  Wolverhamp- 
ton ;  Four  Ashes  ;  on  trees  in  Shugborough  Grounds ;  Yoxall 
Lodges,  Gam.  881 ;  near  Stafford,  Moore.  (4)  Compton  Holloway, 
Eraser  ;  railway  banks,  Arley. 

Thalictrum  flavum  L.  (3)  Hamstall-Ridware,  Wainwrif^ht, 
Shaw,  ii.  7 ;  Burton ;  Perry  Barr !  Gam.  880 ;  near  Stafford, 
Doufflas;  near  Milford,  iim^/^/- ;  by  the  Tame  near  Walsall;  Newton 
Road ;  Hamstead.  (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  114  ;  north  side  of  Aqua- 
late,  Gam.  380;  Wightwich,  Fraser ;  TrysuU  ;  Compton,  Trescott. 

Adonis  autumnalis  L.     (2)  Tutbury,  Brown,  284. 

Anemone  nemorosa  L.     Frequent. 

A.  RANUNcuLoiDEs  L.  (3)  Growing  plentifully  on  the  lawn  at 
Stappenhall  Vicarage,  Brown,  284. 

Myosurus  minimus  L.  1 8|  In  a  meadow  at  Elford,  E.  Bourne, 
Shaw,\\.l ',  Hamstall-Ridware  Hill,  iS7m«',  ii.  7;  Barton,  Dashicood; 
Burton;  Harbourue  Reservoir,  Gam.  863;  Tamworth,  J.  Power. 

Ranunculus  circinatus  Sibth.     (2)  In  the  Dove,  Uttoxeter. 

(3)  Wergs,  Fraser;  near  Stfifford,  Douglas;  Copmere  Pool,  N.S.S. 
Rep.  92;  Elford;  Sherbrook  Valley.  (4)  Perton  Reservoir;  stream, 
TrysuU. 

R.  fluitans  Lam.  (1)  In  the  Dane,  Rushton.  (2)  Dovedale; 
in  the  Dove,  Uto\et  ^r  :  in  the  Churn^^t,  Alt>n.  (8)  Neir  Stafford! 
Vanillas;  in  the  Trent,  Colwicli ;  Armitai^e;  Alrewas ;  inth^'Bmhe 
throughout  its  cour.se  ;  in  the  Tame.  Perry  B  i.rr  ;  Fazlev  ;  Tam- 
worth ;  canal,  Milford ;  Gailey.  (4)  In  the  Severn,  Arley;  canal 
near  Trescott. 

Var.  Bachii  (Wirgt.).     (4)  In  the  Severn,  Seckley,  Fraser. 

Var.  pseudo -fluitans  Bab.,  Hiern.  (3)  In  the  Trent,  Armitage, 
Reader ;  stream  near  Harbourne.     (4)  Severn  near  Arley. 

R.   trichophyllus    Chaix.      (8)    Brook   near    Wergs,    Fraser. 

(4)  Canal  near  Shelmore  Wood. 

R.  Drouetii  Godr.  (3)  Pool,  Little  Bosses,  Stonnall ;  pool 
near  Codsall.     (4)  Small  pool,  Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

b.  Godroni  Gren.     (3)  Wrottesley,  Fraser. 

R.  peltatus,  Schrank.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter.  (3) 
Knypersley  Reservoir,  Painter  ;  Rough  Hill,  W^olverhampton. 

b.  truncatvs  Hiern.  (3)  Hopton  Pools,  Ingestre.  (4)  Pool, 
Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

c.  floiibimdns  ]3ab.    (3)  Hopton  Pool, uear Ingestre.    (4)  Oulton. 

R.  Lenormandi  F.  Schultz.  (1)  Near  Flash.  (2)  Morridge 
Top,  near  Leek ;  near  Ramshorn.  (3)  Kuypersley  V-dvk,  Fainter; 
Chartley,  Brown,  234  ;  Norton  Bog,  Fraser ;  near  Stone,  Bostock ; 
Great  Barr  ;  Queslet.  (4)  Bishops  Wood,  N.  S.  S.  Rep.  1891  ;  Oul- 
ton, near  Gnosall. 

R.  hederaceus  L.     Frequent. 

R.  sceleratus  L.     Frequent. 


6 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 


R.  Flammula  L.     Common. 

Var.  f3.     (1)  At  Beluiont,  Gam.  381. 

R.  Lingua  L.  Local.  (3)  Kingstone,  Pool!  Stokes,  With.  618; 
High  Onn  ;  Eccleshall !  Gam.  381  ;  in  the  parish  of  Church-Eaton, 
Shaw,  112;  near  Stafford,  DoutjJas.  (4)  Li  a  ditch,  north  side  of 
Aqualate !  Gam.  381  :  Norbm-y  Big  Moss  ;  Shelmore  Wood ; 
marshy  field,  0 niton. 

R.  auricomus  L.  (2)  Ham!  Fraser;  near  Alstonfield.  (3) 
Near  Stafford,  Dour/las ;  Doxey,  Moore ;  near  Walsall ;  Sandwell. 
(4)  Baggeridge  Wood  !  Fraser ;  Weston-under  Lizard  ;  Blymhill, 
Shaw,  112;  Arley. 

R.  acris  L.     Common,  meadows  and  waysides.  Gam.  382. 

R.  repens  L.     Common,  Gam.  382. 

R.  bulbosus  L.  Common  in  fields.  ( 3)  Double-flowered  form 
in  Burton  meadows,  Gam.  381. 

R.  sardous  Crantz.  B.  hirsutus  Curt.  (3)  Cornfields,  Stretton, 
Brown,  234  ;  Newcastle  ;  Stafford  !  Burton,  Gam.  382  ;  Dippers, 
near  Codsall,  Fraser !     (4)  High  Offley  ;  Tettenhall  Wood  ;  Perton. 

R.  parviflorus  L.  (2)  Tutbury,  Gam.  382.  (3)  Near  Stone, 
Gam. ;  cornfield  by  the  Oiitwood  Hill,  Brown,  234 ;  near  Four 
Ashes,  J.  Power ;  Codsall ;  Wrottesley.  (4)  Near  Enville,  J.  Power-, 
Blymhill,  Shaw,  112. 

R.  arvensis  L.  (3)  Horninglow;  Tatenhill !  Brown,  234; 
Kings  Bromley  !  Moore ;  Armitage,  Beader  ;  near  Langley  ;  Wal- 
sall ;  Great  Barr.     (4)  Trysull. 

R.  Ficaria  L.     Ditches,  &c.,  common. 

Caltha  palustris  L.     Canals  !  pools,  &c.,  common. 

Var.  b.  Guerangerii  Boreau.     Rare  (3)  near  Alrewas. 

Trollius  europaeus  L.  (2)  Longnor,  near  Throwley,  Gam, 
382;  woods  at  Belmont,  Shaw,  114. 

Helleborus  viridis  L.  Rare.  (1)  Biddulph  Castle,  Gam. ;  not 
there  now.  Painter.  (2 )  By  the  Manyfold  under  Castern  ;  by  the  Dove 
below  Thorpe,  Gam.  380.    (3)  Shady  spots  at  Braunston,  Brown,  ^M. 

H.  FCETiDTjs  L.     (2)  Moorlands,  Belmont  Woods,  Shau\ 

Eranthis  HYEMALis  Sahs.  NaturaHzed,  Cotton  Hall,  and  at 
Vicarage  Grounds,  Stappenhall,  Brown,  234. 

Aquilegia  vulgaris  L.  (3)  Meadow  north  of  Yoxall ;  Ashley 
Heath,  Gam.  38U ;  Needwood  Forest,  SJiaw,  ii.  6;  at  Cable  Park 
and  at  Foremark,  Brown,  235.  (4)  Bishop's  Wood,  .V.  S.  S.  Bep. 
91 ;  Seckley  Wood  ;  near  Arley. 

Delphinium  ajacis  Reichb.  Alien.  Needwood  Forest,  Hewgill, 
Gam.  380. 

AcoNiTUM  Napellus  L.  (2)  Banks  of  Churnet  two  miles  below 
Cheddleton,  Gam.  380. 

Berberide^. 
Berberis  vulgaris  L.     (2)  Really  wild  in  the'/valley  of  the 
Hamps  below  Waterhouses !    Gam.   863.      (3)   Near   Knypersley 


THK    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  7 

Hall,  Painter ;  Branstone,  Brown,  234 ;  abundant,  Colton ;  near 
Colwich  ;  near  Great  Haywood ;  Farley  ;  Kings  Vale,  near  Barr 
Beacon.     (4)  TrysuU  Dingle,  abundant,  1898. 

Nymph^ace.e. 

Nymphgea  lutea  L.  (2)  Manyfold,  11am.  (3)  Trent  at  Stoke, 
Gam.  380  ;  Knypersley  Hall,  Painter  ;  near  Lichfield  ;  Milford ; 
Sandwell ;  frequent  in  the  Blithe ;  river  Sowe  near  Stafford ; 
Black  Brook,  near  Shenstone.  (4)  Aqualate  Mere!  Shaw,  110; 
Dimmings  Dale,  near  Trysull,  &c. 

Castalia  speciosa  Salisb.  (1)  Boggy  pit  near  Betley,  Shaiv, 
101.  (2)  Alton  !  Shaw.  {3)  Bnvhiston,  Shaw  ;  Trent  near  Burton! 
Gam.  380  ;  Trent  near  Walton  !  Lily  Pits,  Branston,  Brown,  238  ; 
near  Stafford !  Douglas ;  pool  by  railway,  Milford,  Reader.  (4) 
Aqualate  Meer !  Shaw,  101  ;  Snowdon  Pool,  Patshull,  Gam.  380. 

Papaverace^. 

Papaver  sowniferum  L.  (2)  Tutbury  Castle,  Gam.  379.  (3) 
Kingswood  Common,  Codsall. 

P.  Rhoeas  L.  Bare  in  the  north  of  the  county,  Gam.  379. 
(3)  Near  Stafford,  Douglas ;  Great  Barr,  Oscott,  &c.  (4)  Wight- 
wick  ;  Lower  Penn  ;  Trysull. 

Var.  strigosum  Boenn.     (4)  Near  Wolverhampton,  Fraser. 

P.  dubium  L.     Common. 

Var.  Lecoqii  Lam.     (2)  Mill  Dale,  Alstonfield,  Purchas  ! 

P.  Argemone  L.     Frequent. 

Chelidonium  majus  L.  Frequent  near  villages  throughout 
the  county. 

Fumariace-e. 

Neckera  lutea  Scop.  Frequent  on  walls  near  houses,  Gam. 
397.     (3)  Naturalized  on  wall,  Walton  Hall,  Brown,  236  ;  Salt. 

N.  bulbosa  N.  E.  Brown.  Alien.  (3)  Grove  near  the  Rectory, 
Muxton,  Shaiv,  392 ;  at  Perry  Hall,  in  a  meadow  near  the  house 
and  river ;  at  Blithfield  House,  Bagot,  With.  606.  (4)  Near  the 
Rectory,  Muccleston,  Shaw,  105  ;   Trysull. 

N.  claviculata  N.  E.  Br.  (1)  Craddocks  Moss,  Fraser.  (2) 
Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter.  (3)  Hawkesyard  Park,  i?^^^/^';- ;  near 
Stafford,  Douglas;  Fryer  Park  and  near  Walsall.  (4)  Weston- 
under-Lizard,  Shaw,  105. 

Fumaria  capreolata  L.  Frequent?  Gam.-,  Shobnall,  Brown, 
396.     Probably  a  rampant  form  of  F.  officinalis  J.  E.  B. 

F.  muralis  Sonder.     (3)  Hawkesyard  Priory,  Reader ! 

F.  officinalis  L.     Common. 

F.  Vaillantii  Lois.?     (2)  Tutbury  Castle,  Brown,  396. 

Crucifer^. 
Cheiranthus   Cheiri  L.     (3)  Burton  Abbey  walls.  Gam.  398 ; 
ruins  of  Rugeley  Old  Church,  Gam.  390 ;  (on  the  ruins  of  Dudley 
Castle  ! )  Gam.  390. 


8  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRK. 

Nasturtium  officinale  R.  Br.     Common  !  Gam,  389. 

N.  sylvestre  R.  Br.  (8)  Tamworth  ;  Burton,  Gam.  389 ;  Wet- 
more,  Broun,  236.     (4)  Blyrahill,  Shaw,  114;  Arley. 

N.  palustre  DC.  (2)  Kudyard  Reservoir,  I'dint'^r ;  Calton  ; 
Dimmiiigs  Dale.  (3)  btoke,  Gam.  389;  Knypersley,  Painter  \ 
Kings  Bromley;  Sliirleywich,  Stowe,  Pottall,  &c.  (4)  Blymhill, 
Shaw,  114;  Penn,  Sedgeley,  Perton,  Arley,  &c. 

N.  amphibium  R.  Br.  (2)  Alton  ;  Burton -on -Trent,  Shaw, 
114;  near  Stoke!  Weston-on-Trent !  Barton;  Tamworth!  Garn. 
389  ;  Armitage  !  Reader ;  Kingston  Pool;  Hamstead,  &c.  (4)  Perton 
Pool,  Oulton,  Aqualate,  &c. 

Barbarea  vulgaris  R.  Br.     Common. 

B.  PR-Ecox  R.  Br.  (3)  Near  Stoke,  introduced,  Gam.  389; 
garden  weed,  Calke,  Ihown,  236. 

Arabis  hirsuta  Scop.  On  limestone  everywhere  ?  (2)  Tut- 
bury,  on  sandstone,  Gam.  389  ;  Manyfold  and  Welton  Valleys ; 
Ecton  ;  Dovedale. 

A.  perfoliata  Lam.  (3)  Lichfield;  Tamworth;  Burton,  Gam. 
389 ;  hedgebanks,  Woodville,  Brown,  236.  (4)  Wetton-under- 
Lizard  ;  Himley  Park  wall ;  between  Kinver  and  Enville !  Shaw, 
114  ;  Patshull,  near  Pattingham. 

Cardamine  amara  L.  (1)  Congleton  Edge,  Painter.  (2)  Leek, 
Dr.  Parsons;  near Rudyard Reservoir,  Painter.  (3)  Trent-side,  Bur- 
ton Meadows,  Brown,  237;  Knypersley  Park,  Painter;  Hawkesyard, 
Reader;  Bhthfield Park  ;  Blithford;  near  Stafford ;  Hamstead;  Great 
Barr;  Shenstone,  &c.    (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  100;  Trysull;  Compton. 

C.  pratense  L.  Common.  (4)  With  double  flowers  at  Trysull, 
F7'((ser. 

C.  hirsuta  L.     Very  common. 

C.  flexuosa  With.  (2)  Dimmings  Dale,  illton.  (3)  Abundant 
at  Knypersley,  Painter.  (4)  Blymhill  Marsh,  Shair,  100.  Abundant 
throughout  the  county. 

C.  impatiens  L.  (2)  Dovedale,  on  limestone  shales,  Shaw, 
100;  Hamps  Valley;  Ecton  Hill,  Garn.  389;  Manyfold  Valley ; 
11am.  (3)  Between  Lichfield  and  Freeford,  J.  Power;  Barrow  Hill; 
Rowley  Regis ;  Sedgeley,  Shaw,  ii.  26 ;  Whittington  Common ; 
Upper  Arley. 

C.  bulbifera  R.  Br.  (3)  Grove  by  the  churchyard,  Blithfield  ; 
Pendeford;  Needwood  Forest,  Gam.  388. 

Alyssum  calycinum  L.     (4)  Lower  Penn,  Fraser. 
Draba  muralis  L.     (2)  Manyfold  Valley  ;  Ecton  Tor,  Fraser ; 
Ham  ;  Dovedale.     (3)  Walls  of  Lichfield  Close,  Shaw,  100. 

D.  incana  L.  (2)  Limestone  rocks  by  Thor's  Cave,  Gam. 
388;  Dovedale. 

Erophila  vulgaris  DC.  (1)  On  the  top  of  Mow  Cop,  Gam. 
388.  (2)  Dovedale.  (3)  Castle  Hill ;  Staflbrd,  Moore ;  with  sub- 
falcate  pods,  Hawkesyard,  Reader ;  lugestre  ;  Tixall.  (4)  Himley  ; 
Trysull. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  9 

CocHLEARiA  Armoracia L.  (3)  Near  Kuvpersley  Hall,  "remains," 
Painter;  Wolverhampton,  Fraser;  by  the  Ti-ent,  Amiitage,  Rmder -, 
Tixall  Heath  ;  Iiigestre  ;  Blithbury  ;  Stone  ;  Rugeley  ;  Great  Barr. 
(4)  Pertoii ;  Hmiley. 

Hesperis  matronalis  L.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (4) 
Wightwick,  Frastr. 

Sisymbrium  officinale  Scop.     Common. 

S.  Thalianum  J.  Gay.     Common. 

S.  Sophia  L.  (2)  Tutbiu-y  Castle,  Shaw,  114  ;  Cotontield, 
Gar7i.  391.  (3)  Burton,  Gani.  391 ;  Walton  Lane  Bridge,  Brown, 
237 ;  between  Hanging  Bridge  and  Matchfield,  Shaw,  ii.  7 ;  near 
Stafford,  Doufflas. 

S.  Alliaria  Scop.     Common. 

Erysimum  cheiranthoides  L.  (2)  Roadside  near  Mayfield, 
Gam.  391.  (3)  Fradley  Heath,  J.  Power;  between  Hanging 
Bridge  and  Matchfield,  Shaw,  ii.  7  ;  railway  banks  near  Wolver- 
hampton;  Wergs,  Fraser;  Kings  Bromley,  Moore.  (4)  Caledonia, 
near  Stourbridge,  Gam.  390 ;  TrysuU. 

Camelina  sativa  Crantz.  (2)  Several  times  in  Cheddleton  Park, 
Gam.  388.  (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw  ;  Orton,  Fraser;  Wombourne  ;  field 
at  Per  ton. 

Brassica  Napus  L.     Common  in  cornfields  ?  Gam.  390. 

B.  Rutabaga  DC.     Common  on  cultivated  land. 

B.  Rapa  L.     Frequent  remains. 

b.  sijlvestris  H.  C.  Wats.     (2)  Horton,  Painter. 

B.  sinapioides  Roth.  (2)  Tutbury,  Shaw,  100.  (3)  Common 
about  Stafford  ;  Barton,  Gam.  390  ;  road  from  Knypersley  to  Leek, 
Painter;  Hardwick  ;   Sandwell.     (4)  Upper  Arley. 

B.  Sinapistrum  Boiss.     Very  common,  Gam.  390. 

B.  alba  Boiss.  (3)  Field  by  Barnhurst  Brook,  Fraser;  Sand- 
well  ;  near  West  Bromwich ;  Hardwick  Heath ;  frequent  in  the 
northern  portion  of  county. 

Diplotaxis  tenuifolia  DC.  (2)  Lichfield  Close,  Bay,  Svn.  297, 
772.     (4)  Kinver  Edge.  '      " 

Bursa  Bursa-pastoris  Weber.     Very  common. 

Coronopus  didymus  Sm.  (3)  Yoxall  Lodge,  C.  Babinqton; 
Shobnall,  Brown,  239.     (4)  Enville,  Fraser. 

C.  Ruellii  All.  (2)  Uttoxeter!  Gam.  390.  (3)  Between  Stafford 
and  Kingston  Pool !   Gam.     (4)  Near  Cradley  For^e,  Gam. 

LepidiUxM  ruderale  L.  (3)  Roadside  from  Kings  Bromley  to 
Sudbury. 

L.  sativum  L.     Codsall,  Fraser. 

L.  campestre  R.  Br.  (2)  Near  Alton.  (3)  Kings  Bromley ! 
Moore;  Shobnall ;  Needwood  Forest,  Brown,  288  ;  near  Haughton. 
(4)  TrysuU;  Upper  Arley,  frequent. 

L.  hirtum  Sm.  (1)  Leycett;  Betley,  Gam.  388.  (3)  Tettensor; 
Swinnertou  !   Gam.  888  ;   Shobnall,  Brown,  238  ;   Whitaker,  Fraser, 


10  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDRHIRE. 

(4)  Maer;  Willowbridge,  (Tarn.  388;  Lower  Penn,  Fraaer ;  near 
Baggeridge  Wood  ;  near  Chase  Pool  Lodge  ;  Smestow ;  Swindon. 

Thlaspi  arvense  L.  (3)  Stone,  Baij,  Syn.  305;  Burton; 
Barton-under-Needwood,  Brown,  238;  Kings  Bromley,  Moore; 
near  Colwich,  abundant ;  (4:)  Try suW,  Fraser;  Enville  ;  near  Chase 
Pool  Lodge;  Smestow;  Swindon. 

Iberis  amara  L.  (2)  Near  Leek,  Rev.  W.  Wood,  Bot.  Guide ;  by 
the  roadside  on  a  common  between  Cheadle  and  Oakamore,  Sha)r,llS. 

Teesdalia  nudicaulis  B.  Br.  (1)  Betley.  Gam.  388.  (3) 
Shooters  Hill;  near  Teitensor;  Swinnerton ;  Lichfield!  Gam.; 
Catholme  Gate,  Brown,  238;  on  a  sandy  bank  in  lane  leading  from 
Greenliill  Church  to  Freeford ;  also  on  Burton  Hill,  J.  Foiver ; 
Perry  Barr  Common,  L}i.vford,  1838;  roadside  near  Barr  Wood. 
(4)  Blymhill,  Gam.  388  ;  Kinver. 

Hutchinsia  petrsea  E.  Br.  (2)  Berresford ;  Wetton  Mill ; 
Waver  Hill;  Beeston  Tor;  Dovedale,  Gam.  388. 

Raphanus  Raphanistrum  L.  Frequent  in  cornfields,  Gam. 
391.  (3)  Garden  weed  near  Statibrd,  Moore  ;  Rugeley,  Reader  ;  Can- 
nock, Fraser  ;  Four  Ashes  ;  near  West  Bromwich  ;  near  Tettenhall. 

Resedace^e. 

Reseda  lutea  L.  (3)  Hayhead.  (4)  Between  Wren's  Nest  and 
Tipton ;  Wren's  Nest. 

R.  Luteola  L.  (1)  Leycett ;  Heyley  Castle,  Gam.  374.  (2) 
Tutbury  Castle !  Brown,  239.  (8)  Between  Forton  and  Sutton, 
Shaw,  112;  Dudley  Castle,  Shaw,  ii.  7;  Burton,  Bnnvn,  239;  near 
Stafford,  Gam.  374  ;  Hayhead.  (4)  Barrow  Hill,  Gam. ;  Himley 
Wood ;  Gornal ;  Hinksford  ;  Coldridge  Wood  ;  Stewponey. 

CiSTINEAC. 

Helianthemum  Chamaecistus  Mill.  (2)  Moorlands  ;  Thor's 
Cave,  Pitt  Shaw,  102;  valleys  of  Manyfold  and  Dove,  Fraser;  Wever 
Hill !  Broivn,  239  ;  Longnor,  N.  S.  S.  Rep.  91. 

Violarie.e. 

Viola  palustris  L.  (2)  Near  Coton  and  Whiston,  Carter,  1839 ; 
Morridge  Top,  near  Leek;  Dimmings  Dale  ;  Alton.  (3)  NearKny- 
persley  Pool,  Painter ;  Norton  Bog,  Fraser ;  Hawkesyard  Park, 
Reader;  Sherbrook  Valley;  near  Cannock  Terrace  and  Chase 
Town  ;  Trickley  Coppice.     (4)  Norbury  Big  Moss. 

V.  odorata  L.  (1)  Heyley  Castle  ;  Betley  ;  Croxden,  Gam. 
857  ;  RoUestoii,  Brown,  239  ;  near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  ;  Alton 
Hanbury;  Draycote-in-Clay.  (3)  On  the  coal  strata  south  of 
Wolverhampton  ;  road  from  Knypersley  to  Leek,  Painter ;  Wergs, 
Tettenhall,  Oaken,  Fraser;  near  Stafford,  Moo ?-^;  Wichnor  Lane  to 
Park,  Brown,  239;  Blithbury ;  Chartley.  (4)  Blymhill,  Weston- 
under-Lizard,  Shaw,  115;  Trescott,  Trysull,  Fraser;  Arley ;  Cold- 
ridge Wood. 

Var.  alba  B.  (2)  Small  Park,  Eolleston,  Brown,  239  ;  Sea- 
bridge  ;  Blithe  Marsh,  Gar?!.  356;  Milwich.     (4)  Penn;  Trysull. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  11 

V.  hirta  L.  (2)  Dovedale,  Pnrt.  i.  744  ;  Ecton  and  Wetton 
Valleys,  Gam.  355  ;  near  Beeston  Tor ;  Manyfold  Valley,  Fraser. 

V.  silvestris  Reichenb.  (2)  Draycott-in-Clay  ;  near  Uttoxeter. 
(3)  Hoare  Cross,  abundant.  (4)  Sbatterford;  Lower  Gornal;  Arley 
and  Coldridge  Woods. 

V.  Riviniana  Reicbenb.     Banks,  &c.,  frequent. 

V.  ericetorum  Scbrad.  V.  flavicumis  Garn.  (2)  Draycote, 
Gam.  356.  (3)  Cannock  Cbase  !  Gam.  356 ;  near  Stafford,  Douglas  ; 
Sherbrook  Valley.      (4)  Near  Enville  !   Fraser;    Kinver  Edge. 

V.  tricolor  L.  (2)  Alton,  Dr.  Parsons.  (3)  Between  Rugeley 
and  Wolseley  Bridge  !  J.  Power;  Biddulpb,  Prt/«^^/- ;  Tettenball  ! 
Fraser;  Tixall  Heatb  ;  near  Kingston  Pool;  wall,  lane  near  Sben- 
stone.     (4)  Arley. 

V.  arvensis  Murr.     Common,  Gam.  356. 

V.  lutea  Huds.  (1)  Higblands,  Switbamley.  (2)  Butterton  ; 
Wetton  !  Alstonfield  !  Tbrowley  ;  Wever  Hill !  Grindon  Longnor  ; 
Leek,  Gam.  356  ;  Warslow. 

Var.  amcena  (Symons).     Dovedale,  Gam.  356. 

POLYGALE^. 

Polygala  vulgaris  L.  (2)  Star  Wood,  Oakamore.  (3)  Kings 
Bromley;  Fradley,  Moore.  (4)  Sedgeley  Old  Quarry,  Fraser; 
Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

P.  serpyllacea  Weihe.  (1)  Hilly  land,  Switbamley.  (2) 
Wever  Hill.  (3)  Biddulpb  road  to  Knypersley,  Painter  ;  Wbitmore, 
Fraser ;  Cannock  Cbase ;  Sberbrook  Valley ;  Norton  Bog.  (4) 
Seckley  Wood ;  Arley. 

Cakyophylle^. 

Dianthus  Armeria  L.  (3)  Licbfield,  Miss  Jackson;  Mony 
Hills,  near  Yoxall,  Shaw,  ii.  11. 

D.  deltoides  L.  (2)  Longnor,  V.  S.  S.  Rep.  91,  4;  TrysuU 
and  Swindon,  Waimvriijht,  Shaw,  ii.  6. 

Saponaria  OFFICINALIS  L.  (3)  Nortb-westem  extremity  of  Ham- 
stall-Ridware,  Pdleij,  Shaw,  ii.  8  ;  roadside  near  Hixon  ;  Marvesyn 
Ridware  ;  Hednesford  ;  Burton,  Garn.  370;  near  Croxall,  J.  Power. 
(4)  Blymbill,  Shaw,  212;  Upper  Arley. 

Silene  Cucubalus  Wibel.  (2)  DimmingsDale;  Alton;  Calton. 
(3)  Hawkesyard  Park,  Pieader;  Colwicb ;  Sbirleywicb ;  Weston- 
on-Trent,  &c.     (4)  Hinksford  ;  Trysull. 

S.  anglica  L.  (3)  Railway  cutting,  Streetley.  (4)  Cornfield 
at  Upper  Arley,  Garn.  371  ;  Enville,  Fraser. 

S.  nutans  L.  (2)  Dove  Dale  !  Bree,  Part.  i.  733 ;  about 
Tbor's  Cave,  Gam.  371 ;  Alstonfield. 

S.  noctiflora  L.     (3)  Near  Licbfield,  Miss  Jackson,  Garn.  370 ; 
abundant,  Breacb  Farm,  Brown,  240. 
Lychnis  alba  Mill.     Frequent. 


12  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

L.  dioica  L.     Common. 

L.  Flos-cuculi  L.     Common. 

L.  Githago  Lam.  (3)  Arable  land  near  Wickerstone  Rocks, 
Painter;  King's  Bvomley,  Moore  ;  Weston-on-Trent ;  Great  Barr ; 
Hamstead. 

Cerastium  quaternellum  Fenzl.  (3)  Sandy  commons,  Bar- 
laston  ;  Lichfield,  Genu,  373  ;  Blackbrook  Reservoir,  Broun,  242  ; 
Slierbrook  and  Abraham  Valleys,  Cannock  Chase.  (4)  Pond  Green, 
Seckley,  Fraser. 

C.  tetrandrum  Curtis.     (3)  Stafford,  Mr.  Spark. 

C.  semidecandrum  L.  (3)  Aldershaw,  Lichfield,  J.  Power ; 
Brown  Hills,  Highgate,  Fraser;  Breedon,  Brown,  242.    (4)  Trescott. 

C.  glomerata  Thuill.     Common  !  Gam,  373. 

C.  triviale  Link.     Common,  Gam. 

C.  arvense  L.  Rare,  occasionally  on  limestone,  (ram.  373. 
(4)  Kinver  Edge. 

Stellaria  aquatica  Scop.  (2)  Uttoxeter;  Marchington.  (3) 
Stoke,  Gam.  S13;  Kingston  Fool,  Fraser;  Stretton  and  Braunston, 
Brown,  242;  Chartley ;  Stowe ;  Weston-on-Trent;  Sandweil,  &c. 
(4)  Compton ;  Stewponey;  Stourton. 

S.  nemorum  L.     (2)  Abundant  by  the  Churnet,  Oakamore. 

S.  media  With.     Very  common. 

b.  luf/lertum  \Yeihe.  (2)  Draycote  in-Clay  ;  Uttoxeter;  Mar- 
chington Woodlands.     (3)  Elmhurst ;   Colton. 

S.  Holostea  L.     Very  common. 

S.  palustre  Retz.  Local.  (3)  Marvesyn  Ridware,  J.  Power; 
Walton  Lane  ;  Cathohne,  Uev.  W.  Hind.  (4)  Compton,  Fraser ; 
Wightwick  ;  Kinver  Edge. 

S.  graminea  L.     Common. 

S.  uliginosa  Murr.     Frequent. 

Arenaria  verna  L.     (2)  Dovedale;  Ecton  Hill,  Gam.  371. 

A.  tenuifolia  L.     (2)  Wever  Hill  !  Gam.  371. 

A.  trinervia  L.     Common. 

A.  serpyllifolia  L.     Walls,  frequent. 

Var.  le/itoclados  Gnss.  (3)  Near  Kingswood  Common,  Codsall. 
(4)  Old  quarry,  Coldrick  Wood;  Arley  Wood. 

Sagina  apetala  L.  (2)  Wall  near  Rudyard  railway.  Painter; 
near  Aidridge  ;  Little  Aston.     (4)  Walls,  Arley. 

S.  ciliata  Fr.  (3)  Brereton,  Reader.  (4)  Seckley  Dingle, 
FraS'-r ;   Kinver  Edge. 

S.  procumbens  L.     Common. 

S.  subulata  Presl.     (2)  Wever  Hill.    (3)  Tetteusor,  Gam.  373. 

S.  nodosa  Fenzl.  (2)  Oakamore,  Gam. ;  nearEndon,  N.  S.  8. 
Rep.  93.  (3)  Cannock  Chase,  Gam.  373 ;  Sherbrook  Valley.  (4) 
Offley  Hay,  Gam. 


THE    FLORA    OF    aXAFFORDSHlRE.  18 

Spergula  arvense  L. 

a.  vulaan's  Boenn.  (1)  Bididuli^h,  Painter.  (8)  Stafford,  Moor^  ; 
Mihvich  ;  frequent  in  county. 

b.  mti va  Bocnn.  (3)  Sandon  ;  Great  Barr ;  Little  Aston,  &c. 
(4)  Arley.     Frequent,  but  not  sufficiently  studied. 

Buda  rubra  Dum.     Frequent — footways,  heaths,  &c. 

B.  marina  Dum.  (3)  Salt-marsh,  near  Kingston  Pool ; 
Rickerscote,  Gam.  372  ;   Shirley wich,  Stokes,  With.  414. 

PORTULACE^. 

Claytonia  sibirica  L.  (3)  Naturalized.  (8)  Penkridge,  Gam.; 
grounds,  Knypersley  Hall ;  Greenway  Bank,  Painter. 

C.  PERFOLiATA  Douu.     (3)  Abundant  in  field  at  Perry. 
Montia  font  ana  L. 

a.  reptm  Pers.  (2)  Dovedale.  (3)  Near  Walsall ;  Cannock 
Chase;  Hednesford ;  Norton  Bog ;  Sherbrook  Valley.  (4)  Himley; 
Trysull. 

/?.  crecta  Pers.  (2)  Harracks  Mill,  Horton,  Painter.  (3)  Can- 
nock Chase  ;  Sherbrook.     (4)  Himley  ;  Trysull. 

Elatine^. 
Elatine  Hydropiper  L.     Abundant,  Pottall  Reservoir,  1895. 

HyPERICINEJE. 

Hypericum  Androssemum  L.  (3)  Needwood  Forest,  Shaw, 
ii.  7  ;  Pendeford,  Pitt,  Shaw,  105;  Broadwell  Wood ;  Woodroffe 
Cliff,  Hopwas,  Leycett,  Gam.  396 ;  Seckley ;  Enville. 

H.  perforatum  L.     Frequent. 

b.  aiujmtifolium,  Gaud.     (4)  Coldridge  Wood  ;  Arley. 

H.  dubium  Leers.  (3)  Burton,  Gam.  396;  Stretton  Grove, 
Shaw,  105  ;  Rugeley,  Reader  ;  Anglesea  Coppice,  near  Chartley  ; 
Hamstead  canal-bank.     (4)  Wren's  Nest,  Fraser. 

H.  quadratum  Stokes.  (Si  Moddershall,  near  Stone,  With. 
867;  near  Knypersley,  Painter;  Kings  Bromley,  il/oor^ ;  Kingston 
Pool ;  Great  Barr,  &c.     (4)  Compton  ;  Trysull  !  Phraser. 

H.  humifusum  L.  (1)  Biddulph  Moor,  and  lane  to  Gillow 
Hill,  Painter.  (2)  Wever  Hill;  Ramshorn.  (3)  Lask  Edge, 
Painter  ;  Codsall,  Fraser ;  Maer  Village,  N.  S.  S.  Pep.  88  ;  Hawkes- 
ysLvd,  Reader ;  In^festre  ;  Fradley.  (4)  Blymhill,  /S//^/jr,  105.  (4) 
Compton  ;  Penn  Fields  !  Fraser  ;  Coldridge  Wood  ;  Seckley. 

H.  pulchrum  L.  Common  on  heaths !  Gam.  396.  Frequent 
throughout  the  county. 

H.  hirsutum  L.  (2)  Tutbury,  Shaw  ;  Rocester  !  Fraser.  (3) 
Bury  Ring,  Stafford,  ilfoore ;  woods  near  Hanbury.  (4)  Marston, 
Fraser. 

H.  montanum  L.     (3)  Burton,  Gam.  896. 

H.  elodes  Huds.  In  all  our  bogs  and  marshes  ?  Gam,  896, 
(8)  Needwood  Forest,  Shaw,  ii.  7;  Chartley  Moss!  Brown,  248. 
(4)  Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw,  105. 


14  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 


Malvace^. 

Malva  moschata  L.  (2)  Near  Sudbury.  (3)  Needwood 
Forest !  Blakelaw  !  Brown,  212  ;  Kings  Bromley,  Moore  ;  Billbrook  ! 
Eraser  ;  Westoii-oii-Treut ;  Blitbbury  ;  Tixall ;  Chartley  ;  Hopwas 
Wood,  &c.     (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw. 

M.  sylvestris  L.  (3)  Stafford,  Moore ;  Hamstall  Eidware ; 
Hixon,  Droiiiton,  &c.     (4)  Trysull. 

M.  rotundifolia    L.     (1)  Biddulph,    Painter.     (2)  Uttoxeter. 

(3)  Near  Brewood,  Shaw,  107 ;  Mavesyn  Ridware,  Header ;  Or- 
greaves,  Moore;  near  Stafford,  Dou(jlas\  Drointon;  Hixou;  Queslet ; 
Perry  Barr ;  Milwich,  &c.     (4)  Trysull !  Eraser. 

TlLIACE^. 

Tilia  VULGARIS  Hayiie.  In  every  district  throughout  the 
county ;  planted. 

T.  cordata  Mill.  (3)  Frequent  in  Needwood  Forest !  Gam. 
379.     (4)  Oaken,  Eraser. 

LlNE^. 

Radiola  linoides  Roth.  (3)  Barlaston  Common.  (4)  Offley 
Hay,  Gam.  350. 

Linum  catharticum  L.     Common  in  the  county. 

L.  perenne  L.  Casual.  (3)  Aldridge.  (4)  Whittington 
Heath,  Eraser, 

L.  angustifolium  L.     (3)  Burton  (Mr.  Brown),  Gam.  362. 

L.  usiTATissiMUM  L.  Casual.  (1)  Brome  ;  field  between  Betley 
and  Madeley,  Gam.  362.  (3j  Once  near  Stoke,  Gam. ;  Codsall, 
Eraser.     (4)  Blymhill,  Gam. 

GERANIACEiE. 

Geranium    ph.eum  L.      Alien.       (3)  Yoxall  Lodge,   J.   Power. 

(4)  Rowley  Hills  towards  Cradley,  Gam.  391. 

G.  sylvaticum  L.     (3)  Burton,  Gam.  391,  doubtful. 

G.  pratense  L.  (2)  Tutbury,  Eraser ;  near  Cheadle,  Carter, 
1839;  Wever  Hill.  (3)  Stoke!  &c.,  Gam.  mi  \  Stone!  Croxden 
Abbey,  Shaw^  105 ;  Stafford !  Moore ;  Milton ;  Barlaston.  (4) 
Upper  Arley. 

A  variety  with  nearly  white  flowers,  Ham,  Gam.  391. 

O.  pyreiiaicum  Biirm.  (3)  Walton,  near'Btone ;  Stramshall ; 
Lichheid;  Barton-u.nder-Needwood,  Gam.  391';  Hill  Ridware, 
Reader.     (4)  Enville,  6ra>«.  391. 

G.  molle  L.     Common. 

G.  pusillum  Burm.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3) 
Shobaall,  ii/-ow/i,  249;  Hawkesyard,  iit^^tt/er.  (4)  Trescott,  Fras^r. 
".     Var.  p.     (3)  Roadsides,  Burton,  Gam.  392. 

G.  dissectum  L.     Common  I  Gam.  .392. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  16 

G.  columbinum  L.  (2)  Wetton  ;  Thor's  Cave  ;  Beeston  Tor; 
Dovedale!  Gam.  892;  Wever  Hill.  (3)  Near  the  entrance  to 
Barr  Beacon  from  Birmingham,  With.  796;  Lichfield,  Gam.  392; 
Barrow  Hill,  Shaw,  ii.  7.     (4)  TrysuU. 

G.  lucidum  L.  (2)  Longnor,  N.  S.  S.  Rpp.  88  ;  Valleys  of  the 
Maiiyfold  and  Dove  !  Fram-  near  Cheadle,  Ca,te>\  1839;  Alton 
Towers.  (3)  Coppenhall,  near  Stafiord,  Moore  \  Croxden  Abbey, 
Shaw,  105;  near  Walsall ;  near  Aldridge.  (4)  Stonewalls,  Rowley, 
Shaw,  ii.  7. 

G.  Robertianum  L.  Common.  (1>  With  white  flowers  at 
Madeley,  Gam.  391. 

Erodium  cicutarium  L'Herit.  (2)  Dovedale,  Brown,  244; 
Wever  Hill.  (3)  Hopton !  Moore;  Hawkesyard,  Header-,  betwixt 
Lichfield  and  Freeford,  J.  Power  ;  lane  near  Walsall ;  Hayhead. 
(4)  Blymhill  in  the  Pye  fields,  Shaw,  105  ;  Wightwick ;  Bratch, 
Eraser ;  TrysuU;  Kin ver  Edge. 

E.  MoscHATUM  L'Herit.  Rare.  (4)  Bishops  Wood,  .V.  6'.  6'.  Rep. 
1891  ;  Rowley,  Shaw,  ii.  7;  Dudley,  Garu.  391. 

E.  maritimum  L'Herit.  (3)  Lichfield,  Gam.  391;  near 
Bugeley,  Dr.  Parsons.  (4)  Wombourne ;  Orton,  Shaw,  ii.  6; 
Kinver  !  Part.  i.  317;  Seckley  Wood;  High  Heath,  Enville, 
Fraser. 

Oxalis  Acetosella  L.  Frequent  in  woods.  (2)  Dripping 
rocks,  Alton  Castle,  Shaw,  110;  Dimmings  Dale;  Marchington. 
(3)  Stafford,  Moore ;  Milwicli,  Great  Barr,  Handsworth,  &c.  (4) 
Seckley  Wood,  Arley  Wood,  &c. 

Var.  siibpurpurascens  DC.     (1)  Lion's  Paw  Wood,  Painter. 

Ilicine^. 
Ilex  Aquifolium  L.     Frequent. 

Celastrine^. 
Euonymus  europseus  L.      (2)    Plentiful  in  Dovedale!  and 
Wetton  Valley,  Gam.  355.     (3)  Drakeford,  Brown,  245  ;  Stretton, 
Shaw,  105.     (4)  North  side  of  Aqualate,  Fraser. 

EHAMNACEiE. 

Rhamnus  catharticus  L.  (2)  Dovedale,  &c.,  Gam.  355- 
near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Kings  Bromley,  Moore ;  Walton, 
Brown,  245;  Codsall  !  Fraser;  Upper  Stonnall.  (4)  Near  the 
Bratch  between  Wombourne  and  TrysuU!  Fraser. 

R.  Frangula  L.     (1)  Craddocks  Moss,  Fraser.     (2)  Bagnall ; 
Oakamoor.     (3)  Wet  thickets,  Chartley  Moss  !  Maer  !  Garu.  855; 
Hedges,  Pendeford,  With.  254 ;  Dippers  Codsall,  Fraser ;  Kingston 
Pool;    Boulton's  Park;    Handsworth  Wood.     (4)  Willow  Brido-e 
Shaw,  112  ;  wood  at  Smethwick,  Stokes,  With.  254.  °  ' 

SAPINDACEiE. 

Acer  Pseudo-platanus  L.     Frequent. 

A.  campestris  L.     Frequent  throughout  the  county* 


16  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 


Leguminos^. 

Genista  anglica  L.  (2)  Arcbford  Moor;  Grendon  Moor, 
Gam.  393;  near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839;  Cheddieton,  X.S.S.Bep. 
93.  (3)  Needwood  Fore>t,  Brown,  245  ;  Fenton  Park  ;  Lichfield, 
Gam.  393.     (4)  Blymliill,  Shaw,  105. 

G.  tinctoria  L.  (2)  Tutbury,  Brown,  218;  Cheadle,  Carter, 
1839  ;  Ramshorii.  (3)  Near  Stafford,  Dow/las;  Droiuton  ;  Auglesea 
Coppice  ;  Hixon.     (1)  Seckley,  Frailer  ;  Oiilton. 

Ulex  europaeus  L.     Common  !  Gam.  392. 

U.  Gallii  Planch.  (2)  Dovedale  !  Gam.  393.  (3)  Near  Lich- 
field !  Needwood !  Gam. ;  near  Stafford,  Duwjlas ;  Hawkesyard, 
Beader ;  road  from  Biddulph  Grange  to  Knypersley  Hall,  Painter  ; 
Sandon  ;  lanes  about  Stonnall ;  Little  Aston  ;  Barr  Beacon.  (4) 
Kinver  !  Gam.  ;  near  Hiailey  ;  Trysiill ;  Chase  Pool. 

Cytisus  scoparius  Link.     Frequent. 

Ononis  repens  L.     Frequent !  Gam.  893. 

O.  spinosa  L.  Common  ?  Gam.  393.  (2)  RoUeston,  Brown, 
246.     I  have  not  seen  this  in  Staffordshire. 

Medicago  sativa  L.  Alien.  (2)  Cheadle,  Gam.  395.  (3)  Bur- 
ton, Gam. ;  occasionally  on  the  Trent  Valley  Railway  ;  Barr ; 
Hamstead,  Saudwell  ;  Little  Aston.  (4)  Dudley  Castle,  Gam. ; 
Kinver  !  Fraser. 

M.  lupulina  L.     Frequent !  Gam.  395. 

M.  denticulata  Willd.     (3)  Wightwick,  Fraser. 

[M.  falcata  L.  About  Stafford ;  Yarlet  Hill,  Gam.  395 ;  probably 
a  n  error.] 

Melilotus  officinalis  Lam.  (2)  Tutbury,  Dickinson  in  Shaw, 
114  ;  Yarlet  Hill ;  Uttoxeter,  Gam.  394  ;  near  Cheddieton  ;  near 
Stockton  Brook ;  Milton ;  Battersley  Junction ;  Fenton  Moor. 
(3)  Between  Chartley  and  Longdon,  Shaw,ii.  7;  Stoke,  Gam.  394  ; 
about  Stafford  Castle,  Fraser ;  near  Stafford,  Douglas ;  railway 
banks  near  Walsall. 

M.  alba  Desr.  (8)  Waste  ground,  Rugeley  !  Reader.  (4)  Wight- 
wick, Ftaser. 

M.  arvensis  Wallr.  (3)  Near  Albion  Station,  Fraser;  Tet- 
tenhall. 

M.  iNDicA  All.     (3)  Near  Wolverhampton,  Fraser. 

Trifolium  pratense  L.     Common  !  Gam. 

T.  medium  L.  (1)  Near  Biddulph  Grange,  Painter.  (3)  Brot- 
ley  and  Kingston  Park,  Brown,  246  ;  Armitage,  Reader  ;  Hydas 
Lee,  Moore;  Hamstead;  Wittou.  (4)  Blymliill,  Shaw,  114;  Wren's 
Nest,  &c. 

[T.  ocHROLEUcoN  Huds.  ?     (3)  Goscott,  near  Walsall  ?  Shaw.] 

T.  iNCARNATUM  L.  Not  British,  but  occasionally  among  corn. 
(3)  Barlaston,  Gam.  394. 


THE    FLORA    Ok     fciTAFFORDSHIKK.  17 

T.  arvense  L.  (2)  Betley ;  Alton.  (3)  Lichfield,  Gam.  895  ; 
Cannock  Station;  Wichnor,  Ftaaer;  railway  slopes,  Branstone, 
Brown,  216;  Weeping  Cross  towards  Stafford,  Moore;  near  Stafford, 
Doiu/las  ;  Salt ;  lanes  near  Witton.     (4)  Kiuver  !   Gam. 

T.  striatum  L.  (3)  Fields  about  Stafford,  Shaw,  114  ;  near 
Shirleywich;  Lichfield,  Gam.  395;  dry  banks,  Hawkesyard,  Reader, 

T.  HYBRiDUM  L.  (1)  Cultivated  ground,  Biddulph,  Painter; 
field-borders,  occasionally.    (2)  Alton.    (8)  Near  Colwich.    (4)  Arley. 

T.  repens  L.     Common. 

T.  procumbens  L.     Frequent. 

T.  dubium  Sibth.     Common. 

T.  filiforme  L.  Kare.  (3)  Barton,  Broivn,  247.  (4)  Envillel 
Fraser. 

Anthyllis  Vulneraria  L.  Common  on  limestone?  Gar7i.  393. 
(2)  Dovedale !  Valley  of  Manyfold,  Fraser ;  Longnor,  A' .  8.  S.  Rep.  93. 

Lotus  corniculatus  L.     Common  !  Gam.  395. 

L.  tenuis  Widdst.  &  Kit.  (2)  Dovedale,  Gam.  395.  (3)  Hawkes- 
yard,  Reader.     (4)  Willow  Bridge,  Gam. ;  Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

L.  uliginosus  Schkuhr.    Frequent  in  moist  places,  Gam. !  395. 

Astragalus  glycyphyllus  L.  (3)  In  a  field  between  King's 
Bromley  and  the  Trent,  Shaw,  ii.  7 ;  in  the  bushes  at  the  top  of 
Coton  Field,  Stafford,  Gam.  394  ;  between  Stafford  and  Penkridge, 
Shaw,  106;  near  Stafford,  Dour/las.   (4)  Aqualate,  both  sides!  Fraser. 

Ornithopus  perpusillus  L.  (3)  Trentham !  Gam.  894; 
Weepmg  Cross,  Moore;  Wichnor!  Brown;  near  Stafford,  Douq/as; 
near  Barr  Beacon;  Aldridge ;  Stonnall ;  Pottall  Reservoir;  Great 
Barr ;  Little  Aston  ;  Streetley.  (4)  Kiuver !  Pnrt.  i.  350  ;  Orton  ; 
Whitaker  Heath  ;  Chase  Pool,  Swindon. 

Hippocrepis  comosa  L.  Very  rare.  (2)  On  a  rock  in  th 
Wetton  Valley,  Gam.  394. 

Onobrychis  vicisefolia  Scop.    Very  rare.    (3)  Codsall, Fr^s^r. 

Vicia  hirsuta  Gray.     Common  !  Gam.  394. 

V.  gemella  Crantz.  (2)  RoUeston,  Brown,  247.  (3)  Walton, 
Brown;  near  Drayton,  Lichfield!  Burton,  Gam.;  near  Stafford! 
Douglas;  near  Kingston  Pool ;  Tixall.     (4)  Trysull. 

V.  Cracca  L.     Common  in  hedges  !  Gimi.  394. 

V.  sylvatica  L.  (1)  Madeley  Rectory,  Yates,  (2)  Dovedale, 
Garn.  394  ;  Wetton  Valley,  plentiful ;  Fraser.  (3)  About  Stone 
and  Oulton,  frequently  with  white  flowers ;  Tittensor ;  Moddershall; 
Tarn  worth,  (jarfi.     (4)  Arley. 

V.  sepium  L.     Common. 
V.  sativa  L.     Frequent. 
V.  angustifolia  L.     Frequent. 

/?  Bobartii  Koch.  (3)  Pipe  Marsh;  near  Chase  Town;  near 
Stafford.     (4)  Kinver !  Fraser;  Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

V.  lathyroides  L.   (3)  Near  Stafford.  Doiujlas.   (4)  KinvrrEdge. 
Journal  of  Botany,  April,  1901."  c 


18  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Lathyrus  Aphaca  L.     (4)  Whittington  Heath,  Eraser  ! 

L.  Nissolia  L.  (2)  Woods  at  Belmont,  Pitt,  With.  618.  (3) 
Barton- under-Needwood,  Gam.  394 ;  Coton  Fields,  Stafford,  Shaw, 
107. 

L.  sylvestris  L.  (3)  Red  Hill,  Stone  Park,  Foster,  Shaw,  107; 
Tattenhill,  Gam.  394 ;  Sliobnall ;  Aston  Quarry,  Broun,  248. 

L.  pratensis  L.     Common. 

L.  montanus  Bernh.  (2)  Wever  Hill ;  Marchington.  (3) 
Knypersley,  Fai7iter;  near  Walsall.  (4)  Trysull,  Eraser \  Seckley; 
Arley ;  Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

Var. /m?<^7b^ms  Reich.  (2)  Wever  Hill.  (4)  Seckley;  Oulton, 
near  Gnosall. 

ROSACE/E. 

Prunus  spinosa  L.     Common. 

P.  insititia  Hiids.  (3)  Trent  Meadows,  &c..  Gam.  374; 
Langley,  Eraser.     (4)  Near  Arley. 

P.  Avium  L.     Frequent. 

P.  Cerasus  L.     ''  Frequently  wild  in  woods,"  Gam.  374. 

P.  Padus  L.  (1)  Biddulph  Valley,  Painter',  Gillow  Heath, 
abundant,  Moore.  (2)  Doveilale,  Bree,  Part.  725  ;  Leek ;  Riims- 
horn.  (3)  Pendeford,  Pitt,  With.  446  ;  near  Chesterfield  ;  Knowles, 
near  Lichfield,  J.  Power ;  Tamworth  ;  Little  Aston. 

Spir^a  salicifolia  L.  Needwood,  Miss  Jackson;  thickets  on 
Cannock  Cliase,  Dashwood,  Gam.  376. 

S.  Ulmaria  L.     Common. 

S.  Filipendula  L.  (1)  Gradbatch  Hill,  Gam.  376.  (2)  Wever 
Hill !  Gam.  (3)  Railway  embankment,  Armitage,  Moore ;  field 
near  Barr  Farm. 

Rubus  Idseus  L.  Frequent,  (1)  Flash.  (2)  Near  Alton. 
(3)  Clayton,  with  white  fruit,  Gam.  377 ;  Kiug's  Bromley ;  Han- 
bury  ;  SandoD  ;  Stone,  Salt,  Shenstone,  &c.  (4)  Arley  Wood ; 
Seckley;  Trysull. 

R.  fissus  Lindl.  (1)  Rushton  Spencer,  1000  ft.,  Painter.  (2) 
Lask  Edge,  J.  W.  White ;  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Purchas  ;  Dimmings 
Dale,  near  Alton;  Alton  Towers.  (8)  Chartley  Moss;  Trickley 
Coppice ;  Handsworth  Wood. 

R.  suberectus  Anders.  (3)  Whitmore;  Chartley  Moss;  Ravens 
Hill ;  Riigeley  ;  near  Streetley.     (4)  Cranmore  Wood,  Eraser, 

R.  plicatus  W.  &  N.  Biddulph  district,  Paiyiter.  (2)  Rud- 
yard district.  Painter.     (3)  Wood  by  Streetley  railway. 

R.  nitidus  W.  &  N.  var.  hamulosus  Lev.  &  Muell.  (3)  Roadside 
near  Streetley  railway-cutting. 

R.  carpinifolius  W.  &  N.  (1)  Biddulph,  Painter.  (2)  Rud- 
yard Reservoir,  Paintn",  Longnor,  Purchas  \  (3)  Ingestre;  Tixall; 
Salt;  Fradley ;  Kingston  Pool;  Cannock  Chase;  Stonuall;  Hatherton; 
Streetley ;  near  Walsall. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  19 

R.  incurvatus  Bab.  (3)  Hopton.  (4)  Lane  by  Smestow  Mill, 
confiniied  by  Ilev.  ]V.  Moyle  Honers, 

R.  Lindleianus  Lees.  Frequent.  (1)  Rusbton,  Baihj/;  near 
Flasli.  (2)  Near  Hortoii  Clinrcb,  Painter  ;  Kusbley,  near  Ham, 
Piirchas.  (8)  Mavesyn  Rid  ware  ;  Sandon  ;  Milwicb  ;  Weston  ; 
Saresdon  ;  Rugeley  ;  Hopton;  Drointon;  Gailey,  Hatberton;  Cod- 
sail.     (4)  Pattingbam,  Baggeridge  Wood. 

R.  erythrinus  Genev.  Very  local.  (3)  Hatberton  ;  near  Little 
Aston  ;  Aldridge  Road,  Perry  Barr.     (4)  Himley. 

R.  rhamnifolius  W.  &  N.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter; 
Alton  Common  ;  Forest  Banks,  Marcbington.  (3)  Kingston ; 
Blitbfield  ;  Bagots  Wood  ;  Stonnall ;  Hints ;  Wall ;  Brown  Hills  ; 
near  Walsall ;  Tixall  Heatb.  (4)  Baggeridge  Wood  ;  Pattingbam; 
Rainsford:   Spittle  Mill. 

Var.  Bakeri  F.  A.  Lees.  (3)  Pottall ;  Hints ;  Drayton  ;  Wee- 
ford.     (4)   Spittle  Brook ;  Rainsford. 

R.  nemoralis  P.  J.  Muell.     Apparently  rare.     (3)  Cbartley. 

b.  (jla''ratus  Bab.  Local.  (3)  Tixall;  Codsall ;  L'ttle  Bosses, 
Stonnall ;  Stowe,  near  Cbartley  ;  Fradley.     (4)  Near  Hinksford. 

R.  pulcherrimus  Neum.  Frequent.  (1)  Near  Haymill,  Bid- 
dulpb ;  Lask  Edge,  Painter.  (2)  Sudbury  ;  Forest  Banks.  (3) 
Hopton  ;  Stowe  ;  Weston-on-Trent ;  Drointon  ;  Kingston  ;  Salt ; 
Ingestre  ;  Milwicb  ;  Plaistow  ;  Hints  ;  Sandwell ;  Perry  ;  Ham- 
stead,  &c.     (4)  Stourton  ;  Himley;  Oulton. 

R.  Lindebergii  P.  J.  Muell.  (1)  Near  Haymill  Farm,  Bid- 
dulpb.  Painter.  (2)  Reap's  Moor  ;  Arcbford  Moor  ;  near  Alston- 
field,  Purchas.  (3)  Lane  between  Henburst  and  Tattenhill,  T.  Gibbs. 
(4)  Blockley,  near  Trysull. 

R.  villicaulis  Koebl.  (2)  Mill  Hayes  Lane,  Rudyard  Hotel, 
Painter ;  Sudbury.  (3)  Fradswell,  Eians ;  Streetley ;  Fradley. 
(4)  Trysull  Dingle. 

Var.  /?  Sehneri  Lindeb.  (1)  Frequent  near  Biddulph  Hall, 
Painter.  (2)  Alton.  (3)  Stowe,  Evans  \  near  Alrewas !  Gibbs; 
Fradley;  Pipe  Hill;  Little  Hay;  Weeford;  Hardwick,  near  Stone; 
Norton  Bog  ;  Bassetts  Pole  ;  Codsall ;  Gailey  ;  Pottall  ;  &c.  (4) 
Near  Rainsford  ;  Himley. 

d.  caU-atus  Blox.  Rare.  (1)  Near  Biddnlpb  Hall,  Painter. 
(2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter  ;  Harracles  Mill,  Horton,  J.  G. 
Baker.  (3)  Drointon;  Hopton;  Tixall;  Ingestre;  Salt;  Streetley; 
Trickley.     (4)  Perton. 

R.  gratus  Focke.  (2)  Heatby  Wood,  Rudyard,  Purchas.  I  have 
not  seen  tbis  in  Staffordsbire. 

R.  argentatus  b.  robustus  (P.  J.  Muell.).  (3)  Stowe,  near 
Cbartley. 

R.  rusticanus  Merc.  Common  and  general.  A  variety  with 
very  narrow  leaves  abundant  at  (4)  Wombourn. 

R.  pubescens  Weibe.     (2)  Alton  Common.     (3)  Fradley. 

b.  subinermis  Rogers.  (4)  Seckley ;  Arley  Wood.  So  namepl 
by  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers. 

c  2 


ZU  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE, 

R.  thyrsoideus  Wimm.  (4)  Severn-banks,  Seckley,  and 
Seckley  Coppice. 

R.  lentiginosus  Lees.     Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter. 

R.  macrophyllus  W.  &  N.  (3)  Near  Salt ;  near  Stone  ;  Daffo- 
dilly, near  Barr  Beacon ;  Gailey  ;  Tixall.  (4)  Shelmore  Wood ; 
Norbnry  Park  ;   Seckley  Wood  ;  Pattingham  ;  Stewponey. 

Var.  Schlechtendalii  Weihe.     (2)  Hardwick,  near  Stone. 

Var.  amplijicatus  Lees.  (2)  Sudbury,  near  Forest  Banks ; 
Dimmings  Dale,  Alton.  (3)  Near  Gornal  Wood  ;  Stonnall ;  Little 
Aston  ;  Hints  ;  Weeford  ;  Fradley  ;  Salt ;  Ingestre  ;  Chartley  ; 
Gailey;  Hatherton,     (4)  Stourton;  Perton;  Pattingham;  Oulton. 

R.  Sprengelii  Weihe.  (1)  Riishton,  Bailey,  Forest  Wood, 
near  Gradbach.  (2)  Near  Warslow,  Purchas  ;  Horton,  Carr ;  Rud- 
yard, Bailey ;  Ramshorne ;  Dimmings  Dale ;  Wever  Hill.  (3) 
Streetley  ;  Fradley  ;  Chartley  ;  Kingston  ;  Gailey,  Hatherton,  &c. 

R.  micans  Gren.  &  Godr.  Very  rare.  Trickley  Coppice,  near 
Middleton. 

R.  hirtifolius  Muell.  &  Wirtg.     (1 )  Bemerton  ;  Lask  Edge. 

(3)  Norton-in-the-Moors;    Norton,  Painter;    near    Bassetts    Pole 
near  Drayton. 

R.  pyramidalis  Kalt.  (1)  Old  Biddulph  Hall,  White\  Lask 
Edge,  Painter ;  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter ;  Hopton ;  Tixall ; 
Newborough,  Fradley,  Aldridge,  Streetley ;  Hatherton,  &c.  (4) 
Seckley  Wood,  "  eglandular  form,"  W.  M.  Rogers. 

R.  leucostachys  Schleich.  (1)  Clamps  Wood,  Purc/ias;  Rush- 
ton  Spencer,  Pamper  ;  near  Ludschurch.  (2)  Alton  Towers;  Dim- 
mings Dale ;  Wever  Hill ;  Sudbury  ;  Hanbury.  (3)  Knypersley, 
Painter  ;  near  Codsall,  Eraser  ;  Teddesley ;  Brewood  ;  Salt ;  Mil- 
wich  ;  Newborough,  Rugeley.  (4)  Oulton,  near  Gnosall ;  Seckley 
Wood. 

R.  Borseanus  Genev.    Rare.    (3)  Near  Milwich ;  Tixall  Heath. 

(4)  Foucher's  Pool,  near  Hinksford. 

R.  nmcronatus  Blox.  (2)  Between  Longnor  Road  and  Brund 
Mill ;  near  Overhurst  Farm,  Purchas ;  Cheadle  Road  from  Alton  ; 
Dimmings  Dale.  (3)  Chartley  Moss  ;  Kingston  ;  Grindley  ;  lanes 
about  Codsall  and  Codsall  Wood ;  Gailey  ;  Canwell ;  Aldridge  ; 
Hayhead  ;  Daffodilly.     (4)  Near  Hinksford;  Oulton,  near  Gnosall, 

R.  criniger  Linton.  (2)  Near  Rudyard  Hotel,  Painter ;  Alton 
Common.  (3)  Fradswell,  Evayis  ;  Outwoods  Burton  !  Gibbs  ; 
Chartley ;  Kingston  ;  Gailey  ;  near  Pottall  Reservoir  ;  near  Hop- 
ton  ;  by  Barr  Park  ;  Queslet ;  Pipe  Marsh ;  Aldridge  ;  Stonnall. 
(4)  Hatherton. 

R,  anglosaxonicus  Gelert.  (2)  By  the  Churuet,  Alton  ;  near 
Marchington  ;  Oakamore.  (3)  Near  Streetley  ;  Stonnall ;  Little 
Hay  ;  lane  from  Salt  to  Stafford  ;  near  Milwich  ;  Codsall.  (4) 
Stourton  ;  Prestwood  House  ;  Swindon. 

Subsp.  curvidens  A.  Ley.  (3)  Hardwick  Heath,  near  Stone. 
(4^  Secklev  Wood, 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  21 

Subsp.  raihdovhs  Rogers.  (1)  Near  the  Brirle  Stones,  Biddulph ; 
near  Woodside  Colliery ;  Lask  Edge,  900  ft.,  Painter. 

R.  infestus  Weihe.  (1)  Near  Rusliton,  Baileii.  (2)  Rudyard, 
Baiey.  (3)  Near  Chavtley  Moss  ;  Dioiuton  ;  Tixall  Heath  ;  Blaclc- 
heath  Wood;  near  Drayton  Lodge,  road  to  Watling  Street;  near 
Barr  Beacon;  near  Stonnall.  (4)  Lane  from  Foucher's  Pool  to 
Swindon  ;  near  Chase  Pool  Lodge. 

R.  Leyanus  Rogers.  (2)  Alton  Towers,  Pnrcha^.  (3)  Lane 
by  Codsall  Wood ;  road  from  Bassett's  Pole  to  Watling  Street. 

R.  radula  Weihe.  (1)  Rushton,  Bailei/;  near  the  Bride  Stones, 
Lask  Edge,  Painter.  (2)  Near  Rudyard,  Bailej/ ;  near  Cold  Eaton 
Bridge,  Purcha^ ;  by  the  river  Dove,  Dovedale !  Rogers ;  Alton 
Towers  ;  Marchiugton.  (3)  Codsall ;  Teddesley  ;  Salt ;  Milwich  ; 
Sandon  ;  Weston-on-Trent ;  Rugeley  ;  Armitage  ;  Streetley.  (4) 
Wombourne  ;  Arley. 

Var.  anglicanus  Rogers.  (3)  Road  from  Pottall  to  Stafford  ; 
Codsall ;  Milwich  ;  Salt ;  Fradley  ;  Weeford  ;  Hints  ;  Streetley. 
(4)  Smestow  Mill ;   Pattingham. 

R.  podophyllus  P.  J.  Muell.  (1)  Lask  Edge,  Painter.  (2) 
Hoxiou,  Painter  \  Rudyard  Lake,  C'arr  ;  Alton  Common.  (3)  Near 
Colton  ;  Kingston  ;  Bagots  Wood  ;  Abbots  Bromley  ;  Shenstone  ; 
near  Barr  Beacon. 

R.  echinatus  Lindl.     (2)  Road  from  Sudbury  to  Forest  Banks. 

(3)  Salt ;  Sandon  ;  Milwich  ;  Coton  ;  Fradswell ;  Hints  ;  Stonnall ; 
Perry  ;  Sandwell ;  Codsall ;  Teddesley.  (4)  Smestow  ;  Patting- 
ham ;  near  Prestwood  House. 

R.  oigoclados  Muell.  &  Lefv.  Rare.  (3)  Trickley  Coppice, 
near  Middleton. 

R.  Newbouldii  Bab.  (3)  Milwich ;  Kings  Bromley ;  lanes 
about  Hatherton ;  Calf  Heath ;  lane  by  Gailey  Reservoir.  (4) 
Trysull  Dingle  ;  lane  to  Smestow  Mill ;  Dimmings  Dale,  near 
Trysull. 

R.  Bloxamianus  Coleman.  (3)  Prevailing  bramble  at  Hatherton. 

R.  Babingtonii  Bell  Salt.     (3)  Lane  to  Walsall  from  Streetley. 

(4)  Shelmore  Wood,  near  Gnosall ;  near  Stewponey  ;  Baggeridge 
Wood  ;  Himley  ;  Seckley  Wood. 

R.  Lejeunii  W.  &  N.  var.  ericetorum.  Lefv.  (4)  Seckley  Wood, 
abundant ;  Shelmore  Wood,  near  Gnosall ;  canal-side,  Oulton. 

R.  Bloxamii  Lees,  (2)  Dimmings  Dale,  near  Alton ;  road 
from  Alton  to  Cheadle.  (3)  Stow  ;  Sandon  ;  Newborough  ;  Frad- 
ley ;  Weeford  ;  Hints  ;  Wall ;  Stonnall ;  Alrewas  ;  Little  Hay  ; 
Sandwell ;  Streetley.     (4)  Seckley  Wood  ;  Arley. 

R.  scaber  W.  &  N.  (2)  Rudyard,  P^z^f^r.  (3)  Codsall ;  lane, 
Armitage  to  Coton ;  Collingswood  ;  Needwood  Forest ;  near  Streetley. 
(4)  Baggeridge  Wood  ;  Seckley  Wood. 

R.  fuscus  W.  &  N.  (3)  Near  Knypersley,  Painter ;  Trickley 
Coppice  ;  hedge  near  Hints  Hall  ;  Drayton  Bassett ;  Great  Barr  ; 
Streetley. 


22  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Var.  nutans  Eogers.  (3)  Sutton  road  to  Walsall ;  Trickley 
Coppice  ;  Watling  Street. 

R.  pallidus  W.  &  N.    (2)  Hanbury.    (4)  Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

R.  foliosus  W.  &  N.  (3)  County  lane,  Codsall.  (4)  Sbelmore 
Wood;  wood  near  Aqueduct,  Oulton;  Norbury  Park;  Seckley 
Coppice. 

R.  rosaceus  W.  &  N.  (2)  Dimmings  Dale,  near  Alton.  (3) 
Codsall  Wood  ;  County  lane,  Codsall.  (4)  Pattingham  ;  Seckley 
AVood,  abundant. 

b.  hi/strix  W.  &  N.  (1)  Between  Lask  Edge  and  Rushton 
Spencer,    Painter.      (2)    Forest   Banks ;    Marchington ;    Hanbury. 

(3)  Sandon;  Hamstall-Piidware,  Salt;  Stowe  ;  Drointon;  Fradley; 
Henhurst  Wood,  near  Burton ;  Pipe  Wood ;  Great  Barr  ;  Perry 
Wood;  Handswortb  Wood ;  Tixall;' Codsall.  (4)  Norbury  Wood; 
Seckley  Wood;  Pattingham. 

e.  infecundus  Rogers.  (2)  Churnet  Valley,  near  Alton.  (3) 
Drointon  ;  Hard  wick  ;  Sandon  ;  near  Kings  wood  Common.  (4) 
Baggeridge  Wood  ;  Seckley  Wood. 

R.  adornatus  P.  J.  Muell.  (3)  Near  Queslet.  (4)  Baggeridge 
Wood. 

R.  Koehleri  W.  &  N.     Rare.     (3)  Rakes  End,  near  Rugeley. 

(4)  Near  Trysnll ;  Pattingham. 

Subvar.  distracius  Muell.  &  Wirt.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter. 

Subsp.  damiihijllm  Rogers.  Pi.  pahidus  Bab.  Frequent.  (1) 
Biddulph,  P</m^er.  (2)  Near  Beresford  ;  Longnor,  P/rrc/ias ;  Rams- 
horn  ;  Alton  Towers ;  Dimmings  Dale.  (3)  Ingestre ;  Salt ; 
Milwich;  Sandon;  Weston;  Rakes  End;  Codsall;  Teddesley ; 
Wall,  Perry  Barr,  &c.     (4)  Kinver  ;  Stewponey  ;  Arley. 

R.  fusco-ater  Weihe.  Rare.  (3)  Near  Colton ;  Rugeley ; 
Trickley  Coppice.     (4)  Seckley  Wood. 

R.  Bellardi  W.  &  N.  Rare.  (2)  Dimmings  Dale,  near  Alton 
Towers.     (4)  Abundant  near  the  aqueduct,  Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

Var.  dentatus  Bab.  (3)  Abundant  in  the  lanes  about  Codsall. 
(4)  A  robust  form  approaching  type  at  Oulton. 

R.  serpens  Weihe.  (2)  Rare,  Dimmings  Dale,  near  Alton, 
authenticated  by  Rev.  W.  Moyle  Rogers. 

R.  hirtus  Waldst.  &  Kit.  Rare.  (3)  Codsall  Wood.  (4)  Nor- 
bury Park  ;  Oulton  ;  Shelmore  Wood. 

Y ill',  rotiuidifolins  Bah.  (3)  Sandon;  Hardwick  ;  near  Gnosall; 
lanes  by  Kiugswood  Common.  (4)  Seckley  Wood ;  Oulton;  Shel- 
more Wood. 

[R.  MiNUTiFLORus  P.  J.  Muell.  (4)  Seckley  Wood.  See  Hand- 
book of  Brit.  Rubi,  89.  I  find  a  similar  form  in  Anstey  Wood, 
Warwickshire,  wbich  was  named  Pi.  mimaijiorm  by  Prof.  Babington.] 

R.  velatus  Lefv.     (3)  County  lane,  near  Codsall. 

R.  dumetorum  W.  &  N.  var.  ferox  Weihe.  (3)  Anslow,  i^ia>?s ; 
near  Stowe  !  Gibbs  ;  Fradley  ;  Rugeley  ;  Newborough  ;  Alrewas ; 
Hints  ;  Codsall ;  Tixall  Heath  ;  Aldridge. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  23 

Var.  diversifoHus  (Lindl.).  (2)  Frog  Hall ;  Alton  ;  Sudbury  ; 
Hanbury.  (3)  Codsall ;  Pottall ;  Tixall  Heath  ;  Wall;  Chester- 
field; Shenstone;  Kugeley;  Droiuton;  Shirley  VVich ;  Great  Hey- 
wood,  Salt,  &c.     (4)  Swindon  ;  Stourton. 

Var.  tuherciilatns  Bab.  (1)  Rushton.  (2)  Rudyard,  BaUei/. 
(3)  Near  Wolverhampton,  Fraser ;  near  Codsall;  near  Pottall; 
Sandon  ;  Weeford  ;  Queslet ;  Hayhead  ;  Drayton  Manor  ;  Shen- 
stone;  Featherley.     (4)  Oulton. 

Var.  conrinnus  Warren.  Near  Alstonfield,  Purchns  ;  EUaston  ; 
Wever  Hill ;  Ranishorn  ;  Alton.  (3)  Colton  ;  Drointon  ;  We^ton- 
on-Trent  ;  Hatherton,  &c.     (4)  Hinksford. 

Var.  /asciV^/rtius  P.  J.  Muell.  (2)  Mill,  Hays  Lane,  Painter; 
Ramshorn  ;  Sudbury;  Wever  Hill.  (3)  Elford ;  Ruijeley;  In- 
gestre;  Shirley  Wicb  ;  Newborough,  Great  Barr,  &c.  (4)  Oalton. 
R.  corylifolius  var.  siihlustrls  Lees.  (1)  Rushton  Speneer, 
Painter.  (2)Longnor;  near  Wetton  Mill ;  Alstonfield,  P/^rc/ia? ; 
Alton  ;  Wever  Hill.  (3)  Salt ;  Ingestre  ;  Brocton  ;  Codsall ; 
Teddesley  ;  Milford  ;  Great  Heywood  ;  Wall ;  Hamstead,  &c.  (4) 
Swindon. 

Var.  c;/clophyllits  Lindeb.     (3)  Near  Shenstone. 
R.   Balfourianus  Blox.      (2)    Hanbury;    near   Marchinf?ton. 
(3)  Milford  ;   Stowe,  Chartley ;    Milwich  ;    Kings  Bromley  ;    Cum- 
borough  ;  Fradley  ;  Lichfield  ;  Wall ;   Stonnall.     (4)  Arley. 

R.  cgesius  L.  a  aguatkus  W.  &  N.  (1)  Between  Biddulph  and 
Congleton  Edge,  Painter.  (3)  Weston-on-Trent;  Drointon;  Perry; 
Mill  Green,  Little  Aston.     (4)  Norbury  ;  Oulton. 

/?  tenuis  Bell  Salt.  (2)  Alstonfield,  Piinhas.  (3)  Rugeley 
Junction.     (4)  Hinksford;  Arley. 

R.  saxatilis  L.     (2)  Broken  limestone  in  the  vallevs  of  the 
Hamps  and  Manyfold,  Gam.  377;  Ape's  Tor,  Alstonfield,' P/^rcAas. 
Geum  urbanum  L.     Frequent. 

G.  rivale  L.  Very  local.  (2)  Rare,  11am,  Shaw,  105 ;  Cress- 
well,  Carter ;  Morridge,  Gam.  378 ;  near  Waterhouses ;  near 
Ipstone ;  Dovedale ;  Onecote.  (3)  In  a  meadow  at  Aldridge, 
Pitt,  With.  469;  Chesterfield,  near  UcMeU,  J.  Poiiur ;  banks  of 
Trent  and  canal  feeder  below  Knvpersley,  Paint, r;  between  Walsall 
and  Aldridge,  Ruford,  Part.  i.  242  ;  Strettoii  Hall  Grove,  Shaw, 
105 ;  Staftbrd,  Fra><er ;  Cavershall ;  Lichfield,  Gam.  378 ;  near 
Ingestre ;  Kingston  Pool ;  lane  from  Walsall  to  Pelsall ;  near 
Wolverhampton.  (4)  Penn,  Fraser;  Moreton,  Gam.  378;  near 
Baggeridge  Wood.  With  semi-double  flowers  at  (3)  Cavershall 
Gam.  378. 

Var.  intermedia  Ehrh.     (3)  Kingston  Pool. 
Fragaria  vesca  L.     Frequent. 
Potentilla  Fragariastrum  Ehrh.     Frequent. 
P.  sylvestre  Neck.     Common. 

P.  procumbens  Sibth.  Local.  (1)  Spring  Coppice,  Biddulph, 
Painttr.  (3)  Fields,  Knypersley,  Painter ;  Hawkesyard  Park,  Reader. 
(4)  Shelmore  Wood  ;  Norbury  Park  ;  Coldridge  Wood,  Arley. 


24  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

P.  reptans  L.     Frequent  on  banks. 

P.  Anserina  L.     Common  on  waysides. 

P.  argentea  L.  Rare.  (3)  On  a  bank  near  Kings  Bromley, 
J.  Power  \  wall-tops,  Armitage,  Reader.  (4)  Trescott,  Eraser] 
Enville ;  Kinver  Edge. 

P.  palustris  Scop.  (2)  North  end  of  Rudyard  Reservoir, 
Painter;  near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839;  near  Brindley  Ford  and  New 
Chapel,  Painter.  (3)  Lichfield,  J.  Power  ;  canal  bank  near  Walsall. 
(4)  Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw,  110 ;  Higbgate  Pool,  Enville ; 
Trysull,  Eraser. 

Alchemilla  arvensis  Scop.     Common. 

A.  vulgaris  L.     Locally  common,  fields  and  footways. 

Agrimonia  Eupatoria  L.     Frequent. 

A.  odorata  Mill.  In  marly  soils,  rare.  (3)  Old  marl-pit, 
Tixall. 

Poterium  Sanguisorba  L.  (2)  Wever  Hill !  Shaw,  111 ;  near 
Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  ;  Manyfold  Valley;  Dovedale.  (3)  Pendeford, 
Eraser;  Bescott  Junction;  near  Beacon  Farm;  Rushall  Canal- 
bank  ;  Sandwell. 

P.  poLYGAMUM  Waldst.  &  Kit.  Rare  or  overlooked.  (4)  Whit- 
tington  Heath,  Eraser. 

P.  officinale  Hook.  fil.  Common  in  all  parts  of  Staffordshire? 
Gam.  349.  (2)  Near  the  Delph  House,  Carter,  1839 ;  Horton, 
Painter.  (3)  New  Pool,  Knypersley,  Painter;  Meadow,  Cotton  ; 
osier-bed,  Fazely,  J.  Power;  marly  soils  about  Stafford,  With.  276; 
Kings  Bromley,  Moore  ;  meadows  by  Trent,  Reader  ;  near  Croxall, 
J.Power;  Bloxwich  ;  canal-bank,  Daffodilly.  (4)  Blymhill,  S/iaw;, 
112. 

Rosa  pimpinellifolia  L.  South  of  the  county,  and  has  been 
found  in  the  north  on  sandy  soils,  Gam.  376.  I  have  not  seen  this 
in  Staffordshire. 

R.  involuta  Sm.  b.  Sabini.  (2)  Moorlands  near  Alstonfield, 
Purxhas. 

R.  mollis  Sm.  (3)  Between  Stone  and  Stafford,  Gam.  376  ; 
lane,  Stonnall  to  Aldridge  ;  near  Streetley  ;  Hayhead  ;  near  Brown- 
hills  ;  near  Sandon.     (4)  Sedgeley,  old  lime-quarry. 

R.  tomentosa  Sm.  (2)  Ecton  Hill,  Eraser ;  Alton  ;  Rams- 
horn  ;  Oakamore  ;  Cotton;  Wever  Hill.  (3)  T  ettenhaXl,  Eraser ; 
Tixall  Heath  ;  Farley  ;  Ligestre  ;  Drointon  ;  Salt ;  Alglesea  Cop- 
pice ;  Weston-on-Trent,  Watford  Gap  ;  Shenstone  ;  Streetley.  (4) 
Near  Himley,  Bree  in  Part.  i.  767  ;  Seisdon  ;   Trysull. 

b.  subglobosa  Sm.  (1)  Plentiful  in  Biddulpli  district,  Painter. 
(2)  Star  Wood,  Oakamore.  (3)  Wood  Eaves;  Hamstall-Ridware ; 
Elford  ;  Barr  ;  Oscott ;  Little  Perry. 

c.  fcetida  Bast.     (3)  Near  Little  Aston  Park. 

d.  scabriuscida  Sm.  (2)  Forest  Banks,  Marchington.  (3)  County 
lane,  Codsall ;  Weston-on-Trent;  near  Wolverhampton.  (4)  Near 
Wombourne  ;  near  Baggeridge  Wood. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  25 

R.  rubiginosa  L.  (2)  Belmont.  Sneml,  Shaw,  112.  (3)  Between 
Dudley  aud  Tipton,  Stokea,  With.  458  ;  Whitmore;  Darlaston  ;  Hill 
Choilton,  Gam.  S7Q.     (4)  Willowbridge ;  Maer,  Gam. 

R.  micrantha  Smith.  (2)  Oakamore  ;  near  Cotton.  (3)  Lane 
from  Teddesley  and  Hatherton. 

R.  obtusifolia  Desv.     (3)  Near  Stonnall ;  near  Drayton. 
Var.  frondiisa  Baker.     (1)   Lane  near   Rush  ton   Spencer.     (3) 
South  end  of  Knypersley  Reservoir,  Painter]  near  Drayton  Bassett. 
Var.  tomenteUa  Leman.     (3)  Codsall  Wood.     (4)   Seisdon. 

R.  canina  var.  a.  lutetiana  Leman.  (1)  Near  Bradley  Pits, 
Biddulph ;  Rushton  Spencer,  Painter.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir, 
Painter  ;  common  throughout  county,  J.  E.  B. 

c.  sphcerica  Gren.  (2)  By  River  Churnet,  near  Rudyard  Reser- 
voir, Painter  ;  Oakamore. 

d.  senticosa  Ach.     (1)  Lane  near  Rushton  Spencer. 

e.  dumaJis  Bechst.     Common  throughout  county. 

Forma  verticiUacantha  Merat.  (1)  Drive  from  Biddulph  Grange, 
Painter.  (2)  Alton  Towers.  (3)  Hopton ;  Chartley ;  Weston-on- 
Trent;  Sandon.     (4)  Wombom^ne. 

f.  vinacea  Baker.     (2)  Oakamore. 
Forma  latehrosa  Desegl.     (4)  Near  Penns. 

i.  urbica  Leman.  (1)  Near  Biddulph,  Painter.  (2)  Cotton; 
Oakamore.  (3)  Tettenhall,  Eraser  ;  Chartley  ;  Rugeley  Junction  ; 
Hamstall-Ridware  ;  Wall ;  Chesterfield  ;  Barr  ;  Little  Aston. 

j.  dumetorwn  Thuill.  (1)  Drive  from  Biddulph,  Painter.  (3) 
Lanes  about  Codsall.     (4)  Lanes  about  Pattingham. 

k.  arvatica  Baker.  ( 2)  Farley,  near  Alton  ;  Cotton  ;  Draycott- 
in-Clay  ;  Marchington.  (3)  Near  Rugeley  Junction  ;  Armitage  ; 
Hamstall  and  Pipe  Ridwares  ;  Milwich. 

Forma  ccBsia  Sm.  (3)  Near  Drayton  Lodge;  Little  Perry; 
Perry  Lane,  Sandwell ;  Gay  ton  ;  Hopton. 

o.  Borreri  Woods.     (3)  Tettenhall,  Eraser. 

R.  glauca  Vill.  (1)  Rather  common  about  Biddulph,  Painter, 
(2)  Moorland  near  Alstonfield  ;  Oakamore.  (3)  Shirleywich  ;  San- 
don ;  Milwich;  Weston  ou-Trent ;  Hatherton;  Netherton,  near 
Armitage;  Fradswell ;  Chartley;  Colton ;  Blithfield.  (4)  Lanes 
near  Arley. 

b.  subcristata  Baker.  (2)  Cotton,  near  Oakamore.  (3)  Chart- 
ley  ;  Weston-on-Trent ;  Ingestre  ;  Milwich,  Hopton  ;  Salt ;  Shirley- 
wich ;  Hamstall  and  Pipe  Ridwares  ;  near  Shenstone  ;  Codsall ; 
Hatherton.     (4)  Coldridge  Wood  ;  Arley. 

e.  coriifolia  Fr.  (1)  Common  about  Biddulph,  Painter.  (2) 
Coton  Hill.  (3)  Codsall  Wood  ;  Salt;  Shirleywich.  (4)  Norbury 
Park. 

g.  Watsonii  Baker.     Rare.     (2)  Coton  Hill.     (3)  Watford  Gap. 

R.  arvensis  Huds.  Hedges  and  waysides  throughout  the 
county, 

Pyrus  torminalis  Ehrh.  (2)  Uttoxeter ;  near  Longdon,  Gam. 
875  ;  about  Rolleston,  Mosley.     (3)  Some  ancient  trees  in  Trentham 


THE    FLORA    OF    RTAFFORDSHIHE. 


Park!  towards  Nowall,  Oant.  875;  Pendeford,  Pitt,  With.  ed.  iv. 
450.     (4)  Near  Upper  Arley,  Gam.  ;  Seckley  Wood. 

P.  Aria  Elirh.  (1)  Congleton  Wood;  Biddulph  ;  near  Cliff 
Hall,  Painter.  (2i  On  high  limestone  rocks,  Beestou  Tor  ;  Beres- 
ford;  Mill  Dale,  Gam.  372;  Dovedale,  Bree,  Part.  i.  25. 

b.  rupicola  Syme.     (2)  Dovedale  !  Fraser. 

P.  intermedia  Ehrh.     (4)  Arley  Dingle. 

[P.  DOMESTicA  Ehrh.  Arley  Castle  Grounds.  Stated  to  have 
been  introduced  from  Wyre  Forest.] 

P.  Aucuparia  Ehrh.  In  hedges  aud  woods  throughout  the 
county,  apparently  wild  in  many  districts. 

[P.  COMMUNIS  L.  (3)  Kings  Bromley,  Moore;  near  Wolver- 
hampton, and  in  many  other  localities,  but  apparently  introduced.] 

P.  Malus  L.  a.  acerbn  DC.  Hedges  throughout  the  county. 
(1)  Gillow  Heath,  near  Rudyard,  Painter.  (4)  Lower  Penn ! 
TrvsuU  !   Fraser. 

"^b.  w/m- Wallr.     Rather  rare.     (1)  Biddulph.     (2)  Near  Horton, 
and  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter.     (4)  TrysuU. 

Crataegus  Oxyacantha L.  a.  o.vyacanthdtles Thuill.  (2)  Coton- 
in-the-Clay  ;  near  Hanbury.  (3)  Two  or  three  trees  between  Great 
Heywood  and  Farley  ;  Baiton-under-Needwood  ;  Little  Aston.  (4) 
Kinver;  Arley. 

b.  lariiiiata  Wallr.  (2)  Between  Horton  and  Rudyard,  fide 
J.  G.  Baker,  Paint'^r. 

d.  monogyna  Jacq.     Hedges,  &c.,  throughout  the  county. 

Saxifrage-e. 

Saxifraga  umbrosa  L.  (2)  Belmont  Woods,  with  Pijrola 
minor,  1837  ;  rocky  dell  below  Upper  Cotton  (Oakamore  Star  Wood), 
Gam.  370.     Neither  of  these  there  in  1897. 

S.  granulata  L.  (1)  Mow  Cop,  Gam.  370.  (2)  Roaches! 
Gam.  370.  (3)  Kings  Bromley!  Mn„re\  near  Strettou,  J.  Power; 
Tamworth,  Shaw,  113  ;  near  Stafford  !  Doiu/las ;  How  House  Brook, 
J.  Power;  lanes  about  Queslet;  Great  IBarr ;  Perry  Barr !  (4) 
TrysuU ;  Wombourne. 

S.  tridactylites  L.  (2)  Tutbury  Castle,  Broim,  254  ;  Many- 
fold  Valley,  Fraser.  (3)  Abbey  walls,  Burton,  Shaw,  112  ;  Tixall ; 
Ingestre  ;  walls  about  Rushall.     (4)  Kinver ;  Dudley  Castle  walls. 

S.  hypnoides  L.  (2)  Dovedale!  Carter,  1839;  Ecton  Hill, 
Fraser ;  near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839 ;  Warslow,  Dr.  Parsons. 

Chrysosplenium  oppositifolium  L.  General  in  spongy 
places.  Gam.  370.  (1)  Biddulph  district.  Painter.  (2)  Dimmiugs 
Dale!  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Bentley,  J.  Power;  Chartley  Moss! 
N.  S.  S.  Hep.  86;  Cannock  Chase!  Moore;  Sherbrook  Valley, 
abundant.     (4)  Norbury  Big  Moss. 

C.  alterniflorum  L.  (1)  Snowdon  Pool,  Madeley,  Garyi.  370  ; 
Crowborough  Woods,  Painter.  (2)  Moorlands  at  Belmont,  Pitt, 
With.  393  :  near  Ramshorn ;  Wootton  Park,  Gam.  370  :  Dimmings 


THK     FLORA    OF    STAKFOKDSHIRE .  27 

Dale,  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Yoxall  Lodge,  Gam.  370;  Henlmrst 
Dingle,  Moore  ;  paper  mill  near  Lichfield,  J.  Power ;  Slierbrook 
Valley,  abundant. 

Parnassia  palustris  L.  (2)  Wever  Hill,  (libson  ;  below  Alton 
Castle;  Culton  Moor,  (rani.  362  ;  Ecton,  Fraser  ;  near  Coton  and 
Winston,  Cart('r,  1839.  (3)  Lichfield,  Gam.  362.  (4)  Mner ; 
Willowbridge ;  Motty  Meadows,  Blymhill,  ''Mr.  Giimm";  Offley, 
Hay,  Garii.  302  ;   Wliittington  Common. 

RiBEs  Grossulahia  L.  Introduced!  Garn.S57.  (2)  Dove  Rud- 
yard,  Painter]  Lines  near  Alstonfield  and  Mill  Dale;  near  Alton 
Towers.  (3)  Near  Russells  Hall,  Shaw  ;  Croxden  Abbey,  Shaw, 
112;  Hawkesyard  Park,  Header;  near  Great  Heywood  ;  frequent 
in  hedges.  Stone  ;  Sandon  ;  Stowe  ;  Hardwick  ;  Tixall.  (4)  Bag- 
geridge  Wood. 

R.  alpina.  (2)  Found  in  a  hedge  at  Ham  by  T.  Sneijd,  Shaw, 
112;  abundant  on  limestone  rocks,  Wetton  Valley,  Gorn.  359. 
(3)  Knypersley  Hall, planted.  Painter;  Needwood Poorest,  Carter,  1839. 

R.  RUBRUM  L.  Introduced !  Gam.  358.  (3)  Wet  copse  near 
Armitage,  Itetfder  ;  v/ood  at  Tixall,  in  flower  and  fruit.  (4)  Brook 
at  Trysull,  Eraser. 

R.  NIGRUM  L.  Swamps  along  the  Trent,  introduced.  Gam.  357  ! 
wet  copse  near  Armitage,  Reader ;  Oscott.  (4)  Moor  near  Moreton, 
Shaw,  112. 

Crassulace^e. 

Cotyledon  Umbilicus  L.  (2)  Rocks  under  Heyley  Castle, 
Shaw,  102 ;  on  a  bank  between  Endon  and  Leek  (there  in  1893) ; 
Dovedale  ;  Ham,  Gam.  372. 

Sedum  Telephium  L.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  ;  Wet- 
ton  Valley  ;  Dovedale;  Croxden  Abbey,  Gam.  372.  (3)  Rowley, 
Shaw,  116;  Lichfield,  Gam.;  in  a  pasture  by  the  mount  at  Mr! 
Pearson's,  Teitenhall,  With.  418. 

S.  ALBUM  L.     (3)  Roof  at  Yoxall,  Gam.  372. 

S.  acre  Linn.  Abundant  on  limestone,  Gam.  372.  (1)  Betley, 
Gam.  (2)  Tutbury  Castle,  near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Stone! 
Gam. ;  Salt ;  Ingestre  ;  Cannock. 

S.  REFLEXUM  L.  (1)  Biddulph  Castle,  Gam.  372;  Biddulph  Hall, 
Painter.  (2)  Tutbury  Castle,  Dr.  Hewyiil.  (3)  Croxden  Abbey! 
Gam. ;  Tettenhall ;  Burton  Abbey  walls.  Gam. 

Sempervivum  tectorum  L.  (3)  Roof  of  outhouse,  Wolver- 
hampton !   Fraser ;  King's  Bromley,  Moore. 

Droserace^. 

Drosera  rotundifolia  L.  (1)  Craddocks  Marsh,  Fraser.  (8) 
Need  wood  Forest,  Shaw,  ii.  7;  Abrahams  Valley,  near  Rugeleyl 
Reader;  Norton  Bog;  Chartley  Moss;  Sherbrook  Valley °  (4) 
Bishops  Wood,  .Y.  S.  S.  Rep.  91 ;  Blymhill  Heath,  Shaiv,  103. 

D.  intermedia  Hayne.  (1)  Batterley,  Gam.  362.  (2)  Near 
Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Chartley  Moss,  Gam.  (4)  In  a  boe  at 
Willowbridge,  Shaw,  103  ;  Fair  Oak,  Gam.  ^ 


28  the  flora  of  staffordshire. 

Halorage-e. 

Hippuris  vulgaris  L.  (3)  About  a  mile  from  Stafford,  in 
ditches  adjoining  the  foot  road  to  Aston,  With.  5  ;  Kingston  Pool 
and  Rickenscote,  Gam.  34.     (4)  Perton  canal  reservoir. 

Myriophyllum  verticillatum  L.  (3)  Kingston  Pool.  (4) 
North  side  of  Aqualate  Mere ;  Forton  Moors,  Shaw,  109  ;  canal 
reservoir,  Perton. 

M.  spicatum  L.  (2)  In  rapid  rivers,  Dove,  &c..  Gam.  407. 
(3)  Knypersley  Pool,  Painter ;  canal  near  Great  Hey  wood  ;  canal 
near  Shenstone;  canal  at  Hayhead.  (4)  North  side  of  Sitch  Pool, 
Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw,  109  ;  canal  reservoir,  Perton  ;  pool  in 
Shelmore  Wood,  near  Gnosall. 

M.  alternifolium  DC.  (3)  Pool  near  Ingestre ;  Hopton  Pools, 
near  Tixall ;  Sherbrook  Valley ;  millpool.  Little  Aston.  (4)  Pool 
at  Onlton  ;  Fouclier's  Pool,  near  Swindon. 

Callitriche  stagnalis  Scop.  Frequent  in  pools,  ditches, 
canals,  &c. 

C.  hamulata  Kiitz.  (2)  Near  Harracles  Mill,  north  end  of 
Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter.  (3)  Near  Knypersley  Park,  Painter ; 
Burton,  Brown,  280 ;  lakes  in  Hawkesyard  Park,  Picader ;  Red 
House,  Great  Barr ;   Sherbrook  Valley  ;  Elford,  near  Croxall. 

C.  obtusangula  Le  Gall.  (3)  Armitage,  Reader;  pool  at 
Amerton  ;  stream  near  Stowe  Pool;  near  Boar's  Head,  Perry  Barr. 

Lythkarie^. 

Peplis  Portula  L.  Common  in  wet  places,  Gam.  863.  (8) 
Knypersley  Reservoir,  only  seen  once,  Painter;  Longdon  Green, 
Reader ;  Sherbrook  Valley. 

Lythrum  Salicaria  L.  By  water,  common.  Gam.  373.  (3) 
King's  Bromley!  Moore;  near  Stafford!  Douglas;  Pendeford ; 
Kingston  Pool ;  Hamstall-Ridware ;  Shirley wich ;  Great  Heywood  ; 
Rugeley  ;  Shenstone,  Hamstead,  &c.     (4)  Arley. 

[L.  Hyssopifolia  L.  Tamworth,  Miss  Jackson,  Gam.  378,  is 
probably  an  error.] 

Onagrarie^. 

Epilobium  angustifolium  L.  Frequent  and  apparently  self- 
sown.  (1)  Gradbatch,  Gam.  367.  (2)  Near  Cotton  !  Carter,  1839. 
(3)  Whitmore  ;  Pendeford  I  Gam. ;  Oldbury,  With.  354  ;  Fradley 
Heath !  J.  Power  (there  in  1898) ;  Hawkesyard  Park,  Reader ; 
Chartley;  Grindley;  Shirleywich,  &c.  (4)  Pattingham  Wom- 
bourne;  Arley,  &c. 

E.  hirsutum  L.  (1)  Near  railway  station,  Biddulph,  Painter, 
(2)  Near  Alton.     (8)  Great  Barr,  Cannock,  &c.     (4)  Trysull. 

E.  parviflorum  Schreb.  (1)  Biddulph  district,  Painter.  (2) 
Dimmings  Dale,  Alton.  (3)  Kingston  Pool  I  Eraser;  King's 
Bromley,  Moore ;  Pipe-Ridware ;  Hayhead ;  Aldridge.  (4)  Foucher's 
Pool,  Swindon ;  Stourton, 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  29 

E.  montanum  L.  Frequeut,  waysides  and  woods  throughout 
the  county. 

f.  apnea.  (2)  Embankment,  Rudyard  railway- station,  H,  S, 
Thompson. 

E.  roseum  Schreb.  (2)  Uttoxeter,  Gam.  367;  Dovedale ; 
near  Sudbury.  (3)  Moddershall  Pool,  &c. ;  Pipe  Marsh,  Gam.  ; 
Longdon,  Reader. 

Var.  roseum-obsGurum.     (3)   Sandon. 

E.  adnatum  Griseb.  (3)  Canal  near  Fradley,  Aldridge.  The 
irue  plant  appears  to  be  rare. 

E.  obscurum  Schreb.  (1)  Rushton,  C.  Bailey.  (2i  Rudyard, 
Bailey;  YLorion,  Painter.  (3)  Kny parsley  Park,  P^aWe;/- ;  Hawkes- 
yard.  Reader  ;  Salt ;  Sandon;  Great  Hey  wood  ;  Hardwick  Heath,  &c. 
(4)  Seckley  Wood. 

E.  palustre  L.  (3)  Armitage;  Kingston  Pool;  Sberbrook 
Valley  ;  Fradley.  (4)  Oultou  ;  Aqualate  ;  Arley  ;  Coldridge  Wood  ; 
Seckley. 

OENOTHERA  BIENNIS  L.  Casual.  (3)  Birchills,  near  Walsall, 
Reader. 

Circaea  Lutetiana  L.     Common  in  shady  places  !  Gam.  341. 

C.  alpina  L.  (1)  Heyley  Castle.  (2)  Woods  at  Froghall; 
Oakamore  !  Gam.  341. 

Var.  intermedia  Ehrh.     (2)  Oakamore  ;  Froghall,  Gam. 

CUCURBITACE^. 

Bryonia  dioica  L.  '*  Not  in  the  north  of  the  county," 
Gam.  467.  (3)  Very  rare,  sandy  lane  near  Lichfield ;  hedge  near 
Barton,  Shaw,  100;  Kings  Bromley!  Moore  \  on  the  wall  of  Etoce- 
tum  at  Wall !  Gam.;  Armitage,  Reader;  frequent  about  Tixall ; 
Elford  ;  Wigginton  ;  Weeford  ;  Little  Aston  ;  Norton  Bog ;  Can- 
nock, &c.     (4)  Enville,  Gam. 

Umbellifer^. 
Hydrocotyle  vulgaris  L.     (1)  Biddulpb  Forge,  Painter.     (2) 
Rudyard  Reservoir,    Painter ;    Dimmings  Dale ;    Alton   Common. 

(3)  Hawkesyard  Park,    Reader;    Chartley   Moss,  abundant;    Pipe 
Marsh;  Norton  Bog  ;  Sherbrook  Valley ;  Hopton  ;  Cannock  Chase. 

(4)  Swindon  ;  Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

Sanicula  europsea  L.  General  in  woods!  Gam.  357.  (2) 
Dimmings  Dale  ;  Oakamore  ;  Draycote-in-Clay  ;  Wever  Hill.  (3) 
Burton!  Moore;  Elmhurst  ;  Sherbrook  Valley.  (4)  Seckley 
Wood,  &c.  ^ 

Conium  maculatum  L.  (1)  Canal  near  Biddulph  Hall.  (2) 
Tutbury,  Broim,  257.  (3)  Kings  Bromley  ;  Stafford  Castle  Wood, 
Moore  ;  Kingston  Pool ;  Streethaye  lane ;  Perry  lane  to  Oscott. 
(4)  Wombourne  ;  abundant  at  Stourton. 

Smyrnium  Olusatrum  L.  Occasionally  in  and  near  old  gardens. 
(8)  Endon,  Gam.  860. 


30  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Apium  graveolens  L.  Perhaps  wild,  Top.  Bot.  (2)  Uttoxeter, 
Gam.  350.  (3)  By  the  Salt  brook,  Shirley  wich ;  Tamworth, 
Gam.  ;  Branston,  Brown,  255. 

A.  nodiflorum  Reichb.  fil.     Common  !  Gam.  358. 

Var.  repens  Hook.  fil.  (2)  Oakamore.  (3)  Tamworth,  Gam. 
358  ;  between  Lichfield  and  the  racecourse,  J.  Power ;  Shirleywich  ; 
Hopton  Pool,  Kingston  ;   Sherbrook.     (4)  Aquahite  ;   Ofley  Hay. 

A.  inundatum  Reichb.  fil.  (2)  Rudyard,  Painter;  Knypersley 
Vooh,  Painter.  (3)  Wolstanton  Marsh;  Tamworth,  Gam.  358; 
Needwood,  Gisborne ;  Hopton  Pool ;  Ingestre  ;  Shirleywich  ;  Nor- 
ton Bog.     (4)  Blakemore  Pool,  near  Norbury;  Norbury  Moss. 

Cicuta  virosa  L.       (1)  Biddulph   Hall,    "  planted,"   Painter. 

(3)  Kingston  Pool,  near  Stafford,  Stokes,  With.  300  (this  pool  is 
nearly  drained ;  it  was  not  there  1897-98,  J.  E.  B.)  ;  Barton  Mill, 
Borough  End,  Brown,  258. 

Carum  segetum  Benth.  &  Hook.  fil.  (2)  Marly  banks,  Han- 
bury.     (3)  Cornfields,  Tamworth,  Gam.  358. 

C.  Petroselinum  Benth.  &  Hook.  fil.  (2)  Croxden  Abbey  walls, 
introduced  ?  Gam.  358. 

C.   Carvi    L.      (2)    Endon,   near  Newcastle,    Dr.  Howitt,  358. 

(4)  Between  Wolverhampton  and  Sedgeley,  Gam.  358. 

Sison  Amomum  L.  (3)  Castle  fields,  near  Stafford,  Moore. 
I  have  not  seen  this  in  Stafifordshire. 

Slum  erectum  Huds.  S.  amjusti folium  L.  Gam.  358.  (2) 
Stream  at  Calton  ;  stream  near  Sudbury.  (3)  Kings  Bromley  ! 
Moore  ;  Shirleywich  ;  Sherbrook  Valley  ;  Hopton  Pools.  (4)  Canal 
at  Lower  Penn. 

[S.  latifoliiwi  L.  "Watery  places,  common,"  Gam.  358,  is, 
I  think,  an  error.] 

-^gopodium  Podagraria  L.  Common  in  garden  hedges ! 
Gam.  358.  (1)  Biddulph,  Painter.  (2)  Draycote-in-Clay,  frequent 
in  the  Dove  basin.  (3)  Burton,  Brown,  258  ;  near  Knypersley  Hall, 
Painter;  near  nearly  every  village  in  the  Trent  basin.  (4)  Lower 
Penn  !  Fraser  ;  near  nearly  every  village  in  the  Severn  district. 

Pimpinella  Saxifraga  L.  (1)  Near  Rushton  Spencer,  Painter. 
(2)  Coton  Hill;  Dimmings  Dale;  Alton.  (3)  Stoke-upon-Trent, 
Gam.  358  ;  Kings  Bromley !  Moore,  Hixon  ;  Drointon  ;  Weston-on- 
Trent;  Stowe  ;  Fradwell ;  Hayhead.     (4)  Oulton  ;  Arley. 

P.  major  Huds.  Not  rare  on  marl,  or  limestone  !  (2)  11am  ! 
Dovedale  ;  Alton  !  Gam.  358 ;  Foxt ;  Froghall ;  Hanbm-y  ;  Coton  ; 
Forest  Banks.  (3)  Doxey,  Moore;  Rakes  End,  near  Rugeley ! 
Needwood  Forest !  The  Oaks,  near  Burton,  Brown,  256 ;  Wednes- 
bury  Field,  Stoker,  With.  308;  Sandon ;  Weston-on-Trent ;  Mil- 
wich  ;  Newborough  ;  Gayton.     (4)  Near  Kinver  Edge. 

Conopodium  denudatum  Koch.     Common!  Gam.  S5S 

Myrrhis  odorata  Sco]).  (1)  Near  the  Clough  and  Hall  Farm, 
BiddvL\^h,  Painter ;  Biddulph,  (ram.  360  ;  Rushton.  (2)  Tutbury 
C&stle,  J.  Power;  Wetley!  Warslow!  Forsbrook!  Onecoat,  Bagnall ; 


THK     FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 


81 


and  many  other  spots  in  plenty,  fTam. ;  between  Horton  and  Rud- 
yard  !  Painter ;  Star  Wood,  Oakamore,  in  plenty ;  Ramsliorn ; 
bovedale.     (3)  Tixall,  With.  302. 

Chaerophyllum  temulum  L.     Common,  Gam.  3G0 

Scandix  Pecten  Veneris  L.  Common  amongst  corn,  Gam.  360. 

Anthriscus  vulgaris  Bemh.  (3)  Waste  places  near  St?ifford  ; 
Lichfield,  M.s.s  Jackson,  Gam.  360 ;  by  canal,  Rugeley ;  Hill  Rid- 
ware  ;  Handsacre,  Reader  ;  Little  Perry. 

A.  sylvestris  Hnfm.     Common  !  Gam.  360 

OEnanthe  fistulosa  L.      Frequent   in  ditches?    Gam.    358. 

(3)  Pitmore  Pool,  ;S7t^/tt;,  110;  ditches  near  Armitage,  Reader-, 
Shirleywich  ;  Oregreaves  ;  Gailey  ;  Hopton  Pool ;  Hayhead.  (4) 
Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaii\  110 ;  marshy  field,  Oulton ;  Lower 
Penn  Marsh. 

CE.  crocata  L.  Rare.  (3)  Hamstead,  abundsmt  in  1869,  now 
rare  ;  abundant,  large  pool  at  Sandwell,  1899.  (4)  Willowbridge, 
Shaw,  110 

(E.  Phellandrium  Lam.  (2)  Cheadle ;  Uttoxeter ;  Alsager, 
Gam.  359.  (3)  Stone  Park  ;  Church  Eaton,  Sliaw,  110 ;  near 
Stafford,  Douglas.     (4)  Near  Norbnry  Park,  abundant. 

.ffithusa  Cynapium  L.     Common  !  Gam.  359. 

Silaus  flavescens  Bemh.  (2)  Not  common  ;  abundant  about 
Uttoxeter,  Gam.  358.  (3)  Branstoue,  Brown,  256 ;  near  Stafford, 
Douglas ;  Hayhead,  near  VValsall.  (4)  Near  Swindon  ;  only  at  rare 
intervals  in  the  county. 

Angelica  sylvestris  L.     Common  in  wet  places,  Gam.  359. 

Peucedanum  Ostruthium  Koch.  (2)  Between  Calton  Moor  House 
and  Mayfield,  Gam.  357.     (3)  Badderly  Edge,  Gam.  359. 

P.  sativum  Benth  &  Hook.  hi.  (2)  Near  Longnor,  in  plenty, 
6^rt>n.  359.     (3)  Tattenhall,  L'roiv^,  256  ;  near  Walsall ;  Hayhead. 

(4)  Old  quarry,  Sedgeley ;  very  local  throughout  county. 
Heracleum  Sphondylium  L.     Common  !  Gam.  359. 
Daucus  Carota  L.     Common  !  Gam.  359. 

Caucalis  arvensis  Huds.  (1)  Betley,  Gam.  359.  (2)  Uttox- 
eter !  Gam.  (3)  Not  uncommon  near  Burton,  Brown,  256 ;  near 
Stafford,  Poi/^/as ;  OXdhuxy,  Gam.     (4)  High  Offley  ;  Perton. 

C,  Anthriscus  Huds.     Common  !  Gam.  359. 

C.  nodosa  Scop.  (2)  Tutbury  Castle  Hill ;  rocks  in  Dovedale, 
Gam.  360.     (4)  High  Offley,  Gam. ;  Trysull. 

Araliace^. 
Hedera  Helix  L.     Common  !  Gam.  357. 

Cornace^. 
Cornus  sanguinea  L.    (2)  Coton;  Uttoxeter;  Tutbury;  Han- 
bury,  abundant.    (3)  Moss  Pits,  Stafford,  ilioo/^;  Fr^idley;  Milwich; 
Burton  ;  Cudborough  ;  Sandwell ;  Codsall,  &c.    (4)  Trysull ;  Arley ; 
Seckley ;  Pattingham,  &c. 


82  the  flora  of  staffordshire. 

Caprifoliace^. 
Adoxa  Moschatellina  L.     (1)  Drive  from  Biddulph  to  Kny- 
persley  Hall,  Painter.     (2)  Abundant  near  Cheadle !  Carter,  1839. 

(3)  Shobnall ;  Anslow,  Carter,  1839 ;  Doxey  and  Burton,  Moore ; 
near  Stafford,  Douglas  ;  near  Westbromwicb ;  near  Stone ;  Hard- 
wich  ;  Sandon ;  Dawhead ;  Handsworth.  (4)  Lane  at  TrysuU ; 
woods,  Enville. 

Sambucus  nigra  L.     Common  I  Gam.  361. 

S.  Ebulus  L.  (2)  Tutbury  Castle,  Pitt.  With.  311;  Fauld, 
near  Tutbury,  N.  S.  S.  Rep.  92.  (3)  Rare  in  Staffordshire,  Bran- 
ston,  and  Burton,  Shaw,  112  ;  near  Newcastle,  Gam.  361 ;  Tam- 
worth  Castle  towards  the  river.  With.  311  (this,  I  think,  is  a 
Warwickshire  station,  J.  E.  B.) ;  betwixt  Rugeiey  and  Wolsey 
Bridge,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  church,  J.  Power ;  near  the 
mill,  Marvesyn-Ridware,  Reader. 

Viburnum  Opulus  L.  "  Common  in  hedges  near  water," 
Gam.  361.  (1)  Drive  from  Biddulph  to  Knypersley  Hall,  Painter, 
(2)  Rudyard,  Painter ;  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  ;  Coton  ;  Calton.  (3) 
Near  Stafford,  Douglas;  Kings  Bromley  !  Moore;  Gnosall;  Weston- 
on-Trent ;    Milwich  ;    Sandon  ;    Milford  ;    Cannock  ;    Handsworth. 

(4)  Arley  ;  Seckley ;  Norbury  ;  Oulton. 

Lonicera  Periclymenum  L.  Couimon  in  woods  and  hedges ! 
Gam.  355. 

L.  Xylosteum  L.  (3)  Sinai  Park,  Brown,  258 ;  Needwood 
Forest,  Dr.  Hewgill,  Gam.  855 ;  Knypersley  Hall,  Painter.  (4)  Try- 
suU Dingle,  Fraser. 

RUBIACE^. 

Galium  Cruciata  Scop.     Common  !  Gam.  348. 

G.  verum  L.     Common  !    Gam.  348. 

G.  erectum  Huds.  Doubtful.  (3)  Swynfeu,  near  Lichfield, 
Miss  Jackson ;  Burton,  Gam.  348. 

G.  Mollugo  L.  Rare  in  the  north  of  the  county,  Gam  348. 
(2)  Forest  Banks,  near  Marchington.  (3)  Rowley,  Gam. ;  Sand- 
well.  (4)  Wombourne,  Phaser ;  near  Stewponey ;  Dudley,  near 
Gornall  Wood  ;  Seckley ;  Arley  ;  Coldridge  Wood  ;  Kinver. 

G.  saxatile  L.     Common  in  heathy  places  !  Gam.  348. 

G.  sylvestre  Poll.  G.  Parisiense.  Frequent  on  walls  and 
rocks  ??  Gam.  (2)  Apes  Tor  and  near  Alstonfield.  (3)  Winshill, 
Shobnall,  Brown,  258. 

G.  palustre  L.     Common  !  Gam.  348. 

Var.  elongatum  (Presl.).  (1)  Near  Rushton,  C.  Bailey.  (2)  Near 
Rudyard,  C.  Bailey.     (4)  Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

Var.  Witheringii  Sm.  (3)  On  high  but  boggy  parts  of  Hands- 
worth  Heath  !  With.  200.  This  locality  is  now  built  upon  ;  Hard- 
wick  Heath,  near  Stone.     (4)  Oulton  ;  Arley  Wood. 

G.  uliginosum  L.  Common?  Gam.  348.  (4)  Blymhill; 
Forton  Wood,  Shaw,  104.  I  have  never  seen  this  plant  in  the 
county.  J,  E.  B. 


THK    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRK.  33 

G.  Aparine  L.     Common  !  (jrarn.  848. 

Asperula  odorata  L.  Common  in  woods!  6rrt/?/.  (1)  Swith- 
amley  Valley.  (2)  Near  Cheadle  !  Carter,  1839  ;  Rocester  !  Eraser  \ 
Oakamore ;  Marchington  Forest  Banks.  (8)  Trentham  !  Gam.  ; 
Bury  Ring,  near  Stafford,  Moore ;  Chartley ;  Stone ;  Hardwick ; 
Sandon  ;  Barr  Beacon  ;  Little  Perry.     (4)  TrysuU  ;  Arley. 

Sherardia  arvensis  L.     Common  in  light  soils  !  Gam.  348. 

Valeriane^. 

Valeriana  dioica  L.  Common?  Gam.  342.  (1)  Drive  from 
Biddulph  Grange  to  Knypersley,  rainter.  (2)  Dimmings  Dale, 
Alton.  (3)  Kings  Bromley !  Moore ;  Blithfield  Park  !  Reader ; 
near  Stafford,  Doarjlas ;   Sherbrook  Valley.     (4)  Seckley. 

V.  Mikanii  Syme.  Rare.  (1)  Rushton,  C.  Bailey.  (2)  Rud- 
yard,  0  Bailey  ;  Star  Wood,  Oakamore. 

V.  sambucifolia  Willd.     Frequent. 

V.  PYRENAicA  L.  Rare.  (2)  In  a  ravine  near  Oakamore  (Star 
Wood),  Carter  \  1839.     There  in  abundance  in  1897,  J.  E.  B. 

Centranthus  ruber  DC.  ,  "  Old  walls,  Burton,  but  perhaps  not 
truly  wild."  Gam.  342. 

Valerianella  Olitoria  Poll.  (2)  Wetton  Valley  ;  Ecton  Hill; 
Beeston  Tor,  Gam.  342 ;  near  Cheadle !  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Lich- 
field, (jrarn. ;  on  a  wall,  Colton,  Reader ;  fallow  field  near  Colwich  ; 
Buryfields,  Stafford,  Moore.     (4)  Fair  Oak. 

V.  dentata  Poll.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Corn- 
fields, Wootton,  Gam.  342  ;  Shobnall,  Brown,  249 ;  near  Stafford, 
Douglas',  cornfields,  Armitage,  Reader',  allotments  near  Colwich. 

Nd^v.  fi  mixta  I>\\h.  (2)  Beeston  Tor,  6^rt?7i.  343.  (3)  Shirley- 
wich,  Gam. 

(Var.  eriocarpa  Desv.  (2)  Dovedale '?  Cheadle  ?  Gam.  343  ; 
near  Lichfield  ?  Gam.) 

DlPSACE^. 

Dipsacus  sylvestris  L.  (2)  Eaton  Woods,  near  Uttoxeter ; 
Houndshill,  Tutbury,  Gar^i.  347;  near  Sudbury.  (3)  Chartley 
Castle;  Tixall;  Hopwas;  Barton  Green;  Great  Bridgeford.  (j^r/*. ; 
near  Stafford  !  Douglas  ;  Shobnall,  Brown,  259  ;  Hayhead  ;  Elford  ; 
Pipe  Hill.     (4)  Blymhill,  Gam. ;  Arley. 

D.  pilosus  L.  (2)  Eaton  Woods,  near  Uttoxeter,  Gam.  348; 
Alton !  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Hopwas,  Gam. ;  Curborough  Lane, 
J.  Power;  Shobnall,  Brown,  259  ;  Castle  Ring,  Gam.  ;  near 
Stafford,  Douglas.  (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  103 ;  Arley  Wood  ;  Cold- 
ridge  Wood. 

Scabiosa  arvensis  L.  (1)  Rushton  Spencer,  Painter.  (2) 
Rudyard,  Painter.  (3)  Frequent  in  cornfields!  with  white  flowers, 
Cotonfield,  Stafford,  Gam.  348 ;  Needwood  Forest,  Brown,  259. 
(4)  Kinver,  &c. 

S.  Columbaria  L.  Common?  but  seldom  oft'  limestone.  Gam. 
848.  (2)  Manyfold  Valley  ;  Dovedale  1  Eraser ;  Wever  Hill  ! 
Brown,  260. 

•Journal  of  Botany,  June,  1901.1  d 


34  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

S.  Succisa  L.     Comnaon  in  pastures  !   Gam.  348.     (3)  King« 
Bromley!  Moore;  Needwood  Forest,  Brown,  259.     (4)  Lower  Penn 
Fraser. 

Composite. 

Eupatorium  cannabinum  L.  Wet  places  and  limestone 
hills,  frequent!  Gam.  400.  (2)  Abundant  in  Churnet  Valley. 
(3)  In  one  spot  in  Knypersley,  Painter ;  Kings  Bromley !  Moore ; 
Tixall ;  Hatlierton  ;  Weeford  ;  Drayton  Bassett ;  Haybead  ;  Little 
Perry.     (4)  Oulton  ;  Norbury ;   Stourton. 

Solidago  Virgaurea  L.  Common  on  rocky  ground,  Gam, 
401.  (2)  Dingle  Cotton  Hall!  Alton;  Warslow,  Painter',  Oaka- 
more.  (3)  Burnt  Wood,  Shaiv,  114  ;  Knypersley  and  Lion's  Paw 
Wood,  Painter  ;  near  Walsall ;  Rufford  in  Piirt. ;  Weston  ;  Bait ; 
Hayliead;  Streetley.     (4)  Trysull ;  Seckley. 

Bellis  perennis  L.     Common  I  Gam.  341. 

Aster  Tripolium  L.  (3)  Hollow  meadows  at  Braunstone, 
Shaiv,  ii.  7  ;  Tixall,  Shaiv,  i.  99 ;  in  a  meadow  between  the  Trent 
and  the  canal  Stoke  ;  in  a  salt-marsh  near  Shirleywich,  With.  711 ; 
salt-marsh  near  Ingestre,  J.  Power. 

Erigeron  canadense  L.     Ashwood,  Wainwri(fht,  Shaw,  ii.  6. 

E.  acre  L.  (2)  Tutbury  Castle,  Gam.  401.  (3)  Stretton 
Bridge,  on  the  Watling  Streetway,  Shaiv,  103  ;  Lichfield,  Gam. ; 
Great  Barr  Canal-bank.  (4)  Dudley  Castle ;  sandy  ground  near 
Kinver,  Gam. 

Filago  germanica  L.     Common  !  Gam.  400. 

F.  minima  Fr.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Tittensor, 
Gam.  400.  (4)  Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw,  105;  pool  near  Him- 
ley  AVood. 

Gnaphalium  sylvaticum  L.  (3)  Lanes  about  Moddershall, 
With.  698  ;  Hawkesyard  Park,  Reader.  (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  105  ; 
Kinver. 

G.  uliginosum  L.     Common  !  Gam.  400. 

Antennaria  dioica  R.  Br.  (2)  Limestone  hills,  Wetton 
Valley,  Gam.  400. 

Anaphalis  margaritacea  Benth.  &  Hook.  fil.  (3)  In  a  meadow  at 
Longdon,  Mr.  Salt,  Bot.  Guide,  535. 

Inula  Heleninm  L.  (1)  Biddulph  Castle,  Gam.  400.  (4) 
Himley  Wood,  Bree,  Part.  i.  410. 

I.  Conyza  DC.  (4)  Wombourne,  Gam.  401  ;  roadside  near 
Dudley  Castle,  Waiimrif/ht,  Shaw,  ii.Q;  Baggeridge  Wood  !  Fraser; 
near  Himley  Wood,  abundant ;  Coldridge  Wood,  near  Arley,  abun- 
dant. 

Pulicaria  dysenterica  Gaertn.  Common  in  wet  places !  Gam. 
401.  il)  Biddulph  Grange,  Painter.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir, 
Painter.  (3)  Near  Stafford,  Douglas ;  Armitage  ;  Rakes  End ; 
Newborough,  &c.     (4)  Lower  Penn ;  Arley. 

Bidens  cernua  L.  Frequent  1  Gam.  400.  (3)  Canal,  Hands- 
acre,  Moore  ;  canal,  Armitage,  Reader  ;  Great  Heywood  ;  Drointon  ; 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  35 

Farley;  Shirleywich  ;  Weston-on-Trent ;  Kingston  Pool.    (4)  Cotou- 
in-tlie-Elms,  Brown,  260. 

Var.  radiata  Sond.  (3)  In  a  splashy  rivulet  at  the  bottom  of 
Tittensor  Common,  Stokes,  With.  690. 

B.  tripartita  L.  (2)  Kolleston,  Brown,  260.  (3)  Wolstanton 
Marsh,  Spark,  (ram.  400;  Knypersley  Reservoir,  Prt^nit;/- ;  Canal, 
Armitage,  Header  ;  Horninglow  ;  Shobnall,  Brown  ;  Drointon  ; 
Farley ;  Hamstall-Ridware ;  Harbourne  Reservoir.  (4)  Perton 
Pool  !   Fraser ;  pool  by  Himley  Wood. 

Achillea  Millefolium  L.  Common!  Gam.  402.  With  rose- 
colom-ed  flowers  at  (3)  Tixall;  Fradley.     (4)  Oulton. 

A.  Ptarmica  L.  Common  ?  Gam.  402.  (3)  Needwood  Forest ! 
Brown,  260;  Walsall!  Wednesbury,  Fraser;  King's  Bromley ! 
Moore;   Sherbrook  Valley.     (4)  Shelmore  Wood  ;  Oulton. 

Anthemis  Cotula  L.     Frequent !  Gam.  402.  • 

A.  arvensis  L.     Common  !  Gam.  402. 

A.  nobilis  L.  Not  common !  Gam.  402.  (3)  Cannock  Chase. 
Brown,  241 ;  on  the  road  from  Hednesford  to  Stafford,  Pitt,  With. 
723;  Longdon  Green, /if a(/e/-;  Lichfield,  (?«/•;/.  402.  (4)  On  Blym- 
hill  Lawn,  in  great  abundance,  Shaw,  99. 

Chrysanthemum  segetum  L.  (1)  Hayhill  Farm,  Biddulph, 
Painter.  (2)  Ramshorn.  (3)  Outwood  Hills,  Brown,  261 ;  King's 
Bromley,  Moore ;  near  Newton  Road !  Fraser  ;  Stoke-upon-Trent, 
6^an/.402;  Weston-on-Trent;  Fradley;  Rakes  End.  (4)  Wom- 
bonrne. 

C.  Leucanthemum  L.     Common  in  fields,  &c.  I  Gam.  402. 

C.  PartheniuNi  Pers.  Common  in  waste  places?  Gam.  402. 
I  have  never  seen  this  in  the  county,  except  as  an  outcast  from 
gardens. 

Matricaria  inodora  L.     Common  !  Gam.  402. 
M.    Chamomilla   L.      Common   in   cornfields!    Gam.  402; 
rayless  form  near  Burton-on-Trent,  Dr.  Parsons  ! 

Tanacetum  vulgare  L.     Common  in  hedges  ?    Gam.   400. 

(2)  Near  Tutbury,    Brown,    260;    Forest  Banks;    near   Sudbury! 

(3)  Tattenhill ;  Beamwood,  near  Burton,  Brown,  260  ;  King's 
Bromley,  Moore;  Brereton,  Bender;  Shirleywich;  Hopton  ;  Fradley; 
A-lrewas  ;  Little  Aston,  &c.     (4)  Lower  Penn  !   Fraser;  Stourfcon.  ' 

Artemisia  Absinthium  L.  (3)  Between  Rickerscote  and 
Coppenhall,  Gam.  400.  (4)  Willowbridge  Lodge,  Gam. ;  near 
Kinver,  Fraser  ;  Sedgeley  Old  Quarry. 

A.  vulgaris  L.  In  hedges  and  waste  places.  Common  !  Gam 
400. 

Var.  coarctata  Forcell.  Local.  (3)  Mill  Green;  Stonnall; 
Tixall ;  Tixall  Heath.     (4)  Banks  near  Patsull ;  Perton. 

Tussilago  Farfara  L.  Common  on  clay  and  land  too  much 
ploughed  !   Gam.  401. 

Petasites  officinalis  Moench.  (1)  Biddulph,  Painter.  (2) 
Churnet  Valley  ;   Draycote-in-Clay  ;  Marchington  ;  Hanbury.     (3) 

d  2 


36  THE    FLOKA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Moddersall,  near  Stone,  With.  704;  Brown  Edge,  near  River  Trent, 
Painter;  Baswich ;  Kingston  Pool;  Blithl&eld ;  Abbots  Bromley; 
Sandon ;  Weston ;  Salt ;  Sbenstone,  Farley ;  Little  Aston.  (4) 
Compton  !  Sedgeley!  Fraser;  Swindon;  Stewpouey,  Wigbtwicb,&c. 

P.  ALBus  Gaertn.  (2)  Near  Cbeadle.  (3)  Butterton,  Bostock, 
N.S.S.  Rep.  91. 

DoRONicuM  Pardalianches  L.  (2)  Dimsdale,  Spark,  Gam.  401 ; 
near  Ramshorn,  abundant.     (3)  Abnals,  Lichfield,  J.  Power. 

Senecio  vulgaris  L.     Common  I  Gam.  4:01. 

S.  sylvaticus  L.  (2)  Bagnall;  Uttoxeter !  Gam.  401.  (3) 
Stafford;  Lichfield,  Gam.;  Cannock!  Fraser;  Knypersley,  Painter; 
Weeping  Cross,  Moore ;  Tixall  Heath  ;  Hopton  ;  Stowe  ;  Ingestre  ; 
Rake's  End ;  Fradley ;  Pipe  Hill ;  Barr  ;  Oscott ;  Hints  ;  near 
Walsall. 

S.  visGOSUS  L.  Common?  Gam.  401.  (3)  Stoke,  Gam. 
I  have  not  seen  this  in  Stafl:"ordshire,  J.  E.  B. 

S.  erucifolius  L.  Gam.  401.  (Ij  Madeley,  Gam.  (2)  Ut- 
toxeter !  Gam.  (3)  Near  Newborough  ;  Tixall  Heath ;  Hints. 
(4)  Motty  Meadows,  Blymhill,  Shaw,  113  ;  Arley. 

S.  Jacobsea  L.     Common!  Gam.  401. 

S.  aquaticus  Huds.     Common!  Gam.  A.01. 

S.  SARRACENicus  L.  (3)  Near  Compton  Mill ;  Bradwell ;  Need- 
wood  Forest,  Gam.  401. 

Carlina  vulgaris  L.  Hilly  pastures,  abundant  on  limestone, 
Gam.  400.  (2)  Manyfold  Valley,  Fraser ;  Wever  Hill.  (3)  Hay- 
head.     (4)  Sandy  fields  at  Kinver  !  Enville,  Gam. ;  Wren's  Nest. 

Arctium  majus  Bernh.  (3)  Kingston,  near  Uttoxeter.  (4) 
Wren's  Nest. 

A.  nemorosum  Lej.  (1)  Rushton,  C.  Bailey.  (2)  Rudyard, 
C.  Bailey;  Hanbury.  (3)  Salt;  near  Gailey  Reservoir;  Queslet. 
(4)  Near  Foucher's  Pool ;  Coldridge  Wood,  near  Arley. 

A.  minus  Bernh.  (1)  Biddulph,  Painter.  (2)  Hanbury.  (3) 
King's  Bromley,  Muore ;  Gnosall ;  near  Bagot's  Wood,  Sandon ; 
near  Stonnall ;  Weeford.  (4)  Wren's  Nest !  Fraser ;  Stourton  ; 
Himley  ;  Norton  ;  Arley  ;  Coldridge  Wood. 

A.  intermedium  Lange.  (3)  Lane  from  Bagot's  Wood  to 
Kingston  ;  Showls  Wood,  Kingston.     (4)  Arley. 

Carduus  nutans  L.  Frequent,  but  not  general.  Gam.  (2) 
Dovedale  ;  Wever  Hill ;  Hanbury.  (3)  Near  Staftbrd  !  Douglas ; 
King's  Bromley  !  Sandon  ;  Shirleywich  ;  Lichfield  ;  Sheustone  ; 
Drayton  Bassett;  Streetley  ;  Little  Aston,  &c.  (4)  blymhill,  Shaw, 
101;  Trysull!  Fraser. 

C.  crispus  L.  (2)  Dovedale  ;  Wever  Hill.  (3)  Near  Chartley 
Castle ;  near  Burton-on-Trent,  Shaw,  101 ;  Stafford,  Gam.  399  ; 
Stone;  Weston-on-Trent ;  Fradley;  near  Pipe  Marsh.  (4)  Kinver, 
Gam. 

C.  lanceolatus  Willd.     Common  !  Gam.  399. 

Ysiv.  jiore  alho.     (3)  Rake's  End. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  87 

C.  eriophorus  Roth.  (3)  Barrow  Hill,  Gam.  399 ;  roadside 
between  Wednesbury  and  Bilston,  Shaw,  101 ;  Hayhead.  (4)  Wren's 
Nest !  Sedgeley  Lime  Works  !  Gam. ;  near  Burlington,  in  the 
parish  of  Sherrif  Hales,  S/iaiv,  101. 

C.  palustris  Willd.     Common  !  Gam.  399. 

C.  pratensis  Willd.  (2)  Hanbury  ;  Sudbury,  Gam.  399.  (3) 
Needwood  Forest,  Gam.  ;  near  Barr  Beacon  ;  Shenstone,  Chester- 
field.    (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  101  ;  Willow  Bridge  ;  Aqualate,  Gam. 

C.  heterophyllus  Willd.  (2)  Mixon  ;  Lougnor,  Warslow ; 
Hamps  Valley,  Gam.  399;  Ecton  Hill,  Fraser  ;  Beresford  Dale, 
Dr.  Parsons  I  Dovedale. 

C.  arvensis  Hoffm.     Common,  Gam.  399. 
Onopordon  Acanthium  L.     (4)  Aqualate,  in  the  park  ;  Broome, 
Gam.  399. 

Mariana  lactea  Hill.  (2)  Alton,  Gam.  399.  (3)  Near  Stone, 
Burton,  Gam.  ;  Walton  ;  Shobnall,  Brown,  263  ;  railway  cutting 
near  Rugeley,  apparently  self-set,  1897. 

Serratula  tinctoria  L.  Common  in  woods  ?  Gam.  (2)  Rol- 
leston  ;  Henhurst,  Brown,  262  ;  Ecton  Hill,  Fraser.  (3)  Great 
Hey  wood;  Bishop's  Hill,  Newborough.     (4)   Seckley  Wood. 

Centaurea  nigra  L.  Common !  Gam.  402 ;  with  rayed  flowers 
at  Trysull. 

C.  Jacea  L.     (4)  Cradley  Park,  Gam.  402. 

C.  Scabiosa  L.     (2)  Near  Tutbury,  Shaw,  399  ;  Wever  Hill. 

(3)  Near  Stafford,   Gam.  402  ;  sand-pits,  West  Bromwich  ;  Wall ; 
Stonnall ;    Little   Aston  ;    Barr   Beacon  ;    Great  Barr  :    Hayhead! 

(4)  Kinver  !   Gam. ;  Nurton  ;  Pattingham,  Fraser. 

C.  Cyanus  L.  (1)  Betley,  Gam.  402.  (2)  Bamshorn.  (3) 
Maer;  Batchacre  ;  along  the  railway,  Walsall,  (ram.  ;  Hamstead  ; 
Witton  ;  King's  Bromley. 

Cichorium  Intybus  L.  (3)  Knight's  lands  {Dr.  Hewqill), 
Tamworth  Castle ;  between  Lichfield  and  Burton,  Gam.  399  ; 
Stafford,  Doio/las  ;  Haughton  ;  King's  Bromley,  Moore. 

Lapsana  communis  L.     Common  !  Gam.  398. 

Picris  hieracioides  L.  (2)  About  Tutbury,  Ecton  Hill ;  Dove- 
dale,  Gam.  397  ;  Rolleston,  Brown,  264.     (4)  Sedgeley  Beacon. 

Crepis  virens  L.     Common  !  Gam.  397. 

C.  paludosa  Moench.  (1)  On  the  banks  of  a  rivulet,  Biddulph, 
Shaw.  (2)  Lion's  Paw  Wood  ;  Cliff  Wood,  Painter.  (3)  Between 
Whitmore  and  Acton,  X.S.S.Bep.  89. 

Hieracium  Pilosella  L.     Common  !   Gam.  398. 

H.  murorum  L.  Common  on  limestone  rocks  ?  Gam.  398. 
(2)  Dovedale,  rare.     (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  105. 

H.  anglicum  Fr.     (2)  Dovedale,  sparingly. 

H.  vulgatum  Fr.  (1)  Rushton  ;  Biddulph,  Painter.  (3) 
Knypersley  Park,  Prti^j^f^r  ;  Bury  Ring,  near  Stafford,  Moore;  walls, 
Hawkesyard,  Reader.     (4)  Weston-under-Lizard. 


38  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

H.  maculatum  Sm.     (?  3)  Old  walls,  Codsall,  Frawr. 

H.  sciaphilum  Uechtr.     (1)  Tower  Hill,  Mow  Cop,  Painter. 

H.  tridentatum  Fr.  (2)  Alton.  (3)  Slierbrook  Valley  ;  Can- 
nock Chase  ;  Great  Barr.     ('l)  Trysail. 

H.  boreale  Fr.  {H.  sabandum  Sm.).  Shaw.  (1)  Gutter  Lane, 
near  Biddiilph,  Painter.  (2)  Near  Kolleston,  Brown,  265.  (3) 
Woodside  Colliery,  near  Biddulpli,  Painter  ;  between  Wolverhamp- 
ton and  Bilston,  Eraser  ;  King's  Bromley,  Moore  ;  Needwood 
Forest,  Brown;  Hamstead ;  Queslet ;  Ingestie.  (4)  Blymhill, 
Shaiv,  105. 

H.  umbellatum  L.  (1)  Gutter  Lane,  between  Biddulpli  and 
Trent  Valley,  700  ft..  Painter.  (8)  Woodside  Colliery,  near  Kny- 
persley,  Painter  ;  Newton  !  Fraser  ;  quarry,  Ingestre  ;  Stonnall ; 
Queslet;  Little  Aston;  Hamstead.  (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  105; 
near  Pattingham,  Fraser. 

[Hypoch^ris  glabra  L.  "  Gravelly  places,"  Gai-n.  398.  I 
have  searched  for  this  without  success  in  all  the  more  likely 
districts,  J.  E.  B.] 

H.  radicata  L.     Common  !  Gam.  398. 

Leontodon  hirtus  L.  (1)  The  drive  to  Biddulph  Grange, 
Painter.  (2)  Ramshorn,  &c.,  "common";  Bagnall.  (3)  Bar- 
laston  Common,  Wolstanton  Marsh,  Gam.  398  ;  near  Hawkesyard 
Park,  Beader  ;  Hamstead,  &c.     (4)  Near  Himley  ;  Swindon. 

L.  hispidus  L.     Common,  meadows  and  footways  !  Gam.  398. 

L.  autumnalis  L.     Common  !  Gam.  398. 

Taraxacum  officinale  Web.  a.  Dens-leonis  Desf.  Common  ! 
Gam.  Sll. 

b.  enjthrospennum  (Andr.).  (2)  Uttoxeter.  (3)  Brereton,  Beader; 
Drayton  ;  Hamstall-Ridware  ;  Colton  ;  Queslet ;  Draycote.  (4) 
Trysull,  Fraser  ;  Gornal  Wood. 

c.  palustre  DC.  (2)  Horton,  Painter.  (3)  Knypersley  Mill, 
Painter  ;  Hawkesyard  Park,  Beader  ;  Sherbrook  Valley  ;  near 
Milford  ;  Alrewas.     (4)  Penn  Common,  Eraser  ;   Seckley  Wood. 

d.  udum  Jord.     (3)  Hawkesyard  Park,  Beader. 

Lactuca  virosa  L.  (2)  Common  about  Tutbury,  Gam.  397. 
(3)  Hamstall-Ridware ;  by  the  roadside  between  Tatenhall  and 
Brannston,  Slinw,  ii.  7  ;  near  Chartley  Castle,  Shaw,  105.  "I  once 
found  it  near  Walton  Railway,  Station,"  Brown,  264. 

L.  muralis  Fres.  Common  and  general?  Gam.  (2)  Rudyard 
Reservoir,  Painter;  Winshill,  Tutbury,  Brown,  264;  Alton;  Oaka- 
more ;  Fort ;  Coton-in-Clay.  (3)  Near  Knypersley  Pools  and  Tower, 
Painter',  Longdon,  Beader;  Milwich  ;  Weston-on-Trent;  Hayhead; 
Queslet ;  Barr  Park  ;  Gnosall.     (4)  Himley. 

Sonchus  oleraceus  L.     Common  !  Gam.  397. 

S.  asper  Hoffm.     Common, 

S.  arvensis  L.     Common. 

[S.  palustrish.     About  Stafford,  Gam.  397.     This  is  probably 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  B9 

the  large  marsh  form  of  S.  arvense  abundant  at  Kingston  Pool, 
J,  E.  B.] 

Tragopogon  pratense  L.  (r.  major  Garn.),  (2)  Lime-kilns 
near  Caldon  Place,  &c..  Gam.  397.  (3)  Near  Stafford,  Donglas. 
(4)  Sedgeley,  old  quarry. 

b.  mmus  (Mill.).     Common  !   Gam.  397. 

T.  poRRiFOLiuM  L.  (2)  RoUeston,  Sh-  0.  Mosleij.  (3)  Tamworth, 
Reader.     (4)  Weston-under-Lizard,  Gam.  397. 

Campanulace^. 

Jasione  montana  L.  Common  ?  Gam.  354.  (1)  Biddulph  ; 
Rushton  Spencer,  Painter.  (2)  Rudyard,  Painter ;  near  Clieadle, 
Carter,  1839  ;  Longnor,  N.  S.  S.  Rep.  91.  (3)  Near  Knypersley 
Hall,  Painter ;  near  Westbromwich  ;  near  Newton.  (4)  Seckley 
Wood. 

Wahlenbergia  hederacea  Reichenb.  (3)  Near  Lichfield, 
Miss  Jackson,  Garn.  355  ;  Rugeley  and  Beaudesert,  J.  Power  ;  in 
wet  places,  Cannock  Chase,  Brown,  266. 

Campanula  Trachelium  L.  (2)  Marchington,  Brown,  266  ; 
Houndshill ;  abundant  in  the  Hamps  Valley,  Garn.  354.  (3)  Row- 
ley, Shaiv  ;  Barton  ;  Burton  ;  Perry  Barr  !  Gam.  ;  Yoxall,  Moore  ; 
Blithfield  Park  ;  near  Chartley  Moss  ;  Great  Barr.  (4)  Sedgeley, 
Fraser ;  Wood-Eaton,  Shaiv,  ii.  6. 

C.  latifolia  L.  (2)  Near  Croxden  Abbey,  Shaw,  101  ;  Uttoxeter, 
Dr.  Parsons\  near  Cheadle  Castle,  Carter,  1839;  Ham;  Oakamore; 
Ellaston.  (3)  Rowley,  Shaw,  ii.  6  ;  Stoke  ;  Darlaston  ;  Barton  ; 
Lichfield ;  Woodford,  Gam.  354  ;  Shobuall ;  Needwood  Forest, 
Brown ;  Hop  was  Wood  !  J.  Power  ;  one  mile  south  of  Stafford, 
With.  239  ;  Stafford  Castle,  Fraser;  Blithfield  Park  ;  near  Canwell 
Hall. 

Var. /ore  aJbo.    (3)  At  Darlaston  near  Stone,  Foster,  Shaw,  101. 

C.  rotundifolia  L.     Common,  Gam.  354. 

Var.  alba.     (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839. 

Var.  lancifolia  Mert.  &  Koch.  (3)  Sutton  Road,  near  Barr 
Beacon. 

C.  rapunculoides  L.    (3)  Hedge  near  Tamworth,  Dr.  Parsons ! 

C.  Rapunculus  L.  (3)  Railway  cutting,  Tamworth,  N.  S.  S. 
Rep.  1893  ;  Priestwood.  (4)  Enville,  Stolm,  With.  238  ;  Blymhill, 
near  the  parsonage  ;  Dudley,  Gam.  354. 

C.  patula  L.  (3)  Between  Lichfield  and  Shenstone,  J.  Power  ; 
near  the  bath,  Lichfield,  Woodward;  Burton,  Garn.  ^6^.  (4)  About 
Enville,  Purt.  i.  119;  near  Trysull. 

Specularia  hybrida  A.  DC.  (3)  In  a  turnip-field,  Kingston 
Hill,  near  Stafford,  Garn.  354  ;  Hamstead  railway  cutting,  1868. 

Vacciniace^. 
Vaccinium  Vitis-Idaea  L.     (1)    Trough  Stone  and  Wicker- 
stone  Rock,  Painter.     (2)  Belmont,  Shaw,  115  ;   Rudyard,  Painter; 
near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  ;  Oakamore,  Brown,  266  ;  The  Roaches, 


40  THE    FLORA    OF    .STAFFORDSHIRE. 

near  Leek !  Br.  Parsons.  (3)  Cannock  Wood,  Put  ford,  Piirt.  i.  731 ; 
Cannock  Heath  !  Dr.  Stokes ;  Cliartley  Moss ;  Norton  Bog ;  near 
Hednesford  ;  Pipe  Marsh.     (4)  Maer !   Shaw,  115. 

V.  Myrtillus  L.  Frequent  on  grit  or  sandstone  ;  rare  on  lime- 
stone, Gam.  867.     In  all  the  districts. 

V.  Myrtillus  X  V.  Vitis-Id.ea  (V.  intermedium  Riithe).  (3) 
Cannock  Chase,  Gam.  ;  Norton  Bog,  abundantly  in  flower,  1898. 
(4)  Maer  Wood,  Gam. 

Schollera  Occycoccus  Roth.  (1)  Near  Wickerston  Rocks, 
Fainter.  (2)  Near  Endon,  .Y.  .S'.  S.  Fiep.  103;  near  Cheadle,  Carter, 
1839.  (3)  Cannock  Chase  !  Moore  ;  Chartley  Moss  ;  Sherbrook 
Valley;  Norton  Bog.  (4)  Bishop's  Wood,  near  Eccleshall,  Wit/i. 
366  ;  Norbury  Big  Moss,  abundant,  1897. 

Ericace^. 

Andromeda  Polifolia  L.  (1)  Congleton  Moss  ;  Craddocks 
Moss,  N.  S.  S.  Rep.  86.  (3)  Chartley  Moss,  Mr.  Baqot,  With.  389 
(there  in  1886)  ;  Whitmore,  .Y.  S.  S.  Hep.  86. 

Calluna  Erica  DC.     Common  on  heaths  !  Gam.  367. 

Var.  incana  Auct.  (3)  Abundant,  Sherbrook  ;  Pipe  Marsh  ; 
Cannock  Chase,  &c. 

Erica  Tetralix  L.  Common  on  moist  heaths !  Gam.  363. 
(1)  Lask  Edge  ;  Biddulph  Moor  !  Painter.  (2)  Rudyard  !  Painter. 
(3)  Knypersley  Park,  Painter  ;  Cannock  ;  Norton  Bog  ;  Hard  wick 
Heath,  &c. 

E.  cinerea  L.     Common  on  stony  heaths  !  Gam.  366. 

Pyrola  rotundifolia  L.  (2)  Wood  near  Cotton  Hall,  Dickenson , 
Belmont,  Sneyd,  Shaw,  111.  (3)  Chartley  Moss,  Barjot,  With.  391 
(there  in  1886) ;  near  Stafford,  Douglas. 

P.  media  Sw.  (4)  Cradley  Park,  near  Stourbridge,  Scott,  Purt. 
iii.  35. 

P.  minor  L.  (2)  Near  Cheadle  ;  Oakamore,  Carter,  1839  ; 
Cotton  Hall ;  Belmont  ;  Basford,  Gam.  369. 

MONOTROPE^. 

Hypopitys  Monotropa  Crantz.  (4)  Lord  Stamford's  Wood 
at  Enville,  With.  389  ;  formerly  at  Gospel  End,  Wainwright,  Gam. 
369. 

Primulace^e. 

Hottonia  palustris  L.  (3)  Between  Braunston  and  Burton, 
Shaw,  ii.  7 ;  roadside  from  Lichfield  to  Barton,  Pitt,  With.  232  ; 
Tamworth,  Bree ;  Walsall,  Ruford,  Purt.  i.  123  ;  Newcastle,  Spark ; 
Elford,  Barton,  Dr.  Hewgill,  Gam.  352  ;  in  a  ditch  near  Navigation 
Bridge,  Fazley,  and  near  Salter's  Bridge,  J.  Power.  (4)  South  side 
of  the  Aqualate,  Shaw,  105. 

Primula  acaulis  L.  Common  on  banks  and  in  woods  !  Gai-n. 
352. 

Var.  b.  caidescens  Koch.  P.  elatior  Garn.  352.  (2)  Croxden  ; 
Hollington  ;   Oakamore  !    Gam.  ;    Wever  Hill,   Carter,   1839.     (3) 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  41 

Pyre  Hill,  near  Stone,  Moore ;  Chesterfield, -7.  rower.  (4)  Blym- 
hill,  Shaw,  111  ;  near  Patsull. 

P.  veris  L.     Common  in  fields  !  Gam.  352. 

Lysimachia  vulgaris  L.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter, 
(3)  Marshes,  Trentham !  Clayton;  Lichfield,  Gam.  351;  near 
Drayton  Bassett.     (4)  Blymhill,  in  the  Motty  Meadows,  Shaw,  101. 

L.  Nummularia  L.  (2)  Alton  ;  Ramshorn.  (3)  Eccleshall  • 
Buttermilk  Hill,  Burton,  Curbro  Woods,  Gam.;  near  Wallsall ;' 
Hayhead ;  Aldridge  ;  Wolsey  Bridge,  near  Rugeley  ;  Hamstall- 
Ridware.     (4)  Oulton  ;  near  Arley. 

L.  nemorum  L.  Common  in  shady  places.  Gam.  351.  (2) 
Hanbury  Woods.  (3)  Near  Hayhead,  Little  Aston;  Cannock 
Chase.  (4)  Cowhay  Wood;  Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw,  107- 
Hmiley ;  Bagger idge ;  Arley  Wood. 

Glaux  maritima  L.  (3)  Salt-marsh  near  Ingestre,  With.  263  • 
salt-marsh  near  Tixall,  Shaw,  105.  Probably  both  these  records 
are  from  the  same  locality,  J.  E.  B. 

Anagallis  arvensis  L.     Common  in  cornfields  !  Gam.  351. 

A.  cserulea  Schreb.     (3)  Burton,  but  rare,  Brown,  276. 

A.  tenella  L.  (3)  Tettensor  Hills  ;  Upper  Pool  at  Soho  i 
Needwood  Forest,  With.  235 ;  Burton  ;  Lichfield,  Gam.  351  • 
Chartley  Moss,  Carter,  1839  ;  Cannock  Chase  ;  Sherbrook  Valley 
(4)  Offley  Hay,  Gam.  351.  ^ 

Centunculus  minimus  L.     (3)  Blithfield,  Bagot,  With.  196. 
Samolus  Valerandi  L.    (4)  Aqualate  Mere,  south  side,  Fra^^er^ 
Mott's  Well,  near  Smallwood  Manor,  Brown,  276. 

Oleace^. 

Fraxinus  excelsior  L.     Common,  Gam.  341. 

Ligustrum  vulgare  L.     "Wild  in  the  Hamps  Valley,"  Gam. 
340.      (2)    Forest   Banks,    Marchington.      (3)    Great    Heywood 
Weston-on-Trent ;  near  Stafford.     Doubtful  as  a  native. 

Apocynace^. 

ViNCA  major  L.  Frequent,  Gam.  354.  (3)  Tipton,  Wain- 
Wright,  Shaw,  ii.  6.     (4)  Brook-bank,  Kinver,  Fraser. 

V.  minor  L.  (1)  By  the  rivulet  below  Biddulph  Castle,  Gam. 
354.  (2)  Rolleston,  Brown,  267;  Uttoxeter,  Gam.  (3)  Walton, 
Brown;  Holloway,  Gossbrook,  Gam.  ;  Newcastle  road  to  Longton,' 
L.  Grove,  Shaw,  95;  near  Codsall ;  Barr  Beacon.     (4)  Enville'. 

Gentiane^. 
Blackstonia  perfoliata  Huds.  (2)  Apedale,  Gam.  365  ;  with 
white  flowers,  Heyley  Castle,  Wainwright,  Shaw,  ii.  1.  (3)  Lime 
Hills,  near  Dudley  Castle,  W.  in  Shaw;  near  Lichfield,  Gam  • 
Ranton  Abbey,  With.  363  ;  Tillets  Rough,  near  Walsall ;  Hayhead  • 
California.  (4)  Maer  Heath.  Gam.  ;  Oulton  ;  Arley  Wood,  abun- 
dant. 


42  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Erythrgea  Centaurium  Pers.  (1)  Biddulph  Grange  and  New 
Pool,  Fainter.  (2)  Alton;  Wever  Hill.  (3)  Shobnall,  Broivn; 
Hoar  Cross  ;  Weeping  Cross  !  Moore ;  Tillets  Bough  ;  Armitage  ; 
Col  ton  ;  Hamstall-Ridware  ;  Blithbury  ;  Sherbrook  Valley.  (4) 
Trysull ;  Wombourne,  Fraser  ;  Arley  and  Coldridge  Wood. 

Gentiana  Amarella  L.  Common  in  all  hilly  pastures?  Gam. 
357.     (2)  Near  Oakamore,  Brown,  267.     (4)   Sedgeley,  Fraser. 

G.  campestris  L.  Frequent  with  Amarella?  Garn.  357.  (2) 
Near  Wever  Hill.  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Burfield,  near  Wolsey  field, 
Shaiv,  105. 

Menyanthes  trifoliata  L.  (1)  Biddulph  Hall,  planted. 
Painter.  (2)  Cotton,  J.  Power]  Whiston,  Carter,  1839;  Endon, 
N.  S.  S.  Fiep.  93.  (3)  Fradley  ;  Onslow  ;  and  near  Burton,  Broivn^ 
268  ;  abundant  in  pits,  Ranton  Abbey,  With.  232  ;  Chartley  Moss  ; 
Sherbrook  Valley  ;  Norton  Bog.  (4)  Near  Stourbridge,  Part. ; 
Blymhill,  in  marl-pits,  Pitt,  Shaw,  107  ;  Bishop's  Wood,  X.  S.  S. 
Rep.  92. 

POLEMONIACE^. 

Polemonium  cseruleum  L.  (2)  Wetton  Valley,  Carter,  1839; 
about  Thor's  Cave  ;  Cavershall  Meadows  ;  Ecton  Hill ;  Dovedale, 
Gam.  354.  (3)  Wood  Eaves,  Need  wood  Forest,  Gam.  ;  near 
Drakesford  Farm,  Brown,  268.     (4)  Blakemere  Pool,  near  Norbury. 

BORAGINE^. 

Cynoglossum  officinale  L.  (1)  Frequent  on  coal-pits.  Bet- 
ley  ;  Madeley,  Gam.  351.  (3)  Oiitwood  Hills,  Tattenhall,  Brown, 
468.     (4)  Wren's  Nest. 

Symphytum   officinale   L.      (2)    Marchington,    Gam.  350. 

(3)  Near  Stafford,  Doiu/las;  Burton,  Shaiv,  114;  Lichfield;  Perry 
Hall,  Garn.  ;  near  Stowe  ;  Fradley  ;  Westbromwich  ;  Hamstead  ; 
Little  Aston.     (4)  Wombourne,  CTarn.  ;   Stourton  ;  Trysull. 

S.  tuberosum  L.  (2)  Longnor  ;  Wetton  Valley.  (3)  Lich- 
field, Gam.  351. 

BoRAGO  OFFICINALIS  L.  (2)  Cheadlc,  Gaim.  351.  (3)  Need- 
wood  ;  Lichfield  ;  Burton,  Gam.  ;  garden  weed  at  Barton,  Broivn, 
268. 

Anchusa  sempervirens  L.  (3)  Acton,  Moore  ;  near  Four  Oaks, 
Sandwell  Park. 

Lycopsis  arvensis  L.     Common  amongst  corn  !  Gam.  351. 

PuLMONARiA  OFFICINALIS  L.  Needwood  Forest,  Dr.  Hewgill, 
Gam.  350. 

Myosotis  caespitosa  F.  Schultz.     Common  !  Garn.  351. 

M.  palustris  Relh.  (2)  Dovedale.  (3)  Near  Stafford,  Doif^Z^s; 
Weston-on-Trent ;    Kingston  Pool ;    Tixall ;    Great  Heywood,  &c. 

(4)  Arley  Wood  ;  Perton  ;  Gornall. 

b.  strigiilosa  Mert.  &  Koch.  (1)  Lask  Edge,  Biddulph,  Painter, 
900  ft.     (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter.     (4)  Trysull. 

M.  repens  G.  Don.      (1)   Overton  Edge,  1000  ft.  ;   Biddulph 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRK.  48 

Moor,  Painter.    (2)  Horton,  Painter.    (3)  Hawkesyard  Park,  Eeader  ; 
Cannock  Chase  ;  Sherbrook  Valley. 

M.  sylvatica  Hoffm.  Common  in  our  woods?  Gam.  351.  (2) 
Many  fold  Valley;  Yarlet,  Fraser;  Warslow,  Dr.  Parsons;  Rolleston, 
Brown,  269.  (3)  Near  Stafford,  Dom/las.  (2)  With  white  flowers 
at  Ramshorn,  Gam.  The  plant  1  saw  at  Ramshorn  was  var.  vmhrosa 
of  arvensis. 

"M..  arvensis  Lam.     Common  !  Gam.  351. 

b.  unibrosa  Bab.  Abundant  in  places.  (2)  Ramshorn  ;  Oaka- 
more  ;  Hanbury  ;  near  Sudbury.  (3)  Gnosall ;  Weston -on-Trent ; 
Salt ;  Chartley.    (4)  Oulton  ;  Arley  and  Coldridge  Woods  ;  Kinver. 

M.  collina  Hoffm.  Not  rare  on  limestone,  Gam.  351.  (2) 
Wever  Hill  !    Brown,  269.     (4)  Trysull,  Fraser  ;  Kinver  ;   Swindon. 

M.  versicolor  Reichenb.  (1)  Rushton  Dingle.  (2)  Rudyard 
Reservoir,  Painter.  (3)  Knypersley  Pool,  Painter ;  near  Barr 
Beacon.     (4)  Seckley  Wood. 

Lithospermum  officinale  L.  (2)  Tutbury  Castle,  Shaw,  107  ; 
on  the  walls  of  Alton  Castle,  Gam.  350  ;  near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839. 
(3)  Croxden  Abbey;  Burton,  Gam. ;  Hormngslow,  Brown,  269.  (4) 
Wren's  Nest. 

L.  arvense  L.  Common,  Gemi.  350.  (3)  Wrottesley  ;  Orton, 
Fraser  ;  Chesterfield  ;   Shenstone. 

Echium  vulgare  L.  (3)  Sta^Hovd,  Shaw,  lOS;  LicMeld,  Gam. 
350  ;  King's  Bromley,  Moore  ;  Fradley  Heath  ;  near  Colwich  ; 
Dudley  Castle,  Shaw,  ii.  6.  (4)  Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw,  lOS; 
south  of  Wombourne  ;  Kinver  !   Gam.  350  ;  Trescott. 

CONVOLVULACE^. 

Volvulus  sepium  Junger.     Common  in  hedges  !  Gain.  353. 
Convolvulus  arvensis  L.  Common  in  hedges,  &c.  !  Gam.  353. 
Cuscuta  europsea  L.     Rare,  but  occurring  occasionally;  para- 
sitical on  nettles,  flax,  clover,  Gam.  357. 

C.  Trifolii  Bab.     (3)  King's  Bromley,  Moore. 

SOLANACE^. 

Solanum  Dulcamara  L.     Common  !  Gam.  353. 
S.  nigrum  L.    (1)  Betley,  Gam.  353.    (3)  A  weed  at  Hawkes- 
yard, Eeader;  Lichfield;  Burton,  Gam. 

Atropa  Belladonna  L.  (2)  Alton  Castle  Grounds,  Shaw,  100 ; 
Alton  Castle  fosse,  seen  there  by  Mr.  Kennade,  1896  ;  Tutbury 
Castle,  Brown,  270.  (3)  Barrow  Hill,  Gam.  353  ;  near  Lichfield, 
J.  Power ;  banks  of  Dudley  Castle !  With. ;  there  1899.  (4) 
Wren's  Nest. 

Datura  Stramonium  L.  (3)  Appears  as  a  garden  weed  at 
Burton  ;  Hawkesyard  Priory,  Reader. 

Hyoscyamus  niger  L.  (2)  Waste  places,  Tutbury  Castle, 
Gam.  353.  (3)  Near  Tamworth,  one  mile  on  the  Lichfield  Road  ; 
Four  Crosses  ;  Streetway,  Lichfield,  Gam.  ;  near  Stafford,  Douglas] 
Can  well,  Moore  ;  Shobnall  marl-pits.  Brown,  270. 


44  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

SCROPHULARINE.E . 

Verbascum  Thapsus  L.  (2)  Dovedale  !  Brown,  270  ;  Many- 
fold  Valley,  F)'asey  !  near  Alton  ;  near  Ramshorn.  (3)  Sinai  Park, 
Brown,  270  ;  Acton,  Moore  ;  near  Stafford,  Douglas  ;  Hawkesyard, 
Reader;  Stowe  ;  Blitlibury  ;  Haughton ;  Gnosall;  Tettensor  ;  Sand- 
well  ;  Little  Perry.     (4)  TrysuU,  Fraser  ;  Arley  Wood, 

V.  Lychnitis  L.  (3)  Burton,  Gam.  353.  (4)  Common  on 
hedge-banks  at  Wombourne,  Shaw,  ii.  G  ;  Kinfare,  near  the  rock 
houses!  Stakes,  With.  24:d  :  Whittington  Common  !  Fraser;  Arley 
Wood  ;  near  Enville. 

V.  nigrum  L.  (3)  Betwixt  Hamstead  and  Birmingham,  With. 
249;  Perry  Barr,  Gam.  353.     (4)  Wombourne,  Gam. 

V.  Blattaria  L.  (3)  Hill  Ridware,  Shaw,  115,  (4)  Durnsley 
and  Kinver,  Scott,  Part.  i.  127. 

Linaria  Cymbalaria  Mill.  (1)  Gutter  Lane,  Prtt^^^'/'.  (2)  On 
old  walls,  Mayfield,  Gam.  386;  Longnor,  N.  S.  S.  Eep.  91 ;  Cotton; 
Oakamore  ;  DimmiDgs  Dale.  (3)  Burton,  Brown,  270;  ruins  of 
Shugborough  Old  Hall ;  Lapley,  Gam.  ;  old  walls,  Stafford,  Moore ; 
Dudley  Castle.     (4)   Sedgeley  ;  Arley. 

L.  repens  Mill.  (3)  Great  Hey  wood,  Jioor<^;  Hamstead  railway 
cutting. 

L.  vulgaris  Mill.     Common  in  fields  and  hedges  !  Gam.  386. 

L.  viscida  Moench.  (3)  Perry  Barr  canal-bank.  (4)  Amongst 
the  wheat  in  the  pit-down,  Blymhill,  Gam.  386. 

Antirrhinum  majus  L.  (3)  On  the  walls  of  Rushall  Castle, 
Shaw,  99  ;  on  Burton  Abbey  walls.  Gam.  386. 

A.  Orontium  L.  (B)  Burton,  Gam.  386  ;  Himley,  Bree,  Purt. 
i.  737. 

Scrophularia  aquatica  L.  Frequent.  (2)  Near  Alton.  (8) 
Tettenhall,  F/VY.SO-;  King's  Bromley,  3/oo7-^;  near  Stafford,  Domjlas; 
near  Walsall,  &c.     (4)  Enville. 

S.  UMBROSA  Dum.     Stafford,  Top.  Bot.  295. 

S.  nodosa  Dum.     Common. 

MiMULUs  Langsdorfii  Donn.  (2)  Ramshorn;  WeverHill;  Star 
Wood,  Oakamore.  (3)  Brook,  Cannock,  J.  Power;  boggy  stream 
on  Cannock  Chase,  near  Rugeley,  Br.  Parsons ;  abundant,  Oxhill 
Lane,  Sandwell. 

Limosella  aquatica  L.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Pi/rcA^s.  (3) 
Knypersley  Reservoir,  Painter;  Stowe  Pool,  near  Lichfield,  J.  Power; 
Harbourn  Reservoir  ;  Pottall  Reservoir  ;  Hayhead. 

Digitalis  purpurea  L.  Common !  seldom  found  on  limestone ! 
Gam.  386  ;  with  (2)  white  flowers  at  Bagnall,  Gam. 

Veronica  hedergefolia  L.     Common!  Gam.  Sil. 

V.  polita  Fr.  Rare.  (2)  Near  Alton  Towers.  (3)  Cultivated 
field.  Burton,  Broim,  272 ;  Newborough. 

V.  agrestis  L.     Common  !  Gam.  340, 


THK     FLOKA    OF    STAFFOKDSHIKK.  45 

V.  Tournefortii  C.  Gmel.  (2)  Near  Rudyard  Railway  Station, 
Painter  \  Haiibniy  ;  Marchiwgton.  (3)  Near  Burton,  7J;o?rH,  272  ; 
Knypersley  Hall,  Painter  ;  Codsall ;  Ingestre  ;  Hixon  ;  Hamstall- 
Ridware  ;  Armitage,  Gnosall,  &c.     (4)  Trysull,  Fra^er]  Oulton. 

V.  arvensio  L.     Common  !  (ram.  341. 

V.  serpyllifolia  L.     Common  !  Gam.  341. 

V,  officinalis  L.     Common  !  (Tarn.  340. 

V.  Chamaedrys  L.     Common  on  banks  !  Gam.  340. 

V.  montana  L.  (2)  Near  Clieadle,  (Jarter,  1889  ;  Ramshorn  ; 
Oakamore;  Alton.  (3)  Blithfield  Park;  Blichbury ;  Blithfield ; 
Tixall;  Ingestre.  (4)  Weston-imder-Lizard,  Shaiv,  115;  Baggeridge 
Wood  ;  Arley  Wood  ;  Seckley  Wood. 

V.  scutellata  L.  (2)  Nortli  end  of  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter  ; 
near  Cbeadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Endon  ;  Calf  Heatb  ;  Whitmore; 
Licbfield,  Gam.  340;  Wliittington  Heath,  J.Power;  Needwood 
Forest,  Brown,  271  ;  ditches  about  Tamworth,  With.  15  ;  Blithfield 
Park  !  Armitage,  Pieader ;  Hopton  Pool,  Ingestre  ;  Sherbrook  ; 
Drayton  Bassett ;  Hints.  (4)  Weston-under-Lizard,  Gam.  340; 
Oulton  ;  Shelmore  Wood. 

V.  Anagallis-aquatica  L.     Rather  frequent. 

V.  Beccabunga  L.     Common!  (Jam.  340. 

Euphrasia  officinalis  L.  (1)  Swithamley  Valley.  (2)  Wars- 
low  ;  Alton.  (3)  King's  Bromley,  Moore  \  Streetley,  Cannock  Chase, 
&c.     (4)  Arley  Wood,  Onlton,  &c. 

Bartsia  Odontites  Huds.     Common,  Gam.  385. 

Var.  b.  serotina  Reichenb.  Rather  rare.  (2)  Road  to  Sudbury. 
(3)  Chartley  ;  near  Weston-on-Trent.     (4)  Oulton,  near  Gnosall. 

Pedicularis  palustris  L.  (1)  Betley,  Gam.  387.  (2)  Near 
Alton.  (3)  Stoke  Meadows  ;  Kingsley,  (rrt/-;<.  ;  Lichheld,  J.  Power; 
Chartley  Moss  !   N.  S.  S.  Pep.  86.     (4)  Oulton. 

P.  sylvatica  L.  Common  on  heathy  places,  Gam.  386.  (2) 
Ramshorn.  (3)  Needwood  Forest,  Brown,  271  ;  Walsall,  Cannock, 
&c.     (4)  Enville. 

Rhinanthus  Crista-galli  Huds.     Common  !  Gam.  385. 

R.  major  Ehrh.  Not  uncommon  on  peaty  soils  ?  Gam.  385. 
(2)  Wetley  ;  Ashley,  Gam.  385.  (3)  Near  Stafford,  Ihnfjla.'^  (Top. 
Bot.  292).  ^ 

Melampyrum  pratense  L.  Common  in  woods  and  on  heaths  ! 
Gam.SSQ.  (1)  Swithamley.  (2)  Oakamore.  &c.  (3)  Showls  Wood, 
Kingston  ;  Bagots  Wood.     (4)  Arley  and  Coldridge  Woods ;  Seckley. 

Var.  montanum.  (1)  Congieton  Edge;  Wickerstone Rocks, Pami^r. 

Orobanchace^. 
Orobanche  major  L.     (1)  Heyley  Castle.  Gam.  387.     (2)  On 
gorse  and  broom  near  Cheadle,  N.  S.  6'.  Pep.  91.    (3)  Near  Stafford, 
Duufjla.'^.     (4)  Bishop's  Wood,  .V.  S.  S.  Pep.  91  ;   Blymhill,  in  the  • 
Pye  Hill  Lane,  .S7m?(',  110. 

O.  elatior  Sutton.     (2)  Near  Cheadle,  (Jarter,  1839. 


46  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Lathrsea  Squamaria  L.  (2)  Woods  below  Castern,  on  both 
sides  of  the  river ;  Caldon  Lane,  Carter  ;  Manyfold  Valley,  Fraser  ; 
near  Cheadle,  on  elder  roots,  .V.  S.  S.  Rep.  90.  (3)  By  the  side  of 
Yoxall  Brook,  Shaiv,  ii.  7  ;  Langley  Meadows ;  King's  Bromley  ; 
Woodford,  Gam.  386 ;  Dadley  Dingle,  near  Walsall  ;  Dudley 
Castle,  on  the  elm.  Rev.  F.  J.  Clark.     (4)  Arley,  E.  Lees. 

Lentibularie^e. 

Utricularia  vulgaris  L.  (1)  Betley  ;  Craddock  Moss,  Oarn. 
841.  (2)  Woodford,  near  Uttoxeter,  Broicn,  270.  (3)  Whitmore, 
Gam.  ;  Catholme  Meadows,  Brown,  278;  Huddersfield,  near  Lich- 
field, J.  Power  \     (4)  Blymhill ;  Aqualate,  Gam. 

U.  neglecta  Lehm.     (4)  Shelmore  Wood,  near  Norbiiry. 

U.  minor  L.  (1)  Craddock's  Moss,  Gam.  341;  Betley,  Mrs. 
Aclami,  Purt.  iii.  5.  (3)  Chartley  Moss;  and  Norton  Bog,  Mr.  Bagot, 
With.  19. 

Pinguicula  vulgaris  L.  (2)  At  the  foot  of  Axe  Edge,  Gam. 
341.  (3)  Whittmgton  Heath,  J.  Poift'/-;  Cannock;  Swanmington, 
Brown,  275.     (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  101. 

Verbenace^. 
Verbena  officinalis  L.     (2)  About  Tutbury  Castle,  Gam.  387; 
Stowe,  Lichfield,   Gam.;    near  Stafford,  Douglas;  Tattenhill  and 
Winshill,  Brown,  275  ;  Hopton,  abundant. 

Labiate. 

Mentha  longifolia  Huds.     (3)  By  a  ditch,  Longdon,  Reader. 

Yar.  2.  villosa.     (2)  Cheadle,  Shaw,  109. 

M.  acutifolia.     (2)  Side  of  river,  Oakamore,  Carter,  1839. 

M.  viridis  L.  Common,  but  introduced,  Gam.  383.  (1)  Under 
Heyley  Castle  bank.  Gam. 

M.  piperita  L.  (3)  Roadside  at  Boothen  Clayton,  &c.,  Gam. 
383.     (3)  Broctou.     (4)  Oaken,  Fraser. 

M.  hirsuta  Huds.     Very  common  !  Gam.  383. 

b.  siibglabra  Baker.     (3)   Sherbrook  Valley,  &c. 

c.  citrata  Ehrh.  (3)  Bartou-under-Needwood,  R.  Kirhg  Trimmer; 
Treot-side,  Wichnor,  Brown,  272. 

M.  sativa  L.  In  woods,  occasionally.  (2)  Hortou,  Painter. 
(4)  Seckley  and  Arley  Woods. 

M.  rubra  Sm.  Occasional  in  rivers  and  wet  places.  (2)  One- 
cote,  Gam.  383.  (4)  Pool  by  Himley  Wood  ;  Severn  banks  by 
Seckley  Wood. 

M.  arvensis  L.  (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  107  ;  common  in  corn- 
fields!  Gam.  383. 

M.  Pulegium  L.  (1)  Craddock's  Moss.  Gam.  388.  (4)  Blym- 
hill, Shaw,  107. 

Lycopus  europaeus  L.  (2)  Marchington.  (3)  Knypersley, 
Painter  ;  King's  Bromley  !  Moore  ;  Drointou  ;  Farley  ;  Stowe. 
(4)  Lower  Penn,  Fraser  ;  Oulton  ;  Trysull. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  47 

Origanum  vulgare  L.  (1)  Heyley  Castle,  Oani.  101.  (2) 
Croxden  Abbey,  Gam.  ;  near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  ;  Dovedale  ! 
Eraser;  Tutbiu-y  Castle,  Gam.;  Cauldon  Moor  Lane  to  Ham, 
Shaw,  101 ;  Wever  Hill. 

Thymus  Serpyllum  Fr.  Common,  particularly  on  limestone, 
Gam.  383.  (2)  Wever  Hill.  (3)  Ingestre ;  Sberbrook  Valley. 
(4)  Coldridge  and  Arley  Woods. 

Calamintha  Clinopodium  Spenn.  (3)  Near  Stafford !  Douglas; 
Hixon  ;  Drointon  ;  Cbartley  ;  Sbirleywicb,  Hints,  &c.  (4)  Wren's 
Nest !  Fraser ;  Trysull,  Arley,  Oulton,  &c. 

C.  arvensis  L.  "  Common  on  limestone  in  the  south  of  the 
county,"  Gam.  385.  (2)  Manyfold  Valley;  Dovedale!  Fraser; 
Longnor,  .Y.  S.  S.  Hep.  91.  (3)  Near  Stafford,  Dour/las.  (4)  Whit- 
tington  Common. 

Var.  Jiore-albo.  (2)  Longnor,  Yates,  N.  S.  S.  Rep.  91.  (4) 
Kinver,  Gam. 

C.  officinalis  :\Ioench.  (1)  Heyley,  Gam.  (2)  Tutbury 
Castle,  Gar)i.  (3)  Lichfield,  Gam.  ;  near  Wolsey  Bridge.  Shaw, 
107;  near  Stafford,  Dow/las;  Hopton.  (4)  Dudley,  Gam.;  Dudley 
Castle  !   Shaw,  ii.  6. 

Salvia  Verbenaca  L.  (2)  Amongst  the  ruins  of  Tutbury 
Castle,  Shaiv,  112.     (4)  About  Kinfare,  plentiful,  Bmnton,  With.  20. 

Nepeta  Cataria  L.  (1)  Heyley  Castle,  Gam.  384.  (2)  Tut- 
bury, Brown,  274:  ;  near  Stafford,  Domjlas  ;  Lichfield ;  Perry  Barr  ! 
Gam. 

N.  Glechoma  Benth.     Common  !  Gam.  385. 

Var.  hirsuta  R.     (2)  Uttoxeter  ;  Marchington. 

Scutellaria  galericulata  L.  Common,  Gam.  (1)  Flash. 
(2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter.  (3)  King's  Bromley !  Moore ; 
Knypersley,  Painter;  Fradley ;  Shirleywich,  &c.  (4)  Trysull, 
Fraser;  Oulton,  &c. 

S.  minor  Huds.  (3)  Near  Swinnerton  ;  Lichfield,  Gam.  385  ; 
Sherbrook  Valley.     (4)  Seckley  Wood. 

Prunella  vulgaris  L.     Common  !  Gam.  385. 

Marruhium  vuUjareli.  (3)  Near  Lichfield,  3//.s.s  J"rtc/V.so;i.  "1  never 
saw  it  wild,"  Gam.  385. 

Stachys  Betonica  Benth.  Common  !  Gam.  (1)  The  drive 
from  Biddulph  Hall,  Painter.  (2)  Near  Alton  ;  Rolleston,  Brown, 
274.  (3)  King's  Bromley!  Moore;  Chartley ;  Gnosall,  &c.  (4) 
Trysull !  Fraser  ;  Oulton  ;  Arley  ;  Arley  W^ood. 

S.  palustris  L.  (2)  Oakamore.  (3)  Shobnal,  Brown,  274  ; 
King's  Bromley !  .Voo?-^;  Shirleywich;  Weston-on-Trent;  Dravton; 
Great  Barr  ;  Pipe-Ridware,  &c.    (4 )  Coldridge  and  Arley  Woods,  &c. 

S.  sylvatica  L.     Common!  Gam.  384. 

S.  arvensis  L.  Common!  Gam.  384.  (2)  Rolleston,  Brown, 
272.     (3)  King's  Bromley  !  Moore;  Blymhill,  67« air,  ii.  7,  &c. 

S.  annua  L.     Rare.     (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839. 


48  THE    FLOKA    OF    STAFFORDSHIKK. 

Galeopsis  Ladanum  L.     (2)  Rocks  in  Dovedale,  Mr.  Spark. 

(3)  In  a  bean-field  between  Stone  and  Stafford,  1839  and  1841, 
Gam.  384. 

G.  versicolor  Curt.  (2)  Draycote,  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Burton, 
Broivn,  274  ;    Fradley  Heath,  J.  Power  ;    near  Stafford,   Douqlas. 

(4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  101. 

G.  Tetrahit  L.     Common  !  Gam.  384. 

Leonurus  Cardiaca  L.  (3)  A  narrow  shady  lane  at  the  back  of 
Barr  Park,  Ick,  Gam.     (4)  Gornal  Wood,  Shaw,  ii.  6. 

Lamium  amplexicaule  L.  (1)  Betley,  Gam.  384.  (3)  Coton- 
field,  Stafford,  Moore  ;  Burton,  Brown,  274  ;  near  Colwich.  (4) 
Kinver,  Gam. 

L.  hybridum  Vill.  (3)  Stoke,  Gam.  384  ;  near  Stafford, 
Dow  lias. 

L.  purpureum  L.     Common,  Gam.  384. 

L.  maculatiDiih.  (1)  Rushton  Spencer,  Painter.  (3)  Naturalized 
in  shrubberies,  Burton,  Brown,  274  ;  Perry  Barr. 

L.  album  L.     Common  !  Gam.  384. 

L.  Galeobdolon  Crantz.  (1)  Biddulph,  Painter.  (2)  Alton. 
(3)  Near  Stafford,  Doui/las  ;  Chartley  ;  Colton  ;  Tixall ;  Gnosall ; 
Fradley  ;  Lichfield,  &c.     (4)  Stewponey  ;  Kinver,  &c. 

\£LV.  Ji ore  alio.     (3)  Near  Salt. 

Teucrium  Scorodonia  L.     Common  !  (jam.  383. 

Ajuga  reptans  L.     Common  !  Gar}i.  383. 

PLANTAGINEiE. 

Plantago  major  L.     Common,  Gam.  349. 

b.  inter}nedia  Gilib.     (2)  Rudyard.     (3)  Knypersley,  Painter. 

P.  media  L.     Common  '?  on   marl  or  limestone,   (lam.   349. 

(2)  Foxt,  near  Froghall ;  Manyfold  Valley ;   Walton ;  Wever  Hill. 

(3)  Staftbrd,   Douglas ;    Pyre  Hill,   Stone,   Moore ;    Hayhead.     (4) 
Sedgeley. 

P.  lanceolata  L.     Common,  Gam.  349. 

b.  Timhali  Reichenb.     (3)  Churchyard,  Rugeley,  Dreader. 

P.  Coronopus  L.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  ;  Ramshorn. 
(3)  Trentham,  Gani.  349  ;  Branston  and  Barton  ;  Walton  Lane, 
Brown,  276  ;  Cannock.     (4)  Near  Swindon. 

Littorella  juncea  Berg.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Gam.  406. 
(3)  Trentham  Pool !  Calf  Heath  ;  Hednesford  Pool,  Gam.  ;  Kny- 
persley Reservoir,  Painter  ;  Cannock  Chase  !  Brown,  276  ;  Gailey 
Reservoir. 

Illecebrace^. 

[Illecebruni  verticil latimi  L.  (3)  On  the  roadside  between  Elnal 
and  Ranton  Abbey,  With.  263.     Error?] 

Scleranthus  annuus  L.  General  ?  Cra;;L  370.  (1)  Biddulph, 
P'ainter.  (3)  Cornfields,  Rugeley  ;  and  Armitage,  Header ;  Tixall 
Heath;  Cannock  Chase.     (4)   Swindon. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAKFORD«HIRt;.  49 

CHENOPODIAOEffi. 

Chenopodium  polyspermum  L.  (3)  Auslow,  Brown,  '111. 
(4)  Waste  land  by  Himley  Wood. 

b.  cijmomm,  Moq.     (4)  Waste  land  by  Himley  Wood. 

C.  Vulvaria  L.  (3)  Between  Burton  and  Branston,  Brown, 
276. 

C.  album  L.     Common  !  Gam.  360. 

C.  rubrum  L.     (4)  Waste  land,  Himley  ;  Gonial  Wood. 

C.  urbicum  var.  intermedium  Moq.  (3)  By  the  road  at  Bran- 
ston near  Burton,  Gam.  360.    (4)  Blymhill  Churchyard,  Shaw,  102. 

C.  Bonus-Henricus  L.  (2)  Rndyard,  Painter;  Tutbury. 
(3)  Branston,  Broim,  211',  Stoke-on-Trent,  Gam.  360;  Castle 
Woods,  Stafford,  Moore  ;  Marvesyn-Ridware,  Reader  ;  near  King- 
ston.    (4)  Wightwick  ;  Perton. 

Atriplex  patula  L.     Common  !  Gam.  406. 

c.  anijustifolia  Sm.     (3)  Near  Knypersley  Hall,  Painter. 

A.  hastata  L.  (1)  Common  cinderbank,  Childer  Play,  Painter, 
yd)  Burton,  Brown,  211 ;  near  Lichfield. 

POLYGONACE/E. 

Polygonum  Convolvulus  L.     Common  !  Gam.  368. 

P.  aviculare  L.     Common  !  Gam.  368. 

Q.  arenastnimBov.  (3)  Queslet.  (4)  Gonial  Wood;  Swindon; 
Himley. 

P.  Hydropiper  L.     Common  !  Garn. 

P.  minus  Huds.  (3)  Wolstanton,  Gam. ;  Burton  ;  Walton 
End,  Ingleby,  Brown,  278  ;  Branston,  Nowers,  91. 

P.  Persicaria  L.     Common  !  Gam.  368. 

P.  lapathifolium  L.     Common  !  Gam. 

p.  maculatum  Trim.  &  Dyer.     Rare.     (3)  Near  Colwich. 

P.  Bistorta  L.  Local.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3) 
Yoxall  Park,  Riley,  Shaw,  ii.  7  ;  near  Bentley  Brook,  Cannock. 

P.  amphibium  L.     Rather  frequent. 

b.  terrestre  Leers.  Rare  or  overlooked.  (3)  Hayhead.  (4) 
Perton  Pool  and  Reservoir. 

Fafjopijrum  esculentum  Moench.  Escape.  (2)  Cheadle,  Carter, 
1839.     (3)  Hints. 

Rumex  conglomeratus  Murr.     Common  !  Gam.  365. 

R.  sanguineus  L.  Not  rare  ?  Gam.  365.  (2)  Cheadle,  Shaw,  112. 

b.i'imiis  Sibth.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Prti>i^^r.  (3)  Knypersley 
Park,  Painter. 

R.  maritimus  L.  (3)  Near  Stafford,  Doiu/las;  Poole  Hall, 
Fraser;  Hopton  Pool,  Dam  of  Kingston  Pool !  Gam.  365 ;  Horning- 
\ow.  Brown,  211;  near  Branston,  xVofr^/.s ;  Tettenhall.  (4)  Snowdon 
Pool ;  Foucher's  Pool,  Swindon. 

Journal  of  Botany,  Aug.  1901.]  e 


50  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

R.  pulcher  L.    (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Shmv,  112.    (3)  Near  Stafford 
Douglas;  Stoke-upon-Trent,  Gcuii.  365. 

R.  limosus  Thuill.     (3)  Stafford  ;  Burton,  Gam.  365. 
R.  obtusifolius  L.     Common  !  Gam.  365. 
b.  sylvestris  Wallr.     (2i  Rolleston,  Bloxam. 

R.  crispus  L.     Common  !  Gam.  365. 

R.  Hydrolapathum  Huds.  Common!  Gam.^Qb.  (2)  Near 
Oakamore.  (3)  Knypersley  Hall,  Painter  ;  Wichnor,  Shaw  ;  King- 
ston, Fraser ;  Stafford,  Douglas ;  widely  distributed  over  Trent 
basin.     (4)  Oulton  ;  Himley,  &c. 

R.  ALPiNUS  L.  (2)  Near  Harracles  Mill,  Budyard,  alien,  Painter  \ 
between  Leek  and  Longton,  millstone  grit,  Dr.  Parsons  ! 

R.  Acetosa  L.     Common  !  Gam.  865. 

R.  Acetosella  L.     Common  !  Gam.  365. 

Thymel.eace^. 
Daphne' Mezereum  L.      (2)    Thickets,  Dovedale,  and  near 
Byrkley  Lodge,  Brown,  278.     (3)  Needwood  Forest,  Pitt,  With.  370. 

D.  Laureola  L.  (2)  Near  Uttoxeter,  Gam.  368  ;  Marchiugton 
Cliff's  ;  Beaumanor,  Brown,  278.  (3)  Needwood  Forest,  Pitt,  With. 
371 ;  there  in  1893,  N.  S.  S.  Rep.  93  ;  near  Stafford. 

A  variety  with  variegated  leaves  is  recorded  by  Pitt  from  Need- 
wood  Forest,  With.  371. 

LOEANTHACE^. 

Viscum  album  L.  (2)  Rolleston  Gardens,  introduced,  Brown, 
287.  (3)  Needwood,  Dr.  Hewgill.  (4)  On  the  apple  or  thorn  about 
Upper  Arley,  Gam.  414. 

EUPHORBIACE^. 

Euphorbia  Helioscopia  L.     Common  !  Gam.  404. 

E.  amygdaloides  L.  (2)  Abundant  near  Forest  Church,  Need- 
wood,  Gam.  ;  Star  Wood,  Oakamore  ;  road  to  Sudbury.  (3)  Need- 
wood  Forest,  Carter,  1839;  BagotsPark!  King's  Standing;  Burton, 
Gam.  405  ;  Hoar  Cross  and  Yoxall.  (4)  Seckley  Wood ;  Coldridge 
Wood,  &c. 

E.  Characias  L.  '*  What  I  think  is  this,  in  a  hedge  between 
(3)  Newborough  and  Forest  Church ;  Heywood  Park,  Ray ;  Need- 
wood,"  English  Flora,  iv.  29. 

E.  Cyparissias  L.     (4)  Enville,  With.  443. 

E.  Peplis  L.     Common  !  Gam.  404. 

E.  exigua  L.     Common  1   Gam. 

Buxus  sempervirens  L.  (1)  Biddulph  Hall,  Painter.  Occasional 
as  an  escape  in  several  places. 

Mercurialis  perennis  L.     Common  1  Gam.  415. 

Urtioace^. 
Ulmus  montana  Stokes.     Common  !  Gam.  360. 
U.  surculosa  Stokes.     Common  !  Gam  361. 


THK.    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRK.  61 

Humulus  Lupulus  L.  Frequent  !  Gam.  414.  (2)  Near 
Alton;  (8)  Near  Rugeley  I  Header;  King's  Bromley!  Moore; 
frequent  in  the  Trent  Valley.    (4)  Lower  Penn!  Perton!  Fraser,  &c. 

Urtica  dioica  L.     Common  !  Gam.  407. 

U.  urens  L.  Common,  Gar7i.  407.  (3)  Netherton,  near 
Rugeley.    (4)  Wombourne;  Penn;  Chase  Pool;  Smestow;  Swindon. 

Parietaria  officinalis  L.  (2)  Croxden  Abbey ;  Tutbury  I 
Gam.  349.  (3)  Burton-on-Trent,  on  the  Abbey-walls,  Shaiv,  110; 
Lichfield  Minster,  J.  Power,  1815  ;  old  walls,  Lichfield  ;  Stowe  ; 
Hints  ;  Canwell,  &c.     (4)  Old  walls,  Upper  Arley,  abundant. 

Myricace^e. 
Myrica  Gale  L.     (4)  Forton;  Aqualate  Mere  !  Moreton  Moors, 
abundant,  Shaw,  107  ;  abundant,  Norbury  Big  Moss  and  moorlands 
near  Norbury. 

CUPULIFER^. 

Betula  verrucosa  Ehrh.  (1)  Trough  Stones.  (3)  NearKny- 
persley  Pools,  Painter  ;  Gailey,  &c. 

B.  pubescens  Ehrh.  (1)  Road  to  Lask  Edge ;  Rushton, 
Painter.  (3)  Gailey ;  Little  Aston  ;  Four  Ashes.  Both  species 
frequent,  but  not  properly  discriminated. 

Alnus  glutinosa  Medic.  Common  about  rivers,  &c. !  Gam.  407. 

Carpinus  Betulus  L.  (2)  Barlaston  Common,  Fraser.  (3) 
Stone,  Moore ;  Armitage,  Beader ;  some  fine  trees  at  Bagnall, 
Gam.  411  ;  Blithfield  ;  Shugborough  ;  Barr  Park,  &c. 

Corylus  Avellana  L.     Common  !   Gam.  411. 

Quercus  Robur  L.  a.  pedunculata  Ehrh.     Common. 

b.  intermedia  D.  Don.     (4)   Seckley,  Fraser. 

c.  sessili^fiora  Salisb.  (1)  Spring  Coppice  and  other  places,  Bid- 
dulph,  Painter;  Sandon ;  Swinnerton  !  Garii.  410  ;  near  Stafford, 
Douglas;  Great  Barr;  Sandwell.    (4)  Himley;  Kingswinford !  Gam. 

Castanea''    sativa   Mill.      Common,    planted  ?     Gam.    411. 
Abundant,  apparently  self-set,  in  Pottal  Slade  near  Teddesley,  &c. 
Fagus  sylvatica  L.     Common. 

Salicine^. 

Sallx  triandra  L.  (3)  Peudeford !  Fraser ;  in  osier-beds 
below  Stoke-on-Trent,  Gam.  411  ;  Burton,  Brown,  281  ;  near 
Colton. 

b.  Hoffmanniana  Sm.  Pendeford  Mill ;  Bilbrook  !  Fraser ; 
near  King's  Bromley. 

+  alba  [undiilata  Ehrh.).  (3)  Near  Knypersley  Pools,  Painter  ; 
Trysull  Mill,  Fraser  ! 

S.  pentandra  L.  (1)  Lask  Edge,  800  ft.  (3)  Below  Kny- 
persley  Mill,  Painter ;  abundant,  moorlands,  Handford  Bridge, 
Gam.  411  ;  near  the  East  Gate,  Staftbrd,  Stokes  ;  plantations  at 
Mr.  Bolton's,  Soho  !  With.  46  ;  Kingston  Pool,  near  Little  Aston  ; 
Baswich ;  Bilbrook. 


52 


thp:  flora  of  Staffordshire. 


S.  undulata  Ehrh.     (4)  Trysull,  Fraser. 

S.  fragilis  L.  (3)  Trent  Valley,  above  Stoke,  Gam.  411  ; 
Kingston  Pool ;  near  Lichfield  ;  Cannock  ;  Milwich  ;  Fradswell. 
(4)  Arley. 

b.  britannica  F.  B.  White  {S.  RusseUiana  auct.).  (1)  Biddulph, 
Painter.  (8)  Stoke  meadows.  Gam.  411  ;  Bilbrook  !  Fraser ; 
Abbott's  Bromley.     (4)  Near  Norbury  Park;  Himley  Wood. 

S.  alba  L.  (2)  Uttoxeter,  Gam.  413;  Coton-in-Clay ;  near 
Sudbury.     (3)  Sandwell.     (4)  Himley  ;  Upper  Arley. 

b.  vitellina  L.  (1)  Biddulph  Hall,  planted,  Painter.  (3)  Tetten- 
hall,  Fraser  !  near  Hamstall-Ridware  ;  near  Armitage,  Milwich. 

+  fragilis  {viridis  Fries).     (4)  Near  Norbury  Park. 

S.  purpurea  L.  (2)  North  end  of  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Pai^iter ; 
near  Cotonin-Clay.     (3)  Bilbrook,  Fraser;  Little  Aston  Mill. 

f.  Wooh/ariana  (Borr.).  (4)  Snowdon  Pool,  PatsuU,  Fraser', 
Trysull. 

f.  Lambertiana  (Sm.).     (3)  Little  Aston  Mill  Pool. 

4-  {viminalis)  rubra  Huds.     (3)  Bilbrook,  Fraser. 

f.  Forbyana  (Sm.).     (3)  Codsall,  Fraser. 

S.  viminalis  L.  (2)  Near  north  end  of  Rudyard  Reservoir, 
Painter  ;  Alton  Towers  ;  Coton.  (3)  Handford,  Gam.  413  ;  near 
Knypersley  Pool,  Painter. 

+  Caprea  {Smithiana)  Willd.  (3)  Bilbrook,  Fraser  ;  Kingston 
Pool ;  Mill  Pool,  Lichfield  ;  Blithbury. 

S.  rugosa  Leefe.  (3)  Knypersley,  Painter.  (4)  Stewponey, 
Fraser. 

+  ^MiTmrnk'}  acuminata  Sm.  (1)  Madeley,  Gam.  (2)  Coton- 
in-Clay. (3)  Tettenhall,  Fraser;  Pendeford.  (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw, 
112;  Trysull,  Fraser. 

8.  sericans  /  Tausch.     Near  Knypersley  Pools,  Pairiter. 

S.  Caprea  L.     Common  in  hedges  !  Gam.  413. 

S.  aurita  L.  (2)  Road  to  Sudbury,  lane  by  Forest  Banks. 
(3)  Needwood,  Broivn ;  Codsall ;  Pendeford,  Fraser ;  Grindley ; 
Stonnall ;  Wall ;  Little  Aston. 

-f  cinerea  {lutescens)  A.  Kern.     Near  Wickerstone  Rocks,  Painter. 

S.  cinerea  L.  (3)  Frequent,  Trent  meadows!  Gam.  413; 
Trentham;  Armitage;  Abbot's  Bromley ;  Bhthbury  ;  Little  Aston. 

b.  aquatica  Sm.  (3)  Common  about  the  Trent!  Gam.  318; 
Armitage  ;  Grindley. 

Var.  oleifolia.     (3)  Little  Aston  ;  Armitage. 

+  phylicifolia  (laurina)  Sm.     (4)  Trysull  Dingle,  Fraser. 

S.  repens  L.  (2)  Footway  from  Bishop's  Hill  to  Sudbury. 
(3)  Sherbrook  Valley,  &c. 

Populus  alba  L.  (1)  Betley,  Gam.  414.  (3)  Knypersley 
Reservoir,  Painter  ;  Stowe  (near  Lichfield)  ;  Stafford,  Gam.  ; 
Teddesley  ;  Sandwell;  Hamstead ;  Barr.     (4)  Wightwich. 

P.  canescens  Sm.  (8)  Handford  Bridge,  Gam.  414  ;  Pende- 
ford ;  Stonnall ;  Hoare  Cross.     (4)  Hinksford. 


THK     FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  53 

P.  tremula  L.  Common  in  the  moorlands !  (jrarn.  (1)  Bid- 
dulpli,  Painter.  (3)  Congleton  Edge,  Knypersley,  Painter \  Hints; 
Weeford  ;  Norton,  &c.     (4)  TrysuU  !   Fraser. 

P.  nigra  L.  Common  ?  Lram.  415.  (2)  North  end  of  Rud- 
yard,  Painter.  (3)  Splendid  trees  at  Gay  ton.  (4)  Near  Wood 
Eaves  ;  near  Himley. 

Empetrace^. 

Empetrum  nigrum  L.  (1)  Craddock's  Moss,  Fraser  ;  near 
Ludschurch.  (2)  Riidyard,  Painter  ;  near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839. 
(3)  Cannock  Chase  !  Shaw,  103  !  Chartley  Moss  !  \\  S.  S.  Bep.  86; 
Sberbrook  Valley  ;  Norton  Bog  and  Reservoir,  Hednesford. 

Ceratophylle.e. 

Ceratophyllum  demersum  L.  Common  in  all  our  streams 
and  pools  ??  Gam.  iOl.  (1)  Betley  ;  near  Stafford,  DougJas',  pool 
near  Fradlev;  Sherbrook  Valley.  (4)  Perton  Pool  and  Reservoir; 
Trysull. 

Conifers. 

Juniperus  communis  L.  Old  trees,  frequent  about  old 
houses,  Gam.  405. 

Taxus  baccata  L.  (2)  Wild  on  limestone  rocks  near  Dove- 
dale.     (3)  Tixall  !  Caverswall.     (4)  Himley  !   Gam.  415. 

Pinus  sylvestris  L.  Frequent !  flourishes  well  in  bogs,  Gam, 
411. 

Hydrocharide^. 

Elodea  canadensis  Michx.  Common.    Pools,  streams,  and  canal. 

Hydrocharis  Morsus-ranae  L.  (1)  Balterley,  Gam.  415  ! 
marsh  near  Madeley,  Fraser.     (4)  Aqualate,  Gam. 

Stratiotes  aloides  L.     (1)  Field  near  Madeley,  Fraser  ! 

Orchide^. 

Neottia  Nidus-avis  Rich.  (2)  Manyfold  Valley.  (4)  Sedge- 
ley  ;  Penn,  Fraser. 

Listera  ovata  R.  Br.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3) 
Hamstall-Ridware,  Shaw,  ii.  7  ;  Chartley  !  N.  S.  S.  Bep.  86  ;  King's 
Bromley,  Moore ;  Tixall ;  Gnosall ;  Hayhead,  &c.  (4)  Blymhill, 
Shaiv,  110  ;  Norbury. 

Spiranthes  autumnalis  Rich.  (4)  Meadows  at  Kingswin- 
ford,  Bree,  Piirt.  iii.  378. 

Cephalanthera  ensifolia  Rich.  (4)  Moors  near  Moreton, 
Shaw,  113. 

Epipactis  latifolia  All.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3) 
Barlaston,  Shaw,  113  ;  Pipe  Marsh,  Shaiv,  ii.  7  ;  Stafford  Castle  ; 
Somerford,  Fraser ;  Knypersley  Park,  Painter ;  Tillet's  Rough, 
near  Walsall.     (4)  Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw,  113. 

E.  palustris  Crantz.  (3)  Meadows  at  the  foot  of  Barr  Beacon, 
Ick,  Analyst.  (4)  Moors  near  Moreton,  Shaw,  113  ;  Fair  Oak, 
Gam,  404. 


54  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Orchis  pyramidalis  L.  (2)  Manyfold  Valley,  Fraser;  planta- 
tions near  Uttoxeter  ;  Catliolin  Lane.  (3)  Barton,  Dr.  Hewgill, 
Gain.  403. 

O.  ustulata  L.     (4)  Kingswinford,  Bree,  Piirt.  iii.  378. 

O.  Morio  L.  (8)  Chesterfield,  J.  Power;  Barr  Park.  (4) 
Near  Coldridge  Wood  !  Fraser  ;  Arley  ;  Oulton  ;   Shelmore  Wood. 

O.  mascula  L.  (1)  Biddulph,  Painter.  [2]  Near  Cheadle, 
Carter.  Marchington  Woodlands,  Oakamore.  (3)  Hayhead.  (4) 
Dudley  Castle. 

O.  latifolia  L.  (2)  Froghall,  Gam. ;  near  Cheadle,  Carter, 
1889.  (8)  Between  Hamington  and  Shobnall,  Brown,  284  ;  Kny- 
persley  Park,  Painter  ;  Barlaston  ;  Kingston  Pool !  Blazing  Star, 
Gam.  ;  Chartley  !   y.  S.  S.  Pep.  86.     (4)  Compton. 

O.  maculataL.  Common!  Gam.  408.  (2)  Oakamore;  March- 
ington.  (3)  King's  Bromley,  Moore-,  Cannock,  Sherbrook  Valley,  &c. 

Ophrys  apifera  Huds.  (3)  Yoxall  Lodge.  (4)  Wren's  Nest, 
Rev.  F.  F.  Clark. 

Habenaria  conopsea  Benth.  (2)  Griudon  ;  Caldon  ;  Water- 
houses,  Gam.  408  ;  near  Calton,  Shaw,  110  ;  near  Cheadle,  Carter, 
1889.  (8)  Farley;  Bsirr  Be-Acon,  Gam.;  near  Barr  Beacon,  IFoo^^ ; 
Tillet's  Rough,  near  Walsall.     (4)  Cradley  Park,  Scott,  Part.  i.  473. 

H.  viridis  R.  Br.  (1)  Swithamley,  Gam.  404.  (2)  Wetley  ; 
Froghall  ;  Longnor  ;  Cheadle,  Gam.  ;  near  Wall  Grange,  A^  S.  S. 
Pep.  91.  (8)  "  Moddershall ;  Barlaston;  Needwood,  Gam.  (4) 
Blymhill,  Shaw,  112;  Willowbridge,  Gam.  ;  Kingswinford,  Bree. 

H.  alhida  R.  Br.     (4)  ?  Cradley  Park,  Gam.  404. 

H.  bifolia  R.  Br.  (2)  Wever  Hills,  J.  Gibson,  Shaw,  114;  near 
Cheadle,  Carter,  1889  ;  near  Wall  Grange,  .Y.  S.  S.  Pep.  93.  (3) 
Darlaston,  near  Stone,  Forster,  Shaw,  114  ;  Tillet's  Rough,  near 
Walsall.  (4)  Blymhill,  J.  Gibson,  Shaw,  114  ;  woods  at  Enville, 
With.  21. 

H.   chloroleuca  Ridley.     (1)  Drive  from  Biddulph  Grange. 

(2)  Near  Rudyard   Reservoir,   Painter ;    Manyfold  Valley,  Fraser. 

(3)  Lichfield,  ?  Miss  Jackson,  Gam. 

Iride^. 

Iris  Pseudacorus  L.     Common  in  wet  places  !  Gam.  342. 

Crocus  vernus  All.  Occasionally  in  Trent  meadows  near  Bur- 
ton, Brown,  285. 

C.  NUDiFLORus  Sm.  (3)  Shut  End,  Bree,  Part.  iii.  7  ;  abundant 
in  a  field  at  Wolstanton  and  two  other  fields  near.  Gam.  348  ; 
Biddulph,  Painter. 

Amaryllide^. 

Narcissus  Pseudo-Narcissus  L.  (1)  Biddulph,  Pamtcr.  (2) 
Hill  Chorlton  ;  Eaves  Lane  ;  Bagnall,  Gam.  ;  near  Cheddleton, 
N.  S.  S.  Pep.  93.  (3)  Abundant,  Stoke  meadows  ;  Stanley  ;  Hill 
Chorlton  ;  Ashley  ;  Lichfield  ;  Burton,  Gam.  ;  between  Farewell 
and  Longdon,  J.  Power  ;  King's  Bromley  !  Moore.  (4)  Abundant, 
Willowbridge  ;  Muccleston,  Shaw,  109. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORUSHIRt;.  65 

^J.  BiFJLoKus  Ourcib.     {'6}  is  ear  Oroxail,  J.  t^ower. 

N.  poETicus  L.  (3)  Near  Loiigdon  Hall,  J.  Power  ;  near  Sand- 
borough,  (jrarn.  363. 

Galanthus  nivalis  L.  ('2)  Checkley  ;  Casteni.  (3)  Norton  ; 
Eaves  Lane,  Garn.  363  ;  near  Lichfield,  -/.  Poicer  ;  formerly  at 
Shobnall  plantation ;  Burton  meadows,  Brown,  285  ;  Oaken  meadows, 
Fraser. 

DiOSCORE/E. 

Tamus  communis  L.     Common,  Gam.  414. 

LiLIACE.E. 

Polygonatum  multiflorum  All.  (2)  Belmont,  Snei/d,  Shaw, 
102.     (3)  Needwood  Forest,  Shaw,  ii.  7. 

Convallaria  majalis  L.  (2)  Woods  at  Belmont,  Sneijd,  Shaw, 
102  ;  Dovedale  ;  Wetton  Valley,  Gam.  364.  (3)  Curborough  Wood, 
near  Lichfield ;  Needwood  Forest,  Gibson,  Shaw,  102  ;  Rough  Park 
Wood  ;  Yoxall,  Gam.  ;  Chartley,  X.  S.  S.  Rep.  86  ;  Showles  Wood. 

Allium  vineale  L.  (2)  On  limestone  rocks  at  Wetton  Mill 
and  Beeston  Tor,  Gam.  364. 

A.  oleraceum  L.  (2)  On  a  rock,  Wetton  Valley.  (3)  In 
St.  Chad's  Churchyard,  Lichfield,  Gam.  364. 

A.  ursinum  L.     Common  about  rivers,  brooks,  and  in  woods. 

Scilla  festalis  Salisb.     Common  !  Gam.  364. 

Fritillaria  Meleagris  L.  (2)  Uttoxeter,  Gam.  364.  (3)  In 
a  meadow  from  Wolsey  Bridge  to  Stafford,  Shaw,  105  ;  Wheaton 
Aston,  Gam.     (4)  In  a  meadow  near  Blymhill,  Dickenson,  With. 

TuLiPA  sYLVESTRis  L.     Near  Statfold  Hall,  Gam.  364. 

Colchicum  autumnalis  L.  (3)  Burton  ;  Weston  Park ; 
Marston  ;  Barr,  Shaw ;  Stoke-on-Trent,  Gam.  365  ;  field  near 
Walsall  ;  Handsworth  Church  fields.  (4)  Blymhill,  Dudley  Old 
Park  ;  Foremark,  SJuvw ;  Lower  Penn,  Fraser. 

Narthecium  Ossifragum  Huds.  (1)  Flash.  (2)  Cotton  and 
Whiston,  Carter,  1839  ;  Leek  and  Warlow !  Fraser.  (3)  Ashley  ; 
Lichfield,  Gam.  SQi;  bogs,  Cannock  Chase  !  Brown,  287;  Chartley 
Moss  !  Sherbrook  Valley  ;  Norton  Bog.     (4)  Willowbridge,  Gam. 

Paris  quadrifolia  L.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3) 
Darlaston,  near  Stone,  Forster  ;  Pendeford,  Shaw,  110;  near  the 
pumping  engine,  Lichfield ;  wood  near  Fisherwick,  J.  Power ; 
Chartley  !  .Y.  S.  S.  Rep.  86.  (4)  Lord  Bradford's  Park,  Weston- 
under-Lizard,  Forster  ;  near  Gospel  Oak  End,  Shaw,  ii.  6  ;  Bag- 
geridge  Woods  !  Fraser  ;  Enville. 

JUNCACE/E. 

Juncus  bufonius  L.     Common,  Gam.  364. 

J,  squarrosus  L.     On  all  our  heaths,  &c.  !  Gam.  365. 

J.  Gerardi  Loisel.  Kingston  Pool,  Gam. ;  not  there  in  1897; 
canal-bank,  Shobnall ;  between  Tutbury  and  Burton  ;  Braunston, 
near  the  Trent,  Brown,  287. 


56"  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

J.  glaucus  Leers.     Common  !  Gam,  364. 

J.  effusus  L.     Common  !  Gam. 

J.  conglomeratus  L.     Common  !  Gam. 

J.  supinus  Moench.     Common  !   Gam. 

J.  obtusifolius  Ebrb.     (3)  Burton  ;  Scropton,  Brown,  287. 

J.  lamprocarpus  Ebrb.     Common  !  Gam.  384. 

J.  acutifolius  Ebrb.     Common  !  Gam.  364. 

Luzula  Forsteri  DC.  (2)  Dimmings  Dale,  Dr.  Hewyill;  "I  have 
looked  for  it  tbere  in  vain  !  "   Gam.  365. 

L.  vernalis  DC.     Common  in  woods  !  Gam. 

L.  maxima  DC.  (1)  Biddulpb,  Eraser.  (2)  Star  Wood,  Oaka- 
more.  (8)  Coton  Hall;  Burnt  Wood,  Shaw,  106;  Dingle  near 
Knypersley  Pools,  Painter ;  Oulton  Mill,  near  Stone  ;  Kingston 
Wood.     (4)  Arley  and  Coldridge  Woods. 

L.  campestris  DC.     Common  !  Gam.  365. 

L.  erecta  Desv.  Frequent.  (2)  Star  Wood,  Oakamore.  (3) 
Pipe  Marsb.     (4)  Norbury  Big  Moss. 

Var.  concfesta.  Frequent.  (2)  Oakamore.  (3)  Knypersley, 
Painter.     (4)  Norbury  Big  Moss. 

Typhace^. 
Typha  latifolia  L.     Common  !    (ram.  405.     (1)    Pond  near 
Moor  House,  Biddulpb,   Painter.      (2)  Oakamore.      (3)    Kingston 
Pool!    Fraser;    Little  Aston;    Fradley ;    Haybead.      (4)    Himley 
Wood,  &c. 

T.  angustifolia  L.  (1)  Betley ;  Balterley,  Gam.  (2)  Pool 
near  RoUeston.  (3)  Copmere  Pool;  Wbitmore  ;  Kingston  Pool! 
Gam.;  near  Stafford,  Douglas;  near  Licbfield,  J.  Power;  pool 
near  Cbartley  House,  Baijot,  With.  112  ;  Needwood  Forest,  Brown, 
289  ;  Little  Bosses  ;  Sbirleywicb.  (4)  Aqualate  !  Gam.  ;  Lower 
Penn,  Fraser  ;  Oulton  ;   Sbelmore  Wood  ;  Himley. 

Sparganium  ramosum  Huds.  Common  in  ditcbes !  two 
varieties  !  Gam.  (1)  Biddulpb,  Painter.  (2)  Rudyard,  Painter. 
(4)  Bisbop's  Wood  and  Kidmore  Green,  Shaw,  114. 

Var.  b.  microcarpon  Neuman.    (2)  Near  Harracles  Mill,  0.  Bailey. 

S.  neglectum  Beeby.  (1)  Rusbtou.  (2)  Rudyard,  Bailey; 
Alton.  (3)  Pool  near  Kingston  ;  pool  near  Ingestre ;  Haybead. 
(4)  Norbury  Park. 

S.  simplex  Huds.  (2)  Near  Alton.  (3)  linyi^ersley ,  Painter  ; 
Blitbbury  ;  Kingston;  Little  Bosses.  (4)  Pitmore  Pool ;  Weston- 
under-Lizard,  Shaw,  114  ;  Oulton. 

S.  affine  Scbnizl.  (3)  Lime-pits,  Wbitmore,  Gam.  405 ;  near 
Mortiboy's  field,  Codsall,  Fraser.  (4)  Nortb  side  of  Aqualate, 
Shaw,  114. 

S.  minimum  Fr.  (3)  Ditcbes,  Bagot's  Park,  Brown,  289 ; 
Enville  Common,  Fraser. 


the  kloka  of  staffordshire.  57 

Aroide.e. 
Arum  maculatum  L.     Common  in  groves  and  hedges  !  Oani. 

4:08. 

AcoRus  Calamus  L.  (1)  Betley.  (8)  Longtou  ;  Tamwortli, 
Gani.  364  ;  near  Lichfield,  in  a  pond,  in  fruit,  J.  Power  ;  Burton, 
Brown,  289  ;  Maer  Pool,  Yates,  N.S.S.  Rep.  88. 

Lemnace^. 

Lemna  trisulca  L.  Common !  Gam.  341.  (2)  Alton  Towers. 
(3)  Near  Stafford,  Dow/las ;  near  Burton,  Brown,  289  ;  Tixall ; 
Hopton  Pool ;  Bherbrook ;  Great  Heywood,  &c.  (4)  Wolver- 
hampton and  TrysuU,  Fraser. 

L.  minor  L,     Common  !   Gam. 

L.  gibba  L.  Common  ?  Gam.  (3)  Copmere,  Gam.  ;  near 
Stafford,  Douglas  ;  near  Hopwas,  in  a  ditch,  J.  Bower  ;  ponds  near 
Arnlitage,  Reader ;  Tixall  Pool ;  Gailey  Reservoir.  (4)  Pool, 
Blymhill  Lawn,  Shaw,  107. 

L.  polyrrhiza  L.  (3)  Copmere,  Gam.  ;  Brewood,  Shaw,  107; 
near  Stafford,  Douglas  ;  Tixall  Pool ;  Hopton  Pool ;  pool  near  Mil- 
wich.     (4)  Between  Kidmore  Green  and  Bishop's  Wood,  Shaw,  107. 

Alismaceze. 

Alisma  Plantago-aquaticaL.  Common  in  ditches !  Gam.BQQ. 

b.  lanceolata  Afz.  (3)  Parkfield,  Fraser ;  pool  at  Teddesley ; 
Gailey  Reservoir  ;  Hopton  Wood  and  Pool.  (4)  Swindon  ;  near 
Himley  Wood. 

A.  ranunculoides  L.  (3)  Marl-pits  at  Fradley,  J.  Power  ; 
Cannock  Chase,  Brown,  288  ;  Burton,  Gam.  366  ;  Knightley 
Common,  Forster.  (4)  Motty  meadows,  Blymhill,  Shaw,  99;  Aqua- 
late,  Forton,  Gam. 

Sagittaria  sagittifolia  L.  (2)  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3) 
Burton-on-Trent,  Shaw,  112  ;  near  Stafford,  Douglas ;  Newcastle, 
Trent  and  Caldon  canals  near  Stoke-upon-Trent;  Foul  Hay  Brook; 
Tamworth,  Gam.  407  ;  near  Weston-ou-Trent ;  Shirleywich  ;  Mil- 
ford,  &c.     (4)  Canal  near  Stourton. 

Butomus  umbellatus  L.  (3)  Rickerscote,  near  Stafford  ! 
Shaw,  100  ;  Tamworth,  With.  386  ;  near  Stoke  ;  Trentham  Pools  ! 
Bridgeford ;  Burton;  Repton ;  Needwood ;  Lichfield;  Stretton, 
Gam.  369  ;  Trent  near  Armitage  !  Reader ;  King's  Bromley  ! 
Br.  Parsons  ;   Shirley  ;  Milford  ;  Great  Heywood  ;  Colwich. 

Naiadace^. 

Triglochin  palustre  L.  Common  in  wet  places  ?  Gam.  365. 
(2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Tamworth,  With.  352  ;  Hill 
Ridware,  Reader.  (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  114;  Aqualate  !  Phraser; 
marshy  field,  Oulton. 

T.  maritimum  L.  (3)  Salt-marsh  at  Tixall,  Mr.  Woheley, 
Shaw,  114  ;  marsh  near  Ingestre,  Stokes,  With.  352  ;  Branston 
meadows,  Broun,  288. 

Journal  of  Botany,  Sept.  1901.]  / 


58  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRP:. 

Potamogeton  natans  L.  Common  !  Gam.  349.  (1)  Bid- 
dulpli  Common,  900  ft.,  Painter.  (3)  Knypersley  Park,  Painter  ; 
Cliillingtou,  Fraser  ;  Gnosall ;  Hopton  Pool ;  Hayhead,  &c.  (4) 
Foucher's  Pool ;  Perton  Reservoir,  &c. 

P.  polygonifolius  Pourr.      (2)    Small  pool  near  Oakamore. 

(3)  Cannock    Chase !    Brown,  284  ;    Codsall !    Stafford !    Hopton 
Pool ;  Canwell. 

P.  alpinus  Balb.  (1)  Pond,  Biddulph  Valley,  Painter.  (3) 
Canal-feeder  below  Knypersley  Mill,  Painter.     (4)  Trysull,  Fraser. 

P.  heterophyllus  Schreb.     (4)  Forton  Pool,  Gam.  350. 

P.  lucens  L.  Common  !  Gam.  349.  (3)  Near  Stafford, 
Dour/las  ;  common  in  the  Trent !  Brown,  289  ;  canal,  Fradley  ; 
Trent,  near  Armitage.    (4)  Pool  Hill  Pool,  Fraser ;  Perton  Reservoir. 

P.  prselongus  Wulf.  (3)  Near  Burton,  Brown,  290 ;  near 
Stafford,  Douglas  sp.  Top.  Bot.  418. 

P.  perfoliatus  L.  Common  !  Gam.  349.  Common,  canals 
and  River  Trent. 

P.  crispus  L.  (3)  Canals  at  Stoke  ;  Trentham  Pool !  Gam. 
350  ;  near  Stafford,  Douglas  ;  canals,  Fradley  ;  Cohvich,  lugestre  ; 
frequent  in  Trent ;  Gailey,  &c.  (4)  Near  Swindon  ;  Foucher's 
Pool,  &c. 

b.  serratus  Huds.     (3)  Near  Croxall  ;  near  Alrewas. 

P.  densus  L.  Common  ?  Gam.  349.  (2)  Near  Mayfield  (the 
only  locality  in  which  I  have  seen  it). 

P.  zosteraefolius  Schum.  P.  compressum  L.  (3)  Canals  at 
Stoke,  Gam.  349  ;  Trent  at  Barton,  Brown,  290  ;  near  Stafford, 
Douglas  ;  canal,  Fradley  ;  reservoir,  Gailey  ;  streams  near  Barton 
Railway- station.  (4)  Blymhill  Lawn,  in  the  second  pool,  Shaw, 
ii.  11. 

P.  obtusifoliusMert.&Koch.  (3)  Knypersley  Pools,  Pamffe-/-, 95. 

P.  Friesii  Rupr.     (3)  Canal,  Fradley. 

P.  pusillus  L.  (2)  Rolleston  Ponds,  Brown,  290.  (3)  Kny- 
persley Pool,  Miss  Thompson  ;  near  Wolverhampton  ;  Rough  Hill, 
Fraser  ;  canal,  Gnosall ;  canal,  Fradley. 

P.  trichoides  Cham.     (3)  Pendeford  ?  Fraser. 

P.  pectinatus  L.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter.  (3)  In 
canals,  Stoke,  Gam.  349;  linyi:)evsley  Fool,  Miss  Thompson;  canals, 
Weston  ;  Milford,  Colwich  ;  Fradley  ;  Great  Barr,  &c.  (4)  Forton 
Moors,  Shaw,  111. 

P.  interruptus  Kit.  (3)  Stafford,  Fraser  ;  Trent  at  Burton, 
Brown,  290  ;  canals,  Great  Hey  wood ;  Weston-on-Stour;  Hayhead. 

(4)  Near  Stewponey  I  Fraser. 

P.  filiformis  Nolte.     (3)  Copmere  Pool,  N.  S.  S.  Rep.  94. 

Zannichellia  palustris  L.  (3)  On  the  stream  at  Stretton, 
and  in  the  river  at  Tamworth,  Gam.  405;  near  Stafford!  Douglas; 
near  Burton,  Brown.  (4)  Staffordshire  canals  near  the  Stone 
bridge  at  Ketley  ;  near  Kingswinford,  F.  A.  Lees. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  59 

CyPERACE^. 

Eleocharis  acicularis  R.  Br.  Commou  ?  Gatn.  343.  (3) 
Sherbrook  Valley.  I  have  never  met  with  this  elsewhere  in  the 
county. 

E.  palustris  E.  Br.     Common  !  Gam. 

E.  muiticaulis  Sm.  Common  ?  Gam.  (3)  Betwixt  Shng- 
borough  and  Brocton,  J.  Power  !  I  have  not  seen  this  in  the 
county. 

Scirpus  pauciflorus  Lightf.     (3)  Chartley  Bog,  Brown,  271. 

S.  caespitosus  L.  Common  ?  Gam.  MZ.  (1)  Wickerstone 
rocks,  Painter.  (3)  Cannock  Chase  !  Brown,  291  ;  Norton  Bog 
and  Norton  Common  ;  probably  abundant  on  the  moorlands  in  the 
north. 

S.  fluitans  L.  Common?  (1)  Craddock's  Moss,  &c.,  Gam. 
343.  (3)  Cannock  Chase  ;  Norton  Bog  ;  Sherbrook  Valley.  (4) 
White  Sitch  Pool,  Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw,  113. 

S.  setaceus  L.  Common  !  Gam.  343.  (3)  Kingston  Pool ! 
Fraser ;  King's  Bromley  !  Moore  ;  Little  Aston  ;  Little  Bosses  ; 
Stonnall,  &c.     (4)  Perton  Canal  and  Reservoir  ;  Oulton. 

S.  lacustris  L.     Common,  Gam. !  343. 

S.  Tabernsemontani  Gmel.  (3)  Shirleywich,  Gam.  343  ; 
Branston,  J.  G.  Wells.     (4)  Oulton,  abundant. 

S.  maritimus  L.  (3)  Shirleywich,  near  Stafford,  Stokes,  With. 
77  ;  Branston  meadows.  Brown,  291  ;  salt-marsh  near  Kingston  ; 
near  Kingston  Pool,  Fraser.  No  trace  of  it  at  Kingston  Pool,  1897, 
J.  E.  B. 

S.  carinatus  Sm.  (4)  Chickhill  Pool,  Enville,  and  at  Himley, 
Scott,  Purt.  iii.  "  is  probably  an  error,  through  mistaking  ;S'.  sylvaticus 
for  this."— Wats.  Top.  Bot.  440. 

S.  sylvaticus  L.  (2)  Rudyard  ;  Harracles  Mill,  Painter;  near 
Alton  ;  and  Churnet  Valley.  (3)  Brook  near  Pipe  Hill,  J.  Power ; 
Stoke  Meadows,  Gam.  343.  (4)  Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw,  113; 
Lower  Penn,  Fraser  ;  Trysull. 

Eriophorum  vaginatum  L.     (1)  Wickerstone  Rocks,  Painter. 

(2)  Wetley  Moor,  Gam.  344  ;  near  Cheadle  !  Carter,  1839.  (3) 
Whitmore,  Gam. ;  near  Stafford  !  Douglas  ;  between  Shugborough 
and  Brocton!  J.  Power;  King's  Bromley,  Moore;  Norton  Pool  and 
Bog  ;  Sherbrook  Valley.  (4)  Aqualate  Mere  and  Pitmore  Pool, 
Shaw,  103  ;  Seckley  ;  Upper  Arley. 

E.  angustifolium  Roth.  (1)  Rickerstone  Rocks,  between  Lask 
Edge    and   Rushton    Spencer,    Painter.     (2)  Wetley   Moor,   Gam. 

(3)  Norton  Bog  and  Common  ;  Chartley  Moss  ;   Sherbrook  Valley. 

(4)  Aqualate  Mere!  covering  several  acres,  With.  72  ;  Willowbridge, 
Gam.  ;  Penn  Common. 

Rynchospora  alba  Vahl.  (1)  Craddock's  Moss.  (3)  Chartley 
Moss  ;  Whitmore,  Gam.  343. 


fiO  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Schoenus  nigricans  Lange.  (3)  Norton  Bog,  Frasrr.  (4) 
Moreton  Moors,  Shaw,  103. 

Cladium  jamaicense  Crantz.  (3)  Chartley  Moss;  Tamworth, 
Gam.  342.     (4)  Moors  near  Moreton,  Shaw,  113. 

Carex  dioica  L.  (3)  Chartley  !  Brown,  292  ;  Sherbrook 
Valley.     (4)   Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw.  101. 

C.  pulicaris  L.  (3)  Chartley!  Garn.iOB;  Sherbrook  Valley. 
(4)  Aqualate,  Fraser  ;  Blymhill.  Shaw,  113  ;   Seckley  Wood. 

C.  disticha  Huds.  (3)  Hornmglow,  Brown,  292.  (4)  Blym- 
Hill,  Shaw,  121  ;    Trescote,  Fraser  ;  marsh  near  Oulton. 

C.  teretiuscula  Good.  Common?  Gam.  406.  (4)  Marsh 
near  Oulton.     I  have  seen  this  in  no  other  locality,  J.  E.  B. 

C.  paniculata  L.  Common,  Gam.  (2)  Harracles  Mill, 
Painter.  [3)  Trentham  Pool,  Gam.;  near  Stafford!  Poui/lafi; 
canal,  Brereton,  Header ;  canal,  Milford ;  Norton  Bog  ;  Little 
Bosses  ;  Stonnall ;  Sandwell,  &c.  (4)  Lower  Penn  !  Fraser ; 
Oulton. 

C.  vulpina  L.     Common  !  Gam.  406. 

C.  muricata  L.  (2)  Churnet  Valley.  (3)  Hawkesyard  Park, 
Reader ;  Rugeley ;  Streetley ;  Great  Barr ;  Sandwell,  &c.  (4) 
Willowbridge,  Gam.  406  ;  Lower  Penn  !   Fraser. 

C.  divulsa  Good.  Very  local.  (3)  Colton;  Blithbury;  Ham- 
stall-Ridware. 

C.  echinata  Murr.  (1)  Biddul^h,  Painter.  (2)  Near  Cheadle, 
Carter,  18'dd.  (3)  hich^eld,  J.  Power;  Cannock  Chase;  Sherbrook 
Valley;  Chartley;  Norton  Bog.  (4)  Blymhill,  5//rnr,  113;  Enville, 
Fraser  ;  Trysull. 

C.  remota  L.  (1)  Swithamley.  (2)  Anslow  ;  Bolleston, 
?jrown,  292;  Star  Wood,  Oakamore ;  Ramshorn ;  Alton.  (3) 
Whitmore,  common  on  the  limestone!  6^a/-;?.406;  near  Knypersley 
Reservoir,  Painter ;  Hawkesyard,  Header ;  Streetley ;  Stonnall, 
Codsall,  &c. 

C.  curta  Good.  (2)  Wetley  Moor,  Gam.  ;  near  Cheadle, 
Carter,  1839.  (3)  Big  Hill  Rough,  near  Brewood,  Shaw,  101  ; 
between  Brindley  Ford  and  New  Chapel,  Painter ;  Stoke  Meadows, 
Gam.  405  ;  Norton  Bog  ;  pool  near  Chase  Town  ;  Chartley  Moss  ; 
Sherbrook  Valley.  (4)  Aqualate  Marsh  ;  Pitmoor  Pool ;  Weston- 
under-Lizard,  Shaw,  101. 

C.  ovalis  Good.     Frequent  in  all  the  districts. 

C.  Hudsonii  A.  Bennett.  (2)  Grange  Wood,  Anslow,  Brown, 
292.  (4)  Pitmoor  Pool,  Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw,  101  ;  Shel- 
more  Wood,  abundant. 

C.  acuta  L.  (3)  Stoke  Meadows,  Gam.  406  ;  Sandwell ; 
Hamstead;  Norton  Bog.     (4)   Seckley  Wood  !  Fraser. 

C.  Goodenowii  J.  Gay.     Common  !  Gam.  406. 

h.jiincella  T.  M.  Fries.     (3)  Tixall  Heath. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHTRK .  fil 

C.  flacca  Schreb.     Common  !  Gam.  406. 

C.  limosa  L.  (3)  Wichbiiry  Hill,  Gam.  406.  (4)  Moreton 
Moor;  bogs  at  Pitmoor,  Weston-uncler-Lizard,  Shaw,  101.  Pro- 
bably a  variety  of  C.  fiacca,  J.  E.  13. 

C.  pilulifera  L.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839 ;  near  Rudyard 
Reservoir,  Painter.  (3)  Needwood  Forest,  Broirn,  293.  Hawkes- 
yard  Park,  deader  ;  Norton  Bog ;  Sherbrook  Valley  ;  Cannock 
Chase.     (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  101  ;  Wliitaker  ;  Kinver,  Fraser. 

C.  verna  Cliaix.  Common!  Gam.  (2)  Wever  Hill,  Gam. 
406  ;  Knypersley  Pool  ;  Brown  Edge,  Painter  ;  Cannock  Chase  ; 
Seckley  Valley  ;  Norton  Bog.     (4)  Penn  Common  !   Fraser. 

C.  pallescens  L.  (2)  Wetley  Moor,  Gam.  406.  (3)  Need- 
wood  Forest !  Prown,294:;  Crow  Lane,  Lichfield,  J.  Poim- ;  Blith- 
field  Park !  Hawkesyard  Park,  Eeader.  (4)  Aqimlate  ;  Seckley 
Wood.  *' 

C.  panicea  L.     Common  !  Gam.  406. 

C.  pendula  Huds.  (1)  Belmont  and  Madeley  Woods,  Gam  • 
The  Clongh,  Biddulph,  Painter.  (2)  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  (3)' 
Brewood,  Gam.;  near  Tamworth  ;  near  Aldridge ;  Hamstead. 
(4)  beckley  Wood  !   Fraser. 

C.  strigosa  Huds.  Not  rare?  Gam.  (2)  Near  Cheadle 
Carter;  Anslow,  Brown,  292.  (3)  Tattenhill,  Brown.  (4)  Arlev 
Wood  !    Fraser.  ^  '  ^ 

ioo?"^?;^7.^*^^^^^'''^'-  ^^^  Belmont,  6V^m.  (2)  Cheadle,  C«7t.;-, 
1839  ;  Wetton,  Garn.  ;  Star  Wood,  Oakamore.  (3)  Hamstead 
Wood.     (4)  Baggeridge  Wood  !  Fraser  ;  Seckley  Wood. 

C.  laevigata  Sm.     Not  rare,  Gam.?  406. 

C.  binervis  Sm.  d)  Wood  on  Congleton  Edge,  Pr/m^.r.  (2) 
Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  ;  Wetley  Moor,  Gam.  ;  Wever  Hill 
(3)  Cannock  Chase  ;  Sherbrook  Valley  ;  Norton  Boff  U)  Penn 
Common,  Oulton.  ^  ^ 

C.distansL.  (2)  Near  the  summit  of  Wever  Hill,  (4)  and 
near  Blymhill,  Shaw,  101  ;  more  probably  C.  binercis. 

G.  fulva  Good.  (2)  V/etley  Common,  Gam.  406.  (4)  Penn 
Common,  Fraser.  ' 

C.  extensa  Good.     Moreton  Marsh,  Shaw,  101  ? 

C.  flava  L.     (2)  Near  Cheadle,   Carter,  1839;    Anslow    &c 
Brown,  293      (3)  Bo-s  at  Whitmore,  Garn.  406;  KnypersIey'Pooi' 
Arnzi,,. ;   Sherbrook  Valley.     (4)  Penn  Common,  Fraser;   marshy 
neld,  Oulton.  ^ 

C.  (Ederi  Retz.     (3)  Tixall  Heath.     (4)  Marshy  field,  Oulton. 
C.  filiformis  L.     d)  Madeley,  Gam.  406. 

Q.  1^'  ^j''^?  ^'  ^V>  <^0"gle^«n  Edge,  Fainter.  (3)  Common  in 
Stoke  Meadows  Gam.  406  ;  Cannock  Chase  ;  Sherbrook  Valley 
(4)  Shelmore  Wood.  ^' 

C.  Pseudo-cyperus  L.     (3)   Whitmore,  Ashley,  Gam.  406- 
Kmg  s  Bromley,  Moore ;  near  Stafford,  Boxujlas  ;  Showles  Wood! 


62  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Kingston,   near   Uttoxeter ;    pool    near   Rantou ;    Little   Bosses ; 
Stonnall.     (4)  Wombonrne,  Fms^^/- ;  marshy  field,  Oulton. 

C.  acutiformis.  (2)  Harracles  Mill ;  Eudyard,  Painter ;  near 
Cheadle  !  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Trent  near  Burton !  Brown,  294  ; 
Tixall  Heath  ;  Great  Heywood  ;  Kingston  Pool ;  Stonnall,  &c. ; 
Sandwell.     (4)  Marshy  field,  Oulton. 

C.  riparia  Curtis.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter.  (3)  King's 
Bromley!  Power;  Colwich  ;  Tixall;  Norton  Pool;  Little  Aston, 
Pendeford,  &c.     (4)   Shelmore  Wood. 

C.  rostrata  Stokes.  (2)  Belmont,  Gam.  406.  (3)  Stoke 
Meadows,  Garn.  ;  Braunston,  Brown,  293  ;  between  Biddulphs 
Ford  and  New  Chapel,  Painter  ;  Stonnall ;  Little  Bosses  ;  Norton 
Bog.     (4)  Marshy  field,  Oulton  ;  canal  near  Penu. 

C.  vesicaria  L.  (2)  Belmont,  Garn.  406  ;  Pool  Hall  Pool, 
Eraser.  (3)  Trent  near  Burton,  Brown,  293  ;  Stoke,  Garn.  ;  near 
Armitage  ;  Rakes  End  ;  Croxall.  (4)  Moreton  Moor  ;  Aqualate, 
Shaw,  101  ;  canal  near  Penn,  Fraser  ;  Pitmoor,  Gam.  ;  Dimmings 
Dale,  near  Trysull. 

Gramixe.e. 

Setaria  viridis  Beauv.     (3)  Weed  at  Hawkesyard,  Header. 

Phalaris  canariensis  L.  Frequent,  but  not  wild  !  Gam.  844. 
(3)  Near  Burton,  Brown  ;  near  Wolverhampton,  Fraser;  Hamstead 
Canal,  &c. 

P.  arundinacea  L.  (1)  Rushton  Dingle,  Painter.  (2)  Alton, 
Oakamore.  (3)  Knypersley  Pools,  Painter;  Weston-on-Trent  ! 
Gam.  344  ;  Col  ton  ;'  Sandwell.  &c.  (4)  Lower  Penn,  Fraser  ; 
Himiey  Wood  ;  Seckley  Wood,  &c. 

Anthoxanthum  odoratum  L.     Common. 

A.  PuELii  Lecoq  &  Lamotte.  (3)  Hawkesyard,  Header.  (4) 
Whittington,  Fraser  ! 

Alopecurus  myosuroides  Huds.  i3)  Marvesyn-Ridware, 
Shaw,  97  ;  abundant  about  Stone  !  and  Stafibrd,  Garn.  344  ; 
Hamstead. 

A.  fulvus  Sm.  (3)  Knypersley  Reservoir,  J.  W.  White ;  near 
the  railway-station,  Burton,  Brown,  Garn.  344. 

A.  geniculatus  L.     Common  !  Gam.  344. 

A.  pratensis  L.     Common  !   Garn.  344. 

b.  pronus  Mitt.     (3)  Near  Armitage,  Header. 

Milium  effusum  L.  (2)  Star  Wood,  Oakamore.  (3)  Trent- 
ham  Woods  !  Gam.  344  ;  Dowles  Wood,  Kingston  ;  Newton  Road  ; 
Handsworth  Wood.     (4)  Perton  !  Yarlet,  Fraser. 

Phleum  pratense  L.     Common  !  Gam.  344. 

Agrostis  canina  L.  Common?  Gam.  34:4: .  (3)  Hawkesyard, 
Header;  Sherbrook  Valley ;  Handsworth  Wood.    (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw. 

A.  palustris  Huds.     Common  !  Garn.  342. 

Var.  b.  stolonifera  L.  (4)  In  a  close  called  the  Far  West  Croft 
at  Blymhill,  Dickenson,  With.  131. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFOKDSHIRE.  63 

A.  vulgaris  With.     Common  !   (Tarn.  344. 

A.  nigra  With.  In  marly,  chiyey,  or  other  wet  soils,  Dickenson, 
With.  131.  (2)  Ohurnet  Valley.  (3)  Armitage,  Reader;  near 
Colton  ;  Milwich,  Perry,  &c.     (4)  Upper  Arley. 

Calamagrostis  epigeios  Roth.  (3)  Cotton,  near  Lichfield, 
J.  Power  ;  between  Codsall  and  Codsall  Wood  !  Fraser  ;  Colling- 
wood,  Brown,  294  ;  Kingston  Pool.  (4)  Aqiialate,  Shaw,  99 ; 
Blymhill,  Gam.  344. 

C.  lanceolata  Roth.  (3)  Kingston  Pool.  (4)  Aqualate  Pool, 
Shaw,  99  ;  Pensnett,  Gam.  344. 

Aira  caryophyllea  L.  (3)  Ashley  ;  Tittensor  !  Whitmore  ; 
Lichfield,  Gam.  345  ;  Cannock  Chase  !  Brown,  295  ;  Hawkes- 
ya,i'd,  Reader  ;  Pottall.  (4)  Kinver  ;  BlymhiW,  Gam.;  Swindon; 
Arley. 

A.  prsecox  L.  (3)  Trentham  !  Gam.  345  ;  Hawkesyard, 
Reader;  Brocton;  Tixall;  Ingestre;  Pottall.  (4)  Weston-imder- 
Lizard,  Shaw,  99  ;  Kinver. 

Deschampsia  caespitosa  Beanv.     Common  !  Gam.  345. 

D.  flexuosa  Trin.     Abundant  in  heathy  places  !  Gam. 

Holcus  mollis  L.     Common  in  pastures,  &c.  !   Gam. 

H.  lanatus  L.     Common  in  fields  and  woods  !  Gam. 

Trisetum  pratense  Pers.     Common,  Gam.  347. 

Avena  pubescens  Huds.  Common  on  limestone  hills.  Gam. 
347.  (2)  Wever  Hill.  (3)  Burton,  Brown,  295  ;  Shenstone ; 
Witton  ;  Great  Barr,  &c.     (4)  Upper  Arley. 

A.  pratensis  L.  (2)  Near  Calton,  on  limestone,  Garn.  346. 
(3)  By  the  canal,  Armitage,  Reader  ;  Hayhead  Lime-works. 

A.  fatua  L.  (3)  Near  Stoke,  but  it  is  not  common,  Gam.  346; 
Hardwick  Heath  ;  near  Westbromwich. 

A.  stri(josa  Schreb.     (3)  Field,  Burton,  Brown,  295. 

Arrhenatherum  avenaceum  Beauv.  In  every  hedge  and 
cornfield  !  Gam.  345. 

b.  nodosum  Reichb.  (1)  Gallow  Heath  ;  Wickerstoue  Rocks. 
(3)  Norton-in-the-Moors,  Painter. 

Sieglingia  decumbens  Bernh.  (1)  Biddulph ;  Mow  Cop; 
Cat's  Edge,  Gam.  346.  (2)  Horton,  Painter.  (3)  Oiitwood  Hill, 
Needwood,  Brown,  295;  Hawkesyard,  Reader;  Hardwick;  Gailey; 
Cannock  Chase  ;  Stonnall ;  Streetley,  &c. 

Phragmites  communis  Trin.  Common  in  pools  !  Gam.  (1) 
Betley,  Gam.  (2)  Sudbury,  &c.  (3)  Kingston  Pool ;  Weston-on- 
Trent ;  Shirley  wich,  &c.  (4)  Perton  Pool!  Fraser;  Norbury  Big 
Moss. 

Cynosurus  cristatus  L.     Common  !  Gam. 

Koeleria  cristata  Pers.  (2)  Limestone  rocks,  Dovedale ; 
Wetton,  Gam.  348. 


04  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

Molinia  varia  Scbrank.  (1)  Near  Mow  Cop  ;  Wickerstone 
Rocks,  Fainter.  (2)  Near  Oakamore.  (3)  Lask  Edge,  Fainter; 
Wliitmore;  Maer,  X.  S.  S.  Ftep.  dl;  Hawkesyard, /uvtt^^';- ;  Cannock 
Chase  !  Brown,  296  ;  Chartley  Moss  ;  Kingston  ;  Bagot's  Wood  ; 
Gailey,  Tixall ;  Sherbrook  ;  Norton  Bog,  &c. 

Catabrosa  aquatica  Beauv.  (3)  Needwood  Forest,  Bruioi, 
297  ;  Ranton  ;  Stafford  ;  Colwicli ;  Ingestre  ;  Tixall ;  Sheustone  ; 
Perry,  &c. 

Melica  nutans  L.  (2)  Abundant  on  broken  limestone  in  the 
valleys  of  the  Hamps  and  Manyfold,  Oarn.  345. 

M.  uniflora  Retz.  Frequent  in  shady  woods,  as  at  Trentham  ! 
Gam. ;  throughout  the  county. 

Dactylis  glomerata  L.     Common  !  Gam.  346. 

Briza  media  L.  In  meadows  and  pastures  !  Gam.  346.  (2) 
Froghall.  (3)  Near  Knypersley  Hall,  Fainter  ;  Hamstead  ;  Pipe 
Marsh,  &c.     (4)  Norbury  Park  ;  Arley  Wood,  &c. 

Poa  annua  L.     Common  !   Gam.  345. 

P.  nemoralis  L.  (2)  Belmont,  Shaw,  101  ;  Rolleston  Grange 
Wood,  Brown,  296.  (3)  Brewood,  Shaw,  110  ;  Hawkesyard, 
Reader  ;  Hamstead  ;  Handsworth  Wood. 

P.  compressa  L.  (3)  Abbey-walls,  Brown,  296  ;  footways 
near  Bhthfield. 

P.  pratensis  L.     Common,  Gam.  345. 

b.  mbcarulea  Sm.  (3)  Weston-on-Trent ;  Ranton  ;  Ingestre  ; 
Norton. 

P.  trivialis  L.     Common  !  Gam.  345. 

Glyceria  fiuitans  R.  Br.     Common  !  Gam.  345. 

G.  plicata  Fr.  (2)  Rudyard  Reservoir,  J.  W.  White.  (3)  Near 
Stafford,  Douglas  ;  between  Armitage  and  Lyndon,  Reader  ;  large 
pool,  Sandwell. 

b. /j^rficfZ/airt  (Townsend).  (2)  North  end  of  Rudyard  Reservoir, 
Fainter  ;  Dovedale.  (3)  Colwich,  Blackbrook,  Shenstone  ;  Newton 
Road.     (4)  Upper  Arley. 

G.  aquatica  Sm.  Common  in  wet  places  !  Trent  side  !  &c., 
(yani.  345.  (3)  Gailey;  Ranton;  Stoke;  Armitage;  Shenstone; 
Great  Barr ;  Alrewas,  &c.  (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  99  ;  Perton 
Reservoir  ;   TrysuU,  &c. 

Festuca  rigida  Kunth.  (2)  Tutbury  Castle  walls,  &c.  (3) 
Oak  plantations,  Shobnall,  Brown,  296;  Marvesyn-Ridware,  Reader. 

F.  Myuros  L.  Common  ?  Gam.  (3)  Norton  Common.  (4) 
Blymhill  to  Burlington  Brook,  Shaic,  104. 

F.  sciuroides  Roth.     Common  !  Gam.  346. 

F.  ovina  L.  Common  on  limestone,  G^^n^i.  346.  (1)  Switham- 
ley  Hill.  (2)  Wever  Hill.  (3)  Hardwick;  Cannock  Chase;  Norton 
Bog  ;  Barr  Beacon.     (4)  Oulton  ;  Norbury. 

b.  capillata  Hockel.     (3)  Norton  Bog,  Barr  Beacon. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRK. 


65 


F.  rubra  L.  (1)  Biddulpli,  Painter.  (3)  Barr  Beacon;  Perry 
Barr,  &c.  (4)  Eestlaw  Meadows,  Blymhill,  Dickenson,  With.  154  ; 
walls  of  Dudley  Castle,  With.  154. 

F.  sylvcttica  Vill.  Blymhill,  Sliaw,  103  ;  occasional  in  woods, 
Gam. ;  most  probably  an  error. 

F.  elatior  L.  (3)  Burton,  Ih-ouii ;  bushy  places  by  the  Trent 
at  Stoke,  (hnn.  346.     (4)  Seckley  Wood. 

c.  pratensis  Huds.     Common  in  the  county. 

F.  ELATIOR  X  LoLiuM  PERENNE.  (3)  Mcadows,  Trent,  Armitage, 
Reader  ;  fields  near  Newton  ;  Perry  Barr. 

Bromus  giganteus  L.  Frequent.  (2)  Tutbury  !  Fraser ; 
Alton  Towers,  &c.  (3)  Stoke,  Gam.  346 ;  Lion's  Paw  Wood, 
Painter ;  Armitage,  Reader ;  Sandon,  Milwich,  &c.  (4)  Upper 
Arley,  &c. 

B.  ramosus  Huds.     Frequent  throughout  county. 

B.  sterilis  L.     Common  throughout  county. 

B.  SECALiNus  L.  (3)  In  cornfields,  PenkhuU,  Gam,  436;  Burton, 
Brown,  297.     I  have  not  seen  this  in  the  county. 

B.  racemosus  L.  Common?  Brown,  'l^S.  (2)  Dovedale.  (3) 
Hamstall-Eidware,  Shaw,  ii.  7  ;  Pipe-Eidware  ;   Stonnall. 

B.  commutatus  Schreb.  Common?  Brown,  298.  (3)  Near 
Stafford !  Douglas ;  fields,  Sandwell ;  Streetley.  (4)  Shelmore 
Wood  ;  Oulton. 

B.  mollis  L,     Very  common  !  Gam.  346. 

Brachypodium  gracile  Beauv.     Common  in  all  districts. 

B.  pinnatum  Beauv.  Hamstall-Eidware?  Shaw,  ii.  7.  I  think 
this  is  a  misnomer. 

Lolium  perenne  L.     Common. 

e.  italicwm  Braun.  (3)  Knypersley,  Painter  ;  Newton  ;  Oscott ; 
Queslet. 

L.  temulentum  b.  arvense  With.    Hamstall-Eidware.  Shaw,  ii.  7. 

Agropyron  caninum  Beauv.  Common  ?  Gam.  347.  (3) 
Canal  embankment  by  Armitage  Church,  Reader  ;  Sandwell ;  Can- 
well  ;  Tixall ;  Chartley,  Kingston  Pool,  &c.     (4)  Himley. 

A.  repens  Beauv.     Common. 

Nardus  stricta  L.  (1)  Biddulph,  Painter.  (2)  Wetley,  Gam. 
244  ;  Cannock  Chase  !  Moore  ;  Needwood  Forest  !  Brown,  295  ; 
Chartley  Park  !  Gam.  ;  Hawkesyard ;  Beaudesert !  Reader  ;  Hard- 
wick  ;  Gailey ;  Norton  Bog ;  JPipe  Marsh  ;  Sherbrook  Valley ; 
Hints,  &c.     (4)  Norbury  Big  Moss  ;  Oulton. 

Hordeum  secalinum  Schreb.  (2)  Uttoxeter !  Gam.  347. 
(3)  Stone  ;   Stafford,  Gam.  ;  King's  Bromley,  Moore. 

H.  murinum  L.  Waste  places,  but  rare  in  the  north,  Gam. 
347.  (2)  Tutbury  Castle.  (3)  Branston,  Broivn,  208  ;  Lichfield 
Close  !  Gam.  ;  Great  Bridgeford  ;  Hints  ;  Aire  was  ;  Great  Barr  ; 
Cannock,  &c.     (4)  Stewponey  ;  Gornal  Wood. 

Journal  of  Botany,  Oct.  1901.]  .<j 


66  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

FiLICES. 

Hymenophyllum  unilaterale  Bory.  (1)  Clefts  of  rocks, 
Gradbatcli,  near  Flash,  Dr.  Hcwgill  Gam.  419. 

Pteris  aquilina  L.     Very  common. 

Lomaria  Spicant  Desv.  (1)  Biddulph,  Painter.  (8)  Milford 
Hall,  Pickard ;  Sherbrook  Valley.  (4)  White  Sitch  Pool,  on  the 
dam,  Shaw,  110  ;  Seckley  CoiDpice. 

Asplenium  Adiantum-nigrum  L.  Frequent?  (1)  Hugley 
Castle,  &c.,  Gam.  419.     (2)  Kocks,  Dovedale  !  Brown,  300. 

A.  viride  Huds.     Dovedale,  Gam.  419. 

A.  Trichomanes  L.  (1)  Heyley  Castle,  Gam.  (2)  Wever 
Hill  moorlands,  Shaw,  99  ;  Dovedale,  Gam.  419  ;  Manyfold  Valley, 
Fraser;  Longnor ;  Glutton  Dale,  N.  S.  S.  Pep.  91.  (3)  Walls  of 
Lichfield  Cathedral !  Gam.  ;  walls,  Hawkesyard,  Peader ;  bridge 
near  Gailey  Reservoir. 

A.  Ruta-muraria  L.  (2)  Wever  Hill  moorlands,  Shaw,  99 ; 
Tutbury  Castle,  Brown,  300.  (3)  Lichfield  Cathedral  !  Gam.  419; 
Burton  Bridge,  Brown,  300;  walls,  Hawkesyard,  Peader;  bridge, 
Gailey  Reservoir.  (4)  Bridge  near  Prestwood  House  ;  walls,  Arley; 
walls,  Shatterford. 

Athyrium  Filix-foemina  Roth.  (2)  Star  Wood,  Oakamore  ! 
Carter,  ISdd.  (3)  Blithfield  ;  Bagots  Wood  ;  Showles  Wood,  near 
Kingston.  (4)  Blymhill  ;  Pitmoor ;  Weston-under-Lizard,  Shaw, 
111  ;  Norbury  ;  Shelmore  Wood. 

Var.  erectum  Syme.  (2)  Star  AVood,  Oakamore.  (3)  Showles 
Wood,  Kingston ;  Bagots  Wood ;  Tixall ;  Kingston  Pool.  (4) 
Blakemore  Pool ;  Seckley  Wood. 

Ceterach  officinarum  Willd.  (2)  Wetton  ;  Beresford ;  Bee- 
ston  Tor;  Dovedale,  Gam.  418;  Hamps  Valley,  Fraser.  (4)  Near 
Prestwood  House,  Enville. 

Scolopendrium  vulgare  Symons.  Common  in  damp  places  ? 
Gam.  4:19.  (3)  Stapenhall,  near  Burton,  Shaw,  99;  Weston  and 
Rugeley,  Pickard. 

Cystopteris  fragilis  Bernh.  (2)  On  a  wall  between  Oakamore 
and  Cotton  Hall,  Shaw,  111  ;  near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  ;  Ecton 
Hill,  Fraser;  hongnov,  N.  S.  S.  Pep. 92;  Rudyard  Reservoir,  Painter. 

(3)  On  Butterton  Park  Walls,  Gam.  419;  Knypersley  Park,  Painter. 
Polystichum  lobatum  Presl.     Common  !  with  the  var.  Ion- 

chitioides,  Garn.  418.     (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839. 

b.  acideatum  Syme.  (2)  Near  Cheadle  !  Carter,  1839  ;  Hamps 
Valley,  Fraser.  (3)  Russells  Hall  and  Rowley,  Shaw,  ii.  7  ;  com- 
mon in  dingles  near  Burton,  Brown,  300  ;  Hall  Lane,  near  Walsall. 

(4)  Seckley  Wood. 

P.  angulare  Presl.  On  the  limestone.  Gam.  418.  (2)  Star 
Wood,  Oakamore.  (3)  Near  Stafford,  Douglas.  (4)  Arley  Wood ; 
Seckley  Wood. 

Lastrsea  Thelypteris  Presl.  (8)  Chartley  I  and  Cannock, 
Brown,  299  ;  Chartley,  N.  S.  S.  Pep.  86.     (4)  Offley  Hay,  Gam.  418. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  67 

L.  Oreopteris  Presl.  (1)  Biddulpb,  Painter.  (2)  NenrClieadle! 
Carter,  1839  ;  Frog  Hall,  Gam.  418.  (3)  Byrkley  Park,  Needwood; 
Farley,  &c.,  Broivn,  299.  (4)  Ofliey  Hay,  Gam.  ;  Secldey  Wood; 
Coldridge  Wood. 

L.  Filix-mas  Presl.     Common  !  Gam.  418. 

b.  ajinix  Bab.  (3)  Woods,  Tixall ;  Showles  Wood,  Kingston. 
(4)  Blakemore  Pool. 

c.  jxileacea  Moore.  (2)  Marchington  Forest  Banks.  (3)  Wood 
near  Tixall ;  Sbowles  Wood,  near  Kingston.  (4)  Near  Blakemore 
Pool. 

L.  cristata  Presl.  (3)  Kingston  Pool,  Frctser  ;  Chartley  Moss, 
N.  S.  S.  Rep.  86.  1  liave  not  seen  it  in  either  locality  ;  but  both 
are  now  drained,  or  nearly  so. 

L.  spinulosa  Presl.  Common,  6^rtrw.  418.  (2)  NearCheadle! 
Carter,  1839  ;  Marchington  Forest  Banks.  (3)  Byrkley  Park  and 
elsewhere  in  Needwood,  Brown,  299  ;  Curborough  Lane,  J.  Poiver ; 
Chartley  Moss  !  .V.  S.  S.  Eep.  86  ;  Bagots  Wood ;  Showles  Wood, 
Kingston.     (4)  Bishop's  Wood,  N.  S.  S.  Rep.  91. 

L.  uLiGiNosA  Newman.     (3)  Chartley  Moss  ?  N.  S.  S.  Rep.  86. 

L.  dilatata  Presl.  (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839  ;  Alton, 
Dr.  Parsons !  (3)  Hawkesyard  Park,  Reader ;  Bagots  Wood ; 
Showles  Wood,  Kingston  ;  near  Wood  Eaves  ;  Little  Aston.  (4) 
Seckley  Wood,  &c. 

Polypodium  vulgare  L.     Common  !  Gam.  418. 

Phegopteris  Dryopteris   Fee.      (1)    Quarnford,   Gam.  418. 

(2)  Roadside  between  Oakamore  and  Coton  Hall,  Shaw,  110  ;  near 
Cheadle  ;  Wever  Hill,  Carter,  1839  ;  Forest  Banks,  Broun,  299  ; 
Alton,  Gam.  (3)  ^eed\Yood.Foy:est,  Bagot,  With.  113;  Knypersley 
^avk.  Painter;  Trentham;  Bnvhvd,  Gar7i. ;  Yoxall  Lodge  Grounds, 
Broivn,  299.     (4)  Woods  at  Gospel  End,  Waimcright,  Shaiv,  ii.  6. 

P.  calcarea  Fee.     (2)  Alton,  Carter,  1839. 

Osmunda  regalis  L.  (1)  Balterley,  Gam.  419.  (3)  Marsh 
near  Lichfield  Racecourse,  J.  Power  ;  Chartley  Moss,  Mr.  Bagot, 
With.  991.  (4)  Willowbridge,  Gam.  ;  Aqualate  Mere,  Shaw,  110  ; 
Moreton  Moors,  three  miles  from  Blymhill,  Dickenson,  With.  991. 

Ophioglossum  vulgatum  L.     (2)  Near  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839. 

(3)  Shobnall,  i>;oi(;u,  301  ;  liiiwkesy Sird,  Reader;  Stafford,  Doi;///«s; 
Knypersley,  Painter;  Castle  Hill,  Richard;  near  Hayhead.  (4) 
Blymhill,  Dickenso7i,  With.  989  ;   Sedgeley,  Phraser. 

Botrychium  Lunaria  Sw.  (1)  Axe  Edge  ;  Mow  Cop,  Gam. 
419.  (2)  Wootton  ;  Cheadle  Common,  Dilhorn,  Carter,  1839 ; 
woods  at  Belmont,  SJiaw,  110  ;  Whiston,  Gam.  (3)  Maer,  Pinder; 
Hawkesyard,  Reader.     (4)  Enville,  Fraser ;  Kinver. 

Equisetace^. 
Equisetum  maximum  Lam.     Common  ?  Gam.      (3)  Kny- 
persley Park,  Painter ;  banks  of  canal  near  Wood  Eaves  ;  Tixall ; 
Tixall  Heath.     (4)  Penn,  near  the  church. 


68  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

E.  arvense  L.     Common  !  Gar7i.  420. 

E.  sylvaticum  L.  (2)  Cotton  Hall,  Shaw,  103  ;  near  Leek  ! 
Fraser  ;  Star  Wood,  Oakamore.  (3)  Beaudesert,  Reader  ;  Trickley 
Coppice,  near  Cliartley,  Pickard. 

E.  palustre  L.     Common  !  Gam.  420. 

c.  niidum'^evfm.     (3)  Hopton  Pools;  Norton  Bog;  near  Hints. 
E.  limosum  Sm.     Common,  Gam.  420. 

b.  fluviatile  (L.).  (2)  Near  Harracles  Mill,  Painter.  (3)  Kny- 
persley  Pool,  Painter  ;  Hopton  Pool ;  Wood  Eaves  ;  Canwell  Hall, 
Hayliead. 

E.  hyemale  L.  (2)  Kolleston  Hall,  Broum,  299.  (3)  On 
Prestwood  Farm,  Wednesfield,  Pitt,  Shaw,  103  ;  Lichfield,  Gam. 
420. 

Lycopodiace^. 

Lycopodium  Selago  L.  (3)  Needwood  Forest,  With.  742. 
(4)  Maer  Heath,  Gam.  420  ;  Offley  Hay,  Gam. 

L.  inundatum  L.  (2)  Dimmings  Dale,  near  Cheadle,  Carter, 
1839.  (3)  Norton  Bog;  Cannock  AVood,  Baijot,  With.  742.  (4) 
Offley  Hay,  Gam. 

L.  clavatum  L.  (1)  Mow  Cop,  Gar7i.  420.  (2)  Whiston, 
Gar7i. ;  Cheadle,  Carter,  1839.  (3)  Cannock  Heath  !  With.  750  ; 
Sherbrook  Valley  ;  Barr.  (4)  Swindon  Heath,  Shaw,  ii.  6. ; 
Enville,  Fraser. 

Marsiliace^. 

Pilularia  globulifera  L.   (3)  Hatherton.  (4)  Offley,  Gar^i.  420. 

Charage^. 
Chara  fragilis  Desv.     (3)  Knypersley  Pools,  Miss  Thompson  ; 
near  Gnosall.     (4)  Near  Oulton. 

d.  Hedwigii  Kiietz.  (3)  Canal,  Wall  Lane  ;  pool.  Bed  House, 
Great  Barr. 

C.  hispida  L.  (1)  Betley,  Gam.  434.  (3)  At  the  bottom  of 
a  spring  in  a  meadow  at  Gayton,  Stokes,  With.  3.  (4)  Forton  Moss ; 
Aqualate,  Shaw,  101. 

C.  vulgaris  L.  (2)  Near  Mayfield.  (3)  Pool  near  Little  Hay. 
(4)   Gravel-pit  at  Blymhill,  Shaw,  101 ;  Spittle  Brook  Mill,  abundant. 

C.  tomentosa  L.     (3)  Needwood,  Shaw,  ii.  7. 

Nitella  translucens  Agardh.  (3)  Deep  pools  at  Hatherton, 
Garn.  434  ;  pit  at  Tipton. 

N.  fiexilis  Agardh.  (3)  Near  Fradley  Marl-pits,  J.  Power  ; 
near  Milwich  and  Fradwell,  abundant.     (4)  Blymhill,  Shaw,  101. 

N.  opaca  Agardh.  (3)  Fradley,  H,  d  J.  Groves  ;  pool  in 
Sherbrook  Valley,  abundant. 


the  flora  of  staffordshirk.  69 

Summary. 

Mr.  Hewett  C.  Watson  in  his  Compendium  of  the  Ci/bele  Britannica 
lias  for  convenience  grouped  our  British  plants  into 'certain  leading 
''  Types  of  Distribution."  These  groups  are  primarily  six,  to  which 
two  others  are  subordinate  ;  they  may  be  briefly  stated  thus  : 

1.  British  Type.  Species  widely  spread  throughout  South, 
Middle,  and  North  Britain. 

2.  English  Type.  Species  chiefly  seen  in  South  or  South- 
Middle  Britain. 

3.  Scottish  Type.  Species  chiefly  seen  in  North  and  North- 
Middle  Britain. 

Intermediate  Type.     Species  chiefly  seen  in  Middle  Britain. 

4.  Highland  Type.     Species  chiefly  seen  about  mountains. 

5.  Germanic  Type.     Species  chiefly  seen  in  East  England. 

6.  Atlantic  Type.     Species  chiefly  seen  in  West  England. 
Local  species  restricted  to  single  or  few  provinces. 

The  following  is  an  analysis  of  the  Staffordshire  Flora,  based 
on  the  above,  with  a  full  analysis  of  the  British  Flora  for  com- 
parison : — 

Types.  Staffordshire.        Great  Britain. 

British      514   532 

English    274   409 

Scottish    33  Ql 

Intermediate   15  37 

Highland     4   '120 

Germanic    28  127 

Atlantic    11   7q 

Local    3  49 


882  1425 

An  analysis  of  the  Flora  according  to  Watson's  divisions  of 
British  plants  into  various  degrees  of  citizenship,  would  result  as 
follows : — 

Native 865 

Denizen   35 

Colonist   27 

Alien    70 

Casuals    9 

Ambiguities     8 

Varieties 150 


1164 

Botanical  Investigation  in  Staffordshire. 
Of  the  older  botanists,  John  Eay  (1623-1704-5)  appears  to  have 
been  the  first  to  publish  any  records  of  Staffordshire  botany  •  but 
although  this  distinguished  naturalist  lived  for  some  six  years  at 
Middleton  Hall,  on  the  confines  of  Staffordshire,  he  seems  to  have 
paid  but  little  attention  to  its  flora.     He  noted  Campanula  lati/olia 


70  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

"  in  the  mountainous  parts  of  Staffordshire,"  and  Emjyetrum  nigrum 
"in  montibus  udus  Staffordientibus,"  and  records  Diplotaxis  tenui- 
folia  from  Lichfield  Close,  and  Thlaspi  arvense  from  "  many  places 
at  Stone." 

William  Withering  (1741-1799)  was  born  at  Wellington  in 
Shropshire,  where  his  father  practised  as  apothecary  and  surgeon. 
He  received  his  early  education  from  the  Rev.  Henry  Wood,  of 
Ercall ;  afterwards  he  studied  at  Edinburgh,  where  he  took  his 
degree  of  M.D.  in  1766.  He  first  practised  as  physician  to  the 
infirmary  at  Stafford,  and  from  the  country  around  seems  to  have 
obtained  much  of  his  botanical  knowledge.  In  1786  Dr.  Withering 
went  to  live  at  Edgbaston  Hall,  near  Birmingham,  and  from  the 
grounds  and  the  neighbouring  woodlands  obtained  much  interesting 
matter  for  his  Systematic  Arraiu/emeiit  of  British  Plants,  a  classical 
work  on  the  British  Flora,  and  an  advance  on  all  works  on 
descriptive  botany  that  had  yet  been  published.  That  it  was 
appreciated  is  seen  by  the  fact  that  three  editions  were  published 
within  twenty  years — the  first  in  two  volumes  in  1776,  the  second 
in  three  volumes  in  1787,  and  the  third  in  four  volumes  in  1796 ; 
these  were  published  during  his  lifetime.  Withering  died  at  The 
Larches  in  1799,  and  was  buried  in  the  old  church  at  Edgbaston. 
He  records  in  his  third  edition  thirty-two  plants  new  to  Stafford- 
shire ;  the  more  rare  are — Lathyrus  Nissolia,  Pyrus  torminalis, 
Hip'puris/'^  Galium  Withenngii,  Schollera,  Andromeda,  Hypouitys, 
Atropa,  Scirpus  maritimus,  Agrostis  nigra,  OpJtioglossum,  Osmmida, 
Lycopodium  Selago,  L.  inundatum. 

Jonathan  Stokes  (1755-1831)  was  born  at  Chesterfield,  and 
studied  and  took  his  degree  as  Doctor  of  Medicine  at  Edinburgh 
University.  Stokes  appears  to  have  been  on  terms  of  close  friend- 
ship with  Withering,  and  it  seems  probable  that  he  lived  for  a 
time  in  Birmingham.  It  is  evident  that  he  had  free  access  to 
Withering's  extensive  botanical  library  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
the  new  and  valuable  set  of  references  mentioned  in  the  preface  to 
the  second  edition  of  the  Systematic  Arrangement,  which  preface  was 
given  in  the  subsequent  editions.  A  schedule  is  still  in  existence 
showing  that  Withering  lent  Stokes  one  hundred  and  forty-five 
botanical  works,  ranging  from  the  earliest  botanical  writers  to 
those  of  the  then  most  recent  times.  These  Stokes  took  with  him 
first  to  Shrewsbury,  and  afterwards  to  Kidderminster,  and  retained 
them  for  more  than  three  years.  It  seems  to  have  been  due  to 
Stokes's  refusing  to  return  them  that  he  and  Withering  ceased  to 
be  on  friendly  terms  ;  ultimately  by  resorting  to  lep-al  aid  Withering 
regained  his  botanical  library.  In  the  third  and  following  editions, 
Stokes's  name  was  omitted  from  the  title-page,  but  his  references 
were  retained.  Stokes  seems  to  have  done  little  botanical  work  in 
Staffordshire,  nearly  all  his  rarer  records  being  from  near  Stafford 
or  near  Birmingham ;  some  seem  to  have  been  found  in  company 
with  Withering,  the  abbreviated  names  of  both — *'  St.,"  "  With." — 


*  When  only  one  species  of  a  genus  is  known  to  be  British,  the  generic 
name  only  is  given. 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  71 

following  the  record.  In  1812  Stokes  published  A  Botanical  Materia 
Medica  in  four  volumes,  which,  like  the  second  edition  of  Withering, 
is  useful  on  account  of  the  extensive  synonymy  and  the  copious 
references  to  the  figures  given  by  the  earlier  writers.  In  1790 
Stokes  was  elected  an  associate  of  the  Linnean  Society.  Some 
years  later  he  returned  to  Chesterfield,  where  he  died  in  1831, 
aged  seventy-six.  The  following  are  his  more  important  Stafford- 
shire records : — Ranunculus  Linr/ua,  Viola  lutea,  Buda  marina, 
Flhaimms  Franyula,  Cicuta  virosa,  Pimpinella  major,  Campanula 
Txapunculus. 

Hon.  William  Bagot  (1773-1856)  recorded  several  plants  in 
the  third  edition  of  Withering,  his  notes  being  mainly  from  Blith- 
field,  where  he  lived,  and  the  surrounding  district.  In  October, 
1798,  he  succeeded  his  father  as  second  Baron  of  Bagots  Bromley 
in  the  county  of  Stafford.  He  was  a  Fellow  of  the  Linnean  Society 
and  of  the  Society  of  Antiquarians,  and  was  well  versed  in  natural 
history  studies.  He  died  in  1856,  aged  eighty-three.  He  recorded 
Pyrola  rotundifolia,  Utricularia  minor,  &c. ;  but  his  most  interesting 
record  is  that  of  Centimculus  minimus  from  Blithfield,  its  only 
known  locality  in  Staffordshire. 

Stebbing  Shaw  in  his  great  work  on  The  Antiquities  of  Sta(ford- 
shire  (1798-1801)  published  long  lists  of  plants  compiled  by  the 
Rev.  S.  Dickenson  and  other  Staffordshire  botanists.  Very  many 
of  these  are  first  records,  the  more  interesting  being  Trollius,  Helle- 
horusfoetidus,  Dianthus  Armeria,  Hypericum  Elodes,  Lathyrus  sylvestris, 
Cotyledon,  Drosera  intermedia,  Crepis  paludosa,  Fritillaria,  Brachy- 
Ijodiuui  pinnatum,  Hymeiwpliyllum  unilaterale,  &c.  To  the  Rev. 
Samuel  Dickenson  (1730-1823)  the  greater  portion  of  the  record  is 
due,  his  investigations  having  been  made  in  the  rich  woods,  bogs, 
and  moorlands  in  the  country  around  Blymhill,  of  which  parish  he 
was  rector  for  many  years.  He  died  in  1823,  and  was  buried 
in  Blymhill  churchyard.  Rev.  Thomas  Gisborne,  B.A.,  F.L.S. 
(1758-1846),  eldest  son  of  John  Gisborne,  of  Yoxall  Lodge,  took 
high  honours  at  Cambridge  in  1780,  was  Sixth  Wrangler  and 
first  Chancellor's  Medalist,  and  wrote  a  number  of  works  on 
philosophy.  Paid  special  attention  to  the  W^ever  Hill  district,  and 
was  so  enamoured  of  it  as  to  have  a  written  a  poem  The  Vales  of 
Wever,  in  which  some  of  its  special  plants  are  mentioned.  John 
Sneyd  (fl.  1797),  of  Belmont  Hall,  recorded  many  plants  from  the 
Hamps  and  Manifold  to  Shaw,  such  as  Tubes  alpinum,  Convallaria 
majalis,  &c.  Richard  Forster  (fl.  1797),  surgeon  and  naturalist 
at  Stone,  "helped,"  says  Shaw,  "and  greatly  faciUtated  my 
botanical  and  other  researches  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Stone." 
He  records  llabenaria  bifolia,  Alis)iia  ranunculoides,  &c.  Edward 
Bourne,  M.D.  (fl.  1797),  of  Cheadle,  recorded  several  plants  to 
Shaw;  afterwards  removed  to  Atherstone  in  Warwickshire,  1801, 
and  botanized  the  neighbouring  Staffordshire  district,  from  which 
he  records  Myosurus  minimus.  Rev.  R.  Wolseley  (1772-1815) 
recorded  plants  from  Wolseley  and  district ;  Gentiaua  campestris, 
Glaux,  &c  ;  Shaw  spells  his  name  incorrectly  "  Wolsey."  R. 
Wainwright  (fl.  1797)  contributed  to  Shaw  a  long  list  of  records, 


72  THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE. 

including  Blackstonia.  He  was  a  surgeon  of  Dudley,  and  an 
enthusiastic  botanist.  Mr.  Riley  (fl.  1797),  of  Hamstall-Ridware, 
also  sent  a  list  of  plants  to  vol.  ii.  of  Shaw's  Stafordshire.  W.  Pitt 
(1749-1823),  author  of  Agricultural  Survey  of  Staffordshire,  1794, 
Topographical  History  of  Staffordshire,  1817,  sent  notes  to  Wither- 
ing's  third  edition,  and  to  Shaw.  He  lived  at  Pendeford,  Stafford- 
shire, but  afterwards  removed  to  Edgbaston  ;  died  1823,  and  was 
buried  at  Tettenhall. 

John  Power  (flourished  1778-1831).  My  only  knowledge  of 
this  botanist  is  that  obtained  from  his  many  notes  in  a  copy  I  have 
of  the  Botanisfs  Guide,  1805,  which  formerly  belonged  to  him. 
From  one  of  these  I  learn  that  he  had  resided  at  Market  Bosworth, 
Leicestershire,  and  later  at  Polesworth,  Warwickshire,  and  lastly 
at  Atherstone  in  that  county,  and  also  that  he  had  attentively 
studied  the  flowering  plants  of  Warwickshire,  Staffordshire,  Lei- 
cestershire, and  incidently  those  of  Derbyshire  ;  and  had  also  paid 
attention  to  the  lichens  of  these  counties  and  those  of  Derbyshire. 
He  seems  to  have  been  the  author  of  the  Calendar  Flora  of  Market 
Bosicorth.  His  herbarium,  which  bears  dates  from  1778  to  1833, 
was  presented  years  ago  to  the  Holmesdale  Natural  History  Club, 
Reigate,  many  specimens  of  which  I  have,  by  the  courtesy  of  Mr. 
C.  E.  Salmon,  seen  ;  and  find  the  writing  and  records  identical 
with  the  records  in  my  copy  of  the  New  Botanist's  Guide.  His 
records  are  numerous,  the  more  rare  being  Teesdalia,  SteUaria 
palustris,  Potentilla  argentca,  Dorouicum  Pardalianches,  Limosella, 
Utricularia  vulgaris,  Acorus,  Nitella  ffe.vilis. 

Rev.  William  Thomas  Bree  (1787-1863),  Rector  of  Allesley, 
was  born  at  Coleshill,  Warwickshire,  in  1787.  Made  occasional 
visits  to  Dovedale  and  other  Staffordshire  localities,  his  records 
being  given  in  Purton's  Midland  Flora:  these  include  Silene  nutans, 
Prunus  Padus,  Pyrus  Aria,  Inula  Helenium,  Antirrhinum  Orontiwn, 
Spiranthes  autumnaJis,  Crocus  nudijiorus,  Polystichwn  lohatum.  He 
died  at  Allesley  Rectory,  1863. 

Thomas  Purton  (1768-1833)  was  born  at  Endon  Burnell,  Shrop- 
shire, and  in  1818-20  published  his  valuable  Midland  Flora. 
Although  he  gave  his  more  especial  attention  to  Warwickshire, 
seems  to  have  made  occasional  visits  to  that  portion  of  Stafford- 
shire nearest  his  native  home,  as  Himley  and  Enville,  whence  he 
records  five  Staffordshire  plants  : — Ornithopus,  Campanula  patula, 
Pyrola  media,  Orchis  ustulata,  and  Scirpus  carinatus,  the  last  being 
probably  an  error. 

James  Carter  in  1839  published  in  the  Magazine  of  Natural 
History  (n.  s.  vol.  iii.  72)  a  paper  on  the  plants  growing  near  Cheadle. 
This  contains  twenty- three  additional  Staffordshire  plants,  many 
of  which  I  have  seen  in  that  locality  quite  recently,  the  more  rare 
being  Geranium  pusillum,  Saxifraga  hypnoides,  Pyrola  minor,  Oro- 
hanche  elatior,  Carex  strigosa,  Phegopteris  calcarea.  I  am  unable  to 
find  any  records  of  this  botanist. 

Robert  Garner,  M.D.  (1808-1890),  was  born  at  Longton, 
Staffordshire,  1808,  and  from  his  youth  upwards  evinced  a  great 
love  for  natural  history  pursuits ;    this  led  to  his  choice  of  the 


THE    FLORA    OF    STAFFORDSHIRE.  73 

medical  professiou.  His  early  medical  training  was  received  in 
the  pottery  district,  partly  at  the  North  Staffordshire  Infirmary, 
under  Mr.  Spark,  who  was  also  a  botanist ;  afterwards  he  became 
a  student  under  Sir  Charles  Bell,  at  the  New  London  University. 
On  attaining  his  medical  degree  Garner  commenced  practice  in 
London,  but  a  few  years  later  removed  to  Stoke,  where  he  passed 
most  of  his  life.  He  was  a  man  of  varied  talents,  genial  and 
unassuming,  and  had  a  large  circle  of  friends ;  was  an  industrious 
writer,  and  a  devoted  student  of  natural  history,  and  many 
pamphlets  were  published  by  him  bearing  on  that  study.  His 
great  work  is  The  Natural  History  of  the  County  of  Stafford,  printed 
in  1844,  and  in  this  he  gives  evidence  of  a  very  wide  knowledge  of 
natural  science,  botany,  geology,  mineralogy,  and  the  allied  science 
archeology.  He  was  the  founder  of  the  North  Staffordshire  Natural 
History  Field  Club  and  Archaeological  Society,  of  which  he  was 
more  than  once  president,  and  to  whose  meetings  he  contributed 
many  papers  on  a  very  varied  range  of  subjects,  and  this  society 
sustained  a  great  loss  in  his  death  in  1890.  His  excellent  work 
contains  an  almost  complete  Flora  of  Staffordshire,  over  four 
hundred  and  seventy  plants  being  for  the  first  time  recorded  for 
that  county,  the  more  interesting  being  Clematis,  Ranunculus  sardous, 
Helleborus  viridis,  Silene  anglica,  Hutchinsia,  Silene  noctiflora,  Ceras- 
tium  arvense,  Arenaria  verna,  Sagina  subulata,  Lotus  tenuis,  Smyrnium, 
Silaus  Jlavescens,  Galium  erectum,  G.  sylvestre,  Onopordon,  Picris, 
Solanum  nigrum,  Hydrocharis,  Alopecurus  J'ulvus,  Melica  nutans, 
LastrcBa  Thelypteris,  Pilularia,  Nitella  transluceyis. 

Edwin  Brown  (fl.  1818-1876)  published  in  Mosley's  Natural 
History  of  Tuthury  a  Flora  of  the  District  around  Tutbury  and 
Burton.  He  was,  I  believe,  manager  of  the  Union  Bank  at 
Burton-on- Trent,  and  a  careful  and  enthusiastic  botanist.  His 
list  includes  records  from  the  neighbouring  counties  of  Leicester 
and  Derby ;  of  his  Staffordshire  records  twenty-one  are  additions. 
The  less  common  are  Pumunculus  Lenormandi,  Coronopus  didyma, 
Trifolium  filiforme,  Chenopodium  polyspermum,  Scirpus  pauciflorus, 
and  Poa  compressa. 

Eev.  Robert  C.  Douglas  sent  to  the  late  Hewett  C.  Watson  in 
1851  a  list  of  plants  seen  within  three  miles  of  Stafford  ;  these  are 
mostly  recorded  in  Topographical  Botany,  and  among  these  are 
seven  plants  not  previously  recorded : — Ranunculus  circinatus,  R. 
fluitans,  Calamintha  Clinopodium,  Lamium  Galeobdolon,  Potamogeton 
prcelongus,  Glyceria  plicata,  Bromus  commutatus. 

John  Fraser,  M.D.,  of  Wolverhampton,  has  for  many  years 
made  a  special  study  of  the  Staffordshire  Flora,  and  made  a  valu- 
able collection  of  the  rarer  plants  of  the  county ;  the  notes  given 
are  records  of  some  of  the  more  special  plants  in  his  herbarium  ;  of 
these  many  are  first  records,  the  more  especial  being  Ranuncidus 
Bachii,  Sagiyia  ciliata,  Lathyrus  Aphaca,  Pyrus  rupicola,  Hieracium 
maculatum,  Salix  Woolgariana,  S.  purpurea,  S.  Forbyana,  S.  Smithi- 
ana,  Stratiotes,  Neottia  Nidus-avis,  Lastrcea  cristata,  Phegopteris 
polypodioides. 

At  various  times  the  Rev.  William  Hunt  Painter  has  done 


74  THE    FLORA    OF     STAFFORDSHIRE. 

most  useful  work ;  he  has  pubUshecl  in  the  reports  of  the  North 
Staffordshire  Natural  History  Society  papers  on  the  botany  of 
Biddulph  and  other  Staffordshire  localities,  in  which  the  following 
are  new  records  : — Rubus  leucostachys,  B.  hirtifolius,  R.  pyramidalis, 
R.  criniger,  Rosa  sphcerica,  Cuscuta  Trifolii,  Salix  serica7is,  Chara 
frcKjilis.  Other  valuable  work  has  been  done  by  the  Kev.  W.  H. 
PuRCHAs,  who  would  fittingly  have  undertaken  the  present  Flora  ; 
the  Rev.  H.  P.  Reader  ;  by  many  of  the  members  of  the  North 
Staffordshn-e  Natural  History  Society,  which  will  be  found  re- 
corded in  due  sequence.  My  own  time  has  been  more  especially 
given  to  the  Rubi  and  Roscb  of  the  county ;  but  much  has  still 
to  be  done  among  these  plants. 


Errata. 

Page   1,  Une  33  from  top,  for  "  East"  read  "  West." 

5,  ,,       4         ,,  ,,    "Lodges "  read  "  Lodge." 

6,  ,,       3         ,,  ,,    "  Kingstone  "  read  "  Kingston." 
0,    ,,    36         ,,           ,,    "  Shippenhall "  read  "  Slappenhill." 

6,  ,,  39  ,.  omit  "  Foremark." 

7,  ,,  29  ,,  for  "397"  read  "392." 

8,  ,,  16  ,,  ,,    "  Welton  "  read  "  Wetton  " 
8,  ,,  19  ,,  ,,    "  Wetton  "  read  "  Weston." 

12,    ,,    12         ,,         omit  "  Breedon." 

28,     ,,     13  ,,  for  ^^alternifoliiiui"  read  ^' alteniijiorum.'' 

30,  last  line       ,,  ,,  "  Onecoat  "  read  "  Onecote." 

43,  line  19  ,,  "(3)"  should  follow  Croxden  Abbey. 

48,  under  line  22,  insert  "  Ballota  nigra  L.     Common  in  dry 

places !   Gam.  384." 


New  York  Botanical  Garden   Librarv 


3  5185  00265  0420